Skip to main content

Full text of "Hand-book for travellers in Egypt : including descriptions of the course of the Nile to the second cataract, Alexandria, Cairo, the Pyramids, and Thebes, the overland transit to India, the peninsula of Mount Sinai, the oases, &c."

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


-^    MUR, 


""*'»«*H*i«for 


^104  .-t3  20l 


^^^^JHH^^^'^t^. 


Oon 


LW..  London.  N^,    ^^ 


^k>.  1207 


DG  02242/7, 


MR.  MURRAY'S  HANI>B00K8  FOR  TRAVELLERS. 

HAND-BOOK  FOR  EGYPT  AND  THEBES, 

Whli  all  the  neeamrj  infonnaUon  for  Uit  Ovsauuio  Pamaok  to  Imdia.  iUp. 
Port  8vo,  15*. 

HAXD-BOOK  FOR  FRANCE  AND  THE  PYRENEES, 

NORMANDY,  BRITTANY,  the  RIVERS  LOIRE,  SEINE,  RHONS,  and 
GARONNE;  the  FRENCH  ALPS,  DAUPUINB  and  PROVENCE.  Mapi. 
Post  8vo,  12#. 

HAND-BOOK  FOR  SPAIN, 

ANDALUSIA,  GRANADA.  CATALONIA,  MADRID,  Ae.  Maps.    PostSTO,  16«. 

OATHERIN03  FROM  SPAIN.    Intended  as  an  agreeable  Companion 
for  TnTdlen  in  that  Country.   Bv  RicMAao  Ford.   Post  8to,  6f. 

HAND-BOOK   FOR    NORTHERN    EUROPE;    RUSSIA,    NORWAY, 
SWEDEN,  and  DENMARK.    Mapa.  Post  8vo,  12f. 

HAND-BOOK  FOR  ENGLAND    AND  WALES.     Map.     Post    8vo. 

In  preparation. 

HAND-BOOK  FOR  LONDON— PAST  AND  PRESENT ;  a  Complitb 
Guioa  won  SraAKOKRa  Visrriira  ras  Maraopous.    Poet  8to.    Nearly  Rtady. 

HAND-BOOK  TO  THE  GALLERIES  OF  ART 

In  and  near  London.  With  Catalogues  of  the  Pictuvas,  aeoompanled  by  HIsiOfieal, 
Bioszmi>blcaI,  and  IJtitical  Notes.    By  Mrs.  Jambson.    Post  8vo,  lOt. 

HAND-BOOK   FOR    WINDSOR    AND     WESTMINSTER    ABBEY. 

Woodcuts.    Fcap.  8to,  2t.  M.  MdL 


A  PORTMANTEAU   LIBRARY. 


Bookt  thai  you  may  carry  eamly  and  hold  readily  in  your  hand,  are  the  most 

uaeful  after  ail, — Dr.  Johnson. 
The  reading  whidi  Sir  Humphry  Davy  preferred  was  *  Lord  B}fron*8  Poems,' 

ofvMdi  he  procured  a  convenient  travelling  copy  in  one  volume, — See  Line. 


MOORE*S  LIFE  OF  LORD  BYRON.     15«. 
LORD  BYRON'S  POETICAL  WORKS.     15«. 
CAMPBELL'S  SPECIMENS  OF  THE  POETS.     15». 
BOSWELL'S  LIFE  OP  JOHNSON.  BY  CROKRR. 
CRABBE-S  LIFE  AND  POETICAL  WORKS.     15*. 
BISHOP  HEBER'S  JOURNALS  IN  INDIA.     \2s. 
BORROWS  GYPSIES  OP  SPAIN.     6«.     • 
BARROW'S  LIFE  OF  SIR  FRANCIS  DRAKE.     2*.  Sdl 
SIR  JOHN  MALCOLM'S  SKETCHES  OF  PERSIA.     6«. 
MRS.  MEREDITH'S  NEW  SOUTH  WALES.     2«.  6rf. 
BRACEBRIDGB  HALL.     BY  WASHINGTON  IRVING.     6#. 
LORD  MAHON^S  LIFE  OF  CONDE.     6#. 
MELVILLE'S  MARQUF^SAS  ISLANDS.     6«. 
LIVONIAN  TALES.     By  a  Lady.     2a.  Gd. 

H«9  to  December  f  1847. 


J.f.WSUNISiM  i 

UiSonDBoBd.  Ok  A.  POTNDHR, 

n,  mmMM  mm  SmvAiuAN  book  sxoi 


*flATlT*S/i 


^ 


302219799% 


) 


\ 


HAND-BOOK 


FOR 


TRAVELLERS  IN  EGYPT. 


.'I  ^ 


TFX  ENGLISH  EDITIONS  OF  THE  HAND-BOOKS  FOB  TBAYELLEB8 

ABB  PUBLISHED  — 


In  France,  at 


AMIENS  BT 

AVRANCHE8      . 
BAYONNB        .    . 
BORDEAUX     . 
BOULOGNE    .    . 
BREST  .    . 

CAEN  .     . 

CALAIS  .    . 

DIEPPE  .     . 

DINANT  .    . 

DUNKBRQUE  . 
GRENOBLE  .  . 
HAVRE  .     . 

LILLE  .    . 

LYONS  .     . 

MARSEILLE  .  . 
MASVERT       .     . 


CARON. 

LANSARD  DE8JARDIN8. 

JAYMEBON. 

CHAMAS;  LAWALLE. 

WATEL  i  MERRIDEW. 

HEBERT. 

AVONDEi  MANCEL. 

LEROY. 

MARA  IS. 

COSTE. 

leyschochart. 
vellot  et  comp. 
cochard. 
vanackbrb. 

BOHAIRE. 

TERRIS. 

CHAIX. 


METZ 

MONTPELLIER 

NANCY 

NANTES 

ORLEANS 

PARIS 

PAU 

PERPIONAN 

REIMS 

ROUEN 

ST.  MALO 

8TRA8BOURG 

TOULON 

TOULOUSE 

TOURS 

TROYES 


BY  WARION. 

.  LBVALLE. 

.  GONET. 

.  GUE'KAUD. 

.  GATINEAU:  RESTY. 

.  GALIUNANI.-STASSIN 

BT  XAVIER. 

.  MARKHAM. 

.  JULIA  FRERE8. 

.  BRISSART  BINET. 

.  LBBRUUENT. 

.  HUE. 

.  LEVRAULT;  LAOIER. 

.  MONOE  ET  VILLAMUS. 

.  GALLON  :  H.  LBBON. 

.  AlGREi  BONTE. 

.  LALOY. 


In  Germany^  Holland^  and  Belgium^  at 


AIX.LA-      >     BY 
CHAPELLE/ 
AMSTERDAM  .   . 
BADEN-BADEN    . 
BERLIN  .   . 

BRUSSELS         .   . 


CARLSRUHE     .  . 

COBLENTZ        .  . 
COLOGNE  .   . 

DRESDEN  .   . 

FRANKFURT  .   . 
GRATZ  .   . 

HAMBURG         .   . 

HEIDELBERG  .  . 


I.  D.  MAYER}   L.KOH' 
NEN. 

J.  MULLER. 

D.  R.  MARX. 

A.  DUNCKER. 

C.  MUQUARDT:    KIES5- 

LING  &  CO.  i  A.  DECQ ; 

W.  TODD. 
CREUZBAUER  H  CO.  ajtd 

A.  BIELEFELD. 
BAEDEKER. 
L.  KOHNEN;  A.  BAEDO> 
.    KER. 
ARNOLD. 

C.JUGEL;  F.WILMANS. 
DAMIAN  &  60RGB. 
PERTHES.    BESSER,    & 

MAUKE. 
J.  C.  B.  MOHR. 


LEIPZIG  BY 

MANNHEIM     .  . 

MUNICH  .   . 


nOrnbero    .  . 

PESTH  .   . 

PRAGUE  .   . 

ROTTERDAM  .   . 

STUTTGART    . . 
TURIN  .   . 

VIENNA 


T.O.WEIGEL. 
ARTARIA  &  FONTAINE. 
UTERARISCH-ARTIST- 

ISCHE  ANSTALT  &  I. 

PALM. 
CAMPE. 
HARTLEBEN  &  O.  HEC- 

KENA8T. 
CALVE. 
A.     BAEDEKER;    MRS. 

KRAP. 
P.  NEFP. 
GIANNINI  &  FIORE  ;  J. 

BOCCA  i  MARIETTI. 
BRAUMULLEK  &    SEI- 

DEL  :  C.    GEROLD,    P. 

ROHRMAN«  SCHAUM. 

BURG  k  CO. 


In  Italy,  at 


ANCONA 

BT 

NICE 

BY 

THE    SOCIETE    TYPO- 

BOLOGNA 

M.  RUSCONI,  FRfeRES. 

GRAPHIQUE  ;    VIS- 

BERGAMO 

CONTI. 

BRESCIA 

NAPLES 

CARLO  BATELLI  &  CU. 

FLORENCE 

JOS.  MOLINI. 

PALERMO 

CHARLES  BEUF. 

GENOA 

ANTOINE  BEUP. 

PARMA 

J.  zanGHieri. 

LEGHORN 

ROLANDI. 

PISJl 

NISTRI,FR£rES;  JOS. 

LUCCA 

F.  BARON. 

VANNUCCHI. 

MALTA 

MURE. 

PERUGIA 

VINCBNZ.  BARTBLLI. 

MANTUA 

NEGRETTI.  FR^RES. 

ROME 

VENANZIO         MONAL. 

MILAN 

.  F 

.  ARTARIA  &  SON  ;    MM. 

DINI  s  M.  MERLE. 

DUMOLARD  k.  F1L8 ; 

SIENNA 

ONORATO  TORRI. 

MOLINARI:      P.  it  J. 

TURIN 

GIANNINI  &  FIORE; 

VALLARDI. 

BOCCA;  MARIBTTL 

MODENA 

•       • 

VINCENZI  &  ROSSI. 

In  Switz 

VENICE 

erlandf  at 

• 

HERMAN  F.  MtJNSTER 

AARAU 

BY    SAURRLAENDER. 

LUCERNE 

.  BY    MEYER. 

BAHLB 

.    SCHREIBER  &  WATZ. 

mOhlhausbn  . 

.    ENGBLMANN. 

BERN           r. 

.   HUBER  &  CO. 

ROT  WEIL 

• 

.    HERDER. 

CONSTANCE 

.  glOcker. 

SCHAFFHAUSBN 

.    HURTER. 

FREIBURG 

.    HERDER. 

80LEURB 

• 

.    REUTER. 

ST.  G ALLEN 

.    HUBER. 

THUN    .       . 

• 

.    GRUBENMANN.             1 

GENEVA 

.    KBSSMANNjIMONROE. 

WINTBRTHUR . 

.    8TEINBR. 

LAUSANNE 

.  gers. 

1     Zl/RICH       . 

• 

.    H.  FOSSLI  ft  CO. 

HAND-BOOK 


FOB 


TRAYELLERS    11^    EGYPT; 

lyCLUDlKG    DZSCRIPTIONS   OF 

THE  COURSE  OF  THE  NILE  TO  THE  SECOND  CATABA.CT, 

ALEXANDRIA,  CAIRO,  THE  PYRAMIDS,  AND  THEBES, 

THE  OVERLAND  TRANSIT  TO  INDIA, 
THE  PENINSULA  OF  MOUNT  SINAI,  THE  OASES,  &c. 

Being  a  New  Edition,  corrected  and  condensed, 

OP 

»  MODERN  EGYPT  AND  THEBES.'' 

BT 

SIR  GARDNER  WILKINSON,  F.R.S. 

M.R.S.L.   F.R.G.S.   &c. 


LONDON: 
*  JOHN  MURRAY,   ALBEMARLE   STREET. 

PARIS*  GALIGNANI;    STASSIN  &  XAVIER.    MALTA,  MUIR. 

1847. 


ASHMOLEAN  LIBRARY,  OXFOR 

This  book  is  to  be  returned  on  or  before 
the  last  date  stamped  below 


n  SEP  992 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

a.  Journey  from  England  to  Egypt.  —  6.  Expenses  to  Egypt  and  India 
by  France.  —  e.  Steamers  from  Marseilles  to  Egypt.  —  d.  Steamers  from 
England,  by  Gibraltar  and  Malta,  to  Alexandria  and  India.  —  e.  Quaran- 
tine, on  returning  from  Egypt. 


Sxci.  I.  —  EGYPT. 

PRELIMINARY  INFORMATION. 

Page 
a.  Season  for  Visiting  Egypt  —  Time  required  —  Expenses  of  the 
Journey.  -~  h.  Thing!»  useful  for  the  Journey  in  Egypt.  —  e.  Mode 
of  Living  in  Egypt,  and  Diseases  of  the  Country.  —  d.  Dress.  — 
e.  Presents.  — /.  Firmans.  -— ^.  Money.  —  A.  Weights  and  Mea- 
sures.—t.  Post  Office.—/  Population  and  ReTenue.  —  A.  Mo- 
hammed All.  —  U  Chronological  Table.  —  m.  List  of  Caliphs  and 
Sultans  of  Egypt.  —  a.  Certain  Points  requiring  Examination.  — 
o.  English  and  Arabic  Vocabulary  -  •  -         1 

Route  1. —  London  to  Alexandria      •>  -  -  •       71 

ALIXAMDKIA. 

1.  Arrival  at  Alexandria.  —  2.  Hotels.  —  3.  Servants.— 4.  Boats. — 

5.  Things  to  be  purchased  at  Alexandria  for  the  Journey  to  Cairo.  ^ 

6.  History  of  Alexandria.  —  7.  Plan  of  Alexandria,  and  site  and 
description  of  the  Buildings.  — -  8.  Monuments  outside  the  Canopic 
Gate.  —  9.  Present  remains  of  Ancient  Alexandria.  —  10.  Its  Size 
and  Importance.  —  11.  Inhabitants.  —  12.  Climate  —  The  Lake 
Mareotis  —  Canals. —  13.  The  two  Ports,  Gates,  Walls—  The  Old 
Docks.  — 14.  Mosks,  and  other   Buildings  within  the   Walls, — 

15.  Amusements  and  Sights  in  Modern  Alexandria         -  -       71 

Route  2.  —  Alexandria  to  Rosetta,  by  Land        ...     102 

Route  3.  —  Rosetia  to  Atfeh  and  Cairo,  by  Water  -  -     105 

Route  4.  —  Alexandria  to  Cairo,  by  Land,  through  the  Delu  -     105 

Route  5 Alexandria  to  Cairo,  by  the  Western  Bank       -  -     106 

A.  3 


VI  CONTENTS. 


Sect.  II.  — CAIRO. 

Page 

Route  6.  —  Alexandria  to  Atfeh  and   Cairo,  by  the  Canal  and  the 
Nile  -  -  -  -  -    .  -     106 

a.  Hotels. — h.    Houses.  — e.    Servants.  —  d.  Horses  and  Asses.—  ^ 

e.  Places  of  public  resort  — f.  Quickest  Mode  of  seeing  Cairo  and 
the  neighbourhood,  -i—  g.  Boats.  -»  A.  History  of  Cairo.  —  i.  The 
Citadel.  —  j.  Oriental  character  of  the  Town.  —  k,  Mosks  — 
Early  pointed  Arches  —  Morostan,  or  Madhouse  —  Bab  Zoo&yleh. 

—  I  Tombs  of  the  Caliphs  of  Egypt.  —  m.  Tombs  of  the  Baharite 
Memlook  Kings.  —  n.  Tombs  of  the  Circassian  Memlook  Kings  ^ 
Tombs  of  the  Memlooks.  ^  o.  Sibeels,  or  Public  Fountains.  — 
p.  Palaces.  —  q.  Streets.  —  r.  Cafes  —  Punch.  ^  «.  Baths.  — 
t.  Slave  Market.  —  «.  Bazaars  —  Prices  of  Goods  at  Cairo.  — 
V.   Quarters  of  Cairo.  —  w.  Walls  and  extent  of  Cairo  —  Canal.  — 

s.  Gates. — y.   Antiquities  in  Cairo z.  Population  —  Dogs. — 

€ta.  Festivals  and  Siglits  at  Cairo  —  Pilgrimage  to  Mecca  —  Open- 
ing the  Canal  of  Old  Cairo  —  The  Prophet's  Birth-day  —  Fetes.  — 
bb.  The  Magician.  —  ce.  Institutions  of  the  Pasha  —  Schools.  -.- 
dd.  Internal    Administration  —  Police  —  Courts  of   Justice.  — 

ee.  The  Mahkemeh,  or  Cadi*s  Court  -  -  -     117 

Excursion  1..— a.  Old  Cairo. — 6.  Kilometer  and  Isle  of  Roda. — 
c.  Kasr  el  Aineeand  College  of  Derwishes.  —  Kasr  Dubarra  -     157 

Excursion  2.  —  a.  Heliopolis  (Matar^eh) — Balsam  Plants— Lake  of 
the  Pilgrims —  Old  Jewish  Towns —  Red  G^t^tone  Mountain.  — 

b.  Petri6edWood  -  -  -  -  -     166 

Excursion  3.  —  Gardens  and  Palace  of  Shoobra  -  -  -     171 

Excursion  4.  —  Pyramids  of  Geexeh,    Sakk&ra,  and   Memphis  — 
a.  Things  required  in  going  to  the  Pyramids. — b.  Village  of  Geexeh 

—  Egg  Ovens.~  c.  -History  of  the  Pyramids. — d.  Great  Pyramid. — 
e.  Second  Pyramid. — /.  Tliird  Pyramid.  —  g.  Sphinx.  —  A.  Tombs. 

—  I.  Causeway. — j.  Small  Pyramids,  near  that  of  Cheops — Na- 
ture of  the  Rock. — k.  Date  of  the  Pyramids. — /.  Pyramid  of 
Abooroash.  —  m.  The  two  Arab  Bridges. «—  n.  Busiris.  —  o.  Pyra- 
mids of  Aboos^er.  —  p*  Pyramids  of  Sakkdra —  Tombs q.  Py- 
ramids of  Dashoor.  — r.  Memphis^  Name  of  the  hill  of  the  Pyra- 
mids                -                 -                 -                 -                -  -     172 

Route  7.  —  Cairo  to  Suex.  —  a.  Various  Roads.  —  (.  Distances.  — 

c.  The  TariiTof  Charges  at  tlie  Stations. — d.  Time  employed  — 
Remarks  on  the  Road — Suex  —  Passage  of  the  Red  Sea  by  the 
Israelites — El  Muktala — Kolxim  —  The  Ancient  Canal  of  Arsinoe 

—  Herobpolis  -----     207 

Route  8.  —  Cairo  to  Mount  Sinai  —  Charges  for  Camels  —  Tricks  of 
the  Arabs  —  Names  of  the  Arab  Tribes  —  Requisites  for  the  Jour- 
ney —  Distances  —  Manna  ^  Remarks  on  the  Road  —  Sardbut  el 
Kbadem  —  Names  of  Ancient  Pharaohs  —  Convent  of  St.  Catlia- 
rine  —  Burning  Bush  —  Rock  of  Moses  —  Town  of  Tor  -.  Primi-  ' 
tive  and  other  Mountains  .  •  .  ^    212 


CONTENTS.  vii 

Route  9.  —  Mount  Sinai  to  £1  Ak&ba  —  Distances  —  Aila,  or  Eloth 
— Journey  to  Petni«  or  Wad^e  Moosa  ^  Distances  to  Petra,  He- 
bron, and  Jerusalem         .....     220 

Route  lO.  —  Cairo  to  Syria  —  Distances  —  Daphne,  Felusium  — 
Tomb  of  Pompej — £1  Areesli — Gaza(Ghuzzeh}        -  -     S22 

Route  11.  —  Cairo,  by  Water,  to  Damietta  —  Distances  —  Bersboom 
—  Benba>el-Assal  (Athribis)  —  Semenood  —  Bebayt-el-Hagar 
(Iseum)  —  Manso6ni —  Damietta  —  Other  Towns  in  the  Delta  ^ 
Fetes  of  Sbekhs  —  Trillnguar  Stones  —  Divisions  of  the  Delta       -     224 

Route  12.  —  Cairo,  by  Water,  to  Menzaleh  and  Tanis —  DisUnces  — 
Manso6rato  Menzaleh — Tel  et-Mai  (Thmuis)— Papyrus — Canal  of 
Menzaleh  —  Land  of  the  Delta  —  Menzaleh  and  the  Neighbour- 
hood—  Matar^eh  —  Fish — Lake  Menzaleh — Water  Fowl  —  Ruins 
of  Tanis  -  -  *  -  -  -     2S0 

Route  ]3b  —  Cairo,  by  Water,  to  Bubastis,  Pharbaethus,  and  Tanis  ^ 
'Distances —  Canal  of  Moez  —  Ruins  of  Bubastis,  now  Tel  Basta  — 
Zakaseek  —  Harbayt  (Pharbsthus)  ...     236 

Route  14.  —  Cairo  to  the  Natron  Lakes  —  Distances  —  Natron 
Springs  -^  Convents  —  Productions  —  Animals  —  Petrified  Wood  — 
The  Bahr  el  Fargh,  or  Babr-bela-ma  ...     239 

Route  15.  —  Cairo  to  the  Seewah,  or  Oasis  of  Amroon  —  Distances. — 
a.  Road  from  Alexandria. —  b.  From  Terdneh.  —  e.  From  the 
Fyoom  —  Ruins —  Dates —  Government  and  Customs  of  Seewah  — 
Language  —  Town  of  Seewah  —  Conquered  by  Mohammed  Ali.    -     246 

Route  16.  —  Cairo,  by  Land,  to  the  Fyoom.  —  a.  Road  to  the  Fyoom. 
6.  Distances  from  Cairo  to  Medeeneh  —  Tomeeh  —  Senooris — 
Biahmoo  (ruins)  —  Medeeneh  —  l*he  Arsinoite  nome.  —  c.  Excur- 
sions from  Medeeneh  —  Obelisk  at  Biggig.  -~  d.  Lake  Moeris  or 
Birket  el  Kom  —  Ruins  at  Kom  Weseem  <—  at  El  Hammam  —  at 
Dimay,  or  Nerba.  —  e.  Kasr  Kharoon  —  Temple  and  other  Ruins 
—  Nezleh  —  Large  Canal—  Sites  of  old  Towns  —  £1  Gherek       -     249 

Route  17.  —Medeeneh  (in  the  Fyoom)  to  Benisooef  (oo  the  Nile)  — 
Distances  —  Pyramid  of  Howara  and  site  of  the  Labyrinth  »- 
Pyramid  of  Illahoon  —  Bahr  Yoosef  ...     256 

Route  18.  —  Cairo  to  the  Little  Oasis,  the  Great  Oasis,  and  the  Oasis 
of  Dakhleh,  by  the  Fyoom.  — a.  Different  Roads  to  the  Oasis.  — h. 
Requisites  for  the  Journey.  — e.  Distances.  —  d,  Wadee  Ry£n,  and 
Motleb.  — «. .  Little  Oasis — Ruins  — Warm  Springs —  Dates  —  Palm 
Wine  —  Gardens — Origin  of  the  Springs — Inhabitants  —  Distances 
in  this  Oasis. — /.  Small  Oasis  of  £1  Hayz.  —g.  Oasis  of  Far&freh. 
— A.  Oasis  of  the  Blacks.  —  i.  Oasts  of  Dakhleh  —  Ruins  —  Popu- 
lation -»  Productions.  — j.  The  Great  Oasis,  or  Wah  el  Khargeh  — 
Temple  of  Ain  Amoor  on  the  road  to  it  —  Columbaria  and  other 
Ruins  in  the  great  Oasis — The  Great  Temple,  Name  of  Darius, 
Inscriptions  —  Christian  inscriptions  and  Tombs  —  Caravans  from 
Dar-Foor  —  Population — Productions.  —  k.  Distances  in  the  Great 
Oasis,  going  to  its  southern  extremity  —  Temples  of  I^asr  Ain  el 
Goaytah,  and  Kasr  Ain  e*  Zay6n  —  Tomb  of  Emeer  KhAled  — 
Temple  of  Doosh.  — /.   Road  to  Abydus.  — m.  Road  to  £sn6         -     257 

a4 


Viii  CONTENTS. 

Page 
Route  19.  —  Cairo  to  the  Convents  of  St,  Antony  and  St.  Paul,  in 
the  Eastern  Desert — Distances  —  The  Arab  tribes  —  Convents  of 
St.  Antony  and  St.  Paul  —  Alabaster  quarries  —  Primiiive  and 
secondary  mountains — Gebel  e*  Zayt  —  Porphyry  quarries —  Ruins 
of  Myos  Hormos  —  Granite  quarries  and  ruins  at  Fateereh  —  Old 
Kossayr  (Philotera)^ — Modem  Kossayr  —  Wadee  Jasoos  -     268 

(For  the  Desert  South  of  Kossayr,  See  Routes  26  and  27.) 


Sect.  III.  —  UPPER  EGYPT,  BETWEEN  CAIRO  AND 

THEBES. 

Preliminary  Information.  — a.  The  Soeed,  or  Upper  Egypt. — h,  De« 
nominations  of  Towns,  &c.  — c.  Ancient  Divlsiuns  of  Egypt —  An- 
cient Towns  on  the  Nile,  mentioned  in  the  Itinerary  of  Antoninus. 
— d,   Egyptian  Temples,  their  Plans,  and  principal  Features  -     272 

Route  20.  —  Cairo  to  Benisooef  by  Water — Attar-e'Nebbee  — 
Toora  —  El  Masarah  and  ancient  Quarries  —  Helw&n  —  Dyke  of 
Menes  —  Pyramids  of  Lisht  —  False  Pyramid  —  Atf^eh  —  Boosh— 
Benisooef —  Beggars       -  -  -  -  -     277 

Route  21.  —  Benisooef  to  Minieh  —  Anasieh  (Heraclcopolis)  —  Bib- 
beh  —  El  Haybee,  small  ancient  Town  —  Gebel  Shekh  Embarak 
—  Excursion  to  Behnesa,  inland,  from  Aboo  Girgeh  —  Gebel  e* 
Tayr,  Convent —  Gisr  el  Agoos  —  T^bneh  (Acoris),  Inscriptions, 
Quarries  —  Minieh  -  -  '  -  -  -     282 

Route  22.  —  Minieh  to  Osioot — Kom  Ahmar,  Grottoes  (Alabas- 
tron  ?)  —  Curious  sculptured  Grottoes  of  Beni  Hassan  —  The  Speos 
Artemidos  —  Shekh  Abddeh  (Antinoe)— Sculptured  Grottoes  of 
E'Dayr  e*  Nakhl,  Colossus  on  a  Sledge  —  Reramoon — Oshmoo- 
nayn  (Hermopolis)  —  Gebel  Toona —  Mellawee —  Sculptured 
Grottoes  and  Remains  at  Tel  el  Amama  —  Dom  Trees  —  Gebel 
Aboofayda — Crocodiles —  Ruins  at  El  Hare'fb  —  Crocodile  Mummy 
Pits  of  £1  Maabdeh  —  Manfaloot  —  Mankabat  —  Osioot,  sculp- 
tured Grottoes  -  -  ~   -  -  -    291 

Route  23.  —  Osioot  to  Girgeh  —  Abooteg  (  Abutis)  —  Gov,  or  Kow 
el  Keber  (Antaopolis) — Gebel  Shekh  Hereedce,  Snake — Itfoo, 
(Aphroditopolis)  —  Soobag — The  White  Monastery,  Atbribis, 
Ruins — Ekhmim  (Panopolis),  Ruins  —  Mensheeh  (Ptolema'is 
Hermii)  —  Girgeh  or  Geergeh  —  Excursion  from  Girgeh  to  Aby- 
dus,  Ruins        ......     313 

Route  24 Girgeh  to  Keneb  —  Bellianeh  —  Samhood  —  Farshoot 

— The  How4ra  Horsemen  —  Great  Bend  of  the  Nile  at  How  (Dios- 
polis  Parva),  few  Ruins —  Kasr  e'  Sy&d,  old  Catacombs  —  Isle  of 
Tabenna  —  Dendera  (Tentyris),  Temples  —  The  Tentyrites ; 
Crocodiles  —  Keneh        .  -  .  .  .     325 

Route  25.  —  Keneh  to  Thebes — Ballas  —  Koft  (Coptos),  few  Re- 
mains  —  Koos  (  Apollinopolis  Parva),  few  Remains  —  Slienhoor,  a 
small  Roman  Temple  —  Gam61a  —  Medamot,  Temple  -  -    333 


CONTENTS.  U 

Page 
Sect.  IV.  — THEBES. 

Prelimioaiy  Informalion.  —  a.  Arrival  at  Thebes.  —  b.  Quickest  mode 
of  seeing  Thebes  .....     333 

THIBIS. 

I.  Temple  —  Palace  of  Old  Koorneh.  —  2.  Memnonium,  or 
lUmeseum.  —  3.  The  Two  Colossi  —  The  Vocal  Memnon.  — 
4.     Rise    of    the    Land.  —  5.  Temples    at    Medeenet   Haboo  — 

The    Great  Temple;    Battle  Scenes 6,    Other  Ruins — Lake  of 

Haboo..  —  7  .  Tombs  of  the  Queens.  —  8.  Other  Ipmbs —  Small 
Brick  Pyramid.  —  9.  Dayr  el  Mede6neh.  — 10.  Dayr  el  B^ree.  — 
11.  Tombs  of  the  Kings.  —  12.  Tombs  in  the  Western  Valley. — 
IS.  Tombs  of  Priests  and  Private  Individuals  —  Arched  Tombs  — 
The  oldest  Tombs — Large  Tombs  of  the  Assase^f — Tombs  of 
Koomet  Murraee  —  Tombs  of  Shekh  A bd*el- Koorneh,  the  most  in- 
teresting at  Thebes.  — 14.  Eastern  Bank  —  Luxor,  Temple.  — 
15.  Kamak,  Temples — Comparative  Antiquity  of  the  Buildings 
—  Names  of  the  Foreign  Kings  —  Historical  Sculptures  -  -     336 

Route  26.  — |Keneh  to  Kossayr  by  the  Moayleh,  or  Moileh,  Road        -     398 

Route  27.  —  Keneh  to  Kossayr,  by  the  Russafa  road  .  -     398 

Route  28. — Thebes  to  Kossayr  —  Several  Roads  from  the  Nile  to 
Kossayr  —  The  Russafa  Road  —  Ancient  Road  and  Stations  — 
Breccia  Quarries,  small  Temple,  and  Names  of  Kings  in  Wadee 
Foakh^er  —  arrival  from  India  at  Kossayr — Hints  for  those  com- 
ing from  India — The  Ababdeh  Desert — Gold  Mines —  Ancient 
Stations  on  the  Coptos  Road  to  Berenice — Berenice — Basanite 
Mountain  —  Nechesia  *-  Leucos  Portus  —  Emerald  Mines  —  An. 
cient  Road  from  Contra  Apollonipolis  to  those  Mines,  small 
Temple  ^  The  Bishiree,  or  Bishar^eh  Tribe  of  Arabs     .  -     398 

Route  29.  —  Thebes  to  Asouan,  the  first  Cataract,  Elephantine, 
Sehayl,  and  Philse  —  Erment  (Hermon this),  few  Remains — Tuot 
(Tu^ium),  small  Temple — Cro^odilopolis— Tofn^ —  E'sn^  (La- 
topolis),  fine  Portico,  Zodiac;  Almeh women — El  Helleh  (Contra 
Laton)  —  Pyramid  of  El  Koola  —  Kom  el  Abmar  (Hieraconpolis), 
few  Ruins  —  Sandstones — El  Kab  (Eilethyas),  Ruins;  Natron; 
Curious  painted  Grottoes  —  Edfoo  ( Apollinopolis  Magna }, 
Temples  —  Hagar  Silsileh  (Silsilis),  Sandstone  Quarries,  Grottoes, 
and   Tablets  ;  The  God  Nilus  —  Kom  Ombo  ( Ombos),  Temples 

—  Sandstones  and  Granites  -^  Asouan  (Syene) ;  Supposed  Tropical 
Well ;  Saracenic  Wall  and  Tombs ;  Granite  Quarries  of  Syene ; 
Syenite  —  Island  of  Elephantine  ;  Nilometer  —  Island  of 
Sehayl — 1st  Cataract — Isle  of  Phils,  Temples,  and  other  Ruins 

—  Isle  of  Biggeh  .  -  -  -  -     404 

S«cT.  v.  — NUBIA. 

Preliminary  Observations.  —  a.  Conquests  of  the  Egyptians  and  Ro- 
mans above  Phils,  and  the  first  Cataract.  —  b.  The  modem  Nubians, 
or  Barabras      ,.----     423 

A  5 


C0XTENT8. 


Page 


Route  SO.  —  Asouan  (by  Philae)  to  Derr,  by  Water  —  Dabod  (  Parem- 
bole),  Temple  —  Old  Wall,  Column,  Remains  of  a  Temple  —  Gar- 
tassce,  small  Ruin,  Quarry,  Stone  Enclosure  —  Waidee  Tafa 
(Taphis),  Stone  Ruins — KaUbshee  (Talmis),  Temple,  Inscription 
of  King  Silco,  and  others  —  Bayt  el  Wellee,  Temple  —  Dendoor, 
Temple  ;  Sandstone  Pier  —  Gerf  Hossdyn  (Tutiis),  Temple  — 
Kostamneh,  Doorway  —  Dakkeh  (Psclcis),  Temple,  Ergamenes 
King  of  Ethiopia  —  Modem  Amazons — The  White  and  Blue 
(properly  black)  Nile  —  Inscriptions,  God  of  Pselcis  —  Contra 
Pselcis,  Ruins  —  Korti,  small  Ruin  —  Mabarraka(Hierasycaminon), 
Ruins  —  Sabo6a,  Temple ~  Bend  of  the  River— £1  Khar^b  — 
A'mada,  Temple  ~  Derr,  the  Capital  of  Nubia,  Temple  -  426 

Route  SI. —  Derr  to  Aboo-Simbel  and  Wadee  Halfeh  —  Grotto  on  road 
to  Ibiseem  —  Tomb  near  Gattey  —  Ibreem  (Primis  Panra),  Citadel, 
few  Remains,  Petronius  and  Candace,  Grottoes  —  Boston  —  Reefs  at 
Tosko — Aboo-Simbel  (  Aboccis?),  two  fine  Temples —  Ferayg,  small 
Temple  —  Faras — Serra  —  Wadee  Halfeh  —  Second  Cataract  — 
Sam  neb,  two  Temples      .....    435 


INTRODUCTION. 


a.  Journey  from  England  to  Egypt.  — 6.  Expenses  to  Egypt  and  India  by 
France.  —  c.  Steamers  from  Marseilles  to  Egyot.  —  d.  Steamers  from 
England  by  Gibraltar  and  Malta  to  Alexandria  and  India. — e.  Quarantine 
returning  from  Egypt. 

a.   JOURNBT  FROM  ENGLAND  TO  EGYPT. 

The  most  usual  route  from  England  to  Egypt  is  by  Gibraltar  and 
Malta,  or  through  France  by  Paris  and  Marseilles,  and  thence  to 
Malta  and  Alexandria.  There  is  another  route  through  Germany 
by  the  Danube  to  Constantinople,  and  thence  by  Syra  to  Alex- 
andria, which  has  been  described  in  the  Handbooks  of  Southern 
Germany,  and  of  the  East ;  and  those  who  happen  to  be  in  the 
yieinity  of  the  Adriatic,  and  do  not  wish  to  cross  Italy  to  Naples 
or  other  ports  in  direct  communication  with  Malta,  may  find 
their  way  by  the  Ionian  Islands  and  Greece  to  Egypt ;  or  by  the 

Austrian  steamer  direct  frdm  Trieste  to  Alexandria. 

.  ■  •  » 

b,   EXPENSES  TO  EGYPT  AND  INDIA  BY  FBANCE. 

Though  the  expenses  of  a  journey  depend  on  the  arrangements 
made  by  the  traveller,  the  following,  for  which  I  am  indebted  to  a 
gentleman  who  passed  through  France  in  1841,  on  his  way  to  India, 
may  ^iye  some  notion  of  the  charges  on  the  route  by  Chalons  and 
Lyons  to  Marseilles : 

ih. 
Fare  in  steam-boat  to  Boulogne     15  < 
Expenses  at  Boulogne 
Passport,  passing  baggage,  &c. 
Diligence  to  Paris  and  dinner 
Extra  for  luggage  by  diligence 
Porters  to  and  from  Meurice*s 
Meurice's  bill 

Fare  to  Cbalons  by  diligence   - 
Extra  for  luggage 
Porter  at  Ch&lons  and  expenses 
on  the  road  ... 

Bill  at  Cb&lons       - 
Servants  at  Cbalons 
Passage  in  steam-boat  to  Lyons 
Bill  at  Lyons  ... 

Porters  to  and  from  hotel 
Place  in  diligence  to  Maneilles 
Luggage  at  Marseilles 


Total  from   England  to  Marseilles 
or  £10  12«.  9^ 


ft.  lOUI. 

According  to  another  Calculation. 

•  18   10 

£. 

17 

London  to  Paris - 

4 

12 

In  Paris  ... 

1 

20 

Paris  to  Cbalons 

S 

9  10 

1 

3 

3  / 

16 

to  Marseilles 

2 

44 

.... 

12 

Total  from  England  to 

Marseilles 

14 

6     • 

Thence  direct  to  Alex- 

12 

andria  ... 

27 

2 

8 

20 

Alexandria  to  Sues    - 

15 

Total  from  London  to 

6 

Sues      ... 

56 

41 

From  Sues  to  Bombay 

19 

is  from  52  to  . 
Making  the   total  to 

72 

266     0 

Bombay 

128 

A  6 


Xll  INTRODUCTIOK. 

In  returning  from  India  there  is  an  additional  expense  for 
quarantine,  which  may  be  calculated  at  11/.  lOs.  for  the  17  days  at 
Malta  (or  less  if  shared  by  two  persons),  making  the  total,  ac- 
cording to  the  second  calculation,  139/.  10«. 

It  may  be  observed  —  1st.  That  the  first  of  the  above  calculations 
appears  to  be  made  on  the  most  economical  plan  ;  —  2nd.  That  in 
both,  the  sum  total  does  not  include  stoppages  on  the  road,  but 
allows  only  for  the  actual  expenses  of  the  direct  journey ;  —  3d. 
That  170/.  is  generally  considered  necessary  for  a  person  leaving 
India  for  England,  who  intends  to  travel  economically  by  public 
conveyances,  or  150/.  if  taking  a  deck  passage. 

C.    STEAMEBS  FROM  MARSEILLES  TO  EGYPT. 

French  steamers  run  direct  from  Marseilles  to  Egypt,  and  the 
old  line  by  Syra  is  abandoned. 

There  is  also  an  English  steamer  between  Marseilles  and  Malta 
which  goes  once  a  month  to  and  from  Malta,  where  it  meets  the 
packet  coming  direct  from  England.  The  fare  from  Marseilles  to 
Malta  is  9/.,  including  board,  for  a  1st  class  passenger ;  that  of  the 
2nd  class  being  5/.,  living  also  included.  It  leaves  Marseilles  on  the 
9th  of  every  month,  arriving  at  Malta  early  on  the  third  day,  or  the 
12th ;  and  brings  with  it  the  London  mail  for  India,  which  is  made 
up  on  the  4th,  unless  it  should  happen  to  fall  on  a  Sunday,  when  it 
is  deferred  till  the  following  day.  By  this  junction-steamer  letters 
can  be  despatched  from  London  three  or  four  days  later  than  by  the 
packet  that  goes  round  by  Gibraltar  to  Malta. 

The  arrangements  of  the  Mediterranean  steamers  are  frequently 
changing ;  and  it  is  therefore  advisable  to  refer  to  the  Tariffs  issued 
annually  by  the  different  companies. 

d.   STEAMERS  FROM  ENGLAND  BT  GIBRALTAR  AND  MALTA. 

Steamers  leave  Southampton  to  Alexandria  and  India  on  the  3rd 
and  20th  of  every  month  for  Alexandria,  calling  at  Gibraltar  and 
Malta.    They  are  connected  with  the  overland  journey  to  India. 

Those  who  have  time  to  spare  may  visit  Lisbon,  and  the  neigh- 
bourhood, or  Cadiz  and  Seville,  by  going  out  in  one  of  the  previous 
Gibraltar  steamers,  which  leave  England  every  week,  (touching  at 
Vigo,  Oporto,  Lisbon,  and  Cadiz,  on  the  way  to  Gibraltar)  and  join 
the  Alexandrian  packet,  the  week  or  fortnight  after,  at  Gibraltar. 

The  following  is  the  latest  information  published  by  the  Penin- 
sular and  Oriental  Company  respecting  their  steamers  to  Egypt  and 
India. 


INTRODUCTION-  Xui 

«  THE  OUTWARD  ROUTE. 

**  Firtt  Line, — England  to  Aleiandria,  Aden,  Bombay,  Ceylon,  Madras,  and 
Calcutta,  Penang,  Singapore,  and  Hong  Kong.     20th  of  every  Month. 

"  The  Company^s  Steamers  (vessels  of  about  1500  tons  and  450 
horse-power)  start  from  Southampton  on  the  20th  of  every  month,  at 
2  P.M.,  and  after  calling  at  Gibraltar  and  Malta,  and  receiving  at  the 
latter  place  the  mail  of  the  24th  from  England,  brought  from  Mar- 
sdlles  to  Malta  by  Her  Majesty's  steamers,  arrive  at  Alexandria  in 
about  sixteen  days  from  Southampton. 

Passengers  are  conveyed  through  Egypt  by  the  Transit  Adminis- 
tration of  his  Highness  the  Pacha  of  Egypt. 

The  mode  of  transit  is  as  follows :  —  1st,  Alexandria  to  Atfeh,  by 
the  Mahmoodeeh  Canal,  in  large  track  boats,  towed  by  a  steam- tug 
or  by  horses.    (^See  Route  6.) 

2nd,  From  Atfeh,  at  the  junction  of  the  canal  with  the  Nile,  to 
Boulak  (the  port  of  Cairo),  by  the  river  Nile,  in  steamers.  (See 
Route  6.) 

drd,  Cairo  to  Suez  across  the  desert ;  this  part  of  the  journey  is 
performed  in  carriages.    (See  Route  7.) 

The  entire  journey  from  Alexandria  to  Suez  is  performed  with 
ease  in  about  sixty  hours,  including  a  night's  rest  at  Cairo,  and  a 
sufficient  time  for  refreshment  and  repose  at  the  central  station  be- 
tween Cairo  and  Suez. 

The  following  are  extracts  from  the  Tariff  of  the  Transit  Admi- 
nistration :  — 

*  Passengers  are  furnished  with  three  meals  per  diem,  during  the  time  they 
are  en  rtnUe,  free  of  charge,  but  their  expenses  at  hotels  must  be  defrayed  by 
themselves,  as  also  wines,  beer,  &c.  during  their  entire  transit. 

'  The  portmanteaus,  trunks,  carpet  bogs,  &c.  of  ^  the  passengers,  must 
bear  the  name  and  destination  of  the  owners ;  such  inscription  to  be  legible  and 
well  secured. 

'  On  the  arrival  of  each  steamer  the  officer  of  the  administration  will  at- 
tend to  receive  the  luggage  of  passengers. 

'  The  administration  will  not  be  responsible  for  any  loss  or  damage  of 
luggage,  nor  unavoidable  detention. 

*  Tlie  administration  will  at  all  times  endeavour  to  employ  the  easiest  means 
I  of  conveyance,  such  as  donkey  chairs,  &c.  for  invalids  and  sick  persons.'* 

On  arriving  at  Suez  passengers  embark  on  board  one  of  the  Com- 
pany's steamers  for  Ceylon,  Madras,  and  Calcutta  (vessels  of  about 
1,600  tons  and  500  horse-power),  which  start  from  Suez  about  the 
10th  of  every  month,  call  first  at  Aden,  where  they  coal,  and  trans- 
fer passengers  and  mails  for  Bombay  to  the  Honourable  East  India 


xiv  INTRODUCTION. 

* 

Company* 9  steamers ;  the  steamer  then  proceeds  to  Ceylon,  arriving 
there  in  about  seventeen  days,  at  Madras  in  about  twenty-two  days, 
and  at  Calcutta  in  about  twenty- seven  days  from  Suez,  including 
all  stoppages. 

Passengers  for  Fenang,  Singapore,  and  Hong  Kong,  leave  the 
main  line  at  Ceylon,  and  there  embark  in  one  of  the  Company's 
branch  steamers  (vessels  of  about  1,000  tons  and  300  horse-power,) 
and  which  arrive  at  Fenang  in  about  six  days,  at  Singapore  in  about 
nine  days,  and  at  Hong  Kong  in  about  sixteen  days  from  Ceylon, 
including  all  stoppages. 

The  length  of  time  therefore  of  the  voyage  to  India,  and  China, 
by  the  Overland  Route,  is  as  follows  :  — 

England  to  Bombay  ....  35  days 

Ceylon  .        -         -  -  40 

Madras  -         -         -  -  45 

Calcutta  ...  -  48 

Fenang  -         -         -  -  46 

Singapore  -        •         -  .  49 

Hong  Kong  ^        '        -  ^  56      „ 

**  Second  Line.  —  England  to  Alexandria,  Aden  and  Bombay,  Sd  of  every 

Month. 

"  A  second  line  of  the  Company's  steamers  leave  Southampton  on 
the  drd  of  every  month,  for  Gibraltar  and  Malta,  where  the  pas- 
sengers and  mails  are  transferred- to  their  steamer  'Ariel'  for 
Alexandria. 

On  arriving  at  Suez,  passengers  embark  on  board  the  Honourable 
East  India  Company's  steamers  for  Bombay :  the  length  of  pas- 
sage from  England  to  Bombay  is  about  thirty-five  days. 

The  dates  of  the  departure  of  the  Company's  steamers  from  the 
several  intermediate  ports,  are  about  as  follows :  — 


Ist  Line  Outwards  from  Gibraltar 

- 

- 

25th  of  the  month. 

Malta      - 

■• 

- 

Slst 

>t 

Suez 

. 

. 

10th 

1) 

Aden 

. 

. 

16th 

» 

Ceylon  (Galle) 

- 

- 

S8th 

M 

Madras 

- 

- 

1st 

» 

Fenang 

. 

. 

3rd 

M 

Singapore 

- 

- 

6th 

it 

2nd.  Line  Outwards  from  Gibraltar 

- 

- 

9th 

If 

Malta      - 

- 

- 

14th 

»l 

Sues  (Honourable  East  India 

Company's  Steamer) 

- 

25th 

»9 

Aden 

• 

. 

dOth 

•1 

INTRODUCTION.  XV 

"THE  HOMEWARD  ROUTE. 

**  Ftrsi  £tse.—  Calcutta,  Madras,  Cejlon,  Hong  Kong,  Singapore,  Penang, 

and  Aden  to  England. 

*' From  Calcutta 10th  of  the  month. 

Bombay  (Hon.  East  India  Co.'s  Steamers)  1 5th  „ 

Hong  Kong 28th  „ 

The  Company's  steamers  start  from  Calcutta  (Sandheads)  on  the 
10th  of  every  month,  except  in  May,  June,  and  July,  when  they 
start  on  the  5th.  From  Calcutta  they  call  at  Madras,  Ceylon,  and 
Aden,  at  which  last  place  they  receive  the  Passengers  and  Mails 
G>rought  so  far  by  the  Hon.  East  India  Company's  steamers)  from 
Bombay.    From  Aden  they  proceed  to  Suez. 

On  landing  at  Suez,  generally  about  the  7th  of  the  month,  pas- 
sengers are  conveyed  through  Eg3rpt  in  the  same  way  as  described 
in  the  outward  route,  and,  on  arriving  at  Alexandria,  embark  on 
board  the  Company's  steamer  for  England,  which  conveys  them  to 
Southampton,  calling  at  Malta  and  Gibraltar.  There  is  now  no 
quarantine  upon  this  line  of  steamers,  and  passengers  are  allowed 
to  land  at  once,  the  vessel  merely  calling  at  the  Motherbank  to 
receive  pratique. 

'<  Second  Line, .»  Bombay  and  Aden  to  England. 

^*  The  Honourable  East  India  Company's  steamers  leave  Bombay 
1st  of  every  month,  except  in  the  months  of  May,  June,  and  July, 
when  they  leave  on  the  20th  of  the  month ;  the  length  of  passage 
from  Bombay  to  Suez  is  about  sixteen  days. 

On  arriving  at  Alexandria,  passengers  embark  on  board  the  Pe- 
ninsular and  Oriental  Company's  steamer '  Ariel,'  for  Malta,  where 
they  go  on  board  another  of  ~the  Company's  steamers  for  South- 
ampton. 

The  dates  of  departure  of  the  steamers  from  the  several  interme- 
diate ports  homewards  are  about  as  follows  :  — 

Itt  Line,     Homewards         -        -        Madras  -  13th  of  the  month. 

Ceylon  -  17th  „ 

Aden  -  28th  „ 

Hong  Kong  -  88th  „ 

Singapore  -    4th  „ 

Penang  -     8th  „ 
Hon.  East  India  Company's 

Steamers.        -       '-        Bombay  -  15th  ,, 


XVI 


INTRODUCTION. 


1st  of  the  month, 
nth 


19th 
24th 
SOth 


9* 


»f 


>f 


»» 


**Snd  Line,      Hon.  East  India  Company's 

Steamers  from  -         Bombay 

Aden     - 
Peninsular  and  Oriental  Co.'8 

Steamers.  -        -         Aleiandria 

Malta 
Gibraltar 

"  The  Rates  of  Passage  Money,  — •  Passengers  for  Aden,  Ceylon, 
Madras,  Calcutta,  Penang,  Singapore,  and  Hong  Kong,  are  booked 
through  at  the  Company*s  Office,  including  expenses  of  transit. 

Passengers  for  Bombay  are  booked  only  as  far  as  they  are  con- 
veyed by  the  Company's  Steamers,  but  the  cost  of  the  passage 
throughout  will  be  found  in  the  table  below. 

The  Rates  of  Passage  Money  have  been  lately  greatly  reduced, 
and  are 


From  England  to 

Aden. 

Ceylon. 

Madru. 

Calcutta. 

For  a  Gentleman        -        •         . 

77 

113 

118 

127 

For  a  Lady       -         -         -         - 

82 

122 

127 

136 

For  a  Gentleman  and  his  Wife,  a 

whole  cabin  throughout  - 

214 

290 

299 

.'  317 

Children  with  their  Parents. 

5  years  and  under  10 

50 

65 

70 

80 

2  years  and  under  5             -         - 

35 

45 

50 

60 

Not  exceeding  2  years 

Free. 

Free. 

Free. 

Free. 

Servants — European  Female 

37 

46 

52 

62 

Europan  Male   - 

35 

44 

50 

60 

Native  Female  - 

30 

32 

38 

44 

Native  Male      . 

2G 

28 

34 

40 

From  England  to 


For  a  Gentleman 
For  a  Lady         -  -         - 

For  a  Gentleman  and  his  Wife,  a 
whole  cabin  throughout 

Children  with  their  Parents, 
5  years  and  under  10 
2  years  and  under  5      - 
Not  exceeding  2  years 

5eroai»te— -European  Female 
European  Male 
Natire  Female  - 
Native  Male 


Bombay. 


107 
112 


Penang. 


134 
143 

335 

70 

50 

Free. 

52 
50 
39 
35 


Singapore. 


Hong  Kong 


142 
152 

350 

I 

75 

55 

Free. 

57 
55 
44 
40 


165 
175 

396 

85 

65 

Free. 

67 
65 
49 
45 


INTRODUCTION.  XVll 

These  rates  will  be  proportionately  increased  according  to  the 
class  of  accommodation  required. 

The  aboTe  rates  include  transit  through  Egypt,  Steward's  fees, 
and  table,  wines,  &c.,  for  first-class  passengers.  Bedding,  linen, 
and  all  requisite  cabin  furniture,  is  provided  in  the  Steamers  at  the 
Company's  expense,  together  with  the  attendance  of  experienced 
male  and  female  servants^ 

For  large  families  an  allowance  will  be  made  in  the  foregoing 
rates. 

'*  Baggage.  —  First*class  passengers  are  allowed,  in  the  Company's 
Steamers  only,  on  either  side  of  the  Isthmus,  3  cwt.  of  personal  bag- 
gage free  of  freight,  and  children  and  servants  1^  cwt.  each.  And 
passengers  will  please  to  take  note,  that  the  Company  cannot  en- 
gage to  take  any  excess  of  baggage  over  that  quantity,  unless 
shipped  at  Southampton  three  days  before  starting  and  freight  paid 
thereon. 

All  baggage  must  be  shipped  on  the  day  previous  to  sailing, 
except  carpet  bags  or  hat  boxes.  —  All  other  baggage  received  on 
board  on  the  day  of  sailing  will  be  considered  as  extra  baggage,  and 
charged  freight  as  such. 

The  charge  for  conveyance  of  extra  baggage,  should  there  be 
room  in  the  vessel,  will  be  2/.  per  cwt.  between  Suez  and  India, 
and  1/.  per  cwt.  between  England  and  Alexandria. 

Passengers  will  have  to  pay  the  Egyptian  Transit  Company  in 
Egypt  16«.  per  cwt.  for  conveyance  of  baggage  through,  should  it 
exceed,  for  first-class  passengers,  2  cwt.,  and  children  and  ser- 
vants 1  cwt.  No  package  of  baggage  should  exceed  80  lbs.  weight. 
The  best  dimensions  for  a  trunk  or  portmanteau  are,  length  2  ft. 
3  in.  — breadth,  1  ft.  2  in.  — depth,  1  ft.  2  in. 

Every  package  of  baggage  should  have  the  owner's  name  and 
place  of  destination  distinctly  painted  upon  it  in  white  letters. 

Passengers  taking  parcels  or  articles  of  merchandize  in  their 
baggage  will  incur  the  risk  of  seizure  by  the  Customs'  authorities, 
and  of  detention  for  freight  by  the  Company's  agents. 

"  Passengers  for  Bombay,  —  As  the  Company  do  not  book  the 
whole  way  to  Bombay,  it  is  well  that  passengers  should  know  that 
they  will  find  no  difficulty,  or  inconvenience,  in  securing  the  passage 
on,  after  leaving  the  Company's  ships.  If  they  proceed  by  the  1st 
Line  (20th  of  every  month),  they  have  merely  to  pay  on  board  the 
.  Honourable  East  India  Company's  Steamers  at  Aden,  for  the  pas- 
sage from  Aden  to  Bombay.    If  they  proceed  by  the  2nd  Line  (drd 


•  •• 


INTRObUCTION. 


of  the  month),  they  will  have  to  pay  for  the  transit  through  Egypt, 
on  arriving  at  Alexandria,  and  on  arriving  at  Suez  will  have  to  pay 
on  board  the  Honourable  East  India  Company's  Steamers  there  for 
their  passage  from  Suez  to  Bombay. 
The  expenses  of  transit  through  Egypt  are  as  under :  — 


TRANSIT   AOMINISTRATIOK   TARIFF. 


In  Vans  across 
the  Deseru 


A  Lady         ------ 

A  Gentleman  .        .         .        «         - 

A  Child  above  10  years 
A  Child  of  5  years  and  under  10 
A  Child  of  2  years  and  under  5  -         - 

A  Child  under  2  years  .         -         - 

A  European  Female  Servant 
A  European  Man  Servant  or  Mechanic 
A  Native  Female  Servant        .         -         - 
A  Native  Man  Servant  on  a  Dromedary  or 
Donkey      ------ 

The  Honourable  East  India  Company's  Rates  of  Passage  Money 
are  as  under:  — 


From  Alexandria  to  Suez, 
and  vice  veni. 

£12 

12 

12 

8 

6 

free 

10 

8 

8 


SUXB   TO   B0MBA7. 


For  a  Gentleman 
For  a  Lady 


ADEN   TO   BOMBAT. 


£55    0    0 
60    0    0 


For  a  Gentleman         -         -         -         -  £27  10    0 

For  a  Lady 30    0     0 

The  addition  of  the  rate  from  Aden  to  Bombay  (should  the  pas- 
senger proceed  by  the  1st  Line,  20th  of  the  month),  to  the  rate 
charged  by  the  Peninsular  and  Oriental  Company  from  England  to 
Aden,  will  give  the  whole  expense  of  the  passage  from  England  to 
Bombay ;  and  in  the  case  of  a  passenger  proceeding  by  the  2nd  Line 
(3rd  of  the  month),  the  addition  of  40/.  (the  Company *s  rate  to  Alex- 
andria) to  the  Transit  rate,  and  the  Honourable  East  India  Com- 
pany's charge  from  Suez  to  Bombay,  will  also  give  the  total  amount 
of  passage  money." 

C.   QUARANTINE  RETUBNINO  FROM  EGYPT. 

By  going  direct  in  the  Steamers  from  Alexandria  to  England,  the 
quarantine  is  avoided,  and  pratique  is  given  on  reaching  the 
Motherbank,  provided  they  have  a  clean  bill  of  health ;  the  voyage 
in  like  manner  counts  in  going  by  tbe  Austrian  Steamers  to  Trieste. 

Those  who  intend  visiting  Southern  Italy  will  probably  stop  at 


INTRODUCTION.  3UX 

Malta,  where  the  quarantine  is  less  irksome  than  in  most  places. 
The  full  quarantine  with  a  clean  bill  of  health  is  24  days,  but  the 
Toyage  reduces  this  number  to  19,  and  it  will  probably  soon  be 
less  than  at  present ;  but  when  the  plague  is  at  Alexandria  it  is 
increased  to  22  and  upwards. 

Shortly  after  the  steamer  is  anchored  in  the  quarantine  harbour, 
an  officer  comes  alongside  to  inquire  about  the  number  of  the  pas- 
sengers, in  order  to  prepare  for  their  accommodation  in  the  lazaretto, 
and  fix  upon  the  part  they  are  to  occupy.    They  then  go  ashore  to 
choose  their  rooms,  leaving  their  baggage,  properly  packed  up,  to 
follow  after  them.    The  traveller  must  make  up  his  mind  to  be  de- 
tained some  time  before  each  person  is  satisfied,  and  he  will  be 
fortunate  if  the  passengers  are  few.    When  numerous,  there  is  often 
a  scramble  for  rooms,  and  two  persons  are  put  into  the  same  bed- 
room.   A  sitting-room  is  not  given  except  as  a'  favour,  or  when 
there  are  few  passengers ;  but  it  is  not  refused  to  a  party  of  five 
or  six  persons  who  intend  to,  dine  together.    If  without  a  servant, 
the  first  thing  after  securing  rooms  is  to  take  one,  who  may  be  en- 
gaged beforehand  by  writing  to  a  friend  at  Malta,  or  may  be  found 
at  the  door  of  the  lazaretto  ;  where  many  come  to  offer  their  ser- 
vices, with  letters  of  recommendation  from  former  masters,  which 
may  be  read  but  not  touched.    When  engaged,  they  come  into 
quarantine  jand  perform  the  same  number  of  days  as  their  master. 
They  are  paid  1«.  8rf.  a  day  wages,  and  7d.  a  day  for  living.    Two 
or  three  persons  may  employ  one  servant  between  them.    The  ne- 
cessity of  a  servant  is  very  evident,  when  it  is  remembered  that  no 
guardian  is  allowed  to  render  the  stranger  any  services  beyond  those 
demanded  by  lazaretto  duties,  and  there  is  no  one  to  bring  him  a 
drop  of  water.    Nor  can  the  porters  who  carry  his  luggage  from  the 
boat  on  hand-trucks  touch  any  thing,  as  they  are  in  pratique^  and 
all  must  be  put  on  and  taken  off  by  the  person  himself,  or  his  ser- 
vant.   This  is  sufficiently  explained  in  the  quarantine  regulations, 
of  which  the  following  is  a  copy :  — 

General  Regulations  to  be  observed  by  all  Persons  performing 
Quarantine  in  the  Lazaretto  of  Malta. 

1.  All  passengers  on  landing  are  to  give  their  names  to  the  cap- 
tain of  the  lazaretto,  which  are  to  be  entered  in  the  registry  of 
the  office. 

2.  The  captain  of  the  lazaretto  will  assign  apartments  for  passen- 
gers, and  each  passenger  will  be  provided  with  two  chairs,  a  table, 
and  a  wooden  bedstead,  for  which  no  charges  are  made ;  but  any 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

damage  done  by  the  passengers  to  the  apartments  or  furniture  is  to 
be  made  good  by  them  before  pratique. 

3.  Passengers  are  not  to  be  permitted  to  enter  other  apartments ; 
nor  can  they  be  allowed  to  receive  visitors  except  at  the  Palatorio 
of  the  lazaretto,  and  that  only  during  office  hours ;  nor  are  they  to 
trespass  the  limits  assigned  to  them  by  the  captain  of  the  lazaretto. 

4.  Passengers  must  pay  a  strict  attention  to  all  the  instructions 
they  may  receive  from  the  captain  of  the  lazaretto,  and  from  the 
health  guardians,  and  particukrly  in  every  point  that  regards  their 
baggage,  clothes,  &c.,  being  properly  aired  and  handled  during  the 
period  of  their  quarantine ,  and  their  quarantine  will  only  com- 
mence  to  reckon  from  the  day  on  which  all  their  baggage,  clothes, 
&c.  have  been  duly  opened  and  handled. 

5.  All  letters  and  parcels,  or  other  effects  brought  by  passengers^ 
must  be  given  up,  in  order  that  they  may  be  fumigated  or  de- 
purated separately  from  them  as  the  occasion  may  require. 

6.  All  cases  of  sickness  must  be  reported  immediately  to  the 
captain  of  the  lazaretto,  and  all  persons  sick  are  to  be  visited  im- 
mediately by  the  physician  to  the  lazaretto,  'after  which  official 
visit  passengers  are  at  liberty  to  avail  themselves  of  any  medical 
attendance  they  think  proper. 

7.  Passengers  are  to  pay  the  government  fee  for  the  guardians 
employed  to  attend  them,  for  the  number  of  days  of  their  quarantine, 
at  the  following  rates :  viz.  at  1«.  Zd.  per  day  for  the  guardian  who 
attends  one  passenger ;  and  at  2«.  6^.  per  day  for  each  guardian  who 
attends  more  than  one  passenger.  They  are  to  victual  the  guar- 
dian or  guardians  during  their  quarantine,  or  to  pay  to  each  guar- 
dian an  allowance  of  Id.  per  day  in  lieu  thereof.  It  is  to  be  clearly 
understood  that  the  guardians  are  employed  solely  for  quarantine 
purposes,  and  they  are  strictly  prohibited  to  interfere  in  any  other 
service  whilst  they  attend  passengers. 

8.  The  office  hours  at  the  lazaretto  are  from  8  a.h.  to  12,  and 
from  2  P.M.  to  5  daily ;  and  all  letters  sent  to  the  fumigating  room 
before  9  a.m.  daily  will  be  delivered  in  Yaletta  at  10,  and  those  sent 
before  3  will  be  delivered  in  Yaletta  at  4  p.m.  by  the  letter  messenger, 
who  is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  passengers  \d,  for  each  note, 
parcel,  or  letter,  as  a  remuneration  for  his  trouble  and  for  boat- 
hire. 

9.  A  daily  report  of  all  circumstances  is  to  be  made  by  the  captain 
of  the  lazaretto  to  the  superintendent  of  quarantine  and  marine 
police. 

£.   BONAVIA, 

Superintendent  of  Quarantine  and  Marine  Police. 


INTRODUCTION. 


ZXl 


N.B.  A  trattoria  has  been  established  at  the  lazaretto  for  the 
convenience  of  passengers  who  wish  to  avail  themselves  of  it,  from 
whence  they  can  be  supplied  with  dinners,  wines,  &c.  &c.'  in  their 
own  apartments. 

Beds  complete  and  other  articles  of  furniture,  if  required,  can 
also  be  hired  from  a  person  appointed  to  provide  them. 

A  note  of  charges  for  the  trattoria,  and  for  the  hire  of  furniture, 
will  be  furnished  to  the  passengers  on  their  applying  for  it. 

The  next  point,  or  perhaps  the  first,  is  to  order  breakfast  or 
dinner  from  the  restaurateur ;  who  has  a  trattoria  in  the  lazaretto, 
though  he  is  in  pratique,  and  brings  over  provisions  every  morning 
from  the  town.  He  will  present  every  one  with  a  tariff  of  prices, 
which  are  as  follows :  — 


CIOACCBINO   XRIQOKZ,   INVKEEPXS.,   AT    LAZAS.ETTO,  MALTA. 

Fixed  Prices  for  Breakfast  and  Dinner  for  a  ^Sii^h  Person. 


1.  Breakfast  at  Is.  2d. 

Tea  or  coffee  with  milk  {at  pleamre). 

Two  eggs. 

Butter. 

Bread. 

2.  Breakfast  at  Is.  Bd. 

Tea  or  coffee  with  milk  (at  pleature'). 

One  di&h  of  hot  or  cold  meat  or  fish. 

Two  eggs. 

Butter. 

Bread. 

S.  Dinner  tU  3*. 
Soup,  fish,  or  boiled  bee f  {at  pleasure). 
One  entree. 


One  roast. 

One  vegetable  dish. 

Fruit. 

Bread. 

4.  Dinner  at  4s,  Ad. 
Soup,  fish  or  boiled  beef  {at  pleasure). 
One  entree. 
One  roast. 
One  sweet  dish. 
Two  dishes  of  vegetables. 
Fruit. 
Salad. 
Cheese. 
Bread. 


N.  B. — Passengers  will  be  supplied  with  table-cloths  and  dinner  services, 
but  they  are  to  pay  for  any  article  missing,  broken,  or  in  any  manner 
destroyed.  Gentlemen  wishing  to  alter  the  disposition  of  the  above 
detailed  dinners,  are  requested  to  inform  the  innkeeper,  that  the  prices 
may  be  altered  accordingly.  Families  having  children  pay  according  to 
agreement. 

If  a  dinner  should  be  ordered  for  five  or  six  persons,  the  innkeeper  will  give 
two  entries  in  lieu  of  one  without  charging  for  the  additional  entree. 


XXll  INTRODUCTION. 

When  four  or  five  persons  club  together,  the  restaurateur  will 
make  an  arrangement  to  provide  dinner  and  breakfast  at  a  lower 
rate,  and  charge  only  Ss.  6d,  each  person  for  the  two ;  giving  soup, 
fish,  2  entries,  1  roast,  2  dishes  of  vegetables,  2  of  fruit  and  bread, 
and  the  same  breakfast  as  in  No.  1. ;  sufficient  remaining  from  the 
dinner  for  three  servants.  Wine  and  all  other  extras  bad  better  be 
sent  for  from  the  town. 

Those  who  have  their  hatterie  de  cuisine^  a  good  cook,  and  other 
requisites,  may  find  it  more  comfortable  to  cook  at  home ;  and  a 
spenditore,  or  caterer,  will  supply  every  thing  required  from 
Yaletta.  This  would  be  far  preferable  for  those  who  wish  to  dine 
late  ;  as  it  is  with  great  difficulty  that  the  restaurateur  can  be  pre- 
vailed upon  to  give  dinner  as  late  as  5  o* clock,  his  hour  being 
usually  4. 

The  next  point  is  the  furniture  of  the  rooms.  The  government 
allow  for  each  person  a  table,  two  chairs,  a  bedstead,  and  wooden 
horses  for  airing  his  things,  gratis  ;  and  the  only  payment  is  Is.  Sd, 
a  day  for  the  guardian,  and  7d,  for  his  living.  The  upholsterer's 
low  charges  for  hired  furniture  show  how  unnecessary  it  is  to  be  en- 
cumbered with  any  of  the  articles  mentioned  there.  But  I  should 
not  recommend  a  traveller  to  abstain  from  carrying  with  him  what- 
ever he  may  want  for  his  journey,  from  any  dread  of  the  trouble  of 
putting  it  out  on  the  horses,  on  which  all  his  things  must  be  aired 
during  his  stay  in  the  lazaretto.  The  bedstead  furnished  by  govern- 
ment is  frequently  made  into  a  sort  of  divan,  or  given  to  a  servant, 
and  an  iron  bedstead  with  mosquito  curtains  is  hired  with  the  other 
things  mentioned  in  the  following  list :  — 

J.  Antony  and  Lewis  Garcin,  Brothers,  supply  articles  of  furni- 
ture to  passengers  at  the  lazaretto  and  Fort  Manoel,  at  the  following 

rates :  — 

d 
Iron  bedstead  with  mosquito  curtain        -        2|  per  day. 

A  mattress  and  two  pillows  -  -  3 

A  paliass       ...  .  .  0} 

A  pair  of  sheets              .         •  .  .  i 

A  pair  of  pillow  cases              .  -  .  QJ 

Coverlids,  each               .         .  .  .  oj 

Small  mat,  bed-side  table,  &c.  .  .  0} 

Wash-hand  table  complete,  and  tub  -  1 

Dressing  table  and  looking  glass  >  0\ 

N.  B.  Passengers  taking  the  whole  set  of  furniture  will  only  pay  StL 
a  day. 


IKTBODUCTION.  XXiii 

Extra  furoitare  may  be  had,  if  required,  at  the  following  prices 
during  the  qoarantine :  — 

For  a  large  mat        -  -  3    0 

a  sofa  -  -  5     0 

an  easy  chair  -  «  2    6 

a  screen  -  -  SO 

Passengers  are  to  pay  for  any  article  of  furniture  missing,  torn, 
or  in  any  manner  damaged  or  destroyed. 

If  travellers  happen  to  have  any  furniture  with  them,  they  can 
easily  dispose  of  it,  when  they  leave  the  lazaretto,  or  send  it  by  sea 
to  England ;  and  those  who  have  carried  a  canteen,  cooking  things, 
and  table  services  on  their  journey,  may  as  well  use  them  in 
quarantine. 

There  are  two  lazarettos  at  Malta.  That  of  Fort  Manoel  is  by 
far  the  most  comfortable. 

The  rooms  in  the  lazaretto  of  Malta  are  not  large,  but  they  are 
sufficiently  so  for  one  person,  and  they  have  the  comfort  of  fire- 
places, which,  in  winter,  is  a  very  great  point.  They  are  given 
gratis,  and  not  as  at  the  Pirasus,  with  the  exorbitant  charge  of  5«.  a 
day,  as  if  the  punishment  of  imprisonment  were  not  sufficient ;  for 
Quarantine  has  been  justly  defined  "  imprisonment,  with  the 
chance  of  catching  the  plague." 

There  is  one  thing  very  deficient  at  Malta,  the  means  of  trans- 
porting luggage  from  the  beach  to  the  lazaretto,  which  might  be 
easily  improved,  and  calls  loudly  for  the  attention  of  all  who  have 
the  direction  of  these  matters.  A  traveller  who  has  no  servant  finds 
himself  on'^the  beach  without  any  one  to  move  his  things :  even  if 
the  sailors  are  willing  to  take  them  to  his  room,  he  must  wait  a  long 
time,  until  the  boat  has  landed  the  whole  luggage.  Each  box  has 
to  be  carried  some  distance ;  and  if  he  is  the  last  served,  he  may 
have  to  wait  several  hours  before  all  his  things  are  removed  from 
the  shore  to  the  lazaretto. 

Every  one  on  entering  the  lazaretto  is  obliged  to  unpack  all  his 
things,  and  put  them  out  on  wooden  horses,  during  the  whole  time 
of  hb  stay,  the  last  three  days  excepted,  which  are  allowed-for  pack- 
ing up ;  and  his  quarantine  does  not  begin  to  count  until  they  have 
been  so  exposed.  All  sealed  letters  or  packages  must  also  be  opened, 
unless  he  chooses  to  give  up  the  former,  and  have  them  forwarded, 
after  proper  fumigation,  by  the  post.  Any  thing  may  be  sent  for 
from  the  town,  but  nothing  can  be  returned,  unless  it  can  pass  unin- 
jured through  the  process  of  fumigation.     The  guardians  are 


XXIV  INTRODUCTION. 

obliged  every  now  and  then  to  inspect  the  rooms,  to  see  that  the 
things  have  been  laid  out  and  properly  exposed  to  the  air.  Great 
care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  touching  any  one  not  in  quarantine,  as 
he  would  be  condemned  to  pass  the  same  number  of  days  in  the 
lazaretto  as  the  person  so  compromising  him,  who  would  have  to 
pay  all  his  expenses ;  and  these  he  might  increase  to  any  amount, 
in  revenge  for  his  confinement.  Equal  care  should  be  taken  not  to 
come  in  contact  with  any  new  comer,  after  a  portion  of  the  quaran- 
tine is  over ;  as  the  person  touched  would  be  doomed  to  an  additional 
imprisonment,  or  the  same  number  of  days  that  the  other  had  still 
to  keep  quarantine. 

As  things  cannot  be  sent  to  the  wash  out  of  the  laafaretto,  it  is 
necessary  to  engage  a  washerwoman  from  the  town,  unless  the 
traveller  has  a  servant  who  can  perform  this  office.  The  washer- 
woman is,  of  course,  subject  to  the  same  number  of  days*  quaran- 
tine that  remain  to  be  performed  by  her  employer,  after  the  time  of 
her  coming  into  the  lazaretto.  She  is  paid  Is.  Sd.  a  day ;  and  for 
soap  and  labour,  according  to  the  things  washed.  If  a  party  join 
together,  they  may  share  the  expenses. 

The  total  expense  of  quarantine,  for  living,  furniture,  guardians, 
one  servant,  a  washerwoman  during  the  whole  time  (which  is  un- 
necessary), letters,  coffee,  fruit,  and  other  extras  for  lunch  or  supper, 
for  one  person  is  about  11/.  10«.,  without  wine.  For  two  persons, 
or  a  party,  less,  or  about  9/. ;  for  a  large  party  much  less,  or  be- 
tween 6/.  and  71.  each,  the  guardians  then  being  charged  only  1 U.  id. 
each  person. 

Visits  may  be  received  during  the  day,  at  the  parlatorio  from 
8  A.  M.,  or  even  6  a.  m.,  till  sunset  The  parties  stand  at  a  barrier, 
separated  from  each  other  about  10  feet ;  but,  as  a  favour,  they  are 
sometimes  permitted  to  sit  in  the  adjoining  court,  a  certain  distance 
apart,  attended  by  a  guardianoj  to  see  that  they  do  not  touch  each 
other,  or  pass  anything  out  of  quarantine. 

A  person  who  is  alone,  and  can  find  friends  willing  to  join  him  in  hia 
confinement,  may  obtain  quarters  for  them  in  the  lazaretto.  Another 
privilege  is  being  allowed  to  bathe  in  the  sea  every  morning  from 
6  till  8,  under  the  surveillance  of  a  guardiano. 

On  taking  pratique,  you  have  only  to  send  your  things  down  to  a 
boat,  and  across  the  harbour  to  the  Marsa  Much^tt  stairs,  from 
which  they  will  be  carried  by  porters  to  the  hotel.  For  taking  them 
from  the  rooms  in  the  lazaretto  to  the  boat,  you  pay  according  to 
the  quantity  of  luggage.  For  two  boxes  and  two  portmanteaus,  for 
instance.  Is.  6cf.,  which  is  ample.  The  boatmen  will  probably  en- 
deavour to  impose  on  a  stranger,  but  he  should  remember  that  the 


INTBODUCTION.  XXV 

hire  of  a  boat  across  the  harbour  is  only  2d.  each  person  ;  and  if  6</. 
be  given  for  two  persons  with  their  luggage,  it  is  more  than  enough. 
This  is  the  price  of  a  boat  when  hired  for  a  whole  hour ;  and  the 
same  is  paid  to  a  guardiano,  who  accompanies  any  one  on  a  visit  to 
a  friend  in  the  lazaretto.  You  cannot  pay  a  boat  for  less  than  half 
the  hour,  when  taken  by  time. 

Porters  at  Malta  are  far  more  troublesome  than  boatmen,  who  are 
generally  very  civil  and  easily  satisfied.  They  are  generally  paid 
6d.  for  each  package,  but  if  very  heavy  8dl,  lOdL,  and  sometimes  Is, 
There  are  also  carts  with  one  horse,  which  will  take  a  load  from  the 
Marina  to  the  nuun  street  for  the  same  sum.  With  regard  to  a 
Dumber  of  small  packages,  I  recommend  a  traveller  always  to  have 
as  few  as  possible ;  it  is  better  to  put  things  together  in  a  single 
box,  or  case,  than  to  have  many  little  parcels,  which  are  easily  lost, 
and  give  an  infinity  of  trouble  in  looking  after ;  and  if  it  is  thought 
necessary  to  have  several  of  these  encumbrances,  they  had  better  be 
put  togedier  into  a  bag  when  carried  from  place  to  place.  The  less 
baggage  one  has  the  better.  Have  as  many  comforts  as  possible  in 
a  small  space,  but  no  superfluities.  No  better  name  was  ever 
applied  to  anything  than  ** impedimenta"  to  "baggage"  by  the 
Bomans ;  and  an  old  traveller  will  always  have  all  he  requires  very 
compactly  put  away  in  a  small  compass. 

In  landing  from  a  ship  in  the  great  harbour,  as,  for  instance,  from 
the  Marseilles,  Naples,  or  Gibraltar  steamers,  the  best  plan  is  to  order 
the  boatmen  to  take  you  to  the  "  custom-house,"  and  on  landing 
your  things,  give  him  U.,  which  is  liberal  pay  (in  spite  of  his  pre- 
tending to  be  dissatisfied),  and  call  for  one  of  the  many  carts  that 
are  always  kept  ready  dose  to  the  spot.  Tour  baggage  being  put 
upon  it,  take  care  to  accompany,  or  to  send  your  servant  with  it ; 
and  on  arriving  at  the  hotel  dismiss  the  cart  with  U.,  and  the  porters 
who  have  loaded  it,  and  carried  the  things  to  your  rooms,  with 
another.  They  would  not  be  satisfied  with  5^.,  or  any  other  sum ; 
but  of  this  no  notice  need  be  taken,  being  well  paid ;  and  the  as- 
sumption of  discontent  is  part  of  their  profession. 

In  the  great  harbour  the  hire  ^f  boats  is,  —  from  the  Nix  Man- 
giare  stairs,  or  the  Calcara  gate,  to  the  ships,  or  to  the  dockyard, 
^2d,  there,  and  the  same  back:  and  from  this  harbour  to  St. 
Julian's  Bay,  1#.  You  may  pay  more  if  you  like,  and  give  6 J.  in- 
stead of  2d,    At  night  the  prices  are  increased, 

Boiels  at  Malta,  —  The  best  hotels  in  Yaletta  are,  Morell's,  in 
Strada  Forai ;  Dunsford's,  in  Strada  Beale ;  Madame  Goubeau's,  oc 

a 


XXVI  INTRODUCTION. 

the  Clarence,  in  the  same  street ;  and  the  Victoria,  in  Strada  Gio- 
vanni, opposite  St.  John's  church.  The  smaller  ones  are,  Yicary's, 
in  Strada  Vescovo,  looking  upon  the  Parade,  lately  taken  hy  another 
person,  and  fitted  up  under  the  name  of  the  Princess  Royal  Hotel ; 
the  Hotel  de  la  Mediterran6e,  in  Strada  Reale ;  the  Hotel  d*Orient, 
in  Strada  Teatro ;  and  a  few  others  of  less  note. 

Moreirs  is  very  comfortable,  and  the  prices  there  and  at  Duns- 
ford's  are  about  the  same.  Madame  Goubeau's  is  the  only  hotel 
with  a  tabie  dhdte^  which  is  at  5  o'clock  in  summer  and  6  in 
winter,  and  is  pretty  good.  The  house  has  the  advantage  of  hot 
and  cold  baths.  The  Mediterran6e  is  small,  but  has  the  reputation 
of  having  by  far  the  best  cuisine ;  it  is  therefore  much  frequented  aa 
a  restaurant^  and  the  prices  are  moderate.  At  Morell's  a  bed-room, 
furnished  to  answer  also  as  a  sitting-room,  is  charged  d«.  a  day : 
breakfast,  of  tea,  bread  and  butter,  and  eggs.  Is.  6d,;  with  toast 
and  coffee,  2^. ;  with  meat,  &c.,  2s.  6d. :  plain  dinner,  with  soap, 
meat,  &c.,  d«.,  and  with  side  dish,  4s. :  tea,  6d.,  and  with  bread  and 
butter,  15. 

Dunsford's  is  about  the  same,  or  a  little  cheaper. 

At  the  Clarence,  a  bed- room  2s.,  and  bed- room  with  small  sitting*- 
room  4«.,  larger  apartments  paying  in  proportion:  breakfast  1«, 
and  Is.  6d. :  private  dinner  3f .  to  4«.,  and  at  table  dThdte  2s.  6d.^ 
exclusive  of  wines. 

There  are  also  lodging-houses,  many  of  which  are  very  comfort* 
able:  two  belonging  to  Dunsford,  in  Strada  Forni,  and  Strada 
Zecca :  Moreirf s,  in  Strada  Beale,  close  to  the  church  of  Santa 
Catharina ;  and  one  or  two  more  in  Strada  Forni.  They  are  well 
adapted  for  persons  intending  to  make  some  stay  in  Malta,  and 
then  it  is  better  to  come  to  an  agreement,  according  to  the  time. 
The  usual  price  oi  a  bed-room  and  sitting-room  is  about  5s.  a  day, 
and  small  rooms  are  charged  8«.  The  average  price  of  dinner  is  4«.y 
and  breakfast  \s.  6d. 

English  money  is  the  current  coin  in  Malta,  from  a  sovereign  to 

a  farthing. 

• 
Carriages  and  Horses.  — Carriages,  with  a  pair  of  horses,  let  at 

45  dollars  a  month ;  a  pair  of  horses,  without  carriage,,  40  dollars ; 

by  the  day,  3  dollars ;  half  a  day,  1^  dollar.  A  saddle-horse  for  the 

whole  day,  os.  to  65. ;  half  a  day,  2s.  6d. ;  from  9  a.  u.  until  evening 

4s.  to  5s, ;  from  9  to  2  o'clock,  Ss.  to  a  dollar ;  and  from  S  o'clock 

till  9,  2s.  6d.  to  Ss.    If  you  keep  a  calesse  with  one  horse,  the  food 

of  the  horse  will  cost  lOcL  a  day  f  and  the  calessier^  besides  attend- 


INTBODUCTION.  XXvii 

ing  to  the  hone  and  carriage,  is  expected  to  wash  the  floor  of  your 
house — an  instance  of  the  multifarious  occupations  of  servants  in 
this  part  of  the  world. 

Sights  at  JIfa/ta.— There  are  few  ohjects  worthy  of  a  visit  at 
Malta.  The  principal  in  the  town  of  Valetta  are  the  palace,  the 
gOTemment  library,  the  cathedral  church  of  St.  John,  the  fortifica- 
tions, the  view  from  the  two  Baraccas,  and  the  palaces  of  the 
knights,  called  Auberges,  particularly  those  of  Castille  and  Pro- 
yen  ce. 

In  the  palace  are  the  armoury,  a  few  good  pictures,  and  some 
carious  tapestry.  Many  of  the  apartments  are  good,  and  not  less 
so  the  ball-room. 

The  armoury  is  well  arranged,  but  the  specimens  of  armour  are 
not  so  curious,  nor  so  varied,  as  might  be  expected  in  the  city  of  the 
knights.  The  complete  suit,  of  Yignacourt  is  very  elegant  and 
simple.  It  is  the  same  he  wore  when  painted  by  Caravaggio  in  a 
picture  in  the  dining-room,  a  copy  of  which  is  placed  above  it. 
There  is  a  large  suit  near  the  other  end  of  the  room,  that  appears, 
from  its  immense  weight,  not  to  have  been  worn :  and  not  far  from 
this  is  a  very  primitive  field-piece,  made  of  copper  bound  round 
with  ropes,  over  which  a  composition  of  lime  was  put,  cased  in 
leather. 

The  Turkish  arms  are  few,  and  remarkable  neither  for  beauty 
nor  curiosity ;  which  is  singular  in  a  place  so  long  at  war  with  the 
Osmanlis  and  the  Moors.  The  library  was  founded  in  1 790  by  the 
Bailli  de  Tencin,  who  presented  the  public  with  9700  volumes.  It 
contains  many  curious  and  old  works,  and  is  composed  of  the  pri- 
vate collections  of  the  knights,  who  were  obliged  to  bequeath  their 
books  to  this  public  institution.  Here  are  deposited  some  antiques 
of  various  kinds  found  in  Malta  and  Gozo ;  among  which  are  a 
parallel  Greek  and  Punic  inscription,  several  strange  headless 
figures  from  Crendi,  two  curious  coffins  of  terra-cotta,  and  a  few 
other  objects  of  various  styles  and  epochs. 

Of  St.  John's  Church  the  most  curious  part  is  the  floor,  where  the 
arms  of  all  the  grand  masters  are  inlaid  in  various  coloured  mar- 
bles.   They  have  been  very  useful  for  heraldry. 

The  tapestry  of  this  church  is  also  very  fine.  It  is  put  up  at  the 
fete  of  St  John,  and  continues  to  be  exposed  to  public  view  for 
several  days,  before  and  after  that  ceremony.  The  silver  railing  in 
the  chapel  of  the  Madonna,  at  the  east  end,  is  curious.  It  is  said  to 
have  owed  its  preservation^  at  the  time  of  the  French  occupation  of 

a  2 


XXviii  INTRODUCTION. 

the  island,  to  the  paint  that  then  concealed  the  valuable  quality  of 
its  materials. 

In  on^  of  the  side  chapels  is  a  picture  by  Michael  Angelo  Cara- 
▼aggio,  representing  the  beheading  of  St.  John  ;  a  good  painting, 
but  badly  preserved.  It  is  said  that  the  artist  made  this  a  present 
to  the  order,  on  condition  of  being  created  a  knight  of  Malta,  ia 
consequence  of  the  following  occurrence :  —  One  of  the  knights 
having  offended  the  artist,  the  latter  challenged  him  to  single  com* 
bat,  and  satisfaction  being  refused,  on  the  plea  of  his  not  beings 
worthy  io  meet  his  antagonist  in  a  duel,  Caravaggio  sought  to  obtain 
a  position  which  should  entitle  him  to  this  right.  He  therefore  ap- 
plied to  the  grand  master,  in  the  hopes  of  obtaining  the  rank  of 
knight ;  which  was  granted,  on  condition  of  painting  this  picture. 
It  was  done,  he  became  a  knight,  and  fought  his  duel ;  but  in  order 
to  diminish  as  much  as  possible  the  value  of  a  work,  which  the  pride 
of  a  member  of  the  order  had  condemned  him  to  execute,  he  painted 
the  picture  on  cotton  instead  of  canvas,  whence  its  decayed  state, 
and  the  difficulty  of  its  restoration.  Such  is  the  story  at  Malta,  the 
truth  of  which  may  be  doubted ;  though  the  most  important  point  is 
true  that  he  painted  the  picture. 

In  the  crypts  below  the  cathedral  are  the  tombs  of  some  of  the 
grand  masters. 

The  principal  objects  in  the  vicinity  of  Yaletta  and  in  the  country 
are  the  ruins  near  Crendi,  or  Casal  Crendi,  the  hollow  called  the 
Devil's  Punch  Bowl,  or  Makluba,  St.  PauVs  Bay,  Citta  Yecchia  and 
the  Catacombs,  the  Garden  of  Boschetto,  the  Governor's  Villa  of 
San  Antonio,  the  Grotto  of  Calypso,  and  the  Aqueduct  built  by  the 
Grand  Master  Vignacourt  in  1610. 

These  have  been  so  frequently  described  that  I  shall  only  mention 
the  ruins  near  Casal  Crendi,  excavated  by  order  of  the  governor,  Sir 
Henry  Bouverie,  in  1839-40.  They  are  about  twenty  minutes* 
walk  from  that  village,  and  are  called  Hagar  Keem,  "  the  upright 
stone.*'  This  name  has  been  very  improperly  written  Khem^  and 
has  been  supposed  to  bear  some  relation  to  Egypt,  or  the  land  of 
Ham  (Khem).  They  consist  of  several  apartments  of  various  sizes, 
irregularly  placed  within  one  common  enclosure,  mostly  connected 
with  each  other  by  passages  or  doorways.  The  rooms  are  either  oval, 
or  have  one  end  of  semicircular  form ;  and  their  walls  are  composed 
of  large  stones  placed  upright  in  the  ground,  or  in  horizontal 
courses.  The  principal  entrance  is  on  the  S.  S.  £.  A  short  pas- 
sage leads  from  it  into  a  small  court,  in  which,  on  the  left  hand  side, 
is  a  small  altar  ornamented  with  a  rude  attempt  at  sculpture,  repre- 


DTTBODITCTIOK.  ZXIX 

seoting  a  plant  growing  from  a  flower-pot ;  and  near  it  is  a  flat 
stone  like  a  seat,  above  which  are  engraved  on  an  upright  block  two 
Tolates,  protruding  on  either  side  of  an  oval  body.  There  are  no 
other  signs  of  sculpture ;  but  a  peculiar  kind  of  ornament  is  com- 
mon on  these  and  all  the  principal  members  of  the  building,  cou- 
aisting  of  round  holes  punctured  all  over  the  surface  of  the  stones, 
extending  little  deeper  than  the  surface. 

On  either  side  of  this  court  is  a  semicircular  chamber ;  and  after 
passing  on,  through  a  door  in  a  line  with  the  main  entrance,  you 
come  to  a  second  court,  at  the  upper  end  of  which  to  the  right  is 
the  principal  sanctuary.  It  is  of  semicircular  form,  and  its  walls 
are  built  of  stones  placed  in  horizontal  courses,  put  together  with 
care,  and  breaking  joint. 

Within  this  is  a  smaller  enclosure  of  stones,  placed  upright  in  a 
drcle,  with  an  entrance  corresponding  to  that  of  the  room  itself. 
Ail  the  stones  of  the  sanctuary  have  been  punctured  in  the  manner 
above  mentioned. 

On  the  left  of  this  second  court  are  two  large  stone  altars ;  one 
on  each  side  of  a  door  leading  to  a  small  apartment,  connected  with 
which  is  another  little  chamber,  also  containing  an  altar.  There 
are  four  more  apartments  at  this  (south-west)  end  of  the  ruins ; 
and  in  the  outer  wall  of  circuit  are  some  very  large  stones  placed 
upright,  about  15  ft.  high  above  the  ground.  A  stone  of  similar 
siz^stands  near  the  sanctuary  to  the  north-east,  and  another  of  still 
larger  dimensions  is  placed  horizontally  a  little  to  the  east  of  the 
main  entrance. 

About  120  ft.  to  the  north  of  these  ruins  are  other  semicircular  en- 
closures, made  with  stones  placed  upright  in  the  ground ;  and  about 
a  mile  to  the  south,  near  the  sea,  are  some  ruins  similar  to  the 
Bagar  Keem,  which  are  also  deserving  of  examination. 

In  the  same  excursion  may  be  included  a  visit  to  Makliiba,  and 
even  to  the  cave  called  Ghar  Hassan  on  the  sea-coast  to  the  south- 
east of  Crendi. 

Other  ruins  of  a  similar  kind  are  found  close  to  Valetta,  at  the 
Coradino,  near  Captain  Spenser's  monument  and  the  new  tank, 
which  may  be  visited  at  the  same  time. 

With  regard  to  the  date  of  these  peculiar  structures  and  the 
people  by  whom  they  were  built,  I  will  not  pretend  to  ofier  any 
opinion.  Their  general  appearance  has  rather  a  druidical  character, 
and  from  their  antiquity  and  the  occupation  of  the  island  by  the 
Phoenicians,  we  might  attribute  them  to  that  people ;  but  the  absence 
of  aU  inscriptions  leaves  the  matter  in  uncertainty,  and  the  small 


XXX  INTRODUCTION. 

headless  figures  discoyered  there  (now  preserved  in  the  Govern* 
ment  library  at  Valetta)  in  no  way  aid  in  solving  the  question. 

In  Gozo  is  another  ruin  called  Torre  dei  Giganti,  "the  Giants* 
Tower,"  inland  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  island,  which  is  on  a 
grander  scale  than  the  ruins  of  Crendi,  though  of  similar  construc- 
tion, and  evidently  the  work  of  the  same  people. 

Rowing  and  sailing  boats  go  over  to  Gozo  from  Yaletta  daily, 
and  sometimes  a  small  yacht  may  be  hired  for  the  occasion,  which 
is  cleaner  and  more  comfortable. 

Yaletta  has  a  small  theatre,  where  Italian  operas  are  performed 
during  the  season.  Many  public  and  private  balls  are  also  given, 
particularly  in  the  winter. 


ERRATA  ET  CORRIGENDA. 

Page  86.  line  18.,  for  *<  had  not  happened/*  read  **  had  happened.** 

SI 8.  second  column,  4th  line  from   bottom,  for  <* 20  monks**  read 

•*  80  monks.** 
293.   first  column,  Srd  line  from  bottom,  on  the  word  **  Omar,**  insert 
the  following  note  :  —  **  I  understand  the  river  now  flows  again 
at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  where  the  caves  are,  which  may  be 
reached  in  ten  minutes  from  the  boat.** 


HAND-BOOK 


FOE 


TRAVELLERS   IN   EGYPT. 


SECTION  L 

EGYPT. 

Preliminary  Information^ 

a.     SXASOX  FOR   TtStnVQ  EOTPT TlMK  RKQUIKKO ElFCNSK  OF  TRV   JoUR- 

vrr.  —  h.  Things  useful  for  thk  Journit  in  Egypt.  —  e.  Mods  of 
LiTiNO  IN  Egttt,  and  Disvaszs  of  tur  Country.  —  </.  Dress.  —  e,  Prz- 
■RNTs. — f.  Firmans. — ^.  Monet, — A.  Wrights  anb  Measures. — ^t.  Post 
Office.  — j.  Population  —  Retznuz.  —  *.  Mohammed  All  — /.  Chro- 
nological Table. — m,  Lm  of  Califhs  and  Sultans  of  Egypt. — 
«.  Certain  points  requiring  Examination. — Ow  English  and  Arabic 
Vocabulary. 


kovtr  page 

1   London  to  AlexRndria         -       71 
to    RosettR,  by 

-     102 


AlezandriR 

land 
RosettR  to  Atfeh,  and  Cairo, 

by  water         .         -         .     ]05 
Alexandria  to  Cairo,  by  land, 

through  the  Delta   -        •     105 


ROUTI 


page 


5.    Alexandria  to  Cairo,  by  the 

Western  Bank         -         -     106 

6  Alexandria  to  Atfeh  and 
Cairo,  by  the  Canal  and 
the  Nile  ...     lo^ 


1.  Arrival  at  Alexandria.  2.  Hotels.  3.  Seirants.  4.  Boats.  5. 
Things  to  be  purchased  at  Alexandria  for  the  Journey  to  Cairo?  6.  His- 
tory  oi  Alexandria.  7.  Plan  of  Alexandria,  and  Site  and  description  of  the 
Buildings.  8.  Monuments  outside  the  Canopic  Gate.  9.  Present  Remains 
of  Ancient  Alexandria.  10.  Its  Size  and  Importance.  11.  Inhabitants. 
13.  aimate,  Lake  Mareotis  and  Canals.  13.  The  two  Ports,  Gates,  Walls, 
and  Old  Docks.  14.  Mosks  and  other  Buildings.  15.  Amusements  and 
Sighta  at  Alexandria. 


a.    SEASON  FOR  TISITINO  EGYPT. — TTM^  REQUIRED. — EXPENSES. 

The  best  season  for  Yisiting  Egypt  is  October,  when  the  cool  weather  be- 
gins, and  the  northerly  winds  prevail ;  and  boats  may  thtti  go  up  the  Nile 
without  the  impediments  of  calms  and  contrary  winds.  At  the  beginning  of 
that  month  the  trareller  may  have  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  the  curious 


THINGS  USEFUL  FOR  THB  JOUBKET. 


Sect.  L 


Gridiron,  E.  or  C,  (if  thought  ne- 
cesMry.) 

20  okas  of  potatoes,  A.  or  C, 

Tobacco,  A.  or  C. 

Pipes,  C. 

Wire  for  deaning  pipes,  put  into  a 
reed,  O* 

Some  tow  for  the  same  purpose,  C. 

Mouth-pieces  and  pipe-bowls,  C. 

A  takkatoohni,  or  a  brass  plate,  called 
SeHnSeh,  and  wire  cover  for  pipe- 
bowl,  are  useful,  A«  or  C. 

Salt,  pepper,  &c.,  A.  or  C. 

Oil,  and  distilled  Wnegar,  E.  or  C 

Butter,  C. 

Flour,  C. 

Rice,  a 

Maccaroni.  A.  or  C. 

Coffee,  C. 

Portable  soup  and  meats,  -E. 

Cheese,  A.  or  C.,  or  English  cheese,E, 

Mi$hmtsh  apricots,  C. 

Kumredeen  apricots,  C. 

Tea,  E.  or  A. 

Wine,  brandy,  Ac,  E.  or  A.  White 
wine  I  believe  to  be  better  in  a  hot 
climate  than  red. 

Spermaceti  candles,  E.  or  A. 

Table  with  legs  to  fold  up,  ahd  top  to 
take  off,  E.  or  A. 

Foot  tub  (of  tin  or  copper),  &c.,  E. 

Washing  tub,  £. 

Flag,  E.  or  A.  (for  boat  on  Nile). 

Small  pulley  and  ropeforflag,  E.  or  A. 

Coffee-pot,  E.  or  A. 

Small  bdkrag^  or  Turkish  coffee>pot, 
A.  or  C. 

Tea-kettle,  E.,  or  a  tin  one  at  A. 

Plates,  knives  and  fark%  spoons,  glass- 
es, tea  things,  &c.,  in  canteen,  E. 

A  large  bttkrag  might  serve  as  tea- 
kettle and  for  boiling  eggs,  &c.,  A. 

Copper  saucepans,  one  to  fit  into  the 
other  (HeM  ft*  Kttlbe-Md),  may 
be  bought  at  A. ;  buy  them  not 
tinned,  in  order  to  see  if  they  are 
sound. 

Copper  pan  for  stewing  f  Tawa),  A. 

Baskets  for  holding  these  and  other 
things,  A. 

Candlesticks,  E. 

BardakM  (  GooUd),  or  water  bottles,  C. 

Zecr,  or  jar,  for  holding  water,  C. 


Almond  paste  {rooag  or  terwieg)  for 
clarifying  water,  C. 

Some  tools,  nails,  and  string,  E. 

A  Kaddcm  may  serve  as  hammer  and 
hatchet,  C 

Charcoal  in  mats,  C. 

Two  fire-places  {mtrngnd)^  A.  In  the 
boat  going  up  the  Nile  have  a  set 
put  together  in  a  large  fireplace 
with  a  wooden  back ;  the  whole  will 
cost  about  54  piastres,  if  well  made, 
C. 

Small  bellows,  £.,  or  fim,  at  A.  or  C 

Fez  caps  (jUarbomh^tarabeeth)  A.  or  C 

Mandthek,  fly.  flap,  A.  or  C. 

Cafass,  or  kafass,  a  coop  for  fowla^ 
with  moveable  drawer  at  the  bot- 
tom, in  order  that  it  may  be  kept 
clean,  A.  or  C 

White,  or  light-coloured  boots  or 
shoes,  being  cooler,  and  requiring 
no  blacking,  E^ 

Red  Turkish  slippers,  C. 

Biscuit,  E.  or  C.,  or  bread  twice 
baked,  C.  The  bread  in  the  vil- 
lages in  Upper  Egypt  will  &ot 
please  every  one;  but  veiy  good 
bread  is  to  be  had  at  Thebes  {Koor» 
nth),  and  that  of  Osiootand  sooie 
other  large  towns  is  by  no  means 
bad. 

Small  tin  cases  for  holding  coflfee, 
sujtar,  salt,  pepper,  &c.,  A. 

BaUdti,  or  earthen  jars  for  flour,  rioe> 
butter,  and  other  things  which  rata 
might  eat,  are  useful,  C. 

Candles  in  boxes,  or  in  tin  cases,  but 
if  in  tlie  latter  not  to  be  exposed  to 
the  sun,  E.  or  C. 

Broom  called  makdah^t  and  a  tin, 
for  sweeping  cabin,  C. 

Gun,  powder,  and  shot,  &c,  £• 

Ink,  paper,  pens,  &c.,  E. 

Camp-stool  and  drawing  table,  E. 

Umbrella  lined  with  a  dark  colour  for 
the  sun,  E. 

Drawing  paper,  pencils,  rubber,  &c., 
and  colours,  in  tin  box  of  Winsor 
and  Newton,  £. 

A  saddle  and  bridle  for  Syria  and 
Greece. 

Tent  (if  required),  ladder,  and  cu- 
shions, may  all  be  made  at  Cairo* 


Egypt, 


THIKGS  USEFUL  FOB  THE  JOUBMET. 


Tbcnnomcter,  mountain  baromeCer, 
if  required,  £• 

Measuring-tape  and  foot-ruler,  E. 

For  observations,  a  sextant  and  ar- 
tificial horisoot  or  rather.  Captain 
Kater*a  Repeating  Circlet  chrono- 
meter, &c«,  £• 

Curtains  for  boat,  of  common  or  other 
cotton  stuff*,  A.  or  C. 

A  packing- needle  or  two,  and  some 
string,  thin  ropes,  needles,  thread, 
buttons,  &c  ,  are  useful :  £.,  A., 
w  C. 

A  filterer  is  not  necessary.  Keneli 
jars  and  g^oBd^  or  earthen  water 
bottles,  supply  its  place. 

A  titm2jem$ikt  or  water  bottle  of  Rus- 
sian leather,  for  the  desert,  or  even 
for  excursions  to  the  ruins ;  though 
lor  the  latter  gooOel  will  answer 
▼ery  well,  without  any  trouble,  C. 
The  seams  must  be  first  of  all  rub- 
bed with  a  mixture  of  melted  tallow 


and  wax,  and  when  this  dries  the 
Zemsemdeh  may  be  filled ;  but  af- 
terwards it  must  never  be  left 
without  some  water  in  it.  Another 
precaution,  when  on  an  excursicm, 
for  prettrving  the  water,  is  to  insist 
on  the  servants  not  drinking  it. 

A  donkey,  if  he  intends  taking  a  large 
boat  from  Cairo,  or,  at  all  events, 
a  donkey  saddle,  but  no  bridle,  the 
asses  of  Upper  Egypt  not  having 
any  knowledge  of  such  a  /ajntry,  C. 

As  many  eatables,  which  will  keep,  as 
be  likes,  most  of  which  may  be  had 
at  Cairo.  Portable  soups,  or  meat, 
&c.,  preserved  in  tins,  may  be 
brought  from  England  as  occa- 
sional luxuries. 

An  iron  rat-trap  for  the  boat,  E. 

Two  sheets  of  Mackintosh,  about  7 
feet  square,  with  loops  here  and 
there,  against  damp  ground  and 
rain,  are  very  useful,  especially  in 
the  desert  and  in  Syria. 


*  With  regard  to  instruments,  they  should,  when  it  is  possible,  be  of  the 
same  materials  throughout,  wood  and  metal  combined  ill  according  with  the 
beat  of  an  Egyptian  climate ;  and  in  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  cases  nails,  or 
screws  answer  better  than  glue. 

In  bis  medicine  chest,  the  most  necessary  things  for  a  traveller  are,  scales, 
and  liquid-measure,  lancet,  diachylon  and  blistering  plaster,  linl,  salts,  rhu- 
barb, cream  of  tartar,  ipecacuanha,  sulphate  of  bark  or  quinine,  James's  and 
Dover's  powders,  calomel,  laudanum  or  morphine,  sugar  of  lead,  sulphate  of 
nuc,  nitrate  of  silver,  and  sulphate  of  copper  (these  4  being  of  great  use  in 
ophthalmia),  nitre,  oil  of  peppermint,  and  other  common  medicines.  They 
had  better  be  brought  from  Europe,  though  they  may  be  had  in  Alexandria 
or  Cairo.  Powders  and  other  medicines  should  be  put  into  bottles,  well 
closed  with  glass  stoppers. 

Nearly  all  the  above-mentioned  things  may,  indeed,  be  found  in  Egypt, 
but  they  are  better  and  cheaper  in  Europe :  many,  too,  will  be  thought 
unnecessary  by  many  travellers ;  it  must  therefore  be  left  to  them  to  decide 
if  any,  or  what,  can  be  dispensed  with. 

The  choice  of  a  library  (which  cannot  be  collected  in  Egypt)  will,  of 
course,  depend  on  the  occupations  or  taste  of  each  person  :  I  shall  therefore 
only  recommend  the  most  useful  works,  as  vols.  ii.  and  iii.  of  Larcher's 
Herodotus;  Champollion's  I'honetic  System  of  Hieroglyphics,  Letters,  and 
Grammar ;  Pococke ;  Denon  ;  Hamilton's  iEgyptiaca ;  Savary's  Letters ; 
Clot  Bey's  Aper^u  G6n^nile  de  I'Egypte;  Gliddon  on  the  Hieroglyphics; 
Mengin's  '*  Egypte  sous  Mohammed  Aly ;"  Robinson's  Palestine  and 
Mount  Sinai ;  Lane's  Modern,  and  Wilkinson's  Ancient,  Egyptians ;  Hos- 
ktns's  Ethiopia,  and  Visit  to  the  Great  Oasis;  Colonel  Leake's,  Lapie's, 
or  Wilkinson's  Map  of  Egypt ;  Captain  Smyth's  Alexandria  ;  Wilkinson's 
SuTfey  of  Thebes ;  Costa's  Delta ;  and  Parke  and  Scoles's  Nubia ;  to  which 

as 


6  MODE   OF   LIYINO  IN  EGYPT.  SeCt  I. 

may  be  added  Burckhardt,  I^aborde's  Petni,  Ptolemy,  Strabo,  and  Pliny ; 
but  of  these  three  last,  as  well  as  Diodorus,  extracts  will  suffice,  if  consi- 
dered too  Tolumioous.    (Of  the  libraries  in  Egypt  see  Sect  2. ) 

C.    XODB   or   UVINO   IN    KOTn,   AMD   BISKA8ES   OF  THE   COUMTET. 

In  winter,  it  is  unnecessary  to  make  any  change  in  the  mode  of  living 
from  that  usually  adopted  in  Europe ;  and  most  persons,  unless  they  commit 
excesses,  may  eat  whatever  they  are  accustomed  to  in  other  countries.  In 
the  summer  months  it  is,  however,  better  to  avoid  much  wine  or  spirits,  as 
they  tend  to  heat  the  blood ;  and  cause  the  hot  weather  to  be  more  senubly 
felt;  and  some  (though  I  may  say,  very  few)  will  find  that  fish  (chiefly 
those  without  scales),  eggs,  and  unboiled  milk,  do  not  always  agree  with 
them.  Bathing  in  the  Nile  is  by  no  means  prejudicial  in  the  morning  and 
evening ;  and,  except  in  the  neighbourhood  of  sandbanks,  there  is  no  fear  of 
crocodiles.  Fruit  and  vegetables  are  wholesome  and  cooling,  and  mutton  is 
better  than  beef.  The  fish  of  the  Nile  are  not  very  good ;  the  booltee  and 
kisher  are  perhaps  the  best. 

The  diseases  of  Egypt  are  few.  Fevers  are  very  rare,  except  about  Alex- 
andria, Oamietta,  and  other  places  on  the  coast;  and  almost  the  only  com- 
plaints, to  which  strangers  are  subject  in  the  interior,  are  diarrhcea,  dysentery, 
and  ophthalmia.  The  following  is  a  good  mode  of  treatment  for  diarrfacea, 
or  even  for  the  beginning  of  suspected  dysentery.  First  take  an  emetic  of 
ipecacuanha,  and  in  the  morning  a  mild  aperient,  as  15  grs.  of  rhubarb  with 
2  grs.  of  calomel;  on  the  following  day,  2  grs.  of  ipecacuanha  with  \  gr,  of 
opium  morning  and  evening,  nothing  being  eaten  but  boiled  rice,  sweetened 
with  white  sugar.  But  if  this  does  not  stop  the  complaint,  and  tenesmus 
gives  the  well-known  sign  of  decided  dysentery,  a  do^  of  20  grs.  of  calomel 
with  4  gr.  of  opium,  should  be  taken,  which  must  be  followed  next  morning 
by  a  dose  of  castor  oil.  This  generally  cuts  the  matter  short ;  but  it  is  as 
well  to  follow  it  up  with  2  grs.  of  ipecacuanha  and  }  gr.  of  opium  three  or 
four  times  within  the  12  or  24  hours,  for  two  or  three  days  after.  In  severe 
cases,  an  injection  of  nitrate  of  silver  (caustic)  has  been  employed  with  great 
success ;  but  this  can  only  be  done  under  medical  advice. 

For  ophthalmia,  in  the  first  suge,  mix  10  grs.  of  sulphate  of  zinc  in  1  oz. 
of  distilled  or  rose-water,  and  put  one  or  two  drops  into  the  eye,  reducing  the 
strength  for  succeeding  applications.  In  the  purulent  stage,  mix  7  grs.  of 
sulphate  of  copper,  or  blue  vitriol,  in  1  oz.  of  rose-water,  and  drop  it  into  the 
eye  once  a  day.  Fifteen  grs.  of  sulphate  of  zinc  may  even  be  put  into  1  os. 
of  rose-water,  and  one  or  two  drops  be  put  into  the  eye  ;  and  I  have  been 
recommended  by  an  eminent  practitioner  to  use  7  grs.  of  nitrate  of  silver  to 
1  oz.  of  rose-water  in  the  same  manner. 

In  slight  inflammation,  a  wash  of  2  grs.  of  sulphate  of  copper  to  1  oz.  of 
rose-water  may  be  frequently  used.  Warm  water  will  often  remove  an  irri- 
tation which  if  neglected  often  ends  in  ophthalmia;  and  spirits  of  wine 
will  generally  have  the  same  effect,  particularly  if  the  hand  be  held  over  the 
eye  to  cause  an  external  heat ;  the  eye  being,  of  course,  kept  closed  to  prevent 
the  spirit  entering  it.  Steaming  the  eye  over  boiling  water  is  also  highly 
beneficial ;  or  bathing  it  in  a  decoction  of  poppy-heads. 

The  cause  of  ophthalmia  has  frequently  been  assigned  to  the  sand  of  the 
desert;  but,  in  order  to  show  the  error  of  this  conjecture,  I  need  only 
observe,  that  ophthalmia  is  unknown  there,  unless  taken  from  the  Nile ;  and 
I  have  always  cured  myself  and  others,  after  two  or  three  days,  by  a  visit  to 
the  interior  of  this  dry  tract.     I  do  not,  however,  mean  to  affirm  that  sand 


EgypL  diskases.  — ^^BREsa.  —  fresents.  7 

blown  into  the  eye,  or  a  greet  glare  from  the  sand,  will  not  produce  it ;  dust 
and  the  glare  of  snow  will  cause  it  in  other  countries ;  but  still  they  are  not 
<4e  causes  of  ophthalmia,  generally  speaking.  There  are,  in  fiu:t,  both  direct 
and  accidental  causes.  Among  the  latter  are  a  blow,  dust  or  sand,  glare  of 
the  sun,  a  draught  of  wind,  and  other  things ;  but  the  former  must  be  looked 
for  in  a  6xed  and  specific  agent,  peculiar  to  Cgypt.  This,  I  am  persuaded, 
after  many  years*  experience,  and  frequent  attacks  of  ophthalmia,  arises  in 
the  transition  from  excessive  dryness  to  damp  ;  and  though  Egypt  is,  perhaps, 
the  driest  climate  in  the  world,  the  diflerence  between  the  generally  dry 
atmosphere  and  the  damp  exhalations  on  the  river,  or  in  the  streets  of  Cairo 
and  other  towns  (which  are  not  only  narrow,  but  are  watered  to  keep  them 
cool),  ik  so  great,  that  the  eye  is  readily  affected  by  it ;  particularly  when  in 
that  susceptible  state,  caused  by  the  sensible  and  insensible  perspiration,  to 
which  the  skin  is  there  subject.  Hence  it  is,  that  during  the  inundation, 
when  the  exhalations  are  the  greatest,  ophthalmia  is  most  prevalent.  The 
facts  of  its  non-existence  in,  and  its  speedy  cure  if  a  patient  goes  into,  the 
desert,  sufficiently  substantiate  this  opinion ;  and  this  is  further  confirmed  by 
the  comparatively  comfortable  sensation  there  imparted  to  the  eye,  by  the 
dryness  of  the  air. 

It  is  always  advisable  to  avoid  sitting  in  a  draught,  particularly  of  damp 
air;  and  if  obliged  to  go  out  at  niaht  from  a  warm  room,  or  the  cabin  of  a 
boat,  to  wash  the  eyes  and  forehead  with  a  little  cold  water,  by  which  means 
die  perspiration  is  not  checked  on  going  out,  and  the  eye  is  prepared  for  the 
change  to  a  cooler  temperature.  They  must,  however,  be  wiped  dry  before 
leaving  the  room. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  say  much  respecting  the  plague  :  every  one  will  take 
care  to  avoid  it,  either  by  not  going  to  £gypt  when  it  rages  there,  or  by  leav- 
ing the  country  on  the  first  alarm.  If  he  cannot  do  the  last,  he  may  avoid  it 
by  remaining  in  Upper  Egypt,  where  it  never  goes  above  Osio6t ;  or  he  may 
keep  quarantine  like  other  Europeans  in  the  countr}'.  In  Alexandria  cases 
rarely  occur  from  September  to  the  end  of  January,  and  at  Cairo  from  thee  nd 
of  June  to  the  end  of  March  ;  and  that  only  in  certain  years.  A  violent 
plague  occurs  about  once  in  10  or  12  years.  It  is  less  frequent  at  Cairo  thail 
at  Alexandria,  and  the  worse  plagues  cease  at  Cairo  by  the  end  of  June.  It 
is  now  no  longer  dreaded  as  of  old ;  grest  precautions  are  taken  by  tlie  board 
of  health,  and  the  treatment  is  better  understood.  The  first  remedy  should 
be  an  emetic,  which  will  often  stop  it  if  taken  in  time;  but  bleeding  is 
injurious. 

d.    DEESS. 

If  the  traveller  inquires  whether  the  Oriental  dress  be  necessary,  I  answer, 
it  is  by  no  means  so  ;  and  a  person  wearing  it,  who  is  Ignorant  of  the  lan- 
guage, becomes  ridiculous.  One  remark,  however,  I  must  be  allowed  to  make 
on  dress  in  that  country  —  that  a  person  is  never  respected  who  is  badly 
dressed,  of  whatever  kind  the  costume  may  be,  and  nowhere  is  exterior  appear- 
ance so  much  thought  of  as  in  the  East. 

e.  pazsKNTs. 

With  regard  to  presenU  in  Egypt,  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  general  rule  that 
they  are  quite  unnecessary  ;  which  was  not  the  case  in  former  times.  But  it 
will  sometimes  happen  that  the  civilities  of  a  Sktkk  Belied,  or  even  of  a 
Turkish  governor,  require  some  return ;  in  which  case  some  English  gun« 
powder,  a  watch,  or  a  telescope  for  the  latter,  and  a  white  shawl  and  tarbooih,or 
an  amber  mouth-piece  for  the  former,  are^  generally  speaking,  more  than  they 

a  4 


8  FIRMAKS.  —  MONET.  SeCt.  I. 

have  any  reason  to  expect.  And  although  on  those  occasions,  when  their  po- 
liteness arises  from  the  hope  of  reward,  they  may  be  disappointed  in  their  ei- 
pectations,  yet  they  would  only  consider  greater  presents  proofs  of  greater 
ignorance  in  the  person  who  made  them.  But  in  all  cases  the  nature  of  a  pre- 
sent must  depend  on  the  service  performedi  and  also  upon  the  rank  of  both 
parties. 

f,  naMAvS. 

Firmans  are  no  longer  given  by  the  Pasha,  but  a  hooy^ardtt  or  taikrtk  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Diwan  d  KhedUwee  at  the  citadel,  on  application  to  the 
consulate,  which  it  is  as  well  to  hare,  and  which  is  absolutely  necessary  if  the 
traveller  intends  going  any  distance  from  the  Nile  into  the  interior.  Indeed, 
I  have  known  the  governor  of  a  town  refuse  protection  to  a  traveller  when 
applied  to  for  it,  on  the  excuse  of  his  having  no  firman  or  booySordees  and  the 
want  of  one  might,  in  some  cases,  be  a  very  serious  inconvenience. 

ff.    MOKXT   IW    BGrPT. 

The  most  common  foreign  coins  current  in  Egypt  are  the  dollar,  the  sove- 
reign, Venetian  sequin,  and  5  franc  piece.  The  dollar  is  rated  at  20  piastres, 
though  the  Spanish  colonnato,  or  pillar  dollar,  has  latterly  passed  for  23,  and 
the  Austrian  thaler  at  21 ;  and  it  may  be  observed  as  a  general  rule,  that  in 
mentioning  a  dollar  20  piastres  are  implied,  unless  the  name  of  Spanish  or 
Austrian  dollar  be  specified.  The  value  of  the  dollar,  like  other  foreign  coins, 
is  frequently  changing  in  Egypt,  in  consequence  of  the  constant  deterioration 
of  the  piastre.  In  1 833  it  was  at  15,  and  the  sovereign  at  70  piastres.  For- 
merly it  was  at  90  pturag,  and  to  this  day  the  sum  of  90  panu  is  called  reai  or 
dollar.  In  Pococke*s  time,  the  para  or  mSiydee  was  3  farthings  English,  and 
the  I L  was  8  piastres.  The  small  Constantinople  coins  were  not  then  current 
in  Egypt. 

Tlie  principal  gold  coins  of  the  country  are  kkereehs,  b^shiUkMf  and  pieces  of 
90  and  10  piastres.  Those  of  silver  are  3  and  1  piastre  pieces,  half  and  quarter 
piastres ;  and  the  only  copper  coins  are  pieces  of  5  paras.  Large  sums  are 
reckoned  by  purses,  a»  throughout  the  Turicish  empire.  The  purse  is  always 
500  piastres,  now  equal  to  51. ;  there  is  also  the  khdznehf  wich  is  1000  purses. 

The  money  of  Egypt  has  lately  undergone  a  change,  and  Mohammed  AU 
has  called  in  all  the  worthless  coin  of  Constantinople,  and  issued  a  new  cur- 
rency, which  is  very  good.  The  only  bad  part  of  it  was,  that  instead  of  calling 
in  the  old  coins,  and  giving  the  people  the  price  at  which  they  received  them, 
the  Pasha  merely  altered  thdr  value,  and  treated  them  as  we  have  the  Maltese 
in  the  case  of  the  dollar. 

In  January,  1842,  the  Spanish  dollar,  hitherto  passing  for  22,  was  rated 
at  20  piastres  28  paras,  the  Austrian  dollar  of  21  at  20;  and  after  various 
changes,  a  tariff  was  published,  stating  the  different  proportionate  reductiona 
of  the  other  coins. 

The  following  is  the  value  of  the  different  pieces  of  money  circulating 
in  Egypt,  according  to  the  new  tariff  of  1842  :  -^ 

Gold. 

Plast.  Par.  Piast.  Far. 

Portuguese  pezxi  dToro      -.174       4 
Venetian  sequini     -     -      -   46     1 7 


Doubloons,    doppi€     AT  3^3 

Spagna  \ 

English  sovereigns  (re-\  -     „ 

duced  from  100)         J  -    »^     asu 


Hungarian    ducats,    orl        ak     o^ 
Mugger  j   -    -m     xo 


Egypt 


MONET. 


Louk  d*or  of  SO  francs 
Old  Mahmood^eht 
New  Mahmood^ebs 
Fendooklce     of     Mah- 

mood 
New      Fendooklee      of^ 

Biahmood 
New      Fendooklce     of' 

Selim 
New  Mahb6ob  of  Selim 
OUl  Adlcch  of  Consttn- 1 

tinople.  J 

New    Adleeh    of   Con- j 

stantinople  3 

Old  Zerilfe  of  ConsUn. 

tinople 
New  Zarifle  of  ConsUn' 

tinople 


Attitrian  dollar 

Spanish  pillar  dollar 

'Neapolitan  §ewdo 

5  Franc  piece 

American  dollar 

Sardinian  dollar 

Old  Besfalik  of  Con- 
stantinople 

New  Bcshlik  of  Con- 
stantinople 

Ekkeeltk  of  Constan- 
tinople 

Old  Tuslik  of  Constan- 
tinople 

Old  Altmishlik  of  Con- 
stantinople 

Alteelik  Abd-el  Meg^cd 

Alteelik 

A'lteelik,  Ham^edee 


FIsrt.  Fsr. 

•    77       6 

-  60     2S 

-  50     S3 

-  43     10 

-  84     10 


-    S6 

12 

-    25 

13 

-    17 

16 

-    15 

88 

-      S 

8 

-      8 

88 

Old  Khereeh  (or  Kbay- 
r^eb)  of  Constanti- 
nople 

New  Khereeb  of  Coo- 
lant! nople 

New  Kbereeh  of  Abd- 
el-Megeed 

Cairene  piece  of  100  pi- 
astres 

New  Khereeb  of  Cairo 

Old  Kbeiveh  of  Cairo 

New  Kbereeh  of  Cairo 

Mahb6ob  of  Cairo, 
MootstefAwee 

Mabb6obof  Cairo,  Mab- 
moodee 

Saadeeh  or  small  Khe- 
reeb of  Cairo 


I 

} 


SUver. 


Plaat.  Fsr. 


20 
20 
19 
19 
19 
13 


O 
88 
22 
10 

O 
27 


16     90 


2     24 


10 


.    11      27 


5 

4 
9 


O 
SO 
15 


Silver  coin  of  Mahmood    - 
Sitt^nee,  Meg6ed     - 
Half  piastre,  MegM 
Quarter  piastre,  Meg^d     - 
Para  of  Abd-el  Meg^dl 
for  every  thousand      J 
Piastre  of  Abd-elMegM   - 
C^airene  dollars 
Cairene  S  piastre  piece 


Piatt.  Par. 
90       5 

17     10 
17     10 

100       0 

20  O 
8  32 
8     32 

24       8 

20     34 

S     37 

PIstt.  Par. 


6 
1 
O 
0 


6 
S 

8 

4 


-     10     17 


{ 


Cairene  piastre 

Cairene  }  piastre 

Cairene  )  piastre 

Maydee>     foddai     noos  1 

(noosf  ],  or  1  para  piece  j 

Copper* 

Piece    of    5    paras,    or 
KhAmsa  fodda 


0 

20 

3 

1 

or 
O 
0 


24 

O 
0 

0 
40 
20 
10 


} 


The  best  money  to  take  to  Egypt  is  English  sovereigns,  or  Spanish  and 
Austrian  dollars.  It  is  also  necessary  to  have  bills  on  London.  They  nuiy 
be  drawn  either  at  Alexandria  or  Cairo ;  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  no 
money  b  to  be  obtained  in  Upper  Egypt,  and  the  traveller  must  take  all 
be  wants  for  his  journey,  before  be  leaves  Cairo.  He  should  also  provide 
himself  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  piastres,  20,  10.  and  5  para  pieces,  as 
in  baying  fowb  or  other  things  in  the  villages,  his  servants  will  not  always 
find  change  for  lai^ger  coins ;  it  is  not  convenient  to  be  delayed,  until  a  poor 
peasant  can  search  for  it ;  and  many  object  to  taking  gold,  even  of  the 
country,  from  the  natural  fear  of  losing  it,  or  of  suffering  from -some  change  in 
its  value.     Sometimes  it  is  possible  to  negotiate  a  bill  at  {Ceneb,  through  our 

a  6 


10  WEIGHTS   AND  IfEASTTRES.  SeCt.  L 

ftgent  Sayd  Hossayn,  who,  though  acting  without  any  pay  from  our  goTem- 
ment,  is  always  ready  to  oblige  travellers ;  but  this  is  of  course  only  done  as 
a  favour,  and  cannot  be  relied  on,  unless  the  stranger  is  furnished  with  a 
letter  to  him  from  a  house  in  Cairo  or  Alexandria.  This,  for  one  who  in- 
tends making  a  long  stay  at  Thebes,  would  be  advisable.  Circular  notes  are 
also  very  useful  at  those  two  places ;  but  some  merchants  prefer  a  letter  of 
credit,  as  bills  are  m6re  secure  against  loss  on  the  way,  when  drawn  in  dupli- 
cate or  triplicate. 

The  piastre  and  the  smaller  Egyptian  coins  now  pass  throughout  Ethiopia  ; 
though,  in  the  southern  parts,  the  old  prejudice  in  favour  of  the  Spanish 
pillar-dollar  of  Charles  IV.  (once  common  throughout  Ethiopia  as  low  as  the 
first  cataract)  may  perhaps  still  remain.  That  dollar  was  preferred,  and  bad 
a  greater  value,  partly  from  its  having /our  lines  in  the  number,  and  partly, 
as  they  affirmed,  from  the  superior  quality  of  the  silver. 

h,    WKIOHTS  AHD  XBASUaiS. 

8     Mitk&l  make  1   Ok4ea  (wok^a)  or  Arab.  os. 

12     Ok&»     —  1  Rotl  or  pound  (about  1  lb.  2  oz.  8  dwt.  Troy.) 

2]    RoU        —  1    Oka  or  Wukka. 

100  to  1 10  Rotl  ]    Kantir  (about  98]  avoirdupois). 

108     Rotl        —  1   Kantdr  for  coffee. 

103     Rotl        —  1    Kantiir  for  pepper,  &c. 

120     Rotl        —  1   Kant4r  for  cotton. 

150     Rotl        — >  1   Kantir  for  gums,  &c. 

For  Gold,  Gums,  ^e, 

4     Kumh  (Grains)         make  1   Keer&t  (Carat)  or  Khar6obeh. 
64     Grains  or  16  Keerat     —     1   Derhm  (4?!  to  49  grains  English). 
11    Derhm.  or  24  Keerit  -  {^  MiUciUfrom  about  1  drachm  to  72  gr^ 

12     Derhm  —  P   ^^i**.?'  °*-  ^^'®°'  ^''^^  ***  ^"^^  «^ 

\  English). 

12     Okdea  —       1  Rotl  or  pound. 

150     Rotl  —       1  Kantar. 

Meatureg  of  Length, 
Fitr,  or  span,  with  fore  finger  and  thumb. 
Shibr,  longest  span  with  little  finger  and  thumb. 
Kubdeh,  human  fist  with  the  thumb  erect. 
1   Drah  beledee,  or  cubit,  equal  to  22  to  22|  inches  English. 
1   Drah  Stamb6olee  equal  to  26  to  26}  inches  English. 
1  Drah  Hindazce  (for  cloth,  &c.)  equal  to  about  25  inches  English, 
3  Bah  (braces)  equal  to  1  Kassobeh  or  1 1)  feet. 


Land  MeatwrtM, 
22  (formerly   24)    Khar6obeh  or  Kiilideh    make 


1  Kassobeh,  equal  to 
from  n  ft  4|  in. 
to  11  ft.  1\  in. 
English. 

IS}  Kassobeh  or  rods  -~       1   Keerat. 

24  £eerat,or  933  Kassobeh  —       1   Feddin  oracre. 


Egypt 


POST   OFFICE. —  POPULATION.  —  RBYENUE. 


11 


Com  Mttuure. 


In  Lower  Egypt, 

2  Koddah     make  1   Melweh. 

—  1    Roob. 
~      1   Kayleh 

—  1   Waybeh. 

—  1   Ardeb. 


4  Kuddah 
2  Roob 
4  Roob 
24  Roob 


In  Upper  Egypt, 

Roftow      make     1   Mid. 

1   Mid. 

Ardeb, 
nearly   5 
bushels. 


4 

3  Roob 

8  Mid  or 
6  Waybeb 


—       J 


or 
Eng. 


t,  ro8T  orricx. 


There  is  only  one  Foreign  post-oflSce  in  Egypt,  which  is  at  Alexandria. 
Letters  to  England  (which  need  not  be  prepaid)  can  be  sent  to  Alexandria, 
and  forwarded  without  difficulty  ;  but  those  for  Malta  and  other  parts  of  the 
Mediterranean,  which  require  the  postage  to  be  paid,  roust  be  sent  to  some 
one  in  Alexandria,  who  will  pay  them  there,  as  this  cannot  be  done  at  Cairo. 

Those  for  Germany,  and  inland  places  in  Europe,  must  be  sent  to  some 
bouse  at  Marseilles,  in  order  that  they  may  be  there  prepaid  and  forwarded, 
as  this  is  not  to  be  done  in  Egypt. 

The  following  is  a  copy  of  the  notice  in  the  British  Government  Packet 
Office  at  Alexandria :  — 

'<  Mails  are  made  up  at  this  office  only  for  the  following  ports  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean by  H.  M.*s  packets,  namely,  Malta,  Gibraltar,  Syra,  and  Marseilles ; 
and  all  letters  for  these  ports  (excepting  Marseilles)  must  be  prepaid  at  the 
following  ratesy  or  cannot  otherwise  be  forwarded :  — 


Not  exceeding  \  an  ounce 

1  ounce    - 

2  ounces  - 
9  ounces  • 


9,  d. 

O  6 

1  a 

2  O 

3  0  and  so  on." 


J,    rOPULATIOK. ^RXTEKUB. 

The  population  of  Egypt,  which  200  years  ago  was  estimated  at  4,000,000, 
now  amounts  only  to  about  1,800,000  souls,  having  been  reduced  since  I800« 
from  2^500,000  to  that  number.  Plague,  and  the  Turkish  system  of  Govern- 
meot,  have  lessened  and  still  continue  to  lessen,  the  population  of  all  Egypt, 
Alexandria  alone  excepted ;  which,  through  increasing  commerce,  contains 
nearly  ten  times  the  number  of  inhabitants  it  had  before  the  time  of 
Mohammed  AH. 

The  revenue  of  Egypt  is  said  to  be  about  2,500,000/.  sterling. 

k.    KOHAMMXO   ALL 

Mohammed  Ali  was  born  at  C&wala,  a  small  town  of  Roumelia,  opposite 
Thasos,  in  1769;  the  same  year  that  gave  birth  to  the  two  most  illustrious 
persona  of  the  present  era.  Napoleon  and  Wellington. 

Uis  father  was  Rougher,  peasant,  or  farmer;  who  followed  the  double 
occupation  of  tilling  his  lands,  and  deriving  a  part  of  his  livelihood  from  the 
sea.  A  miliury  life  was  the  only  one  that  suited  the  active  disposition  of  his 
son ;  and  Mohammed  Ali  having  entered  the  service  of  the  ehdrbagee  or 
governor  of  C4wala,  received  the  rank  of  B6olook-  Bdshi,  or  subaltern,  under 
the  chief  of  the  guard  (Agha-t-el  bab,  **  officer  of  the  door**),  at  the  palace. 

On  the  death  of  his  commanding  officer,  he  was  appointed  to  succeed  him 
as  Agha-t-el  bab,  and  married  bis  widow.  She  had  two  children,  the 
present  Ibrahim  Pasha,  born  in  1789,  and  his  young  sister,  the  late  Tafdedah 

B  6 


12  MOHAMMED  ALL  SeCt  I. 

Hdnem,  widow  oT  Moharrem  Bey ;  she  aftcrwardi  became  mother  of  Tqob* 
Boom  and  Ismail  Pasha.  Mohammed  All  after  hts  marriage  contintted  to 
hold  the  same  office  in  the  govemor^s  household ;  and  though  he  may  have 
entered  into  speculations  in  trade,  like  many  Turkish  soldiers,  he  never  quitted 
the  military  profession  ;  and  when,  in  1799)  Ciwalawas  required  to  furnish  a 
contingent  of  300  men  for  the  army  of  the  Viseer,  then  levying  to  oppose  the 
French  in  Egypt,  he  was  sent  with  them,  and  soon  afterwards  obtained  the  rank 
of  Bin-bashi.  His  conduct  on  several  occasions,  when  engaged  witli  the 
French,  merited  and  obtained  the  approbation  of  the  commander-in-chief,  par- 
ticularly at  the  battle  of  Abookir ;  and  when  attached  with  a  corps  of  TuriiSy 
to  part  of  the  British  army,  he  attracted  the  notice  of  several  of  our  officers 
by  his  courage  and  activity  in  the  field. 

At  the  period  of  the  evacuation  of  Egypt  by  the  Frendi,  he  had  attained 
the  rank  of  Sar-cheshmeh,  Brigadier-  General,  and  his  courage  having  gained 
fur  htm  the  admiration,  as  his  manners  the  affection  of  the  army,  he  soon  felt 
himself  possessed  of  an  instrument  for  increasing  his  influence  in  the  country, 
of  which  he  was  not  slow  in  taking  advantage.  The  discontent  of  the  troops, 
in  consequence  of  long  arrears  of  pay,  had  already  begun  to  manifest  itself, 
when  a  threatening  message  of  Khosrow  Pasha  to  Mohammed  Ali,  was  the 
signal  for  open  rebellion.  They  looked  upon  him  to  be  the  defender  of  their 
rights  ;  and  since  he  had  displayed  great  anxiety  for  their  welfare,  they  were 
ready  to  protect  him  from  the  anger  of  the  viceroy  ;  and  the  rest  of  the  army, 
when  called  upon  to  quell  the  mutiny,  and  seise  the  rebellious  chief,  was  too 
much  interested  in  his  safety  not  to  join  in  his  defence.  Thus  strengthened 
in  the  affections  of  the  army,  his  career  became  more  and  more  successful ; 
Khosrow,  and  his  successor  Khoorshid  Pasha,  were  expelled  from  Egypt ; 
and  on  the  payment  of  a  large  sum  to  the  Porte,  Mohammed  Ali  was  ap- 
pointed to  the  Pashalic  in  1806. 

In  the  spring  of  1807,  our  unfortunate  expedition  to  Egypt  under  General 
Fraser  took  place  ;  the  result  of  which  is  well-known  :  and  the  triumph  then 
gained  by  Mohammed  Ali  over  an  enemy,  who  had  attempted  to  interfere  in 
a  province  of  the  Ottoman  Empire,  obtained  for  him  fresh  support  at  Con- 
stantinople. Many  of  the  Memlooks  also  thought  it  a  favourable  opportunity 
for  courting  his  friendship.  This  invasion,  and  the  necessity  of  putting  tlw 
sea-coast  into  a  better  state  of  defence,  gave  him  an  opportunity  of  ridding 
himself  of  the  unwelcome  interference  of  the  Captain- Pasha;  which,  had  it 
continued,  would  have  stood  greatly  in  the  way  of  those  projects  he  afterwards 
devised.  Alexandria  was  fortified,  and  garrisoned  by  bis  own  troops;  and 
thus  strengthened  at  home,  his  thoughts  were  free  to  occupy  themselves  on 
more  distant  projects.  But  ere  that  could  be  done,  it  was  necessary  to  crush 
the  remaining  power  of  the  Memlooks.  With  this  view  a  large  force  was 
sent  Into  Upper  Egypt;  and,  after  various  encounters,  a  truce  was  agreed 
upon  between  the  Pasha  and  the  Beys,  who  were  even  admitted  to  the  capital. 

The  deliverance  of  the  Holy  Land  of  Arabia  ftvm  the  Waliibees,  who  had 
taken  possession  of  Mecca  and  Medina,  was  the  next  object  of  Mohammed 
Ali*s  wishes.  The  only  impediment  was  the  fear  of  leaving  Egypt  exposed  to 
the  intrigues  of  the  Memlooks.  They,  on  the  other  hand,  looked  with  eager 
anxiety  for  the  opportunity  which  the  absence  of  the  Turks  would  afford 
them,  of  regaining  their  power,  and  of  destroying  the  man  whose  talents  had 
defeated  all  their  plans. 

It  was  a  question,  which  sliould  perform  the  first  successful  act  of  treachery. 
The  failure  of  one  led  the  way  to  the  other.  While  at  Sues,  superintending  the 
preparations  for  the  Arabian  expedition,  Mohammed  Ali  received  a  letter  from 


Egypt.  HOH AHMED  AU.  13 

Mohsmincd  Lax,  bin  Kehla  Bey,  telling  him  that  the  Memloolu  intended  to 
WBjwlay  him  on  his  return  to  Cairo.  In»tcad,  therefore,  of  remaining  at  Suei^ 
as  expected,  he  left  it  that  night  on  a  dromedary,  without  letting  any  one 
know  where  he  was  going,  and  reached  Cairo,  with  4  out  of  18  attendants, 
before  day  break  next  morning.  This  intended  treachery,  and  another  plot 
revealed  to  him  about  the  same  time,  determined  Mohammed  Ali  to  he  before- 
hand with  them,  and  he  laid  his  plans  for  their  destruction.  The  expedition 
for  Arabia  was  ordered  to  be  hastened  by  every  possible  meafts ;  and  the 
investiture  of  his  son  Toosoom  Pasha  with  the  command  of  the  army  was  tet 
fbrth  as  the  prelude  to  its  Immediate  departure.  The  day  fixed  for  this  im- 
portant ceremony  was  the  1st  of  March,'  1811.  All  the  principal  officers 
attended  at  the  citadel  on  the  occasion,  and  the  Memlcx>ks  were  invited  to  be 
present.  When  the  ceremony  was.  over,  they  mounted  their  horses  to  retire 
from  the  citadel.  On  reaching  the  gates,  they  were  8urpri«ed  to  find  them 
closed,  and  no  one  there  to  open  them :  the  suspicion  of  treachery  immediately 
flashed  across  their  minds,  and  a  volley  of  musketry  from  above  revealed  the 
horror  of  their  position.  Men  and  horses  fell  under  a  shower  c^  balls  :  no 
courage  could  avail  against  an  enemy  protected  behind  walls ;  and  those  who 
attempted  to  fly  from  the  scene  of  slaughter  were  picked  off  by  the  Albanians 
wherever  they  turned. 

Emin  Bey,  who  leapt  his  horse  over  a  gap  in  the  wall,  was  the  only  one 
who  escaped. 

The  houses  of  the  Memlooks  were  now  given  up  to  plund^ :  orders  were 
issued  to  exterminate  all  who  could  be  found  in  the  city ;  and  punishment 
was  denounced  against  any  one  known  to  harbour  them  or  facilitate  their 
escape.  At  length,  on  the  second  day  a  cessation  of  the  persecution  was 
proclaimed ;  Mohammed  Ali  himself  went  through  the  city  to  stop  the  tumul- 
tuous licence  of  the  troops ;  and  those  who  had  escaped  the  general  massacre 
were  permitted  to  retire,  or  remain  unmolested.  It  is  said  that  about  440, 
with  their  chief  Ibrahim  Bey,  perished  in  the  citadel ;  and  in  the  city  and 
country  it  is  supposed  that  no  less  than  1200  were  sacrificed. 

Those  who  were  in  Upper  Egypt  retired  into  Etliiopia,  after  having 
sufiered  from  the  treachery  of  Ibrahim  Pasha  at  Esne,  and  took  refuge 
with  the  Mek  of  Shendy;  until,  on  the  approach  of  the  Turks  in  1820,  ' 
they  retired  from  the  valley  of  the  Nile,  and  crossing  over  to  the  westward, 
paned  through  Dar-Foor ;  whence  they  at  last  found  their  way  through  Africa 
to  the  sea-coast  of  the  Mediterranean.  On  reaching  Tripoli,  their  numbers 
were  reduced  to  fourteen  or  fifteen,  some  of  whom  terminated  their  wander- 
ings and  tlieirlife  in  obscurity  at  Constantinople;  the  remnant  of  upwards 
of  4000,  against  whom  Mohammed  Ali  had  begun  his  contest  for  the 
posscssicm  of  Egypt. 

Some  few  who  had  remained  in  Egypt  were  afterwards  employed  by  the 
Pasha.  Osman  Bey,  and  a  few  more,  obtained  the  rank  of  governors  of 
provinces ;  and  those  who  had  the  means  of  living  independently  were  per- 
mitted to  establish  themselves  at  Cairo.  One  of  these,  Soolaynuin  Agha,  who 
has  the  honorary  rank  of  weffee,  or  civil  governor  of  the  city,  told  me  the 
following  anecdote.  At  the  time  of  the  massacre  of  the  Memlooks  be  was 
already  a  ftiend  of  Mohammed  Ali's,  from  whom  he  received  an  indirect  in- 
timation <*  not  to  go  to  the  citadel  **  on  that  occasion  ;  and  as  soon  as  order 
bad  been  restored  in  Cairo,  the  Pasha  made  diligent  search  for  him,  hoping 
to  find  he  had  escaped  the  indiacriminate  slaughter  of  his  comrades. 
A  confidential  messenger  conducted  him  to  Mohammed  .Ali.     He  was 


14  MOHAJCMED  ALI.  Soct  L 

overjoyed  to  see  him,  and  bia  first  queadon  waa  reapfcting  bis  escape.  "  I 
disguised  myself  aa  a  womaa,"  said  the  Memlook.  **  How  !  —  With  that 
▼oice  and  that  beard  ?  "  I  am  sure  I  should  have  discovered  you.**  *'  I  thiok 
not,**  waa  the  reply ;  and  the  conversation  then  turned  to  other  matters. 

A  few  dajra  after  this,  a  stranger  dressed  in  the  usual  veil  and  black 
Kdbbttrah  of  the  Cairene  women  appeared  before  the  Pasha,  complaining  of 
ill-treatment  from  her  husband.  He  pronounced  judgment  in  the  case,  and 
orders  were  given  that  the  injured  wife  should  be  relieved  from  her  husband's 
injustice;  when  the  complainant,  throwing  up  the  veil  and  disclosing  the 
face  of  a  man,  asked  the  Pasha  if  he  acknowledged  himself  deceived  by  the 
voice  and  appearance  of  Soolayman  Agha.  This  incident  was  the  cauae  of 
great  merriment  to  the  Pasha  and  his  Memlook  friend. 

It  is  surprising  that  the  Memlooks,  versed  in  and  accustomed  to  all  the 
artifices  of  treachery,  as  tliey  had  ever  been,  ^ould  have  fallen  into  a  similar 
trap,  which  Mohammed  All  himself  had  shortly  before  avoided,  when  invited 
by  Khoorshid  to  the  citadel  to  receive  the  pelisse  and  title  of  Pasha  of  Judda  ; 
and  it  is  probable  that,  like  a  chess-player  too  intent  on  hia  own  game,  tbey 
overlooked  the  intended  move  of  their  adversary,  from  being  too  aure  of  their 
own  success. 

The  destruction  of  the  principal  Memlooks  left  Mohanuned  All  free  to 
prosecute  the  war  he  contemplated  ;  and  in  the  autumn  of  1811,  the  army 
was  sent  to  Arabia.  The  young  Toossoom,  his  son,  took  the  command, 
aasisted  by  th^  ablest  of  his  father's  generals ;  but  he  received  a  severe  check 
from  the  valour  of  the  Wahibees ;  and  it  was  not  till  1818  that  Ibrahim  Paaba 
succeeded  in  taking  the  ci^iital  of  the  Dra^h. 

Abdallah^  the  son  of  Sa6od,  was  made  prisoner ;  and  having  been  sent  to 
Constantinople,  was  there  beheaded  in  1819,  after  having  been  eiposed  to 
the  gaxe  of  the  people  and  every  insult ;  and  the  other  chiefs  were  taken  to 
Egypt,  to  be  kept  as  hostages  for  the  future  tranquillity  of  Arabia. 

In  the  year  1 820,  an  eipedition  was  sent  into  Ethiopia  under  Ismail 
Pasha,  with  orders  to  annex  the  kingdoms  and  provinces  of  Dongola,  I>ar- 
Sh^keeh,  B^ber,  Shindy,  Seniiir,  Kordofin,  and  the  intermediate  districts, 
to  the  Turkish  empire.  Nubia,  between  the  first  and  second  cataract,  bad 
been  previously  overcome  by  Ibrahim  Pasha,  when  driving  before  him  the 
Memlooks  who  had  passed  through  it,  on  their  way  south  in  1811.  The 
present  expedition  had  for  its  pretext  the  pursuit  of  those  enemies  of  the 
Pasha,  who  had  taken  refuge  with  the  Mek  of  Shindy,  and  were  said  to 
threaten  the  tranquillity  of  Egypt.  But  the  real  motive  of  the  expedition 
originated  in  far  deeper  views.  The  turbulent  spirit  of  the  Albanians  and 
Turks  precluded  the  possibility  of  introducing  Mohammed  Ali*s  favourite 
project  of  European  tactics :  the  removal  of  all  the  most  obnoxious  spirite 
was  the  only  means  of  overcoming  their  opposition ;  and  the  conquest  of 
those  countries  promised  increase  of  wealth,  power,  and  renown.  Hia  in- 
tention was  to  send  a  large  force  into  Upper  Ethiopia,  and  bring  from  thence 
a  body  of  Blacks,  to  be  disciplined,  and  formed  into  Nizdm,  or  regular  troops, 
in  some  out-of-the-way  place  unobserved  by  the  Turks  ;  who  too  could  not 
object  to  this  system  being  adopted  towards  foreigners,  and  could  forsee  in  it 
no  danger  to  their  own  importence. 

For  this  purpose  he  employed  Colonel  Seve  (now  Soolayman  Pasha),  a 
French  officer  of  great  military  tolents,  who  had  fied  from  France  at  the  tinrie 
of  the  Restoration  in  1815;  and  having  established  a  military  school  at 
Asouan  in  1820,  under  the  direction  of  Mohammed  Bey  Las,  sent  500  of  hia 


Egypt  KOHAMHBD  ALL  15 

Memlooks  to  be  driUet^md  Uu^t  the  duties  of  officers.  At  the  same  time 
the  Blacks  were  forwarded  from  Ethiopia  to  this  depot,  and  drilled  for  soldiers ; 
and  Mcrfiamroed  Bey  (if  I  remember  correctly)  told  me  that  the  project  was 
to  have  80»000  of  them  as  infantry,  with  Turki^ii  artillery  and  cavalry  ;  some 
ifTcgolar  Arab  honemen ;  and  a  few  Albanians  and  Turks  as  a  corps  de 
resenre^  to  supply  the  divisions  in  Arabia  and  Sennar. 

But  notwithstanding  every  care,  the  Blacks  died  off*  so  rapidly  that  it  was 
found  Dcccasary  to  supply  their  places  by  native  Egyptians ;  and  this  was 
the  origin  of  the  present  disciplined  army.  Tliis  was  unfortunate  both  for 
the  viceroy  and  the  people ;  as  it  drained  the  population  of  a  thinly-peopled 
country,  and  diminished  the  number  of  hands  required  for  the  cultivation  of 
the  soil ;  which  were  doomed  to  be  still  farther  reduced  a  few  years  after  by 
the  establishment  of  numerous  manufactories. 

The  introduction  of  the  cotton  plant  gave  the  first  impulse  to  M<^ammed 
Ali*s  scheme  of  making  Egypt  a  manufacturing  country ;  the  impractica- 
biUrf  of  which  the  experience  of  many  years,  the  immense  expense  he  hm 
incurred,  the  dralo  on  the  population,  the  destruction  of  machinery  by  the  sand, 
and  universal  opinion,  have  sufficiently  demonstrated.  The  culture  of  the  cotton, 
which  is  of  very  good  quality,  is  certainly  beneficial  to  the  revenues  of  Egypt ; 
as  are  the  indigo,  and  many  other  kinds  of  produce  introduced  or  increased 
by  Mohammed  Ali ;  and  had  he  been  satisfied  with  the  manufacture  of 
ooeinMHi  stuffs,  as  in  former  times,  for  ordinary  purposes,  which  did  not 
require  expensive  machinery,  he  would  Iwve  found  it  more  profitable  in  the 
end.  The  export  of  the  raw  produce  was  obviously  more  beneficial  to  the 
oountry,  and  the  Pasha,  contented  with  that,  would  have  been  a  gainer  in 
money  and  disposable  hands. 

Indigo,  cotton,  and  sugar-cane  have  been  for  many  years  cultivated  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nile.  The  first  of  these  is  of  very  excellent  quality  in  Upper 
Ethiopia,  where  the  latter  plant  also  grows ;  and  a  coarse  sugar  from  the 
cane  was  made  long  ago  in  Upper  Egypt*  But  the  indigo,  as  it  now  is,  was 
broogbt  from  Nabloos  in  ^yria,  in  1824,  and  the  Indian  cotton  was  intro- 
duced by  Maho  Bey,  assisted  by  M.  Jumel,  about  1819,  and  first  grown  at 
Heliopolis.  From  him  it  received  the  name  of  Maho  cotton,  and  It  is  a 
curious  fmett  that  it  has  been  found  growing  at  Fazoglo,  above  Sennar.  A 
sugar  refining  manufactory  was  established  at  Reramoon,  in  Upper  Egypt, 
by  Mr.  Brine,  an  Englishman,  in  1818 ;  and  the  coarse  sugar  of  the  peasanto 
being  sent  there  to  be  refined,  was  found  to  be  very  good  both  in  sweetness 
and  appearance. 

Ibrahim  Pasha,  who  had  returned  victorious  from  Arabia,  was  sent  to 
prosecute  the  war,  and  extend  the  Turkish  conquests  in  Ethiopia;  and  Kor- 
dofSui,  Sennar,  and  the  other  prorinces  were  annexed  to  Egypt.  He  then 
returned  to  Egypt,  and  other  events  soon  called  him  to  a  new  field ; 
for  the  moment  had  arrived  when  Mohammed  Ali  felt  himself  sufficiently 
strong  to  attempt  the  subjugation  of  the  revolted  Greeks ;  and  he  sent  to  re- 
quest permission  of  the  Sultan  to  undertake  the  war  of  the  Morea,  which  he 
promised  to  terminate  at  his  own  cost,  and  solely  with  his  own  troops ;  pro- 
vided he  might  withhold  the  tribute  from  Egypt  during  that  time,  for  the 
expenses  of  the  war.  This  apparently  disinterested  offer  was  welcomed  by 
the  Porte ;  and  the  Sultan  rejoiced  in  a  proposition  which  promised  to  destroy 
an  enemy,  while  it  tended  to  weaken  the  resources  of  a  too-powerful  vassal ; 
and  the  assent  of  His  Highness  was  returned  in  the  form  of  a  command'  to 
Mohammed  AH  to  put  an  end  to  the  Greek  insurrection. 

It  is  generally  supposed  that  the  order  emanated  solely  from  the  Porte ; 


16  MOHAMMED  ALI.  SeCt  L 

but  the  fact  of  Mohammed  All's  having  propoaedit  was  known  Co  me  be. 
tween  two  and  three  months  before  any  order  came  from  Constantinople,  in 
the  following  manner :  —  Happening  to  be  acquainted  with  a  Turk  in  ibe 
Pasha*s  confidence,  and  conversing  with  him  on  his  probable  intentions,  I 
remarked  that  many  in  Cairo  talked  loudly  of  his  kind  reception  of  the 
Greeks,  and  supposed  that  he  was  likely  to  join  them  in  their  rebelKon  against 
the  Porte.  He  then  told  me,  that,  so  far  were  they  from  being  right  in  their 
surmises,  the  Pasha  had  sent  to  make  the  above  proposition  to  the  Sultan ;  and 
in  less  than  three  months  he  added,  '*  You  will  see  the  permission  arrive 
as  an  order  from  the  Porte  to  send  an  army  into  Greece. **  The  reault  proved 
the  truth  of  what  he  said ;  and  accordingly,  in  1824,  a  fleet  and  army  were 
sent,  under  Ibrahim  Pasha,  to  the  Morea. 

The  results  of  this  campaign,  the  intervention  of  the  European  powers  in 
July,  and  the  battle  of  Navarino,  October  SOth,  1 827,  are  well  known, 
Candia  not  having  been  included  in  the  independence  of  Greece,  was  per- 
mitted to  be  retained  by  the  Porte,  and  Mohammed  Ali,  who  had  overthrown 
the  revolted  Greeks  there,  was  afterwards  allowed  the  complimentary  distinc- 
tion of  appointing  a  pasha  to  that  island,  in  lieu  of  obtaining  the  pashalic  of 
Syria,  which  he  had  solicited. 

The  Egyptian  troops  having  been  taken  back  to  Egypt,  and  his  Greek 
projects  having  failed,  Mohammed  Ali  turned  bis  thoughts  to  obtaining  po»> 
session  of  Syria  by  force :  this  and  the  Morea,  as  one  of  his  courtiers  ob- 
served to  me,  '* being  two  doors  that  lead  to  the  same  place" —  Constanti- 
nople. For  I  need  scarcely  observe  now,  what  I  had  so  often  mentioned  to 
Engliih  travellers  whom  I  met  in  £gypt,  while  the  war  was  going  on  in  the 
Morea,  that  the  ultimate  object  of  the  Greek  war  was  an  attack  on  Constant!* 
nople ;  though  few  would  then  believe  that  he  had  either  the  intention  to 
attempt  so  ambitious  a  project,  or  the  means  to  oppose  the  (reputed)  power 
of  the  Porte. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  Sultan  Mahmood,  by  bis  incessant  animosity 
against  Mohammed  Ali,  and  his  repeated  attempts  to  destroy  him,  paved  the  way, 
in  a  great  degree,  for  the  success  of  his  vassal's  ambition ;  that  the  supinenesa 
of  European  nations,  in  not  preventing  a  collision  between  the  Sultan  and 
the  Pasha,  led  to  the  late  unsettled  state  of  Syria ;  and  that  their  sub- 
sequent interference  was  misplaced  ;  but  this  subject  is  too  long  for  discus- 
sion at  the  present  moment,  and  does  not,  of  course,  come  within  the  scope 
of  this  brief  notice.  Nor  is  it.neceasary  to  enter  into  the  details  of  the  Syrian 
war,  which  are  well  known  to  every  rrader. 

In  contemplating  the  private  character  and  political  career  of  Mohammed 
Ali,  it  is  evident  that,  as  an  individual,  he  possesses  many  excellent  qualities, 
and  is  kind,  indulgent,  and  humane ;  while  in  his  public  capacity  he  must  be 
censured  for  ambition,  for  extorting  money  from  the  people,  and  for  neg- 
lecting to  relieve  them  from  the  sute  of  misery  to  which  they  have  «beeo 
reduced  by  his  expensive  projects. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  said,  that,  considering  all  he  has  done,  which 
originated  solely  in  his  own  energies,  his  endeavours  to  civilise  the  country 
have  been  highly  praiseworthy ;  and  when  we  compare  him  io  others  of  his 
nation,  his  superiority  stands  forth  in  a  still  more  remarkable  light.  But 
it  is  certain  that  bis  conduct  may  be  presented  under  different  aspects, 
according  to  the  views  of  his  enemies  €»'  his  friends ;  and  this  has  led  to  the 
great  discrepancy  in  the  character  given 'of  this  extraordinary  man.  It  may 
be  said  that  the  various  establishments  set  on  foot  in  Egypt,  the  dykes,  canals, 
and  other  public  works*  are  as  much  for  the  benefit  of  the  government,  as  for 


EffypL 


GHROKOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


17 


that  of  the  people.  Tht«  is  true;  but  what  other  Turk  has  done  it?  and  what 
natiTe  would  have  made  the  attempt  ?  and  may  not  this  be  said  of  all  great 
wotIls  in  any  Country  ?  at  the  same  time,  how  many  prejudices  of  Che  people 
has  he  not  had  to  encounter?  and  how  gradual  must  be  the  steps  in  the 
commencement  of  civilisation?  For  these,  then,  he  deserves  full  credit; 
and  the  point  for  which  he  merits  censure,  is  his  having  done  Utile  to  amelio* 
rate  the  eondition  of  the  people,  though  indebted  -so  much  for  his  greatness 
to  the  DBooey  wrung  from  their  labours. 

k,    FAXILT   or   XOBAXMBD   ALL 

The  family  of  Mohammed  All  consists  of  Ibrahim  Pasha,  Said  Pasha, 
Hossayn  Bey,  Alim  Bey,  and  Mohammed  Ali  Bey ;  Nusleh  Hanem, 
his  eldest  daughter,  the  widow  of  Mohammed  Bey  Defterdar,  and  other 
daughters. 

Toossoom  and  Ismail  Pa«has  died  many  years  ago,  and  the  former  left  a 
watt,  now  Abbas  Pasha,  who  will  probably  one  day  succeed  to  the  Pashalic  of 
Egypt. 

Ibrahim  Pasha  has  some  children,  the  eldest  of  whom  are  Ahmed  Bey, 
born  in  1825,  Ismail  Bey,  and  Mustafa  Bey. 

The  other  members  of  Mohammed  All's  family  are  his  nephews,  Hossayn 
Bey,  Ahmed  Pasha,  Ibrahim  Pasha  the  younger,  IsmiSl  Bey,  and  some 
younger  ones. 

/.   CHEOMOLOOICAL  TABLV  OF   KINGS  Ot   BOTPT. 

In  order  to  assist  those  who  are  interested  in  Egyptian  antiquities,  I  shall 
introduce  a  list  of  the  kings  which  may  be  useful  in  examining  the  monu- 
ments, particularly  at  Thebes. 


Acceod 

- 

Letter  in 
PUie. 

Kings. 

ibe 
Throne 

B.C. 

Events. 

A 

Menes,  Menai 

2320 

First  King  of  Egypt,  according 

to  Josephus  lived  upwards  of 
1300  years  before  Solomon. 

Athothis,  his  son 

2300 

(Other  kings) 

2204 

Foundation  of  the  kingdom  of 

• 

Assyria  by  Nimrod. 

Suphis,  or  Saophis  . 

2123 

Built  the  Great  Pyramid. 

2089 

Kingdom  of  Sicyon  founded. 

Sen^Saophis    - 

2083 

Built  the  Second  Pyramid. 

2057 

Era  of  the   Chinese    Emperor 

Moscherisy  Mencheris, 

2043 

Yao. 

or  Mycerinus 

Built  the  Third  Pyramid. 

Apappus 

2001 

Or  Aphoph  •<  the  Giant.** 

1920 

Abraham  arrives  in  Egypt  Pro- 

Nitocris 

1900 

bably,  the  queen  called  Nicaule 
by  Josephus. 

1856 

Foundation  of  the  kingdom    of 

Argos. 
Deluge  of  Ogyges  in  Attica. 

1848 

NB 

Menrooph,    or    Men- 

1830 

Perhaps   the  only   king  of  this 

mdihph 

xvth  Dynasty,  and  a  Theban. 

18 


CHBONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


Sect  L 


• 

Ascend 

Letter  in 
Plate 

KiDsi. 

the 
Throne 

B.C. 

Events. 

XVL    Dtnastt  from 

LowsR  Rgypt. 

YH 

Osirtasen  I.    - 

1740 

Reigned  at  least  43  years. 

1706 

Arrival  of  Joseph. 

AB 

•Amun-ni-Gori  ? 

1696 

CD 

ArouQ-m-Gori  II.?- 

1686 

Reigned  at  least  35  yean. 

XVIL  Dtnactt  raoK 

LowxR  Egypt. 

EF 

Osirtasen  XL  - 

1651 

GH 

Osirtasen  III. 

1636 

Called  also  NofH-ftep,  or  Kofri. 
othph. 

1635 

Death  of  Joseph. 

IJ 

Amun.ni.Gori  IIL  ? 

1621 

Reigned  at  least  41  years. 

KL 

? 

1580 

Phonetic  name  not  found. 

XVIIL     DrNAtTT    OF 

DiOSPOLZTAMS   (from    ThXBBs). 

MN 

Amosis  ... 

1575 

Or  Ames,  '<the  new  king  (or 
Dynasty)  who  knew  not 
Joseph.**  Reigned  at  least 
92  years. 

1571 

Moses  bom. 

1556 

Cecrops  founds  the  kingdom  of 
Athens,  from  Sals. 

OP 

Amunoph  L   > 

1550 

Crude  brick  arches  used  in 
Egypt 

QR 

Thothmes  I.     - 

1533 

Flight  of  Moses,  1531. 

Qa  Ra 

Amun-neit  Gori  ?    - 

Included  in  the  reign  of 
Thothmes  II.  Perhaps  a 
queen.     Nitocris  ? 

ST 

Thothmes  II. 

1505 

Glass  already  known  in  Egypt. 

1503 

Deluge  of  Deucalion. 

UV 

Thothmes  III. 

1495 

A  great  architect. 

1491 

Exodus.     Moses  died  in  1451. 

wx 

Amunoph  IL- 

1456 

His  son.  Came  to  the  throne 
young. 

YZ 

Thothmes  IV. 

1446 

His  son. 

(Some  foreign  kings  n 

lied  in  ] 

Sgypt  about  this  time.) 

ab 

Amunoph  III.  {whUea 

1430 

His  son.     Ilie  supposed  Mem. 

• 

ndnorr    hia     mother^ 

non  of  the    Tocal    statue    at 

Maut-m'$hoi,  Zb,  W€U 

Thebes. 

probatiy  Regent,) 

a2  b2 

Amun-Toonb  ? 

-     • 

A    foreigner,     cotemporary   of 
Amunoph  III. 

cd 

Horns    -         -        • 

1408 

Iron  first  used  in  Greece,  1406. 

ef 

Remeses  I.      - 

1395 

Or  Remesso. 

gh 

Osirei,  or  Osiri  I.  ?  . 

.1385 

A  great  conqueror. 

il,2 

Amun-mai  Remeses 

1355 

Or  Remeses  tlie  Great.  The  sup. 

J  3.4 

or  Remeses  II.        .     - 

posed  Sesostris,  son  of  Osirei, 

5,6 

{HUtwo  Queent)    -  , 

or  S(0-  Ostrrt :  hence,  perhaps, 
confounded  with  Sesostris? 

kl 

Pthahmen. 

1989 

His  son. 

^9y?^ 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


19 


Letter  in 


Kingi. 


the 

Throne 

ac. 


Eveoti. 


kS,l2 


m  n 
op 

St 

U  V 
W  X 


1.2 

3,4 


7,8 


9,  10 


XIX.  DnrASTY  of  Diostoutans,  o«  Tbxbams. 


Pthahmen-  Se-Pthah 


Osirel  II. 
Osirei  III. 
B«meses  III. 


IV. 
Remeses  V. 
Bemctes  VI. 


1269 


1263 
1255 
1245 
1235 

1205 
1195 
1180 


(SethoB  ?)  not  admitted  into  the 
Theban  lists,  perhaps  from 
being  a  Memphite,  or  from 
having  only  married  the 
Princess  Taosiri. 

Argonautic  expedition. 


His  ton,  called  also   Miamnn, 

and  Amun-mai. 
His  son. 

{Sons  of  Remeies  III. 
taken  1184. 


Troy 


XX.  AKD  XXI.  Dynasty  or  Diospoutans. 

RemesesVIL         -  1170 

Remeses  VIII.        -  1155 

Remeses  IX.           -  1140 

Remeses  X.    -        -  1125 

Remeses  XI.  ?         -  1110 

Amunmai  Pouee  ?   -  1095 

Amunmeses?-         -  1  1080 
(Other  kings) 


This  name  should  perhaps  come 

before  t  C. 
To  about  1068. 


XX IL  Dynasty  ot  DiosrouTANs. 


Sheshonk  I. 
Osorkon  I. 


Takelothe 


978 
945 

925 


Shishak  of  SS.    (Solomon.) 
Zerah,  king  of  Ethiopia,  battle 
with  Asa,  941. 


XXIII.  Dynasty  ot  Diospoutans. 


Osorkou  II.    - 


Sheshonk  II. 

(More  kings) 
Tnephactus,  or  Tne- 
phachthus. 


908 


890 


820? 


Money  of  gold  and  silver  first 
coined  at  Argos,  894.  Age 
of  Homer  907,  or  844. 

To  about  860. 

The  Technatis  of  PluUrch.  The 
father  of  Bocchoris.  Name 
not  found. 


XXIV.  Dynasty  of  1   SaItk. 


1,  2     I  Bocchoris,  or  Pehor?    I     812 


Called  **  the  WiK." 


20 


CHBONOLOQICAL  TABLE. 


Sect-L 


Letter  In 
PUte. 


1,2 
3.4 

S,  6 


7,8 
9,  10 

11,  12 

IS,  14 
15,  16 


19 

20,  21 

22 

2S 


24,25 


KingiL 


Aiccnd 

the 
Throne 


EvenCi. 


XXV.  Dtnastt  op  Etbiofians. 


SalMco,  or  Sabak6thpb 
Sebechon,  or  Shebek, 

Tefarak,  or  Tirbaka 


Ammeret? 


778 
753 
728 

721 
714 


698 


Soof  SS. 

Rome  founded. 

I  am  not  certain  wbich  of  tliese 

two  kings  should  come  6rst. 
CapttTity  of  the  Ten  Tribes. 
Setbos    said    by  Herodotus    to 

have  ruled    at    Memphis   at 

the  same   time.    Sennacherib 

attacks  Judah  7ia 


XXVL  Dtxastt  or  SaYtbs. 


(Uncertain.) 
Psamatik,  or   Pkama- 

ticus  I. 
Neco  II. 


The  12  kings  or  monarchs. 

Psamiticus,  or  Psammiticbus,  son 
of  Neco  I. 

Nechao  of  SS.,  defeated  Josiah 
610  a.  c.  Era  of  Solon,  Al- 
caeus,  and  Sappho. 

Captivity  of  Jeboiakim,  599. 

Or  Vaphrea,  the  Hopbra  of 
SS.  Takes  Sidon.  Perhaps 
9a,  10a  are  bis  name. 

It  is  uncertain  whether  he  was 
the  same  as  Apries. 

Married  the  daughter  of  Psa- 
maticus  III.  Era  of  Thcs- 
pis,  Pythagoras,  and  JEsop. 
560. 

After  6  months    Egypt 
quered  by  Cambjrses. 

XXVII.     Dynastt  or  PaasiAXs. 


Psamaticus  II. 
Apries 

Psamaticus  III. 
Amasis,  Ames 


Psammenitu8,or  Psam- 
micherites 


664 


610 


600 
596? 


590? 


571 


525 


con- 


Cambyses 
Darius  Hystaspes 
Xerxes    « 


Artaxerxes, 
ksheshes 


or 


Xerxes  II. 
Sogdianus 
Darius  Notbus 


** 

525 

1 

521 

• 

485 

Art- 

472 

• 

425 

. 

424 

Canbosh  in  hieroglyphics. 

Ntareosh.     Egypt  rerolts. 

Kbsheersb.  Recovers  Egypt, 
484. 

Egypt  revolts,  and  elects  Inavos 
and  Amjrrtosus  Kings.  463, 
the  Persians  retake  Egypt. 
Inaros  is  crucified.  Herodo- 
tus visits  Egypt,  460. 

Reigns    2  months. 

■^^^—    7  months 

1 9  yearn. 


XXVI II.     Dynasty  or  omt  Saitk. 


Amyrtanis 


414 


Egypt  revolts,  and  Amyrtaeus  is 
recalled. 


Egypt. 


CHBONOLOGIOAL  TABLE. 


21 


Aacend 

Letter  In 
Pkte 

Kings. 

the 
Throne 

Brcnta. 

B.C. 

XXIX.    Dtmastv  or  Msndisians. 

26,27 

Nepherites 

408 

Ncfaorot     Long  vowels  first 
used  in  Greek,  403. 

38,29 

Achoris,  or  Acoris    - 

402 

Hakori.     Death  of  Cyrus  the 
younger.        Retreat  of   the 
10,000,  401. 

jscsi 

Psammoutis,  or   Pw- 

389 

Nepberotes  and  Muthis  not  on 

Maut  ... 

the  Monuments. 

XXX.    Dtmasti 

r  OF  SKBawNrTX  Kings. 

;  32,33 

Nectanebo,  I.  - 

387       Nakhtnebo.  Nectabis  of  Pliny. 

\ 

Teoa  or  Tacboa 

369 

Persians  defeated,  362. 

Nectanebo  II. 

362 

Defeated  b^  the  Persians,  34a 

XXXI.    Dt 

NASTT    OF    PsftSIAIta. 

Ochus     .        *        . 

340 

In  his  20tb  year.  Philip  dies,  335 

1 

Arses 

338 

Darius     .         .        • 

336 

Alezander  conquers  Egypt. 

M. 

llCBDOiriANS.        PrOLKHT 

BBiNO  GovxaNoa  of  Egtft,  322. 

y 

Pbilip  Aridsas 

3*23 

C  Ptolemy   made    governor    of 
X  ^gypt  in  their  name,  322. 

t 

Alexander,     son     of 

317 

Alexander  the  Great 

Ptolem 

Its,  OE  Laoidjb. 

1 

Lagus,  or  Soter 

305 

Married,  1  Eurydice,  2  Berenice. 

2 

Philadelphus    - 

284- 

The  Ethiopian  king  Ergamenes 
lived  at  this  time.     Afar»  Ar- 
sinoie. 

3 

Euergetcs  L     - 

246 

Mar,  Berenice. 

4 

Philopator 

221 

Afar.  Arsinoe. 

5 

Epipbanes 

204 

Mar.  Cleopatra. 

6 

Pbilometor 

180 

Mar.  Cleopatra.  Aodochus  in- 
vadea  Egypt,  170. 

7 

Euergetes      II.,      or 

145 

Mar.   1    Cleopatra,  2  Cleopatra 

PbjrMTon 

Cocce.  Also  called  Pbilometor. 

8 

Soter  I  I.y  or  Latbyrus 

116 

Mar,  1  Cleopatra,  2  Selene.  Called 
also  Pbilometor,  expelled  106. 

9 

1 

Alezander  I.- 

106 

Withbb  mother.  Afar.  Cleopatra. 
Lathyrus  restored,  88. 

1        10 

Berenice  .        •         - 

81 

Daughter  of  Lathyrus. 

11 

Alezander  II.  - 

80 

Bequeaths  his   kiu0ilom   to  the 
Romans. 

12 

Neus    Dionysus,     or 

65 

Afar.  Cleopatra.  Ezpelled  58,  re- 

Auletes 

stored  55. 

1        ^^ 

Ptolemy,  the  elder  son 

.51 

With    Cleopatra,  his  sister  and 

of  Auletes 

wife. 

14 

Ptolemy,  the  younger 

47  1    Afar.  Cleopatra  also.                      1 

15 

Cleopatra 

44 

Alone,  and  then  with  Cmwrion 
or  Neocaesar,  her  son  by  J. 

Cflssar. 

22 


CHBONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


Sect.  I. 


A.a 


122 
297 
325 
379 
622 

1517 
1763 
1798 
1801 
1806 


EvenU. 


Visit  of  Adrian  to  Egypt ;  and  again,  a.d.  ISO. 

Taking  of  Alexandria  by  Diocletian. 

Council  of  Nic»a  in  reign  of  Constantine.     Athanasius  and  Anus. 

Edict  of  Theodosiuik     Destruction  of  the  Temple  of  Sarapis. 

Conquest  of  Egypt  by  Amer  (miscalled  Ainrou).     (See  Table  of 

Okliphs.) 
Conquest  of  Egypt  by  the  Turks  under  Sultan  Selim. 
Rebellion  of  Alt  Bey. 
Invasion  of  Egypt  by  the  French. 
Expelled  by  the  English. 
Mohammed  Ali  made  Pasha  of  Egypt.    (See  above,  p.  12.) 


In  the  era  of  Menes  I  have  followed  Josephus ;  and  by  allowing  17  years 
for  each  reign  from  Apappus  to  Menes,  which  requires  a  sum  of  323,  his  era 
would  be  about  the  time  X  have  given,  or  a.  c.  2324  ;  though  the  number  of  the 
reigns  intervening  between  those  two  kings  is  by  no  means  certain.  In  the 
X Vth  Dyna&ty  I  have  been  guided  by  the  Table  of  Kings  at  Thebes,  which 
gives  one  DiospoUtan  between  Menes  ond  the  XVII Ith  Dynasty. 

The  contemporary  reigns  of  Shishak  and  Solomon  are  the  earli^t  fixed  epodi 
for  tlie  construction  of  a  chronologial  table ;  but  reckoning  back  the  number 
of  years  of  each  king's  reign,  either  according  to  Manetho,  the  dates  on  the 
monuments,  or  the  average  length  of  their  ordinary  duration^  we  noay  arrive 
at  a  fair  approximation ;  and  the  epoch  alluded  to  on  the  ceiling  of  the  Mem- 
nonium,  at  Thebes,  in  the  reign  of  Remeses  11.,  seems  greatly  to  confirm 
my  opinion  respecting  the  accession  of  that  Prince.  And,  allowing  for  the 
reigns  of  the  intervening  monarchs  his  predecessors,  the  Exodus  of  the 
Israelites  agrees  with  Manetho's  departure  of  the  Pastors  In  the  reign  of 
Thothmes  III. 

Those  who  wish  to  compare  the  lists  of  kings  given  by  Manetho  and 
Eratosthenes,  will  find  them  in  the  History  of  Egypt  given  In  my  **  Manners 
and  Customs  of  the  Ancient  Egyptians,'*  and  in  that  very  useful  work, 
<*  Ancient  Fragments,*'  published  by  Mr.  Cory. 

Of  the  Shepherd  Kings  nothing  certain  has  yet  been  discovered ;  nor  is  it 
always  possible  to  make  the  names  given  by  Manetho  and  Eratosthenes  accord 
with  those  on  the  monuments. 

The  government  of  Egypt  appears  first  to  have  been,  as  with  the  Jews,  a 
hierarchy,  which  was  successively  composed  of  the  priests  of  one  or  other  of 
the  principle  deities ;  but  its  duration  is  uncertain.  We  then  come  to  the 
Kings,  the  fitst  of  whom,  by  universal  consent,  was  Menes ;  and  with  him  I 
commence  my  chronological  series. 

The  2  ovals  contain  their  prenomen  and  phonetic  name,  and  the  third  that 
of  the  Queen,  whenever  it  has  been  found.  Many  other  names  of  kings  oc- 
cur on  the  monuments ;  but  as  their  -date  and  relative  position  are  uncertain, 
I  have  not  been  able  to  place  them  in  this  list. 


Egypt-  i-isT  or  EING8. 


UST  OF  KINOS. 


LIST  OP  KWGB, 


ii 

ji 


I 


^-i-i 


i 


IN 


Vi 


9t 


>liR<lv„3^ 


a 


SSDi 


o 


(101 


o« 


•  ''?S5S£;i  5,  »(Wi^ 


>a 


no 


/ 


11 


j'Wll 


« 


Sect  I.  Egjfpt.       tke  galifbs  and  svltans. 


fiT 


m.    UR   or  THX   CAUPBt   AKD   tULTANS  OF   XOTIT. 

•  TIm  Irequent  noention  of  these  Kingt,  particularly  in  describtng  the  monu- 
menu  of  Cairo^  and  tbe  neceasity  of  knowing  at  least  when  tbey  ragned»  in. 
dooes  me  to  give  this  Chronological  Table 


h. 


Eventa  during  tbeir  Raign. 


Aboo  Bukr,  or  Aboo 
Brkr  (e*  Sad^k). 

(Vmar  (ebn  el  Khut* 
tib^  or  KhattabJ. 

Othxnin. 

A^i  (or  Alee),  and 
Mo^wiefaL 


Mo^wieh  I. 

Tested  I. 
Moauieh  lU 


MerawAn  I. 
Abd  el  M^ek. 


£1  Welc^  I. 
Soolarmiui. 


Omar  II. 
Teemed  II. 
Heab^m. 

El  WeleM  IL 
Tested  111. 
Ibrablm. 
Meraw^n  1 1. 


Invasion  of  Syria  commenced. 

Conquest  of  Persia,  Syria*  and  Egypt. 

A'mer,  or  Amr  (ebn  el  As)  enters  Egypt 
in  June»  6S8. 

Conquest  of  Africa  begun. 
Ali  in  Arabia  reigns  till  661 ;  and  El 
Hassan,  his  son,  nominally  succeeds  him, 
and  having  reigned  six  months  abdicates, 
A.  D.  661.  Death  of  Hassan,  670.  Mo^- 
wieh  in  Egypt  and  Syria. 

Bomae  of  Ammawt&i   (  Ommti*«Mb«). 

Alone.      Fruitless   attack  on   Constanti- 

tinople  by  the  Saracens. 
His  son.     Hossayn  killed  at  Kerbela. 
His  SOB. 

[Abdallah,  son  of  Zoba;^r,  reigned  nine 
years  in  the  Hegii  (  Arabia),  from  64 
to  73  A.  B.,  or  684  to  693  a.  o.*] 


His  son.  Conquest  of  Africa  completed. 
Abd  el  As^,  bis  brother,  made  a  Nilo- 
meter  at  Helw&n.  In  76  a.  h.  first 
Arab  coinage.  The  oldest  coin  found  is 
of  79  A.B.  (699  A.D.);  it  is  a  silver 
Der'hero.  The  oldest  gold  deenSrs  are 
of  the  years  91  and  92  a.  h. 

His  son.  Conquestof  Spain,  710.  First 
invasion  of  India  by  the  Moslems. 

His  brother.  Second  failure  l)efore  Con- 
stantinople. Was  the  first  who  founded 
a  Nilometer  at  the  Isle  of  Roda. 

Son  of  Abd  el  Az6es. 

Son  of  Abd  el  M^lek. 

His  brother.  Defeat  of  Al>d  e'  Rahman 
in  France,  by  Carles  Martel,  732» 

Son  of  YiiM. 

His  son. 

His  brother. 

Grandson  of  Mersw&n  I.,  killed  at 
Aboos^r,  a  town  belonging  to  the 
Fyo6m,  in  Egypt. 


Began  to 
reign. 

A.  D. 

632. 
634. 


644. 
656. 


661. 

680. 
684. 


684. 
684. 


705. 

714. 


717. 
720. 
724. 

743. 
744. 
744. 
744 
to 
749. 


•  Tbe  H^gira,  or  Moslem  era,  begins  fiSS  A.n.,  dating  from  the  "Jtl^M  "  of  the  prophet 
rmm  Mecca.  To  reduce  any  jear  of  i  he  H^gira  to  oiir  own,  we  have  only  to  add  fses  to  the 
given  year,  and  deducts  for  e^tn  100,  or  1  for  every  3J$  e.g.  lS33-|*Gtt»1855  ;  then  for 
tbe  190  deduct  36,  and  1  for  the  S?  »  S7,  IcaTCi  1818  a.m. 

c  2 


VH 

AQLEBlTXa. 

Sect.  I. 

H 

S              in 

11      ^i 

iil 

31 

iiii 

9*  5   IP 

?}    ti  i  fii 

^-■i   Mil! 

It?     fs^J  ^f 


tiUi  pi 


1^1 


Ml 


"5  e -^  G  -g  2  g       So 


iH 


^mt- 


ABBASISEB.  —  TOOt-OOinDSfl.  —  AOLEBITES. 


lite  II 


ll  II 


III 


s  •=  3  I  i 

M      pa      M      W      M 


28 


ABBASa>£B«  —  TOOUOOVIDJSB^  —  AQLSBIXES.         Sect*  I. 


B 

e 


i 


I 

K 


•     .••*  Cm  •P  < 

•S  -a  -s     ^ 


ESSpL 


jLBBASIDKS,  —  TOOLOONIDES,  —  ASLSB1TB8. 


i 


itr^-'i  III! 

1    m^^ 
\  .  illlJtiJ   li. 

I    o a as. 

"5      S-2 


I 


1    p" 
1^  11^ 


s   »    s    « 


HI 


liil 


is 


i.i 


I  a 

111 
III* 


II    IJ 


do 


ABBA9IDB9.  —  FATEMITKft. 


Sect.  I. 


EgypL 


ABBABIDB8. 


AKBHKKD  DTNA8TT. 


31 


Oi        ^        Qi 


ft  .    •!  |T8 


al|  s  i 


Mid 


«5 


•  •a  s     'is  'a  s  •*  c„ 


lliil 


§ 


ilillll 


^    I 


i  1^ .'? 


1 


C  4 


82 

ABBASntSB.  —  POVATBM.                            SoCt.  T. 

It 

a 

ii   i       i     i   ^     1 

It 

■^ 

si      i'i 

' 

lllilllll  %  k  I  :  . 

Pall     si:^ 

^OT* 


ABBAmOta.  — rOWATKM. 


KSMLOOE  BCLTAKS. 


?      - 


lilt  I 


a""* 


Jjllll    111    iiii^i 


5 

U    i 

1 

£ 

1   ■  P 

1  *'^i. 

JJSwn^ 


mttLOOX  WhtAXB. 


vt 


^  to 

S       8 


06 


I 


•I  f^ 

p 

CO 


s 


I 


:9 


w» 


•  <  c     *23  t 


II'?  J 


r 


WUfI.O0K  8UI.TA1I4 


d 

t 

i 

?     3 

i  ti 

i 

a  i 

" 

_     - 

~    " 

I, 

•    1 

s 

•   s 

5 

■  ' 

J 

1 

'   s 

i 

1 

■   1 

1 

-■i 

ll 

III 

1 

M^ 

! 

'%t 

S  S 

■i  -is 

is 

a.  l--- 

»|-s" 

.iU 

ii  i 

an 

a 

U   i 

Sgypl. 


.  XSHLOOK  SULTASB. 


40 


VEHLOOK  SULTAVB. 


Seet-L 


s 


to       0« 
o       «-• 


^1*' 

*^ 

(^ 

o« 

00 

c% 

c« 

M 

M 

s 

^ 

^ 

V 

^ 

^ 

CO         «S 


CO 


I 

9 

f 
& 


Q  »  a  B 
-  «  i 


o  tfiJL 

■V4     C   -O 


sis 

-0«  e   6 

Is? 


3  TJ  pq  ^S  - 


4 


8 


I 


1 


is  <&       •^  ^ 


B 

a 

i 

s 
S 


* 


eo 


o« 


2^ 


s 

.a 


I 

•S 
ffi 


^"•sli 


if 

3  4    :a  d  *'  A 


EfflfpL 


VXaaXMK  SULTANS. 


41 


$     $ 


•       •  • 


i 


^      (p      dS 

$    $    9 


-=*  o  ^ 
«  •  e 

HI 


•    O  O    M. 


I 


1^! 


^  *©  •"  e  ^ 

2  s  J's^ 

g  c  s  •• 


!•  & 

B  8.a  S 


ill 


II 


111 


IS 


» 


H  ■PQ*W'  "W"W 


:§ 


SS 


>: 


.9 


1 


i 


l^l«^f 111 


a'-i 


^ 


UBMLOOK  eULTAHS. 


HI  IJIilS        ^W^- 
ifilaiPi-        fills  J 

asloaSSe 


MMll 


Mm 


•a 

m 


E^U  FpJVTS  BBQinBING  BZAXIKATION.  48 

. .».  cn^TAiv  toiwn  BSQui&xva  jczAxiirAziov. 

Ilie  Attrataoii  of  tboM  wbo  are  induced  to  make  reMAicfacs  miffikX  be  use- 
fully directed  to  the  following  points :  •— 

I.  AUxoadria,  —  AsceHein  the  sites  of  the  buildings  of  the  old  «ity. 

5L  jDamapw  bramek,  —  Asoertatn  the  site  of  Naucnti%  Antfaylla»  and  Arehan- 

dia,  and  the  course  of  the  Canopie  bfmnch. 
1  &ifc —  EacaTate^  and  make  a  plan  of  SsSs;  at  least  look  for  the  temple  of 

Neitfa. 

4.  JkUtL  —  Examine  the  sites  of  the  mined  towns  in  the  D^lta.     Look  for 

their  name  in  hieroglyphics,  and  for  Greek  inscriptions ;  but  particu- 
larly fbr  duplicates  of  the  Rosetta  Slona  Look  at  Port  Julian  bek^ 
Rosetta  for  the  upper  part  Iff  that  Btoue.  A  trilingular  stoneissaidto 
be  at  Menouf,  and  others  at  Tanta  and  Cairo. 

5.  ffOicpolU,  -*  Excavate  (if  possible)  the  site  of  the  temple  of  Heliopolii. 
^  f^irawtuU,  —  Clear  the  Sphinx ;  and  look  on  the  N.  side  for  the  entrance. 

Look  for  the  hieroglyphic  record  mentioned  in  the  Greek  inscriptioh 
in  honour  of  Balbillus,  found  before  the  Sphinx. 

7.  Memphis Make  a  plan  of  Memphis.    Excarate  about  the  CoUmsus  for 

the  temple.     Examine  the  moundsb 

8.  Look  for  new  names  of  Mmifhittkim^  about  the  pyremids,  Sakkare,  and 

the  site  of  Memphis* 

9.  About  Cairo,  —  Ascertain  the  exact  height  of  the  column  in  the  NHometer, 

or  Mekkeeas  at  the  Isle  of  Roda.     Obtain  from  the  Coptic  Content 
at  Babylon  the  inscription  on  wood  of  the  time  of  Diocletian. 
IOl  Look  for  trilinguhir  stones  in  the  mosks  of  Gutro. 

II.  Sm€z.  —  Look  for  an  arrow.>headed  inscription  to  the  N.  of  Sues,  on  the 

way  to  Syria. 
12.  Onice. —  Excavate  the  mounds  of  Onice,  and  look  for  the  temple  built 

by  OniaSp 
18,  Fyoom,  —  ExcaTate  about  the  pyramids   or    pyramidsl  buildings  of 

Biabmoo,  and  at  the  obelisk  of  Biggig.  Examine  the  site  of  M.  Linant's 

supposed  lake. 

14.  ^IA]uie<eA..^Asccftain  the  hieroglyphic  name  of  Ahnasieb  (Heradeo- 

polis). 

15.  Otkmotmaffn,  —  Look  for  and  excavate  a  small  temple  said  to  be  there. 

Look  for  names  of  Bakfaan  and  other  foreign  kings.  Visit  Copt  con- 
vents in  the  neighbourhood. 

16.  Kom  Ahmar,^'  Inquire  for  fend  visit  alabaster  quarry  in  the  mountains 

near  Kom  Ahmar.  Look  for  hieroglyphics  there,  and  if  any,  copy  them 
a)L     Go  with  an  Arab  of  the  Deserts 

17.  Metakara.  —  Copy  kings*  names  at  the  tombs  of  Met/Uiara«  and  columns 

with  full-blown  loCua  capitals. 

18.  HermopoHttma  and  TkAdica  PA^iaee,  —  Look  for  tomba  in  the  neigh- 

bourhood. 

19.  Gebel  Aboqfafda.-^  Look  for  and  copy  hieroglyphics  in  |he  tombs  of  the 

mountain. 
90.  Examine  the  white  and  red  convents  near  Soohag  and  Itfoa, 
21.  Eikmim,  —  Look  for  its  tomba.     Examine  the  Greek  inscription.     As- 

certain  the  hieroglyphic  name  of  the  goddess  Tbriphia.  [5m  Ekkmim.] 
82.  How.  —  Excavate  the  Ptolemaic  temple  there. 
8d>   (;ova2£cAeer.— Look  for  the  figure  of  the  ^  Antaus, 
24,  Katr  e'  S^Sdi. .—  Look  for  old  kings*  names  m  the  grottoes  of  the  moun* 
'*'  pun  bebiad  the  villager 


U  POnCTS  SIQDIBIKO  EXAJONATIOir.  SeoL  T. 

55.  Tluba. —  Copf  M  tlw  utToaomical  cdllngt  In  the  tomb  of  Mcmnon. 

andottKTMailMof  Ibekliigi;  ■liolhiMkalf  anrlaof  ibeMnlptarcmuid 
hicroglfphic*  of  one  intir*  Mrab. 

56.  Ent.  —  LookforiniMr  chambcnof  tha  tnnplebAInd  thaportfcB. 
ST.  AMMtain  wkal  torn  Mood  Mu  El  Kmtn,  and  the  prnnild  oTKoi^ 
SB.  Ed/oe.  —  Copf  tbe  gmt  faiaroglfpbMi  iiwrHpifoB  of  79  t-olumiM. 

M.  JMHtiBL.  —  I«ok  for  cMl;  SiwctBlc  bnildiDg*,  tnd  tin  oldnt  p«iMcd 

aO.    Omdi.  —  AweHuQ  the  dus  of  lb*  cniila  brick  pdntad  txrii  given  b* 

Hi.  Hakin*  M  Dooth. 
31.  SAiBpU.  —  Cop;  dw  nuDM  wmi  (nilpturet  of  Upptr  Edriopb,  and 

Dukc  ■  lilt  of  ElUapiu  king*  acConltDg  to  their  wicCBiilog,  and  Mcar- 

tuin  dieir  dktea. 
3S.   ttoiut  SmaL  —  Hike  ■  plan  of  the  (Mnple  at  SoibBI  el  Kfaadem. 

There  i*  ■  moniinient  in  Am  Mntor,  *bich  it  ddd  to  be  Enptiwi.  If  ao, 
it  M  prolMbtr  WW  of  lb*  1dm  of  SMoMrii  nentioncil  b;  HcrodMin,  and  ami. 
lar  to  thote  an  ihe  L;ca«,  near  Bejroot,  in  Sjria  ;  and  ii  wortli  naminin^ 
It  ia  the  tgura  of  a  aian,  cut  on  the  mck,  near  Nrmphio,  the  andant  Njruph- 
BIUD,  about  If  feet  trora  tbe  ground,  with  aja*elln  in  hiaband;  and  wmi 
laen  bjr  the  R««.  O.  Renouatd  eome  fiar*  ags,  who  obierree  that  one  of  tba 
ancient  road*  firon  Hjaia  to  Lj dia  paned  that  way.  Otben  ai«  tad  to  b« 
fbaodntar  Tynt 


Th(  Monk,  a  BUGliliit  iMd  b) 


lluu  bjr  it*  Aratuc  ortbographj,  and  ban  cuim^ueiitljr  m  ftr  titmgiaaaad. 


EgypL  ISNOUSH  ANP  AIUBXC  TOGABULABT.  45 


tkul  have  DOW  and  then  intnidaoed  a  ^  whkhletttf  dcietBotexirtiiiArablct 
but  wbicb  BeTcrtbeleH  comet  n«ar  to  Um  proounciatioo  in  certain  woida.  I 
have  also  thougbt  it  better  to  double  Bome  of  the  emiionants,  in  order  to  point 
pot  move  clearly  that  greater  etreee  ia  to  be  put  on  thoee  letten,  nther 
than  follow  the  orthography  of  the  Arabic,  where  one  only  waa  uaed.  JTd^ 
Au,  Ann,  at  the  end  of  words,  should  properly  be  written  with  an  A  ;  but  I  have 
meteiy  expressed  it,  as  pronounced,  with  oo.  For  the  verbs,  I  have  preferred 
the  second  singular  of  the  impeimtite,  which  In  Artdiic  gives  their  general 
fann  better  than  either  the  present  or  perfect  tense,  and  is  preferable  for  a 
beginner  to  the  m6ader  or  infiniti?e.  Those  in  lulics  aie  either  derived 
from,  have  been  the  origin  of,  or  bear  analogy  to,  an  European  or  other 
loRign  word. 

I  may  also  observe,  that  I  have  sometimes  introduced  words  used  only  by 
the  Arabs  (of  the  desert),  and  some  of  the  common  expressions  of  the  people* 
in  order  that  these  (when  of  frequent  occurrence)  might  not  be  unknown  to  a 
traveller;  hut  in  general  the  first  and  second  words  are  the  most  used* 
The  four  kinds  of  Arabic  are  the  oaimee,  vulgar  or  jargon ;  dAri^t  oommoa 
parlance  ;  iSghawee,  literal  ;  and  nahwee^  grammaticid. 

rnONDNClATIOK. 

The  A,  as  in  father ;  ay,  as  in  may ;  g  or  a  very  broad,  and  frequently  nasal. 

£ ,  as  in  end ;  <e  as  in  seek  ;  ccA,  nearly  as  t,  in  the  Italian  mi. 
jR  and  «t,  as  in  German,  or  as  y  in  my  ;  but  at,  rather  broader*    A  single 
e,  at  the  end  of  words,  as  in  Doge,  stroke,  &c. 

/,  aa  in  is.  /,  as  in  English,  but  for  it  I  have  almoat  always  used  g. 
Indeed  in  Lower  Egypt  the  g  (gim),  which  aloidtf  be  soft,  like  our  j,  is 
made  hard,  and  pronounced  as  if  followed  by  a  short  i,  like  the  Italian  word 
Gkiaeeio;  but  whatever  letter  it  precedes  or  follows,  it  should  properly  be 
pronounced  soft.  For  the  ghain,  however,  I  am  obliged  to  use  ghf  a  Aord 
guttural  sound.     Dj  as j. 

JET,  as  our  h ;  and  A  with  a  dot,  a  very  hard  aspirate. 

X^  as  in  kill. 

For  the  kaf,  or  gaf,  I  have  used  A  with  a  dot,  or  line,  below  it.  Its  sound 
IS  very  nearly  that  of  a  hard  g,  almost  guttural,  and  much  harder  than  our  c, 
in  oough.  Indeed  it  Is  frequently  pronounced  so  like  a  g  that  I  have  some* 
times  used  that  letter  for  it. 

JEAy  as  the  German  ch  and  Greek  x*  but  much  more  guttural. 

O,  as  in  on,  unless  followed  by  w. 

O,  as  in  g^;  0  and  d,  rather  broader ;  oo,  as  in  moon  ;  ov,  as  in  cow. 

J2  is  always  to  be  distinctly  pronounced,  as  well  as  the  A  in  aA  ;  this  A  is 
iicqnently  as  hard  as  ch  in  loch. 

S^  and  «A,  as  in  English ;  but  f ,  a  hard  and  rather  guttural  sound. 

T,  as  in  English ;  and  with  a  line,  I,  very  hard,  almost  as  if  preceded 
by  u.     Dth  is  like  our  th  in  thai. 

Uf  as  in  bud ;  911,  as  in  English,  wAea  fvBowed  hjf  another  vowds  as 
qwyit,  or  ^weii$f  **  pretty." 

F,  as  in  yet  at  the  commencement,  and  as  in  my  in  the  nuddle  of  syllables* 
Before  woids  beginning  with  t,  tb,  g,  d,  dth,  r,  x,  s,  sb,  and  n,  the  /  of  the 
article  e/  is  elliiwed,  and  the  e  alone  pronounced;  thus,  ei  them&l  reads 
e  dum&L,  the  l^  or  with  the  consonant  doubled,  esh'ihemali  e*  raa^  or 
tT'TOMf  the  head.     The  doubled  consonant  indeed  is  nearer  the  pronunciation. 

Words  within  a  parenthesis  are  either  uncommonly  used,  as  AAa6s,  hUra 
fat  "  bieady'*  or  are  intended,  when  similar  to  the  one  before,  to  show  the 


46 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABtTLART; 


SectL 


pronuttciatioh,  at  makasktk  (ma^otA^A),  a  **  broom  ;*  thoagb  the  two  words 
•re  often  only  separated  by  or,  and  a  comma.     Some  gire  another  meanin|c. 

I  ought  to  observe  that  the  difference  of  letters,  as  the  two  A*«,  t '«,  and  others, 
are  not  always  marked,  but  those  only  which  I  have  thought  of  most  import- 
ance, and  in  some  words  only  here  and  there,  to  show  their  orthography. 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABULARY. 


Able 

About 

Above 

Absurdity 

Abundance 

Abusci  V. 

Abuse, «. 

Abusive     lan- 
guage 

By  accident;  see 
By  force 

Accounts,   or 
reckoning 

Add  up 

Adore 

Advantage,  pro- 
fit 

Afhud 

I  am  afraid 

After 

Afterwards 

Again 

Age 
His  age 
Agent 
Long  ago 
Agree,  v. 
We  agreed  to- 
gether 
Air 

Alabaster 
Alive 

All,  collectively 
All 

AU  together 

At  all 
Allow,  0. 
Almond 
Aloe 
Alphabet 


kider. 

howala^n. 

fok,  or  foke. 

UNu'AAeni. 

seeideh. 

ish'tem. 

shete^meh. 

id. 

ghusbininee  (i.  e. 
in  spite  of  my- 
self). 

heUb, 

eg'mi. 

Abed. 

f^da„    or  flUdeh, 

nef'fa. 
kheif(khyf> 
ana  kheif,  a-khilf. 
bid. 

ba'd^n,  bad-silik. 
kummun,  kummun 

n6ba,  tinee. 
otti'r, 
om'roa 
weke^l. 
temin. 
ittef'ftik. 
ittefiuk'na  w^eabad. 

how'a,  or  how'eh 
nutr'woTf  boorfcfr, 
hei,  sAheh  (awake), 
gimleh,  gemm^can. 
kool,    koolloo,    pL 

kool-loohom. 
koolloo       weeabad, 

koUoohom  sow'a, 
wisel. 
khal'lee. 
Ids,  or  lose, 
subbara. 
ab'ged. 


Also 

Alter,  If. 

Altitude 

Alum 

Always 

Amber 

America 


Amuse,  0. 

Anchor 

Ancient 

The  ancients 

And 

Et  cartera 

Angel 

Anger 

To  be  angry 

Angle 
Animal 
Ankle 
Annoy,  o. 
Annoyed 
Another 
Answer 
Answer,  0. 
You  are  answer- 
able for 
Ant 
Antimony 


Ape 

Apostle 
Apparel 

It  appears 
Appetite 
Apple      [maiai) 
L0V6  apple  (tO" 


laHiher,  gazllik,       * 

aidun. 
gh^ier. 
erttfth. 
sheb. 

d^iman,  or  d^m«n. 
kahr&m&n. 
Yen^  doSneea 

(Turkish,      u  e. 

the  New  World), 
itwun'nes. 
mur'seh,  h^lb. 
kade^m,  antSeka, 
e*  nas  el  kade^m. 
00. 

00  ghayr  t^ika. 
maliktpL  mal^iikeb. 
kahr,  ghudb,  semk» 

homk. 
ez'muk,      ugh'dub^ 

inham'me]^. 
sow'veh. 
hfwAn. 
kholkhiU. 
iz'il. 

sal&n.         FghayrooL 
wahed  tinee,  w£hed 
gowib  (jow£b). 
rood,  or  roodd« 
el'semak. 

nem'el,  or  neml« 
kohl  (for  the  ejres). 
Ezek.     zxiii.     40.  ; 

S  Ktiigs,  iz.  SO. 
kird,     pi,      kor6od 

(gor6od). 
roa8o6l. 
lips  (libs),  hedo6ni, 

how4ig. 
bain,  or  b^n. 
nefs. 
teflPSh. 
bedingin  k6ta. 


I 


Costard  «|yple 
Aprioot    (fireah 

or  dry) 
—  dned  sheet 

AralMe 
la  Arabic 
Arab  (t.c  of  the 
desert) 

Ardi,  bridge 

The  ark  of  Noah 

Arm  (of  man) 

Anns  (  weapons) 

Arrange  «. 

Arrangement 

Art,skm 

Artichoke 

As 

Be,  or  I   sm, 

ashamed 
Ashes 
A» 

Ask*  e. 
Ask  lor,  o. 
Assist,  a. 
At 

Avaricious 
Awake,  v.  a. 

»  ».  a. 
Awl 
Awning    (of   a 

boat,&c) 
Aie,  or  hatchet 
Pickaxe. 


SNGLISH  AHD  ASABBC  TOCABULABl'* 


4t 


kish'teh. 
mish'misfa.     . 

kumredien   (knrnr* 

edd^en). 
A'rabee. 
bil  A'rabee. 
Beddowee,|)LAnb« 

(Sbekh  el  Arab, 

an  Arab  chief)* 
kantara. 
meh^ndas. 
sefie^net  safdna 

No6efa. 
drab. 

siUi|i,  soolUh. 
sollah,  siiLlah. 
tusl^b. 
sun'na. 
khar-sh6of. 
say. 
asta^hee,  akhtSshee. 

room^.   . 
homiUr. 
esBal,  aaal. 
^tloob. 
sad,  saad. 
fee,  and. 
turoma'. 
s^heh. 
aslier. 
mukb'rux. 
I  esh'eh,  tenda  {Ital). 

bal'ta. 

fils,  to&ree  (  Coptic). 


dibr,  kufia'. 
Bad  (see  Good)  ridee,       wihesh, 

moosb-tjr'eb. 
kees,  or  keese; 


Abag 

Bald 

BaU 

Balsam 

Banana 

Bank  of 

Barber 

Bark,  o. 

Barkis. 


ak'ra. 
ko'r^ 
beGtan, 
moz  (mose). 
riTcr  gerf. 

mezayin,  mera^n* 
htiihib. 
I^isbr  (gifthr). 


palm 


Barley 
Barrel 
Basket 
(of 

sticks) 

Wicker 

Bason 

Bat  (bird) 

Bath 

Bathe,  e. 

Battle 

Bead 

Beads,  string  of, 

carried  by  the 

Modems 
Beans 
Bear,  support,  e. 


up 


bunne^L 
muk'ta^  k6ffidi. 


,,    put 
with,  0. 
A  bear 
Beard 
His  beard 
Beat,  V. 
A  beating 
Beau,  dandy 
Beauty 
Beautiftil 
Because 
Become 
Bed 

Bedstead 
Bee 

Hive-bee 
Beef 

Beetle 


Before  (time) 
Before  (place) 
Beg,  ©. 
Beggar 
The  beginning 

Behind 

Believe^  0. 

I  do  not  belicTe 


Bell 

BeUy 


me-sh^nneh. 
tusht,  or  tisht 
watwiit  pL  wauw^ 
hammim. 
istahionma. 
barb,  sbemmata. 
kbarras,  hab. 
sib^ha. 


IboL 

is'ned;   (raise)  er'fi 

[see  Carry], 
istah'mel. 

dib'-h. 

dagn,  dakn. 

daknoo* 

id'rob  (dmb). 

derb,  halica,  kutleh. 

shellebee. 

queiisa,  kouei&sa. 

qu^i-is,  quiyis. 

seb'bub,  besebliub. 

ibica  (ib'ga). 

fersh,  fursh. 

sere^r. 

daboor  (dabboor). 

nihl,  nJib-l. 

labm  bukkar,  lahm 

khishn. 
goran    or      jor&n, 

kh6nfus. 
kublee. 
kod-d£m. 
ish-bat. 
shah4t. 
el  owel,    el    as'sef, 

aasl,  el  ebtid4h. 
warra,  min  kuflah. 
sed'dek. 
ana-ma  aseddek'shee 

wr  lem  aseddek* 
gilgil,  nak6os. 
ba  n,  or  botn. 


*  Beddowee  and  Arab  have  the  msm  meaning ;  one  S»  tlngular,  the  other  plural :  thai 
■•  that  U  on  Anb^*'  **  da  Beddowee  i "  •*  Ibote  are  Arabt,"  **  dM  ^rab.'* 


48 


fOXQIJBB  4in>  AIUBIC  TOOABULABT. 


Sect.  L 


This  belongs  to 

me 

Belotr ;    (fee 

Under) 
A  bench 
Bendf  », 
Bent  (crooked) 
Berry. 
Besides 
— ,  eioept 
The  best 
Better 
You  had  better 

do  so 
Abet 
Betray,  0. 
Between 
Beyonu 

Bible 

Big 

Bill,  account. 

Bird,  small 

— — ,  large 

Bit,  piece 

—  of  a  horse 

Bite,  V. 

Bitter 

Black 


Blade 
Blanket 
Blind 
Blood 
Blow,  V, 
A  blow 


see   Co- 


Blue    ( 
lours) 
Light  blue 

Sky-blue 

Blunt 

A  wild  boar 

A  board 

Boat 

Boat,  ship 
Boatman 


dehbetiee,/.  deebe- 
tfttee  (beUhtee  it 
medtbut  U  vulgar'), 

tab-t. 

mus'taba. 

et'nee,  inten'nee. 

m^nee  (mioog). 

hab. 

ghr  yr,  khelif. 

a'4. 

el  ab'>san. 

ah -tan,  »-kh4yr. 

ah'san  t4mel  keddee. 

ribaneh. 

khoon. 

bayn. 

bad,    warra    (t»    «. 
behind), 

towr4t 

keb^r. 

hes4b. 

asf6or. 

tayr. 

het'teh. 

legam. 

odd,  or  aod. 

morr. 

as'wed,  /.  s6da  or 
so'deh;   as'rek 
(blue,or  jet  black). 

sill4h. 

her&m,  buttan^eh. 

ami&n. 

dum. 

um'fookh. 

derb;    on   the  face, 
kuff      (English, 

as>ek,  k5h1ee. 

genz&ree,     scander- 

4nee. 
semmiwee. 
bard  (t.  e.  cold), 
{laloof. 
loh. 
sefi^eneh,       ky6seh, 

Jelookah, 
mirkeb. 
nootetf     mar&kebee, 

tyfeh. 


Body 

Boil,  e. 

Boiled  (water) 

-*^(meat) 

Bone 

Book 

Boot 

Border 

•^»-*-*  of   doth, 

selTage 
Bom 

Borne,  raised 
Borrow 
Both 


Bottle 


f  square 

,    earthen, 

.for  water 
Bottom,    of    a 

box,  &c. 
Bow 

Bow  and  arrows 
Bowl 
Box 

Small  box 


Boy 

Brain 

Brandy 

Bri 


Brave 

Bread 

Roll  of  bread 

Breadth 

— — ^  extent 

Break,  v. 

Broken 

Breakfast 

Breast 

Breath 

Bribe 

Brick 

Crude  brick 

Bride 


pessed,  bed'dan. 

ighlee. 

mu^l/lee. 

mBslo6k. 

idm,  ajthm,  athra. 

ket4b,  pL   ko6ctubu 

gex'ma. 

havC  terf  (turf). 

keeniir. 

mowlo6d. 

merfooa. 

sellef. 

el  ethn^n,  wibed 
00  e*t4nee,  dee  00 
dee  (1.  «.  this  and 
that). 

kez^   kesis    (;.  e. 

"  giass). 
morub'ba. 

koolleh,  d6rak,  bar" 
~  dak  (Turkish), 
kar  (gar> 

kSs  (kos). 

kos  00  nishibk 

kus'sah. 

send6ok,    pL   taut* 

d^k. 
eVbeh,      or      elbet 

e'neshok,  a  snui^ 

box. 
wslfef,      or      wuOmd 

(whence  valet), 
mokb. 

ar'nikay  (Arakee). 
n^Uiiss-iLsfer,  csped- 

^yg. 

gedda. 

esh(khobs,  kl'sra). 
ral^^f  esh. 
ord. 
w68sa. 
ek'ser. 

maksoor ;    (cut,    as 
a  rope),  muktodi. 
fbto6r« 
s6dr  (sidr). 
neffes  (neffess). 
berte^l. 

k&leb,  toob  ih-noar. 
toob  ny. 
hmro6Mh, 


Egypt, 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  YOCABULAHT. 


49 


Bridge 

kan'tara. 

What      is       it  es'moo  £y  ?  esb  es'- 

Brigtit 

men6wer. 

called  ? 

moo? 

shining 

lama — it  if,  yilma. 

M'bat     is     hia 

(  es'moo  iy  ?  esh  es'- 

•  niaft6oh. 

name? 

moo? 

lour, 

A  calm 

ghal^nee. 

Bring  v. 

Sat,  ge^b. 

Camd;   (see 

gtrn'md^  pi,  gemil. 

Broad 

ar^ed. 

Ship) 

extenave 

wiisa. 

,  female 

n^a  (n4keh). 

Broom 

me-kisheh        (pro- 

 ,       young 

I  kaoot  (gaoot). 

nounced      magd- 

male 

sheh). 

,  young  fe- 

buk'kara. 

Brother 

akh. 

male 

His  brother 

akhoo;  my — akh6o- 

Camp 

or'cke    (whence 

»  (ya). 

horde?). 

Brother-in-law 

nes^b. 

Camphor 

kafSar. 

Brush 

foor'sheb. 

I  can 

ana  ak'der. 

BwV\9 

ebz6em,  beze4m. 

I  cannot 

raa-akd^r-shee. 

Buffalo 

gamoos. 

Candle 

shem'ma. 

Bofibon 

SooiaTt€, 

,  wax 

shemma      skander- 

Bng 

i«|(£ngl.  bug). 

inee. 

Build 

el/nee. 

Candlestick 

shemmadiin. 

A  building 

benii,  bin&ieh. 

Cannon 

mad'feh. 

BttU 

t^r  or  idrt  (townw). 

Cap,  red 

tarb6osh. 

Burden,  or  load  hemleh. 

>  white 

tak^ea  (tak^'eh). 

of  camels 

Capacious 

wasa. 

Buried 

madfoon. 

Caravan 

kafleh. 

Bum,  V. 

ah'rek,  k^ed. 

Care 

igteb&d. 

Burnt 

mahro6k. 

Take  care 

o'-a. 

Bnrj^  r. 

idTen. 

Take  care  of 

ah'fuz,  istah'rus. 

Bunness 

shoghl. 

I  don*t  care 

ana  m6Iee. 

Busy 

mashgho61. 

about    it 

ana  m&lee  oo  maloo.. 

Bo^  adao^ 

14ken,  Mkln,  likin. 

(or  him) 

Butter 

semn,  mes>lee. 

Carpenter 

negir  (ni^j^r). 

^,  fresh 

ziydeh. 

Carpet 

segddeh. 

Buy,  o. 

ish'teree. 

f  large 

keleem,  boossat. 

By, /w. 

be     (by    kindness, 

Carrion 

fatees,  iat^ese. 

bil  mar  oof). 

Carry,  lift,  o. 
,  roise, 

sheel,   ayn  ;  ^rfa. 

CHibbaiTo 

kroomb. 

Carry  away,  ». 

sheel,  wod'dee. 

Cabin 

makat  (mag'at). 

Cart,  carriage 

arabeeh,  6raba. 

^  inner 

khax'neh. 

Cartridge 

rem'ieh,  tam^erch. 

CabU,  rope 

h&bl    {oMt). 

Case  {etui) 

serf,    bayt,      ^Ibeh, 

Cairo 

Musr,  ^    Musr       el 

hok. 

K&herah,  Misr. 

Cat 

&oM  (gott,  f  gotta)  : 

OiAe 

k&hk  (cdU.)      " 

biss^ys ;  bits. 

Calamity 

dur'rer,  az^eh. 

Catch,  T. 

elliak- 

Calculate,  o. 

a|)'seb. 

in  the  hand  el'lcoof. 

Calico  (origin. 

buTteh. 

Cattle 

bah^em,  book^. 

ally  Calcutu) 

Cauliflower 

karnabe6t. 

Caliph 

Khal4efeh. 

The  cause 

e*sebbub. 

Co^o. 

en'da,      hSBtm^    nii- 

A  cave 

magh^ra. 

dem. 

Ceiling 

sukf. 

It  is  called 

es'moo,  ikoolahoo. 

The  centre 

el  woost  (middle). 

Emt, 

9 

50 


ENOLISH  AND  ABABIC  YOCABULART. 


Sect  I. 


Cerastes  snake 
Certainly 


Chain 
Chair,  stool 
Chamber 
Chance,   good 

fortune 
Charcoal 
Charity 

A  charm 
Chase,  v. 
Chase,  «. 
Cheap 
Cheat*  V. 

Cheek 
Cheese 

Cherrystick  pipe 
Child,  boy 
Children 
Choke,strangle,v 
Choose,  V, 
Christian 

Church 

Cinnamon 

Circle 

Cistern 

CiUdel 

City,  capital 

Civet 

Civility 

Clean,  v. 

—  as  a  pipe 

Clean,  aty. 

Clear 

Clever 

Cleverness 

Cloak 

Close,  near 

Close,  V, 

Closet 

Ooth 

Clouds 

Clover 

Coals 

A  live  coal 


h^i  bil  j^5r6on. 
malo6m,       malo6- 

mak,  helbet    we 

laboob. 
sil'sileh,  pi.  sel&sil. 
koor 'see,  pi.  karaaee. 
o'da,  pL  d'ad. 
bukht,  nus^eb,  rizk 

{right  riMque). 
&b'm. 
has'aneh,  Bow-6b,  lil- 

lah. 
heg&b. 
ist&d. 
sayd. 
ra-khe4s. 
ghushm,  ghush-im, 

ghish. 
khud. 
gibn. 

sh^book  keriys. 
wvllecL 
wel4d. 
.itkhinnik. 
nuk'kee^nug'g^). 
nusrdnee^f  pL    Nas- 

s^ra. 
keneeseh. 

keer'feh  (t.  e.  bark), 
deira,  dyreh. 
hod,  bode, 
kill 

med^eneh. 
zubbett  zubbed^b. 
mar  oof. 
nadduf. 
sel'lik. 
nade^f. 
r^i-ik,  rf  ek. 
shdter. 
shutilra. 
b6rnoos. 
garei-ib  (gar^-ib). 

ik'fel. 
khaz'neh. 

gooh.   {See  Linen.) 
ghaym,  sah£b. 
bersim'  (burs^em). 
fahm  hag'gar. 
bus'sa,  busaa-t-nar, 
gumr. 


Coarse,  rough 

khishn. 

Coast 

bur,  shet. 

Cobweb 

ankaboot 

Cock 

deck  (EngL   dkkt 

bird). 

Cock-roach 

surs&r. 

Coffee 

kah'-weh. 

Raw  coffee 

bonn,  bon. 

Coffee-pot 

b6krag,     t^nekeh 

{tee  Cup). 

Coins 

gid'dat,  or  giddud. 

Cold 

bard. 

The  cold 

el    herd,   e*    sukki 

(suga). 

Collect,  e. 

lim. 

College 

mad-resee. 

Colour 

Ion  (lone),  pL  elw£n. 

shikl,  pL  a&hU\. 

Colours 

elwin,  ashkiL 

black 

as'wed,   az'rek ;    /. 

soda,  xerlLa. 

white 

ab'lad,/  ba^da. 

red 

ah 'mar,/  bam'ra. 

scarlet 

wer'dee. 

dark  red 

ah'mar  d6od^. 

purple  blue 

6odee. 

purple 

men'owe^sb. 

primrose 

bum'ba. 

peach 

khokh-ee. 

—  of  ashea 

room&dee. 

green 

ikhder,/.  kliidra. 

dark  blue* 

az'rek,   /     ser'ka. 

kd^lee. 

light  blue 

genziree,  skanderi- 

nee. 

sky  blue 

semm&wee. 

brown 

as'mar,/  sam'ra. 

light  brown 

kammoonee. 

yellow 

as'fer,/.  saf'fk^. 

«     orange 

portokinee. 

spotted 

menuk'rush      (me- 

nug'rush),    mun- 

ko6sh. 

dark  colour 

^hlmuk. 

light 

muf%6oh. 

Comb 

misht. 

Come,  V, 

>g'ge«- 

Come  up,  V. 

et1a  fok  (foke). 

I  am  (he  is) 

&na  (hooa;  gei.  (gy) 

coming 

[tail, 
taal  hennee,  tiSl  gei» 

Come  here 

•  **  He  thall  be  csUed  a  NasareM.*' 


JSgypt 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOOABULART. 


51 


Complain,  v, 
— —  oif  v» 
Cotnpoaed  of 
Coiuequentlj, 
Consulate 
Consult,  o. 


I  came  £na  gayt. 

Common,  low      w£tee. 

Compass  booafleh,  bayt-^bree. 

bee-kir. 

ish-kee. 

ishtek'ee. 

mitruk'kib  min. 

behay's  in  (tiace). 

bayt  el  K6naol. 

shoVer  (show'wer). 
Constantinople    Stamb6ol,     Istam« 
Continent,  land,  b{ir  (burr).     [b6oL 
shore 

istamir,  ber'dak. 

dayr. 

had^et. 

tabb&kh. 

et'bookh. 

tabe^kb. 

mestow'ee. 

e'   tarow'eh,    tara- 


Continue,  v. 

Convent 

Conversation 

Cook 

Cook,  9. 

Cooked  meat 

Cooked,  drest. 

The  eool 

w'eh. 

Coop,  for  poultry  kaf  &ss. 

Copper  nahass. 

Acopy  (ofbook)  noosHcha,  nooskheh. 

Cord  (  See  Rope)  hibl.  haba>el. 

Cork,  of  a  bottle  ghutta  kez^. 

Com  ghulleh. 

Indian  corn,  or    Do6ra  Shimee. 
mays 

Com,  or  wheat 

Cornelian 

Corner 

Corner,  project- 
ing, of  a  moun< 
tain 

It  costs 

Cotton 

Cotton  stuff 

Cover,  o. 

CJjver 

Qmffh 

Count,  r. 

A  country 

The  country 

A  couple   [half 

A  couple  and  a 

Cousin 
i     on  mother^s 
sitle 

Cow 


kumh  (gumh). 

baggar'hake^k. 

ro6k-n. 

koor'neh  (gooma). 


es'-wa. 

kdtan, 

kotn^eh. 

ghuttee. 

ghutta. 

kOhh,  sehl. 

ed,  &h-seb. 

belled,  eMeim. 

el  khuUa,  el  khal'a. 

goz,  ethn^n  (two) 

goz  oo  ferd. 

ebn  am,  /  bint  am. 

ebn  khal. 

bukkar,  bukkara,p{. 
bookar  boog&r) 
{LaL  Vaoca.) 


Coward 

Cream 

Creator 

Creation 

A  crack,  fissure 

Cracked 

Crocodile 

Crooked 

Cross 

Cross,   out  of 

humour 
Crow 
Cruel 
Cruelty 
Cultivate,  v. 
Cunning,  artful 

Cup 

—glass 

Coffee-cup 

Coffee-cup  stand 

Cure,  V, 

To  be  cured 

It  is  cured 

Curious,  wonder- 
ful 

Curtain 

Custom-house 

Cushion 

Cut,  9. 

Cut    with   scis« 
8or8,o. 

Cut,  parL  p,        muk-to^a,  mekutta. 

Cut  out,   as       fussel. 
clothes,  V. 

The  cutting  out  e'  tufs^l. 


khow6f,(khowwif.) 

kish'teh. 

el  khiluk. 

khulk. 

shuk  (sbug.) 

mishk6ok. 

tems&h,  pL    tema- 

s^eh. 
ma6og* 
sel^b. 
xemkin,  ziUn. 

ghor&b. 
moh'zee,  'h4see. 
az£eh,  azab. 
ez'ra,  i. «.  sow. 
s&hab  hay'leh,   si- 

hab  dubar'ra. 
soltan^eh. 
koba,  koobii,  koo- 

baieh. 
fing4o. 
serf. 

l^ieb  (t^-e|)). 
it^b. 
t&b. 
ag&fb,  ghar^b 

(strange), 
setirah. 

diw4n  [dowxne], 
mekhud'deh. 
ek'ta. 
koo's. 


Banrer 

sek^n,  khdnger. 

—  large 

gemb^eh,     yataffdn. 

yatakan  (Turk.). 

Damp,  a. 

tiree. 

$ 

tariwa,  rot6obeh. 

Dance  v» 

er'kus. 

Danger 

khof  (tVe.  fear). 

Dark 

gh&muk. 

Dates 

bellah.^ 

Date  tree,  palm  nakhl. 

Daughter 

bint 

Day 

y6m,pl,  iy&m,  nihr. 

to-day 

el  ydm,  e*  nahr  dee. 

every  day 

kool  y6m,kooily^'m. 

D  S 

52 


EKOLISH  AKD  ABABIC  YOOABULART. 


Sect.  L 


in  days  of  old  iuam  e*zem^,  ze- 

m&n. 
ft  day *8  journey  safTer    y6m    min 

from  hence       hen'nee. 
from  the  day  min  nibr  ma  g^yt, 

(or  time),  I     min  yom  in  gayt. 

came 
in  those  days  (fee  or)  fil  aiam  dol. 
now,  in  these  el-yom,  fee  haza  el 

days  wakt. 

Sunday  el  bad,  nahr  el  had. 

Monday  el  ethn^en. 

Tuesday  e*theldt. 

Wednesday      el  e'rba. 
Thursday         el  kham^. 
Friday  e'  go6ma. 

Saturday  e*  sebt  (see  Morn- 

ing)- 
Dead,  s.  myit,   m^i-it,     pi. 

myetden. 

Dead,  died,  a.      mat 

Deaf  at'trush. 

Deal  plank  lob  b^ndookee  (t«  e. 

Venetian). 

A  great  deal        kete^r  kow'ee. 

Dear  gb&Iee,  az^es. 

Dear,  in  price     gb41ee. 

My  dear  ya  hab^ebee. 

to  a  woman     ya    hab^ebtee,    ya 

aynee,  ya  ayniy, 
ya  ay6onee«  t.  e. 
my  eye,  my  two 
eyes;  ya  r6hee, 
my  soul. 

Death  mot 

Debt  dayn. 

Deceitful  mukkir. 

Deep  ghareek,  ghowcet. 

The  Deluge        e*  tooflin. 

Deny,  v.  in'kir,  unkoor. 

Derived  ft-om      mooshtiik  min. 

Descend,  v.  in'zel. 

Descent  nez6ol. 

The  desert  el  burr^eh,  e*gebal, 

(t.e.  the   moun- 
tains). 

Destiny  nes^eb. 

The  Devil  e"  Shayidn,e\  EUu; 

Dew  nedda. 

Diamond  fuss,  alm&M  (Turk.). 

Dictionary  karo6os. 

Die,  0.  moot. 

Ht  is  dying        bem6ot. 


He  died 

mat,  itwurfk. 

Different 

beshka,  beshkeh. 

Difficult 

saab,    war,    tekeel» 

k&see. 

Dig 

f  aal,  ef 'at. 

Diligence 

eg'tehdd. 

Dinner 

ghudda. 

Directly 

kawim; — in  atawtr 

to  a  caUt  hider. 

Dirty 

wus'sukh. 

Disgust(to8igbt  kur'ruf  (gurruf)* 

or  taste) 

I  am  disgusted 

ana  ikruf  min  00. 

with  it 

Disposition 

tubba. 

Dispute,  9. 

hanuk,  it-hanuk. 

A  great  distance  meshw&r   keeber. 

bayit. 

Divide,  v. 

ek'sum. 

Divided 

maksoom. 

Do 

iimel    (efaal,  sow'* 

wee). 

I   have  nothing  ana  mileesh  d£va 

to  do  with  it 

boo. 

I     cannot     do 

without  it 

taknash)  an'oo. 

Doctor 

hakim  (hakeem). 

Dog 

kelb.       ■" 

Dollar  (coin) 

reeal-frinaa. 

A  Dome 

koobbeh(a/J(oo&6eA, 

aleoba,  a/ro9e). 

Door 

bab  (see  Gate> 

Dot 

noojc'teb. 

Double,  9. 

et'nee. 

Dove 

yem&m. 

Ringdove 

kim'ree. 

Draw,  9. 

sow'er;  ik'tub,  t.  e. 

write. 

Draw  out  (as 

ek'la  (egla). 

teeth) 

Drawing 

tassow^r,    s6ara,  • 

ketibeb. 

Drawers 

lebiss. 

chest  of 

beshtukh'ta(Turk). 

Dress 

libs  ilipt). 

Dress,  9. 

el'bes. 

Drink,  9. 

ish'rob. 

Drive,  9. 

sook  (soog). 

Dromedarist,  haggMi. 

courier 

Dromedary  beg'gin. 

Drop,  9.  nuVked. 

A  drop  nookteh. 


Egypt 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABULARY. 


53 


egh'-ruk,  ghirrek. 

Entire 

koolloo,  k&mel. 

attir. 

Entrails 

mussar^en. 

Drr 

n4.shef. 

Envy 

gh^ereh. 

Dry,  p.  a. 

in'.shef. 

Equal  to 

kud,  &la  kud. 

V.  ». 

n^b-ef. 

£qual  to  each  kud-e-bad,  zayb^d. 

Buck,  gooae 

wis. 

other,  alike 

Dumb 

ekh'-rus. 

Escape,  v. 

et'fusb,  yetfush. 

Dust 

troby  trsb. 

he  escaped 

tuffush. 

Duty 

w&geb. 

he  has  escaped  omroo  tow6el,  nef- 

it  is  my  (his)  wigeb-eliy. 

with  his  life 

fed  be  6mroo. 

doty 

An  estate,  rented  ard  (or  belled)  elti* 

Dwell,  V. 

is^koon. 

'     lim. 

Dye,». 

ea^boogfa. 

property, 

milk. 

Dye,  dyer 

sab4gb,  sabbagh. 

possession 

Europe 

Eur&pa,  b^led  (heh 

aa«li 

k6ol-e-w&hed 

led),  el   Frang, 

(every  one). 

European  kings  el  koronat  el  Frang. 

Eagle 

akiib,  okib. 

European  people  ^ran^,  AFraiig. 

Ear 

widn. 

English 

Inffiies,  Inklees. 

Early 

bed'ree,  bed'ree. 

French 

fVanaeSs. 

Earth 

ard. 

Frenchman 

Fran  so  wee. 

East 

sherk. 

Germans 

Nenumceeh. 

Easy 

siibii;  sahleh. 

a  German 

Hfemsoxhe, 

£at,v. 

kool,  &kool. 

Russians 

Mo9ko,  Moskow^eh. 

Edge 

barf. 

a  Russian 

Moskow'ee. 

of  a  sword, 

had. 

Julians 

Italidni, 

&e. 

Poland 

Lekh, 

ES5 

bayd. 

Hungary 

Muggar- 

Egyptian 

Slus'ree,  beUedee> 

Greeks 

Erooam'. 

i  e.  of  the  coun- 

a Greek 

R6omee. 

try. 

Spain 

Beled  el  Anfdaho*, 

Egypt 

Must,  ard  Must, 

Even,     leveU 

mesow'wee  (mes4« 

Misr. 

equal 

wee). 

Upper  Egypt 

\  e'  Sa'eed 

Even,  also 

hat'ta. 

Elbow 

k6oa. 

Good  evening 

messekoom         bit 

Elephant 

feel. 

(see  Morning),     khayr,  sal  khayr, 

Nothing      else, 

f  ma      feesh     bi^;^ 

sad  mcssakoom. 

there    \%   no- 

ghiyroo;  lemfi^e 

Tlie  evening 

el  messa,  el  ash^eh. 

thing  else. 

ha    shay    ghiyr- 

Every 

kool. 

ha. 

On  every  side 

iee  kool  e*  nahia. 

Emerald 

soom6omid. 

Every  one 

koolle  wilhed,  kool- 

Empty 

fargb. 

lohom  (all). 

Empty,  V. 

Every  where 

fee  kool  e'-m4trab. 

The  end 

el  ilkher. 

fee  kool  e*do6neea. 

The  end,  ito  end  e'   terf,   ter'foo,   k- 

Every  moment 

koolle  saa. 

kberoo. 

Evident 

bein  (bain,  byin). 

The  enemy 

el  £doo,  addoa 

Evil 

r&dee. 

English 

JuglSezt  Inklees. 

Exaction 

bal'sa. 

Enough 

b^s,  bisee^eh. 

Exactly 

tem4m,  i.  e.  perfect. 

It  is  enough 

ik'feh,  yikfeh,  ikef . 

Exactly  so 

bisiitoo. 

Enquire,  9. 

istuk'see.           [fee. 

Exactly  like  it 

za^oo  sow'-a,  mit- 

Enter,  v. 

id'-khol,  khosb. 

loo  sow'-a,  bix£* 

Entering 

d^khil. 

, 

too. 
l»  S 

54 


SNGLI6H  AND  ABABIC  YOGABULAKT. 


Sect.  I. 


For  example 

mus'salen. 

Fat,  a. 

sem^en,  ghale^ 

To  excavate 

efit,  fat. 

Fat, «. 

Excavation 

fat,  fiat. 

Father 

ab,  ab6o^  ab^ 

Excellent 

aie^m. 

Fatigue 

tub. 

Your  Excellency  genibak,  hidretak 

Fault 

semb. 

(your  presence), 

It    is    not    mjT 

'  ma'leesh  xemb»  mi'- 

sadtak,  ( — high* 

fiiult 

leesh  daw'a. 

ness),  pL  gen&b- 

Do  me  the  fa-    imel  mar6ol^ 

koom,       kuidrat- 

vour,  kindness      ameini  el  mar6of. 

^ 

koom,  sidetkoom. 

Favorisea,  ( ItaL)  tefod'theU      t«^od'- 

Except,  adv. 

ilia. 

del. 

Exchange 

bed-del,  gh^er. 

Fear 

khof,  khofe. 

Excuse 

heg'geh,  pi,  heg*- 

A  feast 

aso6m^. 

geg,  oa'r. 

Feather 

reesh. 

Excuse  me,  I 

ma  takhosn&sh,  el 

Feel,©. 

hassus. 

beg  pardon 

afoo. 

Female 

netii,  net^eh,  DCt^^, 

Execute,   deca- 

dya, deia,  dei-ya. 

o6nseh. 

pitate 

[ya). 

Ferry-boat 

mid^eh. 

Expend,  v. 

deia     (dei-ya,    d^- 

Field 

el  ghayt. 

Expense 

kool'feh. 

Fig 

tin. 

Expenses   (of  a 

\.  masr6o£ 

Fight,  e. 

Utel,  hireh. 

bouse) 

A  fight 

ketil,  barb,   sh^m- 

Explain,        ex- 

fiisser. 

. 

mata. 

pound. 

File 

muiyred. 

An     extraordio 

>  shay  age^b,  ag^iib, 

FUl,  e. 

cm'la. 

nary  thing 

shay  ghar^b. 

Find,  ». 

elOcah  (elga). 

The  eye 

el  ayn,pL  el  ai6on. 

Finger 

subi,  (8oob4). 

Eyeball 

habbet  el  ayn. 

Foje  finger 

e'sh^ed. 

Eyebrow 

h^-geb,  pL  howi- 

Middle  ^ 

subi  el  woostlLnee. 

gib. 

Fourtli  — 

bayn  el  as&ba. 

Eyelash 

rimsh. 

Little    — 

khansur. 

Eyelid 

kobbet  el  ayn. 

It  is  finished 

khaUft,         kh4.1ca» 
khul'les,kh61set,/: 

Tlia  fttee 

el  wish  (el  wi4j> 

Fire 

nar. 

Faint,  v. 

dookh. 

Fire,  live  coal 

btts'sa,    bus'set-nib'. 

A  fair  price 

temn  halUU  temn 

gumr,  jum'ra. 

meniMeb. 

Fire  agun 

id'rob    (or    s^eb). 

Very  fiiir,  toler- 

meniseb. 

bendook^eh. 

able 

The  first 

el  ow'-el,  d  owelA- 

A  fairy 

gin. 

nee. 

Faith     (creed). 

When     first  I 

ow'el  ma  g«^ 

testimony  of 

came 

Fall,  V. 

uka,  yo6ka. 

At  first 

ow'elen. 

False 

k^d&b.  ~ 

Fish 

semmuk. 

His  family 

ahl  baytoo,  &hloo. 

Fisherman 

sf-id,  semmUk. 

Fan 

mirwibn. 

Flag 

ba^rek,    handa^ra^ 

Far 

bay-it." 

aan'gak. 

How  &r    firom  kud-ay  minhinnea.  | 

Flat 

mebutiut. 

this? 

Flax 

kettin. 

A  farce,  or  ab- 

m^kkereu 

Flea 

bergho6t 

surdity 

Flesh 

lahm. 

Farrier 

beetar. 

Flint 

sow4n. 

Farther 

abbad,  iibad. 

Flour 

dake^k. 

EgypL 


ENGLISH  AND  ABABIC  TOCABULART. 


5(! 


Flower 

sahr,  nowib. 

CtaOa  (proBt) 

muk'seh. 

Aflj 

deb4n  (debbin). 

Gallop,  V. 

er'mah. 

Flj-flap 

menash'eh. 

Game  (ooccta) 

sayd. " 

Flj,». 

teer. 

Garden 

ginnaynefat    bostiin, 

S^, 

shabo6r. 

pi.   ginnein,  bus- 

Fool 

nuigno6n. 

sate^n. 

Foot 

kuddum  (gudm). 

Gardener 

genaynitee. 

Footstep 

after  (attar). 

Garlic 

torn. 

For 

me-shin,  ali-shin. 

Gate  (door) 

bab,    pL   bibin,   or 

Foroe 

ghusb.  (ghusp) 

abo4b. 

"By  Ibroe^  in  spite  ghusbiniboo,  ghusb 

Gather  up,  v. 

lim. 

of  hiiQ 

aUy. 

Gaselle 

ghaz41,  dubbee. 

Forebead 

ko6reb. 

A  general 

§dree-^uker     (sarof- 

r  gebeen. 

ker). 

part  of 

Generosity 

kar'rera. 

barrinee,  ghare^b. 

He  is  generous 

£edao    maftooh,    i. 

To  speak    in  s 

I  &rtun;  tubtt,  rutin. 

e.    his    hand     is 

finvign      lan- 

open. 

^guage 

Gentlemanly 

rigel    lateef,    rigel 

Forget,  ». 

in'sa. 

man 

zere^f. 

I  finrgot 

ananese^t. 

Gently 

be-shwo'-esh,       &la 

Do  not  forget 

ma  tinsish. 

mahlak. 

Forgive  me 

sud,  mil^sh. 

Get  up 

koom. 

Fofgive,  p. 

se-mah. 

Gift 

had^h,  bak-sh^esb. 

Fork 

shok  (sboke). 

(bakshUh.) 

Formerlj 

semin. 

Gilt 

medii-hab,     miitlee 

Good  fortune 

bukht,  nes^eb,  risk. 

be  d&hab. 

Fountain 

fesk^eh. 

Gimlet 

bere^meh. 

A  fowl 

fur'-kher,  iar6og. 

Gold 

di-hab,  dthihab. 

Fox 

abooUhoasa^n,     ti- 

Ginger 

genzabe^l. 

leb. 

Gipsey 

ghug'ger. 

Free 

horr. 

Gird,  V, 

haz'zem,  it-haz'zem. 

Frenchman 

Franz6weetpL  Fran- 

Girl 

bint. 

z^es.     Fran^gee  is 

Give,  V. 

id'dee,  a'-tee. 

a   oomiption    of 

GUul 

fer-h4n. 

Fran9ais ;     it    is 

To  be  glad,  v. 

4f>rah  or  effrah. 

frequently  used  as 

Glass 

a     term    of    re- 

Globe 

k6ra. 

proach,  but  never 

Glove 

shur&b  (i,e,  ttockinp). 

as  ^^leetnaa. 

Glue 

gher'reh. 

Fresh,  new 

gede^t. 

Gnat 

namo6s. 

Fresh  (fruit) 

tar'ree ;  /.  tar^eh. 

Go,  V, 

rooh. 

Fresh        watei 

r  moie  b^lweh. 

Go,  get  away,  v. 

im'shee,  foot. 

(sweet) 

Go  in,  V. 

id'-kbool,  hosli'. 

Friend 

siheb,  hab^b,    re- 

Gone 

rah. 

f6ek,"i. «.     com^ 

Going 

ryeh. 

panion. 

Going  in,  p. 

da'khel. 

From 

min. 

Going  in,  #. 

dokh6ol. 

Fruit 

fowikee. 

I  am  going 

ana  rye. 

Fuel 

week^d. 

He  is  gone 

bona  rah. 

FuU 

roelan,  meliin. 

I  went 

ana  roht. 

Fur 

furweh. 

Go  out,  V. 

ekh'roog,  ^tla,  ^tla 

Further 

iUd, 

bar'ra. 
n4 

56 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABULARY. 


Sect.  I. 


Do  not  go  out 

Goat 

She  goat 

Kid 

God  (our  Lord) 

A  god  or  deity 


Good 

Good,  excellent 

Good    for     no- 
thing 

Pretty  good,  fair 

Goose 

Gossip*  V, 

Govemorj-ment 

The  goTemraent 

Gradual,  little 
by  little 

A  grain 

—  weight 

Grand 

Gratis 

Gratitude 

A  grave 

Grease 

Great 

Greek 

Ancient  Greek 
Grieved  (it  has) 
Grind,  o. 
A  mortar 

Grind  (in   a 

mill),  V. 
Groom 
Grotto 
The  ground 
A  guard 

Guardofaswor^ 

Guard,  v. 

By  guess 

A  guide 

He  is  not  guilty 

Gum 

Gun 


Gunpowder 


la-tetla,  ma  tetlnsh 

bar'ra. 
may-zeh. 
an'zeh. 
giddee. 

Allah  (e^rob'boona^. 
Illah,  as  la  ilUh  il' 

AlUh ,"  there  is  no 

deity  but  God." 
teieb,  t^eb,  roe-16eh. 
midan  (i.  e.  a  mine). 
bat-t41,  ma  es-wash 

higeh. 
meniUcb. 
wiz. 

dur'dish. 
hdkem,  hokmeh. 
el  bayl^ek,el  wes^eb. 
shw6'-ya  be  shwo'- 

ya. 
hab. 
kumh. 
a-ze6m. 
bell&ih. 

ma'rcfet  e*  geme^l. 
toSrbeht  pL  toorob. 
ziflTr. 

kcbeer,  pi,  koobdr. 
Ro6me€,     borrowed 

from  Romanus. 
Yoon&nett  i.e.  Ionian 
hazeen  (sab  al^y). 
is-han. 
m6s-han,      hon 

(hone), 
it-han. 

8J^-b,  sefis. 

ma-gh&ra. 

el  ard. 

ghuffi^er,  pi,  ghiif- 
fara, 

bur'shuk. 

istah'rus. 

be  tekh-me^n. 

kbebe^ree. 

mi.  loosh  zcmb. 

sumgh. 

bendookSek  (being 
originally  brought 
from  Venice  by  the 
Arabs),  baro6t. 

barout. 


Gypsum 


Half 

In  halves 

Halt,  V. 

HammeTi  axe 

A  hand 

Handful 

Handkerebief 

Hand,  v. 

Happen 

Happened    ' 

Happy 

Harbour 

Hard 

Hare,  rabbit 

Harm 

To  do  harm,  r. 
There  is  no  harm 

(see      Never 

mind) 
In  haste 
A  hat 
Hatchet 
Hnte.  V. 
I  have 
Have  you  ? 
Hawk 
Hay 
He,  it 
Head 
Heal,  v. 
Heap 
Hear,  v. 
Heart 
Heat,  V 
Heat,  s. 

Heaven 

— ,  paradise 

Heavy 

Hebrew 

The  heel 

Height 

^ligh  ground 

Hell 

Herbs 

Here 

Here  it  (he)  is 

Come  here 


ffips  (gibs). 


shar. 

noos,  noosf. 

noosa^n. 

wuk'kuf  (wugguf), 

kado6m. 

eed,  yed. 

keb'sbeh. 

mandrel,  m£h-rama. 

now'el. 

eg'ra,  yig'ra,  yeseer. 

gerra,  sar. 

fer-h&n,  mabsoot. 

mer'seh,  ttcAhi. 

gimcd,  yibcs. 

er'neb. 

dur'rer,       doroora, 

surrer 
door,  idoor. 
ma  feesh  durrer. 


kawam,  belaggel. 

homayta  (from  Ital.  % 

bal'ta,  kadoum. 

ek'rah,  yek'rah. 

an'dee. 

an'dak? 

sukr. 

drees. 

hooa  {the — ),  b^ea. 

rai,  demiigh. 

jt^eb. 

kom  (kome). 

es'-nuu 

kulb. 

sa'khen,  bam'mee. 

bar,       sokhn6eh, 

ham'rooo, 
semma. 
gen'neh. 
tek^el. 

ffebranee,  YlModee 
el  kab. 

61.00,  elloo,  ertifth, 
elw&ieb. 
gohen'nem. 
ha-sh^esh,  kbo-d^« 
hennee,  hen'i. 
a-ho,  a«b6  hennee. 
taal  hennee. 


Hereafter 


Hide,  v. 

Hidden 

High 

HiU 

HiDder, 

Hire,  «. 


ENGLISH  AKD  ARABIC  VOCABULAKT. 


67 


9. 


His 

Hold,  V. 
Hole. 


tnin  del  vikt^min  el- 
yom,  min-oo  r^^e. 

khul/bee. 

mista-kbul/bee. 

oilee. 

k6m,g^bel  (gebbel). 

boah. 

kerree^  ar'nik,  6ge- 
ra;  o.  ek'reew 

bet4-4K>;  betihtoo» 
fern, 

im'sek. 

kherk. 


Bored,  pierced  makhrook. 


Hollow 
His  home 
At  home 
Honest  man 
Honey 

Hook  (fish) 


Hooks(and  eyes)  khobsb^t. 


fiu*gh. 

b&ytoo. 

fil  bayt. 

rigel  mazbo6t. 

aasal  ab'iad,  assal  e* 

nahl. 
suonira. 


Hooka 


House 


Hour 
How 
How    do 
do? 


she^heh,    waarhfUk 

(2W*.). 
ly,  lei. 
Inshillah. 

^ora  ;  fL  koroon. 
hoss&n. 
kbayl. 
fiirias. 
moh'r. 

khf-^1,  fiUres. 
hi^mee,  sokbn. 
har. 

bayt,  men'sel,  mes'- 
kun. 


kayf. 
you  ka^fak,       za^-ak, 
kayf. 
el-kayf,  ^^eb^en. 
Human  insan^eb. 

Humbug^  prera-shekleUin  (sheg-le- 

rieator.  bin),  khab^bib. 

Humidity  rot6obeb,   tariweh. 

— (  dew")  (  neddeh  ). 

Hundred  m^ea,  maia. 

Two  hundred  meetiyn. 
Three  hundred  to61te-mete. 
Hungry  gaya'n,  jay&n. 

Hunt,  9.  se»d,  ist&d,  ^t-rood 

e'sayd. 


Hunter 

la  order  that 
you  may  not 
hurt  bis  feel- 
ings,  or  dis* 
appoint  him 

Husbandman 

Husband 
Hyena 


sy^,  gbunniU,  bofir. 

dee,  toiih  yim. 
l^leh    ma  teks^- 

shee  khitroo. 


fel-Uh;    p/.     fella- 
heen, 
goz,  zoge. 
dob'h,  dobbb. 


X 

Jackal 

Jar 

Javelin 

Ice 

Identical 

Idle 

Idol 

Jealousy 

Jerusalem 

Jessamine 

In  jest 

Jew 

Ancient  Jews 
If 

Ignorant,  novice 
111,  a. 

Illness 

I  imagine,  v. 

It  is  impossible 


In,  within 

Incense 

Income 

Indeed- 

Indigo 

Infidel 

Ingratitude 

Ink 

Inkstand 

Inquire,  p. 

Inside 


«. 


Insolence     (of 

language)  . 
For  instance 
Instead 


lina. 

t&leb. 

jar'ra,  kiddreh. 

har^beh,  khUbt. 

telg. 

biz^too. 

tum'bal,  bsttiil. 

s6ora,  ma&.kh6ota. 

ghe<2reh. 

el  Kotia  ICadytia,] 

yesmeen. 

bil  dehek  ;  tee  Jpke. 

VahSodee, 

Bini  Izra^L 
in-kan,  izak&n,  isza, 
lo-k^n,  mut'Uma. 
gha-sh^em. 
me-show'-esh,  aiin, 

ai-yin. 
ta-show6esb. 

tekh-ra^nee,  ana 

az6on. 
ma  yoomkin'sh, 
la  yoomkin  ^bc- 
den. 
gooa ;  at,  fee. 
bokliiir. 
eriid. 
hatta. 

B^eleh.  [fer^n. 

k&fer,  pL  koofiir,  ka- 
khusseeh,  khuss^h 
heb'r,  hebber. 
dow&i,  dow&ieh. 
saal,  es'saal. 
g6oa,  fee  kulb. 

elkulb. 

toolt  e*  lissiin,  kootr 

el  kaldm. 
mus'salen. 
bedil. 

D  5 


58 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  YOCABXJLABT. 


Sect.  I. 


Instrument         dooUb,  t.e.  maehine. 

—  toob  ed'deh. 

Interpret,  o.         ter'gem  {tranJate), 


Knowledgs 


Interpreter 

Intestines 
Intoxicated 
Intrigue,  plot 
Intriguer 
Joke 

Journey 

Joy 

Joyful 

Iron 

Irrigate,  v. 

Is  there?  there 

There  is  not 

Island 

Judge 

Its  juice 

Just 

Just  now 


tergimin,      toorgi- 

mio. 
mussar^n. 
sakrin. 
iit'neb,  khibs. 
Cettin,  khabb^ 
layb,mtM-AA«ra,  day- 

bek,  m^zh. 
saffer. 
ferrah. 

fer'han,  mabsoot. 
bad^et. 
is'kee. 
is  fee. 
ma  fe^. 
gez^reh. 
kidee. 
moietoo. 
hakeek,  8edee||. 
tow. 


Xeep,  take  care 

of 
Keep,  hold»  v. 
Kettle 
Key 
Kick,  V. 
Kidney 
Kill,  V. 
Killed 
Kind,  5. 
Kind,  a. 

Kindle,  v. 
King 

Kingdom 

Kiss 

Kitchen 

Kite,  miluMi 

Knee 

Knave 

Knife 

Penknife 
Knot 
Know,  9. 
I  do  not  know 


istah'rus,      ah'fod, 

ahYuz. 
im'sek,  bosh  (stop), 
buk'-rag. 
muf-tih. 
er'fus. 

ka^^lweh,  kUweb. 
mow'-et,  mow'wet* 
mat,  m^-it. 
gent. 
M&hab     mar6of, 

hineiin. 
keed  (geed). 
m^lek     (mellek,) 

solUn. 
mem'-lekeh. 
bo§'  sa, 
mud'-bakh. 
hedy  (hed^i). 
rook'^beh. 
ebn  ha-Him. 
sek^en ;    pL    seka- 

keen, 
roiitweh. 
ok'-deh. 
iref. 
ma  arifkhee,  ma  mi- 

ish  khibber. 


Ladder 
Lady 


Lake,  pond,  pool  beer'keh. 

Lame 

Lalnp 

Lanoe 

Land 


ma^-refeb,      ma^« 

refeh. 
tiab. 
sil'lem. 
sit,  sit'teh(mistTe8s). 


Lantern 
Large 
Lark 
The  last 

Last,  V, 


a'rug. 

kand^I,  mus'rag. 

kdrbeh, 

ard,    bur    (opip.  to 

sea). 
£i-n6o8. 

keb^r,  aried,  wi^^a. 
koomba. 
el  iokher,    el  akb- 

r&nee. 
o'kut  ket^r,  istih. 

mel. 


It  is  late 

el  wakt  rib. 

Laugh,  V. 

it'-hak. 

Laughter 

dehek. 

Law,  justice 

shurri. 

Lay, ». 

er'koot. 

Lay,  V.  «• 

rukket. 

Lazy 

tum'bal. 

Lead,  # . 

rossiss. 

Leaf  (of  book) 

wirakeh,  war'rak. 

Leap,  V. 

noot  (nut). 

Learn,  v. 

itailem,  ilem. 

Lease   (of  a 

o'gera,  k^rree. 

house) 

Leather 

gild  matbo6k  (mat- 

bo6g). 

I.«ave,  f . 

ez'n,  egiseh. 

Without  leave 

min  ghayr  egizeh. 

Leave,  v. 

khal'lee,  foot. 

Leaven 

khumm^er. 

Ledge 

SOffiL 

Leech 

iluk. 

Leek 

korit. 

Left,  a. 

sheroal,  yesir. 

Leg 

rigl. 

Lemon 

laymmm,     laymoon 

milb. 

kind)      . 

Lend,  v. 

iddee-selle^  ^sUf. 

Length 

tool. 

Lengthen,  v.  n. 

it'-wel. 

•  9,  a. 

tow'-el. 

Lentils 

ats,  ads,  addus. 

Leopard 

nimr. 

Less 

as'-gher,  ak6U. 

Egypt 


ENGLISH  AMD  ABAfilC  VOOABITLABT. 


59 


l«t   go,    or 

sf -eh,  khaUee. 

Lock,  e. 

^k.fel. 

■lone,  V. 

Lofty 

ifee. 

Letter 

harf,  fi.  har6of. 

Long 

tow.^I. 

»— ,  epistle 

makt6ob,    gow.'4b, 

Look,  9. 

shoof,   boss,  6n- 

warrakeh. 

door. 

Lerel 

mesoVwee. 

Loose,  a. 

w&sa. 

Level,  e. 

sow'wee. 

Loosen,  v. 

8^-eb,  hell;    sse 

Litr 

keddib. 

Undo. 

Lie 

kidb. 

At  liberty 

me-sy-eb»        me- 

Liberate^  eiift«ii-  ^-tuk. 

s^ieb. 

chise,  V. 

Lose,  V. 

dj.ah. 

Liberated 

matook. 

Love 

hob. 

Life 

om'r,  h^-a. 

Lovc^  p. 

heb. 

Lift,e. 

shee),  er'fiH  ayn. 

Low 

w&tee. 

Light,  a. 

khai^f. 

Lupins 

Hnnes,      far'fnts 

eolonr 

niaft6oh. 

(Cqp«.). 

Light,*. 

noor. 

Light  the  candle  wiilla  e*  thein'mS. 

MtMblne 

dooUb. 

Give  light  to, «. 

now'-er. 

Mad 

magno^n. 

Lightning 

berk. 

Madam 

sittee. 

As  you  like 

ala  ka^fiik,  ala  me» 

Magazime, 

hiLftel,    sh6n. 

s&gak,    ala   k{ir* 

sh6ona,  m&kh* 

radak. 

zen. 

Like,  a. 

say,     mittel,    mitl. 

Maggot 

doot. 

kayf. 

Magic 

8a;^her  (sayhr). 

In  like  manner 

gaz^lik  el  omr,  ga- 

Male 

dthiikker. 

thilik. 

Female           ' 

net^-eh,    netf, 

Hike 

yag^bnee. 

oon'seh. 

I  should  like 

fee  khitree,  blddee. 

Make,  tt. 

aimel. 

Ldme 

geer. 

Made 

mam6o1. 

Ldine  (fruit) 

laymo6n     htiw 

MaUet 

dokm^k. 

(hel'oo). 

Man 

r^el ;  V-  «'«g*l' 

Line,  or  mark 

khot,  suttr   (of  a 

Mankind 

in^n,  beni  adam 

book). 

(sons    of 

Linen -cloth 

komiah  kett^n. 

Adam). 

Linseed 

bisr  kettin* 

Manufactory. 

wer'sheh. 

Lion 

as^sad,  s^ba. 

Many 

ket^er. 

Lip 

shiffeh. 

Marble 

ro-kh&nu 

Listen,  «. 

aen'ned. 

Mark,  v. 

lllem. 

Listen,  hear 

es'ma. 

»*. 

»-l&m ;  SM  Line. 

Listen  to,  take  tow'wa. 

Market 

sook,  haxar. 

advice 

Marrow 

m6kh. 

Little,  small 

sogheer,  zwf er. 

Marry,  v» 

gow'-es,  zow'.^. 

Little,  not  much  shwoya. 

Mast 

si-ree. 

Live,  9. 

n&Ai,  esh. 

Master 

sid,  seed. 

Liver 

kiVdeb. 

Mat,#. 

hass^ereh,     (has- 

Lizard 

boorae,  aabl^h. 

84era);  |>2.hos- 

Load 

hemleh. 

sor. 

Load,  V, 

ham'mel. 

What's    the 

khabbar  4y,  ger-  * 

Loaf  of  bread 

rake^esh. 

matter  ? 

ra  kj. 

Lock 

kayl6on. 

with  you 

?  m&lak. 

wooden 

dobOieh. 

Matters 

om6or. 

Plidlock 

kufl. 

asheeat 
D  6 

60 


ENGLISH  AND  ABABIC  YOCABULASY. 


Sect.  I. 


Mattrass 
Measure 
<—  of  length 
Meat 
Meet,  o. 
Medicine 
Memory 
Merchant 

Mercury 

Messenger 

Metals  mine 

Middle 

Middle-sized 

Mighty*  able 

Milk 

A  mill 
Press  mill 
Minaret 
Never  mind 

A  mine 
Mine,  of  rae 
Minute,  #. 

Mirror,  #. 

Mix,  V. 

Mixed 

Modest 

Moist 

Monastery 

Money 

Monkey 

Monk 

Month 


mar'taba. 

meexan. 

kee&s. 

lahm. 

kabel. 

dow'-a,  dow'eh. 

fikr,  bal. 

t&ger,  hawigee*, 

mesebbub. 
zaybuk. 
syee,  s&i. 
xn4-dan. 

wooat  (Eng.  wmtt), 
woostinee. 
kider. 
fub'ben   (luVbun), 

hal^b. 
ta-hoon. 
ma'sarah. 
madneh. 
See  NeTer  and 

Harm. 
m4dan ;  fd.  ma&din. 
betaee;  fl  bet&htee. 
dak^keh ;    pi,   da- 

miraeh,  mOrai, 
ekh'-let. 
makhl6ot. 
mestayhee. 
tiree ;  set  Humidity, 
dayr. 

Jhos  (from  obolus?). 
nesnis. 

rAhib ;  pL  robbdn. 
shahr;  jd.  sh6h6or, 
^sh-hoor. 


Name$  of  fhe  Arabic  Moniht. 
1.  Moharrera.       8.  Shibin. 


2.  SafTer.  9. 

3.  Reb^h    '1-  10. 
6we1.  U. 

4.  RebiTe-hn-i. 
kher.  12. 


Ramadan. 
Shoval. 
El    K&deh, 
Zul-kiideh. 
£1  Ho'g-h, 


or 


5.  Go6mad«owel.      or  Zul-Heg 

6.  G6omad-akber  (Hag). 

7.  Reg'eb. 


kumr  (iNa«e.) 

maxboot. 

floobb,  aabah. 

feg'r^fegger). 

t61at  e'shenos. 

di-hah. 

dohr. 


Moon 
Moral,  a. 
Morning 
Dawn 
Sunrise 
Forenoon 
Midday 
Afternoon 
Sunset  miigb-reb. 

1 J  hour  after  csh'a,  aah'a. 

sunset 
Evening  messa,  ash^eh. 

Good  moroing    sabdl  khayr,   sab^ 

koom  b«l-khayr. 
Morrow  bo6kra,  biker. 

the  day  after   bad  bo6kra. 
A  Mortar  hone,  bon,  mus-han. 

Mosk  gtoiah,fiiiM^e(f(fit>m 

s^ged,    to    bow 
down). 
Moth  (of  clothes)kitteh. 
Mother  om. 

of  pearl       sudduf. 

My  (hb)  mother  ommee  (ommoo). 
Move,  V.  H.  hax. 

— —  9.  a.  Icow'wum. 

Mountain  geb'el  (gebbel),  pi. 

gebil. 
Mount,  ascend,  P.  etia  foke  (fok). 

,  ride,  r.       ^rkub. 

Mouth  fom,    hannak  (ha- 

n'ak). 
Much  ketecr  (ms  Quan- 

tity,  and  What). 
Mud  teen,  wah-L 

Mug  kooz. 

Musk  misk. 

Musquito  nam6os. 

—  net  namoos^h. 

You  must  lazem. 

Mustard  khar'del. 

Mutton  lahm  dinee. 

My  bet&ee ;    betdbtee, 

/mm.,  as,  £uTaa  be- 
t&htee,  my  mare, 
ebnee. 


My  son 


VaU 

Nail,  V. 


mesm&r. 
sum'mer. 


*  Hawagte,  a  Cbriitian ;  Kfaowagv^  a  Motleiii. 


Egypt, 


ENGLISH  AN1>  ARABIC  TOOABULART. 


61 


Naked 

Name 

Napkin 

Narrow 

Nature,  the  Cre- 
ator 
Near 

Neat,  elegant 
It  is  neoessarj 
Neck 

Needle 

packing 

Negro 

Neighbours 
Neither    (one 

nor  the  other) 
Net 
Nerer 
Nerer  mindt  v. 

New 

News,  to  tell, 

Next 


Nick-name 

Night 

Nitre 

refined 

No,  nor 
Noble,  prince 

North 
Nose 
Not 
Not  so 

Nothing,  none 

For  noUiing 

Now 

A  great  number 

Number,  v. 


ariin. 

esm. 

mah'rama,  wtlgarhf 

foota. 
d^k,  dthduk. 
el  khaluk. 

kar^-ib  (garei-ib). 
serleC 

likzem,  tlsem. 
mk-abeh     (riikka- 

beh). 
cb'ree,  pL  o'bar. 
mes^lleh,  mayher. 
abdC«8laTe''),r^l 

as'wed. 
geerin,  aiug,  gar, 
wulla  w^hed  wulla 

e'tinee. 
shibbekeh. 
eb'eden,  ebbeden. 
maldsh,     ma     an* 

n6osh. 
ged^t,  gedied. 
khabber  (khabbar> 
e'tinee    (ett&nee), 

alagemboo  '(at 

its  side), 
nukb,  lakh. 
layT,  pL  luyiL 
sot/bukh. 
bar6ot  abiad. 
la,  wulla. 
em^er,  ameer,  pi» 

omara. 
shemil,  b^ree. 
monokh6er,  un£ 
moosh. 
mooh  kMdee,  moosh 

k^u. 
ma  ieesh  h&-geh. 

belfeh. 
delwlkt  [tee  Day], 
keteerlcowee. 
6hseb,  edd. 


l%e  Number*,     £1  Eddud 
1  w£hed.  5,  khimsa. 

2,  ethn^en.  6,  sitteh,  sitt. 

3,  theUta.  7,  sibSu 

4,  er^ba.  8,  themibieh. 


S.t^Ctes'sa). 

10,  isherah. 

11,  hedisher. 

12,  ethn^Bher. 
IS,  thelatiaher. 

14,  erbatlbher. 

15,  khamstisher. 

90,  thelat^en. 
40,  erbl^en. 
50,  khams^en. 
60,  sitteen. 
70,  saba^n. 
80,  theman^en. 
90,  tesa^. 


16t  sittibher. 

17,  sabatisher. 

18,  themantiwber. 

1 9,  tesit^sher. 

20,  isher^n. 

21,  w4bed  oo  aahe- 
r^n,  etc. 

100,    m^ea     {tee 
Hundred). 
1 0 1 ,  meea  oo  w£hed. 
120,  meea  oo  ashe- 
r^en. 
1000,  elf. 
1100,  elf  oo  meea. 


Nurse 

Nut 

Oar 

Oath 

Tlie  ocean 

The  Mediterra^ 

nean 
An  odd  one 
A   pair  and  an 

odd  one 
Do  not  be  of- 

fended  (hurt) 
Often,     many 

times 

Oil  of  oliyes 
Sweet  oil 

Lamp  oil 
Train  oil 
Lettuce  oil 
Old,  ancient 
Old  in  age. 
On,  upon 
One 

Once 

Onion 
Open,  V. 


•  From  the  kortam,  or  Carthamut  tinctorial, 
t  From  the  tiroiim,  or  ScMmum  Orientale. 


dAda  (Turk.),  mor- 

d'&h. 
ben'dook. 

mukdaf,  pL  maka- 

d*ef. 
helft&n,  yam^en. 
el  bdhr  el  miilh,  el 

miileh. 
el  bahr  el  ablad,  i.  e. 

the  white  tea, 
ferd,  furd. 
goz  oo  ferd. 

ma  takhodahee  ala 
khitrak. 

ke|^r  n6ba,  kam 
no'bal  (t.  «.  koto 
many  times !) 

tayt-sayt6on. 

sayt-ty-eb*,  layt- 
h^lwa. 

s^erig  f 

sayt-bir.  | 

sayt-khiiss. 

kadeem,  minsemiin. 

ag6os. 

f5k. 

wihed ;  tee  Num- 
bers. 

nobaw^ed,  raarra 
wihed. 

bus'sal. 

ef-tah 

%  From  the  flax. 


62 


ENGLISH  A2n>  ARABIC  YOCABULABT.  Sect.  I. 


Open, />./). 
Opening 


Or 


Orange 

Order,       com- 
mand, v. 
Order,  s. 
In  order  that 
Origin 
Ostrich 
The  other 
Another 


Oven 
Over 

Overplus 

Over  and  abore 

Overturn,  «. 

Overturned 

Overtake,  e. 

Our 

Out 

Outside 

Owl 

Owner 
Oxen 

Padlock 

Fail 

Pain 

A  pair 

Pale 

Palm,  date  tree 

Pane  (of  glaai) 

Paper 

A  para  (coin) 

Parsley 

Part,  piece 

Partridge 

Partner 

Partj 

Pass,  9.  «. 

Paste 

Patch,  f. 

Patience 


maft6oh. 

ilit-hah,  applied  aUo 
to  the  I  St  chapter 
of  the  KoriUk 

wulla,  ya,  ow }  «.  y. 
either  this  or 
none,  ya  d6e  ya 
bel^sh. 

aom6or,  om6or. 

an/r 

Ic^leh. 

as'sel,  assl. 

naam. 

e*t4nee,  el  &-kher. 

wihed  &kher,  wihed 
ghayr,  w&hed  tk- 
nee,  gb&yroa 

foorn. 

fok  (foke). 

aecddeb. 

s^id 

egh'leb. 

magbl6ob. 

elOiak 

bet&na,  beta-niihna. 

b4rra. 

minbArra. 

muss^;  (homed 
— )  b6oma. 

s4-hab. 

teeriin;  sm  Bull. 

ku6, 

sutl,  dilweh. 
wug'ga. 
goz,  ethn^en. 
aiyiad,  as'fer. 
nakhl,  n&kh-el 
loh,  kesAs. 
war'ak;     (leaf  of) 

warrakeh,  ferkh. 
fodda,  t.  e.  silver. 
bakd6onis. 
hetteh. 
hag'geL 
^er^k. 
gem'ma. 

foot ;  9.  a.  ibw'wet 
as^ed^ageeo. 
roka. 
t6oUt«l.b4I,  sibbr. 


Patient 
Be  patient 
He  is  patient 
Pay  money,  v» 
Peace,  pardon 

cessation 

of  war 
We   have 


siber. 

toVei  bdlak,  ^boor. 

rohoo  tow^l. 

ed'fa  Boos. 

am&n. 

soolb. 


made  istullah'na  bad. 
with 
each  other 
Pear  koomittree. 

prickly,    tin  shok,  tin  seralSn- 


or  Cactus 
Peas 

Peel 

Pen 

Lead  pencil 

People 

Our  people 

Perfect 

entire 

Perfidy 
Perhaps 


dee. 
bisilleh. 
felWh.  ^ 
gild,  kishr. 
k41am  (kuUum). 
^ilamrosiss. 
nas,  gem'ma,  r^g&l. 
gemma-6tna. 
temim. 
sah^h,  kllmeL 
khy&na. 
yo6mkin,  ipsar  (&b- 

sar). 
Agem. 

iigemee,  Farsee. 
nels. 


Persia 

Persian 

Person,  self 

A  piastre  (coin)  kirsh,  plur,  krooah. 

Pickaxe;  see  Axe. 

Pickles  toorshee. 

Picture  s6ora,  taasow^r. 

A  piece  het'tcji,  kottah. 

Piece,  V.  fiiis'el. 

Pig  khansder. 

Pigeon  ham&m. 

Pilgrim  hag,  hag'gee. 

Pill  hab. 

Pin  dab6os. 

Pinch,  V.  ek'-roos. 

Pinchbeck  (me-  tomb&k  (Fr.). 

tal 
Pipe  sb^book,  ood. 

Hpe,    mouth-  fom,mup'8em(mul»'- 

piece  sem),  terkdebeh. 

Pistol  taban'gia. 

A  pair  of  pistols  gos  tabangiit. 
A  single  pistol    fWrd. 

beer. 

ya  khos&ra. 

mat'rah,  moda,  m»- 
k&n,  mahil. 

d  k6obbch,  e*ti6on. 


A  pit 
What  a  pity ! 
A  place 


The  plague 


JSfflfpL 


ENGLISH  AND  AIUBIC  VOGABULART. 


63 


P]ank,  pane  (of  loh                             | 

Pull  out,  V. ;  pull  ek'-Ia ;  les  Pluck 

gU«) 

off  (clothes). 

Plate 

s4han,tublMik,MUi- 

Puniahmcnt 

ai4b. 

g*'- 

Pure 

Uher. 

Play,*. 

leb    (layb> 

On  purpose 

bilinieh    (m  a  had 

Play, ». 

ill&b. 

fcase),  bilamed. 

Plot 

fit'neh. 

Push,e. 

lis. 

Flou^ 

mahrit. 

Pkm/  /msf  / 

biuf  bi$9/ 

Ploughing 

hart. 

Put,r. 

hot. 

PludL  a  ibvl,  v< 

.  en'tifelflir-kher. 

Putrefy,  V. 

affen. 

Pluck,  poll  out, 

4B 

en'tiah. 

Pyramid 

h&ram,  ahram. 

Plonder,  v. 

UJuib,    nd'kab     (Jo 

AqwOl 

aoomin. 

sui6>. 

What  quantity' 

}  kud-dAy,  t.  «.    huw 

Plural 

much. 

Pocket 

g*y*>- 

Quarrel,  v. 

hinuk,  &mel  kalim. 

Poetry 

shayr,  nusm. 

Stone  quarry 

muk'ta-hag'gar. 

Poison 

aim. 

A  quarter 

roob. 

Point,  end 

turf. 

Quench  (fire)  V. 

itfee. 

Pole,  stick 

middree,  ncb6ot 

Quince 

safer'gel. 

Pomegranate 

roomin. 

Quickly 

ka-w&m,      beliggel 

A  poor  man 

mes-k£en,  ie-ke6r 

(t.  e.  on  wheels). 

Potatoes 

hia^frdngm. 

yilla. 

Pottery 

fokh&r. 

Quiet 

s&ket. 

A  pound 

rotL 

Pour  out,  9. 

soob,  koob. 

IUu)e 

ptnt  (ffetue). 

koob. 

Raft 

rarao^se  (ramo6s). 

away,  v. 

Rag 

shann6ota,  kbillaka 

Powder 

trob;   (gun—)  ha- 

Rage 

semk,  kudb. 

r6ot. 

Rain 

matur,  nuttur. 

Power 

kodr (kudr> 

It  rains 

be-un'tur. 

Pray 

sellee 

Ramrod 

harbee,  kabb^ 

I  pray  you 

feeard'ak.* 

Rank 

mak&m. 

P^ess,  9. 

dooas. 

Rare,  strange 

ghar^b. 

,  squeese,  o.  a4ser  (aser). 

A  rascal 

ebn  haiim. 

Piretty 

kouei^is  (qui'yis). 

Rat 

&r. 

Preraricator 

ahekleb&n. 

Raw 

ny  (nye). 

Price  (see  Wliat,^em'n,    (temmen,) 

Raxor 

mo6s. 

and  Worth) 

sayr. 

Reach,  v. 

tool,  ^Ihak. 

Agree      about  uPsel,  fussdi. 

Read,  e. 

ek'ra. 

price  of 

Ready 

hdder. 

Pnde 

kobr  e'  n^is. 

Real 

sah^,  sAduk. 

Pt-ison 

habs,h6sel. 

Really,  truly 

min  hik,  bak^ke* 

It  is  prohable 

ghaleben. 

ten,  hak'ka. 

Property,    poa-  milk. 

The  reason 

e*  sebbubr  ' 

sessions 

Rebellious 

akaee^pL  aisiVn. 

Prophet 

nebbee. 

Receive  money 

'  ek'budfloos. 

Prose 

nuthr,  nuar. 

Reckon,  p. 

ah'seb. 

Prosper,  v. 

^lah. 

Recollect,  v. 

iftek'r. 

Prorisiona 

wQfwidt  kkvX  oo  sberb 

(-ion) 

(fikr). 

PulUo. 

ahid. 

A  reed 

boos. 

•'•OnyonrboDOW.**   Uicd  to  depracste  p 

untahBMnt,  sad  on  other  preninf  oocsdont. 

64 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  TOOABITLAHT. 


Sect.  I. 


A  relation 
Relate,  tell,  v. 
Remember, «. 
I  remember,  o. 
Reply,  t. 
Reside,  v. 
Return,  r. 


kar^eb,  iihi. 

ah'kee. 

khallee  fee  bUak. 

fee  b41ee. 

rood  (roodd). 

iVkoon. 

er'ga. 


.,  give  back,  r^ga. 

V. 

Rhinoceros  horn  korn  khart^t. 
Ribs  dullooa. 

Rich  shebin,  ghunnee. 

Riches  ghunna  (gfaena).  , 

'Rid,  0.  khal'lus. 

Ride,  r.  er'kub. 

Riding,  t.  roko6b. 

A  rifle  bendook^eh  shesh- 

khineh. 
Right,  a,  doghree. 

Right,  t.  h«k  (hak). 

Right  (hand)      yem^n. 
Rim  harf,  soor. 

Ring  (annulus).  hallakah,  hallak. 
Finger  ring  dib'leh ;  «ee  SeaL 
Rite,  V.  koom  (goom). 

River  n^ar ;  bahr,  t.  e. 

ocean  (applied  to 

the  Nile), 
Road  derb,  sikkah,  tare^. 

Robber  har&mee. 

Roof  sukf. 

A  room  oda. 

Root  gidr,  gidder. 

Rope  habbel,  liabL 

Hemp  rope         habl  teel. 

Palm habl  leef. 

Rose  werd. 

Rose  water         moie-werd 

otto  of        better  el  werd. 

Round,  a.  medow'-er,  mekiib- 

bub. 
Around  bowal&yn,  deir  ma 

id6or. 
Rouse,  9.  kow'em,  kowwem. 

Royal  soltinee* 

Rudder  duffeh. 

Ruins,  remains ;  ben^i  kadeto,  kha- 
eee  Temple         rf-lfb,  khariibeh. 
Run,  r.  ig'geree. 

,  as  a  liquid  khor. 

Rushes  soom£r  (sumlff). 

Rust  suddeh. 


sekeibeh. 
Saddle  (of  horse)8erg. 
-^-<doiikey)      b^rda. 
— (dromedary  )ghab^ 


(camel) 


bags 

Sail,  f. 

For  his  sake 
Salad 
for  Sale 
Salt,  o. 
Sallys. 
Salts 
The  same 

Sand 
Sandal 
Sash,  girdle 
Saucer 
A  saw 
I  saw,  V. 


witter,  howdehp  sh&« 

ker,  bas6or. 
khorg. 

kiUa,  komiab,  i  e, 
cloth.  " 

legneti  kbAtroo. 
eatata, 
leUbiyii. 
mileh. 
melb? 

melh  In^Sez. 
bur'doo,  bisitoOfp/. 

biirdohom. 
ruml. 
nal. 
hez4m. 
idea, 
rainsh&r. 
ina  sh6oft ;  be 

hooa  sh4f. 
kool. 


Say,  V, 

What    do    you  betk6ol  ay. 
say? 


Scabbard  (of 

sword) 
Scales  (large) 
School 
Scissors 
Scold,  V, 
Scorpion 
Scribe 
Sea 


bayt  (e'sayO. 


meezdn  (k  ubbineh  ). 
muk'tub. 
m^kiiss. 

hinuk,  it-h&nuk. 
ak>raba  (ag'raba). 
k&teb. 

bahr,  bahr  el  malh, 
elm&leh. 

See»«.  shoof;    I    s^  ana 

sheif  (ahyfe),  be- 
sh6<^ 
A  seal  khitom  (worn  as  a 

ring). 

impression  khitmefa. 

Search,  v.  fettesh. 

Search  tefteM. 


Winter 
Spring 
Summer 
Autunm 


Four  Secuome. 

shittmh. 
kharetf. 
sayf. 


dem^reh. 


^gypt 


ENGLISH  AND  ASABIC  VOCABULARY. 


6d 


A  second  of  time  x&nee. 

Be  silent,  v. 

os'-kut  (oslcoot). 

The    second* 

e'tinee. 

Silver 

fod'da. 

the  other 

Simple 

mokhtus'surah. 

Secondly 

t^i^n. 

Single 

mooifrud,  ferd. 

Seed 

hizr,  hab,  tel^ow'ee. 

Sing,  9. 

ghun'nee. 

ghiilleh. 

The  singular 

mooffnid. 

Seek  for 

dow'r  al&y 

Sir! 

s^edeel  sidit 

Send,  V. 

^ba&t,  sbiya,  ^rsel. 

Sister 

okht. 

Scpante       one  for'red. 

My  sister 

okhtee. 

from  the  other 

His  sister 

okhtoa 

Servant 

khuddam,     subbee 

Sit,  V. 

o'-kut. 

.    (lad). 

Sise 

kobr. 

Serre,  r. 

ikh'-dcm. 

Skin,  s. 

giW. 

Shade,  «. 

dooll,  dool,  dill,  zUl. 

Water  skin 

ke^beh. 

Sbadov 

khee&l. 

Sky,  heaven 

s^mma. 

Shame,  disgrace  eb»  aeb. 

Slave 

abd,  kh6dem. 

SbnTe,  r. 

4h-lut 

Female 

gArreea(jireea). 

Sheep,  fl 

gfaunnum. 

Slaughter 

ket^l. 

Ram 

khar6of. 

Sleep,  «. 

u6m,  V.  nim. 

Ewe 

nigeh. 

Sleeping 

neim  (nyim). 

Sheet, «. 

Slowly 

be-shw6'-esb. 

Shell 

wodda. 

Small,  se«  Little  sogh^er. 

Shield 

dar'raka. 

Smell,  9. 

shem. 

Shine^  v. 

Sbrook. 

Smell,  s. 

shem,  reeh. 

Ship 

m^rkeb* 

Sweet  smell 

reeh  (reht)helwa. 

Shirt,  «. 

kam^:  pL  koms^n. 

Blacksmith 

faaddiit. 

Shoe 

merkoob^v^.  mara- 

Smoke,  # . 

do- khan. 

k^h 

Smoke,  o. 

ish'rob  do>kh£n. 

Horse  shoe 

nal. 

Snnooth,  v. 

efred ;  adj,  nam. 

Yellow  slipper 

must,  mes. 

Snail 

liala'Zo'n  (bala-zon). 

Short 

koseir  (koss^^r). 

Snake 

tib&n,     ban'nesh. 

Small  shot 

rush. 

dood. 

Shoulder 

kitf. 

Horned 

hei  biUkor6on. 

Show,o. 

wer'ree. 

Asp 

na'sher. 

Show  me 

wereence. 

Snare 

fukh. 

Shut,  V. 

uk'-fel. 

SnufT 

nesholc,  (ne8h6ke). 

Shut  the  door 

rood,  ^trusb,  6klel 

Snuficrs 

mak6ss  (mekiias) 

el  bab. 

— e'shem'roi. 

Shut,  bolt  the 

Book  el  bab. 

So 

keddee,  k^xa. 

door 

, 

Soldier 

iw-karee,  pi.  as&kcr, 

Sbut,/ii  p. 

merd6od,  matr6osb, 

asker. 

mask6ok,  makfbol. 

Disciplined 

nisAm. 

Siek(se«iU) 

mesbow'ish,  aiiuL 

Some  of  it 

roinoo,  minnoo. 

Sick,  to  be 

istufnigh.   , 

Something 

bigeh,  shay. 

Side 

gemb. 

Some  few  things  bad  shay. 

Sieve 

ghorb&L 

Sometimes 

wihed-w&bed-noba. 

Silk 

harder. 

bad-5k&t. 

Sight,  s. 

shoof,  oudr. 

Son 

ebn,  welled. 

Slent,a. 

sakut. 

Song 

gho'ua. 

•  The  camel  is  MmMtimes  csllcd  m^rkeb  (as  a  shoe  inerk6ob),  not  becauw  it  U  the  "  Ship 
of  the  Desert,*' M  some  have  •uppoMd,  but  because  merlieb  signiBes  tomething  to  mount 
upon  CPt.  momtmre),  $o  that  the  ship  Is  rather  the  camel  of  the  aea  than  the  convene,  and 
the  Arabs  bad  esmds  or  mtmiures  before  tbejr  bad  chips  or  shoes. 


66 


ENGLISH  AND  ABABIC  YOCABULABT. 


Sect  I. 


Sorry 

I  am  sorry,  «. 

Sort,  f . 

Sound,  voice 

Sour,  acid 

South 


hat^en  (a&b&n). 

isa£b'al&y. 

<f€n8f  shikl. 

bess. 

h£-duk,  hi-mood. 

genoob,     kublee 

(kibMee). 
now. 
es'ra. 
kb^.et 
shibr. 


—  wind 
Sow  (seed)  v. 

(cloth)  V, 

Span 

with  fore-  fitr. 
finger. 
Speak    to    one  wessee  (wuasee). 

about,  bespeak 
Speak,  §e»  Talk. 
Spear  harbeh. 

Spend  (money)  d^-a,  4s-re£ 
Spider  ankab6ot. 

web  ankab6ot 

Spill,  V.  koob  (kubb). 

Spirit  roh. 

A  spirit  dfreet,  pL  afar^t, 

ffinnee,  pL  gin, 
A  good  spirit,  see  Angel. 


Split,  p.  p. 
Spoon 
Sportsman 
Square 
Stable,  s. 
Stand  up 
Stand,  V, 
Stop 
SUr 
Statue 

Stay,  wait,  «. 
Steal,  9. 

Stealth,  s. 
By  stealth 
Steel 


} 


maflo6k. 

milaka. 

sy-Ad.  [rublNL 

morub'bah,     md« 

jteM. 

koom  ala  ha^lak. 

yo6kuf,  wukkuf. 

nigm ;  pL  nigo6m. 

mas-kh6ot. 

uslKior. 

e^rookt    ea'rnk    \to 

lAerA]. 
se^rkah. 
bil-duss. 
soolb. 


A  steel  (for  flint)  seen&d. 


Stick. 

Stick  of  palm 
Still 

— —  yet 
Sting 

He  is  stingy 
Stirrup 
Stone 

Stop,  M  Stand 
and  Wait. 


neb6ot;  assaia  (as- 
s^eh  ),  shamro6kb. 
ger^et. 
s^kut. 
lissa. 
shok. 

eMoo  misek. 
re-k&b. 
hA^ar. 


Stop  up,  V. 

Stopped,  dosed 

Straight 

String 

Strong 

Straw 

Street 

Stumble, «. 

He  struck 

Strike  a  light 

Style 

Begin  the  sub- 
ject 
Such  a  one 
Suck, «. 
Sugar 
Sun 

The  sun  has  set 
Sulphur 
Sununer 
Suppose,  V. 

Swell,  o. 
Swollen 
Swear,  testify,  V. 
at,  abuse,  p. 
Swallow,  V. 
Sweet 
Swim,  tr. 
Sword 
Syria 
System 

Table  elofb 

Table 

k  Turkish 

Tail 
Tailor 
Talk,  V. 

Take,  v. 
Take  away,  «. 
Take  in,  cheat 
Tall 

Tamarinds 
Tamarisk 
T^n,  o. 
Tax 
Tea 

Teach,  v. 
Tear,  r. 
A  tear 


sid. 

masdood. 

doghree. 

dooUlra. 

shede^t,  gow'ec. 

tibn. 

derb,  sikkeb. 

&h'ter. 

d&reb  (^eet  Beat). 

ek'da  (igda). 

kesm,    tert^b, 

shikl 
dftah  s£eratoo,  6fUh 

e*s£era. 
fooUn  (felto> 
moons, 
sooklcer. 
shems  (/em. ). 
e*shems  gh&bet. 
kabr^et. 
86vf. 
soon'   (soonn), 

khum'men. 
yoorem. 
warm. 

ish'-had,  ihlifl 
ish'tem. 
eb'la. 
bel'wa. 
aom. 
sayf. 
e*Sham. 
tert^eb,  nis4m. 

fo6ta  e*8o'firm. 

soffra. 

ko6rsee. 

dayL 

khyat 

itkellem,    it-had'- 

det. 
khod. 
sheel. 

ghush,  gbush'em. 
towe^l  (towwM). 
t6mr  hindee, 
tur'fa. 
ed'bogh. 
fer'deh, 
shy. 
Alem. 
sher'mut. 
dim'moo. 


EgupL 


ENGLISH  AND  ABABIC  TOCABULART. 


67 


Telegraph 

e*8hira. 

Tin 

kaxdeSr   (aa^'e'frc- 

Telocope 

nad^ra. 

'  pot^y 

Tell,  9, 

kool,  ^-kee. 

Tin  plate 

saf^^h. 

Temple 

bierbeh. 

Hq,  v.  whiten 

b6iad,  b^ad. 

Teot 

khaym,  khiymeh. 

Tinder 

sooftn. 

Tent  peg 

waftat. 

Tired 

bat-la'n. 

Than 

min,  an. 

To 

ilia,  e41a. 

Weth«ikyoaVj^^^         ,^^ 
fin*  a  present  J 

Toast  (bread) 
Tobaoeo 

esh  mekum'mer. 
do-khin,  i.  e.  smoke. 

r  allah  ibArak  ftek. 

Together 

sow'a — sow'a,  wete 

finragreat' 

bad. 

isTour,  I  am 

To-roorrrow 

bo6kra. 

much      db* 
ligedtojou! 
also     ironi- 

► ket'-ther  (gettber) 
khiyrak. 

Tongs 
Tooth 

masheh. 

sin,  pL  sinn4n,  si- 
noon. 

cally 

Top 

ghutta  (cover). 

Thank  God 

el  ham'doo  liU&h. 

Torch 

nwsh'al. 

Then 

somma,  bad^n. 

Tortoise 

Bahaifeh. 

There 

ben^. 

Torture 

asdb. 

They,  their 

hoom,  beta'-hoom. 

£col%     And^lk 

WkmKlff  ■UOaO. 

Thick 

te-khe^n. 

Touch,  feel,  v. 

bas'sus. 

Thief  (MS  Rob. 

» 

Do  not  touch 

la  teh6t  eddak  aUy. 

ber  and  Steal). 

that 

Thigh 

fukhd,  werk. 

Tow 

meshik. 

Thin 

roof^a  (roof^ia),  re- 

Tow  (a  boat) 

goor  e*  lelWbu 

iSea, 

Towel,  napkin 

Thing 

bigeh,  shay. 

Tower- 

boorff. 

Things 

ashee^t. 

k&la.              [bel4d. 

omo6r. 

Town 

beHed  Xbel'ed),  pL 

Think,  p. 

iftekker,    khum'- 

Large  town 

ben'der. 

[po« 

e     men.             [nee. 

Treachery 

khy&na. 

I    think,    sup- 

ana  az6on,  tekhmee- 

Treacherous ; 

kheln. 

Third 

thiilet. 

(MS     Betray 

This 

dee,  b&za. 

and  Perfidy). 

That 

de&a,  dikkAi,  da. 

Tree 

seg'gereh,    sheg'- 

Those 

dole  (dol). 

gereh. 

Thirst 

at'tush. 

Trickery,    ma- 

> doolib,      doob^ra, 

Thirsty 

at-sba'n. 

chination 

hafleh. 

Thorn 

shoke  (sbok). 

Trouble 

taab. 

Thought 

iikr. 

True 

siheh,  do'ghree,  ai- 

Thread,  s. 

kbayt. 

duk,  sah^eh. 

Threshold 

at'taba. 

Try,  prove, ». 

kur'reb. 

ThriTC,  e. 

^na. 

Tub 

mustela. 

Throw,  V. 

^r-mee. 

Turban 

ihaOt  em'meh. 

Thumb 

suba  el  kebeer. 

Turk 

Toork,    Onnilnlee, 

Thunder 

raid. 

Osm&nli. 

Tickle,  V. 

suksuk  (sugsug). 

Turn,  V. 

dow'er. 

Tie,r. 

ei'boot. 

Turquoise 

faroo'see. 

Tight,  drawn 

mashdoot 

Twice 

marrataf  n,  noba- 

Time,  narrow 

df.ik(d^i.uk)»maz- 

tafn. 

n6ok. 

Twist,  V, 

ib'room. 

lime,  vdUa 

noba. 

Tyrant         "1 
Tyrannical  J 

s*'li*Tn 

,tempo 

wakt. 

*fk  ICIU. 

68 
Tyranny 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABULABY. 


Sect.  L 


soolm. 


I  want  nothing  moosh  ow'es  h&geh. 


War 

barb,  shemmata. 

Valley 

w4dee  (w4dy). 

Warm 

sokhn. 

Value,  price 

temn  (t^mun). 

Lukewarm 

difee. 

Vapour 

bo-khkr. 

I  warned  yoa 

ana  wusa^ak. 

Vase 

tata. 

I  was 

koont. 

Vegetables 

khod^r. 

He,  it,  was 

-kan. 

Very 

kow'ee;  very  large. 

She  was 

kan'net. 

kebe6r  kow'ee. 

We  were 

koon'na. 

Ugly 

w&hesh,  bil*h&m. 

You  were 

ko6ntum,  ko6ntoo. 

Violent 

kow'wee  (kow'ee). 

They  were 

kinoo. 

Violet 

benefsig. 

Wash,  r. 

ugb'-sel. 

Virgin 

bikr. 

Waste,  f . 

kho-si-ra. 

Umbrella 

shems^eh. 

A  watch 

sao. 

Undo,  unite,  v. 

fook',  hell 

Water,  t. 

mo'ie,  ma,  mo'ieh. 

Uncle. 

am. 

Water,  v. 

is'-kee. 

(mother^s 

khal. 

ro6sh,  rush. 

brother) 

Fresh  water 

moie  hel'wa. 

UntU 

iila,     le,     lllama. 

Spring  (of  water)  ain,  ayn  (t.  e.  eye). 

16  ma. 

ed. 

Under 

takht. 

Water,  torrent  of  say]. 

Vocabulary 

sillemee,  ketAb  sil- 

{in  the  desert) 

1 

]emee« 

Voyage 

saffer. 

(in  a  rock) 

Up,  upon,  over 

foke  (mk). 

small  basin  mes&yk. 

Upper 

fok&nee. 

of 

Use,  utility 

n^fft. 

basin    oi 

'  tbem^leh. 

It  u  useful 

infa. 

natural  reser- 

■ 

of  no  use 

ma  iniSsh. 

voir,        when 

1 

Used,      worn. 

mestah'mel. 

eUed  up  with 

second-hand 

sand  or  gravel 

Usury 

ribh. 

weUof 

beer. 

Vulture    [tenu 

nisser,  nisr. 

—   reservoir 

h6d. 

rlikh-am  (r^khum). 

(built) 

pool  of  rain  mag&ra  (makAn). 

"Wafer 

bershara. 

water 

Wager 

rihaneh. 

river    or 

nahr. 

Wages 

gemk^eh. 

stream 

JFaUt 

wooMt,  1.  e.  middle. 

channel  or  mig'gree. 

Wait,  stop,  V. 

us'boor. 

conduit 

Wake,o.a.andn.es'-hur  (es'-her). 

Water  melon 

ba-i^kh. 

Walk,  V. 

im'-shee. 

Wax  candles 

shemmd    skaoderA- 

Walking 

mi-shee. 

« 

nee. 

Wall 

hayt. 

Way 

sikkah,  deifo. 

Walnut 

gos. 

We 

ah'na,  nah'na. 

I  want,  V. 

ana   ovf^es  (owe), 

Weak 

bat-lin,  da-e^f. 

ana   ar^ed,   ana 

One  week 

gooma  w&*hed. 

tileb  (atlub). 

Weigh,  V, 

yoo-zen. 

What  do  yea 

ow'es-ay,  oW»-ay  $ 

Weight 

tokl,  wteen. 

want? 

by  the  Arab$,  Esh 

A  well 

beer. 

termed. 

WeU,good. 

ty-eb. 

I  want 

ow'es,  ow'z,  lAzem- 

Wet 

mablo61. 

lee,  ar^ed. 

Wet,v. 

bit 

^^^9UP^ 


ENGLISH  AND  ARABIC  VOCABULARY. 


69 


What  ay,  esb. 

What    do    you  betko6l-iy,  tekooU 

aay?  ay? 

What's  the  mat*  khabbar-dy»    g^ra- 

ter  ?  ayi  el  kbabbar-&y  ? 

What*s  the  price  be-kim  dee  ? 

of  this? 
What     is     this  eswa  &y  dee  ? 

worth? 
What  are    you  betimel  ily ;  6y  fAe 

Araht^    esh    te» 


doing? 


sow'wee  ? 


What  o'clock  is  e'  a'a  fee  k&m  ? 

it? 
Wheat  kum'h. 

A  wheel  a^geleh. 

When  Uma  (le]iiiDa),^mte. 

At  the  time  that  wak  t  ma. 
Where?  fayn  {hy  (ht  Arabs, 

oww&yn)? 
Where  are-  you  ente  rye  fayn  ? 

going? 
Where  did  you  ente  gayt  min  ayn? 

come  from  ? 
Which?  an'-h6o? 

That  which  e1-as^  61ee  (ellce). 

Whip  of  hippo-  korb&g. 
potamus  hide 

ab'iad,  fenu    bayda. 


White 

Whiten,  9. 

Whitening 

Why? 

Who 

Who  U  that? 

Who  said  so? 

Whose 

The  whole 

Wicked 

—  rascal 

Widow 

Widower 

Wife 

Wild  animal 

I  will,  V. 

Wind,s. 

North  wind 

Window 

Wine 

Wing 


b^-ed. 

tabesh^r. 

lay?  lesh? 

min. 

da  min  ?  [dee  ? 

min  kal  (gal)  ked- 

beta  min. 

el  kool,  koolloo. 

harim. 

cbn  harim. 

as'beh,  er'meleh. 

4xeb,  er'mel. 

marra,  zog,  bormah. 

w4hsh  (w6hesh). 

ana  ow'es  (aw's). 

r^eh,  how's. 

e'tty.fth. 

8hu-b4k. 

nd>^t,  $hardb, 

ge-nih. 


Winter 
Wipe,  V, 
Wire 
Wish 
Wish,  o. 
I  wish,  V. 

I  had  wished 

With 

Within 

Witness 

Wolf 

Woman 

Women 
I  wonder  at 
I  wonder  if,  •*.  e. 
wish  to  know 
Wonderful 
Wood 
Firewood 
Wool 
Word 
Work,  9. 
World 
Worm 
Worth,  it  is 
Wound 
Wounded 
Write,  V. 
Wrote 
Writing 
Written 


shitta. 

em'sah. 

silk.  ' 

tool'beb. 

et'loob. 

bid'dee,  fee  khdtree. 

ar^ed.  [tree, 

era^t,  k6n  fee  khii- 
m^  w^a. 
gooa. 
sh&hed. 
deeb  (deep), 
marra,  nissa,  hor- 

mah. 
nis>win,  hareem. 
ana  as-t£-geb. 
ya  tArra,  hiU  toora. 

ag^b. 

khesh'.ob. 

hattob. 

soof. 

kilmeh,  kalam. 

ishtogbl,  faal. 

dooneea.  ^ 

dood. 

dswa. 

g^rah  (gerrab). 

magrooh.  [teb. 

ik'tub ;  writer,  k&- 

ket'teb. 

ketibeh. 

makto6b. 


Year 
Yesterday 

The  day  before 

yesterday 
Yes 

Not  yet 
You 

Young 

Young  man 

Your 

Youth 


court  h6sh. 

senna  (senneh). 
emba'ra     (by     the 
jirah§,um%  or  unise). 
owel  embara.  (£y  the 

Araln,o^el  ums). 
Iwa,  eiwa,  nam. 
llssa. 
en'tc ;  entee, /cm. ; 

^ntoom,  pi, 
sogh^ier ;       vulgo 

zwdir. 
sheb,  gedda. 
betak;  betihUk,/ 
sheb^b,  sbeboob^eh. 


Eg^ 


ROUTE  I. — LONDON  TO  ALEXANDRIA. 


71 


Y.  ./ 


ROUTES.    ^^'^  /^"    '--  ^ 


ROUTE  1. 

LOXDON   TO   ALXXAHDaiA. 

Id  going  from  England  to  Alez- 
andria,  the  quickest  way  is  by  tea  to 
Gibraltar  and  Malta,  or  througb 
Fnuce  to  Marseilles,  and  thence  by 
tbe  steamer  to  Egypt.  (See  Intro- 
duction, on  tbe  Voyage  to  Alex- 
andria.) 

ALEXANDRIA.  — I.  Arrival 
at  Akiandria. 

Pompey's  pillar  is  in  latitude  31^ 
10^  43*  N.  and  longitude  29^  &Af  E. 
fiom  Greenwich.  The  coast  is  ex- 
ceedingly low,  so  that  the  highest 
parts  only  begin  to  be  seen  at  the  dis- 
tance of  about  18  miles,  and  the  line 
of  tbe  coast  itself  is  not  discernible 
till  within  1 3  or  14.  Though  there  is 
water  to  the  depth  of  6  fathoms  close 
to  tbe  Pharo«,  and  from  5)  to  4  along 
the  whole  shore  to  the  pc^int  of  Eu- 
nosttts,  at  the  entrance  of  the-  western 
harbour,  and  at  1 4  mile  ofi  not  less 
than  20  fathoms,  it  is  exceedingly 
dangerous  to  approach  at  night.  There 
is,  faowerer,  very  good  holding  ground 
in  the  roads ;  and  ships  anchor,  or  lay 
to^  about  a  mile  off  shore.  The  first 
objects  perceived  from  the  sea  are 
Pompey's  Pillar,  the  forts  on  the 
mounds  raised  by  the  French,  the 
Pharos  and  new  lighthouse,  and  the 
buildings  on  the  Ras  e'  Tin  (the 
•'Cape  of  Figs"),  between  the  two 
ports  ;  and  on  uearing  the  land,  the 
obdisk,  the  Pasha's  hareem  and  palace, 
tbe  bouses  of  tlie  town,  the  masts  of 
ships,  and  the  different  batteries 
(which  have  been  lately  much  in- 
creased), the  windmills  to  the  i»est, 
and  the  line  of  coast  extending  to 
Maribut  Point,  begin  to  be  seen. 


Tbe  old  lighthouse,  which  occupies 
tbe  site  of  the  ancient  Pharos,  on  a 
rock  joined  to  tlie  land  by  a  cause- 
way, has  long  been  pronounced  in- 
sufficient for  the  safety  of  vessels 
making  tbe  coast,  both  from  its  want 
of  height,  and  tbe  bad  quality  of 
the  light  itself,  especially  in  foggy 
weatljer,  when  it  can  scarcely  be  seen 
till  a  vessel  has  neared  the  land.  Its 
distance  from  the  western  harbour  is 
an  additional  cause  of  complaint.  To 
remedy  these  inconveniences,  Mo- 
hammed AU  has  erected  a  new  light- 
house on  the  point  of  Eunostus, 
which  has  at  least  the  advantage  of 
being  In  a  better  position  for  vessels 
arriving  from  Europe;  but  he  has 
made  the  mistake  of  not  having  a 
revolving  light,  which  might  have 
been  put  up  at  little  more  expense. 

On  arriving  off  Alexandria  by  day. 
light,  a  pilot  comes  on  board,  to  carry 
the  vessel  through  the  complicated 
channels  of  the  western  or  old  port, 
which  are  beset  with  shoals  and  reefs. 
But  on  making  the  coast  late  in  tbe 
evening,  she  lays  to  till  daylight,  and 
early  in  the  morning  the  pilot  comes 
off;  for  no  captain  thinks  of  entering 
the  harbour  without  him ;  the  buoys 
laid  down  by  the  English  in  1801,  to 
mark  the  passage,  having  been  re- 
moved as  soon  as  tbey  left  tbe  country. 
There  are  many  shoals  on  which  the 
water  is  not  sufficient  for  vessels  of 
large  tonnage ;  and  first-rate  line  of 
battle  ships  are  obliged  to  Uke  out 
their  guns,  to  enable  them  to  pass 
safely  through  these  channels.  The 
main  or  central  channel  has  5  and  6 
fathoms  water,  the  Maribut  4^  5, 
and  6 ;  others,  4,  5,  and  6' ;  but  they 
are  very  narrow,  the  widest  not  quite 


72 


ROUTE  I.  —  LONDON  TO  ALEXANDRU. 


Sect.  L 


2^  cables  or  1 500  Teet.  The  deepest 
part  of  the  harbour,  about  due  W. 
and  due  N.  of  the  Catacombs,  is  10, 
10^,  and  in  one  place  1 1  fathoms ; 
close  in,  to  within  200  feet  of  the 
shore,  it  is  from  4  to  6 ;  and  under 
the  town  itself,  at  little  more  tlian  I 
cable's  length  off,  3  and  4  fathoms. 

The  steamer  anchors  alongside  a 
large  boat  moored  there  ns  a  coal 
depot :  and  shoals  of  boats  come  off 
to  take  the  newly  arrived  strangers 
with  their  baggage  ashore.  When 
the  packet  is  full  of  passengers,  there 
is  frequently  great  confusion  with 
the  luggage,  which  is  piled  up  and 
so  mixed  in  one  general  mass,  that  it 
is  difficult  for  any  one  to  find  his 
own :  a  traveller  should  therefore 
take  care  to  have  it  all  put  together 
when  he  embarks,  particularly  if  he 
has  much;  and  should  go,  or  send 
bis  servant,  a  short  time  before  he 
reaches  Alexandria,  to  see  that  it  is 
in  one  place  and  accessible,  to  escape 
a  disagreeable  scramble  at  the  last 
moment. 

If  be  has  paid  his  passage  at 
the  office,  and  arrangements  have 
been  made  for  landing  his  things, 
it  is  unnecessary  to  take  further 
trouble  about  them  beyond  seeing 
that  they  are  all  safe  t  and  the  Cawdss 
employed  by  the  Company  will  un* 
dertake  to  pass  thom  at  the  Custom 
House. 

When  a  passenger  bas  paid  before- 
hand for  the  expenses  of  landing  his 
luggage  and  Custom  House  fees,  the 
Cawds»  has  no  further  claim  on  him  ; 
but  in  order  to  give  some  idea  of  the 
charges  made  in  other  cases  by  this 
functionary,  it  may  be  said  that  the 
ordinary  sum  paid  him,  for  taking 
the  luggage  of  two  persons  from  the 
vessel  to  the  hotel,  is  33  piastres, 
which  includes  the  boat,  one  camel, 
and  the  Custom  House  fee,  and  is 
nearly  twice  as  much  as  it  ought 
to  be. 

If  not  on  his  way  to  India,  and 
consequently  no  previous  arrange- 
ments have  been  made,  or  if  be  does 


not  apply  to  the  Company*s  Cawdss 
for  this  purpose,  the  traveller  will  be 
obliged  to  hire  a  boat  for  himself,  or 
with  some  other  passenger,  and  go  lo 
the  Custom  House,  where  a  small  fee 
will  enable  him  to  pass  his  luggage 
without  examination  ;  provided  it  has 
the  appearance  of  containing  solely 
personal  etfects,  and  does  not  consist 
of  large  cases,  which  have  the  cha- 
racter of  merchandise.  The  hire  of  a 
boat  ought  not  to  be  more  than  3,  or 
at  most  5,  piastres,  though  the  boat- 
men will  not  be  contented  with  double 
that  sum ;  and  the  Custom  House  fee 
may  be  from  6  to  10  piastres,  accord- 
ing to  the  quantity  of  things.  Wine 
and  spirits  pay  a  duty,  as  well  as  all 
merchandise,  but  a  small  quantity  for 
private  use  is  passed  under  the  tide  of 
luggage. 

There  is  at  present  some  difficulty 
respecting  the  question  of  duties. 
According  to  the  treaty  of  Balta 
Lim4n,  all  goods  are  to  pay  5  per 
cent. ;  that  is,  3  on  entering  the  ports 
of  Turkey,  and  2  on  leaving  tbem  for 
the  interior;  which  of  course  exempts 
them  from  further  examination  at  any 
inland  towns.  In  virtue  of  this,  wine 
and  spirits  are  free  from  every  other 
duty,  hitherto  levied  upon  them  at 
Cairo  and  other  places.  Tbe  treaty 
is  very  explicit  in  its  conditions 
respecting  tbe  duties,  the  abolition 
of  monopolies  and  tbe  rigbt  given  to 
all  Europeans  of  purchasing  the  pro- 
duce of  tlie  country,  and  exporting  it 
without  impediment  on  tbe  payment 
ofrnn  ad  valorem  duty  i  notwithsumding 
which  it  is  constantly  evaded. 

On  landing,  the  stranger,  if  be 
escapes  the  rapacity  of  the  boetmen, 
who,  like  all  other  classes  at  Alex- 
andria, ere  never  satisfied,  however 
well  paid,  is  immediately  pressed  OQ 
all  sides  by  tbe  most  importunate 
of  human  beings,  in  the  shape  of 
donkey  drivers.  Their  active  litUe 
animals  may  be  called  tbe  cabs  of 
Egypt ;  and  each  driver,  with  vehe- 
ment vociferations  and  geaticulations» 
recommending  bis  own^  in   broken 


^ 


Effypt,        BOUTE  I. ALEXANDRIA — HOTELS — SERVANTS.       73 


English  or  bad  Italian,  strives  to  take 
possession  of  the  unfortunate  traveller, 
and  almost  forces  him  to  mount 
Having  quickly  selected  one,  in  order 
to  avoid  a  continuation  of  this,  to  a 
sufferer  disagreeable,  and  to  a  by- 
stander ridiculous,  scene,  away  he  is 
hurried  off  through  narrow  dirty 
streets,  leaving  his  servants  to  bring 
tb«  lugg^®  on  asses  or  camels. 

For  a  donkey  he  ought  to  pay  1 
piastre  to  the  Frank  quarter,  a  native 
or  a  resident  giving  about  half  that 
mm ;  and  although  5  would  not  con- 
tent these  people,  he  should  not,  for 
the  sake  of  saving  himself  trouble, 
have  the  folly  to  yield  to  their  impor- 
tunities. It  is  by  doing  this  that  the 
English  lately  travelling  in  Egypt 
have  entailed  so  much  trouble  on 
those  who  now  visit  the  country,  in- 
creasing not  only  the  expense,  but 
numerous  annoyances ;  and  the  hotel 
keepers  are  not  the  least  to  blame  for 
their  encouragement  of  such  imposi- 
tions, of  which  they  themselves  now 
begin  to  feel  the  bad  effects. 

For  a  camel  to  the  hotel  he  should 
not  give  more  than  5  piastres ; 
though,  if  there  are  numerous  pas* 
sengers,  and  many  camels  are  in  re- 
quisition, 1 0  must  sometimes  be  paid. 

If  he  does  not  dislike  going  on 
foot  (provided  it  is  dry  weather),  a 
walk  of  15  or  20  minutes  will  take 
him  to  the  hotel. 

The  streets  through  which  he  passes 
are  narrow  and  irregular,  the  houses 
appearing  as  if  thrown  together  by 
chance,  without  plan  or  order;  and 
few  have  even  that  Orientalcharacter 
which  is  so  interesting  at  Cairo.  Here 
and  there,  however,  tlie  lattice-work 
of  the  windows  and  a  few  Saracenic 
arches  give  the  streets  a  picturesque 
appearance ;  and  if  he  happens  to  take 
the  longer,  but  more  interesting,  road 
through  tlie  baaaars,  the  stranger  will 
be  struck  with  many  a  novel  and 
Eastern  scene.  But  he  had  better 
▼isit  them,  after  he  has  secured  and 
arranged  his  rooms  at  the  hotel. 

On  emerging  from  the  dingy  streets 


of  the  Turkish  quarter,  he  will  be 
surprised  by  their  contrast  with  the 
larger  and  cleaner  dwelHngs  of  the 
Europeans,  where  he  will  readily  dis- 
tinguish the  houses  of  tlie  consuls  by 
I  the  flag-staffs  rising  from  their  flat 
roofs.  In  the  western  harbour  he 
will  also  have  observed  some  build- 
ings, of  a  superior  style,  as  the  Pasha*8 
palace,  and  some  public  buildings, 
which  bear  the  stamp  of  Constanti- 
nople, or  of  Frank,  taste ;  and  even 
before  landing  he  will  have  perceived 
considerable  activity  in  the  port,  from 
which  he  may  form  some  idea  of  the 
improvements  that  have  there  taken 
place  under  the  rule  of  Mohammed  Ali. 
The  Frank  quarter  stands  at  the 
extremity  of  the  town,  farthest  from 
the  new  port ;  which  is  in  consequence 
of  the  European  vessels  having  for- 
merly been  confined  to  the  eastern 
harbour,  and  the  consuls  and  mer- 
chants liaving  built  their  houses  in 
that  direction.  It  has,  within  the 
last  seven  years,  greatly  increased  ia 
size  by  the  addition  of  the  large 
square  ;  in  the  centre  of  which  stands 
a  small  badly  proportioned  obelisk  of 
Oriental  alabaster,  presented  to  the 
town  by  Moliammed  Ali.  The  stone 
is  from  a  quarry  in  the  desert  opposite 
Beoisooef ;  but  it  is  of  very  inferior 
quality,  and  badly  selected,  having 
been  taken  from  parts  of  the  stratum 
not  sufficiently  compact  for  slabs  of 
large  dimensions.  In  this  square 
stand  the  principal  hotels  and  most  of 
the  consulates  ;  and  here  the  national 
guard  are  drilled  soon  after  sunrise 
every  Saturday  morning ;  the  regular 
troops,  if  any  in  garrison,  being  exer- 
cised every  morning,  except  Friday, 
near  the  Pasha's  palace  on  the  Ras- 
e*teen,  between  the  two  ports. 

2.    HOTXLS     AT      ALSXAKOaiX.    — 

The  principal  hotels  are  Rey's,  or 
L*H6tel  d'Europe ;  Coulomb*s,  or 
L'H6tel  de  I'Orient.  The  former, 
which  till  1842  belonged  to  Messrs. 
Hill,  is  the  one  mostly  frequented  by 
the  English.  The  charges  are  40 
piastres  a  day   board   and  lodging, 


74 


ROUTE    1. — ALEXANDRIA BOATS. 


Sect.  I. 


which  include  breakfast,  dinner,  tea, 
and  a  bedroom.  A  sitting-room  is 
charged  extra,  as  well  as  wines,  beer, 
wax  candles,  coffee,  &c.  The  cuisine 
is  good,  and  the  landlord  and  atten- 
dants civil. 

The  prices  at  the  other  hotel  are  the 
same.  At  Coulomb's  you  meet  with 
much  civility  ;  and  his  rooms  at  the 
Orient  are  by  no  means  bad. 

It  is  less  easy  to  find  good  rooms, 
or  houses  *Uo  be  let,*'  at  Alexandria 
than  at  Cairo;  and  they  are  much 
dearer. 

3.  Servants.  —  Native  and  other 
servants  may  be  engaged  at  Alex- 
andria, or  Cairo,  for  the  voyage  to 
Upper  Egypt,  or  for  a  residence  at 
those  places,  at  the  following  rate  :  — 

Turkish  Caw&ss,or  Kaw^s  (Chow- 
ish),  improperly  called  Janissary,  ] 
dollar  a  day  or  30  dollars  a  month  ; 
Italian,  French,  German,  or  Greek 
servant,  20  to  SO  ;  Maltese,  12  to  20. 
Native  servant  speaking  Italian,  or 
other  European  languages,  13  to  20  ; 
Native  man  cook,  5 ;  Cook  and  ser- 
vant  of  all  work,  6  ;  Native  servant 
speaking  very  little  Italian,  3  to  8 ; 
Native  servant  speaking  only  Arabic, 
from  55  to  60  piastres.  (These  are 
all  fed  by  their  master.)  Sets  (Sjris) 
or  groom,  65  piastres,  and  keeping 
himself. 

Turks  and  natives  resident  at  Alex- 
andria or  Cairo  pay  much  less,  and 
at  the  latter  place  they  seldom  give 
their  servants  more  than  from  10,  or 
even  less,  to  20  piastres.  But  they 
are  very  badly  dressed,  and  have  often 
a  miserable  appearance,  unless  clothed 
by  their  masters.  (See  Servants  at 
Cairo,  sect.  2.  c.) 

4.  Boats Boats  are  engaged  at 

Alexandria  for  the  voyage  to  Cairo, 
at  from  225  to  275  piastres;  with 
a  small  fee  to  the  captain,  if  he  be- 
haves well.  When  taken  to  Atfeh 
only  the  price  is  about  100  piastres. 
Those  who  prefer  the  steamer,  may 
take  a  place  from  Alexandria  to  Cairo 
for  S/.  lOs. ;  but  it  only  goes  occasion- 
ally.    The  voyage  by  a  steamer  oc- 


cupies 32  or  3 S  hours  from  Alexandria 
to  Cairo,  and  about  20  in  returning ; 
in  a  sailing  boat  about  3)  to  4|  days, 
and  3  in  returning.  (See  Route  VI. ; 
and  for  boats  hired  at  Cairo  for  Upper 

5.  Things  to  bb  purcuaskd  at 
Alexandria  for  thb  jodrnet  to 
Cairo.  -—  I  have  already  mentioned 
the  things  requisite  for  a  journey  in 
Egypt.  I  shall  now  point  out  those 
which  are  most  necessary  in  the  route 
from  Alexandria  to  Cairo,  supposing 
the  traveller  to  be  already  provided 
with  tlie  others  marked  "  £.**  and 
"  A.*'  in  the  list  of  p.  3.  They  are 
for  one  person,  and  the  quantity  may 
be  increased  according  to  the  number 
or  wants  of  a  party. 


PiMt. 

Par. 

Potatoes,  1  oka     - 

. 

1 

20 

Rice,  1  oka 

- 

2 

20 

Maccaroni,  1  oka  - 

. 

3 

20 

1  cheese    - 

. 

10 

0 

Sugar,  1  loaf 

• 

19 

20 

Coffee  (6o»«),  1  rotl 

- 

4 

20 

Bread 

. 

6 

0 

Salt 

- 

2 

20 

Pepper 

. 

1 

0 

2  GooUd  or  water  bottles   - 

3 

O 

Meat,  2  reds  or  lbs. 

m 

8 

O 

Charcoal,  1  mat    - 

- 

22 

20 

Kumr-e^deen.  (apricots) 

«■ 

9 

20 

Common  soap,  \  oka 

- 

S 

lO 

Butter,  1  oka 

. 

5 

O 

4  fowls  at  3  or  3^  (1  piastre 

on  the  road) 

- 

14 

O 

Caf<u9  or  coop 

* 

1 

SO 

Food  for  fowls 

. 

0 

20 

2  mats  for  cabins   - 

> 

8 

O 

Oil,  1  flask 

. 

7 

O 

1    basket,    and    wood 

for 

lighting  fire 

- 

2 

O 

Candles,  |  oka  (spermaceti) 

12 

O 

2  baskets  for  things 

- 

2 

20 

String 

- 

1 

O 

Nails 

- 

1 

20 

It  may  not  be  altogether  useless 
to  the  traveller  to  know  the  prices  of 
some  of  the  thingt  mentioned  in  the 
list  of  p.  S.»  which  he  may  probably 
purchase  at  Alexandria. 


Egypt 


BOUTE    1. — ALEXANDRIA  —  HISTOHT. 


75 


A  blanket  called  buttaneeh 
Mouthpiece  of  pipe 
Cherry  stick  pipe,  4  feet 

to  5  long         -  9  to 

S  pipe  bowls 
Wire  for  pipe     - 
1  carpet  (setfodee) 
3  copper  boilers  (AoZZeA,  pL 

hdUt), 
1  towOf  or  saucepan,  with 

cover  (copper) 
1  small  coffee-pot  (copper) 
Turning  copper  • 
1  tin^^uKOM,  or  lanthorn 

with  cloth  sides 
1  small/aiuios,  or  lanthorn 

with  glass 

1  tin  pot  for  water 

2  tin  cases  for  coffee  and 
sugar 

2  small  tin  cases  for  salt 

and  pepper 
I  tin  coff^pot  - 
1  tin  kettle 
1  rope  for  flag,  &c. 

1  pulley  for  flag,  &c. 
Flag  (small  jack  ) 

2  fire-places,  Mungud    - 
White  bason 
Turkish  cofftee-cups  and 

their  stands,  each 
2    wooden     spoons    for 

kitchen 
5  oftos  spermaceti  candles 

for  the  yoyage  in  Upper 

Egypt  -  -     120         0 

Tea,  the  oka  (green)       -       80         0 
Tea,  the  oka  (black)       -       40         0 
Wooden  bowl  for  wash- 
ing linen,  called  kuBMa 

mu^hrebee 
Tongs  and  kitchen  knife 
Potatoes,     20     okas    for 

the  journey  to  Upper 

Egypt 
Basket  for  the  journey  to 

Upper  Egypt- 
8  oHuzM  of  maccaroni  for 

journey 
Cloth    for  curtains,   the 

drah  or  cubit 
Tobacco  (the  oka) 


Piart. 

Par. 

135 

0 

140 

0 

30 

0 

1 

5 

2 

0 

150  to  400 

105toll9 

SO 

0 

6 

0 

8 

0 

n 

0 

5 

0 

12 

0 

12 

0 

12 

0 

2 

5 

6 

0 

5 

0 

2 

20 

40  to  50 

6 

0 

6 

0 

20 


10 


25 
2 


0 
0 


20  to  30 

1       20 

28         0 

1        10 
14  to  18 


Piatt. 

Far. 

3 

0 

1 

20 

4 

0 

4>  add  the 

at    Alex« 

Piart. 

Par. 

4 

0 

0 

25 

0 

10 

2 

0 

8 

0 

6 

O 

12 

0 

Flour  (if  thought  neces- 
sary), the  oAa- 

Fan  for  fire  in  lieu  of 
bellows 

Fly  flap,  manasheh 

It  may  also  be  as  well 
prices  of  the  following 
andria :  ~- 

Beef  and  mutton,  the  oka 

Charcoal 

Wood    . 

Rice      -  -  - 

Butter  ... 

Oil        - 

Fine  oil 

6.  HisTOKT  OF  Alexandria. — 
Alexandria  was  founded  on  the  site 
of  a  small  town  called  Racotis,  or 
Rhac6tis,  by  the  great  -  conqueror 
after  whom  it  received  its  name. 

Its  commodious  harbour  and  other 
local  recommendations  rendered  it  a 
convenient  spot  for  the  site  of  a  com- 
mercial city,  and  its  advantageous 
position  could  not  fail  to  strike  the 
penetrating  mind  of  the  son  of  Philip. 
It  promised  to  unite  Europe,  Arabia, 
and  India  ;  to  be  a  successful  rival  of 
Tyre  ;  and  to  become  the  future  em- 
porium of  the  world. 

In  the  time  of  the  Pharaonic  kings 
the  trade  of  Egypt  was  confined  to  the 
countries  bordering  on  the  Arabian 
Gulf;  and  if,  as  is  possible,  India 
may  be  included  among  the  number 
of  those  with  which  the  Egyptians 
traded,  (either  directly  by  water,  or 
tlirough  Arabia,)  the  communication 
was  maintained  by  means  of  that  sea, 
or  by  land  over  the  Isthmus  of  Sues. 
Indeed,  I  believe  that  iEnnum  (or, 
as  it  was  afterwards  called,  Fhilotera), 
and  the  predecessor  of  Arsinoe,  were 
the  only  two  ports  on  the  Red  Sea 
during  the  rule  of  the  early  Pharaohs; 
the  small  harbours  (the  portus  mvHi 
of  Pliny)  being  then,  as  afterwards, 
merely  places  of  refuge  for  vessels  in 
stress  of  weather,  or  at  night  during  a 
coasting  voyage;  and  no  towns  yet 
existed  on  the  sites  of  those  known  in 

b2 


76 


ROUTE    1. — ALEXA}0>BIA — HISTORT. 


Sect.  L 


later  times  as  Berenice,  Nechesia,  and 
Leucos  Portus. 

The  commercial  intercourse  with 
the  N.  of  Arabia,  Syria,  and  the  parts 
of  Asia  to  the  N.  and  N.  £.  of  Egypt, 
was  established  by  means  of  caravans, 
which  entered  Egypt  by  the  Isthmus 
of  Suez ;  and  it  was  with  one  of  these, 
on  its  way  from  Syria,  that  the  Ish- 
maelites  travelled,  who  brought  Joseph 
iato  Egypt.  They  had  come  **  from 
Gilead,  with  their  camels  liearing 
spicery,  and  balm,  and  myrrh,  going 
to  carry  it  down  to  Egypt  ;*'  and 
this  was  the  same  line  of  route  taken 
by  the  Egyptian  armies  on  their  march 
into  Asia. 

The  Mediterranean  was  not  used 
by  the  Pharaohs  for  maritime  pur- 
poses connected  either  with  war  or 
commerce,  until  the  enterprise  or  the 
hostility  of  strangers  began  to  suggest 
its  importance.  But  such  was  the 
jealousy  of  the  Egyptians,  that  foreign 
merchants  were  forbidden  to  enter  any 
other  than  the  Canopic,  of  all  the 
seven  branches  of  Uie  Nile ;  and 
Naucratis  was  to  them  what  the  fac- 
*  tories  of  a  Chinese  port  have  so  long 
been  to  European  traders.  It  was 
not  until  the  reign  of  A  pries  that 
ships  of  war  were  fitted  out  upon  the 
Mediterranean,  though  so  long  used 
on  the  Red  Sea.  Under  that  Pha- 
raoh an  expedition  was  sent  against 
Cyprus ;  and  even  the  Tyrians  were 
defeated  in  a  naval  combat  by  an 
Egyptian  fleeL 

But  when  the  advantages  of  a  more 
extended  commercial  intercourse  with 
Europe,  and  the  possibility  of  divert- 
ing the  course  of  the  lucrative  trade 
with  India  and  Arabia  from  Syria  to 
Egypt,  were  contemplated,  the  neces- 
dty  of  a  port  on  the  Mediterranean 
became  evident ;  and  the  advantages 
offered  by  the  position  of  Rbacdtis 
with  its  Isle  of  Pharos  pointed  it  out 
as  a  proper  place  for  establishing  the 
projected  emporium  of  the  East. 

Tradition  had  fixed  on  this  spot  as 
the  abode  of  the  fabulous  Proteus, 
called  by  Virgil  and  others  a  sea  god 


and  prophet,  by  Herodotus  and  Dio- 
dorus  a  king  of  Egypt ;  whose  pre- 
tended appearance  under  various  forms 
is  gravely  attributed  by  Lucian  to  his 
postures  in  the  dance,  and  by  Dio- 
dorus  to  his  knowledge  of  astrology, 
or  to  the  supposed  custom  of  the 
king's  assuming  various  dresses  to 
impose  on  the  credulity  of  the  people. 
Though,  after  all  these  statements, 
there  seems  to  be  only  one  doubt, 
which  is  the  greatest  fable,  the  fable 
or  the  explanation. 

Afler  his  conquest  of  Syria,  Alex* 
ander  had  advanced  into  Egypt,  and, 
by  the  taking  of  Memphis,  had  se- 
cured to  himself  the  possession  of  the 
whole  country.  While  at  Memphis 
he  conceived  the  idea  of  visiting  the 
temple  of  Jupiter  Ammon  in  the  Afri- 
can desert;  and  with  this  view  he 
descended  the  river  to  the  sea.  He 
then  followed  the  coast  westward 
from  Canopus,  until  his  attention 
being  struck  with  a  spot  opposite  the 
Isle  of  Pharos,  he  stopped  to  examine 
its  position,  and  the  advantages  it 
offered  as  a  naval  station.  It  had 
been  occasionally  used  as  a  refuge  for 
ships  at  a  very  remote  period,  and 
Homer  had  mentioned  it  as  a  water- 
ing place  at  the  time  of  the  Trojan 


war. 


According  to  Strabo,  the  ancient 
Egyptian  kings,  seeing  that  it  was  a 
spot  frequented  by  foreigners,  and 
particularly  by  Greeks,  and  being 
averse  to  the  admission  of  strangers, 
stationed  a  garrison  there,  and  as- 
signed to  them  as  a  permanent  abode 
the  village  of  Rbacotis,  which  was 
afterwards  part  of  Alexandria. 

**  The  island  of  Pharos,*'  says  the 
Geographer,  **  is  of  oblong  form, 
standing  near  the  shore,  and  forming 
by  its  position  an  admirable  port. 
The  coast  here  curves  into  a  large 
bay,  with  two  promontories  jutting 
out  into  the  sea,  on  its  eastern  and 
western  extremities;  between  which 
is  the  island,  furnishing  a  barrier  in 
the  middle  of  the  liay." 

This  island  was    afterwards    con- 


Egypt 


ROUTE    1 .  —  ALEXANDRIA  — ^  HISTORY. 


77 


nected  with  the  main  land  by  a  dyke^ 
and  on  a  rock  close  to  its  extremity 
^na  built  the  famous  tower  of  Pharos. 
But  the  description  given  of  it  by 
Homer,  and  the  error  respecting  its 
supposed  distance  from  the  shore  I 
shall  have  occasion  to  mention  pre- 
sently. 

Alexander,  on  arriving  there,  see- 
ing how  eligible  a  spot  this  natural 
haibour  offered  for  building  a  city, 
lost  no  time  in  making  arrangements 
for  its  commencement.  The  plan 
was  drawn  out,  and  Dinocrates,  the 
architect,  was  commissioned  to  build 
the  new  city,  which,  from  its  founder, 
received  the  name  of  Alexandria. 

"  The  future  prosperity  of  this 
city,"  continues  the  Geographer,  **  is 
reported  to  have  been  foreshown  by  a 
remarkable  sign,  manifested  during 
the  operation  of  fixing  its  plan.  For, 
whilst  the  architect  was  marking  out 
the  lines  upon  the  ground,  the  chalk 
he  used  happened  to  be  exhausted, 
upon  which  the  king,  who  was  pre- 
_sent  at  the  time,  ordered  the  flour 
destined  for  the  workmen's  food  to  be 
employed  in  its  stead,  thereby  en- 
abling him  to  complete  the  outline  of 
many  of  the  streets.  This  occurrence 
was  deemed  a  good  omen ;  **  and  pre- 
vious to  prosecuting  his  journey  to  tb& 
Oasis  he  had  the  satisfaction  of  wit- 
nessing the  commencement  of  this 
flourishing  city,  a.  c.  323.  Strabo 
then  enumerates  the  advantages  of  its 
site,  and  describes  the  position  of  some 
of  its  public  buildings.  "It  pos- 
sesses," he  says,  <*  advantages  of  more 
than  one  kind.  Two  seas  wa!»h  it  on 
both  sides,  one  on  tlie  north,  deno- 
minated  the  Egyptian,  the  oUier  on 
the  south,  which  is  the  Lake  Marea, 
called  also  Mareotis.  The  latter  is 
fed  by  several  canals  from  the  Nile, 
as  well  from  above  as  from  the  sides ; 
and  by  it  many  more  things  are  brought 
to  Alexandria  than  by  the  sea,  so  that 
the  port  on  the  lake  side  is  richer 
than  that  on  the  coast.  By  ttiis,  also, 
more  is  exp<)rted  from  Alexandria 
than  imported  into  it,  which  any  one 


who  has  been  at  Alexandria  and 
Dicaearchia  must  have  perceived,  in 
looking  at  the  merchant  ships  trading 
to  and  fro,  and  comparing  the  cargoes 
that  enter  and  leave  those  two  ports. 
Besides  the  wealth  that  pours  in  on 
either  side,  both  by  the  seaport  and 
the  lake,  the  salubrity  of  the  air  should 
also  be  noticed,  which  is  caused  by  the 
peninsular  situation  of  the  place,  and 
by  the  opportune  rising  of  the  Nile. 
Other  cities  situated  on  lakes  have  a 
heavy  and  suflbcating  atmosphere 
during  the  summer  heats,  and,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  evaporation  caused  by 
the  sun,  the  banks  of  those  lakes  be- 
coming marshy,  a  noxious  exhalation 
is  generated,  which  produces  pestilen- 
tial fevers ;  but  at  Alexandria  the  in- 
undation of  the  Nile  fills  the  lake  in 
the  summer  season,  and  by  preventing 
its  becoming  marshy,  effectually  checks 
any  unwholesome  vapours.  At  that 
time,  aIso»  the  Etesian  winds,  blowing 
from  the  northward  and  passing  over 
so  much  sea,  secure  to  the  Alexan- 
drians a  roost  delightful  summer. 

**  The  site  of  the  city  has  the  form 
of  a  (Macedonian)  mantle,  whose  two 
longest  sides  are  bathed  by  water  to 
the  extent  of  nearly  SO  stadia,  and  its 
breadth  is  7  or  8  stadia,  with  the  sea 
on  one  side  and  the  lake  on  the  other. 
The  whole  is  intersected  with  spacious 
streets,  through  which  horses  and  cha- 
riots pass  freely  ;  but  two  are  oP 
greater  breadth  tlian  the  rest,  being 
upwards  of  aplethrvm  wide,  and  these 
intersect  each  other  at  right  angles. 
Its  temples,  grand  public  buildings, 
and  palaces  occupy  a  fourth  or  a  third 
of  the  whole  extent :  for  every  suc- 
cessive king,  aspiring  to  the  honour  of 
embellishing  these  consecrated  monu- 
ments, added  something  of  his  own 
to  wluit  already  existed.  All  these 
parts  are  not  only  connected  with 
each  other,  but  with  the  port  and  the 
buildings  that  stand  outside  of  it. 

"  Pan  of  the  palace  is  called  the 
museum.  It  has  corridors,  a  court, 
and  a  very  large  mansion,  in  which  is 
the  banqueting  room  of  those  learned 

X  3 


78 


ROUTE    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  HISTORY. 


Sect.  L 


men  who  belong  to  it.  ThU  society 
has  a  public  treasury,  and  is  superin- 
tended by  a  president,  one  of  the 
priesthood,  whose  office,  having  been 
established  by  the  Ptolemies,  con- 
tinues under  Caesar. 

"  Another  portion  of  the  palace  is 
called  Soma  {*  the  body'),  which  con- 
tains within  its  circuit  the  tombs  of 
the  kings,  and  of  Alexander.  For 
Ptolemy,  the  son  of  Lagus,  took  the 
body  of  Alexander  from  Perdiccas, 
while  on  its  removal  from  Babylon  ; 
and  having  carried  it  to  Egypt,  buried 
it  at  Alexandria,  where  it  still  re- 
mains. But  it  is  no  longer  in  the 
same  coffin  ;  for  the  present  one  is  of 
glass,  and  the  original,  which  was  of 
gold,  was  stolen  by  Ptolemy  surnamed 
Cocces  (KoKKiys)  and  Parisactus 
(UapeuraKTOf^t  though  his  immediate 
fall  prevented  his  bene6ting  by  the 
robbery. 

*'  On  the  right  as  you  sail  into  the 
great  harbour  are  the  island  and  tower 
of  Pharos ;  on  the  Icfl,  rocks,  and  the 
promontory  of  Lochias,  where  the 
palace  stands ;  and,  as  you  advance  on 
the  leA,  contiguous  to  the  buildings 
at  the  Lochias,  are  the  inner  palaces, 
which  have  various  compartments  and 
groves.  Below  them  is  a  secret  and 
closed  port,  belonging  exclusively  to 
the  kings,  and  the  Isle  of  Antirhodus, 
which  lies  before  the  artificial  port, 
with  a  palace,  and  a  small  harbour. 
It  has  received  this  name  as  if  it  were 
a  rival  of  Rhodes.  Above  this  is  the 
theatre,  then  the  Posidium,  a  certain 
cove  lying  off  what  is  called  the  Em- 
porium, with  a  temple  of  Neptune. 
Antony,  having  made  a  mole  in  this 
part  projecting  still  further  into  the 
port,  erected  at  its  extremity  a  palace, 
which  he  named  Timonium.  This 
he  did  at  the  end  of  his  career  ;  when 
he  had  been  deserted  by  his  friends, 
aflter  his  misfortunes  at  Actium,  and 
bad  retired  to  Alexandria,  intending 
to  lead  a  secluded  life  there,  and  imi- 
tate the  example  of  Timon.  Beyond 
are  the  Ca&sarium  and  emporium  (mar. 
ket),  the  recesses,  and  the  docks,  ex* 


tending  to  the  Heptastadium.     All 
these  are  in  the  great  harbour. 

*<  On  the  other  side  of  the  Heptasta. 
dium  is  the  port  of  Eunostus;  and 
above  tliis  is  an  artificial  or  excavated 
one,  called  Kibotus  (tlie  basin),  which 
has  also  docks.  A  navigable  canal 
runs  into  it  from  the  lake  Mareotis, 
and  a  small  portion  of  the  town  ex- 
tends beyond  (to  the  W.  of)  this  cs- 
n  al.  Farther  on  are  the  Necropolis  and 
the  suburbs,  where  fiiere  are  many 
gardens  and  tombs,  with  apartmentii 
set  apart  for  embalming  the  dead. 
Within  (to  the  E.  of)  the  canal  are 
the  Sarapium,  and  other  ancient  fanes, 
deserted  since  the  erecdon  of  the  tern* 
pies  at  Nicopolis,  where  also  the  am- 
phitheatre and  stadium  are  situ- 
ated, and  where  the  quinquennial 
games  are  celebrated ;  the  old  esta- 
blishments being  now  in  little  repute. 
The  city,  indeed,  to  speak  briefly,  is 
filled  with  ornamental  buildings  and 
temples,  the  most  beautiful  of  which 
is  the  Gymnasium,  wilii  porticoes  in 
the  interior,  measuring  upwards  of  a 
stadc.  Tliere,  too,  are  the  courts  of 
law,  and  the  groves ;  and  in  this  di- 
rection stands  the  Panium,  an  arti- 
ficial height  of  a  conical  form,  like  m 
stone  tumulus,  with  a  spiral  ascent. 
From  its  summit  the  whole  city  may 
lie  seen,  stretching  on  all  sides  below. 

**  From  the  Necropolis  a  street  ex- 
tends the  whole  way  to  the  Canopic 
gate,  passing  by  the  Gymnasium.  Be- 
yond are  the  Hippodrome  and  other 
buildings,  reaching  to  the  Canopic 
canal.  After  going  out  (of  the  city  )  by 
th&  Hippodrome,  you  come  to  Nico- 
polis, built  by  the  sea-side,  not  less  than 
three  stades  distant  from  Alexandria. 
Augustus  Ccesar  ornamented  this 
place,  in  consequence  of  his  havin^^ 
there  defeated  the  partisans  of  Antony, 
and  captured  the  city  in  his  adva&ca 
from  that  spot.'* 

Pliny,  in  speaking  of  the  founda- 
tion of  Alexandria,  says,  it  was"  built 
by  Alexander  the  Great  on  the  Afri- 
oin  coast,  12  miles  from  the  Canopic 
mouth  of  the  Nile,  on '  the   Mareottc 


Egypt.  BOtTTE   1. ALEXAlfDRlA — 

lake,  which  wai  romwrlj  called  An- 
pota;  tlul  Dinochiim,  ui  archilrc 
at  gml  celebrity,  Isid  down  the  plir 
nwmbling  the  ihape  oft  Macedoniai 


cuUr 


irderfull   a 


pUiti.  and  projecting 
tfw  right  and  left ;  the  GRh  part  of  iu 
lite  being  even  then  dedicated  to  (he 
paboc."  Thii  artliiiect  ia  better 
kiwvn  bf  the  name  of  IMaocratei; 
and  ii  the  ume  wIk>  rebuilt  the  fa- 
mou*  tempit  of  Epheiua,  after  iU  de- 
alniction  bj  Eratmtntui,  and  who 
bad  preTiouiljr  proposed  to  Altxapdcr 
to  cut  Mount  Athos  iota  a  iiaiue  of 
the  king  holding  in  one  hand  a  ciijr 
of  10,000  inhabitanta,  and  from  the 
other  pouring  a  copioui  riTer  ' 


Ma.      But  the  i 


i.tery 


Hated  b3r  the  people  of 
the  place,  who  pretended  in  com- 
mencement ID  haie  b«n  owing  to  "a 
Tiiion,  wherein  a  greybeadpd  old  man 
of  renenible  aspect  appeared  to  ttand 
before  the  king  in  his  deep,  and  to 
prononoce  these  words :  — > 


,  of  the  apot  oppwiil 
{  a   necic   of  land  ol 


For   want    of  chalk,    the    toil    beinf 
black,  tlie;  made  use   of  flour,   with 

micircular  ha;  that  fuimi  the  port. 
Thi*  waa  again  marked  out  with 
itraight  lines,  and  the  form  of  the  citf 
rewinbled  that  ofa  Macedonian  cloak. 
While  AlEiander  wai  pleasing  him- 
•eir  with  tliii  prriject,  an  inlinite  num- 
ber of  birds  of  several  kinds,  rising 
suddenly  like  a  black  cloud  out  of 
the  river  a 
the  flour  th 


ncouraged  him  to  proceed,  by  ob- 
eriing  that  it  wai  a  sign  the  city  he 
ra*  about  to  build  would  enjoy  such 
bundance  of  all  thing.,  that  it  would 
oniributetolhenourisbmeniofinany 
lations.  He  Uwrefore  commanded 
he  workmen  to  go  on,  while  he  went 
0  visit  the   temple  of  Jupiter  Am- 


lo  the  DriU  durinf  th 


ROCTE    1. -:- ALEXANDRIA 


\ 


Plin  Df  Alcund[i*,pTlncl[ull;rraiiit)i>iunc}of  C 
HrptulHlluiB,  01  ijii  «nDtctlii(thclilud  of  Flui 


Cupt  W,  H.  SoiTlh,  R.  N— A  A 


Egypt. 


BOUTE    1.  —  ALEXAKDBI A  —  DESCBIFTIOK. 


81 


tofVD.  e  e.  The  Fmtk  qiuiter.  B,  Port  Cafbrelll. — perhaps  the  rite  of  the  tower  of  the 
Hrptaitaaium — with  the  corretponding  one  at  the  other  rad.  C,  Old  gate  of  the  Saracenic 
wallt,  mnoTcd  in  18^  D,  Saracenic  tower,  where  the  wall  turned  ofT  along  the  tith  of  the 
dockt.  E,  Rains,  probablV  of  the  Temple  of  Aninoc.  F,  Moak  of  St.  Athananlua.  O, 
Ancient  columns.  H  H  H.  Modem  Tillaa.  I,  Catholic  conrent.  J  to  K,  Ruing,  pro! 
bably  of  the  Ccsarium,  before  which  the  obelisks  stood.  L,  Greek  convent  If ,  Large 
ruins.  From  N  to  V  was  probably  the  quarter  of  Bruchion.  N,  Fort  Cretin,  or  Fmt 
Nujoleoo.  O,  Columna  and  ruins.  P,  The  RosetU  Gate.  Q,  The  ancient  wall  of  Alex- 
andria, over  which  the  Rosetta  road  puses,  and  near  which  stood  the  Canopic  Gate.  The 
Hippodrome  is  thought  to  be  traced  280u  metres  (nearly  1|  mile),  to  the  east  of  the  Rosetta 
Gate,  and  about  250  from  the  sea.  At  U,  are  the  statues  discovered  by  Mr.  Harris.  R,  Ruins  • 
the  Emporium  (martlet)  probably  stood  near  this,  as  well  as  the  Museum  and  Library  of  the 
Bruchion.  S^  The  site  of  the  theatre.  T,  Site  of  the  inner  palaces  ?  V,  Site  of  the  palace  ? 
W,  Pompey^s  Pillar,  erected  in  honour  of  Diocletian.  X,  Circus,  or  Stadium.  Y,  Site  of 
the  Gymnasium  ?  Or  at  O  ?  Z,  Site  of  the  Sarapeum  ?  aa^  Modern  canal  for  irrigation 
The  walk  enclose  what  was  the  Arab  city.  At  I  is  the  supposed  tomb  of  Alexander' 
according  to  Arab  tradition.    Of  the  Psnium,  seep.  90. 


7.    Plan   or   Alxxakdkia,    and 

SITK   AMD   VESCftlRIOK  OP  THS  BUXLD- 

ixGs.  —  Little  can  be  added  to  the 
description  given  by  Strabo  of  the 
monuments  of  Aleiandria ;  but  as  it 
is  interesting  to  endeavour  to  trace 
their  probable  position  from  the  re- 
mains and  mounds  that  still  exiit,  or 
from  other  evidence,  I  shall  mention 
each  singly,  and  introduce  vrhatever 
additional  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  other  writers. 

The  most  remarkable  objects  at 
Alexandria  were  the  Plaroe  and  the 
libraries.  The  former,  which  was  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world, 
was  the  well-known  tower  or  light- 
hoase,  whose  name  continues  to  be 
applied  to  similar  structures  to  the 
present  day.  It  was  a  square  build- 
ing of  white  marble,  and  is  said  to 
have  cost  800 'talents,  which,  if  in 
Attic  money,  is  about  155,0002.  8ter« 
ling,  or  double  that  sum,  if  computed 
by  the  talent  of  Alexandria.  It  was 
built  by  order  of  Ptolemy  Phila- 
delphus,  whose  magnanimity  in  al- 
lowing  the  name  of  the  architect  to 
be  inscribed  upon  so  great  a  work, 
instead  of  his  own,  is  highly  com- 
mended by  Pliny.  The  inscription 
ran  in  these  words :  *<  Sostratus  of 
Cnidos,  the  son  of  Dexiphanes,  to  the 
Saviour  Gods,  for  those  who  travel  by 
sea.**  But,  besides  the  improbability 
of  the  king  allowing  an  architect  to 
enjoy  the  sole  merit  of  so  great  a 
work,  we  have  the  authority  of  Lucian 


for  believing  that  the  name  of  Ptolemy 
was  affixed  to  the  Pharos,  instead  of 
that  of  Sostratus,  the  original  inscrip- 
tion  having  been:  *<  King  Ptolemy, 
to  the  Saviour  Gods,  for  the  use  of 
those  who  travel  by  sea.'*  Sostratus, 
however,  to  secure  the  glory  to  him- 
self in  future  ages,  carved  the  former 
inscription  on  the  stone,  and  that  of 
Ptolemy  on  stucco,  which  he  placed 
orer  it ;  so  that  in  process  of  time 
when  the  stucco  fell,  the  only  record 
was  that  of  the  deceitful  architect. 

The  Pharos  itself  stood  on  a  rock 
close  to  the  north-east  extremity  of 
the  island  of  the  same  name,  with 
which  it  communicated  by  means  of 
a  wall,  and  the  island  was  also  joined 
to  the  shore  by  a  lafge  causeway, 
called  from  its  length  of  seven  stades, 
the  Hfpiastadium.  It  was  already 
constructed,  as  Josephus  shows,  in 
the  reign  of  the  same  Ptolemy,  which 
therefore  implies  that  it  was  the  work 
either  of  Philadelphus  himself,  or  bis 
father  Sot«r,  and  not  of  Cleopatra,  as 
Ammianus  Marceilinus  supposes ; 
who  even  attributes  to  the  same 
princess  the  erection  of  the  Pharos 
itself.  These  erroneous  notions  of 
the  historian  may  probably  have  ori . 
ginated  in  the  tradition  of  novae  re- 
pairs made  by  Cleopatra,  after  the 
Alexandrian  war.  The  causeway 
was  similar  to  that  of  Tyre ;  and 
though  by  connecting  the  island  with 
the  shore,  it  formed  a  separation  be- 
tween the  two  ports,  it  did  not  cut 

s5 


82 


ROUTE    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA — DESCRIPTION.         Scct.   I. 


off  all  communication  from  one  to  the 
othcFp  two  bridges  being  left  for  this 
purpose,  beneath  which  boats  and 
small  vessels  might  freely  pass.  As 
the  Heptastadium  served  for  an  aque- 
duct as  well  as  a  road  to  the  Pha- 
ros, it  is  probable  that  the  openings 
were  arched ;  and  the  mention  of 
these  passages  satisfactorily  accounts 
for  the  difference  of  name  applied 
to  tlie  causeway  by  ancient  writers ; 
some,  as  Strabo,  calling  it  a  mole, 
and  others  a  bridge,  connecting  the 
Pharos  with  the  town. 

Strabo,  in  describing  the  position 
of  the  island  and  causeway,  says, 
"from  the  Canopic  mouth  to  Pharos 
is  150  stadia.  Pharos  is  an  island  of 
oblong  shape,  close  to  the  shore,  with 
which  it  makes  a  double  port;  fur 
the  shore  here  curves  into  a  bay, 
with  two  projecting  headlands,  be- 
tween which  is  the  island,  stretching 
in  a  parallel  direction  with  the  shore 
and  closing  the  bay.  Of  the  two 
eitreme  points  of  the  island  the 
easternmost  is  nearest  to  the  land, 
and  to  the  promontory  on  that  side. 
The  latter  is  called  Acrolochias, 
and  forms  a  port  with  a  contracted 
entrance.  Besides  the  narrowness  of 
its  mouth,  several  rocks  impede  the 
free  passage  into  this  port,  some 
below,  others  above  water,  which, 
obstructing  the  waves  as  they  roll  in 
from  the  sea,  cause  a  dangerous  surf. 
At  tlie  extremity  of  the  island  is  an 
isolated  rock,  with  a  tower  of  white 
stone  several  stories  high,  and  wonder- 
fully constructed,   having  the  same 

name  as  the  island.  ** 

"  The  lowness  of  the  coast,  the  absence 
of  all  other  harbours  on  either  side, 
and  its  numerous  reefs  and  shoals, 
pointed  out  the  necessity  of  it,  as  a 
signal  to  enable  sailors  to  enter  the  port. 
The  western  one,  it  is  true,  is  not  of 
easy  access,  but  it  does  not  require 
tlie  same  caution.  It  is  called  the 
Port  of  Eunostus,  and  lies  before  the 
artificial  and  closed  port.  That  whose 
entrance  is  from  the  Pharos  tower  is 
called  the  great  harbour. 


^*  The  two  ports  are  contiguous  to 
each  other  in  the  bay,  and  separated 
by  the  dyke  called  the  Heptastadium, 
which  extends  from  the  land  to  the 
western  part  of  the  island,  leaving 
only  two  navigable  passages  into  the 
Port  of  Eunostus,  covered  by  s 
bridge.  Indeed  it  was  intended,  not 
only  as  a  mode  of  communication 
with  the  island,  but  also  as  an  aque- 
duct when  that  spot  was  inhabited; 
For  at  the  time  of  the  war  with  the 
kings  of  Egypt,  Caesar  desolated  it ; 
and  since  that,  a  few  mariners  alone 
have  lived  near  the  tower.  The  great 
harbour  is  not  only  well  protected  by 
the  dyke,  and  its  natural  position,  but 
is  so  deep  that  the  largest  vessels  may 
lie  close  to  the  steps,  and  it  is  divided 
into  several  parts.** 

After  the  description  of  the  Pharos 
given  by  ancient  writers,  it  is  singular 
tliat  so  great  a  mistake  should  have 
been  made  respecting  the  position  of 
that  island,  and  its  distance  from 
the  shore.  This  was  owing  to  the 
misinterpretation  of  the  "AryuvTOv 
wpoxapot$€,'*  of  Homer,  and  it  has  con- 
tinned  to  be  repeated  even  to  the 
present  day.  Having  already  bad 
occasion  to  mention  and  explain  it, 
I  shall  introduce  what  I  before  ob- 
served on  the  subject,  to  show  tbA 
the  following  expression  of  tlie  poet, 
**  the  distance  of  the  isle  of  Pharos 
from  Aiytnrros  was  as  much  as  a 
vessel  with  a  fair  wind  could  perform 
in  one  day,**  refers  to  the  river,  and 
not  to  the  coast  of  Egypt,  For,  a 
very  imperfect  acquaintance  with  the 
situation  of  that  island,  and  the  nature 
of  the  ground,  on  which  Alexandria 
is  built,  ought  to  have  prevented  so 
erroneous  a  conclusion  :  and  if  we 
readily  account  for  the  misconstruc- 
tion of  the  hiyvmrov  xpompoiBtf  of  the 
poet,  we  are  surprised  at  the  notion 
which  extends  the  river  and  its  alluvial 
deposit  over  the  spot  occupied  by  that 
city,  which  was  at  no  period  within 
reach  of  the 'rising  Nile.  And  if 
a  certain  deposit  does  take  place  in 
the  tiarbour  of  Alexandria,  it  is  very 


Egypt 


BOUTB    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  LIBBABT. 


83 


trifling,  and  by  do  menns  capable  of 
having  united  the  Pharos  to  the  fthore. 
This  was  done  artificially  by  means 
of  the  Heptastadium,  whose  increased 
hmdth,  owing  to  many  subsequent 
additions  from  the  accumulation  of 
ruined  buildings,  now  forms  the  base 
of  the  chief  part  of  the  modem  city. 
The  name  of  this  causeway  was  derived 
from  its  length  of  7  stadia,  about }  of  a 
mile,  or  4270  English  feet,  which  was 
at  that  time  the  distance  from  the  shore 
to  the  island.      Ancient  Alexandria, 
the  successor  of  the  town  of  Rliacotis, 
stood  on  the  rock  of  the  Libyan  desert, 
which  was  then,  as  it  still  is,  beyond 
the  reach,  and  above  the  level  of,  the 
inundation :   and   the  distance   from 
the  line  of  the  coast  to  the  rock  of  the 
Pharos  Isle  is  still  the  same  as  in  the 
days  of  Homer.  The  error  respecting 
its  having  been  a  day's  journey  from 
Egypt  originated  in  the  misinterpret 
tation  of  the  word  Aryvirrof,  which  is 
used  by  the  poet  to  designate  both 
the  Nile  and   Egypt;  and  that  the 
river  was  so  called  in  ancient  times  is 
testified  by  Diodorus,  who  states  that 
Nileus,  one  of  the  early  monarchs  of 
the  country,  transferred  his  name  to 
the    stream,  which    previously    lK>re 
that  of    ^gyptus.        Arrian    again 
justly  observes,  *'  tliat  the  river,  now 
called  by  the  Egyptians  and  others 
Nile,  is    shown  by   Homer  to  have 
been  named  ^gyptus  when  he  re- 
lates that  Menelaus  anchored  his  fleet 
at  the  mouth  of  the  ^gyptus ;  '*  and 
a  mere  inspection   of  the    verse    to  ' 
which  be  alludes  suffices  to  prove  his 
remark  to  be  correct.     It  is  then  to 
the  Nile,  not  to  the  coast  of  Egypt, 
that  Homer  alludes ;  and  thus   the 
argument  derived  from  his  authority 
must  cease  to  be  brought  forward  in 
support  of  the  great  encroachments 
of  the  Delta,  and  of  the  consUnt  ad- 
vanceof  the  land  into  the  receding  sea. 
Pliny,  and    numerous   ancient  as 
well  as  modern  authors,  Imvc   been 
led  into  this  error ;  and  it  is  singular 
that  Arrian  should  be  tlie  only  one  to 


perceive  and  point  out  the  evident 
meaning  of  the  poet. 

The  old  lighthouse  of  Alexandria 
still  occupies  the  site  of  the  ancient 
Pharos.     On  that  rock,  at  the  eastern 
point  of  the  island,  to  which  it  is  joined 
by  a  wall,  Pococke  thought  he  could 
perceive  in  the  water,  when  the  sea 
was  calm,  some  columns  and  other 
fragments  of  masonry,  once  probably 
a   part  of  that   renowned   building. 
The  form  of  the  Heptastadium  is  no 
longer  perceptible,  in  consequence  of 
the    modem    buildings    having  en- 
croached  upon  it ;  but  its  length  of 
7  stadia,  or,  as   Csesar  reckons,  900 
paces,  may  be  readily  made  out,  in 
mea<«uring   from    the   old   Saracenic 
wall  behind  the  Frank  quarter.   And, 
though  its  breadth  has  been  greatly 
increased    by   the    accumulation    of 
earth   on   which    the    modem   town 
stands,  I  believe  that  a  line  drawn 
from  the  site  of  that  wall,  or  from 
Fort  Caffareili,  to  what  was  properly 
the  island  of  Pharos,  would  mark  its 
exact  position. 

The  Library  was  first  established 
by  Ptolemy  Soter,  as  well  as  the 
Museum.  The  latter  was  a  sort  of 
academy  (as  we  have  seen  from 
Strabo*s  account),  where  men  of 
science  and  literature  devoted  them- 
selves to  learned  pursuits,  as  in 
similar  institutions  of  modern  Eu- 
rope. It  was  maintained  at  the  pub- 
lic expense,  and  to  it  was  attached 
the  famous  Library,  which,  from  the 
many  additions  miule  by  the  Second 
Ptolemy,  contained  at  his  death  no 
less  than  1 00,000  volumes,  increased 
by  his  successors  to  seven  times  that 
number. 

No  pains  were  spared  in  adding  to 
to  this  collection.  A  copy  of  every 
known  work  was  reputed  to  be  depo- 
sited there,  and  it  was  amongst  them 
that  the  Septuagint  translation  of  the 
Bible,  made  by  order  of  Ptolemy 
Philadelphus,  was  placed.  Of  the 
arrangements  respecting  this  transla- 
tion, and  the  reception  of  his  countr}'- 

K6 


84 


ROUTE    1. — ALKXANPBTA  —  LIBRART. 


Sect.  L 


men,  Josepbus  gives  an  interesting 
account;  but,  always  ready  to  show 
the  great  importance  of  the  Jews,  he 
forgets  probability  in  this  as  in  many 
other  instances,  and  informs  us  that 
each  of  the  serenty-two  interpreters 
received  three  talents.  This,  if  com- 
puted  in  Alexandrian  money,  amounts 
to  S,100/.  sterling,  mak'ing  a  total  of 
223,20(V. ;  a  sum  which  not  even  the' 
supposed  munificence  of  a  Ptolemy 
can  render  credible;  and  some  are 
inclined,  as  Prideaux,  to  compute  the 
amount  still  higher,  even  at  two 
millions  of  our  money. 

Nor  does  it  appear  that  the  Ptole* 
mies  were  always  so  liberally  disposed, 
or  so  scrupulous  in  their  way  of  ob- 
taining additions  to  their  library; 
and  though  they  spared  no  expense  in 
sending  competent  persons  into  distant 
countries  to  purchase  books,  much 
tyranny  and  injustice  were  resorted 
to,  when  they  could  bring  their  pos- 
sessors within  their  reach,  or  when 
other  states  were  generous  enough  to 
send  them  an  original  work.  All 
books  brought  into  the  country  were 
Ri'ized,  and  sent  to  the  Library ;  not 
because  forbidden,  as  in  Italy,  where 
the  government  sees  in  them  an  enemy 
to  the  morals  of  the  people,  or  to  its 
own  security  ;  but  because  they  were 
wanted  by  tlie  royal  collector;  and, 
as  soon  as  they  had  been  transcribed, 
the  copies  were  returned  to  the  owners, 
tlie  originals  being  deposited  in  the 
library.  Ptolemy  Euergetes  even 
went  so  far  as  to  borrow  the  works  of 
^schylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides 
from  the  Athenians,  and  only  returned 
the  copies  he  had  caused  to  be  tran- 
scribed in  as  beautiful  a  manner  as 
possible,  presenting  them,  in  lieu  of 
the  original,  15  talents,  or  about 
20O6L  sterling. 

Such  sel6sh  and  unjust  measures 
as  these,  doubtless,  deserve  our  cen- 
sure ;  but  we  cannot  refuse  due  praise 
to  the  liberality  of  those  princes  in 
the  formation  of  so  useful  an  institu- 
tion :  and  we  are  surprised  to  6nd  a 
sensible  man    like   Seneca  refusing 


them  the  merit  they  deserve,  and  dis- 
approving of  the  praise  bestowed  upon 
that  monument  of  regal  munificence. 
**  Some,"  be  says,  **  may  have  praised 
it,  like  Livy,  who  calls  it  a  great  proof 
of  the  taste  and  industry  of  kings. 
But  it  was  attributable   neither  to 
taste,  industry,  nor  studious  enjoy, 
ment ;  nay,  far  from  studious,  for  it 
was  not  collected  for  study,  but  for 
display."     "Seneca,"  as  RoUin  ob- 
serves, <*must  have  been  dreadfully 
out  of  humour,  when  lie  wrote  tliis 
misplaced  censure  on  a  work  so  cre- 
ditable to  the  taste  of  the  Ptolemies;** 
for,  even  if  he  looked  upon  it  as  a 
mere  mania  for  collecting,  which  in- 
creased with  the  increase  of  the  col- 
lection, it   would  be   the  excusable 
consequence  of  an  interest  common  to 
all  who  take  a  pride  in  any  favourite 
object,    which     of^en     accompanies, 
without  necessarily  taking  tlie  place 
of,  the  original  motive.      But  Seneca 
is  not  alone  in  attributing  the  motive 
of  its  founder  to  a  mere  love  of  pos- 
sessing the  largest   collection ;    and 
whilst    Vitruvius   praises    "the  At- 
talic    kings    for    their    philological 
taste  "  in  making  the  library  of  Per- 
gam  us,  he  considers  the  wish  on  the 
part  of  Ptolemy  to  have  been  only  ex- 
cited by  an  envious  feeling  of  rivalry. 
Indeed,  since  we  know  that  the  Pto- 
lemies forliade  the  exportation  of  the 
papyrus,  for  the  despicable  reason  of 
preventing  the  increase  of  the  Perga- 
^  mus    library,   we    cannot   deny   the 
selfishness    of    those    princes  ;    and 
while  we  regret  that  tlie  envious  imi- 
tator should  have  obtained  the  merit 
'  due  to  the  originator  of  so  valuable 
'  an  institution,  we  may  remember  tliat 
I  the  name  parchment  (Peyyemeiui )  re- 
cords the  cause,  as  well  as  the  nature, 
of  this  invention  of  Eumenes. 

Of  the  700,000  volumes  400,000 
appear  to  have  been  in  the  library  of 
the  museum,  which  was  in  a  quarter 
of  the  city  called  the  Bruchion ;  and 
the  remaining  800,000  in  another 
library,  which  was  built  long  afWr, 
and  attached  to  the  temple  of  Sarapis. 


Egypt. 


ROUTE.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  LIBRARY. 


85 


Tt  bence  obtained  the  title  of  the 
aster  library,  and  it  was  here  that  the 
200,000  volumes  belonging  to  the 
kings  of  Pergamus,  presented  to 
Cleopatra  by  Marc  Antony,  were  de- 
posited. These  were  the  two  public 
libraries  mentioned  by  Epiphantus. 

The  library  of  the  museum  was 
unfortunately  destroyed  during  the 
war  of  Julius  Cssar  with  the  Alex- 
andrians. For,  in  order  to  prevent 
his  aggressors  cutting  off  his  commu- 
nication with  the  sea,  being  obliged 
to  set  fire  to  the  Egyptian,  or  as  Plu- 
tarch says  his  own,  fleet,  the  flames 
accidentally  caught  some  of  the  houses 
on  the  port,  and  spreading  thence  to 
the  quarter  of  the  Bruchion,  burnt 
the  library,  and  threatened  destruction 
to  the  whole  of  the  museum  and  the 
adjoining  buildings.  The  museum 
itself  escaped,  but  the  famous  library, 
consisting  of  400,000  volumes,  which 
had  cost  so  much  trouble  and  expense 
lor  ages  to  collect,  was  lost  for  ever  ; 
and  in  it  doubtless  some  very  valuable 
works  of  antiquity, .  many  of  whose 
names  may  even  be  unknown  to  us. 

The  collection  in  the  Sarapion  was 
also  exposed  to  severe  losses,  at  a  sub- 
sequent period,  during  the  troubles 
that  occurred  in  the  Roman  empire. 
Many  of  the  books  are  supposed  to 
have  been  destroyed  on  those  occa- 
sions particularly  at  the  time  when 
the  Sarapion  was  attacked  by  the 
Christians;  and  Orosius  says  he  was 
at  that  time  a  witness  of  its  empty 
shelves.  We  may,  however,  conclude 
that  these  losses  were  afterwards  in 
some  degree  repaired,  and  the  num- 
ber of  its  volumes  still  farther  in- 
creased ;  though  later  contributions 
were  probably  not  of  the  same  im- 
portance as  those  of  an  earlier  period : 
and  Gibbon  goes  so  far  as  to  suppose 
that  if  the  library  was  really  destroyed 
by  Amer,  its  contents  were  confined 
to  the  productions  of  an  age  when  re- 
ligious controversy  constituted  the 
principal  occupation  of  the  Alexan- 
drians. "  And,**  adds  the  historian, 
^  ff  the  ponderous  mass  of  Arian  and 


monophysite  controversy  were  indeed 
consumed  in  the  public  baths,  a  phi- 
losopher may  allow,  with  a  smile, 
that  it  was  ultimately  devoted  to  the 
benefit  of  mankind."  But,  notwith- 
standing the  injuries  sustained  by  the 
Sarapion,  during  those  tumults  which 
ruined  so  many  of  the  monuments  of 
Alexandria,  which  converted  every 
public  building  into  a  citadel,  and  sub- 
jected the  whole  city  to  the  horrors  of 
internal  war,  many,  doubtless,  of  the 
ancient  volumes  still  remained  with- 
in its  precincts ;  and  the  Caliph  Omar 
will  for  ever  bear  the  odium  of  having 
devoted  to  destruction  that  library, 
whose  numerous  volumes  are  said  to 
have  sufficed  for  six  months  fur  tlie 
use  of  the  4000  baths  of  this  immense 
city. 

It  is  related  of  John  the  Gramma- 
rian,  the  last  disciple  of  Ammonius, 
surnamed  Philoponus  from  his  labo- 
rious studies  of  grammar  and  philo- 
sophy,  that  having  been  admitted  to 
the  friendship  of  Amer,  the  lieutenant 
of  the  Caliph  Omar,  he  took  advan- 
tage of  his  intimacy  with  the  Arab 
general  to  intercede  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  library  of  the  captured 
city,  which  "  alone,  among  the  spoils 
of  Alexandria  had  not  been  appropri- 
ated by  the  visit  and  the  seal  of  the 
conqueror.  Amrou  (Amer)  was  in- 
clined to  gratify  the  wish  of  the 
grammarian,  but  his  rigid  integrity 
refused  to  alienate  the  minutest  ob^ 
jcct  without  the  consent  of  the  caliph ; 
and  the  answer  of  Omar,  inspired  by 
I  the  ignorance  of  a  fanatic,  '  if  these 
writings  of  the  Greeks  agree  with  the 
Book  of  God,  they  are  useless,  and 
need  not  be  preserved ;  if  they  disa- 
gree, they  are  perniciou!),  and  ought 
to  be  destroyed,***  doomed  them  to 
destruction.  Such  was  the  sentence 
said  to  have  been  pronounced  by  the 
impetuous  Omar.  The  Moslemsi 
however,  to  this  day,  deny  its  truth ; 
and  Gibbon  observes,  that  "  the  soli- 
tary report  of  a  stranger  (Abulpha- 
ragius),  who  wrote  at  the  end  of  60O 
years,  on  the  confines  of  Media,  is 


86 


BOUTE    1 .  —  ALEXANDBUL  —  C^SABIUtf . 


Sect.  L 


overbalanced  by  the  silence  of  two 
annalists  of  a  more  early  date,  both 
Christians,  both  natives  of  Egypt,  and 
the  most  ancient  of  whom,  the  patri- 
arch £utychiu8,  has  amply  described 
the  conquest  of  Alexandria.**  But 
the  admission  of  some  Arab  writers, 
cited  by  the  learned  De  Sacy  in  his 
notes  on  Abdal-Latif,  seems  to  con- 
firm the  truth  of  Omar*s  vandalism  : 
the  authorities  of  Makrizi  and  Abdal- 
Latif  are  of  considerable  weight,  not- 
withstanding the  silence  even  of  co- 
temporary  Christian  annalists ;  *  and 
while  we  regret  the  destruction  of 
this  library,  we  may  wish,  with  M. 
Rey  Dussueil,  that  the  capture  of 
Alexandria  had  not  happened  half  or 
a  whole  century  later ;  when,  instead 
of  destroyers,  the  Arabs  assumed  the 
character  of  preservers  of  ancient 
literature. 

^  .  The  Muaeum  was  a  noble  institu- 
tion, which  tended  greaily  to  the  re- 
nown of  Alexandria  ;  and  from  which 
issued  those  men  of  learning,  who 
have  so  many  claims  on  the  gratitude 
and  admiration  of  posterity.  It  was 
to  this  school  of  philosophy  that  the 
once  renowned  college  of  Heliopolis 
transferred  its  reputation ;  and  that 
venerable  city,  which  had  been  the 
resort  of  the  sages  of  Ancient  Greece, 
ceded  to  Alexandria  the  honour  of 
being  the  seat  of  learning,  and  the 
repository  of  the  *•*  wisdom  of  Jhe 
Egyptians.**  Science,  literature,  and 
every  branch  of  philosophy  continued 
to  flourish  there,  for  many  a  genera- 
tion ;  foreigners  repaired  thither,  to 
study  and  profit  by  "  the  instruction 
of  every  kind,  for  which  its  schools 
were  established;**  and  the  names  of 
Euclid,  Ctesibius,  the  two  Herons, 
Clemens,  Origen,  Athanasius,  Am- 
monius,  Theon,  and  his  daughter 
Hypasia,  shed  a  brilliant  lustre  over 
the  capital  of  the  Ptolemies. 

But  however  respectable  the  learn- 
ing and  scientific  acquirements  of  the 
philosophers  of  Alexandria,  during 
the  early  periods  of  its  history,  the 
same  credit  does  not  atuch  itself  to 


the  speculations  of  later  times ;  and 
philoKophy  became  at  one  time  eD* 
cumbered  with  a  mass  of  wild  fancy, 
as  senseless  as  it  was  injurious  to  the 
world.  Nor  was  Alexandria  less 
noted,  after  the  introduction  of  Chris- 
tianity, for  speculative  doctrines  and 
religious  controversy;  and  the  con- 
duct of  some  of  the  early  Christian 
primates  of  that  city  reflects  no  ho- 
nour on  the  community,  of  which 
they  were  the  most  conspicuous, 
though  not  the  most  worthy,  members. 
Still,  that  seat  of  learning  retained 
some  remnant  of  its  pristine  excel- 
lence, even  amidst  the  tumults  pro- 
duced by  bigotry  and  sedition ;  and 
the  schools  of  astronomy,  geometry, 
physic,  and  various  branches  of  sci- 
ence maintained  their  reputation  till 
the  period  of  the  Arab  conquesL 

liie  Museum  stood,  as  already 
stated,  in  the  quarter  of  the  Bruchion. 
According  to  Strabo,  it  was  a  very 
large  building,  attached  to  the  palace, 
surrounded  by  an  exterior  peristyle, 
or  corridor,  for  walking ;  and  it  is 
probable  that  the  philosophers  fre- 
quently taught  beneath  this  covered 
space,  as  in  the  stoa  of  Athens,  or  in 
the  grove  of  Academus.  It  is  diffi- 
cult now  to  point  out  its  exact  site  : 
it  was  probably  near  the  modem 
branch  of  the  canal,  that  runs  past 
the  Rosetta  Gate  to  the  sea;  the 
Bruchion  comprising  the  whole  space 
on  every  side  of  it,  as  far  at  least  as 
the  Caesarium. 

The  CreMriam,  or  temple  of  Ca*sar, 
is  marked  by  the  two  obelisks  (called 
Cleopatra's  Needles,)  which  Pliny 
tells  us  **  stood  on  the  port  at  the 
temple  of  Caesar."  Near  this  spot 
are  what  is  called  the  Roman  tower, 
and  to  the  eastward  the  vestiges  of 
buildings,  which  still  bear  the  name 
of  the  palace;  and  Strabo  says,  the 
palace  of  the  kings  was  situated  on 
the  point  called  Lochias,  on  the  left 
of  the  great  harbour,  which  is  the 
same  as  the  headland  behind  the 
modern  Pharillon.  Other  palaces, 
called  the  inner,  were  on  the  left,  en- 


EgypL     ROUTE  1.  —  Alexandria. — Alexander's  tomb.      87 


teriog  from  the  sea,  connected  with 
the  former,  and  having  numerous 
apartments  and  groves,  below  which 
was  a  private  port  belonging  eiclu- 
sively  to  the  sovereign.  The  lombs 
of  the  kings,  also,  stood  in  this  dis- 
trict,  and  fonned  part  of  the  palace 
under  the  name  of  *'  S6nuu**  In 
this  enclosure  the  Ptolemies  were 
buried,  as  well  as  the  founder  o(  the 
city,  whose  body  having  been  brought 
to  Egypt,  and  kept  at  Memphis  while 
the  tomb  was  preparing,  was  taken 
thence  to  Alexandria,  and  deposited 
in  the  royal  cemetery.  Strabo  men- 
tions the  removal  of  the  original  gold 
coffin  in  which  it  was  buried,  and  the 
substitution  of  another  of  glass,  in 
which  it  was  seen  by  Augustus ;  who, 
to  show  his  respect  for  the  memory  of 
so  great  a  man,  adorned  it  with  a 
golden  crown,  and  strewed  it  with 
flowers. 

Arab  tradition  has  long  continued 
to  record  the  existence  of  Uie  tomb 
of  Alexander;  and  Leo  Africanus 
mentions  "a  small  ediBce  standing 
in  the  midst  of  the  mounds  of  Alex- 
ander,  built  like  a  chapel,  remarkable 
for  the  tomb,  where  the  body  of  the 
great  prophet  and  king,  Alexander, 
is  preserved.  It  is  highly  honoured 
by  the  Moslems:  and  a  great  con- 
course of  strangers  from  foreign  lands, 
who,  with  feelings  of  religious  vene- 
ration, visit  this  tomb,  oAen  leave 
there  many  charitable  donations.**  The 
building  traditional Ij  reported  to  be 
the  tomb,  of  Alexander,  has  lately 
been  found  by  Mr.  Stoddart  amidst 
the  mounds  of  the  old  city.  It  re- 
sembles an  ordinary  Shckh*s  tomb, 
and  is  near  the  bath  to  the  west  of  the 
road  leading  from  the  Frank  quarter 
to  the  Poropey*s.  Pillar- Gate.  But 
its  position  does  not  agree  with  the 
**  Soma,*'  according  to  Strabo's  ac- 
count ;  and  the  authority  of  Arab  tra- 
dition cannot  always  be  trusted. 

The  sarcophagus  said  to  have  been 
looked  upon  by  the  people  of  Alex- 
andria as  the  tomb  of  Iscander,  was 
taken  by  the  French  from  the  mosk  of 


Athanasius,  and  is  now  in  the  British 
Museum.  That  it  is  what  the  Arabs 
believed  to  be  of  the  Greek  conqueror 
seems  sufficiently  evident,  but  neither 
their  authority  nor  probability  suffice 
to  establish  its  claims ;  and  the  hiero- 
glyphic legends,  containing  the  name 
of  an  Egyptian  Pharaoh,  prove  it  to 
have  belonged  to  king  Amyrta^us. 
It  is  not  from  the  fact  of  Alexander's 
body  having  been  deposited  in  a  glass 
coffin  that  the  claims  of  the  breccia 
sarcophagus  may  be  questioned,  —  as 
the  glass  (like  the  golden)  case  was 
doubtless  placed  in  an  outer  one  of 
stone; — but  the  improbability  consists 
in  the  body  of  so  great  a  king,  the 
founder  of  the  city,  having  been  de- 
posited in  a  borrowed  sarcophagus,  at 
a  time  when  the  arts  of  sculpture  and 
of  cutting  hard  stones  were  as  much 
practised  as  at  any  previous  period ; 
and  Ptolemy  Lagus  had  at  his  coih" 
mand  all  the  workmen  of  the  country. 
Nor  is  it  to  be  supposed  that  a  Pha- 
raoh's body  would  have  been  deprived 
of  its  resting-place,  to  make  room  for 
that  of  a  Greek  monarch ;  and  the 
violation  of  the  tombs,  which  could 
not  have  happened  in  secret,  when 
such  large  sarcophagi  were  removed 
from  them,  was  more  likely  to  take 
place  under  the  Arabs  than  the  Greek 
kings. 

Hie  island  of  Antirhodtu^  situated 
before  the  artificial  harbour,  with  its 
palace  and  port,  is  supposed  by  Po- 
cocke  to  have  been  entirely  destroyed 
by  the  sea,  and  to  have  stood  oppmite 
the  two  obelisks. 

The  same  learned  traveller  also 
conjectures  that  on  a  hill  above  this, 
now  called  Kom  Dimas,  near  the 
Rosetta  Gate,  was  the  theatre.  In 
the  immediate  vicinity  was  the  Poai- 
dium,  apparently  a  part  of  the  city, 
on  a  cove,  containing  the  Temple 
of  Neptune,  whence  it  derived  its 
name.  It  extended  from  the  em- 
porium or  market-place ;  and  before 
it  Antony  built  the  Timonium,  so 
called  from  his  intending  it  as  a  place 
of  retirement  after  his  defeat  at  Ac- 


B8 


BOUTE    1. — ALEXANDBIA  —  SERAFEUIC. 


Sect.  1. 


tium,  where,  like  the  misanthropic 
Timon  of  Athens,  he  might  shun  the 
world,  and  lead  a  life  of  perfect  seclu- 
ftion.  It  was  in  going  tlience  towards 
the  west,  that  you  came  to  the  C«sa- 
rium  and  Emporium,  and  the  recesses; 
beyond  which  were  the  docks,  ex- 
tending even  to  the  Heptastadium. 

The  site  of  the  6rst  of  these  I  have 
noticed.  The  market  was  probably 
to  the  east  of  the  obelisks ;  the  Timo- 
fit  urn,  at  the  projecting  point  between 
the  obelisks  and  the  small  canal  to  the 
north-east;  and  the  docks  occupied 
what  is  now  the  great  square  of  the 
Frank  quarter,  which  stands  on 
ground  reclaimed  from  the  sea. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  mole  or 
Heptastadium,  was  the  port  of  Eu- 
nostus,  now  called  the  old  harbour; 
and  an  artificial  one  above  it  called 
the  Cibotus,  or  basin  (chest),  with  ' 
its  docks,  doubtless  occupied  the  spot 
to  the  south-west  of  the  modem  Fort 
CafFarelli.  Beyond  this  was  the  canal 
leading  to  the  Mareotic  Lake,  llie 
limits  of  the  city  extended  a  very 
short  distance  farther  to  the  west  of 
the  canal,  beyond  which  were  the 
suburbs  and  Necropolu^  with  many 
gardens,  occupying  tlie  space  between 
the  modern  canal  and  the  catacombs. 
Within  the  city,  and  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  canal,  stood  several  ancient 
temples,  most  of  which  were  neglected 
in  Strabo*B  time,  in  consequence  of 
the  erection  of  others  at  Nicopolis.  ' 
There  also  was  the  Sarapion,  or 
Serapeum,  founded  by  Ptolemy  Soter, 
tfs  reported  by  Plutarch  and  others, 
for  the  reception  of  the  statue  of 
Sarapis,  a  foreign  deity,  whose  wor- 
ship was  introduced  from  Sioope. 
It  stood  in  that  part  of  the  city  which 
bad  formerly  been  occupied  by  Rha- 
cotis,  the  predecessor  of  Alexandria, 
and  was  embellished  with  such  mag- 
nificence, that  Ammianus  Marcellinus 
pronounces  it  unequalled  by  any 
building  in  the  world,  except  the 
Capitol  at  Rome.  It  appears  not 
only  to  have  contained  the  temple  of 
the  deity,  but  to  have  consisted,  like 


the  museum,  of  several  distinct  parta, 
as  the  library  already  mentioned,  and 
peristylar  halls,  adorned  with  boMiti- 
ful  works  of  art. 

Of  the  introduction  of  Sarapis  into 
Egypt,  Plutarch  gives  the  following 
account :  *'  Ptolemy  Soter  had  a 
dream,  in  which  a  colossal  statue, 
such  as  he  had  never  seen  before, 
appeared  to  him,  commanding  him 
to  remove  it  as  soon  as  possible  from 
the  place  where  it  then  stood,  to 
Alexandria.  On  awaking,  the  king 
was  in  great  perplexity,  not  knowing 
where  the  statue  was.  Sosibius,  how- 
ever, who  was  a  great  travel  ler.  de- 
clared he  had  seen  one  answering  its 
description  at  Sinope.  Soteles  and 
Dionysius  were,  therefore,  sent  thi- 
ther, and  with  much  difficulty  suc- 
ceeded in  bringing  the  statue  to 
Egypt.  Timotheus,  the  interpreter, 
and  Manetho  the  Sebennite,  as  soon 
as  it  arrived,  and  was  shown  to  them, 
concluded,  from  the  Cerberus  and 
dragon,  that  it  represented  Pluto,  and 
persuaded  the  king  that  it  was  no 
other  than  Sarapis.  For  it  was  not  so 
called  at  Sinope ;  but,  on  its  arrival 
at  Alexandria,  it  obtained  the  name 
of  Sarapis,  which,  with  the  Egyptians, 
answers  to  Pluto.  The  observation 
of  Heraclitus,  the  physiologist,  that 
Hades  ( Pluto)  and  Bacchus  are  tbe 
same,  leads  to  a  similar  conclusion ; 
Osiris  answering  to  Bacchus,  as  Sa- 
rapis to  Osiris,  after  he  had  changed 
his  nature  ;  for  Sarapis  is  a  name 
common  to  all,  as  those  know  who 
are  initiated  into  the  mysteries  of 
Osiris.  The  opinion  of  such  as  pre- 
tend that  Sarapis  is  no  God,  but  the 
mere  denomination  of  the  sepulchral 
chest,  into  which  the  body  of  Apis, 
after  death,  is  deposited,  is  perfectly 
absurd.  The  priests,  indeed,  at  least 
the  greatest  part  of  them,  tell  us,  that 
Sarapis  is  no  other  than  the  mere 
union  of  Osiris  and  Apis  into  one 
word  ;  declaring  that  Apis  ought  to 
be  regarded  as  a  fair  and  beautiAil 
image  of  the  soul  of  Osiris.  For  my 
own  part,  I  cannot  but  think  tlmt  this 


£g^pt. 


ROUTE    1. — ALEXAKDBIA  —  SARAPEUM. 


89 


word  is  exprnsive  of  joy  and  gladness, 
since  the  festival  which  the  Greeks 
call  duxrmoayfna^  or  *  the  feast  of  joy,' 
is  by  the  Egyptians  termed  Scard.** 

A  similar  account  is  given  by 
Tacitus,  Macrobius,  and  Pausanias ; 
but  Clemens  states  that  the  statue 
was  sent  by  the  people  of  Sinope  to 
Ptolemy  fliiladelphus,  as  a  mark  of 
gratitude,  he  having  relieved  their  city 
from  famine  by  a  supply  of  com ;  and 
some  suppose  **  it  was  brought  from 
Pontus  to  Alexandria,  in  consequence 
of  the  great  influx  of  strangers  into 
that  city." 

Whether  Sarapis  was  a  foreign 
deity,  or  merely  an  arbitrary  Greek 
form  of  Osiris,  the  Egyptians  them- 
selves never  acknowledged  him  among 
the  gods  of  their  Pantheon,  and  no 
temple  of  Sarapis  was  ever  admitted 
within  the  precincts  of  their  cities.  He 
was,  however,  the  principal  divinity  in 
Greek  and  Roman  towns,  and  in 
later  times  his  worship  became  more 
general  there  than  that  of  any  other 
deity. 

The  Sarapeum  subsisted  long  after 
the  introduction  of  Christianity  into 
Egypt,  as  the  last  hold  of  the  Pagans 
of  Alexandria.  Nor  did  it  lose  its 
importance,  as  Strabo  would  lead  us 
to  suppose,  from  the  number  of  rival 
temples,  or  the  increasing  conse- 
quence of  Nicopolis ;  and  it  continued 
to  be  their  chief  resort,  until  finally 
demolished  by  order  of  Theodosius, 
A.  ]>.  389,  when  the  votaries  of  the 
cross  entirely  subverted  the  ancient 
religion  of  Egypt,  The  building 
and  its  destruction,  are  thus  described 
by  Gibbon.  The  temple  of  Sarapis, 
*<  which  rivalled  the  pride  and  magni- 
ficence of  the  Capitol,  was  erected  on 
the  spacious  summit  of  an  artificial 
mount,  raised  one  hundred  steps  above 
the  level  of  the  adjacent  parts  of  the 
city;  and  the  interior  cavity  was 
strongly  supported  by  arches,  and 
distributed  into  vaults  and  subter- 
raneous apartments.  The  conse- 
crated buildings  were  surrounded  by 
a  quadrangular  portico:  the  stately 


halls,  the  exquisite  statues,  displayed 
the  triumph  of  the  arts  ;  and  the  trea- 
sures of  ancient  learning  were  pre- 
served in  the  famous  Alexandrian 
library,  which  had  arisen  with  new 
splendour  from  its  ashes.** 

But  in  progress  of  time,  the  ani- 
mosity of  the  Christians  was  directed 
against  this  edifice ;  the  *<  pious  in- 
dignation of  Theophilus*'  could  no 
longer  tolerate  the  honours  paid  to 
Sarapis ;  **  and  the  insults  which  he 
offered  to  an  ancient  chapel  of  Bac- 
chus convinced  the  Pagans  that  he 
meditated  a  more  important  and  dan- 
gerous enterprise.  In  the  tumul- 
tuous capital  of  Egypt,  the  slightest 
provocation  was  sufficient  to  inflame 
a  civil  war.  The  votaries  of  Sarapis, 
whose  strength  and  numbers  were 
much  inferior  to  those  of  their  an- 
tagonists, rose  in  arms  at  the  instiga- 
tion of  the  philosopher  Olympius, 
who  exhorted  them  to  die  in  defence* 
of  the  altars  of  the  gods.  These 
Pagan  fanatics  fortified  themselves  in 
the  temple,  or  ratlier  fortress,  of  Sara- 
pis, repelled  the  besiegers  by  daring 
sallies  and  a  resolute  defence,  and  by 
the  inhuman  cruelties  which  they  ex- 
ercised on  their  Christian  prisoners, 
obtained  the  last  consolation  of  de- 
spair. The  efforts  of  the  prudent 
magistrate  were  usefully  exerted  for 
the  establishment  of  a  truce,  till  the 
answer  of  Theodosius  should  deter- 
niSne  the  fate  of  Sarapis.  The  two 
parties  assembled  without  arms  in  the 
principal  square;  and  the  imperial 
rescript  was  publicly  read.  But 
when  a  sentence  of  destruction  against 
the  idols  of  Alexandria  was  pro. 
nounced,  the  Christians  set  up  a 
shout  of  joy  and  exultation,  whilst 
the  unfortunate  Pagans,  whose  fury 
had  given  way  to  consternation,  re- 
tired with  hasty  and  silent  steps,  and 
eluded,  by  their  flight  or  obscurity, 
the  resentment  of  their  enemies. 
Theophilus  proceeded  to  demolish 
the  temple  of  Sarapis,  without  any 
other  difficulties  than  those  which  he 
found  in  the  weight  and  solidity  of 


90 


ROUTE  1 .  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  MONUMENTS.     Sect.  L 


the  materials;    but    these    obstacles  | 
proved  so  insuperable,  that   he   was 
obliged  to  leave  the  foundations,  and 
to  content  himself  with  reducing  the 
edifice  itself  to  a  heap  of  rubbish  ;  a 
part   of  which  was  soon  afterwards 
cleared  away,  to  make  room  for  a 
church,   erected    in   honour    of   the  , 
Christian  martyrs.  .  .  .   Tlie  colossal  | 
statue  of  Sarapis  was  involved  in  the  | 
ruin  of  his  temple  and  religion.     A 
great  number  of  plates  of   different 
metals,    artificially  joined    together, 
composed  the  majestic  figure  of  the 
deity,  who  touched  on  either  side  the 
walls  of  the  sanctuary.      The  huge 
idol  was  overthrown  and  broken  to 
pieces ;  and  the  parts  of  Sarapis  were 
ignominiously  dragged   through   the 
streets  of  Alexandria.  *' 

The  jPumicm,  described  by  Strabo 
as  an  artificial  height,  in  the  shape  of 
a  top,  resembling  a  stone  mound, 
witli  a  spiral  ascent,  and  commanding 
a  view  of^the  whole  city,  was  sup~ 
posed  by  Pococke  to  have  been 
marked  by  a  hill  within  the  walls 
behind  the  Frank  quarter,  since  oc- 
cupied by  Fort  Caflarelli,  which  is 
built  on  ancient  substructions.  Some 
have  conjectured  it  to  have  been  the 
height  on  which  Pompey's  Pillar 
stands,  and  others  have  placed  it  on 
the  redoubt-hill  to  the  west  of  that 
monument. 

The  Gjfmnasium  stood  near  the 
street  which  extended  from  the  west- 
em  or  Necropolis  gate  to  that  on  the 
Canopic  or  eastern  side ;  which  were 
distant  from  each  other  40  stadia,  the 
street  being  100  feet  broad.  It  bad 
porticoes  covering  the  space  of  an 
eighth  of  a  mile,  of  which  Pococke 
conjectures  the  granite  columns  near 
the  main  street  to  be  the  remains. 
The  Forum  he  places  between  this 
and  the  sea ;  and  he  attempts  to  fix 
the  site  of  the  Necropolis  gate  on  the 
south  of  the  present  town.  The  two 
principal  afreets  were  a  few  years  ago 
clearly  traced,  as  well  as  the  spot 
where  they  intersected  one  another 
(as  Strabo  states)  at  right  angles.    In- 


deed,  besides  their  general  direction, 
columns  and  the  remains  of  build- 
ings, seen  in  several  places,  indicated 
their  site;  but  it  b  difficult  to  as- 
sign a  place  to  any  particular  edifice 
in  streets,  which,  as  Diodorus  ob- 
serves,  contained  a  succession  of  tem- 
ples and  splendid  mansions. 

One  large  building  stood  to  the 
north  of  the  main  street  (which  is  still 
partly  marked  by  the  modem  road  to 
the  Rosetta  Gate),  on  the  n(»tb-east 
of  S.  Gibarra's  Garden,  where  some 
very  large  columns  have  lately  been 
found  ;  and  tlie  Forum  or  Emporium 
was  perhaps  between  this  and  the 
sea. 

The  Rosetta  Gate  is  the  eastern 
entrance  of  the  large  walled  eireuit^ 
which  lies  to  the  south  and  south-east 
of  the  modern  town.  The  space  it 
encloses  is  about  10,000  feet  long,  by 
3200  in  the  broadest,  and  1600  in  the 
narrowest  part.  It  is  a  large  unin- 
habited area,  whose  gloomy  mounds 
are  only  varied  here  and  there,  by  the 
gardens  or  villas  of  the  Franks,  and 
other  inhabitanU  of  Alexandria.  The 
site  of  the  old  Canopic  Gate  is  very 
difiTerent  from  that  of  the  modern  en- 
trance, which  lies  considerably  far- 
ther inward  to  the  west.  Indeed  the 
circuit  has  been  so  much  diminished, 
that  the  latter  stands  on  what  was 
once  part  of  the  street  leading  to  the 
Canopic  Gate,  whose  site  was  about 
half  a  mile  further  to  the  eastward. 
The  wall  of  the  ancient  citv,  on  that 
side,  lies  under  the  lofty  mounds 
occupied  by  the  French  lines,  before 
the  battle  of  Alexandria;  and  the 
remains  of  masonry,  its  evident  line 
of  direction,  and  the  termination  of 
the  mounds  of  the  town  in  that  part, 
sufliciently  show  its  position. 

8.  Monuments  oirrsjDKTMs  Cakopxc 
GATS.— On  going  out  of  the  Canopic 
gate,  and  passing  by  the  Hippodrome, 
you  came  to  NiccpoUs,  distant  30  sta- 
dia, or,  according  to  Josephus,  28  froon 
Alexandria.  It  was  here  that  Augus- 
tus defeated  the  partisans  of  Antonj, 
whence  its  name,  **  the  City  of  Vic- 


Egypt. 


BOUTE    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA — HEVAINS. 


91 


tory."  And  in  order  still  more  to 
honour  that  spot,  the  conqueror  adorned 
it  with  numerous  fine  buildings  and 
places  of  public  resort,  which  induced 
many  persons  to  prefer  it  for  an  abode 
to  Alexandria  itself.  He  also  estab- 
lished quinquennial  games  there,  simi- 
lar to  those  at  another  citv  of  the  same 
name  built  by  him  in  Epirus,  to  com- 
memorate the  victory  of  Actium.  It  is 
now  marked  by  an  old  Roman  station, 
called  Caesar's  Camp,  and  fragments 
of  masonry,  columns,  and  marble 
mouldings.  The  Hippodrome  may 
also  be  looked  for  on  this  side  of  the 
town,  and  £L  Mancini  thinks  that  he 
hM  traced  its  figure  in  the  plain  be- 
yond the  French  lines,  8800  metres 
( nearly  1 1  miles)  from  the  Rosetta gate, 
and  about  250  metres  from  the  sea. 

There  was  also  a  Circus  in  tlie  ▼!- 
dnity  of  Pompey's  Pillar,  which  I 
shall  have  occasion  to  mention. 

The  site  of  the  Canojpic  canal  may 
be  partly  found  in  that  of  the  Mah- 
mood^eb.  It  was  on  the  right  as  you 
went  out  of  the  gate,  flowing  into  the 
lake,  and  communicating  with  the 
town  of  Canopus.  The  water  that 
supplied  Alexandria  was  furnished  by 
this  canal  from  the  Nile,  and  partly 
from  the  rains  which  fell  in  winter. 
But  the  principal  supply  was,  as  may 
be  supposed,  derived  from  the  canal, 
and  was  preserved  in  cisterns  or  reser- 
voirs, constructed  beneath  the  houses. 
These  cisterns  were  often  of  consider- 
able sise,  having  their  roofs  supported 
by  rows  of  columns,  vaulted  in  brick 
or  stone.  Being  built  of  solid  mate- 
rials, and  well  stuccoed,  they  have  in 
many  instances  remained  perfect  to 
this  day ;  and  some  continue  even 
now  to  be  used  for  the  same  pur- 
pose by  the  modem  inhabitants.  The 
water  is  received  into  them  during  the 
inundation,  and  the  cistern  being 
cleansed  every  year,  previous  to  the 
admission  of  a  fresh  supply,  the  water 
always  remains  pure  and  fr%.  In 

some,  steps  are  made  in  the  side ;  in 
others,  men  descend  by  an  opening  in 
the  roof,  and  this  serves  as  well  for 


lowering  them  by  ropes,  as  for  draw- 
ing out  the  water,  which  is  carried  on 
camels  to  the  city. 

Reservoirs  of  the  same  kind  are 
also  found  in  the  convents  that  stand 
on  the  site  of  the  old  town  :  and  se- 
veral wells  connected  with  them  may 
be  seen  outside  the  walls,  in  going  to- 
wards the  Mahmood^b  canal.  They 
show  the  direction  taken  by  the  chan- 
nels, that  conveyed  the  water  to  the 
cisterns  in  the  town.  One  set  of 
them  runs  parallel  to  the  eastern  exit 
of  the  Mahmood^h,  another  is  below 
the  hill  of  Pompey's  Pillar,  and  ano- 
ther a  little  less  than  half  way  from 
this  to  the  former  line.  It  was  by 
means  of  these  cisterns  that  Gany. 
medes,  during  the  war  between  Julius 
Ciesar  and  the  Alexandrians,  con- 
trived to  distress  the  Romans,  having 
turned  the  sea  water  into  all  those 
within  the  quarter  they  occupied  ;  an 
evil  which  Caesar  found  great  difficulty 
in  remedying,  by  the  imperfect  sub- 
stitute of  wells. 

9.  PaxsKNT  Rkmains  op  ancixnt 
Alexandria.  —  The  most  striking 
monuments  of  ancient  Alexandria 
are  the  well-known  obeliBkB^  and 
Pompey's  Pillar.  Tl)e  former  are 
the  same  which,  as  already  shown, 
Pliny  mentions  before  the  temple 
of  Caesar,  and  which  he  supposes 
to  have  been  cut  and  sculptured 
by  Mesphres.  In  this,  indeed,  he  is 
not  far  from  the  truth,  since  the 
Pharaoh  whose  ovals  they  bear  was 
the  third  Thothmes ;  and  it  is  remark- 
able that  the  names  of  two  kings  who 
lived  about  that  period,  the  first  and 
second  Thothmes,  are  written  in  Ma- 
netho's  list  as  Mesphra-Thothmosis. 
In  the  lateral  lines  are  the  ovals  of 
Reraeses  the  Great,  the  supposed  Se- 
sostris,  and  additional  columns  at 
hieroglyphics  at  the  angles  of  the 
lower  part  present  that  of  a  later  king, 
apparently  Osirei  II.,  the  tliird  suc- 
cessor of  the  great  Remeses. 

They  stood  originally  at  Heliopolis, 
and  were  brought  to  Alexandria  by 
one  of  the  Caesars ;  though  fame  has 


92 


ROUTE    1. — ALEXANDRIA — POMPEY'S   PILLAR.       Scct.  L 


attached  to  them  the  title  of  Cltopa- 
1ra*a  Needles,  with  the  same  disregard 
to  truth  that  ascribes  to  her  the  honour 
of  erecting  the  Heptastadium  and  the 
Pharos.  They  are  of  red  granite  of 
Syene,  like  most  of  the  obelisks  in 
Egypt,  and  about  57  paces  apart. 
The  standing  obelisk  is  about  70  feet 
high,  with  a  diameter  at  its  base  of  7 
feet  7  inches.  Pliny  gives  them  42 
cubits,  or  63  feet.  One  is  still  stand- 
ing, the  other  has  been  thrown  down, 
and  lies  close  to  its  pedestal,  which 
stood  on  two  steps,  of  white  limestone; 
the  pedestals  of  Egyptian  obelisks 
being  usually  a  square  dado  or  die, 
without  any  moulding,  scarcely  ex- 
ceeding the  diameter  of  the  obelisk^ 
and  placed  upon  two  plinths,  the  one 
projecting  beyond  the  other  in  the 
form  of  steps. 

The  height  of  the  fallen  obelisk,  in 
its  mutilated  state,  is  about  66  feet, 
and  of  the  same  diameter  as  the  other. 
It  has  been  given  by  Mohammed  AH 
to  the  English,  who  were  desirous  of 
removing  it  to  England  as  a  record  of 
their  successes  in  Egypt,  and  of  the 
glorious  tennination  of  the  campaign 
of  1801.  The  Pasha  even  offered  to 
transport  it  free  of  expense  to  the  shore, 
jind  put  it  on  board  any  vessel  or  raft 
which  might  be  sent  to  remove  it; 
but  the  project  has  been  wisely  aban- 
doned, and  cooler  deliberation  has 
pronounced,  that,  from  its  mutilated 
state,  and  the  obliteration  of  many  of 
the  hieroglyphics  by  exposure  to  the 
sea  air,  it  is  unworthy  the  expense  of 
removal. 

Pococke  supposes  these  obelisks  to 
have  stood  before  the  temple  of  Nep- 
tune, but  I  do  not  know  on  what 
authority.  He  gives  them  63  feet  in 
height 

Another  obelisk  once  stood  at  Alex- 
andria, erected  by  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus  at  tlie  temple  of  Arsinoe  his  sis- 
ter, which  was  afterwards  taken  to 
Rome.  It  had  originally  been  cut 
by  Nectabis  (Nectanebo),  and  was 
without  hieroglyphics.  Maximus, 
when  praefect  of  Egypt,  finding  it  in 


the  way  of  the  docks,  removed  it,  and 
sent  it  to  Rome,  where  it  was  put  up 
in  the  Forum,  its  apex  having  been 
cut  off*  to  be  replaced  with  gold,  which 
was  never  done.  Pliny  gives  it  80 
cubits,  or  ISO  feet. 

Tlie  temple  of  Arsinoe,  as  Pliny 
shows,  stood  near  the  docks ;  and  it 
was  here  that  tlie  celebrated  statue  of 
that  deified  princess  was  placed  by 
Dinocrates,  which,  being  made  of 
loadstone,  was  suspended  in  the  air 
by  an  equal  attraction  of  the  iron  that 
surrounded  it. 

Philadelphus  had  also  erected  a 
temple  to  his  father  and  mother,  where 
their  statues,  made  of  gold  and  ivory, 
were  treated  with  the  honours  paid  to 
deities ;  and  Pliny  mentions  *'  a  sta- 
tue of  topaz  representing  the  same 
Arsinoe,  and  measuring  4  cubits, 
which  was  put  up  in  what  was  called 
the  golden  sanctuary.** 

Just  beyond  the  obelisks  to  the  E. 
was  an  old  round  tower,  forming  the 
comer  of  the  wall,  at  the  point  where 
it  turns  off  to  the  southwutl.  It  was 
called  the  **  Roman  tower,**  though, 
from  its  position  and  style  of  building, 
I  should  rather  attribute  it  to  an  early 
Saracenic  age.  A  drawing  of  it  is 
given  ill  the  great  French  work. 

Pompey*$  Pillar  stands  on  an  emi- 
nence about  1 800  feet  to  the  south  of 
the  present  walls.  It  consists  of  a 
capital,  shaft,  base,  and  pedestal, 
which  last  reposes  on  substructions  of 
smaller  blocks,  once  belonging  to 
older  monuments,  and  probably 
brought  to  Alexandria  for  the  pur- 
pose. On  one  I  observed  the  name 
of  the  Second  Psamaticus.  A  few 
years  ago  curiosity  had  tempted  the 
Arabs  and  some  Europeans  to  dig 
into,  and  pick  out  the  cement  that 
united  those  stones,  which  might  have 
endangered  the  safety  of  the  column, 
had  not  the  Paslia  ordered  the  boles 
to  be  filled  up  with  mortar,  to  check 
the  curious. 

Its  substructions  were  evidently 
once  under  the  level  of  the  ground, 
and  formed  part  of  a  paved  area,  tbe 


Egypt       ROUTE  1.  —  Alexandria  —  pompey's  pillar.       93^ 


stones  of  which  have  been  removed 
(probably  to  Renre  a«  materials  for 
more  recent  buildings),  leaving  only 
those  beneath  the  column  itself,  to  the 
great  risk  of  the  monuments 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  pro- 
tection of  the  Egyptian  government 
has  not  been  so  far  extended  to  this 
interesting  relic  of  ancient  Alexandria, 
as  to  prevent  its  pedestal  and  shaft 
being  defaced  by  the  names  of  per- 
sons vrho  have  visited  it,  or  of  ships 
that  have  anchored  in  the  port,  some 
of  which  are  painted  in  black  letters 
of  monstrous  height. 

The  name  given  to  this  column  has 
led  to  much  criticism.  Some  derived 
it  from  Pompaios,  as  having  served 
for  a  landmark,  and  others  endea- 
voured to  read  in  the  inscription  the 
name  of  Poropey,  instead  of  Publius. 
Others,  again,  erroneously  supposed 
iu  Arabic  title,  Am6od  e*  Sowari,  to 
connect  it  with  Severus,  and  some 
even  attributed  it  to  Julius  Ceesar. 
But  Scaiy  or  Sowari,  are  terms  applied 
to  any  lofty  monument,  which  con- 
veys the  idea  of  a  "nuut;**  and  the 
inscription,  of  which  Mr.  Salt  and  I 
were  enabled,  with  the  assistance  of  a 
ladder,  and  by  chalking  out  the  letters, 
to  make  a  complete  copy,  shows  it  to 
have  been  erected  by  Publius,  the 
pnefect  of  Egypt,  in  honour  of  Dio- 
cletian. 

It  is  as  follows :  — 

TON  TIM laX  AXON  ATTOKPATOPA 
TON  nOAIOTXON  AAESANAPEIAC 
AIOKAHTIANON  TON  ANIKHTON 

noTBAioc  EnAPxoc  AirrnTOT 
EHArAea  ? 

The  total  height  of  the  column  is 
98  feet  9  inches,  the  shaft  is  73  feet, 
the  circumference  S9  feet  8  inches, 
and  the  diameter  at  the  top  of  the  ca- 
pital 16  feet  6  inches.  The  shaft  is 
elegant  and  of  good  style,  but  the 
capital  and  pedestsl  are  of  inferior 
workmanship,  and,  as  has  been  re- 
mrked  by  Dr.  Clarke  and  others, 
have  the  appearance  of  being  of  a 
different  epoch.  Indeed,  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  shaft  is  of  an  earlier 


time,  and  that  the  unfinished  capital 
and  pedestal  were  added  to  it,  at  the 
period  of  its  erection  in  honour  of  the 
emperor. 

On  the  summit  I  observed  a  cir- 
cular depression  of  considerable  size, 
intended  to  admit  the  base  of  a  statue, 
as  is  usual  on  monumental  columns ; 
and  at  each  of  the  four  sides  is  a 
cramp,  by  which  it  was  secured.  This 
is  more  probable  than  what  I  before 
supposed,  that  it  indicated  the  posi- 
tion of  an  equestrian  statue ;  and, 
indeed,  in  an  old  picture  or  plan  of 
Alexandria,  where  some  of  the  ancient 
monuments  are  represented,  is  the 
figure  of  a  man  standing  on  the 
column.  An  Arab  tradition  pretends 
that  it  was  one  of  four  columns  that 
once  supported  a  dome  or  other  build- 
ing ;  but  little  faith  is  to  be  placed  in 
the  tales  of  the  modern  inhabitants. 
Macrisi  and  Abde*lat^f  state  that  it 
stood  in  a  gtoa  surrounded  by  400 
columns,  where  the  library  was  that 
Omer  ordered  to  be  burnt;  which 
(if  true)  would  prove  that  it  belonged 
to  the  Sarapeum. 

That  the  people  of  Alexandria 
should  erect  a  simitar  monument  iu 
honour  of  Diocletian  is  not  surprising, 
since  he  had  on  more  than  one  occa- 
sion a  claim  to  their  gratitude,  *<  having 
granted  them  a  public  allowance  of 
corn  to  the  extent  of  two  millions  of 
medimni,"  and  *<  after  he  had  taken 
the  city  by  siege,  when  in  revolt  against 
him,  having  checked  the  fury  of  his 
soldiers  in  their  promiscuous  massacre 
of  the  citizens."  To  me,  indeed,  it  ap- 
pears probable  that  this  column  silently 
records  the  capture  of  Alexandria  by 
the  arms  of  Diocletian  in  a.  d.  296, 
when  the  rebellion  of  Achilleus  had 
obliged  him  to  lay  siege  to  the  re- 
volted city,  and  the  use  of  the  epithet 
eamcftToy,  **  invincible,**  applied  to 
the  emperor,  is  in  favour  of  my 
opinion.  This  memorable  siege,  ac- 
cording to  the  historian  of  the  Decline, 
lasted  eight  months ;  when,  "  wasted 
by  the  sword  and  by  fire,  it  implored 
the  clemency  of  the  conqueror,  but 


96 


ROUTE    1. — ALEXANDRIA — TRADE. 


Sect.  I. 


several  places  hereabouts ;  and  just  to 
the  W.  of  the  Port  Lochias  are  ruins 
at  the  water*s  edge;  and  some  way 
beyond  the  mouth  of  the  canal  are 
remains  of  buildings,  reservoirs,  solid 
masonry,  and  broken  granite  columns, 
ft  was  here  that  I  found  the  small 
statue  of  Harpocrates,  now  in  the 
British  Museum.  At  the  first  pro- 
jecting point  to  the  W.  of  Cape 
Lochias,  the  French  have  laid  down, 
in  their  plan  of  Alexandria,  a  ruined 
mole,  at  the  next  the  remains  of  the 
palace,  and  then  the  Roman  tower 
near  the  obelisks,  already  mentioned. 

10.  Size  and  iMroaTANCE  or 
Alkxandria.  —  The  circumference 
of  ancient  Alexandria  is  said  by 
Pliny  to  have  been  15  miles,  and  we 
have  seen  that  Strabo  gives  it  a  dia- 
meter of  SO  stadia,  or,  as  Diodorus 
says,  a  length  of  40  stadia.  Its 
population  amounted  to  more  than 
300,000  free  inhabitants,  «  besides  at 
least  an  equal  number  of  slaves;" 
and  we  may  judge  of  its  magnificence 
from  the  fact,  that  the  Romans  them- 
selves considered  it  inferior  only  to 
their  own  capital.  Nor  were  the 
greatness  and  flourishing  condition 
of  Alexandria  of  short  duration;  and 
even  as  late  as  the  year  640  a.o., 
when  taken  by  the  Arabs,  it  was  re- 
markable for  its  wealth  and  splen- 
dour. "  I  have  taken,*'  says  Amer 
in  his  letter  to  the  Caliph,  "  the  great 
city  of  the  West.  It  is  impossible 
for  me  to  enumerate  the  variety  of  its 
riches  and  beauty,  and  I  shall  content 
myself  with  observing,  that  it  contains 
4000  palaces,  4000  baths,  400  theatres 
or  places  of  amusement,  1 2,000  shops 
for  the  sale  of  vegetables,  and  40,000 
tributary  Jews." 

The  flourishing  state  of  Alexandria, 
mentioned  by  Diodorus,  refers  to  the 
time  of  Ptolemy  Dionysius,  in  whose 
reign  he  visited  Cgypt;  but  it  was 
carried  to  a  much  higher  point  under 
tlie  Caesars,  and  the  suburbs  alone 
contained  the  \)Opulatlon  of  a  large 
city.  Every  thing  tended  to  increase 
the  importance  of  the  place.     Com- 


merce was  established  on  a  broader 
basis.  The  intercourse  with  Europe 
was  increased  to  an  extent  unknown 
under  the  Ptolemies,  and  the  bound- 
less dominion  of  the  Romans  made  it 
the  emporium  of  the  whole  world. 
*'  In  former  times,**  says  Strabo, 
"  there  were  not  twenty  vessels  that 
ventured  to  navigate  tlie  Red  Sea,  so 
as  to  pass  out  of  the  straits ;  but  now 
there  are  great  fleets  that  make  the 
voyage  to  India,  and  to  the  remotest  ■ 
parts  of  Ethiopia,  returning  laden 
with  very  valuable  cargoes  to  Egypt, 
whence  they  are  distributed  to  other 
places.  They  are,  therefore,  subject 
to  a  double  duty,  first  upon  importa- 
tion, and  then  upon  exportation ;  and 
the  duties  upon  the  valuable  articles 
are  themselves  proportiooably  valu- 
able. Besides,  they  have  the  advan- 
tage of  a  monopoly,  since  Alexandria 
is  so  situated  as  to  be  the  only  ware- 
house for  receiving  them,  and  for 
transmitting  them  to  other  places.'* 

"  The  lucrative  trade  of  Arabia  and 
India,"  says  Gibbon,  **  flowed  through 
the  port  of  A  lexandria  to  the  capital  and 
provinces  of  the  empire.  Idleness  was 
unknown.     Some  were  employed  in 
blowing  of  glass,  others  in  weaving  of 
linen ;  others,  again,  in  manufactur- 
ing  the   papyrus.     Either   sex,   and 
every  age,  was  engaged  in  the  pur- 
suits of  industry,   nor  did  even   the 
blind  or  the   lame  want  occupation 
suited  to  their   condition.     But  the 
people  of  Alexandria,  a  various  mix- 
ture of  nations,  united  the  vanity  and 
inconstancy  of  the  Greeks  with  the 
superstition    and    obstinacy    of   the 
Egyptians.     The  most  trifling  occa- 
sion, a  transient  scarcity  of  flesh  or 
lentils,  the  neglect  of  an  accustomed 
salutation,  a  mistake  of  precedency 
in  the  public  baths,  or  even  a  reli. 
gious  dispute,  were  at  any  time  sufli^ 
cient  to  kindle  a  sedition  among  that 
vast    multitude,    whose  resentments 
were  furious  and  implacable.**     The 
sanM   advantages  of  position   which 
poiuted  it  out  to  the  discerning  eye  of 
Alexander,  as  likely   to    rival    and 


JSgypU 


SOUTE    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  INHABITANTS. 


97 


supplant  commercial  Tyre,  continued 
till  a  late  period  to  secure  the  wel- 
fare of  Alexandria.  The  Indian 
trade,  brought  through  Berenice,  Phi- 
lotera,  Myos  Hormos,  and  Arsinoe, 
and,  in  after  times,  through  Suez  and 
Kosayr,  and  descending  by  the  Nile 
and  the  canal  to  the  gates  of  Alexan- 
dria* flowed  for  many  centuries  in  this 
channel  to  the  markets  of  Europe  ; 
nor  in  spite  of  the  fanaticinn  of  its 
Moslem  conquerors,  did  it  fail  to  re- 
tain some  portion  of  its  former  conse« 
quence;  and  when  the  Venetians 
obtained  permission  to  establish  a 
commercial  intercourse  with  Egypt, 
the  trade  of  Alexandria  was  once 
more  revived.  And  though  the 
Asiatic  caravans  shared  some  portion 
of  the  emoluments  of  Indian  com- 
merce, it  was  only  finally  annihilated 
by  the  discovery  of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  and  the  successful  enterprises 
of  the  Portuguese. 

These  bygone  events  are  particularly 
interesting  at  a  time  when  the  overland 
communication  seems  once  more  to 
open  favourable  prospects  for  Alex- 
andria :  but  this  is  a  subject  which  it 
is  not  necessary  here  to  discuss. 

11.  Tb«  Ikhabitants  of  Alkxak- 

DaiA The  population  of  modem 

Alexandria  had  till  latterly  been  on 
the  decline,  and  is  reported  to  have 
been  reduced  at  one  time  to  6000 
souls ;  but  under  the  government  of 
Mohammed  Ali  it  has  greatly  re- 
covered, and  is  computed  at  present 
to  amount  to  80,000,  including  the 
garrison  of  6000  or  8000  men,  and 
the  sailors  of  the  fleet,  reckoned  at 
about  12,000,  leaving  60,000  for  the 
population  of  the  place. 

As  in  former  times,  the  inhabitants 
are  a  mixed  race,  from  the  coast  of 
Barbary,  and  all  parts  of  Egypt,  with 
Turkx,  Albanians,  Syrians,  Greeks, 
Jews,  Copts,  and  Armenians,  inde- 
pendent of  Frank  settlers. 

According  to  the  account  of  Alex- 
andria, given  by  Polybius,  the  inhabit- 
ants were,  in  his  time,  of  three  kinds: 
1.  The  Egyptians,  or  people  of  the 


country,  a  keen  and  civilised  race ; 
2.  The  mercenary  troops,  who  were 
numerous  and  turbulent,  for  it  was 
the  custom  to  keep  foreign  soldiers 
in  their  pay,  who  having  arms  in  their 
hands  were  more  ready  to  govern  than 
to  obey ;  and,  3.  The  Alexandrians, 
not  very  decidedly  tractable,  for  simi- 
lar reasons,  but  still  better  than  the 
last :  for  having  been  mixed  with 
and  descended  Trom  Greeks,  who  had 
settled  there,  they  had  not  thrown  off 
the  customs  of  that  people.  This 
part  of  the  population  was,  however, 
dwindling  away,  more  especially  at 
the  time  when  Polybius  visited  Egypt 
during  the  reign  of  Ptolemy  Phys- 
con  ;  who,  in  consequence  of  some 
seditious  proceedings,  had  attacked 
the  people  on  several  occasions  with 
his  troops,  and  had  destroyed  great 
numbers  of  them.  The  successors 
of  Physcon  administered  the  govern- 
ment as  badly  or  even  worse ;  and  it 
was  not  till  it  had  passed  under  the 
dominion  of  the  Romans  that  the 
condition  of  the  city  was  improved. 

At  this  time,  according  to  Strabo, 
'*  one  of  the  three  Roman  battalions 
was  stationed  at  Alexandria,  the  other 
two  in  the  country:  exclusive  of 
nine  companies  of  Romans,  three  in 
the  city,  three  in  garrison  at  Syene, 
on  the  confines  of  Ethiopia,  and 
three  others  in  different  parts  of 
the  country  :  besides  three  regiments 
of  cavalry,  distributed  in  like  man- 
ner in  the  most  convenient  places. 
Of  the  natives  who  were  employed  in 
the  government  of  the  cities,  one  was 
the  exfyitSa  or  expoui^der,  clad  in 
purple,  and  receiving  the  honours  of 
the  country,  who  took  care  of  what 
was  necessary  for  the  city.  There 
were' also  the  writer  of  commentaries 
or  register,  and  the  archidicastes  or 
chief  judge ;  and  the  fourth  was  the 
captain  of  the  night.  The  same 
officer  existed  in  the  time  of  the 
kings;  but  they  (the  Ptolemies) 
governed  so  badly,  th^t  the  welfare 
of  the  city  was  sacrificed  for  want  of 
proper  management  ;**  and  this  neg- 


98 


BOUTE    1. — ^ALEXANDRIA  —  INHABITANTS.         Scct    I. 


lect  was  rendered  more  injurious  in 
Aleiandria  by  the  seditious  spirit  of 
the  people. 

The  Alexandrians  continued,  even 
under  the  Romans,  to  manifest  tlieir 
turbulent  character;  and  Trebellius 
Pollio  tells  us,  they  were  "of  so  im- 
petuous and  headlong  a  disposition, 
that  on  the  most  trifling  occasions 
they  were  enticed  to  actions  of  the 
most  dangerous  tendency  to  the  re- 
public. Frequently  on  account  of 
an  omission  of  civilities,  the  refusal  of 
a  place  of  honour  at  a  bath,  the  se- 
questration of  a  ballad,  or  a  cabbage, 
a  slave's  shoe,  or  other  objects  of  like 
importance,  tliey  have  shown  such 
dangerous  symptoms  of  sedition,  as 
to  require  the  interference  of  an 
armed  force.  So  general,  indeed, 
was  this  tumultuous  disposition,  that 
when  the  slave  of  the  then  governor 
of  Alexandria  happened  to  be  beaten 
by  a  soldier,  for  telling  him  that  his 
shoes  were  better  than  the  soldier's,  a 
multitude  immediately  collected  be- 
fore the  house  of  ^milianus,  the 
commanding  officer,  armed  with  every 
seditious  weapon,  and  using  furious 
threats.  He  was  wounded  by  stones  ; 
and  javelins  and  swords  were  pointed 
ut  and  thrown  at  him.** 

The  letter  of  Adrian  also  gives  a 
curious  and  far  from  favourable  ac- 
count of  this  people  in  his  time ; 
which,  though  extending  to  all  the 
Egyptians,  refers  particularly  to  the 
Alexandrians,  as  we  perceive  from 
the  mention  of  Serapis,  the  great  deity 
of  their  city.  '*  Adrian  Augustus, 
to  the  Consul  Servian,  greeting :  —  I 
am  convinced,  my  friend  Servian,  that 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Egypt,  of  whom 
you  made  honourable  mention  to  roe, 
are  trifling,  wavering,  and  changing 
at  every  change  of  public  rumour. 
The  worshippers  of  Serapis  are  Chris- 
tians, and  Uiose  who  call  themselves 
followers  of  Christ  pay  their  devotions 
to  Serapis;  every  chief  of  a  Jewisli 
synagogue,  every  Samaritan,  each 
Christian  priest,  the  mathematicians, 
soothsayers,  and   physicians    in    tlie 


gymnasia,  all  acknowledge  Serapis. 
The  patriarch  himself,  whenever  he 
goes  into  Egypt,  is  obliged  by  some 
to  worship  Serapis,  by  others  Christ. 
The  people  are,  of  all  others,  the  most 
inclined  to  sedition,  vain,  and  inso- 
lent. Alexandria  is  opulent,  wealthy, 
populous,  without  an  idle  inhabitant 
They  have  one  god  (Serapis),  whom 
the  Christians,  Jews,  and  Gentiles 
worship.  I  could  wish  that  the  dty 
practised  a  purer  morality,  and 
showed  itself  worthy  of  its  pre-emi- 
nence in  size  and  dignity  over  the 
whole  of  Egypt.  I  have  conceded  to 
it  every  point ;  I  have  restored  its  an- 
cient privileges ;  and  have  conferred 
on  it  so  many  more,  that  when  I  was 
there  I  received  the  thanks  of  the  in- 
habiUnts,  and  immediately  on  my 
departure  they  complimented  my  son 
Verus.  You  have  heard,  too,  what 
they  said  about  Antoninus: —  I  wish 
them  no  other  curse  than  that  they 
may  be  fed  with  their  own  chickens, 
which  are  hatched  in  a  way  I  am 
ashamed  td  relate.  I  have  forwarded 
to  you  three  drinking-cups,  which  hare 
the  property  of  changing  their  colour." 

Besides  the  local  authorities  above- 
mentioned,  there  were  numerous  Ro- 
man officers  in  the  time  of  the  Caesars, 
appointed  from  Italy,  as  the  governor, 
and  others,  exercising  military  com- 
mands; the  decurions,  to  whom  the 
police  regulations,  the  superintendence 
of  the  games,  and  the  provisioning  of 
the  city  were  entrusted;  the  agenta 
for  transmitting  corn  to  Rome ;  the 
collectors  of  taxes  and  duties  on  ex- 
ports and  imports ;  and  many  others  ; 
among  whom  may  be  mentioned  the 
registrars  of  passports.  For  Strabo 
seems  to  say  that  no  one  could  leave 
the  port  of  Alexandria  without  tfanr 
sanction;  and  their  authority  was 
maintained  by  '*  numerous  guards 
stationed  at  the  port,  and  every  other 
exit  of  the  city."  This  scrutiny, 
however,  seems  to  have  been  less  in 
the  time  of  the  Romans  than  under 
the  Ptolemaic  kings. 

The  character  of  the  Alexandrians 


Egypt.       KOUTE    1.  —  AL£SAin>RIA  —  CLIMATE  —  PORT. 


99 


•t  the  present  day  is  not  looked  upon 
witb  respect  either  by  the  Cairenes, 
"or  the  people  of  the  Barbary  coast, 
who  occasionally  visit  this  city.  They 
are  still  both  io  manner  and  appear- 
ance  a  mixed  race;  and  yoa  may 
perceiTe  in  them  something  of  the 
Egyptian,  the  Greek,  and  the  Mo- 
ghrebee. 

12.  Climatx. — TRx  Lacs  MAax- 
OTis.  —  Cakals.  —  Several  ancient 
writers,  as  Diodonis,  Strabo,  Am- 
mianas  Marcellinus,  Quintus  Curtius, 
and  eVen  Celsus,  speak  of  the  climate 
of  Alexandria  as  healthy,  with  a  tem- 
perature both  cool  and  salubrious. 
This  Strabo  attributes  to  the  admis- 
sion of  the  Nile  water  into  the  Lake 
Mareotis,  and  apparently  not  without 
reason  ;  since  it  is  notorious  that  the 
fevers  prevalent  there  are  owing  to 
exhalations  from  it ;  and  medical  men 
have  lately  recommended  that  the 
Nile  water  should  he  freely  admitted 
into  it,  to  remedy  this  evil.  At  the 
close  of  the  last  century,  this  lake  was 
nearly  dry;  but  during  the  contest 
between  the  English  and  French  at 
Alexandria,  the  sea  was  let  into  it  by 
the  former,  iu  order  to  impede  the 
communication  of  the  besieged  with 
Cairo,  and  cut  off*  the  supply  of  fresh 
water  from  the  city;  and  it  is  now 
onoe  more  a  lake. 

The  Lake  Mareotis  was  formerly 
practicable  for  boats,  and  of  sufficient 
depth  to  answer  all  the  purposes  of  in- 
land navigation.  Strabo  gives  it  a 
little  less  than  SCO  stadia  in  length, 
and  upwards  of  100  in  breadth,  hav- 
ing eight  islands  within  it;  and  its 
banks,  which  were  thickly  inhabited, 
enjoyed  great  reputation  for  the  ex- 
cellent wine  they  produced. 

Pliny  says  it  was  formerly  called 
Arapotes;  that  it  communicated  by  a 
sluice  vrith  the  Canopic  canal,  and 
contained  several  islands.  He  gives 
it  SO  miles  acroas,  and  600  in  cir- 
cumference ;  and,  according  to  other 
calculations,  it  was  40  schflent 
150  Roman  miles,  in  leuj 
same  in  breadth. 


jiS*»l.fe 


OXFORD 


Mr.  Hamilton  mentions  the  site  of 
an  old  canal  which  communicated 
from  Lake  Mareotis  with  the  port  of 
Alexandrii.  Tlie  banks  and  channel 
of  a  large  canal,  running  from  the 
lake  to  the  old  harbour,  may  also  be 
seen  about  half-way  between  the 
modern  city  and  Maribut  point,  about 
4  miles  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  modern 
town  and  little  more  than  1 )  mile  be- 
yond the  Catacombs.  It  is  6600  feet 
long ;  the  high  mounds  on  either  side 
are  about  250  feet  apart,  and  the 
breadth  of  the  canal  itself  may  have 
been  about  80  feeL  There  is  also 
the  bed  of  a  small  channel  about  half 
way  from  the  town  and  the  Cata- 
combs, but  probably  of  late  time; 
and  the  canal  that  leads  from  the 
Mahmood^h  to  the  Rosetta  gate,  and 
enters  the  new  port  near  the  lasaretto, 
is  a  modern  work,  cut  through  the 
walls  and  basements  of  ancient  build- 
ings. The  old  canal  that  ran  into  the 
sea,  near  the  basin  of  Kibotos,  was 
doubtless  that  passing  under  the  pre- 
sent walls,  within  the  western  gate. 
The  Canopic  canal  was  on  the  east  of 
the  town. 

1 S.  Thi  two  PoaTs,  Gates,  Walls. 
—  THK  OLD  Docks. —  We  have  seen 
that  the  two  ports,  called  the  Western 
or  Eunostus,  and  the  Great  Harbour, 
were  formerly  only  separated  by  the 
Heptastadium,  and  had  a  communi- 
cation by  bridges,  which  formed  part 
of  that  mole.  Since  the  rule  of 
the  Moslems,  a  far  more  marked  dis- 
tinction has  been  made  between  those 
two  ports,  than  is  conveyed  by  the 
mere  difference  of  name,  the  one  hav- 
ing been  till  lately  reserved  exclu- 
sively for  Turkish  vessels,  and  the 
other  alone  appropriated  to  those  of 
the  Christian  states.  For  until  the 
beginning  of  the  present  century  no 
Christian  vessel  was  permitted  to 
enter  the  old  or  western  harbour ;  or, 
if  compelled  to  do  so  by  stress  of 
weather,  was  forced  to  go  round  as 
soon  as  an  opportunity  offered ;  and 
in  consequence  of  this  custom 
the  houses  of  the  Europeans, 
F  S      • 


that 


kjt 


^.  i«Ji 


100 


HOUTE    1.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  MOSKS,   ETC.  Sect  I. 


constituting  the  Frank  quarter,  were 
built  on  that  side  of  the  city.  The 
privilege  of  using  the  old  harbour  and 
that  ofjriding  on  horseback  were  ob- 
tained by  the  English  for  all  Euro- 
peans, on  evacuating  Alexandria. 

The  four  principal  gates  of  Alex- 
andria were  the  Canopic  on  the  east, 
the  Necropolis  Gate  on  the  west,  and 
tliose  of  the  Sun  and  Moon  at  the  two 
ends  of  the  street  that  ran  from  the  sea 
to  the  lake.  As  you  looked  down  the 
latter  street,  the  ships  in  tlie  Great 
Harbour  were  seen  on  one  side,  and 
those  in  the  Mareotic  port  on  the  other; 
the  two  streets  intersecting  each  other 
at  right  angles,  as  already  stated. 

No  portion  of  the  ancient  circuit 
now  remains,  and  even  the  Saracenic 
wall  has  lately  been  removed  to  make 
way  for  the  increasing  sise  of  Alex- 
andria. The  Saracenic  tqwer,  at  the 
extreme  end  of  the  wall  towards  the 
sea,  is  still  left  standing,  and  may  be 
seen  immediately  behind  the  first  row 
of  houses  to  the  south  of  the  Frank 
square.  This  is  said  once  to  have 
been  bathed  by  the  sea,  and  the 
buttress  projecting  from  it  might  seem 
to  justify  this  assertion  ;  but  it  is  far 
more  probable  that  the  low  space  be- 
fore it,  formerly  a  pool  of  water,  and 
now  the  Frank  square,  was  the  site  of 
the  ancient  docks,  and  that  the  wall 
turned  off  to  the  right  at  this  spot,  iq 
order  to  avoid  so  low  and  unstable  a 
foundation.  The  Saracenic  walls  en- 
closed what  may  be  called  the  Arab 
city,  and  the  modern  Alexandria  may 
be  styled  the  Turkish  town.  It  stands, 
as  already  observed,  without  the  circuit 
both  of  the  Greek  and  Arab  city, 
partly  on  the  Mole  or  Heptastadium, 
and  partly  on  the  site  of  the  docks 
mentioned  by  Strabo ;  and  its  bouses 
may  be  said  to  occupy  no  portion  of 
ancient  Alexandria,  except  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  ancient  mole.  Nor 
are  any  cisterns  found  beneath  the 
bouses  of  the  modern  town. 

My  conjecture  that  the  new  square 
of  the  Frank  quarter  covers  the 
principal  part  of  the  Great  Docks,  is 


confirmed  by  there  being  no  cisterns 
below  the  surface,  by  the  luwness  of 
its  original  level  (which  I  remember 
to  have  seen  a  pool  of  water  in  winter^ 
before  the  ground  was  raised  to  re- 
ceive the  present  houses),  and  by  the 
fact  that  the  architect,  **  Signor  Man- 
cini,  when  digging  to  lay  the  foun- 
dations of  the  bouses,  found  nothing 
below  the  surface  upon  the  whole  line 
but  a  layer  of  sea-weed,  showing  the 
sea  to  have  been  once  over  it.**  The 
Coptic  name  of  this  spot,  AftSnsAm, 
is  also  remarkable,  signifying  a  "pool,** 
or  **  marshy  ground :  *'  and  has  beeo 
mentioned  to  me  by  Mr.  Harris  in 
support  of  my  opinion. 

I  may  also  observe  that  the  present 
walls,  enclosing  a  portion  of  tlie 
mounds  of  the  old  city,  were  built  in 
1 811,  and  that  those  alone  behind  the 
Frank  quarter  are  of  early  Arab  time. 
Other  portions,  however,  may  be 
based  on  Saracenic  foundations;  but 
the  only  ancient  part  appears  to  be 
the  Roman  tower  to  the  east  of  the 
obelisks. 

H.  MOSKS    AND    OTBia    BoiLD- 

iNGS  WITH  IK  THE  Walls.  —  Theie 
are  some  mosks,  convents,  gardens, 
and  villas,  amidst  the  mounds  of  the 
old  city,  as  well  as  two  or  three  forts, 
thrown  up  by  the  French  during  their 
occupation  of  Egypt.  One  of  the 
convents  or  rather  monasteries,  is 
called  of  Sl  Mark.  It  belongs  to 
the  Copts,  who  pretend  to  possess  the 
head  and  body  of  St.  Mark ;  though 
Leo  Africanus  affirms  that  Uiey  were 
secretly  carried  away  by  the  Vene- 
tians, and  taken  to  their  city.  The 
Greeks  also  pride  themselves  in  some 
relics,  said  to  be  of  St.  Catherine,  who 
suffered  martyrdom  at  Alexandria. 
Another  convent  belongs  to  the  Latin 
church.  In  the  garden  of  that  con* 
vent  a  marble  pedestal  has  lately  been 
found  bearing  an  inscription  with  the 
name  of  Julia  Domna. 

One  of  the  mosks  is  called  **  of 
ICOl  columns,**  according  in  nuntber 
with  the /oM^  of  the  1001  nights.  It 
is  on  the  west  side^  near  the  gate  of 


^^pt* 


BOUTE   1.  —  ALEXANDRIA  —  AMUSEMENTS. 


101 


Necropolis.  Pococke  obserred  in  it 
four  rows  of  columns  from  S.  to  W., 
and  one  row  on  the  other  sides ;  and 
here,  be  says,  it  is  supposed  that  the 
church  of  St.  Mark  once  stood; 
where  the  patriarch  formerly  lived; 
and  where  the  Evangelist  is  reported 
to  have  been  put  to  death.  This 
church  was  destroyed  by  the  Moslems 
in  Uie  reign  of  Melek  el  Kamel»  the 
•on  of  Melek  Adel,  in  1219»  whilst 
the  Crusaders  were  besieging  Dami. 
etta,  for  fear  that  they  might  surprise 
Alexandria  and  make  a  fortress  of  its 
solid  walls ;  and  no  offers  on  the  part 
of  the  Christians  could  induce  them 
to  spare  this  venerated  building.  The 
other  great  mosk  b  called  of  St.  Atha- 
naaius,  doubtless,  as  Pococke  observes, 
firom  having  succeeded  to  a  church 
of  that  name.  It  is  from  this  that 
the  sarcophagus,  called  the  "tomb 
of  Alexander,*'  was  taken,  which  is 
now  in  the  British  Museum. 

15.     AmUSKIISNTS     AMD    SlOHTS   IN 

MoDKEN  Alkxandeia.  —  Alexandria 
has  a  small  theatre.  The  actors  are 
Europeans,  and  all  amateurs,  with 
fbe  exception  of  the  pHtna  donna. 
Tickets  of  admission  may  be  ob« 
tained  by  strangers,  not  residents, 
graiisy  as  at  Cairo. 

During  the  carnival,  many  private 
and  public  balls  are  given  ;  the  latter 
at  the  Casino.  There  is  also  a  read- 
ing-room, with  a  library,  at  the  cor- 
ner of  the  Frank  square,  to  which 
access  may  be  had,  on  application  to 
a  member. 

Few  objects  worthy  of  a  visit  can 
be  mentioned  in  the  modem  town. 
Those  who  are  interested  in  Egyptian 
antiquities  will  be  gratified  by  seeing 
the  collection  of  S.  D'Anastasy,  the 
Swedish  consul-general,  and  a  smaller 
one  with  some  rare  medals  belonging 
to  Mr.  Harris.  As  they  are  both 
strictly  private,  an  introduction  is 
required  to  obtain  permission  to  visit 
them. 

The  Pasha*s  palace  may  be  seen  by 
an  order,  easily  obtained  from  the  we- 
ked  or  *<  steward.**     It  stands  on  the 


port  close  to  the  hareSm,  which  is  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  road,  facing 
the  sea.  The  latter  cannot  be  visited. 
The  former  is  approached  tiirough  a 
small  garden ;  and,  after  ascending  a 
substantial  staircase  in  the  Turkish 
style,  you  reach  the  upper  rooms, 
which  are  occupied  by  the  Pasha 
during  his  residence  in  Alexandria. 
They  are  not  remarkable  for  any 
splendour,  and  the  whole  is  fitted  up 
in  a  simple  manner,  partly  Turkish 
and  partly  European.  The  large 
circular  room  is  handsome,  with  an 
English  chandelier  suspended  in  the 
centre,  over  a  round  table.  Though 
the  Pasha's  bed-room  partakes  of  an 
European  character,  he  prefers  his 
old  custom  of  having  his  bed  upon 
the  fioor,  to  what  we  should  consider 
the  more  comfortable  mode  of  rai&ing 
it  on  a  bedstead.  It  is  in  the  middle 
of  the  room,  and  a  frame- work  sur- 
rounding it  supports  a  mosquito  cur- 
tain. 

Near  this  is  an  Italian  drawing- 
room,  and  in  another  are  the  portraits 
of  Ahmed  Bey,  a  son  of  Ibrahim  Pa- 
sha, and  of  the  three  younger  sons  of 
Mohammed  All.  The  dining-room 
is  small,  with  an  inlaid  wooden  floor. 
The  bath  is  neatly  fitted  up  with  mar- 
ble.  There  is  a  billiard-room,  where 
the  Pasha  frequently  amuses  himself 
\}j  playing,  and  by  seeing  the  suc- 
cess or  disappointment  of  others,  in 
which  he  appears  to  take  great  de- 
light. The  rooms  and  passages  are 
covered  with  floor-cloth  of  ordinary 
quality,  made  in  the  arsenal.  The 
view  looking  over  the  port  is  striking, 
and  particularly  so  when  the  fleet  Is  in 
harbour,  which  is  best  seen  from  the 
balcony. 

The  arsenal  is  only  interesting  to 
those  who  wish  to  see  the  manner  in 
which  that  and  similar  establislimenU 
are  conducted  in  Egypt ;  but  a  vi6it 
to  some  of  the  ships  of  war  would  re- 
pay any  one,  who  is  curious  about  the 
rapid  formation  of  a  fleet  and  navy, 
with  the  imperfect  means  afforded  by 
the  country.  On  going  to  the  Pasha's 
F  S 


102 


ROUTE  2.  —  ALEXANDRIA  TO  ROSETTA. 


Sect.  L 


palace  and  the  arsenal,  from  the  Frank 
quarter,  the  road  lies  through  the 
principal  streets  of  Alexandria ;  but  a 
walk  should  be  taken  in  the  bazaars, 
in  order  to  obtain  a  better  idea  of  the 
Turkish  part  of  the  town,  though  the 
tortuous  narrow  streets,  or  rather  un- 
paved  Janes,  will  not  give  an  exalted 
notion  of  this  dirty  quarter.  The 
stranger  may,  however,  find  jimuse- 
ment  in  tlie  novelty  and  drollery  of 
many  a  scene  witnessed  there ;  amidst 
the  confusion  of  camels  carrying  large 
burdens  through  these  narrow  pas- 
sages, the  hurry  of  donkeys  driven  at 
full  trot  or  gallop,  amidst  a  crowd  of 
pedestrians,  and  the  more  serious  in- 
convenience of  a  carriage.  This  last 
can  only  pass  through  the  principal 
thoroughfare ;  and  many  an  impre- 
cation is  whispered  against  so  trouble- 
some an  intruder,  which,  before  the 
Pasha  introduced  his  own,  was  un- 
seen in  Alexandria. 


ROUTE  2. 

ALBXANDRIA   TO    ROSKTTA   BY    LAKO. 

HUM. 

From  the  Rosetta  gate  of  Alex- 
andria to  the  Roman  station, 
called  Caesar's  camp       *       ~       ^i 

To  Caravanserai,  or  Caf^,  be- 
yond the  site  of  Canopus,  on 
Abookfr  Bay      -         .         -     13^ 

To  ancient  Canopic  or  Hera^ 
cleotic  mouth  (called  Ma* 
d^eh)         -         -         -         -       1} 

To  Etko        .         .         .        .     isl 

To  Rosettft    -        -        -        -     134 

44} 

On  leaving  the  Rosetta  gate  of 
Alexandria,  the  road  runs  for  half  a 
mile  over  the  mounds  of  the  ancient 
city,  when  it  crosses  the  old  wall,  on 
which  the  French  lines  were  raised, 
and  descends  into  a  plain,  now  partly 
cultivated  by  order  of  Ibrahim  Pasha. 

Here,  about  |  of  a  mile  from  the 


old  wall,  two  granite  statues  were  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  Harris,  apparently  of 
one  of  the  Ptolemies,  or  of  a  Roman 
emperor,  with  his  queen,  in  the  Egyp- 
tian style.  One  has  the  form  of 
Osiris,  the  other  of  Isis,  or  of  Athor. 
Other  granite  blocks  and  remains  of 
columns  show  that  this  was  the  site 
of  some  important  building. 

About  S  miles  beyond  the  French 
lines,  or  S|  from  the  Rosetta  Gate,  is 
a  Roman  station,  called  Caesar's,  or 
the  Roman,  camp.  It  marks  the  site 
of  NicopoUi,  or  Juliopolis,  where  Au- 
gustus overcamt  the  partisans  of  An- 
tony; and  is  the  spot  where,  1832 
years  after,  the  English  and  French 
armies  engaged. 

A  few  small  monuments  to  some  of 
our  countrymen  who  fell  there  may 
still  be  seen  outside  the  walls,  on  one 
of  which  I  observed  the  name  of 
Colonel  Dutens.  It  had  been  tlirown 
down,  and  we  once  more  pot  it  up, 
with  a  faint  hope  of  its  being  left  in 
that  position.  Here  fell  the  gallant 
Abercrombie,  on  the  memorable  21st 
of  March,  1801. 

The  "  Camp  '*  resembles  the  Myos 
Hormos,  and  the  fortified  stations  or 
hydreumoM  in  the  desert ;  but  is  strong- 
er, larger,  and  better  built.  It  is 
nearly  square,  measuring  291  paces 
by  266  within,  the  walls  being  from 
5  to  5)  paces  thick.  It  has  four  en- 
trances, one  in  the  centre  of  each 
face,  15  paces  wide,  defended  by  round 
or  semicircular  towers,  18  paces  in 
diameter,  or  1 2  within.  On  each  fac« 
are  6  towers,  distant  from  etxh  other 
33  paces ;  those  of  the  doorway  ex- 
cepted, which  are  only  15  paces  apart. 
Those  at  the  4  corners  are  larger  than 
the  others,  having  a  diameter  of  S2 
paces.  The  whole  was  surrounded 
by  a  ditch,  apparently  filli*d  from  the 
sea,  which  is  close  to  the  N.  W.  lace : 
and  a  short  way  from  the  S.W.  gate 
are  the  remains  of  the  aqueduct  that 
supplied  it  with  water ;  probably  part 
of  the  one  seen  to  the  nortli  of  the 
Mahmood^eb,  about  8  miles  from 
Alexandria.     The  walls  are  of  Btoocp 


Egypt 


ROUTE  2. — ALEXANDRIA  TO  R08ETTA. 


103 


with  courses  of  flat  bricks,  or  tiles, 
at  iotenralsy  usual  in  Roman  build- 
ings. 

The  most  remarkable  town  on  this 
road,  in  old  times,  was  Canopus.  The 
places  on  the  way  were  Eleusis,  a 
little  to  the  south  of  Nicopolis,  Ze- 
phyrium,  and  Taposiris  Panra.  A 
short  distance  beyond,  to  the  east  of 
j£leusis,  was  the  canal  that  led  to 
Scbedia;  and  on  a  promontory  at 
Taposiris  was  a  chapel  dedicated  to 
Venus  Aninoe. 

In  this  place  the  town  of  Thonis 
was  reported  to  have  stood,  whose 
name  was  derived  from  Thonis,  the 
king  (or  governor?)  who  entertained 
Menelaus  and  Helen. 

Pococke  thinks  the  island  a  short 
distance  from  the  coast,  to  the  east  of 
Abookir,  is  the  promontory  of  Ta- 
posiris, the  successor  of  Thonis,  the 
land  having  sunk  and  admitted  the 
sea,  so  as  to  convert  it  into  an  island  ; 
and  he  there  perceived  some  ruins, 
the  traces  of  subterraneous  passages, 
and  a  fragment  of  a  sphinx.  He  also 
mentions  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  tem- 
ple under  the  water,  about  2  miles 
from  Alexandria,  which  he  conjectures 
to  have  belonged  to  Zephyrium,  or 
some  other  place  on  the  road  to  Nico- 
polis. 

Cmopifs  was  IS  M.P.,  or  accord- 
ing to  Strabo,  120  stadia  (nearly  14 
English  miles)  from  Alexandria,  by 
land.  It  stood  on  the  west  of  the 
Canoptc  mouth,  between  which  and 
that  town  was  the  village  of  Hera- 
cleum,  famed  for  its  temple  of  Her- 
culea.  The  Greeks  and  Romans 
imagined  it  to  have  been  called  after 
Canopus,  the  pilot  of  Menelaus,  who 
was  buried  there;  but  its  Egyptian 
name  Kahi-noub,  or  the  '*  golden 
soil,"  and  its  high  antiquity,  suffice  to 
show  the  folly  of  this  assertion ;  which 
is  one  of  many  instances  of  their  mode 
of  changing  a  foreign  name,  in  order 
to  connect  it  with,  and  explain  it  by, 
Xhaw  own  history.  Canopus  had  a 
temple  of  Serapis,  who  was  the  deity 
worshipped  there  with  the  greatest  re^ 


spect;  and  it  is  worthy  of  remark 
that  Mr.  Hamilton  discaiis«d,  amidst 
the  ruins  of  Alexandria,  a  Greek  in- 
scription in  honour  of  "  Serapis  in 
Canopus.**  The  deity  was  supposed 
to  answer  by  dreams  to  the  prayers  of 
his  votaries,  and  persons  of  all  ranks 
consulted  him,  respecting  the  cure  of 
diseases,  and  the  usual  questions  sub- 
mitted to  oracles.  Many  otlier  tem- 
ples also  stood  at  Canopus,  as  well  as 
numerous  spacious  inns  for  the  re- 
ception of  strangers;  who  went  to 
enjoy  its  wholesome  air,  and,  above 
all,  the  dissipation  that  recommended 
it  to  the  people  of  Alexandria;  fa- 
mous,  or  rather  infamous,  as  it  was, 
in  the  time  of  the  Greeks  and  Ro- 
mans, for  the  most  wanton  amuse- 
ments. Thither  they  repaired  in 
crowds  by  the  canal  for  that  object. 
Day  and  night,  the  water  was  cover- 
ed with  boats,  carrying  men  and  wo- 
men, who  dsnced  and  sang  with  the 
most  unrestrained  licence.  Arrived 
at  Canopus,  they  repaired  to  booths 
erected  on  the  banks,  for  the  express 
purpose  of  indulging  in  scenes  of  dis- 
sipation. The  immorality  of  the 
place  was  notorious,  and  it  is  this 
which  led  Seneca  to  say,  '*  no  one  in 
thinking  of  a  retreat  would  select 
Canopus,  although  Canopus  might 
not  prevent  a  man  being  virtuous.'* 

The  degraded  state  of  public  mo- 
rals in  that  town  appears  to  have  been 
confined  to  the  period  afVer  the  foun- 
dation of  Alexandria ;  and  the  Cano- 
pus we  read  of  was  a  Greek  town. 

On  the  right  of  the  Canopic  canal 
was  the  Elai'tic  nome,  so  called  from 
the  brother  of  the  first  Ptolemy  ;  and 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Canopic  branch 
of  the  river  was  the  commencement 
of  the  base  of  the  Delta. 

Canopus  stood  near  the  present 
Abookir  (Abookir),  so  well  known 
in  modern  times  from  the  victory  ob- 
tained by  the  English  fleet  under 
Nelson,  recorded  in  our  annals  as  the 
"  battle  of  the  Nile."  To  that  place 
Mohammed  Ali  sends  his  state  pri- 
soners; having  substituted  confine- 
r  4 


104 


ROUTE  2.  —  ALEXANDRIA  TO  ROSETTA.  Sect.  L 


ment  in  its  castle  for  the  more  serious 
punishment  of  death. 

A  few  miles  to  the  eastward  of 
AbookSr  is  an  opening,  called  Madea 
(Mad6eh),  the  "ford,"  or  "ferry," 
by  which  the  lake  Etko  communi- 
cates with  the  sea,  and  which  is  sup- 
posed to  be  the  old  Canopic  branch. 
Near  this  Pococke  places  Heracleum, 
whence  the  name  Heracleotic,  applied 
to  this  mouth  of  the  river,  which  wai 
also  called  Naucratic,  or  Ceramic. 

The  Canopic  was  the  most  wes- 
terly, as  the  Pelusiac  was  the  most 
easterly,  of  the  mouths  of  the  Nile. 
Some  ruins  still  mark  the  site  of  the 
city  of  Herculesy  to  whose  temple  tlie 
slaves  of  Paris  fled,  when  he  was 
forced  by  contrary  winds  to  take  re- 
fuge in  the  Canopic  branch  of  the 
Nile.  The  temple  still  existed  in  the 
time  of  Herodotus  and  Strabo. 

The  whole  road  from  Alexandria 
to  Rosetta  is  as  tedious,  dreary,  and 
bleak  in  winter,  as  it  is  hot  in  sum- 
mer, with  scarcely  any  resting-place 
except  the  Caf^  near  Abookir,  and 
tlie  village  of  Etko,  the  Coptic  Tkoou, 
a  short  distance  to  the  south  of  the 
road.  After  traversing  a  level  plain, 
you  reach  Rosetta,  whose  gardens 
and  palms,  rising  above  tlie  surround- 
ing sand-drifts,  are  an  agreeable 
change  after  this  gloomy  tract.  There 
is  a  constant  communication  by  sea 
between  Alexandria  and  Rosetta ;  but 
the  passage  over  die  bar  of  the  river  is 
always  disagreeable  and  often  dan- 
gerous, so  that  the  journey  by  sea  can- 
not be  recommended. 

ROSETTA.  —  Rosetta,  properly 
Rasheed,  in  Coptic  Trasbit,has  always 
been  considered  the  most  agreeable 
and  the  prettiest  town  of  Egypt,  cele- 
brated for  its  gardens,  and  looked 
upon  by  the  Cairenes,  as  well  as 
Alexandrians,  as  a  most  delightful 
retreat  during  the  summer.  It  has 
still  its  gardens,  which  surround  it  on 
three  sides,  and  the  advantages  of 
situation  ;  but  it  has  lost  much  of  its 
importance  as  a  town,  and  has  ceased 
to  be  the  resort  of  strangers.     The  ( 


population,  too,  is  so  much  diminished 
that  a  great  proportion  of  its  houses 
are  completely  deserted,  and  falling, 
if  not  already  fallen,  to  ruins.  About 
twenty  years  ago  it  had  36,000  bouses, 
and  its  former  flourishing,  condition 
is  shown  by  their  style  of  building, 
which  is  very  superior  to  that  of  other 
Egyptian  towns.  The  calumns  at 
the  doors,  the  neatness  of  the  wooden 
windows,  and  the  general  appearance 
of  their  walls,  strike  a  stranger,  afWr 
being  in  Upper  Egypt ;  and  it  is  with 
regret  that  he  sees  whole  quarters  of 
the  town  deserted,  and  houses  falling 
to  decay. 

It  has  several  mosks,  AAojm,  and 
bazaars,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  wall 
with  loopholes,  which  might  serve  to 
protect  it  against  a  band  of  Arabs, 
but  would  offer  little  resistance  to 
artillery.  The  northern  gate  has  two 
small  towers  at  its  side,  of  a  form  by 
no  means  common  in  Egypt;  and 
between  this  and  the  plain  are  the 
most  extensive  gardens. 

Rosetta  boasts  no  antiquities,  but 
on  the  blocks  used  as  thresholds  of 
doors,  in  the  mosks  and  private 
houses,  a  few  hieroglyphics  may  be 
seen,  among  which  I  observed  the 
name  of  Psamaticus  I.  The  stones 
are  mostly  of  the  hard  silicious  quality 
found  near  the  red  mountain  behind 
Caii^ :  fragments  of  granite  and  ba- 
salt are  also  common,  on  the  latter  of 
which  I  in  vain  looked  for  the  re- 
mainder of  the  Rosetta  stone,  dis- 
covered by  the  French  while  digging 
the  foundations  of  Fort  St.  Julien, 
a  few  miles  lower  down  the  river. 
The  columns,  as  usual,  are  mostly 
granite  and  marble,  which,  like  the 
others,  have  been  brought  from  old 
towns  in  the  vicinity.  On  tbe  west 
side  are  large  drifts  of  sand,  vyii^  in 
height  with  the  palm  trees  they 
threaten  to  overwhelm  ;  and  at  tbe 
S.W.  corner,  close  to  the  river,  the 
wall  is  terq^inated  by  a  small  fort, 
mounting  half  a  dozen  small  iron 
guns  with  two  or  three  Turkish  sol- 
diers smoking  in  the  embrasures. 


Egypt. 


ROUTE   3. — R.  4.  —  ALEXANDRIA.  TO  CAISa 


105 


Rosetta  is  a  smaller  town  than 
Damietta,  but  better  built,  and  may 
be  about  1}  mile  in  diameter.  It  is 
little  known  in  history,  but  to  us  it 
recalls  a  sad  memorial,  of  an  unsuc- 
cessful attempt  to  restore  the  authority 
of  the  Memlooks,  and  the  disastrous 
retreat  of  our  army,  in  1807. 

The  river  at  Rosetta  is  perfectly 
fresh,  except  after  a  long  prevalence 
of  northerly  winds,  when  the  sea  wa- 
ter, forced  upwards,  makes  it  slightly 
■alt,  and  well  water  is  brought  for 
sale  to  the  town  and  the  boats.  The 
sea  is  distant  6  miles  by  the  river,  or 
3  miles  across  the  plain. 

About  \\  mile  to  the  south  of  Ro- 
setta is  a  hill,  called  Aboo  Mandoor, 
on  which  stands  a  telegraph,  now 
locked  up,  and  only  intended  in  case 
of  alarm  on  the  coast.  This  hill  is 
supposed  to  mark  the  site  of  an  an- 
cieot  town,  probably  Bolbitine,  and 
U  was  this  commanding  position  that 
the  English  occupied  on  their  advance 
upon  Rosetta  in  1807. 

Below  are  two  mosks,  very  pic- 
turesque objects  from  the  river,  which 
seem  to  mark  the  limits  of  the  fer- 
tile soil  of  the  neighbourhood  of , Ro- 
setta. 


ROUTE  S. 

BOSITTA    TO     ATFEH    AMD   CAIAO    BT 
THK    NILE. 

Miles. 
Rosetta  to  Aboo  Mandoor     -         1| 

—  to  Berembal  .         8 

—  to  Daroot         -         -         9| 

—  to  Atfeh  .         .         4 
Atfeh   to   Cairo    (see   Routo 

6.)  -         -         -         -     I25i 

There  is  nothing  worthy  of  remark 
on  the  way  from  Rosetta  to  Atfeh. 

At  Metoobis  are  the  mounds  of 
the  ancient  town  of  Metubis,  and  at 
Daroot  and  Shindeeoon  are  the  sites 
of  other  towns. 


Atfeh  is  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mah- 
mood^h,  or  Canal  of  Alexandria, 
where  it  joins  the  Nile. 


ROUTE  4. 

ALEXANDEIA   TO    CAIEO,    BT    LAND, 
THEOUGH   THE   DELTA. 

Miles. 
Alexandria    along    the    north 

bank  of  the    Mahmoodeeh 
Canal  to  e*Sid,  or   Maison 
Carr^       ....        5 
To  Karioon  -        -         -      IS 

Birket  Ghuttas,  or  el  Birkeh  3^ 
Karrawee  (crossing  the  canal)  A\ 
Damanhoor  (after  leaving  the 

canal  and  crossing  the  plain)  7| 
Nigeeleh,  or  to  Zowyet  el  Bahr  23^ 
Cross  the  river,   and  then  to 

Menoof     -         -         -        -     18^ 
Shoobra-Shab&h   by    Kafr   el 
Hemmeh,  then   crossing  the 
Damietta  branch         -         -      18 
Shoobra-el-Makk&seh,  the  Pa- 
sha's vi|la  ... 
N.W.  Gate  of  Cairo       .         .        4 


isi 


111 

For  the   Mahmoodeeh    Canal    to 
Karrawee,  see  Route  6. 

Damanhoor  is  the  capital  of  £1 
Bahayreh,  1.  e.  "the  lower  *'  or 
*<  northern"  province.  It  is  called 
by  Aboolf^a  Damanhoor  el  W&besh, 
"  of  the  desert,*'  and  in  Coptic  Pi- 
dlmenh&r,  or  Tminhor.  It  is  sup- 
posed to  be  the  successor  of  Hermo- 
polis  Parva,  which  was  near,  or,  as 
Strabo  says,  on  the  river,  the  Canopic 
branch  passing  through  the  plain  to 
the  north  of  it. 

At  Nigeeleh  are  stationed  the  re- 
lays of  asses  that  carry  the  Indian 
mails  between  Cairo  and  Alexandria, 
and  here  the  road  crosses  the  river. 

Menoof,  by  some  supposed  to  be 
the  ancient  Nicium,  or  Prosopis,  was 
once  a  town  of  some  iroponance.  It 
is  now  only  noted  for  its  manufactory 
of  mats,  called  Menoof(6eh,  much  es- 

F  5 


106 


BOUTE   5.  —  B.  6.  —  ALEXANDRIA   TO  CAIRO.      SeCt.  !• 


teemed  at  Cairo.  Menoof,  or  Ma- 
nouf,  is  the  same  name  that  was  given 
to  Memphis.  Near  it  is  a  large  canal 
called  Pharaooniih,  which,  from  its  car- 
rying off  too  much  water  from  the 
Damietta  to  the  Rosetta  branch,  was 
closed  some  years  since  by  Moham- 
med AH.  (For  Shoobra  and  the 
Pasha*s  villa,  see  the  environs  of  Cairo 
in  Section  II.) 

ROUTE  5. 

ALEXANDRIA    TO    CAIRO    BT    THK 


WBSTXRN    BANK. 


Miles. 


Alexandria  to  Zowyel  el  Bahr 

(see  Route  4.)     .J        • 
Alg&m  -         -         -         - 

TeHLneh  -        -         -         - 

Beni  SaUmeh  ... 

£1  Guttah  (or  £1  Kuttah) 
Embiibeh        .... 
Cross  the  river  at  £mb&beh  to 
Boolak,  and  thence  to  Cairo 


57 
9| 

8 

9 

16i 


1084 

For  Teraneh  see  Route  1 4. 

£mb4beh  is  only  remarkable  for 
having  been  a  fortified  post  of  the 
Memlooks,  and  as  the  town  which 
gave  its  name  to  the  battle  called  by 
Uie  French  "of  the  Pyramids/*  but 
in  £gypt  **  of  £mb&beh."  All  the  as- 
sociations connected  with  it  in  the 
minds  of  the  modern  Cairenes  are  de- 
rived from  its  lupins,  which,  under 
the  name  of  Emb&beh  Muddud,  are 
loudly  proclaimed  in  the  streets  to  be 
"  superior  to  almonds.'* 

For  Boolak  see  Route  6. 


ROUTE  6. 


FROM   ALIXANDBIA   TO    ATFEU 
CAIRO. 

Alexandria  to  e*Sid,  or  the  Mai* 

son  Carr^ 
Kario6n  ... 

Birket  Ghuttis 
Karrawee         -     '    . 
Zowyet  el  Ghaz^l 


AMD 


Miles. 


5 
IS 

H 
41 


Ruins  at  Gheyk 

Atfeh     .... 

Rabman^h    .         .         - 

Sa-el-Hagar  (  Sais) 

Nikleh 

Shaboor  -         -         - 

Nigeeleh         .         -         - 

Ter4ne|i  ... 

A  boo  Nish4beh 

Werd&n 

Aboo  Ghaleb 

N.  point  of  DelU    - 

Shoobra  .         -         • 

Boolak  (the  port  of  Cairo) 


-  H 

-  fi 

-  iT* 

-  14 

.      4 

-  lOi 

-  lOi 

-  28 

-  7 

-  11 

-  41 

-  12 

-  12 

-  4 

166} 

(For  boats  and  steamers  from 
Alexandria  to  Cairo  see  Route  1. 

Those  who  are  on  their  way  to  In- 
dia are  obliged  to  take  the  latter 
(see  Introduction). 

For  the  things  necessary  on  the 
journey  see  Sect.  I.  b.  and  5.) 

All  baggage  is  subject  .to  an  exami- 
nation at  the  custom-house,  on  leav- 
ing Alexandria,  unless  released  by  a 
small  fee,  and  the  declaration  that  it 
is  for  private  use ;  and  merchandise 
pays  2  per  cent.,  according  to  the 
new  tariff.     'i*he  traveller  may  either 
go  on  board  his  boat  at  the  end  of  the 
road  below  Pompey*s  Pillar,  or  near 
Moharrem   Bey's  villa,  which  is  a 
little  further  off;  but  by  sending  his 
baggage  before  him  to   the  former 
spot,  and  ordering  the  boat  to  go  oii 
to  Moharrem  Bey*s  (or  to  Rimleh), 
he  will  have  an  hour  or  two  more  for 
breakfast,  or  any  other  purpose,  at 
Alexandria,  and  may  ride  leisurely  to 
his  boat,  without  being  pressed  for 
time,  or  obliged  to  pass  through  a 
winding  and  tedious  part  of  the  ca- 
nal.    Af^r  having   made  about    4 
miles  from  tliat  villa,  he  is  hailed  by 
a  guard  stationed  at  the  maiwom  carrie^ 
or  e*  «ul,  who  require  that  the  tetkrtk 
(permit)  of  servants  and  other  natives 
be  shown,  lest  any  improper  persons 
may  have  taken  a  passage  on  board. 
He  is  then  allowed  to  continue  bia 
voyage  without  further  molestation. 
A  similar  kind  of  permit  appears,  bj 


Egypt      ROUTE  6.  — AL£XA2n>RIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.         107 


Strabo*s  account,  to  have  been  re- 
quired in  ancient  times  from  persons 
leaving  Alexandria ;  and  the  trouble- 
•ome  system  of  passports  seems  to 
have  been  adopted  by  the  Egyptians 
at  a  very  early  period. 

It  was  at  this  spot  that  the  English 
cut  the  passage,  to  admit  the  sea  water 
into  the  Lake  Mareotis ;  and  from  its 
having  been  dottd  again,  they  now 
give  it  the  name  of  S'ld^  signifying 
•«adaro.** 

If  the  wind  is  fair  a  good  sailing 
boat  should  reach  Atfeb  in  8  hours 
from  Alexandria ;  if  towed  by  horses, 
in  10  and  a  half.  Within  the  last  4 
years  the  Government  has  established 
post-horses  on  the  canal  where  relays 
of  horses  are  kept  for  the  use  of  boats ; 
but  in  order  to  have  the  right  of  en- 
gaging them,  it  is  necessary  to  be 
furnished  with  an  order  {te^th) 
from  the  authorities  at  Alexandria. 
A  separate  tetkreh  is  given  for  each 
post,  so  that  if  the  wind  is  favourable 
a  portion  of  the  way,  and  contrary  or 
deficient  in  other  parts  of  the  canal, 
horses  may  be  taken  only  as  far  as 
required.  A  dahabeth  is  towed  by 
2  horses,  each  with  iu  rider,  and  1 
dollar  is  paid  for  a  horse. 

The  Ctmal  of  Mahmoodeeh,  which 
was  begun  by  Mohammed  AH  in 
1819,  and  opened  Jan.  24.  1820,  re- 
ceived its  name  in  honour  of  the  late 
sultan.  It  is  said  by  Mengin  to  have 
cost  188,400  piastres,  or  7,500,000 
francs,  and  250,000  men  were  era- 
ployed  about  one  year  in  digging  it, 
under  the  direction  of  Hagee  Osman 
agha,  the  Pasha*s  chief  Turkish  sur- 
Teyor,  assisted  by  SS.  Bilotti,  Costa, 
Massi,  and  two  other  lulian  engi- 
neers. It  was  done  in  too  hurried  a 
manner,  and  the  accumulation  of 
mud,  deposited  in  it  after  a  very  few 
years,  so  clogged  its  channel,  that  no 
boats  of  any  size  could  navigate  it 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  year ; 
an  inconvenience  only  removed  for  a 
time  by  supplying  it  with  water  from 
a  lateral  canal  from  TeWineh,  by  mak- 
ing locks  at  its  junction  with  the 


Nile.  Another  proof  of  bad  manage- 
ment in  its  execution  was  the  great 
loss  of  life  among  the  workmen,  no 
less  than  20,000  being  said  to  have 
perished  by  accidents,  hunger,  and 
plague. 

An  old  canal  existed  on  this  line, 
which  brought  water  from  the  Nile, 
and  had  been  used  in  the  time  *of 
the  Venetians  for  carrying  goods  to 
Alexandria.  It  was  called  the  canal 
of  Fooah,  and  existed,  though  nearly 
dry,  in  Savary's  time,  a.  d.  1777. 
The  spot  where  it  entered  the  walls 
of  Alexandria  may  still  be  seen,  at 
the  salient  angle  to  the  west  of  Pom- 
pey's  Pillar ;  and  it  was  probably  the 
same  that  of  old  went  towards  the 
Kibotos.  There  was  also  a  canal  on 
part  of  this  line  which  left  the  Nile 
at  Rahmaneeh,  supposed  by  some  to 
have  been  the  old  Canopic  branch. 

The  appearance  of  the  Mahmood^h 
is  far  from  interesting,  and  the  mono- 
tony of  its  banks  is  not  relieved  by 
the  telegraphs,  rising  at  intervals 
above  the  dreary  plain,  which  extends 
on  both  sides  of  it  to  a  seemingly 
endless  distance.  They  communicate 
between  Alexandria  and  the  capital ; 
following  the  canol  as  far  as  Kar- 
rawee,  and  then  by  Damanhoor,  Zow- 
yet  el  Bahr,  N4der,  Menoof,  and 
other  intermediate  places,  to  the 
citadel  of  Cairo.  The  earth  thrown 
up  from  the  canal  forms  an  elevated 
ridge,  rising  far  above  the  adjacent 
lands;  and  the  only  objects  tliat  in- 
terrupt the  uniform  level  are  the 
mounds  of  ancient  towns,  whose 
solitary  and  deserted  aspect  adds 
not  a  little  to  the  gloominess  of  the 
scene. 

On  the  Mahmood^eh  are  some 
villas,  and  farms,  of  Turks  and  Eu- 
ropeans, living  at  Alexandria.  The 
most  remarkable  among  the  former  is 
that  of  Moharrem  Bey,  already  men- 
tioned. He  was  formerly  governor 
of  Alexandria,  and  son  of  the  governor 
of  Cawala,  the  native  town  of  Mo- 
hammed Ali,and  one  of  the  few  from 
that  place  who  witnessed  the  gradual 

r  6 


108       ROUTE  6.  — ^ALEXANDRIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.         Sect.  I. 


rise  of  the  Pasha  during  his  career  in 
Egypt. 

The  Mahmood^eh  follows  part  of 
the  ancient  Canopic  branch  of  the 
Nile,  and  the  old  canal  of  Fooah; 
and  here  and  there,  near  its  banks, 
are  the  remains  of  ancient  towns. 
The  most  remarkable  in  its  immediate 
vicinity  are  those  (supposed  to  be)  of 
Schedia, between  Kario6n  and  Nishoo. 
Beginning  a  short  way  inland  from 
the  telegraph  of  the  former,  they  ex- 
tend about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to 
the  south  end  of  the  large  mounds  of 
Nishoo,  and  contain  confused  remains 
of  stone  and  brick,  among  which  are 
two  fragments  of  stone  (apparently 
parts  of  the  same  block),  bluing  the 
name  of  the  Great  Remeses,  and 
some  capitals  and  fragments  of  late 
time.  The  most  remarkable  object  is 
a  series  of  massive  walls  in  an  isolated 
mound,  300  paces  to  the  south-east- 
ward of  these  fragments,  which  Mr. 
Salt  conjectured  to  be  the  docks  of 
the  state  barges,  kept  at  Schedia ;  but 
they  were  evidently  cisterns,  like  those 
in  Italy  and  at  Carthage.  They  are 
of  Roman  time,  built  of  stone,  with 
horizontal  courses  of  the  usual  flat 
bricks  or  tiles,  at  intervals,  and  but- 
tresses projecting  here  and  there,  to 
give  them  greater  strength ;  the  whole 
originally  covered  with  a  casing  of 
stucco.  The  walls  were  about  six- 
teen in  number,  of  which  twelve  may 
be  still  distinctly  seen,  and  the  spaces 
between  them  were  about  215  feet 
long,  and  27  broad.  The  walls  are 
now  alx>ut  15  feet  high.  The  ex- 
tremity of  each  gallery  or  cistern  is 
rounded  off,  and  we  may  suppose  that 
they  had  arched  roofs.  A  canal  or 
branch  of  the  river  appears  to  have 
run  through  the  levej  space,  about 
750  feet  broad,  between  them  and  the 
town.  The  distance  of  Nishoo  from 
Alexandria  agrees  exactly  with  that 
given  by  Strabo  from  Schedia  to  that 
city,  wliich  he  calculates  at  4  schoenes, 
or  nearly  14  English  miles. 

Schedia  was  so  called  by  the  Greeks, 
from  the  barrier,  or  bridge  of  boats, 


that  closed  the  river  at  this  spot,  where 
duties  were  levied  on  all  merchandise 
tliat  passed ;  and  the  name  of  Nishoo, 
applied  to  the  neighbouring  mounds 
and  the  modem  village,  seems  to  be 
derived  from  the  Egyptian  nitAoi, 
signifying  '*  the  boats."  The  mounds 
of  Nishoo  are  in  four  almost  parallel 
lines,  the  two  outer  ones  about  250, 
the  centre  two  about  756  feet  apart. 
They  contain  no  traces  of  building ; 
they  appear  to  be  entirely  of  earth, 
though  of  very  great  height,  and  were 
probably  the  result  of  excavations, 
made  in  deepening  the  river,  or  the 
neighbouring  canal,  which,  from  the 
low  space  separating  the  two  centre 
mounds,  appears  to  have  passed  be- 
tween them. 

Schedia  was  a  bLihop*s  see  in  the 
time  of  Athanasius,  as  were  Menelais 
and  Andropolis. 

At  KarioSn  is  a  manufactory  of 
glass,  and  a  little  more  than  a  mile 
farther  is  another  of  pottery.  The 
canal  in  the  vicinity  of  Kario6n  in- 
creases in  breadth.  Cbereu,  in  Coptic 
Chereus,  stood  near  this;  and  An- 
thylla  and  Archandra  in  the  plain 
between  the  Mahmood^h  and  Lake 
Etko. 

About  3^  miles  from  Kario6n  is 
the  village  of  Birket  Ghutt^  or  £1 
Birkeh  (« the  Lake**);  aud  at  Karra- 
wee  the  road,  which  has  thus  far  fol- 
lowed the  bank  of  the  canal,  turns  off 
to  Damanho6r. 

Near  Karrawee  are  mouqds  of  an 
old  town  of  some  extent,  and  others 
are  seen  in  tlie  plain  to  the  south.  A 
few  miles  farther,  the  canal  mskes  a 
bend  northwards  to  Atfeh ;  quitting 
the  bed  of  an  old  canal,  which  joined 
the  Nile  farther  to  the  south,  just 
below  e'  Rahman^h. 

Atfeh. —  On  reaching  Atfeh  there  is 
sometimes  a  delay  in  obtaining  per- 
mission to  pass  through  the  locks  to 
the  Nile.  The  new  arrangements  are 
French,  and  nothing  is  done  without 
signatures  or  seals  of  oflScials.  Six 
seals  are  required  here,  the  last  being 
that  of  the  Bey,  who  is  not  always  to 


Egypt. 


ROUTE  6.  — FOOAH.  —  DESSCKSk. SAYs. 


109 


be  found ;  sometimes  he  is  not  up,  at 
others  he  is  dining,  or  taking  bis 
siesta.  But  a  bribe  of  five  piastres 
will  frequently  get  over  all  difficulties, 
and  stand  in  lieu  of  seals. 

Atfeh  is  a  miserable  Tillage,  abound- 
ing in  dust  and  dogs;  but  the  first 
▼iew  of  the  Nile  is  striking,  and  a 
relief  after  the  canal. 

The  voyage  between  Atfeh  and 
Cairo  (or  Boolak)  occupies  about  S 
or  4  days,  in  ascending  the  stream 
with  a  good  wind ;  or  by  the  steamer 
about  2S  hours,  and  11  to  12  in 
coming  down  the  stream  to  Atfeh. 

During  the  high  Nile,  the  voyage 
to  Cairo  takes  rather  more  time. 

Fooah, —  Nearly  opposite  Atfeh  is 
Fooah^  conspicuous  with  its  minarets, 
and  a  picturesque  object  from  the 
river,  as  you  pass  during  the  high 
Nile.  It  occupies  the  site  of  the 
ancient  Metelis  (in  Coptic  Meleg,  or 
Meledg),  but  contains  no  remains 
beyond  a  few  granite  blocks,  now 
used  as  the  thresholds  of  doors,  with 
hieroglyphic  inscriptions,  containing 
the  names  of  A  pries  and  other  kings 
of  the  26th  or  Sa'ite  dynasty.  Foooh 
has  now  only  a  manufactory  of  tar- 
homhts  or  red  caps,  and  the  usual 
w^heh  **  manufactory  '*  of  large 
towns;  but  in  the  time  of  Leo 
Africanus  it  was  very  flourishing; 
and  though  its  streets  were  narrow, 
it  had  the  character  of  a  large  town, 
teeming  with  plenty,  and  noted  for 
the  appearance  of  its  bazaars  and 
■hops.  **  The  women,'*  he  adds, 
^  enjoy  so  much  freedom  there,  that 
their  husbands  permit  them  to  go 
during  the  day  wherever  they  please ; 
and  the  surrounding  country  abounds 
in  date  trees." 

The  best  Egyptian  dates  come  from 
a  place  on  the  other  side  of  the  Delta, 
called  Korayn,  near  Salah^h,  which 
are  known  at  Cairo  as  the  dSmeree. 
The  Ibr^emee  are  from  Nubia. 

Fooah  has  given  its  name  to  the 
madder,  which  was  first  planted  there. 
It  continued  to  be  long  a  flourishing 
town;  and  Belon  describes  it  in  the 


15tb  century,  6fty  years  after  the  con- 
quest of  Sultan  Selim,  as  second  only 
to  Cairo. 

During  the  wars  of  the  Crusaders, 
tlie  Christians  penetrated  into  Egypt 
as  fur  as  Fooah,  in  the  reign  of  Melek 
Adel ;  and  having  plundered  and  burnt 
the  town,  retired  with  much  booty. 

DtBtoSk  is  well  known  in  modem 
times  for  the  f^te  celebrated  there  in 
honour  of  Shekh  Ibrahim  e'  Des- 
so6kee,  a  Moslem  saint,  who  holds 
the  second  rank  in  the  Egyptian  ca- 
lendar, neit  to  the  Sayd  el  Beddowee 
of  Tanta. 

At  e*  Rahmanelfh  was  the  entrance 
of  an  old  canal  that  went  to  Alex- 
andria; which  some  suppose  to  be  the 
andent  Canopic  branch,  placing  Nau- 
cratis  at  this  town.  £*  Rahmandeh 
was  a  fortified  post  of  the  French 
when  in  Egypt,  and  was  taken  by 
the  English  in  May  1801,  previous 
to  their  march  upon  Cairo. 

SaU.  —  The  lofty  mounds  of  Sals 
are  seen  to  the  N.  of  the  village  of 
Sa-el-Hagar,  *<  Sa  of  the  Stone,"  so 
called  from  the  remains  of  the  old 
town ;  which  are  now  confined  to  a 
few  broken  blocks,  some  ruins  of 
houses,  and  a  large  enclosure,  sur- 
rounded by  massive  crude  brick  walls; 
These  last  are  about  70  feet  thick, 
and  of  very  solid  construction.  Be- 
tween the  courses  of  bricks  are  layers 
of  reeds,  intended  to  serve  as  binders ; 
and  I  have  been  assured  that  hiero- 
glyphics have  been  met  with  on  some 
of  the  bricks,  which  may  perhaps, 
contain  the  name  of  the  place,  or  of 
the  king  by  whom  the  walls  were 
built.  I  cannot,  however,  affirm  that 
this  is  really  the  case,  not  having 
been  able  to  find  them  myself,  but 
others  may  be  more  fortunate  in  their 
search. 

These  walls  enclose  a  space  mea- 
suring 2325  feet  by  1960;  the  north 
side  of  which  is  occupied  by  the  lake 
mentioned  by  Herodotus,  where  cer- 
tain mysterious  ceremonies  were  per- 
formed in  honour  of  Osiris.  As  he 
j  says  it  was  of  circular  form,  and  it  is 


no         BOUTS   6.  — ALBXANDBIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIBO.      SeCt.  L 


now  long  and  irregular,  we  may  con- 
clude that  it  has  since  encroached  on 
part  of  the  temenot  or  sacred  enclo- 
sure, where  the  temple  of  Minerva 
and  the  tombs  of  the  Saite  kings 
stood.  The  site  of  the  temple  ap- 
pears to  have  been  in  the  low  open 
space  to  the  W.,  and  part3  of  the 
wall  of  its  temenos  may  be  traced  on 
two  sides,  which  was  about  720  feet 
in  breadth,  or  a  little  more  than  that 
around  the  temple  of  Tanis.  To  the 
£.  of  it  are  mounds,  with  remains 
of  crude  brick  houses,  the  walls  of 
which  are  partially  standing,  and  here 
and  there  bear  evident  signs  of  having 
been  burnt  This  part  has  received 
the  name  of  "el  Kala,'*  "the  citadel," 
from  its  being  higher  than  the  rest, 
and  from  the  appearance  of  two  mas- 
sive buildings  at  the  upper  and  lower 
end,  which  seem  to  have  been  in- 
^nded  for  defence.  It  is  not  impos- 
sible that  this  was  tlie  royal  palace. 
Below  it  to  the  S.  is  a  low  space, 
now  cultivated,  and  nearly  on  tlie 
same  level  as  the  area  where  I  su)>- 
pose  the  temple  to  have  stood. 

The  water  of  the  lake  is  used  for 
irrigating  this  spot,  but  it  is  generally 
dried  up  from  the  end  of  May  until 
the  next  inundation  fills  the  canals. 
On  its  banks,  particularly  at  the 
western  extremity,  grow  numerous 
reeds,  and  when  full  of  water  it  is 
frequented  by  wild  ducks  and  other 
water  fowl,  now  the  only  inhabitants 
of  ancient  Sais. 

On  a  low  mound,  between  800 
and  900  feet  from  the  N.  E.  corner 
of  the  walls,  beyond  a  large  modern 
canal,  are  a  block  of  granite  and  psrt 
of  a  sarcophagus ;  to  the  S.  is  an- 
other mound,  with  a  Shekh*s  tomb  ; 
and  beyond  this  are  the  ruins  of 
houses.  They  are  distant  about  1000 
feet  from  the  walls  of  the  large  enclo- 
sure, and  are  doubtless  the  remains 
of  the  ancient  town,  the  S.  extremity 
of  which  is  occupied  by  the  present 
village.  Here  too  are  some  ancient 
tombs. 

There  are   no  remains  of   sculp- 


ture amidst  the  modem  or  ancient 
bouses,  except  fragments  in  the  two 
mosks,  and  at  the  door  of  a  bouse ; 
which  last  has  the  name  of  king 
Psamaticus  1 1. ,  tlie  goddess  Neith, 
and  the  town  of  Ssa,  or  Sals. 

Sais  was  a  city  of  great  importance, 
particularly  during  the  reigns  of  the 
Saite  kings,  who  ruled  Egypt  about 
150  years,  until  the  Persian  invasion 
under  Cambyses;  and  some  claim 
for  it  the  honour  of  having  been  the 
parent  of  a  colony,  which  founded 
the  city  of  Athens  in  1556  a.  c,  and 
introduced  the  worship  of  Minerva  on 
the  shores  of  Greece. 

At  Sa'is  were  tlie  sepulchres  of  all 
the  kings  of  Egypt,  natives  of  the 
Sa'ite  nome.     They  stood  in  the  teme- 
not, or  sacred  enclosure,  of  the  tem- 
ple of  Minerva ;  and  it  was  here  that 
the  unfortunate  Apries  and  his  rival 
Amasis    were    both    buried.       The 
tomb  of  Apries  was  near  the  temple, 
on    the   left,   entering  the  tetnenos : 
tliat  of  Amasis  stood  farther  from  the 
temple  than  those  of  Apries  and  bis 
predecessors,  in  the  vestibule  of  this 
enclosure.     It  consisted  of  a  large 
stone  chamber,  adorned  with  columns 
in  imitation  of  palm  trees,  and  other 
ornaments,  within  which  was  an  (iso- 
lated) stone  receptacle,  with  double 
doors  (at  each  end),  contiuning  tlie 
sarcophagus.     It  was  from  tliis  tomb 
that  Cambyses  is  said  to  have  taken 
the  body  of  Amasis ;  which,  aAer  be 
had  scourged  and  insulted  it,  he  or- 
dered to  be  burnt,  though  the  Egyp- 
tians   assured    Herodotus    that    the 
body  of  some  other  person  had  been 
substituted    instead    of   the    king*s« 
"  They    also    show,**    continues  the 
historian,    **the.  sepulchre    of   him 
(Osiris)    whom    I   do   not  think    it 
right  here  to  mention.     It  stands  in 
the  sacred  enclosure,  behind  the  tern* 
pie  of  Minerva,  reaching  along  the 
whole  extent  of  its  wall.     In   this 
temenos  are  several  large  stone  obe- 
lisks ;  and  near  it  a  lake  cased  with 
stone,  of  a  circular  form,  and  about 
the  sixe  of  that  at  Delo%  called  Trt>- 


Egypt. 


BOTJTE  6.  —  8AXS.  —  SEPULCHRES. 


Ill 


choTdes.  On  this  lake  are  represented 
at  night  the  sufferings  of  him,  con- 
cerning whom,  though  much  is  known 
to  me,  I  shall  preserre  strict  silence, 
except  as  far  as  it  may  be  right  for 
me  to  speak.  The  Egyptians  call 
them  mysteries.  I  shall  obsenre  the 
same  caution  with  regard  to  the  in- 
stitutions of  Ceres,  called  Thesmo- 
phoria,  which  were  brought  from 
Egypt  by  the  daughters  of  Danaiis, 
and  afterwards  taught  by  them  to 
the  Pelasgic  women."  Sals  was  the 
place  where  the  **  fete  of  burning 
lamps**  was  particularly  '<  celebrated 
during  a  certain  night,  when  eYcry 
one  lighted  lamps  in  the  open  air 
around  his  house.  They  were  small 
cups  full  of  salt  (and  neater?)  and 
oil,  with  a  floating  wick  which  lasted 
all  night.  Strangers  went  to  Sals 
from  difierent  parts  of  Egypt  to  assist 
at  this  ceremony ;  but  those  who 
oould  not  be  present  lighted  lamps 
at  their  own  homes,  so  that  the  fes- 
liTal  was  kept,  not  only  at  Sais,  but 
throughout  the  country.'* 

I  have  already  mentioned  the  spot 
which  appears  to  have  been  occupied 
by  the  temple  of  Minerva  ;  and  it  is 
probable  that  in  excavating  there,  its 
exact  position  and  plan  might  be  as- 
certained. *'  Amasis  added  to  it  some 
▼ery  beautiful  propy/«a,  exceeding  all 
others  both  in  height  and  extent,  as 
well  as  in  the  dimensions  of  the  stones 
and  other  respects.  He  also  placed 
there  several  large  colossi  and  andro- 
spbinxes,  and  brought  numerous 
blocks  of  extraordinary  size  to  re- 
pair the  temple,  some  from  the  quar- 
ries near  Memphis,  and  the  largest 
from  Elephantine,  a  distance  of  20 
days*  Mil  from  Sais^ 

•*  But,**  adds  Herodotus,  «<  what  I 
admire  most  is  an  edifice  of  a  single 
block  brought  from  the  latter  place : 
8000  men,  all  boatmen,  were  em- 
ployed three  years  in  its  transport  to 
Sals.  It  is  21  cubits  long  externally, 
14  broad,  8  high ;  and  its  measure- 
ments within  are  16  cubits  20  digits 
long,  12  broad,  and  5  high.    It  stands 


at  the  entrance  of  the  sacred  enclo- 
sure :  and  the  reason  given  by  the 
Egyptians  for  its  not  liaving  been  ad- 
mitted is,  that  Amasis,  hearing  the 
architect  utter  a  sigh,  as  if  fatigued 
with  the  length  of  time  employed 
and  the  labour  he  had  undergone, 
considered  it  so  bad  an  omen,  that  he 
would  not  allow  it  to  be  taken  any 
farther;  though  others  affirm  that*  it 
was  in  consequence  of  a  man  having 
been  crushed,  while  moving  it  with 
levers."  At  Sais  was  also  a  colossus 
dedicated  by  Amasis,  75  feet  long, 
similar  in  size  and  proportion  to  one 
he  placed  before  the  temple  of  Pthah 
at  Memphis,  which  was  lying  on  its 
back ;  and  the  grand  palace  of  the 
kings  in  the  same  city,  which  Apries 
left  to  attack  Amasis,  and  to  which 
he  afterwards  returned  a  prisoner,  is 
another  of  the  interesting  monuments 
mentioned  at  Ssls. 

The  Egyptian  name  of  this  city 
was  Ssa,  which  is  retained  in  the 
modem  Sa;  and  the  Sals  of  ancient 
writers  was  the  same,  with  a  Greek 
termination.  It  is  about  a  mile  from 
the  Nile,  on  the  right  bank,  and  in 
order  to  save  time,  if  the  Nile  is 
low,  the  traveller  may  land  when  in 
a  line  with  the  mounds,  and  send  his 
boat  to  wait  for  htm  at  the  bend  of 
the  river  near  Kodabeh,  about  1^ 
miles  higher  up.  During  the  inun- 
dation the  plahi  is  partly  flooded  and 
intersected  with  canals,  which  are 
not  forded  without  inconvenience  be- 
fore November. 

Seven  or  eight  miles  inland  to  the 
W.  from  Dahreeb,  between  Nikleh 
and  Shab6or,  is  Rams^es,  on  the  Da- 
manbo6r  canal,  where  report  speaks 
of  a  few  stone  remains,  though  I  hear 
they  have  been  lately  removed  to 
build  a  bridge,  or  for  some  other  pur- 
pose. They,  as  well  as  the  name, 
mark  the  Kite  of  an  ancient  town, 
which  would  be  of  very  great  interest, 
were  it  on  tlie  E.  instead  of  the  W. 
side  of  the  Delta.  This  Rams^es,  or 
rather  its  predecessor,  is  unnoticed  by 
profane  writers,  and  it  is  too  far  from 


1 12  BOUTE  6.  —  ALEXANDRIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.    SeCt.  I. 


the  spot  where  the  Israelites  lived,  to 
have  any  claim  to  the  title  of  one  of 
the  two  treasure  cities,  Pithom  and 
Rameses,  mentioned  in  Exodus.  And, 
indeed,  Rameses  is  expressly  stated 
to  have  been  the  place  whence  the 
Israelites  took  their  departure  for 
Succoth,  and  Etham  at  the  edge  of 
the  Wilderness,  on  their  way  to  the 
Red  Sea. 

Wild  boars  frequent  some  of  the 
islands  in  the  Rosetta  branch,  but 
they  are  difficult  to  find,  without  ex- 
perienced guides.  Traces  of  an  old 
canal,  running  to  the  N.  N.  W.,  by 
sonofle  supposed  to  be  the  Canopic 
branch  of  the  Nile,  may  be  seen  above 
Nig^Ieh,  which  is  traditionally  called 
the  Bahr  Yoosef.  It  has  been  lately 
enlarged,  and  joined  by  tlie  new  canal, 
opened  five  or  six  miles  above  Ter&neh, 
and  is  used  to  carry  water  to  the  plain 
of  the  Bahayreh,  and  even  to  supply 
the  Mahmooid^eh  during  the  summer. 
Not  far  from  this  should  be  the  site 
of  Gynaecopolis  and  Andropolis,  by 
some  supposed  to  be  the  same  city. 

About  two  or  three  miles  to  the 
westward  of  Kom-Sher^k  are  the 
mounds  of  an  ancient  town,  on  the 
canal.  Some  stone  remains  were 
found  there  a  few  years  since,  in  dig- 
ging for  nitre,  but  were  speedily  taken 
away,  which  is  the  fate  of  every  frag- 
ment of  masonry  as  soon  as  discovered. 
The  mounds  arc  called  Tel  el  odilmeh 
(**  of  the  bones  '* ),  from  the  bodies 
found  buried  amidst  them.  A  little 
higher  up  is  Tar^eh,  near  which  are 
other  mounds,  and  the  branch  of  a 
canal,  which  follows  the  course  of  the 
ancient  Lycus  canalU^  that  ran  towards 
the  lake  Mareotis.  Some  suppose 
Momemphis  to  have  stood  here ;  but 
as  it  was  near  the  road  to  the  Natron 
Lakes,  it  is  more  likely  t<i  have  been 
at  £1  Boorag&t,  or  Kafr  Daoot,  near 
the  former  of  which  are  the  mounds 
of  an  old  town  of  considerable  sise. 
At  Aboo-Ukh&wee  and  Shaboor  are 
the  shallowest  parts  of  the  Rosetta 
branch,  which  in  summer  are  barely 
passable  for  large  boaU.     About  Na- 


der, on  the  E.  bank,  are  many  wild 
boars,  which  are  found  in  many  other 
parts  of  the  Delta,  particularly  in  the 
low  marsh  lands  to  the  N.,  and  al>out 
the  lake  Mensaleh,  as  well  as  in  the 
Fyoom. 

Ter&neh  is  the  successor  of  Tere- 
nuthis.  About  1)  mile  to  the  W., 
beyond  the  canal,  are  mounds  of  con* 
siderable  extent,  which  probably  mark 
its  ancient  bite:  and  it  is  from  this 
place  that  the  road  leads  from  the 
Nile  to  the  Natron  Lakes.  The  in- 
habitants of  Ter&neh  are  principally 
employed  in  bringing  the  natron  from 
the  desert,  the  whole  of  which  is 
farmed  from  die  Pasha  by  Signor 
Gibarra ;  and  to  this  is  attributable 
the  prosperous  condition  of  that  village. 
The  lakes  are  distant  from  Ter6neh 
about  twelve  hours'  journey.  (See 
Route  14.  Section  II.) 

Near  Lekhmas  are  other  mounds, 
perhaps  of  the  city  of  Menelaus ;  so 
called,  not  from  the  Greek  hero,  but 
from  the  brother  of  the  first  Ptolemy ; 
and  between  Aboo-Nishibce  and 
Beni-Sal&meh  is  the  entrance  of  the 
new  canal,  cut  by  Mohammed  Ali  in 
1 820,  which,  as  before  stated,  carries 
the  water  to  that  of  Alexandria. 

The  traveller  descries  the  Pyramids 
for  the  first  time,  from  the  shore,  a 
little  above  Werd&n,  when  about  due 
west  of  Ashmoon  ;  and  hereabouts 
the  desert  has  invaded  the  soil  on  the 
west  bank,  and  even  poured  its  drifled 
sand  into  the  Nile.  At  Ashmoon  or 
Oshmoun  are  lofty  mounds,  but  no 
sculptured  remains.  A  little  beyond 
Aboo-Gh£leb  the  pyramids  are  seen 
from  the  river,  and  continue  in  sight 
the  remainder  of  the  voyage  to  Cairo. 
About  two  miles  below,  or  N.  W.  of 
Om-e*deen&r,  is  tlie  spot  where  the 
works  for  tlie  proposed  barrage  of  the 
Nile  have  been  commenced;  and 
about  the  same  distance  above  that 
village  is  the  southern  point,  or  apex, 
of  the  Delta.  Here  the  Nile  divides 
itself  into  the  two  branches  of  Rosetta 
and  Damietta ;  though  the  increasinf^ 
shallowness  of  the  passage  between 


JSgypt       BOXITE  6.  —  ALEXANDRIA.  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.       113 


the  point,  and  the  island  to  the  south, 
will  soon  place  the  commenceroent 
of  the  Delta  about  two  miles  funher 
south.  Dearly  opposite  the  Tillage  of 
Meniaheh. 

The  object  of  the  barrage  is  to  re- 
tain the  water  of  the  Nile,  in  order 
that  it  may  be  used  for  irrigating  the 
lands,  when  the  inundation  has  retired, 
and  supply  the  place  of  water-wheels, 
which  add  so  much  to  the  expense  of 
cultivation.  One  dam  is  to  be  thrown 
across  the  Rosetta,  another  across  the 
Damietta,  branch ;  a  large  canal  is  to 
be  carried  direct  through  the  centre 
of  the  Delta,  and  the  quantity  of  water 
allowed  to  pass  into  this,  and  the  two 
branches  of  the  river,  is  to  be  regulated 
by  means  of  sluices,  according  to  cir- 
cumstances. A  slight  change  is  also 
to  be  made  in  the  course  of  the  Nile, 
so  as  to  cut  off  a  useless  angle  below 
Elafr  Mansoor  on  the  western,  and 
another  above  Shoobra-Sbab^eh  on 
the  eastern,  branch ;  and  the  canal  for 
irrigating  the  plain  between  Belbays 
and  Bubastis,  communicating  with 
that  of  Tel  el  Wadee,48  to  Ivave  the 
Nile  at  Shelaiuln. 

By  these  means,  the  want  of  water 
during  the  low  Nile,  a  deficient  inun- 
dation, and  the  great  loss  of  water 
suffered  to  run  oflT  uselessly  into  the 
sea,  will  be  obviated ;  and  the  addi- 
tional effect  will  be  obtained  of  in- 
creasing the  height  of  the  river,  above 
the  barrage,  during  the  inundation, 
so  as  to  enable  it  to  irrigate  lands  of 
every  level.  The  barrage  of  the  Ro- 
setta branch  is  to  consist  of  a  massive 
atone  dam,  with  24  arches  SO  feet 
broad,  and  a  large  central  arch  92  feet 
broad,  to  allow  the  passage  of  the 
principal  volume  of  water.  The  dam 
of  the  Damietta  branch  is  to  have 
16  arches,  SO  feet  broad,  with  a  large 
central  arch.  The  principal  arches 
of  both  dams  are  to  be  always  kept 
open,  but  the  lateral  arches  are  to  be 
closed  during  the  low  Nile  j  by  which 
means  sufficient  water  will  be  afforded 
to  supply  the  canals  intended  for  the 
irrigation  of  the  interior. 


Many  delays  have  occurred,  from 
various  causes,  to  prevent  the  com- 
pletion of  this  gigantic  undertaking. 
M.  Linant,  by  whom  it  has  been  pro- 
jected and  commenced,  has  been  fre- 
quently ordered  to  abandon,  and  as 
oflen  desired  to  continue,  the  works  ; 
and  fear  of  disasters  from  tiie  volume 
of  water  thus  withheld,  a  political 
apparition,  or  the  intrigues  of  in- 
dividuals, have  at  times  interfered  to 
prevent  its  completion.  It  is  far  from 
my  wish  to  presume  to  decide  on  the 
probability  of  its  success ;  the  pressure 
of  so  enormous  a  body  of  water  will 
require  precautions  of  no  ordinary 
kind,  to  prevent  the  river's  carrying 
away,  or  piercing  through,  the  banks 
at  the  haunches  or  abutments  of  the 
stone  dam ;  and,  being  of  alluvial 
soil,  they  will  be  exposed  to  danger  both 
from  the  force  of  the  water  against 
the  bank,  and  by  its  filtration  beneath 
the  surface.  If  the  dam  abutted  on 
either  side  oa  rock,  this  would  be 
effectually  obviated,  and  the  only 
thing  then  required  would  be  the  soli- 
dity of  the  dam  itself,  and  the  firm- 
ness of  its  well-founded  piers:  but 
the  construction  of  a  dam  in  alluvial 
soil  appears  to  present  difficulties, 
and  even  dangers  to  the  country,  which 
the  most  wonderful  skill  can  alone 
overcome. 

In  former  times,  the  point  of  the 
Delta  was  much  more  to  the  south 
than  at  present.  Cercasora,  in  the 
LStopolite  nome,  which  was  just  above 
it  on  the  west  bank,  stood,  according 
to  Strabo,  nearly  opposite,  or  west  of 
Heliopolis,  close  to  the  observatory 
of  Eudoxus.  In  Herodotus's  time, 
the  river  had  one  channel  as  far  as 
Cercasora;  but  below  that  town  it 
divided  itself  into  three  branches, 
which  took  different  directions  :  one, 
the  Pelusiac,  going  to  the  east; 
another,  the  Canopic,  turning  off  to 
the  west ;  and  the  third  going  straight 
forward,  in  the  direction  of  its  previous 
course  through  Egypt  to  the  point  of 
(be  Delta,  which  it  divided  in  twain 
as  it  ran  to  the  sea.     It  was  not  less 


114     BOUTE  6. — ALEXANDRIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.     SeCt.  L 


connderable  in  the  Yolume  of  its 
water,  nor  less  celebrated  than  the 
other  two,  and  was  called  the  Seben- 
nytic  branch ;  and  from  it  two  others, 
the  Sa'itic  and  Mendesian,  were  de- 
rived, emptying  themselves  into  the 
sea  by  two  distinct  mouths. 

After  passing  the  palace  of  Shoobra, 
the  distinct  appearance  of  the  numer- 
ous minarets  of  Cairo  announces  to 
the  traveller  his  approach  to  the 
Egyptian  capital,  and  he  soon  enters 
a  crowd  of  boats  before  the  Custom- 
house of  BooUk. 

Bool&k,  the  port  of  Cairo,  con- 
tained, in  1833,  a  population  of  about 
5000  souls.  It  formerly  stood  on  an 
island,  where  Macrisi  says  sugar-cane 
was  cultivated ;  and  the  old  channel 
which  passed  between  it  and  Cairo 
may  still  be  traced  in  parts,  particularly 
to  the  northward,  about  half-way  from 
the  Shoobra  road.  The  filling  up  of 
this  channel  has  removed  Cairo  farther 
from  tlie  Nile,  and  has  given  to  Boo- 
l£k  the  rank  and  advantages  of  a 
port  Here  the  duties  on  exports  and 
imports  to  and  from  Alexandria  are 
levied ;  those  on  goods  from  Upper 
Egypt  being  received  at  the  port  of 
Musrel  Ateekeh  (Old  Cairo);  and 
the  whole  are  farmed  by  some  wealthy 
Copt  or  Armenian  merchant.  12 
per  cent,  is  in  like  manner  exacted  at 
Asouan  on  all  goods  entering  Egypt 
from  Ethiopia.  All  merchandise 
which  has  not  passed  the  custom- 
houses of  Old  Cairo  or  Bool&k,  are 
stopped  at  the  gates  of  Cairo,  as  at 
the  barriiret  of  Paris  and  other 
French  towns;  and  the  Egyptians 
have  to  thank  the  French  for  this 
silly  and  oppressive  mode  of  taxation. 

But  the  revival  of  the  new  treaty 
has  once  more  freed  all  European 
imports,  after  they  have  once  paid  the 
5  per  cent.,  from  further  duties  in  the 
interior ;  and  those  levied  at  Boolik 
and  Old  Cairo  are  confined  to  the 
productions  of  tlie  country.  The 
traveller  may  therefore  console  him- 
self with  the  feeling  that  he  is  not 
amenable  to  the  scrutiny  of  the  cus- 


tom-house of  BooUk,  or  any  other 
place  after  leaving  Alexandria;  and 
if  any  obstruction  is  offered,  he  should 
immediately  represent  it  to  the  con- 
sulate, and  require  the  punishment  of 
the  offenders. 

At  Boolik  is  the  palace  of  Ismail 
Pasha,  who  was  killed  in  the  pro- 
vince of  Shendy,  little  more  than  20 
years  ago.  He  had  ventured  with  a 
small  suite  of  about  50  persons  into 
the  heart  of  the  country,  and  had 
ordered  a  considerable  number  of 
Blacks  to  be  levied  by  the  chief,  Me- 
lek  Nimr,  for  the  service  of  his  father 
Mohammed  Ali,  within  the  short 
space  of  3  days :  and  on  the  Ethio- 
pian requesting  a  longer  period,  he 
struck  him  on  the  mouth  with  his 
pipe,  adding  insult  to  the  blow.  The 
wily  Nimr  dissembled  his  feelings, 
and  by  pretended  respect  and  con- 
cern for  the  comfort  of  so  distin- 
guished a  guest,  engaged  the  young 
Pasha  to  pass  the  night  on  shore ; 
when  preparations  were  speedily  made 
for  satiating  his  revenge.  A  large 
quantity  of  reeds  were  collected  about 
the  house,  on  pretence  of  feeding  the 
camels;  and  in  the  dead  of  the 
night,  surrounded  by  flames,  and  a 
countless  host  of  furious  Ethiopians, 
the  Pasha  and  his  party  were  over- 
whelmed without  the  possibility  oi 
resistance  or  escape. 

Many  other  palaces  and  country 
houses  are  seen  in  the  vicinity,  and 
Mohammed  Ali  has  expressed  a  widi 
that  each  of  the  principal  grandees 
sliould  erect  a  k<ur  (or  villa)  on  tb« 
plain  beteen  Bool4k  and  Shciobra,  as 
well  as  a  house  at  Cairo ;  with  the 
double  motive  of  fixing  their  property 
in  the  country,  and  of  displaying  to 
foreign  visiters  tlie  riches  they  haTe 
derived  from  his  bounty,  and  the  pros- 
perous state  of  the  country  be  rules. 
On  one  of  the  mounds  on  the  N.E. 
side  of  Bool&k  is  an  observatory,  call- 
ed Bayte*  Uussud. 

On  arriving  at  Bool&k,  the  travel- 
ler had  better  engage  a  camel,  or  more, 
according  to  the  quantity  of  his  lug- 


EgupU 


ROUTE  6.  —  BOOLAK. 


115 


gage,  and  proceed  immediately  to 
Cairo.  He  will  pay  about  7  piastres 
for  two  camels,  and  for  a  donkey  to 
the  inn  at  Cairo  1  piastre.  After 
passing  through  some  of  the  narrow 
streets  of  Boolik  be  arrives  at  an  open 
space,  where  the  road  turns  to  the  left 
ciirect  to  Cairo ;  and  the  citadel,  the 
nu^i(e  of  the  Mokuttum  hiils,  and 
the  minarets  of  Cairo,  now  open  to 
his  view.  This  road  has  been  grestly 
improved  within  the  last  ten  years, 
the  earth  taken  from  the  mounds  hav- 
ing been  used  to  raise  it,  and  the 
ground  on  either  side  levelled  and 
partly  planted  with  trees.  The  re- 
moval of  the  mounds  on  the  W. 
side  of  Cairo  has  been  undoubtedly 
one  of  the  most  useful  works  per- 
formed by  the  Pasha,  both  for  the 
appearance  and  health  of  the  city ; 
and  some  idea  may  be  had  of  the 
greatness  of  the  undertaking  from 
those  that  still  remain  on  the  other  side. 
The  entrance  to  Cairo  from  Boo- 
Uk  is  by  the  gate  of  the  Usbek^eb, 
an  extensive  square,  containing  about 
450,000  square  feet ;  nearly  the  whole 
of  which  used  to  be,  during  the  inun- 
dation, one  large  sheet  of  water.  In 
the  following  spring  it  became  a  com* 
field,  with  the  exception  of  that  part 
appropriated  to  a  military  esplanade. 
Within  the  last  few  years  a  canal  has 
been  cut  round  it,  in  order  to  keep 
the  water  from  the  centre,  though 
from  the  lowness  of  its  level  much 
still  ooses  through  to  its  surface, 
during  the  high  Nile;  and  it  has 
been  laid  out  partly  as  a  garden,  and 
partly  as  fields,  with  trees  planted 
on  the  banks  of  the  canal  that  sur- 
rounds it.  A  broad  road  leads 
through  the  centre,  from  the  entrance 
to  the  opposite  side,  passing  over  a 
bridge  at  either  end ;  and  it  is  in  con- 
templation to  establish  a  Turkish  caftf 
on  one  side,  and  a  European  one  on 
the  other,  for  the  convenience  of  the 
natives  and  the  Franks.  On  the  W. 
aide,  or  the  left  as  you  pass  through 
the  gate,  is  the  palace  of  the  late  Mo- 
hammed   Bey    Defterd&r,   in  whose 


garden  the  unfortunate  Kleber  wis 
assassinated ;  and  on  the  south  are  the 
hareem  of  the  Paabn,  the  house  of 
Ahmed  Pasha  T^er,  and  other 
buildings ;  offering  a  pleaung  con- 
trast to  the  gloomy  abodes  of  the 
Copts,  which  form  the  northern  side. 
These,  as  well  as  all  the  other  houses 
of  Cairo  have  been  lately  white- washed 
by  order  of  the  Pasha,  to  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Oriental  character  of  the 
town ;  and  as  a  security  against  fire, 
no  more  picturesque  wooden  miiffftre- 
h€ihMy  or  latticed  balconies,  are  to  be 
made. 

Mohammed  Bey  Defterd&r,  or,  as 
he  is  called  by  Europeans,  the  Def- 
terdiir  Bey,  was  the  son-in-law  of 
Mohammed  All,  whose  daughter, 
Niisleh  H&nem,  he  married.  He  was 
well  known  for  his  savage  disposition 
and  the  many  cruelties  he  perpetrated, 
both  in  Cairo,  and  when  commanding 
in  Senn&r  and  Kordofan ;  and  his 
death  in  1833  was  hailed,  as  might  be 
expected,  with  universal  satisfaction. 
He  was  a  man  of  some  talent,  and 
was  more  accomplished  than  the 
generality  of  Turks;  but  this  su- 
periority only  served  to  add  to  his 
condemnation  for  the  cruelties  he  de- 
lighted in  committing,  which  could 
not  be  palliated  by  the  excuse  of  ig- 
norance. It  would  neither  be  desir- 
able nor  agreeable  to  enumerate  all 
the  follies  and  cruelties  of  this  man, 
many  of  which  were  done  for  the 
pleasure  of  sustaining  the  fame  he 
had  acquired  for  madness,  as  well  as 
from  real  savageness  of  disposition  : 
a  single  example  will  suflSce.  On 
one  occasion  a  black  slave  of  his  had 
bought  some  milk  from  a  poor  woman, 
and  after  drinking  it  had  refused  the 
payment  of  5  paras,  which  was  the 
price  of  the  quantity  he  had  taken. 
The  woman,  finding  who  he  was, 
complained  to  his  master.  The  boy 
was  sent  for,  but  denied  the  accusa- 
tion. The  Defterdiir  inquired  of  the 
woman  if  she  was  positive  he  had 
drunk  the  milk  ;  and  on  her  answer- 
ing in  tlie  affirmative,  he  said,  **  I  will 


116       ROUTE  6. — ALEXAKDRIA  TO  ATFEH  AND  CAIRO.      ScCt  I. 


soon  discover  the  truth ;  but  if  yoii 
have  accused  him  falsely,  I  will  treat 
you  io  the  same  manner  I  now  treat 
him.*'  Upon  this  he  ordered  his 
stomach  to  be  cut  open ;  and  on  dis- 
covering the  milk  threw  her  the  5 
paras,  with  the  exulting  feeling  that 
no  one  should  dare  to  deceive  him,  or 
forget  his  power. 

The  same  thing  had  once  been  done 
by  Sultan  Bajazet,  and  it  was  no 
doubt  partly  in  imitation  of  what  he 
had  read  in  the  history  of  his  country, 
with  which  he  was  well  acquainted, 
and  partly  from  the  natural  tendency 
of  his  disposition,  that  this  savage  ex- 
pedient occurred  to  him. 

Not  content  with  continuing  to 
exercise  the  right  of  life  and  death, 
which  Mohammed  Ali  had  openly  de- 
clared to  be  no  longer  vested  in  any 
chief,  he  even  pretended  to  defy  the 
Piyiha,  of  whose  indulgence  towards 
the  husband  of  his  daughter,  and  con- 
sideration for  his  station,  he  had  the 
bad  taste  to  take  advantage;  till  at 
length  his  father-in-law  took  from 
him  all  command,  and  confined  him 
to  one  of  his  estates,  where  death  put 
an  end  to  his  career,  without  exciting 
any  other  regret  than  that  it  had  not 
happened  many  years  earlier. 

Notwithstanding  the  cruelty  of  his 
disposition,  some  were  found  to  ex- 
cuse, and  even  to  commend  him  for 
the  love  of  justice  that  prompted  his 
savage  puni^ments,  which,  they  add, 
were  not  inflicted  on  the  poor,  but  on 
men  who  had  been  their  oppressors ; 
so  that  the  rule  of  the  Defterdar, 
however  dreaded  by  those  in  power, 
was  always  welcome  to  the  peasants, 
who  were  sure  to  find  redress  for  the 
conduct  of  their  shekhs  and  Turkish 
governors. 

In  the  square  of  the  Usbek^eh  the 
Moolcd  e*  Nebbee,  or  **  Prophet's 
birth-day,"  and  some  other  fites,  are 
held;  and  here,  during  the  former  ; 
ceretnony,  the  Saadeeh  (the  modem  i 
Psylli),  exhibit  the  juggling  per- 
formance of  tearing  with  their  teeth 


the  living  asps  they  carry  in  proces- 
sion ;  while  their  s^ekh,  mounted  on 
a  horse,  rides  over  the  bodies  of  a 
number  of  fanatics,  who  prostrate 
themselves  on  the  ground  for  the  pur- 
pose, and  suppose  themselves  ben»^ 
fited  in  proportion  to  the  pain  they 
endure.  None,  however,  will  ac- 
knowledge that  they  suffer,  or  are  at 
all  sensible  of  being  trodden  upon  by 
the  hoofs  of  the  blessed  animal ;  and 
the  same  kind  of  enthusiasm  enables 
them  to  deny  the  pain,  which,  of  old, 
induced  the  votaries  of  Mars  to  bear 
the  blows  they  received  at  the  fete  of 
Papremis. 

Having  traversed  the  Uzbek6eh, 
the  traveller  is  hurried  on  to  the 
Frank  quarter,  a  short  distance  off, 
where  an  enormous  board,  to  the  sur- 
prise of  the  Faithful,  bestrides  the 
street,  in  order  to  point  out  the 
British  Hotel.  A  turn  to  the  left, 
down  the  Derb  el  Bar&bra,  soon 
brings  him  to  this  hotel,  where,  if  he 
is  on  his  way  to  India,  there  is  every 
reason  to  suppose  he  will  put  up. 
Passing  through  the  court,  he  sees 
the  various  preparations  for  a  journey 
across  the  desert.  Here  part  of  a 
tilted  cart,  wheels,  and  other  things 
are  on  the  eve  of  completion,  to  make 
up  tlie  complement  of  carriages  which 
the  increasing  numbers  of  passengers 
to  India  are  constantly  requiring. 
In  another  place  a  row  of  covered 
chairs  (a  sort  of  hybrid  between  a  se- 
dan and  a  bathing  chair)  awaits  the 
ladies  of  the  party,  and  a  lynx  pacing 
backwards  and  forwards  in  a  cage,  an 
ostrich  spatiating  about  the  court,  and 
Eabtern  and  Frank  costumes  add  to 
the  variety  of  the  scene.  If  he  is  so 
unfortunate  as  to  arrive  with  many 
other  passengers,  and  is  neither  among 
the  first,  nor  has  sent  any  one  before 
him  to  secure  rooms,  he  will  be 
obliged  to  put  up  with  the  disagree- 
able inconvenience  of  having  another 
person  in  tlie  same  bed-room,  and  a 
sitting-room  will  be  quite  out  of  the 
question. 


I 


117 


SECTION  II. 

CAIRO. 

Content$^ 

a.  Hotels.  1^6.  Housss. — c  Scrtants. —  d,  Hoasvs  akd  Assxs. — c. 
Placss  or  ruBLic  exsort.  —f,  Qoickkst  modi  op  bixino  Cairo  and  tuk 
Nkiohbourhood.  — g.  Boats.  —  A.  History  or  Cairo.  — t.  Tux  Citadcl. 
— j.  Orucvtal  Character  op  ths  Town.  —  A.  Mosks,  —  Early  poimtxd 
Archcs. — Morostan  or  Mad-uouss.  —  Bab  Zooatlxh.— t  Tombs  op 
THx  Caliphs  OP  Egypt. — m.  Tombs  op  tux  Baharitx  Mkmlook  Kings. 
— It.  Tombs  op  thx  Circassian  Mxmlook  Kings.  —  Tombs  op  tuk  Mbm- 

LOOKS. O.    SlBXKLS,  OR  PUBLIC    FoONTAINS. — p,    PaLACXS. — q,    StRKKTS. 

— r.    Capks. —  Punch.  —  «.   Baths. — /.  Slayx  Markxt.— m.   Bazaars, 

—  pRicxs  or  Goods  AT  Cairo.*— r.  Quartxrs  op  Cairo.  —  w.  Wails 
ANB  ExTXNT  OP  Cairo.  —  Canal.  —  X.  Gatxs.  —  y.  Antiquitiks  in 
Cairo. — z.  Population. — Dogs. — aa,  Fxstiyals  and  Sights  at  Cairo. 

—  Pilgrim AGK  to  Mxcca.  —  Opxnino  thx  Canal  or  Old  Cairo.  —  Tux 
Propubt*s  Birthday.  —  Fxtxs. — bh,  Thx  Magician.  —  ee.  Institutions 
op  THX  Pasha.  —  Schools. — dd,  Intxrnal  Administration. — Poucx. — 
Courts  op  Jusncx.  — ee.  Thx  Mahkkmxh,  or  Cadi*s  Court. 

Excursion  1. — a.   Old  Cairo. —  h.  Nilometer  and  Isle  of  Roda.^e.  Kasr 

el  Ainee,  and  College  of  Derwisbes ;  —  Kasr  Dubarra. 
Excursions. — a.  Heliopolis. — b.   Petrified  Wood. 
Excursion  3.  —  Gardens  and  Palace  of  Shoobra. 
Excursion  4. —  Pyramids  of  Geexeh,  Sakk&ra,  and  Memphis. 


ROUTE 

7  Cairo  to  Suex 

8  Cairo  to  Mount  Sinai 

9  Mount  Sinai  to  £1  Akaba  ; 
Petra;  Hebron 

10  Cairo  to  Syria 

1 1  Cairo  by  water  to  Damietta 

12  Cairo  by  water  to  Mensa- 
leh  and  Tanis 

IS  Cairo  by  water  to  Bu- 
bastisy  Pbarbsthus,  and 
Tanis    .         -         -         - 

14  Cairo  to  the  Natron  Lakes 
and  Bahr  el  Fargh  - 


207 
212 

220 
222 
224 

280 


236 


239 


ROUtX 

15  Cairo  to  the   Seewah,  or 
Oasis  of  Ammon 
Cairo  to  the  Fyo6m 
Mede^neh  to  Benisooef   - 
Cairo  to  the  Little  Oasis, 
Great  Oasis,  and  the  Oasis 
of  Dakhleh,  by  the  Fyo6m 
Cairo  to  the  Convents  of 
St.  Antony  and  St  Paul  and 
other  parts  of  the  Eastern 
Desert  north  of  Kossayr  . 

(For  the  Desert  south  of  Kossayr,  see 
Routes  16,  17,  18.) 


16 
17 
18 


19 


246 
249 
256 


257 


268 


a.  uotxls. 
The  first  hotel  for  some  years  was 
Kill's,  now  the  British.   But  there  are 
two  others,  one  the   Hotel   d'Orient, 


\^'7.'-<C''^  / 


/  • 


on  the  N.  side  of  the  Uxbek^eh.  and 
Levick*s  in  the  Wisat  e'  Geer,  about 
half-way  between  the  Uzbek^eb  and 
the  British  Hotel, 


118 


CAIRO.  —  HOTELS  —  HOUSES. 


Sect.  n. 


Of  the  charges  I  cannot  speak  po- 
sitively ;  but  the  following,  which 
were  made  at  Hill's,  may  serve  to 
give  some  idea  of  the  arrangements 
on  this  head  at  a  Cairo  Hotel. 

Flast 


►  - 


40 


15 


-  20 


Board  and  lodging  including*] 

a  bed- room  for  each  person  y  - 
per  day 

Children  under  10  years  of 
age,  for  board  and  lodging 
each  per  day 

Servants'  board  and  lodging 
per  day     ' 

Wines,    &c.  —  Rose    Cham- |  ^  ^^ 

paigne,                   per  bottle  J  ' 

White  Cbampaigne,     Ditto  -  40 

Charapaigne,                 Ditto  ->  SO 

Claret                             Ditto  -  35 

Burgundy,                    Ditto  -  27 

Hermitage,                   Ditto  -  27 

Madeira,                        Ditto  -  27 

Port,                               Ditto  -  25 

Sherry,                           Ditto  -  25 

Bronti,                           Ditto  -  15 

Marsala,                        Ditto  -  15 

Frontignac,                   Ditto  -  12 

Bordeaux,                     Ditto  -   12 

French  wine,               Ditto  -     4 

Brandy,                         Ditto  -  15 

Rum,                             Ditto  -  15 

Whiskey,                       Ditto  -  20 

Hollands,                      Ditto  -   12 
Ale,   porter,    and  \ 
stout                    J 

Cider                            Ditto  -  10 

Soda  Water,                 Ditto  -     5 

Porterage    charged    to    each"! 

person  on  leaving  this  Ho>  I  -     5 
tel.                                          J 

Boato,  camels,  asses,  tents,  saddles, 
chairs,  water-skins,  &c.,  provided. 

Provisions  of  all  kinds  supplied. 

Dinners  for  private  parties. 

All  orders  for  payments  or  purchases 
to  be  given  in  writing. 

^^gings  may  also  be  found  at 
Carlo  Peni*s,  near  tbe  British  consu- 
late,^  who  keeps  a  large  store  of  re^ 
quisitesfor  a  journey  in  Upper  Egypt; 
and  there    is  a  small   inn   opposite 


Ditto     .     8 


the  palace  of  Ahmed  Paslia  Taher, 
behind  the  Uzbek^eh  (to  the  S.  £.) 
frequented  by  English,  and  reason- 
able. 

The  Giardino,  or  French  hotel, 
kept  by  Doumergue,  in  the  French 
Street,  is  cheap,  but  it  has  no  very 
good  rooms.  The  charges  are  30 
piastres  a  day,  including  a  room, 
breakfast,  lunch  at  noon,  and  dinner 
at  the  table  dkdU  in  the  evening,  with 
vin  ordinaire^  other  wines  being 
charged  according  to  the  carte.  It 
is  mostly  patronised  by  French  and 
Italians.  In  former  times  it  was  the 
only  hotel  that  travellers  frequented  ; 
with  the  exception  of  an  indifferent 
one  (no  longer  existing)  in  the  same 
street ;  and  some  took  up  their  abode 
at  the  Latin  convenL 

There  is  a  trattoria  opposite  the 
main  guard,  in  the  principal  street  of 
the  Frank  quarter,  or  Moskee,  kept 
by  Pietro  Chiesa,  which  is  frequented 
by  Italians  and  others.  It  is  reputed 
by  them  not  bad,  and  of  course  mo* 
derate.  There  is  also  an  hotel  in  the 
same  street,  kept  by  Guerra,  but  not 
first-rate,  and,  I  have  no  doubt,  seldom 
visited  by  English  travellers.  Tbe 
rest  are  not  worthy  of  notice. 

Four  houses  of  the  late  Osroan 
Effendi  in  the  Soog  e*  ZuUut,  are  also 
let  furnished,  and  one  floor  or  set  of 
rooms  may  be  had  at  from  5  to  8 
piastres  a  day,  or  by  the  month  at 
about  1 50  piastres.  It  consists  of  a 
bed- room,  sitting-room,  and  kitchen  ; 
the  hdthf  or  entrance  court  below, 
being  common  to  all  who  live  in  the 
bouse.  Tbe  largest  has  only  two 
floors. 

6.    HOUSES   AT   CAIBO. 

House  rent  in  the  Turkish  qnarter 
varies  from  about  SO  to  1 20  piastres 
a  month.  Some  small  houses  iu  out- 
of-the-way  places  let  even  at  10  or 
15,  and  some  large  ones  at  900. 
The  average  rent  of  good  houses 
there  may  bie  rated  at  from  50  to  100, 
and  the  latter  may  be  considered, 
generally  speaking,  a  full  price ;  un- 


f 


Cairo. 


HOTELS  —  HOUSES. 


119 


less  beyond  tbe  usual  size,  or  fitted  up 
with  glass  windows,  and  other  extra 
conTeniences.  In  the  Frank  quarter 
and  the  Wcinity  they  are  dearer,  vary- 
ing from  100  piastres  to  250  a  month ; 
and  the  British  Hotel  was  let  for 
20,000  piastres  (200^)  a  year,  or  at 
1 667  piastres  a  month. 

This  great  increase  in  price  is  partly 
owing  to  the  great  fire  of  18S8  hav- 
ing destroyed  many  houses  in  the 
Frank  quarter,  which  their  owners 
have  never  been  able  to  rebuild,  and 
which  are  still  in  ruins ;  partly  to 
the  influx  of  strangers  who  occupy  so 
many  more  than  formerly  ;  and  partly 
to  their  owners  finding  that  strangers 
make  little  difficulty  in  paying  Urge 
prices,  whenever  they  are  asked.  It 
is  to  these  two  last  causes  also  that 
must  be  attributed  the  increase  in  the 
prices  of  so  many  other  things,  as 
boat-hire,  servants*  wages,  and  the 
like;  while  in  the  Turkish  quarter, 
beyond  the  influence  of  Europeans, 
prices  have  only  risen  in  proportioif 
to  the  decreased  value  of  the  piastre. 

Those  who,  coming  from  India  on 
two  years*  leave,  wish  to  stay  in  Egypt, 
may  find  houses  which  can  be  made 
comfortable  at  a  trifling  expense.  It 
would,  perhaps,  not  be  worth  while 
for  a  month  or  two;  but  the  total 
expense  for  furniture,  alterations,  and 
rent,  would  be  very  little  at  the  end 
of  a  year.  Generally  speaking,  the 
houses  are  in  a  very  uncomfortable 
state,  and  for  vrinter  scarcely  habit- 
able ;  it  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  put 
in  glass  windows,  and  iotroduce  va- 
rious little  improvements,  besides  fur- 
nishing the  rooms,  and  making  re- 
pairs. It  will  he  as  well  to  come  to 
an  understanding  with  the  owner  of 
the  house,  that  the  substitution  of  glass 
windows,  or  other  alterations,  shall 
not  entail  upon  you  the  necessity  of 
replacing  all  the  original  wood*  work  ; 
and  if  be  has  any  scruples  about  the 
matter,  it  had  better  be  stipulated  that 
he  shall  take  it  away,  or  lock  it  up 
himself  in  some  closet  of  the  house. 

It  is  the   uncomfortable  state   of 


houses  at  Cairo  that  prevents  many 
invalids  going  from  Europe  to  that 
excellent  climate  for  the  winter ;  and 
unless  a  friend  prepared  one  before* 
hand,  in  vain  would  they  hope  to  meet 
with  a  Cairo  house  fit  for  a  winter's 
residence.  If  no  friend  could  be 
found  to  perform  this  charitable  office, 
the  best  plan  would  be  to  go  to  an 
hotel  at  Cairo,  and  after  having  fixed 
upon  a  house,  to  request  some  one  to 
overlook  the  repairs  and  alterations, 
and  then  go  into  Upper  Egypt  (if  not 
inclined  to  stay  at  the  hotel),  while 
they  were  fi^oing  on.  The  best  houses 
are  in  the  Frank  and  Copt  quarters. 

That  Cairo  is  well  adapted  fbr  those 
who  require  a  mild  climate  is  certain, 
and  many  English  medical  men  would 
send  patients  to  Egypt,  as  did  those 
of  ancient  Rome,  provided  houses  could 
be  found  ready  for  their  reception. 
Unfortunately  the  natives  are  too  poor 
to  fit  them  up ;  and  the  Europeans 
settled  there  are  so  prone  to  impose  on 
strangers,  that  it  is  hopeless  to  depend 
upon,  or  appiv  to,  them  to  procure  a 
house ;  therefore,  if  a  man  wishes  to  be 
comfortable,  and  not  to  be  cheated, 
be  had  better  go  and  arrange  matters 
for  himself. 

In  hiring  houses  one  thing  should 
be  remembered,  of  which  European 
strangers  are  seldom  aware,  that  a 
house  at  Cairo  lets  much  below  the 
average  rent,  if  without  the  advantage 
of  a  well,  or  a  court  yard;  and  one 
which  would  let  with  a  well  at  40  pias- 
tres wcftild  not  be  taken  by  a  native 
for  more  than  30 ;  ahd  that  of  100 
piastres  would  not  fetch  more'  than  75 
or  80.  The  cost  of  making  a  well  is 
very  little,  not  being  more  titan  500 
to  700  piastres,  according  to  the 
depth. 

In  looking  at  empty  houses,  the 
most  disagreeable  result  is  being 
covered  with  fleas,  which  it  is  next  to 
impossible  to  avoid.  A  Turk,  in 
mentioning  the  subject,  recommended 
that  three  or  four/elZaAs  should  be 
first  sent  through  the  rooms,  to  carry 
off  the  hundreds  that  lay  in  wait  for 


120 


CAIRO.  —  SERVANTS. 


Sect.  n. 


the  first  comer ;  by  these  means  he 
could  Tenture  in,  with  the  prospect 
of  being  attacked  only  by  tlie  doxent, 
which  might  be  more  patiently  en- 
dured. 

After  having  agreed  respecting  the 
price,  a  fee  is  expected  for  the  pos- 
session of  the  key,  or  right  of  entry, 
which  is  usually  a  month's  hire  ;  un- 
less a  bargain  be  made  to  reduce  this 
extraordinary  demand. 

The  washing  and  sweeping,  and  in 
winter  the  covering  the  open  wood- 
work of  windows,  will  occupy  some 
days,  before  possession  can  be  taken 
of  the  empty  rooms,  which  must  be 
well  matted  before  they  become  habit- 
able  and  ready  for  diwoiM,  or  whatever 
other  furniture  may  be  put  into  them. 

If  a  house  is  taken  in  the  Turkish 
quarter  by  a  bachelor,  or  one  having 
no  hareim,  the  neighbours  may,  as 
they  frequently  do,  object  to  his  occu- 
pying it ;  in  which  case  the  only  re- 
medy (besides  abandoning  it,  in  the 
hopes  of  finding  other  less  fastidious 
neighbours)  is  to  get  some  person  of 
respectability  to  talk  them  over,  by 
representing  the  intended  occupant 
as  a  man  of  good  character,  who  is 
not  likely  to  shock  their  feelings.  In 
the  event  of  their  still  objecting,  and 
the  house  suiting  him  well,  he  may 
look  out  for  some  liberated  black  slave 
who  will  act  as  cook,  and  who,  how- 
ever old,  may,  under  the  cover  of  a 
Cairene  woman's  dress,  lie  denomi- 
nated a  hare&n,  without  their  having 
the  right  to  ask  any  further  questions. 
•  It  must,  however,  be  observed,  that  no 
native  maid-servant  is  allowed  to  take 
service  in  tlte  house  of  a  bachelor ; 
though  this  is  sometimes  overlooked 
by  the  shekh  of  the  quarter,  through 
particular  persuasion,  and  on  the  pro- 
mise that  she  shall  be  a  properly  con- 
ducted person,  whose  conduct  shall 
notexcite  the  displeasure  of  tlie  neigh- 
bours ;  the  consequence  of  the  dis- 
covery by  the  police  entailing  on  the 
shekh  a  bastinado,  and  the  same  on 
the  woman  herself,  as  a  substitute 
for  the  old  custom  of  putting  her  into 


a  sack,  and  throwing  her  into  the 
Nile. 

In  buying  houses,  the  price  varies 
very  much  in  different  quarters,  and 
depends,  of  course,  on  their  sixe.  In 
the  Turkish  quarters  they  vary  from 
5000  to  80,000  piastres.  It  may  be 
generally  considered  that  they  pay 
an  annual  rent  of  five  per  cent. ;  aod 
a  house  is  thought  to  be  a  good  bar- 
gain which  repays  the  purchase-money 
iu  twenty  years.  No  European  can 
legally  buy  a  house. 

c.    SXaVANTS. 

The  monthly  pay  of  servants  at 
t^airo  is  a  little  less  than  at  Alex- 
andria. Turkish  and  Frank  servants 
are  much  the  same  at  both  places. 

Native  servant,  speaking       DoU«ri' 
Italian  or  Engluh     •     12  to     15 
and  even  -         -  to     20 

Native  servant  of  all  work,      '^••''w- 

speaking  a  little  Italian  100  to  150 
Native  servant  of  all  work, 

speaking  only  Arabic  -    SO  to    GO 
Native  man-«ook,  speak- 
ing only  Arabic  -    50  to  100 
The  Moh^ddum,  or  head 

servant  -  -  -  50  to  100 
Porter,  bowab  -  -  15  to  SO 
Sukha^  or  water-carrier  in 

the  house  -         •     10  to    SO 

SyU  or  SdMt  groom,  (his 

office  is  also  to  go  out 

with  the  hartem,  if  there 

is  no  Mokuddum)  -  25  to  45 
SyiB  or  Sets,  groom,  if  not 

fed  bx  his  master  -  45  to  120 
Servants  of  all  work,  in 

tlie  houses  of   Turks 

and  natives  -  -  10  to  30 
Women  servants    *         -     10  to    50 

These  are  all  fed  by  their  masters, 
unless  arrangements  are  nude  that 
they  should  provide  themselves;  in 
which  case  an  allowance  is  given,  of 
about  a  piastre  to  1)  piastre  a  day. 
If  a  servant  has  been  tried  for  some 
time  and  gives  satisfaction,  be  ia  usu- 
ally clothed  by  his  master,  but  this  is 


Egypt, 


HORSES  —  ASSES. 


121 


looked  upon  as  a  favour,  and  a  re» 
ward  for  good  behaviour ;  and  the  only 
thing  required  oF  the  master  is  a  pair 
of  shoes  every  jthree  months,  if  em- 
ployed in  much  out-of-doors  service. 

It  is  as  well  not  to  trust  too  much 
to  the  honesty  of  servants. 

Among  the  servants  of  Egypt, 
some  of  course  possess  recommen- 
dations, vrhich  make  them  preferable 
for  the  traveller ;  as,  besides  honesty 
and  activity,  a  knowledge  of  Upper 
Egypt,  of  the  requisites  for  a  jour- 
ney, and  of  the  habits  and  languages 
of  Europeans,  are  indispensable.  It 
cannot  be  supposed  that  all  the  com- 
parative excellencies  of  each  are  suffi- 
ciently known,  to  enable  me  Co  point 
out  those  who  are  positively  the  best ; 
but  without  excluding  others  from  the 
merit  of  possessing  proper  qualifica- 
tions, I  may  mention  the  names  of 
some,  who,  from  having  been  long  in 
the  service  of  travellers,  are  particu- 
larly deserving  of  recommendation : 
as  Hagee  Sulaym&n,  formerly  caw&ss 
of  the  British  and  Sardinian  consu- 
lates; Mahm6od;  Mohammed  Abdel 
A'tee,  another  Mohammed,  who  was 
a  long  time  with  Mr.  Burton ;  and 
Mohammed  Abdeen;  who  are  per- 
haps the  best  in  the  country.  But 
the  best,  both  for  the  Continent  as 
well  as  the  East,  is  a  Neapolitan, 
named  Vincenxo  Braico. 

d,    BOBSXS ASSC8. 

The  horses  of  Egypt  are  not  an 
Arab  breed,  nor  have  they  the  points 
most  people  expect  to  meet  with  in 
the  East.  They  are  a  race  peculiar 
to  the  country,  which,  though  not 
possessing  the  characteristics  of  the 
thorough-bred  Arab  and  English 
horse,  is  not  deficient  in  some  essen- 
tial recommendations.  They  are  low, 
usually  about  14  to  14^  hands,  with 
small  heads,  fine  crests  (but  short 
neck),  strong  shoulders,  good  barrel, 
and  well  ribbed  up,  hind  quarters 
clumsy,  and  legs  heavy,  with  short 
pasterns,  lliey  are  very  docile  and 
good  tempered,  bear  heat  admirably. 


being  accustomed  to  be  tethered  out 
all  day  in  the  sun,  and  live  hardily. 
Their  food  is  barley,  and  they  are 
only  watered  once  a  day,  about  S 
p.  M.  Once  every  year  they  are 
turned  out  to  clover,  without  which 
they  suflTrr  from  an  eruption  of  the 
skin,  or  some  other  disease.  Their 
paces  are  the  walk  and  gallop,  being 
seldom  taught  to  trot;  but  an  am- 
bling pace  is  sometimes  given  them, 
by  tying  the  legs  together;  which  is 
so  great  a  recommendation  in  a  horse 
or  mule,  that  they  often  sell  for  dou* 
ble  the  sum  of  those  with  ordinary 
paces.  A  horse  thus  trained  is  called 
Rahw&n.  The  Egyptian  horses  are 
not  good  leapers,  and  are  unable  to 
gallop  for  a  long  distance ;  so  that 
they  would  be  of  very  little  use  in 
hunting,  if  such  an  amusement  ex- 
isted in  Egypt;  hut  for  a  short  dis- 
tance their  gallop  is  quick  and  strong, 
and  being  very  manageable,  their  ra- 
pidity of  movement  is  very  available 
in  playing  the  gtintit  or  throwing  the 
lance.  This  graceful  and  manly  ex- 
ercise is  now  seldom  seen,  and  will 
soon  be  mentioned  among  by-gone 
pastimes,  like  tilting  and  archery. 

Horses  sell  at  Cairo  from  about 
700  to  2000  piastres;  in  Upper 
Egypt,  as  low  as  300  and  400 ;  and 
mules  and  rahwant  fetch  the  same 
prices.  Asses  are  also  sold,  when  of 
unusual  size,  at  from  500  to  1500 
piastres,  and  a  common  hack  donkey 
from  10  to  500.  Asses  are  very  con- 
venient in  Cairo  for  passing  through 
the  crowded  streets,  and  are  the  cabs 
of  the  place ;  Christians  seldom  use 
any  other  animals,  partly  from  conve- 
nience, partly  from  old  habit,  not 
having  been  allowed  before  the  begin- 
ning of  tlie  present  century  to  ride  a 
horse ;  and  the  Copts  are  in  possession 
of  the  best  breed.  Mules  and  rait' 
wan*  are  thought  more  convenient 
than  horses  for  the  city,  and  are  al- 
ways used  by  old  men,  shekhs  of  the 
religion,  and  inactive  people,  who  like 
to  ride  without  tiring  themselves;  and 
as  nobody   walks,  it  is  an  object  to 


122 


CAIRO.  —  PUBLIC  PLACES. 


Sect,  II. 


eTery  one  to  be  provided  with  a  mode 
of  conveyance  best  suited  to  his  taste. 
In  going  out  to  see  Cairo  the  best 
plan  is  to  hire  a  donkey  for  the  day  or 
by  the  course.  There  is  no  diflSculty 
in  finding  them,  but  as  the  drivers 
always  try  to  impose  on  strangers,  it  is 
as  well  to  send  and  make  an  agree- 
ment beforehand  in  engaging  one. 
Ladies  may  take  sedan  chairs  if  they 
prefer  them.  The  hire  of  a  donkey 
for  the  day  ought  to  be  five  piastres, 
and  a  trifle  for  the  boy  :  this  last  is 
not  necessary  when  by  the  course. 

e.  rLAczs  or  public  kxsokt. — 
LieaARiES. 

Cairo  scarcely  offers  any  places  of 
public  resort.  Within  the  last  few 
years  a  theatre  has  been  set  on  foot, 
in  the  Frank  quarter,  which  is  main- 
tained by  subscription  among  the 
Europeans,  the  actors,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  manager,  being  dilei* 
tanti.  The  manager,  who  receives 
a  salary,  is  an  actor  by  profession, 
and  has  the  arrangement  of  the  pieces 
and  other  miiautiae  with  which  ama- 
teurs are  not  supposed  to  be  ac- 
quainted ;  there  is  also  a  person  who 
superintends  the  scenery  and  the  ma^ 
tirid  of  the  house.  Strangers  who 
are  desirous  of  obtaining  admission 
have  only  to  apply  to  any  subscriber 
the  day  before,  and  tickets  are  sent 
for  the  next  representation,  which  are 
always  gratU :  and  it  may  not  be 
amiss  to  observe,  that  if  any  attempt 
to  charge  travellers  for  tickets  is  made 
by  the  innkeepers  (to  whom  they  are 
given,  not  for  their  sakes,  but  as  a 
favour  to  strangers),  it  should  be 
peremptorily  resisted ;  and  it  would 
be  a  piece  of  justice,  as  well  to  the 
subscribers  as  to  future  travellers,  to 
represent  and  put  a  stop  to  the  im- 
position. 

One  of  the  most  useful  institutions 
for  those  who  visit  Egypt  is  the  li- 
brary of  the  Egyptian  Society,  also  in 
the  Frank  quarter.  Any  one  who 
wishes  to  become  a  member  is  pro- 
posed and  balloted  for  in  the  usual 


way,  and  may  have  the  satisfaction  of 
promoting  a  very  useful  institution. 
Strangers  who  are  only  passing 
through  the  country  may  obtain  tick- 
ets of  admission,  and  the  use  of  the 
books,  during  one  whole  month. 

There  is  also  a  society  of  a  simi- 
lar kind  formed^  in  1 84 S,  principally 
for  the  purpose  of  publishing  docu- 
ments connected  with  Eg:ypt  and  the 
East.  It  is  called  the  Egyptian  Lite- 
rary Association,  and  members  are 
chosen  and  strangers  admitted  much 
in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  other.  * 

A  shop  has  been  opened  near  the 
Basaar  of  the  Khan  Khaleel  for 
Arabic  and  Turkish  works ;  and  Eu- 
ropean books  may  be  bought  of  Mr. 
Walmas,  at  the  Egyptian  Society's 
Rooms,  and  of  Mr.  Castello  in  the 
Frank  Street. 

There  is  a  library  belonging  to  Ib- 
rahim Pasha,  consisting  of  Arabic 
and  Turkish  books,  which,  though 
formed  since  the  year  18S0,  contains 
already  a  great  number  of  volumes, 
comprising  the  works  of  the  most 
noted  Arab  authors,  in  manuscript, 
besides  many  printed  books. 

Ibrahim  Pasha  has  also  begun  a 
collection  of  Egyptian  antiquities; 
and  a  veto  being  put  to  the  removal  of 
antiquities  from  Egypt,  great  hopes 
have  been  entertained  of  the  success  of 
his  museum.  It  is  more  than  twelve  or 
fifteen  years  since  this  collection  has 
been  commenced,  and  in  IBS  I  a  Turk 
was  employed  at  Thebes  in  excavat- 
ing, and  preventing  all  access  to  the 
under-ground  treasures  not  sanc- 
tioned by  government  authority.  I 
therefore  expected,  on  returning  to 
Egypt  lately,  to  find  many  objects 
of  interest  at  the  palace,  where  they 
are  now  deposited.  My  surprise  and 
disappointment  were  therefore  great^ 
when  I  found  nothing  but  a  confused 
mass  of  broken  mummies  and  casest 
some  imperfect  tablets,  and  varioua 
fragments,  which,  had  they  been  capa* 
ble  of  being  spoilt,  would  have  been 
rendered  valueless  by  the  dsmp  of  the 
place ;  and  I  can  safely  say  that  thcr« 


Egypt' 


NEIGHBOURHOOD* 


12S 


was  nothing  which,  had  it  been  given 
me,  I  should  have  thought  worth  the 
trouble  of  taking  back  to  Cairo.  Time 
may  make  a  museum  and  a  Turkish 
antiquary,  but  to  these  must  be  al- 
lowed the  full  extent  of  the  Turkish 

There  is  also  a  collection  of  anti- 
quities belonging  to  Mohammed  Ali, 
which  is  occasionally  increased  by 
those  seised  at  the  Custom-house,  in 
the  possession  of  persons  unauthorised 
by  special  faTour  to  take  them  out  of 
the  country.  It  was  to  have  formed 
part  of  a  museum  to  be  erected  in 
the  Ushek^ai ;  but  the  establishment 
of  a  museum  in  Egypt  is  purely  Uto- 
pian ;  and  while  the  impediments 
raised  against  the  removal  of  antiqui- 
ties from  Egypt  does  an  iiyury  to  the 
world,  Egypt  is  not  a  gainer.  The 
excavations  are  made  without  know- 
ledge or  energy,  the  Pasha  is  cheated 
by  those  who  work,  and  no  one  there 
tidies  any  interest  in  a  museum  ;  and 
it  would  not  be  too  much  to  predict 
that,  after  all  the  vexatious  impedi- 
ments thrown  in  the  way  of  Europeans, 
DO  such  institution  will  ever  be  formed 
by  the  Pasha  of  Egypt. 

f.    QUICKKST   MODS    Or     SBBXira    CAXSO 
▲Hn  THS   HKIOHBOUKBOOD. 

For  those  who  are  pressed  for  time, 
and  wish  to  see  every  thing  at  or  near 
Cairo  as  quickly  as  possible,  the  best 
plan  is  to  portion  out  the  different 
sights  as  follows :  — 

\tt  I}ay.^To  Heliopolis.*  Go 
out  of  the  Bab  el  Foto6h,  visit  the 
tomb  of  El  Gh^ree,  half  way,  to  the 
right;  interior  of  dome  handsome: 
then  to  Heliopolis ;  obelisk,  remains 
of  sphinxes,  mounds  of  old  town, 
fountain  of  the  Sun,  and  sycamore  of 


the  holy  family  -.  returning,  go  to  the 
tombs  of  the  Memlook  kings  t  (Kait- 
bay)  to  left,  thence  to  the  Boorg  e* 
Ziffr^,  and  enter  Cairo  by  the  Bab  e^ 
Nusr.  § 

Sd  2>a^.— To  Old  Cairo  and  Roda 
Id.  Go  to  the  tombsof  the  Memlooks  ||, 
that  of  the  Pasha*8  family,  the  Imam 
e*  SULffaee:  to  Old  Cairo^,  Moskof 
Amer,  Roman  station  of  Babylon  to 
S.  of  it :  cross  over  to  Isle  of  Roda ; 
Nilometer**  (requires  an  order),  and 
garden  of  Ibrahim  Pasha:  return  by 
the  College  of  Der  wishes -fft  Kasr 
el  Ainee  (the  school  of  medicine),  the 
palace  of  Ibrahim  Pasha,  to  Cairo. 

Sd  Day At  Cairo.     Bas^r  of 

Ghor^'b,  Bab  Zoo^ylehf},  citadel  §§ 
(Joseph's  Well,  Pasha's  palace,  new 
mosk,  view),  mosk  of  Sultan  Has- 
san))  below  citadel  (porch  and  arch 
of  east  end),  mosk  of  Tsyloon^^, 
oldest  in  Cairo,  with  early  pointed 
arches. 

4th  Day, —  See  the  other  mosks  and 
royal  tombs  •••  of  Cairo,  basAarsftt* 
streets,  buildings  in  Cairo ;  and  go  to 
the  palace  and  gardens  of  Shoobra.|ff 

5th  Day,-'  The  petrified  wood  §§§ 
on  the  top  of  the  Gebel  Go6shee,  or 
Mokuttum,  between  6  and  7  miles 
from  Cairo.  It  is  possible  to  make 
only  two  days  of  these  three  last. 

eth  Day,  ^To  the  Pyramids.  |||]| 
Pyramids,  Sphinx,  and  tombs ;  thence 
to  pyramids  of  Abooseer  and  Sakki- 
rallYi  and  vaulted  tomb  in  eastern 
front  of  hills  facing  the  cultivated  land, 
about  1}  mile  to  N.  of  Sakkira;  thence 
to  Mitrahenny,  colossus  of  Remeses 
II.,  and  site  of  Memphis :  ****  back 
to  Cairo ;  a  long  excursion  for  one  day. 
It  is  better  to  sleep  at  the  Pyramids, 
and  go  to  those  of  Sakk^ra  next  morn- 
ing. The  order  of  these  days  may  be 
changed,  as  most  convenient. 


•  See  Seet  IL  Excuzsion.3.  f  See  Sect.  II. ». 
4  See  Sect  IL  r,  \\  See  Sect.  II.  n. 

*•  See  Excursion.  1.  &.  f  f  See  Exeanioo.  1.  e. 

AS  See  Sect.  II.  S.                   II  tl  See  Sect.  II.  k. 
See  Sect  IL  A,  Lot.         fff  See  Sect.  TL  a.  ^.  

See  Sect  IL  Excursion  2.  b.       ||l|  See  Sect.  IL  Excursion.  4. 
See  Sect  IL  ExcurdoD.  4.       •••*  See  Sect  II.  Excursion.  4. 


m 


t  See  Sect  IL  a. 

T  See  Sect  II.  Excunioo.l. 
tt  See  Sect.  U.kaadk. 
ft  See  Sect.  ILJc 
ttX  See  Sect  IL  ExcuriioaJL 


Q  2 


J  24 


CAIRO.  —  BOATS, 


Sect.  n. 


g»  BOATS.  (^Mtrkeb,  pi.  Mar&hh,) 

The  boats  of  the  Nile  are  the  djerm 
(germ),  ttie  ma&dil,  aggub  (akkub), 
maash  or  r&hleh,  dahab^eh,  cangia 
(kangeh),ky4s(kv^h,)  Sdndal,  aef£e- 
nee,  garib  (k&rib),  and  maad^h.  The 
largest  are  the  germs,  which  are  only 
used  on  the  Nile  during  the  inunda- 
tion, or  between  Alexandria,  Rosetta, 
and  other  ports  on  the  Mediterranean. 
They  carry  from  800  to  about  2000 
ardebs ;  but  four  have  been  built  at 
Osioot  which  are  rated  at  4800 
ardebs;  and  to  give  some  idea  of 
their  size,  a  boat  of  250  ardebs  mea- 
sures ^  feet  in  length  and  10  or  12 
in  breadth.  Th«y  have  two  masts 
and  large  lateen  sails,  like  the  gene- 
rality of  the  boats  on  the  Nile.  They 
are  only  employed  for  carrying  corn, 
and  during  the  summer  mr^  laid  up, 
covered  with  mats,  to  protect  them 
from  the  sun.  The  maiidil,  or,  as  it 
is  sometimes  called,  ky&s,  is  of  a  very 
similar  construction,  but  smaller,  car- 
rying from  130  to  800  ardebs.  The 
aggub  is  only  used  for  carrying  stone, 
and  is  singular  among  the  boats  of  the 
Nile  for  its  square  sail. 

The  last  five  are  open  boats.  The 
name  of  sandal  is  chiefly  applied  to 
a  small  kind  of  cangia,  and  to  ships* 
boats,  or  those  attached  to  the  gun- 
boats of  the  Nile;  the  garib  is  the 
fishing-boat,  and  the  maadeeh  the 
ferry ;  but  the  maash,  dahab^eh,  and 
cangia,  are  the  three  peculiarly  adapt- 
ed for  travelling  on  the  river,  being 
furnished  with  cabins. 

The  maash,  or,  more  properly, 
r&hleh,  is  convenient  from  its  large 
and  loAy  cabins-;  but  unless  a  tra- 
veller has  plenty  of  time  to  spare,  a 
dahab^eh  is  far  preferable ;  and  many 
of  these  are  now  so  large  as  to  yield 
very  little  to  the  r&hleh  in  the  comfort 
of  their  cabins,  added  to  which  they 
are  always  cleaner.  The  traveller  who 
has  time  to  spare,  and  intends  making 
a  long  sojourn  at  Thebes,  may  take 
a  rihlth  to  go  up  the  Nile,  send  it 
off  at  Thebes,  and  write  to  Cairo  for 


A  dahal)^*eh  or  cangia ;  or,  if  he  does 
not  object  to  the  expense,  he  may  take 
both  with  him,  and,  paying  off  the 
rahleh  at  Asouan,  use  the  smaller  boat 
to  pass  the  cataracts  and  return  to 
Cairo. 

The  dahab^eh  differs  only'  from  the 
cangia  in  its  greater  size,  and  in  hav- 
ing  a  plank,  or  gangway,  at  the  side 
of  the  cabin  windows  extending  to 
the  steerage.  They  vary  in  size.  The 
large  ones  have  generally  two  cabins 
and  a  smaller  room,  called  a  batli,  in 
all  which  a  short  man  may  stand  nearly 
upright;  and  some  persons  have  added 
to  the  height  of  the  cabins  by  low- 
ering the  floor.  The  large-sized  daba- 
b^ehs  let  at  from  2000  to  3000  piastres 
a  month ;  smaller  ones  at  from  1000 
to  1350,  which  last  is  about  the  aum 
paid  for  a  large  cangia.  It  is  diflicuU 
to  distinguish  between  the  cangia  and 
dahab^eh,  as  tbey  are  so  very  like  each 
other,  when  of  the  same  size,  that  no 
definite  line  can  be  drawn  between 
them ;  generally  speaking,  therefore, 
the  prices  o^  all  this  class  of  boats 
may  be  reckoned  at  from  1000  to 
3000  piastres  a  month.  In  all  cases 
the  price  varies  with  the  number  of 
the  men,  whose  pay  is  as  follows :  — 

Piast.  a  numth. 
The  reU  or  captain  of 

a  small  dahab^b,  or 

cangia 
Eight  men  at  50  piastres 

each 
Mettdhmd  or  steersman, 

rated  as  a  man  and  a 

half     - 
Kitchen  boy,  rated  as 

half  a  man 


100 


-     400 


75 


DomAn,  or  hire  of  boat, 
paid  to  the  owner, 
(varying  witli  its  size, 
and  lately  reduced) 


Profit  of  the  r^Is 


25 


600 


-     594 


1300 


Egypt 


BOATS. 


125 


A  cangia  may  be  hired  at  from 
1000  to  1300,  which  used  to  be  the 
price  of  a  dahab^h  when  the  wages 
of  sailors  were  25  piastres  a  month. 
There  is  a  small  kind  of  cangia,  sel- 
dom wilh  more  than  one  cabin,  only 
high  enough  to  admit  of  persons 
kneeling  in  it,  which  may  be  had  at  a 
lower  rate,  perhaps  700  piastres  a 
month ;  but  this  implies  a  reduction 
in  the  number  of  men ;  and  it  has 
this  discomfort,  that  no  one  can  pass 
from  one  side  of  the  boat  to  the  other 
without  making  it  heel  over.  It  has, 
however,  the  advantage  of  being  easily 
tracked,  when  the  wind  fails,  and  is 
quickly  rowed  down  the  stream  on 
returning.  Another  species  of  cangia, 
called  sandal,  with  one  mast  and  one 
cabin,  may  also  be  rated  at  the  same 
price  as  the  last  mentioned. 

The  contracts  are  usually  written 
at  the  consulate,  as  few  travellers  un- 
derstand sufficient  Arabic,  or  the  cus- 
toms of  the  country,  to  do  without  a 
translation,  or  to  have  it  drawn  up  by 
a  public  scribe.  They  are  generally 
worded  like  the  following :  — 

*'  TaANSLATIOK  FaOM  TUS  AaABIC. 

**  Saturday  the  20th  of  the  month 
of  Showal,  of  the  year  1257  (4th  Dec. 
1841,)  Mr.  — f  an  Englishman,  has 

taken  on  hire  from  the  r^s  (ryU) 

of  the  town  of  (Boolik  belonging  to 
),  a  cangia  of  about  — 
ardebs  burthen,  for  a  voyage  on  the 
Nile,  during  such  length  of  time  as  it 
may  please  the  above  to  keep  the  said 
boat.  It  is  to  be  manned  by  — 
sailors,  not  including  the  r^s,  and  the 
sails,  ropes,  oars,  &c  are  to  be  in  good 
condition. 

**  The  hire  agreed  upon  is — pias- 
tres a  month,  without  any  further 
charges,  to  begin  from  the  date  of 
the  present  contract,  which  is  in  every 
thing  agreeable  to  law. 

'*  The  r^is  and  sailors  are  to  be 
obedient  to  the  orders  of  the  hirer, 
during  the  night  as  well  as  the  day, 
but  it  is  understood  that  they  will  not 
be  obliged  to  tow  the  cangia  after 
dark,  unless  necessity  requires  it. 


*<  The  sailors  are  to  be  full -grown, 
able-bodied  men,  understanding  their 
work,  and  two  of  them  are  to  keep 
watch  during  the  night,  when  the  boat 
is  at  anchor.  If  the  boat  passes  the 
cataracts,  the  charges  made  for  them 
by  the  r^is  of  the  cataracts  will  be 
defrayed  by  the  hirer. 

**  This  agreement  is  signed  (one 
month's  pay  having  been  given  in 
advance)  by  the  two  parties  in  pre- 
sence- of  tlie  witnesses. 

Witnesses/"  ^-      (Signed)  A.  B. 
witnesses  j^jj     Sealofr^is, .'• 

It  may  be  as  well  to  make  the  rHs 
understand  that  he  is  not  to  take  any 
other  passengers,  or  merchandise  of 
any  kind,  that  the  whole  boat  shall 
be  at  the  traveller's  command,  tliat 
the  sailors  shall  be  obedient  to  orders, 
and  that  no  one  shall  quit  tlie  boat 
on  the  pretext  of  visiting  relatives,  or 
with  similar  pleas,  without  previouily 
atking  permUtion, 

Some  abuses  have  crept  in  of  late, 
which  ought  to  be  put  a  stop  to, 
being  unjust  to  travellers  (who  now 
pay  unheard-of  prices  for  boats),  con- 
trary to  the  customs  of  the  country, 
and  likely  to  pave  the  way  for  many 
others.  One  is  the  attempt  to  make 
the  hirer  of  a  boat  responsible  for  any 
accident  that  may  happen  on  passing 
the  cataracts,  which  has  even  been  in- 
troduced info  written  contracts.  This 
is  both  unjust  and  absurd.  It  was 
never  heard  of  till  of  late,  and  no 
Turk  or  native  would  take  a  boat 
under  such  conditions.  Besides,  the 
r^is  of  the  cataracts  is  placed  there 
on  purpose  to  pass  iKiats,  and  at  Mm 
risk;  and  certainly  nothing  can  be 
more  ridiculous  than  for  the  traveller 
to  remove  that  responsibility  from  the 
r^.s  of  the  cataracts,  and  nothing  more 
unjust  than  for  any  one  to  take  ad. 
vantage  of  his  ineiperience  to  put 
him  into  this  position.  It  should  be 
resisted  by  all  means,  and  the  boats 
of  those  who  refuse  to  allow  them  to 
puss  the  cataracts  should  not  be  hired 
at  all,  unless  they  agree  fo  pay  the  hire 
of  the  other  taken,  for  the  reet  of  the 
o  3 


126 


CAIBO.  — BOATS. 


Sect  IL 


journey  beyond  the  eaiaract,  or  to  de- 
dud  from  that  of  their  own  boat  during 
the  whole  absence  of  the  traTeller  in 
Nubia. 

Another  is  the  demand  for  the  r«- 
tum  of  a  boat,  when  taken  to  some 
place  either  up  or  down  the  river,  and 
there  discharged.  This  is  also  a  new 
and  unheard-of  abuse,  and  should  not 
be  tolerated.  There  is  no  such  thing 
as  back  carriage  in  the  country.  As 
agreements  are  drawn  up  and  depo- 
sited at  the  consulate,  such  abuses 
ought  to  be  prevented. 

The  hire  of  the  first  month  may  be 
paid  in  advance ;  and  when  in  Upper 
Egypt,  half  of  each  successive  month, 
or  the  wages  of  the  boatmen  only, 
which  are  50  piastres  a  month  each. 
By  all  meahs  the  re  is  and  boatmen 
must  be  made  obedient  to  orders :  the 
traveller  will  otherwise  find  them  in> 
sufferably  unruly  and  troublesome, 
too  much  indulgence  being  considered 
by  them  the  result  of  fear  or  inexperi- 
ence ;  nor,  unless  he  maintains  strict 
discipline,  can  he  venture  to  give 
tliem  a  feast  of  meat  at  the  large 
towns.  They  sometimes  stop  at  places 
on  some  excuse,  even  when  the  wind 
is  fair:  this  should  not  be  allowed, 
except  at  Osioot,  or  some  other  large 
town,  to  have  their  bread  made.  Be- 
sides occasionally  giving  meat  (or 
money  to  buy  it,  or  tobacco),  lie  will 
make  them  a  present  of  money,  on 
his  return  to  Cairo.  The  reis  is 
always  paid  twice  as  much  as  a  sailor, 
)  nd  at  the  end  of  the  journey  he  re- 
quires about  half,  or  one  third  of  the 
whole  sum  given  as  backxhish.  This 
will  depend  on  the  number  of  sailors. 

Before  his  departure,  the  traveller*8 
servant  must  see  that  all  the  oars  are 
on  board,  and  the  sails  in  good  con- 
dition ;  he  %vill  also  overlook  the  con- 
struction of  an  awning  before  the 
cabin,  which  is  the  most  comfortable 
addition  to  a  boat,  and  serves  as  a 
cool  and  cheerful  place  to  sit  in  during 
the  day.  The  reis  will  undertake  to 
have  it  made  under  the  superintend- 
ence of  his  servant.     It  is  sometimes 


formed  of  mats  laid  over  palm  sticks, 
and  if  so,  care  should  be  taken  that 
they  be  not  common  coarse  ones  called 
Noohht  but  the  same  that  are  used  in 
rooms  at  Cairo.  A  far  better  kind  of 
awning  is  made  of  thick  tent-cloth,  or 
a  white  cotton  stuff  called  AUmkf  or  a 
thicker  kind  called  Morubbot  lined 
with  the  same  dyed  blue,  stretched 
over  a  wooden  frame-work.  This 
gives  more  room  than  the  circular  top 
of  the  mats,  and  is  easily  raised,  if 
necessary,  in  a  high  wind.  Find- 
ing that  Europeans  always  made 
those  awnings  as  an  extra  room, 
and  sought  a  place  where  they  could 
stand  upright,  many  have  added  an 
open  wooden  porch  to  that  part  of 
the  boat,  when  it  was  buildiug,  and 
have  made  fbe  fioor  of  the  cabins 
lower ;  which  last  is  a  great  improve- 
ment. 

The  first  tiling  to  be  done,  afUr 
taking  a  boat,  is  to  have  it  sunk,  to 
rid  it  of  the  rats,* and  other  noxious 
inhabitants  it  may  have.  This  should 
be  done  on  the  opposite  shore,  which 
the  boat  must  leave  before  night; 
otherwise  the  rats  will  resume  their 
berths  on  board,  and  the  precaution 
will  have  been  useless.  The  cabins 
should  also  be  well  washed,  and  when 
dry  should  be  painted  carefully,  the 
expenses  of  which  will  be  about  70 
piastres  for  a  cangia  of  100  ardeba 
burthen,  with  two  small  cabins,  oz 
more  if  many  colours  are  used : 
larger  boats  of  course  in  proportion. 
All  the  cracks  should  be  previously 
stopped  with  putty,  and  they  may  be 
closely  papered  over  ;  but  paste  must 
not  be  used,  as  it  will  harbour  insect% 
and  is  not  likely  to  hold  fast  for  any 
time.  The  best  preservative  against 
disagreeable  intruders  at  night  ia  Mr. 
Levinge*s  contrivance  of  dieets  and 
mosquito  net  in  one  piece,  already 
mentioned  in  page  S.  The  only  dis- 
advantage of  it  is  the  trouble  of  geu 
ting  in  and  out.  Another  preventive 
is  a  small  piece  of  camphor  in  the  bed, 
and  another  under  the  pillow.  An 
iron  rat-trap  is  also  a  good  thing  to 


EffypL 


BOATS. 


127 


have  on  board,  and  I  have  no  dottbt 
that  an  ichneumon  (which  i«  an  ani- 
mal very  common  about  Shoobim  and 
Geexeh),  if  even  kept  tied  up  in  the 
boat,  might  tend  greatly  to  preyenl 
the  ▼isit  of  rats  from  the  shore.  A 
piece  of  tin  in  the  shape  of  a  funnel 
placed  on  the  rope  at  night  with  the 
mouth  towards  the  land,  would  also 
prevent  their  running  along  it  to  the 
boat,  but  it  would  be  difficult  to  in- 
duce the  sailors  to  take  the  trouble  of 
placing  it  nightly  on  the  rope,  and  the 
boats  are  often  so  close  to  the  shore 
tfaat  these  troublesome  Tisitors  have 
nothing  to  do  but  leap  into  them. 
Cats  are  useful  if  they  can  be  kept  on 
board,  but  they  are  apt  to  go  ashore, 
and  are  often  lost.  All  things  which 
the  rats  are  likely  to  eat,  and  which 
can  be  put  into  jars,  called  BaOdti, 
may  be  easily  kept  out  of  their  reach 

The  best  thing  to  destroy  flies,  still 
one  of  the  plagues  of  Egypt,  is  an 
infusion  of  quassia.  Put  a  small 
handful  into  a  white  basin,  and  pour 
a  pint  of  boiling  water  over  it,  and  let 
it  cool :  a  little  sugar  may  be  sprink- 
led orer  it  as  a  greater  inducement  to 
them  to  come  to  it. 

Besides  curtains  for  the  windows  at 
night,  it  will  be  as  well  if  tliere  is  no 
glass  in  them  to  put  it  into  two  at  letut 
(one  on  each  side  of  the  cabin),  as  the 
alternative  of  cold  or  darkness  is  by 
no  means  pleasant  in  winter. 

A  kitchen  should  also  be  put  up 
in  the  fore  part  of  the  boat.  It  should 
be  made  of  planks  of  wood,  with 
three  or  four  6re -places  in  it,  having 
their  sides  strengthened  with  gypsum, 
and  the  bottoms  or  gratings  of  thin 
iron  bars.  It  will  cost  about  54 
piastres,  and  may  be  made  by  the  r^'is 
under  the  superintendence  of  a  servant. 

After  having  been  a  few  days  on 
board,  on  his  way  up  the  Nile,  if  he 
finds  the  boat  make  little  way,  he  had 
better  order  one  of  his  native  servants 
unobserved  at  night,  or  under  the 
plea  of  bathing,  to  examine  the  end 
of  the  keel  near  the  rudder,  to  ascer- 
tain that  no  tricks  have  been  played 


lo  impede  the  sailing  of  the  boat ;  for 
with  this  view  they  sometimes  fasten 
a  log  or  sliort  plank  of  wood  athwart 
the  keel,  to  stop  the  speed  of  the  boat 
and  lengthen  the  voyage  ;  and  in 
coming  down,  if  the  round  stone  with 
a  hole  in  the  centre,  which  on  ascend- 
ing the  Nile  is  generally  kept  on  deck 
near  the  prow,  is  no  longer  seen  on 
board,  he  had  better  bid  bis  servant 
ascertain  where  it  has  been  put,  as 
they  sometimes  suspend  it  by  a  long 
rope  from  the  stem  beneath  the  water, 
with  the  same  view  of  impeding  the 
boat,  on  its  way  down.  Herodotus, 
in  describing  the  large  boats  of  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  says,  **  Tliey 
adopt  the  following  method  in 
going  down  the  Nile.  'Being  pro- 
vided with  a  bundle  or  wicker  hur- 
dle of  tamarisk  interlaced  with 
rushes,  and  a  stone  with  a  hole  weigh- 
ing about  two  talents  (about  ISO  lb.), 
tliey  tie  the  former  to  the  head  of  the 
boat,  allowing  it  to  follow  the  course 
of  the  stream,  and  fasten  the  stone 
by  a  rope  to  the  stern.  The  tama- 
risk hurdle  carried  forward  by  the 
current  drsgs  after  it  the  barit  f  such 
is  the  name  of  these  boato),  ana  the 
stone  sinking  in  the  water  serves  to 
direct  its  course."  But  the  modem 
Egyptians  omit  the  tamarisk  bushes, 
which  was  intended  to  aid  the  boat  in 
its  descent,  and  have  only  adopted 
tliat  portion  of  the  contrivance  in- 
vented by  tlieir  ancestors,  which  an- 
swers the  object  they  have  in  view. 

Another  very  necessary  precaution 
is  to  order  the  r^'is  to  forbid  the  boat- 
men to  tie  tlie  sails,  and  insist  upon 
their  holding  the  rope  called  •hogh6al 
in  their  hands:  which  is  termed  keep- 
ing it  kKahu,  ««  free  ;"  for  to  this  al- 
most all  the  accidents  that  happen 
on  the  Nile  are  to  be  attributed.  In 
those  parts  where  the  mountains  ap- 
proach the  river  it  should  be  particu- 
larly attended  to,  as  at  Gebel  Shekh 
Umb&mk,  Gebel  e*  Tayr,  and  thence 
to  SliekhTimiy,  Gebel  Aboo-Faydee, 
Gebel  Shekh  Her^dee,  and  Gebel 
Tookh  below  Girgeh. 

Q  4 


128 


CAIRO.  —  BOATS. 


Sect.  n. 


The  traveller  should  have  the  deck 
of  his  boat  washed  every  morning ; 
and  he  may  select  any  one  of  the 
crew  who  appears  most  willing  for 
this  duty.  When  one  is  chosen,  it  is 
more  likely  to  be  done.  An  allow- 
ance  of  a  piastre  or  two  a  week 
should  be  given  for  this  extra  labour, 
and  care  should  be  taken  that  it  is 
never  omitted:  unless  done  always, 
it  will  cease  to  be  done  with  good 
will.  Above  all  things,  I  recom« 
mend  strict  discipline  in  the  boat,  and 
invariable  obedience  to  orders,  what- 
ever they  may  be,  with  the  full  un- 
derstanding of  course  that  they 
are  reasonable  and  just.  But  I  am 
far  from  advising  that  constant  use 
of  the  stick  which  is  sometimes  re- 
sorted to  most  unnecessarily  :  firm- 
ness and  the  determination  of  being 
obeyed  seldom  fails  to  command 
respect  and  obedience;  for,  when 
they  know  you  will  be  obeyed,  they 
will  seldom  disregard  an  order. 
When  once  that  obedience  is  estab- 
lished, then  you  may  be  as  indulgent 
as  you  like,  and  every  good  office, 
every  reward,  will  be  received  as  a 
favour.  Without  it,  kindness  will 
be  construed  into  fear  or  ignorance ; 
every  attempt  will  be  made  to  deceive 
the  too  easy  traveller ;  and  in  order  to 
have  a  moment's  peace,  he  will  be 
obliged  to  have  recourse  to  the  very 
means  he  had  been  hoping  to  avoid ; 
by  applying  to  some  Turkish  gover* 
nor,  or  by  substituting  for  kindness 
loo  late  severity,  either  of  which  will 
only  draw  upon  him  hatred  and  con- 
tempt. 

One  thing,  however,  I  must  say,  is, 
that  however  nwch  they  may  try  to 
impose  on  one,  over  whom  they  think 
to  get  the  upper  hand,  they  never  har- 
bour any  feelings  of  revenge.  They 
are  like  the  frogs  in  the  fiil>le  with  the 
log  of  wood.  In  short,  my  advice  is, 
to  be  strict  and  just,  without  unneces- 
sary violence,  in  order  to  have  the 
satisfaction  of  being  indulgent 

In  visiting  the  ruins,  one  or  two 
of  the  crew  will  carry  water,  or  any 


thing  else  you  may  require^  and  they 
may  occasionally  receive  a  few  piastres 
to  buy  tobacco.  It  is  better  not  to 
give  It  each  time,  but  aAer  having 
been  so  employed  on  several  occadons ; 
the  promise  of  it  being  held  out,  pro- 
videid  they  are  aheojfM  found  ready  to 
go ;  and  if  there  is  any  rivalry  among 
the  others,  they  also  should  be  allow- 
ed to  take  their  turns  in  this  employ- 
ment. When  properly  managed,  no 
people  are  so  willing  or  good-natured ; 
when  not  understood,  none  so  trou- 
blesome. 

I  have  already  stated  that  when  the 
crew  behave  well,  they  may  have  a 
sheep  given  them  at  some  of  the  large 
towns,  or  a  certain  quantity  of  meat  at 
least,  as  a  reward  for  pott  exertwiu  ; 
and  at  the  end  of  the  journey  they 
and  the  r^s  will  expect  a  present  in 
money,  according  to  their  behaviour 
during  the  voyage.  Any  man 'who 
has  done  extra  work  should  be  paid 
more  ;  and  the  back^isk  of  the  crew 
should  be  given  to  one  of  them,  and 
not  to  the  rCU,  as  he  would  proliably 
cheat  them  of  a  great  portion;  for 
few  in  Egypt,  whether  Turks  or 
natives,  part  with  money  without  ipi 
effort  to  defraud. 

In  leaving  Boolak  either  for  Upper 
Egypt  or  tlie  North,  as  well  as  in  ar- 
riving there,  the  traveller  should  re- 
sist any  demand  for  haektkish  (a  word 
that  haunts  him  in  Egypt),  which  the 
custom-house  cawdstet  will  of  course 
ask  for ;  they  have  nothing  whatever 
to  do  with  him  or  liis  baggage,  and 
have  therefore  no  claim,  on  the  score 
of  allowing  to  pass  free  what  they 
dare  not  touch.  Any  attempt  to 
stop  his  things  should  be  repre- 
sented, and  care  should  be  taken 
that  the  offender  is  punished,  in  order 
to  put  a  stop  to  this  nuisance. 

A*    UISTOaV  OW  CAIRO. 

Musr  el  Kiherah,  corrupted  by 
the  Italians  into  CcnVo,  was  founded 
by  G6her,  a  general  of  El  Moes,  or 
A  boo  Tummim,  the  first  of  the 
Fow4tem  or   Fatemite  dynasty  who 


EgyjpU 

ruled  in  Egypt.  He  was  sent  in 
the  year  358  of  the  Hegira,  a.  d. 
969»  with  a  powerful  army  from 
Kayrawan,  near  Tunis,  tlie  capital  of 
tlie  Fowdtem,  to  invade  Egypt;  and 
baring  succeeded  in  conquering  the 
country,  be  founded  a  new  city,  near 
the  citadel  of  Kuttaeea,  under  the 
name  of  Musr  el  Kaherah.  This  in 
36^  (a.  d.  973)  became  the  capiul 
instead  of  Fostat;  which  then,  by 
way  of  distinction,  received  the  name 
of  Musr  el  Ate^keh  (old  Musr). 

£1  Moes  soon  afterwards  arrived 
w^ith  the  whole  of  his  court,  and  the 
Fowitem,  bringing  with  them  the 
bones  of  their  ancestors,  for  ever  re- 
linquished the  country  whose  so- 
vereignty they  had  also  usurped,  and 
which  they  still  retained,  by  leaving  a 
viceroy  in  the  name  of  their  mo- 
narch. Cairo  was  at  6rst  called  Dar 
el  Memlekeh,  or  **  the  royal  abode,*' 
and  then  Musr  el  Kaherah ;  and 
Fostat  was  distinguished  ever  after 
by  the  name  of  Musr  el  Ate^keh,  or 
old  Musr,  which  has  since  bi^en 
transformed  by  Europeans  into  old 
Cairo. 

The  epithet  Kaherah  (Cairo)  is  de- 
rived from  Kaher,  and  signifies  "  vic- 
torious.** 

The  first  part  of  the  city  erected 
by  Goher  was  what  is  still  called  el 
Kasriiyn,  or  "  the  two  palaces,*'  one 
of  which,  formerly  the  residence  of 
Saladin  and  other  kings,  has  been 
long  occupied  by  the  Mahkemeh,  or 
Cadi's  Court.  Till  wttliin  a  few 
years  it  was  almost  a  ruin,  but  is  now 
repaired. 

The  walls  of  Cairo  were  built  of 
brick,  and  continued  in  the  same  state 
till  the  reign  of  Yoosef  SaUh-e*-deen 
(Saiadin),  who  substituted  a  circuit  of 
stone,  and  united  to  the  original  town 
the  whole  of  that  part  lying  between 
the  Bab  Zooayleh  and  the  citadel. 

Yoosef  Salih-e'-deen  was  the 
founder  of  the  Eiyoobite  dynasty  in 
Egypt,  and  is  well  known  in  the 
history  of  the  Crusades  under  the 
name  of  Saladin.     Shortly -before  his 


BISTORT. 


129 


arrival,  and  during  the  troubles  that 
obscured  the  latter  end  of  the  reign 
of  the  Fowitem,  whom  he  expelled, 
Cairo  had  been  attacked  by  the  Franks, 
and  partly  burnt  on  their  approach, 
about  the  year  1171.  Their  designs 
against  the  city  were  unsuccessful ; 
but  in  order  to  place  it  eflectually 
beyond  the  reach  of  similar  attempts, 
Saladin  raised  around  it  a  stronger 
wall  of  masonry  ;  and  observing  tliat 
the  elevated  rock  to  the  south  of  the 
city  offered  a  convenient  position  for 
the  construction  of  a  fortress,  to  com- 
mand and  protect  it,  he  cleared  and 
walled  in  that  spot ;  and  discovering 
a  large  well  near  the  centre  that  had 
been  cut  by  the  ancients,  and  was 
then  filled  with  sand,  he  eicavated  it, 
and  brought  another  welcome  sup- 
ply of  water  to  the  citadel  by  an 
aqueduct,  which  conveyed  a  con- 
tinuous stream  from  the  Nile,  at 
Fostat,  to  the  new  citadel.  This  last 
was  then  merely  a  conduit,  sup- 
ported on  wooden  pillars;  and  it 
was  not  till  about  the  year  1518  tliat 
the  stone  aqueduct,  still  used  for  the 
same  purpose,  was  substituted  by 
order  of  Sulun  el  Ghor^e. 

It  is  probable  that  the  well  above 
mentioned,  which  now  bears  the  name 
of  Beer  Yoosef,  **  Joseph's  well,"  from 
tlie  caliph  Yoosef,  was  hewn  in  the 
rock  by  the  ancient  Egyptians,  like 
the  tanks  on  the  hill  behind  the 
citadel,  near  tlie  Kobbet  el  Howa; 
and  this  is  rendered  more  probable 
from  the  circumstance  of  there  having 
been  an  old  town,  called  Loui- 
Tkeshromi,  on  the  site  of  the  modem 
city.  It  seems,  indeed,  to  be  gene- 
rally allowed  by  the  Cairenes,  that 
Yoosef  was  not  the  real  author  of  this 
great  work ;  and  some  have  claimed 
it,  without  much  show  of  probability, 
for  Amer,  the  first  Moslem  con- 
queror of  Egypt.  It  consisu  of  two 
parts,  the  upper  and  lower  well,  and 
a  winding  staircase  leads  to  the  bottom, 
a  depth  of  about  260  feet.  The 
exact  part  of  Cairo  occupied  by  the 
Egyptian  town  is  uncertain ;  but  we 

a  5 


130 


CAIBO.  —  CITADEL. 


Sect.  II. 


learn  from  Arab  writers  that  two 
villages  existed  there,  before  the 
time  of  G6her,  one  called  el  Maks, 
where  the  Copt  quarter  now  stands, 
and  the  other  Kuttaeea. 

t.    THE   CRADSL. 

The  best  way  of  going  to '  the 
Citadel  is  on  asses,  but  ladies  will 
find  the 'sedan  chairs  at  the  hotel  very 
convenient  for  this  excursion. 

Besides  the  well  just  described,  the 
citadel  contains  several  objects  worthy 
of  a  visit;  among  which  may  be 
mentioned  the  Pasha*s  palace,  the 
new  mosk,  now  building  by  Mo- 
hammed All,  the  site  of  Joseph's 
hall,  and  the  arsenal. 

The  palace  contains  some  hand- 
sivne  rooms,  and  the  view  from  it  is 
very  fine. 

The  mosk  is  still  far  from  being 
finished.     It    consists    of    an    open 
square,  surrounded  by  a  single  row 
of  columns,    10  on   the    N.  and  S., 
13  on  the   W.,  and  12  on  the  £., 
where  a  door  leads  to  tlie  inner  part, 
or  house  of  prayer ;  as  in  the  Tay- 
loon,  and  other  mosks  of  a  similar 
plan.     The    columns  have    a  fancy 
capital  supporting  round  arches,  and 
tlie  whole  is  of  Oriental  alabaster, 
with  the  exception  of  the  outer  walls. 
Of  the  general  appearance  and  eHect 
no  opinion   can  be   formed  from  a 
building  in  so  unfinished  a  state ;  but 
I  fear  it  will   not  have  tlie  beautiful 
character  of  the  old  mosks  of  Cairo, 
and  that  it  will  be  ratlier  admired 
for  the   materials  than  tlie  style  of 
iu   arclii lecture.     Beyond   it  is  the 
hareem  of  the  Pasha,  with  a  garden 
on  the  side  nearest  the   mosk.     It 
was  to  make  room  for  this  mosk  that 
Joseph's  Hall,  a  lofty  building  sup- 
ported on  numerous  handsome  granite 
columns,  was  removed  in  1 829.     But 
it  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  careless- 
ness, or  want  of  skill,  in  taking  down 
the  columns,  caused  the  destruction 
of  the  greater  part  of  them,   being 
thrown  down  at  once,   and  mostly 
broken  by  the  fall.     Some  few  are 


still  sunding  in  their  original  po- 
sition, but  will,  of  course,  soon  be 
taken  away,  and  probably  share  the 
fate  of  their  companions. 

From  the  platform  is  a  grand  and 
commanding  view  of  the  city  and 
the  surrounding  country,  taking  in 
the  arsenal  immediately  below,  •— 
the  Roomaylee,  and  the  splendid 
mosk  of  Sulun  Hassan,  just  outside 
the  gates  of  the  citadel, — the  nu- 
merous minarets  of  Cairo, —and,  in 
the  distance,  the  Pyramids,  —  with 
the  valley  of  the  Nile,  to  Sakkira  on 
the  south,  and  to  the  point  of  the 
Delta  on  the  north. 

Parts  only  of  the  old  citadel  walls 
now  remain,  the  others  having  been 
replaced  by  bastions  and  curtains  of 
European  construction ;  and,  what 
strikes  a  stranger,  the  portion  most 
strongly  and  regularly  fortified  is  that 
least  open  to  foreign  aggression,  the 
town  side.  A  great  part  of  the  walk 
was  blown  up  by  the  explosion  of  the 
powder  magazine,  in  1823,  but  all  was 
restored  the  same  year,  and  since  that 
time  some  additions  have  been  made 
to  the  worksk 

The  spot  a  little  to  the  north  of 
the  Roomaylee  gate  is  where  Era  in 
Bey  escaped,  during  the  well-known 
massacre  of  the  Memlooks,  by  leaping 
his  horse  over  a  gap  in  the  then 
dilapidated  wall.  But  independent 
of  that  opening,  a  large  mound  of 
rubbish  had  accumulated  below  from 
the  fallen  materials,  and  it  is  to  this 
that  his  safety  must  priDdpally  be 
attributed. 

On  the  western  wall  of  the  citadel 
is  an  eagle  in  high  relief,  supposed  to 
be  an  emblem,  or  banner,  of  Kara- 
koosh,  the  minister  and  buflfbon  of 
Yoosef-Salali  e'  de^n,  whose  name 
signifies  in  Turkish,  ''eagle**  (or 
**  black-bird  **).  It  lus  no  inscription, 
but  is  evidently  of  the  same  date  aa 
the  wall  into  which  it  is  built ;  and 
the  credulous  believe  that  it  fonncrly 
uttered  a  cry  when  any  calamity  waa 
about  to  happen  to  the  city. 

Behind  the  citadel  ia  a  fort  upon  a 


Egypt. 


MOSKS. 


131 


rock,  or  projecting  point  of  the  Gebel 
e*  Jo&Jiee  (Gooshee),  the  ascent  to 
which  is  by  a  long  causeway. 

It  was  on  the  site  of  this  fort  tliat 
Mohammed  Ali  erected  a  battery 
against  the  citadel,  then  in  possession 
of  Khoorshid  Pasha,  by  which  he  ob- 
tained the  surrender  of  the  place. 

j,   ORIBMTAL   CUARACTKR   OF  THE 
TOWN. 

The  narrowness  o^  the  streets  of 
Cairo,  and  their  great  irregularity, 
may  strike  an  European  as  imper- 
fections in  a  large  city;  but  their 
Oriental  character  fully  compensates 
for  this  objection,  and  of  all  Eastern 
towns  none  is  so  interesting  in  this 
respect  as  the  Egyptian  capital.  Nor 
is  this  character  confined  to  the 
bazaars,  to  the  mosks,  or  to  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  exterior  of  the  houses ; 
the  interiors  are  of  the  same  original 
Arab  style,  and  no  one  can  visit  the 
hareeros  and  couru  of  the  private 
dwellings  of  the  Cairenes^  without  re- 
calling the  impressions  he  received 
on  reading  the  Arabian  Nights.  The 
disposition  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
interior  is,  to  an  European  eye,  singu- 
larly confused,  without  the  appear- 
ance of  plan  or  systematic  arrange- 
ment; but  the  picturesque  style  of 
the  courts,  the  inlaid  marble,  the 
open  fonts,  mcmdarat  with  a  facade  of 
two  arches  supported  on  a  single 
column,  the  elaborate  fretwork  of 
wood  forming  the  nuuhrebSeht,  or  pro- 
jecting  windows,  and  the  principal 
room  with  its  lantern  (a  sort  of  covered 
impluvium),  its  diwans,  deep  window 
aeats,  and  stained  glass  windows,  have 
an  effect  which  cannot  fail  to  strike  a 
stranger,  and  remind  him  of  the 
descriptions  of  old  Saracenic  cities. 
The  accurate  work  of  Mr.  Lane,  and 
the  drawings  published  by  Mr.  Hay, 
Mr.  Roberts,  and  Mr.  Owen  Jones, 
have  illustrated  the  mode  of  living, 
and  have  given  excellent  represen- 
tations of  some  of  the  public  build- 
ings in  Cairo ;  but  much  remains  to 
be  done  in  the  interiors;  and  it  is 


gratifying  to  know  tliat  the  pencil  o 
one,  who  has  already  occupied  him- 
self V)  successfully  in  Spain,  is  now 
engaged  in  portraying  the  striking 
peculiarities  of  this  truly  Eastern 
capital,  which  we  may  shortly  hope 
to  receive  from  the  hand  of  Mr.  Lewis. 

k,  MosKS  or  CAimo  —  xaelt  pointed 
▲acHSs. 

Cairo  is  said  to  contain  about  400 
mosks.  Many  of  them  are  in  ruins, 
but  the  number  of  those  that  are  still 
iu  repair,  and  used  for  the  daily 
prayers,  cannot  fail  to  strike  any  one 
who  passes  through  the  streets,  or 
sees  their  numerous  minarets  from 
without.  The  prindpal  mosks  are 
the  Tayloon  (Tooloon),  the  Ex'her, 
the  Hassanin,  £1  Hdkeni,  and  those 
of  the  Sultans  Hassan,  el  Ghoree, 
and  Kaiaoon,  (to  which  last  is  at- 
tached the  Morostin,  or  nladhouse,) 
the  Shardwee,  Moditid,  Berkook, 
Sitteh  Ziyneb,  and  others ;  to  many 
of  which  are  atuched  the  tombs  of 
their  founders. 

There  is  little  difHculty  attending  a 
visit  to  the  tnosks  of  Cairo ;  and,  with 
the  exception  of  tlie  Hassanin  and 
the  Ez'her,  they  may  be  visited  by  per- 
sons wearing  the  Frank  dress,  if  ac- 
companied by  a  Cawass,  and  provided 
with  an  order  from  the  Government. 

The  first  in  point  of  antiquity,  is  the 
mosk  of  Ahmed  ebn  e'  Tooloon,  gene- 
rally known  as  the  Jama  (Gama) 
Tayloon.  It  is  said  to  l>e  built  on  the 
plan  of  the  Kaaba,  at  Mecca,  which 
seems  to  have  been  that  of  all  the  oMcst 
mosks  founded  by  the  Moslems.  The 
centre  is  an  extensive  open  court, 
about  100  paces  square,  surrounded 
by  colonnades ;  those  on  three  of  the 
sides  consisting  of  two  rows  of  columns, 
25  paces  deep,  and  that  on  the  eastern 
end  of  five  rows,  all  supporting 
pointed  arches.  These  arches  are  of 
a  very  graceful  shape,  retaining  a  little 
of  the  horse-fthoe  form  at  the  base  of 
the  archivolt,  as  it  rises  from  the 
pilaster ;  and  in  a  wall  added  after- 
wards to  connect  the  mosk  with  the 

o  6 


132 


CAIRO.  —  MOSKS. 


Sect.  II. 


base  of  the  principal  minaret  is  one 
round  borse-shoe  arcb,  which  is  rarely 
ntet  with  in  Egypt.  Around  the 
mobk  is  an  outer  wall,  now  encum- 
bered in  part  by  houses,  at  each  angle 
of  which  rose  one  of  the  minarets ; 
that  on  the  N.  W.  corner  being  the  one 
used  for  the  call  to  prayer.  This  mosk 
rs  the  oldest  in  Cairo,  haring  been 
founded  90  years  before  any  other  part 
•f  the  city,  in  the  year  879  a.  d.,  or  265 
of  the  Hegira,  as  is  attested  by  two 
Cuflc  inscriptions  on  the  walls  of  the 
court*  a  date  which  accords  with  the 
era  of  that  prince,  who  ruled  in  £gypt 
from  868  to  884.  If  not  remarkable 
for  beautv,  it  is  a  monument  of  the  ' 
highest  interest  in  the  history  of  archi- 
tecture, as  it  proves  the  existence  of 
the  pointed  arch  about  three  hundred 
years  before  its  introduction  into  Eng- 
land, where  that  style  of  building  was 
not  in  common  use  until  the  begin- 
ning of  tlie  ISth  century,  and  was 
scarcely  known  before  the  year  1170. 
There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the 
pointed  arch  was  used  in  some  parts 
of  Europe  as  early  as  the  beginning 
•f  the  twelfth  century ;  but  it  was 
then  evidently  a  novel  introduction, 
generally  mixed  with  the  older  round- 
beaded  arch,  and  not  exclusively 
adopted  throughout  any  building. 
And  since  we  here  find  a  mo&k  pre- 
senting the  pointed  style  in  all  its 
numerous  arches,  we  may  conclude 
not  only  that  the  Saracens  employed 
it  long  before  its  introduction  into 
Europe,  but  that  we  were  indebted  to 
them  for  the  invention.  The  mosk 
of  Tayloon  being  the  oldest  build- 
ing in  Cairo,  it  is  impossible  to  ascer- 
tain from  any  monuments  there  at 
what  time  they  adopted  this  style  of 
architecture,  but  we  may  reasonably 
suppose  that  it  was  not  the  firat  mo»k 
ever  erected  with  pointed  arches,  and 
that  in  the  East  this  kind  of  arch  dated 
considerably  before  the  year  879.  That 
it  should  have  been  introduced  from 
thence  into  Europe  is  not  at  all  impro- 
bable ;  and  the  time  of  its  first  appear- 
ance naturally  leads  to  the  conclusion, 


that  the  Crusaders  made  us  acquainted 
with  the  style  of  building  they  had 
seen  during  their  wars  against  the 
Saracens. 

Alon^  the  cornice,  above  the  arches 
within  the  colonnades,  are  Cufic  in- 
scriptions on  wood,  many  of  which 
have  long  since  fallen.  The  style  of 
the  letters  is  of  the  same  ancient  cha- 
racter, as  in  the  stone  tablets  before 
mentioned ;  and  indeed,  were  the  date 
not  present  to  determine  the  period  of 
its  erection,  the  style  of  the  Cufic 
alone  would  sufiice  to  fix  it  within 
a  very  few  years,  that  character 
having  undergone  very  marked 
changes  in  different  periods  of  its 
use ;  aud  what  is  singular,  the  oldest, 
which  is  the  most  simple  and  least 
ornamented,  has  perhaps  a  nearer  re- 
semblance to  the  Arabic,  than  tliat  in 
vogue  about  the  time  when  the  mo- 
dern form  of  letters  was  introduced. 
The  Arabic  chiracter  was  first  adopted 
about  950  a.  d.,  but  Cufic  continued 
in  use  till  the  end  of  the  Fowitem 
or  Fateroite  dynasty ;  and  on  build- 
ings, Arabic  and  Cufic  were  both 
employed,  even  to  the  reign  of  Sulun 
el  Ghoree,  a.d.  1508. 

The  wooden  pulpit,  and  the  dome 
over  the  front  in  the  centre  of  the 
quadrangle,  are  of  the  Meiek  Mun- 
soor  Hesam  e*  deen  Lageen,and  bear 
the  date  696  of  the  Heg'ira.in  Arabic 
characters. 

Another  m<»k  (which  I  shall  men- 
tion presently),  at  Cairo,  founded  in 
1003  by  the  SulUn  £1  H^kem,  bav- 
ing  also  pointed  arches,  suflSciently 
shows  this  to  be  tlie  usual  style  of 
architecture  in  the  East  at  a  period 
when  it  was  still  unknown  in  Europe  ; 
and  there  is  every  reason  to  believe 
that  if  other  Saracenic  buildings  could 
be  discovered  of  the  same  era,  and 
probably  long  before  the  time  of 
Ahmed  ebn  e*  Tooloon,  they  would 
present  the  same  pointed  style.  It  is, 
however,  sufficient  to  have  found  two, 
of  the  years  a.  d.  879  and  1003,  to 
settle  the  question  respecting  the  pre- 
▼ious  use  of  tlie  pointed  arch  in  the 


^yp^ 


U08KS. 


133 


East ;  and  the  idea  of  its  origin  from 
the  intersection  of  two  round  arches, 
or  groined  mulfs,  may  at  once  be 
abandoned,  and,  i^ove  all,  its  inven- 
tion in  England,  which  was  years  be- 
hind the  ContiDent  in  the  date  of  its 
adoption. 

Thtf  minaret  of  the  Tayloon,  which 
rises  from  the  exterior  wall  of  circuit, 
has  a  singular  appearance,  owing  to 
the  staircase  winding  round  the  out- 
side. Its  novel  form  is  said  to  have 
originated  in  the  absent  habits  of  its 
founder,  and  an  observation  of  his 
Wisher.  He  had  observed  him  uncon- 
sciously rolling  up  a  piece  of  parch- 
ment into  a  spiral  form  ;  and  having 
remarked,  **  It  was  a  pity  bis  majesty 
had  no  better  employment,**  the  King, 
in  order  to  excuse  himself,  replied, 
'*  So  far  from  trifling,  I  have  been 
thinking  tliat  a  minaret  erected  on 
this  principle  would  have  many  ad- 
vantages ;  I  could  even  ride  up  it  on 
horseback  :  and    I   wish  that  of  mv 

m 

new  mosk  to  be  built  of  the  same 
form.** 

From  its  summit  is  one  of  tlie 
finest  views  of  the  town ;  and  though 
inferior  in  extent,  it  possesses  an  ad- 
vantage over  that  from  the  platform 
of  Joseph's  Hall,  in  having  the  citadel 
as  one  of  its  principal  features.  The 
hill  on  which  the  mosk  stands  was 
formerly  called  el  Kutiaees,  and  was 
chosen  by  Ahmed  ebn  e'  Tooloon  as  a 
place  of  residence  for  himself  and  his 
troops :  but  it  was  not  till  long  after 
the  foundation  of  Cairo  that  this  hill 
was  enclosed  within  the  walls,  and 
became  part  of  the  capital  of  Egypt. 
Its  modern  name  is  Kalat-el-Kebsh, 
<*the  ciudel  of  the  ram,**  and  tradi- 
tion pretends  that  it  records  tlie  spot 
where  the  ram  was  sacrificed  by 
Abraham.  Nor  is  this  the  only  fanci> 
ful  tradition  connected  with  the  hill, 
or  the  site  of  the  mosk  of  Tayloon. 
Noah*s  ark  is  reported  to  have  rested 
at  the  very  spot  where  a  Ntbk  tree 
still  grows,  witliin  a  ruined  enclosure 
in  the  court  of  the  mosk  ;  and  the 
name  of  Gebel  O'tAoor  is  believed  to 


have  been  given  it,  in  consequence 
of  the  tkank$gimng  be  there  offered  to 
the  Deity  for  his  rescue  from  the 
perils  of  the  flood. 

llie  Es'her  or  « splendid  "mosk, 
was  originally  founded  by  Goher 
(J6her)  el  Ki'ed,  the  genera]  of  Moes, 
about  the  year  970 ;  but  that  which 
is  now  seen  is  of  a  later  date,  having 
been  subsequently  rebuilt,  and  con- 
siderably enlarged.  Each  part  bean 
an  inscription  relative  to  the  era,  and 
authors,  uf  its  successive  restorations, 
to  the  year  1762.  It  is  of  consi- 
derable  sixe,  and  ornamented  with 
numerous  columns,  which  give  a  light- 
ness and  grace  to  the  interior.  It  is 
the  College  of  Cairo,  and  here  the 
Koran  is  particularly  studied ;  but  as 
in  the  ancient  temple  of  Jerusalem 
and  the  modern  Bayt- Allah  at  Mecca, 
idlen  of  all  descriptions  resort  thither 
to  buy  and  sell,  read  and  sleep,  and 
enjoy  the  coolness  of  ito  shady  and 
extensive  colonnades. 

Close  to  the  south-west  angle  is 
another  handsome  mosk,  and  a  little 
farther  to  the  north  is  the  small  but 
celebrated  HassanSn,  dedicated  to  the 
two  sons  of  Ali,  el  Hassan  and  el 
Hossayn,  whose  relics  it  contains.  It 
is  said  that  the  head  of  Hossayn,  and 
the  hand  of  Hassan,  are  preserved 
there.  Like  the  Eiher,  it  was  built 
or  restored  at  diflTerent  periods,  the 
last  addition  dating  in  176S,  and 
bearing  the  name  of  Abd  e*  Rahman 
k^hia ;  but  none  of  the  earliest  part  is 
now  visible.  The  moo2e</ or  birth-day 
of  tlie  HassanSn  is  one  of  the  principal 
fetes  of  Cairo,  when  a  grand  illumi- 
nation, with  the  usual  amusements  of 
Eastern  fairs,  continues  for  eight,  and 
sometimes  more,  days,  in  this  quarter 
of  tlie  town.  The  tomb  of  the  patron 
saint  on  such  occasions  is  always 
covered  with  the  IGsweh,  or  sacred 
envelope  of  embroidered  cloth  or  vel- 
vet ;  which  calls  to  mind  the  clothing 
of  the  statues  with  the  ttpop  Koa/totf,  in 
the  temples  of  ancient  Egypt. 

Of  the  early  mosks,  that  have  re- 
tained tlieir  original  style  of  architec- 


J 


134 


aURO.  —  MOSES. 


Sect.  n. 


ture  from  the  period  of  their  founda- 
tion, the  oldest,  next  to  the  Tayloon, 
is  that  of  *<  Solt4n  Kl  Hikem/*  near 
the  Bab  e*  Nusr,  one  of  the  principal 
gates  of  Caira 

The  arches  are  all  pointed,  with 
a  slight  borse^shoe  curve  at  the 
base ;  and  as  the  date  of  its  erection 
is  nearly  SOO  years  before  that  style 
of  architecture  became  general  in 
England,  it  offers,  as  already  stated, 
another  important  proof  of  its  early 
adoption  in  Saracenic  buildings. 
<«  Soltin  £1  H&kem,"  or  "El  Hakem 
be-omr-IUih,"  the  third  Caliph  of  the 
Fatemite  dynasty,  reigned  from  996 
to  1021,  ▲.  D.  This  eccentric  and 
immoral  prince  was  the  founder  of 
the  sect  of  Druses,  still  extant  in  Sy- 
ria.    He  pretended  to  be  vested  with 


a  divine  mission,  and  aided  by  a 
derwish  named  Derari,  s>icceeded  in 
obtaining  many  proselytes,  by  whom 
he  was  looked  upon  as  a  prophet,  or 
even  as  an  incarnation  of  the  Deity 
himself;  and  it  is  worthy  of  remark, 
tliat  in  an  inscription  over  the  western 
door  of  the  mosk,  his  name  is  followed 
by  the  same  expressions  tliat  usually 
accompany  that  of  the  founder  of 
Islam.  But  the  modern  Cairenes, 
who  are  incapable  of  reading  tlie 
Cufic,  are  ignorant  of  this  secret,  the 
discovery  of  which  would  raise  their 
indignation ;  and  I  observed  this  feel- 
ing strongly  shown  by  some  indivi- 
duals to  whom  I  read  the  passage 
contained  iu  the  inscription.  In  Ara- 
bic letters,  it  is  as  follows : — 


J.=,  iAc    ^\   CLi\^    ,j^)^^jr*\  ^\  ^V   f^^^^ 


^Uolji 


rjji^  uS*i:;i>»^^  *iV^ 


**  El  Hakem  be-omr.lllfch.  Prince  of  the  Faithful,  the  blcMingc  of  Ood  be  unto 

him  and  to  his  ancestors,  the  pure,    in  the  month  Regeb,  the  >ear  a.h.  d9S/*  or  4.0-  lOUS. 


The  minaret  of  this  mosk  was  fortified 
by  the  French  during  their  possession 
of  Egypt,  and  the  whole  building  has 
now  become  a  complete  ruin.  A 
thoroughfare  leads  through  it  by  the 
very  entrance  over  which  the  inscrip- 
tion is  placed;  and  as  this  doorway 
will,  in  all  probability,  be  soon  taken 
away  to  make  more  room  for  tlie  road, 
it  is  very  desirable  that  some  one  in- 
terested in  such  subjects  (who  happens 
to  be  at  Cairo  at  the  time)  should 
endeavour  to  secura  this  curious  docu- 
ment for  some  European  museum,  ere 
it  be  destroyed,  or  buried  in  the  wall  of 
any  new  building. 

The  finest  mosk  in  Cairo  i%  un- 
question^ly  the  '*  Jdma-t-e' Softdn 
Iltuiam,**  immediately  below  the  cita- 
del, between  the  Roomiylee  and  the 
Soog  e'  Sull4h.  Its  lofty  and  beau- 
tifully ornamented  porch,  the  rich 
cornice  of  its  towering  walls,  its  mi- 
naret, and  the  arclies  of  its  spacious 
court,  cannot  fail  to  strike  every  ad- 
mirer of  architecture.     And  so  im- 


pressed are  the  Cairenes  with  its 
superiority  over  other  mosks,  tliat  they 
believe  the  king  ordered  the  hand  of 
the  architect  to  l)e  cut  ofiT,  in  order 
to  prevent  his  building  any  other  tliat 
should  vie  with  it;  absurdly  ascrib- 
ing to  his  band  what  was  due  to  his 
head.  Tlie  same  story  is  applied  to 
other  fine  buildings,  of  which  they 
wish  to  express  tlieir  admiration,  as 
to  the  two  minarets  of  Samalood  and 
Osioot,  in  Upper  Egypt. 

The  interior  is  of  a  different  form 
from  the  mosks  of  eariy  times,  and 
from  the  generality  of  those  at  Cairo ; 
consisting  of  an  hypaethral  court, 
with  a  square  recess  on  each  side, 
covered  by  a  noble  and  majestic  arch, 
that  on  the  east  being  much  more 
spacious  tlian  the  other  three,  and  mea- 
suring 69  feet  5  inches  in  span.  At 
the  inner  end  of  it  are  the  niche  of  the 
imAm,  who  prays  before  the  congre- 
gation on  Fridiay,  and  the  mtaUfer  or 
pulpit;  and  two  rows  of  handsome 
coloured  glass  vases  of  Sytian  manu- 


Egypt. 


H08X8. 


135 


facture,  bearing  the  name  of  the 
sultan,  are  suspended  frtmi  the  side 
walls.  Behind,  and  forming  the  same 
part  of  building,  is  the  tomb,  which 
bears  the  date  of  764  of  the  Hegirm 
(▲.  D.  1S63),  two  years  later  than  his 
death,  which  happened  in  the  month 
of  Jumad  el  owel,  a.  b.  76S.  It  is 
surmounted  by  a  large  dome,  like' 
many  others,  of  wood  and  plaster,  on 
a  basement  and  walls  of  stone,  and 
tbe  ornamental  details  are  of  the  same 
materials.  On  the  tomb  itself  is  a 
large  copy  of  the  Koran,  written  in 
beautiful  distinct  characters,  and  over 
it  are  suspended  three  of  the  coloured 
lamps. 

The  blocks  used  in  the  erection  of 
this  noble  edifice  were  brought  from 
the  pyramids ;  and  though  we  regret 
that  one  monument  should  have  been 
defaced  in  order  to  supply  materials 
for  another,  we  must  confess,  that  few 
buildings  could  summon  to  their  aid 
greater  beauty  to  plead  an  excuse, 
while  we  regret  that  it  is  not  likely 
to  be  as  durable  as  those  ancient 
structures.  The  mosk  of  £1  Gb6ree, 
tbe  Morostin,  the  citadel,  and  other 
buildings,  were  indebted  for  stone  to 
the  same  monuments,  which  were  to 
them  the  same  convenient  quarry,  as 
the  Coliseum  to  the  palaces  at  Rome. 

Tbe  mosk  of  Sultan  Kalao6n  is 
Dear  the  baxaar  of  tbe  Khan  Kbaleel, 
and  b  better  known  from  being  at- 
tacfacd  to  the  Morostin  or  madhouse, 
founded  by  that  philanthropic  prince 
inik.H.  684,  or  1287  a.  d.  In  the 
Moro8t4n  itself  is  another  mosk  bmlt 
by  the  same  king,  whose  name  is 
found  at  the  £.  end,  **  mowl4na  oo 
scedna  e*  Solr4n  el  Melek  el  Munsoor 
Sayf  e*  d6oneea  oo  e'  deen  Kalao6n 
e'  Salehee,*'  in  an  inscription  of  four 
lines,  with  the  date  of  *«684  a.  h.,  in 
tbe  month  of  Jumad  el  owel ;  *'  and 
over  the  door  of  the  main  entrance 
of  tbe  building,  another  inscription 
says  the  whole  was  begun  in  the 
month  of  Rebeeh  el  akher  683,  and 
finished  in  Jumad  el  owel  684 ;  being 
only  IS  months.     It  is  said,  that  tbe 


king  offered  a  large  reward  to  the  ar- 
chitect and  builders  if  finished  within 
the  year,  lliis,  however,  they  failed 
in  doing ;  but  it  was  completed  in  the 
short  space  of  time  mentioned  in  the 
inscription,  only  one  month  over  the 
period  prescribed ;  which  fully  refutes 
the  notion  that  Sultan  Kalaoon  only 
laid  the  foundations,  and  that  the 
Morost&n  was  finished  by  his  son 
Niser  Mohammed. 

The  first  morostin  in  Egypt  is 
said  to  have  been  built  by  Abool- 
gaysh  Khamaraweeh,  tbe  son  and 
successor  of  Ahmed  ebn  e*  Tooloon, 
about  the  year  890  a.  i>.  ;  or,  accord- 
ing to  some,  by  Ahmed  ebn  e*  Too- 
loon himself.  The  following  story 
is  related  as  tlie  cause  of  its  foun- 
dation. A  lady  of  distinction  having 
become  obnoxious  to  her  husband, 
was  put  away  on  the  plea  of  insanity, 
and  given  in  charge  to  persons  who 
took  care  of  mad  people ;  but  having 
escaped  from  her  place  of  confine- 
ment, at  the  moment  the  king  hap- 
pened to  be  passing  by,  she  threw 
herself  at  his  feet,  and  implored  his 
protection.  The  injustice  of  her  de- 
tention, and  the  many  cases  of  mis- 
management detected  on  this  occasion, 
determined  the  king  to  found  a  public 
institution,  where  similar  practices 
could  not  take  place ;  and  be  there- 
fore made  two  morosiins  or  mad- 
houses, one  near  the  hippodrome  or 
Kara-mediin  (where  this  scene  took 
place),  tbe  other  between  the  ^alat 
el  Kebsh  and  Uie  island  of  Boolik. 
Little  less  than  400  years  after,  was 
founded  the  present  Morost&n,  tbe 
only  one  now  existing  in  Egypt, 
which,  though  conducted  in  a  dis- 
graceful manner  in  late  times,  speaks 
highly  for  the  humane  intentions  of 
its  founder. 

By  his  orders,  the  patients,  what- 
ever might  be  the  nature  of  their 
complaints,  were  regularly  attended 
by  medical  men,  and  nurses  attached 
to  the  establishment ;  and  their  minds 
were  relieved  by  tbe  introduction  of 
a  band  of  music,  which  played  at  in- 


136 


CAIRO.  —  MOSKS. 


Sect  n. 


tervaU  on  a  pUlfomi  (that  still  exists) 
in  the  court  of  the  interior.  It  is  in 
this  court  that  the  wards,  or  benches, 
are  put  up  for  the  infirm  admitted  to 
the  hospital ;  but  the  music  has  long 
ceased:  and  the  neglect  and  embei- 
slement  of  the  directors  would  have 
reduced  the  whole  to  a  ruined  con- 
dition, had  it  not  been  for  the  bene- 
volence of  the  late  Sayd  el  Mah- 
rookee;  and,  above  all,  of  Ahmed 
Pasha  Tiiher,  who  repaired  the  build- 
ing and  supplied  whatever  was  want- 
ing. This  last  is  recorded  in  an 
inscription  over  the  inner  door,  bear- 
ing date  1248  a.  h.,  or  1833  a.  d. 

The  lunatics  have  lately  been  re- 
moved to  another  hospital,  under  the 
superintendence  of  Europeans;  and 
the  sad  treatment  they  before  expe- 
rienced no  longer  continues. 

In  the  mosk  is  the  tomb  of  its 
founder,  who  was  the  first  of  the 
Kalaoon^eh  or  Salah^eh,  a  division 
of*  the  Baharite  dynasty.  He  died 
in  the  year  1 290  a.  d.  The  tomb  of 
his  son  N4<«r  Mohammed  forms  part 
of  the  same  mass  of  buildings.  That 
of  Sultan  Kalao6n  is  handsome;  it 
is  on  the  right,  as  the  mosk  is  on  the 
left,  of  the  passage,  as  you  enter  the 
principal  door  of  the  Morostin ;  and, 
like  the  mosk,  it  is  supported  on 
large  columns  surmounted  by  arches, 
which  in  the  latter  are  of  elongated 
shape,  and  in  the  former  slightly  par- 
taking of  the  horse-shoe  form.  Their 
spandrils,  and  the  windows  above, 
are  ornamented  with  light  tracery ; 
and  the  Makrabf  or  niche  for  prayer, 
inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl  and  mo- 
saic work,  not  unlike  the  Byiantine 
taste,  with  rows  of  small  columns 
dividing  it  into  compartments,  lias  • 
rich  and  curious  effect. 

In  the  vicinity  are  the  tombs  of 
other  monarchs  of  the  same  dynasty, 
and  of  their  predecessors,  the  caliphs 
of  Egypt,  which  I  shall  mention  pre- 
sently. After  passing  the  mosk-tomb 
of  Kalaoon,  you  come  to  that  of 
Sultan  Berkook ;   which,  like  others 


of  that  time,  consists  of  an  open  court, 
with  large  arches  at  each  side,  one  of 
which,  larger  and  deeper  than  the 
other  three,  is  the  eastern  or  Mecca 
end.  Attached  to  it  is  the  tomb  of 
his  wife  and  daughter,  where  a  fine 
illuminated  copy  of  the  Koran  is 
shown,  said  to  be  all  written  by  the 
latter,  who  was  called  the  princess 
Fatima  (Fatmeh).  Sultan  Berkook 
himself  was  buried  in  one  of  the 
tombs  of  the  Memlook  kings,  outside 
the  city. 

The  Sliar&wee  is  another  celebrated 
mosk  dedicated  to  one  of  the  princi- 
pal saints  of  Cairo.  The  Moaiud 
founded  between  the  years  1412  and 
1420  A.  D.  is  a  handsome  mosk  with 
pointed  arches,  having  slight  traces 
of  the  horse-shoe  form,  at  the  base 
of  tiie  arcbivolt,  like  many  others  of 
the  pointed  style  at  Cairo.  It  is 
close  to  the  gate  called  Bab  Zookj- 
leh ;  which,  with  the  two  elegant 
minarets  that  rise  above  it,  is  a  noble 
specimen  of  eastern  architecture. 
This  gate  was  formerly  tlie  entrance 
of  the  city  on  the  south  side,  before 
the  quarter,  now  connecting  it  with 
the  citadel,  was  added. 

Wiihout  the  Bab  2:oo&yleh,  at  the 
junction  of  the  four  streets,  is  one  of 
the  places  assigned  for  capital  punish- 
ments. Here,  and  in  the  Rooniaylee, 
Moslem  culprits  are  beheaded ; 
Christians  and  Jews,  whose  blood  is 
thought  to  defile  the  sword,  being 
hanged  in  the  Frank  quarter,  or  at  the 
grated  window  of  the  Ashraf^eh,  at 
tlie  comer  of  a  street  meeting  that 
which  runs  from  the  Ghor^h  to  the 
Khan  Khal^l.  It  was  at  the  Bab 
Zooiyleh  that  Toman  Bay  was  put  to 
death,  when  taken  prisoner  by  Sultan 
Selira  in  1517. 

The  privilege  accorded  to  the 
Moslems  in  this  respect  is  not  merely 
an  honour;  it  has  a  much  more  im- 
portant advantage,  which  consists  in 
being  put  to  a  speedy  death  instead  of 
being  left  to  struggle  for  a  length  of 
time  against  the  iron  gratings ;  which. 


Egypt 


TOMBS. 


137 


in  spite  of  the  buniftne  offices  of  the 
hangman,  in  pulling  the  culprit's  feet, 
must  tend  to  prolong  his  sufi^ngs. 

Th«  mosk  of  £1  Ghoree  stands  at 
the  extremity  of  the  baziUr,  called 
alter  hin  £1  Gbor^eh,  and  from  its 
position  is  one  of  the  most  pictu- 
resque buildings  in  Cairo.  On  ap- 
proaching it  bj  the  Ghoreeh,  which 
is  of  more  than  ordinary  breadth, 
you  are  struck  with  the  effect  of  its 
lofty  walls;  and  the  open  space  in 
which  it  stands,  together  with  the 
variety  of  costumes  in  the  groups  who 
throng  that  spot,  and  tlie  grand  door- 
way of  the  tomb  on  the  opposite  side, 
offer  a  beautiful  subject  for  the  pencil 
of  an  artist.  The  tomb  of  £1  Ghoree 
stands  on  the  other  side  of  the  street : 
there  are  also  two  other  tombs  of  the 
same  king,  one  at  £1  Kaitbay,  and 
the  other  on  the  road  to  Heliopolis, 
called  Kobbet  el  Gh6ree;  as  if  the 
number  of  tombs  were  intended  to 
compensate  him  for  not  having  been 
buried  in  £gypt;  though  the  Cairenes 
affirm  that  his  body  was  really  brought 
from  Syria,  and  deposited  in  that  of 
the  Ghoreeh.  He  was  killed  in  1517 
near  Aleppo  in  a  conflict  with  the 
Turks  undvr  Sultan  Selim,  who  then 
advanced  into  £gypt ;  and  Toman 
3ay,  who  was  elected  by  the  Mem- 
Tooks  as  his  successor,  having  been 
defeated  near  Heliopolis,  was  t^e  last 
of  the  Memlook  monarchs  of  the 
country. 

/.    TOMBS    OF   THE   CALIPHS  OF    XGTrT. 

The  tombs  of  the  caliphs  occupied 
the  site  of  what  is  now  the  Bazaar  of 
Khan-Khal^l,  but  they  are  all  de- 
stroyed with  the  exception  of  that  of 
£*Saleh  £iyoob.  This  monarch  was 
the  seventh  caliph  of  the  £i^oobite 
dynasty,  and  died  in  l'S50  a.  d.,  or 
647  of  llie  Hegirs,  as  is  stated  by  the 
Cufic  inscription  over  tlie  door.  It 
was  during  his  reign  that  the  rash 
attempt  was  made  by  St.  Louis  to 
surprise  Cairo^  in  1249  ;  which  ended 
in  the  defeat  of  the   Crusaders,  the 


death  of  the  Count  d*Artois,  and  the 
capture  of  tlie  French  king.  On  the 
death  of  £*Salch,  his  Mem  looks  con- 
spired, killed  his  son,  and  after  the 
stiort  reigns  of  his  widow  and  the 
Melek  eJ  Ashraf  Moosa,  who  was  de- 
posed in  his  4th  year,  the  first  Mem- 
look  dynasty  was  established  in  £gypt 
under  tlie  name  of  *'  Dowlet  el 
Memaleek  el  Bahr^eh,"  or  "  Toor- 
k^eb,'*  known  to  us  as  the  Baharite 
dynasty.  Among  them  were  several 
of  the  Memlooks  of  £'Saleh. 

Those  tombs,  improperly  called  by 
Europeans  "  of  the  caliphs,**  outside 
the  walls  to  the  £.  of  the  town,  are 
of  a  much  later  date,  being  of  the 
Memlook  kings  of  the  Circassian  or 
Borgite  dynasty,  who  ruled  from 
138'J  A.  n.  to  the  invasion  of  Sultan 
Selim  in  1517.  I  shall  mention  them 
in  their  due  order,  aAer  noticing  some 
of  those  of  the  first  or  Baharite  dy- 
nasty. 

m.      TOMSS   OF   THE    BAHARITB 
MBMLOOK     XIMGS. 

The  tombs  of  SulUn  Bayb^rs, 
Naser  Mohammed,  and  some  otliers, 
are  worthy  of  a  visit.  Bayb^rs,  or 
E'Z&her  Bayb^rs  el  Bendukd^ree, 
was  the  fourth  prince  of  this  dynasty, 
and  reigned  from  1260  to  1277. 
That  of  £*Naser  Mohammed,  the  son 
of  Sultan  Kalao6n,  standi  close  to 
the  Morost6n  and  the  mosk  of  his 
father,  and  is  remarkable  for  an  ele- 
gant doorway,  with  clustered  pillars 
in  the  £uropean  or  Gothic  style,  such 
as  might  be  found  in  one  of  our 
churches,  and  therefore  differing  in 
character  from  Saracenic  architec- 
ture. Over  this  door  is  an  inscrip- 
tion purporting  that  the  building  was 
erected  by  the  Sultan  Mohammed, 
son  of  the  Sultan  el  Meiek  el  Mun- 
soor  e*  deen  Kalaoon  e*  Salehee. 
The  date  on  the  lintel  is  698  a.b. 
(or  A.  D.  1299),  and  on  the  body  of 
the  building  695.  The  minaret  which 
stands  above  this  Gothic  entrance  is 
remarkable  for  iu  lace-like  fretwork. 


138 


CAIRO. FOUNTAINS. 


Sect  n. 


which  calls  to  mind  the  style  of  the 
Alhambra,  and  of  the  Al  Cazar  at 
SeTille. 

n.    TOMBS   or    TMX    CIRCASSIAN     MCM- 

LOOK   KINGS. TOMBS    OF   THB 

MEMLOOKS. 

The  greater  part  of  these  tombs 
stand  outside  the  town,  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  £.  of  the  Bab  e*  Nusr. 
They  are  frequently  called  by  Euro- 
peans <*of  the  caliphs,**  as  above 
stated,  but  are  better  known  to  the 
Cairenesas  £1  Kajtbay  (Kiedbai) ;  a 
name  taken  from  that  of  tlie  prin- 
cipal building,  which  is  of  £1  Ashraf 
Aboo-1-Nusr  Ki'edbai  v*  Ziheree,  the 
1 9th  Sultan  of  this  dynasty,  who  died 
and  was  buried  there  in  1496  a.  d. 
The  minaret  and  dome  of  his  mosk 
are  very  elegant,  and  claim  for  it  the 
first  place  among  thesesplendid  monu- 
ments, though  some  others  may  be 
said  to  fall  little  short  of  it  in 
beauty;  and  those  of  £1  Berkook 
and  £1  £shraf  have  each  their  re- 
spective merits.  £1  Berkook  or  £*- 
Z&her  Berkook  was  the  first  sultan  of 
this  dynasty,  and  was  renowned  for 
having  twice  repulsed  the  Tartars 
under  Tamerlane  in  1 393-4. 

To  each  of  these  tombs  a  mosk  is 
attached,  as  to  the  others  already 
mentioned  in  Cairo ;  and  in  the  latter 
place  it  may  often  be  doubted  whether 
the  tomb  has  been  attached  to  the 
mosk,  or  the  mosk  to  the  tomb. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  these 
interesting  monuments  are  suffered  to 
fall  to  decay  :  the  stones  have  some- 
times even  been  carried  away  to  serve 
for  tlie  construction  of  other  build- 
ings; and  there  is  reason  to  fear  that 
in  another  fifty  years  they  will  be  a 
heap  of  ruins.  In  their  architecture 
they  resemble  some  of  the  mosks  of 
Cairo :  and  the  same  alternate  black 
and  while,  or  white  and  red,  courses 
of  stones  occur,  as  in  those  within  the 
city,  which  call  to  mind  the  same 
Peculiarity  in  some  of  the  churches  of 
Italy.  The  stone  of  which  they  are 
principally  built  is  the  common  stone 


of  the  neighbouring  hills.  The  black 
limestone  is  brought  from  the  vicinity 
of  the  convent  of  St.  Antony  in  the 
eostern  desert ;  but  the  red  bands  in 
the  mosks  of  Cairo  are  merely  painted 
on  the  originally  white  surface. 

There  are  other  tombs  called  '*of 
the  Mcmlooks,"  to  the  south  of  the 
city,  usually  designated  by  the  Cai- 
renes  as  the  Im&m  e'  Shaffaee,  from 
the  chief  of  that  branch  of  Moslems 
whase  tomb  there  forms  a  conspicuous 
object.     It  is  easily  recognised  by  its 
large  dome,  surmounted  by  a  weather- 
cock* in  the  form  of  a  boat.      It  is 
said  to  have  been  built  by  Yooscf- 
Salah-e'  deen  (Saladin),  from  which 
it  received,  according  to  Pococke,  the 
name  of  e'  Salah&h.     Near  this  is 
the  sepulchre  of  Mohammed  Ali  and 
his  family,  consisting  of  a  long  corri- 
dor and  two  chambers,  each  covered 
by  a  dome,  in  the  inner  one  of  which 
is  the  tomb  intended  for  the   Pasha 
himself.    The  others  are  of  Toossoom 
and  Ismail  Pashas^  his  sons ;  of  Mo- 
hammed Bey   Defterdar;    of  Z6hra 
Pasha,  his  sister;  of  his  first  wife; 
of   Mustafa   Bey   Delli    Pasha,   hu 
wife's  brother ;  of  Ali  Bey  Salonik- 
lee,   and  his  wife,  a  cousin   of  the 
Pasha;   of  Toossoom    Bey,    Sbereef 
Pasha*s    brother,  and    his  wife;    of 
Hossayn  Bey,  the  nephew;    of  tb^ 
younger  children  of  tlie  Pasha ;   and 
of  Ibrahim   Pasha's  sister,  Tafeedeh 
Hanem,  the  wife  of  Moharrem  Bey. 
Many  of  the  tombs  near  to  the  city 
on  this  side  are  also  curious,  and  offer 
interesting  subjects  for  the  pencil  of  an 
artist* 

O.    8IBEBL8,   Oa   FUBLIC   FOUNTAIKS. 

Many  of  the  Sibe^ls  or  public  foun- 
tains in  the  city  merit  admiration,  as 
curious  specimens  of  the  peculiarities 
of  Orientnl  taste,  abounding  in  great 
luxuriance  of  ornament.  The  moat 
remarkable  are  of  Toossoom  and  Ismail 
Pashas,  the  sons  of  Mohammed  AH  ; 
and  some  of  older  date  in  the  centre 
of  the  town. 


Egypt 


PALACES  —  CAFis. 


139 


p,    PALACKS. 

The  principal  palaces  are  those  of 
Mohammed  Ah' ;  of  Ibrahim  Pasha, 
the  younger  ;  of  Abbas  Pasha ;  of  the 
late  Mohammed  Bej  Defterdar;  of 
Mahmood  Bey,  formerly  kehia  of  the 
Pasha;  of  Ahmed  Pasha;  of  Niuleh 
Hiioem,  the  Pasba*s  daughter;  of 
Hassan  Pasha;  and  outside  the  city 
those  of  Slioobra,  of  Ibrahim  Paslia, 
and  of  Abbas  Pasha;  and  Kasr  e* 
Neely  belonging  to  Shemsa  H4nem, 
and  Kasr  Dubarra,  built  by  Mo- 
bammed  Bey  Defterdar,  but  now 
giTen  to  the  Pasha's  hareem,  between 
Old  Cairo  and  Boolak.  Few,  how- 
ever, repay  the  trouble  of  a  visit, 
except  tiKMe  of  Mohammed  Ali  and 
Ibrahim  Pasha. 

q.    STRUTS. 

There  are  few  streets  in  Cairo  of 
sufficient  breadth  to  admit  carriages, 
sritliout  great  inconvenience  to  foot 
passengers,  if  the  changes  now  taking 
place  in  the  East  introduce  their  use. 
Here  and  there,  however,  streets  are 
met  with  broad  enough  to  allow 
them  a  free  passage ;  and  the  Pasha's 
carriage  goes  from  the  citadel  to  the 
gntes  without  difficulty.  Caru,  indeed, 
employed  in  carrying  rubbish  from 
some  of  the  fallen  houses,  are  often 
seen  in  the  larger  thoroughfares ;  and 
though  there  are  few  where  two 
carriages  could  pass  each  other,  it 
may  be  said  that  nearly  all  the  prin- 
cipal streets  are  sufficiently  broad  to 
admit  one.  Here  and  there  a  gate- 
way or  a  sliarp  turning  would  be  a 
serious  obstacle ;  the  unfortunate  foot 
passerigers  would  be  occasionally 
crushed ;  and  the  projecting  fronts  of 
shops  would  inevitably  be  carried 
away;  but  these  last  incumbrances 
have  lately  been  partially  removed,  and 
the  most  intnisive  have  withdrawn  to 
the  line  of  the  houses,  upon  which  like 
a  fungus  they  had  previously  grown. 

The  by-streets,  and  those  in  the 
quarters  of  the  interior,  are  very  nar- 
row ;    and     in    consequence  of   the 


Cairene  mode  of  building  houses,  each 
story  projecting  beyond  that  imme- 
diately below  it,  two  persons  may 
shake  hands  across  the  street  from  the 
upper  windows.  This  narrowness  of 
the  streets  is  common  to  many  towns 
in  hot  climates,  having  for  its  ob- 
ject greater  coolness ;  and  so  small 
a  portion  of  blue  sky  is  sometimes 
seen  between  the  projecting  mtisAre- 
hiehif  or  the  approaching  tops  of  the 
houses,  that  they  might  give  a  very 
suitable  answer  to  the  lines  in  Yir- 
gil.- 

**  Die  quibut  in  territ,  et  erit  mihi  magnus 

Apollo, 
Tras  pstest   cceH    tpstium  non    amplius 
ulnas.*' 

Some  of  the  bat^ars  are  covered  over 
to  protect  those  seated  in  the  shops  be- 
low from  the  sun ;  and  where  the 
coverings  are  of  wood,  the  appearance 
of  the  street  is  not  injured  by  the 
effect ;  but  when  of  mats  or  a  mere 
awning,  their  tattered  condition,  and 
the  quantity  of  dust  they  shower  down, 
during  a  strong  wind,  upon  those  be- 
low, tend  little  to  the  beauty  of  the 
street,  or  to  the  comfort  of  the  people, 
for  whose  benefit  they  are  intended. 
The  streets  of  the  baslUrs  are  also 
kept  cool  by  watering  ;  which,  though 
it  may  contribute  to  that  end,  has  a 
very  prejudicial  effect ;  the  vapour 
constantly  arising  from  the  damp 
ground  in  a  climate  like  Egypt,  tend- 
ing greatly  to  cause  or  increase  oph- 
thalmia ;  and  to  this  may,  in  a  great 
degree,  be  attributed  the  startling  fact 
that  one  out  of  ux  among  the  inha- 
biunts  of  Cairo  is  either  blind,  or  has 
some  complaint  in  the  eyes. 

r.    CAPis. PUNCH. 

Tlie  caf4s  in  Cairo  are  numerous, 
but  little  worthy  of  notice ;  nor  are 
any  of  them  deserving  of  a  visit,  ex- 
cept one  or  two  during  the  fast  of 
Ramadin ;  on  which  occasion  it  would 
be  imprudent  to  go  to  some  of  them 
in  a  Frank  dress.  During  that  month, 
thtragiooB,  the  Turkish  punch,  is  ex- 
hibited with  great  6clat,  particularly 


140 


CAIRO.  — ^BATHS  —  BAZAARS. 


Sect  n. 


at  a  cafe  in  the  street  where  the 
Bash-agha  resides.  The  perform- 
ances are  not  reniarkable  for  decency. 
Karagioos  sometimes  exhibits  many 
strange  feats,  which  he  pretends  to 
have  performed,  during  bis  career ;  in 
his  satirical  sallies  he  spares  neither 
rank,  age,  nor  sex  ;  and  until  a  com- 
plaint was  made  to  the  government, 
the  licentiousness  of  these  jS'atan-alia 
was  so  gross,  that  it  would  have 
shocked  an  ancient  Greek  audience, 
*  though  accustomed  to  the  plays  of 
Aristophanes. 

8,    BATHS. 

There  are  many' baths  in  Cairo,  but 
none  remarkable  for  size  or  splendour. 
They  are  all  vapour  baths ;  and  their 
heat,  the  system  of  shampooing,  and 
the  operation  of  rubbing  with  horse- 
hair gloves,  contribute  not  a  little  to 
cleanliness  and  comfort ;  though  it  is 
certainly  disagreeable  to  be  pulled 
about  by  the  bathing  men.  The 
largest  bath  is  the  Tumbalee,  near  the 
gate  called  Bab  e*  Sliar^h,  but  it  is 
less  clean  and  comfortable  than  many 
others.  One  person,  or  «  party,  may 
take  a  whole  bath  to  themselves  alone, 
if  they  send  beforehand  and  make 
an  agreement  with  the  master.  In 
that  case,  care  should  be  taken  to  see 
that  tlie  whole  is  well  cleaned  out,  and 
fresh  water  put  into  the  tank,  or 
mnkut.  You  had  always  better  use 
your  own  towels,  or  promise  an 
extra  fee  for  clean  ones,  which  you 
cannot  be  too  particular  in  rejecting, 
if  at  all  of  doubtful  appearance.  The 
baths  at  Cairo  are  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple as  those  of  Constantinople, 
though  inferior  in  size. 

t,    SLAVS   MAaKIT. 

The  slave  market,  Okillet  e*  Gelib, 
is  no  longer  one  of  the  sights  of  Cairo ; 
the  black  slaves  are  kept  at  the  Kaitbay 
outside  the  town,  and  the  Circassians, 
Georgians,  and  Greeks,  as  well  as 
most  of  the  Abyssinians,  are  in  the 
private  bouses  of  the  dealers. 


It  may  be  hoped  that  a  far  more 
important  change  will  eventually  take 
place,  in  the  abolition  of  slavery 
altogether;  and  it  is  gratifying  to 
feel  that  £ngland*s  interference  has 
already  had  the  happy  result  of 
putting  a  stop  to  the  slave  hunts  in 
the  interior. 

«.    BAZAAR8.~rRICX8  OP  GOODS. 

Bazaars. — The    principal    baz4ars 
are  the  Ghoreeh  and  Khan  Khal^l. 
The  former  is  called  from  Sultan  el 
Ghoree,  whose  mosk  and  tomb  termi- 
nate and  embellish  one  of  its  extre- 
mities.    There  cottons,  stuffs,  silks, 
Fex  caps,    and    other    articles    are 
sold;  and  in  Khan  Khal^l  (which, 
as     I     have    shown,     occupies    the 
site  of   the   Caliphs'    tombs)  cloth, 
dresses,   swords,   silks,  slippers,  and 
embroidered  stuffs,  are  the  principal 
articles.     The  two  market  days  at  tlie 
latter  baziar  are  Monday  and  Thurs- 
day, the  sale  continuing  from  about  9 
till  1 1.  Various  goods  are  sold  by  auc- 
tion, the  appraisers  or  ekUals {detlalin}, 
carrying  them   through   the   market, 
and  calling  the  price  bid  for  them. 
Many  things  may  be  bought  at  very 
reasonable  prices  on  those  occasions ; 
and  it  is  an  amusing  scene  to  witness 
from  a  shop ;  where,  if  in  the  habit  of 
dealing  with  the  owner,  a  stranger  is 
always   welcome,  even  though   in    a 
Frank  costume.      Crowds  of  people 
throng   the  baziar,  while  the  dtVdlt 
wade   through    the    crowd,   carrying 
drawn  swords,  fly-flaps,  silk  dresses, 
chain  armour,   amber    moutli-pieces* 
guns,  and  various  heterogeneous  sub- 
stances. 

Formerly  the  only  dtH&U  in  the 
Khan  Khal^el  were  Turks*  but  now 
natives  are  admitted  to  vociferate  the 
prices  in  bad  Turkish,  or  even  Ara- 
bic, and  the  owner  oi  the  thing  to  be 
sold  frequently  goes  himself  to  the 
baz&ar,  to  save  the  expense  of  a  hired 
appraiser.  In  every  cane,  however,  5 
per  cent,  is  paid  to  government,  on  the 
sale  of  each  article. 


Egypt. 


BAZAARS. 


141 


IVIthin  this  khan  is  a  square  oc- 
cupied by  dealers  in  copper,  and  some 
other  commodities ;  and  in  a  part . 
called  '*  within  the  chains,**  are  silks 
and  other  Constantinople  goods; 
these,  as  well  as  most  of  the  other 
shops,  being  kept  by  Turks.  There 
are  also  some  Greeks,  who  are  princi- 
pally tailors.  The  shops  are  open  in 
fronts  and  might  be  mistaken  for  cup- 
boards. 

The  Khan  Khal^l,  (or  Khan  Kha- 
leelee)  was  built  in  691  ▲.  ii.  (a.d. 
1292)  by  one  of  the  officers  of  the 
reigning  Sultan,  whose  name,  Khaleel, 
it  bears.  This  man,  under  the  pre- 
tence of  re0iOTing  the  bones  of  the 
Caliphs  to  a  more  suitable  place  of 
interment,  is  said  to  have  thrown  them 
carelessly  on  the  mounds  of  rubbish 
outside  the  walls;  to  which  profane 
conduct  they  ascribe  his  miserable 
end ;  having  been  killed  in  battle  in 
Syria,  and  his  body  having  been  eaten 
by  dogs.  This,  like  many  other  Arab 
stories,  may  be  doubted. 

The  Hamz6wee  is  a  sort  of  lihan 
or  oialeh,  where  crape,  silks,  doth, 
and  other  goods,  mostly  of  European 
manufacture,  are  sold.  The  dealers 
are  all  Christians,  and  it  is  therefore 
closed  on  a  Sunday. 

In  the  Terb^ea,  which  is  between 
the  Hams6wee  and  the  Ghor^eh,  otto 
of  rose  and  various  perfumes,  silk 
thread,  and  a  few  other  things  are 
sold ;  and  near  this  is  the  Fahamin, 
tlie  abode  of  the  Moghrebins,  or 
Moors,  who  sell  blankets,  Fez  caps 
(tarabSesh),  bomooses (ftamaeej),  and 
other  articles  from  the  Barbary  coast. 

After  passing  the  Ghor^h  and  the 
Fahamin  (going  towards  the  Bab 
Zooiyleh,  is  the  Akkadeen,  where  silk 
cord  and  gold  lace  are  bought ;  behind 
which  is  the  market  of  the  Moalud, 
where  cotton,  wools,  cushions,  and 
beds  of  a  common  kind,  woollen 
shawls,  and  other  coarse  stuffs  worn 
by  tlie  lower  orders,  are  sold  daily, 
both  in  the  shops  and  by  auction. 
After  passing  the  Sib^el,  or  fountain 
of  Toossoom  Pasha,  is  tlic  Sookerichy 


where  tugar,  almonds,  and  dried  fruits 
are  purchased  ;  and  this,  like  many 
other  names,  indicates  the  goods  sold 
there. 

In  the  Soog  e'  Sullali,  close  to  the 
mosk  of  Sulun  Hassan,  swords,  guns, 
and  other  arms  may  be  bought,  as 
the  name  (« arms-market**)  implies. 
Every  day,  but  Monday  and  Thurs- 
day, an  auction  is  held  tliere,  early  in 
the  morning. 

Kaasobet  Had  wan,  outside  the  Bab 
Zoo&yleh,  is  abroad  well-built  market, 
where  shoes  only  are  sold. 

The  Merg6osh,  and  the  Gemal^eh, 
are  also  well  known  markets  ;  at  the 
former  of  which  cotton  cloths  called 
huftth  are  kept;  and  at  the  latter, 
cdBTee  and  tobacco,  soap,  and  different 
goods  imported  from  Syria ;  and  at 
the  Bab  e*  Shar^h  are  found  fruits, 
candles,  and  a  few  other  things. 

There  are  also  markets  held  in 
some  parts  of  the  town,  independent 
of  the  shops  in  their  neighbourhood  ; 
as  the  Soog  e*  Jvnui,  held  on  a  *•  Fri- 
d^jyt**  (on  the  way  to  the  Bab  el  Ha- 
d^t,  at  what  is  called  the  Soog  e* 
Zullut,)  where  fowls,  pigeons,  rags, 
and  any  old  goods  are  sold;  the 
Soog  e'  Semmak,  or  Soog  cl  Fooat^eh, 
near  the  same  spot,  where  '*^tA'*is 
sold  every  afternoon ;  and  the  Soog  el 
Asser,  close  to  the  Bab  e*  Nusr,  where 
second-hand  clothes  are  sold  by  auc- 
tion every  afternoon. 

Several  parts  of  the  town  are  set 
apart  for,  and  called  after,  certain 
trades,  or  particular  goods  sold  there ; 
as.  the  Sooker^eh  before  mentioned  ; 
the  Nahasin,  occupied  by  copper- 
smiths, near  the  Morost&n  ;  the  Khor- 
dukldeh,  in  the  same  street,  where 
liardware,  cups,  knives,  and  coffee- 
pots are  sold;  the  Seeoof^h,  occu- 
pied by  those  who  mount  swords ;  the 
S4gha,  by  gold  and  silver  workers; 
and  the  Gohergteh,  by  jewellers. 

FaiCXS  OF  GOODS    AT    CAiao  IK   1827 
AND  1842. 

In  mentioning  the  basiUrs,  it  may 
be    at  well    to  give    some  idea  of 


142 


CAIBOf  —  PRICES  OF   GOODS. 


Sect  n. 


the  prices  of  goods  at  Cairo ;  and  the 
following  lisU  will  show  the  increase 
from  1827  to  1842. 

Purchases  of  most  eastern  things 
had  better  be  made  at  Cairo  or  Damas- 
cus, than  at  Constantinople,  particu- 
larly silks.  This  is  contrary  to  gene- 
ral opinion,  but  it  is  so ;  and  you  are 
less  cheated  at  those  two  places. 
Carpets,  and  a  few  other  things,  should 
be  bought  at  Constantinople. 


Great  impositions  are  practised  on 
travellers  at  Cairo  who  buy  arms.  The 
peculiar  ring  of  the  old  metal  ought 
to  distinguish  them;  it  cannot  be 
imitated  like  the  watering. 

Tbe  standard  of  valuation  is  the 
dollar,  which  was  rising  in  1827, 
from  twelve  and  a  half  piastres  to  fif- 
teen, but  which  has  since  reached 
twenty,  owing  to  the  deterioration  of 
the  coin. 


raicx  or,  ik  riASTRxs,  and  fodda  (oe  paras). 


AlmondSf  shelled,  the  oka 
Aloes  wood  (ood),  the  Derhm 
Apricots  (mishmish)  dried,  the  oka 
Asses        -  -  -  - 


1827. 

Piast  Pod, 

4     0 

0  15 

3  30 

10  p.  to  200     0 


Barley,  the  ardeb             -            -            •  13    0 

Beans,    ditto        -             -             -            -  14     0 

Beef,  the  rotl          -            -             -             -  0  10 

Boats,  carriage  in,  by  ardeb,  to  Alexandria  -  4     0 

Books  (  MSS. )  the  karr&s,  or  quire           -  5     0 

BornooS)  silk  and  wool      -             -             -  100    0 
Bread,  the  rotl  of  12  oa.  reduced  in  baking 

to  10  OB.             -             -             -             -  04 

Bricks,  the  1000  -             -             -             -  5     0 

Bridle       -             -             •            -            -  100    0 

Buffaloes  -.-*.-  200    0 

Butter,  the  roll.     -            .            .            .  10 


Calves   -  -       '    - 

Camels  and  dromedaries    -  • 

Candles,  tlie  oka    -  -  - 

Candles,  spermaceti,  European  ditto 
Carpets  (segiUlee) 
Ditto      (keleem)  - 

Charcoal,  the  oka  - 

Cheese,  the  rotl.    ... 
Ditto,  (Dutch)     .... 
Cloth  (European),  the  drah 
Clover,  fresh,  the  donkey  load 
Cofi*ee,  the  rotl.     -  •  - 

Cotton,  the  drah    -  .  - 

Cotton,  printed,  ditto 
Copper,  the  oka,  worked    • 
Courier  to  Alexandria 
Couriers  (Dromedary)  for  distance  of 

70  miles  ... 

Cows        -  -  .  . 

Crape  stuff*  ... 


80 

300  to  1500 

8 

24 

70  to  200 

100  to  800 

0 

0 


O 
2 


90  to 


30  to 
0  to 


80 
I 

4 

0 

4 

15 

52 


20  to 
about 

25 

50  to  200 

6  to       8 


0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
30 
10 

0 
O 
0 
50 
20 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 


1841- 2- 

Piatt.  Pod- 

5     O 

0  20 

5  to  7  90 

G00p.to5000    0 

30    0 

40     0 

0  35 

9     O 

130  to  155    0 
0    5 


200  p.  to  800 

0 

2  SOto      S 

20 

55  to  190 

0 

400  to  1500 

0 

7 

0 

22  to    24 

0 

40,150  to  400 

0 

0 
0 

.20 
2 

4 
1 

2 


27 
20 


to 
to 


Oto 

Oto 

20  to 

10  to 

Oto 


O 

O 

10 

85 

2 

5 

1 

12 

36 


35 

30 
0 
0 

20 
0 

95 
O 
0 


225  to    500 
9  to      13 


0 
0 


I 


Egypt. 


PKICES  OF  GOODS. 


143 


»,  the  rot].    ... 
Day's  labour,  of  a  man 
Ditto  of  bricklayer 
Ditto  of  builder     ... 
Doora  shimee  (Indian  com),  tlie  ardeb 
Doora  b^ledee  (sorghum),  the  ardeb 


1827. 
Plast.  Fod 
5/.  to  O   10 
0 


1 

4 

14 

14 


20 
0 
0 
0 
0 


DresMes  for  Women .  — - 

Gold  brocade,  the  piece  •  .  .        200 

Broosa,  silk  stuffs,  ditto-  .  .  so 

Embroidered  shirts        -  .  60  to  110 

Gibbeh  (pelisse)  of  velvet  embroidered  -  11.50 
Salu  (jacket)      ditto  ditto 

Dying  cotton,  the  drah 

Ditto  linen,  ditto   «... 

Ditto  woollen  cloth,  ditto  ... 


700 
1 


0 
O 
0 
0 
O 
O 


2     0 


M  the  oka 
Flour,  the  roob 

the  oka 

Firewood,  the  kaniar 
Fowls 


2  for  0  1  or  80  for  1 
Engraving  seal,  with  the  stone  (the  best)    - 


2    0 

1  10 

7  20 
0  10/.  to  0  30 

O  SO/,  to  2  0 

5  to  15  O 

6  0 

1  SO 

-  2  to  2  20 

-  4  to  6  0 

O  32 

500  to     2000  0 

500  to  50,000  0 


Goats         ... 

Gypsum,  the  ardeb 
Gold,  the  derhm    . 

Himijtt  the  donkey  load 
Henneh  (Lawsonia),  the  mid 
Hooey,  the  rotl     . 
Horses,  native 
Houses     ... 


Siiferest  of  money,  60  per  cent,  per  an- 
num withoQt  security. 
Interest  of  money  with  security,  24  per  cent. 
Interest,  with  jewels  as  security,  12  per  cent. 

XentUSv  the  ardeb 

linen,  the  drab      ... 


(14  feet  by  8) 
Mats,  best  menofee,  the  square  drab 
Mouth  piece  (amber  without  jewels) 
Mulct       .... 


1841.2. 
Pisft.  Fod. 
0  15to        0  SO 


1   20to 


2 
4 

9 
45 
S6 


O 
O 
O 
0 
0 


170  to 


200 
100 


0 
O 


2    23  to 


1  10 
0  SO 
5  14 


{ 


3  for     0     5 

or  24  for     1     0 

125     0 

S  20 


Oto 


15      Oto 


6 

12 

S 


O 
O 
0 


5     0 
50     O 


1   10 
600  to  5000     0 


SO     0 

48     Oto      60     0 

0  20 

0  SO 

6     0 

4     Oto       12     0 

0  SO 

50  to     500     0 

80    0  to  1000     0 

800  to  2000     0 

800  to  2000     0 

U4 


CAIRO.  —  PRICES   OF   GOODS. 


Sect.  n. 


Mutton,  tiie  rotl.    .  .  - 

Wlmam  (Turkish)  dress,  embroidered 
Nuts,  the  oka        ... 

Oil  Lamp,  the  rotl 

—  Seerigy  ditto  -  -  • 

—  Olive,  ditto  -  -  - 
Otto  of  rose,  better  el  werd,  the  mitk4l 

Vearto,  the  mttkil 

Pigeons,  the  pair  - 

Pipes,  without  the  mouthpiece 

Potatoes,  the  oka  ... 


■f  the  oka 
Rent,  per  month,  (see  Sect.  II.  b.) 
Rice,  the  oka         ... 
Ropes,  the  oka      .  .  - 
»  Syrian  ditto 


Saddle,  Turkish,  complete,  velvet  covering 
Sea  salt,  the  roob  (of  28  rotl) 
Servant*s  hire,  the  month  (see  Sect  II.  c.) 
Sheep         .... 
Silver,  the  derbm  ... 


Shoe  leather,  the  skin 


1827. 

18^1  — 

-2. 

Piast.  Fed. 

FiJtt.  Fod. 

0 

15 

i 

1 

10 

650 

0 

750 

0 

2 

0 

3 

0 

0 

30 

1 

15 

. 

1 

iOto 

2 

20 

3 

0 

4 

to 

5 

10 

8 

0 

100 

0 

and  upwards. 

0 

20 

1 

10 

10  to  50 

0 

10  to 

120 

0 

- 

I  to 

1 

20 

2 

20 

3 

0 

10  to  100 

0 

10  to  200  oi 

•250  10 

2 

20 

2 

20  to 

3 

0 

2 

0 

2 

0 

5 

0 

5 

0 

g         450 

0 

0 

15 

1 

20 

5  to    50 

0 

10  to 

300 

0 

8  to   25 

0 

200  to 

800 

0 

1 

30 

20 

0 

25 

0 

Slaves,  black,  bojs 
,  girls 

Eunuphs 

Abyssinian  boys 

While  boys,  (memlooks) 

girls. 


Skins         ... 
Silk,  Turkish  shirt  (humbiisa) 

,  shirting  (bumbiisa)  ditto 

— ,  raw,  the  derhm 
— ,  thresul  ditto 

,  piece  of  (alliga) 

,  stuffs,  the  drah 

,  small  Trablua  sash  - 

Soap,  the  rotl 

SoIdier*s  pay,  the  month     - 
Suaw,  the  donkey  load 
Sugar,  the  rotl 

,  white 
Swords      -  •  . 

Tak^eAv  white  cap 


J  p. 


1  to      SO 


500  to 

1000 

0 

800  to 

1000 

0 

1000  to 

1500 

0 

700  to 

1000 

0 

2000  to  5000 

0 

1500  to  10,000 

0 

. 

3 

0 

- 

- 

50 

0 

85  to 

125 

0 

90  Co  125 

0 

. 

0 

20 

0     35  to      1 

0 

• 

1 

0 

1 

0 

45  to 

60 

0 

100  to  150 

0 

11  to 

12 

0 

- 

- 

125 

0 

- 

1 

20 

2       Oto     31 

0 

50  to 

100 

0 

2  to 

2 

20 

Sto       3 

20 

- 

1 

0 

1     10  to       3 

0 

.  10  /  to 

2. 

0 

2 

10 

130  to  1000 

0 

130  to  3000 

0 

Sto 


5    0 


Egypt 


QUARTEBS. 


145 


Tarboosh  (red  cap),  best    - 
Timber,  planks,  10  feet  long 
Tobacco,  gebelee,  the  oka  - 

^    sooree,     ditto 

i   b^ledee,  ditto 

Treacle,  the  rotl 


tberotl 


UTateTf  Nile,  the  skin     - 

leather  bottle,  or  zemsemeeh 

■  skins         ... 

bottle  of  pottery  or  koolleh 

rose,  the  quart  bottle 


Wheat,  theardeb  (varying  in  Upper  Egypt  18) 

&«  also,  sect.  1.  5.  p.  74.  some  prices  at  Alexandria. 


1827. 
PUit.  Fod. 
25     O 

6  O 
13     0 

7  0 
1  10 
0  25 

0  10 

0  5/.  to    0  10 

15     O 

20  to  50    0 

O     5 

3     O 

24     0 


1841  —2. 
Piwt  Fod. 
3     to     50     0 


14 
7 


18     0 

12     O 

d  10 

O  2f> 

O  35 

0  ^S 

16  20 


0    5 


1 

S 

70 


0 
0 
O 


V.  QUAftTKRa.  —    corr    and    jkws* 

QUAKTSa. HAKT    KL     PRAIlOy     Oft 

••fRAWK    QUAETXa.'* 

The  whole  town  is  divided  into 
quarters,  separated  from  each  other 
by  gates,  which  are  closed  at  night. 
A  porter  is  appointed  to  each,  who  is 
obliged  to  open  the  door  to  all  who 
wish  to  pass  through,  unless  there 
is  sufficient  reason  to  believe  them  to 
be  improper  persons,  or  not  furnished 
with  a  lamp,  which  every  one  is 
obliged  to  carry  after  the  E'thtr, 
The  majority  of  these  quarters  consist 
of  dwelling-houses,  and  are  known 
by  a  name  taken  from  some  public 
building,  from  some  individual  to 
whom  the  property  once  belonged,  or 
from  some  class  of  persons  who  live 
there:  as  the  Hart  e'  Suggain, 
'<  quarter  of  the  water-carriers ;  **  the 
Hart  e*  Nass^ra,  or  Hart  el  Kobt, 
"  the  Christian,**  or*«  Copt,  quarter ;  " 
the  Hart  el  Yeh6od, "  Jews*  quarter;  ** 
the  Hart  el  Frang,.«  Frank  quarter," 
and  the  like. 

The  Copt  quarUr  occupies  one  side 
of  the  Uzbek ^li.  It  is  built  much  on 
the  same  principle  as  the  rest  of  the 
town ;  but  some  of  the  houses  are  very 
comfortably  fitted  up,  and  present  a 
better  appearance  than  is  indicated  by 
their  exterior.  It  has  a  gate  at  each 
end,  and  others  in  the   centre,  two 


of  which  are  on  the  Uzbek^eh ;  but 
these  last  are  not  opened,  except  as  a 
favour,  to  any  one  after  the  E'sher, 
or  labour  after  sunset  The  Copt 
quarter  stands  on  the  site  of  the  old 
village  of  £i  Maks. 

The  Jews*  quarter  consists  of  nar- 
row dirty  streeU  or  lanes,  while  many 
of  the  houses  of  the  two  opposite 
sides  actually  touch  each  other  at  the 
upper  stories.  The  principal  reason 
of  their  being  made  so  narrow  is 
to  aflbrd  protection  in  caae  of  the 
quarter  being  attacked,  and  to  faci- 
litate escape  when  the  houses  have 
been  forced. 

The  Frank  quarter  is  usually  known 
to  Europeans  by  the  name  of  £1  M6s- 
kee,  supposed  to  be  corrupted  from 
El  Mi&kawee.  This  last  is  said  to 
have  been  given  it  in  very  early  times 
(according  to  some,  in  the  reign  of 
Moes,  the  founder  of  the  city),  in 
consequence  of  its  being  the  abode  of 
the  water-carriers ;  and^  according  to 
the  same  authority,  when  the  city  was 
enlarged,  and  their  huts  were  re- 
moved to  make  way  for  better  bouses, 
the  streets,  which  extended  through 
this  quarter  (from  what  is  now  the 
Derb  el  Baribra  to  the  Hamzowee) 
still  retained  the  name  of  Derb  el 
Miskawee.  This,  however,  appears 
not  to  have  been  the  real  origin  of 

H 


146 


CAIRO.  — EXTENT — CANAL. 


Sect.  IL 


the  name;  and  some  derive  it  from 
misk,  "  musk,"  but  for  what  reason 
does  not  appear.  Others,  again,  sup- 
pose it  to  have  been  the  street  of  the 
Moskee  or  Russians.     The  name  is 

written  in  Arabic     JLj*^,  «nd  Ma^ 

crizi  says  the  bridge,  or  Kantarat  el 
Moskee,  was  built  by  the  Ame^r 
Ghazaleb,  who  died  in  Syria  530 
A.  H.  (a.  d.  1136.) 

It  was  here  that  the  first  Franks 
who  opened  shops  in  Cairo  were  per- 
mitted to  reside,  in  the  reign  of 
Yoosef  Salih  e*  deen  (Saladin).  But 
the  number  of  houses  occupied  by 
them  in  later  times  having  greatly  in- 
creased, the  Frank  quarter  has  ex- 
tended far  beyond  its  original  limits, 
and  tlie  Moskee  now  includes  several 
of  the  adjacent  streets. 

Though  this  name  is  used  both  by 
Europeans  and  natives,  that  of  Hart 
el  Frang,  "  Frank  quarter,**  has  of 
late  been  generally  substituted  by  the 
latter,  and  each  street  within  it  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  own  name. 

te,    TBB    WALLS   AND    KXTBHT    OF 
CAIRO. CANAL. 

The  extent  of  Cairo  was  at  first 
very  limited.  The  walls  were  ori- 
ginally of  brick,  as  already  staU*d, 
until  the  time  of  Saladin.  At  that 
period  the  city  extended  only  to  the 
Bab  Zoo^yleh  on  the  south ;  but 
when  he  added  the  portion  beyond  it, 
the  walls  were  also  prolonged  to  the 
citadel,  and  this  continues  to  be  the 
circuit  of  Cairo  to  the  present  day. 
The  original  part  of  the  city,  how- 
ever,  still  retains  the  name  of  £1 
Medeeneh,  **  the  city  ;'*  as  is  the  case 
in  some  towns  of  Europe.  It  was  at 
this  time,  too,  tliat  the  ^^isolated  Kalat 
el  Kebsh,  or  Kuttaeea,  of  Ahmed  ebn 
e*  Tooloon,  became  part  of  Cairo. 
The  town  was  also  extended  on  the 
northern  side,  and  the  present  Bab 
el  Had^et  ("  gate  of  iron ")  stonds 
some  distance  furtlier  out  than  the 
original  site  of  that  entrance. 

One  portion,   however,  of  the  old 


city  was  left  out  in  the  last  circuit, 
and  a  space  containing  about  14,000 
square  feet,  called  Boorg-e'- ZifiTr,  is 
entirely  uninhabited.  It  is  about 
400  paces  to  the  S.  £.  of  the  Bab 
e*  Nusr,  and  is  partly  buried  by  the 
mounds  of  rubbish  from  time  to  time 
carried  out  of  the  town.  But  this 
diminution  is  fully  compensated  by 
the  size  of  the  suburbs  of  Hossayn^eh, 
beyond  the  Bab  el  Fotooh  and  the 
Bab  e*  Shar^eh,  which  cover  a  space 
of  270,000  square  feet. 

The  Boorg-t'-Ziffir,  or  "tower  of 
filth,**  is  curious,  from  its  showing  the 
masonry,  loopholes,  and  general  style 
of  the  Saracenic  walls,  which  are  more 
easily  seen  there  than  in  any  other  part 
of  the  town.  At  the  northern  angle  is 
a  staircase  of  peculiar  construction,  and 
on  the  inner  face  of  its  tower  are  some 
Cu  fie  inscriptions.  Many  of  the  stones 
in  the  walls  have  remains  of  hierogly- 
phics, and  were  probably  brought  from 
the  ruins  of  Heliopolis,  or  the  site  of 
Memphis.  On  the  mounds,  that  cover 
part  of  the  walls,  and  command  the 
town,  are  several  small  stone  forts 
erected  by  the  French,  and  some  wind- 
mills built  by  Mohammed  AU.  Im- 
mediately behind  the  citadel  are  some 
small  Egyptian  sepulchral  grottoes 
hewn  in  the  face  of  tlie  rock,  and  the 
cisterns  already  mentioned. 

Canal  —  Through  the  town  passes 
the  canaly  which  conveys  the  water 
from  Old  Cairo  to  the  city,  and  thence 
to  the  lands  abou{  Heliopolis.  It  is 
the  successor  of  the  Amnis  Trajanus* 
The  cutting  of  this  canal  in  the  month 
of  A  ugust  is  a  grand  ceremony,  and 
gives  the  signal  for  opening  the  other 
canals  of  Egypt.  In  183S-3  a  new 
canal  was  opened  near  Boolak,  for 
the  purpose  of  irrigating  the  lands 
about  Heliopolis  and  the  Birket  el 
Hag,  which  has  partly  superseded  the 
old  one,  whose  oflSlcc  is  now  confined 
to  ^e  conveyance  of  water  to  the  city  ; 
and  it  is  probable  that  were  it  not  for 
an  old  prestige  in  its  favour,  the 
government  would  close  the  latter 
altogether,  and  make  of  its  bed  a  con* 


Egypt. 


ANTIQUITIES  — POl*ULATION. 


147 


▼cnient  street ;  which  would  have  the 
additional  advantage  of  freeing  the 
houses  on  its  banks  from  the  noxious 
vapours  that  rise,  when  the  water  has 
retired,  and  left  a  bed  of  liquid  mud. 

X.    OATKS. 

Some  of  the  gates  of  Cairo  are  well 
worthy  of  a  visit.  The  most  remark- 
able are  the  Bab  e'  Nusr,  "  Gate  of 
Victory;"  the  Babel  Fotooh,  "Gate 
of  Conquest  ;*'  and  the  Bab  Zoo4yleh 
(already  mentioned),  in  the  interior  of 
the  city.  The  first  opens  towards  the 
desert  and  the  tombs,  on  the  east  side, 
and  is  that  by  which  the  Hag,  or  "  pil- 
grims,** go  in  procession ;  when,  taking 
the  covering  off  the  Prophet*s  tomb, 
they  leave  Cairo  for  the  pilgrimage  to 
Mecca. 

y,   ANTIQUZTIXS  IK   CAIRO. 

Cairo  itself  presents  no  remains  of 
ancient  times  except  columns,  blocks 
of  stone  used  as  thresholds  of  doors, 
and  fragments  brought  from  Helio- 
poUs,  Memphis,  or  other  places  ;  and 
few  are  found  with  sculpture  or 
hieroglyphics.  The  most  remarkable 
are  a  column  of  a  mosk  in  the  Berb 
e*  Toorgemaa,near  the  Soog  e'  ZuUut, 
with  the  names  of  Amenoph  III.,  of 
Pthahmen,  the  son  and  successor  of 
Remeses  the  Great,  and  of  Osirei 
III.,  the  fourth  successor  of  that  con- 
queror ;  a  stone  at  Joseph *s  Hall ;  the 
threshold  of  the  Okilet  el  Bokh£r, 
near  the  Hamzowee,  with  the  name  of 
Psamaticus ;  two  or  three  in  and  near 
the  Frank  quarter ;  one  at  the  Mer- 
go6sh ;  another  with  the  name  of 
Apries,  at  a  gateway  opposite  Ahmed 
Pasha  Taber's  palace  behind  the  Ux- 
bek^h ;  the  capital  of  a  column  with 
the  name  of  Horus,  in  the  D£li  e* 
Semak  ;  and  a  few  others.  But  they 
are  of  little  interest,  from  our  not 
knowing  the  place  or  building  whence 
they  came.  Nor  is  any  thing  found 
outside  the  town,  near  Ute  walls,  ex- 
cept the  tanks  and  grottoes  of  Gebel 
e'  J6oshee. 


X,    FOPDI^TXOir  OP    CAIRO. 

Cairo  is  of  irregular  form ;  about 
two  miles  in  length,  by  about  half  that 
in  breadth.  The  population  has  been 
variously  stated  by  different  writers. 
It  appears  to  be  now  reduced  from 
300,000  to  about  200,000  souls,  and 
the  number  of  the  inhabitants  of  Egypt 
is  gradually  decreasing  throughout  the 
country.  Cairo  is  supposed  to  con- 
tain 30,000  inhabited  houses ;  and  of 
the  population  of  200,000,  about 
121,000  are  Moslems,  60,000  Copts, 
4,000  Jews,  8,500  Franks  and  Greeks, 
2,000  Armenians,  and  4,500  Roman 
Catholic  Copts,  Greeks,  and  Arme- 
nians. 

It  were  well  if  the  population  of 
dogs  decreased  in  the  same  proportion 
as  the  inhabitants  of  Cairo :  a  smaller 
number  would  suffice  for  all  the  pur* 
poses  for  which  they  are  useful,  and 
the  annoyance  of  these  barking  plagues 
might  be  diminished  to  great  advan- 
tage. Their  habits  are  strange :  they 
consist  of  a  number  of  small  republics, 
each  having  its  own  district,  deter- 
mined by  a  frontier  line,  respected 
equally  by  itself  and  its  neighbours  ; 
and  woe  to  the  dog  who  dares  to  ven- 
ture across  it  at  night,  either  for 
plunder,  curiosity,  or  a  love  adven- 
ture. He  is  chased  with  all  the  fury 
of  the  offended  party,  whose  territory 
he  has  invaded  ;  but  if  lucky  enough 
to  escape  to  his  own  frontier  unhurt, 
he  immediately  turns  round  with  the 
confidence  of  right,  defies  his  pursuers 
to  continue  the  chase,  and,  supported 
by  his  assembled  friends,  joins  with 
them  in  barking  defiance  at  any  fur- 
ther hostility.  Egypt  is  therefore  not 
the  country  for  an  European  dog, 
unaccustomed  to  such  a  state  of  canine 
society :  and  I  remember  hearing  of 
a  native  servant  who  had  been  sent  by 
his  Frank  master  to  walk  out  a  fa- 
vourite pointer,  running  home  in  tears 
with  the  bind  leg  of  the  mangled  dog, 
being  the  only  part  he  could  rescue 
from  the  fierce  attacks  of  a  whole  tribe 
of  *^$ubuTrana  caneg.**     This  he  did 

h2 


i4d 


CAIRO.  — FESTIVALS. 


Sect.  IL 


to  show  he  had  not  lost  or  sold  his 
master's  pointer,  at  the  same  time 
that  he  proved  his  zeal  in  the  cause 
of  what  Moslems  look  upon  as  an 
unclean  and  contemptible  animal. 

a.    a.  FK8TITAL8  AMD  SIGHTS  AT  CAIRO. 

The  principal  annual  ceremony  at 
Cairo  is  the  departure  of  the  pilgrims 
for  Mecca,  on  the  25th  of  Show&l. 
The  Mahmel  and  tlie  Kisweh  are  the 
chief  objects  in  this  procession.  The 
former  is  a  veWet  canopy,  borne  on  a 
camel  richly  caparisoned,  and  was  ori- 
ginal ly  intended  for  the  travelling  seat 
or  GarmSot,  of  the  wives  of  the 
caliphs,  who  went  to  the  pilgrimage. 
This  and  the  Mokub,  or  pomp  that 
attends  the  pilgrims,  were  first  sug- 
gested  by  Sheggeret  e*  Door,  the 
queen  of  Sultan  Sileh,  who  was  anxi- 
ous to  add  to  the  splendour  of  tlie 
hitherto  simple  procession  of  the  Faith> 
ful ;  and  the  dangers  of  the  journey 
were  at  the  same  time  greatly  de- 
creased by  an  additional  reinforcement 
of  guards.  The  Kiswet  e*  Nebbee 
is  the  lining  of  the  K^ba,  or  temple 
of  Mecca.  It  is  of  rich  silk,  adorned 
with  Arabic  sentences  embroidered  in 
gold,  and  is  yearly  supplied  from 
Cairo ;  the  old  one  being  then  returned, 
and  divided  into  small  portions  for  the 
benefit  or  satisfaction  of  the  credu- 
lous. 

The  pilgrims,  after  staying  two 
days  at  the  edge  of  the  desert,  near 
Dimerd&sh,  proceed  to  the  Birket  el 
Hag,  or  « lake  of  the  pilgrims,**  where 
they  remain  a  day  :  from  thence  they 
go  to  £1  Hamra ;  and  after  a  halt  of 
a  day  there,  they  continue  tlieir  jour- 
ney as  far  as  Agerood,  where  they 
stop  one  day ;  and  having  seen  the 
new  moon  of  Zul-k&di,  they  leave 
the  frontier  of  Egypt,  cross  the  nor- 
thern part  of  the  peninsula  of  Mount 
Sinai  to  £1  Akaba,  at  the  end  of  the. 
Eastern  Gulph,  and  then  continue 
their  march  through  Arabia,  till  they 
arrive  at  Mecca.  After  having  per- 
formed the  prescribed  ceremonies 
there,  having  walked  seven  times  at 


least  round  the  K&aba,  and  kissed  the 
black  stone,  taken  water  from  the  holy 
well  of  Zemaem,  visited  the  hill  of 
Zafa,  and  the  Omra,  the  70,000  pil- 
grims proceed  to  the  holy  hill  of 
Araf&t.  Tliis  is  the  number  said  to  be 
collected  annually  at  the  pilgrimage 
from  the  various  nations  of  Isl4m ; 
and  so  necessary  is  it  that  it  should 
be  completed  on  the  occasion,  that 
angels  are  supposed  to  come  down  to 
supply  this  deficiency,  whenever  the 
pilgrimage  is  thinly  attended.  Such 
is  the  effect  of  the  magical  number  7, 
and  of  the  credulity  of  the  East. 

Their  return  to  Cairo  is  also  a  day 
of  great  rejoicing,  when  the  pilgrims 
enter  in  procession  by  the  Bab  «' 
Nusr,  about  the  end  of  the  month 
SaflTer,  generally  the  25th  or  27th. 
But  this  ceremony  is  neither  so  im- 
portant, nor  so  scrupulously  observed 
as  the  departure ;  each  person  being 
more  anxious  to  return  to  his  friends, 
than  to  perform  a  part  in  an  unprofit- 
able pageant. 

The  Eed  e'  Sogh^ir,  or  lesser  festi- 
val, falls  on  the  beginning  of  Showal, 
the  month  immediately  following  the 
fast  of  Ramad4n,  and  continues  three 
days,  which  are  kept  like  those  of  the 
Eed  el  Keb^er,  with  the  exception  of 
the  sacrifice,  which  is  not  then  per- 
formed. These  two  festivals  are  called 
by  the  Turks,  BaiHLm.  The  Eed  el 
Keb^er,  <*  the  greater  Eed,**  or  Eed 
e'  Dah6eh  (**  of  the  sacrifice  *')  also  con- 
tinues tliree  days,  and  is  kept  on  the 
10th,  nth, and  12thof  Zul-bag,  being 
tlie  three  days  when  the  pilgrimage 
of  Mecca  is  performed. 

The  day  before  the  Eed  the  pilgrims 
ascend  the  holy  hill  of  Araf&t,  which 
is  thence  called  Nahr  el  Wikfeh, 
*<  the  day  of  the  ascent,**  or  "standing 
upon**  (the  hill):  there  they  remain 
all  night,  and  next  day,  which  is  the 
Eed,  they  sacrifice  on  the  hill ;  then, 
having  gone  down,  they  with  closed 
eyes  pick  up  seven-times-seven  small 
stones,  which  they  throw  upon  the 
tomb  of  the  devil  at  even,  and  next 
day  go  to  Mecca,  where  they  remain 


Egypt. 


FESTIVALS. 


149 


ten  or  fifteen  days.  Tbe  period  from 
leaving  Cairo  to  the  W&kfeb  is  thirty- 
three  days,  and  the  whole  time  from 
the  day  of  leaving  the  hill  of  Arafat 
to  that  of  entering  Cairo,  is  sixty- 
leren  days. 

The  three  days  of  both  the  Eeda  are 
celebrated  at  Cairo  by  amusements  of 
various  kinds ;  the  guns  of  the  cita- 
del during  that  time  being  fired  at 
every  hour  of  prayer,  five  times  each 
day.  The  festival  of  the  Eed  e'  Da^ 
h&eh  is  intended  to  commemorate  the 
sacrifice  of  Abraham  when  he  offered 
a  ram  in  lieu  of  his  son ;  though  the 
Moslems  believe  that  son  to  have  been 
Ismail ;  in  which  they  differ  from  the 
Jews  and  Christians. 

Tbe  opening  of  the  canal  at  Old 
Cairo  is  also  a  ceremony  of  great  im- 
portance, and  looked  upon  with  feel- 
ings of  great  rejoicing,  as  the  har- 
binger of  the  blessings  annually  be- 
stowed upon  the  country  by  the  Nile. 
The  time  fixed  for  cutting  tbe  dam, 
that  closes  its  mouth,  depends  of 
course  on  the  height  of  the  river,  but 
is  generally  about  the  1 0th  of  August. 

The  ceremony  is  performed  in  the 
morning  by  the  Governor  of  Cairo, 
or  by  the  Pasha's  deputy.  The  whole 
night  before  this,  the  booths  on  the 
shore,  and  the  boats  on  the  river,  are 
crowded  with  people ;  who  enjoy 
themselves  by  witnessing  or  joining 
tbe  numerous  festive  groups,  while 
fireworks  and  various  amusements 
enliven  tbe  scene. 

Towards  morning,  the  greater  part 
either  retire  to  some  house  to  rest,  or 
wrap  themselves  up  in  a  cloak,  and 
sleep  on  board  the  boats,  or  upon  the 
banks  in  the  open  air.  About  eight 
o'clock  A.M.  the  Governor,  accom- 
panied by  troops  and  his  attendants, 
arrives ;  and  on  giving  a  signal,  several 
peasants  cut  the  dam  with  hoes,  and 
the  water  rushes  into  the  bed  of  the 
canal.  In  the  middle  of  the  dam  is 
a  pillar  of  earth,  called  Arooset  e' 
Keel,  "  the  bride  of  the  Nile,**  which 
a  tradition  pretends  to  have  been  sub- 
stituted by  the  humanity  of  Amer  for 


tbe  virgin  previously  sacrificed  every 
year  by  the  Christiant  to  the  river 
god  I  While  the  water  is  rushing  into 
the  canal,  the  Governor  throws  in  a 
few  para  pieces,  to  be  scrambled  for 
by  boys,  who  stand  in  its  bed|  ex- 
pecting these  proofs  of  Turkish  muni- 
ficence ;  which,  though  200  go  to  an 
English  shilling  (and  this  is  a  far 
larger  sum  than  is  scrambled  for 
on  the  occasion),  are  the  only  in- 
stance of  money  given  gratis  by  the 
Government  to  the  people,  from  one 
end  of  the  year  to  the  other.  It  is 
amusing  to  see  the  clever  way  in 
which  some  of  the  boys  carry  off* these 
little  prizes,  the  tricks  they  play  each 
other,  and  their  quickness  in  diving 
into  the  water;  which  threatens  to 
carry  them  off*,  as  it  rushes  from  the 
openings  of  the  dam.  As  soon  as 
sufficient  water  has  entered  it,  boats 
full  of  people  ascend  the  canal,  and 
the  crowds  gradually  disperse,  as  the 
Governor  and  the  troops  withdraw 
from  the  busy  scene. 

This  was  formerly  a  very  pretty 
sight,  and  was  kept  up  with  a  spirit 
unknown  in  these  days  of  increased 
cares  and  diminished  incomes.  The 
old  Turkish  costume  too,  the  variety 
in  the  dresses  of  the  troops,  and  the 
Oriental  character  that  pervaded  the 
whole  assemblage  in  former  times, 
tended  not  a  little  to  increase  the 
interest  of  the  festival ;  but  the  pomp 
of  those  days  has  yielded  to  a  tame- 
ness,  with  which  every  one,  who 
twenty  or  fifteen  years  ago  witnessed 
this  and  other  ceremonies  of  Cairo, 
cannot  fail  to  be  struck. 

The  story  of  the  virgin  annually 
sacrificed  to  the  river  shows  how 
much  reliance  is  to  be  placed  on  tra^ 
dition,  or  even  on  the  authority  of 
Arab  writers ;  for  credulity  revolts  at 
the  idea  of  a  human  sacrifice  in  a 
Christian  country,  so  long  under  the 
government  of  the  Romans.  The  in- 
vention of  a  similar  fable  discovers 
the  ignorance,  as  well  as  the  malicious- 
ness, of  its  authors,  who  probably  lived 
long  after  the  time  of  Amer,  and  who 

hS 


150 


CAIRO.  —  FESTIVALS. 


Sectn. 


thought  to  establish  the  credit  for  their 
own  nation  by  misrepresenting  the 
conduct  of  their  enemies. 

The  Mooted  e*  Nebbee,  or  *<  birth- 
day  of  the  Prophet**  Mohammed,  is 
a  filt  of  rejoicing,  and  offers  many 
an  amusing  scene.  It  was  first  in- 
stituted by  Sultan  Murad  the  son  of 
Sellm,  known  to  us  as  Amurath  III., 
in  the  year  996  of  the  Hegira,  a.  d. 
1588.  It  is  held  in  the  Uzbek^eh 
in  the  beginning  of  the  month  of  Re- 
b^eh-el-owel,  on  the  return  of  the 
pilgrims  to  Cairo;  and  from  the 
booths,  swings,  and  other  things 
erected  on  the  occasion,  has  rather 
the  appearance  of  a  fair.  It  con- 
tinues a  whole  week,  beginning  on 
the  3d,  and  ending  on  the  11th,  or 
the  night  of  the  12th,  of  the  month, 
the  last  being  always  the  great  day ; 
the  previous  night  having  the  name 
of  Layleh  Mobirakeh,  ox  "blessed 
night'*  On  this  day  the  Saad^eh 
derwishes,  the  modern  Psylli,  go  in 
procession  and  perform  many  jug- 
gling tricks  with  snakes,  some  of  which 
are  truly  disgusting;  these  fanatics 
frequently  tearing  them  to  pieces  witli 
their  teeth,  and  assuming  all  the  cha- 
racter of  maniacs.  For  the  last  two 
years,  however,  this  part  of  the  per- 
formance has  been  omitted,  being  too 
gross  for  the  public  eye,  in  these  days 
of  increasing  civilisation  ;  but  fanati- 
cism is  not  wanting  to  induce  them, 
as  well  as  many  bystanders,  to  degrade 
themselves  by  other  acts  totally  un- 
worthy of  rational  beings,  such  as 
could  only  be  expected  among»t 
ignorant  savages;  and  no  European 
can  witness  the  ceremony  of  the 
Ddsehf  which  takes  place  in  the  after, 
noon  of  the  same  day,  without  feelings 
of  horror  and  disgust.  On  this  occa- 
sion the  shekh  of  the  Siad^eh,  mounted 
on  horseback,  and  accompanied  by  the 
derwishes  of  various  orders,  with  their 
banners,  goes  in  procession  to  the 
Uzbek :eh,  where  between  200  and 
300  fanatics  having  thrown  them- 
selves prostrate  on  the  ground,  closely 
wedged  together,  the  shekh  rides  over 


their  bodies,  the  assembled  crowd  fre- 
quently contending  with  each  other  to 
obtain  one  of  these  degrading  posts, 
and  giving  proofs  of  wild  fanaticism 
which  those  who  have  not  witnessed 
it  could  not  easily  imagine.  A  grand 
ceremony  is  also  performed  in  Uie 
evening  at  the  house  of  their  president, 
the  Shifkh  el  Bekree,  the  reputed  de» 
scendant  of  A  boo  Bekr  e*  Saad^h. 

The  Mooledel  Haasanin,  ihebirtli- 
day  of  the  "two  Hassans**  (Hassan 
and  Hossayn),  the  sons  of  Ali,  is  cele- 
brated foi*  eight  days  about  the  12th 
of  Rebeeb-*l-akher,  and  is  considered 
the  greatest  flu  in  Cairo,  being  of 
the  psUron  saints  of  the  city.  The 
people  go  in  crowds  to  visit  their 
tomb,  where  grand  Zikn  are  per- 
formed in  their  honour;  the  mosk 
being  brilliantly  illuminated,  as  well 
as  the  quarters  in  the  immediate 
neigbbourliood ;  while  tlie  people  in- 
dulge in  the  usual  amusements  of 
Eastern  fairs. 

The  fites  of  Saydeh  Ziyneb,  the 
grand-daughter  of  the  Prophet,  and 
other  male  and  female  shekbs  of  Cairo, 
are  kept  much  in  the  same  way,  by 
illuminating  their  respective  mosks; 
but  are  mucii  less  worth  seeing  than 
the  ordinary  evening  occupations  of 
the  Moslems  during  the  whole  month 
of  Ramadtui,  which,  to  a  person  un- 
derstamling  the  language,  offer  many 
attractions.  The  bazaars  are  then 
lighted  up,  and  crowds  of  people  ait 
at  the  shops,  enjoying  themselves, 
after  the  cruel  fast  of  the  day,  by 
conversation,  and  by  listening  to  story 
tellers;  who,  with  much  animatioo, 
read  or  relate  the  tales  of  the  Thou- 
sand-and-one  Nights,  or  other  of 
the  numerous  stories  for  which  the 
Arabs  have  been  always  famed. 

6.  6.    THB   MAOICIAK. 

One  of  the  first  lions  which  the 
traveller  inquires  after,  on  arriving 
at  Cairo,  is  the  magician,  who  baa 
become  noted  for  certain  perform- 
ances through  a  supposed  auperos- 
tural  power,    by   which   figures  are 


■  full  u 


made  to  ■ppev  to  cbiidren  ;  >nd  tfae 
penoni  otlhotit  wholHie  been  called 
for  bj  tbe  byaunderi  hi*e  been  wtne- 
tim»  deicTibed  lO  uciirattljr  u  to 
lewl  to  tlie  belief  that  " 
were  not  unfouodtd. 

Mtp  Lane  hu  giveD 
of  what  he  doe*,  or  preleads  to  do ; 
for  Kbich  I  reTer  lo  liii  work,  and 
proceed  to  describe  the  performance 
of  the  ^me  penon,  Sbekh  abd  el 
Kider,  ai  wjtnnud  b;  me  in  1R4I, 
with  the  obwiTitions  I  biTe  been  ied 
to  make  on  the  occuion  ;  which  I 
■ubmit  to  the  judgment  of  tbe  reader, 
■nd  aboie  all  of  the  traveller,  who 
■CH  him,  and  hai  lufficient  knowledge 
at  Arabic  to  be  independent  of  an  in- 
terp'Vter.  A  belief  in  the  power  of 
calling  up  the  dead,  or  eihibiting  ap- 
pearance! of  abwnt  penoni,  haa  been 
long  current  in  the  EuL  The  man- 
ner of  doing  Ihii  calli  lo  mind  the  in- 

Samucl  waa  made  to  appear  at  the 
rcqueM  of  Saul ;  and  the  uteof  ink  in 
ibe  boy'ihandi*  timilir  lo  tlicoil  uid 
lo  hav*  been  einptojed  for  the  lame 
purpose  bj  the  Greeks,  atTording  to 
(be  Scboliait  oD  Ariitophaoes. 

I  now  proceed  to  ihow  ai  brieSj  a* 
poaiible  what  are  the  chiimi  nf  the  mo- 
dera  magician  in  riTalling  lho«eof  old. 

On  going  to  see  him  I  wai  deter- 
mined to  examine  the   matler  with 

that  I  direated  myself  of  every  pre- 
tioua  bias,  either  for  or  against  hii 
pretended  powers.  A  party  having 
been  made  up  lo  wititeu  the  eihibi. 
lion,  we  met,  according  to  previous 
agreement,  at  Mr.  Lewis'*  house  on 
Wednrvlay  evening,  the  8ib  of  De- 
cember. The  magician  was  ushered 
ing  taken  his  place,  we  ail 


TH£  MAUICIAir. 


151 


IE  befon 


Tbe  party  conuited  of 
Colonel  Bamet  our  consul -general. 
Chevalier  Krehmer  tbe  Ruuiaii  con- 
lul-general,  Mr.  Lewis,  Dr.  Ahbol, 
Mr.  Samuel,  Mr.Chriilian,  M.  Prisse, 
with  aootber  French  gentleman,  and 
mjaclf;    row  of  whom  undentood 


Arabic  very  well,  so  that  we  bad  no 
need  of  an  inlerpreler. 

The  magician,  after  entciing  into 
conversation  with  many  of  us  on  in- 
different lubjecti,  and  discusaing  two 
or  three  pipes,  prepared  fur  (he  per- 
formatice.  He  lirgt  of  all  requested 
that  a  braiier  of  live  charcoal  might 
be  brought,  and  in  the  mean  while 
occupied  himself  in  writing  upon  a 
long  slip  of  paper  five  sentences  of 
two  lines  each,  then  two  others,  one  of 
a  single  line,  and  the  other  of  two,  a* 
an  invocation  to  the  tpiriu.  Ever; 
sentence  biK*"  <*'''■  Tuyunboon,  and 
tliey  weie  very  limilar  to  those  given 
in  Mr.  Lane's  book  i  — 

&c. 
Each    waa  separated   from   the  one 
above  and  below  it  by  a  line,  to  direct 
him  in  tearing  them  apart. 

A  boy  was  then  called,  who  was 
ordered  lo  >il  down  before  the  magi- 
cian. Me  did  10.  and  the  magician 
having  asked  for  some  ink  from  Mr. 
Lewis,  traced  with  a  pen  on  the  palm 


band  a  double  square,  conlaining  the 
nine  numbers  in  this  order,  or  in 
English  —  making  1£  each  way  ;  the 


7    the  magician, 
Q  brought  and 


152 


CAIBO.  —  TH£  MAGICUK. 


Sect.  n. 


the  boy,  who  was  ordered  to  look 
stedfasdy  into  the  ink  and  report 
whatever  he  siiould  see.  I  begged 
the  magician  to  speak  slowly  enough 
to  give  me  time  to  write  down  every 
word,  which  he  promised  to  do,  with- 
out being  displeased  at  the  request ; 
nor  had  he  objected,  during  the  pre- 
liminary part  of  the  performance,  to 
my  attempt  to  sketch  him  as  he  sat. 

He  now  began  an  incantation,  call- 
ing  on  the  spirits  by  the  power  of 
"  our  Lord  Soolayman,"  &c.,  with  the 
words  tt^ur$hooH  and  hadderoo  (be 
present),  frequently  repeated.  He 
then  muttered  words  to  himself,  and 
tearing  apart  the  different  sentences 
he  had  written,  he  put  them  one  after 
the  other  into  the  fire  together  with 
some  frankincense.  This  done,  he 
asked  the  boy   if  any  body  had  come. 

—  BoT.  "  Yes,  many." — Magician. 
"  Tell  them  to  sweep." —  B.  «*  Sweep." 

—  M.  *'  Tell  them  to  bring  the  flags.'* 

—  B.  »  Bring  the  flags."  —  M. 
"  Have  they  brought  any?"  —  B. 
"  Yes."  — M.   "  Of  what   colour?" 

—  B.  "  Green. ••  —  M.  "Say,  bring 
another."  —  B.     **   Bring  another.** 

—  M.  "  Has  it  come?*'—  B.  "  Yes, 
a   green    one."  —  M.     "  Another.** 

—  B.  «  Another."  — ,  M.  "  Is  it 
brought?"— B.  "Yes;  another  green 
one  —  they  are  ail  green.**  —  M. 
"  What  now  ?"—  B.  •*  Another ;  half 
white,  half  red."  —  M.  «  Bring  an- 
other.**  —  B.  "  Bring  another." — M. 
«Heh?"— B.  «  He  has  brought  a 
black  one;  all  black."— M.  "An- 
other." — B.  *< Another;  here  it  is; 
there  are  five.** — M.  "Another." — 
B.  <*  Bring  another ;  here  it  is,  all 
white.** — M.  "Bring  one  more." — 
B.  "  Bring  one  more."— M.  "  Well  ?" 

—  B.  "  He  has  brought  one  more, 
green.** — M.  "Bring  the  sultan*s 
tent."  —  B.  "  They  have  brought  it, 
but  have  not  yet  put  it  up." —  M. 
*'  Order  them  to  pitch  it  and  lay  down 
diwans."  —  B.  "  They  have  put  it 
up,  aud  have  brought  diwans;  here 
comes  the  sulun  on  a  black  horse,  and 
he  alighu  and  sits  on  a  throne.**  — 


Finding  the  boy  very  ready  with  his 
answers,  I  said  to  him,  "  Have  I  not 
seen  you  perform  before?"  He  said, 
"  Yes,  I  have  done  it  before  often."— 
M.  "  What  do  you  see  now?" — B. 
"  He  is  washing  his  hands."—  M.  "  Is 
a  soldier  before  him?"—  B.  "  Yes." 

—  M. "Have  they  brought  coffee?" 

—  B.  "  They  have ;  and  he  drinks  — 
put  me  some  more  ink." 

This  being  done,  the  magician  asked 
who  would  call  for  some  one.  Mr. 
Lewis  called  for  his  father  by  name. 

—  M.  "  Say  to  thechowish,  *  Chowisb, 
bring  Frederick  Lewis  before  me  that 
I  may  see  him  ?*  Well ! "—  B.  "  Here 
he  is,  dressed  in  black,  short  and  fat, 
of  a  white  colour,  with  no  beard,  but 
mustaches,  wearing  a  tarboosh  and 
red  shoes."  The  description  of  this 
person  was  as  unlike  as  the  last  part 
to  a  European  dress.  The  magician, 
on  being  told  this,  said,  *<  Let  him 
go."  The  boy  repeated  this  order, 
and  said,  "  I  tell  the  truth  as  be  ap- 
pears." 

I  suggested  that  the  magician,  bav- 
in;' once  caused  Siakspeare  to  be  so 
Wfll  described,  ought  to  have  the 
same  power  of  doing  it  again  with  a 
different  boy,  and   I  asked  for  him. 

—  M.  "  Say,  Chowish,  bring  Sbak- 
speare." —  B.  "  Bring  Sbakspeare.** 

—  M.  "  Is  he  come  ?*'—  B.  "  Yes  ; 
he  is  short,  fat,  dressed  in  black,  with 
a  child  standing  by  him  ;  he  has  a 
beard.**  Somebody  asked  if  he  bad 
any  thing  round  his  neck.  B.  "  Yes ; 
a  handkerchief,  red.  He  has  a  black 
beard,  no  mustaches,  a  black  high  hat  *' 
Some  one  asked  if  it  was  like  a  com- 
mon hat.  B.  <*  A  hat  with  a  band 
round  it ;  he  wears  red  shoes,  has 
nothing  in  his  hand,  Arab  trowsers, 
and  a  nizAm  dress,  and  a  black  niz6m 
coat,  with  a  red  shawl  round  his 
waist,  a  stick  in  his  hand,  many  peo- 
ple near  him,  and  a  little  boy  dressed 
in  white,  an  Arab  dress,  tarbooaky  and 
red  shoes."— M.  "  Let  him  go — is 
begone?"— B.  "Yes." 

Lord  Anglesey  was  then  called 
for.     The  boy  described  him  as  "  an 


Egypt. 


THE  ICAOICIAN. 


153 


Englishman,  tall,  in  a  Frank  dress  of 
a  black  colour,  with  a  white  hand- 
kerchief round  his  neck,  wearing  black 
boots  and  white  stockings,  light  or 
yellow  hair,  blue  eyes,  no  beard,  no 
mustaches,  but  whiskers ;  with  black 
gloves  on  his  hands,  and  a  low  flat 
black  hat**  He  was  then  asked  how 
he  walked.  M.  «<  Tell  him  to  walk.**— 
B.  **  He  stretches  out  his  leg  far,  and 
puts  his  hands  to  his  sides  in  his 
trowsers  pockets.  **  Some  one  asked  if 
he  stepped  out  equally  with  both  legs? 
and  the  boy  replied,  **  He  puts  them 
out  both  equally.** 

He  was  then  sent  away,  and  ano- 
ther boy  was  brought,  who  had  never 
before  seen  the  magician,  having  been 
chosen  with  another  by  Mr.  Lewis  on 
purpose.  The  ink  being  put  into  his 
band  he  was  asked  if  he  saw  the  re- 
flection of  his  face ;  and  having  an- 
swered in  the  aflirmative,  he  was  told 
to  say  when  he  saw  any  thing;  but 
after  many  incantations,  incense,  and 
long  delay,  he  could  see  nothing,  and 
fell  asleep  over  the  ink. 

The  other  boy  was  then  called  in, 
but  he,  like  the  last,  could  not  be  made 
to  see  any  thing;  and  a  fourth  was 
brought,  who  bad  evidently  often  acted 
his  part  before.  He  first  saw  a  sha- 
dow,  and  was  ordered  to  **  tell  him 
to  sweep,**  and  after  the  flags  and  the 
sultan  as  usual,  some  one  suggested 
tliat  Lord  Fitaroy  Somerset  should  be 
called  for.  He  was  described  in  a 
white  Frank  dress,  a  long  (high)  white 
hat,  Hack  itoekinga,  and  white  gloves, 
tall,  and  standing  before  him  with  black 
boola,  I  asked  how  he  could  see  his 
stockings  with  boots  ?  The  boy  an- 
swered **  under  his  trowsers.**  He 
continued,  **  His  eyes  are  white,  no 
mustaches,  no  beard,  but  little  whis- 
kers, and  yellow  (light)  hair ;  he  is 
thin,  thin  legs,  thin  arms;  in  his  left 
hand  he  holds  a  stick,  and  in  the  other 
a  pipe ;  he  has  a  black  handkerchief 
round  his  neck,  bis  throat  buttoned 
up ;  his  trowsers  are  long ;  he  wears 
green  spectacles.  '*  The  magician 
seeing  some  of  the  party  smiling  at 


the  description  and  its  inaccuracy,  said 
to  the  boy,  "  Don't  tell  lies,  boy.** 
To  which  he  answered,  <*  I  do  not, 
why  should  I  ?*'  — M.  '<  Tell  him  to 
go.**— B.  '^Go.** 

Queen  Victoria  was  next  called  for, 
who  was  described  as  short,  dressed  in 
black  trowsers,  a  white  hat,  black 
shoes,  white  gloves,  red  coat  with  red 
lining,  jind  black  waistcoat,  with  whis- 
kers, but  no  beard  nor  mustaches,  and 
holding  in  his  hand  a  glass  tumbler. 
He  was  asked  if  the  person  was  a  man 
or  a  woman  ?  he  answered,  "  a  man.** 
We  told  the  magician  it  wasour  queen ! 
He  said,  **  I  do  not  know  why  they 
should  say  what  is  false ;  1  knew  she 
was  a  woman,  but  the  boys  describe 
as  they  see.**  ■ 

From  the  manner  in  which  the 
questions  are  put,  it  is  very  evident 
that  when  a  boy  is  persuaded  to  see 
any  thing,  the  appearances  of  the 
sweeper,  the  flags  and  the  sultan,  are 
the  result  of  leading  questions.  The 
boy  pretends  or  imagines  he  sees  a 
man  or  a  shadow,  and  he  is  told  to 
order  some  one  to  sweep :  he  is  there- 
fore prepared  with  his  answer ;  and  the 
same  continues  to  the  end,  the  magi- 
cian always  telling  him  what  he  is  to 
call  for,  and  consequently  what  he  is 
to  see.  The  descriptions  of  persons 
asked  for  are  almost  universally  com- 
plete failures,  and  the  exceptions  may, 
I  think,  be  explained  in  this  manner. 
A  person  with  one  arm  is  called  for, 
as  Lord  Nelson;  while  described, 
questions  are  put  by  those  present  as 
to  this  or  that  peculiarity,  and  the  mere 
question,  **  Has  he  one  or  two  arms?** 
will  suffice  to  prompt  a  boy  of  any 
quickness  to  say,  "  No,  I  see  he  has 
only  one ;  **  and  when  asked  which  he 
has  lost,  he  must  be  right,  as  the  ma- 
gician has  the  wir,  if  wrong,  to  say 
"he  sees  him  as  in  a  mirror;'*  and 
the  same  unintentional  hints,  aided 
sometimes  by  an  interpreter,  have, 
doubtless,  led  to  the  few  striking  de- 
scriptions which  have  been  given. 
Indeed,  though  every  one  had  agreed 
to  avoid  any  thing  which  might  lead 

h5 


154 


CAIRO.  —  INSTITUTIONS. 


Sect.  n. 


the  boy t  to  their  answers,  on  the  occa- 
sion above  mentioned  at  Mr.  Lewis's, 
this  question  was  inadvertently  asked, 
**  Does  Lord  Anglesey  step  out 
equally  with  both  legs  ?  **  which,  had 
the  boy  been  sufficiently  quick,  would 
have  led  to  a  description  that  might 
have  been  cited  in  favour  of  the  power 
of  the  magician.  It  is  also  very  evi- 
dent that  the  boy  describing  an  Euro- 
pean with  trowsers,  boots,  and  stock- 
ings, was  not  telling  what  he  saw,  but 
what  he  was  thinking  of,  and  putting 
together  as  the  description  of  a  Frank 
dress ;  for  he  could  not,  of  course,  see 
the  stockings,  concealed,  as  they  would 
be,  by  trowsers  and  boots. 

I  am  decidedly  of  opinion  that  the 
whole  of  the  first  part  is  done  solely 
by  leading  questions,  and  that  when- 
ever the  descriptions  succeed  in  any 
point,  the  success  is  owing  to  accident, 
or  to  unintentional  prompting  in  the 
mode  of  questioning  the  boys.  That 
the  boys  are  frequently  sent  beforehand 
by  the  magician  to  wait  near  the  house 
has  also  been  discovered ;  but  in  cases 
where  European  and  other  boys,  who 
have  never  seen  him ,  are  brought,  the 
same  leading  questions  will  answer, 
if  the  boys  can  be  induced  by  their 
imagination  to  fancy  they  see  any 
thing.  Indeed,  this  imagination  has 
been  sometimes  so  worked  upon  as  to 
alarm  them  for  many  days  and  weeks 
afterwards,  and  we  have  no  need  of 
Egyptian  magicians  to  induce  credu- 
lity, or  to  work  upon  the  fears  of 
children.  With  regard  to  those  who 
have  learnt  of  the  magician,  if  they 
really  believe  that  with  such  questions 
they  have  any  other  power  over  the 
boy,  independent  of  his  imagination, 
or  the  wish  to  please  the  party,  I 
leave  them  to  explain  it  according 
to  their  own  version.  I  must  how- 
ever observe  that  the  explanation 
lately  offered,  that-Osman  Effendi 
was  in  collusion  with  the  magician,  is 
neither  fair  on  him,  nor  satisfactory, 
as  he  ufaa  not  present  when  those 
cases  occurred,  which  were  made  so 
much  of  in  Europe;   while  for  my 


own  part  I  see  no  difficulty  in  ac- 
counting for  it,  in  the  manner  above 
mentioned. 

Ce.    INSTITUTIONS    OF   THB   TASHA. 

It  is  not  my  intention  to  enter  into 
a  detailed  account  of  all  the  institu- 
tions of  the  Pasha,  as  manufactories, 
arsenals,  schools  of  medicine,  geome- 
try, and  modem  languages,  military 
and  naval  establishments,  or  of  the 
formation  of  his  disciplined  army  and 
his  fleet.  But  I  cannot  pass  them 
over  altogether  without  notice ;  and  I 
recommend  those  who  are  interested 
in  the  subject  to  visit  the  Kroomfish 
manufactory,  near  the  Frank  quarter  ; 
the  arsenal  at  the  citadd ;  the  schools 
of  Boolak,  the  Uzbek^eh,  and  Moble- 
deedn  near  Saydeh  Zayneb ;  the 
printing  office,  observatory,  dockyard, 
foundries,  and  other  establihhments  at 
Boolak :  the  hospital  of  Kasr  el  Ainee, 
and  the  military  schools. 

The  most  praiseworthy  establish* 
ments  set  on  foot  by  the  Pasha  are  the 
hospitals  and  schools ;   and  the  latter 
claim  greater    credit  from  the  diffi- 
culties with  which  he  had  to  contend, 
owing  to  the  prejudices  of  the  priests 
or  ulemas,  and  the  fears  of  parents. 
Nor  can  he  be  accused  of  interested 
or  ambitious  views,  in  the  education 
of  the  children  of  persons  too  poor,  or 
too  ignorant,  to  take  any  steps  for  that 
purpose.     Numerous  difficulties  pre- 
vented these  institutions  from  being 
establislied  as  quickly  as  might  have 
been  done  in  any  other  country.     The 
schools  of  surgery  met  with  additional 
opposition  from  the  horror  of  surgical 
operations,  the  examination  of  a  body 
after  death,  and  a  thousand  other  ob- 
jections, which  readily  offered  tfaem^ 
selves  to  the  minds  of  a  people,  preju- 
diced by  religion  and  habit  against  the 
customs  of  the  Franks,  under  whose 
guidance  the    government    required 
their  children  to  be  placed.     Nor  was 
this  feeling  confined  to  the  schools  of 
surgery   and    medicine;    the    people 
were    satisfied   with    the  instructioo 
given  by  their  Fe^tes,  —  those  Mo»- 


Egyp^ 


INTEBNAL  ADMINISTRATION. 


165 


lem  schoolmasters,  hj  whom  they  and 
their  ancentors  had  been  taught  all  that 
the  Faithful  were  required  to  know  ; 
— and  the  prestige  of  ages  was  in 
favour  of  those  hoi  j  instructors. 

They  objected  to  their  children 
being  taught  what  they  had  not  them- 
leWes  learnt,  or  what  was  not  con- 
nected with  their  religion,  and  FVank 
languages  and  sciences  appeared  to 
be  an  abomination  to  the  Egyptians. 
The  system  too  of  detaining  boys  at 
school  was  unheard  of:  the  day-schools 
of  the  East  were  never  so  bard-heart- 
ed as  to  deprive  parents  of  their  chil- 
dren beyond  the  hours  of  study ;  and 
the  cruelty  of  keeping  them  all  day, 
and  obliging  them  to  sleep  away  from 
home  all  night,  horrified  their  mo- 
thers, who  preferred  cutting  off  the 
forr-finger  of  a  child*s  right  hand, 
to  pret'ent  his  being  able  to  write,  ra- 
ther than  suffer  him  to  be  taught  at 
no  expense  in  the  Pasha's  schools. 
With  such  a  feeling,  the  diflSculties 
encountered  may  easily  be  imagined  ; 
and  so  averse  are  they  still  to  this  in- 
novation, that  though  they  confess  the 
condition  of  their  children  is  bettered, 
though  they  are  paid  by  the  govern- 
ment instead  of  paying  for  their  edu- 
cation, and  though  children  of  the 
poorest  people  may,  if  industrious, 
arrive  at  high  and  lucrative  employ- 
ments, yet  their  prejudices  are  insur- 
mountable; and  without  giving  any 
reason,  they  express  a  blind  dislike  to 
send  their  sons  to  school,  and  if  they 
possibly  can,  they  withdraw  them  even 
after  they  have  gone  through  half  the 
course  of  their  education.  The  Chil- 
dren are  clothed,  fed,  and  receive  a 
monthly  allowance  of  pay,  according 
to  their  abilities,  and  the  class  they 
are  in  ;  and  it  is  gratifying  now  to  see 
that  many  boys  in  Egypt,  who  are 
usually  ignorant  of  every  thing,  read 
and  write,  and  have  become  acquainted 
with  the  rudiments  of  science.  There 
are  different  schools  or  colleges,  be- 
sides those  of  medicine  and  other 
branches:  1.  The  Rozm4neh;  8.  The 
Mobtedee;    3.    That  of  AboosAbel; 


and  4.  the  Kasr  e*  Shekh  Refifii  in  the 
Uzbek^h. 

At  the  first,  the  boys  are  very  young, 
from  three  to  four  years  old.  Tliey 
begin  by  receiving  6  piastres  a  month 
as  pay,  besides  food  and  clothing,  and 
are  taught  to  read  and  write. 

At  the  second  they  receive,  on  en- 
tering, from  7  to  9  piastres  ;  when 
about  sixteen  or  seventeen  years  old, 
11;  and  if  they  read  well,  1:2.  They 
are  taught  the  Koran,  literal  Arabic, 
geography,  arithmetic,  Turkish,  &c 

At  the  third  the  youngest  receives  50, 
others  100,  and  the  oldest  and  most 
advanced  250,  all  being  regulated 
according  to  their  proficiency.  They 
learn  drawing,  mathematics,  riding, 
&c. 

At  the  fourth  the  youngest  has  50 
piastres,  the  oldest  15  dollars,  300  p. 
They  are  taught  European  languages, 
medicine,  &c.,  and  are  afterwards  eli- 
gible to  the  office  of  effendee, 

d.  d,    INTKRMAL  ADMINXSTaATION,    PO- 
UCE,    ANO    COURTS   OP   JUSTXCB. 

Matters  relating  to  the  internal  ad- 
ministration of  the  country  and  of  the 
city  are  settled  by  <he  diwdnt  estab- 
lished at  the  ciudel.  Each  is  super- 
intended by  a  president.  Police  cases 
are  decided  by  the  bash-  agha,  or  chief 
of  the  police,  at  his  office  near  the 
Frank  quarter,  who  either  settles  them 
summarilv,  or  enters  them  into  the 
police  report,  and  sends  them  up  to  the 
citadel  for  judgment.  The  sentries 
are  also  police  officers ;  and  minor 
cases,  as  disputes  about  a  purchase 
at  a  shop,  or  other  trifling  questions, 
are  arranged  without  the  parties  being 
taken  to  the  police-office,  or  even  to 
the  corps  de  garde»  Europeans  are 
only  amenable  to  their  consuls,  and 
cannot  be  punished  by  Turkish  law. 
In  disputed  cases  between  them  and 
natives,  a  mixed  commission  is  some- 
times appointed  to  decide  the  matter, 
by  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties. 

Questions  of  property,  family  dis- 
putes, and  all  cases  that  come  under 

u6 


156 


GAIBO.  —  INTERNAL  ADMINISTRATION. 


Sect.  IL 


the  bead  of  lawsuit,  are  settled  at  the 
MciUtemeh,  or  Cadi*t  Court. 

e  e.    THE    MAHKBMEH,    OR    CADX*8 
COURT. 

This  mighty  court,  looked  upon 
with  fear  and  respect  by  some,  and 
contempt  and  disgust  by  others,  occu- 
pies a  portion  of  the  old  palace  of  the 
SulCanSy  which  succeeded  to  one  of 
the  Kasrayn  or  **  two  palaces,*'  built 
by  G6ber  el  K&ed,  the  founder  of 
Cairo  j  and  close  to  it  is  still  shown 
a  fine  vaulted  chamber,  once  ,part  of 
the  abode  of  Saladiii.  This  last,  as 
well  as  its  adjoining  companion,  is 
now  a  ruin,  and  occupied  by  mills;  its 
large  pointed  arches  have  lost  all 
their  ornaments  except  tlie  Arabic 
inscriptions  at  the  projection  of  their 
horse-shoe  base;  and  the  devices  of 
its  once  richly-gilded  ceiling  can 
scarcely  l>e  distinguished.  At  the 
end  is  a  lofiy  mahrab,  or  arabesque 
niche  for  prayer,  similar  to  those  in 
the  mosks,  which  are  sometimes  ad- 
mitted into  large  houses  for  the  same 
purpose. 

The  crowded  state  of  the  Mahkemeh 
sufficiently  shows  how  fond  the 
Cairenes  are  of  Uligation,  every  petty 
grievance  or  family  quarrel  .being 
referred  to  the  Cadi*s  Court.  Cases 
of  a  very  serious  nature  are  settled  by 
the  Cadi  himself;  others  of  more  or- 
dinary occurrence,  but  still  of  due 
importance  to  the  parties,  are  decided 
by  his  effhndee,  and  confirmed  by  the 
seal  of  the  Cadi  (  Kddee) ;  and  those  of 
little  weight  are  often  arranged  by  the 
kSUebg  {kodtuba),  clerks  or  scribes, 
without  any  application  to  either.  The 
personages  who  hold  office  here  are 
the  Cadi,  his  effisndee,  his  k^hia,  the 
bash-k&teb,  or  '*  head  scribe,*'  and 
tlie  ^kodtttba,  or  clerks.  The  minor 
officers  are  roo$$ul  or  messengers,  the 
k^hia's  dragoman  (called  el  mihdtar), 
the  meh^ndes  or  architect,  and  the 
koshaf  for  the  inspection  of  houses. 
There  are  also  scribes  who  enter  cases 
into  the  defier  or  ngil,  of  the  record 
office.     The  bayt  el  mal,  or  "  property 


house,"  is  a  separate  court  for  all  pro- 
perty left  without  an  heir,  and  may  be 
called  the  Court  of  Chancery. 

The  Cadi  is  appointed  by  the  Sultaoi 
and  is  sent  from  Constantinople. 

It  is  bad  enough  in  any  country  to 
be  occupied  in  lawsuits ;  but  nowhere 
does  a  poor  man  find  so  much  dif- 
ficulty in  obtaining  justice  as  in  Egypt. 
He  is  not  only  put  off  from  day  to 
day,  but  obliged  to  run  from  one  per- 
son to  another,  to  no  purpose,  for  days, 
weeks,  or  months ;  and  unless  he  can 
manage  to  collect  sufficient  to  bribe 
the  bath'ketteb  and  other  emplojfe*  of 
the  court,  he  may  hope  in  vain  to  ob- 
tain justice,  or  even  attention  to  his 
complaints. 

The  fees  of  the  Cadi  are  four- 
fifilis  of  all  that  is  paid  for  cases  at 
the  court,  the  remaining  fifUi  going 
to  the  bash-kiteb  and  other  scribes 
under  him.  The  division  is  made 
every  Thursday. 

When  a  case  is  brought  up  for  de- 
cision, the  documents  relating  to  it, 
after  having  passed  through  the  hands 
of  a  scribe,  are  examined  by  the 
eflfendee,  and  being  settled  by  him, 
the  kehia  decides  on  and  demands 
the  fee.  This  he  does  whether  sealed 
by  the  Cadi,  or  only  by  his  eflfendee. 

Minor  cases,  as  disputes  between 
husband  and  wife,  if  the  parties  can- 
not be  reconciled  below  in  the  hall, 
by  the  advice  of  a  k&Ubt  are  taken  up 
to  the  eflTendee.  When  settled  in  the 
hall,  a  small  fee  is  demanded  for  the 
charitable  intervention  of  the  scribe ; 
which  is  his  perquisite,  for  not  trou- 
bling his  superiors  with  a  small  case. 
Decisions  respecting  murder,  robbery, 
the  property  of  rich  individuals,  and 
other  important  matters,  are  pro- 
nounced by  the  Cadi  himself.  In 
cases  of  murder,  or  wounding  or 
maiming,  if  the  friends  of  the  deceased 
or  the  injured  party  consent  to  an 
adjustment,  certain  fines  are  paid  by 
way  of  requital.  These  are  fixed  by 
law,  regulated  however  by  the  quality 
of  the  persons.  Ransom  for  murder 
{d&th  el  KtUiel)  is  rated  at  50  pursei 


Egypt. 


EXCUBSION   1. 


157 


(250£i) ;  an  eye  put  out  in  an  affray, 
half  that  dieh  ;  a  tootli  one  tenth,  and 
so  on. 

The  most  efficient  recipe  for  stimu- 
lating the  torpid  temperament  of  the 
Molikemeh  is  bribery ;  and  the  persons 
to  whom  bribes  are  administered  with 
singularly  good  effect,  are  the  bash- 
kateb  and  the  other  scribes.  And  so 
impatient  are  they  of  neglect  in  this 
particular,  thatthe  moment  they  think 
some  of  these  iRentions  to  Mahkemeh 
etiquette  ought  to  show  themselves, 
they  begin  to  put  forth  every  difficulty 
as  a  delicate  hint.  WheneTer  the 
simple-minded  applicant,  trusting  to 
the  e? ident  justice  of  his  cause,  ap- 
pears before  them,  they  are  far  too 
much  occupied  with  other  papers  of 
long  standing  to  attend  to  him :  a 
particular  person,  whose  presence  is 
absolutely  required,  is  not  to  be  found ; 
or  some  official  excuse  is  invented  to 
check  tlie  arrangement  of  the  business, 
and  he  is  put  off  from  day  to  day  with 
a  chance  of  success.  On  the  appear- 
ance of  these  marked  symptoms,  a 
domeew  should,  in  doctorial  language, 
be  immediately  exhibited  in  a  suffi- 
ciently large  dose  to  allay  tlje  irritation; 
and  it  is  surprising  to  observe  how  the 
gladdened  face  of  the  man>of-law  ex- 
pands on  taking  the  welcome  potion. 
It  is  of  course  a  matter  tl«at  passes 
in  secret  between  the  donor  and  the 
receiver ;  for,  though  notorious,  se- 
crecy is  required  for  the  acceptance  of 
a  bribe  unshared  by  the  Cadi  or  his 
effendee;  and  the  Cadi  himself  is 
never  propitiated  with  a  similar  offer- 
ing unless  the  case  is  very  serious,  and 
requires  that  touching  appeal  to  his 
feelings. 

axcuasiOK  1.  — a.  old  cairo. 

Old  Cairo,  or  Musr  el  At^keh,  is 
a  ride  of  about  S  miles  from  Cairo. 
It  was  originally  called  Fostit.  It 
was  founded  by  Amer  ebn  el  A%  who 
conquered  Egypt  in  the  caliphate  of 
Omar,  a.  d.  638 ;  and  is  said  to  have 
received  its  name  from  the  leather  tent 
(fos|iit)  which  Amer  there  pitched  for 


himself,  during  the  siege  of  the  Roman 
fortress.  In  the  same  spot  he  erected 
the  mosk,  that  still  bears  his  name, 
which  in  after  times  stood  in  the  centre 
of  the  city,  and  is  now  amidst  the 
mounds  and  rubbish  of  its  fallen 
houses.  Fost&t  continued  to  be  the 
royal  residence,  as  well  as  the  capital 
of  Egypt,  until  the  time  of  Ahmed 
ebn  e*  Tool6on,  who  built, the  mosk 
and  palace  at  the  Kiilat  el  Kebsh,  a.  i>. 
879. 

Goher  el  Kaed,  having  been  sent 
by  M6es  to  conquer  Egypt,  founded 
the  new  city  called  Musr  el  Kiherah 
(Cairo),  which  four  years  after  (in 
A.  D.  974),  became  the  capital  of  the 
country,  and  Fostat  received  the  new 
appellation  of  Musr  el  Ateekeh  or 
**  Old  Musr,**  corrupted  by  Europeans 
into  Old  Cairo.  The  ancient  name 
of  the  city,  which  occupied  part  of 
the  site  of  Old  Cairo,  was  Egyptian 
Babylon ;  and  the  Roman  station, 
which  lies  to  the  S.  of  the  mosk  of 
Amer  is  evidently  the  fortress  be- 
sieged by  the  Moslem  invader.  The 
style  of  its  masonry  has  the  peculiar 
character  of  Roman  buildings ;  which 
is  readily  distinguished  by  the  courses 
of  red  tiles  or  bricks,  and  the  con- 
struction of  its  arches :  and  over  the 
main  entrance  on  the  S.  side  (which  is 
now  closed  and  nearly  buried  in  rub- 
bish) is  a  triangular  pediment,  under 
whose  left-hand  corner  may  still  be 
seen  the  Roman  eagle.  Above,  ap- 
pears to  have  been  a  slab,  prolwbly 
bearing  an  inscription,  long  since  fallen 
or  removed.  Its  solid  walls  and 
strong  round  towers  sufficiently  tes- 
tify its  former  strength,  and  account 
for  its  having  defied  the  attacks  of  the 
Arab  invaders  for  seven  months ;  and 
it  is  doubtless  to  this  that  Aboolfeda 
alludes,  when  he  says,  "  in  the  spot 
where  FosUt  was  built  stood  a  Kasr, 
erected  in  old  times,  and  styled  Kasr 
e*  Shemma  (  *  of  the  candle  ' ),  and 
the  tent  (fost4t)  of  Amer  was  close  to 
the  mosk  called  J4mat  Amer.**  This 
fortress  now  contains  a  village  of  Chris- 
tian inhabitants,  and  is  dedicated  to 


158 


CAIBO.  —  EXOUBSION  I. 


Sect  n. 


St  George,  the  patron  saint  of  the 
Copts. 

In  an  upper  chamber,  over  the  W. 
tower  of  the  old  gateway  above  men- 
tioned, is  an  early  Christian  record, 
sculptured  on  wood,  of  the  time  of 
Diocletian,  curious  as  well  from  its 
style  as  from  the  state  of  its  preser- 
vation. The  upper  part,  or  friese,  has 
a  Greek  inscription  ;  and  below  it,  at 
the  centre  of  the  architrave,  is  a  re- 
presentation of  the  Deity,  sitting  in  a 
globe,  supported  by  two  winged  an- 
gels ;  on  either  side  of  which  is  a  pro- 
cession of  six  figures,  evidently  the 
twelve  apostles.  The  central  group 
readily  calls  to  mind  the  winged  globe 
of  the  ancient  Egyptians  ;  and  its  po- 
sition over  a  doorway  accords  with  the 
ordinary  place  of  that  well-known 
emblem.  Indeed,  this  is  not  the  only 
instance  of  the  adoption  of  old  devices 
by  the  early  Egyptian  Christians  ;  the 
tea,  or  sign  of  life,  was  commonly 
used  to  head  their  inscriptions,  instead 
of  the  cross ;  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  the  disc  or  globe  of  the  gods 
gave  rise  to  the  glory  over  the  heads 
of  saints;  who  were  frequently 
painted  on  a  coat  of  stucco,  that 
alone  separatedi  them  from  the  deities 
to  whose  temples  they  succeeded. 
Nor  were  the  Christians  of  Egypt 
singular  in  the  admission  of  emblems, 
borrowed  from  their  Pagan  predeces- 
sors ;  another  religion,  equally  averse 
to  the  superstitions  of  antiquity,  has 
been  unable  to  prevent  their  adoption, 
even  at  a  much  later  period ;  and  the 
serpent  of  Shekh  Hereedee  still  claims 
the  respect,  if  not  the  worship,  of  the 
Egyptian  Moslem.  We  may,  tliere- 
fore,  readily  believe  that  in  tJie  time 
of  Origen,  it  was  rare  to  meet  with 
an  Egyptian  who  had  surmounted 
his  early  prejudices  in  favour  of  the 
sacred  animals  of  his  country. 

Besides  the  Coptic  community,  is 
a  Greek  convent,  within  the  precincts 
of  this  ancient  fortress,  and  numerous 
Moslems  have  opened  shops  in  its 
narrow  streets,  living  in  perfect  bar- 
mony  with  their  religious  adversaries. 


Among  other  objects  shown  by  the 
priests  of  the  Greek  convent,  is  the 
chamber  of  the  Virgin,  the  traditions 
concerning  which  are  treated  by  the 
credulous  with  the  same  pious  feel- 
ings  as  the  tree  and  fountain  of  He- 
liopolis.  Here  it  was,  in  the  garden  of 
the  Greek  convent,  that  those  English 
who  died  in  Cairo  were  permitted  to 
be  buried ;  their  tombs  being  hired, 
rather  than  bought,  from  the  priests ; 
who,  finding  that  more  money  and 
room  were  to  be  obtained  by  remov- 
ing the  bones,  were  not  long  in  pre^ 
paring  the  same  spots  for  other  oc- 
cupants. There  is  reason  therefore 
to  rejoice  that  a  subscription  for  an 
English  burial-ground  is  now  opened ; 
and  though  donations  are  much 
wanted,  we  may  hope  that  in  a  short 
time  it  will  no  longer  be  necessary  to 
borrow  tombs  from  the  monks  of  Old 
Cairo. 

Two  other  convents  stand  to  the 
N. ;  one  between  this  and  the  mosk 
of  Amer,  which  is  occupied  by  Ca- 
tholic Armenians  and  Syrian  Maro- 
nites  ;  tlie  other  to  the  N.  of  the  mosk, 
belonging  to  the  Copts. 

Strabo  mentions  the  station  or  for- 
tress at  Babyltm,  *'  in  which  one  of 
the  three  iioman  legions  was  quar- 
tered, which  formed  the  garrison  of 
Egypt.**  This  Babylon  he  describes 
as  a  castle  fortified  by  nature,  founded 
by  some  Babylonians,  who,  having 
left  their  country,  obtained  from  the 
Egyptian  kings  a  dwelling-place  in. 
this  spot.  His  statement,  however, 
of  its  being  fortified  by  nature,  scarcely 
agrees  with  the  Ka&r  e*  Sbemma,  un- 
less (which  is  very  possible)  the 
mounds  of  rubbish  have  raised  the  soil 
about  it,  and  concealed  its  once  ele- 
vated base ;  though  the  ridge  of  hill 
it  occupied  by  the  river,  where  hy- 
draulic machines  raised  the  Nile 
water  for  its  supply,  seems  to  accord 
with  the  description  of  its  site  given 
by  Arab  writers,  who  state,  that  when 
taken  by  the  Saracens  the  river  flowed 
near  its  walls.  At  all  events,  it  is 
evidently  a  Roman  station,  and  pro- 


Egypt. 


OLD  CAIRO. 


159 


bably  the  very  ooe  that  existed  in  the 
days  of  the  geographer,  judging  both 
from  its  style  of  building  and  from 
the  little  likelihood  of  their  forsaking 
a  place  "  fortified  by  nature  '*  for  an- 
other ;  and  no  vestiges  of  any  other 
Roman  ruin  are  to  be  met  with  in 
the  neighbourhood. 

These  Babylonians,  according  to 
Diodorus,  were  descendants  of  cap« 
lives  taken  by  Sesostris:  some  sup- 
pose them  to  have  been  left  by  Se- 
miramis  in  Egypt;  and  others  say 
the  town  was  not  founded  until  the 
time  of  Cambysesu  Some,  again,  pre- 
tend that  the  fort  was  first  built  by 
Artaxerxes,  while  Egypt  was  in  the 
possession  of  the  Persians.  Strabo 
asserts  that  these  Babylonians  wor- 
shipped the  Cynocephalus,  which 
throws  great  doubt  upon  his  assertion 
of  the  town  having  been  founded  by 
foreigners,  and  would  rather  lead  to 
the  conclusion  that  it  was  Egyptian  ; 
for  it  is  more  probable  that  those 
strangers  were  allowed  to  live  there, 
as  the  Franks  now  a^e  in  a  quarter 
of  a  Turkish  city,  than  that  they  were 
presented  by  the  kings  with  a  strong 
position  for  the  erection  of  a  fortress. 

The  mosk  of  Amer  is  of  square 
form,  as  were  all  the  early  mosks,  ex- 
cept those  which  bad  been  originally 
churches  * ;  and  it  is  somewhat  simi- 
lar in  plan  to  the  mo&k  of  Taylo6o, 
with  colonnades  round  an  open  court. 
At  the  west  end  is  a  single  line  of 
columns;  at  the  two  sides  they  are 
three  deep,  and  at  the  east  end  in  six 
rows,  the  total  amounting  to  no  less 
than  229  or  2S0,  two  being  covered 
with  masonry.  Others  are  also  built 
into  the  outer  wall,  to  support  the 
dUtkeh  or  platform  of  the  mdeddins 
and  the  octagon  in  the  centre  of  the 
open  court  is  surrounded  by  eight 
columns.  Many  have  fallen  down, 
and  time  and  neglect  will  soon  cause 
the  destruction  of  the  whole  building. 
It  has  three  doors  on  the  east  side, 
over   the  southernmost  of  which  is  a 


minaret,  and  another  at  the  southeast 
corner. 

At  that  early  time  the  Arabs  were 
contented  with  bumble  imitations 
of  Roman  architecture,  and  round 
arches,  with  small  round-headed  win- 
dows, were  introduced  into  all  their 
sacred  buildings.  Here,  therefore, 
we  find  that  the  arches  are  all  round, 
except  in  some  parts  more  recently 
added;  and  the  small  portion  that 
remains  of  the  original  structure  su^ 
fices  to  show  how  simple  Saracenic 
architecture  was  at  its  commencement. 

The   mosk   has  undergone  several 
repairs,   and  in   Murad  Bey*s  time, 
who  was  the  last  restorer  of  its  crumb- 
ling walls,  some   Cufic  MSS.   were 
discovered,  while  excavating  the  sub- 
structions, written  on  the  finest  parch- 
ment.    The  origin  of  their  discovery, 
and  the  cause  of  these  repairs,   are 
thus  related^ by  M.  Marcel :  **  Murad 
Bey  being  destitute  of  the  means  of 
carrying  on  the  war  against  his  rival 
Ibrahim,  sought  to  replenish  his  cof- 
lers  by  levying  a  large  sum  from  the 
Jews  of  Cairo.     To  escape  from  his 
exactions,  they  bad  recourse  to  stra- 
tagem.     After  assuring  him  they  had 
not  a  single  para,  they  promised,  on 
condition  of  abstaining  from  his  de- 
mands,   to    reveal    a    secret    which 
would    make   him   possessor    of^im* 
uiense  wealth.     His  word  was  given, 
and  they   assured  him   that    certain 
archives  mentioned  a  large  iron  chest, 
deposited  in  the  mosk  of  Amer,  either 
by  its  founder  or  by  one  of  his  sue* 
cessora  in  the  government  of  Egypt, 
which     was    filled    with    invaluable 
treasure.     Murad  Bey  went  immedi- 
ately to  the  mosk,  and,  under  tlie  plea 
of  repairs,  excavated    the  spot  indi- 
cated  by    his  informants,  where,  in 
fact,  he  found  a  secret  underground 
chamber,   containing   an  iron   chest, 
half  destroyed  by  rust,  and  full — not 
of  gold  —  but  of  manuscript  leaves 
of  the  Koran,  on  vellum  of  a  beau- 
tiful quality,   written   in  fine   Cufic 


•  This  never  was  a  church,  as  some  have  imagined.^ 


160 


CAIBO.  —  EXCURSION  1. 


Sect.n. 


characters.'*  This  treasure  was  not 
one  to  satisfy  the  cupidity  of  the 
Memlook  Bey,  and  it  was  left  to  the 
shekh  of  the  mosk,  by  whom  it  was 
sold  to  different  individuals. 

Tradition  has  not  been  idle  here; 
and  the  credulous  believe  that  an  an- 
cient  prophecy  foretells  the  downfall 
of  Moslem  power,  whenever  this 
mosk  shall  fall  to  decay;  and  two 
columns  placed  10  inches  apart,  near 
the  southernmost  door,  are  said  to 
discover  tlie  faith  of  him  who  tries 
to  pass  between  them,  no  one  but  a 
true  believer  in  the  Koran  and  the 
Prophet  being  supposed  to  succeed 
in  the  attempt.  When  all  but  Mos- 
lems were  excluded  from  the  mosks, 
the  truth  of  this  was  of  course  never 
called  in  question ;  and  now  that  the 
profane  are  admitted,  the  desecration 
of  the  building  is  .readily  believed  to 
cause  the  failure  of  the  charm. 

b.    MXLOMKTBR    AND    ISLAND    OF    KODA. 

In  the  island  of  Roda,  opposite  Old 
Cairo,  is  the  Me][keeis  or  Nilometer. 
It  consists  of  a  square  well  or  cham- 
ber, in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  gradu- 
ated pillar,  for  the  purpose  of  ascer- 
taining the  daily  rise  of  the  Nile. 
This  is  proclaimed  ever^  morning  in 
the  streets  of  the  capiul,  during"  the 
inundation,  by  four  criers,  to  each  of 
whom  a  particular  portion  of  the  city 
is  assigned. 

The  Mekkee&s  was  formerly  sur- 
mounted by  a  dome,  which  is  said  to 
have  borne  a  Cufic  inscription,  and  a 
date  answering  to  848  of  our  era.  Its 
erection  is  attributed  to  the  Caliph 
Mam6on,  who  reigned  from  813  to 
833 ;  but  if  the  above  date  be  correct, 
it  is  probable  that  the  dome  was  not 
added  until  the  time  of  £1  Mota- 
wuklLel-al- Allah,  his  third  succes- 
sor, who  ruled  from  847  to  861.  In 
the  year  of  the  Hegira  245  (a,  d. 
860)  tliis  MoUwuk'kel,  tenth  caliph 
of  the  Abbaside  dynasty,  is  said  to 
have  made  a  new  Nilometer  in  the 
Isle  of  Roda,  which  some  suppose  to 
be  the  one  used  at  the  present  day ; 


and  this  account  seems  to  be  con- 
firmed by  the  date  above  mentioned. 
It  afterwards  underwent  some  repairs 
in  the  time  of  Mostunser  Bill&h,  the 
fifth  of  the  Fatemite  princes  of  Egypt, 
A.  D.  1092.  But  the  first  who  built 
a  Nilometer  at  Roda  was  Soolayman, 
seventh  caliph  of  the  Ommiade 
dynasty,  who  reigned  from  a.  d.  714 
to  717  ;  and  this  was  afterwards  re- 
placed by  the  more  perfect  work  of 
his  successors. 

Round  the  upper  part  of  the  cham- 
ber is  a  Cufic  inscription,  of  an  ancient 
character,  but  without  a  date ;  in  the 
vain  hope  of  ascertaining  which  I  re> 
moved  the  upper  part  of  the  staircase 
in  1 882.  It  contains  passages  from 
the  Koran,  relating  to  the  "water 
sent  by  God  from  heaven,**  which 
show  the  received  opinion  of  the  causes 
of  the  inundation,  first  alluded  to  by 
Homer  in  the  expression  Aurcrcor 
voTttfwio  applied  to  the  Nile,  and 
occasionally  discarded  and  re-admitted 
by  succeeding  authors  till  a  very  late 
period.  The  inscription,  however,  is 
not  without  its  interest  for  architec- 
tural inquiry,  though  devoid  of  a  date; 
since  the  style  of  the  Cufic  is  evidently 
of  au  early  period,  corresponding  to 
that  used  at  the  time  of  its  reputed 
erection,  tlie  middle  of  the  9lh  cen- 
tury ;  and  as  the  arches  are  all  pointed, 
we  have  here  another  proof,  of  the 
early  use  of  that  form  of  arch  in  Sara- 
cenic buildings. 

The  dome  has  long  since  ceased  to 
exist,  having '  been  thrown  down  by 
accident;  and  its  fallen  blocks  still 
encumber  the  chamber,  or  well,  at  the 
base  of  the  graduated  column.  It  is 
this  irregular  mass  that  prevents  our 
ascertaining  the  exact  height  of  the 
column  ;  and  besides  at  the  low  Nile, 
when  the  Nilometer  is  said  to  be 
cleared  out,  a  great  quantity  of  the 
alluvial  deposit  is  always  left  at  its 
base,  to  the  depth,  as  is  reported,  of 
about  five  feet. 

Much  diflSculty  has  arisen  from  the 
various  accounts  given  of  the  rise  of 
the  inundation.  In  the  time  of  Moeris, 


Egypt. 


KILOMETEB. 


161 


according  to  Herodotus,  8  cubits 
sufficed  for  the  irrigation  of  the  land 
of  £g]rpt ;  and  900  years  afterwards, 
in  the  time  of  the  historian,  15  or  16, 
which  would  give  between  7  and  8 
cubits  for  the  increase  of  the  height  of 
the  land  during  that  period.  But  \m 
this  is  impossible,  we  must  either  con- 
clude that  he  has  confounded  the 
measures  of  diflferent  parts  of  Egypt, 
or  that  in  one  case  the  rise  is  calculated 
from  the  surface,  and  in  the  other  fVom 
the  bed  of  the  river.  Sixteen  cubits 
were  marked  for  the  rise  of  the  Nile, 
on  the  statue  of  that  deity  at  Rome, 
which  implies  no  alteration  since  the 
days  of  Herodotus,  so  that  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  average  rise  of  the  river 
remained  the  same :  and  this  is  further 
testiSed  by  the  fact  that,  in  the  fourth 
century,  15  cubits  were  recorded  by 
the  Emperor  Justinian,  as  the  height 
of  the  inundation.  lu  1720, 16  cubits 
were  again  cited  as  the  requisite  height 
for  irrigating  the  land,  and  the  people 
were  then  said  to  make  rejoicings, 
and  to  consider  the  wuffa  AUak  or 
**  promise  of  God,"  to  be  fulfilled. 
Pliny  also  allows  1 6  for  an  abundant 
harvest,  and  Plutarch  gives  1 4  as  the 
least  rise  capable  of  producing  benefit 
to  tl^  country  about  Memphis,  20  at 
Elephantine,  and  six  at  Xois  and 
Mendes. 

It  is  calculated  that  the  pillar  of 
the  Mekkeeds  contains  24  cubits,  a 
number  which  implies  completion, 
and  which  may  be  purely  ideal,  not 
being  affixed  to  the  scale  marked 
upon  it.  And  as  each  of  these  diri- 
sioQs  or  cubits  consists  of  24  digits 
or  6  palms,  and  is  21fg  inches 
long,  it  is  exceedingly  improbable 
that  so  slender  a  column  should  ex- 
ceed the  height  of  1 6  cubits,  which 
would  be  about  18  diameters.  Po- 
cocke  is  of  the  same  opinion.  He 
aupposes  *'  there  could  not  be  above  5 
or  6  peeks  (cubits)  below  the  1 1  he 
■aw  above  water  *'  in  1 738 ;  though 
one  writer  gives  36  feet  8  inches  for 
the  height  of  the  column ;  and  says 
the  column  is  divided  into  20  peeks 


of  22  inches  each.  By  his  accoant 
the  two  lowermost  peeks  are  not 
divided  at  all,  but  are  without  mark, 
to  stand  for  the  quantity  of  sludge 
deposited  there,  which  occupies  the 
place  of  water:  2  peeks  are  then 
divided  on  the  right  hand  into  24 
digits  each ;  then  on  the  left  4  peeks, 
each  into  24  digits ;  then  on  the  right 
4 ;  and  on  the  left  4  again ;  and 
again  4  on  the  right,  which  complete 
the  number  of  18  peeks  from  the  first 
division  marked  on  the  pillar;  the 
whole,  marked  and  unmarked,  amount- 
ing to  36  feet  8  inches. 

It  is  perhaps  seldom  that  travel lers 
are  in  Cairo  at  the  beginning  of  June, 
or  the  end  of  May ;  but  if  so,  it 
would  be  worth  while  to  ascertain 
the  exact  height  of  tlie  column  at 
that  time,  when  the  water  is  at  its 
lowest. 

Since  writing  the  above,  I  have 
seen  Mr.  Coste*s  architectural  views 
and  plans  of  the  buildings  of  Cairo, 
from  which  it  appears  that  the  column 
has,  as  I  supposed,  only  16  cubits 
from  the  base  to  the  capital.  The 
cubit  he  reckons  at  541 1  millimetres, 
and  the  cubit  of  Cairo  being  equal  to 
361  millimetres,  24  of  the  latter  are 
equal  to  the  16  of  the  column.  The 
«  D^ription  de  TEgypte**  gives  the 
same  number  of  1 6  cubits  above  the 
pedestal.  The  six  lowest  are  se- 
parated by  a  line,  but  not  divided  into 
digits,  like  the  remaining  10  at  the  top 
of  the  column. 

Some  have  stated  that  the  cubits 
are  of  different  lengths,  but  this  is  not 
the  case :  though  it  is  certain  that  no 
accurate  calculation  can  be  obtained 
from  a  column,  which  has  been  broken, 
and  repaired  in  such  a  manner,  that 
one  of  the  cubits  remains  incomplete; 
<nd  it  is  evident  that  the  number  of 
cubits  of  the  river's  rise,  as  calculated 
at  the  time  of  its  erection,  must  diflTer 
much  from  that  marked  by  it  at  the 
present  day ;  the  elevation  of  the  bed 
of  the  Nile  having  altered  the  relative 
proportion  of  the  rise  of  the  water, 
which  now  passes  about  one  cubit  and 


162 


CAmO.  —  EXCURSION  1 . 


Sect.  II. 


tiro-tbirds  above  the  higheit  part  of 
the  column. 

According  to  the  Cairenes,  the 
Nile  is  supposed  to  have  risen  18 
cubits  when  the  canals  are  cut,  whicli 
is  called  Wuffa  el  Bahr.  After  this 
the  criers  call  2  from  18,  to  23  from 
18,  then  19>  and  so  <» ;  but  no  one 
believes  they  state  the  rise  of  the  river 
correctly.  The  lowest  inundation  is 
reckoned  at  18;  19  is  tolerable  (me- 
n6»eb)t  20  good,  21  sufficient,  22 
fills  every  canal,  and  is  termed  perfect 
{tem&m),  but  24  would  overwhelm 
every  thing,  and  do  great  injury  to 
the  country. 

It  appears  that  the  discordant  ac- 
counts of  the  rise  of  the  river,  and  of 
the  Nilometer,  are  owing  to  the  base 
or  standard  level,  from  which  the  in- 
undation is  measured,  having  varied 
at  different  times,  or  to  their  not 
having  taken  into  consideration  the 
elevation  of  the  bed  of  the  river ;  and 
we  may  conclude  that  the  water  now 
rises  exactly  to  the  same  proportionate 
level  as  formerly,  and  will  continue 
to  do  so  for  ages  to  come.  M.  Savary, 
M.  Dolomieu,  and  other  iavatu,  have 
long  since  announced  the  miseries 
that  await  Egypt,  from  the  accumu- 
lating deposit  of  the  Nile,  and  the 
consequent  rise  of  the  soil.  M.  Dolo- 
mieu has  decided  that,  owing  to  the 
decomposition  of  the  granite  moun- 
tains, by  whose  summits  the  clouds 
are  retained,  which  pour  down  the 
torrents  that  supply  tlie  Nile,  the  rise 
of  this  river  has  already  diminished  : 
M.  Savary  states,  that  the  villages  of 
the  Delta  no  longer  present  the  ap- 
pearance of  islands  in  the  sea,  as 
Herodotus  had  observed  in  his  time : 
and  M.  Larcher  concludes,  that  if  the 
soil  has  risen,  the  water  must  cover 
a  less  extent  of  land.  M.  Dolomieu 
must  allow  a  considerable  time  for  the 
effect  he  proposes:  and  even  admitting 
a  diminution  in  the  height  of  those 
mountains,  in  some  thousand  years, 
the  rainy  season  will  afford  as  large 
a  supply  of  water  as  ever,  the  rtUUivt 
positions  and  heighto  remaining  the 


same.  M.  Savary'a  notion  it  only 
founded  on  ih^faet,  that  he  never  saw 
the  Delta  as  Herodotus  describes  it ; 
but  many  travellers  at  the  present 
day  have  been  more  fortunate.  Such 
theories  are  completely  overthrown 
by  the  actual  rise  of  the  Nile  over  a 
plain  raised  about  seven  feet  in  the 
last  1 7(30  yean :  and  every  one  will 
perceive  that  this  perpendicular  height 
of  seven  feet  must  carry  the  water  in 
a  horizontal  direction  to  a  considerable 
distance  £.  and  W.  over  the  once  un- 
cultivated and  unwatered  slope  of  the 
desert.  In  answer  to  the  assertion 
of  the  learned  Larcher,  that  ''the 
soil  of  Egypt  is  not  higher  now  than 
in  the  time  of  Herodotus,"  I  re- 
fer the  traveller  to  the  statues  of 
Amenoph  at  Thebes.  The  fact  is,  the 
soil  and  the  bed  of  the  Nile  have 
both  risen,  and  in  the  same  propor* 
tion. 

Diodorus  would  seem  to  affirm, 
that  the  first  Nilometer  in  the  time  of 
the  Pharaonic  kings  was  erected  at 
Memphis ;  which  is  repeated  by  Arab 
historians.  Herodotus  speaks  of  the 
measurement  of  the  river's  rise  under 
Moeris,  and  at  the  period  he  visited 
Egypt :  a  Nilometer  is  mentioned  at 
Eilethyas,  of  the  time  of  the  Ptole- 
mies :  that  of  Elephantine  is  described 
by  Strabo:  and  from  the  inscriptions 
remaining  there,  we  know  it  to  have 
been  used  in  the  reigns  of  the  early 
Roman  emperors.  A  moveable  Ni- 
lometer was  preserved  till  the  time  of 
Consuntine,  in  the  temple  of  Sarapis 
at  Alexandria,  and  was  then  transfer- 
red to  a  church  in  that  city,  where  it 
remained  until  restored  to  the  Saim- 
peum  by  Julian.  Theodosius  after- 
wards removed  it  again,  when  that 
building  was  destroyed  by  his  order. 
The  first  Nilometer  built  in  Egypt, 
after  the  Arab  conquest,  is  ascribed 
to  Abd  el  Axe^s,  brother  of  the  Ca- 
liph Abd  el  Melek,  erected  at  Helwin 
about  the  year  700 ;  but  being  found 
not  to  answer  there,  a  new  one  waa 
made  by  SoolaymAn,  son  of  that 
prince,  in  the  Isle  of  Rods.    Mamooa 


Egypt. 


COLLEGE   OF  DERWISHES. 


163 


built  another  at  the  trillage  of  Ben- 
benooda,  in  the  Saeed,  and  repaired 
an  ancient  one  at  Ekbmira.  These 
are  perhaps  the  oldest  constructed  by 
the  Arab  kings  ;  thoueh  Kalkasendas 
pretends  that  Omar  has  a  prior  claim 
to  this  honour. 

Close  to  the  MekkeeiU  is  a  powder 
magazine,  which  some  years  ago  acci- 
dentally blew  up,  and  nearly  destroyed 
all  that  remained  of  the  Nilometer; 
in  consequence  of  which  an  order  is 
always  required  for  the  admission  of 
strangers.  In  the  same  inland  is  the 
garden  of  Ibrahim  Pasha,  commenced 
about  twelre  years  ago  by  Mr.  Trail, 
an  £nglish  gardener  and  botanist, 
sent  out  to  Egypt  by  the  Horti- 
cultural Society ;  and  though  the 
inundations  of  1840  and  1841  de- 
stroyed some  thousand  trees,  mostly 
of  India  and  other  foreign  countries, 
it  is  still  in  a  very  flourishing  con- 
dition. 

Roda  was  formerly  the  favourite 
resort  of  the  Cairenes,  who  went  to 
enjoy  the  cool  shades  of  this  pretty 
island;  and  in  1832  I  accompanied 
a  party  to  this  spot,  who  seemed  to 
hare  very  pleasing  recollections  of 
former  visits.  But  the  days  of  simi- 
lar ezcursioiis  are  passed  for  the 
people  of  Cairo;  and  present  cares 
and  constant  anxiety  for  the  morrow 
are  now  substituted  in  lieu  of  occa- 
sional relaxation. 

It  is  here  that  Arab  tradition  fixes 
the  finding  of  Moses  by  the  daughter 
of  Pharaoh,  whose  name,  Josephus 
tells  us,  was  Thermuthis. 

In  the  time  of  the  latter  princes  of 
the  Greek  empire,  Roda  was  joined  to 
the  main  land  by  a  bridge  ot  boats, 
for  the  purpose  of  keeping  up  a  direct 
communication  between  Babylon  and 
Memphis^  which  still  existed  at  the 
period  of  the  Arab  invasion  under 
Amer ;  and  at  a  later  period  the  island 
was  fortified  by  the  Baharite  Mem- 
looks  with  a  wall  and  towers  of  brick, 
some  of  which  still  remain.  Geexeh, 
on  the  opposite  or  western  bank,  was 
also  a  fortified  post  of  the  Memlooks. 


KASa    XL   AIMKX,   ANB   COLLKOX   OF 
DXaWUHXS. 

Close  to  Old  Cairo  stands  the 
aqueduct,  already  mentioned.  On 
returning  thence  to  Cairo,  you  pass 
by  the  Kasr  el  Ainee,  one  of  the 
colleges  or  schools  established  by 
Mohammed  Ali,  and  the  Kasr  or 
palace  of  Ibrahim  Pasha ;  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  which  has  been  greatly 
improved  within  the  last  ten  years,  by 
the  planting  of  trees,  the  removal  of 
mounds  of  rubbish,  and  the  formation 
of  roads  by  which  it  is  approached. 

Near  Kasr  el  Ainee  is  the  college 
of  derwishes,  mentioned  by  Pococke. 
The  derwishes  are  both  the  monks 
and  the  freemasons  of  the  East.  I'hey 
profess  great  sanctity,  and  a  scru- 
pulous observance  of  religious  duties, 
but  without  looking  down  upon  other 
religions,  or  reriling  those  who  are 
of  a  different  creed,  in  which  they  may 
be  said  to  follow  these  injunctions  of 
the  Koran,  <*  We  liave  prescribed  to 
each  people  their  sacred  rites.  Let 
them  observe  them,  and  not  wrangle 
with    thee    concerning    this   matter. 

If  they  dispute  with  thee,  say, 

'  God  knoweth  your  actions;  God 
will  judge  between  you.*  *'  They  are 
divided  into  innumerable  sects,  or 
orders,  the  principal  and  original  of 
which  are  the  twelve  following  :  — 

1.  Tar^kh.t  el  Mowloweeh,  the 
largest  of  all,  and  the  first  instituted. 
It  originated  in  Persia,  and,  like  the 
others,  looks  with  particular  respect 
on  Ali.  The  founder  was  Gelal  e' 
deen ;  and  his  descendants,  settled  at 
Konieh,  under  the  titles  of  Mowlina, 
and  Shellebee  EfTendec,  still  claim  the 
right  of  investing  every  new  sultan 
with  the  sword  of  sovereignly.  This 
is  the  principal  order  in  Turkey. 
It  was  instituted  in  the  middle  of 
the  seventh  century. 

2.  BiktiUhee  or  Tar^ekh-t  el  Bik- 
tash^h.  This,  the  Rufadeh,  and  some 
others,  were  also  instituted  during  the 
lifetime  of  the  founder  of  the  first 
order. 


164 


CAIRO. — EXCURSION    1. 


Sect.  n. 


S.  Tar6ekh.t  e'  Rufa&li. 

4.  Tareekh-t  e'  Nuksh-band^eh. 

5.  Tar6ekh.t  AImI  el  Kader  Gay- 
lad^eh. 

6.  Tar6ekh.t  e*  ISuUl^b,the  modem 
Psylli  of  Egypt 

7.  Tar6ekb.t  el  Kudr^eh. 

8.  Tar^ekh-t  el  Allaw^eh. 

9.  Tar^ekh-t  e*  Dellal^eh. 

10.  Tar^ekh-t    el    Beddow^'eh,    of 
Sayd  Ahmed  el  Beddowee  of  Tanta. 

11.  Tar^kh.t  e' ShasaUeh. 

12.  Tai^ekh-t  el  Byoom^eh. 
Some  only  of  the  above-mentioned 

twelve  orders  exist  in  Egypt :  as, 

1.  The  Mowlow^eh,  whose  college 
or  tag^a  is  at  the  Sele^beb,  near  the 
Seeoof^eb.  They  are  whirling  der- 
wisbes. 

2.  The  Rufa^eby  who  have  a  col- 
lege in  the  Soog  e*  Sill&h,  opposite 
the  roosk  of  Sultan  Hassan. 

3.  The  Biktash^eb,  whose  college 
is  at  the  Maghira,  near  the  fort  be- 
hind the  citadel  of  Cairo. 

4.  The  Saad^eb,  in  many  parts  of 
the  city.  They  perfornt  the  ceremo- 
nies at  the  dSseh,  on  the  last  day  of 
the  Prophet's  festival,  tearing  snakes 
to  pieces,  and  doing  other  strange 
feats. 

5.  The  Kudr^eb,  who  have  colleges 
in  many  parts  of  Cairo,  besides  that 
of  Old  Cairo  already  mentioned. 

6.  The  Beddow^eb,  who  have  also 
many  colleges.  It  is  this  order  which 
performs  the  ceremonies  at  the  Mooled 
e*  Nebbee,  or  ««  Prophet's  birth-day,*' 
held  in  the  Uxbek^eh,  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  month  of  Reb^h  el  owel ; 
those  of  the  last  day  ( Friday)  alone 
being  committed  to  the  Saad^b. 

7.  The  Byoom^eb,  whose  principal 
college  is  in  the  Hossayn^eb.  They 
are  distinguished  by  long  hair. 

Marriage  is  not  forbidden  to  the 
derwtfthes,  unless  they  have  once  taken 
the  vow  of  celibacy,  when  they  are 
called  Megurr%id,  and  are  expected 
to  lead  an  austere  and  exemplary 
life. 

The  derwisbes  arc  distinguished  by 
their  high  caps,  the  large  amulet  they 


wear,  generally  of  agate,  and  a  pecu- 
liar dress,  at  least  when  belonging  to 
a  college  of  their  order;  but  others 
bear  no  external  mark,  and  are  only 
known  to  each  other,  like  freemasons, 
by  certain  secret  signs. 

At  the  Mooled  el  Hassanin,  all  the 
derwisbes  of  Cairo  perform  zikrt,  on  a 
particular  day  assigned  to  each  sect, 
except  the  Mowlow^h,  who  are  only 
permitted  by  their  rules  to  celebrate 
this  strange  ceremony  within  the  walls 
of  their  own  college.  One  or  two  in- 
dividuals may,  however,  assist  at  the 
fite^  and  whirl  round,  as  is  their  cus- 
tom, but  witliout  the  pipes,  drums, 
and  other  concomitants,  which,  in  the 
zikrt  within  their  own  college,  are  a 
necessaiy  part  of  the  performance. 
In  turning,  they  always  hold  the 
right  band  with  the  palm  upwards  and 
the  left  downwards;  the  reason  of 
which  is,  doubtless,  as  full  of  religious 
wisdom  as  their  laying  the  spoon  up- 
side down  after  eating,  and  other 
mysterious  customs.  In  their  zikr, 
all  those  who  are  present  whirl  round 
at  the  same  time,  the  shekh  alone 
standing  still ;  and  such  is  the  merit 
of  the  union  of  many,  on  this  occa- 
sion, that  unless  four  are  present, 
the  ceremony  cannot  be  performed. 

The  dancing  derwisbes  are  said  not 
to  exist  in  Egypt,  but  the  Rufaeeh 
and  Saad^eh  have  nearly  I  be  same 
kind  of  gesture ;  and  the  Nuksh- 
band^eh  dance  together  in  a  circle. 

The  college  of  derwisbes  at  Old 
Cairo  originally  belonged  to  the  Bikta- 
sh^eh,  having  been  founded  by  one  of 
that  order ;  but  the  shekh  having 
died,  and  the  college  standing  on 
ground  claimed  by  Ibrahim  Pasha, 
the  latter  transferred  it  to  one  of  the 
Kudr^eb,  who  had  accompanied  him 
from  the  Morea ;  and  thus  this  order 
came  into  possession  of  a  college  pro- 
perly belonging  to  another  sect. 
Whether  this  grant  was  according  to 
justice  or  no  I  know  not;  but  pre- 
judice and  fancy  were  not  long  in  dis- 
covering a  direct  proof  <^  the  displea- 
sure of  Allah  (which,  they  add,  was 


Egypt. 


COLLEGE   OF  DERWISHES. 


16d 


greatly  increased  by  the  new  shekh 
having  cut  down  a  sycamore  tree 
"entailed**  upon  the  college,  and 
therefore  revered  as  sacred)  ;  and  the 
devoted  man  was  msractifous/y  killed 
by  a  cannon  ball  in  Syria,  whither  he 
had  accompanied  his  patron.  His 
brother  succeeded  him  as  principal  of 
the  college. 

Like  the  other  derwishes,  they  have 
a  particular  day  set  apart  for  their  zikr, 
which  is  performed  once  a  week.  The 
day  varies  according  to  the  sect; 
that  of  the  Kudr6eh  is  Thursday, 
and  the  zikr  is  celebrated  in  the  dome 
or  mosk;  when  numerous  furs  are 
spread  on  the  ground,  and  arms, 
banners,  drums,  and  other  things  kept 
there,  are  used  in  the  ceremony. 

They  here  show  the  shoe  of  the 
founder  of  the  building,  which  is  of 
immense  stxe.  This  precious  relic 
was  formerly  placed  over  the  door  of 
the  dome,  and  exposed  to  the  view  of 
all  who  entered ;  but  it  is  now  kept 
in  a  closet,  and  only  produced  when 
asked  for.  A  friend  of  mine,  who  had 
been  there  many  years  ago,  observed, 
that  the  shoe  was  much  smaller  than 
the  one  he  had  before  seen ;  and  it  is 
probable,  as  he  suggested,  tliat  the  der> 
wishes,  perceiving  tlie  more  enlarged 
ideas  of  the  present  age,  had  thought 
it  prudent  to  limit  their  pretensions  in 
the  marvellous,  by  decreasing  its  size 
in  a  suitable  ratio  to  the  decrease  of 
credulity.  Its  position,  too,  in  a  closet 
may  have  the  double  effect  of  season- 
ing it  with  the  mouldy  appearance  of 
age,  and  of  concealing  it  from  those 
who  have  not  the  curiosity  to  ask  to 
see  it.  Pococke,  who  visited  the  place 
in  1737,  speaks  of  the  curious  relics 
preserved  by  these  strange  beings. 

The  largest  convent  of  derwishes  is 
at  Cairo,  in  the  street  called  Hab- 
baneeh,  near  the  Derb  el  Ahmar,  built 
in  1174,  under  the  reign  of  Sultan 
Seliro,  by  Mustapha  agha,  his  wekid; 
views  of  which  are  given  in  M.  Caste's 
work. 

The  Kasr  Dubarra  was  built  by 
Mohammed   Bey   Defkerdar,  at   tlie 


same  time  as  the  palace  in  the  Uzbe* 
k^eh,  on  his  return  from  Kordofiin. 
It  contains  two  good  rooms,  with  a 
spacious  colonnade  opening  upon  a 
garden,  which  gives  it  a  pretty  and 
truly  Oriental  appearance.  In  the 
garden  are. two  large  sycamore  6g-  trees 
overshadowing afountain,  with  benches 
in  an  open  kwak  that  encloses  it,  which, 
in  summer,  is  a  delightful  evening  re- 
treat. It  has  a  very  Eastern  character, 
heightened  by  a  happy  contrivance, 
through  which  an  artificial  shower  is 
made  to  fall  from  above  on  all  sides 
of  the  kiosk,  pipes  being  carried  up 
the  trees  and  concealed  among  the 
branches ;  but  it  is  to  be  regretted, 
that  those  who  executed  this  not  in- 
elegant design,  have  not  done  justice 
to  the  idea  that  suggested  it.  In  the 
Kasr  Dubarra,  as  in  many  other 
things,  the  Defterdar  certainly  showed 
considerable  taste;  and  had  his  dis- 
position been  equal  to  bis  talents,  he 
might  have  lived  beloved,  and  have 
died  regretted  by  all  classes.    * 

The  Pasha  has  now  fitted  up  this 
palace  for  his  hareem,  and  has  fur- 
nished the  rooms,  partly  in  the 
Turkish,  and  partly  in  the  European 
style,  in  the  ho))e8  of  combining  what 
is  most  suitable  in  those  two  opposite 
tastes.  Diwans,  walls  painted  by  Greeks 
in  the  manner  of  Constantinople, 
fountains,  and  niches,  are  united  with 
chairs,  tables,  sofas,  mirrors,  curtains, 
French  windows,  and  chandeliers ; 
and  ottomans  are  there,  with  this 
supposed  Turkish  name,  showing 
how  strangely  Europeans  fancy  they 
adopt  a  Turkish  piece  of  furniture, 
which,  unknown  in  the  East,  is 
obliged  to  retain  its  European  name 
in  rooms,  whence  it  is  supposed  to 
have  derived  its  origin.  The  arrange- 
ment of  colours  in  the  furniture  is  by 
no  means  happy,  and  the  frightful 
taste  of  Greek  painting  ill  accords 
with  European  hangings.  The  ceil- 
ings are  very  inferior  to  those  usually 
met  with  in  Turkish  palaces;  and 
there  is  an  inconsistent  mixture  of 
wood  and   marble.      The   windows 


166 


CAIRO. — EXCURSION  2. 


Sect.  11. 


are  double,  to  exclude  the  dust  of 
Egypt,  but  without  success.  Up- 
stairs is  a  boudoir,  which,  had  the  walls 
been  differently  painted,  would  have 
been  pretty.  However,  there  is 
enough  in  this  to  show  that  the  two 
styles  may  be  combined ;  for  which 
the  first  step  would  be  the  substitu- 
tion of  panels  in  frescoes,  used  in 
some  of  our  modem  houses,  for  the 
Greek  monstrosities.  The  prettiest 
part  is  the  colonnade,  which  is  lighted 
at  night  by  two  English  chandeliers, 
of  very  elegant  shape. 

xxcuasioK  2.  — a,  heliopolis.  — 

MATARUH. 

The  ride  from  Cairo  to  Matar^eh, 
near  which  are  the  mounds  of  Heli- 
opolis  and  the  obelisk  of  Osirtasen  I., 
occupies  about  two  hours.  A  little 
beyond  tbe  Dimerdish,  to  the  right  of 
the  road,  on  the  edge  of  the  moun- 
tains, are  the  mosk  and  totrib  of  the 
welUkn'Own  Melek  Adel,  *ca1I^  «! 
Adleeh.  It  is  now  nearly  destroyed, 
the*  dome  alone  remaining,  which  is 
curious  and  richly  wrought. 

The  last  tomb,  after  passing  the 
Dimerd^sh,  has  a  dome  very  richly 
ornamented  inside ;  and  beyond  this, 
about  half-way  between  the  gate 
(Bah  e*  Nusr)  and  Heliopolis,  is  the 
Kobbet  el  Ghoree,  the  tomb  of  that 
king. 

The  ride  to  Matareeh  is  pretty,  and 
the  latter  part  is  well  planted  with 
trees.  In  a  field  to  the  left  of  the 
road,  a  little  before  reaching  Ma- 
tareeh, are  some  very  large  blocks, 
which  some  suppose  to  be  capitals  of 
columns. 

Heliopolis  is  a  little  beyond  that 
Tillage.  It  is  sufficiently  known  from 
a  distance  by  its  obelisk.  Tradition 
speaks  of  another,  which  formerly 
stood  opposite  this,  and  which  was 
doubtless  of  the  same  Pharaoh ;  and 
we  may  readily  credit  it,  as  it  was  cus- 
tomary for  the  Egyptians  to  place 
them  in  pairs  at  the  entrance  of  their 
temples.     Before    them    appears   to 


have  been  an  avenue  of  sphinxes, 
which  probably  extended  to  the  north- 
west gate  of  the  city,  fragments  of 
which  may  still  be  seen  near  tbe 
site  of  that  entrance.  Pococke  men- 
tions, near  tbe  same  spot,  a  sphinx  of 
fine  yellow  marble,  32  feet  long;  "a 
piece  of  tbe  same  kind  of  stone  with 
hieroglyphics ;  and,  1 6  paces  more  to 
the  north,  several  blocks,'*  having  tbe 
appearance  of  sphinxes ;  as  well  as  an- 
other stone  with  hieroglyphics  on  one 
side.  According  to  Strabo,  it  was  by 
one  of  these  avenues  that  you  ap- 
proached the  temple  of  the  sun  of 
Heliopolis,  which  he  describes  as  laid 
out  in  the  ancient  Egyptian  style,  with 
a  dromos  of  sphinxes  before  it,  form- 
ing the  approach  to  the  vestibule. 
And  this  t>eing  the  first  time  I  have 
bad  occasion  to  notice  an  Egyptian 
temple,  I  cannot  do  better  than  in- 
troduce his  description  of  the  general 
plan  of  those  buildings,  which  is  less 
out  of  place  here,  as  he  has  given  it 
in  connection  with  Heliopolis. 

**  At  the  entrance  is  a  pavement, 
one  plethrum  (100  feet)  or  some 
what  less  in  breadth,  and  three  or  four, 
or  even  more,  in  length,  which  is 
called  the  dromos  (course)  ;  and  this 
according,  to  Callimachus,  is  sarred 
to  Anubis.  Throughout  its  whole 
length  are  placed  on  either  side  stone 
sphinxes,  distant  from  each  other  SO 
cubits,  (30  feet),  or  a  little  more  ;  so 
that  one  set  of  them  is  on  the  right, 
the  other  on  the  left  (as  you  pass  up 
the  dromos  to  the  temple).  After 
the  sphinxes,  is  a  large  propylon  ;  and 
when  you  have  proceeded  further  in, 
another  propylon,  and  then  a  third  ; 
but  neither  to  the  propyla  nor  the 
sphinxes  is  there  any  fixed  number, 
these  varying  in  diflTerent  temples,  as 
well  as  the  length  and  breadth  of 
the  dromos.  After  the  propyla  is 
the  temple,  having  a  large  handsome 
portico  (pronaos,  irpo¥ctos)  and  an 
adytum  (s^kos,  <nyirot),  in  proportion 
without  any  statue,  or  at  least  not 
in  the  form  of  a  man,  but  of  some 
animal."     Next  follows    a  not  very 


Egypt. 


HBLIOPOLIS  — MATABl^H. 


167 


intelligible  piece  of  detail.  *'  On 
either  side  of  the  portico  project, 
what  are  called  the  wings ;  they  are 
equal  in  height  to  the  temple  itself, 
and  distant  from  each  other,  at  first  a 
little  more  than  the  breadth  of  the 
base  of  the  temple ;  but  then,  on  pro- 
ceeding forward,  their  lines  curve 
over  towards  each  other,  to  the  extent 
of  50  or  60  cubits.  These  walls 
have  sculptures  of  colossal  figures, 
like  the  works  of  the  Etruscans,  and 
those  of  the  ancient  Greeks.  There 
is  also  a  certain  chamber  supported 
by  columns,  as  in  Memphis,  of  Bar- 
barian character,  for  except  that  the 
columns  are  large  and  numerous, 
and  in  many  rows,  it  has  nothing 
either  graceful  or  elegant  about  it, 
but  is  rather  remarkable  for  a  vain 
display  of  labour." 

The  apex  of  the  obelisk  indicates, 
from  its  shape,  the  addition  of  some 
covering,  probably  of  metal ;  and  the 
form  of  tliat  in  the  Fyoom,  of  the 
same  king,  Osirtasen  I.,  is  equally 
singular.  It  is,  indeed,  not  unusual 
to  find  evidences  of  obelisks  having 
been  ornamented  in  this  manner; 
and  the  apices  of  those  at  Luxor,  as 
well  as  of  the  smaller  obelisk  at 
Karnak,  which  have  a  slight  curve  at 
each  of  their  four  edges,  recede  from 
the  level  of  the  faces,  as  if  lo  leave 
room  for  overlaying  them  with  a 
thin  casing  of  bronze  gilt. 

The  faces  of  the  obelisk  at  Helio- 
polls  mea»ure  at  the  ground  6  feet  1 
inch  on  the  N.  and  S.  ;  6  feet  3 
inches  on  4he  £.  and  W.  ;  and  it  is 
about  62  feet  4  inches  high,  above 
the  level  of  the  ground,  or  68  feet 
2  inches  above  the  ba«e  or  first  pe- 
destal. The  latter  is  2  feet  in  height, 
and  10  feet  4  inches  in  breadth,  pro- 
jecting therefore  about  two  feet  be- 
yond  the  obelisk  on  every  side.  This, 
again,  stands  on  a  larger  pedestal, 
about  19  feet  square,  the  height  of 
which,  owing  to  the  water  at  the  bot- 
tom, I  could  not  ascertain. 

According  to   Strabo    the  city  of 
Heliopolis  stood  on  a  large  mound 


or  raised  site,  before  which  were  lakes 
that  received  the  water  of  the  neigh- 
bouring canals.  It  is  therefore  evi- 
dent how  much  the  Nile  and  the  land 
of  Egypt  have  been  raised  since  his 
time,  as  the  obelisks  are  now  buried 
to  the  depth  of  5  feet  10  inches  (with- 
out reckoning  the  pedestal);  and  as 
he  saw  the  base  of  the  temple  and  the 
pavement  of  iu  dromos,  the  inunda- 
tion could  not  then  have  reached  to  a 
level  with  iu  area.  Part  of  the  loAy 
mounds  may  still  be  seen  in  the  site 
of  the  ancient  houses  of  the  town, 
which  appear  to  have  stood  on  higher 
ground  than  the  temple,  owing  no 
doubt  to  their  foundations  having 
been  raised  from  time  to  time  as  they 
were  rebuilt,  and  no  change  of  eleva- 
tion taking  place  in  the  site  of  the 
temple.  This  continued  in  the  place 
where  its  foundations  had  been  laid 
by  the  first  Osirtasen ;  and  the  same 
was  observed  by  Herodotus,  though 
in  a  much  greater  degree,  in  the 
position  of  the  temple  of  Diana  at 
Bubastis,  « which,  having  remained 
on  the  same  level  where  it  was  first 
built,  while  the  rest  of  the  town  had 
been  raised  on  various  occasions,  was 
seen  by  those  who  walked  round  the 
walls  in  a  hollow  below  them.'* 

That  Strabo  is  fully  justified  in 
speaking  of  the  antiquity  of  the 
Temple  of  the  Sun,  is  proved  by  the 
presence  of  the  name  of  Osirtasen, 
who  reigned  from  the  year  1740  to 
1 696  before  our  era. 

Tliough  small,  Heliopolis  was  a 
town  of  great  celebrity ;  but  it  suf- 
fered considerably  by  the  invasion  of 
Cantbyses.  Many  of  its  obelisks, 
and  probably  other  monuments,  were 
afterwards  taken  away  to  Rome  and 
Alexandria;  and  at  the  time  of  the 
Geographer's  visit  it  had  the  cha- 
racter of  a  deserted  city.  Strabo  also 
saw  *<  some  very  large  houses  where 
the  priv'sts  used  to  live,  that  being  the 
place  to  which  they  particularly  re- 
sorted in  former  times  for  the  study 
of  philosophy  and  astronomy;"  but 
tlie  teachers,  as  well  as  the  sciences 


168 


CAIRO.  —  EXCURSION  2. 


Sect.  n. 


tbey  taught,  were  no  longer  to  be 
found,  and  no  professor  of  any  one 
was  pointed  out  to  him.  Those  only 
who  had  charge  of  the  temple,  and 
who  explained  the  sacred  rites  to 
strangers,  remained  there ;  and  among 
other  lions  to  interest  the  Greek 
traveller,  the  houses  where.  Eudoxus 
and  Plato  had  lived  were  shown, 
these  philosophers  having,  it  is  said, 
remained  thirteen  years  under  the 
tuition  of  the  priests  of  Heliopolis. 
Indeed,  it  ceased  to  be  the  seat  of 
learning  aAer  the  accession  of  the 
Ptolemies,  and  the  schools  of  Alex- 
andria succeeded  to  tlie  ancient  col- 
leges of  that  city. 

The  form  of  Heliopolis,  judging 
from  the  mounds  of  the  wall  of  circuit, 
was  irregular,  and  iu  utmost  extent 
was  only  about  3750  feet,  by  2870. 
The  houses  lay  on  the  north  side, 
covering  a  space  of  575,000  square 
feet,  to  the  south  of  which  stood  the 
Temple  of  the  Sun.  Towards  the 
N.  W.  are  remains  of  the  sphinxes 
above  mentioned,  and  Uie  positions  of 
its  several  gates  may  be  traced  in  the 
apertures  of  the  mounds  that  cover 
its  crude  brick  walls.  It  was  from 
one  of  these  that  a  large  road  led  in 
a  S.  £.  direction,  on  the  desert  aide, 
to  the  Red  Sea  and  a  smaller  one 
crossed  the  hills  of  the  Mokuttum, 
in  a  southerly  direction,  passing  near 
the  petrified  wood  which  has  been 
dignified  by  the  name  of  foreat,  and 
rejoined  the  valley  of  the  Nile  near 
the  modem  village  of  Toora,  a  little 
below  the  ancient  quarries  of  the  Tro- 
jan mountain.  On  a  red  granite  frag- 
ment, lying  some  distance  from  the 
obelisk,  are  the  name  and  mutilated 
figure  of  the  Great  Remeses ;  and 
Mr.  Salt  found  a  pedestal  with  a  bull 
and  Osiris,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
to  the  eastward.  The  bull  Mnevis 
shared  with  Re  or  Phra  the  worship 
of  this  city,  and  was  one  of  the  most 
noted  among  the  sacred  animals  of 
Egypt.  It  was  kept  in  a  particular 
enclosure  set  apart  for  it,  as  for  Apis 
at   Memphis,  and  enjoyed  the  same 


honour  in  the  Heliopolite  as  the  latter 
did  in  the  Memphite  nome. 

The  name  of  the  neighbouring  vil- 
lage Matar^h  is  erroneously  supposed 
to  signify  **  fresh  water,**  and  to  be 
borrowed  from  the  Ain  Shems(*' foun- 
tain of  the  Sun  ** )  of  ancient  times ; 
and  though  in  reality  supplied  like 
the  other  wells  of  Egypt  by  filtration 
from  the  river,  it  is  reput^l  the  only 
real  spring  in  the  valley  of  the  Nile. 
That  the  word  Matar^eh  cannot  sig- 
nify *<  frt»h  water,**  is  evident  from  the 

form  of  the  Arabic  <0  Jb.«  M- tar^eh ; 
for  the  word  Ma,  <<  water,**  should 
be  written  t«,  and  being  masculine, 

would  require  the  adjunct  to  be  iarteg 
and  this -last  is  not  applied  to  water, 
but  to  fruit.  According  to  tlie  Mosaic 
of  Palaestrina,  the  *<  fountain  of  the 
Sun,**  stood  a  short  distance  to  the 
right,  or  £.  of  the  obelisks  before  the 
temple. 

The  ancient  Egyptian  name  of 
Heliopolis  was  in  hieroglyphics,  Re-ei 
or  Ei-  Re,  «  the  House,*'  or  *'  abode 
of  the  Sun,**  corresponding  to  the  title 
Bethshemes,  of  the  same  import,  which 
was  applied  to  it  by  the  Jews ;  and  in 
Scripture  and  in  Coptic  it  is  called 
*•  On.'*  The  water  of  <*  the  fountain 
of  the  Sun  *'  is  reported  to  have  been 
originally  salt,  until  the  arrival  of 
Joseph  and  the  Virgin,  who  converted 
it  into  a  sweet  source,  and  who,  having 
reposed  under  a  sycamore  tree  near 
this  spot,  are  said  to  have  caused  it  to 
flourish  to  the  present  day.  This 
truly  perennial  tree  is  still  shown  to 
strangers ;  and  the  credulous  believe 
it  to  be  the  very  one  tluit  afforded  shade 
to  the  holy  family:  but  neither  a 
respect  for  these  last,  nor  the  in- 
credulity of  sceptics,  seem  to  have 
exempted  it  from  the  name-cutting 
mania. 

The  gardens  of  Matar^eh  were  for- 
merly renowned  for  the  balsam  they 
produced,  and  the  ground  close  to  the 
obelisk  claims  the  honour  of  having 
been  the  spot  where  the  cultivation  of 


Egypt. 


HELIOFOLIS.  —  BIRKET  EL  HAG. 


169 


Indian  cotton  was  first  tried  in  Egypt, 
little  more  than  25  years  ago,  which 
has  succeeded  so  far  beyond  the  ei- 
pectations  of  the  most  sanguine. 

The  balsam  plants  are  said  to  have 
been  brought  from  Judsa  to  tliis  spot 
by  Cleopatra;  who,  trusting  to  the 
influence  of  Antony,  removed  them, 
in  spite  of  the  opposition  of  Herod, 
having  been  hitherto  confined  to 
Juda».  Josephus  tells  us  that  the 
lands  where  the  balsam  tree  grew 
belonged  to  Cleopatra,  and  that 
**  Herod  farmed  of  her  what  she 
possessed  of  Arabia,  and  those  reve. 
nues  that  came  to  her  from  the  region 
about  Jericho,  bearing  the  balsam,  the 
most  precious  of  drugs,  which  grows 
there  alone."  This  is  the  Balm  of 
Gilead  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  The 
plants  were  in  later  times  taken  from 
Matar^eh  to  Arabia,  and  grown  near 
Mecca,  whence  the  balsam  is  now 
brought  to  Egypt  and  Europe,  under 
the  name  of  Balsam  of  Mecca;  and 
the  gardens  of  Heliopolis  no  longer 
produce  this  valuable  plant.  In  the 
houses  of  the  village  are  several  frag- 
ments of  stone  bearing  parts  of  hiero- 
glyphic sentences,  which  have  been 
removed  from  the  old  town  or  the 
tombs  in  the  vicinity ;  and  many  pieces 
of  petrified  wood  He  scattered  in  the 
field?,  and  at  the  edge  of  the  desert, 
on  which  the  ancient  city  originally 
stood. 

It  was  in  the  neighbouring  plain 
that  Sultan  Selim  encamped,  in  1517, 
previous  to  his  defeat  of  Toman  Bay, 
the  successor  of  £1  Gh6ree,  which 
transferred  the  sceptre  of  the  Mem« 
look  kings  to  the  victorious  Osmaniee. 


Beyond  Heliopolis  are  the  Birkti 
d  Hag,  or  «  Lake  of  the  Pilgrims,'* 
El  ^anka,  and  some  mined  towns ; 
which  are  not  of  general  interest,  and 
are  seldom  visited. 

Birket  el  Hag  is  about  5  miles  to 

the  eastward  of  Heliopolis,  and  is  tl)e 

rendezvous  of  the   Mecca  Caravan. 

Beyond  this  is  El  Kkanha ;  and  still 

Egypt* 


further  to  the  N.  is  AboozaM,  once 
known  for  its  military  college,  camp, 
hospital,  and  schools  of  medicine. 
The  first  of  these  is  now  removed  to 
Damietta,  the  second  to  Toora,  and 
the  last  to  Kasr  el  Ainee,  near  Old 
Cairo. 

At  El  Khanka  there  is  still  a  col- 
lege ;  and  this  place  was  remarkable, 
even  in  the  days  of  Leo  African  us, 
**  for  its  fine  buildings,  its  mosks,  and 
colleges,"  as  the  neighbouring  plain, 
for  the  abundance  of  dates  it  pro- 
duced. 

Continuing  thence  towards  the  N. 
W.    you  come  to  the  mounds  of  an 
ancient  town  called  Tel  el   Yeh6od, 
or  Tel  Yehoode'eh,  the  «  Mound  of 
the  Jews,"  a  name   given  to  other 
ancient  ruins  in  this  neighbourhood, 
one  of  which  is  on  the  edge  of  the 
desert,  a  short  distance  to  the  S.  of 
Bclb&ys.      The   first  stands   in    the 
cultivated  plain,  near  Shibb^en.     Its 
mounds  are  of  very  great  height,  and 
from  its  name  and  position,  there  is 
little  doubt  that  it  marks  the  site  of 
Onion  (Onias,  or  Onii   Metropolis), 
called   after    Onias   the  high- priest, 
who  built  a  temple  there,  and  mad^ 
it  the  resort  of  the  Jews,  in  the  time 
of  Ptolemy  Philometor.     Its  position 
Is  a  little  to  the  £.  of  N.  from  Helio- 
polls,  from  which  it  is  distant  12  miles. 
It  is  not  the  Vicus  Jud«orum,  being 
out  of  the  direction  from  Memphis  to 
Pelusium  ;  but  another  ruined  town 
corresponds  with  the  site  of  that  place; 
which,  in  the  Itinerary  of  Antoninus, 
is  stated  to  be  30  m.  p.  from  Helio- 
polis, on  the  road  to  Pelusium  from 
that  city.     Colonel    Rennell,  in  his 
invaluable  work,  the  Geography  of 
Herodotus,  is  right  in  his  conjecture 
that  this  applies  to  some  other  of  the 
"Jewish   establishments  besides  the 
one  formed  by   Onias,'*  though   he 
does  not  fix  its  exact  position,  which 
was  at  the  ruins  to  the  S.  of  Belbayi^ 
twenty-four  English  miles  in  a  direct 
line  from  Heliopolis. 

Josephus  gives  a  curious  account  of 
the  foundation  of   Onion,  and    the 

I 


170 


CAIBO.  —  EXCUBSIOK  2. 


Sect.  n. 


building  of  the  temple  there.  The 
ion  of  Oiiiai  the  high- priest,  who  bore 
the  same  name  as  his  father,  haWng 
fled  from  Antiochus,  king  of  Syria, 
took  refuge  at  Alexandria  in  the  time 
of  Ptolemy  Phllometor.  Seeing  that 
Judaea  was  oppressed  by  the  Macedo- 
nian kings,  and  being  desirous  to 
acquire  celebrity,  he  resoltred  to  ask 
leave  of  Ptolemy  and  Cleopatra  to 
build  a  temple  in  Egypt,  like  that  of 
Jerusalem,  and  to  ordain  Levites  and 
priests  out  of  their  own  stock.  To 
this  he  was  also  stimulated  by  a  pro- 
phecy of  Isaiah,  who  predicted  that 
there  should  be  a  temple  in  Egypt 
built  by  a  Jew.  He  therefore  wrote 
to  Ptolemy,  expressing  this  wish,  and 
saying  he  had  found  a  very  fit  place 
in  a  castle  that  received  its  name  from 
the  couhtry,  Diana.  He  represented 
it  as  abounding  with  sacred  animals, 
full  of  materials  fallen  down,  and  be- 
longing to  no  master.  He  also  inti- 
mated to  the  king  that  the  Jews  would 
tlicreby  be  induced  to  collect  in  Egypt, 
and  assist  him  against  Antiochus. 
Ptolemy,  after  expressing  his  surprise 
that  the  God  of  the  Jews  should  be 
pleased  to  have  a  temple  built  in  a  place 
so  unclean,  and  so  full  of  sacred  ani- 
mals, granted  him  permission ;  and  the 
temple  was  accordingly  erected,  though 
smaller  and  poorer  than  that  of  Jeru- 
salem. Josephus  afterwards  states  that 
the  place  was  1 80  stades  distant  from 
Memphis ;  that  the  nome  was  called 
of  Heliopolis ;  the  temple  was  like  a 
tower  (in  height?),  of  large  stones, 
and  60  cubits  high ;  the  entire  tem- 
ple was  encompassed  by  a  wall  of 
humi  brick,  with  gates  of  stone.  In 
lieu  of  the  candlestick  he  made  a  lamp 
of  gold,  suspended  by  a  golden  chain. 
Such  is  the  substance  of  the  not  very 
clear  description  given  by  Josephus. 
It  is  sufficient  to  settle  the  position 
of  the  place;  and  we  may  suppose 
that  Onias  chose  this  neighbourhood 
for  other  reasons,  which  he  could  not 
venture  to  explain  to  an  Egyptian 
king  surrounded  by  Egyptians,  per- 
baps  because  it  had  associations  con- 


nected with  the  abode  of  the  ances- 
tors of  the  Jews  in  Egypt,  whence 
they  started  with  a  high  hand,  and 
freed  themselves  from  the  bondage  of 
Pharaoh. 

Other  Jewish  cities  seem  after- 
wards to  have  been  built  in  this  dis- 
rict;  and  tliese  whose  mounds  still 
remain  are  probably  of  the  *'  five  cities 
in  the  land  of  Egypt,**  which,  accord- 
ing to  Isaiah,  were  <'to  speak  the 
language  of  Canaan.'*  They  con- 
tinued to  be  inhabited  by  Jews  till  a 
late  period.  It  was  by  them  that 
Mithridates  of  Pergamus  received  so 
much  assistance,  when  on  his  way  to 
assist  J.  Caesar;  and  the  500  who 
were  embarked  by  £lius  -  Gallus 
against  Arabia  appear  to  have  been 
from  the  same  district  And  though 
Vespasian,  after  the  taking  of  Jerusa- 
lem, had  suppressed  their  religious 
meetings  in  tlie  Heliopolite  nome, 
they  continued  to  be  established  in 
many  parts  of  Egypt,  independent  of 
the  large  quarter  they  possessed  in 
Alexandria,  from  which  they  were 
expelled  by  the  persecutions  of  the  or- 
thodox Cyril* 

About  twenty-one  miles  beyond 
Onion  to  the  N.  N.  £.  is  Tel  Basta, 
whose  lofty  mounds  mark  the  site  of 
Bubastis,  and  fourteen  miles  to  the 
N.  £.  is  Belbays,  the  successor  of 
Bubastis  Agria,  in  Coptic  Phelbes. 
Near  to  this  passed  the  ancient  canal 
that  once  led  to  Arsinoe  (now  Suez) 
on  the  Red  Sea,  whose  bed  may  stilly 
be  traced  for  a  considerable  distance 
in  that  direction. 


Returning  to  Cairo  from  Heliopo* 
lis,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  left 
of  the  road,  is  a  red  gritstone  moun- 
tfiin,  which  lies  over  the  calcareous 
strata  of  the  Gebel  Mokuttum.  The 
gritstone,  which  gradually  runs  into 
a  siliceous  rock,  contains  numeroua 
calcedonies,  and  is  of  the  same  na- 
ture as  the  vocal  statue  at  Thebes. 
Owing  to  the  quality  of  the  stone» 
which  renders  it  peculiarly  adapted 
for    mills,    this   mountain  has  beea 


Egypt. 


PALACE  OF   SHOOBRA. 


171 


quarried  from  a  very  early  period  to 
the  present  day,  at  may  be  seen  from 
the  fragments  found  at  Heliopolis. 
The  same  species  of  rock  rises  here 
and  there  to  the  southward,  upon' the 
slope  of  the  limestone  range,  and  the 
bed  above  it  contains  petrified  wood 
of  various  kinds. 

6.  pcraiFiED  WOOD. 

The  principal  mass  of  this,  mis- 
called the  **  forest,**  may  be  seen  four 
miles  to  the  &  S.  E.  of  the  Red 
Mountain;  where,  besides  thorn- 
bearing  trees  and  palms,  are  some 
jointed  stems  resembling  bamboos, 
one  of  which  is  about  fifteen  feet  long, 
broken  at  each  of  the  knots. 

Other  specimois  of  palms  are  met 
with  on  the  Sues  road  ;  and  the  same 
kinds  of  agatiaed  wood  occur  again 
inland  on  the  other  side  of  the  Nile, 
on  the  borders  of  Wady  Fargh,  evi- 
dently once  imbedded  in  a  similar 
stratum. 

The  Mokuttum  range  is  of  mag- 
nesian  limestone,  like  the  greater  part 
of  the  mountains  on  the  eastern  side 
of  the  valley  of  the  hill.  That  part 
behind  the  citadel  has  also  obtained 
the  name  of  Gebel  e'  Jooshee,  from 
the  tomb  of  a  shekh  buried  there. 

Among  other  fossils  in  this  moun- 
tain, I  found  the  crab,  echini,  &c., 
and  shark's  teeth  in  the  lower  rocks, 
immediately  behind  the  citadel.  In  a 
ravine  to  the  right  of  the  road  to  the 
petrified  wood  is  a  spring  of  water, 
issuing  from  the  mountain  ;  and  the 
spot,  for  £gypty  is  romantic. 

XXCUKSXON  3. GASOKKS  AKD  rALACX 

OP  SHOOBSA. 

A  ride  of  about  4  miles  from  Cairo, 
through  a  shady  avenue  of  trees,  takes 
you  to  Mohammed  All's  palace  and 
gardens  of  Shoobra,  to  the  north  of 
the  city,  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile. 
This  avenue^  which  has  been  planted 
about  SO  years,  is  formed  almost 
entirely  of  the  Acacia  Lebbekh; 
which  last  lias  not  only  the  recom- 
mendation of  rapid  growth,  but  of 


great  beauty,  particularly  when  In 
blossom.  The  river  is  at  first  at  some 
distance  to  the  left,  having  forsaken 
its  ancient  channel,  which  may  still 
be  traced  between  the  road  and  the 
bank,  and  which  in  early  times  ran 
through  the  plain  that  now  separates 
Cairo  from  Boolak.  Before  reaching 
the  palace,  you  pass  the  village  of 
Shoobra,  or  as  it  is  called,  Shoobra 
el  Makk^h,  to  distinguish  it  from 
another  place,  14  miles  lower  down 
the  river,  Shoobra  e*  Shab^eb,  where 
the  direct  road  to  Alexandria  crosses 
the  Damietta  branch. 

Tlie  gardens  of  Shoobra,  though 
formal,  are  pretty ;  and  the  scent  of 
roses,  with  the  gay  appearance  of 
flowers,  is  an  agreeable  novelty  in 
Egypt  The  walks  radiate  from 
centres  to  different  parts  of  the  gar- 
dens, some  covered  with  trelliswork, 
most  comfortable  in  hot  weather. 
They  are  carefully  kept  by  natives 
under  the  direction  of  Greek  garden- 
ers; but  a  great  mistake  has  been 
made  in  cutting  down  the  trees  behind 
the  great  fountain-kiosk,  which  tended 
so  much  to  keep  it  cool,  and  to  mask 
the  ugly  gas-house  that  supplies  its 
lamps. 

There  is  no  great  variety  of  flow- 
ers ;  roses,  geraniums,  and  a  few  oth^r 
kinds  are  the  most  abundant.  In  one 
place  I  observed  some  iont  trees  (Aca- 
cia Nilotica),  of  unusual  height,  not 
leM  than  40  or  45  feet  high.  The 
great  fountain  is  the  Hon  of  the  gar- 
den. In  the  centre  is  an  open  space 
with  an  immense  msrble  basin  con- 
taining water,  about  4  feet  deep,  sur- 
rounded by  marble  balustrades.  These 
as  well  as  the  columns  and  mouldings, 
are  from  Carrara,  the  work  of  Italians, 
who  have  indulged  their  fancies  by 
carving  fish  and  various  strange  things 
among  the  ornamental  details.  Tou 
walk  round  it  under  a  covered  corri- 
dor, with  kiosks  projecting  into  the 
water ;  and  at  each  of  the  four  cor« 
ners  of  the  building  is  a  room  with 
diwans,  fitted  up  partly  in  the  Turk- 
isti,  partly  in  the  European  style. 

I  2 


172 


CAIRO. — EXCUBSION  4. 


Sect.  n. 


At  the  other  side  of  the  garden, 
near  the  palace,  is  another  kiosk, 
called  e*  Gebel,  "  the  hill,**  to  which 
you  ascend  by  flights  of  steps  on  two 
sides,  and  which  forms  a  pretty  sum* 
mer-house,  rising  as  it  does  above  a 
series  of  terraces  planted  with  flow- 
ers, and  commanding  a  view  over 
the  whole  garden,  the  Nile,  and  the 
hills  in  the  distance.  It  consista  of 
one  room  paved  with  Oriental  ala- 
baster, liaving  a  fountain  in  the 
centre. 

The  palace  itself  has  nothing  to 
recommend  it,  but  the  view  from  the 
windows.  The  aviary  is  neat,  sur- 
rounded by  Ionic  columns  of  wood ; 
but  it  is  not  overstocked  with  birds, 
and  in  the  cages  outside  one  is  sur- 
prised to  see  a  rakham  and  a  nitTf  the 
two  vultures  of  Egypt,  which  are  too 
common  to  merit  their  imprisonment. 
Near  this  are  some  weeping  willows, 
whose  bright  green  is  very  agreeable 
in  this  hot  climate,  where  they  thrive 
femarkahly  well. 

Outside  the  gardens  are  the  stables 
of  the  Pasha,  seldom  containing  any 
horses  worth  looking  at ;  and  tlie  cu- 
riosity of  strangers  is  expected  not  to 
wish  for  more  than  an  elephant,  a 
girafife,  and  some  gazelles  kept  in  tlie 
adjoining  yard. 

VXCVaSION   4.— 'PYRAMIDS   OF  GSEZKH, 
SAKKA&A,    AMD    MEMPHIS. 

a.  Things  required,  b.  Village  of 
Geezeh  ;  Egg  Ovens,  e.  History  of 
Pyramids,  d.  Great  Pyramid,  e. 
Second  Pyramid.  /.  Third  Pyramid ; 
Small  Pyramids,  ff.  Sphinx,  h. 
Tombs,  i.  Causeway.  J.  Small  Py- 
ramids, near  that  of  Cheops ;  Nature 
of  the  Rock,  k.  Date  of  Pyramids. 
/.  Pyramid  of  Abooro&h.  m.  The 
Two  Arab  Bridges,  n.  Busiris.  o. 
Pyramids  of  A  booster,  p.  Pyramids 
of  Sakkira;  Tombs,  g.  Pyramids 
of  Datih6or.  r.  Memphis ;  Name  of 
the  Hill  of  the  Pyramids. 

a,    THINGS   aSQUIRCn. 

The  principal  requitittt  in  a  visit  to 


the  pyramids  are  a  stock  of  provisions, 
some  pooUehs  or  water-bottles,  a  sup- 
ply of  candles,  a  lanthom,  mats,  and 
carpet ;  and,  if  the  traveller  intends 
passing  the  night  there,  a  mattrass  and 
bedding,  and  a  broom  for  sweeping 
out  the  tomb,  where  he  is  to  take  up 
his  abode.  A  fly-flap  is  also  neces- 
sary, and,  in  hot  weather,  a  mosquito 
curtain.  If  he  wishes  to  visit  the 
rooms  discovered  by  Colonel  Howard 
Vyse  over  the  king*s  chamber,  he 
must  take  a  rope-ladder,  or  a  wooden 
ladder  in  short  pieces,  to  enable  it  to 
be  carried  into  the  upper  passage. 

Chairs  and  tables  are  provided  by 
the  shekh  who  lives  there,  whom  he 
will  find  civil  and  obliging.  Most 
strangers  complain  of  the  torment  of 
the  people  of  the  village,  who  collect 
about  him  like  a  swarm  of  flies,  forcing 
their  troublesome  services  upon  him 
to  his  great  discomfort  and  incon- 
venience. In  order  to  avoid  tliis,  on 
arriving  at  the  flight  of  steps  leading 
to  the  enclosure  before  the  tombs,  he 
had  better  call  for  the  shekh,  and  re- 
quest him  to  appoint  3  or  4  guides, 
who  will  act  as  guards  at  night,  and 
attend  him  during  his  stay,  to  the  en- 
tire exclusion  of  every  other  person. 
On  leaving  tlie  pyramids,  he  may  pay 
them  at  the  tate  of  5  piastres  a  day, 
if  for  S  or  4  days,  or  rather  more  if 
for  1  day,  or  when  they  have  had  much 
trouble  in  assisting  him  into  the  up- 
per chambers  of  the  pyramid ;  the 
shekh  himself  receiving  about  the 
same  for  the  use  of  his  tables  and 
chairs.  Nothing,  on  any  account, 
should  be  given  them  when  in  the  py- 
ramids, and  all  attempts  at  exaction 
should  be  firmly  resisted. 

The  time  occupied  in  going  to  the 
pyramids  depends  on  the  season  of  the 
year.  When  the  lands  are  free  from 
water,  the  road  is  direct  from  Geezeh, 
a  distance  of  about  5  miles ;  but, 
during  the  inundation,  it  follows  the 
pt»r,  or  dyke,  and  is  a  great  detour^ 
being  double  tliat  distance.  It  then 
passes  by  the  village  of  Shebram^nt, 
which  is  half-way  between  the  pyra* 


Egypt. 


THE  PTRAIODS. 


173 


mids  and  those  of  Sakkira,  and  then 
turns  northwards  by  the  Hoffer,  or 
edge  of  the  desert.  There  is  no 
necessity  to  sleep  at  the  pyramids,  in 
taking  a  rapid  Tiew  of  them  and  the 
tombs  in  the  vicinity,  especially  when 
the  road  is  open  direct  from  Geeseh : 
indeed,  in  the  other  case,  it  is  not  ab- 
solutely required,  though  it  will  be 
necessary  then  to  start  very  early  in 
the  morning.  Some  have  even  visited 
the  pyramids  of  Geeseh,  those  of 
Sakk&ra,  and  the  colossus  of  Mitra- 
henny,  and  have  returned  to  Cairo  the 
same  day;  but  this  is  a  long  day*s 
work  at  any  season.  The  most  com- 
fortable plan  is  to  sleep  at  the  pyra- 
mids, and  go  over  to  Sakkira  next 
day,  returning  to  Cairo  tluit  evening. 
A  visit  to  the  ruined  pyramid  of 
Abooro&'sh  will  require  another  day ; 
but  this,  though  interesting  to  those 
who  have  the  time  to  spare,  would 
not  repay  the  generality  of  travellers 
for  the  journey. 

If  the  traveller  intends  visiting  the 
pyramids  on  his  way  up  the  Nile,  be 
may  ride  over  from  Geezeh,  and  send 
his  boat  to  wait  for  him  at  Bedre- 
sh4yn;  where  he  may  join  it,  after 
seeing  Sakkira,  and  the  remains  of 
Memphis,  the  same  evening :  but  he 
must  take  care  the  boat  starts  in  time, 
particularly  if  the  wind  is  not  fair. 

h.    VILLAOB   OP   OBBZEH  ;    XOG   OVSMS. 

Geezeh  itself  presents  nothing  worth 
notice ;  but  the  traveller,  if  he^ wishes, 
may  see  the  process  of  hatching  eggs  by 
artificial  means  in  ovenj ;  which  has 
been  continued  from  the  time  of  the 
Pharaohs  to  the  present  day.  Hie 
Coptic  name  of  Geezeh  was  Tpersioi. 
It  is  now  a  mere  village,  with  a  few 
cafi^s,  ruined  baziutrs,  and  the  wrecks 
of  houses,  once  the  summer  retreats 
of  the  Memlooks  and  Cairene&  At 
the  time  of  the  Memlooks  it  was  for- 
tified, and  formed,  with  the  Isle  of 
Roda,  a  line  of  defences  which  com- 
manded or  protected  the  approach  to 
the  capital.  Leo  Africanus  calls  it  a 
dty,  beautified  by  the  palaces  of  the 


Memlooks,  who  there  sought  retire- 
ment from  the  bustle  of  Cairo,  and 
frequented  by  numerous  merchants 
and  artisans.  It  was  also  the  great 
market  for  sheep,  brought,  as  he  says, 
from  the  mountains  of  Barca ;  whose 
owners,  the  Arabs  fearing  to  cross 
the  river,  sold  their  stock  there  to 
agents  from  the  city.  The  mosks 
and  beautiful  buildings  by  the  river's 
side  are  no  longer  to  be  seen  at 
Geeaeli ;  and  the  traveller,  as  he  leaves 
his  boat,  wanders  amidst  uneven  heaps 
of  rubbish,  and  the  ill-defined  limits 
of  potters'  yards,  till  he  issues  from 
a  breach  in  the  crumbling  Memlook 
walls  into  the  open  plain.  On  passing 
some  of  the  villages  on  the  way,  a  pic- 
turesque view  of  the  pyramids  may 
here  and  there  engage  the  eye  or  the 
pencil  of  an  artist. 

C.    HISTORT   OP  THE    FTaAMIOS. 

The  pyramid$  have  been  frequently 
mentioned  by  ancient  and  modern 
writers;  but  the  statements  of  the 
former,  respecting  their  founder*,  are 
far  from  satisfactory,  and  no  conjec- 
tures seem  to  explain  the  object  for 
which  they  were  erected.  According 
to  Herodotus,  the  founder  of  the 
great  pyramid,  called  by  him  Cheops, 
was  a  prince  whose  crimes  and  tyranny 
rendered  his  name  odious  even  to 
posterity.  **  He  closed  all  the  tern  pies 
and  forbade  the  Egyptians  to  perform 
sacrifices ;  after  which  he  made  them 
all  work  for  him.  Some  were  em- 
ployed in  the  quarries  of  the  Arabian 
bills,  to  cut  stones,  to  drag  them  to 
the  river,- and  to  put  them  into  boats, 
others  being  stationed  on  the  opposite 
shore  to  receive  them,  and  drag  them 
to  the  Libyan  hills;  and  the  100,000 
men  thus  occupied  were  relieved  by 
an  equal  number  every  S  months.  Of 
the  time,"  he  adds,  **  passed  in  this 
arduous  undertaking,  10  years  were 
taken  up  with  the  construction  of  the 
causeway  for  the  transport  of  the 
stones,  —  a  work  scarcely  less  won- 
derful in  my  opinion  than  the  pynt- 
mid  itself;    for  it  has  5  stades  iii 

I  3 


174 


CAIBO.  —  EXCURSION   4. 


Sect.  n. 


length,  10  orgy es  in  breadth,  and  8  in 
height,  in  the  highest  part,  and  is 
constructed  of  polished  stones  sculp> 
tured  with  the  figures  of  animals. 
These  10  years  were  occupied  exclu- 
sively in  the  causeway,  independently 
of  the  time  spent  in  levelling  the  hill 
on  which  the  pyramids  stand,  and  in 
making  the  subterranean  chambers 
intended  for  his  tomb,  in  an  island 
formed  by  the  waien  of  the  Nile 
which  he  conducted  thither  by  a 
canal.  The  building  of  the  pyramid 
itself  occupied  20  years.  It  is  square, 
each  face  measuring  8  plethra  in 
length,  and  the  same  in  height.  The 
greater  part  is  of  polished  stones,  most 
carefully  put  together,  no  one  of 
which  is  less  than  30  feet  long. 

**  This  pyramid  was  built  in  steps, 
and  as  the  work  proceeded,  the  stones 
were  raised  from  the  ground  by  means 
of  machines  made  of  short  pieces  of 
wood.  When  a  block  had  been 
brought  to  the  first  tier,  it  was  placed 
in  a  machine  there,  and  so  on  from 
tier  to  tier  by  a  succession  of  similar 
machines,  there  being  as  many  ma- 
chines as  tiers  of  stone ;  or  perhaps 
one  served  for  the  purpose,  being 
moved  from  tier  to  tier  as  each  stone 
was  taken  up.  I  mention  this,  be- 
cause I  have  heard  both  stated.  When 
completed  in  this  manner,  they  pro- 
ceeded to  make  out  (the  form  of)  the 
pyramid,  beginning  from  the  top,  and 
thence  downwards  to  the  lowest  tier. 
On  the  exterior  was  engraved  in 
Egyptian  characters  tbe  sum  expend- 
ed in  supplying  the  workmen  with 
raphanua,  onions,  and  garlic ;  and  he 
who  interpreted  the  inscription  told 
me,  as  I  remember  well,  that  it 
amounted  to  1600  talenU  (200,000^ 
sterling).'*  ''  If  that  be  true,  bow 
much  must  have  been  spent  on  the 
iron  tools,  the  food,  and  clothing  of 
the  workmen,  employing  at  they  did, 
all  the  time  above  mentioned  without 
counting  that  occupied  in  cutting  and 
transporting  the  stones,  and  making 
the  subterraneous  chambers,  which 
must  have  been  conuderable.  '* 


The  historian  then  mentions  a  ri- 
diculous story  about  the  daughter  of 
the  king,  to  whom  he  attributes  the 
construction  of  the  central  pyramid 
of  tbe  three,  standing  to  the  £.  of  that 
of  Cheops,  each  side  of  which  was  1 J 
plethrum  in  length. 

**  Cheops,**  be  continues,  *'  having 
reigned  50  years,  died,  and  was  suc- 
ceeded by  his  brother  Cephren,  who 
followed  the  example  of  his  prede- 
cessor. Among  other  monuments  he 
also  built  a  pyramid,  but  much  less 
in  sixe  than  that  of  Cheops.  I  mea- 
sured them  both.  It  has  neither  un- 
derground chambers,  nor  any  canal 
flowing  into  it  from  the  Nile,  like 
the  other,  where  the  tomb  of  its  foun- 
der is  placed  in  an  island,  surrounded 
by  water.  The  lowest  tier  of  this 
pyramid  is  of  Ethiopian  stone  of  va- 
rious colours  (granite).  It  is  40  feet 
smaller  than  its  neighbour.  Both  are 
built  on  the  same  hill,  which  is  about 
100  feet  high.  The  same  priests  in- 
formed me  that  Cephren  reigned  56 
years,  so  that  the  Egyptians  were 
overwhelmed  for  106  years  with 
every  kind  of  oppression,  and  tbe 
temples  continued  to  be  closed  dur- 
ing the  whole  time.  Indeed  they 
have  such  an  aversion  for  the  me* 
mory  of  these  two  princes,  that  they 
will  not  even  mention  their  names, 
and  for  this  reason  they  call  the  pyra- 
mids aAer  the  shepherd  Philitis,  who 
at  the  time  of  their  erection  used  to 
feed  his  flocks  near  this  spot.** 

*<  Af^er  Cephren,  Mycerinus,  the 
son  of  Cheops,  according  to  the  state- 
ment of  the  priests,  ascended  the 
throne.  He  also  built  a  pyramid, 
much  less  than  his  father*s,  being  SO 
feet  smaller.  It  is  square :  each  of 
its  sides  is  3  plethra  long ;  and  it  is 
made  half  way  up  of  Ethiopian 
(granite)  stone.  Disapproving  of 
the  conduct  of  his  father,  he  ordered 
the  temples  to  be  opened,  and  per- 
mitted the  people,  who  had  been  op- 
pressed by  a  long  series  of  cruelties, 
to  return  to  their  work,  and  their 
religious  duties;  and  administering 


Egypt. 


THE  FTRAMIBS. 


175 


justice  with  great  equity,  he  was 
looked  upon  by  the  Egyptians  as  su- 
perior to  all  the  kings  who  had  ever 
ruled  the  country." 

Mycerinus,  after  having  treated  his 
people  with  humanity,  seems  to  have 
been  treated  by  tlie  gods  with  much 
unkindness,  according  to  the  account 
of  the  historian,  who  takes  occasion 
to  relate  an  absurd  story  of  his 
daughter,  which,  like  others  of  the 
same  kind,  was  probably  a  produc- 
tion of  the  Greek  quarter  of  those 
days,  where  idle  tales  and  a  love  of 
the  marvellous  seem  to  have  been  as 
prevalent,  as  in  the  Frank  quarter  at 
the  present  thne.  After  this,  he  as- 
signs the  cow  at  Sals  (which,  accord- 
ing to  his  own  showing,  was  connected 
with  the  mysteries  of  Ists  and  Osiris) 
to  the  daughter  of  Mycerinus;  but 
another  Greek  tale,  attributing  the 
erection  of  the  third  pyramid  to 
Rhodopis,  he  very  properly  rejects. 
<*  There  are  some  Greeks,**  he  says, 
*<who  ascribe  it  to  tlie  courtesan 
Rhodopis,  but  they  are  in  error,  and 
do  not  appear  to  know  ^ho  she  was, 
or  surely  they  would  not  have  attri- 
buted to  her  the  building  of  a  pyra- 
mid, which  must  have  cost  thousands 
and  thousands  of  talents.  Besides, 
Rhodopis  did  not  live  in  the  time 
of  Mycerinus  but  of  Amasis,  many 
yean  after  the  kings  who  built  these 
monuments.  She  was  from  Thrace, 
tlie  slave  of  ladmon,  the  son  of 
Heph«stopolis,  a  Samian,  the  fellow- 
slave  of  ^sop,  the   fabulist 

Rhodopis  was  brought  to  Egypt  by 
Xanthus  of  Samos,  and  was  ransomed 
at  a  large  price  by  Charaxus  of  Mity- 
lene,  the  son  of  Scamandronymus, 
and  brother  of  the  poetess  Sappho. 
Having  been  restored  to  liberty,  she 
remained  in  Egypt ;  and  being  very 
beautiful,  she  amassed  a  large  for- 
tune, for  a  person  in  her  condition, 
though  not  sufficient  to  build  such  a 
pyramid.  Indeed,  as  every  one  may 
at  this  day  see  what  the  tenth  part  of 
her  wealth  was,  it  is  very  useless  at- 
tributing to  her    great   riches;   for 


Rhodopis,  wishing  to  leave  a  memo- 
rial of  herself  in  Greece,  thought  of  a 
novel  kind  of  offering  that  had  oc- 
curred to  no  one  else,  which  she  de- 
dicated to  the  temple  of  Delphi.  It 
consisted  of  numerous  iron  spits  for 
roasting  oxen,  the  cost  of  which  was 
just  equal  to  the  tenth  of  her  pro- 
perty ;  and  these  being  sent  to  Delphi, 
were  put  up  behind  the  altar  dedi- 
cated by  the  Chians,  opposite  the 
sanctuary,  where  they  now  lie.  ** 

Diodorus  says,  that  **  Cbembis  (or 
Chemmis),  a  Memphite,  who  reigned 
fifty  years,  built  the  largest  of  the 
three  pyramids,  which  are  reckoned 
among  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world.  They  stand  on  the  Libyan 
side  (of  the  Nile), distant  from  Mem- 
phis ISO  stadia,  and  45  from  the  river. 
They  strike  every  beholder  with  won- 
der, both  from  their  size  and  the  skill 
of  their  workmanship ;  for  every  side 
of  the  largest,  at  the  base,  is  7  pie- 
thra  in  length,  and  more  than  6  in 
height.  Decreasing  in  sixe  towards 
the  summit,  it  there  measures  6  cubits 
(9  feet).  The  whole  is  of  solid  stone, 
made  with  prodigious  labour,  and  in 
the  most  durable  manner,  having 
lasted  to  our  time,  a  period  not  lest 
than  1000  years,  or,  as  some  say,  up- 
wards of  S400 ;  the  stones  still  pre* 
serving  their  original  position,  and 
the  whole  structure  being  uninjured. 
The  stone  is  said  to  have  been  brought 
from  Arabia,  a  considerable  distance, 
and  the  building  made  by  means  of 
mounds  (inclined  planes),  machines 
not  having  yet  been  invented.  What 
is  most  surprising  is,  that  though 
these  structures  are  of  such  great 
antiquity,  and  all  the  surrounding 
ground  is  of  so  sandy  a  nature,  there 
is  no  trace  of  a  mound,  nor  vestige 
of  the  chippings  of  the  stone :  so  that 
the  whole  seems  as  if  placed  on  the 
surrounding  sand  by  tlie  aid  of  some 
deity,  rather  than  by  the  sole  and 
gradual  operations  of  man.  Some 
of  the  Egyptians  tiy  to  make  won- 
derful stories  about  them,  saying  that 
the  mounds  (inclined  planes)  were 

I  4 


176 


CAIBO.  —  EXCURSION   4. 


Sect  IL 


made  of  salt  and  nitre,  which,  by  di- 
recting the  water  of  the  river  upon 
them,  were  afterwards  dissolved  with- 
out human  aid,  when  the  work  was 
completed.  This  cannot  be  true: 
but  the  same  number  of  hands  that 
raised  the  mounds  removed  the  whole 
to  the  original  place  whence  they 
were  brought  For  it  is  reported 
that  360,000  men  were  employed  in 
this  wdk-k,  and  the  time  occupied  in 
finishing  the  whole  was  scarcely  less 
than  twenty  years. 

"  On  the  death  of  this  king,  his 
brother  Cephren  succeeded  to  the 
throne,  and  reigned  fifty-six  years. 
Some  say  he  was  his  son,  by  name 
Chabry'is,  and  not  his  brother.  All, 
however,  agree  that  on  his  acces- 
sion, wishing  to  emulate  his  predeces- 
sor, lie  built  the  second  pyramid,  simi- 
lar to  the  other  in  iu  style  of  building, 
but  far  inferior  in  size,  each  face  being 
only  one  stade  in  length  at  its  base. 
On  the  larger  one  is  inscribed  the 
sum  spent  in  herbs  and  esculent  roots 
for  the  workmen,  amounting  to  up- 
wards of  1600  talents.  The  smaller 
one  has  no  inscription,  but  on  one  side 
steps  are  cut  to  ascend  it  Of  the  two 
kings  who  raised  these  monuments 
for  themselves,  neither  one  nor  the 
other  was  destined  to  be  buried  there- 
in. The  people,  who  had  endured 
so  much  fatigue  in  building  them,  and 
had  been  oppressed  by  their  cruelty 
and  violence,  threatened  to  drag  their 
bodies  from  their  tombs,  and  tear 
them  to  pieces ;  so  that  these  princes 
at  their  death  ordered  their  friends  to 
bury  tliem  privately  in  some  other  se- 
cret |)lace. 

'*  After  them  came  Mycerinus,  or, 
as  some  call  him,  Mecherinus,  the  son 
of  the  founder  of  the  great  pyramid. 
He  built  the  third,  but  died  previous 
to  its  completion.  £ach  side  was 
made  three  plethra  long  at  the  base, 
with  (a  casing  of)  black  stone,  similar 
to  that  called  Thebaic,  as  far  as  the 
fifteenth  tier,  the  rest  being  completed 
with  stone  of  the  same  quality  as  the 
other  pyramids.     Though  inferior  in 


size  to  the  others,  it  is  superior  in  its 
style  of  building,  and  the  quality  of 
the  stone.  On  the  north  side  is  in- 
scrilied  the  name  of  its  founder,  My- 
cerinus. This  king,  avoiding  the 
cruelty  of  his  predecessors,  exercised 
great  benevolence  towards  his  sub* 
jects,  and  courted  their  good  will  by 
his  justice 

'*  There  are  also  three  other  pyra- 
mids; each  side  of  which  measures 
two  plethra.  In  their  style  of  build- 
ing they  are  similar  to  the  preceding, 
and  differ  only  in  their  dimensions : 
and  they  are  stated  to  have  been  built 
by  the  above-mentioned  kings  as  se- 
pulchres for  their  queens.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  the  pyramids  surpass 
all  other  monuments  in  Egypt ;  and 
the  architects  are  thought  to  deserve 
more  credit  than  the  kings  at  whose 

expense  they  were  made But 

neither  the  natives,  nor  writers,  are 
agreed  respecting  the  names  of  their 
founders;  some  attributing  them  to 
the  above-named,  others  to  different 
princes;  the  largest,  for  instance,  to 
Armaeus,  the  second  to  Amasis,  the 
third  to  Inaron,  or,  as  some  pretend, 
to  the  courtesan  Rhodopis.** 

Strabo,  in  describing  the  pyramids, 
says,  **  Forty  stadia  from  the  city  (of 
Memphis)  is  a  brow  of  hills  on  which 
many  pyramids  stand,  the  sepulchres 
of  kings.  Three  of  them  are  re« 
markable,  and  two  are  reckoned 
among  the  wonders  of  the  world. 
They  are  both  a  stadium  in  height,  of 
a  square  figure,  and  their  height  is 
little  more  than  the  breadth  of  the 
sides ;  but  one  is  rather  larger  than 
the  other.  Near  the  centre  of  the 
sides  is  a  stone  which  can  be  taken 
out,  from  which  a  passage  leads  to 
the  tomb.  The  two  (large  pyramids) 
are  near  each  other  on  the  same  plain ; 
and  at  some  distance  on  a  more  ele- 
vated part  of  the  hill  is  the  third, 
smaller  than  the  other  two,  but  built 
in  a  more  costly  manner.  From  the 
base  to  about  the  middle,  it  is  of  black 
stone,  of  which  they  make  mortars, 
brought    from    the     mountains    of 


Ethiopia;  and  this  being  hard  and 
difficult  to  work,  rendered  its  con- 
struction more  expensive.  It  is  said 
to  be  the  tomb  of  a  courtesan,  built 
by  her  loVers,  whom  Sappho  the 
poetess  calls  Doricha,  the  fHend  of 
her  brother  Charaxus,  at  the  time  that 
he  traded  in  wine  to  Naucratis. 
Others  call  her  Rhodope,  and  relate  a 
story  that  when  she  was  bathing,  an 
eagle  carried  off  one  of  her  sandals, 
and  having  flown  with  it  to  Mem- 
phis, let  it  fall  into  the  lap  of  the 
king  as  he  sat  in  judgment.  Struck 
by  this  singular  occurrence,  and  the 
beauty  of  the  sandal,  (he  king  sent  to 
every  part  of  the  country  to  inquire  for 
ks  owner ;  and  having  found  her  at 
Naucratis,  he  made  her  his  queen, 
and  buried  her  at  her  death  in  this 
sepulchre.*'  This  Cinderella  tale  was 
probably  an  invention  of  the  Greek 
quarter,  after  the  time  of  Herodotus. 

llie  geographer  then  mentions  the 
fragments  of  stone  resembling  lentils 
and  barley  (which  he  thinks  very 
likely  to  be  remains  of  the  workmen's 
food),  and  the  quarries  of  the  Trojan 
mountain,  whence  the  stones  were 
brought  to  build  the  pyramids.  Close 
to  these  quarries  and  to  the  river,  he 
adds,  was  <<a  village  called  Troja, 
the  ancient  abode  of  the  Trojan  cap- 
tives brought  to  Egypt  by  Menelaus, 
who  settled  there.** 

Pliny's  account  of  the  pyramids 
represents  them  to  be  «an  idle  and 
silly  display  of  royal  wealth.  For 
some  state  the  reason  of  their  erection 
to  have  been  either  to  deprive  succes- 
sors or  ambitious  competitors  of  the 
money,  or  to  prevent  the  people  be- 
coming idle.  Nor  was  this  vanity 
confined  to  one  person,  and  the  traces 
of  many  begun  and  left  unfinished 
may  still  be  seen.  There  is  one  in 
the  Arsino'ite  nome,  two  more  in  the 
Memphitic,  not  far  from  the  Laby* 
rintb,  •  .  .  the  same  number  where 
the  Lake  Maris  ww,  this  being  a 
large  canal.  These  Egypt  reckons 
among  her  wonders,  the  summits  of 
which  are  represented  towering  (above 


THE  PYRAMIDS, 


177 


the  water's  surface).     Three  others, 
which  have   filled   the  whole  world 
with  their  renown,  are  seen  from  a 
great  distance  by  (hose  who  navigate 
the  river.     They  stand  on  the  bairen 
rocky  eminence  on  the  African  shore, 
between   the  city  of  Memphis   and 
what  is  called  the  Delta,  less  than  4 
miles    from   the   Nile,   and   6  from 
Memphis,  close   to  a   village  called 
Busiris,  where  the   people  live   who 
are  in  the  habit  of  climbing  up  them. 
Before  them    is   the    Sphinx,    even 
more  wonderful,  and  having  the  ap* 
pearance  of  a  local  deity  of  tiie  neigh- 
bouring people.     They  suppose  king 
Amasis  was  buried  within  it,  and  that 
the  whole  was  brought  to  the  place 
where  it  now  stands,  though  in  reality 
it  is  cut  out  of  the  naturul  rock,  and 
worked  smooth.     The  circumference 
of  the   monster's  head   is   102  feet 
across  the  forehead,  its  length  is  143, 
and  its  height  from  the  belly  to  the 
highest  point  of  the  head  63  feet 

*'  The  largest  pyramid  is  built  of 
stones  from  the  Arabian  quarries; 
366,000  men  are  said  to  have  been 
employed  for  20  years  in  its  con- 
struction ;  and  the  three  were  all 
made  in  68  years  and  4  months. 
Those  who  have  written  about  them 
are  Herodotus,  Euhemerus,  Duris  of 
Samos,  Aristagoras,  Dionysius,  Ar» 
temidorus,  Alexander  Polyliistor, 
Butorides,  Antisthenes,  Demetrius, 
Demoteles,  Apion;  and  yet  no  one 
of  them  shows  satisfactorily  by  whom 
they  were  built ;  a  proper  reward  to 
the  authors  of  such  vanity,  that  their 
names  should  be  buried  in  oblivion. 

«Some  have  affirmed  that  1800 
talents  were  spent  in  raphanus  roots, 
garlic,  and  onions.  The  largest  covers 
a  space  of  8  acres  (jugera),  with  4 
faces  of  equal  siie  from  corner  to 
corner,  and  each  measuring  883  feet  ( 
the  breadth  at  the  summit  being  25 
feet.  The  faces  of  the  other  pyramid 
measure  each  737  feet  from  the  four 
comers.  The  third  is  less  than  the 
other  two,  but  much  more  elegant, 
being  of  Ethiopian  stone   (granite)i 

I  5 


178 


CAIRO.  —  EXCUBSION  4« 


Sect.  IL 


and  measures  363  feet  between  the 
corners. 

**  No  vestiges  of  hoases  remain  near 
them,  but  merely  pure  sand  on  every 
side,  with  something  like  lenUls,  com* 
mon  in  the  greater  part  of  Africa. 
Ttfe  principal  question  is,  how  the 
blocks  were  carried  up  to  such  a 
height?  For  some  suppose  that 
mounds,  composed  of  nitre  and  salt, 
were  gradually  formed  as  the  work 
advan^i  and  were  afterwards  dis- 
solved by  the  water  of  the  river,  as 
soon  as  it  was  finished ;  others,  that 
bridges  were  made  of  mud  bricks, 
which,  when  the  work  was  completed, 
were  used  to  build  private  houses; 
since  the  Nile,  being  on  a  lower  level, 
could  not  be  brought  to  the  spot. 
Within  the  great  pyramid  is  a  well  86 
cubits  (129  feet)  deep,  by  which  they 
suppose  the  river  was  admitted." 

d,  TBI  oaEAT  rraAMiD. 

The  first  thing  the  traveller  gene- 
rally does,  on  arriving  at  the/TyromJcif, 
is  to  ascend  that  of  Cheip$,  The 
ascent  is  by  no  means  difficult,  though 
fatiguing  to  some  unaccustomed  to 
climbing,  from  the  heightof  the  stones, 
while  others  ascend  with  the  greatest 
ease ;  and  I  have  known  one,  an  officer 
of  the  Cyclops,  reach  the  top  in  8 
minutes.  Ladies,  who  are  often  drag- 
ged up,  rather  than  assisted,  by  the 
Arabs,  will  find  a  great  advantage  in 
having  a  couple  of  steps,  or  a  foot- 
stool, to  be  carried  by  the  Arabs,  and 
put  down  where  the  stones  are  high ; 
and  this  would  be  not  less  useful  in 
descending,  than  in  going  up,  the 
pyramid.  The  easiest  side  to  ascend 
IS  the  east.  On  the  summit  is  a 
space  about  3S  feet  square,  (much 
larger  than  in  the  days  of  Pliny  and 
Diodonis,)  having  been  increased 
when  the  casing  and  the  outer 
tiers  were  removed  by  the  caliphs 
to  serve  for  the  construction  of 
mosks  and  other  buildings  at  Cairo. 
The  mania  for  writing  names  is 
abundantly  manifested  in  the  number 
inscribed  on  the  top  of  this  monu* 


ment,  and  scarcely  less  at  the  entrance 
of  the  passage  below,  which,  as  in  all 
the  pyramids,  is  on  4he  north  side. 
The  view  from  the  summit  is  exten- 
sive, and,  during  the  inundation,  pe- 
culiarly interesting,  and  character- 
istic of  Egypt.  The  canals  winding 
through  the  plain,  or  the  large  expanse 
of  water  when  the  Nile  is  at  its  highest, 
and  the  minarets  of  Cairo,  the  citadel, 
and  the  range  of  the  Mokuttum  hills 
in  the  distance,  with  the  quarries  of 
Masarah,  whence  so  many  of  the 
blocks  used  for  building  the  pyramids 
were  taken,  are  interesting  features 
in  this  peculiar  landscape ;  and  the 
refreshing  appearance  of  the  plain, 
whether  covered  with  water  or  with  its 
green  vegetation,  are  striking  con- 
trasts to  the  barren  desert  on  the 
west.  To  the  southward  are  the  py- 
ramids of  Abooseer,  Sakkira,  and 
Dashoor;  to  the  northward,  the 
heights  of  Abooroish  ;  and  a  little  to 
the  east  of  north,  are  the  two  stone 
bridges  built  by  the  Arab  kings  of 
Egypt,  which  some  suppose  to  have 
served  for  the  transport  of  the  stones 
from  the  pyramids  to  Cairo. 

The  masonry  over  the  entrance  of 
the  great  pyramid  is  very  singular: 
two  Urge  blocks  resting  against  each 
other  form  a  sort  of  pointed  arch,  and 
serve  to  take  off  the  superincumbent 
weight  from  the  roof  of  the  passage. 
The  position  of  the  stones  in  the  body 
of  the  pyramid  is  horiiontal,  and  not, 
as  in  the  false  pyramid,  with  a  dip 
towards  the  centre  at  right  angles 
with  its  exterior  face ;  but  at  the  en- 
trance, they  follow  the  inclination  of  the 
passage,  which  is  an  angle  of  27^,  or, 
as  Col.  Howard  Vyse  gives  it,  26^  41'. 

On  going  down  the  passage,  at 
about  80  feet  from  its  present  mouth, 
you  perceive  the  end  of  a  granite 
block,  which  closes  the  upper  pas- 
sage, and  which  was  once  carefully 
concealed  by  a  triangular  piece  of 
stone  fitting  into  the  rM>f  of  the  lower 
passage,  and  secured  in  that  position 
by  a  cramp  on  cither  side.  This 
stone  has  been  reinoTed«  and  the  end 


OOEAT  PnUMID. 


TOPOOBAPHICAL  PLAN  OF  THE  PVBAMIDS  OF  OEEZER 
A,  RMlud  Ibmd  tnlnncrlo  U»  gnat  prmnld.  B,  Entnnctlo  (he  kcmhI  pti^bM. 
'  (.',  Lont  ptu,  bj  taut  •uppoHil  for  miilng  tlw  mBtur.  D.  Pirunid  of  the  diuihler  ol' 
)hK»<H(ro(latut.  11.  I3S.)-  K  Pi<n>n>l  ol  bluk  lUmei  IbuiKic  [rip),ih>  ume  ■< 
nincToiUhfauKwinoriinpTniiildi  of  Sikktn.  P.  Rnulpior  duuhit).  O.  Kound 
icl«ur»  of  crude  bi^,  at  At  A  ible,  ■[  V.  ■.  ui|Kor  thu  PTnmld.    H,  Twnba  of  Imll. 

nder KTDutid,  apMfcntltonu  tHtontitit  Lo  ■«mk]l  pvrdnklthat  ttand orn- thrm,  L  L, 
lieiRkliheRcutloiInriiurhc*.  k,  A  nirro*  and  ihallo*  Irench  cut  Intheiock. 
I.  AiqiuueiiMcecul  Id  Ibe  rocli,  pntaU^  to  renin  ukI  Hippait  the  comer  itiin*  gt  Ihe 
uio| gflhenreinld.    P, Hare luod > lonb lehich hu ttcelted  Ihe lilli  of  Ihe Tnniile or 

•le.  ' B.^nw  Ihlid priupB.  T.Threeiiiullprnnldi.  In  Iht  cmtic one li  tAe nenie of  i 
Inf.    Seebelowj>.in.    U  V,  Sulped  builarnp.  nhsHoriglul  uk  It  li  now  difflcull  to 

'ofbbieul  In  the  rock.  r»i^fl  iphina.  /^^  Pita,  probBhlT  ubopciud.  f,  Ptu.  j|,SioiMn>ln 
n  ■  rock,  i,  DoorwaT,  or  pauan.  thrtHien  the  cauievar-  *.  A  gntto  In  the  tock,  and 
me  to  the  H.  E.  an  pit!  at  (.  7,  Inclined  cauient,  part  of  V.    m,  ■,  Tombi  In  Ihe  lock. 

ck,  near  the  n- w,  angle  of  the  KTaal  pframid.    MNiHi.  j,  Mafnelic  North  andSoulh,  In 

I  6 


180 


CAIBO.— EXCURSION  4. 


Sect.  IL 


of  Uie  granite  it  once  covered  is  now 
exposed.  But  the  granite,  closing 
the  upper  passage,  remains  in  its  ori- 
ginal place ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  and 
pass  above  it,  you  turn  to  the  right  by 
a  forced  passage,  and  after  climbing  a 
few  rough  steps,  you  come  to  its 
upper  extremity,  and  ascend  to  the 
great  gallery  ;  on  entering  which  to 
the  right  you  perceive  the  entrance  to 
the  well,  which  served  as  another  com- 
munication with  the  lower  passage. 
The  angle  of  the  upper  passage  is  the 
same  as  that  of  the  lower  one,  and 
both  have  the  same  direction,  which  is 
due  south ;  but  one  runs  down  to  a 
subterranean  room,  the  other  up  to  the 
entrance  of  the  great  gallery,  where  a 
horizontal  passage  leads  to  what  is 
called  the  queen*s  chamber. 

Hiis  is  generally  visited  before  as- 
cending the  great  gallery.'  It  is  a 
small  chamber,  with  a  roof  formed  of 
blocks  of  stone  resting  against  each 
other,  as  over  the  entrance  of  the  py- 
ramid ;  and  on  the  east  side,  a  short 
way  from  the  door,  is  a  sort  of  niche 
or  recess,  built  with  stones  projecting 
one  beyond  the  other,  like  those  of 
the  great  gallery.  The  object  for 
which  it  was  intended  is  not  easily 
explained;  and  the  Arabs,  in  hopes 
of  6nding  treasure,  have  broken 
through  the  stones  for  some  distance. 
It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  this,  and 
not  what  is  called  the  king's  chamber, 
stands  in  the  centre,  or  below  the 
apex,  of  the  pyramid.  The  stones  in 
the  side  walls  are  admirably  fitted  to- 
gether, so  that  the  joints  can  scarcely 
be  traced ;  and  an  incrustation  of  salt 
has  tended  still  more  to  give  them'tlie 
appearance  of  having  been  hewn  in 
the  solid  rock,  which,  however,  on 
close  inspection  proves  not  to  be  the 
case.  You  here  stand  7*2  feet  above 
tlie  level  of  the  ground,  408  feet  be- 
low the  original  summit,  and  71  feet 
below  the  floor  of  the  king's  chamber* 
Returning  to  the  great  gallery,  you 
continue  to  ascend  at  the  same  angle 
of  26^  41',  and  then  enter  a  horixontal 
passage,  once  closed  by  four  portcuU 


lises  of  granite,  sliding  in  grooves  of 
the  same  kind  of  stone,  which  con- 
cealed and  stopped  the  entrance  to 
that  chamber. 

It  is  the  principal  apartment  in  the 
pyramid,  its  dimensions  being  34  feet 
long,  17  feet  7  inches  broad,  and  19 
feet  2  inches  high.  The  roof  is  flat, 
and  formed  of  single  blocks  of  granite 
resting  on  the  side  walls,  which  are 
built  of  the  same  materials.  Towards 
the  upper  end  is  a  sarcophagus  of 
the  same  kind  of  red  granite,  3  feet  1 
inch  in  height,  7  feet  4  inches  long, 
by  3  feet  broad,  which  is  only  3  inches 
less  in  width  than  the  door  by  which 
it  was  admitted,  having  been  probably 
introduced  by  means  of  the  screw. 
On  being  struck,  it  emits  a  very  fine 
sound,  resembling  a  deep-toned  bell : 
but  the  depredations  of  travellers,  if 
continued  for  a  few  more  yeara,  will 
end  in  reducing  it  to  a  mere  frag- 
ment, and  give  us  reason  to  regret 
the  senseless  destruction  of  this  monu* 
ment,  while  they  justify  a  remark 
made  by  Mohammed  All,  that  Euro- 
peans might  do  well  to  remember, 
when  censuring  the  ignorance  of  the 
Turks  in  destroying  so  many  relics 
of  antiquity,  that  they  themselves  con- 
tribute not  a  little  to  their  deteriora- 
tion, and  set  a  bad  example  to  those 
of  whom  they  complain.  The  sarco- 
phagus is  entirely  destitute  of  hiero- 
glyphics and  every  kind  of  sculpture  ; 
which  is  the  more  singular,  as  it  is  the 
very  place  of  all  othen  where  we 
might  expect  to  find  them.  And  this 
has  been  used  as  an  argument  in 
favour  of  the  assumption,  that  hiero* 
gljrphics  were  not  known  at  the  time 
the  pyramids  were  erected.  But  the 
authority  of  Herodotus,  who  saw  aa 
inscription  on  the  face  of  the  great 
pyramid,  the  assertion  of  Abd-el- 
Az^ex,  who  mentions  the  same  thing, 
and  the  sculptures  of  the  tombs  in 
the  vicinity  bearing  the  name  of 
Cheops,  Suphis,  or  Shofo,  by  whom  it 
was  erected,  as  well  as  the  probability 
that  people  so  far  advanced  in  the 
science  of  architecture  could  not  b^ 


Egyp^' 


GREAT  PTBAMID, 


181 


without  a  written  language,  suffice  to 
disprove  this  conjecture  ;  and  the  dis- 
coveries of  Colonel  Howard  Vyse, 
who  found  hieroglyphics  containing 
the  king's  name  on  the  stones  of  the 
upper  chambers,  have  satisfactorily  set 
the  question  at  rest,  and  proved  their 
use  at  the  period  of  its  erection. 

The  inscription  mentioned  by  Hero- 
dotus on  the  front  of  the  pyramid 
is  said  to  have  contained  an  account 
of  the  expenses  incurred  in  feeding 
the  workmen,  according  to  the  ex- 
planation given  by  the  interpreter  who 
accompanied  him.  From  the  man* 
ner  in  which  he  speaks  of  it,  we 
might  suppose  the  inscription  to  have 
been  in  Hieratic,  or  in  Enchorial,  ^ut 
the  latter  was  then  unknown,  and  the 
Hieratic  was  not  used  on  monuments; 
and  though  he  seems  to  use  the  ex- 
pression "  the  figures  of  animals  '*  to 
indicate  hieroglyphics,  we  may  con- 
clude the  inscription  on  the  pyramid 
to  have  been  in  the  same  character. 
With  regard  to  the  stones  mentioned 
by  some  modem  writers  in  the  walls 
of  the  adjacent  tombs,  it  is  certain 
that  they  were  not  taken,  as  they  sup- 
pose, from  the  pyramids.  Nor  are 
those  buildings  anterior  in  date  to  the 
great  pyramid,  since  their  position  is 
evidently  regulated  by  the  direction  of 
that  monument.  In  the  hieroglyphic 
inscriptions  of  the  tombs,  the  names  of 
kings  are  of  very  great  antiquity,  long 
before  the  accession  of  the  16th  dynas- 
ty ;  and  we  even  find  that  of 


Suphis,  or  Cheops,  the  founder  of  the 
great  pyramid,  which,  as  well  as  their 
general  style,  proves  the  early  date 
of  hieroglyphics,  and  of  their  com. 
roon  use  at  that  period.  There  is  a 
dlfierence  between  the  name  we  have 


always  ascribed  to  Suphis  h,  and  that 
found  in  the  great  pyramid  a  ;  but  it 
may  be  observed  that  the  latter  was 
painted  on  the  stones  before  they  were 
built  into  the  walls,  probably  while  in 
the  quarry  ;  which,  with  other  facts, 
argues  that  this  king  may  have  been 
a  predecessor  of  the  founder  of  the 
pyramid. 

In  the  side  walb  of  the  king's  cham- 
ber are  small  holes,  or  tubes,  the  use 
of  which  perplexed  every  one  until 
ascertained  by  the  valuable  researches 
of  the  same  person,  to  whose  perseve- 
rance we  are  so  greatly  indebted ;  and 
it  was  left  for  Colonel  Howard  Vyse 
to  ascertain  their  real  use,  as  tubes  to 
conduct  air  into  the  interior  of  the 
pyramid.  Over  the  king's  chamber 
is  another  room,  or  rather  entresol, 
which,  like  those  above  it,  was  evi- 
dently intended  to  protect  the  roof  of 
that  chamber  from  the  pressure  of  the 
mass  of  masonry  above.  This  was 
discovered  by  Mr.  Davidson,  British 
consul  at  Algiers,  who  accompanied 
Mr.  Wortley  Montague  to  Egypt  in 
1763,  and.  therefore  received  his  name. 
The  ascent  to  it  was  by  means  of 
small  holes  cut  into  the  wall  at  the 
S.  £.  corner  of  the  great  gallery,  at 
the  top  of  which  was  the  entrance  of 
a  narrow  passage  leading  into  it.  This 
room  is  not  more  than  S  ft  6  in.  high ; 
and  the  floor,  which  is  the  upper  side 
of  the  stones  forming  the  roof  of  the 
chamber  l>elow,  is  very  uneven.  Its 
roof  also  consists  of  granite  blocks^ 
like  tliat  of  the  king's  chamber,  and 
serves  as  the  floor  of  another  entresol ; 
above  which  are  three  other  similar 
low  rooms,  the  uppermost  of  which, 
called  after  Colonel  Campbell,  has  a 
pointed  roof,  made  of  blocks  placed 
against  each  other,  like  those  of  the 
queen's  chamber,  and  over  the  entrance 
of  the  pyramid. 

These  four  upper  entresols  were 
discovered  by  Colonel  Howard  Vyse, 
and  received  from  him  the  names  of 
Wellington's,  Nelson's,  Lady  Ar-« 
butbnot's,  and  Campbell's  chambers. 

On  the  stones  were  found  som^ 
hieroglyphics,  painted  in  red  ochre, 


182 


CAIRO.  —  BXCUBSION  4. 


Sect  IL 


presenting  more  than  once  the  name 
of  the  king  above  mentioned,  and 
evidently  written  upon  the  blocks  be> 
fore  tbey  were  put  into  their  present 
places,  as  some  are  turned  upside 
down,  and  others  are  partly  covered 
by  the  adjacent  stones.  Many  of  ibem 
may  still  be  traced ;  though  the  ad- 
mission of  air,  and,  above  all,  the 
rige  for  writing  names,  which  is  here 
done  with  the  smoke  of  candles,  will 
soon  cause  them  to  disappear.  The 
number  of  visitors,  however,  to  these 
chambers  is  likely  now  to  be  very 
limited,  as  the  wooden  steps  at  the 
end  of  the  gallery  are  beginning  to 
decay,  one  or  two  having  been  taken 
away,  and  the  ascent  is  by  uo  means 
easy  without  a  ladder. 

It  seems  singular  that  while  the 
roofs  of  these  chambers  are  smooth 
and  even,  the  floors  are  left  rough ; 
and  in  some,  the  inequalities  of  the 
stones  are  of  several  feet,  plainly 
showing  them  not  to  have  been  in- 
tended for  any  use  beyond  that  of 
relieving  the  king's  chamber  from  the 
superincumbent  weight.  Towards  the 
ends  of  the  blocks  in  the  floor  of  the 
uppermost  room  are  small  square 
holes,  the  use  of  which  it  is  difficult 
to  determine.  They  are  probably  con- 
nected with  their  transport  from  the 
quarry,  or  their  elevation  to  their 
present  position. 

At  the  bottom  of  the  great  galleiy, 
on  the  W.  side,  is  a  passage  partly 
vertical,  partly  slanting  and  irregular, 
generally  called  '*  the  well,**  which  is 
now  closed.  It  connects  the  gallery 
with  the  lower  passage ;  and  in  de- 
scending it  some  years  ago,  I  observed 
that  the  rock  rose  to  the  height  of 
about  72  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
ground,  showing  that  the  pyramid 
was  built  over  a  small  hill,  which 
may  be  called  the  nucleus  of  the 
fabric.  The  well  is  nearly  800  feet 
deep,  which  is  the  distance  between 
the  two  passages,  the  point  where  it 
enters  the  lower  one  being  91  feet 
below  the  level  of  the  pyramid*s  base. 
It  was  by  this  well  that  the  workmen 


descended,  after  they  had  closed  the 
lower  end  of  the  upper  passage  with 
the  block  of  granite  before  mentioned ; 
and  having  reached  the  lower  pas- 
sage, they  followed  it  upwards  to  the 
mouth  of  the  pyramid,  which  they 
stopped  in  the  same  manner;  and 
it  is  to  this  last  that  Strabo  alludes 
when  be  says  it  was  closed  by  a  stone 
fitted  into  the  mouth  of  the  passage. 
The  lower  passage  u  a  continuation  of 
the  one  by  which  you  entered,  and 
left  on  ascending  near  the  granite 
block;  on  returning  to  which  point 
from  the  great  gallery,  you  continue 
the  descent  by  the  lower  passage  for 
225  feet  (or  from  the  present  entrance 
of  the  pyramid  306  feet},  and  then 
reach  the  mouth  of  the  well,  from 
which  to  the  lower  chamber  is  53  feet 
more,  nearly  half  at  the  same  angle, 
and  the  rest  on  a  level.  When  in  this 
chamber  you  are  105  feet  below  the 
base  of  the  pyramid,  and  about  the 
same  level  as  the  plain  under  the  rock 
on  which  it  stands. 

This  chamber  was  left  unfinished, 
and  on  the  W.  side  are  several  pro* 
jecting  pieces  of  the  rock  cut  into 
irregular  shapes.  In  the  wall,  op» 
posite  its  entrance,  is  a  small  un- 
finished passage,  extending  52  feet  in 
a  southerly  direction,  leading  to  no 
room ;  and  in  the  floor  between  this 
and  the  entrance  is  a  pit  placed  dia- 
gonally with  regard  to  the  walls,  which 
was  excavated  by  Colonel  Howard 
Vyse  to  the  depth  of  36  feet,  without 
leading  to  any  result  Nor  did  he 
succeed  in  finding  the  canal  mentioned 
by  Herodotus.  Indeed,  I  doubt  the 
assertion  of  the  historian,  respecting 
the  introduction  of  the  waters  of  the 
Nile,  which,  in  the  days  of  Suphis  or 
Cheops,  must  have  been  on  a  much 
lower  level  than  at  the  present  time. 

On  the  N.  wall  of  the  great  gallery 
I  observed  the  names  of  Aibek,  Bay- 
bdrs,  and  Sultan  Mohammed,  which 
were  either  written  by  visitors  during 
those  reigns,  or  by  some  one  who 
wished  to  deceive  future  travellers. 
Aibek    was    the  first   king  of  tha 


Egypt 


OBEAT  (TIUMID. 


183 


Baharite  dynasty  of  Memlooks.  He 
reigned  in  1250,  and  Bayb^n  in 
1S60;  and  as  the  word  Saeed  foUovfi 
the  name  of  Mohammed,  we  may 
suppose  him  to  be  the  son  and  suc- 
cessor of  Bayb^rs.  He  died  in  1 279* 
If  really  written  during  those  reigns, 
they  would  prove  that  the  pyramid 
was  open  at  that  period ;  which  is  by 
no  means  improbable,  since  these 
monuments  serred  during  a  long 
period  as  quarries  for  the  erection  of 
mosks  and  other  buildings  at  Cairo ; 
and  it  is  generally  believed  that  it 
always  Kmained  open  after  the  reign  of 
the  Caliph  Mamoon.  It  is  said  to  have 
been  Brst  opened  by  that  prince,  about 
the  year  8S0  a.  d.  ;  and  the  long 
forced  passage  to  the  west,  below  the 
level  of  the  present  entrance,  is  sup- 
posed to  have  been  made  at  that  time ; 
from  which  we  may  conclude  that  he 
found  tile  pyramid  so  carefully  closed, 
that  the  stone  could  not  be  discovered 
which  stopped  the  entrance.  And  in 
order  more  effectually  to  deceive  those 
who  should  attempt  to  violate  the 
tomb,  the  Egyptians  had  placed  the 
passage  23  feet  from  the  centre,  being 
401  feet  from  the  western,  and  355  from 
the  eastern  face,  measuring  from  the 
middle  of  the  passage,  along  the  base 
of  the  pyramid ;  each  of  whose  sides, 
when  entire  with  the  casing,  was  756 
feet. 

The  object  of  the  Caliph  was  the 
discovery  of  treasure.  Tradition,  or 
the  accbunts  of  ancient  writers,  with 
whose  works  the  Arabs  at  that  period 
bad  become  acquainted,  had  informed 
them  of  the  existence  of  chambers  and 
a  closed  passage,  and  the  engineers  of 
the  day  were  required  to  discover  the 
entrance,  and  open  the  pyramid. 

They  commenced,  as  was  natural 
enough,  and  as  the  Egyptians  fore- 
saw, in  the  centre  of  the  face,  and 
forced  their  way  through  the  solid 
masonry.  The  labour  must  have 
been  excessive.  But  when  they  had 
penetrated  to  the  distance  of  about  100 
feet,  the  sound,  or  the  falling  of  some 
stones  accidentally  disclosed  the  vici- 


nity of  the  real  passage,  15  feet  to 
their  left,  by  which  they  continued  to 
the  great  gallery  and  the  two  cham- 
bers. As  they  returned,  they  cleared 
the  real  passage  to  its  mouth,  being 
more  commodious  than  the  rough 
way  they  had  forced,  for  the  ingress 
and  egress  of  the  workmen. 

Access  was  at  length  obtained  to 
the  place  of  the  wished-for  treasure^ 
and  great  hopes  were  entertained,  say 
the  Arab  historians,  of  finding  a  rich 
reward  for  their  toil.  But  these  hopes 
were  doomed  to  end  in  disappoint- 
ment. The  pyramid  was  found  to 
have  been  previously  entered  and 
rifled,  and  the  Caliph  was  about  to 
abandon  his  vain  search,  when  the 
people  began  to  evince  their  discon- 
tent and  to  censure  his  ill-placed 
avidity.  To  check  their  murmurs,  he 
had  recourse  to  artifice.  He  secretly 
ordered  a  large  sum  of  money  to  be 
conveyed  to,  and  buried  in,  the  inner^ 
most  part  of  the  excavated  passage ; 
and  the  subsequent  discovery  of  the 
supposed  treasure,  which  was  found 
to  be  about  equal  to  what  had  been 
expended,  satisfied  the  people;  and 
the  Caliph  gratified  his  own  curiosity 
at  the  expense  of  their  labour,  their 
money,  and  their  unsuspecting  cre- 
dulity. Abd-el-H6km  says,  that  a 
statue  resembling  a  man  was  found  in 
the  sarcophagus,  and  in  the  statue 
(mummy  case)  was  a  body,  with  a 
breast-plate  of  gold  and  jewels,  bear- 
ing characters  written  with  a  pen 
which  no  one  understood.  Others 
mention  an  emerald  vase  of  beautiful 
workmanship.  But  the  authority  of 
Arab  writers  is  not  always  to  be  relied 
on ;  and  it  may  be  doubted  whether 
the  body  of  the  king  was  really  de* 
posited  in  the  sarcophagusL  Lord 
Munster  found  in  the  second  pyramid 
the  bones  of  an  ox,  which  he  brought 
with  him  to  England ;  but  from  these 
no  conclusion  can  be  drawn,  as  they 
may  have  been  taken  into  it  after  it 
was  opened,  either  by  men  or  wild 
beasts ;  neither  of  whom  were  aware 
how  much  they  might  puaxle  future 


184 


CAIRO. — EXCURSIOK  4. 


Sect,  n, 


antiquaries  with  speculations  about 
the  bones  of  Apis. 

That  both  the  pyramids  had  been 
opened  before  the  time  of  the  Arabs, 
is  exceedingly  probable,  as  we  find 
the  Egyptians  themselves  had  in  many 
instances  plundered  the  tombs  of 
Thebes;  and  the  fact  of  its  having 
been  closed  again  is  consistent  with 
experience  in  other  places.  Belxont*s 
tomb  iiad  been  rifled  and  re-closed, 
and  the  same  is  observed  in  many 
Hieban  tombs,  when  discovered  by 
modern  excavators. 

The  forced  passage  of  the  Caliph 
could  be  followed  for  a  great  distance, 
from  the  point  where  the  upper  and 
lower  passages  join;  but  it  is  now 
filled  with  stones,  brought,  I  believe, 
from  the  late  excavations  in  the 
pyramid. 

Pliny  mentions  a  well  in  the  great 
p]rramid  86  cubits  or  129  feet  in 
depth,  by  which  it  was  supposed  that 
the  water  of  the  Nile  was  admitted  ; 
but  this  may  only  have  been  known 
to  him  by  report,  and  does  not  prove 
that  the  pyramid  was  open  in  his 
time.  The  same  remark  applies  to 
the  stonei  said  by  Strabo  to  close  the 
mouth  of  the  passage.  With  regard 
to  the  admission  of  the  water  of  the 
Nile,  mentioned  by  Herodotus,  the 
much  lower  level  of  the  river  at  once 
prevents  the  possibility  of  its  having 
been  introduced  by  a  canal  into  the 
pyramid,  the  base  of  which  is,  even 
now,  upwards  of  100  feet  above  the 
surface  of  the  highest  inundation,  and 
was  more  in  the  time  of  Herodotus, 
and  still  more  again  at  the  period  of 
its  erection.  That  a  well  in  the 
pyramid  might  have  been  deep 
enough  to  reach  the  water  is  certain, 
but  it  could  not  rise  to  surround  the 
lowest  chambers,  now  seen  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  passage ;  and  unless  other 
chambers  exist  from  SO  to  90  feet 
below  the  level  of  this  one,  the  water 
could  not  have  surrounded  them,  even 


were  the  Nile  at  its  present  level. 
Much  less  could  it  have  done  so  in 
the  time  of  Suphis.  At  all  events, 
a  canal  from  the  Nile  is  out  of  the 
question,  and  quite  unnecessary;  as 
the  Egyptians  must  have  known,  that 
by  digging  to  a  certain  depth  the 
water  always  oozes  through  the  soil, 
and  the  cUy  that  forms  the  base  of 
the  rocks* ;  and  if  they  wished  to 
form  chambers  surrounded  by  water, 
they  had  only  to  make  them  at  a 
certain  level,  below  the  ground,  to 
obtain  this  result  Pliny  mentions  the 
report  of  this  canal ;  but  though  he 
says,  very  properly,  that  the  Nile  is 
lower  than  the  pyramids,  he  does  not 
express  any  opinion  respecting  the 
possibility  of  the  water  being  admitted 
round  the  underground  chamber.  The 
well  he  speaks  of  is  not  what  now 
bears  that  name,  but  probably  the  one 
in  the  chamber  at  the  end  of  the  lower 
passage ;  the  former  agreeing  neither 
with  the  measurement  h^  gives  (which 
it  exceeds  by  about  70  feet),  nor  with 
the  object  for  which  it  was  supposed 
to  have  been  intended.  The  use  of 
the  present  well,  connecting  the  two 
passages,  was,  as  I  have  already  said, 
for  the  exit  of  the  workmen. 

In  going  into  the  pyramid,  I  need 
scarcely  suggest  the  necessity  of  being 
provided  with  candles  and  a  lanthom, 
lucifers,  and  a  supply  of  water ;  and 
a  long  stick  to  raise  a  light  upon, 
in  examining  the  upper  part  of  the 
rooms,  may  be  useful.  I  should 
also  recommend  a  cloak,  to  put 
on  in  coming  out,  particularly  in 
the  evening,  which  is  by  no  means  a 
bad  time  for  visiting  the  interior.  It 
may  be  as  well  not  to  entrust  it  to 
the  care  of  the  Arabs,  when  not 
wanted  vrithin  the  pyramid,  as  they 
are  not  particularly  clean. 

I  do  not  presume  to  explain  the 
real  object  for  which  the  pyramids 
were  built,  but  ieel  persuaded  that 
they  served  for  tombs,  and  were  also 


•  or  the  level  of  the  water  in  the  welU,  compared  with  the  Nile  and  the  base  of  the  nrra- 

1 '.."^  ?1^  carious  Infbrmation  in  the  Appendix  of  Colooel  Howard  Vyse**  book, 
TOL  ii.  p.  I48L 


Egifptn 


GREAT  PTBAMID. 


185 


intended  for  astronomicil  purposes. 
For  though  it  is  in  vain  to  look  for 
the  polestar  in  latitude  30^,  at  the 
bottom  of  a  passage  descending  at 
an  angle  of  27S  or  to  imagine  that  a 
do$ed  passage,  or  a  pyramid  covered 
with  a  smooth  inaccessible  casing, 
were  intended  for  an  observatory,  yet 
the  form  of  the  exterior  might  lead  to 
many  useful  calculations.  They  stand 
exactly  due  north  and  south,  and 
while  the  direction  of  the  faces, 
east  and  west,  might  serve  to  fix  the 
return  of  a  certain  period  of  the  year, 
the  shadow  cast  by  the  sun  at  the 
time  of  its  coinciding  with  their  slope, 
might  be  observed  for  a  similar  pur- 
pose. 

The  angle  of  the  face  was  52^,  or, 
according  to  Colonel  Howard  Vyse*s 
more  minute  measurement,  51^  50f  \ 
and  that  the  pyramids  presented  a 
smooth  exterior  surface  (generally, 
though  perhaps  not  quite  correctly, 
called  the  casing)  is  very  evident,  not 
only  from  the  portion  that  still  remains 
on  that  of  Cephren,  but  from  the 
statements  of  ancient  authors,  and 
from  one  of  the  stones  found  on  the 
spot. 

In  Pliny's  time,  both  the  pyramids 
seem  still  to  have  had  this  exterior  tier 
of  stones,  which  was  probably  not 
stripped  off  until  the  time  of  the  ca- 
liphs ;  and  according  to  the  account 
of  ancient  writers,  the  people  of  the 
neighbouring  village  of  Busiris  were 
paid  by  strangers  for  climbing  them, 
as  the/e^/oAj  of  El  Kafr  now  are,  for 
going  over  the  smooth  part  of  the 
second  pyramid.  Diodorus  also 
speaks  of  rude  steps,  cut  on  the  side 
of  that  of  Cephren,  the  whole,  no 
doubt,  being  then  covered  with  a 
smooth  exterior ;  and  if  we  may  be- 
lieve Abd  e'  Lateef,  the  dilapidation 
of  the  pyramids  took  place  at  a  late 
period. 

The  dimensions  of  the  great  pyra- 
mid have  been  variously  stated  at 
different  times,  by  ancient  and  modem 
writers.  According  to  my  own  ob- 
8ervation% 


It  covered  an  area  of  about  571  *5S$ 
square  feet. 

The  length  of  each  face,  when  entire, 
was  756-0  feet  by  measurement. 

Its  perpendicular  height,  when  en- 
tire, was  480*9  feet  by  calculation. 

Its  present  base  was  732 -0  feet  by 
measurement 

Present  perpendicular  height  was 
460*9  feet  by  calculation. 

Present  area  was  535*824  square 
feet. 

It  has  been  said  to  cover  the  same 
space  as  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields ;  which 
is  not  far  from  the  truth,  judging 
from  a  rough  calculation  of  paces,  by 
which  I  found  the  area  of  that  place 
to  contain  about  550,000  square  feet, 
the  breadth  being  more  one  way  than 
the  other.  The  solid  contents  of  the 
pyramid  havS  been  calculated  at 
85,000,000  cubic  feet ;  and  it  has  been 
computed  that  there  is  space  enough 
in  this  mass  of  masonry  for  3,700 
rooms  of  the  same  size  as  tlie  king*t 
chamber,  leaving  the  contents  ijf  every 
second  chamber  solid,  by  way  of  sepa- 
ration. Colonel  Howard  Vyse  gives 
the  following  measurements :  — 

Former  base  (of  great  pyra- 
mid) -  -  -  -  764-0 
Present  base  -  -  -  746-0 
Present  height  perpendicular  450*9 
Present  height  inclined  -  568*3 
Former  height  inclined  -  611-0 
Perpendicular  height  by  cas- 
ing stones,  .  -  -  480*9 
Angle  of  casing  stones        -  51^  50^ 

Acret.  Roodt.  Polw. 
Former  extent  of  base  13  1  28 
Present  extent  of  base  12         3         3 

I  am  far  from  pretending  that  my 
own  measurements  are  more  correct 
than  the  above,  which  have  been  taken 
with  so  much  care,  and  by  persons  so 
capable  of  the  task  ;  but  such  is  the 
difficulty  of  measuring  the  ill-defined 
exterior  of  the  pyramid,  that  no  two 
measurements  agree,  and,  if  taken 
along  the  ground,  can  seldom  be  de- 
pended on.  I  may  therefore  state  the 
manner  in  which  my  measurements 


186 


CAIBO.  —  EXCURSION  4. 


Sect.  n. 


were  taken,  which  appean  to  me  the 
least  liable  to  error,  and  leave  otben 
to  decide  on  the  apot  respecting  their 
accuracy.  This  was  done  by  ascend- 
ing to  one  of  the  tiers,  near  the 
entrance»  and'  measuring  in  an  un- 
interrupted line,  from  one  end  of  the 
pyramid  to  the  other,  free  from  all 
accumulation  of  sand  or  other  in- 
equalities; and  then,  by  letting  fall 
an  imaginary  perpendicular  to  the 
ground,  and  adding  the  base  of  the 
small  triangle  at  each  comer  (where 
the  casing  stone  rested  in  the  rock), 
the  measurement  of  the  whole  side 
was  determined.  * 

For  the  heights  I  am  indebted  to 
the  angle  given  by  Colonel  Vyse, 
which,  with  the  half  base,  gives  the 
altitude  much  more  accurately  than  by 
any  other  measurement,  llie  side, 
then,  S78  (the  half  of  756),  with  the 
angle  51^  £(y,  requires  a  perpendi- 
cuUr  qf  480 '9,  and  deducting  80  feet 
for  the  fallen  apex,  leaves  460*9  for 
the  present  height.  The  base  of  the 
apex,  32  feet,  by  a  similar  calculation, 
gives  about  20  for  its  perpendicular, 
and  this  deducted  from  the  480*9  is 
preferable  to  any  other  calculation  of 
the  present  height  It  is  also  evident 
by  the  same  process,  that  with  the 
base  given  by  Colonel  Vyse,  the 
angle  51^  SO'  would  require  the  per- 
pendicular height  when  entire  to  be 
486  feet,  and  at  present,  without  the 
apex  of  20  feet,  466  feet. 

We  have  seen,  according  to  the 
statement  of  Herodotus,  that  100,000 
men  were  employed  in  the  construc- 
tion of  this  pyramid,  and  in  cutting 
and  transporting  the  stones  from  the 
Arabian  mountain,  who  were  relieved 
every  three  months  by  the  same  num- 
ber; and  besides  the  20  years  em- 
ployed in  erecting  the  pyramid  itself, 
ten  more  were  occupied  in  construct- 
ing the  causeway,  and  a  considerable 
time  in  making  the  subterraneous 
chambers,  and  in  clearing  and  level- 
ling the  hill  on.  which  it  stands.  This 
last  may  also  include  the  nucleus 
over  which  it  is  built.      Herodotus 


says  the  whole  time  employed  in 
building  the  2  pyramids  was  106 
years,  without  stating  how  long  the 
third  took  for  its  completion ;  but 
Pliny  only  gives  78  years  and  4 
months  for  the  whole  three.  The 
number  of  men  employed  about  the 
great  pyramid  he  reckons  at  360,000, 
which  is  40.000  less  than  the  calcu- 
lation of  the  historian,  whose  100,000 
every  3  months  require  a  total  of 
400,000  men.  The  number  of  years 
taken  to  complete  this  pyramid  is 
stated  by  the  naturalist  to  have  been 
20 ;  in  which  he  agrees  with  Hero- 
dotus, if  the  time  occupied  in  clearing 
the  rock  is  not  reckoned  in  that  ac- 
count ;  and  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  the  pyramid  of  Cheops,  and  the 
works  connected  with  it,  occupied 
more  time  than  that  of  his  brother 
Cephren,  who  found  the  causeways 
both  on  the  £.  and  W.  sides  of  the 
Nile  already  made.  The  total  of  78 
years  for  the  three,  given  by  Pliny, 
therefore  appears  more  consistent  with 
probability,  than  the  106  for  the  two 
stated  by  Herodotus;  50  and  56 
years  being  too  much  for  two  suc- 
cessive reigns,  notwithstanding  the 
long  lives  of  numy  of  the  Egyptian 
kings. 

It  would  be  curious  to  know  the 
means  employed  by  the  Egyptians 
for  raising  the  stones,  and  the  exact 
form  of  Uie  machines  mentioned  by 
Herodotus  :  the  admirable  skill  with 
which  tlie  passages  and  chambers  are 
constructed  show  the  advancement  of 
that  people  in  architectural  know- 
ledge, at  the  time  of  their  erection, 
and  we  are  not  a  little  surprised  to 
find  Diodorus  assert  that  machinery 
had  not  yet  been  invented. 

e.  sxcoMD  rraAxiD. 

The  style  of  building  in  the  teamd 
pyramid  is  inferior  to  that  of  the  first, 
and  the  stones  used  in  its  construction 
were  less  carefully  selected,  though 
united  with  nearly  the  same  kind  of 
cement.  The  lowest  tier  of  stones 
was  of  granite,  but  probably  only  the 


Egypt^ 


SECOND  PTRAIOD. 


187 


casing,  as  the  expression  of  Herodotus, 
like  that  applied  by  Pliny  to  the  third 
pyramid,  does  not  require  the  granite 
to  extend  beyond  the  surface.  That 
granite  was  employed  for  some  portion 
at  least  of  the  outer  part  or  casing  of 
this  pyramid,  is  sufficiently  proved  by 
the  blocks  that  lie  scattered  about  its 
base,  among  which  I  observed  a  comer- 
stone.  The  stones  used  in  the  body 
of  this,  as  well  as  all  the  other  P3rra- 
mids,  have  been  brought  partly  from 
the  nummulite  rocks  of  the  neigh- 
bouring hills,  partly  from  the  quarries 
of  the  "  Arabian  mountain,"  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  river ;  and  the 
casing  stones  or  outer  layers  were 
composed  of  blocks  hewn  from  its 
compact  strata. 

This  mountain  is  the  Troici  lapidis 
mons  of  Ptolemy  and  Strabo ;  and  it 
is  to  it  that  Pliny  alludes  when  he 
says,  "  the  largest  pyramid  is  formed 
of  blocks  hewn  in  the  Arabian  quar- 
ries.** The  mountain  is  now  called 
Gebel  Masarah,  from  a  town  below 
on  the  river ;  and  the  compound  name 
Toora-Masarah  is  sometimes  applied 
to  it,  from  another  village  to  the  N., 
which,  though  bearing  an  Arabic 
name,  signifying  "  a  canal,*'  has  every 
appearance  of  baring  been  corrupted 
from  the  ancient  Troja,  or  Vicus 
Trojanus.  From  this  the  hill  was 
called  Th>icl  lapidis  mons. 

The  ascent  of  the  second  pyramid 
over  the  casing  is  difficult.  In  my 
first  visit  to  these  monuments,  in  1 821, 
before  the  real  meaning  of  Herodotus*s 
statement  occurred  to  me,  I  went  up 
to  the  summit  of  it,  in  order  to  ascer- 
tain something  relative  to  its  com- 
mencement from  the  top  ;  I  need 
scarcely  say  without  being  repaid  for 
the  trouble.  My  ascent  was  on  the 
W.  face,  which  I  either  supposed  to 
be  the  easiest,  on  looking  at  it  from 
the  ground,  or  probably  from  what  I 
had  heard  before,  being  entirely  alone 


when  I  went  up.  There  is  some 
difficulty  in  getting  upon  the  pro- 
jecting casing,  which  greatly  overhangs 
the  other  part  below  it ;  and  in  de- 
scending over  its  smooth  face.  It 
requires  a  good  head,  as  In  looking 
down  between  your  feet  you  see  the 
plain  below,  while  searching  for  a 
footing  in  the  small  holes  cut  here  and 
the^e  to  serve  as  steps.  These,  how- 
ever, have  lately  been  made  larger  and 
more  numerous.  The  portion  of  the 
casing  that  remains  extends  about  one 
quarter  of  the  way  from  the  present 
summit  of  the  pyramid  ;  and  Colonel 
Vyse  calculates  it  at  from  130  to  150 
feet,  which  I  suppose  to  mean  along 
the  inclined  face.  On  the  top  is  a 
level  space,  the  apex  being  broken 
away  ;  and  on  one  of  the  stones  is  an 
Arabic  inscription,  of  which  I  regret 
I  did  not  take  a  copy,  though  it  pro- 
bably contains  little  more  than  a 
record  of  the  ascent  of  some  one  ra- 
ther more  venturesome  than  a  Cairene. 
I  mention  this  in  case  any  of  my 
readers  should  have  an  opportunity 
of  copying  it;  at  the  same  time  that  I 
recommend  those  who  attempt  the 
ascent  to  take  off  their  shoes. 

The  passages  in  the  second  pyramid 
are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  first ; 
but  there  is  no  gallery,  and  they  lead 
only  to  one  main  chamber,  in  which 
is  a  sarcophagus  sunk  in  the  floor.  It 
is  remarkable  that  this  pyramid  had 
two  entrances;  an  upper  one,  by  which 
you  now  enter,  and  another  about  60 
feet  below  it,  which,  though  nearly 
cleared  by  Beltoni,  was  only  com- 
pletely laid  open  by  Colonel  Vyse. 

Like  all  the  others,  it  had  hien  en- 
tered by  the  Arabs  and  re-dosed ;  and 
when  Belzoni  opened  it  in  1816,  he 
found,  from  an  inscription  in  the 
diamber,  that  it  had  been  visited  be- 
fore by  Sultan  Ali  Mohammed,  by 
whose  order  it  was  probably  re-dosed. 
The  Arabic  is  as  follows :  — 


188 


CAIRO. — EXCURSION  4. 


Sect  IL 


which,  according  to  Mr.  Salame*8 
interpretation  is,  "  The  Master  Mo- 
hammed son  of  Ahmed,  mason,  has 
opened  them;  and  also  the  Master 
Othman  was  present ;  and  the  king, 
Ali  Mohammed,  from  the  beginning 
to  the  closing  up."  Professor  Lee 
gives  it,  "  The  Master  Mohammed, 
son  of  Ahmed,  the  stonecutter,  first 
opened  them ;  and  upon  this  occasion 
were  present  El  Melek  Othman,  and 
the  Master  Othman,  and  Mohammed 
Lugleik.**  If  this  were  the  correct 
reading,  the  opening  of  the  second 
pyramid  would  be  fixed  to  the  year 
1200,  during  the  short  reign  of  El 
Melek  el- Ax^s- Othman,  the  second 
son  and  immediate  successor  of  Sala- 
din ;  but  it  is  not  borne  out  by  the 
copy  given  by  Belxoni,  which  is  very 
correctly  translated  by  Mr.  Salame ; 
the  expression  "closing  up"  being 
alone  doubtful. 

The  opening  of  the  second  pyramid 
was  highly  creditable  to  the  enter- 
prising Belxoni;  not  from  the  mere 
employment  of  a  number  of  men  to 
seek  or  force  a  passage,  but  because 
the  prejudices  of  the  time  were  so 
strong  against  the  probability  of  that 
pyramid  containing  any  chambers. 

One  hundred  and  thirty  feet  from 
the  mouth  of  the  upper  passage  was 
a  granite  portcullis  ;  and  the  other 
was  closed  in  the  same  manner  about 
100  feet  from  its  entrance.  A  little 
beyond  the  latter  portcullis  is  a  long 
narrow  chamber ;  and  the  passage  is 
afterwards  united  with  the  upper  one 
by  an  ascending  talus.  The  dimen- 
sions of  this  pyramid  are  — 

Present  length  of  the  base  690  feet 
by  measurement. 

Present  height  perpendicular  446*9 
feet  by  calculation,  taking  the  angle 
53P  SO',  given  by  Col.  Vyse. 


Former  height  perpendicular,  about 
453  feet  by  calculation,  allowing  for 
the  fallen  apex. 

Colonel  Howard  Vyse  gives 

Feet 

The  former  base          •        -  707*9 

Present  base       -        -        -  690'9 

Former  perpendicular  height  454*3 

Present  perpendicular  height  447*6 
Passage  eastward    from  the 

centre  of  face  .        -        -  43*10 
Angle  52<' SO' 

Acres.  Roods.  Poles. 
Former  extent  of  base  11  1  38 
Present  extent  of  base  10         8       SO 

It  stands  on  higher  ground  than 
the  great  pyramid,  and  has,  when  seen 
from  certain  positions,  the  appearance 
of  greater  height.  An  area  sunk  in 
the  rock  runs  round  its  northern  and 
western  face,  parallel  with  the  pyra- 
mid, distant  from  it  on  the  N.  200, 
and  on  the  W.  100  feet.  In  the  scarp 
of  the  rock  to  the  W.  are  a  doxen 
tombs,  in  one  of  which  (the  6th  froni 
the  S. )  the  ceiling  is  remarkable,  the 
stone  being  cut  in.  imitation  of  palm 
tree  beams,  reaching  from  wall  to 
wall.  This  shows  that  the  houses 
of  the  Egyptians  (when  the  arch  was 
not  preferred)  were  sometimes  so 
roofed,  as  at  the  present  day ;  the 
only  difference  being,  tliat  the  beams 
were  close  together,  while  in  modem 
houses  they  are  at  some  distance  from 
each  other,  with  planks  or  layers  of 
palm  branches,  and  mats  across  them. 
And  the  latter  was  no  doubt  the 
usual  mode  of  placing  the  beams  with 
the  ancient  Egyptians  also. 

Tliis  tomb  is  the  third  from  the  line 
of  the  S.  W.  angle  of  the  pyramid, 
going  northward*  along  the  face  of 
the  rock. 

The  object  of  thus  cutting  away 


EyypU 


THIRD  PYRAMID, 


189 


the  rock  was  to  lerel  the  ground  for 
the  base  of  the  pyramid,  the  bill  in 
this  part  having  a  slight  fall  towards 
the  £.  and  S. ;  which  is  very  evident 
from  tlie  N.  W.  corner  of  the  scarped 
rock  being  of  great  height,  32  feet  6 
inches,  and  gradually  decreasing  to  its 
southern  and  eastern  extremities.  In 
^e  level  surface  below  this  comer  the 
rock  has  been  cut  into  squares,  mea- 
suring about  9  feet  each  way,  similar 
to  those  at  Tehneh  near  Minieh  ; 
showing  the  manner  in  which  the 
blocks  were  taken  out,  to  form  this 
hollow  space,  and  to  contribute  at  the 
same  time  their  small  share  towards 
the  construction  of  the  pyramid.  On 
the  face  of  the  rock  on  the  W.  and  N. 
side  are  two  inscriptions  in  hierogly- 
phics* One  contains  the  name  of 
Remeses  the  Great,  and  of  an  indi- 
vidual who  held  the  office  of  super- 
intendent of  certain  functionaries 
supposed  to  be  attached  to  the  king, 
and  officiating  at  Heliopolis.  He  is 
called  Maia  (deceased),  the  son  of 
Bak?-n-Amun  (also  deceased),  who 
once  held  the  same  office  as  his  son. 
The  inscription  is  in  intaglio,  and  of 
much  more  modern  style  than  the 
hieroglyphics  in  the  neighbouring 
tombs ;  which  would  suffice  to  show, 
if  other  evidence  were  wanting,  how 
much  older  the  latter,  and  conse- 
quently the  pyramids  themselves  are, 
than  this  king.  And  that  those  tombs 
are  of  later  date  than  the  great  pyra- 
mid, is  very  evident  from  their  being 
arranged  in  conformity  with  the  posi- 
tion of  that  monument. 

On  the  east  side,  and  about  270 
feet  from  the  second  pyramid,  is  a 
building  which  some  suppose  to  have 
been  a  temple,  not  unlike  that  at  the 
end  of  the  causeway  leading  to  the 
third  pyramid.  Under  the  brow  of  the 
rock,  to  the  N.  of  it,  at  o,  is  an  arched 
tomb,  of  the  time  of  Psamaticus. 

f,    TUIRD  rTRAMin;  SMALL  rTRAUIDS. 

The  third  pyramid,  of  Mycerinus, 
(Moscheris,  Mencheres,  or  Mecheri- 
nus,)   has   been  opened  by  Colonel 


Vyse.  Its  entrance,  as  of  all  the 
others,  was  found  on  the  northern 
face.  The  chamber  has  a  pointed 
roof,  formed  of  stones  placed  one 
against  the  other,  as  that  of  the  queen's 
chamber  in  the  great  pyramid  :  and 
over  this  is  a  vacant  space,  to  prevent 
the  blocks  pressing  upon  it.  On 
going  up  to  this  space  or  entresol, 
you  look  down  upon  the  pointed  roof. 
In  the  chamber  was  discovered  a  stone 
sarcophagus,  which,  when  on  its 
voyage  to  England,  was  unfortu- 
nately lost,  the  vessel  having  gone 
'down  at  sea;  but  the  wooden  coffin, 
with  the  name  of  tlie  king,  Mencheres, 
or  Mycerinus,  which  it  contained 
within  it,  is  in  the  British  Museum  ; 
where  there  is  also  a  body,  found  in 
the  postage  of  this  pyramid,  lying 
between  two  large  stones. 

The  third,  like  all  the  other  pyra- 
mids, was  found  to  have  been  opened 
by  the  Caliphs,  and  re-closed ;  and 
the  record  of  Colonel  Vyse*s  labours, 
inscribed  within  them,  very  modestly 
claims  only  the  merit  of  re-opening 
them.  It  had  been  attempted  before 
by  the  Memlooks,  and  then  by  M. 
Jumel,  a  Frenchman  in  the  employ  of 
the  Pasha,  who  hoped  to  enter  the  py- 
ramid from  tlie  upper  part,  and  who, 
after  throwing  down  numerous  stones, 
and  making  a  large  hole  in  t^e  north 
face,  relinquished  the  undertaking; 
having  only  succeeded  in  encumber- 
ing the  spot,  where  the  entrance 
really  was,  with  a  mass  of  broken 
stones,  and  rendering  the  operation 
more  difficult  for  any  one  who  should 
afterwards  attempt  it. 

The  third  pyramid  shows  a  mode  of 
construction  not  seen  in  the  other  two, 
being  built  in  almost  perpendicular 
degrees  or  stories,  to  which  a  sloping 
face  has  been  afterwards  added.  But 
it  has  been  conjectured  by  Dr. 
Lepsius,  and  doubtless  with  reason, 
that  all  the  pyramids  were  built  in 
this  manner,  and  that  the  statement 
of  Herodotus,  **that  they  finished 
them  from  the  top,**  is  explained  by 
their  first  filling   up  tlie  triangular 


190 


CAIBO.  ^  EXCUBSION  4. 


Sect  II. 


spaces  of  the  uppermost  degrees. 
This  is  preferable  to  my  own  interpre- 
tation of  the  expression  cinroMiy,  which 
I  supposed  to  refer  to  the  removal  of 
the  projecting  angles  of  the  steps,  to 
form  the  slope  of  the  pyramid. 

Many  of  the  stones,  particularly  in 
the  tombs,  and  the  small  pyramids, 
are  not  in  the  same  horisontal  straight 
line,  and  some  of  the  joints  arbitrarily 
incline  one  way,  some  another,  as  in 
many  buildings  of  early  Greek  time ; 
a  style  which  is  looked  upon  as  the 
transition  from  Cyclopean  and  Pelas- 
gic,  to  the  perfect  mode  of  building 
in  Greek  architecture,  where  the 
stones  break  joint,  and  the  courses  are 
all  regular,  as  at  the  present  day. 
But  the  inclination  of  the  stoiTes  in 
those  pyramids  is  irregular,  and  not 
with  any  other  object  than  to  fit  the 
stones  to  their  accidental  shape,  and 
may  be  attributed  to  the  caprice  of  the 
builders.  Some  have  even  fancied 
that  the  courses  of  stones  in  the  great 
pyramid  are  slightly  arched,  or  convex 
upwards,  like  the  stylobates  of  Gq^ek 
temples ;  but  this  is  an  error. 

The  outer  layers,  or  casing,  of  the 
third  pyramid  were  of  granite,  many 
of  which  still  continue  in  their  origi- 
nal position  at  the  lower  part;  nor 
can  we  doubt  the  justness  of  Pliny's 
remark,,  when  he  says  <'  the  third, 
though  much  smaller  than  the  other 
two,**  was  **  much  more  elegant,  *' 
from  the  '*  Ethiopian  stone,**  or  gra- 
nite of  Syene,  with  which  it  was 
clothed.  Herodotus  and  Strabo  say, 
this  casing,  which  the  latter  calls 
"black  stone,'*  only  extended  half 
way  up  ;  and  Diodorus  says  to  the 
15th  tier.  It  was  left  unfinished  in 
consequence  of  the  king's  death  ;  but 
''the  name  of  its  founder  was  %rritten 
on  its  northern  face.**  Following 
Herodotus,  he  calls  him  *'Myceri- 
nus;  or,  as  some  say,  Mecherinus.** 
The  stones  of  the  casing  have  bevelled 
edges ;  a  style  of  masonry  common 
in  Syria,  Greece^  and  Rome;  but 
round  the  entrance  their  surfaces  are 
smooth,  and  of  a  lower  level  than  the 


rest,  as  if  something  had  been  let  into 
that  depressed  part.  Here  perhaps 
were  the  hieroglyphics  containing  the 
name  of  Mycerinus,  mentioned  by 
Diodorus. 

Herodotus,  after  telling  us  it  was 
built  by  Mycerinus,  the  son  of  Cheops, 
and  not  by  Rhodopis,  gives  some 
curious  anecdotes  of  several  persons, 
among  whom  are  ^sop  and  Sappho  ; 
but  the  conjecture  mentioned  by  Dio- 
dorus, that  it  was  founded  by  Inaron, 
is  very  far  from  the  truth,  if  that  king 
was  the  same  as  Inarus;  he  having 
lived  (a.  n.  463)  as  late  as  tlie  reign 
of  Artaxerxes  Longimanus,  S  years 
after  Herodotus  visited  Egypt. 

The  measurements  of  the  third 
pyramid  are,  -— 

Present  base  was  S3S-0  feet  by 
measurement. 

Present  height  perpendicular  was 
203*7  feet  by  calculation  with  angle  of 
51°  given  by  Col.  Vyse. 

Colonel  VjTse  gives 
(Former)  base  was  354*6  feet ; 
Present  height  perpendicular  is  203*0 
feet ;  Former  height  perpendicular 
was  21 8 -a  (or  «18*9?)  feet.  Angle 
of  casing  51^. 

Acres.  Roods.  Poles. 
Eitentofarea    -    2        3        21 
Present  height  of  granite,  perpen- 
dicular from  base,  was  36*9  feet  on 
west  side,  and  25*1 0  on  north  side. 

On  the  south  side  of  this  are  three 
tmaikr  pyramitU.  They  each  have 
a  passage  leading  to  a  chamber ;  and 
in  the  centre  one  is  the  name  of  the 
king    Mencheres   (or  Mycerinus?), 

painted  on  a  stone 

in  the  roof  of  its 

chamber,  the  same 

that  occurs  on  the 

wooden  caCRn  of  the  third  pynunid. 

The  roof  is  flat,  and  above  it  is  a  space 

or  entresol,  as  in  the  great  pyramid, 

to  protect  it  from  the  pressure  of  the 

upper  part  of  the  building.     In  the 

chamber  is  a  sarcophagus  of  granite, 

without  hieroglyphics  or  sculpture  of 

any  kind.     Tbe  lid  had  been  forced 

open  before  it  was  found  by  Colonel 


Egypt. 


TBE  SPHINX« 


191 


Vyse,  and  is  remarkAble  for  the  in- 
genious contrivance  by  which  it  was 
fastened.  It  was  made  to  slide  into 
a  groove,  like  the  sKding  lids  of  our 
boxes ;  and  its  upper  rim  (which  pro- 
jected on  all  sides,  to  a  level  with  the 
f<mr  outer  faces  of  the  sarcophagus) 
was  furnished  with  a  small  moveable 
pin,  that  fell  into  a  corrAponding 
bole,  and  thus  prevented  the  lid  being 
drawn  back. 

About  40  feet  from  the  eastern  side 
of  the  third  pyramid  is  the  supposed 
temple  before  alluded  to,  at  the  upper 
end  of  the  stone  causeway ;  and  around 
the  spot  where  this  cluster  of  monu- 
ments stands  is  an  enclosure  about 
ISOO  feet  square,  formed  of  rough 
stones  heaped  on  each  other  in  the 
form  of  a  low  rude  wall.  Similar 
heaps  of  stones  occur  in  parallel  rows 
to  the  northward  of  it,  bounded  by 
others  which  run  parallel  to  the 
western  face  of  the  second  pyramid. 

Descending  by  the  causeway,  about 
350  feet  from  the  part  where  it  is 
broken  away,  you  come  to  a  scarped 
piece  of  rock ;  and  a  little  to  the  left 
is  a  tomb,  with  hieroglyphics,  and 
figures  in  relief  hewn  in  the  stone. 
"Diis  has  been  taken  possession 
of  by  a  Moslem  saint,  who  of  late 
has  become  more  than  usually  scru- 
pulous in  his  religious  prejudices. 
For  though  living  amidst  the  unclean 
dust  of  the  \  heathen  dead,  he  has 
thought  it  right  to  prevent  the  living 
Christian  visiting  his  abode;  and, 
making  religion  a  plea  for  his  petty 
malice,  he  takes  this  his  only  oppor- 
tunity of  spiting  those,  whom  curiosity 
attracts  to  the  neighbourhood.  Five 
hundred  feet  thence,  to  the  N.  £., 
are  other  smaller  tombs,  with  the 
name  of  a  very  early  king,  and  a  few 
sculptures,  among  which  is  a  gazelle 
with  its  young  fawn — a  graceful 
little  group,  very  creditable  to  the 
taste  of  the  draughtsman. 

g.   THK   SPHINX. 

Little  more  than  the  eighth  of  a 
mile  from  these  tombs,  to  the  S.  £., 


are  some  pits,  and  a  stone  ruin  of 
some  size  on  a  rock,  by  some  supposed 
to  have  been  a  pyramid.  The  angle 
of  its  faces  is  about  75®.  About  800 
feet  from  this  ruin,  to  the  N.  E.,  is 
the  Sphinx,  standing  SOO  feet  north 
of  a  line  drawn  from  the  S.  £.  comer 
(or  from  the  plane  of  the  S.  face)  of 
the  second  pyramid.  It  is  cut  in  the 
rock,  part  only  of  the  back  being 
cased  with  stone,  where  the  rock  was 
defective;  and  the  assertion  of  Dr. 
Clarke,  **  that  the  pedestal  proves  to 
be  a  wretched  substructure  of  brick- 
work and  small  pieces  of  stone,  put 
together  like  the  most  insignificant 
piece  of  modem  masonry,"  is  as  un- 
founded as  that  **  the  French  uncovered 
all  the  pedestal  of  this  statue,  and  all 
the  recumbent  or  leonine  parts  of  the 
figure,**  which,  it  is  well  known, 
were  first  cleared  from  the  sand  by 
the  labours  of  Mr.  Salt  and«  Signer 
Caviglia.  The  whole  is  cut  out  of 
the  solid  rock,  with  the  exception  of 
the  forelegs,  which,  with  the  small 
portion  above  mentioned,  are  of  hewn 
stone ;  nor  is  there  any  pedestal,  but 
a  paved  dromos  in  front  of  it,  on 
which  the  paws  repose.  They  extend 
to  the  distance  of  50  feet. 

An  altar,  three  tablets,  a  lion,  and 
some  fragments  were  discovered  there: 
but  no  entrance  could  be  found ;  and 
I  think  it  very  probable  that  this 
should  be  looked  fur  on  the  N.  side, 
as  in  the  pyramids.  The  altar  stands 
between  the  two  paws ;  and  it  is  evi- 
dent, from  its  position,  that  sacrifices 
were  performed  before  the  sphinx, 
and  that  processions  took  place  along 
the  sacred  area,  which  extended  be- 
tween the  forelegs  to  the  breast,  where 
a  sort  of  sanctuary  stood,  composed 
of  three  tablets.  One  of  these,  of 
granite,  attached  to  tlie  breast  (the  top 
of  which  may  still  be  seen  above  the 
sand),  formed  the  end  of  the  sanc- 
tuary; and  two  others,  one  on  the 
right,  the  other  on  the  left,  of  lime* 
stone,  the  two  sides.  The  last  have 
been  both  removed.  At  the  entrance 
of  the  sanctuary  two  low  jambs  pro* 


192 


CAIBO. —  EXCURSION  4. 


Sect.  n. 


jected,   to  form  a  doorway,  in  the 
aperture  of  which  was  a  crouched  lion, 
looking  towards  the  sphinx  and  the 
central  tablet.    It  is  supposed  that  the 
fragments  of  other  lions  found  near 
this  spot,  indicated  their  position  on 
either  side  of  the  doorway,  and  others 
seem  to  have  stood  on  similar  jambs 
near  the  altar.     On  the  granite  tablet. 
King  Thothmes  IV.   is  represented 
offering,  on  one  side,  incense,  on  the 
other  a  libation  (of  oil,  or  ointment?) 
to  the  figure  of  a  sphinx,  the  repre- 
sentative no  doubt   of   the  .colossal 
one  al)ove,  with  (he  beard  and  other 
attributes  of  a  god.    He  seems  to  have 
the  tide  of  Re  (the  Sun)  in  his  resting- 
place,    Re-ma-shoi?      (Re-m-shoi?j 
or  perhaps  Hor-ma-shoi  ? 
from  which  no  doubt  he 
was  styled  *<  the  Sun,  Ar- 
maehit,  **    in    the    Greek 
inscription    of    BalbiUus, 
which    I     shall    mention 
presently.    Like  other  dei- 
ties, he  is  said  to    grant 
*«  power**  and  ••  pure  life  ** 
to  the  king;  and  there  is  no  doubt 
that,   as  Pliny  observes,  this  sphinx 
had  the  character  of  a  local  deity,  and 
was  treated  with  divine  honours  by 
the    priests,    and  by  strangers   who 
visited  the  spot     Over  the  upper  part 
of  the  picture  is  the   usual  winged 
globe,  the  emblem  of  Agathoda^mon. 
The  side  tablets  have  similar  repre- 
sentations of  the  king  offering  to  the 
sphinx,  who  has  the  attributes  and 
name  of  the  same  deity.     The  king 
Remeses  the  Great ;  so  that  these  side 
walls  of  the  sanctuary  were  not  added 
till  about  ninety  years  after  the  granite 
tablet. 

The  deification  of  the  sphinx  is 
singular,  because  that  fanciful  animal 
is  always  found  to  be  an  emblematic 
representation  of  the  king,  the  union 
of  intellect  and  physical  force ;  and 
is  of  common  occurrence  in  that  cha- 
racter, on  the  monuments  of  early  and 
recent  Pharaonic  periods. 

Some  Greek  exvoto&  or  dedica- 
tory inscriptions,  were  cut  upon  the 


paws,  one  of  which,  restored  by  Dr. 
Young,  ran  as  follows :  — 

Etfutr»p  tuOinmtnt  ufMtfM**  «i(s«CtKt 

Fwrw*  iritf «/bu)«f  ntti*  3irs»  wr«f«c#Au, 
Ov  Ti|»  OtAiwtitu  flf9T$Mmf,  mt  trt  BijCMf , 

(El/    /MmXat)      Tfumirtut     wurt6ii/M»9f    twiXf 

r«ii(r  KiyvwrtM  ^^ttrfum  myinni^i 
Ou(mti0t  /Myttf  uuTOfMOfrm  ( J^Uirif  9ftmif*f)f 

{Akanput  IV  w»XMfMM,  Ktu  utwuitup  w&Xniraut) 
Tmuu  aiBvfmrSm  {lirm^mt  OMJumtn  mikcvrm). 

To  the  same  learned  and  accom- 
plished scholar  we  are  indebted  for 
translations  of  the  inscription  above, 
one  in  Latin,  the  other  in  English 
verse ;  which  last  I  transcribe : 

*'  Thv  form  stupendous  here  the  gods  have 

placed, 
Sparing  esch  fpotpf  harrMt-bearingland  ; 
And  with  thli  mighty  work  of  art  have 

graced 
A  rocky  isle,  encumber'd  once  with  sand  ; 
And  near  the  pyramids  have  bid  thee  stand : 
Not  that  fierce  sphinx  that  Thebes  erewhile 

laid  waste. 
But  great  Latona's  servant, mild  and  bland ; 
Watching  that  prince  beloved  who  fills  the 

throne 
Of  Egypt's  plains,  and  calls  the  Nile  his  own. 
That  heavenly  monarch  (who  his  foes  defies) 
Like  Vulcan    powerftil    (and    like    Pallas 

wise).*'  AaaiAN. 

The  inscription  is  remarkable  from 
its  allusion  to  the  isolated  position 
of  this  monument  of  rock,  and  the 
notion  of  the  Egyptians  sparing  the 
cultivable  land,  of  which  many  in- 
stances occur  in  the  foundation  of  tow  ns 
on  the  edge  of  the  desert,  <*  The  sig- 
nature, too,*'  as  the  writer  in  the 
Quarterly  Review  observes,  "gives 
it  a  more  than  common  interest ; 
which  will  not  be  weakened,  if  it 
should  be  decided  that  it  is  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  celebrated  historian, 
whom  Gibbon  has  dignified  with  the 
epithet  of  the  *  elegant  and  philoso- 
phical Arrian.**' 

On  the  right  face  were  found  some 
exvotos  to  Mars,  Harpocrates,  and 
Hermes;  and,  in  one  inscription, 
where  the  emperor  '*  Nero  Claudius** 
has  the  dignified  title  of  "  Agathods- 
mon,**  after  roentiooing  the  benefits 


Egypt 


THE   SPHINX. 


193 


conferred  on  Egypt  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  Tiberius  Claudius  Balbillus 
as  prefect,  it  is  stated  that  "  the  in- 
habitants of  the  village  of  Busiris,  in 
the  Letopolite  nome,  living  near  the 
pyramids,  and  the  scribes  of  the  dis- 
trict and  village,  have  resolved  on 
erecting  a  stone  tablet  (stela)  to  Ar- 
machis.**  It  also  mentions  a  record 
of  their  benefactor's  virtues,  in  the 
'*  sacred  character ;  **  showing  that  a 
hieroglyphic  inscription  in  honour 
of  Balbillus  may  still  be  looked  for 
in  the  vicinity ;  and  he  is  said  to 
have  worshipped  the  sun,  the  pro- 
tecting deity  of  the  place,  previously 
alluded  to  under  the  name  of  Ar- 
machis. 

The  remains  of  red  colour  were 
traced  upon  the  lions,  as  well  as  on 
the  fragments  of  a  small  sphinx 
found  near  the  tablets;  and  the  same 
may  be  seen  on  the  face  of  the  great 
sphinx  itself,  on  whose  right  cheek 
some  Arab  characters  have  been 
slightly  scratched.  Among  them  I 
observed  the  name  of  Ibrahim,  pro- 
bably some  visiter  who  recorded  his 
admiration  of  this  colossal  6gure.  It 
is  known  to  the  Arabs  by  the  name 
of  Aboolhdl. 

Two  flights  of  steps,  one  aiVer  the 
other,  led  down  to  the  area  before 
the  sphinx,  from  the  plain  above; 
and,  in  the  landing-place  between 
them,  was  a  small  isolated  building 
or  ahar,  and  another  at  the  foot  of 
the  uppermost  flight,  on  which  were 
two  columns.  It  is  this  hollow  space, 
or  area,  which  gave  so  much  trouble 
to  clear  from  the  sand,  that  had  for 
ages  been  accumulating  within  it, 
and  so  great  is  the  quantity  which 
collects  there,  that  it  is  now  nearly 
filled  as  before ;  and  the  same  labour 
would  be  again  required  to  remove 
it. 

This  accumulation  of  sand  was  in 
former  times  prevented  by  crude  brick 
walls,  remains  of  which  are  still  visi- 
ble ;  and  it  is  probably  to  them  that 
the  inscription  set  up  there,  in  the 
time  of  "  Antoninus  and  Venis,"  al- 
Egypt, 


ludes,  in  noticing  the  restoration  of 
the  walls. 

Pliny  says  tliey  suppose  it  the 
tomb  of  Amasb;  a  tradition  which 
arose,  no  doubt,  from  Uie  resemblance 
of  the  name  of  the  king,  by  whose 
order  the  rock  was  cut  into  this  form, 
Thothmes  or  Thothmosis,  to  that  of 
the  Saite  Pharaoh.  The  oval  of  the 
fourth  Thothmes  occurs  in  the  hiero- 
glyphic inscription  on  its  breast; 
but  from  the  known  architectural 
whims  of  the  third  of  that  name,  it 
is  not  improbable  that  he  was  the 
originator  of  this  singular  monument, 
and  that  Thothmes  IV.  may  have 
added  this  inscription,  as  Remeses 
II.  did  those  of  the  side  tablets. 
The  mistake  of  assigning  the  sphinx 
to  Amasis  may  also  be  accounted 
for  by  the  simple  fact  that  the  Greeks 
and  Romans  were  better  acquainted 
with  his  name  than  that  of  the  earlier 
Pharaohs ;  and  Lucan  has  gone 
further,  and  given  to  Amasis  the 
pyramids  themselves.  In  another 
place,  he  even  buries  the  Ptolemies 
in  those  monuments.  Lucan,  how- 
ever, was  not  famous  either  for  accu- 
racy or  poetical  composition  ;  though 
we  may  indulgently  forgive  any  fancy 
of  the  ancients,  when  one  modem 
writer  buries  the  patriarch  Joseph  in 
the  great  pyramid}  and  others  con- 
found the  son  of  Jacob  with  Sarapis, 
or  condemn  him  to  be  worshipped  by 
the  Egyptians,  under  the  form  of 
Apis. 

The  cap  of  the  sphinx,  probably  the 
pahmtt  (or  the  ram's  horns  and  fea* 
thers,)  has  long  since  been  removed ; 
but  a  cavity  in  the  head  attests  its 
position,  and  explains  the  method  by 
which  it  was  fixed.  The  mutilated 
state  of  the  face,  and  the  absence  of 
the  nose,  have  led  many  to  the  erro- 
neous conclusion  that  the  features 
were  African ;  but,  by  taking  an 
accurate  sketch  of  the  face,  and  re- 
storing the  nose,  any  one  may  con- 
vince himself  that  the  lips,  as  well 
as  the  rest  of  the  features,  perfectly 
agree  with  the  physiognomy  of  au 

K 


194 


CAIRO.  —  EXCURSION  4. 


Sect.  U. 


Egyptian.  Pliny  lays  it  measured 
from  the  belly  to  the  highest  point  of 
the  head  63  feet,  its  length  was  143, 
and  the  circumference  of  its  head 
round  the  forehead  102  feet ;  all  cut 
out  in  the  natural  rock,  and  worked 
smooth. 

A.    TOMBS. 

In  the  perpendicular  face  of  the 
low  rock,  behind  the  sphinx,  are  the 
remains  of  lom5f,  one  of  which,  dis- 
covered in  1820,  by  Mr.  Salt,  had 
an  interesting  representation  of  Osi- 
ris and  its  deceased  inmate,  named 
Pet-pasht,  or  Petubastes. 

About  180  feet  behind  this  rock 
is  a  Tery  curious  tomb,  discovered 
by  Colonel  Howard  Vyse,  and  called, 
after  our  consul-general,  **Campbeir§ 
tomb.**  It  consists  of  a  large  square 
pit  cut  in  the  rock  to  the  depth  of 
53  feet  6  inches,  and  measuring  SO 
feet  6  inches  east  and  west,  and  S6 
feet  3  inches  north  and  south.  The 
masuve  circuit  of  rock,  in  which  the 
pit  is  cut,  is  surrounded  by  a  large 
trench  68  feet  square,  and  73  feet 
deep ;  and  in  the  space  between  the 
trench  and  the  pit  are  a  passage  lead- 
ing to  the  latter,  and  two  other  small 
pits  from  one  of  which  a  sarcopha- 
gus, now  in  the  British  Museum,  was 
taken.  The  large  pit  is  not  in  the 
centre,  that  is,  equidistant  on  all  sides 
from  the  trench,  but  about  21  feet 
from  it  on  the  south,  about  half  that 
on  the  north,  and  about  9  feet  on  the 
east  and  west.  In  the  large  pit  is  a 
coffin  of  black  basalt,  still  in  its  place, 
covered  with  a  stone  case  or  sarco- 
phagus; over  which  was  raised  a 
stone  arch  of  the  time  of  Psamaticus 
II.,  which  I  regret  to  say  has  been 
taken  down,  as  I  was  told,  by  the 
Sliekh  of  Kerdassy,  to  build  a  water- 
wheel,  or  some  equally  important  work. 
The  whole  of  this  tomb  was  very  cu- 
rious, and  one  feature  was  remarkable, 
that  the  walls  of  the  arch  stood  on  abed 
of  sand,  about  2)  feet  thick ;  but  for 
the  plan,  section,  and  description  of 


it,  I  refer  the  reader  to  Colonel  Vyse's 
book. 

In  the  high  plain  between  this 
and  the  great  pyramid  are  several  pits, 
where  sarcophagi  are  found,  frequently ' 
of  black  basalt ;  one  of  which,  with  a 
lid  in  the  form  of  the  dwarf  deity  of 
Memphis,  Pthah  Sokari,  is  still  lying 
on  the  ground  above.  Near  it  is  the 
pit  where  a  gold  ring,  bearing  the 
name  of  Suphis,  was  found,  which  is 
now  at  Cairo,  in  the  possession  of  Dr. 
Abbott 

On  three  sides  of  the  great  pyramid 
are  the  tombs  of  private  individuals, 
which  Mr.  &lt  supposed  to  be  of 
the  chief  people  of  HeliopoUs.  They 
are  most  numerous  to  the  westward: 
and  in  one  of  them  marked  Q  in  my 
plan,  near  the  extremity  of  this  ceme- 
tery, are  some  interesting  sculptures. 
Trades,  boats,  a  repast,  dancing, 
agricultural  scenes,  the  farm,  the 
wine-press,  and  other  subjects,  are 
there  represented ;  and  it  is  worthy  of 
remark  that  the  butchers  slaughtering 
an  ox  sharpen  their  red  knives  on  a 
hltie  rod,  which  would  seem  to  indi- 
cate the  use  of  steel  at  this  early  pe- 
riod. The  name  of  Suphis  (b)  and  an- 
other Pharaoh  occur  in  the  sculptures. 


mS) 


and  in  the  adjoining  tomb  are  the 
names  of  some  very  old  kings,  who, 
in  that  instance,  have  only  the  title  of 
priests. 

There  are  also  these  names  at  the 
tombs  here,    the  first  of  which  (a) 

is  found    in  the 
if  great  pyramid. 
Many    of    the 
^  UK      tombs  have  false 

im        ^ entrances,      and 

^*        I  •^^^      several  have  pits 
with  their  mouths 
at  the  top  of  the 
tomb,  as  in  the  larger  oues  to  the 


Egypt 

east  of  the  pyramid.  Some  of  the 
tombs  are  of  immense  siset  though 
of  no  great  height ;  they  are  all  built 
with  their  sides  indining  inwards  to- 
wards the  top,  as  is  usual  in  Egyptian 
buildings ;  and  we  may  conclude  that 
while  the  smaller  tombs  belonged  to 
private  families  or  individuals,  the 
large  ones  served  as  public  burial- 
nlaces  for  the  less  wealthy  classes. 
Two  to  the  S.  £.  of  *the  south-east 
angle  of  the  pyramid  have  a  few 
hieroglyphics.  In  the  westernmost 
one  is  Uie  name  of  a  very  old  king 
over  a  false  door  above  a  pit, 

and  in  the  other  a  funeral  inscription 
over  a  similar  false  door ;  on  the  wall 
opposite  which  are  some  herons  and 
animals  of  the  country. 

In  the  eastern  face  of  the  rocky 
height  on  which  the  tombs  and  pyra^ 
mids  stand,  are  other  tombs  containing 
sculpture,  and  the  names  of  Shofo 
(Suphis),  and  other  ancient  kings. 
One  of  them,  nearly  in  a  line  with  the 
S.  E.  angle  of  the  great  pyramid, 
contains  a  curious  and  satisfactory 
specimen  of  the  Egyptian  numbers, 
from  units  to  thousands,  prefixed  to 
goats,  cattle,  and  asses,  which  arc 
brought  before  the  scribes,  to  be  re- 
gistered as  part  of  the  possessions  of 
the  deceased. 

This  inventory  of  stock  alludes  to 
the  weekly,  monthly,  or  yearly  census 
made  for  the  owner  of  the  estate,  dur- 
ing his  lifetime,  and  not,  as  might  be 
suppoeed  from  being  in  a  tomb,  after 
his  death,  he  himself  being  present  to 
receive  the  report.  The  subjects  re- 
lating to  the  manners  and  customs  of 
the  Egyptians,  so  conmion  in  their 
tombs,  are  intended  to  show  their 
ordinary  occupations,  and  are  a  sort 
of  epitome  of  life,  or  the  career  of  man 
on  earth,  previous  to  his  admission  to 
the  mansions  of  the  dead.  They  are, 
therefore,  illustrative  of  the  habits  of 
the  people  in  general,  and  are  not 


TOMBS  —  CAUSEWAY. 


195 


confined  exclusively  to  the  occupant 
of  the  tomb. 

On  the  wall  opposite  the  entrance 
are  three  false  doorways,  of  a  style 
rarely  met  with,  except  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  pyramids,  not  very  unlike  those 
at  the  end  or  the  Egyptian  gallery 
in  the  British  Museum,  which  came 
from  a  tomb  near  the  sphinx.  In  the 
floor  before  each  is  a  pit,  where  the 
bodies  were  buried ;  and  I  have  gene- 
rally observed,  that  a  pit  may  be 
looked  for  beneath  th'ese  false  doors, 
as  before  the  stel»  in  the  walls  of 
tombs,  at  Beni  Hassan  and  other 
places. 

Some  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics 
may  also  be  found  in  tombs  under  the 
brow  of  the  rock,  near  the  northern 
causeway ;  some  of  which  have  ardud 
Toofi  of  stone.  But  the  most  curious 
arched  tomb  is  that  to  the  N.  of  the 
supposed  temple  on  the  E.  side  of  the 
second  pyramid,  which  I  have  already 
noticed.  It  has  columns  before  it,  and 
is  of  the  time  of  Psamaticus,  in  the 
7th  century  b.  c. 

i.    CAUSIWAT. 

The  fonMsm  causeway  I  have  al- 
ready mentioned,  in  speaking  of  the 
third  pyramid,  to  which  it  seems  to 
have  been  intended  to  convey  the 
stones  up  the  hill  from  the  plain,  after 
having  been  brought  from  the  river. 
I  stated  it  was  broken ;  but  at  the 
base  of  the  rocky  height,  to  the  south 
of  the  well  and  palm  trees,  the  con- 
tinuation of  it  appears,  with  an  open- 
ing in  the  centre,  for  the  passage  of 
persons  travelling  by  the  edge  of 
the  desert  during  the  high  Nile.  The 
stones  were,  no  doubt,  carried  on 
sledges  by  these  causeways  to  the  py- 
ramids. That  of  the  great  pyramid  is 
described  by  Herodotus  as  5  stades 
long,  10  orgyes  (fathoms)  broad,  and 
8  high,  of  polished  stones  adorned 
with  the  figures  of  animals  (hiero- 
glyphics), and  it  took  no  less  than  10 
years  to  complete  it.  Though  the 
site  of  the  stade  is  uncertain,  we  may 
take  an  average  of  610  feet,  which  will 

K  2 


196 


CAIBO.  —  EXCURSION  4. 


Sect  n. 


require  this  causeway  to  haTe  been 
30.50  feet  in  length,  a  measurement 
agreeing  very  well  with  the  1000  yards 
of  Pococke,  though  we  can  now  no 
longer  trace  it  for  more  than  1424 
feet ;  the  rest  being  buried  by  the  in- 
crease of  the  alluvial  deposit  of  the 
inundation.  Its  present  breadth  is 
only  32  feet,  the  outer  faces  having 
fallen,  but  the  height  of  85  exceeds 
that  given  by  Herodotus;  and  it  is 
evident,  from  the  actual  height  of  the 
hill,  from  80  to  85  feet,  to  whose 
surface  the  causeway  necessarily 
reached,  and  from  his  allowing  100 
feet  from  the  plain  to  the  top  of  this 
hill,  that  the  expression  8  orgyes  (48 
feet)  is  an  oversight  either  of  the 
historian  or  his  copyists.  It  was  re> 
paired  by  the  caliphs  and  Memlook 
kings,  who  made  use  of  the  same 
causeway  to  carry  back  to  the  **  Ara* 
bian  shore  **  those  blocks  that  had  be- 
fore cost  so  much  time  and  labour 
to  transport  from  its  mountains;  and 
several  of  the  6 nest  buildings  of  the 
capital  were  constructed  with  the 
stones  of  the  quarried  pyramid. 

There  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
any  causeway  exclusively  belonging 
to  the  second  pyramid,  unless  we  sup- 
pose it  to  have  been^  taken  away  when 
no  longer  require<l,  and  the  stones 
used  for  other  purposes ;  and  were 
it  not  for  the  presence  of  the  cause- 
way of  the  third  pyramid,  we  might 
attribute  the  northern  one  to  the 
caliphs,  and  thus  explain  the  state- 
ment of  Diodorus,  who  says,  that 
owing  to  the  sandy  base  on  which  it 
was  built,  it  had  entirely  disap- 
peared in  his  time.  There  are,  indeed, 
many  black  stones,  a  sort  of  basal- 
tic tn^>,  lying  some  way  to  the  south 
of  the  great  causeway,  which  might 
be  supposed  to  have  belonged  to,  and 
to  point  out  the  site  of,  a  fallen  caus^ 
way ;  and  others  of  the  same  kind  of 
stone  appear  near  the  centre  of  the 
eastern  faee  of  the  great  pyramid,  as 
if  forming  part  of  the  same  work. 
There  is  some  probability  of  the  cause- 
way having  been  made  of  hard  stone 


of  this  kind :  the  same  basaltic  blocks 
are  found  near  the  other  pyramids  of 
Abooseer  and  Sskkira  :  and  if  the 
tombs  interfere  with  the  line  it  took, 
we  may  account  for  this  by  supposing . 
them  to  have  been  built  after  the  py- 
ramid was  completed,  and  the  cause- 
way no  longer  wanted.  Again,  it 
is  more  likely  that  the  causeway 
should  carry  the  stones  towards  the 
centre,  tlian  to  the  comer,  of  the 
pyramid ;  and  the  direction  of  the 
present  causeway,  instead  of  being 
towards  the  spot  whence  the  stones 
were  brought,  is  in  the  line  of  Cairo. 
This  certainly  seems  to  indicate  an 
Arab  origin.  On  the  other  hand, 
that  of  the  third  pyramid  is  not  of 
black  stone  ;  it  is  evidently  Egyptian, 
and  not  Arab  work :  no  mention  is 
made  by  Herodotus  or  others  of 
black  stone;  and  the  same  expres- 
sion of  **  polished  stones,'*  applied  to 
this  as  to  the  pyramid,  are  strong  ar- 
guments in  favour  of  the  present 
causeway  being  the  original  one 
built  by  Cheops,  subsequently  re- 
paired  by  the  Arab  sultans. 

j.    SMALL  FYEAMinS  MXAE  THAT  OP 
CHBOrS  —  MATORB  OP  TBI  KOCK. 

To  the  east  of  the  great  pyramid 
are  Mree  tmaUer  omuy  built  in  de- 
grees or  stages,  somewhat  larger  than 
the  three  on  the  south  of  the  pyramid 
of  Mycerinus.  The  centre  one  is 
stated  by  Herodotus  to  have  been 
erected  by  the  daughter  of  Cheops,  of 
whom  he  relates  a  ridiculous  stoiy, 
only  surpassed  in  improbability  by 
another  he  tells  of  the  daughter  of 
Rhampsinitus.  It  is  122  feet  square, 
which  is  less  than  the  measurement 
given  by  the  historian  of  1^  pie- 
thrum,  or  about  150  feet ;  but  this 
difference  may  be  accounted  for  by 
its  ruined  condition.  About  180  feet 
to  the  north  of  the  northemmoat  of 
these  three  small  pyramids,  and  .*KX> 
to  the  east  of  that  of  Cheops,  is  a 
passage  cut  in  the  rock,  descending 
from  the  north,  and  ascending  again 
to  the  south,  which .  might  be  sup* 


Egypu 


DAtE  OF   THE  PYRAMIDS. 


197 


poMd  to  mark  the  site  of  a  fourth 
pyramid,  did  not  Herodotus,  by  men- 
tioning three  only,  prove  that  none 
existed  there  in  his  time.  Near  this 
face  of  the  great  pyramid  are  three 
trenches  of  considerable  size,  which 
some  have  supposed  to  be  intended 
for  mixing  the  mortar ;  there  are  also 
some  smaller  trenches,  and  steps  cut 
in  the  rock,  in  various  places  near  the 
great  pyramid,  the  object  of  which  it 
is  not  easy  to  determine.  The  rocA 
hereabouts  abounds  in  nummulites 
and  other  fossil  remains,  common,  as 
Fliny  justly  observes,  in  the  moun- 
tains of  the  African  chain,  but  wliich 
Strabo  supposed  to  be  the  petri6ed 
residue  of  the  barley  and  lentils  of 
the  workmen.  Lentils,  no  doubt, 
constituted  their  principal  food,  to- 
gether with  the  three  roots,  figl^ 
onions,  and  garlic  mentioned  by  He- 
rodotus, all  of  which  are  still  in  com- 
mon use  among  the  lower  orders  of 
Egyptians ;  and  when  we  see  the' 
errors  of  the  present  day,  we  readily 
forgive  the  geographer  for  his  fanci- 
ful conclusion.  The  nummulite  is 
the  Nautilus  Mammilla,  or  Lenticu- 
laris. 

K    DATS   OY  TBI   rTEAMIDS. 

Respecting  the  daU  of  the  pyra^ 
mids,  it  is  very  evident  that  Hero- 
dotus is  far  from  right,  when  he 
places  Cheops  (or  Suphis)  after  Mce- 
ris  and  Sesostris,  who  were  kings 
of  the  18th  dynasty.  It  may,  how. 
ever,  be  observed,  that  though  Re- 
meses  the  Great  corresponds  to  Se- 
sostris, there  was  an  older  Pharaoh  of 
this  name,  mentioned  by  Manetho  in 
the  12th  dynasty,  which  has  led  to 
the  mistakes  nuide  by  Greek  writers 
respecting  this  king.  It  is  probable 
that  the  pyramids  are  the  oldest  mo- 
numents in  Egypt,  or,  indeed,  in  the 
world,  and  that  the  kings  who  built 
them  reigned  some  time  before  the 
age  of  the  Ostrtasens  and  the  16th 
dynasty.  But  whether  they  governed 
the  whole,  or  part  only,  of  Egypt,  it 
|s  not  easy  to  determine,  from  the 


absence  of  monuments  in  the  The* 
baid  of  that  remote  period.  I  have 
supposed  the  date  of  the  great  pyra- 
mid, or  the  reign  of  Suphis,  to  be 
about  21  SO  B.C. ;  but  this  is  a  con- 
jecture, which  remains  to  be  con- 
firmed or  refuted  by  future  disco- 
veries. At  all  events,  the  opinion  of 
those  who  conclude,  from  the  pyra- 
mids not  being  mentioned  in  the 
Bible,  and  by  Homer,  that  they  did 
not  exist  before  the  Exodus,  nor  at 
the  time  of  the  poet,  is  totally  in- 
admissible ;  and  we  may,  with  equal 
readiness,  reject  the  assertion  of  those 
who  pretend  that  the  Jews  aided  in 
their  construction. 

With  regard  to  the  opinion  that 
those  kings  were  foreigners,  argu- 
ments may  be  found  both  to  refute 
and  support  it.  The  style  of  acrhi- 
tecture,  the  sculptures  in  the  tombs, 
and  the  scenes  they  represent,  are  all 
Egyptian ;  and  there  are  no  subjects 
relating  to  another  race,  or  to  cus- 
toms differing  from  those  of  the 
country.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
aversion  stated  by  Herodotus  to  have 
been  felt  by  the  Egyptians  for  the 
memory  of  their  founders,  if  really 
true,  would  accord  with  the  oppres- 
sion of  foreign  tyrants  ;  other  stran- 
gers who  ruled  in  Egypt  employed 
native  architects  and  sculptors;  and 
it  is  remarkable  that,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  sphinx,  CampbelPs  tomb, 
and  a  few  others,  the  pyramids  and 
the  monuments  about  them  are  con- 
fined to  nearly  the  same  period.  But 
however  strong  the  last  may  appear 
in  favour  of  a  foreign  dynasty,  it  must 
be  remembered  that  all  the  tombs  of 
Beni  Hassan  were  in  like  manner 
made  within  the  short  period  of  two 
or  three  reigns;  and  many  other 
cemeteries  seem  to  have  been  used 
for  a  limited  time,  both  at  Thebes 
and  other  places. 

I,    rTEAUID   or  ABOOROASB. 

At  AboorooMh,  about  5  miles  to  the 
northward,  is  another  ruined  pyra- 
mid, which,  from    the  decomposed 
K  3 


198 


CAIRO.  —  EXCUBSIOK  4. 


Sect.  II. 


condition  of  the  stone,  haa  the  ap- 
pearmnce  of  still  greater  age  than 
those  of  Greeseh.  It  stands  on  a 
ridge  of  hills,  that  skirt  the  desert 
behind  Kerd&sseh,  and  forms  the 
southern  side  of  a  large  Talley,  a 
branch  of  the  Bahr  el  Fargli,  which 
I  shall  have  occasion  to  mention  pre- 
sently. The  pyramid  itself  has  only 
about  5  or  6  courses  of  stone  re- 
maining, and  contains  nothing  but 
an  underground  chamber,  to  which 
a  broad  inclined  passage,  160  feet 
long,  descends  at  an  angle  of  299 
S5',  on  the  north  side.  These  are 
the  measurements  given  by  Colonel 
Vyse,  who  calculates  the  base  of  the 
pyramid  to  be  920  feet  square,  and 
the  chamber  40  by  15,  with  smaller 
apartments  over  it,  as  in  the  great  py-  | 
ramid  of  Geezeh. 

Near  the  pyramid  to  the  westward 
is  toother  stone  ruin ;  and  a  cause- 
way SO  feet  broad  leads  up  to  the 
height  on  which  they  both  stand, 
from  the  northward;  the  length  of 
which  is  said  by  Colonel  Howard 
Vyse  to  be  4950  feet  A  great  quan- 
tity of  granite  is  scattered  around 
the  pyramid,  mostly  broken  into 
small  fragments,  with  which  (if  ever 
finished)  it  was  probably  once  cased. 
From  the  hill  is  a  fine  view  over  the 
valley  of  the  Nile ;  and  being  much 
higher  than  that  of  the  great  pyra- 
mids, it  commands  them,  and  has 
the  advantage  of  showing  them  in 
an  interesting  position,  with  those  of 
Aboos6er,  Sakkara,  and  Dash6or,  in 
the  distance.  This  view  is  also  re- 
markable from  its  eiplaining  the  ex- 
pression **peni%smki,  on  which  the 
pyramids  stand,**  used  to  denote  the 
isolated  position  of  the  hill.  It  is  the 
same  that  Pliny  applies  to  the  i$oiaied 
rocky  district  about  Syene. 

At  the  eastern  extremity  of  the 
hills  of  Aboorofish  are  some  massive 
crude  brick  walls,  and  the  ruins  of 
an  ancient  village,  with  a  few  unin- 
teresting tombs  in  the  rock ;  and  in 
the  sandy  plain  to  the  south  of  them 
is  the  tomb  of  the  shekb  who  has  given 


his  name,  Abooroash,  to  the  ruined 
pyramid. 

fa.    THI   TWO  A&AX   BftlDOia. 

A  little  more  than  one-third  o(  the 
way  from  the  pyramids  of  Geezeh  to 
Abooroiish,  you  pass,  some  way  inland 
to  the  right,  the  two  ttone  bridges  of 
several  arcbes  built  by  the  Arab  sul- 
tans. They  have  each  two  Arabic 
inscriptions,  mentioning  the  king  by 
whom  they  were  built,  and  the  date 
of  their  erection.  The  westernmost 
of  the  two  has  on  one  side  the  name 
of  Naser  Mohammed,  the  son  of 
Ka-la6on,  with  the  date  716  a.  it. 
(1317-18,  A.  D.);and  on  the  other 
that  of  £1  Ashraf  Abool  Nusr  Kaed- 
bay  e'  Zaheree,  with  the  date  884  a.h. 
(a.  d.  1480).  The  eastern  bridge 
has  the  name  of  the  latter  king  on 
both  sides,  and  the  same  date  of  884 
A.  H.  when  they  were  both  completed 
or  repaired. 

Half  way  from  the  pyramids  to 
Abooroiish  are  the  remains  of  an  old 
village  on  the  edge  of  the  desert,  now 
a  heap  of  pottery  and  bricks. 

n.    BUSIEIS. 

Close  to  the  pyramids  was  an  an- 
cient village  called  Busiris,  from  which 
the  people  used  to  ascend  them,  being 
paid,  no  doubt,  by  visitors,  as  the 
peasants  are  by  travellers  at  the  pre- 
sent  day  to  go  over  the  casing  to  the 
top  of  the  second  pyramid.^  The 
steps  said  by  Diodorus  to  have  been 
cut  in  the  face  of  that  pyramid,  were 
probably  similar  to  those  used  by  the 
people  who  ascend  it  in  modem  times, 
being  merely  small  holes  sufliciently 
deep  and  broad  to  place  the  feet  and 
hands.  The  same  kind  of  rude  steps 
were  probably  cut  in  the  faces  of  the 
great  pyramid  also,  before  the  casing 
was  removed,  which,  if  we  may  be- 
lieve Abd  e*  Latif,  did  not  happen  till 
a  late  time. 

The  village  of  Busiris  may  have 
stood  on  the  site  of  one  of  those 
below  the  pyramids :  that  called  £1 
Hamra,  **  the  red, "  or,  more  com- 
monly, £1  K6m-el- Aswed,  "the  black 


Egypt 


PTRAHIDS  OF   ABOOSEER  AND   8AKKARA. 


199 


mound,"  to  the  N.  £.,  is  eTidently 
ancient ;  and  another  stood  just  above 
the  two  hafr;  or  hamlets,  to  tlie  south 
of  Kdm-eU  Aswed.  A  Greek  inscrip- 
tion found  before  the  sphini  speaks 
of  «  the  inhabitants  of  the  TilU^e  of 
Busiris  in  the  L6topolite  nome,  who 
live  near  the  pyramids,  the  scribes  of 
the  dbtrict  and  the  scribes  of  the 
village  (the  topogramnuUt  and  the 
camogrammaU\  dedicating  the  stone 
ttda  *'  on  which  it  was  inscribed ;  — a 
sufficient  proof  that  Busiris  was  close 
to  the  pyramids,  and  farther  to  the  N. 
than  the  modem  Aboosto,  which 
stands  beyond  the  limits  of  the  L^to- 
polite,  and  within  the  Memphite, 
nome.  It  has  succeeded  to  the  name, 
though  not  to  the  site,  of  the  ancient 
village ;  nor  is  this  the  only  instance 
of  the  Arab  form  of  the  Egjrptian 
word ;  and  Abooste  is  the  modern 
name  of  Busiris  in  the  Delta,  near 
Sebennytus,  and  of  Busiris,  the  sup- 
posed Nilopolis,  near  the  Heracleo- 
polite  nome. 

O.    rVRAMIDS  or  ABOOftiBB  (aBUSIR). 

Abooteer  is  7)  miles  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  great  pyramid,  and  has 
the    mounds    of  an  ancient    town. 
Half  way,  on  a  hill  to  the  W.  of 
Shebremint,   is  a  small  ruin ;    and 
about  one  mile  to  the  N.  of  Abooste 
are  the  pyramids  to  which  it  has  given 
Its  name.  There  is  also  another  pyra- 
mid standing  alone,  and  bearing  85^ 
W.  of  N.  from  the  great  pyramid  of 
Aboos^er,  from  which  it  is  distant 
about  2970  feet,   or,    according  to 
•Colonel  Vyse,  three  quarters  of  a  mile. 
He  gives  the  base  of  it  123  feet  4 
inches  square ;  and  on  a  block  used  in 
building  it,  probably  taken  from  an 
older   monument,    is  the    name  of 

one  of  the  early  Pharaohs. 

In  the  plain  below  are  the 

remains  of  a  stone  building, 

^tf        apparently  a  temple,  con- 

n  p      nected  with  the  pyramid  by 

>*         a  causeway  ;  and  about  half 

way  between  this 

pyramids  of  A 


other  vestiges  of  masonry,  now  a  heap 
of  broken  fragments  of  white  stone. 
Fifty  paces  to  the  E.  of  the  northern- 
most pymmid  of  Aboos^r,  is  a 
temple,  and  a  causeway  leading  from 
it  to  the  plain ;  and  some  distance  to 
the  S.  of  this  is  another  causeway 
leading  to  the  central  pyramid,  at  the 
side  of  which  lie  fragments  of  black 
stone  that  once  paved  it. 

Besides  the  pyramids  are  8  or  9 
other  stone  ruins,  one  of  which,  to 
the  S.  W.  of  the  large  pyramid,  is  78 
paces  by  80,  with  an  entrance  on  the 
N.  It  has  perpendicular  sides,  and 
some  of  the  stones  measure  nearly  1 7 
feet  in  length.  In  the  largest  of  these 
pyramids  the  degrees,  or  stories,  are 
exposed,  the  triangulsr  portions  that 
611ed  up  the  spaces  having  been  re- 
moved. It  measured  originally,  ac- 
cording to  Colonel  Vyse,  359  feet  9 
inches  square,  and  227  feet  10  inches 
high,  now  reduced  to  325  feet  and 
164  feet.  The  northernmost  one  is 
surrounded  by  an  enclosure  137 
paces  square ;  the  pyramid  itself  being 
about  213  feet  square,  or  216,  ac- 
cording to  Colonel  Vyse,  having  been 
originally  257  feet ;  and  its  height 
of  1S2  feet  9  inches  is  now  reduced 
to  118. 

p,  rraAMins  of  sAKKAaA — tombs. 

Those  of  Sakkira,  about  2  miles 
more  to  the  S.,  are  worthy  of  a  visit, 
and  hold  a  conspicuous  place  among 
the  "  many  pyramids  on  the  brow  of 
hills  *'  mentioned  by  Strabo,  in  which 
he  included  no  doubt  those  of  Geexeh, 
Aboos^r,    Sakk&ra,   and    D&sh6or. 
The  largest  pyramid  of  Sakkira  has  its 
degrees    or  stories  stripped  of  their 
triangular    exterior.  '    It    measures 
about  137  paces  square ;  or,  according 
to  Colonel  Vyse's  measurements,  351 
feet  2  inches  on  the  N.  and  S.  faces, 
and  393  feet  1 1  inches  on  the  £.  and 
W.,  and  is  surrounded  by  what  may 
be  considered  a  sacred  enclosure,  about 
1750  feet  by  950  feet.     Within,  it  re- 
a  hollow  dome,     supported 
there  by  wooden  lafters. 
X  4 


200 


GAIBO.  —  EXCURSION  4. 


Sect.  n. 


At  the  end  of  the  passage,  oppo- 
site the  entrance  to  this  dome,  is  a 
small  chamber,  re-opened  about  17 
years  ago,  on   whose  door- way   are 


some  hieroglyphics  containing  the 
square  title  or  banner  of  a  very  old 
king,  apparently  with  bis  name  placed 
outside,  and  not,  as  usual,  within,  an 


ri^^^iTi 


(repeated) 


oval.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  that  this  chamber  and  its 
entrance  passage  appear  of  a  later  date  than  the  rest  of  the 
pyramid.  The  chamber  was  lined  with  blue  slabs  similar  to 
those  now  called  Dutch  tiles ;  and  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to 
remark  that  vitrified  porcelain  was  a  very  old  invention  in 
Egypt,  and  continued  in  vogue  there  till  a  late  period,  even 
after  the  Arab  conquest  and  the  foundation  of  Cairo.  All  had 
been  carefully  closed,  and  concealed  by  masonry;  but  the 
treasures  it  contained,  if  any,  had  long  since  been  removed. 


(repeated) 


In  the  face  of  the  rocks  to  the 
eastward,  near  the  cultivated  land,  is  a 
vaulted  tomb  of  the  time  of  Psama- 
ticus  II.i  of  hewn  stone.  This,  and 
others  near  the  pyramids  of  Geeseh, 
are  the  oldest  gtone  arches  hitherto  dis- 
covered, having  been  erected  more 
than  600  years  before  our  era.  That 
style  of  building,  however,  was 
known  to  the  EgypGans  long  before, 
even  as  early  as  the  time  of  Amu- 
noph  I.  and  Thothmes  III.  of  the 
18th  dynasty,  who  lived  in  1570  and 
1490  b.  c,  some  tombs  with  arched 
roofs  being  found  at  Thebes  of  that 
period ;  and  if  they,  like  others  built 
in  the  time  of  the  S6th  dynasty,  are 
of  crude  brick,  they  are  not  less  con- 
vincing proofs  of  the  invention  of 
the  arch. 

Among  the  most  curious  objects  at 
Sakk&ra  are  the  ibis  mummy  pits  to 
the  north  of  the  great  pyramid, 
and  nearly  due  west  of  the  village 
of  Aboos^r.  Near  the  same  spot 
are  also  found  mummies  of  snakes, 
oxen,  sheep,  and  other  animals.  The 
ibises  have  been  put  into  long  earthen 
pots,  very  like  tliose  used  in  making 
sugar ;  but,  owing  to  the  damp,  they 
are  mostly  reduced  to  powder ;  and 


unless  a  small  opening  is  made  in 
them  to  ascertain  their  contents,  they 
are  for  the  most  part  not  worth  taking 
away. 

The  mummied  ibises  of  Thd>es  are 
much  better  preserved ;  and,  instead 
of  being  in  pits,  are  put  up  in  ban- 
dages, like  cats  and  other  animals. 

In  the  human  mummy  pits  at  Sak- 
k4ra  objects  of  curiosity  and  value 
are  often  found,  though  some  are  oc- 
casionally damaged  by  the  damp, 
owing  to  the  great  depth  of  many^ 
of  the  tombs,  which  are  ofWn  more 
than  70  feet  deep.  This  is  more 
surprising  as  the  Egyptians  generally 
calculated  very  accurately  the  changes 
that  took  place  in  their  country,  and 
could  not  but  be  aware  of  the  in- 
creasing rise  of  the  level  of  their 
river.  Here,  as  about  the  pyramids 
of  Geeseh,  representations  of  the 
pigmy  deity  of  Memphis  are  fre- 
quently met  with ;  from  whose  name 
Pthah-Sokari,  or  Pthah-Sokari- Osi- 
ris, Mr.  Salt,  with  great  ingetfiuity, 
suggested  the  origin  of  the  name  of 
Sakkira. 

Some  years  ago  many  curious 
sculptured  tombs  were  seen  on  the 
high  plain  near  these  pyramids,  con- 


Egypt 


PYRAMIDS  OF   DASHOOR. 


201 


Uining  the  names  of  ancient  kings, 
many  of  which  were  destroyed  by 
Mohammed  Bey  Defterdar  to  build 
fats  palace  of  Kasr  Dubarra. 

Besides  the  great  pyramid  of  Sak- 
k&ra,  are  nine  or  ten  smaller  ones, 
and  the  Mustaba  Pharaoon,  or 
"  Pharaoh's  throne/'  and  other  ruins; 
which,  as  well  as  the  mummy  pits, 
and  the  general  position  and  dimen- 
sions of  all  these  objects,  have  been 
fully  described  by  Pococke  and  Colo- 
>  nel  Howard  Vyse. 

q.  rraAMiDs  or  nA8H6oa. 

Tlie  stone  pyramids  of  DathSor, 
or  MauhSeh,  have  both  been  opened. 
Tlieir  entrances  are  to  the  north,  as  in 
those  of  Geezefa.  The  summit  of  the 
second  or  southernmost  one  was 
finished  at  a  different  angle  from  the 
lower  part ;  and  from  its  being  the 
only  pyramid  of  this  form,  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  they  depressed  the 
angle  in  order  more  speedily  to  com- 
plete it ;  for,  had  it  retained  its  ori- 
ginal talus,  it  would  have  been  con- 
siderably higher.  In  the  passage  are 
some  hieroglyphics,  cut  perhaps  by 
a  visitor  at  a  late  period.  The 
northernmost  of  these  pyramids  mea- 
sures, according  to  Colonel  Vyse,  700 
feet  square,  having  been  originally 
71 9  ft  5  in. ;  and  of  its  former  height 
of  342  ft.  7  in.,  there  now  remain 
326  ft  6  in.  The  southernmost  one 
has  the  angle  of  its  casing  in  the 
lower  part  54^  14'  46",  and  the  upper 
part  42^^59'  26". 

Here  are  also  two  crude  brick  py- 
ramids, in  one  of  which  I  could  trace 
the  base  of  a  chamber.  The  question 
then  naturally  suggests  itself  how  was 
this  roofed  ?  The  chambers  of  the 
crude  brick  pyramids  of  Thebes  are 
all  vaulted,  and  we  can  scarcely  sup- 
pose that  the  roof  of  this  was  sup- 
ported in  any  other  way.  Herodotus 
tells  us  that  Asychis,  wishing  to  sur- 
pass all  other  kings  who  had  reigned 
before  him  in  Egypt,  made  a  brick 
pyramid  for  his  monument,  to  which 


he  affixed  this  sentence  engraved  on 
stone:  *'  Do  not  despise  me,  when 
compared  to  the  stone  pyramids ;  I 
am  as  superior  to  them  as  Jupiter  to 
the  other  Gods.  For  men  plunging 
poles  into  a  lake,  and  collecting  the 
mud  thus  extracted,  formed  it  into 
bricks,  of  which  they  made  me."  Dr. 
Richardson  justly  asks,  in  what  could 
this  superiority  over  stone  pyramids 
consist  ?  and  suggests,  that  it  points  to 
the  invention  of  the  arch  that  roofed 
its  chambers ;  —  which,  provided 
Asychis  lived  prior  to  the  16th  and 
18Ui  dynasties,  may  possibly  be  true. 
Those  of  Dash6or,  and  otlier  places, 
doubtless  imitated  the  original  brick 
pyramid  of  Asychis,  in  this,  as  well 
as  other  peculiarities  of  style ;  but  we 
are  uncertain  if  either  of  these  two, 
or  those  at  the  entrance  of  the  Fy- 
6om,  have  a  claim  to  the  honour  of 
bearing  that  notable  inscription. 

Some  give  it  to  the  nonhemmost 
of  the  Dash6or  brick  pyramids,  where 
Colonel  Howard  Vyse  discovered,  in 
the  temple  before  it,  a  stone  bearing 
part  of  an  early  king*s  name,  pro- 
bably Asychis.  This  pyramid,  he 
says,  measured  originally  350  feet 
square,  and  was  215  feet  6  inches 
high,  of  which  90  feet  now  only  re- 
main ;  and  the  southern  one  was  342 
feet  6  inches  square,  and  267  feet  4 
inches  high,  now  reduced  to  156  feet. 
There  is  also  a  small  one  of  brick, 
close  to  the  south  of  the  second  stone 
pyramid,  originally  181  feet  square, 
and  106  feet  high. 

Large  groves  of  sont,  or  acanthus, 
extend  along  the  edge  of  the  culti- 
vated land  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Sakk^  and  Dash6or,  and  have 
succeeded  to  those  mentioned  by 
Strabo;  though  the  town  of  Acan- 
thus, if  Diodorus  is  right  in  his  dis- 
tance of  120  stadia  from  Memphis, 
stood  much  further  to  the  S.  A 
large  dyke  runs  from  the  edge  of  the 
desert,  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  vil- 
lage of  Sakkira,  to  the  mounds  of 
Memphis,  at  Mitrahenny. 
K  5 


202 


CAIRO. — EXCURSION  4. 


Sect  n. 


r.    MEMPHIS. 

Memphis  is  styled  in  Coptic  Mefi, 
Momf,  aud  Menf,  which  last  is  tra- 
ditionally preserved  by  the  modern 
Egyptians,  though  the  only  existing 
town,  whose  name  resembles  it,  is 
Menoof  in  the  Delta«  The  Egyp- 
tians called  it  Paoouf,  Memfi, 
Membe,  and  Menofre  (Ma-nofre), 
"  the  place  of  good  ; "  which  Plu- 
tarh  translates  "  the  haven  of  good 
men  ;"  though  it  seems  rather  to  re- 
fer to  the  abode  of  the  Deity,  the 
representative  of  goodness,  than  to 
the  virtues  of  its  inhabitants.  In 
hieroglyphics  it  was  styled  *'  Me- 
nofre, the  land  of  the  pyramid ;  *'  and 
sometimes  £i-Pthah,  *<  the  abode  of 
Pthah/'  as  well  as  « the  city  of  the 
white  wall." 

In  the  time  of  Aboolfeda,  a.d. 
1 342,  the  remains  of  Memphis  were 
very  extensive,  of  which  little  or 
nothing  now  exists  but  a  large  co- 
lossus of  Remeses  II.,  a  few  frag- 
ments of  granite,  and  some  sub* 
structionst  Herodotus  and  Diodorus 
s*tate  that  two  statues  were  erected  by 
Sesostris,  one  of  himself  and  another 
of  his  queen,  with  those  of  four  of 
his  sons,  before  tlie  temple  of  Vulcan 
or  Pthah ;  and  as  the  name  of  that 
conqueror  seems  often  to  have  been  ap- 
plied to  Remeses,  it  is  probable  that 
this  is  one  of  the  two  they  mention. 
The  statues  of  Sesostris  were  80  cu- 
bits (45  feet)  high ;  the  other  four, 
20  cubits  (30  feet).  The  colossus  is 
unfortunately  broken  at  the  feet,  and 
part  of  the  cap  is  wanting ;  but  its 
total  height  may  be  estimated  at  42 
feet  8  inches,  without  the  pedestal. 
The  expression  of  the  face,  which 
is  perfectly  preserved,  is  very  beau- 
tiful. 

The  stone  is  a  white  silicious  lime- 
stone, very  hard,  and  capable  of  tak- 
ing a  high  polish.  From  the  neck  of 
the  king  is  suspended  an  amulet  or 
breast-plate,  like  that  of  the  Urim  and 
Thummim  of  the  Hebrews,  in  which 
is  the  royal  prenomen  supported  by 


Pthah  on  one  side,  and  by  his  con- 
templar  companion  Pasht  (Bubastia) 
on  the  other.  In  the  centre,  and  at 
the  side  of  his  girdle,  are  the  name 
and  prenomen  of  this  Remeses,  and 
in  his  hand  he  holds  a  scroll,  bearing 
at  one  end  the  name  Amun-mai- 
Remeses.  A  figure  of  his  daughter 
is  represented  at  his  side.  It  is  on 
a  small  scale,  her  shoulder  reaching 
little  above  the  level  of  his  knee. 

If  this  be  really  one  of  the  statues 
mentioned  by  the  historian,  it  marks 
the  site  of  the  famous  temple  of 
Pttiah ;  a  fact  that  might  be  ascer- 
tained by  excavating  behind  it,  follow- 
ing the  direction  in  which  it  stood. 
During  the  high  Nile,  it  is  nearly 
covered  with  water,  and  parts  of  the 
ancient  Memphis  are  no  longer  ap- 
proachable; the  traveller,  therefore, 
who  goes  up  the  Nile  in  October,  had 
better  defer  his  visit  to  Mitrahenny 
till  his  return.  Hiis  beautiful  statue 
was  discovered  by  Signor  Cavigliaand 
Mr.  Sloane,  by  whom  it  was  given 
to  the  British  Museum,  on  condition 
of  its  being  taken  to  England,  but  the 
fear  of  the  expense  seems  to  have 
hitlierto  prevented  its  removal.  When 
the  Turks  have  burnt  it  for  lime,  it 
will  be  regretted. 

There  is  very  little  else  worthy  of 
remark  amidst  the  mounds  of  Mem- 
phis. Near  the  colossus  lies  a  small 
figure  of  red  granite,  broken  at  the 
wrist.  To  the  south  of  this  is  a  lime- 
stone block,  on  which  is  sculptured 
the  god  Nilus,  probably  binding  the 
throne  of  a  king,  which  is  broken  a- 
way ;  and  beyond  it  are  two  statues 
of  red  granite,  one  entirely  corroded 
by  exposure,  the  other  holding  a  long 
«fe2a,  surmounted  by  the  bust  of  a  king 
wearing  a  necklace  and  a  head-dress  of 
horns,  with  a  globe  and  two  ostrich 
feathers.  On  the  stela  is  a  column 
of  hieroglyphics,  containing  the  ban- 
ner and  name  of  Remeses  the  Great, 
with  the  title  '*  Lord  of  the  assemblies, 
like  his  father  Pthah." 

Though  the  mounds  of  Memphis 
lie  chiefly  about  Mitrahenny,  it  is  pro- 


Egypt. 


MEMPHIS. 


203 


bable  that  the  Sarapeum  was  in  the 
direction  of  SakjUum,  an  we  learn 
from  Straboi  that  it  was  in  a  **  very 
sandy  spot,"  which  could  only  be  near 
the  desert.  Judging  too,  from  the 
sise  of  Thebes,  we  may  readily  ima- 
gine that  Memphis  eitended  as  far  as 
the  desert,  to  the  westward  ;  and 
Diodonis  calculates  its  circuit  at  150 
stadea,  or  upwards  of  17  English 
miles,  requiring  a  diameter  of  nearly 
6  milea.  The  Sarapeum,  indeed,  was 
probably  outside  the  circuit  of  the 
city,  if  what  Macrobius  says  be  true, 
that  the  temple  of  this  deity  was  never 
admitted  within  the  precincts  of  an 
Egyptian  town ;  and  the  distance  from 
the  centre  of  Memphis,  at  Mitrahenny, 
to  the  sandy  slope  of  the  desert,  is  far 
from  being  too  much  for  the  sise  of 
such  a  city,  even  if  we  deduct  consi- 
derably from  the  dimensions  given 
by  Diodonis.  It  probably  extended 
(rom  near  the  river  at  Bedreshayn  to 
Sakjdlra,  which  only  allows  a  breadth 
east  and  west  of  S  miles,  and  its  long- 
est diameter  was  probably  north  and 
south.  But  it  may  be  doubted,  if 
Memphis  was  surrounded  by  a  wall. 
It  was  not  the  custom  of  the  Egyp- 
tians to  include  tlie  whole  of  a  large 
city  within  one  circuit :  Thebes,  even 
with  its  100  gates,  had  no  wall ;  and 
we  find  there,  as  in  other  cities,  that 
portions  alone  were  walled  round, 
comprehending  the  temples  and  other 
precious  monuments.  In  places  of 
great  extent,  as  Thebes,  each  temple 
had  its  own  circuit,  generally  a  thick 
crude  brick  wall  with  stone  gate* ways, 
sometimes  within  another  of  greater 
extent ;  and  the  quarters  of  the  troops, 
or  citadel,  were  surrounded  by  a  mas- 
sive wall  of  the  same  materials,  with 
an  inclined  way  to  the  top  of  the 
rampart. 

The  temples  of  Memphis  were,  no 
doubt,  encompassed  in  the  same  man* 
ner  by  a  sacred  enclosure ;  and  the 
«  white  wall  **  was  the  fortified  part  of 
the  city,  in  which  tlie  Egyptians  took 
refuge  when  defeated  by  the  PeruanaL 
This  white  fortress  was  very  ancient. 


and  from  it  Memphis  was  called  the 
«  city  of  the  white  wall." 

Memphis,  was  said  to  have  been 
built  by  Menes,  the  first  king  of 
Egypt;  and  the  fact  of  his  having 
changed  the  course  of  the  river,  which 
previously  **  flowed  under  the  Libyan 
mountains,*'  and  for  which  he  opened 
a  new  channel,  about  half-way  be» 
tween  the  Arabian  and  Libyan  chain, 
is  strongly  corroborated  by  the  actual 
appearance  of  the  Nile.  According 
to  Herodotus,  the  river  was  turned  off 
about  100  stadia  above  Memphis; 
and  the  dykes  constructed  at  this 
point,  to  prevent  its  returning  to  its 
original  channel,  were  kept  up  with 
great  care  by  his  successors,  even  to 
the  time  of  the  Persians.  At  Kafr 
el  lyiit,  14  miles  above  Mitrahenny, 
the  Nile  takes  a  considerable  curve 
to  the  eastward,  and  would,  if  the 
previous  direction  of  its  course  con- 
tinued, run  immediately  below  the 
Libyan  mountains  to  Sakk^ra;  and 
the  slight  difierence  between  this  du- 
tance  and  the  approximate  measure- 
ment of  Herodotus  offers  no  objec- 
tion. Indeed,  if  we  calculate  from 
the  outside  of  the  town,  which  the 
historian  doubtless  did,  we  shall  find 
that  the  bend  of  Kafr  el  Iy4t  agrees 
exactly  with  his  100  stadia,  or  about 
\\\  miles,  Mitrahenny  being,  as  before 
stated,  at  the  centre  of  Memphis. 

The  canal  that  now  runs  between 
SakjULra  and  Mitrahenny,  and  con- 
tinues thence  through  the  plain  below 
the  great  pyramids,  has  probably  suc- 
ceeded to  an  ancient  one  that  passed 
through  Memphis,  and  brought  the 
water  of  the  Nile  to  the  famous  lake, 
which  was  '*  on  the  north  and  west 
cX  the  city."  This  lake  was  excavated 
by  Menes.  Herodotus  says  it  was 
made  on  the  north  and  west  side,  and 
not  on  the  east,  because  the  river  was 
in  the  way ;  showing  that  Memphis 
stood  near  tlie  Nile;  as  is  further 
proved  by  his  account  of  the  herald 
sent  from  Cambyses  by  water  to  that 
city. 

The  site  of  the  lake  I  believe  to  be 

K    « 


204 


CAIRO.  —  EXCUBSION  4. 


Sect.  II. 


close  to  the  dyke  below  Sakk&ra* 
where  a  hollow  spot  containing  water 
for  a  great  part  of  the  year  still  re- 
mains, and  the  recess  in  the  low  hills 
to  the  westward  of  it  accords  with 
the  direction  it  took.  It  was  across 
this  lake  that  the  dead  were  trans- 
ported to  the  tombs  on  the  hill  about 
the  pyramids  of  Sakkira,  and  other 
parts  of  the  cemetery  of  Memphis ; 
and  here  were  performed  the  cere- 
monies which  gave  rise  to  some  of  the 
fables  of  Greek  mythology. 

Diodorus,  in  speaking  of  their 
adoption  from  Egypt,  says,  <<  Orpheus 
had  learned  of  the  Egyptians  the 
greater  part  of  his  mystical  ceremo- 
nies; the  orgies  that  celebrate  the 
wanderings  (of  Ceres),  and  the  my- 
thology of  the  shades  below  .  .  .,  and 
the  punishments  of  the  impious  in 
Tartarus,  the  Elysian  plains  of  the 
virtuous,  and  the  common  imagery 
of  Bction,  were  all  copied  from  the 
Egyptian  funerals.  Hermes,  the  con- 
ductor of  souls,  was,  according  to  the 
old  institution  of  Egypt,  to  convey 
the  body  of  Apis  to  an  appointed 
place,  where  it  was  received  by  a  man 
wearing  the  mask  of  Cerberus ;  and 
Orpheus  having  related  this  among 
the  Greeks,  the  fable  was  adopted  by 
Homer,  who  makes  the  Cyllenian 
Hermes  call  forth  the  souls  of  the 
suitors,  holding  his  staff  in  his  hand. 
....  The  river  he  calls  ocean,  as 
they  say,  because  the  Egyptians  call 
the  Nile  oceanu$  in  their  language ; 
the  gates  of  the  sun  are  derived 
from  Heliopolis ;  and  the  meadow  is 
so  called  from  the  like  named  Ache- 
rusian,  near  Memphis,  which  is  sur- 
rounded by  beautiful  meadows  and 
canals,  with  lotus  and  flowering 
rushes.  And  it  is  consistent  with 
the  imitation  to  make  the  dead  inhabit 
those  places,  because  the  greater 
number  and  the  most  considerable 
of  the  Egyptian  tombs  are  there ; 
the  bodies  being  ferried  over  the 
river  and  the  Acherusian  lake,  and 
deposited  in  the  catacombs  destined 
to  receive  them.       And  the  rest  of 


the  Grecian  mythology  respecting 
Hades  agrees  also  with  the  present 
practice  of  Egypt, where  a  boat,  called 
Baris,  carries  over  the  bodies,  and  a 
penny  is  given  for  the  fare  to  the 
boatman,  who  is  called  Charon  in  the 
language  of  the  country.  They  say 
there  is  also,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  same  place,  a  temple  of  the  noc- 
turnal Hecate,  with  the  gates  of  Co- 
cytus  and  of  Lethe,  fastened  with 
bruen  bars ;  and  besides,  other  gates 
of  Truth,  and  near  them  a  figure 
of  Justice,  without  a  head.  In  the 
city  of  Acanths,  on  the  Libyan  side 
of  the  Nile,  120  sUdia  (about  14 
miles)  from  Memphis,  they  say  there 
is  a  barrel  pierced  with  boles,  to 
which  360  priests  carry  water  from 
the  Nile :  and  a  mystery  is  acted  in 
an  assembly  in  that  neighbourhood,  in 
which  a  man  is  made  to  twist  one  end 
of  a  long  rope,  while  other  persons 
untwist  the  other  end :  an  allusion  to 
which  has  become  proverbial  in 
Greece.  Melampus,  they  say,  brought 
from  Egypt  the  mysteries  of  Bacchus, 
the  stories  of  Saturn,  and  the  battles 
of  the  Tiuns.  Daedalus  imitated  the 
Egyptian  labyrinth  in  that  which  he 
built  for  king  Minoa ;  the  Egyptian 
labyrinth  having  been  constructed  by 
Mendes,  or  by  Marus,  an  ancient 
king  many  years  before  his  time: 
and  the  style  of  the  ancient  statues 
in  Egypt  is  the  same  with  that  of  the 
statues  sculptured  in  Greece.  They 
also  say  that  the  very  fine  propylon 
of  Vulcan  in  Memphis  was  the  work 
of  Da^alus  as  an  architect,  and  that 
being  admired  for  it,  he  had  the  ho- 
nour of  obtaining  a  place  in  the  same 
temple  for  a  wooden  statue  of  him- 
self, the  work  of  his  own  hands ; 
that  his  talents  and  inventive  facul- 
ties at  last  acquired  him  even  divine 
honours ;  and  that  there  is  to  this  day 
a  temple  of  Daedalus,  on  one  of  the 
islands  near  Memphis,  which  is  re- 
vered by  the  neighbouring  inhabi* 
Unts.*' 

The  principal  deities  of  Memphis 
were  Pthah,  Apis,  and  Bubastis;  and 


Egypt. 


MEMPHIS. 


205 


the  goddess  Isis  bad  a  magnificent 
temple  there,  erected  by  Amasis. 
That  of  Pthab,  or  Vulcan,  was  said  to 
have  been  founded  by  Menes,  and 
was  enlarged  and  beautified  by  suc- 
ceeding monarchs.  Mcsris  erected 
the m,  I tiiern  vestibule;  and  Sesostris, 
besides  the  colossal  statues  above 
mentioned,  made  considerable  addi- 
tions with  enormous  blocks  of  stone 
which  "be  employed  his  prisoners 
of  war  to  drag  to  the  temple.**  Phe- 
ron,  his  son,  also  enriched  it  with 
suitable  presents,  which  he  sent  on 
the  recovery  of  bis  sight,  as  he  did  to 
all  the  principal  temples  of  Egypt, 
and  on  the  south  of  the  Temple  of 
Pthah  were  added  the  sacred  grove 
and  Temple  of  Proteus.  The  west- 
em  vestibule,  or  propylsum,  was  the 
work  of  Rhampsinitus,  who  also 
erected  two  statues,  25  cubits  in 
height ;  one  on  the  north,  the  other 
on  the  south  ;  to  the  former  of  which 
the  Egyptians  gave  the  name  of 
summer,  and  to  the  latter  winter. 
The  eastern  was  the  largest  and  most 
magnificent  of  all  these  propyliea, 
and  excelled  as  well  in  the  beauty 
of  its  sculpture  as  in  its  dimensions. 
It  was  built  by  Asychis. 

Several  grand  additions  were 
afterwards  made  by  Psamaticus,  who, 
besides  the  southern  vestibule,  erected 
a  large  hypsethral  court  covered  with 
sculpture,  where  Apis  was  kept,  when 
exhibited  in  public.  It  was  sur- 
rounded by  a  peristyle  of  Osiride 
figures,  12  cubits  in  height,  which 
served  instead  of  columns ;  similar 
no  doubt  to  those  in  the  Memno- 
nium  at  Thebes.  I  have  endeavoured 
to  give  an  idea  of  the  interior  of  this 
court  of  Apis  in  my  **  Manners  and 
Customs  of  the  Ancient  Egyptians/* 
(Frontispiece  of  Vol.  i.) 

Many  other  kings  adorned  this 
magnificent  temple  of  Pthah,  with 
sculpture  and  various  gifU;  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  statue  of 
Sethos,  in  commemoration  of  his  vic- 
tory over  the  Assyrians,  holding  in 
his  hand  a  mouse,  with  this  inscrip- 


tion, «  Whoever  sees  me,  let  him  be 
pious.*  *  Amasis,  too,  dedicated  a  re- 
cumbent colossus,  75  feet  long,  in 
this  temple ;  which  is  the  more  sin- 
gular as  there  is  no  instance  of  an 
Egyptian  statue,  of  early  time,  in 
that  position. 

According  to  Herodotus,  *<  The 
temenos  or  sacred  grove  of  Proteus 
was  very  beautiful  and  richly  orna- 
mented. Some  Phcenicians  of  Tyre 
settled  at  Memphis,  lived  round  it, 
and  in  consequence  the  whole  neigh- 
bourhood received  the  name  of  the 
Tyrian  camp.  Within  the  temenot 
was  the  temple  of  Proteus,  which  was 
called  <of  Venus  the  stranger;*** 
whence  the  historian  conjectured  that 
it  was  of  Helen,  who  was  reported 
to  have  lived  some  time  at  the  court 
of  tlie  Egyptian  king.  This  is  of 
course  an  idle  Greek  story ;  which, 
like  so  many  others,  shows  bow  ready 
the  Greeks  were  to  derive  every  thing 
from  their  own  country. 

Strabo,  in  speaking  of  Memphis, 
says,  **  Near  to  the  pyramids  is  Mem- 
phis, the  royal  residence  of  the 
Egyptians,  distant  three  schcenes  from 
the  Delta.  It  has  a  temple  of  Apis, 
who  is  the  same  as  Osiris.  Here  the 
bull  Apis  is  kept  in  an  enclosure,  and 
treated  as  a  god.  He  has  a  white 
mark  on  his  forehead,  and  other  small 
spots  on  his  body,  the  rest  being 
black  ;  and  when  he  dies,  another  is 
selected,  from  having  certain  sign^to 
take  his  place.  Before  the  enclosure 
is  a  court,  and  another  for  the  mother 
of  this  bull.  He  is  permitted  to  go 
out  occasionally  into  the  court,  par- 
ticularly when  any  strangers  are  de- 
sirous of  seeing  him  (at  other  times 
being  only  seen  through  the  windows 
of  his  abode);  and  after  he  has 
played  about  a  little  he  is  taken 
back. 

**  The  temple  of  Apis  is  close  to 
that  of  Vulcan  (Pthah),  which  is 
very  magnificent,  both  in  size  and 
other  respects.  Before  the  dromoi  lies 
a  colossus  of  a  single  stone ;  and  in 
this  space  it   is  customary   to    have 


206 


CAIRO.  —  BXCUESION  4. 


Sect.  11. 


bull  fights,  the  animals  being  trained 
for  the  purpose  by  persons  who  are 
like  the  breeders  of  horses ;  and  hav- 
ing fought  together,  the  reward  is 
adjudged  to  the  victor.  At  Mem- 
phis  is  also  a  temple  of  Venus,  sup- 
posed to  be  a  Greek  goddess.  Some 
believe  it  to  be  dedicated  to  the  moon. 
There  is  also  a  Serapeum  **  (or  temple 
of  Sarapis)  *'  in  a  very  sandy  spot, 
where  drifts  of  sand  are  raised  by  the 
wind,  to  such  a  degree  that  we  saw 
some  sphinxes  buried  up  to  their 
heads,  and  others  half  covered.  From 
this  circumstance  any  one  may  judge 
of  the  danger  of  being  overtaken 
there  by  a  whirlwind  of  sand.  The 
city  is  large  and  populous,  next  to 
Alexandria  in  size,  and,  like  that, 
filled  with  foreign  residents.  Before 
it  are  some  lakes;  but  the  palaces, 
situated  once  in  an  elevated  spot,  and 
reaching  down  to  the  lower  part  of 
the  city,  are  now  ruined  and  deserted. 
Contiguous  are  the  grove  and  lake.** 
.  .  .  .  "  Beyond  Memphis  (to  the 
southward)  is  the  city  of  Acanthus, 
with  a  temple  of  Osiris,  and  a  grove 
of  Tbeban  acanthus  trees,  which  pro- 
duce gum ;  after  which  is  the  AphnK 
ditopolite  nome,  and  a  city  of  that 
name  on  the  Arabian  (eastern)  bank 
where  a  sacred  white  cow  is  kept.*' 

The  taking  of  Memphis  by  the 
Persians,  under  Cambyses,  was  the 
first  blow  received  by  this  ancient  city, 
which  continued  to  be  the  capital  of 
the  lower  country  until  the  wealth  of 
Alexandria  had  raised  its  import- 
ance to  such  a  point,  that  Thebes  and 
Memphis  gradually  decreased  in  size 
and  opulence ;  and  in  the  time  of  the 
Romans,  Memphis  held  a  secondary 
rank,  and  Thebes  had  ceased  to  be  a 
city.  Memphis  still  continued  to  en- 
joy some  consequence,  even  at  the 
time  of  the  Arab  invasion ;  and 
though  its  ancient  palace  was  a  ruin, 
the  governor  of  Egypt,  John  Me* 


caukes,  still  resided  in  the  city ;  and  it 
was  here  that  he  concluded  a  treaty 
with  the  invaders,  after  they  had  suc- 
ceeded in  taking  the  strong  Roman 
fortress  at  Babylon.  The  wealth,  as 
well  as  the  inhabitants  of  Memphis^ 
soon  passed  to  the  new  Arab  city  of 
Fo8$4t,  and  the  capital  of  Lower 
Egypt  in  a  few  years  ceased  to  exist. 
The  blocks  of  stone  of  its  ruined  mo- 
numents were  taken  to  build  modem 
edifices;  and  we*  find  Pococke,  a 
hundred  years  ago  expressing  his  as- 
tonishment that  the  position  of  Mem- 
phis  should  be  entirely  unknown. 
Modern  discoveries  have  ascertained 
its  site,  but  we  are  surprised  to  find 
so  few  remains  of  this  vast  city ;  and 
the  only  traces  of  its  name  in  the 
country  are  preserved  by  very  doubt- 
ful tradition,  and  the  MSS.  of  the 
Copts. 

Several  roads  lead  from  the  valley 
of  the  Nile  to  the  F^6om,  across 
the  low  Libyan  bills ;  some  from  near 
Abooroash,  the  great  pyramids,  and 
the  neighbourhood  of  Sakkara  and 
Dash6or.  There  are  others  from  dif- 
ferent points,  along  the  whole  range 
to  its  entrance  near  the  pyramid  of 
Illah6on,  westward  of  Benisooef. 

In  the  plain  between  the  pyramids 
and  the  Nile  are  the  sites  of  many  an- 
cient towns;  and  about  five  miles 
to  the  N.  N.  £.  of  Abooroash,  is 
Weseem,  in  Coptic  Boushem,  which 
probably  occupies  the  position  of  Le- 
topolis,  the  capital  of  the  nome  joining 
the  Memphitic  to  the  N. 

The  hUls,  where  the  pyramids  stood 
appear  to  have  been  called  in  hiero* 
glyphics  either  Roosh,  or  Loot ; 
which  probably  applied  to  the  whole 
range,  as  far  as  Memphis ;  and  that 
it  was  customary  for  the  Egyptians  to 
give  names  to  particular  portions  of 
the  Libyan  and  eastern  mountains,  is 
evident  from  numerous  inscriptions  in 
various  parts  of  Egypt. 


Egypt. 


BOUTE  7.  —  CAIRO  TO   SU£Z. 


207 


ROUTE  7. 

CAIRO    TO     SUKZ. 

a.     Various    Roads, 

Though  there  are  many  roads  and 
tracks  over  the  desert  to  Suez,  one 
only  need  be  described  as  a  route, 
the  rest  not  being  taken  by  European 
travellers.  But  I  shall  first  mention 
the  principal  roads,  in  the  order  in 
whidi  they  come,  beginning  at  the 
north. 

1.  From  BeJbaySt  by  the  Delta,  as- 
cends the  Wadee  Jaffra,  crosses 
the  road  to  Syria,  and  joins  the' 
Derb  el  Maazee. 
2^  The  Derh  d  Maazee,  from  Cairo, 
passes  by  Heliopolis  and  the 
Birket  el  Hag  ;  10  miles  beyond 
which  last  the  road  to  Syria 
branches  off*  to  the  left,  after 
passing  the  high  sand-hills  of 
Undthim. 

3.  Derb  d  Hag  «road  of  the  pil- 
grims,**  is  the  same  as  the  last, 
until  after  it  passes  the  Birket  el 
Hag,  when  it  turns  to  the  right 
by  a  stone  ruin  called  e*  Sibeel 
(**  the  fountain  "),  and  the  other 
continues  below  the  Undthilm 
hills  to  the  left 

4.  DeihtkHttmra{yck\(3iis^<metaken 
hy  the  Indian  Mail)  passes  to  the 
south  of  the  red  mountain,  and 
joins  the  Derb  el  Hag  about  27 
miles  from  Cairo. 

5.  Derb^  Toi^ara  (like  the  three  last, 
from  Cairo)  joins  the  Hamra, 
about  6  miles  from  the  Wadee 
e*  Gendelee. 

6.  Derh  e'  Tarabeen  from  Bus- 
sateen,  a  village  3  miles  above 
Old  Cairo,  ascends  the  Mukuttum 
range,  by  the  Bahr.bela-roe,  and 
joins  the  Towara  road  25  miles 
from  Cairo,  and  the  same  distance 
from  Bussateen.  It  falls  into 
the  Derb  el  Hag  at  El  Muggreh 
58f  miles  from  Cairo. 

7.  A  road  also  leaves  the  Nile,  about 
half  way  between  Cairo  and  Beni- 
sooef,  passing  by  Wadee  el  Gho- 
meir. 


6.  Distances,      Cairo  to   Suez   hy  the 
Derb  el  Hamra. 

MUei. 
Cairo  to  Kalaiat  Raiiln         -  9 

Wadee  Halaz6nee  -  8 

Derb  el  Hag  joins  this  road  from 

the  north         .         .         .         lo 
Cross  Wadee  Gendelee,  and  then 

Wadee  Jaffra  -        -         10 

Om  e*  Sharame^t        .        .  s 

Kobbet  e'  Takrooree .         .  4 

Plain  of  el  Muggreh  -  -  10 
ElMiiktela  .  .  .  lo 
Fort  of  Agero6d         .         .  6 

Beer  Suez  (wells)       .        .  g 

To  Suez    ....  4 

82 


Stations  on  this  road. 

Cairo  to  station  No  1.  stabling, 
and  1  resting-room  •         .  9 

No.  2.  One  public  room  for 
ladies,  one  for  men,  2  private 
rooms,  and  one  for  servants   -  11 

No.  3.  Stabling  for  horses,  and 
one  resting-room  -         .         -  10 

No.  4.  One  large  Aoor,  a  ladies* 
room,  a  servants'  room,  kitchen, 
several  bed  chambers^  water 
tank,  and  stabling         -         -  ]  1 

No.  5.  The  same  as  No.  1. 
and  3.  -         -         -        -  1 1 

No.  6.  The  same  as  No.  3. 
and  5.  -         ...  10 

Na  7.  The  same  as  No.  3. 
and  5.  -         •         .         .  1  ] 

To  Suez  ....     9 


82 


c.   The  "Tart/f"  at  these  stations  is 
as  follows : 

£     «.  <f.    Piastres. 
**  Accommodations  the 

whole  route  for  a 

lady  or  gentleman, 

including   the  use 

of  servants,  fumi. 

ture,  &c.     -         .1     O  O  or  IOC 
Do.  children   under 

10  years  of  age    .0100         50 
Do.  servants  -  0  10  O        50 

No,  4.  Station, 
Dinner  .         -040         20 

Breakfast  or  tea     .020         10 


208 


BOUTS  7.  — CAIEO  TO  SUEZ. 


Sect.  IL 


'£  t.  d.  PlaftTM. 
Champagne  -  -0.80  40 
Claret  -  -  -  0  7  0  35 
Port  -  -  -050  25 
Sherry  -  -  -  0  2  6  12 
Bordeaux  -  -  0  3  3  16 
Marsala  -         -033         16 

Brandy  -        -033         16 

Rum  -  -  -033  16 
Gin  -  -  -083  16 
Cyder  -  -  -  0  2  0  10 
Ale,   porter,   and 

stout  -  -  -020  10 
Filtered  water,  per 

bottle  -         -  0    0  4  2 

Water  for  animals, 

per  bucket  -         -030         15 
Not,  2.  tmd  6. 
Private    rooms  for 

parties  or  families, 

furnished      with 

beds  and  all  other 

requisites    -         *  O  10  0         50 
Breakfast  or  tea,  in- 
cluding     coffee, 

biscuits,       fruit, 

eggs,  &c  -  -020  10 
Ale,  porter,  and 

stout  -  -  -  0  2  0  10 
Port  -  -  -050  25 
Sherry  -  -  -050  25 
Marsala  -         -033         16 

Claret  -  -  -070  35 
Bordeaux  -  -  0  2  6  12 
Brandy  -        -  0     3  3         16 

Filtered  water,  per 

bottle  -        -  0    0  4  2 

Water  for  animals, 

per  bucket  -  0     3  0         15 

N.  B.  Passengers  are  requested  to 
pay  on  delivery. 

d.  It  takes  from  32  to  33  hours  to 
go  from  Cairo  to  Suez  on  a  camel, 
and  14  to  20  on  a  dromedary ;  and 
the  ordinary  time  allowed  for  those 
who  are  conveyed  by  the  Company 
(and  now  by  the  Egyptian  Govern- 
ment) is  about  19  hours. 

Vans  go  quicker,  and  in  winter 
those  with  4  horses  holding  4  persons, 
or  three  with  light  carpet  bags,  take 
from  14}  to  16  hours.  They  profess 
to  change  7  times  on  the  road,  at  each 


station,  independent  of  the  first  set  of 
horses  taken  from  Cairo,  and  the 
charge  is  6L  for  each  person,  from 
Cairo  to  Sues,  including  accommoda- 
tion and  provisions,  without  wine. 
Donkeys,  or  donkey  litters,  take  from 
30  to  50  hours.  Tlie  charge  for  a 
litter  with  3  donkeys  and  men  is  SQO 
piastres,  or  3/. ;  a  donkey  is  rated  at 
]6«.,  and  camels  or  dromedaries  are 
charged  12«.,  or  60  piastres  each. 

Between  Kalaiat  Raiin  and  Wadee 
Halaz6nee  is  much  petrified  wood* 
I  observed  a  palm  tree  from  25  to  SO 
feet  long,  and  other  wood  in  the  sand- 
stone rock.  The  Wadee  Halaz6nee, 
or  the  «  valley  of  snails,**  is  so  called 
from  their  abounding  there,  as  indeed 
throughout  this  part  of  the  desert. 
But  they  are  not  found  to  the  south 
of  lat.  29<>  2(y, 

The  small  Acacia  tree,  called  Dar 
el  Hilrora,  **  the  red  house,"  or  Om  e* 
Sharam^t,  « the  mother  of  rags,"  is 
the  spot  where  the  pilgrims  rest  on 
their  way  to  Ager6od ;  and  near  this 
is  the  principal  station  (No.  4.)  of 
the  passengers  by  the  overland  route. 

Kobbet  e*  Takr6ore  is  a  tomb  built 
by  the  friends  of  an  African  stranger 
who  died  there,  and  a  little  beyond  it 
is  Beer  el  Batter,  a  "  well "  only  in 
name,  having  no  water,  though  many 
attempts  were  made  to  find  it  there 
some  years  ago. 

There  is  no  fresli  water  on  the  Suez 
road,  except  after  abundant  rains  in 
the  Wadee  Gendelee,  \  a  mile  to  the 
left  of  the  road,  and  also  in  the  Wadee 
Jaffra,  into  wliich  the  Gendelee  runs 
not  far  from  where  the  road  crosses 
it.  Near  Beer  el  Batter  tlie  lime- 
stone rocks  reappear,  and  the  petrified 
wood  ceases  with  the  sandstone. 

The  plain  of  El  Muggreh  is  the 
highest  part  of  the  road.  To  the  easU 
ward  of  it  all  the  vallies  flow  towards 
the  sea,  and  to  the  westward  towards 
the  Nile ;  and  here  the  Derb  e*  Tara- 
b^n  joins  the  **  road  of  the  Pilgrims." 
About  8  miles  further,  and  about  2 
miles  short  of  £1  M^ktala,  is  the 
course  of  an  ancient  road,  the  stones 


Egypt     ROUTE  7.  — buez.  —  passaqe  of  Israelites.      209 


cleared  off  and  ranged  on  either  tide, 
indications  of  which  are  seen  long 
before  to  the  westward  in  the  heaps  of 
stones  placed  at  interrals  as  road-marks. 

The  ancients  probably  followed 
the  same  line  as  the  pilgrims  at 
the  present  day,  by  the  Derb  el  Hag, 
though  another  road  seems  to  have 
led  in  a  southerly  direction  from 
Heliopolis,  and  either  to  have  fallen 
into  it  to  the  west  of  the  Wadee 
Halaz6nee,  or  to  have  gone  in  a  dif- 
ferent line  through  the  desert  to  the 
south. 

A  little  beyond  this,  the  Maaaee 
road  joins  the  Derb  el  Hag,  and  they 
continue  together  to  £1  Miiktala  and 
Ager6od,  where,  as  already  shown, 
the  road  of  the  pilgrims  runs  off  to 
the  eastward,  and  the  others  go  in  a 
southerly  direction  to  Sues. 

£1  Mdktala,  I  suppose  from  iu 
name  and  position  to  be  the  Migdol 
of  the  Bible.  By  this  defile,  the  main 
road  passes ;  most  of  the  roads  having 
been  once  more  united  into  one,  a  short 
distance  before  reaching  it.  The  course 
thus  far  from  Cairo  is  nearly  east,  it 
then  takes  a  southerly  direction  to 
Sues;  but  the  Derb  el  Hag  again 
strikes  off  to  the  eastward  from  the 
Fort  of  Ager6od,  and  crosses  the 
Peninsula  of  Sinai.  Ager6od  is  a 
Turkish  fort ;  and  at  Beer  Suei  is  a 
well  of  brackish  water. 

SU£Z  is  in  lat.  29<^  57'  SO''  N., 
and  long.  SS^'  S5'  £.  from  Green, 
wich.  The  environs  are  monotonous 
and  barren.  The  town  is  small  and 
insignificant.  But  Sues  is  not  with- 
out interest  in  an  historical  poiut  of 
view,  from  baring  been  the  spot 
where  the  Israelites  crossed  the  Red 
Sea  on  their  way  to  the  wilderness  of 
Sinai,  and  were  delivered  from  the 
bondage  of  the  £gyptians.  This 
passage  of  the  sea  was  probably  a 
short  distance  to  the  £.  of  the  modem 
town,  at  the  spot  where  the  camels 
now  ford  it  on  their  way  to  the  foun- 
tain of  el  Ghurkudeh.  In  former  times 
the  water  appears  to  have  been  con- 
siderably deeper  than  at  the  present 


day,  as  we  find  positive  evidences  of 
the  elevation  of  the  ground  in  the 
vicinity,  at  least  on  the  west  side  of 
Sues ;  where  the  plain,  once  covered 
by  the  sea,  and  still  strewed  with 
shells,  is  &r  above  the  reach  of  its 
highest  rise. 

Many  reasons  combine  to  fix  the 
spot  about  the  present  ford ;  among 
which  are  the  direction  of  the  channel, 
the  general  line  of  the  road,  and  the 
depth  of  the  water.  Of  the  first  it 
may  be  observed  that  it  is  the  part  of 
the  sea  most  likely  to  be  affected  in 
the  manner  described  "by  a  strong 
east  wind.**  8.  The  road  from  Mig- 
dol, (which  I  believe  to  be  the  defile 
still  known  to  the  Arabs  by  the  name 
of  Miiktala),  where  the  Israelites 
turned  off  to  the  right,  goes  directly 
to  this  point;  and  S.  Though  the 
traditions  of  the  Arabs  fix  the  passage 
at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Wadee  el 
Amba,  '•  the  valley  of  the  ehariaU^** 
and  the  wells  and  mountain  of  Ham- 
mam,  Pfaara6on,  on  the  opposite 
shore,  are  said  to  have  derived  that 
name  from  the  destruction  of  Pha- 
raoh's host,  the  depth  of  thtf  sea 
there,  and  in  all  other  parts  would 
have  been  too  great  to  allow  of  its 
division  being  compared  to  a  wall  on 
either  hand;  for  it  is  natural  to 
suppose  the  Israelites  would  not  have 
made  less  of  the  miracle,  and  the 
dirision  of  deeper  water  would  un- 
doubtedly have  justified  their  calling 
it  a  mountain,  rather  than  a  wall. 
Moreover,  the  greater  breadth  of  the 
sea  in  other  places  would  have  re- 
quired a  longer  period  for  their  passage 
than  is  given  in  the  Bible ;  and  the 
object  of  entangling  and  overwhelm- 
ing the  chariots  and  host  of  Pharaoh 
would  be  suflidently  obtained  here, 
by  the  return  of  the  waters  blown 
back  by  the  wind,  and  the  addition  of 
a  tide  of  between  5  and  6  feet ;  which 
rises  there  regularly  to  the  present 
day.  Besides,  according  to  Dr. 
Robinson,  the  island  just  below  the 
ford  is  still  called  Ges6eret  el  Yah6od 
•(  the  island  of  the  Jews.** 


210 


BOUTE  7.  —  CAIRO  TO   SUEZ. 


Sect.  IL 


It  is  from  the  delirteranee  of  the 
Israelites  that  tradition  asserts  'the 
n&ghbouringGtM Attdka  has  received 
its  name;  though  the  Moslems  pre- 
tend that  its  signification,  **  deliver- 
ance," relates  to  their  release  from 
the  perils  of  the  pilgrimage,  when  in 
sight  of  this  welcome  mountain. 
Ager6od  has  also  been  allowed  to 
claim  some  connection  with  that  re- 
markable event ;  and  etymology  might 
perhaps  discover  in  it  a  distinct  allu- 
sion to  the  overthrow  of  Pharaoh's 
chariots,  whose  Hebrew  appellation 
<*Age]o6t*'  bears  some  resemblance 
to  this  modern  name. 

With  regard  to  MiUdalaoreX  Miik- 
tala,  I  must  observe  that  there  is 
great  reason  to  believe  it  marks  the 
site  of  the  ancient  Migdai;  not  only 
from  a  similarity  of  name,  but  from 
its  position,  being  the  point  where  the 
road  turns  off,  from  its  previously 
easterly  course,  direct  to  the  sea; 
aud  though  the  name  signifies  **the 
slaughter,**  and  appears  to  mark  the 
spot  of  some  later  Arab  battle,  it  must 
bie  remembered  that  the  Arabs  are  in 
the  constant  habit  of  substituting 
names  from  their  own  language,  when- 
ever they  happen  to  trace  any  resem- 
blance to  them ;  an  instance  of  which 
may  be  found  in  El  Crez6>(  Algiers), 
"the  islands,"  substituted  for  the 
ancient  name  Julia  Canarea  ;  and  in 
numerous  others. 

The  name  of  Kolzim  or  KoUxoom^ 
given  to  the  range  of  mountains,  and 
to  the  Red  Sea  itself  in  this  part,  is 
also  supposed  to  relate  to  the  history 
of  the  Israelites,  its  meaning,  <<  de- 
struction,'* referring  to  that  of  the 
host  of  Pharaoh:  though  the  great 
antiquity  of  the  town  of  Clysma  sug- 
gests that  Kolsim  is  an  Arab  corrup- 
tion of  the  old  Greek  name.  Clysma 
appears  to  have  been  a  fort  as  well  as 
a  town,  and  was  perhaps  the  spot 
where  the  troops  destined  to  guard 
the  sluices  of  the  canal  were  stationed ; 
and  it  is  remarkable  that  the  elevated 
heiffht,  outside  the  north  gate  of  the 
modem  town  of  Sues,  is  still  known 


by  the  name  of  Kolsim.  It  was 
called  Castrum  by  Hierocles  and  St. 
Epiphanius ;  and  ttXwrfta  (clysma)  or 
KX^uriuL,  is  first  mentioned  by  Lucian. 
It  appears  to  be  the  same  as  the 
Clysma  Praesidium  of  Ptolemy, 
though  he  places  it  much  farther 
down  the  coast.  His  positions,  how- 
ever, are  not  alwajrs  certain ;  and  it  is 
much  more  probable  that  a  garrison 
would  be  stationed  where  their  services 
were  so  evidently  required,  than  on 
any  other  part  of  the  coast.  Besides, 
we  have  not  only  the  traditional  name 
of  tliis  eminence  to  guide  our  opinion, 
but  the  authority  of  history,  which 
mentions  the  re-opening  of  the  canal 
by  Omer  to  Kolzim  on  the  Red  Sea, 
for  the  purpose  of  sending  provisions 
to  Mecca.  Aboolfeda  is  still  more 
precise  in  his  position  of  Kolsim,  and 
leaves  no  room  to  doubt  that  it  stood 
exactly  at  the  spot  now  occupied  by 
Suez.  His  words  are,  M  At  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  gulph,  intervening 
between  Tor  and  Egypt  was  situated 
the  town  of  Kolzim,  and  those  who  go 
from  Egypt  to  Tor  are  wont  to  follow 
the  coast  from  Kolsim  to  Tor." 
Close  to  it  (he  says  in  another  place)  is 
the  spot  where  Pharaoh  was  drowned. 
It  has  given  the  name  of  «  Sea  of 
Kolzim  *'  to  the  gulph,  and  appears 
to  have  succeeded  to  Arsinoe,  found- 
ed by  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  so  called 
after  his  sister,  and  has  been  itself 
succeeded  in  turn  by  the  modem  Sue& 

THK  ANCIKNT  CANAL  OF  ARSIMOic. 

This  ancient  work,  known  in  former 
times  as  the  canal  of  Hero,  is  now 
completely  filled  with  sand,  except  in 
that  part  where  it  is  made  to  supply 
the  modern  village  of  Tel  el  Wadee, 
and  the  neighbouring  lands,  for  the 
purposes  of  cultivation.  Its  greatest 
extent,  to  the  Tel  e'  Rigibeh,  is  about 
26  miles  from  Belbiiys.  The  com- 
mencement of  the  canal  may  be 
said  to  be  about  6  miles  west  of 
Tel  el  Wadee,  a  modem  town  built 
by  Mohammed  Ali,  and  at  15  miles 
to  the  N.  E.  of  BelbAys;  though  the 


Egypt 


BOUTJ£  7. —CANAL  OF  ABSINO£. 


211 


point  where  it  6nt  diverges  from  the 
Tftlley  of  the  Nile  may  be  fixed  near 
el  Ha'ld,  2  miles  to  the  N.  £.  of  that 
town.  After  continuing  fhnn  Bel- 
b4ys  in  a  direction  nearly  due  east, 
35  miles,  as  far  as  Shekh  Han&ydik, 
it  curves  to  the  southward,  and  runs 
by  the  bitter  lakes  to  the  Red  Sea; 
its  ancient  course  being  easily  traced 
here  and  there,  between  Tel  el  Wadce 
and  Shekh  Haniydik,  though  nearly 
filled  with  sand.  It  may  also  be  seen 
towards  the  Sues  end,  for  a  consider- 
able distance,  in  the  direction  of  the 
bitter  lakes ;  and  a  little  to  the  north 
of  that  town,  just  below  the  mound  of 
Kobim,  are  the  remains  of  masonry 
which  appear  to  have  been  connected 
with  its  exit  into  the  sea,  and  the 
sluices  which  closed  this  mouth.  Here 
is  a  channel  cut  in  the  rock,  corre> 
sponding  to  the  direction  of  the  mounds 
of  the  old  canal,  of  which  it  doubtless 
formed  a  part ;  and  a  stone  wall  has 
been  thrown  across  the  arm  of  the  sea 
that  runs  up  at  the  side.  The  ford  is 
some  distance  to  the  N.  N.  £.  of  the 
stone  wall. 

Several  mounds  mark  the  sites  of 
ancient  towns  upon  its  banks,  the 
largest  of  which  is  that  called  by  the 
French  Abookeshayd,  supposed  by 
some  to  be  Heroopolis,  or,  according 
to  M.  Champollion,  the  Avaris  of  the 
shepherd-kings.  This,  however,  is 
not  very  probable. 

The  name  of  Abookeshayd  is  not 
known  to  the  Arabs,  and  tlie  place  is 
called  by  them  e'  S4gheea,  <*  the  water 
wheel.  '*  This  is  the  only  place  where 
any  sculptured  remains  are  found. 
They  consist  of  a  block  of  granite  of 
the  time  of  Remeses  1 1.,  the  supposed 
Sesostris,  ornamented  with  three  sit- 
ting figures  in  high  relief,  represent- 
ing Re,  Atmoo,  and  the  king. 

."  This  canal,*'  says  Strabo,  **  was  first 
cut  by  Sesostris,  before  the  Trojan 
war."  Some  say  it  was  begun  by 
Neco,  or  rather  Psamaticus  II.,  who 
desisted  from  the  undertaking  on 
being  warned  by  an  oracle  that  he  was 
labouring  for  the  Barbarians.     Da- 


rius, the  son  of  Hystaspes,  continued 
it ;  but  having,  according  to  the  same 
account,  been  (eft  unfinished,  Pt<K 
lemy  Philadelphus  completed  it,  and 
made  sluices  to  regulate  the  quantity 
of  water,  while  they  permitted  the 
passage  of  vessels.  They  had  also  for 
their  object  the  exclusion  of  the  salt 
water;  and  so  effectually  was  this 
done,  that  the  bitter  lakes  were  ren- 
dered perfectly  sweet,  and  abounded 
with  Nile  fish  and  the  usual  water- 
fowl of  Egypt. 

Pliny  and  Aristotle  also  mention 
Sesostris  as  the  originator  of  this 
work.  The  former  says  it  was  com- 
menced by  him,  continued  by  Darius 
and  Ptolemy  (Philadelphus)  to  the 
bitter  springs  (lakes),  and  abandoned 
for  fear  of  the  greater  height  of  the 
Red  Sea;  to  which  Diodorus  and 
others  attribute  its  non-completion  by 
Darius.  According  to  Herodotus,  it 
was  *'  four  days'  voyage  in  length, 
and  suflSciently  broad  for  two  trir€me9 
to  row  abreast;"  or,  according  to 
Strabo,  100  cubits  (150  feet).  "  The 
water  was  derived  from  the  Nile, 
which  entered  it  a  little  above  Bu- 
bastis,  and  it  entered  the  Red  Sea 
near  to  Patumos,  a  town  of  Arabia.** 
It  was  here  that  Ptolemy  founded 
Arsinoe,  which  Strabo  says  was  also 
called  Cleopatris,  though  he  shortly 
after  appears  to  consider  them  two 
distinct  towns. 

With  regard  to  Heroopolis,  if  Pliny 
and  Strabo  are  right  in  placing  it  <m 
the  gulph  ;  it  may  be  the  same  as  Pi- 
Hahiroth  (nn^HH  ^fi),  where  the  Is- 
raelites encamped  near  the  sea,  and  the 
name  of  the  Heroopolites  Sinus  might 
be  adduced  in  favour  of  this  opinion. 
Nor  would  it  be  diflicult  to  trace  the 
name  in  that  given  by  the  Hebrews ; 
the  Pi  being  the  Egyptian  article 
*<  the,"  and  the  h  and  th  at 'the  be- 
ginning and  end  being  Hebrew  addi- 
tions, which  leave  the  real  word  Hiro, 
or  Hero.  But  this  is  an  etymological 
fimcy,  on  which  I  by  no  means  insist. 

In  the  time  of  the  Romans,  the 
canal  was  still  used  for  the  purposes 


212 


ROUTE  8.  —  CAIRO  TO  MOUNT   SINAI* 


Sectn. 


of  communication  with  the  Red  Sea, 
but  at  a  subsequent  period  it  fell  into 
disuse,  and  being  neglected,  was 
choked  up  with  sand,  in  which  state 
it  continued  till  re-opened  by  the 
Arabs  in  the  caliphate  of  Omar.  This 
prince  was  induced  to  send  orders  for 
repairing  it,  on  finding  that  the  Holy 
Land  of  Arabia  had  only  been  rescued 
from  the  miseries  of  a  famine  by  op- 
portune supplies  of  com  from  Egypt ; 
and  Omar,  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  a  similar  disaster,  resolved  on  re- 
establishing this  means  of  communi- 
cation with  the  Red  Sea.  His  anxiety 
for  the  welfare  of  the  Holy  Cities  was 
welcomed  with  unbounded  demon-^ 
Btrations  of  gratitude  from  all  ranks 
of  Moslems,  as  well  as  from  the  peo- 
ple of  Arabia  itself;  and  Omar  re- 
ceived the  flattering  title  of  *'  Prince 
of  the  Faithful"  (Ameer  el  Mo- 
mene^n),  which  was  thenceforward 
adopted  by  his  successors  in  tfie  ca- 
liphate. One  hundred  and  thirty- four 
years  after,  £1  Munsoor  Aboo  Gafer, 
the  second  caliph  of  the  Abbaside 
dynasty,  and  the  founder  of  Bagdad, 
is  said  to  have  closed  this  canal,  to 
prevent  supplies  being  sent  to  one  of 
the  descendants  of  Ali,  who  had  re- 
volted at  Medeeneh.  Since  that  time 
it  has  remained  unopened ;  though 
some  assert  that  the  Sultan  Hakem 
once  more  rendered  it  available  for 
the  passage  of  boats,  in  the  year  a,  d. 
1000,  after  which  it  became  neglected 
and  choked  with  sand. 

But  though  the  passage  of.  boats 
was  impeded,  and  it  was  no  longer 
of  use  for  communication  with^  the 
Red  Sea,  some  portion  still  contained 
water  during  the  inundation,  until 
closed  by  Mohammed  Ali ;  at  which 
time  it  is  said  to  have  flowed  as  far  as 
Shekh  Hanilydik  and  the  bitter  lakes. 

With  regard  to  the  respective  levels 
of  the  Nile,  the  Red  Sea,  and  Me^ 
diterranean,  it  has  been  ascertained 
by  the  French  that  the  Red  Sea,  at  low 
tide,  is  now  14,  and  at  high  tide  9 
feet  lower  than  the  Nile  at  Cairo 
during  its  inundation,  and  90)  feet 


higher  than  the  Meditersanean.  But 
besides  the  rise  and  fall  of  a  tide  of 
from  5  to  6  feet,  it  must  also  be  re* 
membered  that  the  Red  Sea  is  some- 
what lower  in  summer  after  the  vernal 
equinox  than  in  the  winter  months, 
when  the  prevalence  of  the  south  wind, 
after  the  month  of  September,  causes 
a  certain  rise  of  its  level. 


ROUTE  8. 

CAiaO  TO  MOUKT  SINAI. 

For  the  journey  to  Mottnt  Sinat  it 
will  be  necessary  to  engage  some  of 
the  Tor  Arabs,  who  will  supply 
camels,  and  act  as  guides  through  their 
desert.  As  usual  in  these  excur- 
sions, one  of  them  is  to  be  the  shekh 
or  chief  of  the  party,  the  director  of 
all  relating  to  the  Arabs,  and  re- 
sponsible for  the  protection  of  the 
traveller. 

To  give  some  idea  of  the  charges 
frequently  made  for  camels,  I  will 
give  a  few  items  of  an  agreement 
made  at  Cairo,  for  the  journey  to 
£1  Alcaba. 

*'  l.~From  Cairo  to  £1  A'kaba,  each 
camel  2/.  lOf.,  or  S50  piastres. 

2.  From  £1  A'kaba  to  Sues,  150 
piastres. 

d.  From  Sua  to  Dahar^,  150 
piastres. 

4.  All  the  camels  going  to  £1 
A'kaba  to  be  paid  for  their  return  to 
Sues. 

5.  The  whole  to  be  paid  at  Cairo 
for  the  journey  to  £1  A'kaba. 

6.  On  returning  to  Sues,  the 
journey  from  £1  A'kaba  to  Sues  to 
be  paid  for  there. 

7.  At  Dahar^eh  the  camels  hired 
at  Sues  to  be  paid  for  their  return 
thither." 

I  must, however,  observe,  1.  That  the 
chargi  for  tlie  camels  is  far  too  much, 
and  the  payment  beforehand  should 
nevtr  be  a  condition.  But  the  Tor 
Arabs  have  been  spoilt  by  Euro- 
peans; and  the  above  hire  of  a  camel 
to  £1  A'kaba  of  250  piastres  b  more 


EgyTpt. 


BOUTE   8.  —  CAIRO  TO  MOUNT   SINAL 


213 


than  two  thirds  of  the  ralue  of  the 
animal  itself.  It  is  usual  to  pay  175 
to  200.  2.  In  this  as  in  every  part  of 
the  country,  it  may  be  observed  as  a 
general  rule,  that  you  are  nerer  ex- 
pected to  supply,  or  pay  for,  the  food 
of  the  camels,  or  the  provisions  of  the 
Arabs  under  any  plea  whatever ;  any 
offer  of  the  kind  would  infallibly  lead 
to  impositions  from  the  very  persons 
it  was  intended  to  befriend,  and  every 
attempt  on  their  part  to  make  such  a 
demand  should  be  firmly  resisted. 
This  I  urge  the  more  strongly,  as 
some  have  been  very  improperly  ad- 
vised to  provide  beans  for  the  camels, 
on  the  plea  of  having  them  for  their 
return  to  El  A'kaba,  or  on  some  other 
excuse.  S.  You  should  always  engage 
the  Sinai  Arabs  and  their  camels  at 
Cairo,  and  not  be  persuaded  to  go 
by  water  from  Sues  to  Tor,  where, 
having  you  in  their  power,  they  may 
demand  whatever  they  choose,  with, 
out  leaving  you  any  alternative  but 
that  of  returning  to  Sues  and  aban- 
doning your  intended  journey. 

Another  observation  I  may  also 
make  about  the  tricks  upon  travellers 
practised  by  the  Arabs,  particularly 
in  Svria,  which  should  not  be  tole- 
ratea.  It  sometimes  happens  that  a 
traveller  is  stopped  on  the  road,  by 
what  is  said  to  be  a  party  of  hostile 
Arabs,  and  obliged  to  pay  a  sum  of 
money,  as  he  supposes,  to  save  his 
life,  or  to  secure  the  continuation  of 
his  journey  in  safety. 

Every  body  who  knows  Arab  cus- 
toms must  be  aware  that  no  one  of  a 
hostile  tribe  can  ever  enter  the  ter- 
ritory of  any  other  Araba»  without 
the  insult  being  avenged  by  the 
sword ;  and  it  is  evident  if  no  resist- 
ance is  made  on  the  part  of  those  wlw 
conduct  the  traveller,  that  the  attack- 
ing party  are  either  some  of  tlieir 
own,  or  of  a  friendly,  tribe,  who  are 
allowed  to  spoil  him  by  the  very  per- 
sons he  pays  to  protect  him ;  for  an 
Arab  would  rather  die  than  suffer 
such  an  affront  from  a  IwMtUit  tribe  in 
his  oum  desert.     If  then  his  Arabs  do 


not  fight  on  the  occasion,  he  may  be 
sure  it  is  a  trick  to  extort  money  :  he 
should,  therefore,  use  no  arms  against 
the  supposed  enemies,  but  afterwards 
punish  his  faithless  guides  by  deduct- 
ing the  sum  taken  from  their  pay ; 
and  it  is  as  well,  before  starting,  to 
make  them  enter  into  an  engagement 
that  they  are  oMe  as  well  as  willing  to 
protect  him. 

I  should  add,  that  on  starting  it  is 
very  necessary  to  see  that  every  camel 
has  its  proper  and  full  load ;  if  not, 
the  Arabs  will  put  a  few  things  on 
each,  and  go  away  pretending  they 
are  loaded,  their  object  being  to  get 
as  many  engaged  as  possible. 

Tlie  shckhs  of  the  Tor  Arabs,  who 
generally  accompany  Europeans  to 
Mount  Sinai,  are  Tw4yleb,  Hossayn, 
and  Besh&rah,  of  the  Welad  Saeed. 
There  is  no  objection  to  them,  except 
perhaps  their  having  been  spoilt  by 
Europeans,  and  taught  to  be  exor- 
bitant ;  but  they  have  no  very  great 
influence  in  their  tribe,  and  are  not 
the  principal  shekhs.  Care  should 
tlierefore  be  taken  to  ascertain  if  they 
have  sufiicient  authority  to  prevent 
any  disputes  in  the  desert ;  and  par- 
ticularly if  any  quarrel  has  lately  hap- 
pened with  the  Mes4yneh  tribe,  who 
possess  the  district  between  Mount 
Sinai  and  £1  A'kaba.  Indeed,  the  safest 
mode  would  be  to  agree  with  a  shekh 
of  the  latter  for  safe  conduct  through 
tliat  portion  of  the  desert,  if  desirous 
of  going  to  £1  A'kaba,  and  in  crossing 
from  that  place  to  Hebron,  the  H»- 
wat,  or  Hey  w4t  A'rabs  are  the  in- 
fluential tribe.  Tlie  Tor  Arabs,  or 
tribes  of  the  peninsula  of  Mount  Sinai, 
are,  according  to  Burckhardt,  — 

I.  The  Sow&lha,  the  principal  tribe, 
who  live  to  the  west  of  Mount 
Sinai,  and  are  subdivided  into  the 

1.  Welad  Saeed. 

2.  Korishee. 

3.  Ow&remeh,  part  of  whom  are 

called  Beni-Moshen. 

4.  Rafjamee. 

II.  Elegit,  or  AleyUt,  who  live  ge* 


214 


ROUTB  8. — CAIBO  !rO  IfOtrKT  BINAL 


Sect.  n. 


nerally  with  the  Meiiyneh.  Tbu 
is  the  same  tribe  to  which  those  of 
Wadee  el  Arab  belong,  who  live 
about  Sabooa  in  Nubia. 

III.  £1  Meiiyneh,  Mezaynee,  or 
Emziyna,  to  the  east  of  Mount 
Sinai. 

IV.  Welad  Soolayman;  very  few; 
mostly  at  Tor  and  the  neighbour, 
ing  villages. 

V.  Beni  Wiuel,  about  15  families, 
living  with  the  Mei&yneh,  ori- 
ginally from  Barbary. 

And  at  the  northern  fiarta  of  the 
peninsula  the  Heyw4t,  the  Te&dia, 
and  tlie  Tarab^n. 

An  idea  of  travelling  with  one 
tribe  through  a  desert  belonging  to 
another,  when  they  are  not  on  friendly 
terms,  should  never  be  entertained. 
There  is  another  disagreeable  thing 
to  which  travellers  are  sometimes  ex- 
posed. Two  parties  of  the  same 
tribe  quarrel  for  the  right  of  con- 
ducting him  ;  and  after  he  has  gone 
some  distance  on  his  journey,  he  and 
his  goods  are  taken  by  the  opposition 
candidates,  and  transferred  to  their 
camels.  "Die  war  is  merely  one  of 
words,  which  the  inexperienced  in  the 
language  cannot  understand ;  but  he 
fully  comprehends  the  annoyance  of 
being  nearly  pulled  to  pieces  by  the 
two  rivals,  and  his  things  are  some- 
times  thrown  on  the  ground,  to  the 
utter  destruction  of  every  thing  fragile. 
This  should  also  be  provided  against, 
before  starting,  and  a  shekh  or  guide 
should  be  secured  who  has  decided 
authority,  and  can  overawe  all  par- 
ties. But  all  should  be  done  with 
perfect  good  humour;  and  there  is 
every  advantage  in  securing  the  good- 
will and  friendly  understanding  with 
the  Arabs,  on  whom  so  much  of  the 
comfort  of  a  journey  necessarily  de- 
pends. It  can  of  course  be  better 
done  if  the  traveller  speaks  Arabic ; 
and  I  can  safely  say  I  never  had  a 
disagreement  of  any  kind  with  any 
Arab,  but  have  always  met  with 
good  humour  and  willingness  to  oblige 
on  every  occasion. 


RequisiteMfor  the  Journey,  —  Water- 
skins  may  be  bought  at  Cairo^  and  if 
new,  should  be  filled  and  emptied  fre- 
quently to  rid  them  of  the  disagreeable 
taste  they  give  to  the  water.  A  tent 
should  also  be  bought  at  Cairo.  A 
single-poled  tent  is  the  best.  Extra 
ropes  are  useful,  as  well  as  a  double 
supply  of  pegs  and  mallets.  A  Mac- 
intosh sheet,  or  canvas,  for  damp 
ground  (brought  from  Europe),  and 
warm  covering  are  requisite,  as  well  as 
wax  candles,  lamps,  mishmish  (dried 
apricots),  maccaroni,  rice,  and  other 
provisions.  Some  charcoal  is  useful 
for  the  first  part  of  the  road :  you  after- 
wards find  sttflicient  fuel  in  the  val- 
leys. An  extra  supply  of  coflTee  and 
s6oree  tobacco,  to  give  the  Arabs  oc- 
casionally, will  be  found  useful ;  and 
a  xemzemS^  or  water-bottle  of  Ru^ 
sia  leather,  to  suspend  from  your  sad- 
dle, and  the  ShMekeh  rop&>nets  for 
packing  baggage  on  the  camels,  are 
of  service.  The  water-skins  should 
be  placed  on  these  last,  and  never  on 
the  ground,  which  often  contains  much 
salt. 

DiitsDoei.  Houn.  MIn. 

Cairo  to  Sues  (see  Route  7. )  32  SO 
Sues  to  Ain  Moosa  (round  the 
gulf),  but  direct  only,  IJ 

hour        ...  6  20 

Wadee  Sudr,  middle  -        -  7  'lO 

Ain  Hawirah  {Marak  9)      '  S  45 
Wadee  Ghurundel  (passing 
Hammam  Pharao6n  about 

4  miles  to  the  right)         -  1  30 

W.  Shubaykeh            -        ~  6  5 

HeadofWidee  Humr        -  A  5 

Sar&butel  KhAdem    -        -  4  30 

Head  of  WlUlee  el  Berk     -  6  15 

W.  e'  Shekh       -        -        -  6  20 

W.  SolAf            -        -        -  3  80 

Convent    ....  4 

Total  from  Sues  63     15 

—   horn  Cairo  95    30 

In  going  to  Mount  Sinai,  you  fol- 
low the  Sues  road,  and  either  turn 
off  before  reaching  that  town,  or  pass 
close  to  its  walls,  and  thenoe  at  a  short 


Egypt. 


ROUTE   8.  —  MAKNA  —  SPRIKaS. 


215 


distance  from  the  water-side,  round 
the  end  of  the  gulf.  The  camels, 
which  bring  water  to  Sues  from  the 
fountains  of  Naba  or  Ghurkudeh, 
cross  the  ford  at  the  spot  where  the 
Israelites  are  supposed  to  have  passed 
when  pursued  by  Pharaoh ;  and  you 
may  either  go  direct  by  the  ford  or 
round  the  gulf  with  the  baggage. 

The  manna  is  still  found  in  the 
desert,  yet  it  is  rarely  met  with.  Dr. 
Robinson  sajs,  "  it  is  not  produced 
every  year,  sometimes  only  after  5  or 
6  years,  and  the  quantity  in  general 
has  greatly  diminished.  It  is  found 
In  the  form  of  sliining  drops,  on  the 
twigs  and  brabches  (not  upon  the 
leaves)  of  the  Turfa,  {^Tamarix  GaU 
Kca  manmfera  of  Ehrenberg,)  from 
which  it  exudes  in  consequence  of  the 
puncture  of  an  insect  of  the  Coccus 
kind,  CoceuM  mannipanu  of  the  same 
naturalist.*'  It  is  white,  of  the  sise 
of  a  very  small  pea,  and  *'  what  falls 
upon  the  sand  is  said  not  to  be  ga- 
thered. It  has  the  appearance  of 
gum,  is  of  a  sweetish  taste,  and  melts 
when  exposed  to  the  sun,  or  to  a  fire.*' 
In  Arabic  it  is  called  men,  and  is  sold 
by  the  druggists  of  Cairo.  This 
name  is  similar  to  the  old  Hebrew, 
men  or  min,  by  which  it  is  mentioned 
in  the  Bible,  and  which  was  given  it 
in  consequence  of  the  uncertainty  of 
the  Israelites  about  this  unknown 
substance,  who  called  it  m0fi(** what") 
"  for  they  whist  not  what  it  was.** 

Quails,  which  also  served  the  Is- 
raelites for  food  in  their  wanderings 
here,  still  frequent  this  desert,  but 
they  are  in  very  small  numbers,  and 
always  single  birds. 

Had  I  not  been  prevented  visiting 
Mount  Sinai,  and  fulfilling  my  in- 
tention of  surveying  that  part  of  the 
coiratry,  I  might  have  spoken  with 
more  confidence  of  the  journeyings  of 
the  Israelites,  and  of  the  difierent 
places  where  they  encamped,  during 
their  long  sojourn  there,  as  well  as  of 
the  objects  most  worthy  of  a  visit  in 
this  deserL  But  for^ll  that  portion 
beyond  Sues  I  am  indebted  to  the  ob- 


servations of  others,  and  to  the  assbt- 
ance  of  some  friends  who  have  visited 
it.  The  distances  are  taken  from 
Dr.  Robinson. 

After  passing  round  the  gulf,  the 
road  crosses  « the  track  leading  from 
the  ferry  of  Suez  to  the  fountain  of 
Naba,  or,  as  it  vras  called  by  the 
Arabs,  £1  Ghurkudeh,  from  which 
that  town  is  supplied  with  water  for 
drinking.  From  this  point  the  foun- 
tain is  apparently  three  miles  4iB* 
tant;**  and  after  an  bour*s  march 
along  the  coast  you  come  to  the  Ain 
Moosa,  or  <*  fountain  of  Moses.** 
Here  are  some  wild  palm  trees,  and 
a  small  spot  of  land  irrigated  by  the 
brackish  water  of  its  springs,  and 
cultivated  by  a  few  fdiahs  from  Suez. 
Some  broken  pottery,  and  a  low 
mound  of  rubbish,  mark  **  the  site  of 
a  former  village.**  In  Wadee  Sudr 
are  the  head  quarters  of  the  Tarabeen 
Arabs,  **  who  claim  the  whole  terri- 
tory from  opposite  Sues  to  Wadee 
Gb<irunde]  ;**  and  at  the  head  of  it  is 
the  isolated  peak  of  T4sat  Sudr, 
.which  is  a  conspicuous  point  on  the 
road  from  Sues,  and  is  seen  fi-om 
the  interior  of  the  E^ptian  desert. 
Ain  How&rah  is  supposed  to  be  the 
Marah  of  the  Israelites,  where  they 
found  "bittwr"  water,  *<  therefore 
the  name  of  it  was  called  Ma^ 
rah,'*  The  water  is  brackish,  and 
«•  somewhat  bitter  ;**  and  though  no 
stream  ever  flows  from  the  basin, 
*<  there  are  traces  of  running  water 
round  about.** 

Much  has  been  said  of  the  supposed 
nature  of  the  tree,  which,  when 
Moses  "  had  cast  into  the  waters  **  of 
Marah,  they  "were  made  sweet;'* 
and  some  have  imagined  it  to  be 
the  Ghardek,  or  Ohurkud,  which 
abounds  in  these  deserts.  The  red 
berry  of  that  bush  is  eaten,  but  is  not 
supposed. to  have  any  virtue  in  sweet- 
ening water ;  though  there  is  a  tree 
called  yitnar,  common  in  the  Maazee 
desert,  the  seeds  of  whose  long  pods, 
when  eaten  before  drinking,  render 
the  taste  of  water  peculiarly  sweet. 


216 


ROUTE   8.  —  CAIRO  TO  MOUNT   SINAI. 


Sect.  IL 


It  is  the  Moringa  apiera,  and  the  seed 
is  called  in  Arabic  Hab-ghaUe, 

The  road  then  continues  at  some 
distance  from,  and  nearly  parallel 
with,  the  sea,  till  it  passes  on  the 
light  the  mountain  of  Hammam 
Phara6on,  "  the  baths  of  Pharaoh," 
which  projects  into  the  sea  about  45 
geographical  miles  to  the  S.  S.  £.  of 
Sues.  This  mountain  is  so  called 
from  the  hot  springs  that  rise  at  its 
foot  on  the  sea-shore ;  and  a  fanciful 
tradition  of  the  Arabs  has  named  it 
after  the  Egyptian  king,  as  a  memo- 
rial of  the  passage  of  the  Israelites. 
The  temperature  of  the  largest  spring 
is  about  157^  Fahr.,  and  the  water  is 
strongly  impregnated  with  sulphur 
and  common  salt.  They  lie  scnne 
distance  out  of  the  road,  and  to  visit 
them  is  a  dktmr  of  several  miles. 
The  direct  road  from  Wadee  Ghurun- 
del,  after  having  passed  to  the  east  of 
this  mountain,  takes  a  curve  more  in- 
land, and  then  divides  into  two,  one 
going  to  Mount  Sinai  by  Wadee 
Humr  and  Sar^ut  el  Kh^em  to 
the  left,  the  other  by  Wadee  Mu- 
kuttub,  and  Wadee  Farin  to  the  right, 
which  may  be  called  the  lower  road. 

At  Nusb,  or  Nitfbeh,  a  short  dis- 
tance off  the  road  to  the  right,  about 
4  miles  before  reaching  Sar6but  el 
Khadem,  are  ancient  copper  works, 
and  many  inscriptions  in  what  has 
been  called  the  Sinaitic  character, 
from  having  been  considered  peculiar 
to  the  desert  of  Mount  Sinai.  -They 
do  not  however  belong  eidusively  to 
that  part  of  the  country,  as  I  found 
them  on  tlie  rocks  near  the  sea  at  Ge- 
bel  Aboo  Durrag  on  the  Egyptian 
side  of  the  Arabian  Gulf,  and  others 
have  been  met  with  in  the  interior,  at 
Wadee  Dthalial,  as  well  as  at  e*  Gim- 
shdi,  and,  as  I  have  been  told  by  Mr. 
Burton,  in  the  grottoes  of  Wadee  Om- 
Dthummerina.  Tlieir  long-wished- 
for  interpretation  is  said  to  have  been 
lately  accomplished,  and  they  are 
found  to  be  of  Christian  time. 

The  only  ruins  at  Nisbeh  are  some 
small  stone  houses,  probably  miners* 


huts ;  and  the  scoria  of  copper  shows 
that  metal  to  have  been  worked  or 
smelted  there,  though  no  mines  have 
been  found  in  the  neighbourhood. 
Instances  of  this  frequently  occur 
in  the  deserts,  which  was  in  conse- 
quence of  their  finding  more  wood  in 
particular  places  for  smelting  the  ore. 

SAaABOT  XL  Khaobk.  —  Swrobut 
(or  Sarhdat)  d  Khddem  is  remarkable 
for  its  numerous  hieroglyphic  tablets, 
of  very  ancient  date,  and  for  the  pe- 
culiar appearance  of  the  place.  It  is 
a  rocky  eminence  about  |  of  an  hour's 
walk  from  the  road,  on  a  range  of 
sandstone  hills,  with  a  footpath  on 
one  side,  leading  to  its  extensive  flat 
summit,  at  one  end  of  which  is  a  con- 
fused mass  of  ruins  and  many  tablets, 
some  fallen,  some  standing  erect, 
covered  with  hieroglyphics,  which 
from  their  containing  the  names  of 
very  early  Pharaohs  are  worthy  the 
attention  of  the  Egyptian  antiquary. 
A  plan  of  the  ruins  here  is  much 
wanted.  ^ 

Besides  the  numerous  tablets  with- 
in the  building,  are  others  on  the 
outsidf,  and  some  at  a  distance  of 
half  a  mile  from  the  entrance.  They 
bear  the  names  of  various  Pharaohs, 
among  which  are  Osirtasen  I.  —  the 
queen  of  the  great  obelisk  at  Kar- 
nak,  —  Thothroes  III.  and  IV., — 
and  Amunoph  I.  and  III.,^  Osirei 
and  his  son  Remeses  the  Great,  — 
Osirei  III., —  Remeses  IV.  and  V., 
and  some  others. 


ED 


The  ancient  name  of  SaHLbut  el 
Khidem  seems  to  have  been  Mafak. 


Egypt     BouTE  8.  —  inscriptions  at  mottnt  sinai. 


217 


Athor  was  the  presiding  deity,  and 
Re  (or  Mandoo)  probably  shared  the 
honours  of  the  place. 

About  2  miles  to  the  south-east  of 
the  ruins  of  Sar&but  el  Kliideoi  are 
three  tablets  cut  in  the  face  of  the 
rocky  bearing  the  names  of  Thothmes 
IV.,  and  another  old  king:  and  close 
to  them  are  small  caves  in  the  rock, 
used  as  tombs. 


On  the  lower,  or  western  road,  at 
Gthel  d  Mukuitubt  or  *'  the  written 
mountain,'*  the  Sinaitic  inscriptions 
occur  in  considerable  numbers.  They 
cover  the  rocks  on  both  sides  of  the 
▼alley,  during  great  part  of  a  day's 
journey,  principally  on  the  south  side 
towards  the  Gebel,  or  *<  mountain,*' 
of  that  name.  There  are  also  a  few 
in  Arabic  and  Greek. 

Other  Sinaitic  inscriptions  are 
found  near  the  supposed  rock  of 
Moses;  between  it  and  the  convent 
of  the  forty  martyrs;  and  again  on 
the  rocks  of  Mount  Catherine ;  and 
some  are  met  with  in  Wadee  Meg- 
gub  and  W.  Barak. 

At  Wadee  Magh&ra^  which  runs 
from  W.  Mukuttub  to  the  upper 
road,  are  some  Sinaitic  and  hiero- 
glyphic inscriptions  of  early  time; 
the  latter  containing  the  names  of  Re- 
4.  mai  (4.),  who  ap- 
pears to  have  been 
O  1  the  same  as  Papi ; 
Shofo,  Su- 
phis,    or    Cheops 


1^  V    P**" 


(5*)f  and  of  several  other  very  an- 
cient Pharaohs. 
Egyft. 


h 


xmm£ 

Tlie  word  Magh&ra  signifies  a  ''cave.'* 
In   Wadee  T}6neh  are  other  hiero* 
giypliic  inscriptions,  with  the  names 
of  early  Pharaohs; 

IS.  IS.  15. 


and  on  a  sandstone  rock  in  Wadee  Ke- 
neh  is  that  of  a  very  ancient  king,  with 
the  date  of  his  3rd  year.  (No.  15.) 

Wadee  Faran,  which,  as  Niebuhr 
says,  has  not  changed  its  name  since 
the  days  of  Moses,  is  on  the  western 
road  to  Mount  SinaL  It  is  a  sort  of 
oasis,  with  high  mountains,  where  a 
stream  of  water  flows;  which,  after 
bursting  forth  and  running  with  ra- 
pidity for  a  few  hundred  yards,  is  lost 
in  the  sand.  Here  are  several  gar- 
dens with  date  trees,  claimed  by  the 
Tor  Arabs  as  belonging  to  them,, and 
cultivated  by  some  of  the  Gebel ^eh, 
a  sort  of  Arab  peasantry,  who  live 
there,  and  who  are  the  same  class  of 
persons  as  those  above  mentioned. 
These  fiB&he  pay  a  tribute  to  the 
Arabs  in  dates. 

These  inscriptions  are  of  consider- 
able importance  to  the  antiquary-;  but 
the  convent,  or  rather  monastery,  of 
i  St.  Catherine,  Gebel  Moooa,  and  the 


218 


ROUTE  8.  —  CAIRO   TO  MOUNT   SINAI. 


Sect.IL 


neighbouring  localities,  are  the  great 
object*  of  interest  to  those  who  visit 
the  peninsula  of  Mount  Sinai. 

Convent  of  Mount  Sinai,  —  The 
convent  is  situated  in  a  narrow  val- 
ley, backed  on  the  S.  W.  by  the  bold 
granite  peaks  of  Mount  Sinai,  tliat 
give  a  grandeur  to  the  scene,  while 
they  accord  with  the  character  of  the 
secluded  spot  chosen  for  the  abode  of 
monks.  In  addition  to  these  impres- 
sions, the  traveller  is  delighted  by  the 
appearance  of  a  habitation,  and  the 
sight  of  other  objects  as  rare  and 
pleasing  in  the  desert  as  the  abode  of 
human  beings,  — the  green  trees  of  a 
garden,  which,  however  small,  has  in 
such  a  spot  peculiar  charms. 

liie  convent  stands  on  the  slope  of 
a  rising  ground,  on  the  western  side 
of  the  valley.     It  is  surrounded  by 
a  strong  and   lofty  wall,    defended 
by  towers.      Moreover,   the    monks 
have  small  arms,  and  even  cannon ; 
but  there  is  little  reason  to  suppose 
that  circumstances  or  tlieir  inclination 
often  call  for  their  use ;  and  however 
successful  they  might  be  in  hostility 
against  the  Arabs,  the  deatli  of  their 
enemies  would  be  a  far  greater  mis- 
fortune tlian  advantage  to  the  con- 
vent, and  would  be  severely  avenged 
by  the  stoppage  of   their  supplies. 
We  may,  therefore,  conclude  that  visi- 
tors know  much  more  of  these  wea- 
pons than  the    Arabs,  and  that  the 
defence  of  the   convent  consists,   as 
becomes  a  Christian  commtmity,  more 
in  the  friendly  offices  performed  to 
the  Arabs  than  in  their  arms:  and 
its  inaccessible  walls,  being  a  suffi- 
cient barrier  to  unwelcome  strangers, 
suffice  to  prevent  the  intrusion  of  idle 
or  ill-disposed  persons.    Though  they 
have  a  back  entrance  through    the 
garden,  from  which  an  underground 
passage  communicates  with  the  inte- 
rior, the  usual  mode  of  admittance  is 
by   a  trap-door,  or   window,   raised 
about  30  feet  from  the  ground,  to 
which  visitors  are  drawn  up  by  ropes, 
as  at  the  convents  of  St.  Antony  and 
St.  Paul,  in  the  Eastern  Desert  of 


Egypt.  The  interior  consists  of 
several  courts,  with  two  sets  of  rooms, 
one  over  the  other ;  the  doors  of  the 
ground-floors  opening  on  the  open 
area,  and  those  of  the  upper  story  on 
a  balcony  or  wooden  corridor  that 
rnns  round  it. 

The  inmates  are  Greek  Christians. 
In  the  church  are  preserved  the  re- 
lics of  the  patron,  St.  Catherine ; 
though  Burckhardt  says  Seetsen  is 
wrong  in  caliinj^  it  the  **  Convent  of 
St.  Catherine,"  as  it  is  not  dedicated 
to  her  but  to  the  Transfiguration,  or, 
as  the  Greeks  call  it,  the  Metamorpho- 
sis. That,  however,  is  the  name  by 
which  it  is  generally  known;  though 
it  does  not  prevent  St.  Geor^  from 
receiving  a  few  spare  honours  in  a 
small  chapel  on  the  walls,  where  he  is 
represented  on  his  white  horse,  warring 
with  the  dragon,  and  with  all  the  rules 
of  drawing,  in  much  the  same  manner 
as  he  usually  does  in  the  Coptic 
churches ;  and  the  votaries  of  Islam 
are  flattered  by  the  admission  of  a 
mosk  within  the  precincts  of  the  con- 
vent, with  the  same  object  that  induces 
the  monks  of  Bibbeli  to  convert  their 
saint  into  a  Moslem  sbekb.  Nor  is 
this  the  only  safeguard  against  the  ani- 
mosity of  their  religious  enemies,  or  the 
assaults  of  the  Arab  freebooter.  The 
monks  of  Mount  Sinai  have  a  claim 
on  the  protection,  or,  at  least,  on  the 
toleration,  of  the  Moslems,  by  the  ex- 
press order  of  Mohammed,  given  them 
during  bis  (supposed)  visit  to  their 
convent,  whidi  enjoins  his  followers  to 
abstain  from  molesting  its  charitable 
and  useful  inmates,  on  condition  of 
their  feeding  those  who  pass  by.  Thu 
precious  document  was  preserved  by 
them  with  becoming  respect  within  the 
convent,  until  Sultan  Selim  begged  or 
demanded  its  removal  to  Constanti- 
nople, substituting  another  written  bj 
him  fur  the  same  purpose. 

The  convent  only  contains,  at  this 
time,  SO  monks.  They  are  governed 
by  a  superior ;  and  tome  are  priests, 
others  lay  brethren.  The  various 
duties  required  for  the  benefit  of  the 


EgypL 


BOUTE  8.  —  CONVENT   AT  MOUNT  SINAL 


2\B 


community  are  divided  amongst  its 
members.     One  is  the  baker,  another 
the  miller,  and  another  the  cook  ;  one 
has  the  care  of  the  church,  another  of 
the  dresses ;  in  short,  every  department 
IS  in  the  hands  of  a  responsible  per- 
son,— one  of  the  brethren, — and  no 
strange  servant  is  admitted  within  the 
walls.     They  have  stores  sufficient  to 
last  far  a  length  of  time,  which  they 
take  care  to  replenish  long  before  they 
are  too  much  diminished ;  and  every  at< 
tention  is  paid  to  those  measures  which 
render  them  independent  of  the  Arabs, 
and  capable  of  at  least  passive  defence. 
The  great  church  is  ornamented  in 
the  manner  of  similar  buildings  of 
early  Christian  times.    It  has  a  double 
row  of  Corinthian  columns,  and  on 
the  dome  ovn  the  altar  is  represented 
the  crucifixion  in  mosaic,  of  the  By- 
zantine style,  with  portraits  of  Jus- 
tinian and    the  Empress  Theodora. 
The  screen  separating  the  altar  from 
the  nave  is  elaborately  worked,  and 
rich  with  gilding :  a  large  cross  towers 
above  all,  rising  nearly  to  the  roof, 
and    the    altar   is    resplendent  with 
chalices,  candlesticks,  and  other  orna- 
ments.     Numerous  handsome  silver 
lamps  are  suspended  from  different 
parts  of  the  ceiling,  and  many  bad 
pictures  of  saints  ornament  or  dis- 
figure the  walls.     <<  The  exterior  of 
the  church,**  says  Mr.  Kinnear,  '*is 
without  any  architectural  beauty ;  but 
one  little  circumstance  struck  me  as 
very  interesting.      This  was,  several 
shields  and  coats  of  arms  rudely  en- 
graved on  the  stone,  on  each  side  of 
the  entrance ;  memorials,  no  doubt, 
of  the  chivalry  of  the  Crusades,  and 
perhaps  scratched  with  the  daggers  of 
some  knightly  pilgrims.** 

Th^  most  sacred  spot  within  this 
building  is  the  chapel  of  the  Burning 
Bush.  ^  We  descended  a  A^w  steps,** 
says  the  same  traveller,  "from  the 
interior  of  the  church  to  a  low  door, 
where  we  were  required  to  take  off 
our  shoes,  before  entering  this  sanc- 
tum sanctorum  of  the  monks,  who 
displayed  a  great  deal  more  fuss  and 


ceremony  about  adtnittiag  us,  than 
reverence  after  we  were  in.  It  is  a 
small  circular  chapel  under  a  domc^ 
lighted  by  two  or  three  lamps,  and 
containing  nothing  worthy  -of  note, 
except  two  very  beautiful  illuminated 
MSS.  of  the  gospels,  which  were  lying 
on  the  altar.**  This  Bush  is  a  sort  of 
briar. 

They  also  <*show  the  silver  lid  of  a 
sarcophagus  representing  a  ftill-length 
figure  of  the  Empress  Ann  of  Russia, 
who,  it  seems,  intended  to  be  buried 
there ;  and  another,  said  to  contain  the 
bones  of  St.  Catherine,  which  were 
found  in  the  neighbouring  mountain ; 
whither,  according  to  the  monkish 
legend,  her  body  was  conveyed  by 
angels.  The  spot  is  still  marked  by  a 
small  chapel,  or  hut,  which  covers  a 
bed  hollowed  out  of  the  rock,  where 
the  bones  lay,  and  is  looked  upon 
with  great  respect  by  the  credulous. 
In  the  library  of  the  convent  area  few 
printed  books,  and  some  Greek,  Ara- 
bic, and  other  MS& 

The  convent  is  said  to  have  been 
founded  by  the  Emperor  Justinian  ; 
but  Pococke  observes  that  St.  Helena, 
the  mother  of  Constantine,  appears  to 
have  been  the  first  to  lay  the  founda- 
tion of  it,  in  the  tower  she  built,  pro- 
bably for  herself  and  the  monks, 
when  she  went  to  Mount  Sinai.  This 
tower  is  in  the  middle  of  the  convent^ 
where  the  archbishop  lives,  and  is 
called  after  the  name  of  the  raapress. 
There  are  several  small  chapels  in 
the  neighbourhood,  and  the  ruins  of 
other  convents,  which  are  among  the 
objects  visited  by  strangers,  but  pos- 
sess no  interest  beyond  that  given  by 
local  tradition. 

Some  poor  people,  styling  them- 
selves Gebel^eh,  ''mountaineers/' live 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  convent.  They 
are  said,  by  Burckhardt,  to  be  de- 
scended from  a  few  slaves,  originally 
Christians,  from  the  shores  of  the 
Black  Sea,  who  were  sent  by  Justinian 
as  menial  servants  to  the  priests.  They 
are  dependent  for  their  food  on  the 
monks,  in  the  same  manner  as  those 

t,  S 


220 


ROUTE  9.  —  MOUNT   SIKAI  TO  EL  AKABA.         Sect,  II. 


of  Wadee  Airaba  are  maintained  by 
the  convent  of  St.  Antony. 

The  Gebel  Moosa  consists  of  two 
parts ;  the  lower  portion  has  been 
called  Mount  Horeb,  and  the  name  of 
Mount  Sinai  has  been  applied  to  the 
highest  peak,  which  stands  upon  the 
elevated  platform  of  Horeb. 

I  do  not  venture,  nor  do  I  feel 
myself  authorised,  to  give  any  opinion 
respecting  the  disputed  claims  of 
Gebel  Moosa  and  Mount  Catherine  to 
the  sites  of  Sinai  and  Horeb  of  Scrip- 
ture. Nor  will  I  enter  into  the 
question  of  Horeb  being  the  name 
used  to  denote  **  the  whole  wilderness, 
including  the  lower  group,  called 
Gebel  l^rbal,  as  well  as  the  upper 
group  of  Mount  Sinai;**  or  of  Sinai 
being,  as  Mr.  Kinnear  supposes, 
**  the  general  names  fur  tlie  whole 
cluster,**  which  is  the  opinion  of  Dr. 
Robinson.  I  may,  however,  observe, 
that  Horeb  is  sometimes  mentioned 
as  *<  an  individual  mountain,**  in  the 
same  manner  as  Sinai,  and  is  deno- 
minated **the  mount  Horeb.**  (l^iod. 
iixviii.  6. ;  Deut.  i.  6.) 

The  stone  which  is  supposed  by  the 
monks  to  have  been  the  one  struck  by 
Moses,  and  from  which  the  water 
gushed  out  in  Rcphidim,  is  a  piece  of 
the  granite  rock  which  has  fallen  from 
the  mountain  above,  and  lies  in  a 
hollow  recess  at  the  place  where  it 
was  stopped  in  its  fall.  It  is  remark- 
able for  an  unusual  appearance  in  the 
centre  of  one  side,  which  the  credulous 
have  converted  into  the  marks  of 
falling  water. 

On  the  top  of  Sinai  is  shown  a 
fissure  in  the  rock,  where  Moses  is 
supposed  to  have  retired  when  the 
glory  of  the  Lord  passed  by  ;  which, 
like  all  other  localities,  has  been  long 
looked  upon  with  undoubting  faith 
by  the  monks,  and  has  been  often 
questioned  by  sceptics.  I  do  not 
pretend  to  enter  upon  these  and  other 
controverted  points ;  but  I  cannot  help 
expressing  a  regret,  which  all  mu&t 
feel,  that  though  many  have  visited 
this  desert,  we  are  still  without   an 


accurate  trigonometrical  survey  of  so 
interesting  a  district. 

From  Sucx  to  the  town  of  Tor  the 
rocks  are  limestone;  the  primitive 
range  extends  thence  nearly  to  Raa 
Mohammed,  the  headland  at  its 
soutliern  extremity,  at  the  point  of 
which  the  h'mestone  again  appears, 
and  runs  to  the  eastward,  or  north- 
east, along  the  coast  to  a  little  beyond 
e*  Shurm,  where  the  primitive  rocks 
again  advance  to  the  sea.  All  the 
mountain  ranges  about  Gebel  Moosa 
and  the  convent  are  primitive,  and 
stretch  thence  in  a  north-easterly  di- 
rection to  Sar&but  el  Khadero,  where 
the  secondary  sandstones  begin,  in- 
tervening between  the  primitive  and 
the  limestone  strata,  and  extending 
thence  on  the  west  nearly  to  tlie  town 
of  Tor,  and  on  the  east  in  the  direc- 
tion of  El  Akaba. 

The  town  of  Tor  is  not  worth 
visiting.  It  is  a  mere  seaport,  in- 
ferior to  Suez,  and  about  40  mi  lea 
from  the  convent. 

It  was  probably  founded  originally 
by  the  Phoenicians,  and  appears  to 
have  been  called  Phoenicon  by  the 
Greeks,  though  its  real  name  was  per- 
haps taken  from  the  mother  city 
Tyre,  Toor,  or  Txur. 


ROUTE  9. 

MOUNT   SINAI   TO   XL    AKABA. 

h. 

m. 

Convent  to  Wadee  el  Orfan 

-  4 

25 

Wadee  Murrah    - 

-  8 

45 

Ain  el  Hudhera  (ffazeroih) 

4 

55 

W.  e'  Sumghee  - 

-  4 

AS 

Ain  e'  Nuweibia  (then  by  the 

sea-coast) 

-  4 

15 

Ain  el  Wasit 

-  1 

15 

Ahoo  Suwcirah     - 

-  7 

SO 

W.  el  Mekubbeleh 

-  4 

30 

W.  Mer&kh,  moutli 

-  3 

35 

N.W.  Corner  of  Gulf  - 

-  4 

45 

Castle  of  £1  Akaba      - 

Total 

El  Akaba,  or  Akkaha,  at  t 

-  1 

20 

51 

O 

he  nortb- 

Egypt.       ROUTE  9.  —  mount  sinai  to  el  akaba. 


221 


east  extremity  of  tbe  EUnitic  gulf, 
contains  some  miserable  houses  and 
a  fort,  where  a  governor  resides  with 
a  few  Turks.  Tlie  name  signiBes  *'  a 
mountain  pass.*'  It  is  a  pretty  spot, 
with  the  advantage  of  the  sea  l>efore 
it,  which,  after  the  monotonous  co- 
lour of  the  desert,  is  a  pleasing  ob- 
ject ;  but  it  may  be  doubted  whether 
it  is  worth  the  journey,  if  the  traveller 
does  not  intend  going  thence  to  Petra. 
It  stands  about  2  miles  south  of  the 
site  of  AUdih  or  AUath,  which,  like 
its  neighbour  Esion-geber,  was  re- 
markable for  tbe  importance  attached 
to  it  in  the  time  of  Solomon,  and 
from  having  been  the  channel  by 
which  the  treasures  of  Arabia  and 
India  flowed  to  Syria.  It  was  the 
possession  of  this  point  that  led  to 
the  wealth  of  Solomon;  and  it  is 
curious  to  observe  how  every  place 
has  successively  risen  to  importance 
the  moment  it  enjoyed  the  beneflts  of 
the  Indian  trade. 

When  the  Edomites  were  con- 
quered by  David,  the  whole  of  their 
country  to  the  head  of  the  Elanitic 
•gulf  fell  into  the  possession  of  the 
Jews;  all  the  *<  Edomites  became 
David's  servants,*'  and  "  he  put  gar- 
risons in  Edom."  (1  Chron.  xviii. 
11.)  Solomon  afterwards  establ  ished 
and  "  made  a  navy  of  ships  afr  Esion- 
geber,  which  is  beside  Elotb,  on  the 
shore  of  the  Red  Sea,  in  the  land  of 
Edom.'*  The  ships  were  navigated 
by  Phoenicians  in  the  service  of  tbe 
Jewish  king,  whose  friendship  with 
Hiram  secured  for  him  the  aid  of 
those  skilful  navigators ;  and  this 
important  source  of  wealth  continued 
'  in  the  hands  of  the  kings  of  Judah 
until  the  Edomites  .<' revolted  from 
under  the  hand  of  Judah,  and  made  a 
king  over  themselves,**  in  tbe  reign  of 
Joram.  (1  Kings  iz.  26. ;  2  Kings 
viii.  20.) 

Eloth  was  called  by  the  Romans 
AUa  or  Mia;  but  this  and  Esion- 
geber  lost  all  their  importance  under 
the  Greeks  and  Romans;  the  ports 
of    Berenice,    Myos    Hormos,    and 


Arsinoe,  succeeded  to  the  commerce 
of  the  East ;  and  the  Elanitic  gulf  en- 
joyed little  of  the  lucrative  trafllc  of 
former  days.  And  if  Petra,  the 
capital  of  the  Edomites,  which  once 
profited  so  much  from  the  passage  of 
Eastern  commerce,  continued  to  the 
late  time  of  the  Roman  empire  to 
benefit^'by  its  position  on  the  way 
from  Arabia  to  Syria,  the  trade  that 
passed  through  it  was  principally  con- 
fined to  that  of  caravans,  the  rise  of 
Alexandria  having  put  a  stop  to  tbe 
traffic  from  the  eastern  end  of  the 
Red  Sea. 

AUa  or  AUeh  is  mentioned  by 
Arab  writers,  and  a  quotation  from 
Macriii,  given  by  Burckhardt,  speaks 
of  it  as  near  to  Esion-geber.  **  It 
is  from  hence  that  tbe  Hedjaz  begins. 
In  former  times  it  was  the  frontier 
place  of  the  Greeks:  at  1  mile  from 
it  is  a  triumphal  arch  of  the  Caesars. 
In  the  time  of  Islam  it  was  a  fine 
town,  inhabited  by  the  Beni  Omeya. 
Ibn  Ahmed  Ibn  Touloun  (a  caliph 
of  Egypt)  made  tbe  road  over  the 
Akaba,  or  steep  mountain,  before 
Aila.  There  were  many  mosks  at 
Aila,  and  many  Jews  lived  there.  It 
was  taken  by  the  Franks  during  the 
crusades,  but  in  566  a.  h.  Salah  ed 
deen  (Saladin)  transported  ships  on 
camels  from  Cairo  to  this  place,  and 
recovered  it  from  them.  Near  Aila 
was  formerly  situated  a  large 
and  handsome  town  called  Asxiouii 


^^»ygg.  (Aseeoon),  (Esion-geber),' 

which  in  Hebrew  is  written  Attioun- 

Gebr(n33  jl^VV)." 

The  crusaders  also  took  possession 
of  the  island  of  Grata,  now  known  to 
the  Arabs  as  the  Kalat  e'  dayr,  *<  the 
citadel  of  the  convent.**  It  has  been 
fortified,  and  remains  of  the  works 
may  still  be  perceived,  though  it  does 
not  appear  from  Laborde's  account, 
who  contrived  to  reach  it  on  a  raft,  to 
be  worthy  of  a  visit. 

In  going  to  Petra  (  Wadu  Mootd) 
from  El  Akaba,  it  is  necessary  to 
make  an  agreement  with  the  AUoween 

L  S 


222 


BOUTE    10.  —  CAIBO  TO  STRIA. 


Sectn. 


Arabs ;  but  taking  adrantage  of  the 
position  of  the  traTeller  in  these 
lonely  regions,  who  must  pay  what- 
ever they  choose  to  ask,  <Mr  give  up  his 
journey,  their  demands  have  become 
so  exorbitant,  that  few  will  feel  dis- 
posed to  take  this  route ;  and  it  is  far 
better  to  go  from  Hebron. 

There  are  two  roads  from  He- 
bron to  Petra  (Wadee  Moosa) ;  the 
eastern  one  by  the  south  end  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  occupies  44  b.  50  m.  ; 
the  western  road,  42  h.  10  m.  From 
£1  Akaba  to  Hebron,  or  £1  Khaleel, 
is  71  b.  45  m. ;  £1  Akaba  to  Jeru- 
salem, 80  h.;  but  the  best  road  to 
Syria  is  from  Cairo,  or  from  Suei,  on 
returning  from  Mount  Sinai. 


ROUTE  10. 

cAiao  TO  sraiA. 

Miles 
Cairo,  by  Heliopolis,  or  Mate- 

r^eh,  to  the  Birket  el  Hag  ]  OJ 
To  separation  from  the  Maazee 

road  to  Sues     -         -         -  10 
To    ascent  of   hills  of    Um 

Gummal  -        -        -  10 

To  centre  of  bed  of  old  canal 

to  Arsinoe        -        -        -  30 

Salah^'eh      -         ...  20 

Kateeh         ....  50 

£1  Areesh  .         .        .  65 

To  Gasa  ( Ghuneh)     .        -  524 


248 


The  road  passes  a  short  way  to  the 
south  of  Heliopolis,  and  of  the  Bir- 
ket el  Hag,  over  the  plain  where 
Toman  Bey  was  defeated  by  Sulun 
Selim.  After  leaving  the  Maasee 
road  you  turn  round  the  eastern  cor- 
ner of  the  large  sand  hills  of  Und- 
th£m.  Um- Gummal  is  high  land, 
and  from  the  summit  the  pyramids 
are  seen  to  the  west,  and  Gebel 
AtUga,  near  Sues,  to  the  east.  About 
6  miles  further  you  cross  the  Wadee 
Jaffra,  which  runs  down  to  Belbays, 
about  9  miles  to  the  left.     In  the 


ancient  canal  of  Arsinoe  you  pass 
near  the  mounds  of  an  old  town, 
called  Tel  e*  Rigibeh.  About  6  miles 
to  the  east  of  it  is  another  old  town 
called  Abookeshiyd,  or  e*  SAgheea 
(•e«  RouU  7),  on  tlte  canal  also,  lliere 
are  the  mounds  of  another  town  on 
the  south  bank  before  you  descend 
into  the  canal,  about  three  quarters  of 
a  mile  from  Tel  e'  Rigibeh,  and  8 
miles  after  leaving  the  canal  are  the 
hills  called  £1  Beeud,  <*the  white." 

Salah^h  was  probably  either  Tara- 
sarta,  or  Sile,  of  the  Itinerary  of  An- 
toninus.  One  of  the  roads  is  more 
direct  than  this,  and  leaves  Salah^h 
considerably  to  the  left.  Several 
mounds  of  ancient  towns  are  seen  in 
the  distance ;  and  Tel  Defenneh, 
which  is  nearly  in  a  direct  line  be- 
tween Salah^eh  and  Pelusium,  marks 
the  site  of  Daphne,  the  Tehaphnelies 
or  Tahpanhesof  the  Bible,  which  was 
a  fortified  outpost  of  Pelusium,  and 
distant  from  it  1 6  Roman  miles.  At 
T:ihpanhes  the  Egyptian  king  is  said 
by  Jeremiah  to  have  had  a  palace. 
(Jeremiah  liii.  9.) 

Pelusium  lies  considerably  to  the 
left  of  the  road.  The  remains  there 
consist  of  mounds,  and  a  few  broken 
columns.  It  is  difficult  of  access, 
and  is  only  approachable  during  the 
high  Nile,  or  when  the  summer's 
sun  has  dried  the  mud  that  is  left 
there  by  tbe  inundation.  It  stands 
near  the  sea-shore.  It  is  now  called 
Teeneh  (TineK),  which  seems  to 
indicate  the  muddy  nature  of  the  soil 
in  the  vicinity,  for  which  some  sup- 
pose  it  was  indebted  to  its  ancient 
appellation  Pelusium,  peioi  being  the 
Greek  for  **  mud.**  Its  ancient  name 
probably  resembled  the  Peremoun  or 
Pheromi  of  the  Copts,  and  the  latter 
is  the  origin  of  tbe  Farama  of  the 
Arabs,  by  which  it  is  still  known  ; 
though  Savary  states  that  *'  Farama 
was  founded  to  the  £.  of  Pelusium* 
which  was  a  ruin  in  the  ISth  cen- 
tury." 

Pelusium   in  former  times  was  a 
place  of  great  consequence.     It  was 


Egifpt. 


ROUTE    10.  —  PELUSIXTU — GAZA. 


223 


strongly  fortified,  being  the  bulwark 
of  Uie  Egyptian  frontier  on  the  eastern 
side,  and  was  considered  tlie  '*  Key,** 
or,  as  Eiekiel  calls  it,  the  *<  Strength 
of  Egypt.**  It  was  called  in  Scrip- 
ture «*  Sin."  (Ezek.  zix.  15,  16.) 
Near  this  the  unfortunate  Pompey 
n^et  his  desth,  basely  murdered  by 
order  of  Ptolemy  and  his  minister 
Photinus,  whose  protection  he  had 
claimed,  b.  c.  48. 

The  young  king  was  engaged  in  a 
war  with  his  sister  Cleopatra,  whom 
he  had  just  before  ei  pel  led  the  king- 
dom ;  and  the  two  armies  were  en- 
camped opposite  each  other  in  the 
vicinity  of  Pelusium,  when  the  galley 
of  Pompey  arrived;  and  Achillas, 
who  afterwards  figured  so  conspicu- 
ously in  the  Alexandrian  war  against 
Caesar,  aided  by  L.  Septimius  and 
Sabinus,  Romans  in  the  Egyptian 
service,  "  under  pretence  of  taking 
him  ashore,  invited  him  into  a  boat 
and  treacherously  slew  him.**  A 
mound  of  sand  on  the  coast,  about 
4  hours  to  the  wtH  of  Pelusium,  called 
by  the  Arabs  the  Roman  hill,  is  said 
to  record  the  spot  of  Pompey's  death. 
His  body  was  indeed  burnt  on  the 
sea-shore  by  his  freedman  Philip,  and 
Cssar  is  said  to  have  raised  a  monu- 
ment to  his  memory,  which  was  after- 
wards repaired  by  Adrian,  and  visited 
by  Severus.  But  '*  the  ashes  of  Pom- 
pey were  taken  to  his  widow,  Cor- 
nelia, who  buried  them  at  his  villa 
near  Alba,**  though  Lucan  would 
seem  to  say  that  they  were  still  in 
Egypt  in  his  time.  Be  this  as  it  may, 
the  tomb  might  still  remain;  but 
Pliny  places  it  to  the  eati  of  Pelusium, 
in  the  direction  of  Mons  Casius.  The 
**  Roman  hill  **  cannot  therefore  be 
the  *'  tumulus  **  of  Pompey ;  and  the 
tomb  which  Aboolfeda,  on  the  au- 
thority of  Ebn  Haukel,  gives  to 
Galen,  may  perhaps  be  transferred  to 
Pompey.  Certain  it  is  that  the  phy- 
sician of  Aurelius  was  not  buried  in 
Egypt,  but  in  his  native  place  Per- 
gamus ;  and  the  distance  from  Pelu- 
sium, mentioned  by  Pliny,  seems  too 


great  for  the  position  of  Pompey's 
tomb. 

On  the  coast  to  the  east  of  Pe- 
lusium, Pliny  mentions  **  Chabriae 
Castra,  Casius  Mons,  the  sanctuary 
of  Jupiter  Casius,  the  tumulus  of 
Pompey,  and  Ostracina,**  which  were 
on  the  Lake  Sirbonis.  Ostracina  is 
now  Straki,  and  is  about  88  milea 
west  of  El  Areesh. 

Magdolum  is  supposed  to  have  been 
about  half  way  between  Tacasartaand 
Penta  Schcenon,  which  last  may  have 
been  at  the  modem  Kat^h. 

Ebn  Said  says  that  the  sea  of 
Kolsim  (Arabian  Oulf)  is  so  close 
to  the  Mediterranean,  in  this  part, 
that  Amer  ebn  el  As  had  intended 
cutting  a  canal  through  the  Isthmus, 
at  the  spot  called  the  Crocodile's  Tail, 
but  was  prevented  by  Omar,  w1k> 
feared  lest  the  Greek  pirates  should 
plunder  the  pilgrims  of  Mecca. 

El  Areesh  (Arish)  has  succeeded 
to  the  ancient' Rhinocolura,  which 
was  a  place  of  exile  in  the  time  of  the 
Pharaohs,  and  was  so  called  from  the 
malefactors  having  their  <*  noses  cut 
ofl^'*  instead  of  the  punishment  of 
death.  "At  one  season  of  the  year 
numerous  quails  visited  the  district, 
which  they  caught  in  long  nets  made 
with  (fastened  to)  split  Keds;**  and 
these  birds  are  often  met  with  through- 
out this  part  of  the  desert,  as  in  the 
days  of  Actisanes. 

Wailee  el  Areesh  is  supposed  to  be 
the  torrent  or  "river  of  Egypt,** 
which  was  the  ancient  boundary  od  the 
side  of  Syria. 

The  road  continues  very  near  the 
sea-coast,  the  whole  way  from  El 
Areesh  to  Gasa.  Rather  more  than 
halfway  from  El  Areesh  is  Refah, 
the  ancient  Rhaphia,  off  the  road  to 
the  westward ;  Khan  Yoones  has 
succeeded  to  Yenisus,  and  Anthodon 
probably  stood  to  the  S.  of  Wadee 
Sheriah. 

At  Gasa  a  quarantine  is  performed 
of  a  few  days,  according  to  the  sup- 
posed state  of  Egypt. 
I      Gaxa  or   Ghusseh,  once  a  large 

L  4 


224 


ROFTE    11.  —  CAIBO  TO  DAHIETTA. 


Sect.  II 


city,  and  <' strongly  fortified,**  as  iu 
Hebrew  and  Arabic  names  imply,  is 
now  a  small  open  town,  containing 
about  4000  inbabtUnts.  It  per- 
formed  a  distinguished  part  in  the 
early  history  of  Palestine,  and  is  often 
mentioned  in  the  Bible ;  but  it  was 
destroyed  on  the  conquest  of  Syria  by 
the  Moslems,  and  bas  never  since  re- 
covered its  importance  as  a  city. 

ROUTE  IK 

CAiaO,   ST   WATCE,   TO    DAMIBTTA. 

Miles. 
Cairo,  or  Boolak,  to  the  point 

of  the  Delu       ...  16 

Bershoom,  East  bank     .         .  9 
Beuha-eUAssal  (Athribts),  £. 

bank          -         -         -         -  20 

Entrance  of  Canal  of  Mo^s      -  2| 

Sahrigt  (Natho),  E.  bank       -  17 

Zifteb  and  Mit  Ghumr,  £.  &W.  6 

Semenood  ( Sebennytus),  W.  -  26 

Bebayt  el  Hagaf  (Iseum),  W.  6\ 
Mensoora,  and  mouth  of  Canal 

of  Menzileli,  £.         -         -  6^ 

Shiribin  W.  -         -         -         -  22 

Faraskoor,  E.         -         -         -  22 

Damietta,  E.          -         -        -  12 

The  point  of  the  Deha  was  for- 
merly a  little  below  the  palace  of 
Sho<^ra,  where  the  Pelusiac  branch 
turned  off  to  the  N.  N.  E.  towards 
Bubastis.  It  is  now  at  the  junction 
of  the*  Rosetta  and  Damietta  branches. 
These  two,  the  ancient  Bolbitine  and 
Bucolic  (or  Phatmetic)  branches,  are 
said  by  Herodotus  to  have  been 
**  made  by  the  hand  of  man,*'  and 
are  the  only  two  remaining,  the 
ethers  having  either  entirely  disap- 
peared, or  being  dry  in  summer; 
which  would  seem  to  explain  an  ap- 
parently unintelligible  prophecy  of 
Isaiah,  that  man  ^ould  go  over  the 
Nile  «<  dry  shod."    (Isaiah  zi.  15.) 

Berikoom  is  famous  for  its  figs; 
and  a  little  beyond,  on  the  opposile 
bank,  inland  in  the  Delta,  is  Pha. 
Taoon^h,  from  which  the  canal  of 


Menoof,  connecting  the  two  branches 
of  the  Nile,  derired  its  name. .  This 
canal  began  id>out  four  miles  farther 
north,  close  to  the  village  of  Beer- 
shems,  and  passing  by  Menoof,  fell 
into  the  Rosetta  branch  at  Nader. 
About  thirty  years  ago  it  was  found 
necessary  lo  close  its  eastern  en- 
trance, in  consequence  of  its  carrying 
off  tlie  water  into  the  Rosetta  branch ; 
and  other  navigable  canals  have  been 
used  for  communication  with  the  inte- 
rior. Four  or  five  miles  lower  down  is 
the  canal  of  Karinayn,  another  noble 
work.  At  e*  Jaffar^eb  it  separates 
into  two  channels,  one  going  to  the 
W.  to  Tanta,  and  the  other  by  Ma^ 
ballet  el  Kebcti^r,  to  the  sea,  which  it 
enters  at  the  old  Sebennytic  mouth, 
and  the  Pineptimi  ostium,  one  of  the 
false  mouths  of  the  Nile.  The 
western  channel  that  goes  to  Tanta 
is  only  navigable  for  small  craft  after 
January ;  but  the  other  is  sufficiently 
deep  to  admit  boats  of  200  ardebs 
burthen  the  whole  year.  It  is,  how- 
ever, closed  by  a  bridge  and  sluices 
at  Santab,  below  e'  Jaffar^h;  and 
here  goods  are  transferred  to  smaller 
boats  for  Nabaro,  and  those  places 
with  which  the  communication  is 
kept  up  by  other  chanpels.  This  is 
the  generid  principle  of  all  the  large 
canals  of  the  Delta,  and  has  been 
adopted  in  that  of  Moes,  and  some- 
times in  that  of  Alexandria. 

Benka-d'Aual,  «*  Benlia  of  honey,** 
is  the  successor  of  Athribis,  whose 
mounds  are  seen  to  the  north.  They 
still  bear  the  name  of  Atre^b.  The 
town  appears  to  have  been  of  con- 
siderable extent,  nearly  a  mile  in 
length,  £.  and  W.,  and  three  quartera 
of  a  mile  N.  and  S.  It  was  inter- 
sected by  two  main  streets  crosdng 
each  other  nearly  at  right  angles; 
and  there  was  probably  a  square  at 
the  spot  where  they  met  A  little 
beyond  this  quadrivium,  or  crossway, 
to  the  W.,  is  another  open  space, 
apparently  the  site  of  the  principal 
temple,  and  traces  may  perhaps  be 
discovered  of  the  sacred  enclosure  on 


EgyT^L 


ROUTB    11.  —  ATHRIBIS — ABOOSBEB. 


225 


the  outer  side.  In  the  streets  are 
seTeral  large  buildings,  whose  po- 
sitions are  marked  by  granite  columns, 
some  with  capitals  of  the  same  kind  of 
stone,  others  of  marble,  and  of  the 
Corinthian  order.  They  are  of  Ro- 
man time,  and  1  suppose  that  the 
main  streets  had  colonnades  on  either 
side,  like  those  of  Antinoe.  A  short 
distance  from  the  extremity  of  the 
eastern  street  is  a  small  column  with 
spiral  flutes  ;  there  are  also  some 
houses  with  vaulted  rooms,  and  others 
built  of  burnt  brick,  of  late  time ;  but 
the  ruins  are  mostly  of  the  usual  crude 
brick  of  Egyptian  towns.  I  found 
no  sculptures,  except  on  a  stone  once 
belonging  to  the  wall  of  a  temple, 
and  now  the  threshold  of  a  shekh's 
tomb,  representing  a  king  offering  to 
a  god.  There  are  several  Corin- 
thian capitals  lying  about,  and  a  block 
of  Christian  time,  representing  a  saint 
holding  a  cross,  badly  executed,  in 
the  worst  village-tombstone  style,  and 
unworthy  of  a  town  which  held  the 
rank  of  an  episcopal  see.  I  also 
picked  up  several  small  objects  du- 
ring my  rambles  over  these  mounds, 
evidently  of  a  Roman  date. 

That  Athribis  possessed  build* 
ings  of  olden  time  is  certain,  not 
only  from  the  antiquity  of  the 
place,  but  from  a  monument  found 
there,  that  still  may  be  seen  near  the 
government  manufactory  of  Benha- 
eUAssal.  It  is  a  granite  lion,  bear- 
ing the  name  of  Remeses  the  Great, 
who  did  more  towards  the  embellish- 
ment of  the  cities  of  the  Delta  than 
any  other  Pharaoli. 

To  the  N.  of  the  town  is  a  double 
row  of  low  mounds,  resembling  the 
banks  of  a  canal,  or  the  remains  of 
walls ;  but  they  extend  only  to  a  cer- 
tain distance,  al>out  2000  feet,  and 
are  closed  at  the  eastern  end,  so  that 
they  suit  neither  ^f  these  two. 

Many  of  the  bouses  of  the  town 
have  bc^n  burnt,  as  is  frequently  the 
case  in  Egyptian  towns;  and  parts 
of  the  mounds  have  been  used  for 
tombs^  doubtless  ui  after  times,  when 


the  limits  of  the  inhabited  part  were 
contracted.  They  may,  therefore, 
be  referred  to  a  late  Roman  or  Chris- 
tian e|K)ch,  like  those  at  Bubastis  and 
other  towns ;  and  thus  the  occurrence 
of  tombs  in  the  midst  of  houses,  which 
is  at  first  perplexing,  may  be  ac- 
counted for. 

The  modem  village  of  Atreeb,  or 
Treeb,  is  built  at  the  eastern  extre- 
mity of  the  old  city,  but  contains  a 
very  small  population.  Benha-el- 
Assal  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile  to 
the  S.  W.,  close  to  the  river.  It  was 
long  famous  for  its  honey,  whence  it 
received  its  name ;  and  this  town 
supplied  part  of  the  present  seiit  by 
John  Mekaukes,  the  Coptic  governor 
of  Egypt,  to  Mohammed,  which 
consisted  of  two  Copt  virgins,  one 
of  whom  became  his  wife,  a  piece  of 
fine  cloth,  a  mule,  and  a  jar  of  honey 
from  Benhael-i^ifo/.  Beershems  now 
claims  the  honour  of  having  this  rare 
production  of  Eg}pt  in  the  greatest 
quantity,  and  Benha  has  nothing  left 
it  but  Uie  name. 

To  the  N.  of  this  town  is  the  en- 
trande  to  the  Toorat  Moes,  or  Canal 
of  Moes,  which  takes  the  water  to 
Zakaxeek,  and  thence  to  the  L4ike 
Menzaleh  by  the  old  Tanitic  chan- 
nel. 

Continuing  down    the   Damietta 
branch,  no  place  of  any  great  interest 
occurs  between  Athribis  and   Seben- 
nytus.     Sahrigt  on  the  E.  occupies 
the   site  of   Natho,  and  is  called  in 
Coptic  Nathopi.     The  isle  of  Natho 
was  on  the  other  side  of  the  Nile. 
Zifteh  and  Mit  Ghumr  stand  on  op- 
posite* sides  of  the  river ;  they  have 
the   rank  of  bSnder  or  town.     Mit 
Damsees    is  the    Pitemsi6t   of   the 
Copts.     Benneh,  in  Coptic  Piueban 
or  Penouan,  has  the  mounds  of  an 
old  town,  but  no  remains,  and  is  now 
a  small  village.     Abooter  is  larger, 
and    has    more    extensive    mounds, 
marking  the  site  of  Busiris.     It  is 
called    by    the   Copts   Bosiri.     The 
mounds  extend  beyond  the  village  to 
the   westward,  and  a  short  disunce 

L  5 


226 


ROUTE    11.  —  CAIRO  TO  DAMIETTA. 


Sect.  n. 


beyond  is  another  mound,  said  to 
have  belonged  to  the  old  town.  After 
many  inquiries  and  searching  all  orer 
the  place,  I  found  nothing  but  the 
granite  thresholds  of  doors,  and  co- 
lumns of  Roman  time  in  the  princi- 
pal mosk.  A  few  large  stones  are 
also  seen  here  and  there,  but  none 
bearing  hieroglyphics,  except  part  of 
a  column,  apparently  of  Ptolemaic 
time,  in  the  smaller  ruined  mosk, 
and  a  stone  at  the  door  of  a  shekh*s 
tomb  at  the  south  end  of  the  village. 
This  has  belonged  to  an  ancient  tomb, 
and  is  of  old  style,  like  the  false  doors 
of  grottoes  at  £1  Bersheh;  but  nothing 
can  be  traced  relating  to  the  name  of 
Busiris,  nor  to  the  worship  of  the 
deity  from  whom  it  was  so  called. 

Semenocd  is  a  place  of  some  sise, 
'With  the  usual  baaaars  of  the  large 
towns  of  £gypt»  and  famous  for  its 
pottery,  which  is  sent  to  Cairo.  Here 
are  the  mounds  of  Sebennytus,  the  dty 
of  Sem,  (Gem,  or  Gom,)  the  Egyp- 
tian Hercules.  In  Coptic  it  is  called 
Gemnouti,  which  implies  **  Gem  the 
God,*'  and  shows  the  origin  of  the 
present  as  well  as  the  orthography  of 
the  ancient  name ;  and  it  is  remark- 
able that  the  name  of  the  god  begins 
with  the  word  nouU  in  many  legends. 

On  arriving  at  Semenood,  I  in- 
quired of  the  people  for  sculptured 
stones,  and  was  shown  some  granite 
blocks  with  hieroglyphics,  two  of 
which  had  the  name  of  Alexander, 
and  one  the  figure  of  the  deity  of  ihe 
place,  who  is  the  same  supposed  by 
Cbampollion  to  be  the  Egyptian  Gem 
or  Hercules.  It  lies  close  to  the 
principal  oil-mill  of  the  town,  the 
owner  of  which  is  most  profuse  in  his 
praises  of  the  stone,  his  property, 
which  he  would  willingly  sell  to  the 
first  bidder.  On  a  block  built  into 
the  modern  quay  are  a  few  hierogly- 
phics of  no  importance. 

Boats  are  constantly  employed  in 
keeping  up  the  communication  with 
the  different  towns  of  the  Delu 
throughout  the  year,  the  reCt  callinc 
out  the  name  of  the  place  he  is  bound 


for,  to  obtain  passengers,  like  the 
conductor  of  an  omnibus. 

A  Greek  papyrus  in  the  possession 
of  Signor  d*Anastasy,  the  Swedish 
consul-general,  speaks  of  a  temple  of 
Mars,  Oyovpts  (Onuris,  Honurius),  at 
Sebennytus ;  and  it  is  much  to  be  re- 
gretted tliat  this  curious  document 
has  not  been  published. 

Bebayt'^l'Hagart  theancient  lseum» 
is  little  more  than  6  miles  below  Se- 
menood, opposite  Weesh,  and  about 
1^  mile  from  the  nr^T,  Hie  remains 
are  very  interesting,  and  larger  than 
in  any  other  town  of  the  Delta.  They 
are  inferior  in  stvle  to  those  of  San 

ft  

(Tanis),  being  of  a  Ptolemaic  time ; 
but  the  number  of  sculptured  blocks, 
and  the  beauty  of  the  granite,  used  in 
this  temple,  are  very  striking ;  and  if 
Bebayt  does  not  boast  the  number  of 
obelisks,  which  must  have  had  a  very 
grand  eflfect  at  Tanis,  it  has  the  merit 
of  possessing  rich  and  elaborate  sculp- 
tures; and  to  the  antiquary  is  par- 
ticularly interesting,  from  its  present- 
ing the  name  of  the  deity  worshipped 
there,  and  that  of  the  ancient  town. 
Isis  was  evidently  the  divinity  of  this 
city,  and  it  was  from  this  that  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  gave  it  the  name 
of  Ision  or  Iseum.  By  the  Egyp* 
tians  it  was  called  Hebai  or  Hebait, 
'*the  city  of  assembly,"  which  has 
been  preserved  by  the  modern  inha- 
bitants in  the  name  Bebayt ;  with  the 
affix  el  Haggar,  "  of  the  stone,**  from 
its  numerous  stone  remains. 

The  temple,  like  many  others  in 
Egypt,  Mood  in  an  extensive  square 
about  1500  by  1000  feet,*kurrounded 
by  a  crude  brick  wall,  doubtless  with 
stone  gateways ;  which  was  the  tememo» 
or  sacred  enclosure,  and  was  planted 
with  trees,  as  Herodotus  informs 
us  in  descriUng  that  of  Bubastis. 
These  are  the  grovt  denounced  in 
the  Bible  as  an  alsmination  to  the 
God  of  Israel.  (Exod.  zxxiv.  13.  ; 
Deut.  xii.  8. ;   2  Kings  zviL  10.) 

The  temple  itself  was  about  400 
feet  long,  or  600  to  the  outer  vesti- 
bule, by  about  SOO  in  breadth,  and 


Egypt* 


BOUTE    11.  —  BEBAYT-EL-HAGAB. 


227 


built  of  granite,  some  red,  some  grey, 
of  a  very  beautiful  quality,  and  cover- 
ed with  sculptures,  in  intaglio  aftd  in 
relief.  Many  of  the  blocks  are  of 
very  great  sixe ;  and  though  the  tem- 
ple has  beeu  entirely  destroyed,  and 
the  broken  stones  forcibly  torn  from 
their  places,  and  thrown  in  the  great- 
est confusion  one  upon  the  other,  it 
is  easy  to  form  an  idea  of  its  former 
magnificence.  It  is  entirely  of  gra- 
nite— walls,  columns,  roofs,  and  door- 
ways; affording  a  striking  instance 
of  the  use  of  this  stone  in  the  Delta ; 
for  tliough  the  building  is  so  large,  no 
Mock  of  the  ordinary  kinds  employed 
in  Upper  Egypt  has  here  been  ad- 
mitted. The  whole  appears  to  have 
been  erected  by  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus,  whose  name  occurs  in  all  the 
dedications,  and  who  alone  is  seen 
presenting  offerings  to  the  gods.  The 
principal  divinities  are  Isis,  (the  deity 
of  the  place,  who  has  always  the  title 
"Ladyof  Hebai-t;*')  0»iris,( who  fre- 
quently accompanies  her,  and  is  gene- 
rally called  •'Lord  of  Hebai-t;**) 
Anubis,  Savak,  (the  crocodile-headed 
god,}  and  some  others  whose  legepds 
are  lost,  and  who  may  possibly  be 
characters  of  Osiris. 

Unfortunately  it  has  been  so  com- 
pletely destroyed  that  the  plan  cannot 
easily  be  recognised  ;  and  such  is  the 
mass  of  broken  blocks,  that  yoa  can 
go  down  amongst  them  to  the  depth 
of  12  and  15  feet;  below  which  are 
the  numerous  abodes  of  jackals,  hares, 
and  other  animals,  who  alone  rejoice 
in  the  ruinous  state  to  which  this 
building  has  been  reduced.  Nothing 
seems  to  be  in  its  original  position. 
The  door- ways  are  seen,  as  well  as 
parts  of  cornices,  ceilings,  architraves, 
and  walls;  but  all  in  confusion,  and 
hurled  from  their  places ;  and  one  is 
surprised  at  the  force  and  labour  that 
must  have  been  used  for  the  destruc- 
tion of  this  once  splendid  building. 
The  ceilings  have  been  studded  with 
the  usual  tive  pointed  Egyptian  stare. 
The  cornices  have  the  Egyptian  tri- 
gfyphi  with  the  ovals  of  the  king  be- 


tween them ;  but  in  some  the  name  of 
**  Isis,  the  beautiful  mother-goddess  ** 
is  substituted  for  the  rojal  prenomen, 
and  is  accompanied  by  the  nomen  of 
Ptolemy. 

On  one  of  the  walls,  about  the  cen- 
tre of  tlie  temple,  is  represented  the 
sacred  boat,  or  ark,  of  Isis;  and  in 
the  shrine  it  bears  is  the  '*  Lady  of 
Hebai-t,'*  seated  between  two  figures 
of  goddesses,  like  the  Jewish  Cheru- 
bim, who  seem  to  protect  her  with 
their  wings.  They  occur  in  two  com- 
partments, one  over  the  other,  at  the 
centre  of  the  shrine ;  and  these  figures 
were  doubtless  the  holy  and  unseen 
contents  of  the  sacred  repository, 
which  no  profane  eye  was  permitted 
to  behold,  and  which  were  generally 
covered  with  a  veil.  In  the  upper 
one  Isis  is  seated  on  a  lotus  flower, 
and  the  two  figures  are  standing ;  in 
the  other  all  three  are  seated,  and  be- 
low are  four  kneeling  figures,  one 
with  a  man's,  the  other  three  with 
jackals*  beads,  beating  their  breasts. 
At  either  end  of  the  boat  is  the  head 
of  the  goddess,  and  the  legend  above 
shows  it  to  have  belonged  to  her.  The 
king  stands  liefore  it,  presenting  an 
offering  of  incense  to  Isis.  The  stone 
has  been  broken,  and  part  of  the  pic- 
ture has  been  taken  away ;  but  on  a 
fragment  below,  that  appears  to  have 
belonged  to  it,  is  represented  a  sledge 
on  trucks  with  the  usual  ring  attaclied 
to  the  end,  for  drawing  it  into  the 
»iko»f  of  which  this  doubtless  marks 
the  site.  It  was  probably  one  of 
those  isolated  sanctuaries,  that  stood 
near  the  centre  of  the  naoB,  or  body  of 
the  temple. 

The  sculptures  on  this  wall,  as  on 
some  other  portions  of  the  building, 
are  in  relief, — an  unusual  mode  of 
sculpturing  granite,  which  shows  the 
great  expense  and  labour  bestowed  on 
the  temple  of  the  goddess,  and  the 
importance  of  her  temple.  That  it 
was  very  handsome  is  evident ;  and  to 
it  might  be  applied  the  remark  made 
by  Herodotus  respecting  tlie  temple 
of  Bubastis — that  many  were  larger, 

L  6 


228 


B017TE    11.  —  CAIRO  TO  DAMIETTA. 


Sect.  n. 


but  few  so  bemutiful.  Besides  the 
nn usual  mode  of  sculpturing  granite 
rn  relief,  the  size  of  some  of  the  hiero- 
glyphics is  remarkable,  being  no  less 
than  1 4  inches  long,  and  all  wrought 
with  great  care.  The  cornices  varied 
in  different  parts  of  the  building ;  and 
one,  perhaps  of  the  wall  of  the  $Skoi 
itself,  has  the  heads  of  Isis  surmount- 
ed by  a  shrine  alternating  with  the 
oval  of  the  king,  in  which,  however,  the 
hieroglyphics  have  not  been  inserted. 

On  the  lower  compartment  of  the 
walls,  in  this  part  of  the  temple,  were 
the  not  uncommon  figures  uf  the  god 
Nilus  in  procession,  bNMtring  vases  and 
emblems.  Between  each  are  water 
plants,  and  they  have  a  cluster  of 
those  of  the  upper  and  of  the  lower 
country,  alternately  on  their  heads; 
emblematic  of  the  nature  of  the  river, 
as  the  position  of  this  deity  at  the  base 
of  the  walls  denoted  the  benefits  de^ 
rived  from  the  Nile  —  the  foundation 
and  support  of  the  whole  of  Egypt. 
Not  far  from  this  are  the  capitals  of 
large  columns,  in  the  form  of  Isis* 
heads,  bearing  a  shrine,  like  those  of 
Dendera.  Though  inferior  in  sise, 
they  excel  them  in  the  quality  of  the 
materials,  being  granite  instead  of 
sandstone. 

There  appears  to  be  a  very  great 
variety  in  the  sculptures,  which  mostly 
represent  offerings  to  Ins  and  the 
cont«mp1ar  deities,  as  in  other  Pto- 
lemaic buildings;  and  in  one  place 
the  hawk-headed  Hor-Hat  conducts 
the  king  into  the  presence  of  the  god- 
dess of  the  temple.  But  the  battle 
scenes  and  grand  religious  processions 
of  old  times  are  wanting  here,  as  in 
other  temples  of  a  Ptolemaic  and 
Roman  epoch  ;  and  though  the  sculp- 
tures are  rich  and  highly  finished, 
they  are  deficient  in  the  elegance  of  a 
Pharaonicage, — tlie  fault  of  all  Greco- 
£(ryptian  sculpture,  and  one  which 
strikes  every  eye  accustomed  to  mo- 
numents erected  before  the  decadence 
of  art  in  Egypt. 

The  modern  village  stands  to  the 
N.  W.,  a  little  beyond  the  enclosure 
of  the  ttmenoB,  and  near  it  is  a  lake 


containing  water  all  the  year,  except 
after  unusually  low  inundations, 
which  was  probably  once  atuched  to 
the  temple,  like  those  of  Kamak  and 
other  places. 

After  finishing  my  examination  of 
these  ruins,  I  h^  the  satisfaction  of 
shooting  the  great  enemy  of  the  vil- 
lage, a  large  wolf,  which  in  broad 
daylight  was  prowling  about  the 
field,  that  now  occupies  part  of  tlie 
enclosure  of  the  temple.  It  had  been 
a  great  annoyance  to  the  people,  and 
had  been  in  the  habit  of  entering  the 
village  at  night,  and  carrying  off 
sheep,  poultrVf  and  whatever  it  could 
find;  so  that  its  death  caused  great 
joy  among  those  who  had  suffered 
from  its  unwelcome  visits. 

Inland  from  Bebayt  el  Hagar  is  Be- 
no6b,  which  occupies  the  site  of  Om- 
pkis,  but  as  far  as  I  could  learn,  with- 
out any  stone  remains,  or  any  other 
indication  of  the  ancient  town  beyond 
its  moands. 

Manio6ra  is  one  of  the  largest 
towns  of  the  Delta,  with  basaars, 
several  mosks,  and  a  government  par- 
lace,  and  is  one  of  the  most  flourish- 
ing in  this  part  of  Egypt.  It  was 
founded  by  Melek  el  Kamel  in  1921, 
as  Aboolfeda  states,  at  the  time  of  the 
siege  of  Damietta,  to  serve  as  a  point 
(Tappuif  and  was  called  Manso^ra, 
**  the  Victorious,"  from  his  defeat  of 
the  Crusaders  in  that  spot,  at  the 
time  the  city  was  building.  Ii  was 
there  that  Louis  I X.  was  imprisoned, 
after  his  disastrous  retreat,  and  cap- 
ture, in  1250  It  is  famous  for  its 
manufacture  of  a  sort  of  crape  called 
kherdytheh ;  sail-cloth,  and  other  cot- 
ton and  linen  stuffs,  common  to  the 
large  towns  of  the  Delta,  are  also 
made  there.  In  sise  it  holds  the  sixth 
place  among  the  provincial  towns  of 
Egypt,  after  Osioot,  the  capital  of  the 
Saeed,  Mahallet-el-Kebeer,  Alexan> 
dria,  Damietta,  and  JMenoof. 

Manso6ra  has  no  ruins,  and  is  not 
supposed  to  occupy  the  site  of  any  an* 
cient  city.  On  the  N.  side  of  it  is  the 
entrance  to  the  canal  of  Menaaleh  or 
Ashmoon.     There  is  nothing  worthy 


Egypt 


ROUTE   11.  —  DAMIETTA.  —  F^TES. 


229 


of  remark  between    Man8o6ra  and 
Damietta. 

Damietta  or  D<tmiatt  once  famous 
as  the  principal  emporium  on  this 
side  of  the  Delta,  has  sunk  in  im- 
portance, in  proportion  as  Aleiandria 
has  increased,  and  now  only  carries 
on  a  little  commerce  with  Syria  and 
Greece.  Its  rice  and  fisheries,  how- 
ever, enable  it  to  enjoy  a  lucratire 
trade  with  the  interior.  It  was  once 
'  famous  for  its  manufacture  of  leather 
and  striped  cloths,  which  last,  when 
imported  into  Europe,  receiyed  from 
it  the  name  dimity.  The  Houses  are 
well  built,  though  inferior  to  those  of 
Rosetta ;  and  the  town  is  one  of  the 
largest  in  Egypt,  with  a  population  of 
28,000  souls. 

Damietta  is  known  in  the  history 
of  the  Crusaders  as  the  bulwark  of 
Egypt  on  that  side,  and  its  capture 
was  always  looked  upon  as  the  most 
important  object  in  their  expeditions 
against  that  country.  Aboolfeda  says 
**it  stood  on  the  shore,  where  the 
river  runs  into  the  sea;  until  the 
danger  to  which  it  was  exposed,  from 
the  Franks,  induced  the  Egyptian 
caliphs  to  change  its  position ;  and 
the  modem  town  was  founded  higher 
up  the  Nile,  about  five  miles  further 
from  the  sea.**  According  to  Abool- 
feda, the  old  Damietta  was  destroyed, 
and  the  inhabitants  were  transferred 
to  the  village  of  Mensh^eh,  which 
was  built  in  its  stead,  and  which  after- 
wards succeeded  to  the  importance 
and  name  of  the  ancient  town ;  and 
Michaelis,  on  the  authority  of  Nie- 
buhr,  says  Mensheeb  is  the  name  of 
one  of  the  squares,  or  plaeei,  of  the 
modern  Damietta.  The  time  of  this 
change  of  position,  and  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  old  town  are  fixed  by 
Aboolfeda  in  the  year  of  the  Hegtra 
648  (a.  d.  125 1 ).  The  old  Damietta 
had  been  walled  round  and  fortified 
by  Motawukkel,  the  tenth  of  the 
^  Abbaside  caliphs  (about  a.  d.  850) ; 
and  the  new  town  was  built  by  Bay- 
b6rs,  the  fourth  sultan  of  the  Baharite 
Memlooks. 
The  ancient  name  of  the  original 


Damietta  was  Tamiithis,  and  the 
many  antique  columns  and  blocks 
found  in  tlie  present  town  have  pro- 
bably been  brought  from  its  ruins. 
They  are  principally  in  the  mo&ks ; 
and  on  a  slab  used  for  the  ablutions 
of  the  faithful,  in  the  mosk  of  Aboo- 
lita,  (a  short  way  outside  the  town, 
on  the  east,)  is  a  Greek  inscription 
with  the  name  of  Tennesus. 

Other  Towni  in  the  Delta The 

sites  of  many  interesting  towns  exist 
in  the  Delta  which  are  little  known, 
but  which  would  probably  repay  the 
curious  traveller  for  the  trouble  of  a 
visit.  Few  ruins  of  consequence 
might  reward  his  research;  but  the 
discovery  of  the  name  or  figure  of  a 
deity  on  the  fragment  of  a  temple,  or 
the  exact  position  of  the  mounds, 
might  enable  him  to  determine  the 
town  they  belonged  to,  and  make  us 
better  acquainted  with  the  ancient  geo- 
graphy of  a  district  now  imperfectly 
known.  The  sites,  too,  of  Buto,  of 
the  Isle  of  Helbo,  and  many  other 
places  of  note  mentioned  in  history, 
are  of  no  less  interest  to  the  geogra- 
pher than  to  the  antiquary. 

Near  the  centre  of  the  Delta  is 
Tanta,  well  known  for  its  fStee  in 
honour  of  Sa^d  Ahmed  el  Beddowec, 
a  Moslem  saint  of  great  renown.  He 
was  bom  at  Fez  in  a.  h.  596  (a.  i>. 
1200),  and  having  passed  through 
TanU,  with  all  his  family,  on  his  way 
to  Mecca,  established  himself  in  that 
place  on  his  return,  and  was  buried 
there  at  his  death. 

These  fites  are  celebrated  twice  a 
year ;  one  at  the  beginning  of  March, 
and  the  greater /e/c*  during  the  inun- 
dation, a  little  before  the  canals  are 
cut.  Both  are  attended  by  an  immense 
concourse  of  Moslems,  who  perform 
a  sort  of  pilgrimage  to  the  tomb  of 
this  holy  personage.  Some  have 
stated  their  number  to  be  150,000; 
and,  as  at  the  festival  of  Bubastis,  in 
old  times,  a  greater -quantity  of  wine 
was  consumcii  than  at  any  otlier  period 
of  theyear,so  at  Tanta  greater  excesses 
are  committed  by  the  modern  Egyp- 
tians than  on  any  other  occasion. 


230       BOUTE    12. — CAIBO  TO  MENZALEH  AKD  TAKIS.    SeCt.  11. 


People  of  all  classes,  and  of  all 
Moslem  nations,  who  happen  to  be  in 
Egypt,  repair  to  the  festival;  and 
many  a  Cairene,  who  has  not  an  op- 
portunity of  joining  a  party  to  Tania, 
is  left  to  regret  the  pleasure,  or  the 
profit,  be  has  lost ;  for  with  many  it 
is  a  source  of  speculation,  as  well  as 
pleasure  ;  and  tome  repay  themseWes 
handsomely  for  the  journey.  The 
greater  part,  however,  attend  merely 
for  amusement,  and  a  few  faifhas 
at  the  tomb  are  repeated,  without 
much  trouble,  on  the  chance  of  a 
blessing  from  the  saint. 

The  fUe  lasts  eight  days,  and  is 
succeeded  by  that  of  Ibrahim  e*  Des- 
8o61cee,  held  at  the  village  of  Dessook, 
on  the  Rosetta  bmnch,  nearly  opposite 
e*  Rahman^eh.  This,  which  is  second 
only  in  rank  to  thefite  of  Tanta,  is 
followed  by  those  of  Aboore^,  of 
Aboo  Mando6r,  of  el  Boab,  of  el 
Abb&see,  and  others,  each  lasting 
eight  days.  These  yiSfef  occur  twice 
a  year,  those  of  Cairo  once  only ;  the 
people  of  the  Delta  perhaps  thinking 
that  sufficient  honour  would  not  be 
done  to  their  saint  unless  they  gave 
him  two  birthdays  in  the  year. 

The  Sayd  el  Beddowee  seems  to 
hare  succeeded  to  the  god  of  Seben- 
nytus,  the  Egyptian  Hercules,  whose 
attributes  have  been  given  him  by 
popular  fancy  or  tradition.  It  is  the 
Saj^d  whose  aid  is  invoked,  when  any 
one  is  in  need  of  Mtrtngth  to  resist  a 
sudden  calamity ;  thecfiectsofastorm, 
or  any  frightful  accident  are  thought 
to  be  averted  by  calling  out  **  Ya 
Sayd,  ya  Beddowee ; "  and  the  song 
of  •<  Gab  el  Yoosara,"  "  he  brought 
back  the  captives,**  records  the  might 
and  prowess  of  this  powerful  hero. 

There  do  not  appear  to  be  any  ruins 
of  an  ancient  city  at  Tanta ;  but  re- 
port speaks  of  a  trilinguar  inscription 
in  a  mosk  there,  as  well  as  at  Meno6f, 
tlie  truth  of  which  it  would  be  in- 
teresting to  ascertain. 

That  we  may  find  another  of  those 
yaluable  documents,  or  duplicates  of 
the  Rosetta  stone,  is  a  very  reasonable 


hope,  as  there  is  little  doubt  that  de- 
crees were  made  in  Greek  and  Egyp- 
tian, both  in  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies 
and  Carsars,  copies  of  which  were 
deposited  in  all  the  principal  temples; 
and  when  we  read  on  the  Rosetta 
stone  that  the  same  memorial  was 
ordered  to  be  placed  **  in  the  temples 
of  the  first,  second,  and  third  orders,** 
we  are  surprised  that  several  copies 
of  it  have  not  been  discovered. 

Tlie  Delta  was  in  ancient  limes  com- 
posed of  35  name;  including  the 
Oasis  of  Ammon  and  Nitriotis ;  and 
iu  modern  provinces  are  seven,  which 
are  subdivided  into  thirteen  depart- 
ments :  — 

1.  Kalioob^eh, 

comprising 
the  depart- 
ments of 

2.  Menoof^h 


1 


3.  Bahiyreh 


4.   Gharfo^h 


5. 
6. 


7. 


Mansoor^h  -  < 

Damiit(Da- 
mietta)  - 

Sherk^eh 


•{ 


1.  Kalio6b 
S.  Ashmoon 

3.  Sbib^n 

4.  Neg^leh 

5.  Danumhoor 

6.  Alexandria 

7.  Mahallet-el- 

Kebeer 

8.  Kafr  Maggir 

9.  Mit  Ghumr 

10.  Mansoora 

1 1.  Damietta 

12.  Bclbays 
IS.  Shibbeh 


*  ROUTE  12. 

CAiaO  IT   WATCa   TO   MMMZALKB   AMD 
TANIS* 

MUM. 

Cairo  to  the  Canal  of  Mansoora 

{See  Ramie  11.)             -         -  I09| 

Mahallet  D&maneh         .        .  8 

Aatimoon,  or  Oshmoun  -        •  9) 

Mensaleh       -        -         -        -  194 

Toweel,  on  the  Tanis  Canal    -  4 

Tanis,  now  San      ...  lU 

162 

MAWSOOaA  TO   MSNZALMR. 

The  Canal  of  Menzaleh,  or  of  Ash- 
moon, called  also  e*  Toora  e*  Sogbeer- 


Egypt. 


ROUTE    12. — TEL  ET-HAI  —  A8HHOOK. 


231 


eh,  "the  •mall  canal,*'  leaves  the 
DamietU  branch  to  the  N.  of  the 
town  of  Mansoora.  It  is  much  nar^ 
rower  than  tho&e  of  Moes  and  Kari- 
nayn,  being  only  about  70  or  80  feet 
broad,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Mensaleh  much  less.  It  winds  very 
much,  which,  if  the  wind  is  not 
favourable,  may  delay  a  boat  a  long 
time,  both  in  going  to  and  coming 
from  Mensaleh;  and  this  perhaps 
renders  the  route  to  Tanis  by  Zaka- 
seek  and  Bubastis  preferable.  ( St^ 
RouU  13.)  It  contains  water  the 
whole  year;  but  after  April  is  only 
navigable  as  far  as  Tel  e'  Nassara. 

ifie  point  of  land  on  the  N.  of  the 
canal,  where  it  joins  the  Nile,  oppo- 
site Mansoora,  is  memorable  from 
having  been  the  spot  where  the  Cru- 
saders had  their  camp  in  1S121,  and 
again  in  1950. 

Near  Ad6ogtef  a  village  about  9 
leagues  to  the  N.  of  Mansoora,  a 
sphinx  was  found  some  years  ago, 
bearing  the  name  of  Osorkon.  Mo' 
haUtt  D6maneh  is,  perhaps,  the  best 
point  of  departure  in  summer  for  a 
visit  to  the  ruins  of  Tel  et  Mai  in  the 
plain  to  the  southward;  and  during 
the  high  Nile  it  may  be  approached 
by  water  to  within  a  short  distance. 

2W  et'Mai  occupies  the  site  of 
Thmuis;  which  is  at  once  pointed 
out  by  its  Arabic  name,  as  well  as  by 
the  Coptic  Thmoui.  A  large  mono- 
lith is  still  standing  on  the  site  of 
Thmuis.  It  is  of  granite,  and  mea- 
sures 21  ft.  9  in.  high,  13ft.  broad, 
and  II  ft.  7  in.  deep ;  and  within,  it 
is  1 9  ft.  3  in.  high,  8  ft.  broad,  and 
8  ft.  3  in.  deep.  In  the  hierogly- 
phics is  the  prenomen  of  Amasis,  and 
mention  seems  to  be  made  of  the  gods 
Nephand  Ao?  (Hercules?)  Josephus 
says  that  Titus,  on  his  way  from 
Alexandria  to  Judea  passed  by 
Thmuis.  He  went  by  land  to  Nico- 
polis,  and  tlien  putting  his  troops  on 
board  long  ships,  went  up  the  Nile 
by  the  Mendesian  province  to  the 
city  of  Thmuis. 

About  5  miles  aW.  by  &  of  Ash- 


moon  is  MU^FSrei,  whose  mounds 
indicate  the  site  of  an  old  town ;  but 
I  could  not  hear  of  any  stone  remains 
there. 

AakmoOH,  or,  as  Aboolfeda  writes 
it,  Oshmoom,  —  Oshmoom-Tan^, 
or  Oshmoom  e*  Roo-min  (**  of 
the  pomegranates"),  was  in  his 
time  a  large  city,  with  baxiUrs, 
baths,  and  large  mosks,  and  the  capital 
of  the  Dahkala  and  Bashrooor  pro* 
vinces.  Jt  is  supposed  to  occupy  the 
site  of  Mendes,  but  now  presents 
nothing  of  interest.  The  only  re- 
mains are  of  Roman  time,  consisting 
of  a  few  small  broken  columns,  frag* 
ments  of  granite,  burnt  bricks  and 
pottery,  amidst  mounds  of  some  extent 
but  of  no  great  height.  I  found  a  few 
Roman  copper  coins  entirely  cor- 
roded. No  other  place  of  interest 
occurs  between  this  and  Mensaleh. 
Mit  «'  Natidrah  probably  occupies 
the  site  of  an  ancient  town,  judging 
from  its  distinctive  appellation  **of 
the  Chritiiant,'*  Miniei  SiheSl  was 
formerly  of  much  greater  extent  and 
more  flourishing  than  at  present,  as 
the  style  of  its  houses,  its  broken 
minarets,  and  its  brick  walls  attest; 
and  GanelSkh  is  distinguished  from 
afar  by  its  lofty  minaret. 

On  the  canal  grow  numerous  reeds 
and  water  plants,  among  which  is  a 
Qfperus.  It  is  found  principally  on 
the  N.  bank,  where  it  has  the  benefit 
of  the  sun,  and  only  at  the  eastern 
part  of  the  canal.  I  have  no  doubt 
it  has  been  mistaken  for  the  papyrus, 
and  has  led  to  the  belief  that  this  last 
grows  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lake 
Mensaleh.  In  Arabic  it  is  called 
Dees,  a  name  given  also  to  the  cype- 
rus  dives  ;  and  both  are  used  for  the 
same  purposes,  for  making  baskets, 
and  an  ordinary  kind  of  mat. 

On  the  canai  of  Mensaleh,  or  Ash- 
moon,  are  several  ferries,  each  con- 
sisting of  a  boat  swinging  or  traversing 
on  a  rope,  in  which  they  pass  over 
their  cattle  and  goods  from  bank  to 
bank,  and  which  the  unexpected  pas- 
sage of  my  boat  often  threatened  to 


232     *  ROUTB    12.  —  CAIRO  TO  HENZALEH  AXD  TANIS.    Sect.  11. 


carry  away,  to  the  constemation  of 
the  natives. 

The  land  to  the  N.  and  S.  of  the 
canal,  particularly  around  Mensaleh, 
is  little  productive,  and  in  parts  per- 
fectly barren;  and  the  increase  of 
nitre  in  the  soil  seems  to  doom  to  de- 
struction even  that  which  is  still  de- 
serving of  cultivation.  Some  land 
scarcely  repays  the  labour  of  tilling 
it,  and  some  has  been  found  so  un- 
productive,  that  though  rated  for  tax- 
ation, and  annually  paying  firdeh,  it 
has  ceased  to  be  cultivated. 

The  land  of  the  Delta  is  through- 
out inferior  to  that  of  the  Saeed, 
or  Upper  £gypt,  where  com  is  much 
cheaper  than  to  the  N.  of  Cairo. 
Pliny  says  the  Theba'id  was  formerly 
a  better  corn  country  than  Lower 
Egypt.  Tlie  ardeb  of  wheat  is  sold 
from  Mellawee  southwards  at  SO  pi- 
astres, aud  in  the  Delta  at  66 ;  and 
though  the  same  proportion  of  seed  is 
sown  in  the  latter,  or  half  an  ardeb  to 
one  feddin  of  land,  the  proportion  of 
produce  is  much  less,  being  as  S  and 
4  to  5  and  7,  or  even  8.  This  may 
partly  be  attributed  to  the  greater 
proportion  of  other  produce,  as  flax, 
cotton,  sem«tm,  and  other  tilings, 
grown  in  the  Delta,  besides  rice, 
which  is  unknown  in  the  upper  coun- 
try. But  still,  the  fact  of  the  land 
being  of  better  quality  is  the  main 
cause  of  the  greater  proportion  of  corn 
produced  tliere;  for  much  land  is 
also  taken  up  in  the  Saeed  with  cot- 
ton, flax,  sugar-cane,  indigo,  and 
beans;  and  the  proportion  of  the 
number  of  square  miles  in  the  two  are 
4500  in  the  Delta  provinces,  and  ^55 
in  the  Saeed.  Hie  Delta  itself,  in- 
deed, between  the  Rosetta  and  the 
Damietu  branches,  contains  only 
1976  square  miles. 

1  found  the  flax  just  in  seed,  in  the 
Delta,  .at  this  season,  the  1st  of 
March,  23rd  of  the  Coptic  Imsh^r 
(Mechir);  and  some  was  still  in 
flower.  (See  Exod.  ix.  SI.) 

Memaleh  and  th€  Neighbourhoods — 
Mtnzakh  stands  on  the  canal,  about 


13  miles  from  its  entrance  into  the 
lake.     It  is  supposed  to  occupy  the 
site   of  Panephysis;    and    near  the 
point  of  land   projecting  to  the  N. 
into  the  lake,  some  have  placed  Pa» 
premis,  the  City  of  Mars.     Menzaleh 
has  no  remains.     It  is   now  much 
larger  Uian  some  years  ago,  when  it 
was  merely  a  village  of  fishermen ; 
and  several  minarets,  with  some  re- 
spectable houses,  present  an  appear- 
ance little  expected  in  such  an  out- 
of-the-way  place.     The  canal,  which 
contributes  so  much  to  its  import- 
ance, and  to  its  very  existence  as  a 
town,  also  gives  it  a  cheerful  aspect. 
A   wooden    bridge    crosses  it,    and 
unites  the  few  houses  on  the  W.  side 
with  the  principal  part  of  the  town  ; 
but  this  oflTcrs  no  other  obstacle  to  the 
passage  of  boats  to  its  mouth  beyond 
the  lowering  of  their  masts.     In  the 
autumn  there  is  some  fever  at  Menza- 
beh,  butin  winter  it  is  perfectly  healthy, 
and    at   all    times     more     so    than 
Damietta.     Its  principal  trade  is  in 
rice  and  fish.     The  former  is  of  good 
quality,  little  inferior  to  that  of  Da- 
mietta and  Kafr  el  Bateekh. 

The  fresh- water  fish  mostly  comes 
from  Toweel,  on  a  branch  of  the 
canal  of  San  or  Moez,  the  salt-water 
kinds  being  brought  from  Matar^eh. 

On  arriving  at  Menzaleh,  I  found 
that  it  was  too  late  in  the  season  fcr 
my  cangia  to  go  into  the  lake,  and 
thence  to  Tatiis ;  I  therefore  went  to 
the  shekh  of  the  town,  who  advisied 
my  riding  over  to  Matareeh,  on  the 
lake,  (or,  as  they  here  call  it,  tlie 
JffoA^yreA,)  and  there  engaging  a 
fisherman's  boat  to  take  me  up  the 
canal  of  Moez  to  San.  Having  lent 
me  his  rahwdn  (a  horse  trained  to  a 
peculiar  ambling  pace),  and  asses  for 
my  luggage  and  servants,  I  rode 
over  to  Matareeh  ;  but  the  fi^ihermen 
were  too  certain  of  their  profits  on 
fifth,  or  too  much  averse  to  the  trouble 
of  tracking  or  punting  up  a  canal,  to 
let  me  a  boat ;  aud  aAer  being  doomed 
to  listen  to  numerous  assertions,  **  by 
the  beard  of  the  Ph>phet,*'  that  the 


JEgypL 


BOUTE    12. MENZALEH  —  TAKIS. 


233 


moutb  of  the  canal  had  been  closed 
for  some  days  by  the  wind  (which 
erery  one  knew  to  be  false),  I  was 
obliged  to  return  to  Mensaleh,  in 
spite  of  all  my  attempts,  by  bribery 
and  persuasion,  to  induce  them  to 
relent. 

Matar^eh  is  all  fish ;  —  the  boats, 
the  houses,  the  streets,  the  baskets, 
the  people's  hands,  all  are  full  of  fish. 
They  catch  fish,  they  salt  fish,  they 
lire  on  fish,  and  by  fish;  and  one 
would  think  it  had  been  founded  by 
the  Ichthyophagi  themwlves.  The  fish 
is  dried  and  salted  here,  and  sent  on 
camels  or  asses  to  Menzaleh,  whence 
it  is  carried  by  the  canal  to  different 
parts  of  the  country  ^  the  fisheries  of 
the  lake  and  canals  being  all  farmed  by 
some  wealthy  Christian  speculator. 

Matar^h  stands  on  a  point  of  land 
projecting  into  the  lake,  between  6 
and  7  miles  from  Mensaleh,  to  the  N. 
of  which  is  another  village,  called  £1 
Ghuineh,  united  to  it  by  a  dyke  or 
causeway.  Due  £.  of  it  is  Shekh 
Abdallah,  in  an  island  called  Toona, 
about  2  miles  from  the  shore,  where 
are  a  capital  of  red  granite,  some  an- 
cient ruins  of  little  importance,  and  a 
shekh's  tomb,  whence  its  modem 
name.  The  lake  abounds  in  islands. 
The  most  interesting  to  an  antiquary 
is  that  of  Tennees,  the  ancient  Ten- 
nesus.  The  remains  there  are  of 
Roman  time,  and  consist  of  baths, 
tombs  and  substructions.  The  tombs 
are  ▼aultcd  and  painted,  mostly  red 
on  a  white  ground.  There  are  also 
earthenware  pipes,  stamped  with  a 
letter  or  mark,  either  of  the  owner 
or  the  maker. 

PelusiuM  is  about  23  miles  to  the 
S.  £.  of  this  island,  and  about  11 
from  the  lake. 

The  Lake  Mennleh  may  either  be 
visited  from  Matar^eh,  Damietta, 
Mensaleh,  or  the  canal  of  Moei ;  but 
in  order  not  to  be  disappointed,  as 
'was  my  fate  at  the  first  of  tliese  places, 
it  may  be  as  well  to  send  over  from 
Menzaleh  to  secure  a  boat ;  which 
may  also  be  done,  when  Toweel  on 


the  Moez  canal  is  chosen  as  the 
starting-place.  In  the  mean  time  the 
traveller  will  find  sufficient  to  employ 
his  time,  in  shooting  water-fowl  that 
abound  about  Menzaleh,  which  indeed 
would  prove  excellent  head-quarters 
for  a  sportsman ;  ducks  being  not  only 
pumerous  there,  but  by  no  means  wild, 
and  easily  approached.  Boars  also 
abound  in  the  marshes  on  the  way 
to  Tanis,  and  the  abundance  of  ducks, 
coots,  and  water-fowl  is  extraordinary. 

Hems  and  other  wadirrg  birds  are 
also  very  abundant,  as  well  as  the 
ibis.  The  coot  is  now  called  ghoor; 
the  hem,  haUuhdn ;  the  ibis,  biuhards; 
the  spoonbill,  midw6s  ;  and  the  peli- 
can, bepga,  HaloSf  is  the  Arabic 
name  of  the  wild  boar. 

Menzaleh  to  San,  or  Tanis,  —  To- 
weel is  four  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Menzaleh.  The  road,  like  that  of 
Matar^eh,  passes  through  a  barren 
tract,  rendered  doubly  sterile  by  the 
quantity  of  nitre,  which  impregnates  the 
soil,  and  after  a  shower  of  rain  makes 
it  so  slippery,  that  it  is  difficult  for 
camels  and  bar-shod  horses  to  walk 
upon  it.  About  half  way  to  Toweel 
are  the  mounds  of  an  ancient  village, 
and  others  a  little  more  to  the  east- 
ward, but  with  no  ruins  of  any  kind. 
There  are  some  places  without  a 
name,  but  Toweel  is  a  name  without 
a  place,  to  which  it  can  be  said  to 
belong,  and  is  nothing  more  than  the 
spot  where  the  boats  discharge  their 
cargoes  of  fish  to  be  carried  to  Men- 
zaleh. A  Turkish  overseer  and  a 
Christian  scribe  repair  thither  every 
morning,  to  await  the  arrival  of  tlie 
fishermen,  who,  on  an  account  being 
taken  of  the  contents  of  each  boat, 
are  paid  accordingly,  tlie  day's  sport 
bringing  from  8  to  25  piastres.  The 
fish  are  caught  in  nets,  and  by  nu- 
merous hooks  fastened  to  a  line  ex- 
tended  from  one  side  of  the  canal  to 
the  other,  which  being  dragged  along 
its  muddy  bottom  rake  up  all  that 
come  in  the  way.  Those  taken  in 
this  manner  are  mostly  the  garmoot, 
sAofi,  and  other  stlart;    and  so  abun- 


234 


B.    12.  —  CAIRO  TO  MENZALEH  AND  TANIS.         SecL  11. 


dant  are  they  here  and  in  the  canal 
of  Mensaleh,  that  I  have  leen  men 
stand  in  the  ilirater  and  catch  them  in 
the  mud  with  their  hands.  The  fresh- 
water fisheries  are  farmed  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  of  the  Lake  Men- 
saleh. 

The  shekh  having  sent  over  to 
secure  a  boat  for  me  at  Toweel,  I 
found  an  awning  put  up,  and  every 
thing  ready  for  my  journey  to  San, 
which  is  about  eleven  miles  to  the 
southward.  The  canal  is  the  same 
that  passes  by  Bubastis,  Zakaaeek, 
and  Harbayt ;  but  to  the  north  of 
San  it  runs  through  a  low  marshy 
tract,  abounding  in  reeds  and  stunted 
tamarisk  bushes.  The  banks  are  very 
low,  and  the  whole  is  flooded  during 
the  inundation.  Here  are  the  pas- 
tures for  cattle,  which,  like  similar 
low  lands  on  the  borders  of  the  Lake 
Brulos,  hence  received,  in  ancient 
times,  the  name  of  Bueolia,  and  were 
comprehended  under  the  denomina- 
tion ofElearchia,  or  the  marsh  districL 
They  were  also  called  BtuhmSor,  as  at 
the  present  day ;  and  the  same  name 
was  applied  to  a  dialect  of  the  Coptic, 
which  differed  both  from  the  Thebaic 
and  Memphitic,  and  was  spoken  in 
this  part  of  the  Delta. 

Aboolfeda  comprises  under  the 
name  of  Bashmo6r  the  whole  of  the 
island  between  the  canal  of  Ashmoon 
(or,  as  it  is  now  called,  of  Mensaleh) 
and  the  Damietta  branch,  and  con- 
siders Ashmoon  the  capital  of  this 
district  The  people  who  live  in  the 
marshes  differ  much  from  thefeUdkM 
of  Egypt.  Some  are  employed  in 
tending  cattle,  others  in  fishing.  The 
principal  abode  of  the  fishermen  of 
the  canal  of  Moes  is  San,  where  a 
wtHd  or  agent  for  the  owner  of  the 
fisheries  lives,  who  receives  the  pro- 
duce of  their  labour,  and  forwards  it 
to  Zakaseek  And  other  places.'  They 
call  themselves  Arabs,  and,  from  the 
name  of  their  tribe,  Malak6en. 

On  the  way  from  Toweel  to  San, 
we  passed,  at  some  distance  inland  to 
the  east,  the  high  mounds  of  Dibgo, 


which  mark  the  site  of  an  ancient 
town ;  but  they  are  said  to  contain  no 
ruins,  nor  could  I  hear  of  any,  ex- 
cept at  Senhoor,  where  report  speaks 
of  a  few  white  stones. 

The  plain  of  San  is  very  extensive, 
but  thinly  inhabited  ;  no  village  exists 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
ancient  Tanis;  and,  when  looking 
from  the  mounds  of  this  once  splendid 
city  towards  the  distant  palms  of  in- 
distinct villages,  we  cannot  fail  to  be 
struck  by  tlie  desolation  spread  around 
it. 

The  *< field"  of  Zoan  is  now  a 
barren  waste :  a  canal  passes  through 
it  without  being  able  to  fertilise  the 
soil ;  "  fire  *'  has  been  set  « in  Zoan,'* 
and  one  of  the  principal  capitals  or 
royal  abodes  of  the  Pharaohs  is  now 
the  habitation  of  fishermen,  the  resort 
of  wild  beasts,  and  infested  with  rep- 
tiles and  malignant  fevers.  But  no 
one  can  look  upon  the  site  of  Tanis 
without  a  feeling  of  intense  interest. 
It  was  one  of  the  old  cities  of  Egypt, 
founded  seven  years  after  Hebron 
(where  Sarah  was  buried), and  already 
existing  in  the  time  of  Abraham  ;  and 
"  the  field  of  Zoan  "  is  stated  by  the 
Psalmist  to  be  the  spot  where  Moses 
performed  those  miracles  that  ended 
in  the  liberation  of  ttie  Israelites  from 
the  oppression  of  the  Egyptians. 
(See  Exek.  xix.  11.,  and  xxx.  14. ; 
Isaiah  xxx.  4.;  Ps.  IxxviiL  12.  Numb^ 
siit.  22. ;  Gen.  xxiii.  2.) 

TanU  —  San  or  Zan,  the  Tanis  of 
the  Greeks,  the  Zoan  of  Scripture, 
and  the  Gani  or  Athennea  of  the 
Copts,  is  remarkable  for  the  height 
and  extent  of  its  mounds  which  are 
upwards  of  a  mile  from  N.  to  S^,  and 
nearly  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from 
E.  to  W.  The  area,  in  which  the 
sacred  enclosure  of  the  temple  stood, 
is  about  1500  feet  by  1250,  sur- 
rounded by  mounds  of  fallen  houses, 
as  at  Bubastis,  whose  increased  eleva^ 
tion  above  the  site  of  the  temple  was 
doubtless  attributable  to  the  same 
cause,  —  the  frequent  change  in  the 
level  of  the  houses  to  protect  them 


Egypt 


ROUTE  12. TANIS. 


235 


from  the  inundation,  and  the  un- 
altered position  of  the  sacred  build- 
ings. The  enclosure  or  iemeno9  sur- 
rounding the  temple  is  1000  feet  long 
by  about  700  broad,  not  placed  in  the 
centre  of  this  area,  but  one  third  more 
to  the  northward  ;  while  the  temple 
itself  lies  exactly  at  an  equal  distance 
from  the  northern  and  southern  line 
of  bouses,  —  one  of  the  numerous  in- 
stances of  Egyptian  symmetrophobia. 
The  enclosure  is  of  crude  brick  ;  and 
a  short  way  to  the  east  of  the  centre, 
on  its  northern  side,  is  a  gateway  of 
granite  and  fine  gritstone,  bearing  the 
name  of  Remeses  the  Great ;  to  whom 
the  temple  was  indebted  for  its  nu- 
merous obelisks,  and  the  greater  part 
of  the  sculptures  that  adorned  it. 

Outside  the  enclosure,  on  the  east, 
are  two  granite  columns,  apparently 
unconnected  with  the  temple.  Th«:y 
are  2  feet  8  inches  mean  diameter, 
with  the  name  of  the  same  Pharaoh, 
fltnd  have  palm  capitals  of  beautiful 
style.  They  may  have  belonged  to 
some  other  edifice,  that  stood  without 
the  temenos  of  the  principal  temple, 
like  the  tomb  of  Amasis  at  Sais,  de- 
scribed by  Herodotus;  which  hsd 
also  palm-tree  capitals,  and  stood  in 
the  vestibule  of  the  temenos.  But 
though  this  apparent  inconsistency 
may  thus  be  explained,  it  is  not 
equally  easy  to  account  for  the  en- 
closure not  comprehending  within  it 
the  whole  of  the  temple  itself ;  and 
the  western  wall  abuts  against  the 
sides  of  the  nao$t  leaving  the  end 
projecting  beyond  it. 

From  the  wall  of  the  enclosure  to 
the  two  front  obelisks  is  100  feet ; 
1 50  beyond  which,  going  towards  the 
nao»,  are  fragments  of  columns,  and 
probably  of  two  other  obelisks,  cover- 
ing an  area  of  50  feet ;  beyond  these, 
at  a  distance  of  120  feet,  are  several 
fragments  of  sculptured  walls,  two 
other  obelisks,  and  two  black  statues, 
extending  over  a  space  of  SO  feet ; 
and  after  going  100  feet  further,  you 
come  to  two  other  obelisks ;  and  then 
two  others  86  feet  beyond  them ;  and 


again,  at  a  distance  of  164  feet,  two 
other  large  obelisks,  from  which  to  the 
noos  front  is  150  feet. 

Though  in  a  very  ruinous  con- 
dition, the  fragments  of  walls,  co- 
lumns, and  fallen  obelisks,  suffi- 
ciently attest  the  fontvtr  splendour  of 
this  building ;  and  the  number  of  the 
latter,  evidently  ten,  if  not  twelve,  is 
unparalleled  in  any  Egyptian  temple. 
They  are  all  of  tlie  time  of  Remeses 
the  Great;  some  with  only  one, 
others  with  two  lines  of  hierogly- 
phics. The  columns  had  the  lotu»- 
bud  capital ;  and  their  appearance, 
as  well  as  the  walls  bearing  tlie 
figures  of  deities,  seem  to  prove  that 
some,  at  least,  of  the  obelisks  stood 
in  courts  or  vestibules,  forming  ap- 
proaches to  the  naoB,  Among  these 
figures  I  observed  Pthah,  Maut,  and 
Nofre-Atmoo;  and  on  the  apex  of 
the  obelisk  tlie  king  is  offering  to,  or 
kneeling  before,  Atmoo,  Horus,  Ao 
or  Djom,  and  Ra,  who  has  sometimes 
the  additional  title  of  Atmoo.  The 
obelisks  vary  in  sise:  some  have  a 
mean  diameter  of  about  5  feet,  and 
wlien  entire  may  have  been  from  50 
to  60  feet  high ;  and  tliose  at  the 
lower  extremity  of  the  avenue, 
farthest  from  the  naos,  measured 
about  S3  feet.  Some  of  the  obelisks 
are  of  dark,  others  of  light  red,  granite, 
which  might  appear  to  have  a  bad 
effect,  if  we  did  not  recollect  that  the 
Egyptians  painted  their  monuments, 
whether  of  granite  or  other  stone. 

The  name  of  Remeses  the  Great  is 
seen  throughout  the  temple.  In 
one  place  I  observed  that  of  his  im- 
mediate successor  Pthahmen,  and  on 
one  of  the  statues  above  mentioned 
are  the  ovals  of  an  unknown  king. 
Mr.  Burton,  also,  found  th<Me  of 
Osirtasen  III.  and  Tirhaka. 

llie  nao9  itself  was  very  small, 
being,  as  before  stated,  only  64  feet 
by  48;  and  it  presents  very  few 
traces  of  sculpture.  A  cornice,  and 
the  name  of  HajAt  or  the  god  Nilus, 
at  the  front,  and  the  figure  of  a  god, 
with  traces  of  hieroglyphics,  at  the 


236 


ROUTS    13.  —  CAIRO  TO  TANI8. 


Sect.  II. 


bftck,  are  all  that  I  could  find  upon  itt 
fallen  blocks. 

The  obeliskf  and  other  remains  are 
much  buried »  and  the  hieroglyphics 
cannot  be  copied,  without  previously 
clearing  them  from  the  soil  accumu- 
lated around  them.  On  the  mounds 
at  the  east  of  the  area  is  a  shekh*s 
tomb,  from  which  you  have  a  very  ex- 
tensive view  over  the  country;  and 
beyond  this,  nearly  in  a  line  with  the 
&  £.  comer  of  the  enclosure,  is  a 
broken  monolith  without  sculpture. 

Nearly  half  a  mile  from  the  temple, 
in  the  direction  of  S.  £.  by  S.,  are 
several  large  round  blocks  of  granite, 
in  two  lines,  wliich  appear  to  have 
once  formed  the  avenue  to  another 
temple,  now  destroyed.  They  are 
much  corroded,  and  I  could  discover 
no  hieroglyphics,  or  traces  of  sculp- 
ture, on  any  of  them.  They  stand 
nearly  east  and  west,  like  the  other 
temple,  and  at  the  western  end  are 
two  square  blocks  resembling  tablets ; 
about  80  feet  beyond  which  are  other 
remains  of  granite,  and  some  white 
stone,  probably  marking  the  site  of 
tlie  building  to  which  they  formed 
the  avenue.  On  the  mounds  to  the 
.  N.  W.  of  this  are  three  blocks  bear- 
ing the  name  of  the  great  Remeses ; 
and  on  those  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  great 
temple  are  the  walls  of  crude  brick 
bouses. 

The  modem  village  consists  of 
mere  huts,  with  the  exception  of  a 
Kasr  built  by  Shekeer  Effendi,  who 
set  up  nitre  works  here  some  years 
since,  of  which  the  ruins  alone  re- 
main. The  Kasr  is  occupied  by  an 
Armenian  agent  for  the  fisheries,  who 
was  absent  during  my  visit  to  Sao. 


ROUTE  13. 

CAXaO,  BT  WATia,  TO  BUBASTIS,  VHAK- 
AartHOS,  AKO  TAMIS. 

MHet. 
Cairo  to  entrance  of  Canal  of 

Mm<s.    (See  RouUn,)       -     48 
Minietel  {j^umh    •        -        -     15 


Bfilei. 

Bubastis  (Tel  Basta)      - 

-     19 

Zakaxeek       ... 

-       1 

Pharbaethus  (Harbayt)  - 

-     15 

Tanis  (or  San)       • 

.     5J5 

126 

The  canal  of  Moes,  or  Toorat 
Moex,  is  a  noble  work,  being  on  an 
average  about  150  feet  broad,  navi- 
gable  all  the  year  for  large  boata.  and 
having  the  character  of  a  river,  here 
and  there  with  small  islands,  and 
steep  banks,  like  the  Nile.  And 
such  is  its  importance  to  this  part  of 
the  country,  Uiat  it  has  been  styled 
the  "  Golden  Canal." 

The  abundance  of  fish  in  the  Toorat 
Moil  is  very  remarkable,  and  I  have 
seen  men  catch  many  of  the  silwnia 
shaU  with  their  bands  (as  at  Toweel), 
by    seeking    them    in    hollow  parts 
of  the  muddy  bottom.    Many  people 
are  employed  in  nshing   ihere  with 
nets,   rods,   and    lines;    which    last 
have    numerous    hooks    fastened  to 
them,  without  baits,  and  being  drag- 
ged along  the  bottom  of  the  canal  by 
men   holding  the  two  ends  from  the 
opposite  banks,  catch  those  that  are 
lodged  in  the  mud.     They  have  est»- 
blished    ferry-boato    on    the    Toorat 
Mdet,  which  are  dragged  across  by  a 
rope ;  and  the  scenes  of  confusion  in 
an  evening,  as  the  cattle  on  their  way 
home  cross  the  water,  are  often  very 
amusing. 

At  Miniet  el  Kvmh  is  a  Kasr  or  villa 
of  the  Pasha,  where  he  stops  occa- 
sionally to  assemble  the  chiefs  of  dis> 
tricts,  for  the  settlement  of  accounts, 
and  other  matters  relative  to  their 
administration;  and  at  Tel  Howeei 
are  the  mounds  of  an  old  town. 

BubatHn,  tlie  Pibeeetk  of  Scrip- 
ture, is  one  mile  to  the  south  of 
Zakaxeek,  and  nearly  the  same 
distance  from  the  canal.  It  is  now 
called  Tel  Basta,  or  the  <*  mound  of 
Basta,**  in  which  we  trace  the  ancient 
name  of  the  city  of  Paaht,the  Egyptian 
Diana.  The  mounds  are  very  exten- 
uwCf  and  consist  of  the  remains  of  the 


Effypi. 


BOI7TE    18.  —  BUBASTIS. 


237 


crude-brick  houses  of  the  town,  with 
the  usual  heaps  of  broken  pottery. 
They  are  of  great  height,  confirming 
the  remark  of  Herodotus,  that  Bu- 
bastis  was  raised  more  than  any  other 
place,  when  the  increasing  height  of 
the  Nile  rendered  it  necessary  to  ele- 
vate the  sites  of  the  towns  of  Egypt. 
Indeed,  the  description  he  gives  of 
the  pontion  of  the  temple  (below  the 
level  of  the  houses,  from  which  you 
looked  down  upon  it  on  all  sides  of 
the  sacred  enclosure),  as  well  as  of 
the  street  leading  from  its  vestibule 
to  the  temple  of  Mercury,  is  fully 
con  finned  by  the  actual  appearance 
of  Tel  Basta;  and  the  interest  we 
feel  in  finding  his  description  so  ac- 
curate, makes  us  regret  that  be  was 
not  equally  minute  in  his  notice  of 
other  places. 

From  what  he  tells  us  of  Sabaco, 
abolishing  capital  punisliments,  and 
condemning  those  who  were  guilty  of 
crimm,  to  the  labour  of  raising  the 
sites  of  their  native  towns,  it  appears 
that  tlie  people  of  the  Bubastite  nome 
did  not  enjoy  a  very  good  reputation, 
since  their  capital  was  raisied  more 
than  that  of  any  other  town.  He 
then  proceeds  to  describe  the  temple. 
**  Many  others,**  he  says,  *'  are  larger 
and  more  magnificent,  but  none  more 
beautiful  than  this.  The  goddess 
Bubastis  is  the  Diana  of  the  Greeks. 
The  temple  forms  a  peninsula  sur- 
rounded by  water  on  all  sides,  except 
that  by  which  you  enter.  Two  canals 
from  the  Nile  conduct  the  water  to 
the  entrance  by  separate  channels 
without  uniting,  and  then,  diverging 
in  opposite  directions,  flow  round  it 
to  the  right  and  left.  They  are  each 
a  hundred  feet  brood,  and  shaded 
with  trees.  The  propylaea  (towers 
of  the  propylseum)  are  10  argyt§  in 
height,  ornamented  with  beautiful 
figures  6  cubits  (9  feet)  high.  The 
temple  is  in  the  middle  of  the  town ; 
and  as  you  walk  round  it,  you  look 
down  upon  it  on  every  side;  for 
the  former  having  been  considerably 
raised,  while  the  temple  continues  on 


the  same  level  where  it  was  originally 
founded,  entirely  commands  it.  It 
is  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  circuit, 
sculptured  with  figures,  containing  a 
grove  of  very  large  trees,  planted 
round  the  body  of  the  temple  itself, 
in  which  is  the  statue  of  the  goddess. 
The  length  and  breadth  of  the  whole 
temple  measures  a  stadium.  At  the 
entrance  is  a  way  paved  with  stones 
about  three  stadia  long,  and  about 
four  plethra  broad,  planted  on  either 
side  with  very  lofty  trees,  which, 
after  crossing  the  market-place  in  an 
easterly  direction,  leads  to  the  temple 
of  ^Mercury." 

This  street,  from  the  temple  of  Pasht, 
(or  Bubastis)  to  that  of  Mercury, 
I  found  to  measure  2250  feet,  which 
exceeds  the  tlu-ee  stades  of  Herodotus ; 
but  the  breadth,  owing 4o  the  confused 
mass  of  fallen  walls,  could  not  be 
ascertained.  On  the  way  is  the  square 
he  mentions,  900  feet  from  the  temple 
of  Bubastis,  and  apparently  about 
200  feet  broad ;  though  we  may  con- 
clude its  original  size  to  have  been 
much  greater,  allowance  being  made 
for  the  walls  of  fallen  houses  with 
which  it  has  been  encumbered.  Her 
temple  is  entirely  destroyed;  but  from 
the  stones  that  remain,  we  may  readily 
believe  the  assertion  of  the  historian 
respecting  its  beau^,  the  whole  being 
of  the  finest  red  granite.  Its  total 
length  appears  to  have  been  about 
500  feet,  but  iu  breailtli  is  no  longer 
traceable.  The  sacred  enclosure  im« 
mediately  surrounding  it  was  about 
GOO  feet  square ;  and  the  outer  cir- 
cuit containing  this,  and  the  canal 
that  ran  round  it,  measured  940  feet 
by  1200,  the  breadth  exceeding  the 
length.  Few  hieroglyphics  remain; 
and  the  only  names  are  of  Remeses 
the  Great,  of  Osorkon,  and^if  Amyr- 
tsus.  I  observed  part  of  an  Egyptian 
ccHiiice,  with  hieroglyphics  and  some 
small  sculptures,  representing^ hem. 
and  other  deities;  and  near  it  another 
fragment  ornamented  witli  a  similar 
cornice  of  the  time  of  Osorkon. 
These  sculptures  probably  belonged 


238 


ROUTE    13.  —  CAIBO  TO  TA2?I8. 


Sect.  XL 


c 


to  A  chamber  near  the  adytum.  Thej 
are  very  singular.  In  the  centre  is  a 
sort  of  pillar,  passing  below  the  level 
of  the  picture,  which  I  could  not 
trace  to  the  bottom,  having  come  to 
water  after  digging  a  few  inches. 
Another  block  is  of  some  importance, 
as  it  gives  the  deity  of  the  place,  who, 
it  is  always  supposed,  had  a  lion*ft  or 
cat*s  headi  and  whose  name 
occurs  so  often  on  monu- 
ments about  the  pjrraraids. 
The  columns,  at  least  in  the 
vestibule,  had  lotus>hud  (or  papyrus- 
bud)  capitals,  in  the  ancient  Egyptian 
style ;  but  close  to  the  landing-place 
is  another,  said  to  have  been  taken 
many  years  ago  from  this  temple, 
which  has  the  palm  capital.  This, 
like  the  blocks  in  the  temple,  has  the 
ovals  of  Remeses  the  Great,  orer 
which  Osorkon  has  cut  his  name ; 
but  what  is  singular,  the  goddess  of 
the  city  is  nowhere  mentioned  upon 
it ;  and  the  principal  deity  who  gives 
**  life^*  to  the  Pharaoli,  b  the  square- 
eared  Ombo,  « the  son  of  Netpe.'! 
This  column,  when  entire,  was  about 
28  feet  long,  with  a  diameter  of  2 
feet  8  inches,  and  was  probably  in 
the  portico^  or  an  inner  part  of  the 
temple. 

In  these  and  other  ruins  of  the 
Delta  certain  peculiarities  may  be  ob- 
served, in  which  they  differ  from 
those  of  Upper  Bgypt.  In  the  latter 
the  walls  of  the  temples  are  sand- 
stone, and  the  columns  built  of  several 
pieces,  and  granite  is  confined  to 
obelisks,  statues,  doorways,  and  to  the 
adyta  of  some  remarkable  roonu> 
ments:  in  the  Dvlta  the  temples 
themselves  are  in  great  part  built  of 
granite,  and  the  porticoes  and  ves- 
tibules have  columns  of  a  single 
block  of  the  same  materials ;  which, 
as  far  as  I  remember,  have  not  been 
met  with  in  any  part  of  the  upper 
country.  • 

The  temple  of  Mercury  is  iu  a 
stfll  more  ruinous  state  than  that  of 
Pasbt :  a  few  red  granite  blocks  are 
all  that  remain  of  it,  and  one  only 


presents  a  few  imperfect    hierogly- 
phics. 

In  the  town,  the  plansof  some  of  the 
houses  may  be  traced,  as  well  as  the 
directions  of  some  of  the  streets  and 
alleys,  varying  from  14  feet  6  inches, 
to  7  feet ;  as  the  rooms  of  some 
houses  vary  from  26  feet  by  14,  to  7 
feet  square.  Here  and  there  are  some 
narrow  chambers,  or  recesses,  like 
coffins,  which  might  be  intended  for 
the  sepulture  of  the  sacred  animals. 
I  looked  in  vain  for  the  bones  of  cats ; 
but  some  human  bones  are  met  with 
among  the  crude  brick  ruins  to  the 
W.  of  the  temple,  where  one  small 
building  has  the  form  of  a  pyramid, 
eitlier  the  work  of  man  or  worn  into 
that  shape  by  the  rain.  On  that  side 
is  a  large  enclosure  of  crude  brick, 
268  feet  square,  with  walls  20  feet 
thick,  which  appears  to  have  been  a 
fort,  with  one  entrance  on  the  temple 
side.  On  the  N.  of  it  was  a  narrow 
street  Many  of  the  houses  of  Bu- 
bastis  have  been, burnt,  as  at  Thebes, 
Sals,  and  other  places ;  and  on  the  S. 
side  are  some  large  mounds  reddened 
by  fire,  and  fragments  of  pottery.  On 
the  way  you  pass  some  very  large  cir- 
cular pits,  with  square  margins  of 
crude*  brick. 

To  the  N.  E.  a  very  large  open 
space  lay  between  thew  all  of  the  town 
and  the  houses,  which  is  now  a  cul- 
tivated plain ;  and  at  one  end  of  it 
stood  the  temple  of  Mercury. 

At  Zakaseek  are  a  bridge  and 
sluices,  which  require  a  change  of 
boats  in  going  this  way  to  Tanis. 
Here  too  the  present  canal  to  Tel  el 
Wadee,  once  the  famous  canal  of 
Arsinoe,  commences;  and  it  is  re- 
markable that  this,  whose  mouth  has 
been  so  often  changed,  and  taken 
more  and  more  to  the  southward, 
should  return  at  last  to  the  vicinity  of 
Bubastis,  near  which,  Herodotus  says, 
it  was  first  opened. 

Harha^t  or  Heurhoft,  the  ancient 
JRIarfrcBfftiM,  and  the  capital  of  a  nome, 
to  which  it  gave  its  name,  is  between 
18  and  IS  miles  to  the  N.E.  of  Bu- 


Egypt    ROUTE  14.  —  CAmo  to  the  katron  lakes. 


239 


bastts.  It  presents  nothing  to  repay 
the  trouble  of  a  visit,  and  is  of  far  less 
extent  than  the  capital  of  the  adjoin- 
ing nome.  The  only  stone  remains 
are  shafts  of  red  granite  columns  of 
Roman  time,  and  fragments  of  fine 
grey  granite,  apparently  of  an  altar, 
and  part  of  a  statue,  which,  with 
mounds  and  crude  brick  ruins,  are  all 
that  remain  of  the  city.  It  stood  on 
the  Tanitic  branch,  and  was  a  town 
of  some  consequence  till  a  late  time, 
and  an  episcopal  see  under  the  Lower 
Empire.  It  is  still  occupied  in  part 
by  the  modem  village,  which  has  re* 
tained  the  ancient  name. 

During  the  winter  months,  afVer 
the  inundation,  the  canal  is  open  from 
Harbayt  to  Tanis,  but  in  February  it 
is  closed  again,  at  Kof6or-Nigm  below 
Harbayt,  and  the  only  way  of  going 
to  Tanis  by  water  is  from  Mensaleh. 

Between  Harbayt  and  Tanis,  the 
only  place  worthy  of  notice  is  Tel- 
Fakk6os,  the  ancient  Phacusa. 

For  the  description  of  Tanis,  see 
RouU  12. 


ROUTE  14. 

CAIRO  TO  TBB  MATROIT  LAKU. 

Miles. 
Cairo  by  water  to  Teraneh  («m 

Rouf  6.)  -  -  -  -  501 
Teraneh  to  Zakook  -         -  36| 

8T 

The  usual  route  from  the  Nile  to 
the  valley  of  the  Natron  Lakes,  or 
Wadee  Natr6on,  is  from  Ter&neh. 
The  journey  to  Zakeek,  or  Zakook, 
the  most  northerly  inhabited  spot  in 
the  Natron  valley,  occupies  about  18 
hours  on  camels. 

The  road,  on  quitting  the  Nile,  at 
the  distance  of  about  \\  mile  from 
Terineh,  passes  over  tlie  ruins  of  an 
ancient  town,  which  have  of  late  years 
been  turned  up  in  every  direction 
for  the  purpose  of  collecting  the  nitre 


that  abounds  in  all  similar  mounds 
throughout  Egypt.  These  ruins  are 
of  great  extent,  and  apparently,  from 
the  burnt  bricks  and  small  decomposed 
copper  coins  occasionally  found  amidst 
them,  of  Roman  time.  Some  columns, 
one  of  which  is  about  Sj  feet  in 
diameter,  have  also  been  met  with; 
but  no  object  of  value  has  presented 
itself  to  indicate  a  place  of  much  con- 
sequence ;  and  it  is  tlierefore  probable 
that  its  sise  was  rather  owing  to  its 
having  been  the  abode  of  the  many 
persons  employed  in  bringing  the 
natron  to  the  Nile,  than  to  the  im- 
portance it  possessed  as  At  Egyptian 
town.  This  opinion  is  in  some  de- 
gree confirmed  by  the  appearance  of 
a  large  road  leading  to  it  from  the  SL 
end  of  the  Natron  valley,  which  is 
still  used  by  those  who  go  from  that 
part  of  the  country  to  the  Convent  of 
St  Macarius.  Tliough  Teraneh  has 
succeeded  to,  and  derived  its  name 
from,  Terenuthis,  it  is  probable  that 
these  mounds  occupy  the  site  of  that 
ancient  town,  and  that  its  successor 
was  built  more  to  the  E.  in  conse- 
quence of  a  change  in  the  course  of 
the  river.  Momemphis  and  Menela'i 
urbs  also  stood  in  the  vicinity  of  Te- 
renuthis; and  the  ancient  road  to 
Nitriotis  is  said  by  Strabo  to  have  left 
the  Nile  not  far  from  those  places. 

According  toa  rough  observation,  I 
calculate  the  bank  of  the  Nile  at  Te- 
r&neh  to  be  about  58  feet  above  the 
village  of  Zakeek,  or  86  feet  above 
the  surface  of  the  Natron  lakes. 

The  village  of  Zakeek  occupies  the 
site  of  what  is  marked  in  Colonel 
Leake*s  Map  of  Egypt  as  an  ancient 
glass-house.  This  is  still  visible  be- 
neath, and  dose  to  the  house  built 
about  seventeen  years  since  by  some 
Europeans,  who  there  established 
works  for  drying  the  natron,  and  who 
then  founded  the  village,  which  now 
contains  50  or  60  ^uts,  and  about 
900  inhabitants  of  both  sexes.  The 
glass-house  is  probably  of  Roman 
time.  It  is  built  of  stone,  and  the 
scoria  of  common  green  glassy  and 


240 


R.    14.  —  CAIRO  TO   THE   NATRON  LAKES.         SeCt.  11. 


pieces  of  Uie  fused  matter  attached  to  ] 
the  stones,  sufficiently  indicate  its  site, 
as  their  rounded  summits  the  form  of 
three  distinct  ovens. 

The  natron  is  found  both  in  the 
plain  and  in  two  or  three  of  the  lakes. 
Those  from   which  it  is  principally 
taken  are  called  £1  Geonfed^h  and 
£1  Hamra.     Two  others,  £1  Khor- 
til  and  the  lesser  Melldhat  e*  Joon, 
also  produce  this  salt;    but,   being 
very  small,  they  yield  but  little  ;  and 
the  last  is  only  frequented   by  the 
Arabs,  who  smuggle  it  tlience  to  the 
Nile  chiefly  by  the  road  through  the 
Fy6om«     There  are  eight  lakes  which 
contain  water  all  the  year,  and  are 
called   Mell^hat.      The  largest  and 
roost  southerly,   MelUlhat  om   Re£- 
sheh,  produces  only  muriate  of  soda, 
or  common   salt.      Next  to  this  in 
sise  is  Mell&hat  e*  Ja^r,  also  a  salt 
lake  ;  then  £1  Goonfed^eh  and  Mel- 
lAhat  el  Hamra,  or  Dow£r  el  Hamra 
(from  its  round  form),  both  which 
contain  natron ;  tlien  the  larger  MeU 
Ubat  e*  Joon,  a  salt  lake;  then  ^* 
Rasoon^h,  another  salt  lake;    and 
last  £1  Khort^i,  and  the  lesser  Joon, 
which  two  produce  natron,  and  are 
much  inferior  in  sise  to  the  preceding. 
There  are  also  two  ponds  (birkeh), 
the  Birkeh   e*  Shookayfeh,  and  the 
Birkeh  e'    Rumied,  which    contain 
water  the  greater  part  of  the  year, 
but  are  dry  in   summer ;  and  a  few 
other  pools  not  worthy  of  notice,  some 
of  which  yield  natron  of  indifferent 
quality.     In  those  lakes  which  con- 
tain natron,  or  the  subcarbonate,  as 
well  as  the  muriate,  of  soda,  the  two 
salts  crystallise  separately ;  the  latter 
above,  iu  a  layer  of  about  18  inches, 
and   the  natron    below,  varying   in 
thickness,  according  to  the  form  or 
depth  of  the  bed  of  the  lake,   the 
thinnest  being  about  27  inches.      All 
the  lakes  contain  salt,  thou^   few 
have  natron ;    but  I  could  not  hear 
of  any  that  yield  sulphate  of  soda 
(Glauber's  Salts). 

The  water  in  the  lakes  varies  much 
in  height  at  different  seasons  of  the 


year.  They  begin  to  increase  about 
the  end  of  December,  and  continue 
to  rise  till  the  early  part  of  March, 
when  they  gradually  decrease,  and  in 
May  all  the  pools  and  even  the  two 
larger  Birkehs  are  perfectly  dry.  The 
abundance  of  water  in  winter  renders 
them  less  salt  than  in  the  subsequent 
months,  and  even  the  height  of  the 
MelUhat  diminishes  greatly  in  sum- 
mer, leaving  the  dry  part  covered  with 
an  incrustation  of  muriate,  or  subcar- 
bonatei  of  soda,  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  salt  they  contain.  The  dif^ 
ference  between  the  bed  of  the  Bir- 
kehs and  of  the  salt  and  natron  lakes 
is,  that  tlie  former,  when  the  water 
has  evaporated,  is  mud,  and  the  two 
latter  a  firm  incrustation ;  and  it  is  at 
this  time  that  the  natron  called  SoU 
tdnee  is  collected. 

The  natron  consists  of  two  kinds, 
the  white,  and  the  SoUdnee ;  the  latter 
taken  from  the  bed  of  the  lakes  as  the 
water  retires,  and  the  former  from 
the  low  grounds  that  surround  them, 
which  are  not  covered  by  water.  Thia 
is  the  best  quality.  It  is  prepared 
for  use  at  the  village  by  first  washing 
and  dissolving  it  in  water,  and  then 
exposing  it  to  the  sun  in  an  open 
court ;  from  which  it  is  removed  to 
the  oven,  and  placed  over  a  fire  in  a 
trough,  till  all  the  moisture  is  ex- 
tracted. It  is  then  put  into  a  dry 
place,  and  sent  to  the  Nile  for  ex- 
portation to  £urope ;  but  the  ScUante 
is  taken,  in  the  state  in  which  it  is 
found,  direct  to  Cairo.  In  measuring 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  water,  that 
of  the  lakes  containing  natron  and 
salt  is  found  to  mark  35  keer4t  (carats) 
in  summer,  immediately  before  it  dries 
up  ;  in  January  and  February,  about 
24  ;  the  well  water  of  the  village  one, 
and  that  of  the  Nile  0. 

The  Wadee  Natr6on  is  not  the  only 
district  in  which  natron  is  produced. 
It  is  found  in  the  valley  of  £iletliyas, 
now  £1  K£b,  where  it  crystallises  on 
the  borders  of  some  small  ponds  to 
the  eastward  of  the  ancient  town. 
The  shores  of  the  lake  Moeris  are  also 


Egypt      ROUTE    14.  —  CAIRO   TO   THE   NATRON   LAKES.  241 


said  to  yield  it,  as  well  as  "  the  vici- 
nity of  Alexandria,  near  the  lake 
Mareotis,  and  the  Isthmus  of  Suez.'* 
Some  is  also  brought  by  the  caravans 
from  Darfour ;  and  from  specimens  I 
saw  in  the  hands  of  the  Jellabs,  wliom 
I  met  at  the  great  Oasis,  the  latter 
appears  to  be  of  very  good  quality. 
It  IS  much  sought  to  give  a  pungency 
to  snuff. 

There  are  several  springs  of  fresh 
water  in  the  Natron  valley,  the  purest 
of  which  are  at  the  convents  (or  rather 
monasteries)  to  the  S. ;  that  of  Dayr 
Baram6os  being  slightly  salt.  The 
water  rises  from  and  reposes  on  a  bed 
(^clay,  which  I  found  close  to  Zakeek, 
and  at  the  base  of  the  hills  to  the  west- 
ward ;  and  I  have  no  doubt,  from 
what  I  observecl  here,  and  at  the 
Oases,  that  it  filters  beneath  the  moun- 
tains that  separate  the  V/adee  Natro6n 
from  the  Nile ;  and,  being  carried 
over  tlie clay  which  constitutes  the  base 
of  the  Libyan  chain,  finds  an  exit  in 
these  low  valleys,  forming  springs 
of  fresh  water  in  places  where  the  soil 
is  free  from  all  saline  matter,  and  salt 
springs  or  ponds  of  natron  when  the 
earth,  through  which  it  passes  from 
the  clay  to  the  surface,  presents  that 
foreign  substance  deposited  of  old  in 
the  neighbouring  strata.  The  same 
is  tlie  case  in  many  parts  of  £gypt ; 
and  in  support  of  this  opinion  I  need 
only  state,  that  the  water  uf  all  the 
salt  wells  becomes  much  sweeter 
when  a  quantity  has  been  quickly 
taken  out ;  proving  the  water  itself  to 
be  originally  fresh,  and  rendered  salt 
by  contact  with  earth  containing  saline 
matter. 

It  seems  singular  that  the  lakes 
should  rise  so  long  after  tlie  high 
Nile,  a  period  of  nearly  three  months ; 
and  this  can  only  be  explained  by 
the  slowness  of  the  water's  passage 
through  the  strata  of  the  mountains 
intervening  between  the  river  and  this 
distant  valley  ;  which,  judging  from 
the  time  the  Nile  water  takes  to  ooxe 
through  the  alluvial  deposit  of  its  banks 
to  the  edge  of  the  desert,  frequently 
Egypt, 


not  more  than  a  mileor  two  off,  appears 
to  be  proportionate  to  the  increase  of 
distance.  The  dip  of  the  strata  that 
border  the  Natron  valley,  is  towards 
the  north-east,  whence  it  is  that  the 
descents  to  it  and  the  adjacent  Wadce 
Eargh  are  more  rapid  to  the  west  than 
to  the  east ;  and  this  is  consistent  with 
the  lower  level  of  the  former  valley. 

The  Wadee  Natroon  boasts  a 
very  small  population  ;  the  village  of 
Zakeek  and  the  four  monasteries,  con- 
taining altogether  not  more  than  277 
inhabitants,  of  which  the  village,  as 
before  stated,  has  200,  and  the  con- 
vents the  remaining  77  ;  —  Dayr 
Suri&ni  SO  to  40,  St.  Macarius  22, 
Amba  Bishoi  13,  and  Dayr  Bara- 
moos  7.  The  inmates  of  all  these 
monasteries  are  Coptx,  though  Dayr 
Bararo6os  is  said  to  be  of  Greek,  as 
the  Suriani  of  Syrian,  origin.  They 
ofiTer  little  to  interest  a  stranger,  and 
are  inferior  in  sixe  and  importance  to 
those  of  St.  Antony  and  St.  Paul,  in 
the  eastern  desert,  to  which  they  also 
yield  in  point  of  antiquity.  They 
are,  however,  quite  as  well  built ;  and 
some  portions  of  them,  particularly 
the  churches  in  the  tower  of  St.  Ma- 
carius, are,  perhaps,  superior  in  point 
of  construction.  Indeed,  the  slender 
marble  columns  that  adorn  its  upper 
church  are  very  elegant ;  and  many 
of  the  arches  in  the  lower  part  of  the' 
convent  are  far  better  than  we  should 
expect  to  find  in  these  secluded  re- 
gions. 

Each  community  is  governed  by  a 
superior. "  some  ofthe  monks  are  priests, 
with  the  title  of  father  ( Aboona),  and 
the  rest  lay  brethren. 

Some  of  the  monasteries  have  a 
collection  of  books,  rather  than  a 
library,  composed  of  Arabic,  Coptic, 
and  Syriac  MSS.,  mostly  relating  to 
the  Church  service  and  religious  sub- 
jects. 

Mr.  Tattam,  on  his  visit  to  these 
lAonasteries,  brought  away  upwards 
of  fifty  volumes ;  among  which  was 
a  treatise  of  Eusebius,  not  previously 
known,  and  on  his  return,  in  1842,  he 


242 


ROUTE    14.  —  CAIRO  TO  THE  NATRON  LAKES.   Sect  XL 


obtained  four  times  thAt  numbei  of 
MSS.,  all  indeed  tliat  were  not  umnI 
by  the  monks. 

Each  monastery  does  or  ought  to 
possess  a  ketab  Hillemee,  or  vocabu- 
lary, in  which  each  Coptic  word  Is 
placed  opposite  its  equivalent  in 
Arabic  ;  not  arranged  aipliabetically, 
but  under  various  heads,  as  parts  of 
the  human  body,  vegetables^  utensils, 
&c.,  as  well  as  the  names  of  towns  in 
Egypt.  These  last  have  been  of  great 
use  in  fixing  the  positions  of  many 
ancient  places.  It  is  however  to  be 
regretted  that  some  of  the  names  are 
far  from  certain,  owing  to  the  ignor- 
ant presumption  of  the  copyists,  who 
have  often  introduced  the  name  they 
supposed  the  town  to  have  had,  with 
or  in  lieu  of  that  in  the  M&  they 
were  employed  to  copy ;  instances  of 
which  I  observed  in  the  vocabulary 
at  Dayr  Macarius,  where  Babylon  is 
said  to  be  the  same  as  On  (the  ancient 
Heliopolis),  and  the  Matareeh  of  the 
Arabs. 

The  Natron  convents  or  monasteries 
are  all  surrounded  by  a  lofty  wall» 
with  an  entrance  on  one  side,  so  low 
that  you  are  obliged  to  stoop  down  on 
entering ;  and  on  the  outside  are  two 
large  millstones,  generally  of  gra- 
nite, which  in  case  of  danger  are 
rolled  together  into  the  passage  after 
the  door  has  been  closed,  in  order 
that  the  Arabs  shall  neither  burn  it 
nor  break  it  open ;  tlie  stones  being 
too  heavy  and  fitting  too  closely  to  be 
moved  from  without^  and  intervening 
between  tlie  enemy  and  the  door. 
Those  who  have  rolled  them  into  the 
passage  are  afterwards  drawn  up  by  a 
rope  through  a  trap-door  above ;  and 
the  want  of  provisions  soon  obliges 
the  Arabs  to  raise  the  unprofitable 
siege,  which  not  having  been  pro- 
voked by  any  outrage  committed  by 
tlie  monks,  seldom  leaves  in  the  recol- 
lection of  the  aggressors  any  rancorous 
feelings ;  and  it  rarely  happens  that 
they  illtreat  those  whom  they  happen 
to  meet  on  their  way  to  the  Nile. 
Notwithstanding   the    lowoess    of 


fliese  doorways,  the  cattle  that  turn 
the  water-wheels  for  irrigating  the 
gardens,  and  the  mills  for  grinding 
the  com,  are  made  to  pass  through  on 
their  knees ;  and  even  tbe  oxen  we 
bad  with  us  were  subjected  to  this 
operation,  boms,  legs,  and  tail  being 
in  turns  pulled,  to  force  them  through 
the  unaccommodating  aperture  ;  fear 
of  the  Arabs,  who  had  a  few  days  be- 
fore carried  off  some  cattle  belonging 
to  Zakeek,  having  rendered  this  pre- 
caution  necessary. 

As  soon  as  the  bell  lias  announced 
the  arrival  of  a  stranger,  proper  in- 
quiries and  observations  are  made,  to 
ascertain  that  there  is  no  danger  in 
opening  the  door  for  his  reception; 
and  no  Arabs  are  admitted,  unless, 
by  forming  his  escorti  they  have  some 
one  responsible  for  their  conduct. 
On  entering,  you  turn  to  the  right 
and  left,  through  a  labyrinth  of  pas- 
sages and  small  courts,  and  at  last 
arrive  at  the  abode  of  the  superior  and 
the  principal  monks.  This  part  con- 
sists of  numerous  small  rooms,  each 
with  a  door  serving  as  an  entrance  for 
the  inmate  and  his  share  of  light,  which 
is  fastened  up  during  his  absence  at 
prayers  or  other  avocations  with  a 
wooden  lock,  whose  key  might  serve  as 
an  ordinary  bludgeon.  In  some  parta 
of  the  world  the  bearer  of  such  an  in- 
strument about  his  person  might  run 
a  risk  of  an  est,  for  carrying  a  dan. 
gerous  weapon ;  and  it  is  by  no 
means  certain  that  an  Oriental  ink- 
stand would  not  render  him  liable  to 
a  similar  accusation. 

A  garden  with  a  few  palms,  some 
olive,  nebk  ( Rhemnus  Nabeca),  and 
other  fruit  trees,  occupies  the  centre 
of  the  principal  court ;  and  here  is 
frequently  one  of  the  churches;-. 
,  for  these  monasteries  contain  more 
j  tluin  one,  and  tlie  tower  or  keep  of 
St.  Macarius  has  no  less  than  three 
within  it,  one  over  the  other;  as  if 
additional  services  were  required  when 
the  danger  was  great,  the  tower  be- 
ing the  last  place  of  refuge,  when  tlie 
entrance  has  been  forc^l^  or  tbe  walla 


Egypt    ROtJTE  14.  —  cairo  to  the  natron  lakes. 


243 


scaled.  Retreating  to  this,  they  pull 
up  the  wooden  drawbridge  that  se- 
parates it  from  the  rest  of  the  build- 
ing:  a  well  of  water  and  a  supply  of 
provisions  always  deposited  there,  and 
never  allowed  to  decrease  below  a 
certain  quantity,  secures  them  against 
the  risk  of  want  of  food ;  and  the 
time  occupied  in  the  siege,  ere  the 
Arabs  could  effect  an  entrance,  would 
always  be  sufficient  to  enable  them  to 
remove  every  thing  eatable,  or  other- 
wise va]uiU>le,  from  below,  and  render 
the  occupation  of  the  body  of  the 
place  totally  unprofitable  to  the  in- 
truders. 

Every  civility  is  shown  to  the  stranger 
during  his  stay,  which  I  experienced 
both  at  Dayr  Suri&ni  and  St.  Maci^ 
rius,  particularly  from  the  superior  of 
the  latf  er ;  and  I  have  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  the  others  are  equally  hos- 
pitable. The  room  allotted  to  a 
stranger  at  Dayr  Suri&ni  is  large  and 
well  lighted  ;  but  I  recommend  him 
to  remove  the  mats  before  he  takes  up 
his  abode  there,  otherwise  he  is  not 
likely  to  pass  a  comfortable  night, 
under  the  assaults  of  some  hundreds 
of  bugs;  and  he  will  run  a  risk  of 
carrying  away  many  scora  in  his  bag- 
gage, which  may  continue  to  torment 
him,  and  people  the  houses  of  his  fu- 
ture hosts,  unless  he  can  spare  a  cou- 
ple of  hours  in  the  morning  to  clear 
bis  things  of  these  intruders.  St 
Macarius  is  free  from  this  scourge ; 
but  of  the  other  two  I  can  say  nothing, 
not  having  passed  the  night  either  at 
Baramo6s  or  Amba  Bishoi. 

The  Dajrr  Suri^ni  was  built  by  one 
Honnes,  a  holy  personage,  whose  tree 
is  still  seen  about  a  couple  of  miles  to 
the  southward,  near  the  ruins  of  two 
other  convents.  It  is  supposed  to  re- 
semble Noah*s  ark  in  form,  though  in 
no  other  respects ;  for  here,  as  at 
other  Coptic  monasteries,  the  admis- 
sion of  women  is  strictly  prohibited, 
to  the  g^eat  discomfiture  of  any  ladies 
who  may  happen  to  visit  these  regions. 
But  though  stem  and  inflexible,  like 
other  monks,  respecting  the  admission 


of  women,  and  in  refusing  to  all  but 
t}*e  unmarried  the  privileges  of  a  mo- 
nastic life,  they  do  not  exclude  a 
widower,  on  his  renouncing  for  ever 
the  thoughts  of  matrimony.  The 
rules  of  the  Coptic  church  are  even  so 
indulgent  as  to  allow  a  priest,  who 
has  not  taken  monastic  vows,  to  marry 
once ;  but  the  death  of  this  his  only 
wife  condemns  him  to  future  celibacy, 
though  it  should  happen  a  few  weeks 
after  the  celebration  of  the  marriage 
rites.  Like  the  Greeks,  they  adopt 
the  command  in  1  Tim.  iii.  2 — 12. 

The  title  of  the  superior  of  a  mo- 
nastery is  Gcnimos,  He  is  next  in 
rank  to  a  bishop.  The  bend  of  the 
Coptic,  like  the  Greek  and  other 
eastern  churches,  is  the  patriarch,  who 
answera  to  the  pope  of  Rome,  and  is 
elected  to  this  high  office  from  among 
the  fathers  of  St.  Antony,  or  some 
other  monastery.  Next  to  him  is  the 
mutr&n,  who,  appointed  by  the  Egyp- 
tian patriarch,  is  sent  to  Abyssinia  to 
superintend  that  offiiet  of  the  Coptic 
church.  In  former  times,  when  the 
patriarch  lived  in  Alexandria,  there 
was  a\nutrlin  at  Cairo;  but  his  re- 
moval to  the  capital  has  rendered  this 
office  unnecessary ;  and  the  only  dig- 
nitary now  holding  that  title  is  thA 
chief  of  the  Abyssinian  Christians; 
who  at  his  death  is  succeeded  by  ano- 
ther from  Cairo,  sent  in  chains  to  his 
see,  as  if  to  demonstrate  with  full 
effect  the  truth  of  *<  nolo  epiwcopari." 

Egypt,  which  once  swarmed  with 
monks,  and  was  not  less  prolific  in 
nuns,  has  now  only  seven  monasteries, 
and  is  entirely  destitute  of  nunneries, 
whose  inmates  might  not  perhaps  feel 
safe  in  a  country  in  the  hands  of  the 
Moslems.  These  seven  are  the  two 
in  the  eastern  desert  of  St  Antony 
and  St.  Paul,  the  four  of  tite  Natron 
valley,  and  one  at  Gebel  Koskam,  in 
Upper  Egypt.  To  these  the  name 
monastery  properly  belongs  ;  and 
convent  may  be  confined  to  those 
where  women  are  admitted  as  well  as 
men,  as  in  the  numerous  Dayrt  on 
the  Nile.  The  Dayr  el  Adra  oix 
M  3 


244 


EOUTE    14.  —  CAIRO  TO   THE   NATRON  LAKES.    Scct.  11*^ 


Gebel  e'  Tayr,  those  of  Bibbeh,  Boosh, 
Negadeh,  A  boo  Honnes,  near  Ami- 
noe,  tbree  in  the  capital,  and  two  at 
Old  Cairo,  Amba  Samoeel  and  Dayr 
cl  Hamnnim  in  the  Fyoom,  thone  of 
Alexandria,  Girgeh,  Abydus,  £kh- 
mim,  Mellawee,  Sook,  Feesheh  near 
Menoof,  "the  red  and  white  monas- 
teries,'* that  of  Amba  Shn6odeh,  near 
Soohdg,  as  well  as  others  ijn  different 
parts  of  Egypt,  no  longer  have  the 
character  of  monasteries,  the  priests 
being  seculars,  and  the  inmates  of 
both  sexes.  They  bear,  however,  the 
name  of  monasteries^  and  are  looked 
upon  with  peculiar  respect  ;  the 
churches  are  visited  as  possessing 
peculiar  sanctity,  and  one-  called  Sitte 
Gamian,  near  Damietta,  has  the 
honour  of  an  annual  pilgrimage, 
which  is  attended  by  the  devmit  from 
all  parts  of  the  country. 

Tradition  states  their  former  num- 
ber in  Egypt  and  its  deserts  to  have 
been  366,  a  favourite  amount  in  tra- 
ditions of  the  country,  which  has  been 
given  to  the  villages  of  the  Fyoom, 
as  well  as  to  the  windows  of  the  tem- 
ple of  Dendera. 

llie  district  of  Nitria,  or  Nitriotis, 
is  sometimes  known  as  the  Desert  of 
St.  Macarius,  whose  monastery  still 
remains  there,  a  short  distance  to  the 
S.  of  the  Natron  lakes,  from  which  it 
it  is  separated  by  a  few  low  hills. 
Here  too  are  the  ruins  of  three  other 
similar  buildings,  once  the  abode  of 
monks  ;  and  about  half  a  mile  to  the 
£.  are  mounds  of  pottery,  that  indt- 
cate  the  site  of  an  ancient  town. 
The  remains  of  Pagan  date  are  rare 
in  this  valley :  even  tlie  small  stone 
ruin,  521  miles  to  the  S-  W.  of  Dayr 
Suri&ni,  is  of  Christian  time  ;  and 
it  is  difficult  to  fix  the  position  of  the 
two  towns  of  Nitriotis,  the  only  an- 
cient remains  being  the  glass-house 
of  Zakeek,  and  the  heaps  of  pottery 
just  mentioned.  The  former,  per- 
haps,  marks  the  site  of  Nitria,  and 
tbe  latter  Sciatliis,  whence  this  district 
received  the  appellation  of  Sciathia, 
or  Sciatbica  regio,  in  Coptic  Shi^ 


Strabo  says  it  contained  tteo  pita 
(lakes)  of  nitre  (natron),  the  inhabit- 
ants worshipped  Sarapis,  and  it  was 
the  only  district  of  Egypt  where 
sheep  were  sacrificed  ;  though  Hero- 
dotus tells  us  the  Mendesians  had 
also  the  custom  of  immolating  them 
to  the  deity  of  their  city. 

The  Coptic  name  of  tlie  town  of 
Nitria  was  Phanihosem,  and  the  dis- 
trict was  called  Pmam-pihMem. 

Other  ruined  convents  may  be 
seen  about  two  miles  to  the  S.  of  tbe 
Dayr  Suri^ni ;  and  the  vestiges  of  a 
few  others  may  be  traced  here  and 
there  in  the  Natron  valley  ;  but  it 
would  be  difficult  now  to  discover  the 
sites  of  the  50  mentioned  by  Gibbon, 
or  even  half  that  number.  The  mo* 
dern  monks  are  little  interested  about 
the  ruined  abodes  of  their  prede- 
cessors :  they  are  ignorant  even  of 
the  history  of  their  church ;  and  it 
would  be  difficult  to  find  any  one  to 
point  out  the  convent  where  the  am- 
bitious Cyril  passed  some  years,  under 
the  restraint  of  a  monastic  life. 

The  productions  of  the  Wadee 
Natron  are  few ;  and  from  its  dreary 
appearance,  it  might  be  supposed  to 
boast  of  nothing  but  the  salt  and 
natrcm,  for  which  it  is  indebted  to 
its  barrenness  and  its  name.  Two 
other  articles,  however,  of  some 
importance  are  grown  there,  and 
exported  thence  to  the  Nile,  —  the 
rushes  {toamdr),  and  bulrushes  (bSer^ 
dee),  used  for  making  the  well-known 
mats  of  Egypt,  that  tend  so  much 
to  the  comfort  of  the  Cairenes.  Of 
the  former  the  best  kind  are  made, 
called  Mendofte,  from  the  town  where 
they  are  manufactured  ;  of  the  latter 
an  inferior  quality,  most  commonly 
used  at  Cairo,  the  Menoofee  being 
principally  confined  to  the  houses  of 
the  rich.  But  it  is  not  to  the  Natron 
valley  that  tbe  Men6ofee  mats  are 
indebted  for  the  best  rushes ;  those  of 
£1  Maghra  or  WMee  e*  Sooro^r  ("  the 
valley  of  rushes")  are  greatly  superior* 
and  are  brought  across  the  desert  ex  - 
pressly  for  this  manufacture.   Wiidee 


l^ypt.     ROUTE    14. —  CAmO  TO  THE  NATRON  LAKfiS,  245 


el  Maghra  is  on  the  road  to  S^ewah 
from  the  Nile,  and  is  three  days 
from  the  Natron  lakes.  The  name 
beerdee,  or  burdee,  is  also  applied  to 
the  papyrus ;  but  that  of  the  Natron 
lakes  is  a  common  bulrush,  or 
typha* 

The  aspect  of  the  Natron  valley  is 
no  less  gloomy  from  the  sands  that 
have  invaded  it,  than  from  the  ch»* 
racter  of  the  few  plants  it  produces. 
No  trees,  no  esculent  vegetables,  re- 
lieve  the  monotony  of  the  scene,  or 
reward  the  labour  of  him  who  at- 
tempts  to  rear  them :  the  palm,  which 
seems  to  belong  to  every  district  of 
Egypt  where  water  can  be  found,  is 
here  a  stunted  bush ;  and  no  attempt 
has  been  successful  to  enable  it 
to  attain  the  height  or  character  of  a 
tree.  The  few  that  are  found  between 
Zakeek  and  Dayr  Baramo6s,  and  to 
the  east  of  Dayr  Macarius,  seem  only 
to  rise  above  the  earth  to  bear  witness 
to  the  barrenness  of  the  salt  and  sandy 
soil,  which  condemns  them  to  asso- 
ciate with  its  other  stunted  produc- 
tions. These  too,  which  are  of  the 
most  humble  species  common  to 
sandy  districts,  are  smaller  than  in 
otiier  deserts:  the  tamarisk  is  even 
rare  here,  and  notliing  appears  to 
flourish  except  the  mesembrian- 
themum  and  bulrushes.  These  last 
grow  both  in  the  water,  and  at  a 
distance  from  the  lakes,  amidst  the 
sand-hills  of  the  plain.  In  the  water 
they  reach  the  height  of  10  feet. 

The  animals  that  frequent  this  dis- 
trict are  the  gazelle,  buk  kar  el  Wahsh 
("  wild  cow'*),  or  antelope  defaua,  the 
jerboa,  fox,  and  otliers  common  to 
the  Libyan  desert;  and  some  tra- 
vellers mention  the  stag  ;<  though  I 
could  not  find  any  one  who  had  seen 
or  even  heard  of  it,  either  in  the 
Wadee  Natro6n  or  the  adjacent 
valley.  I  do  not,  however,  affirm 
that  it  has  not  been  seen  there :  the 
sculptures  of  the  ancient  Egyptians 
represent  it  as  an  animal  of  their 
country,  and  the  horns  are  sometimes 
sold  in  the  streets  of  Cairo,  as  rarities 


brought  by  the  Arabs,  and  strangelymis 
called  by  the  sellers  **  fishes*  bones.*' 

Water-fowl  abound ;  ducks  are  in 
great  numbers,  and  water-hens,  jacki 
snipes,  sandpipers,  and  other  birds 
common  to  the  lakes  and  ponds  of 
Egypt,  frequent  the  shores  of  the 
Natron  lakes. 

The  length  of  the  W&dee  Natro6a 
is  about  22  miles,  its  breadth,  reckon- 
ing from  the  slope  of  the  low  hills 
that  surround  it,  5\  in  the  broadest 
part ;  though  the  actual  level  plain  is 
not  more  than  two,  and  is  here  and 
there  studded  with  isolated  hills,  and 
banks  of  rock  covered  with  sand.  Tlie 
ascent  from  it  towards  the  Babr  el 
Fargh  is  very  gradual,  but  the  descent 
to  this  last  is  rapid,  more  so  even  than 
on  the  eastern  side  of  tlie  Natron  val- 
ley ;  the  Bahr  el  Fargh  is,  however, 
less  deep  than  its  Eastern  neighbour, 
though  it  surpasses  it  both  in  length 
and  breadth.  The  hills  that  separate 
the  two  valleys,  as  well  as  the  low  banks 
that  form  the  undulating  ground  of 
the  Bahr  el  Fargh,  are  covered  with 
rounded  silicious  pebbles,  with  here 
and  there  pieces  of  petrified  wood 
and  coarse  gritstone,  lying  amidst 
loose  sand,  the  rocks  below  being 
a  coarse  sandstone.  These  agatiscd 
woods  are  mostly  palms,  a  knotted 
wood,  apparently  of  a  thorny  kind, 
and  a  jointed  stem  resembling  a  cane, 
or  a  solid  bamboo,  precisely  the 
same  that  are  found  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  Nile,,  at  the  back  of  the 
Mokuttum  range  behind  Cairo.  The 
pebbles  and  woods  have  probably 
been  once  imbedded  in  a  friable  layer 
of  sandstone,  which,  having  been  de- 
composed and  carried otf  by  the  wind, 
has  left  these  heavier  bodies  upon  the 
surface  of  the  stratum  next  beneath  it; 
while  its  lighter  particles  have  con- 
tributed not  a  little  to  increase  the 
quantity  of  sand  in  these  districts  : 
and,  indeed,  the  rock  immediately 
below  is  of  a  texture  little  more  com- 
pact than  that  which  I  suppose  to 
have  been  thus  removed. 

Tux    BAHa    EL    Faxgr.  ^The 
M  S 


246 


ROUTE   15. — CAIRO  TO  OASIS  OF  AMHON.       Sect.  11. 


JBahr  el  Fargh,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes 
called,  Bahr'bda''ma,  runs  towards  the 
Widee  e*  Soomir  (or  £1  Maghra),  on 
the  road  to  S4ewah  on  one  side,  and 
to  the  back  of  the  mountains  on  the 
west  of  the  Birket  el  Koru  in  the 
F^oom  on  the  other ;  another  branch 
diverging  towards  the  east,  and  com- 
municating with  the  valley  of  the 
Nile  a  little  below  Abooroifeh,  about 
five  or  six  miles  nortli  of  the  pyramids 
of  Geezeh.  The  bills  that  border  it 
are  of  irregular  form,  its  bed  is  varied 
by  numerous  elevated  ridges,  and 
depriving  it  of  all  the  character  of 
a  river,  which  many  suppose  it 
originally  to  have  been.  Some  have 
even  claimed  it  for  the  Nile,  as  an  old 
bed  of  that  river,  seeing  in  the  petrified 
wood  within  its  bed  and  on  the  adja* 
cent  hills  the  remains  of  boats  that 
navigated  this  ancient  channel.  But 
instances  of  similar  hollow  valleys  are 
not  wanting  in  the  Oases  and  other 
parts  of  the  limestone  regions,  both 
in  the  western  and  eastern  deserts. 


ROUTE  15. 

CAIRO   TO  THK    SXEWAH,   0%   OASIS  OP 
AMMON. 

Days. 

Cairo,  by  water,  to  Ter&neh.  (  See 

Route  6.   Section  I.   and  last 

Route)         ....  I 
Natron  Valley  (good  water)  37 

miles  ....  1 

El  Mdghra,  or  Wddee  e'  Soomir 

(brackish  water)  -         *  ^1 

£1  Ebah,  or  Libba  (salt  water)  1 

£1  Gara  (good  water)       -         •  S 

'  Town  of  S4ewah  (good  water)  .  3 

Days  10} 

From  £1  £bah  the  salt  water  is 
taken  to  Alexandria,  and  used  as 
medicine. 

The  most  usual  and  perhaps  the 
best  route  to  the  Oasis  of  Ammon  is 
from  Cairo  by  Tcr^neh  (as  above) ; 
*«ut  there  is  one  from  Alexandria  by 


Baratoon ;  another  from  Terinch  by 
Baratoon ;  and  a  third  from  the 
Fy6om  by  the  Little  Oasis. 

a.  The  road  from  Alexandria  goes 
by  the  sea-coast  as  far  as  Baratoon, 
the  ancient  Parstonium,  and  then 
turns  south  to  the  S^wah.  It  was 
the  road  taken  by  Alexander.  Browne 
went  by  it  in  1792,  and  reached 
S^wah  in  15  days.  At  Baratoon 
are  some  ruins  of  Paretonium,  which 
Strabo  describes  as  a  city,  with  a 
large  port,  measuring  40  stadia  across. 
By  some  it  was  called  Ammonia. 

b.  That  from  Terineh  goes  to 
HamroiLm,  and  thence  by  Bsratoon 
to  the  S6ewah  ;  but  it  is  a  long  round, 
and  there  is  no  good  water  except  at 
Hamm^m. 

c.  For  the  road  from  the  Fy6ora 
to  the  Little  Oasis,  ler  Route  18. 

From  that  Oasis  to  the  S^wah, 
they  reckon  7  days,  making  only  a 
total  of  10  days  from  the  Fyo6in  ;  but 
the  journey  from  the  Nile  may  be  caU 
culated  at  1 1 J  or  12  days,  which  is  the 
distance  given  by  Pliny  from  Mem- 
phis. In  going  from  £1  Kasr,  or  from 
Bowitti  in  the  Little  Oasis,  they 
reckon  4  days  to  Suttra,  a  small 
irrigated  spot  with  salt  water,  but 
without  any  palms ;  then  one  day 
and  a  half  to  Ar'rag,  where  are  palms 
and  springs  of  good  water;  to  the 
north  of  which,  and  separated  from  it 
by  a  hill,  is  Bahrayn,  a  valley  with 
palms  and  water.  This  is  out  of  the 
road.  From  Ar'rag  to  Mcrtesek  is 
one  day.  It  has  a  few  palms,  and 
water  under  the  sand.  ^Thence  to 
S4ewah  is  one  day. 

The  Arabic  name  of  the  "  Oasis 
of  Amnum,**  Siwakt  or  See-wah,  is 
doubtless  taken  from  the  ancient 
Egyptian.  Jt  consists  of  two  parts, 
the  eastern  and  western  district ;  the 
former  the  most  fertile,  and  abound- 
ing in  date  trees.  According  to 
Browne,  it  is  6  miles  in  length,  and 
from  4^  to  5  in  breadth  ;  but  from  the 
irregular  form  of  all  the»e  valleys  it 
is  difficult  to  fix  the  exact  sise  of  any 
one  of  them  $  and  this  measurement 


Egypt        RO€TB    15 CAIRO  TO  OASIS  OF  AMHON. 


247 


of  6  miles  can  only  include  the  eastern 
part  about  the  town  of  Stwah.  Be- 
tween 2  and  3  miles  to  the  east  of 
S^wah  is  the  temple  of  Amun,  now 
called  Om  Baydah,  <*  mother  white ;  '* 
and  near  it  is  what  is  supposed  to  be 
the  fountain  of  the  Sun,  which  mea- 
sures about  80  feet  by  5$^  and  is  form- 
ed by  springs.  The  water  appears  to 
be  warmer  in  the  night  than  the  day, 
and  is  12^  heavier  in  speci6c  gra- 
vity than  that  of  the  Nile. 

The  ruins  at  Om  Baydah  are  not 
of  very  great  citent,  but  sufficient 
remains  to  show  the  style  of  building; 
and  many  of  the  sculptures  still  re- 
main. 

Amun-Neph,  or  Amun,  with  the 
attributes  of  the  ram-headed  god,  as 
might  be  expected,  is  the  principal 
deity.  The  figures  of  other  divinities 
are  also  preserved,  and  the  many 
hieroglyphics  that  remain  on  the 
walls,  and  fallen  stones,  make  us  re- 
gret that  these  records  of  so  remark- 
able a  monument  should  not  have 
been  all  copied.  These  remains,  in 
a  place  possessing  such  hi*ttorical  as. 
sociations  as  the  '*  Oasis  of  Aramon," 
certainly  offer  as  great  an  interest  as 
any  in  Egypt ;  and,  judging  from  the 
destruction  of  temples  in  other  parts 
of  the  country,  we  can  scarcely  hope 
for  the  continued  preservation  of 
these  ruins.  Baron  Minutoli  has 
given  many  curious  details  and  views 
of  this  temple,  which  has  since  been 
visited  and  described  by  Caillaud  and 
other  travellers;  and  we  may  hope 
that  M.  Linant  will  add  still  more  to 
our  information  on  the  subject  of 
this  Oasis. 

Near  the  temple  is  the  supposed 
fountain  of  the  Sun  above  mentioned. 

Little  less  than  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  from  Om  Baydah,  and  about 
2  miles  £.  S.  E.  by  E.,  from  the 
town  of  S^ewah,  is  a  hill  called  Dar 
Aboo  Bere6k,  in  which  arc  some 
ancient  excavations,  apparently  tombs, 
and  a  little  higher  up  the  hill  are 
some  Greek  inscriptions  on  the  rock. 

Kasr  Gashast,  or  Gasham,  to  the 


east  of  S^wah,  on  the  way  to  Zay- 
toon,  is  a  ruined  temple  of  Roman 
time ;  and  at  Zaytoon,  which  is  about 
8  miles  on  the  road  from  S^ewah  to 
Gara,  are  the  remains  of  two  temples, 
and  other  buildings  of  Roman- 
Egyptian  date. 

Between  Zaytoon  and  Gara,  at 
Miwe,  is  a  Roman  temple  in  a  marsh, 
and  at  Gara  are  some  tombs  without 
inscriptions. 

There  are  many  other  sepulchral 
excavations  in  the  rock  in  the  vicinity 
of  S^ewah  ;  and  Gebel  el  Mot,  or 
« the  hill  of  death,*'  about  three 
quarters  of  a  mile  from  that  town, 
contains  numerous  tombs,  one  of 
which  appears  to  be  of  an  Egyptian 
age. 

Kasr  Room,  '<  the  Greek  *'  {or 
Roman)  palace,  is  a  small  Doric 
temple  of  Roman  time,  once  ^r- 
rounded  by  a  sacred  enclosure.  To 
the  north  are  some  tombs  in  the  face 
of  the  hill,  below  which  are  the  re- 
mains of  brick  arches ;  and  near  the 
village  the  vestiges  of  an  ancient 
town.  It  is  about  5  miles  to  the 
westward  of  S^ewah,  and  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  northward  of  El  Ka- 
m^seh  ;  where  there  are  other  tombs, 
and  the  remains  of  a  stone  edifice. 
The  ruins  of  Amoodayn,  <*the  two 
columns,'*  are  a  little  more  than  half 
a  mile  to  the  south-west  of  El  Ka- 
myseh.  They  are  of  little  import- 
ance and  of  late  time.  There  are 
also  some  ruins  at  Gharb  Amun, 
in  the  western  district,  on  the  way  to 
the  lake,  called  Birket  Arashleh, 
Though  the  lake  has  no  ruins  on  its 
banks,  it  is  remarkable  for  the  re- 
verence, or  air  of  mystery,  with  which , 
it  is  treated  by  the  modem  inha- 
bitants of  the  Oasis.  In  it  is  an 
island,  to  which,  till  lately,  access  was 
strictly  forbidden  to  all  strangers; 
and  the  credulous  tried  to  persuade 
others,  as  well  as  themselves,  that  the 
sword,  crown,  and  seal  of  Solomon 
were  preserved  there  as  a  charm  for 
the  protection  of  the  Oasis.  M. 
Linaut    assured    me    it    contained 

M  4 


248 


ROUTE    15.  —  CAIRO  TO  OASIS  OF  AXMON.        Sect  II. 


nothing,  which  is  confirmed  by  M. 
Drovettiy  and  others  who  have  visited 
it. 

The  productions  of  the  S^wah  are 
very  similar  to  tho&e  of  the  Little 
Oasis,  but  the  dates  are  of  very  su- 
perior quality,  and  highly  esteemed. 
They  are  of  six  kinds:  1.  Tlie  Sol- 
tanee;  2.  The  Saidee;  3.  The  Fr&. 
hee;  4.  The  Kaibee;  5.  llie  Gha- 
zalee ;  6.  The  Roghm — Ghas&lee. 
The  Frihee  are  the  most  esteenied. 
They  are  a  small  white  date,  wnen 
dry,  and  in  1824  they  sold  at  from  5 
to  8  dollars  n  camel  load  of  80  sdy 
or  roob  (3^  ardeb),  in  the  S^ewah,  and 
in  Alexandria  at  from  1 5  to  20. 

Tiie  people  of  S^cwah  are  hos- 
pitable, but  suspicious  and  savage  in 
their  habits  and  feelings.  Strict  in 
the  outward  forms  of  religion,  even 
beyond  those  of  the  Little  Oasis,  they 
are  intolerant  and  bigoted  in  the  ex- 
treme ;  and  like  all  people  who  make 
a  great  outward  display  of  religion, 
are  more  particular  about  the  observ- 
ance of  a  mere  form,  or  the  exact 
hour  of  prayer,  than  the  life  of  a 
human  being. 

They  have  a  form  of  government 
as  well  as  a  language  peculiar  to 
themselves,  which  is  in  the  hands  of 
several  shekhs,  some  of  whom  hold 
the  office  for  life,  and  others  for  10 
years.  They  are  called  elders  or 
senators,  and  are  always  consulted  by 
the  shekhs  of  the  villages  on  all  matters 
of  importance.  They  dispense  justice, 
and  maintain  order,  in  the  province ; 
and  the  armed  population  is  bound 
to  obey  their  commands  for  the  de- 
fence of  the  town  and  villages  against 
the  Arabs  or  other  enemies. 

The  Bayt-d-maly  "house  of  pro- 
perty," is  a  depot  of  all  property  of 
persons  dying  without  heirs,  of  fines 
levied  for  various  offences  against  the 
state,  as  not  going  to  prayers  at  the 
stated  times,  and  other  crimes  and 
misdemeanors.  The  sums  thus  col- 
lected are  employed  in  charitable  pur- 
poses, repairing  mosks,  entertaining 


strangers,  or  in  whatever  manner  the 
Diwan  may  think  proper. 

They  have  a  curious  custom  in  re* 
ceiving  strangers :  as  soon  as  any  one 
arrives,  the  shekh  el  Khabbar,  "  shekh 
of  the  news,*'  presents  himself,  and 
after  the  usual  tokens  oi  welcome, 
proceeds  to  question  him  respecting 
any  sort  of  intelligence  he  may  be  able 
to  give.  As  soon  as  it  has  been  ob* 
tained  from  him,  the  shekh  relates  it 
all  to  the  people ;  and  so  tenacious 
is  he  of  his  privilege,  that  even  if 
they  had  all  heard  it  at  the  time  from 
the  mouth  of  the  stranger,  they  are 
obliged  to  listen  to  it  again  from  this 
authorised  reporter. 

They  understand  Arabic ;  but  have 
a  peculiar  language  of  their  own,  of 
which  a  native  gave  me  the  follow* 
ing  words :  — 

Tegmirt,  a  horse. 

Dalghriimt,  camel. 

Zeetan,  donkey. 

Shiha,  goat 

Ragdwen,  dates. 

Esdin,  wheat. 

Tineefayn,  lentils. 

Roos  (Arabic),  rice. 
Thoiigh  the  shekhs  pretend  to  great 
authority  over  the  people,  they  are 
unable  to  prevent  numerous  feuds 
and  quarrels  that  take  place  between 
different  villages,  and  even  between 
two  gtru  (families)  in  the  same  town. 
These  generally  lead  to  an  appeal  to 
arms,  and  fierce  encounters  eusue, 
often  causing  the  death  of  many  per- 
sons on  both  sides,  until  stopped 
by  the  interference  of  the  fekke^s 
(priests).  Each  party  then  buries  its 
dead,  and  open  war  is  deferred  till 
further  notice. 

The  town  of  S^ewah  is  divided  into 
an  upper  and  lower  district.  It  is 
defended  by  a  citadel,  built  on  a  rock, 
and  surrounded  by  strong  walls,  —  a 
perfect  protection  against  tlie  Arabs, 
and  formidable  even  to  better  armed 
assailants.  The  streets  are  irregular 
and  narrow,  and,  from  the  height  of 
the   houses,    unusually    dark;     and 


JEgypU 


ROUTE    16.  —  CAIKO  TO  THE   FYOOiT. 


249 


some  are  covered  with  arches,  over 
which  part  of  the  dwelling-rooms  are 
built. 

Married  people  alone  are  allowed  to 
inhabit  the  upper  town,  and  there  no 
strangers  are  admitted.  Nor  is  a 
native  bachelor  tolerated  there :  he  is 
obliged  to  live  in  the  lower  town,  and 
as  thought  unworthy  to  reside  in  the 
same  quarter  as  his  married  friends 
until  he  has  taken  a  wife. 

He  then    returns   to  the    family 
house,  and  builds  a  suite  of  rooms 
above  his  father's ;  over  his  again,  the 
second  married  son  establishes  him- 
self, and  the  stories  increase  in  pro 
portion  to  the  size  of  the  family.  This 
suflSces  to  account  for  the  height  of 
many  of  the  houses  at  ^S^ewah.     A 
similar  regulation  seems  to  have  been 
observed  in  ancient  times;  and    Q. 
Cunius  says  the  first  circuit  contains 
the  old  palace  of  the  kings  (shekhs) ; 
in  the  next  are  tlieir  wives  and  chil- 
dren, as  well  as  the  oracle  of  the  god  ; 
and  the  last  is  thojibode  of  the  guards 
and  soldiery. 

The    S^wah    was    first    brought 
under  the   rule  of  Mohammed  Ali, 
and  attached  to  Egypt,  in  1820.     It 
was  then  invaded  and  taken  by  Has* 
san  Bey  Shamashirgee,  who  has  ever 
since  received  the  revenues,  as  well 
as   those  of  the    Little    Oasis    and 
Fariifreh,  which  he  also  annexed  to 
Egypt     £*  Dakhleh  belongs  to  Ibra- 
him Pasha,  and  the  Great  Oasis  pays 
its  taxes  to  the  government  treasury. 
Restless  and  dissatisfied  wi  th  the  loss 
of  their  independence,  the  people  of 
S^ewah  have   since  that  time  more 
than  once  rejected  the  authority   of 
the   Turks,  and    declared    open   re- 
bellion.    But  their  attempts  to  re- 
cover their  freedom  in  1829  and  1835 
were  soon  frustrated  by  the  presence 
of   Hassan  Bey  with  tome  Turkish 
troops,  a  body  of  Arabs,  and  a  few 
^uns ;  and  a  later  rebellion  has  proved 
their  inability  to  rescue  their  lands 
from  the  grasp  of  Egypt. 

The  principal  commerce  and  source 


of  revenue,  as  already  stated,  is  de- 
rived from  datte.  The  people  hav^ 
few  manufactures  beyond  those  things 
required  for  their  own  use ;  but  their 
skill  in  making  wicker  baskets  ought 
not  to  pass  unnoticed,  in  which  they 
far  excel  the  people  of  the  other 
Oases. 

As  I  did  not  visit  the  S^ewah 
I  am  indebted  to  other  travellers 
for  Uie  foregoing  short  notice  of  iti 
and  to  some  Seewee  people  I  met 
at  the  little  Oasis  for  the  peculiar 
customs  I  have  mentioned ;  to  which 
I  will  only  add  this  advice  to  travel- 
lers who  go  to  the  Seewah,  that 
they  provide  themselves  beforehand, 
with  letters  and  good  guides. 


ROUTE  16. 

CAlaO,    BY    LAND,   TO    THE    PTo6>f.' 

a.  Roads  to  the  Fyoom.  b.  Dis- 
tances from  Cairo  to  Medeeneh, 
Tomeeh,  Seno^ris  Biihmoo,  Medee- 
neh. c.  Excursion  from  Medeeneh 
to  Biggig,  Obelisk,  d.  Excursion  to 
the  Lake  Moeris.  e.  To  Kasr  Kha- 
roon.    f.   Gherek. 

a.   Many  roads  lead  from  the  val- 
ley of  the  Nile  to  the  Fyo6m,  which 
is  only  separated  from  it  by  the  low 
range  of  the  Libyan  hills.     Some  go 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  the  pyra- 
mids, and  others  from  El  K«ifr,  (near 
Dashoor),  from  Kafr-el-Iy&t  (  Aiat), 
from  Ogayt,  from  Benisooef,  and  from 
nearly  every  place  between  Kerdassy 
and    Behnesa.      Tiie   be<i»t  roads  are 
from   Cairo  by   £1    Kafr,  and  from 
Benisooef;  and  as  the  most  convenient 
way  of  visiting  the  Fyo6m  is  to  go  from 
Cairo,  and  send  up  your  boat  to  Beni- 
sooef and  join   it  there,  I  shall  give 
the  route  by  £1  Kafr  to  Medeeneh,. 
and   from    Medeeneh  to    Benisooef. 
Those  who  merely  wish  to  make  a 
rapid  excursion  to  the  Fyo6m  may  go 
from  Benisooef,  and  back  again. 

u5 


250 


ROUTE    16.  —  CAIRO  TO  THE  FYOOH. 


Sect.  IL 


b,    DISTANCES. 

Cairo  (crossing  tlie  Nile  at 
Geezeh,  by  Shebrement 
and  Abooseer)  to  Sakkira 
Dashoor  .  .  •  - 
El  Kafr  .  -  -  - 
Tono^eh  •  -  -  - 
Senooris  .  -  -  - 
Bialimoo  .  .  .  - 
Medeeneh  ... 

Cairo  to  Medeeneh  « 


14 
Si 

n 

251 

8i 

4 

6 
65\ 


Afler  passing  Shebrement  you  fol- 
low the  edge  of  the  desert,  leaving 
the  pyramids  of  Abooseer,  Sakkara, 
and  Dashoor  on  the  right.  £1  Kafr 
is  (he  best  place  to  sleep  at.  A  wealthy 
shekh  lives  there,  called  £1  Khd>e^ee, 
his  ancestor  having  been  the  guide 
(khebeer)  to  Sultan  Selim,  when 
he  conquered  £gypt.  Next  morn- 
ing you  cross  the  low  Libyan 
hills  to  Tomeeh.  On  the  east  side 
of  that  town  is  a  ravine  called  El 
Botts,  SI 4  feet  broad,  dyked  across 
by  a  strong  wall,  which  retains  a 
large  body  of  water  above  it  to  the 
south,  for  the  purposes  of  irrigation. 
Many  dykes  existed  there  before, 
all  successively  broken  down  by  the 
weight  of  the  water,'  the  ruins  of 
which  are  seen  in  the  ravine  below. 
Some  are  apparently  of  Roman  time. 
About  a  mile  from  Tom^eh  to  the 
south  on  the  kank  of  this  reservoir,  is 
Kom  e*  Toob,  "the  mount  of  brick." 
It  has  no  ruins  except  of  crude  brick 
walh. 

At  Kafr  Makfoot,  4  miles  from 
Tom^eh,  on  the  road  to  Seno6ris,  are 
some  fragments  of  granite  columns, 
cut  into  mortars  and  millstones  by 
the  Arabs,  amidst  whose  deserted 
huts  they  lie. 

SenodrtB  occupies  the  site  of  an 
ancient  town,  but  has  no  ruins. 

Near  Biahmoo  are  some  curious 
stone  ruins.  They  consist  of  two 
buildings,  distant  from  each  other  81 
imces,  measuring  45  in  breadth,  and 
about  60  in  length,  the  southern  end 
of  boA  being  destroyed. 

They  stand  nearly  due  N.  and  S., 


and  at  the  centre  of  the  £.  and  W. 
face  is  a  doorway.  In  the  middle  of 
each  is  an  irregular  mass  of  masonry 
about  10  paces  square,  and  about  20 
feet  high,  having  ten  tiers  of  stone 
remaining  in  the  highest  part;  and 
at  the  north-east  corner  of  the  eastern 
building  the  outer  wall  is  entire,  and 
presents  a  sloping  pyramidal  face, 
having  an  angle  of  67^.  Some  have 
suppMed  them  to  be  pyramids  and 
have  seen  in  them  tlie  two  mentioned 
by  Herodotus. 

Much  of  the  large  Cyperus  dives, 
called  by  the  people  Kush  (Gush)  or 
Dees,  is  grown  about  Biahmoo,  as  in 
many  other  parts  of  the  Fyo6m,  for 
making  coarse  mats  and  baskets.  I 
believe  it  is  the  largest  species  known 
in  Egypt,  growing  to  the  height  of  5 
or  6  feet,  and  has  sometimes  been 
mistaken  for  the  papyrus. 

(  At  Medeendi,  called  also  Medeenet 
el  Fyoam,  or  Medeenct  el  F&res,  are  the 
mounds  of  Arsinoe,  formerly  Crocodi- 
lopolis,  but  no  remains  of  buildings; 
and  the  only  variety  to  the  desolate 
heaps  of  rubbish  are  a  gunpowder  ma- 
nufactory, a  gibbet,  and  some  Arab 
tombs,  all  strangely  connected  with 
death,  on  a  desolate  spot,  once  the  site 
of  a  populous  city.  I  looked  in  vain  in 
some  of  the  mosks  at  Medeeneh  for  re« 
mains  of  sculpture  or  inscriptions  :  s 
few  columns  of  Roman  time  were  all 
they  contained;  but  in  one  of  the 
streets  I  saw  a  block  with  rich  Ara- 
besque scrolls,  once  belonging  to  some 
Roman  monument,  and  over  it  the 
acanthus  leaves  of  Corinthian  pi  lasters. 
On  a  red  granite  column,  now  the 
threshold  of  a  door,  were  two  lines  of 
hieroglyphics,  containing  the  name 
of  a  town,  and  part  of  an  inscription 
that  probably  extended  around  the 
shaft. 

Medeeneh  is  a  town  of  some  im- 
portance, and  the  residence  of  the 
governor  or  niztss.  It  has  the  usual 
baa^rs  of  Egyptian  provincial  towns, 
caravansarais,  and  baths,  with  a  mar- 
ket-day every  Sunday.  Leo  Africa- 
nus  says,  « the  ancient  city  was  built 


Egypt. 


ROUTE    16.  —  MEDEENEH  —  BIGGIG. 


251 


by  one  of  the  Pharaohs,  on  an  ele- 
vated spot  near  a  small  canal  from  the 
Nile,  at  the  time  of  the  Exodus  of  the 
Jews,  after  he  had  aflSicted  them  with 
the  drudgery  of  hewing  stones  and 
other  laborious  employments.*'  Here, 
too, they  pretend  "the  body  of  Joseph, 
the  son  of  Israel,  was  buried,**  which 
was  afterwards  removed  by  the  Jews  at 
their  departure ;  and  the  surrounding 
country  is  famed  for  tlie  abundance 
of  its  fruit  and  olives ;  though  these 
last  are  only  fit  for  eating,  and  useless 
for  their  oil.  Wansleb  says  the  Copts 
still  call  the  city  Arsinoc,  in  their 
books,  and  relates  a  strange  tradi- 
tion of  its  having  been  burnt  by  a 
besieging  enemy,  who  tied  torches 
to  the  tails  of  cats,  and  drove  them 
into  the  town.  This  is  evidently 
an  Arab  tale,  taken  from  Samson*s 
foxes. 

The  whole  extent  of  the  cultivable 
part  of  the  F^oom  measures  about  23 
miles  north  and  south,  and  28  east 
and  west,  which  last  was  in  former 
times  extended  to  upwards  of  40,  in 
that  part  (from  Kasr  Kharoon  to 
Tom^eh),  where  it  has  the  greatest 
breadth.  Its  length  north  and 
south,  if  measured  to  the  other  side  of 
the  lake,  is  increased  to  32  miles. 
Tlie  Fyoom  is  governed  by  a  k^shef, 
or  o&zer,  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
bey  or  modeer  of  Benisooef,  who, 
like  all  the  other  provincial  chiefs',  is 
imder  the  governor  of  Upper  Kgypt, 
residing  at  Osioot. 

Strabo  says  the  Arsinoite  nome  ex- 
celled all  others  in  appearance,  in 
goodness,  and  in  condition.  It  was 
the  only  place  where  the  olive  tree 
arrived  at  any  size,  or  bore  good 
fruit,  except  the  gardens  of  Alexan- 
dria. That  nome,  too,  produced  a 
great  quantity  of  wine,  as  well  as 
com,  vegetables,  and  plants  of  all 
kinds.  In  Coptic  it  is  called  Piom, 
which  was  probably  derived  from 
Piomi,  '*  the  cultivated  land.** 
Though  its  merits  have  been  greatly 
exaggerated,  it  is  still  superior  to  other 
parts  of  Egypt  from  the  state  of  its 


gardens,  and  the  variety  of  its  pro- 
ductions ;  since,  in  addition  to  com, 
cotton,  and  the  usual  cultivated 
plants,  it  abounds  in  roses,  apricots, 
figs,  grapes,  olives,  and  several  other 
fruits,  which  grow  there  in  greater 
perfection  and  abundance  than  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nile ;  and  the  rose- 
water  used  in  Cairo  comes  from  the 
neighbourhood  of  Medeeneh. 

C«    BZCUB8ION8   PROM   MKDUKBH. 

Near  Biggig,  about  2  miles  to  the 
S.S.W.  of  Medeeneh,  is  ai\  obelisk  of 
the  time  of  Osirtasen,  first  erected  like 
that  of  Heliopolis,  about  the  time  of 
Joseph's  arrival   in  Egypt.     It  has 
been  thrown  down,   and  broken  in 
two  parts;  one  about  26^  feet,   the 
other  16  feet  3  inches  long.      One 
face  and  two  sides  are  only  visible ; 
and  few  hieroglyphics  remain  on  the 
lower  part,     llie  mean  breadth  of 
the  face  is  5  feet  2  inches,  or  6  feet 
9\  inches  at  the  lower  end,  and  the 
sides  are  about  4  feet  in  width.     At 
the  upper  part  of  the  face  are  five 
compartments,   one   over  the  other; 
in  each  of  which  are  two  figures  of 
king  Osirtasen  oflering  to  two  deities. 
Below  are  columns  of  hieroglyphics, 
many  of  which  are  quite  illegible. 
Tlie  other  face  is  under  the  ground. 
On  each  of  the  two  sides  is  a  single 
column  of  hieroglyphics,  containing 
tlie  name  of  the  king,  who  on  one  is 
said  to  be  beloved  by  Pthah,  on  the 
other  by  Mandoo  ;  evidently  the  two 
principal  deities   of  the  place.     On 
the  summit  of  the  obelisk  a  groove 
has  been  cut,  doubtless  to  hold  some 
ornament,    as    that    of    Heliopolis; 
though  this  of  Biggig  differs  from  it, 
and  from  other  obelisks,  in  its  apex 
being  round,  and  not  pointed.     The 
people  of  tlie  country  look  upon  these 
fragments  with  the  same  superstitious 
feeling  as  the  stones  of  the  temple  at 
Panopolis,   and  some  other  places; 
and  the  women  recite  the  Fat'ha  over 
tliem  in  the  hope  of  a  numerous  off- 
spring. 

k6 


252 


ROUTE    16.  —  CAIRO   TO   THE   FYOOM. 


Sect.  IL 


d.  LAKE  XCERIS  OR  BXRKCT  KL  KORK. 

The  best  road  to  the  Birketel  Korn 
is  by  Senhoor,  whicli  is  1 1  miles  from 
Medeeneh,  snd  6  from  the  lake.  At 
Senhoor  are  the  exten&ive  mounds  of 
a  large  town,  but  without  any  ruins. 
By  applying  to  the  shckh  of  Senhoor, 
A  boat  may  be  obtained  for  crossing 
the  lake.  The  ruins  near  tiie  lake 
are  at  Kom  Weseem  to  the  eastward, 
at  Dimdy  or  Nerba  to  the  north,  and 
at  Kasr  Kharoon  to  the  south-west. 
There  are  also  a  few  remains  on  the 
shore  itself,  particularly  at  two  places 
called  £1  Hamro4m,or  "the  Baths.'* 

The  lake  Is  about  35  miles  long, 
and  a  little  more  than  7  broad  in  the 
widest  part,  and  has  received  its 
name,  Birket  el  Korn,  *<  the  lake  of 
of  the  horn,*'  from  its  form,  which  is 
broad  at  the  eastern  end,  and  curves 
to  a  point  at  its  opposite  extremity. 
Towards  the  middle  is  an  island, 
called  Gezeeret  el  Korn,  in  which 
report  has  incorrectly  spoken  of  ruins. 
For  though,  from  its  numerous  fis- 
sures, the  rocky  table  hill  that  rises 
in  the  centre  has  the  appearance  of  a 
building  at  a  distance,  this  is  dis- 
proved by  closer  examination,  and  I 
found  nothing  there  but  a  few  bricks. 
What  appeared  most  unaccountable 
in  this  island  was  the  existence  of 
homed  snakes,  one  of  which  I  killed 
near  the  shore. 

The  lake  is  of  little  depth,  and 
though  I  sounded  in  several  places  I 
found  what  is  considered  the  deepest 
part  to  be  only  28J  feet.  The  water 
is  brackish,  and  even  salt,  particularly 
in  summer,  before  the  inundation  has 
poured  into  it  a  supply  of  fresh  water. 
It  is  partly  fed  by  this,  and  partly  by 
«prings,  which  are  probably  derived 
from  filtrations  from  the  Nife,  over  a 
bed  of  clay.  The  shores  are  barren, 
and  at  the  N.  W.  comer  the  hills  ap- 
proach to  within  the  distance  of  a 
mile.  If  the  reservoir  discovered  by 
M.  Linant  be  the  artificial  lake  men- 
tioned by  Herodotus,  Pliny,  and 
Suabo,  the  Birket  el  Kom  still  pos- 


sesses  a  claim  to  the  name  of  Lake 
Moeris,  as  is  shown  by  Herodotus 
saying   that  it  "  makes  a  bend  to  the 
westward,  and  runs  inland  along  the 
mountains  above  Memphis,  emptying 
itself,  according  to  the  statement  of 
the  natives,  into  the  Syrtis  of  Libya 
by  an  underground  channel."  It  will 
also  prove  that  Herodotus  has  united 
in  his  description  the  canal,  and  the 
natural,  as  well  as  the  artificial  lake. 
Pliny  too  in  one  place  calls  the  Lake 
Moeris  a  large  canal,  and,  in  another, 
speaks  of  it  as  "  having  been  between 
the  Arsino'ite  and  Memphite  noroes, 
250  Roman  miles  in  circumference, 
or,  according  to  Mutianus,  450,  and 
50  paces  deep,  made  by  order  of  king 
Mcsris,  distant  70  miles  from  Mem* 
phis."     His  expression  «/atf,'*  seems 
to  imply  that  it  no  longer  existed  ia 
his  time ;  and  if  so,  he  must  have  had 
in  view  a   different  lake  from  the 
modem  Birket  el  Kom.     The  same 
remark  applies  to  Strabo,  who  places 
the  lake  much  more  to  the    S.  E. ; 
and  from  his  mention  of  two  mouths 
of  the  canal  that  communicated  with 
the  lake,  one  of  which  was  used  dur- 
ing the  low  Nile,  for  letting  off*  the 
water  wanted  for  irrigation,  it  is  evi* 
dent  he  could  not  have  had  in  view 
the  present  Birket  el  Korn.     Strabo's 
account  of  two  mouths  of  the  canal, 
which    ran    by    the    Heracleopolite 
nome  on  the  right,  towards   Libya 
(i.  e.  on  the  western  side  of  it),  to  the 
Arsino'ite,   so  that  the  canal  had  a 
double  mouth,  and  enclosed  between 
its  two  channels  a  portion   of   the 
island,  in  which  the  Heracleopolite 
nome  stood,  evidently  alludes  to  two 
channels  or  canals  from  the  Nile,  that 
took  the  water  into  tlie  Arsino'ite  nome 
to  feed   the  lake.     One  of  them,  I 
imagine,  left  the  Nile  some  distance 
to  the  south,  and  ran  diagonally  along 
the   Libyan    hills,   where   the   Bahr 
Yoosef  still  flows  ;  and  the  other  left 
it  much  lower  down  to  the  eastward 
of  the  Fyo6m, —  as  an  auxiliary  canal 
still   does,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Benisooef.     It  was  probably  at  the 


Egypt 


ROUTE    16, — RUINS  OF   DIMAT. 


2o3 


union  of  these  two  branches  that  the 
aluices  for  irrigating  the  Arsinoite 
nome  were  fixed ;  and  the  northern 
was  the  only  one  opened  during  tlie 
low  Nile. 

At  all  events,  the  account  of  the 
water  returning  from  the  lake  to  the 
Nile,  on  the  retiring  of  the  inunda- 
tion, is  totally  inapplicable  to  the 
Birket  el  Kom,  the  level  of  its  sur- 
face being  about  120  feet  lower  than 
the  bank  of  the  river  at  Benisooef ; 
^  which,  making  every  allowance  for  i 
the  rise  of  the  bed  of  the  Nile,  and  i 
the  proportionate  elevation  of  its 
banks,  could  never  have  been  on  a 
level,  even  in  Herodotus*8  time,  with 
that  lake;  and  consequently  no  re- 
turn of  the  water  could  have  taken 
place  from  it  to  the  Nile.  And  that 
the  surface  of  the  lake  is  about  the 
same  now  as  formerly  is  evident, 
from  our  finding  ruins  on  its  shores 
at  the  water's  edge ;  and  its  acciden- 
tal and  temporary  rise,  which  hap- 
pened some  years  ago,  was  merely 
owing  to  the  bursting  of  the  great 
dyke  at  Tom^'h. 

The  Bathen  of  D'Anville  is  purely 
imaginary. 

The  ruins  of  Kam  WeuSm  or  Kom 
Wtiheem-el-Haggar,  are  little  more 
than  5  miles  from  the  eastern  end  of 
the  lake,  and  4  from  Tom^eb,  close 
to  the  road  leading  to  the  pyramids. 
They  consist  of  extensive  mounds, 
and  below  them  are  remains  of  crude 
brick  houses  on  stone  substructions, 
amidst  which  may  be  traced  the  di- 
rection of  the  streets  of  a  town.  On 
the  mounds  the  remains  seem  to  be 
chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  of  tombs,  in 
some  of  which  animals  were  buried. 
I  observed  a  few  granite  blocks,  and 
others  of  a  compact  shell  limestone. 
Some  of  the  former  had  been  cut 
into  millstones.  I  also  found  frag- 
ments of  glass,  and  Ptolemaic  coins 
badly  preserved,  which,  together  with 
an  arched  room,  prove  these  ruins  to 
be  of  late  time.  Beyond  the  town  to 
the  north-east  are  numerous  large 
round  blocks  of  stone,  extending  to  a 


great  distance  along  the  plain,  which 
has  given  the  epithet  El  Haggar  to  the 
place ;  but  they  are  not  hewn  stone*  and 
have  not  belonged  to  any  monument 

At  El  Hammdm,  by  the  water's 
edge,  at  this  end  of  the  lake,  are  the 
remains  of  <*  hatha,**  and  a  few  other 
ruins  of  no  great  interest,  broken  am- 
phors,  glass,  and  other  fiagments. 
A  little  above  was  the  town  to  which 
they  belonged. 

There  is  another  place  called  *<  the 
baths,'*  with  still  fewer  remains  of 
burnt  brick,  on  the  south  side  of  the 
lake ;  and  to  the  east  of  this,  at  the 
projecting  headland  below  Shekh  Abd 
el  Kadee,  are  a  few  more  vestiges  of 
brickwork.  The  tomb  of  the  Shekh 
also  stands  on  the  site  of  an  old  town, 
on  the  way  from  Senhoor  to  the  Lake. 

Nearly  opposite  these  southern 
**  baths**  are  the  ruins  of  Dim6y  or 
Nerba,  a  large  town,  distant  about  2 
miles  from  the  lake. 

On  the  way  from  the  usual  place 
of  landing,  below  Dim&y,  you  pass 
several  large  blocks  resembling  broken 
columns,  but  which  are  natural,  as  at 
'Kom  Wese^m. 

A  raised,  paved  dromo$  leading  di* 
rect  through  its  centre,  to  an  elevated 
platform  and  sacred  enclosure,  forms 
the  main  street,  about  1290  feet  in 
length,  once  ornamented  at  the  upper 
end  with  the  figures  of  lion$,  from 
which  the  place  has  received  the  name 
of  Dimdy  (or  Dimeh)  e*  Saba.  This 
remarkable  street,  which  recalls  tho 
paved  approach  to  the  temple  of  Bu- 
bastis,  the  lions,  and  the  remains  of 
stone  buildings,  prove  the  town  to 
have  been  of  far  greater  consequence 
than  Kom  Wese^m.  The  principal 
edifice,  which  is  partly  of  stone,  stands 
at  the  upper  end  of  the  street,  and 
was  doubtless  a  temple:  it  measures 
about  109  feet  by  67,  and  is  divided 
into  several  apartments,  the  whole 
surrounded  by  an  extensive  circuit  of 
crude  brick,  370  feet  by  270.  An 
avenue  of  lions  was  before  the  en- 
trance of  this  sacred  enclosure  (or  te- 
fnenoa),  87  feet  in  length,  connecting 


254 


ROUTE    16.  —  CAIRO   TO   THE   FTOOM. 


Sect.IL 


it  with  one  of  those  square  open  plat- 
forms, ornamented  with  columns,  so 
often  found  before  the  temples  of  the 
Tbebaid ;  and  this  avenue  formed  a 
continuation  of  the  main  street.  The 
total  dimensions  of  the  area  occupied 
by  the  town  was  about  1730  feet 
by  1000,  but  the  extent  of  its  walls 
is  not  easily  traced,  amidst  the  heaps 
of  sand  that  have  accumulated  over 
them  ;  and  the  whole  is  in  a  very 
dilapidated  state. 

Though  the  relative  latitudes  of 
Bacchis  and  Dionysias,  given  by 
Ptolemy,  do  not  allow  the  former  to 
have  been  at  Dim^y,  it  is  not  impro- 
bable that  it  stood  there;  and  it  is 
evident  that  the  position  be  assigns 
to  Dionysias,  S9°  O',  cannot  suit  any 
place  in  the  Arsinolte  nome.  Not- 
withstanding the  latitude  he  gives  it, 
and  its  reputed  longitude  due  south 
of  Bacchis,  Dionysias  seems  to  have 
stood  at  the  Kasr  el  Kharo6n,  near 
the  south-west  corner  of  the  lake,  if 
he  is  correct  in  placing  those  towns 
**  near  the  Lake  Moeris.**  Were  it 
not  for  this  expression,  we  might 
suppose  Dionysias  to  have  been 
one  of  the  ruined  towns  near  £1 
Gh^rek;  and  Har&b-t  e'  Nish&n 
would  suit  Ptolemy*s  longitude  in 
reference  to  Bacchis  or  Dimiy.  At 
all  events,  the  ruins  at  Kasr  el  Kha- 
ro6n  are  the  most  important,  as  well 
as  the  best  preserved,  of  any  in  the 
Fyo6m  :  a  place  of  so  much  conse- 
quence could  not  have  been  omitted ; 
and  the  authority  of  D*Anville  sup- 
ports itn  claim  to  the  site  of  Diony- 
sias. He  places  Bacchis  or  Banchis 
near  the  east  end  of  the  lake  at  Kom 
Wese^m. 

C.    KASa   KHAROOW. 

The  Kasr  Kharoon  (or  Katr  El  Kha» 
fo(m)may  be  visited  from  the  lake ;  but 
the  best  way  is  to  go  from  Medeeneh 
to  Nealeh,  distant  about  14  miles,  and 
thence  to  Kasr  Kharoon,  a  ride  of 
SI  miles.  The  principal  building  to 
which  the  name  of  Kasr  Kharoon  pro- 
periy  belongs,  is  airEgyptian  temple, 


measuring  94  feet  by  63,  and  46  in 
height,  preceded  by  a  court  about  35 
feet  in  depth.  It  contains  14  cham- 
bers and  S  staircases  on  the  ground- 
floor,  besides  a  long  passage  on 
either  side  of  the  adytum,  whose  end 
wall  is  divided  into  three  narrow 
cells.  The  whole  is  of  hewn  stone, 
and  a  very  good  style  of  masonry. 
It  appears  to  be  of  Roman  date;  and 
in  the  upper  story  is  a  vaulted  stair- 
case. Pococke  has  erroneously  sup- 
posed this  to  be  the  Labyrinth,  with 
which  it  agrees  neither  in  dimensions, 
distribution,  nor  position. 

Three  hundred  and  eighty  paces 
(about  996  feet)  in  front  of  the  temple 
is  a  square  stone  ruin,  that  probably 
formed  the  entrance  of  its  dromoM  g 
and  near  it  is  another  small  building 
of  similar  materials.  One  hundred 
and  thirty  paces  to  the  south-east  is  a 
Roman  temple  of  brick,  stuccoed, 
about  1 8  feet  square,  on  a  stone  plat- 
form, the  outer  face  of  its  walls  or* 
namented  with  pilasters  and  half 
columns.  In  form,  size,  and  appear- 
ance, it  resembles  two  buildings  near 
Rome,  one  called  the  temple  of  Re- 
diculus,  and  the  other  a  supposed 
tomb,  outside  the  Porta  Pia.  The 
roof  is  arched,  and  the  door  in  front 
opens  upon  a  small  area,  part  of  the 
platform  upon  wbidi  it  stands ;  and 
the  principal  difl^erence  between  this 
and  tlie  above-mentioned  buildings 
is,  that  here  half-columns  are  substi- 
tuted at  the  side  walls  for  pilasters^ 
and  it  has  a  side-door.  Other  ves' 
tiges  of  ruins  are  scattered  over  an 
extent  of  about  900  by  400  paces,  or 
about  2334  by  1050  feet ;  and  at  the 
western  extremity  of  this  space,  350 
paces  behind  the  temple,  are  the  re- 
mains of  an  arch,  partly  of  stone,  and 
partly  of  crude  brick,  whose  northern 
face  looks  towards  the  lake,  and  the 
other  towards  a  small  crude  brick 
ruin.  Near  the  arch  is  a  stone  re- 
sembling a  stool,  or  an  altar,  also  of 
Roman  time. 

It  is  not  alone  by  the  situation  of 
this  town  that  the  former  extent  of 


Egypt. 


BOUTE    16. — KASB  KHABOON  —  GiIeCEK. 


255 


the  cultivated  land  of  the  Areinolte  ^ 
nomc  is  attested,  but  by  the  traces  of 
gardens  and  vineyards  which  are 
met  with  on  all  sides  of  the  Kasr 
Kharoon,  whose  roots  now  supply 
the  Arabs  with  fuel  when  passing 
the  night  there. 

To  the  north-east,  on  the  shore  of 
Birket  el  Korn,  are  Testiges  of  ma- 
sonry, perhaps  of  the  port  (if  it  de- 
serves tlie  name)  of  this  town;  and 
at  the  extreme  point  of  the  lake  is  a 
jnound,  or  small  hill,  upon  which  I 
found  an  engraved  cornelian  seal, 
and  some  other  relics  of  Roman  time. 
To  the  north,  about  twelve  miles 
from  the  lake,  is  a  lofty  range  of 
Hme^one  mountains,  and  behind 
them  is  the  ravine  that  joins,  and 
forms  part  of,  the  Bahr  el  Fargh,  to 
the  west  of  the  Natron  Lakes. 

Returning  to  N^sleh,  a  little  to  the 
south  of  the  road  from  the  Kasr  Kha- 
roon  to  the  Kasr  el  Ben^t,  you  pass 
a  stone  wall,  the  traces  of  vineyards, 
and  the  channels  of  old  canals,  and  a 
little  farther  (on  the  direct  road  to 
N^sleh),  much  pottery,  and  some 
tombs.  Kasr  el  Benit,  <*  the  palace 
of  the  girls,"  is  a  small  crude  brick 
ruin,  of  which  the  plans  of  three 
rooms  only  can  be  traced ;  the  whole 
measuring  SO  paces  by  10.  Near  it 
is  the  site  of  an  old  town,  with  much 
broken  pottery,  briclcs,  and  other 
fragments.  One  mile  and  a  half  to 
the  south  are  the  mounds  of  Here^t, 
presenting  the  remains  of  brickwork, 
but  no  ruins;  and  at  the  same  dis- 
tance beyond  them  is  a  stone  wall, 
near  the  large  ravine  or  canal  called 
ElWadee  (*<  the  valley**).  About 
1|  mile  below  N^ileh  are  other 
mounds,  called  Watf^li,  and  the 
tomb  of  Shekh  Abd  el  Bin.  In  the 
ravine  itself  are  the  remains  of  a  wall, 
partly  brick,  partly  stone,  which  is 
said  to  have  been  once  used  to  re- 
tain the  water,  like  that  of  Tom^eh, 
where  there  is  a  similar  deep  broad 
channel,  and  where  the  large  reservoir 
of  water,  kept  up  by  the  dyke,  has  pro- 
bably been  made  in  imitation  of  the 


1* 


•• 


old  artificial  Lake  Moeris.  At  N£z- 
leh  the  ravine,  from  bank  to  bank» 
measures  673  feet,  and  100  in  depth 
from  the  top  of  the  bank  to  the  level 
of  the  water  in  the  channel  at  the 
centre,  which  is  120  feet  broad. 

To. the  west  of  N^leh  are  the  sites 
of  two  ancient  towns,  called  Harib 
-t-el  Yahood,  **  the  ruins  of  the  Jews, 
and  £1  Hamm&m,  <*  the  baths. 
Neither  of  them  present  any  but 
crude  brick  remains,  and  the  former 
was  evidently  inhabited  till  within  a 
few  years  by  Moslems,  whose  mud 
houses  still  remain.  Medeenet  Hati, 
Medeenet  Madi,  and  HaWib-t-e*  Ni- 
sh4n,  have  extensive  mounds  of 
ancient  towns,  amidst  which  are 
found  fragments  of  limestone  co- 
lumns, bricks,  pottery,  glass,  and  a 
few  Roman  coins. 

El  Gherek.  —  About  SO  miles  from 
Medeeneh  to  the  &  W.  is  El  GhSrek, 
a  town  about  700  paces  long,  by  500 
broad,  protected  against  the  Arabs  by 
a  wall,  furnished  with  loopholes  and 
projecting  towers.  Over  the  gateway 
is  some  old  sculpture,  and  parts  of 
small  columns  and  pilasters;  and  I 
observed  other  sculpture  of  similar 
style  in  the  wall  of  a  house,  evidently 
taken  from  a  Roman  building.  It 
has  no  ruins,  and  the  mound  near  it, 
called  Senooris,  seems  only  to  mark 
the  site  of  an  older  Arab  village. 
And  though  the  stones  on  the  west 
side,  from  which  the  village  has  re- 
ceived the  pompous  name  of  Me- 
deenet el  Haggar,  *<  the  city  of  the 
stone,"  once  belonged  to  ancient 
ruins,  there  is  no  vestige  of  building 
that  has  any  claim  to  antiquity.  The 
town  stands  at  the  edge  of  an  isolated 
spot  of  arable  land,  surrounded  by 
the  desert,  and  watered  by  a  branch 
of  the  canal  that  supplies  the  lands 
about  N^leh  and  the  western  ex- 
tremity of  the  F^o6m.  It  is  the  land 
that  has  given  the  name  Gh<$rek, 
" tubmerged/*  to  the  village;  doubt- 
less from  its  having  been  exposed  to 
floods,  by  the  lowness  of  its  level, 
when  accidents  have  occurred  to  the 


256 


ROUTE  17. — medejSneh  TO  BENisoofiE.     Sect  IL 


dykes.    It  has  been  erroneously  called 
a  lake. 

The  inhabitants  are  principally  of 
the  Howaynat,  or  Owaynat  tribe, 
once  Arabs,  and  now  FtUahiiu  'lliey 
have  possessed  the  land  for  the  last 
70  years,  and  are  now  aided  in  tilling 
it  by  another  tribe,  the  Samaloos, 
about  thirty  of  whom  reside  in  the 
town,  and  the  rest  in  tents  in  the 
neighbourhood. 

At  El  Beni&n,  "  the  buildings,*'  to 
the  N.  E.  of  £1  Gherek,  are  an  old 
doorway,  broken  shafts,  and  capitals 
of  Corinthian  columns  of  Roman 
time,  built  into  a  shekh*s  tomb ;  and 
at  Talent  and  Shekh  Aboo-Hamed, 
to  the  eastward,  are  the  mounds  of 
two  other  towns.  These  indeed 
occur  in  many  parts  of  the  Fyo6m ; 
and  though  we  cannot  credit  the  tra- 
dition of  the  people  that  it  formerly 
contained  366  towns  and  villages,  it 
is  evident  that  it  was  a  populous 
nome  of  ancient  Egypt;  and  that 
many  once  existed  both  in  the  centre 
and  oi\  the  now  barren  skirts  of  the 
Fyoom.  Indeed  the  cultivated  land 
extended  formerly  far  beyond  its 
present  limits :  a  great  portion  of  the 
desert  plain  was  then  taken  into  cul* 
tivatton,  and  I  have  seen  several 
places  where  canals  and  the  traces  of 
cultivated  fields  are  still  discernible 
to  a  considerable  distance  £.  and  W. 
of  the  modern  irrigated  lands. 


ROUTE  17. 

MEDXEMEH  TO  BKNUOOKP. 

Iftlfet. 
Mede^neh  to  Haw^ra        •  7] 

lUahoon  ...  7J 

Benisooef  (according  to  the 
state  of  the  canals)  •  1 5  to  22 

'     30  to  37 


The  road  from  Mede^neh  to  Ha- 
wira,  or  as  it  is  called  by  way  of  dis* 
tinction,  Hawara  el  Kassob,  is  on  the 
N.  side  of  the  great  canal  or  Bahr 


Yoosef,    and  crosses  several  smaller 
canals  that  branch  off  from  it,  and 
convey  the  water  to  the  N.  £.  side  of 
the    Fyoom.       A   short  way   before 
reaching    Hawdra   you   pass  a   deep 
ravine,   caused   by   the  irruption   of 
water,  probably  when  the  dykes  havd 
given  way  to  the  eastward.     To  the 
north  of  Hawira  is  a  crude  brick  py- 
ramid,  which     is   highly   interesting 
from  its  marking  the  site  of  one  of 
the   roost   celebrated  monuments  of 
ancient    Egypt,    the    Labyrinth,    at 
whose  northern  extremity  it  stands. 
When  I  visited  it,  the  extent  of  that 
buildingcould  with  difficulty  be  traced ; 
but  it  has  since  been  excavated  by  Dr. 
Lepsius.    Sufficient, however,  remain- 
ed above  ground  to  show  the  extent 
of  the  area  it  occupied,  which  mea- 
sured 580  feet  by  271  feet,  within  the 
mounds  raised  round  it,  and  which 
separate  it  from  tlie  pyramid,  distant 
80  feet.     The  pyramid  when  entire 
was  348  feet  square ;  but  it  is  much 
ruined.     The  style  of  its  building  in 
degrees,  or  stories,  to  which,  sloping 
triangular  sides  were  afterwards  added , 
is  very  evident.     The  bricks  are  of 
great  sise,  and  appear  to  be  of  very 
great  age.     Strabo  gives    4  plethra 
(400  feet)  for  the  length  of  each  face, 
and  the  same  for  the  height,  which 
Herodotus  calculates  at  50  orgyies 
(300  feet).     From  Colonel  Howard 
Vyses's  account  it  appears  to  cover  a 
rock,  which  rises  to  the  height  of  about 
40  feet  within  It.     Several  stone  walls 
intersecting  it  in  regular  lines,  act  as 
binders  to  the  intermediate  mass  of 
brickwork,   built  in  between   them ; 
and  the  outside  was  coated  with  a 
stone  casing. 

Close  to  the  west  side  runs  a  small 
modern  canal ;  and  on  the  opposite 
bank,  as  well  as  on  the  east  side,  are 
the  fallen  walls  of  crude  brick  houses, 
mostly  of  late  time. 

I  observed  amidst  the  ruins  of  the 
labyrinth  some  broken  columns  of 
fine  red  granite^  in  the  old  Egyptian 
style,  with  the  bud  capitals,  4  feet  7 
in.,  and  3  feet  5  in.  in  diameter,  frag* 


Egypt. 


ROUTE    18.  —  CAIRO  TO  THE  OASES. 


257 


xnents  of  gritstone,  and  some  blocks 
of  hard  white  limestone,  probably 
"  the  white  stone,"  of  the  corridors 
mentioned  by  Herodotus.  The  hiero- 
glyphics on  the  granite  have  been 
painted  green. 

Herodotus  says,  the  lower  under- 
ground chambers  were  set  apart  <<  for 
the  sepulchres  of  the  sacred  crocodiles, 
and  of  the  kings  who  founded  the 
monument.'*  The  crocodile  was  tlie 
sacred  animal  of  the  nome,  and  gave 
its  name  to  the  city  of  Crocodilopolis; 
and  it  was  the  hatred  of  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  neighbouring  province  of 
Heracleopolis  for  this  animal  that 
caused  the  destruction  of  the  laby- 
rinth. De  Pauw  makes  a  judicious 
remark  respecting  its  worship,  which 
will  apply  to  tliat  of  the  eel  at  Phra- 
groriopolis,  and  of  other  fish  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  Egypt ;  tliat  the  towns 
where  it  was  sacred  always  stood  at 
some  distance  from  the  Nile,  in  or- 
der to  ensure  the  maintenance  of  the 
canals  which  conducted  the  fresh 
water  to  those  places,  without  which 
the  crocodile  could  not  live. 

Near  lllahoon  is  another  crude 
brick  pyramid ;  and  a  short  distance 
to  the  S.  W.  of  that  town,  at  the  vil- 
lage of  Hawira,  are  the  great  stone 
dyke  and  sluices,  mentioned  by  Abool- 
feda,  ihut  regulate  Uie  quantity  of 
water  admitted  into  the  Fyo6m.  Some 
remains  of  older  bridges  and  dykes 
swept  away  by  various  irruptions  of 
the  Nile  are  seen  there,  and  to  the 
west  is  a  dyke,  serving  as  a  commu- 
nication with  the  high  land  at  the  edge 
of  the  desert  during  the  inundation. 

From  the  branch  of  the  Bahr  Yoo- 
sef,  which  runs  from  the  bridge  of 
lllahoon  to  Mede^neh,  numerous 
canals  conduct  the  water  to  various 
parts  of  the  province,  the  quantity 
being  regulated  by  sluices,  according 
to  the  wants  of  each.  One  goes  from 
the  bridge  of  lllahoon  along  the  edge 
of  the  southern  hills  to  £1  Gh^rek  and 
Nezleh  ;  another  by  the  labyrintb  to- 
wards Tom^eh ;  ten  others  between 
How^ra  and   Mede^iieh  ;     and  the 


same  number  from  the  west  side  of 
Mede^neh  to  the  central  villages  of 
the  Fyo6m.  As  of  old,  they  still 
offer  a  more  interesting  specimen  of 
irrigation  than  any  other  part  of 
Egypt;  and  were  it  properly  ma- 
naged, there  is  little  doubt  that  this 
province  would  enjoy  its  former  repu- 
tation for  fertility,  notwithstanding 
the  injury  done  to  many  parts  by  tlie 
increase  of  nitre  in  the  soil. 

About  2  miles  to  the  south-west  of 
the  bridge  of  lllahoon  are  the  mounds 
of  an  ancient  town,  called  Ttima^ 
which,  from  its  name  and  position, 
probably  marks  the  site  of  Ptolema'is, 
the  port  of  Arsinoe.  It  may  be 
seen  on  the  way  to  Benisooef. 

There  are  two  main  branches  from 
the  Bahr  Yoosef  that  conduct  the 
water  into  the  Fyo6m,  and  during  the 
inundation  several  smaller  canals  that 
oblige  you  to  make  a  long  detour  in 
going  from  lllahoon ;  the  distance 
from  which,  in  a  line,  is  only  about  14 
miles.  To  the  right  you  see  the  lofty 
mounds  of  Anisieh,  the  ancient  Hera- 
clr>opolis,  which  stood  in  an  island 
forme<^  by  the  canal.  The  mounds 
of  Noiyreh,  Baheh,  Beshennee,  Bi- 
liffieh,  Kom  Ahmar,  and  others  also 
mark  the  sites  of  old  towns. 
i^For  Beniaooef,  see  RouteSO.  Sec.  III.) 


ROUTE  18. 

CAIRO  TO  THB  LITTLE  OASIS  ;  THE 
GREAT  OASIS  AND  THB  OASIS  OF 
DAKHLEH    BY   THE   EYO^M. 

a.  Different  roads  to  the  Oasis. 
b.  Requisites  for  the  journey,  c.  Dis- 
tances.  d.  Wadee  Ryan.  —  Moileh. 
e.  Little  Oasis.  /.  £1  Hayz.  y,  Fa- 
r&freh.  A.  Oases  of  the  Blacks  in 
the  interior  to  the  West.  i.  Oasis 
of  Dakhleh.  j.  Great  Oasis,  k.  Dis* 
tances  in  the  Great  Oasis.  L  Roads 
to  the  Nile  at  Abydus.  m.  Road  to 
Ei/n^. 

a.  The  most  frequented  roads  to 
the  Little  Oasis  are  from  the  Fyoomi 


258 


BOUTE    18. — CAIBO  TO  THE  OASES. 


Sect.  n. 


and  from  Behnesa,  and  the  average 
distance  from  them  is  the  same,  about 
S  days*  journey. 

The  Great  Oasis  may  be  visited 
from  Osioot,  from  Geeteh  by  Aby- 
dus ;  from  Farshoot,  from  Thebes,  or  ' 
from  £sn6;  and  that  of  Oakhleh  from 
fieni  A  dee  near  Manfaloot,  or  by  the 
Great  Oasis. 

The  route  by  the  F^oom  and  the 
Little  Oasis  includes  El  Hayz  and 
Fariifreh,  and  gives  tlie  best  idea  of 
the  character  of  the  African  desert; 
but  most  persons  who  go  to  tlie  Oases 
will  be  satisfied  with  a  visit  to  the 
Little  Oasis  from  the  F^o6m  or  Beh- 
nesa,  and  to  the  other  two  from  some 
point  in  Upper  Egypt,  returning  again 
to  the  same,  or  to  some  other,  place  on 
the  Nile. 

There  is  little  to  vary  the  monotony 
of  the  roads  to  the  Oases,  and  the 
dreary  journey  over  a  high  desert 
plain,  or  table  land,  scarcely  diversi- 
fied by  occasional  barren  valleys,  has 
led  to  the  mistaken  impression  of  the 
charm  of  those  **  islands  of  the 
blessed.**  Some  have  supposed  them 
to  be  cultivated  spots  in  the  midst  of 
a  desert  of  sand,  rich  fields  kept  in  a 
state  of  perpetual  verdure  by  the 
streams  tliat  run  through  them,  and 
affording  the  same  contrast  to  the  ex- 
tensive barren  plain  around  them  as 
islands  to  the  level  expanse  of  the 
ocean.  These  highly-wrought  pic- 
tures soon  vanish  on  arriving  at  the 
Oases.  The  surrounding  tract,  over 
which  the  roads  lead  to  them,  consists 
of  a  lofty  table  land,  intersected  here 
and  there  by  small  shallow  valleys,  or 
ravines,  worn  by  the  water  of  rain 
that  occasionally  falls  there ;  and  the 
Oases  He  in  certain  depressions  in  this 
mountain  plain,  surrounded  by  cliffs, 
more  or  less  precipitous,  and  very  like 
those  to  the  £.  and  W.  of  the  valley  of 
the  Nile.  In  the  centre,  or  in  some  part 
of  this  depressed  plain,  is  the  Oasis 
itself,  —  a  patch  of  fertile  soil,  com- 
posed of  sand  and  clay,  which  owes 
its  origin  to  the  springs  that  rise  here 
and  there  to  fertilise  it.     Here  are 


gardens,  palm  groves,  fields,  and  vil- 
lages, not  unlike  a  portion  of  the  valley 
of  the  Nile,  with  a  sandy  plain  beyond, 
in  which  stunted  tamarisks,  coarse 
grasses,  and  other  desert  plants, 
struggle  to  keep  their  heads  above  tlM 
drifted  sand  that  collects  around  them. 
The  distant  hills,  or  the  abrupt  faces 
of  the  high  mountain  plain  surround- 
ing the  whole,  complete  the  scene ;  and 
if  you  ascend  a  minaret,  or  any  point 
higher  than  the  rest,  you  may  add  to 
these  general  features  some  stagnant 
lakes,  whose  feverish  exlialations  cause 
and  account  for  the  yellow  complexion 
of  the  inhabitants,  and  make  it  unsafe 
to  visit  the  Oases  in  summer  or  au- 
tumn. 

6.   RequUitei  for  ^  Jonmey. 

The  principal  things  required,  are 
good  water  skins,  their  number  de» 
pending  on  the  number  of  persons. 
They  should  not  be  new,  as  they  then 
give  a  disagreeable  flavour  to  the 
water.  Some  may  be  bought  of  the 
water-carriers  in  Cairo,  which,  without 
being  old,  have  been  used  long  enough 
to  get  rid  of  the  taste  of  the  godran. 
If  not  to  be  found,  the  new  skins 
should  be  frequently  filled  and  emptied 
before  starting.  An  extra  set  may  be 
taken  for  fear  of  accidents ;  and  two 
or  four  spare  skins  will  do  for  a  small 
party.  One  of  the  servants  should 
know  how  to  sew  on  a  patch,  which  is 
soon  learnt ;  and  a  piece  of  leather, 
some  string,  and  an  awl,  are  required 
for  mending  the  skins.  Never  put 
the  skins  on  the  ground  on  a  journey, 
unless  a  mat  or  something  be  first  laid 
down,  to  prevent  the  salt  tainting  the 
water.  The  Arabs  must  provide  their 
own  water-skins,  and  not  be  allowed 
to  use  those  of  the  traveller.  Take  a 
zamemeh  for  each  person.  Have  a 
set  of  rope-nets,  called  ahibektht  for 
each  camel-load,  to  hold  boxes  and 
other  things,  by  which  means  they  are 
secure,  and  quickly  put  on  the  camels. 
If  you  have  a  dromedary-saddle,  take 
large  saddle-bags  of  the  country, 
and  a  rope  to  tie  over  them,  to  keep 
them  from  swinging  to  and  fro. 


Egypt 


KOUTE    18.  —  WADEE  "rUlS  —  HOILEH. 


259 


Dayi. 
2 


There  is  no  difficulty  in  obtaining 
camels  for  the  journey,  which  should 
be  engaged  in  the  presence,  and  with 
the  assistance,  of  the  Turkish  authori- 
ties. It  may  be  as  well  to  repeat 
that  in  this,  as  in  other  deserts,  the 
traveller  has  nothing  to  do  with  pro- 
viding food  for  the  Arabs  or  their 
camels.  There  are  no  dromedaries  in 
the  western  desert,  but  a  dromedary 
saddle  can  be  put  on  a  camel ;  and  as 
it  is  comfortable,  I  reconmiend  one 
being  bought  at  Cairo. 

c.  Dhtancetm 

Cairo  to  Medeenet-cl-F^o6m. 

See  Boute  16. 
£1  Gh^rek  (sleep  there  and 

take  water 
Wiidee  R^in  v  brackish  water) 
Zubbo,  in  the  Little  Oasis 

From  the  Fyo6m  S  days,  or 
from  Cairo 

Zubbo   to  £1  Kasr    in  this 
Oasis  6^  miles 

£1  Kasr  in  Little  Oasis  to 

£1  Hays  (short  day) 
£1  Hays  to  FaHLfreh  - 
Farifreh  to  Oasis  of  Dakhleh 
Oasis  of  Dakhleh  to   Great 

Oasis 
Great  Oasis  to  Abydus  38  to 

40  hours  (long  days) 


Day. 

1 
3 

4 

3 
3 


d.    Wddee  Ry6n,  and  MaiUh. 

On  going  from  the  F^o6m  to  the 
Little  Oasis,  the  first  halt  is  at  the 
▼alley  called  W4dee  Raiin  or  Ry4n, 
abounding  with  palm  trees  and  water. 
It  is  not  sweet,  like  that  of  the  Nile, 
but  is  good  for  camels ;  the  supply 
for  the  journey  should  therefore  be 
taken  in  at  the  western  extremity  of 
the  lands  of  £1  Gli^rek.  It  is  always 
better  to  have  too  much  than  too  little, 
and  rather  more  than  the  Arabs  say 
is  necessary  ;  as  they  try  to  load  their 
camels  as  ligtitly  as  possible,  and  think 
little  for  the  future. 

About  fifteen  miles  to  the  S.  £.  of 
W&dce  Ryin,  and  some  way  to  the 


lefl  of  the  road,  is  the  valley  of  Moi- 
leb,  with  a  mined  convent  or  monas- 
tery, and  a  spring  of  salt  water.  It 
may  be  visited  on  the  way  to  Wftdee 
.  Ry4n,  by  making  a  small  dStour,  and 
is  curious  as  a  Christian  ruin.  It 
contains  two  churches,  one  of  stone, 
the  other  of  brick,  and  is  surrounded 
by  a  strong  wall,  with  a  tower  of  de- 
fence on  the  north  side.  In  the 
churches  are  several  Coptic  and  some 
Arabic  inscriptions,  and  figures  of 
the  apostles  and  saints ;  and  tfie 
cornice  that  runs  round  a  niche  in 
the  stone  church  is  richly  carved, 
though  in  bad  taste.  The  total  di- 
mensions of  the  convent  are  89  paces 
by  65,  In  the  same  valley  are  some 
curious  specimens  of  the  picturesque 
wild  palm  tree. 

There  is  nothing  remarkable  on  the 
road  to  the  Oasis ;  and  one  cluster  of 
acacia  trees  appears  a  singular  no- 
velty. On  descending  into  the  low 
plain  in  which  the  Oasis,  properly  so 
called,  stands,  you  ^rceive  that  the 
calcareous  mountains  repose  on  sand- 
stone, with  a  substratum  of  clay, 
holding  the  water  that  rises  from  it  in 
the  form  of  springs.  You  pass  nu- 
merous stunted  tamarisk  bushes,  some 
palms  and  springs,  then  some  stagnant 
lakes ;  and  after  sinking  in  the  salt 
crust  of  once  flooded  fields,  that 
crackles  under  your  feet,  you  reach 
the  thick  palm  groves,  gardens,  and 
villages  of  the  Wah.  It  is  divided 
into  two  parts,  sepairated  by  some 
isolated  hills,  over  which  the  principal 
road  passes  from  one  to  the  other. 
Those  hills  are  sandstone,  and  they 
present  some  curious  geological  fea- 
tures. 

e.  LitUe  Oatie*  — The  modem  name 
of  the  Little  Oasis,  the  Oasis  Parva 
of  the  Romans,  is  Wah  el  Behnesa, — 
a  translation  of  the  old  Coptic  Ouahe 
Pemge.  The  Arabs  pretend  that  it 
was  so  called  from  having  been  once 
colonised  from  Behnesa,  on  the  Bahr 
Yoosef ;  and  it  is  to  this  that  Abool- 
feda  alludes  in  speaking  of  *<  another 
Behnesa  in  the  Wah."      It  is  also 


260 


ROUTE    18.  —  CAIRO  TO  THE   CASES* 


Sect,  IL 


known  as  Uic  Wah  el  Mend^esheh, 
and  tlie  Wah  el  Ghdrbee,  though  this 
last  is  properly  its  "  tPM/cra  "  divisioD. 
The  Arabic  name  Wah  is  the  same  as 
the  ancient  Egyptian  Ouah,  Aua,  or 
Oa,  which  with  the  Greek  termina- 
tion formed  Auasis,  or  Oasis,  and  u 
the  Coptic  Ouahe. 

The  only  ancient  stone  remains 
are  a  small  ruin  near  Zubbo,  and  a 
Roman  building  in  the  town  of  £1 
Kasr,  which  has  thence  derived  its 
name,  signifying  **  the  palace.**  This 
was  once  a  handsome  edirice,  well 
built,  and  ornamented  with  Doric 
mouldings  ;  and  its  arch,  with  the 
niches  at  the  side,  has  still  a  good 
effect.  The  Kasr  el  A  14m,  about  1^ 
mile  to  the  west  of  £1  Kasr,  is  an 
insignificant  crude  brick  ruin  :  there 
is  another  about  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  to  tlie  south -west  of  the  same 
town,  and  to  the  east  of  Zubbo  are 
some  rude  grottoes. 

The  Little  Oasis  has  several  springs 
of  warm  water,  which,  when  led  to 
cool  in  yorous  jars,  is  perfectly  whole- 
some and  palatable,  though  some  say 
it  disagrees  with  strangers  in  the  sum- 
mer. The  most  remarkable  are  at 
Bowitti  and  £1  Kasr,  the  former 
having  a  temperature  of  27^  Reaum. ; 
the  latter,  whose  stream  is  converted 
into  a  rude  bath,  of  27 \^  Reaum.,  or 
about  93J^  Fahr.  With  regard  to  the 
real  and  apparent  warmth  of  Uie  water  of 
some  of  these  springs,  an  idea  may  be 
had  from  a  pond  formed  by  them  at 
Zubbo,  whose  water  soon  after  sunrise 
(Feb.  S.),  tlie  exterior  air  being  8|o 
Reaum.,  was  18^°,  and  quite  warm 
to  the  hand ;  at  mid-day,  the  exterior 
air  being  15^  it  was  21°,  and  cold  to 
the  hand)  and  io  the  evening,  at  9 
r.  M.,  the  exterior  air  being  1&J°,  the 
water  was  20)°,  and  consequently 
warm  to  the  hand  ;  explaining  the  ex- 
aggerated phenomena  of  the  fountain 
of  the  Sun,  in  the  Oasis  of  Ammon. 
But  I  may  add,  that  the  pond,  which 
is  about  30  feet  wide,  is  not  more 
than  5  or  6  feet  in  depth.  It  is  the 
one  mentioned  by  Bclzoni« 


In  this  Wah  are  grown  a  variety  of 
fruit  trees,  much  liquorice,  rice,  bar- 
ley, wheat,  doorOf  clover,  wild  cotton, 
and  most  of  the  usual  productions  of 
the  Nile  ;  but  the  principal  source  of 
wealth  here,  as  in  the  otlier  Oasis,  is 
the  date  tree,  which  yields  a  very  su- 
perior quality  of  fruit. 

The  dates  are  of  four  kinds :  the 
Soltinee,  the  Saidee,  which  are  the 
best,  the  K&ka,  and  the  £rtob  (rot- 
tub) ;  but  those  of  the  S^ewah  are 
even  better.  The  proportion  of  fruit 
trees  is  also  much  greater  than  on  the 
Nile. 

A  conserve  of  dates,  called  Ag'weh, 
is  made  by  pounding  them  in  a  mass, 
and  then  mixing  whole  dates  with 
it.  The  Saidee  are  preferred  for  this 
purpose,  and  are  preserved  in  earthen 
jars,  and  kept  by  the  natives  for  their 
own  use ;  but  some,  which  they  put 
into  baskets,  are  sent  to  the  Nile, 
where  they  are  highly  and  justly  es- 
teemed. They  are  very  sweet  and 
rich,  unlike  any  produced  in  Egypt, 
and  are  sold  at  5  or  6  dollars  the 
kantar. 

They  make  no  brandy  from  dates, 
but  extract  a  palm  wine, called  Lowb'- 
geh,  from  the  heart  of  the  tree, — 
an  intoxicating  beverage,  of  which 
they  are  very  fond.  It  is  thus  made  : 
in  the  summer,  when  the  sap  is  up, 
they  cut  off*  all  the  pereets  (palm 
branches),  except  three  or  four  in  the 
middle ;  and  then,  having  made  inci- 
sions in  every  part  of  Uie  heart,  at  the 
foot  of  those  branches,  they  stretch  % 
skin  all  round,  to  conduct  the  juice 
into  a  jar  placed  there  to  receive  it. 
Some  palms  fill  a  jar  in  one  night, 
holding  about  six  pints.  It  is  sweeten- 
ed with  honey,  and  drunk  as  soon  as 
m.ide ;  and  its  taste  and  effect  are 
very  much  like  new  wine,  with  the 
flavour  of  cyder. 

The  heart  of  the  palm  tree  is  also 
cut  out  and  eaten.  But  this,  like  the 
process  of  making  the  wine,  s|>oil8 
the  tree.  The  people  of  tlie  Nile^ 
therefore,  never  taste  tlie  former  un- 
less a  tree  falls,  as  they  cannot  afford 


Egypt. 


ROUTE    18. — CAIRO  TO   THE   OASES. 


261 


to  sacrifice  what  costs  them  an  annual 
duty.  Tlie  trees  of  the  Oasis  are 
taxed  in  mass,  Uioseofthe  Nile  singly ; 
and  whether  dead  or  living,  have  the 
privilege  of  paying  a  fixed  tax. 

Tiivy  also  make  treacle  from  the 
dates :  and  they  lay  up  dried  pome- 
granates for  the  winter  and  spring. 

The  liquorice  roots  (jtooti)  are  sent 
to  the  Nile  in  baskets,  and  are  used 
for  making  a  sort  of  sherbet. 

The  principal  gardens  are  about  £1 
Kasr,  where  fruit  trees  are  abundant, 
particularly  apricots,  pomegranates, 
Seville  oranges  (luiWa^,  whence  the 
Spanish,  naranja,  and  our  *<  orange), 
and  vines :  they  have  al»o  the  banana, 
the  nebk,  and  mokhayt  (lihamnus 
Nabeca,  and  Ztzyphus),  olive,  peach, 
fig,  pear,  and  some  others,  among 
which  I  was  surprised  to  find  one 
plum,  and  2  or  S  apple  trees.  Olives 
are  not  abundant ;  and  tliey  are  mostly 
brought  from  the  S^wah  and  Fari- 
freh. 

Though  the  inhabitants  of  the  Oa- 
sis are  a  much  less  industrious  and 
energetic  race  than  the  fellahs  of 
£gypt,  tliey  pay  considerable  atten- 
tion to  the  cultivation  of  their  lands ; 
but  they  have  not  to  undergo  the  same  i 
toil  in  raising  water  as  on  the  Nile,  i 
the  streams  that  constantly  flow  from 
plentiful  springs  aflbrding  a  conve- 
nient and  never-failing  supply  for  irri- 
gation. But  the  stagnant  lakes  cre- 
ated hy  the  surplus  of  water  exhale  a 
pernicious  miasma,  causing  a  danger- 
ous remittant  fever,  which  annually 
rages  in  the  summer  and  autumn  ; 
and  the  Arabs  of  the  desert  consider 
it  unsafe  to  visit  these  districts  at  any  | 
otlier  season  than  the  winter  and  the 
spring. 

Whatever  theory  may  be  proposed, 
or  admitted,  regarding  the  origin  of 
the  springs,  1  am  persuaded  that  this 
Wah  is  about  200  feet  higher  tlian  the 
Nile  in  the  latitude  of  Benisooef ;  nor 
is  the  relative  height  of  this  and  the 
other  Oasis  at  all  regular ;  Kliargeh 
and  Dakhleh,  which  are  nearly  on  the 
same  level  as  the  valley  of  the  Nile, 


being  considerably  lower  than  Fari- 
freh  and  the  Little  Oasis.  But  in  all 
of  them  the  water  seems  to  rise  from 
an  argillaceous  bed,  which  in  the  two 
former  lies  under  limestone,  and  in  the 
latter  under  sandstone  strata.  It  may, 
however,  be  reasonably  conjectured 
that  the  water  comes  originally  from 
the  Nile,  whence,  carri«;d  over  the 
clay,  it  finds  its  way  to  the  different 
Oases,  as  to  tlie  Natron  valley ;  and 
its  occasionally  rising,  in  a  level  higher 
than  the  Nile  in  the  same  latitude,  is 
explained  by  its  having  entered  the 
conducting  stratum  at  some  more 
southerly,  and  consequently  more 
elevated,  part  of  the  river's  course. 

The  tax  imposed  on  the  Little. 
Oasis  was  in  1825  20,000  r^iils,  about 
640L  sterling,  annually  paid  to  Has- 
san Bey  Shamashirgee,  to  whom  this 
and  the  Oasis  of  Ammon  both  belong : 
and  the  peace  of  the  district  is  main- 
tained by  400  or  500  armed  men,  and, 
above  all,  by  a  fine  of  200  dollars  for 
every  native  killed  in  a  dispute,  or  on 
any  other  account  within  its  limits, 
and  double  that  sum  for  the  murder 
of  a  stranger.  It  is  diflicult  to  ob- 
tain any  information  respecting  the 
population  of  tlie  Oasis;  but,  from 
what  I  could  learn, — 


• 

Inhabitants. 

Zubbo  contains  about 

-     SOO 

Mar^eh 

-     400 

£1  Kasr,  about         • 

-  3500 

Bowitti,  about 

-  3000 

Total  about     7200 
The  distances  in  this  Oasis  are :  — 

From  Zubbo  Hnd  Mar^'eh  (which  are 

not  half  a  mile  apart)  to  the  ruined 

village  of  Bayrees  to  the  S.  £.,3 

miles. 
From  Zubbo  to  Bowitti  in  the  west- 

em  division  of  the  Oasis,  crossing 

the  hill,  4  miles. 
From  Bowitti  to  £1  Kasr,  less  than 

half  a  mile. 
From  El  Kasr  to  the  western  limit  of 

the  cultivated  lands,  1  j  mile. 


262 


BOUTE    18. — CAIRO  TO  THE  OASBS. 


Sect.  IT. 


No  general  extent  of  tliU  Oasis  can 
be  given,  owing  to  its  irregularity ; 
and  indeed  in  all  of  them  the  cul- 
tivable spots  bear  a  very  small  prcv 
portion  to  the  dimensions  of  the  valley 
over  which  they  are  studded. 

/.  El  Hayz.  —  The  small  Wah  of 
£1  Hayz  is  a  short  day  to  the  south 
of  tills  Oasis,  of  which,  indeed,  it  is  a 
continuation.  It  has  springs  and 
cultivated  land  belonging  to  the  peo- 
ple of  El  Kasr  and  Bowitti,  who  go 
there  at  certain  seasons  to  till  it,  and 
collect  the  crops.  But  it  has  no  vil- 
lage, and  the  only  appearance  of 
buildings  is  at  £1  Errees,  where  a 
ruined  church  shows  it  was  once  the 
abode  of  Christian  monks.  This 
consists  of  a  nave  and  aisles,  with 
rooms  on  the  upper  story.  Some  of 
tlie  arches  have  the  horse-shoe  form  ; 
and  over  a  window  I  observed  a 
Coptic  inscription.  About  600  paces 
to  the  south-west  is  another  crude 
brick  ruin,  about  74  paces  by  50, 
within  the  walls,  which  are  about  SO 
feet  high,  and  near  this  are  much 
pottery  and  some  nAk  trees,  which 
indicate  the  previous  existence  of  a 
garden,  either  belonging  to  a  monu- 
tery  or  a  town. 

g,  Far&frtK  —  About  3  days  from 
£1  Hayz  is  the  Oasis  and  village  of 
Fariifreh,  containing  about  60  or  70 
male  inhabitants.  The  Kassob, 
•*cane,"  mentioned  by  Ebn-el-Wer- 
dee,  appears  to  be  the  Dokhn  or  millet 
(Holcus  saccharatus),  grown  in  this 
district ;  and  it  is  remarkable  that  the 
name  Kastoh,  usually  confined  to 
sugar-cane,  is  here  applied  to  millet. 
The  productions  of  Farifreh  are  very 
mucfk  the  same  as  those  of  the  other 
Oasis,  but  it  excels  them  in  the  qua- 
lity of  its  olives,  which  are  exported 
to  the  Little  Oasis.  Far&freh  was 
formerly  called  Trinytheos  Oasis,  but 
it  boasts  no  remains  of  antiquity.  It 
has  a  castle  or  stronghold  that  com- 
mands and  protects  the  village  in  case 
of  attack  from  the  Arabs,  or  more 
dangerous  enemies;  and  they  relate  a 
melancholy  account  of  a  sudden  at- 


tack from  some  Blacks  of  the  interior, 
many  years  ago,  who  killed  or  carried 
off  the  greater  part  of  the  popula- 
tion. 

A.  Oaiea  of  the  Blacki.  —  Fire  or 
six  days  west  of  the  road  to  Farafrdi 
is  another  Oasis,  called  Wadee  Zer- 
zo6ra,  about  tlie  size  of  the  Oasis 
Parva,  abounding  in  palms,  with 
springs,  and  some  ruins  of  uncertain 
date.  It  was  discovered  about  20 
years  ago  by  an  Arab,  while  in  search 
of  a  stray  camel,  and  from  seeing  the 
footsteps  of  men  and  sheep  he  sup- 
posed it  to  be  inhabited.  Geb&bo, 
another  Wah,  lies  6  days  beyond  tliis 
to  the  west,  and  12  days  from  Au- 
gila ;  and  Tazerbo,  which  is  still  far- 
ther to  the  west,  forms  part  of  the 
same  Oasis.  The  general  belief  is 
that  W4dee  Zerz6ora  also  communi- 
cates with  it.  The  inhabiunts  are 
black,  and  many  of  them  have  been 
carried  off  at  different  times  by  the 
Moghrebbins  for  slaves:  through 
the  **  Vallies  of  the  Blacks,**  a  series 
of  similar  Oases  lie  still  fartlier  to  the 
west. 

According  to  another  account, 
Zerz6ora  is  only  two  or  three  days 
due  W.  from  Dakhleh,  beyond  which 
is  another  Wadee;  then  a  second 
abounding  in  cattle;  then  Geb4bo 
and  Tazerbo;  and  beyond  these, 
W4dee  Rebee&na.  Gebilbo  is  in- 
habited by  two  tribes  of  Blacks,  the 
Simertayn  and  Ergezayn. 

Tliese  are,  perhaps,  the  continuation 
of  palm-bearing  spots  mentioned  by 
Edrisi,  extending  to  Cuca  and  Ca- 
war. 

t.    Oa$u  of  Dakhleh.  —  Four  days 

to  the  S.   of  Far^freh,  is  the  Wah 

I  el    Gharbee,    or   Wah  e'   Dakhleh, 

I  "the  Western  or  Inner  Oasis.**    The 

I  name  of  Dakhleh  is  put  in  opposition 

to   Khargeh  (which  is  given  to  the 

,  Great  Oasis  that  lies  £.  of  it^,  —  the 

I  one  meaning   the    "receding,**    the 

other  the  **  projecting  **  Wah ;  Khar« 

,  geh  being  called  projeetingt  as  being 

nearer  to  £gypt. 

A  great  portion  of  the  road  from 


Egypt. 


BOUTB    18.  —  CAIRO  TO  THE  OASES* 


263 


YwiSteh  lies  between  two  of  the  nu- 
merous high  ridges  of  drifted  sand 
that  eitend  for  many  miles,  n^iriy 
due  N.  and  S.,  parallel  to  each  other. 
Tliere  is  no  water  after  passing  Ain 
e'  Dthukker,  the  halting-place  of  the 
first  day's  march. 

Though  noticed  by  Arab  writers, 
the  position  and  even  the  existence 
of  the  Wah  e'  Dakhleh  were  unknown 
in  modem  times,  until  visited  by  Sir 
Archibald  Edroonstone  in  1819. 

The  crude  brick  remains  of  nu- 
merous towns  and  villages^  prove  it  to 
have  been  once  a  very  populous  dis- 
trict. A  little  more  than  5  miles  to  the 
W.  S.  W.  of  the  modem  town  of  £1 
Kasr,  is  a  sandstone  temple,  called 
e'  Dayr  el  Hagar,  *'  the  stone  con- 
vent,** the  most  interesting  ruin  in 
this  Oasis.  It  has  the  names  of  Nero 
and  Titus  in  the  hieroglyphics  ;  and 
on  the  ceiling  of  the  adytum  is  part 
of  an  astronomical  subject.  Amun, 
Maut,  and  Khonso,  the  Tbeban  triad, 
were  the  principal  deities;  and  the 
ram-headed  Nepb  and  Harpocrates 
were  among  the  contemplar  gods; 
but  the  Tbeban  Jupiter  and  Maut 
held  the  post  of  honour.  The 
temple  consists  of  a  vestibule,  with 
screens  half  way  up  the  columns  ;  a 
portico,  or  hall  of  assembly ;  a  transept 
(if  I  may  so  call  it)  or  prosekos;  and 
the  central  and  two  side  adyta.  121 
feet  before  the*  door  of  the  vestibule 
is  a  stone  gateway  or  pyl6nS,  the  en- 
trance to  an  area  measuring  235  feet 
by  130,  surrounded  by  a  crude  brick 
wall.  At  the  upper  or  W.  end  of  it 
are  the  remains  of  stuccoed  rooms ; 
and  on  the  N.  £.  side  are  some 
columns,  covered  also  with  stucco, 
and  coloured. 

There  are  many  crude  brick  re- 
mains in  the  neighbourhood;  and 
about  one  mile  and  a  half  from  El 
Kasr  are  the  extensive  mounds  of  an 
ancient  town  with  a  sandstone  gate- 
way. The  fragments  of  stone  which 
lie  scattered  about  appear  to  indicate 
the  site  of  a  temple,  now  destroyed. 

These  mounds  are  about  half  a 


mile  square,  and  below  them  to  the 
E.  is  a  spring  called  Ain  el  Keead, 
whence  they  have  received  the  name 
of  Medeeneh  Kee&d.  They  are  also 
known  as  Lambada.  The  only  ruins 
now  remaining  are  of  crude  brick ; 
and  from  the  state  of  their  vaulted 
rooms,  they  appear  to  have  been  of 
Roman  time. 

£1  Kasr  and  Ka1am6on  are  the 
chief  towns  of  the" Wah  e*  Dukhleh. 
The  shekhs  of  £1  Kasr  call  them- 
selves of  the  tribe  of  Koriiysh,  and 
say  that  their  ancestors,  having  mi- 
grated to  this  part  of  the  country 
about  400  years  ago,  bought  the 
springs  and  lands,  which  they  have 
ever  since  possessed  ;  and  the  Sli6r- 
bagees  of  Kalam6on  (which  is  dis- 
tant eight  miles  to  the  S.)  claim  the 
honour  of  having  governed  the  Oases 
from  the  time  of  Sultan  Selim.  This 
privilege,  however,  is  now  much  cur- 
tailed; and  tiie  governor  of  Kala- 
m6on,  reduced  to  the  rank  of  other 
shekhs,  can  only  now  be  distinguished 
by  his  TurkiHh  dress,  his  title  of 
Eflendee,  and  the  more  diitingui  de- 
portment of  an  Osmanlee.  When  I 
visited  this  Oasis,  Hagee  Ismai'n  was 
shekb  of  £1  Kasr,  and  Ghuttas  £f- 
fendee  was  governor  of  Kalam6on ; 
from  both  of  whom  I  experienced  the 
greatest  kindness  and  hospitality. 

About  nine  miles  and  three  quarters 
to  the  £.  of  Kalamoon  is  the  village 
of  Isment,  where  I  observed  the  ca« 
pital  of  a  column  with  an  Athor  or 
Isis  head,  and  near  it  some  crude 
brick  ruins,  called,  as  usual,  e*  Dayr, 
*<  the  Convent.*'  About  one  mile 
and  a  half  to  the  S.  W.  is  Masarah. 
Ballat  is  a  little  more  than  ten  miles 
to  the  £.  of  Isroent.  On  the  road, 
and  about  two  and  a  half  miles  from 
the  latter  village,  are  the  ruins  of  a 
large  town,  called  Isment  el  Khar&b, 
*•  the  ruined  Isment."  The  most  re- 
markable remains  there  are  a  sandstone 
building,  measuring  nineteen  paces 
by  nine,  consisting  of  two  chambers, 
in  a  very  dilapidated  state;  and 
another  near  it,  measuring  five  paces 


264 


BOUTE    18.  —  CAIRO   TO  THE   OASES, 


Sect,  rr. 


by  five,  with  an  addition  before  and 
behind  of  crude  brick,  stuccoed  and 
painted  in  squares  and  flowers.  Nine- 
teen paces  in  front  of  it  is  a  stone 
gateway,  the  entrance  to  the  area  in 
which  it  stood.  Tliere  are  also  some 
large  crude  brick  buildings  orna- 
mented with  pilasters,  apparently  of 
Roman- Egyptian  time;  within  which 
are  vaulted  chambers  of  sandstone. 
Many  of  the  houses  of  the  town  re- 
main, mostly  vaulted  and  stuccoed; 
and  the  streets  may  easily  be  traced. 
A  little  more  than  one  mile  from  this 
are  other  ruins,  called  £1  Kasr  el 
Areeseh. 

Near  Ballat  is  a  ruined  town  called 
Besh^ndy.  The  houses  were  vaulted 
and  stuccoed,  and  the  principal  build- 
ing seems  to  have  been  a  temple,  of 
crude  brick,  with  the  Egyptian  ovals 
and  cornice.  The  doorway  is  arched, 
and  it  is  evidently  of  Roman  time. 
Tene^da  is  a  ruined  village  of  Arab 
time,  which  has  long  been  deserted : 
but,  as  the  land  about  it  is  very  good, 
serious  thoughts  are  entertained  by 
the  people  of  Ballat  of  colonising  it, 
and  rebuilding  the  houses. 

Of  the  population  of  the  Wah  e* 
Daklileh,  I  could  leirn  nothing  satis- 
factory ;  but,  according  to  the  doubt- 
ful accounts  of  the  natives, — 

Male  Inhabitant!. 

£1  Kasr  contains  from  1200  to  1500 

Kalamoon          -         -  800  to  1000 

Ged^dee           -        -  1000 

Ballat        ...  800 

Moot         ...  400 

Masarah    ...  250 

Isment      ...  250 

Hindow     ...  600 
Bedcholo,    or    Aboo- 

doknloo          .        -  400 

Moosh^eh           .         .  500 

Gharghoor         .         -  50 

ToUl  from  6250  to  6750 

The  condition  and  population  of 
this  Oasis  are  very  superior  to  those 
of  the  other  two ;  and  in  spite  of  the 
authority  of  Yacutus,  who  says,  «•  The 
Wah  which  is  opposite  the  Fyo^m,  is 


better  inhabited  than  the  second,**  or 
Wall  e*  Dakhleb,  it  is  evident  that 
the  latter  was  always  more  populous, 
and  always  contained  a  greater  num- 
ber of  villages.  Indeed  in  the  Oasis 
Parva  there  are  only  4  — *  Zubbo, 
and  Mnreeh,  or  Mendeesheh,  £1 
Kasr,  and  Bowitti ;  whereas  Dakhleh 
contains  11,  and  a  population  of 
more  than  6000  yaale  inhabitants. 
The  remains,  too,  of  ancient  towns 
and  villages  far  exceed  any  that  the 
former  can  boast,  and  prove  its  supe. 
riority  in  this  respect  at  all  times. 

Dakhleh  abounds  in  fruits,  par.^ 
ticularly  olives  and  apricots ;  hut 
dates,  as  in  all  the  Oases,  bring  the 
principal  revenue  to  the  district.  At 
£1  Kasr  is  a  warm  spring,  whose 
copious  stream  supplies  several  batlis 
attached  to  the  mosk,  for  which  its 
temperature  of  102°  Fah.  is  well 
adapted.  The  people  are  hospitable, 
and  consequently  differ  from  those  of 
the  Oasis  Parva;  nor  are  they  so 
ignorant  and  bigoted  as  the  latter,  or 
as  those  of  Far^freh. 

The  general  position  of  the  Oaitis/ 
of  Dakhleh  is  N.  and  S.  in  the  di- 
rection  of  a  line  passing  through  £1 
Kasr  to  Kalamoon,  and  thence  E. 
towards  Ballat;  its  extent  north- 
wards  measuring  about  15  miles,  and 
£.  and  W.  about  28.  Much  rice  is 
grown  in  this,  as  in  the  other  Oases, 
particularly  about  Moot  and  Masarah: 
but  it  is  very  inferior  to  that  of  the 
Delta,  the  gnKn  being  small  and 
hard. 

/    THK    GEBAT    OASIS,    OK     WAH     SL 

KHAROKH.  —  Three  short  days  to  the 
eastward  of  the  Wah  e*  Dakhleh,  is 
the  Great  Oasis,  or  Wah  el  Khiirgeh. 
It  has  also  the  name  of  Menaraoon* 
perhaps  taken  from  Ma-ii-amun,  sig. 
nifying  **  the  abode  of  Amun."  On 
the  road  is  a  small  temple,  and  a  well 
of  water  called  Ain  Amo6r,  sur* 
rounded  by  an  enclosure  of  crude 
brick,  intended  to  protect  the  temple, 
and  secure  access  to  the  spring. 
Kneph,  Amunre,  and  Maut  are  the 
principal  deities.     Tliough  the  name 


Egypt 


BOUTE  18. — TEMPLE  OF  EL  KhIkGEH. 


265 


seems  to  be  of  a  Casar,  the  temple 
has  an  appearance  of  greater  an- 
tiquity than  the  generality  of  those  in 
the  Oases ;  but  I  could  find  no  re- 
mvns  of  a  town ;  and  it  is  possible 
that  this  temple  was  intended  merely 
to  add  a  sanctity  to  the  site  of  the 
spring,  and  to  ensure  its  protection. 

Tlw  first  object  of  interest,  on 
entering  the  Oasis  of  £1  Khirgeh  on 
that  side,  is  a  eelvmbarium,  consisting 
of  a  large  arched  chamber,  pierced 
with  small  cells  for  cinerary  urns, 
capable  of  containing  the  condensed 
residue  of  numerous  burnt  bodies. 
It  measures  about  1 7  ft.  by  8  ft.,  and 
about  80  ft.  in  height  Beyond  it 
are  other  ruins  and  tombs;  then 
another  columbarium,  and  a  tower 
about  40  ft.  high,  in  which  were  once 
separate  stories,  the  lower  rooms 
arched,  the  upper  ones  baring  had 
roofs  supported  by  rafters.  The  tower 
protected  a  well,  and  was  probably 
an  outpost  for  soldiers.  About  one 
third  of  a  mile  to  the  north  of  this, 
and  S.  £.  of  the  columbarium,  are 
the  remains  of  another  tower  and 
ruined  walls ;  beyond  which  is  another 
ruin  of  crude-brick  with  an  arched 
roof,  and  a  door  in  the  Egyptian  style. 
Half  a  mile  further  are  other  crude- 
brick  ruins  on  the  hills,  and  an  old 
well  about  50  ft.  in  diameter.  About 
a  mile  beyond,  to  the  south,  is  the 
Kasr  AIn  e'  Sont,  *<  the  palace  (or 
castle)  of  the  Acacia  fountain,"  so 
called  from  a  neighbouring  spring. 
It  consists  of  about  SO  rooms  and 
passages,  with  staircases,  leading  to 
the  upper  part,  and  the  exterior  is 
ornamented  with  the  Egyptian  cor- 
nice. It  is  of  crude-brick,  and  pro- 
bably of  Roman  time;  and  in  the 
wall  facing  the  well  a  stone  niche  or 
doorway  has  been  put  up  in  the 
midst  of  the  brickwork,  for  what  pur- 
pose I  could  not  discover,  being 
some  distance  from  the  ground.  In 
one  of  the  rooms  are  some  Coptic  in- 
scriptions. There  are  other  ruins 
near  this,  all  a  little  out  of  the  direct 
road  to  the  town  of  El  Khiirgeh; 


and  beyond  are  some  tombs,  one  of 
which  is  ornamented  with  pilasters, 
and  a  pediment  over  the  entrance. 
From  the  fountain,  or  Ain  e'  Sont,  to 
the  great  temple  of  El  Khirgeh,  is 
about  one  mile  and  a  quarter,  or  to 
the  town  about  three  miles.  On  the 
way,  and  about  half  a  mile  to  the  left, 
you  pass  the  Necropolis,  which  I 
shall  mention  presently. 

The  great  tempi*  of  El  Kh&rgeh 
is  much  larger  than  any  in  the  Oases, 
and  is  an  interesting  monument.  It 
was  dedicated  to  Aroun,  or  Amunre ; 
and  it  is  worthy  of  remark  that  the 
ram-headed  god  has  here  the  same 
name  as  the  long-feathered  Amun  of 
Thebes.  In  explanation  of  this  I 
must  observe,  that  we  are  not  to  look 
upon  the  ram-headed  god  as  Amun, 
but  to  remember  that  it  is  Amun  who 
has  assumed  the  head  of  a  ram,  in  the 
same  way  as  he  takes  the  form  of 
Khem,  or  any  other  god.  The  cus- 
tom was  common  to  other  deities  of 
the  Egyptian  Pantheon,  who  bor- 
rowed each  other's  attributes  without 
scruple ;  and  it  was  this  his  assump- 
tion of  an  attribute  of  Knepb,  par- 
ticularly in  the  Oasis,  that  led  to  the 
error  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans, 
in  representing  Amun  with  the  head 
of  a  ram,  as  a  general  form  of  that 
deity. 

The  sculptures  of  the  temple  are 
not  of  the  spirited  style  of  the  early 
Pharaooic  ages ;  though  some  are  by 
no  means  bad,  particularly  on  the 
transverse  wall  separating  the  front 
from  the  back  part  of  the  portico.  In 
the  adytum  the  figures  are  small,  and 
the  subjects  very  extraordinary,  pro- 
bably of  Ptolemaic  or  Roman  time^ 
when  extravagant  emblems  took  the 
place  of  the  more  simple  forms  of  an 
earlier  period. 

The  oldest  name  I  met  with  was  of 
Darius,  which  occurs  in  many  places ; 
and  on  a  screen  before  the  temple 
is  that  of  Amyrtaus.  There  are 
also  several  Greek  inscriptions  on  the 
front  gateway  or  pylon,  one  of  which, 
bearing  the  date  of  the  first  year  <^ 


266 


ROUTE  18.  —  CAIRO    TO    THE    OASES. 


Sectn. 


the  Emperor  Galba,  consists  of  66 
lines. 

The  whole  length  of  the  temple 
measures  about  142  feet  by  63,  and 
about  30  feet  in  height.  Attached 
to  the  front  of  it  is  a  screen,  with  a 
central  and  two  side  doorways ;  and 
in  the  dromos  is  a  succession  of  pylons, 
one  before  the  other,  at  intervals  of 
80,  70,  And  50  feet  It  is  the  outer 
one  (which  is  furthest  from  the  tem- 
ple), that  bears  the  inscriptions;  and 
50  feet  before  it  is  an  hypsethral 
building  on  a  raised  platform,  termi- 
nating the  dromos,  from  which  there 
is  ascent  to  it  by  a  flight  of  steps. 
The  temple  was  enclosed  within  a 
stone  wail,  abutting  against  the  in- 
nermost pylon.  This  formed  the 
temcHot.  Near  the  S.W.  corner  is 
another  smaller  hypaethral  building, 
and  some  distance  to  the  N.  of  the 
temple  is  a  small  stone  gateway.  On 
the  summit  of  the  second  or  middle 
pylon  of  the  drom^  some  brickwork 
has  been  raised  in  later  times  by  the 
Arabs;  forcibly  recalling  the  addi- 
dons  made  during  the  middle  ages  to 
many  Roman  buildings  in  Italy.  The 
stone  part  itself  is  much  higher  than 
the  other  two  gateways,  being  about 
45  feet  to  the  top  of  the  cornice ; 
while  the  other  two,  the  first  and  in- 
nermost, are  only  respectively  15  ft 
7  in.  and  20  ft.  3  in.  The  stones  are 
well  fitted,  and  have  been  fastened 
together  with  wooden  dovetailed 
cramps. 

In  the  vicinity  of  the  temple  stood 
the  ancient  town.  It  bore  the  name 
of  Ibis,  or  in  Egyptian,  Hebif  **  the 
plough,"  under  which  character  it  is 
frequently  designated  in  the  hiero- 
glyphics with  the  sign  of  land,  and  it 
was  the  capital  of  the  Great  Oasis. 

On  a  height,  south  east  from  the 
temple,  is  a  stone  building  called 
E'  Nadira,  surrounded  by  a  spacious 
crude>brick  enclosure,  which  bears  tlie 
names  of  Adrian  and  Antoninus. 

To  the  north  is  a  remaiicable 
Necropolis,  consisting  of  about  150 
crude  brick  tombs  ornamented  with 


pilasters  and  niches,  not  in  very  pure 
style,  but  on  the  whole  having  a  good 
effect  On  the  stucco  within  are  re- 
presented various  subjects,  which,  as 
well  as  the  style  of  architecture  and 
the  presence  of  a  Church,  decide 
that  they  are  of  a  Christian  epoch. 
The  inscriptions  on  their  walls  are 
mostly  Coptic  and  Arabic ;  and  the 
sacred  Tau^  the  Egyptian 

symbol  of  O  life,  adopted 
by  these  ■¥■  early-  Chris- 
tians, fre  I  quently  oc- 
curs here  in  stead  of  the 
cross  of  their  successors. 

Tliere  are  many  other  ruins  in  the 
vicinity  of  El  Kh&rgeh;  the  others 
are  in  the  southern  part  of  this  Oasis, 
on  the  road  to  Bayr^es. 

The  caravans  from  Dar-Foor  to 
Egypt  pass  through  the  Great  Oasis, 
on  their  way  to  Osioot.  Slaves  are 
also  brought  this  way  by  Takr6orees, 
who  are  blacks  from  ibe  interior  of 
Africa,  and  Moslems,  but  are  looked 
upon  as  an  inferior  kind  of  merchant. 
The  great  and  wealthy  Jel&bs  are 
from  Dar-Foor,  who  sometimes  bring 
from  2000  to  4000  slaves.  The  rate 
of  travelling  by  tlie  slave  caravans  is 
very  slow ;  they  only  go  from  sunrise 
to  half  past  2  or  3  r.M.,  or  about 
8  hours*  march ;  and  the  journey  from 
Dar-Foor  to  Be]rrees,  at  the  south  of 
the  Oasis,  occupies  31  days; — 10 
from  Dar-Foor  to  tlie  Natron  plain 
called  Zeghr&wa,  7  to  Elegeeh,  4  to 
Sele^meh,  5  to  Sheb,  and  5  to  Bay- 
rees. 

The  population  of  this  Oasis,  ac- 
cording to  the  natives,  is  thus  calcu- 
I  lated :  — 

Hale  Inhab. 

At  El  Kh&rgeh    ...  3000 

Genih     ....  250 

Belik       ....  400 

Beyr^es  ...         -  600 
(Doosh,  included  in   Bay- 

r^) 

Maks       ...         .  40 

4290 


Egypt 


ROTTTE  18.  —  THE  GREAT    OASIS. 


267 


The  town  of  £1  Khargeh  stands 
about  IS  miles  from  the  hills  that 
bound  this  Oasis  to  the  east,  over 
which  the  various  roads  lead  to  the 
Nile.  The  length  of  the  central 
plain,  in  which  it  stands,  extends  in  a 
direct  line  N.  and  S.  about  66  miles, 
great  part  of  which  is  desert,  with 
cultivable  spots  here  and  there,  which 
depend  on  the  presence  of  springs. 

The  productions  of  the  Wah  £1 
Khirgeh  are  very  much  the  same  as 
those  of  the  Little  Oasis ;  with  the 
addition  of  the  Theban  palm,  much 
wild  senna,  and  a  few  other  plants ; 
but  it  is  inferior  in  point  of  fertility. 
The  number  of  fruit  trees  is  also  much 
less,  nor  can  it  boast  of  the  same 
variety. 

The  Oases  are  little  noticed  by 
ancient  writers,  except  as  places  of  ex- 
ile, which  ill  accord  with  the  fanciful 
name  of  *<  Islands  of  the  blessed," 
given  them  by  Herodotus ;  who  adds 
another  extraordinary  assertion  that 
the  great  Oasis  was  inhabited  by 
Samians  of  the  iBschrionian  tribe. 
Through  it  the  army  of  Cambyses  is 
said  to  have  passed,  when  going  to 
attack  the  Ammonians ;  and  it  was  in 
the  desert,  about  half-way  between 
this  and  S^wah,  that  the  Per- 
sians perished.  One  of  the  most  re- 
markable persons  banished  to  this 
place,  was  Nestorius,  who  was  con- 
demned by  the  council  of  £phesus, 
and  was  at  length  sent  to  the  Great 
Oasis  in  435  a.  d. 

k,    DISTAXCKS     IN     THE    OEXAT     OASIS 
GOING  TO  ITS  SOUTHSllN  XXTRXMITY. 

Miles. 
£1  Khirgeh  to  Kasr  el  Goaytah  9j 
Kasr  Ain  e*  Zayin  -        -         -     2 

Bel&k 4 

Tomb  of  £m^r  Khiled  -        ^    ^ 
Low  hills  and  springs  of  Deka- 
keen  (just  beyond  the  ruined 
village  to  the  right)      •         -  23^ 
Bayr^s  (about)       -         -         -     8 
Temple  of  Doosh     -        -        - 8J^ 

58 


At  KatT  d  GSayt6h  is  a  temple 
with  the  names  of  Ptolemy  £uer- 
getes  I ,  of  Philopater,  and  of  Lathy- 
rus.  It  was  dedicated  to  Amun, 
Maut,  and  Khonso,  —  the  great 
Theban  triad. 

At  Kasr  Ain  e*  Zay&n  is  another 
temple,  which  was  restored  in  the 
third  year  of  Antoninus  Pius,  and 
was  dedicated  to  Amen^bis.  This 
deity  appears  to  have  been  the  same 
as  Amun,  and  his  name  was  evidently 
a  Greek  form  of  Amun-Neph.  The 
following  Greek  dedicatory  inscrip- 
tion over  the  door  of  the  temple  at 
Kasr  Ain  e*  Zay&n  contains  this  name 
and  tliat  of  the  town,  which  was  called 
Tch6nemyri8 :  — 

Afuv$fit  j>if»  fuyt^r^  TxMri^H^Mr,  mm 
rvnmtt   ^Wf    vwt^   Tits    Ut  tumttt  hm/uttmc 

AlTWVlifW 

Kmtru^,  TMi  xufMv,  mm  ntfurmtm    mtrw 

Mmmit  •  nix«r  rm  ii(«v.  mm  r% 
fl'(M«M  («  xmtifxt  mmrtrxtum4^  iwi  AmuZieu 

HAi«diM{«;  ^WMfx^  AsyvirTWt 
Jtwnpum  Mmtftnts  twirr^mvnymtt    fTftiTt- 

nwt   Tftrmt   AvT«x^r«(«f     Kmira^ts   Ttrtm 
AiAiMi  Atfi«»«v  Amntivm 

*'  To  Amen6bit,  the  mott  great  Ood  of 
TchAnemyrit,  and  to  the  contemplar  deities, 
for  the  eternal  preservation  of  the  Lord  An- 
toninus Caesar,  and  all  his  family,  the  ady- 
turn  (t^kos),  and  the  portico  (pronaos),  have 
been  tniilt  anew  under  Avidius  Heliodorus, 
prefect  of  Egypt,  S«ptiniius  Macron  being 
commander«in'Chief,  and  Pamius  Csppion 
ccmmander  of  the  forces,  in  the  third  year 
of  the  Emperor  Cseear  Titus  Alius  Adrianus 


Antoninus,  Augustus,  Pius,  the  eighteenth 
of  Mesor^** 

About  2}  miles  beyond  the  village 
of  BeUk  is  a  tomb  taid  to  be  of  tlie 
famous  Khiled  ebn  el  Weleed,  or 
£m4er  Khilled. 

Three  hours  beyond  Bayr^  is  the 
temple  of  Doosh,  which  has  the  names 
of  Domitian  and  Adrian,  and  was 
dedicated  to  Sarapis  and  Isis ;  but  the 
Greek  inscription  on  the  pylon  has 
the  date  of  the  19th  year  of  Trajan. 
The  ancient  name  pf  the  town  was 
Cysis ;  and  the  inhabitants  added  this 
stone  gateway  for  the  good  fortune  of 
the  emperor,  and  in  token  of  their 
own  piety ;  as  we  learn  from  the  in- 
scription on  the  lintel :  — . 
»  2 


268     KOUTE  19. — CAIRO  TO  CONVENTS  IN  THE  DESERT.     SeCt.II« 


Tmucvw.    Atirrmf,    liCturw,  Tt^fuutmwt 

Atiftrmt  ,    %    tk 

E««f  X*v  Ai^wrriv,  Za<«ri9<  ««i  IriSi,  3i«if 

«  For  thetfortune  of  the 'Lord  Emperor 
Caesar  Nerva  Tn^anut,  the  beet,  Auguctus, 
Oennanicui,  Uaaeua,  under  Marcus  Ruti- 
Uus  Lupus,  praefect  of  Eoypt.  To  Sarapis 
and  Isis,  the  most  great  gods,  the  inhabitanto 
of  Cysis,haTing  decreed  the  building  of  the 
pylon,  did  it  in  token  of  their  piety.  In  the 
year  19  of  the  Emperor  Canar  Nerva  Traja. 
nus,  the  best,  Augustus,  Oermanlcua,  Daci- 
cus,  the  first  of  Pachoo." 

t      ROAD   TO   ABTDU8. 

The  roads  to  Abydus,  to  Osioot, 
and  to  Farsboot,  go  from  £1  Kbargeh. 
The  northcmmost  one  is  that  to 
Osioot. 

After  six  hours*  march  with  camels, 
on  the  road  from  £1  Khargeh  to 
Farshoot,  or  to  Abydus,  you  come  to 
a  Roman  fort  of  crude  brick,  about 
ninety  paces  square,  with  a  doorway 
of  burnt  brick  on  one  side.  The 
walls  are  very  thick,  about  50  feet 
high,  and  defended  by  strong  towers 
projecting  at  the  comers  and  three  of 
the  faces ;  and,  from  its  position, 
about  100  paces  south  of  the  spring, 
it  is  evident  that  it  was  intended  for 
the  protection  of  this,  the  only  water- 
ing place,  on  the  way  to  the  Nile. 
It  is  called  £'  Dayr,  <«  the  convent," 
probably  in  consequence  of  its  having 
been  occupied  at  a  subsequent  period 
by  the  Christians,  who  have  left 
another  ruined  building  in  the  vici- 
nity, with  two  vaulted  chambers,  in 
which  are  some  Coptic  and  Arabic 
inscriptions.  Seven  minutes*  walk 
to  the  north  west  from  the  fort  is 
another  ruin,  with  vaulted  chambers, 
but  without  any  inscriptions. 

The  rest  of  the  journey  to  the  valley 
of  the  Nile  at  Abydus  occupies  nearly 
three  days,  or  from  thirty-two  to  34 
hours*  march.  Nothing  is  met  with 
on  the  way  but  remains  of  enclosures 
made  with  rough  stones,  at  intervals; 
and  much  broken  pottery,  during  the 


second  day's  journey.  The  journey 
from  £1  Khargeh  to  Farehoot  takes 
about  46  hours ;  but  you  then  avoid 
a  bad  descent  of  the  hills  into  the 
valley  of  the  Nile. 

m.      aOAD  TO   K^NE. 

The  road  from  the  Great  Oasis  to 
£^n^,  or  to  Rexekat,  goes  from  near 
Bayrees,  and  thence  across  the  desert 
to  the  Nile.  The  journey  is  per- 
formed in  about  50  hours  from  Bay- 
rees to  the  Nile.  There  is  also  a 
road  from  £1  Khargeh  to  Resekat, 
which  occupies  the  same  time,  fifty 
hours,  and  that  distance  is  computed 
at  about  125  miles. 


ROUT£  19. 

CAIRO  TO  THE  CONVENTS  OF  STt 
AMTONT  AND  ST.  PAUL  IN  THE 
EASTSEK   DESERT. 

IHstanoet.  MUes. 

Cairo  to  Benisoo^f  by  water 

(we  Sect,  III.  BmUe  20.)     -     77 
Benisooef  by  land  to  the  con- 
vent of  St  Antony     -        -    76J 
Convent  of  St.  Paul       -        »     14 

1671 

Several  roads  lead  flrom  the  Nile 
to  the  convents,  and  to  other  parts  of 
the  desert;  but  the  best  and  moat 
frequented  is  that  from  Dayr  By6d,  a 
village  opposite  Benisooef.  After 
crossing  various  torrent  beds,  it  enters 
the  Wadee  el  Arraba,  a  large  valley, 
nearly  20  miles  broad,  which  runs  to 
the  Red  Sea  between  the  ranges  of 
the  northern  and  southern  {^alla. 
It  has  the  advantages  of  several  water- 
ing-places, in  the  Wadee  el  Arraba, 
the  most  convenient  of  which  are  at 
Wadee  el  Areideh  on  the  north,  and 
at  Wadee  Om  Ainebeh  on  the  south 
side. 

This  desert  belongs  to  the  Maa- 
zee  tribe  of  Arabs,  whose  camels  or 
dromedaries  may  be  engaged  at  Dayr 
By4d.  The  tribes  of  the  desert,  be- 
tween  the  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea, 
are:  — 


Egypt      BOUTE  19. — CAIRO  TO  CONVENTS  IN  THE  DESERT.      269 


1.  The  Maacy  or  Maaiee,  called  by 
the  Ab4bdefa«  AtowneeXsing. 
Atweoee),  the  largest  tribe. 

8.  Howaytat,  about  the  Suei  road 
and  Cairo. 

S*  Tarab^en,  on  the  northern  ex- 
tremity of  Egypt. 

4.  Amrin  or  Anii[r^n,on  the  Suei 

road. 

5.  Ey^ideh,  or  Aiiideh,  about  Mit- 

tar^'^h  (HeliopolU). 

6.  AUowien  or  Allawin,  mostly  be- 

tween Egypt  and   Petra,    or 
to  the  north  of  Mount  Sinai. 

7.  Neaim  or  Neam,  about  Bussateen. 

8.  Beni  Wisel  (now  FeOoAtn,  op- 

posite Beniaooef). 

9.  How^sem,  about  Kossayr. 

la  Baiee  1  Small  tribes,  in  dif- 
11.  Subbaha  I  ferent  parte,  chiefly 
IS.  Geh^ynee  (  near  the  Kossayr 
IS.  Harb        J     road. 

14.  Metahrit,     at    Birg,     opposite 

Osi6ot,  now  Fdhkin. 

15.  £*  Shereef,  at  e*  Shurafa,  near 

Keneh,  now  FeUahin. 

16.  Howira,  in   the  Thebald,  long 

since  Fdlahin. 

17.  Aaeixee,  or  Axfsee,  on  the  Kos- 

sayr road. 

18.  Asisne 

19.  Tmylit 

50.  Howinieh 

51.  Deboor 
SS.  Aid 
S3.  Akaileh 
S4«  Semaneh 

55.  Attaint 

56.  Kelaybit 

57.  Haggiza 
88.  Eufm 

To  the  south  of  Kossayr  are  the 
Jenaab,  and  other  Emfar,  or  sub- 
divisions of  the  Abilbdeh. 

Dayr  Mar-Ankmiott  **tbe  mo- 
noHtry  of  Si.  AtUony,"  is  inhabited 
by  Copts,  who  are  supported  b^ 
the  Toluntary  contributions  of  their 
brethren  in  Egypt  Their  principal 
saint  is  St.  George  of  Cappadocia ; 
but  their  patron  is  St.  Antony  of  the 
Thebaid.  He  was  the  friend  and 
companion  of  Mar-Bolos,  or  St.  Paul, 


Small  tribes. 


a  hermit  who  founded  another  mo- 
nastery, called  after  him  Dayr  BSlot, 
distant  by  the  road  about  fourteen 
miles  to  the  south-east.  •  Dayr  An- 
tonios  is  seventeen  or  eighteen,  and 
Dayr  B61os  nine  miles  from  the  sea. 
The  former  may  be  considered  the 
principal  monastery  in  Egjrpt;  and 
its  importance  is  much  incrnsed  since 
the  election  of  the  patriarch  has 
been  transferred  to  it  from  those  at 
the  Natron  lakes.  Dayr  B6los,  how- 
ever, claims  for  itself  an  equal  rank ; 
and  one  of  the  patriarchs  has  been 
chosen  from  its  members;  though 
Dayr  Antooios  surpasses  it  in  the 
number  of  its  inmates.  I  tried  in 
vain  to  learn  something  about  the 
dictionary  for  Coptic  and  Arabic, 
said  by  Wansleb  to  be  in  the  library 
there,  which  he  says  was  written  by 
Ebn  el  Assal,  and  valued  at  thirty 
crowns.  Nor  were  my  questions  re- 
specting the  Coptic  map  of  the  patri- 
arch, containing  the  names  and  posi- 
tion of  the  towns  in  Egypt,  mora 
successfuL  Both  convents  have  gar- 
dens. Those  of  Dayr  Antonios  aro 
kept  in  very  good  order,  and  are 
an  agreeable  retreat  after  crossing  the 
desert  The  monks  ara  hospitable, 
and  the  convent  is  famed  for  its 
olives.  They  show  the  cavern  where 
their  founder  lived  in  the  rocks  above ; 
but  there  is  nothing  remarkable  in 
the  convent  beyond  its  antiquity  and 
associations. 

Both  convents  have  been  destroyed 
and  rebuilt  That  of  St  Antony 
stands  below  the  Kalalla  mountains,  a 
limestone  range  of  considerable  height, 
which  bounds  the  Wadee  el  Arraba 
to  the  south.  This  valley  has  re- 
ceived its  name  from  the  fimutrot  or 
qyrts,  that  formerly  carried  provisions 
to  the  two  monasteries,  and  is  absurdly 
reported  to  have  been  so  called  from 
the  chariots  of  Pharaoh,  that  pursued 
the  Israelites,  as  they  crossed  the  sea 
to  the  desert  of  Mount  Sinai. 

The  quarries  of  oriental  alabaster, 
discovered  about  ten  years  ago,  from 
which  the  stone  has  been  taken  to 

irS 


270    ROUTE  19. — CAIRO  TO  CONVENTS  IN  THE  DESERT.     Sect.  II. 


ornament  the  new  mosk  of  the  citadel, 
and  other  works,  is  in  the  Wadee  Om- 
Argo6b ;  a  valley  running  into  the 
Wadee  Moathil,  which  again  falls 
into  the  Wadee  Sennoor,  to  the  south 
of  the  road  leading  to  the  convents. 
There  is  also  a  gypsum  quarry  near 
the  Gebel  Khaleel,  on  the  north  side 
of  the  Wadee  Arraba  ;  and  Wansleb 
speaks  of  a  ruined  town  in  the  same 
neighbourhood. 

In  this  part  of  the  desert  the  moun- 
tains are  all  limestone ;  like  those 
that  border  the  valley  of  the  Nile, 
from  Cairo  southwards  to  the  sand- 
stones of  Hagar  Silsili  and  its  vicinity ; 
which,  with  the  few  variations  in  the 
strata  about  Cairo,  the  secondary 
gres  of  the  Red  Mountain,  and  the 
petrified  wood  lying  over  the  Gebel 
Mokuttum,  are  the  principal  geo- 
logical features  of  Egypt.  In  the 
interior  of  the  desert,  however,  about 
latitude  28^  4(y,  begins  a  range  of 
primitive  mountains,  which  continues 
thence,  in  a  direction  nearly  parallel 
with  the  sea,  even  to  Abyssinia.  As 
it  goes  southwards  it  increases  in 
breadth,  branching  off  to  the  west- 
ward, after  passing  the  latitude  of 
Kossayr,  and  afterwards  crosses  the 
Nile  in  the  vicinity  of  Asouan.  The 
principal  primitive  rocks  in  the  Maa- 
zee  desert  are  the  famous  Egyptian 
porphyry,  various  granites,  serpen- 
tines, and  a  few  others :  in  the  Abab- 
deh  portion,  the  Breccia  Verde, 
slates,  and  micaceous,  talcose,  and 
other  schists.  Along  the  coast,  ge- 
nerally, a  short  distance  from  the  sea, 
is  another  range  of  low  limestone  hills, 
which  borders  the  primitive  ridge  to 
the  east,  as  the  others  do  to  the  west ; 
the  lofty  peaks  of  granite  and  other 
primitive  mountains  rising  betwe^ 
them  like  vertebra^  of  the  large  back- 
bone of  the  desert,  one  of  which, 
Ghireb,  measures  6000  feet  above 
the  sea. 

The  same  formation  occurs  on  the 
other  side  of  the  sea  in  the  peninsula 
of  Mount  Sinai,  where  the  limestone 
19  succeeded  by  sandstone  beds  that 


separate  it  from  the  granite  and  other 
primitive  rocks. 

The  junction  of  the  limestone  and 
sandstone  in  the  Maazy  desert  takes 
place  at  about  latitude  28°  42f  to  the 
south  of  Dayr  Bolos,  and  the  primi- 
tive rocks  begin  a  few  miles  farther 
down.  As  few  are  likely  to  visit  this 
desert,  I  shall  only  notice  the  most 
remarkable  places. 

Gebel  e*  Zayt,  *<the  mountain  of 
oil,'*  is  close  to  the  sea,  nearly  opposite 
Ras  Mohammed,  between  latitude 
27°  50^,  and  28°  3'.  It  abounds  in 
petroleum,  whence  its  name ;  and  at 
£*  Gimsheh,  a  headland,  terminating 
the  bay  to  the  S.  S.  W.  of  it,  are  some 
sulphur  mines,  grottoes  and  inscrip- 
tions in  the  Sinaitic  character. 

The  porphyry  quarries  are  at  GAd 
e*  Dohhan,  **  the  mountain  of  smoke,*' 
about  the  latitude  of  Manfaloot,  and 
27  miles  from  the  Red  Sea.  They 
are  highly  interesting,  from  their 
having  supplied  Rome  with  stone  for 
columns  and  many  ornamental  pur- 
poses, from  the  importance  attached 
to  them  by  the  ancients,  and  from  the 
extent  of  the  quarries,  the  ruins  there, 
and  the  innight  they  give  into  the 
mode  of  working  that  hard  stone. 
Tlie  remains  consist  of  an  Ionic  tem- 
ple, of  the  time  of  Trajan,  left  un- 
finished, a  town  irregularly  built  of 
rough  stones,  tanks,  and  two  large 
wells,  one  cut  in  the  porphyry  rock, 
and  the  ruins  of  buildings  in  various 
parts  of  the  mountains. 

The  mention  of  a  well  sunk  in  the 
porphyry  rock  may  appear  singular ; 
yet  it  is  not  from  the  di£Bculty  of 
cutting  through  so  hard  a  substance, 
hut  from  its  being  made  in  a  pri- 
mitive rock ;  and  it  is  probable  that 
it  was  only  intended  to  catch  the 
water  which  occasionally  runs  down 
the  torrent'bed  during  the  rains  of 
winter,  and  that  it  should  be  con- 
sidered rather  a  reservoir  than  a  well. 

Roads  lead  from  Gebel  e'  Dokhan 
in  several  directions,  one  to  the  Nile 
at  Keneh,  another  to  the  Myos  Hor- 
mos,  and  others  to  different  places; 


Egypt. 


ROUTE  19.  —  MTOS    HOBMOS. 


271 


and  that  between  **  the  porphyry 
mountain**  and  the  Nile  is  furnished 
with  fortified  stations  at  intervals,  to 
protect  those  who  passed,  and  to  sup- 
ply them  with  water  from  the  large 
wells  within  their  walls. 

The  ruins  of  Myo9  Homu>$  are  on 
the  coast,  in  latitude  97^  24^.  The 
town  is  small,  very  regularly  built, 
surrounded  by  a  ditch,  and  defended 
by  round  towers  at  the  corners,  the 
faces,  and  the  gateways.  The  port, 
which  lies  to  the  northward,  is  nearly 
filled  with  sand.  Below  the  hills,  to 
the  eastward,  is  the  Fons  Tadmos, 
mentioned  by  Pliny. 

Myos  Hormos  was  the  principal 
port  on  the  Red  Sea  in  the  time  of 
Strabo.  According  to  Agatharcides 
it  was  afterwards  called  the  port  of 
Venus,  under  which  name  it  is  also 
mentioned  by  Strabo.  Besides  the 
ancient  roads  that  lead  from  Myos 
Hormos  to  the  westward,  is  another 
running  north  and  south,  a  sliort  dis- 
tance from  the  coast,  leading  to  A  boo 
Durrag  and  Sues  on  one  side,  and 
to  Sow^kin  on  the  south,  to  which  the 
Arabs  have  given  the  name  of  Dthe- 
nilyb  el  Ayr,  or  *'  the  ass*s  tail." 

The  granite  quarries  in  thai  part 
of  the  Claudian  mountain,  now  called 
Gebel  el  FaieSrehf  with  the  town  of 
Fon$  Trajanus,  lie  in  nearly  the  same 
latitude  as  Gow  (Antsopolis),  on  the 
Nile,  and  about  24  miles  south-east  of 
the  porphyry  mountains.  The  stone 
has  a  white  ground  with  black  spots, 
of  which  some  columns  are  still  seen 
in  Rome.  The  quarries  are  very  ex- 
tensive, and  many  blocks  were  evi- 
dently taken  from  them.  They  were 
principally  worked  in  the  time  of 
Trajan  and  Adrian.    The  H}  dreuma. 


or  Fons  Trajanus,  is  a  town  of  con- 
siderable size.  Tlie  houses  are  well 
built,  considering  the  roughness  of 
the  materials,  and  outside  the  walls 
are  a  temple  and  other  buildings. 
In  the  quarries  are  some  large  co- 
lumns, and  round  blocks,  probably 
intended  for  their  bases  and  capitals. 

The  Greek  inscriptions  here,  and 
at  Gebel  e*  Dokhan  may  be  found  in 
the  account  given  by  me  of  this  de- 
sert in  the  Transactions  of  the  Geo- 
graphical Society  and  in  M.  Le- 
tronne's  Inscriptions  of  Egypt. 

At  Old  Kouayr  are  the  small  town 
and  port  of  PAi^fera,  of  which  little 
remains  but  mounds  and  the  vestiges 
of  houses,  some  of  ancient,  others  of 
Arab,  date.  The  name  of  Pbilotera 
was  given  it  by  an  admiral  of  Pto- 
lemy Philadelphus,  ill  honour  of  the 
king*8  sister,  hiaving  been  previously 
called  ^nnum. 

llie  modem  town  of  Kossayr  stands 
on  a  small  bay  or  cove,  4j^  miles  to 
the  southward.  It  is  defended  by  a 
small  fort,  mounting  a  few  rusty 
cannon,  and  may  be  called  a  village, 
rather  than  a  town.  The  inhabitants 
are  called  Embaw^eh,  being  originally 
from  Emba  (Yambo)  in  Arabia,  of 
the  tribes  of  Jehaf  n  and  Harb. 

In  the  Wadee  Jasoos,  to  the  N.  of 
Kossayr,  between  it  and  Ras  Saff&gee, 
is  a  very  old  station,  with  a  small 
temple*  and  a  tablet  of  hieroglyphics, 
bearing  the  name  of  Osirtasen  II. 
In  this  valley  is  some  brackish  water ; 
but  in  the  neighbouring  ravine  it  is 
found  perfectly  sweet ;  and  we  may 
conclude  that  the  town  of  ^nniim 
was  supplied  from  this  spot.  (For 
the  desert  south  of  Kossayr,  aee 
Routes  26,  27.  Section  IV.) 


X  4 


272 


SECTION  m. 

UPPER    EGYPT, 
BETWEEN    CAIRO   AND   THEBES. 

Prdiminary  Informatiotu 

IB.  Thx  Saxxd,  ok  Ufpxr  Eorrr.  —  6.  Denoiiinatioms  or  Towns,  &c.  — > 
c.  Amcuemt  Diyisions  or  Egtpt.  —  dL  Egyptian  Tkmplu. 


&OUTX 

SO.  Cairo  to  Benisootf  -  277 

21.  Benisoo^fto  Minieh  -  282 

22.  Minieh  to  Orioot  -  291 


RODTX 

23.  Osioot  to  Girgeb  -  -  313 

24.  Girgeh  to  Keneh   -  -  325 

25.  Keneh  to  Thebes  -  -  333 


a.    THE   SAKED,  OE   UPPXE   XOTR. 

According  to  Aboolfed«,  the  Saeed  begins  at  Fostit,  or  Old  Cairo ;  all 
to  the  south  of  that  city  having  this  name,  and  the  northern  part  of  the 
country  being  called  Reef.  I  may,  however,  observe,  that  the  latter  word, 
at  the  present  day,  is  applied  to  all  *<  the  cultivated  land/'  in  contra- 
distinction to  **  the  desert*' 

The  whole  of  Egypt  is  styled  in  Arabic  Ard»Mu$r,  or  simply  Mtur 
(MUr),  a  name  given  also  to  Cairo  itself;  which  recalls  the  old  Hebrew 
Misraim  (  Mixrim),  **  the  two  Mixrs."  In  the  ancient  Egyptian  language  it 
was  called  KhmiU,  or  *<  the  land  of  Khem,"  answering  to  the  land  of 
**  Ham"  or  rather  «  Khem,"  mentioned  in  the  Bible;  and  in  Coptic  Ckmi 
or  Cfiimi,  According  to  Arab  tradition,  Misraim,  the  son  of  Ham,  had  four 
sons,  Oshmoon,  Athreeby  Sa,  and  Copt.  The  last  of  these  peopled  the 
country  between  Asouan  and  Coptos ;  Oshmoon  that  to  the  north,  as  far  aa 
Menoof  (Memphis)  ;  Athreeb  the  Delta ;  and  Sa  the  province  oi  Bah£yreh, 
as  well  as  the  land  of  Barbary.  Copt,  however,  having  conquered  the  rest 
of  Egypt,  became  sovereign  of  the  whole  country,  and  gave  it  his  name. 

The  two  sides  of  the  valley  seem  at  all  times  to  have  been  distinguished, 
generally  with  reference  to  their  position  E.  and  W.  of  the  river.  By  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  the  desert  on  each  side  was  merely  styled  "  the  eastern 
and  western  mountain;**  and,  at  a  later  period,  ''the  Arabian  and  Libyan 
shore;**  parts  of  the  mountain  ranges  having  always  had  certain  names 
attached  to  them,  as  at  the  present  day.  They  are  now  called  "  the  eastern 
and  western  shore ;  '*  and  it  is  remarkable,  that  the  Arabs  of  the  eastern 
desert  have  substituted  the  term  Bur-Agem  <*  the  Ftnian^**  for  the  old  name 
''  AnAioM,  shore,"  applying  it  to  the  space  between  the  Nile  and  the  Red 
Sea. 

Egypt,  under  the  Moslems,  has  been  divided  into  provinces,  or  h&jf^Uka^ 
each  under  the  command  of  a  bey ;  or,  according  to  their  new  titles,  Mamoor, 


U.  Egypt  AKCiEKT  divisioks  op  eotpt'  273 

or  Mode6ri   and  in  the  time  of  the  Memlooks,  the  whole  country  was 
governed  by  twenty-four  beys,  including  the  Delta. 

h.    DIMOMINATION8  OF  TOWNS,   &C.  ^ 

The  large,  or  market,  towns  of  Egypt  have  the  title  of  Bender.  Medeeiteh 
is  a  "  capital,"  and  is  applied  to  Cairo,  and  the  capital  of  the  Fyoom. 
BeUetf  or  Beled,  is  the  usual  appellation  of  a  **  town ;  *'  whence  Ebn  bebd, 
'*  son  of  a  town,"  or  '<  townsman.**  Kafr  is  a  village :  NexUh,  or  NezUt  a 
village  founded  by  the  people  of  another  place,  as  NexUt  d  FetU,  Mnieh 
(corrupted  into  Mit,  palticularly  in  the  Delta)  is  also  ^plied  to  villages 
colonised  from  other  places.  Beni,  <*  the  sons,"  is  given  to  those  founded 
by  a  tribe,  or  family,  as  Bent  Amr&n,  «  the  sons  of  Amran,"  and  then  many 
villages  in  the  district  are  often  included  under  the  same  name.  Zow^yeh  is  a 
bamlet,  having  a  mosk.  Kasr,  or  kusr,  is  a  '*  palace,**  or  any  large  building. 
Boorg  is  a  "  tower"  (like  the. Greek  Tlvpyof);  and  it  is  even  applied  to  the 
pigeon-houses  built  in  that  form.  S&hU,  a  level  spot,  or  opening  in  the  bank, 
where  the  river  is  accessible  from  the  plain.  Mendif  an  anchoring  place,  or 
harbour.  Dayr  is  a  "convent,"  and  frequently  points  out  a  Christian  village. 
Kom  is  a  ''mound,*'  and  indicates  the  site  of  an  ancient  town,  and  Td  is 
commonly  used  in  the  Delta  in  the  same  sense.  Khar6b  and  Kooffree  are 
applied  to  «  ruins."  Beerbeh,  or  Birheh  (which  is  taken  from  the  Coptic), 
signifies  a  **  temple.**  fFadee,  or  Wtufy,  is  a  *(  valley ;  **  GSbel,  a  "  mountain ;  ** 
and  Birkeh^  a  "  lake,**  or  a  <•  reach**  in  the  Nile. 

e«    ANCUMT   DIVISIONS   OF   KOTrT. 

In  the  time  of  the  Pharaohs,  Egypt  consisted  of  two  great  regions,  the 
upper  and  lower  country,  both  of  equal  consequence,  from  which  the  kings 
derived  the  title  of  Lord  of  the  two  Regions.  Each  of  these  had  its  peculiar 
crown,  which  the  monarch  at  his  coronation  put  on  at  the  same  time,  showing 
the  equal  rank  of  the  two  states,  while  they  seem  to  argue  the  existence  of 
two  distinct  kingdoms  at  an  early  period. 

Egypt  was  then  divided  into  thirty-six  nomes  (departments,  or  counties), 
from  Syene  to  the  sea.  In  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies  and  early  Caesars,  this 
number  still  continued  the  same ;  «  ten,**  says  Strabo,  *<  being  assigned  to 
the  Theba'id,  ten  to  the  Delta,  and  sixteen  to  the  intermediate  province.** 
The  geographer  adds,  **  some  say  there  were  as  many  nomes  as  chambers  in 
the  labyrinth,  which  were  under  thirty.  These  were  again  subdivided  into 
toparehia,  and  these  too  into  smaller  portions.**  The  number  of  chambers  in 
the  labyrinth  is  not  quite  certain :  Herodotus,  Pliny,  and  Strabo,  do  not 
agree  on  this  point;  and  it  is  probable,  that  as  the  number  of  the  nomes 
increased,  other  places  were  added  for  their  reception ;  the  labyrinth  being 
the  building  where  the  nomes  met,  and  each  had  its  own  apartment.  Pliny 
gives  forty-four  nomes  to  all  Egypt,  some  of  which  are  mentioned  under 
other  names. 

The  triple  partition  of  the  country  described  by  Strabo,  varied  at  another 
time,  and  consisted  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  with  an  intermediate 
province,  containing  only  setten  nomes,  and  thence  called  Heptanomis. 
Upper  Egypt  or  the  Theba'id  then  reached  to  the  Thebaica  PbyUce 
(^vAajKi)),  now  Daroot  e*  Sher^f  $  Heptanomis  thence  to  the  fork  of  the 
Delta;  and  the  rest  was  comprehended  in  Lower  Egypt.  In  the  time  of  the 
later  Roman  emperors,  the  Delta  or  Lower  Egypt  was  divided  into  four 
provinces  or  districts  —  Augustaronica  Prima  and  Secunda,  and  ^gyptus 
Prima  and  Secunda;  being  still  subdivided  into  the  same  nomes :  and  in  the 

y  5 


274 


ATfCIENT    DIVISIONS  OP  EGYPT. 


Sect.  nr. 


time  of  Arcadius,  the  son  of  Theodosiut  the  Great,  Heptanomis  received  the 
name  of  Arcadia.  The  Thebaid  too  was  made  into  two  parts,  under  the 
name  of  Upper  and  Lower,  the  line  of  separation  passing  between  PanopoUs 
and  Ptolema'is-Hermti.  The  nomes  also  increased  in  number,  and 
amounted  to  fifty-seven,  of  which  tlie  Delta  alone  contained  thirty-four, 
nearly  equal  to  those  of  all  Egypt  in  the  time  of  the  Pharaohs. 

Ammianus  Marcellinus  says,  «  Egypt  is  reported  to  have  had  three 
provinces  in  former  times,  Egypt  Proper,  the  Thebaid,  and  Libya;  to  which 
posterity  added  two  others,  Augustamnica,  an  offset  from  Egypt,  and 
Pentapolis,  separated  from  Libya." 

The  northern  part  of  Ethiopia,  or  of  what  is  now  called  Nubia,  had  the 
name  of  Dodeca«Schopnus,  or  "12  schoenes,*'  and  comprehended  the 
district  from  Syene  to  Hierasycaminon,  now  Maharraka. 

The  schoene,  according  to  Strabo,  varied  in  different  parts  of  EgypL 
In  the  Delta  it  consisted  of  SO  stadia ;  between  Memphis  and  the  Tbeba'id  of 
120;  and  from  the  Thebaid  to  Syene  of  60.  The  Itinerary  of  Antoninus 
reckons  80  miles  or  640  stadia  from  Syene  to  Hierasycaminon  ;  the  schoene 
was  therefore  (at  8  stadia  to  a  Roman  mile)  of  5SJ  stadia  above  Syene. 

Some  of  the  towns  on  the  two  banks  of  the  Nile  are  mentioned  in  the 
Itinerary  of  Antoninus. 


1.  Alexandria  to  Hurasycaminon  (in 
Nubia)  by  the  west  hank. 


Alexandria  to  Cliereu 
Hermupoli 
Andro 
Niciu 
L^tus 
Memphi 
Feme 

Isiu     ... 
Cene 
Tacona 
Ozyrhyncho 
Ibiu 

Hermupoli 
Chusis 
Lyc<» 

Apollonos  Minoris 
Hisoris 
Ptolemaida 
Abydo 
DiospoH 
Tentyra 

Contri  Copto 

Papa 

Hermunthi 

Lato 

Apollonos  Superioris 

Contrik  Thmuis    . 


r.  p. 
24 

20 

21 

31 

28 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

24 

SO 

24 

24 

35 

18 

28 

22 

22 

28 

27 

12 

8 
SO 
24 
32 
24 


2.  By  the  ea$t  bani  from  HeUopoUt 
to  Contrd  PttUi9  ondHitrasycaminon 
in  Nubicu 


u.  p. 


Heliopolisto  Babylon 
Sceiias  Maudras 
Aphrodito 
Thimonepsi 
Alyi 

Hipponon 
Musae 

Speos  Artemidos 
Antinou 
Fesla 

Hieracon     • 
Isiu    ... 
Muthi 
Anteu 
Selino 
Pano 
Tbomu 
Chenobotcio 
Copton 

Vico  Apollonos   - 
Thebas 

.    ContrA  Lato 
Contri  Apollonos 


12 
12 
20 
24 
16 
16 
SO 
34 

8 
24 
28 
20 
24 

8 
16 
16 

4 
50 
40 
22 
22 

40 
40 


V.  Egypt 


EGYPTIAN  TEMPLES. 


275 


1.  AUxftndria  to  Hienuyeamitum  (in 
Ntibia)  OH  tke  weit  bank  —  continued. 


Coniri  Ombos 

Contri  Syene 

Paremboli 

TziUi 

Taphis 

Talmis 

Tutzis 

Pselcis 

Corte 

Hiensycamino 


2.   On  the  east  bank  from  Hdiopotis 
to  Conird  Ptelcis  ^  continmed. 


M.  p. 

-  40 

-  30 

-  3 

-  24 

-  10 

.  24 

-  11 


M.  p. 

24 

Ombos 

23 

Syene 

16 

Philas 

2 

14 

Contr^  Tapbis 

8 

Cootri  Talmit 

20 

12 

Contra  Pselcis 

4 

4 

Hierasycamino 

d,    KGTPTIAV  TEMPLSS. 

In  order  to  render  tbe  description  of  Egyptian  temples  more  intelligible,  I 
shall  introduce  the  plans  and  arrangementa  of  the  different  parU. 


»"■  >•     ^■ 


Crude  brick  Wail  qf  endoture. 


The  Temenos  planted  vitk  trees. 


'!>■■- 


Illllllllll 

ft 

Illllllllll 


w 


W 


JFi$.  1. 


n    a    90    sow 


?> 


r 


th 


w 


Scale  qf  feet. 


.^^ll^KtftyBKL. 


Fig.  1,  St  a  simple  form  of  a  temple,  censiiting  of  (A  b  b)  the  dromos  of  fphinzef,  sss; 
three  propjionc  or  pylonc,  aaa  i  tbe  pronat  or  portico,  d ;  and  the  adjftwm  (sikoe)  or 
•anctuary  «,  which  was  dther  isolated,  or  occupied  the  whole  of  the  naot,  as  in  Jig,  9.  cc 
are  ecreemt,  reaching  half  way  up  the  columns,  as  seen  in  Jig,  3.    In  tlie  adytum  {e,Jlg.  S.} 

N  6 


EGTPTIAH   TBMPLE8. 


L 


■  iiuiiiiiiiiiiiiii  H.«....H--"---l5''l, 


1 Mlwi;j!l»...l.jJlJn!mM 

,__iiii  iiiiiiiiiii  ■  ■  H>       j"l»***rn>T^^ln 

B!..,,.,..,..,.^|i     K.jjiife;fea 


ntbewfrns, 


tfritOat,  1  utl  or  miucpt  | 


uilB^MH,  or>Mat,-*ii,iidca4M.    ftr  6.  a,  (win  iw  rplani  i  A,  rfniMi  i/i|iiilnxc(  j 
utbetiiiOofiiiHiDlilT  (*)  :'tlili  unlF-rocaii  J  mar  Ik  conddnvd  lk(|ieilHis.  I,  bmiK^iM. 


f^tit: 


haportUB. 


^nnitliiiainnt.wlI^iupilctdlniuUrnnn  within  lh(jrg!>ia((t]    TtitrM  mA-j-  tn 


U.  Egypt. 


BOUTS  20.  —  CAIBO  TO  BENISOO^F. 


iihalc  lUodlnfon  (  riiHd  pliUami.  One  dF  Uich  Uinpla  itiicid  U  ElcpbuUlie,  ud  anatbcr 
Wuh  rconl  u  Uia  UM  of  tha  void  piopjlan,  1  Du|ht  to  nbHrrs  that  pnoTUin,  pjUn, 

"^  J^h^"*  '"li'JSS''' 'T'd*  *"  '*'•«""■»  Iflf-  T.,  oroj(fi.  *  inAS.);  but  Ilia 
. ..  ..._  . .__  .. — cnoftheiuopirlBuiii,"  I  Eiia  idopud  jqifM 


Cairn  (Boolak)  to  El  Miunh,  E. 
Bedmhaja  (and  HenpUi],  W.  - 
Tblun  ,         .        .        . 

Kafrcl  AUt,  (or  lyit)  W. 
B!gg«,W.       .        ,        -        . 
Atfieh    ~ 


G6mi 


,  W, 


Beauao^r 


After  paning  the  palaces  of  Ka*r 
Dubam,  and  Kaar  el  Ainee,  the 
itland  of  Rhoda,  and  Old  Cairo  (o 
the  i(f\,  and  the  towni  of  Embibeh 
and  Geeieb  on  tha  right,  jaa  maj 
be  taid  to  eater  the  Sieed.  About 
1|  mile  beyond  the  old  capiUl  and  the 
mound*  of  the  itill  older  Babylon,  ii 
the  picturesque  moak  of  Attar  e* 
Mebbee,  illuated  on  a  prtjecting 
point  of  the  eaalern  bank,  at  the  end 
of  an  aTcnue  of  fine  treea.  Jli  name 
i>  4eriTCd  tnta   an   iniprewioa   of 


278 


ROUTE   20.  —  CAIRO  TO  BEKISOO^F. 


Sect  in. 


"the  prophei*8  fooittep,**  said  to  be 
preserved  there.  A  large  sandbank 
has  now  been  formed  before  it,  so 
that  boats  only  pass  close  to  the 
inosk  during  the  inundation.  A 
short  distance  inland,  to  the  east- 
ward, is  a  river  of  late  time,  at 
the  southern  extremity  of  a  low  ridge 
of  hills,  which  has  received  the  not 
uncommon  name  of  StabJ  Antar. 
Here  a  powder  magazine  has  lately 
been  established  by  the  pasha ;  and  on 
the  low  ground  beyond  it  to  the  east 
are  the  remains  of  an  aqueduct  of 
Arab  construction,  probably  the  one 
mentioned  by  Pococke.  A  long 
reach  of  tlie  Nile  extends  from  Attar 
e*  Nebbee  to  Uie  village  of  e'  Oayr 
"  the  convent,"  inhabited  by  Copt 
Christians;  and  inland  to  the  east  is 
the  village  of  Bussateen,  once  famed 
for  its  **  gardens,'*  whence  its  name, 
but  now  scarcely  known,  except  as 
the  resort  of  a  troblesome  set  of 
Arabs,  the  Neam,  who  encamp  upon 
the  plains  in  the  vicinity.  Near  it  is 
the  burial  ground  of  the  Jews,  in  the 
sandy  plain  below  the  limestone  hills 
of  the  Mokuttum.  That  range  is 
here  rent  asunder  by  a  broad  valley 
called  Bahr-hela-me,  "  the  river 
without  water,**  which  comes  down 
from  the  eastward,  and  measures  to 
its  head  about  8  miles.  It  separates 
that  part,  called  Gebel  e*  Jooshee, 
from  the  rest  of  the  Mokuttum 
range. 

'Die  name  Bahr-bela-me  (or  -ma)  is 
applied  to  several  broad  deep  valleys, 
both  in  the  eastern  and  western 
deserts,  the  most  noted  of  which  lies 
beyond  the  Natron  lakes. 

One  of  the  Sues  roads,  called  Derb  e' 
Tarab^en,  passes  over  this  part  of  the 
Mokuttum,  and  comes  down  to  the 
Nile  by  this  valley  to  the  village  of 
Bussateen ;  and  immediately  above 
the  brow  of  the  cliff" on  its  north  side 
is  the  plain  of  petrified  wood  (already 
mentioned),  as  well  as  an  ancient  road 
that  led  from  Heliopolis  over  the 
hills  to  this  part  of  the  country.  (  See 
Sr.cT.  2.  — ExcuasioK  2.) 

On  the  right,  the  majestic  pyramids 


seem  to  watch  the  departure  of  the 
traveller  when  he  quits  the  capital, 
as  they  welcomed  his  approach  from 
the  Delta ;  and  those  of  Abooseer, 
Sakk&ra,  and  Dashoor,  in  succession, 
present  themselves  to  his  view,  and 
mark  the  progress  of  his  journey. 
A  little  below  Toora,  on  the  east 
bank,  are  some  low  mounds  of  earth, 
probably  ancient  walls  of  decayed 
crude  bricks,  belonging  to  an  enclo- 
sure, once  square,  but  now  partly 
carried  away  by  the  river ;  and  to  the 
east  of  it  is  another  long  mound, 
through  which  a  passage  led  to  the 
plain  behind.  The  name  of  Toora 
signifies  "a  canal,**  but  it  is  more 
likely  to  have  been  originally  derived 
from  that  of  the  ancient  village  that 
once  stood  near  tliis  spot,  called  Troja, 
or  Tro'icus  pagus;  the  conversion  of 
an  old  name  into  one  of  similar  sound 
in  Arabic  being  of  common  occur- 
rence in  modern  Egypt. 

The  wall  stretching  across  the 
plain  to  the  hills,  and  the  fort  above, 
were  built  by  Ism&'il  Bey,  whose 
name  tliey  bear.  On  the  recovery  of 
Egypt  by  the  Turks  under  Hassan 
Pasha,  in  1787,  Ismiil  Bey  was  ap* 
pointed  Shekh-Beied  of  Cairo ;  and 
Murad,  with  the  other  Memlook 
Beys,  being  confined  to  Upper  Egypt 
this  wall  was  erected  to  prevent  their 
approach  to  the  capital.  But  Ismi'il 
Bey  dying  of  the  plague  in  1790, 
Ibrahim  and  Murad  shared  Upper 
and  Lower  Eg}rpt  between  them  till 
the  French  invasion. 

A  short  distance  to  the  south 
of  the  fort,  on  the  top  of  the  same 
range  of  hills,  are  the  ruins  of  an 
old  convent,  called  Dayr  el  Bughleh 
which  is  mentioned  by  Arab  writers, 
and  was  discovered  a  few  years  ago 
by  M.  Linant. 

El  MStarah,  or  Tbora  -  MdmrOf 
about  1}  mile  further  to  the  south, 
claims,  with  Toora,  the  honour  of 
marking  the  real  site  of  the  Trolcus 
pagus,  which,  occording  to  Strabo, 
stood  near  to  the  river  and  the  quar* 
ries.  Strabo  and  Diodonis  both  re- 
port  that  it  was  built  and  named 


XI.  Egypt. 


ROUTE  20.  —  QUAKRIES    OF  M1.SASAH. 


279 


after  the  Trojan  captives  of  Menelaus, 
with  what  probability  it  is  difficult 
now  to  decide;  and  some  ancient 
Egyptian  name  of  similar  sound  is 
as  likely  to  have  been  changed  by  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  into  Troja,  as  by 
the  modern  Arabs  into  Toora.  The 
mountain  to  the  eastward  is  evidently 
the  Troici  lapidis  mons,  or  Tpaucov 
opos  of  Ptolemy  and  Strabo;  and 
from  it  was  taken  the  stone  used  in 
the  casing  of  the  pyramids.  It  is  to  the 
same  mountain  that  Herodotus  and 
Diodorus  allude,  when  they  say  the 
stone  for  building  the  great  pyramid 
came  "from  Arabia," or  the  eastern 
side  of  the  Nile. 

The  quarries  are  of  great  extent; 
and  that  they  were  worked  from  a 
very  remote  "period  is  evident  from  the 
hieroglyphic  tablets  and  the  names  of 
kings  inscribed  within  them.  Those 
to  the  north,  to  which  a  railway  has 
been  laid  down  by  the  Pasha,  are 
sometimes  distinguished  by  the  name 
of  the  quarries  of  Toora,  those  to  the 
south,  of  Masarah.  At  the  former 
are  tablets  bearing  the  names  of 
Amun-m>gori,  of  Amunoph  II.  and 
III.,  and  of  Neco :  at  the  latter  are 
those  of  Ames,  Amyrtseus,  Acoris 
'(Hakori),  and  Ptolemy  Philadelphus 
with  Arsinoe;  and  some  have  the 
figures  of  deities,  as  Athor  and  Thoth, 
and  the  triad  of  Thebes  —  Amun, 
Maut,  and  Khonso  —  without  royal 
ovals.  In  one  of  the  tablets  at  the 
quarries  of  Masarah,  sculptured  in 
the  22nd  year  of  Ames  or  Amosis, 
the  leader  of  the  1 8th  dynasty,  who 
ascended  the  throne  in  1575  a.  c,  is 
the  representation  of  a  sledge  bearing 
a  block  of  stone,  drawn  by  six  oxen. 
The  hiereglyphic  inscription  above 
this  is  much  defaced;  but  in  the 
legible  portion,  besides  the  titles  of 
the  king  and  queen  *<  beloved  of 
Pthah  and  Atmoo,**  we  read  **  in  the 
22nd  year  of  his  beloved  majesty  the 
king,  son  of  the  Sun,  Ames,  to  whom 
life  is  given,  was  opened  the  door  •  . 

.  .  the    chambers freestone, 

hard  and  good,  to  build  the  hall  of 


assembly,  which  is  ...  .  the  temple 
of  Pthah,  the  temple  of  the  god  (and) 
the  temple  of  Amun  in  Thebes  .... 
he  has  caused  ....  with  oxen  .... 
of  the  good  god  the  king,  who  lives 
.•..'*  In  another  quarry  towards 
the  south  is  a  larger  tablet,  represent- 
ing king  Amyrtaeus  offering  to  the 
triad  of  the  place,  Thoth,  the  goddess 
Nehimeou,  and  Horns  (Nofre-Hor, 
•*  the  lord  of  the  land  of  Bahet  **),  and 
below  the  king  stands  a  small  figure, 
in  the  act  of  cutting  the  stone  with  a 
chisel  and  mallet.  Besides  the  Hie- 
roglyphic ovals  of  the  kings,  are  seve- 
ral names  and  inscriptions  in  encho- 
rial ;  and  here  and  there  are  various 
numbers  and  quarry-marks,  frequently 
with  lines  indicating  the  size  of  each 
stone.  The  name  of  the  place  ap. 
pears  to  be  Benno.  The  quarries  are 
not  only  interesting  from  their  extent 
and  antiquity,  but  from  their  showing 
how  the  Egyptian  masons  cut  the 
stone. 

They  first  began  by  a  trench  or 
groove  round  a  square  space,  on  the 
smooth,  perpendicular  &ce  of  the 
rock ;  and  having  pierced  a  hori- 
sontal  shaft  to  a  certain  distance,  by 
cutting  away  the  centre  of  tlie  square, 
they  made  a  succession  of  similar 
shafts  on  the  same  level,  after  which 
they  extended  the  work  downwards 
in  the  form  of  steps,  removing  each 
tier  of  stones  as  they  went  on,  till  they 
reached  the  lowest  part,  or  intended 
floor,  of  the  quarry.  A  similar  process 
was  adopted  on  the  opposite  side,  in  the 
same  face  of  the  rock,  till  at  lengtli 
two  perpendicular  walls  were  left, 
which  marked  the  ex  tent  of  the  quarry ; 
and  here  again,  new  openings  were 
made,  and  another  chamber,  connected 
with  the  other,  was  formed  in  the  same 
manner;  pillars  of  rock  being  left  here 
and  there  to  support  the  roof.  These 
communications  of  one  quarry,  or 
chamber  of  a  quarry,  with  the  other, 
are  frequently  observable  in  the 
mountains  of  Masarah^  where  they 
follow  in  uninterrupted  succession  for 
a  considerable  distance;    and  in  no 


280 


ROUTE  20.  —  CAJRO    TO    BENISOOiP. 


Sect.  m. 


part  of  Egjpt  is  the  method  of  quar- 
rying more  clearly  shown.  The  lines 
traced  on  the  roof,  marking  the  sise 
and  division  of  each  set  of  blocks, 
were  probably  intended  to  show  the 
number  hewn  by  particular  workmen. 
Instances  of  this  occur  in  other  places, 
from  which  we  may  infer  that,  in 
cases  where  the  masons  worked  for 
hire,  this  account  of  the  number  of 
stones  they  had  cut  served  to  prove 
their  claims  for  payment ;  and  when 
condemned  as  a  punishment  to  the 
quarries,  it  was  in  like  manner  a  re- 
cord of  the  progress  of  their  task ; 
criminals  being  frequently  obliged  to 
hew  a  filed  number  of  stones  accord- 
ing to  their  offence.  The  mountain 
of  Masarah  still  continues  to  supply 
stone  for  the  use  of  the  metropolis,  as 
it  once  did  for  Memphis  and  its  vici- 
nity ;  and  the  floors  of  the  houses  of 
Cairo  continue  to  be  paved  with  flags 
of  the  same  magnesian  limestone 
which  the  Egyptian  masons  employed 
4000  years  ago.   ' 

Tlie  occasional  views  over  the  plain, 
the  Nile,  and  the  several  pyramids  on 
the  low  Libyan  hills  beyond  the  river, 
which  appear  through  openings  in  the 
quarries,  as  you  wander  Uirough  them, 
have  a  curious  and  pleasing  effect; 
and  on  looking  towards  the  village  of 
Masarah,  you  perceive  on  the  left  a 
causeway  or  inclined  road,  leading 
towards  the  river,  by  which  the  stones 
were  probably  conveyed  to  the  Nile. 

Hdwttm,  a  village  on  the  east  bank, 
is  known  as  having  been  the  first 
place  where  the  Arabs  made  a  Nilo* 
meter,  under  the  caliphate  of  Abd  el 
Melek,  abput  the  year  700  a.  d.  It 
was  built  by  Abd  el  Asees,  the  bro- 
ther of  the  caliph  ;  but  being  found 
not  to  answer  there,  a  new  one  was 
made  by  Soolayman,  his  second  suc- 
cessor, about  1 6  years  afterwards,  at 
the  Isle  of  Roda,  where  it  has  con- 
tinued ever  since.  Aboolfeda  speaks 
of  Helw&n  as  a  very  delightful  vil- 
lage, and  it  was  perhaps  from  this 
that  it  obtained  its  name,  Helwa 
signifying  « sweety"  though,  as  Nor- 


den  observes,  it  possesses  nothing 
more  to  recommend  it  on  this  score 
than  its  opposite  neighbour.  Nearly 
opposite  Helwin,  on  the  W.  bank, 
and  a  little  way  from  the  shore,  is 
Bedreshayn;  and  H  mile  to  the 
westward  is  Mitrahenny,  the  site  of 
Memphis.  Its  lofty  mounds  ouiy  be 
seen  from  the  river,  halfway  between 
the  village  of  Sakkira  and  the  Nile ; 
and  about  4  miles  farther  up  the 
stream,  you  pass  Shobuk,  and  the  py- 
ramids of  Dasb6or,  4  miles  inland  to 
the  right  About  2  miles  to  the  west- 
ward of  Ma8gb6on,  is  el  Kafr,  a 
small  village,  from  which  on  of  the 
principal  roads  leads  to  the  F^o6m, 
across  the  desert  (See  Route  XVI.) 

In  this  neighbourhood,  probably 
near  Dash6or,  were  <^the  city  of 
Acanthus,  the  temple  of  Osiris,  and 
the  grove  of  Thebaic  gum-producing 
Acanthus,**  mentioned  by  Strabo; 
which  last  may  be  traced  in  the  many 
groves  of  that  tree  (the  sont,  or 
Acacia  Nilotica),  which  still  grow 
there,  at  the  edge  of  the  cultivated 
land.  The  town  of  Acanthus  was, 
according  to  Diodorus,  120  stadia,  or 
15  K.  r.from  Memphis,  equal  to  ISi, 
or  nearly  14  English  miles,  which,  if 
correct,  would  place  it  much  farther 
south,  to  the  westward  of  i^r  el 
lyit ;  though  it  is  generally  supposed 
to  have  stoMl  nvar  Dash6or. 

In  the  hills  near  £1  Kafr,  are  some 
small  tombs,  not  worth  visiting. 

On  the  same  bank,  and  near  Kafr 
ri  lyit,  at  the  extremity  of  a  large 
bend  of  the  river,  is,  as  I  suppose^ 
the  site  of  Menes*  Dyke.  {Sea  above. 
Section  II.  Excursion  4.  page  203.) 

From  this  spot  are  descried  the 
two  ruined  pyramids  of  Lisht,  built 
of  small  blocks  of  limestone ;  which 
were  probably  once  covered  with  an 
exterior  coating  of  larger  stones. 

Three  miles  to  the  N.  W.  is  a  coni- 
cal hill  resembling  a  pyramid.  It  is, 
however,  merely  a  rock,  with  no 
traces  of  masonry ;  and  in  this  part 
of  the  low  Libyan  chain  are  a  great 
abundance    of   fossils,    particularly 


Cr.  Egypt. 


BOUTE  20.  —  FALSE   FTBAMID. 


281 


oytter-shellsy  with  which  some  of  the 
rocks  are  densely  filled,  in  some  in- 
stances retaining  their  glossy  mother- 
of-pearl  surface. 

Wadee  Ghomf  er  (or  el  Ghomeir) 
opens  upon  the  Nile  at  £*Saf  on  the 
east  bank.  By  this  valley  runs  the 
southernmost  of  the  roads  across  the 
desert  to  Sues. 

W.  S.W.from  Rigga,  on  the  op- 
posite bank,  is  a  pyramid,  called  by 
the  Arabs  «  H&rom  d  Keddb/'  or  the 
**  false  pyramidy**  from  tlie  erroneous 
idea  that  the  base  is  merely  rock,  and 
that  it  does  not  form  part  of  the  build* 
ing  itself.  It  is  built  in  stories  or 
degrees,  and  is  remarkable  for  the 
position  of  the  stones,  which  lie  nearly 
at  the  tom^bemtnX  of  the  exterior  an^, 
and  not  horizontally,  as  in  other 
monuments. 

At  A  tf^eh  are  the  mounds  of  Aphro- 
ditopolis,  or  the  city  of  Athor,  the 
Egyptian  Venus.  It  presents  no 
monuments.  •  The  Coptic  name  is 
Tpeh,  or  Petpieh,  easily  converted 
into  the  modem  Arabic  Atf^eh.  It 
was  the  capital  of  the  Aphroditopo- 
lite  nome,  and  noted,  as  Strabo  tells 
us,  for  the  worship  of  a  white  cow, 
the  emblem  of  the  goddess. 

At  Maydoon,  which  stands  on  the 
canal,  opposite  the  false  pyramid,  are 
lofty  mounds  of  an  ancient  town ; 
and  opposite  Zow'yeh,  at  the  north 
comer  of  the  low  hills  overlooking 
the  Nile,  is  Broombel,  where  mounds 
marks  tha  site  of  an  old  town,  pro- 
bably Ancyronpolis.  That  city  is 
supposed  to  have  owed  its  name  to 
the  stone  anchors  said  to  have  been 
cut  in  the  neighbouring  quarries. 

Zow'yeh  appears  to  be  Iseum,  in 
Coptic  Naesi,  the  city  of  Isis,  which 
stood  near  the  canal  leading  to  Pou- 
siri,  or  Nilopolis,  and  thence  to  the 
Crocodilopolite  nome.  This  canal 
on  the  north,  with  part  of  the  pre- 
decessor of  the  Bahr  Yoosef  on  the 
west,  and  the  Nile  on  the  east,  formed 
the  island  of  the  Heracleopolite  nome ; 
and  the  dty  of  Hercules  was,  accord- 
ing to  Strabo,  towards  the  southern 


extremity  of  the  province,  of  which 
it  was  the  capital.  And  this  agrees 
with  the  position  of  An^eh,  or  Om 
el  Keem&n,  "the  mother  of  the 
mounds,"  as  it  is  often  called  by  the 
Arabs,  from  the  lofty  mounds  of  the 
old  city,  which  are  seen  inland  about 
twelve  miles  to  the  westward  of  Be- 
nisooef. 

Nothing  of  interest  is  met  with  on 
the  Nile  between  Zow'yeh  and  Be- 
nisooef. 

Inland,  about  nine  miles  to  the 
south-west  of  the  former  is  Abooseer, 
the  site  of  Busiris,  or  Nilopolis,  in 
Coptic  Fousiri,  upon  the  canal  already 
mentioned,  bounding  the  Heracleo- 
polite nome  to  the  west.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  city  of  the  Nile,  at  a  dis- 
tance from  the  river,  was  evidently 
chosen  in  order  to  oblige  the  people 
to  keep  the  canal  in  proper  repair, 
that  the  water  of  the  sailed  stream 
might  pass  freely  into  the  interior, 
and  reach  the  town  where  the  god 
Nilus  was  the  object  of  particular 
veneration;  a  motive  which  M.  de 
Pauw  very  judiciously  assigns  to  the 
worship  of  the  crocodile  in  towns 
situated  far  ftom  the  river. 

Zaytoon  has  succeeded  to  an  ancient 
town,  called  in  Coptic  Phannig6it. 
It  was  in  the  district  of  Poushin,  the 
modem  Boosb,  which  is  distant  lEUxnit 
three  miles  to  the  south,  and  is 
marked  by  lofty  mounds.  It  is  re- 
markable that  Zaytoon,  signifying 
« olives,'*  is  an  An^ic  translation  of 
the^ld  name  Pha-n-ni-goit,  *<the 
place  of  olives,**  probably  given  it  to 
show  a  quality  of  the  land,  which 
differed  from  the  rest  of  the  Heracleo- 
polite nome. 

Dallas,  about  a  mile  to  the  S.  W. 
of  Zaytoon,  appears  to  be  the  Tgol  (or 
Tlog)  of  the  Copto;  and  at  Shenow^eh, 
close  to  Boosh,  are  mounds  of  an 
ancient  town,  whose  name  is  un- 
known. 

Booeh  is  a  large  and  thriving  town, 
considering  the  state  of  the  Egyptian 
peasantry.  Among  the  inhabitants 
are  many  Copt  Christians,  and  it  has 


282 


BOUTE  20.  —  BENISOO]£f  TO  MfMIEH. 


Sect  III. 


a  large  depot  of  monks,  which  keeps 
up  a  constant  communication  with  the 
convents  of  St.  Antony  and  St.  Paul, 
in  the  eastern  desert,  supplying  them 
with  all  they  require,  furnishing  them 
occasionally  wiUi  fresh  monastic  re- 
cruits, and  superintending  the  regu- 
lations of  the  whole  corps  of  ascetics. 
Pococke  supposes  Boosh  to  be  the 
ancient  Ptolemais,  the  port  of  Arsinoe, 
but  this  was  further  ipland. 

Benitooef  is  the  capital  of  the  pro- 
vince or  beylik,  and  the  residence  of 
the   governor,   whose  palace   stands 
on  the   north.       Benisoo^f  has  also 
a  manufactory  for   silk  and   cotton 
stufls,  built  by  Mohammed    Ali   in 
1826,   as    in   other    large  towns  of 
Egypt ;  but  it  is  no  longer  famous  for 
its  liuen  manufactures,  as  in  the  time 
of  Leo  Africanus,  when  it  supplied 
the  whole  of  Bgypt  with  flax,  and  ex- 
ported great  quantities  to  Tunis  and 
other  parts  of  Barbary.     A  market  is 
held  at  Benisoo^f  every  week,  but  it 
is  badly  supplied ;  and  the  town  can- 
not boast  even  the  common  Eastern 
comfort  of  a  bath,  which  at  Minieh, 
and  other  large  towns  of  Egypt,  is 
always  to  be  met  with. 

The  bank  at  Benisoo^f  presentothe 
ordinary  scenes  common  to  all  the 
large  towns  on  the  Nile;  the  most 
striking  of  which  are,  numerous  boats 
tied  to  the  shore, —  buffaloes  standing 
or  Ijring  in  the  water, —  women  at 
their  usual  morning  and  evening  oc- 
cupation of  filling  water-jars  and 
washing  clothes, — dogs  lying  in  holes 
they  have  scratched  in  the  cool  earth, 
—  and  beggars  importuning  each 
newly  arrived  European  stranger  with 
the  odious  word  "bakshish.**  This 
is  followed  by  the  equally  odious 
«<  Ya  Hawiigee,"  by  which  the  Franks 
are  rather  contemptuously  designated; 
and  the  absurd  notion  of  superiority 
over  the  Christians  affected  by  the 
Moslems  is  strikingly  displayed  in 
these  as  in  many  other  instances. 
The  faithful  beggar,  barely  covered 
with  scanty  rags,  and  unclean  with  filth, 
thinks  himself  polluted  by  the  contact 


of  a  Christian,  whose  charity  he  sel- 
dom condescends  to  ask  in  the  same 
terms  as  from  a  true  believer;  and 
*<  bakshish,  ya  Haw&gee  *'  is  subtituted 
for  ••Sow&b  lill&h,  ya  SidL" 

He  also  marks  hb  superiority  by 
the  use  of  the  word  Hawigee.  It 
answers  to  the  French  marehand;  and 
the  same  presumption  which  led  some 
silly  people  in  France  to  stigmatise 
the  English  as  a  nation  of  shopkeepers 
(marehandt),  has  found  a  worthy 
parallel  iu  the  mouths  of  the  beggars 
of  Egypt.  Lee  beaux  esprit*  se  ren'- 
contremti  and  in  like  manner  the  Mos- 
lems, however  degraded  their  condi- 
tion, treat  all  Europeans  as  shop* 
keepers,  unworthy  of  aspiring  to  their 
own  innate  excellence. 

From  Benisoo^f  isone  of  the  prin- 
cipal routes  to  the  Fyo6m,  (sec  Sec- 
tion 2,  Route  16.)  The  brick  py- 
ramid of  Illaho6n,  at  its  north-east 
entrance,  may  be  seen  from  the  town. 
On  the  opposite  bank  is  the  Wadee 
By&d,  by  which  the  road  leads  to  tlie 
monasteries  of  St.  Antony  and  St* 
Paul,  situated  in  the  desert  near  the 
Red  Sea.     (See  Route  19.) 


ROUTE  21. 

IXKISOOSr  TO   ItfNIKH. 

Miles. 
Benisoo^f  to  Aboogtrgeh,  (W.)     45{ 

{Excureion  to  B^neta,  inland.) 
Aboogirgeh  to  Mfnieh,  (W.}         87} 

82} 

The  village  of  Dayr  By£d,  in  an 
island  opposite  Benisoo^f,  so  called 
from  a  neighbouring  convent,  is  in- 
habited by  people  originally  of  the 
tribe  of  Beni-Wisel  Arabs;  whose 
chief,  Shekh  Ibrahim,  was  about  15 
years  ago  one  of  the  roost  wealthy 
persons  in  the  valley  of   the   Nile. 

Some  small  mounds,  called  Tel  e* 
Nass4ra  and  Tel  e'  Teen,  inland  oa 
the  south  of  the  island,  mark  the  site 
of  ancient  villages ;  and  on  the  oppor 


U.Egypt         ROUTE  21.  —  BENisooip  to  m/nieh. 


283 


site  bank  are  many  mounds  of  larger 
towns,  whose  ancient  names  are  un- 
known. 

Isment,  between  2  and  3  miles  S. 
of  Benisoo^fy  on  the  river  side,  has 
mounds,  but  no  vestiges  of  ruins,  nor, 
indeed,  any  relic  of  antiquity,  except 
the  margin  of  a  well.  It  is  called 
Isment  el  Bahr  ("  of  the  river'*),  to 
distinguish  it  from  Isment  (miscalled 
Sidment)  e*  Gebel  ("  of  the  moun- 
tain'*), which  stands  at  the  foot  of 
the  hills  separating  the  F^o6ra  from 
the  valley  of  the  Nile.  This  name 
cannot  fail  to  call  to  mind  Ismendes, 
and  may,  perhaps,  be  the  Shbent  of 
the  Coptic  list  of  towns  in  this  dis- 
trict. 

Anisieh,  or  Om  el  K^emdn,  "the 
mother  of  the  mounds,'*  the  ancient 
city  of  Hercules,  lies  inland  to  the 
west.  The  Coptic  name  of  that 
town,  Ebnes  or  Unes,  is  readily 
traced,  in  the  mo<lem  An&sieh,  as  its 
position  by  the  lofty  mounds  on  which 
it  stands.  That  this  is  the  site  of 
Hcracleopolis  there  is  no  question, 
though  the  Arabic  and  Coptic  names 
bear  no  resemblance  to  that  of  the 
deity,  Sem  or  Gom,  the  Egyptian 
Hercules.  It  was  here  that  the  ich- 
neumon, the  enemy  of  the  crocodile, 
was  particularly  worshipped ;  and  tlie 
respect  paid  to  that  animal  by  the 
Heracleopolites,  the  immediate  neigh- 
bours of  the  Arsino'ite  or  Crocodilo- 
polite  nome,  led,  in  late  times,  during 
the  rule  of  the  Romans,  to  serious 
disputes,  which  terminated  in  blood- 
shed, and  made  the  contending  par- 
ties forget  the  respect  due  to  the  sa- 
cred monuments  of  their  adversaries. 
And  judging  from  what  Pliny  states 
respecting  the  injuries  done  to  the 
famous  labyrinth,  there  is  more  rea- 
son to  attribute  tlie  destruction  of 
that  building  to  the  superstitious  pre- 
judices of  the  Heracleopolites,  than 
to  the  ordinary  ravages  of  time. 

At  Tanseh,  Brangeh,  Bibbeb,  Sits, 
and  other  places,  are  the  mounds  of 
old  towns,  with  whose  names  we  are 
unacquainted.        Fococko    supposes 


Brangeh  (or,  as  he  calls  it,  Benm- 
gieh),  to  be  Cynopolis ;  but  the  posi- 
tion of  that  town  was  farther  to  the 
south.  Bibbeh,  which  has  succeeded 
to  an  ancient  town,  is  noted  for  a 
Copt  convent,  and  for  an  imaginary 
Moslem  santon,  thence  called  £1  Bib« 
bdwee.  This  holy  individual  is  the 
offspring  of  a  clever  artifice  of  the 
Christians;  who,  to  secure  Ibeir 
church  from  outrage,  during  the  dis- 
turbances that  formerly  took  place  in  > 
Egypt,  gave  out  that  a  Moslem  shekh^ 
presided  over  and  dwelt  in  its  pre^ 
cincts ;  and  the  priests  to  this  day  tell- 
them  a  heterodoi  story  of  his  ezploit^^ 
and  his  wars  against  the  infidels.  The 
name  of  infidel  is  indefinite ;  it  may 
satisfy  the  Moslem  or  the  Christian, 
according  to  his  peculiar  applica-  ' 
tion  of  the  word ;  and  the  pious  false- 
hood is  at  all  events  as  true  as  thesceiie 
represented  by  the  picture.  So  well  * 
indeed  has  it  succeeded,  that  visits  are 
frequently  paid  by  the  passing  Mos- 
lem to  the  sanctuary  of  this  revered 
personage ;  he  reads  the  Fat' ha  before 
the  likeness  of  a  man  (though  so 
strictly  forbidden  by  his  religion), 
and  that  too  within  the  walls  of  a 
Christian  church ;  and  he  gladly  con- 
tributes a  few  paras  for  the  lamps 
burnt  before  it,  with  the  full  persua^ 
sion  that  his  voyage  will  be  prospe- 
rous, through  the  good  offices  of  the 
saint.  But  while  the  priest  who  re- 
ceives the  boon  tells  the  plausible  tale 
of  the  power  of  the  "shekh,"  the  in- 
different spectator,  who  recognises  the 
usual  representation  of  St.  George 
and  the  Dragon,  may  smile  at  the 
credulity  and  the  ignorance  of  the 
donor.  The  conversion  of  St.  George 
into  a  Moslem  saint  may  appear 
strange  to  an  Englishman;  but  it  is 
found  to  be  far  less  difficult  to  de- 
ceive an  Egyptian  by  this  clumsy 
imposition,  than  to  persuade  a  Copt 
Christian  that  his  guardian  saint,  with 
the  same  white  horse,  green  dragon, 
and  other  accessories,  holds  a  similar 
tutelary  post  in  England.  Tlie  most 
credulous^  as  well  as^tbe  most  rea^ 


284 


ROUTE  21.— ABOO-GIBGEH    TO    m£nIEH. 


Sectm. 


soDsble  Copt,  iromediately  rejects 
this  statement  as  a  glaring  impos- 
sibility ;  and  the  question,  *'  What 
can  our  St.  George  have  to  do  with 
England?'*  might  perplex  the  most 
plausible,  or  the  most  pious,  of  the 
Crusaders. 

Nearly  opposite  Bibbeh  is  Shekh 
Aboo  Noor,  the  site  of  an  ancient 
Tillage ;  and  beyond  it  the  position  of 
some  old  towns  are  marked  by  the 
mounds  of  Sits,  Miniet  e*  Geer,  and 
Feshn.  A  little  higher  up  the  river, 
on  the  east  bank,  behind  the  island 
that  lies  half  way  between  Feshn  and 
el  Fent,  is  el  H^ybee,  or  Medeenet- 
e*  Gahil,  where  some  remains  mark 
the  site  of  a  small  town  of  consider- 
able antiquity.  They  consist  of  crude 
brick  walls,  and  remains  of  houses. 
On  the  north  side  is  a  large  mass  of 
building  of  some  height,  founded  on 
the  rock,  but  probably  of  later  date 
than  the  walls  of  the  town.  It  is 
built  of  smaller  brick,  and  between 
every  fourth  course  are  layers  of  reeds, 
serving  as  binders.  Behind  this,  a 
short  distance  out  of  the  town,  is  an 
isolated  square  enclosure  surrounded 
by  a  crude  brick  wall;  and  in  the 
centre  of  the  open  space  it  encloses, 
is  a  grotto  or  cavern  cut  in  the  rock, 
probably  sepulchral,  a  tomb  being 
also  found  between  this  and  the  wall 
of  the  town.  The  tombs  are  pro- 
bably of  a  later  time  than  the  build- 
ings themselves.  Near  t^e  water's 
edge  are  the  remains  of  a  stone  quay ; 
and  some  fragments  of  unsculptured 
blocks  are  met  with  in  different  places. 
But  the  most  remarkable  feature  in 
the  ruins  at  el  Hiybee  is  the  style  of 
the  bricks  in  its  outer  walls,  which 
have  two  hieroglyphic  legends  stamped 
upon  them,  sometimes  one  contain- 
ing the  oval  of  ft  king,  sometimes 
ftnother,  with  the  name  of  a  high- 
priest  of  Amun. 

That  the  town  existed,  also,  in 
Roman  time  is  proved  by  the  frag- 
ments of  mouldings  found  there. 
Some  of  the  stamped  bricks  have  been 
lately  burnt,  and  used  by   Ahmed 


Pasha  for  some  modem  buildings; 
which  accounts  for  the  unusual  ap- 
pearance of  burnt  bricks  of  early 
Egyptian  time.  May  this  be  the  site 
of  Alyi  or  of  Hipponon  ? 

At  Malat^eh  are  other  mounds, 
and  at  the  south-west  comer  of  Gebel 
Shekh  Embdrak  Is  an  old  ruined  town, 
long  since  deserted,  which  affords  one 
of  many  proofs  that  the  Egyptians 
availed  themselves  of  similar  situa- 
tions, with  the  double  view  of  saving 
as  much  arable  land  as  possible,  when 
a  town  could  be  placed  on  an  un- 
productive though  equally  convenient 
spot,  and  of  establishing  a  command- 
ing post  at  the  passes  between  the 
mountains  and  the  Nile. 

Gebel  Shekh  Emb&rak  is  a  lofty 
table  mountain,  approaching  very 
close  to  the  river,  and  detached  from 
the  main  chain  of  the  Gebel  el  B4xam, 
which  stretches  far  inland  to  the 
south-east.  After  this  follow  a  suo 
cession  of  low  hills  to  Gebel  e'  Tayr. 
A  little  above  El  Meragha  (or  Meg- 
higha),  on  the  same  bank,  is  the 
H&gar  e*  SaUm,  or  '<  stone  of  wel- 
fare," a  rock  in  the  stream  near  the 
shore,  so  called  from  an  idea  of  the 
boatman,  *'  that  a  joumey  down  the 
Nile  cannot  be  accounted  prosperous 
until  after  they  have  passed  it."  The 
mountains  here  recede  from  the  Nile 
to  the  eastward ;  and  at  Shar6na  are 
the  mounds  of  an  ancieQt  town,  perhaps 
Pseneros  or  Shenero.  Pococke  sup- 
poses it  to  be  Musa  or  Muson.  The 
sites  of  other  towns  may  also  be  seen 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  as  at 
Aba,  three  or  four  miles  inland*  and 
at.  Aboo- Girgeh  some  distance  to  the 
south.  A  few  miles  above  Shar6na, 
on  the  east  bank,  is  Kom  Ahmar, 
"  the  red  mound,**  with  the  remains 
of  brick  and  masonry,  perhaps  of 
Muson,  and  a  few  rude  grottoes. 
To  the  east  of  this  are  several  dog 
mummy  pits,  and  the  Testiges  of  an 
ancient  village,  in  the  vicinity  of 
Ham&tha.  At  j4boo  -  Girgth  (or  Aboo 
Girg)  are  extensive  mounds.  It  is 
still  a  large /cOdA  town,  situated  in  a 


U.Egypt. 


BOUTB  21.  —  BimnesA. 


289 


rich  plain  about  two  miles  from  the 
Nile. 

EzcaasiON  to  Bshnzsa  ;  imlahd. 

Inland  to  the  west  it  BShutOy  the 
ancient  Oxyrhinchut,  in  Coptic 
Pemge,  which  is  a  ride  of  10)  miles 
across  the  fields,  from  Aboo-Girgeh. 
The  peculiar  worship  of  the  Oxyrhin- 
chus  fish  gave  rise  to  the  Greek  name 
of  this  city ;  and,  from  the  form  of  its 
'<  pointed  nose,"  I  am  inclined  to 
think  it  was  the  Mixzth  or  Mixdeh  of 
the  present  day,  which  may  be  traced 
in  the  Coptic  emge.  The  modern 
name  of  the  place  is  Bahnasa  or 
Behnesa,  in  which  some  have  endea- 
voured to  trace  that  of  the  Bennif  one 
of  the  many  fish  of  the  Nile,  con- 
veniently transformed  into  theozyrhin- 
chus  for  an  etymological  purpose,  and, 
it  is  needless  to  say«  without  the  least 
shadow  of  reason. 

Tlie  position  of  Behnesa  is  far  from 
being  advantageous ;  the  Libyan  desert 
having  made  greater  encroachments 
there  than  in  any  part  of  the  valley. 
Downs  of  sand  overgrown  with  bushes 
extend  along  the  edge  of  its  culti- 
vated land ;  to  the  west  of  which  is  a 
sandy  plain  of  great  extent,  with  a 
gentle  ascent,  towards  the  hills  of  the 
Libyan  chain ;  and  behind  these  is  a 
dreary  desert.  The  encroachments 
are  not,  however,  so  great  as  Denon 
would  lead  us  to  suppose,  nor  will  the 
people  of  B^hneaa,  as  be  supposes,  be 
driven  by  the  sand  beyond  the  Bahr 
Toosef.  The  site  of  the  town 
guarantees  the  inhabitants  from  such 
a  catastrophe,  even  if  they  neglect  the 
most  common  precautions,  and  they 
have  always  the  means  of  protecting 
themselves  from  it,  though  the  inva- 
sion of  sand  were  to  increase  by  more 
than  its  usual  ratio. 

On  the  south  side  are  some  mounds 
covered  with  sand,  on  which  stand 
several  shekhs*  tombs;  and  others, 
consisting  of  broken  pottery  and  bricks, 
suflSciently  mark  the  site  of  a  large 
town,  whose  importance  is  proved  by 
the  many  granite  columns,  fragments 


of  cornices,  mouldings,  and  altars  that 
lie  scattered  about  Little,  however, 
remains  of  its  early  monuments ;  and 
if  the  site  of  its  mounds  proclaims  its 
former  extent,  the  appearance  of  its 
modem  bouses  and  the  limited  num- 
ber of  three  mosks  show  its  fallen 
condition. 

Like  other  towns  Behnesa  boasts  a 
patron  saint.  He  is  called  e*  Tak* 
r6ory,  and  is  known  in  Arab  songs 
and  legendary  tales.  He  is  even  be- 
lieved to  appear  occasionally  to  the 
elect,  outside  his  tomb,  accompanied 
by  a  numerous  retinue  of  horsemen, 
but  without  any  ostensible  object. 

The  "  single  column,  with  its  capi- 
tal and  part  of  the  entablature,  show- 
ing it  to  be  a  fragment  of  a  portico 
of  the  composite  order,**  described  by 
Denon,  no  longer  exists,  though  the 
columns  he  mentions  in  the  mosks 
may  still  be  seen.  According  to  an 
account  given  me  in  the  Fyo6m,  aAer 
my  visit  to  Behnesa,  there  are  some 
caverns  to  the  N.W.(?)  of  the  town, 
and  in  one  of  them  about  eighteen 
columns  arranged  around  the  interior, 
and  standing  in  water,  which  is  of 
great  depth,  and  never  dried  up. 
Nearly  opposite  the  door  is  a  niche  or 
recess,  once  (as  they  pretend)  the 
site  of  an  altar  or  a  statue.  Though 
the  authority  of  the  Arabs  may  be 
doubted,  any  one  who  visits  Behnesa 
may  easily  inquire  about  it,  and  as- 
certain tlie  trutlk 

Behnesa  is  still  the  residence  of  a 
governor ;  in  1 82SHt  had  a  garrison 
of  400  Turkish  soldiers ;  and  in  the 
time  of  the  Memlooks  it  enjoyed  con- 
siderable importance,  and  was  one  of 
the  principal  towns  of  modern  Egypt. 
The  Bahr  Yoosef  once  passed  through 
the  centre ;  but  the  eastern  portion 
of  tlie  city  ^  of  Oxyrhmchus  is  no 
longer  part  of  Behnesa,  and  being 
now  called  SAndofeh,  may  be  con- 
sidered a  distinct  village.  At  the 
period  of  the  Arab  conquest,  Beh- 
nesa was  a  place  of  great  importance, 
and  of  such  strength  that  of  the 
1 6,000  men,  who  besieged  it,  5,000 


286 


ROUTE  21.  —  ABOO-GIRGEH  NO  MfxiEH. 


Sect.  m. 


are  said  to  have  parisbed  in  the  as- 
sault. 

The  account  of  this  conquest  and  of 
the  previous  history  of  the  city,  given 
by  the  Arab  historian  A  boo  Ab- 
dillahi  ben  Mohammed  el  Mukkari, 
is  more  like  fable  than  a  real  his- 
tory. 

ROUTE  21.  (eantinued.) 

raOM    ABOO-GiaGIH   TO   MfNIEH. 

Above  Aboo-Girgeh  are  el  Kays, 
Aboo-Axees,  and  other  places,  whose 
mounds  mark  the  positions  of  old 
towns.  £1  Kays,  the  Kais  of  the 
Copts,  which  is  laid  down  in  Coptic 
MSS.  between  Nikafar  and  Ozy- 
rhinchus,  is  the  andent^Cynopolis,  the 
'*  City  of  the  Dogs ;  '*  and  it  is  worthy 
of  remark,  that  one  of  the  principal 
repositories  of  dog  mummies  is  found 
on  the  opposite  bank,  in  the  vicinity 
of  Hamitha.  It  was  not  unusual 
for  a  city  to  bury  its  dead,  as  well  as 
its  sacred  animals,  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  Nile ;  provided  the  mountains 
were  near  the  river,  or  a  more  con- 
venient spot  offered  itself  for  the  con- 
struction of  catacombs  than  *in  their 
own  vicinity;  and  such  appears  to 
have  been  the  case  in  this  instance. 
There  is  reason  to  believe  that  one 
branch  of  the  Nile  has  been  stopped 
in  this  spot,  which  once  flowed  to  the 
west  of  el  Kays ;  and  this  would  ac- 
cord with  the  position  of  Cynopolis, 
in  an  bland,  according  to  Ptolemy, 
and  account  for  the  statement  of  el 
Mukkari  that  el  Kays  was  on  the 
east  bank.  Co,  which  Ptolemy  places 
opposite  Cynopolis,  should  be  some 
miles  inland  to  the  west  Beni- 
Mohammed-el-Kofo6r  has  succeeded 
to  the  old  Nikafar  mentioned  in  the 
Coptic  MSS.  It  was  above  Kais; 
but  another  town,  called  Tamma,  is 
placed  by  them  between  Cynopolis 
and  Oxyrhinchus. 

In  the  hills  behind  Skekh  Hassan, 
on  the  east  bank,  are  extensive  lime- 
stone quarries.     Near  them  are  some 


crude  brick  remains,  with  broken 
pottery ;  and  in  a  chapel  or  niche  in 
the  rock  is  a  Christian  inscription. 
A  singular  isolated  rock  stands  in  the 
plain  behind  Nezlet  e*  Shekh  Has- 
san ;  and  similar  solitary  masses  of 
rock,  left  by  the  stone-cutters,  are 
met  with  to  the  south,  with  other 
quarries,  and  a  few  small  tombs. 
About  two  and  a  half  miles  to  the 
south  of  Nexlet  e'  Sbekh  Hassan  are 
the  vestiges  of  an  ancient  village ;  and 
in  the  plain,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Wadee  e*  Serar^eh,  are  an  old  station, 
or  fort,  and  another  village.  The 
river  here  makes  a  considerable  bend 
to  the  west,  leaving  two  large  islands 
on  the  eastern  side  opposite  Gol6- 
saneh.  Near  the  latter  village  Po- 
cocke  saw  two  rows  of  stone,  about 
20  feet  long,  under  the  water,  ap- 
parently the  remains  of  an  ancient 
wall ;  but  I  could  find  no  traces  of 
them,  though  it  is  possible  that  at  the 
low  Nile  they  may  still  be  discernible, 
and  Gol6saneh  may  occupy  the  site 
of  an  old  town. 

On  the  north-west  corner  of  the 
hills,  at  the  mouth  of  Wadee  «*  Dojfr, 
are  some  limestone  quarries.  Their 
principal  interest  always  consisted  in 
two  painted  grottoes  of  the  early  time 
of  Pihahmen,  the  son  of  Remeaes  the 
Great,  the  last  king  of  the  18th  dy- 
nasty. One  of  them  has  unfortu- 
nately been  destroyed  by  the  Turks, 
and  the  other  has  already  lost  its 
portico,  and  is  threatened  with  th6 
fiite  of  its  companion.  It  is  very 
small,  measuring  only  7  paces  by  4, 
inside,  but  very  interesting  from  the 
subjects  it  contains,  and  from  the 
fact  of  its  having  been  the  rock 
temple,  or  chapel,  of  the  adjoining 
quarries.  The  portico  was  in  antis 
witli  two  columns,  one  of  which  was 
standing  two  or  three  years  ago ;  and 
it  received  the  name  of  Bahayn,  **the 
two  doors,'*  from  its  double  entrance. 
Athor  was  the  presiding  deity. 

This  custom  of  placing  quarries 
and  other  localities,   under   the  pe- 


U.  Egypt. 


ROUTE  21. GEBEL  e'  TAYR. 


287 


culiar  protection  of  some  god,  was 
observed  by  the  Egyptians  from  the 
earliest  to  the  latest  pAiods;  the 
quarries  of  Toora-Masurab,  and  the 
hills  of  the  pyramids,  were  under 
their  tutelary  deity;  and  the  L«atin 
inscription '  of  Caracalla  at  Asouan 
speaks  of  **  Jupiter- Ammon,  Ce- 
nubis,  and  Juno,  under  whose 
guardianship  the  hill  was  placed," 
where  new  quarries  had  been  opened. 

Round  the  comer  of  the  rock  out- 
side this  grotto,  king  Remeses  III., 
the  fourth  successor  of  Pthahmen,  is 
represented  with  the  crocodile-headed 
god  Savak  and  Athor,  receiving  the 
honourable  distinction  of  **  president 
of  the  assemblies  ;'*  and  at  the  side  are 
two  large  ovals  of  the  same  Pharaoh, 

On  Uie  south  side  of  Wadee  e' 
Dayr  are  vestiges  of  a  small  town, 
and  near  it  some  tombs  and  quarried 
rocks. 

A  ruined  wall  of  crude  brick 
ascends  the  low  northern  extremity  of 
the  Gebel  e*  Tayr ;  and  some  dis- 
tance  further  up  to  the  east,  near  the 
spot  where  the  mountain  road  de- 
scends into  the  Wadee  e'  Dayr,  about 
£.  S.  £.  from  the  convent,  is  a  bed 
of  trap  rock,  rarely  met  with  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nile.  The  wall  appears 
again  at  the  ravine  called  Wadee  el 
Ag6os,  four  or  five  miles  further 
south,  which  I  shall  have  occasion  to 
mention  presently. 

Inland,  on  the  west  bank,  nearly 
opposite  e'  Serar^eh,  and  the  mouih 
of  Wadee  e*  Dayr,  is  the  town  of 
Samalood,  whose  name  and  mounds 
proclaim  the  former  existence  of  an 
ancient  town,  and  whose  lofty  mi- 
naret is  looked  upon  as  a  duf 
J*(EMrr0  of  yc//dA  architecture.  The 
builder  of  it  is  reported  to  be  the 
same  who  made  that  of  Osioot. 

The  convent  of  Sitteh  (Sittina) 
Mariam  el  Adra,  **  Our  Lady  Mary 
the  Virgin,**  hence  called  Dayr  el 
Adra,  and  by  some  Dayr  el  Buk- 
kar,  "of  the  pulley,**  stands  on  the 
flat  summit  of  the.  Gebel  e'  Tayr 
on  the  east  bank.     It  is  inhabited 


by  Copts,  who  frequently  descend 
from  these  lofty'  and  precipitous  cliff's 
to  the  river,  and  swimming  off  to  a 
passing  boat  on  inflated  skins,  beg  for 
charity  from  the  traveller,  not  with- 
out being  sometimes  roughly  handled 
by  the  Arab  boatmen.  The  impor- 
tunity of  land  beggars  every  one  has 
experienced  ;  but  these  water  men- 
dicants will  be  found  not  inferior  to 
any  of  the  fraternity ;  and  long  be- 
fore an  European's  boat  comes  abreast 
of  the  convent,  the  cry  of  "ana 
ChriMttdn  ya  Hawiigee"  Arom  the 
water  announces  their  approach. 

Here  ends  the  district  of  Benisoo^f. 

GeM  e'  Tajp^,  **  the  mountain  of  the 
bird,**  has  a  strange  legendary  tale  at- 
tached to  it.  All  the  birds  of  the 
country  are  reported  to  assemble  an- 
nually  at  this  mountain ;  and,  after 
having  selected  one  of  their  number, 
to  remain  there  till  the  following  year, 
they  fly  away  into  Africa,  and  only 
return  to  release  their  comrade,  and 
substitute  another  in  his  place.  Tlie 
story  is  probably  only  another  version  of 
that  mentioned  by  ^lian,  who  speaks 
of  two  hawks  being  deputed  by  the 
rest  of  the  winged  community  to  go 
to  certain  desert  islands  near  Libya, 
for  no  very  definite  purpose. 

Between  three  and  four  miles  S, 
of  the  convent  is  the  Gisr'(or  JTayt) 
d  Agoot,  "  the  dyke  (wall)  of  the  old 
man,**  or  rather  "old  woman,"  already 
noticed.  It  is  built  across  the 
ravine,  which  is  called  after  it 
Wadee  el  Agoos,  and  is  evidently  in- 
tended to  prevent  any  approach  from 
the  desert  into  the  valley  of  the  Nile. 
It  is  reported  to  have  been  built  by 
an  ancient  Egyptian  queen,  whose 
name  was  Delo6ka,  and  to  have  ex- 
tended from  the  sea  to  Asouan,  at 
the  edge  of  the  cultivated  land  on 
either  bank.  I  have  myself  found 
vestiges  of  it  in  the  Fyoom ;  and  on 
the  east  I  have  traced  its  course  along 
the  cliffs  that  approach  the  Nile,  not 
only  at  e'  Serar^eh  and  Wadee  el 
Agoos,  but  at  Gebel  Shekh  Embirak, 
I  Shekh   Timiy,  Asouan,   and    other 


288 


BOUTE  21.  — GISR  £L  AGOOS. 


Sect.  m. 


place.  I  hare  even  met  with  it  in 
the  cultivated  land  to  the  east  of  Be- 
noob  el  Ham^m,  and  to  the  north- 
east of  Koos ;  but  from  the  present 
increaaed  extent  of  the  inundation, 
few  traces  are  left  of  its  existence  in 
the #  low  lands,  which,  though  they 
once  marked  the  edge  of  the  desert, 
now  form  part  of  the  cultivated  plain 
of  Egypt.  That  this  wall  was  raised 
to  check  the  incursions  of  those  rob- 
bers par  exeeUenee,  the  Arabs  (for  the 
deserts  were  formerly,  as  now,  in- 
habited by  similar  wandering  tribes), 
is  highly  probable ;  and  the  object  of 
it  was  evidently  to  prevent  an  ingress 
ftrom  that  quarter,  since  it  extends 
along  the  opening  of  the  ravines,  and 
is  not  carried  over  those  cliflfs,  whose 
perpendicular  faces  being  precipitous 
and  impassable,  obviated  the  necessity 
of  its  continuation.  Diodorus  says 
that  Sesostris  "  erected  a  wall  along 
the  eastern  side  of  Egypt,  to  guard 
against  the  incursions  of  the  Syrians 
and  Arabs,  which  extended  from 
Pelusium,  by  the  desert,  to  Heliopo- 
lis,  being  in  length  1500  stadia" 
(about  173^  English  miles) ;  and  it  is 
not  improbable  that  Uie  Gisr  el  Agoos 
may  be  a  continuation  of  the  one  he 
mentions.  But  the  observation  of 
Voltaire,  <<s'il  construisit  ce  mur 
pour  n*etre  point  vol^,  c*est  une 
grande  pr6somption  qu*il  n*alla  pas 
lui-mlme  voler  les  autres  nations,*'  is 
by  no  means  just,  unless  the  fortified 
stations  built  by  the  Romans  in  the 
desert  for  the  same  purpose  are  proofs 
of  the  weakness  of  that  people.  The 
Arabs  might  plunder  the  peasant 
without  its  being  in  the  power  of  any 
one  to  foresee  or  prevent  their  ap- 
proach; and  every  one  acquainted 
with  the  habits  of  these  wanderers  is 
aware  of  the  inutility  of  pursuing 
them  in  an  arid  desert  with  an  armed 
force.  Besides,  a  precaution  of  this 
kind  obliged  them  to  resort  to  the 
towns  to  purchase  com ;  and  thus 
the  construction  of  a  wall  had  the 
double  advantage  of  preventing  the 
"blunder  of  the  peasant,  and  of  render* 


ing  the  Arabs  dependent  upon  Egypt 
for  the  supplies  necessity  forced  them 
to  purchase ;  nor  did  the  government 
incur  the  expense  of  pajring  their 
chiefs,  as  at  the  present  day,  to  deter 
them  from  hostility. 

At  the  Gisr  el  Agoos  are  the  re- 
mains of  an  ancient  village ;  and 
above  the  town  of  Gebel  e*  Tayr  are 
some  grottoes. 

Two  miles  beyond  this  is  the  site  of 
an  ancient  town,  now  called  Tehneh,  or 
TWineh  oo  Mekneh.  Its  lofty  and  ex- 
tensive mounds  lie  at  the  mouth  of 
Wadee  T^hneh,  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  from  the  river,  under  an  isolated 
rocky  eminence  of  the  eastern  chain 
of  bills,  whose  precipitous  limestone 
cliffy  overhang  the  arable  land  that 
separates  them  from  the  Nile. 

Above  a  rough  grotto  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  rock,  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  to  the  south  of  the  ancient  town, 
is  a  Greek  inscription  of  the  time  of 
Ptolemy  Epiphanes ;  which,  from  the 
word  Acoris  in  the  third  line,  appears 
to  indicate  the  position  of  the  city  of 
that  name.  This,  however,  is  not 
certain.  Acoris,  the  individual  who 
put  up  the  dedication,  may  have  had 
the  same  name  without  its  proving 
any  thing  respecting  the  site  of  the 
city ;  though  probability  is  in  favour 
of  Tehneh  marking  the  site  of  Acdris. 

The  inscription  is 

YnEPBASIAEilSnTOAEMAIOT 
eEOT£ni«ANOT2MErAAOT£TXAPI. 

JTOT 
AKOPISEPrEASISIAIMAXIAAISaXE- 

IPAI 

*'  For  the  welfare  of  King  Ptolemy,  the 
Ood  EpiphuiMf  the  Great  EucharUtei,' Ac6- 
rlt  the  Son  of  Ergeut,  to  lata  Moctaiaa,  So- 
teini  (the  Saviour  Qoddesc.)." 

On  one  side,  below  the  inscription, 
is  the  figure  of  a  goddess ;  on  the  other 
that  of  a  god,  probably  Osiris ;  and 
it  was  perhaps  intended  that  the  king 
should  be  introduced  in  the  centre, 
offering  to  the  two  seated  deities. 

Above  this  is  a  flight  of  steps  cut 
in  the  rock,  leading  to  a  grotto, 
which  has  a  niche,  but  no  sculptures. 
Following  the    path  to  the    south. 


U.  Egypt 

along  the  western  face  of  the  cliffs, 
you  come  to  a  tablet  of  Remestes  III., 
receiving  the  falchion  from  the  hand 
of  the  crocodile-headed  god  Savak,  or 
Savak'Re,  in  the  presence  of  Amun ; 
and, beyond  this  is  a  large  oval,  the 
nom^i  of  the  same  Pharaoh. 

lieturning  thence  to  the  south  side 
of  the  isolattrd  rock  that  stands  above 
the  town,  you  perceive,  at  the  upper 
part  of  it,  two  figures  in  high  relief, 
each  holding  a  horse.  They  represent 
two  Roman  emperors  (rather  than 
Castor  and  Pollux,  as  some  have 
imagined),  and  between  them  ap- 
pears to  have  been  another  figure, 
perhaps  of  a  god. 

The  base  of  this  hill  is  perforated 
with  tombs,  some  of  which  have  Greek 
inscriptions,  with  the  names  of  their 
owners.  At  the  door  of  one  I  ob- 
served a  Roman  figure  standing  be- 
fore an  altar,  who  holds  in  one  hand 
some  twigs,  and  apparently  presents 
incense  with  the  other.  Within  is 
the  same  person  and  his  son  before 
four  gods,  but  without  hieroglyphics ; 
and  the  architecture  of  the  grotto  is 
more  Roman  than  Egyptian.  It  was 
closed  as  usual  with  folding-doors, 
secured  by  a  bolt.  There  is  also  a 
figure  of  the  god  Nilus  bringing 
offerings  and  a  bull  for  sacrifice. 

In  one  of  these  tombs  is  an  en- 
chorial inscription  much  defaced; 
and  some  have  mouldings  and  orna- 
mental devices  of  Roman  time. 

Near  the  above-mentioned  grotto, 
and  below  the  isolated  rock  overhang- 
ing the  town,  is  a  niche  of  Roman 
time,  with  the  remains  of  a  mutilated 
figure  in  relief  within  it;  and  on 
either  side  of  it  is  this  Greek  in- 
scription, — 

rPAMMMATA  AXPHMATI2T02  E22H, 
which  shows  that  people  made  mis- 
takes in  ortltography  in  those  times 
as  at  the  present  day.  About  700 
feet  to  the  south  of  this  isolated  rock 
are  other  grottoes;  then  a  small 
quarry  at  the  point  of  the  hill ;  turn- 
ing round  which  to  the  right,  you 
enter  a  ravine,  and  on  reaching  the 
Effypt, 


ROUTE  21.  —  GISR  EL  AGOOS. 


289 


mountiin  summit  to  the  south-west, 
yon  come  to  some  curious  trenches 
and  workings  in  stone.  During  the 
ascent  you  pass  some  crevices  in  the 
rock,  incrusted  with  a  thin  deposit  of 
crystallised  carbonate  of  lime,  here 
and  there  assuming  a  stalactitic  form ; 
and  besides  the  nummulites  that 
abound  there,  I  observed  a  nautilus 
about  six  inches  in  diameter,  and 
other  fossils. 

The  trenches  at  the  top  of  the  hill 
are  curious,  from  their  showing  a 
peculiar  mode  of  opening  a  quarry, 
and  hewing  square  blocks  of  stone; 
another  instance  of  which  is  met  witli 
near  the  N.  W.  angle  of  the  second 
pyramid  of  Geezeh.  They  began  by 
levelling  the  surface  of  the  rock  to 
the  extent  admitted  by  the  nature  of 
tlie  ground,  or  the  intended  size  of 
the  quarry,  and  this  space  they  sur- 
rounded by  a  deep  trench,  forming  a 
parallelogram,  with  one  of  its  sides 
open,  to  facilitate  the  removal  of  the 
stones.  They  then  cut  other  parallel 
trenches  along  its  entire  length,  about 
seven  or  eight  feet  apart,  and  others 
at  right  angles  to  them,  until  the 
whole  was  divided  into  squares.  The 
blocks  were  then  cut  off  according  to 
their  required  thickness.  One  of  the 
quarriesof  T^meh  has  been  divided  in 
this  manner,  and  the  outer  trenches 
of  two  others  have  been  traced,  even 
to  the  depth  of  2 1  feet  in  parts,  though 
their  direction  is  less  regular  than  in 
the  former.  In  this  the  trenches  are 
about  1^  and  2  feet  broad,  and  the 
squares  measure  from  6^  to  7  feet  1 
inch  each  way  ;  the  whole  length  of 
the  quarry  being  1 26  feet  by  32  feet 
in  breadth ;  and  so  conveniently  is  it 
placed,  that  the  stones,  when  separated 
from  the  rock,  were  rolled  down  to 
the  valley  beneath,  without  the  trouble 
of  carriage.  The  division  into  squares 
enabled  them  to  take  off  a  succession 
of  blocks  of  the  same  dimensions; 
and  layer  after  layer  was  removed, 
according  to  the  depth  of  the  quarr}*, 
which  continued  to  be  worked  down- 
wards, as  long  as  the  rock  remained 

o 


290 


BOUTE   21. — m/nIEH. 


Sect.  in. 


good.  Where  circular  blocks  were 
required  for  the  bases  or  capitals  of 
columns,  they  had  only  to  round  off 
the  corners ;  and  this  was  evidently 
done  in  some  instances  at  the  quarry 
of  T6bneh. 

On  the  summit  of  the  hills,  about 
500  feet  to  the  south  of  these  trenches, 
the  stone  has  been  quarried  to  a  great 
eitent ;  and  about  100  feet  from  the 
edge  of  the  cliffs  overhanging  the  cul- 
tivated land  are  some  chambers  sunk 
in  the  rock,  two  of  which  are  coated 
Avith   red   stucco.     One  of  these  is 
round,  and  measures  17  feet  in  dia- 
meter.    It   has  a  doorway   leading 
into  it,  from  a  staircase  communicat- 
ing with  some  small  rooms  ;  and  on 
one  side  is  a  ledge  or  hollow,  as  if  in- 
tended for  a  water-wheel.     The  other 
is  square :  it  has  a  flight  of  7  steps 
leading  down  into  it  from  the  top, 
and  appears  to  have  been  a  reservoir 
to  hold  water  for  the  use  of  the  work- 
men.      It   was  doubtless    filled   by 
buckets  lowered  from  the  brow  of  the 
cliff  to  the  water  below,  which  ac- 
counts for  its  being  made  in  this  spot, 
close  to  the  precipitous  face  of  the 
hills,  which  rise  abruptly  to  the  height 
of  400  or  500  feet  above  the  plain. 
Indeed  it  is  evident  that  the  Nile  for- 
merly ran  immediately  below  them, 
and  even  now,  during  the  inundation, 
it  rises  to  the  height  of  5  feet  4  inches 
at   their  base,  covering  the   narrow 
strip  of  alluvial  soil  it  has  deposited 
between  tliem  and  its  retiring  channel. 
On  the  south  of  the  reservoir  is 
another  square  chamber,  like  all  the 
others,    cut   in  the    rock.      In   the 
centre  of  it  is  a  four-sided  isolated 
mass,  having  an  arched  door  or  open- 
ing on   each   face,   which   probably 
once  supported  the  centre  of  the  roof; 
for  they  were  doubtless  all  covered 
over ;  and  on  tlie  south  side  of  this 
chamber  are  2  niches,  and  another  on 
the  cast.      Adjoining  its  south-west 
corner  is  a  square  pit 

The  story  of  the  SOO  ravens  that 
assemble  over  this  spot  every  year, 
in  the  month  of  l^bleh-*l-owel,  and 


af^er  soaring  above  it  with  repeated 
cries,  fly  away  to  the  desert,  is  evi- 
dently another  version  of  the  tale  of 
Gebel  e*  Tayr,  already  mentioned. 

In  the  mounds  of  the  ancient  town 
of  Acoris  are  some  blocks  of  stone, 
two  of  which  resemble  altars ;  but  I 
could  not  find  any  with  inscriptions ; 
nor  was  there  any  thing  of  interest  in 
the  grottoes  on  the  N.  £.  side  of  the 
Wadee  Tdineh. 

Inland,  on  the  opposite  bank  is 
Tiha,or  Tiliael  Amoodayn,  in  Cop- 
tic Touhd,  once  said  to  have  been  a 
large  place,  eqiial  in  size  to  Minieh, 
and  known  in  the  time  of  Murad  Bey 
as  the  residence  of  a  powerful  chief 
called  Hagee  AH  of  Taha.  Its 
mounds  still  mark  it  as  the  successor 
of  an  ancient  town,  as  well  as  the 
epithet  "  el  amoodayn,**  «  of  the  two 
columns.**  It  is  supposed  to  occupy 
the  site  of  Theodosiou,  and  appears 
from  some  Coptic  and  Arabic  MSS. 
to  have  been  distinguished  from  a 
village  of  tlie  same  name  beyond 
Oshmoonayn,  by  the  additional  tide 
of  Medeeneht  «  the  city.** 

There  is  nothing  worth  noticing 
between  T^hneh  and  Minieh.  The 
latter  town  is  a  Bender^  and  the  resi- 
dence of  a  Kishef  or  Nazer,  who  is 
under  the  governor  of  Benisoo^f.  It 
was  long  the  residence  of  Abdee 
Kashef,  well  known  to  Europeans  for 
his  courteous  and  amiable  character, 
and  esteemed  no  less  by  them  thaa.by 
Turks  and  native  Egyptians.  In  1823 
he  was  removed  to  the  government  of 
Oongola,  where  he  was  killed  in  an 
affray  witli  some  Turkish  soldiers, 
who  had  mutinied  in  consequence  of 
their  pay  having  been  withheld  by  the 
government. 

Minieh  has  a  market,  held  every 
Sunday,  and  baths.  Though  some 
travellers  have  spoken  of  baths  here 
of  Roman  date,  I  could  find  none 
but  of  Moslem  construction.  They 
are  not  even  of  Saracenic  time ;  but 
this  does  not  seem  to  prevent  their 
enjoying  a  reputation  for  the  mar- 
vellous, and  they  are  said  to  coram  u- 


U,  Egypt         KOUTE  22,  —  m/nieh  to  osioot. 


291 


nicate  by  a  passage  under  the  Nile 
with  Shekh  Timay.  Tlie  palace,  the 
residence  of  the  governor,  was  built 
by  the  Mexnlooks,  and  repaired  by 
Abdee  Kashef;  in  whose  time  the 
gardens  belonging  to  his  bouse,  and 
two  others  outside  the  town,  were 
kept  up  with  great  care,  to  the  infi- 
nite satisfaction  of  the  people,  who 
were  allowed  to  frequent  them. 

MSnieh  is  generally  styled  Mlniet 
ebn  Khase^b,  which  is  the  name 
given  it  by  Ebn  Said.  It  was  also 
called  Monieh,  and  according  to  some, 
Miniet  ebn  Fusseel ;  and  they  pre- 
tend that  tradition  speaks  of  a  Greek 
king  of  the  place,  named  Kasim.  In 
Coptic  it  is  called  Moon£,  or  Tmone, 
and  in  the  Memphitic  dialect  Thmond, 
signifying  "  the  abode.**  It  is  from 
the  word  Mone,  *' mansion,**  as  Chano- 
pollien  observes,  that  the  Arabic 
Minieh,  or  Miuiet  (by  abbreviation 
AfiY),  so  frequently  applied  to  Egyp- 
tian villages,  has  been  derived. 

Leo  Africanus  says,  '<  Minieh,  on 
the  W.  bank  of  the  Nile,  is  a  very  neat 
town,  builtin  the  time  of  the  Moslems, 
by  Khaseeb,  who  was  appointed  go- 
vernor under  the  caliphate  of  Bagdad. 
It  abounds  in  every  kind  of  fruit, 
which,  though  sent  to  Cairo,  cannot, 
on  account  of  the  distance,  arrive 
fresh  in  that  city,  being  1 70  miles  off. 
It  boasts  many  handsome  buildings, 
and  the  remains  of  ancient  Egyptian 
monuments.  The  inhabitants  are 
wealthy,  and  commercial  speculation 
induces  them  to  travel  even  as  far  as 
the  kingdom  of  Soodan." 

Over  the  doorway  of  a  mosk,  near 
the  river,  are  a  few  fragments  of 
Roman 'Greek  arclytecture.  Within 
are  several  granite  and  marble  co- 
lumns, some  with  Corinthian  capitals; 
and  the  devout  believe  that  water 
flows  spontaneously  every  Friday  from 
one  of  their  shafts,  for  the  benefit  of 
the  faithful.  A  temple  of  Anubis 
has  beQn  said  by  some  travellers  to 
have  stood  here,  but  I  know  not  on 
what  authority ;  and  there  are  not  any 
grounds  for  supposing  Minieh  to  oc- 


cupy the  site  of  the  ancient  Cynopolis* 
A  shekh*s  tomb,  overshadowed  by  a 
sycamore  tree  on  the.  N.  side  of  the 
town,  used  to  have  a  picturesque 
effect,  when  the  numerous  figures  on 
the  bank,  and  boats  on  the  river,  gave 
a  life  to  the  scene  no  longer  witnessetl 
at  Minieh ;  and  at  the  other  extre- 
mity is  a  manufactory  {wer$heh)  es- 
tablished by  the  Pasha  a  few  years 
ago,  which  has  a  prettier  appearance 
than  the  generality  of  these  unsightly 
buildings. 


ROUTE  22. 

MINIXU   TO  OSIOOT, 

Miles. 
Minieh  to  Beni  Hassan  (grot- 

toes),  (E.)-         -         -         -  15 
Antinoe,  (E.)  -         -         -  15 

Tel  el  Amarna,  (groUoea)  (E.)  10 
Manfaloot,  (W.)      -         -         -29} 
Osioot,  (winding  very  much), 

(W.)    -       -        .         -        -  25 

94) 

At  the  projecting  corner  of  the 
mountain,  opposite  Minieh,  are  the 
remains  of  an  old  town,  which  stands 
on  either  side  of  a  ravine.  Above  it 
are  tomlts,  which,  like  the  houses,  are 
built  of  crude  brick.  They  are  not 
of  early  Egyptian  date ;  and,  judging 
from  their  appearance  and  the  ab- 
sence of  bitumen,  I  believe  them  to 
be  of  Christian  time, —  a  conjecture 
partly  confirmed  by  the  Coptic  cha- 
racters now  and  then  met  with  on  the 
stucco.  But  the  town,  though  inha- 
bited at  a  later  period  by  Christians, 
succeeded,  like  most  of  those  in 
Egypt,  to  one  of  earlier  date;  and 
the  discovery  of  a  stone,  bearing  part 
of  the  name  and  figure  of  an  ancient 
king,  would  have  removed  all  doubts 
on  this  head,  if  any  had  really  existed. 

The  Egyptians  invariably  built  a 
small  town,  or/ort,  on  the  ascent  of 
the  mountains  on  the  ea&t  bank, 
wherever  the  accessible  slope  of  the 

o2 


292 


BOUTE  22.  —  MfNiEH   TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect.  in. 


bills  approached^^he  cultivated  plain, 
and  left  a  narrow  p^taage  between  it 
and  the  Nile ;  as  may  be  seen  at 
Shekh  Embdrak,  Gebel  e*  Tayr, 
T^hneh,  Kom-Ahmar,  Isbdyda,  and 
several  other  places ;  having  the  two- 
fold object  of  guarding  these  passes, 
and  of  substituting  the  barren  rock, 
as  a  foundation  to  their  houses,  for 
the  more  useful  soil  of  the  arable  land. 

The  modern  cemetery  of  Minieb  is 
at  Zowyet  el  Myitcen,  on  the  eastern 
bank,  between  Soo4dee  and  Kora- 
Ahmar.  Thrice  every  year  they  pay 
a  visit  of  ceremony  to  the  tombs,  in 
the  months  of  Showal  (Eed  e*  Sog- 
heir),of  Zulhag(Eedel  Kebeer),  and 
Regeb.  The  visit  lasts  7  days;  the 
15th  of  the  month,  or  the  full  moon, 
being  the  principal  day.  The  mode 
of  ferrying  over  tlie  bodies  of  the  dead, 
accompanied  by  the  ululations  of  wo- 
men, and  the  choice  of  a  cemetery  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  cannot 
fail  to  call  to  mind  the  customs  of  the 
ancient  Egyptians ;  and  it  is  remark- 
able that  they  have  not  selected  a  spot 
immediately  in  front  of  the  town,  but 
have  preferred  one  near  the  tombs  of 
their  pagan  predecessors.  It  was  the 
old  Ej^yptian  custom  of  ferrying  over 
the  dead  that  gave  rise  to  the  fable  of 
Charon  and  the  Styx,  which  Diodorus 
very  consistently  traces  from  the  fu- 
neral ceremonies  of  Egypt  —  Set 
dbotet  p.  204. 

At  Soo6dee  is  a  rum  distillery 
belonging  to  the  Pasha.  It  was 
formerly  superintended  by  an  Italian 
named  Domenico;  who,  finding  bis 
profits  did  not  answer  his  expecta- 
tions, quitted  the  service  of  the  Pasha; 
and  the  rum  was  thenceforward  en- 
trusted to  a  native,  without  waiting 
fpr  permission  from  the  Prophet. 
Hereabouts  are  several  extensive 
sugar  plantations.  Sooddee  has  pro- 
bably succeeded  to  the  site  of  an 
ancient  town.  It  has  mounds,  and  a 
few  stones  of  old  buildings ;  and 
above,  at  the  corner  of  the  mountain, 
are  some  grottoes,  or  tombs,  in  the 
rock. 


About  two  miles  beyond  Sooadee 
are  some  old  limestone  quarries ;  and 
at  K6m  Akmar  are  the  mounds  of  an 
ancient  town.  Its  name  signifies  the 
*'  red  mound,"  which  it  has  received 
from  the  quantity  of  pottery  that  lies 
scattered  over  it,  and  the  burnt  walls 
of  its  crude  brick  houses.  In  the 
limestone  hiTls  above  the  old  town 
are  several  sepulchral  grottoes,  with 
sculptures  representing  agricultural 
scenes  and  other  subjects,  common  in 
ancient  Egyptian  tombs.  In  one  of 
them  are  two  boats,  or  haritt  of  a 
peculiar  construction,  with  a  double 
roast,  and  three  rudders,  which,  from 
the  appearance  of  their  folding  sail, 
resemble  a  Chinese  boat  more  nearly 
than  any  met  with  on  the  Egyptian 
monumients.  These  tombs  are  in 
two  tiers,  one  in  the  upper,  and 
another  in  the  lower  part  of  the  hill. 
The  latter  are  very  «ncient,  having 
the  names  of  Sbofo  (Suphis,  or 
Cheops),  Papa,  and  others  of  that 
early  time ;  while  some  of  those  in 
tlie  upper  tier,  judging  from  the  style 
of  the  sculptures,  appear  to  date  in 
the  time  of  the  1 8th  dynasty.  This, 
too,  is  a  respectable  antiquity,  not 
less  Uian  ISCO  or  1400  years  before 
our  era. 

It  is  uncertHin  of  what  place  Kom 
Ahmar  occupies  the  site.  Some  have 
supposed  it  to  be  Muson  ;  but  it  ia 
possible  that  Alabastron  may  have 
stood  here ;  and  this  seems  con- 
firmed by  information  I  received 
from  the  Arabs  in  my  l^st  visit  to 
Egypt,  who  had  found  an  alabaster 
quarry  in  the  mountains  to  the  north- 
,east,  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour's 
march  inland,  to  which  an  ancient 
road  leads  from  the  Nile. 

That  Alabastroii  was  not,  as  fre- 
quently supposed,  in  the  desert,  is 
sufficiently  shown  by  Pliny,  and  by 
an  inscription  I  found  on  a  rock  in 
Wadee  Foakheer,  stating  the  writer 
to  have  been  a  native  of  that  town. 
Ptolemy,  too,  merely  gives  it  an  in- 
land position,  like  Hermopolis,  and 
many  other  places  in  the  valley  of  tbe 


K  Egypt.       route  22,  —  metIhara  —  beni  hassan.   293 


Nile;  and  he  makes  the  same  dif- 
ference in  longitude  between  it  and 
Acoris,  9A  between  Coptos  and 
Thebes. 

A  short  distance  beyond  K6m  Ah- 
tnar  is  Metdhara;  and  in  the  hills 
near  it  are  some  curious  sepulchral 
grottoes  little  known.  They  are  said 
to  have  the  names  of  old  kings,  and 
a  singular  instance  of  columns  sur- 
mounted by  capitals  in  the  form  of 
the  full-blown  lotus.  And  here  it 
may  be  well  to  observe  that  the  usual 
bell-formed  capitals,  frequently  said 
to  represent  the  lotus,  are  taken  from 
the  papyrus. 

At  Shaduu,  on  the  west  bank,  are 
the  mounds  of  an  ancient  town. 
About  one  mile  beyond  Welad  Noayr, 
on  the  east  bank,  are  some  grottoes, 
without  sculpture;  and  two  miles 
further,  the  celebrated  grottoes  of 
Beni  HasBan*  They  were  formerly 
supposed  to  be'  the  Speos  Artemidos, 
« the  Grotto  of  Diana,*'  the  Bubastis 
of  the  Egyptians.  This,  however,  is 
found  to  be  in  a  small  valley  upwards 
of  two  miles  to  the  south,  as  I  shall 
presently  have  occasion  to  observe. 

Beni  Hassan.  —  The  grottoes  (or, 
as  they  are  indiscriminately  called, 
tombs,  catacombs,  or  caves)  of  Beni 
Haetan  are  excavated  in  the  rock,  at 
the  side  of  the  hills  that  overhang  the 
valley  of  the  Nile.  The  bank  lielow,  a 
detritus  ofsand  and  gravel,  has  been  cut 
through  by  the  river,  which  formerly 
encroached  on  this  side,  but  which  has 
again  retired  to  the  westward,  to  the 
great  inconvenience  of  travellers, 
who,  when  the  water  is  low,  are 
obliged  to  walk  more  than  two  miles 
from  the  nearest  point  their  cangia 
can  approach,  unless  they  have  the 
good  fortune  to  find  a  small  rowing 
boat  to  take  them  through  the  shallow 
channels  to  the  spot.  Even  when 
the  channels  are  all  dry,  in  May  and 
June,  the  shortest  walk  is  about  1^ 
mile,  from  opposite  Karra  Aboo 
Omar;  it  is  therefore  advisable,  in 
hot  weather,  to  set  off  very  early,  and 
to  return  in  the  evening,  taking  water 


and  provisions.  The  Speos  Artemi- 
dos may  be  seentlie  same  day,  either 
before  or  after  the  grottoes  of  Beni 
Hassan,  by  those  who  are  satisfied 
with  a  hurried  examination  of  their 
interesting  paintings :  but  the  walk 
is  long,  and  in  hot  weather  disagree- 
able ;  so  that  it  is  better  to  defer  the 
visit  to  the  Speos  till  the  next  day. 
The  best  and  nearest  point  for  land- 
ing is  to  the  westward  of  the  village 
of  Beni  Hassan,  which  lies  half  way 
between  it  and  the  Nile.  In  coming 
down  the  river,  tlie  Speos  should  be 
seen  first. 

The  ancient  approach  to  the  grot- 
toes of  Beni  Hassan  was  evidently 
from  the  westward :  roads  of  con- 
siderable breadth  lead  to  them,  up 
the  slope  of  the  hill  from  the  bank, 
and  they  are  readily  distinguished  by 
the  stones  ranged  on  either  side,  as  in 
the  roads  made  by  the  ancients  across 
the  desert,  and  before  some  of  the 
tombs  of  Thebes. 

These  stones  consist  in  a  great 
measure  of  the  large  rounded  boul- 
ders, which  abound  here ;  and  which 
are  not  met  with,  in  such  numbers  at 
least,  in  any  other  part  of  the  valley. 
They  are  calcareous,  and  full  of 
shells,  containing  much  silex,  very 
heavy  and  hard,  and  externally  of  a 
dark  brown  colour.  I  observed  simi- 
lar boulders  in  horizontal  beds,  like 
flints  in  chalk,  on  the  mountain  behind 
Sherg  Sele^n,  where  the  decay  of  the 
stratum  in  which  they  lie  has  in  some 
places  disengaged  them.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  the  same  has  happened  in 
remote  ages  at  Beni  Hassan,  and  that 
these  stones  were  originally  in  similar 
beds. 

The  grottoes  are  cut  in  one  of  the 
strata,  which  was  found  to  be  best 
suited  for  similar  excavations;  and 
from  the  subjects  and  hieroglyphics 
on  the  walls,  they  were  evidently  in- 
tended for  sepulchral  purposes.  The 
variety  of  the  scenes  represented  in 
them  are  particularly  interesting ; 
and  if  the  style  and  proportions  of 
the  figures  are  not  equal  to  those  in 

O  3 


294 


ROUTE  22.  —  MfniEH   TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect  ni. 


the  catacomf)s  of  Thebes,  they  are 
not  less  curious  from  the  light  they 
throw  on  the  manners  and  customs 
of  the  Egyptians.  They  have  also 
the  merit  of  being  of  an  earlier  date 
than  those  of  Thebes ;  and  in  the 
elegant  chaste  style  of  their  archi- 
tecture these  tombs  may  Tie  with  any 
in  the  valley  of  the  Nile. 

The  northern  differ  considerably 
from  the  southern  grottoes,  though 
so  close  together  and  of  nearly  the 
same  date,  and  may,  perhaps,  be 
thought  to  excel  them  in  the  beauty 
of  their  plan,  as  in  the  simplicity  of 
their  columns,  which  seem  to  be  the 
prototype  of  the  Doric  shaft.  They 
are  polygons,  of  sixteen  sides,  each 
slightly  fluted,  except  the  inner  face, 
which  was  left  flat  for  the  purpose  of 
introducing  a  line  of  hieroglyphics. 
Each  flute  is  8  inches  broad,  and  the 
depth  of  the  groove  is  barely  half  an 
inch.  The  shaft  is  16  feet  8}  inches 
in  height,  and  of  5  feet  diameter, 
with  a  very  trifling  decrease  of  thick- 
ness at  die  upper  end,  which  is 
crowned  by  an  abacus  scarcely  ex- 
ceeding in  diameter  the  summit  of 
the  column.  The  ceiling  between 
each  architrave  is  cut  into  the  form 
of  a  vault,  which  has  once  been  or- 
namented with  various  devices,  the 
four  pillars  being  so  arranged  as  to 
divide  the  chamber  into  a  central 
nave  and  two  lateral  aisles. 

In  these,  as  in  all  tlie  excavated 
temples  and  grottoes  of  Egypt,  we 
have  decided  proofs  of  their  having 
lieen  imitations  of  buildings  ;  which 
is  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  some 
persons,  who  conclude  that  the  earliest 
were  excavations  in  tlie  rock,  and  that 
constructed  monuments  were  of  later 
date  in  Egypt  But  independent  of 
our  finding  stone  buildings  existing 
in  the  country,  as  at  the  pyramids,  of 
the  same  early  date  as  the  oldest  ex- 
cavated  monuments,  we  have  a  proof 
of  these  last  having  imitated  in  their 
Ktyle  the  details  of  constructive  archi- 
tecture.  Thus,  an  architrave  runs 
from  column  to  column ;  the  abacus 


(originally  a  separate  member)  is 
placed  between  the  shaft  and  the 
architrave,  neither  of  which  would 
be  necessary,  or  have  been  thought  of, 
in  mere  excavations ;  and  so  obviously 
unnecessary  were  they,  that  in  later 
timea  the  Egyptians  frequently  omit- 
ted both  the  abacus  and  the  archi- 
trave in  their  excavated  monuments, 
as  in  the  tombs  of  the  kings,  and 
several  grottoes,  at  Thebes.  But 
this  was  an  after- thought,  and  the 
oldest  excavated  monuments  have  tlie 
imitated  features  of  constructive  ar- 
clif tecture.  And  following  out  the 
same  train  of  reasoning,  is  it  not 
allowable  to  suppose  that  the  vaulted 
form  of  the  ceilings  of  these  grottoes 
of  Beni  Hassan  were  an  imitation  of 
the  arch  ?  It  was  used,  if  not  in 
temples,  at  least  in  the  bouses  and 
tombs  of  the  Egyptians;  and  that  the 
crude  brick  arch  was  of  very  early 
date  in  Egypt  has,  I  think,  been 
sufficiently  shown  by  me;  whatever 
may  be  that  of  stone  arches,  which 
have  only  as  yet  been  found  of  the 
time  of  Psamaticus  II.,  b.c.  600. 

Tiie  columns  in  the  southern  grot- 
toes of  Beni  Hassan  are  also  of  the 
earliest  Egyptian  style,  though  very 
different  from  those  already  men- 
tioned. They  represent  the  stalks  of 
four  water  plants  bound  together,  and 
surmounted  by  a  capital  in  form  of  a 
lotus  bud,  which  is  divided,  as  the 
shaft  itself,  into  four  projecting  lobes. 
The  transverse  section  of  these  grot- 
toes is  very  elegant,  and  the  archi- 
trave resembles  a  depressed  pediment 
extending  over  the  columns,  and 
resting  at  either  end  on  a  narrow 
pilaster. 

All  the  caves  of  Beni  Hassan  are 
ornamented  with  coloured  figures,  or 
other  ornamental  devices ;  and  the 
columns,  with  the  lower  part  of  the 
walls,  in  the  northern  grottoes,  are 
stained  of  a  red  colour  to  resemble 
granite,  in  order  to  give  them  an  ap- 
pearance of  greater  solidity.  These 
imitations  of  hard  stone,  and  rare 
wood,  were  very  commonly  practised 


U.  Egypt.     ROUTE  22.  —  gbottoes  of  beni  hassan. 


295 


by  the  Egyptians,  though  it  is  a  sin- 
gular fdct  that  granite  and  other  stone 
used  in  their  monuments,  being  gene> 
rally  coloured,  could  not  be  distin- 
guished. The  walls  in  the  grottoes 
at  Beni  Hassan  are  prepared  as 
usual  for  receiving  the  subjects  re- 
presented upon  them  by  overlaying 
them  vrith  a  thin  coating  of  lime,  the 
parts  where  the  rock  was  defective 
being  filled  up  with  mortar.  But 
they  were  contented  to  paint  without 
sculpturing  the  principal  part  of  the 
figures  and  hieroglyphics ;  and  some 
of  the  latter,  in  a  long  series  of  per^ 
pendicular  lines  round  the  lower 
part  of  the  walls  of  the  second  tomb, 
are  merely  of  one  uniform  green 
colour.  In  each  grotto  are  pits,  in 
which  the  dead  were  deposited,  and 
which  are  properly  the  tomb,  the 
upper  part  being  rather  the  chamber 
attached  to  this  repository  of  the 
body.  Some  of  them  are  open,  and 
their  position  is  frequently  pointed 
out  by  a  tablet  of  hierogljrphics, 
placed  immediately  above,  on  the 
side  wall. 

It  is  not  my  intention  to  give  a 
detailed  account  of  the  different 
scenes  inUnoduced  in  these  interesting 
tombs ;  I  shall  therefore  confine  my- 
self to  a  few  general  remarks,  b^ 
ginning  with  those  to  the  north. 

In  the  first  are  represented  various 
trades ;  watering  the  flax,  and  its  em- 
ployment for  the  manufacture  of 
linen  cloth ;  agricultural  and  hunting 
scenes;  wrestling;  attacking  a  fort 
under  cover  of  the  testudo ;  dancing ; 
and  the  presentation  of  ofierings  to 
the  deceased,  whose  life  and  occupa- 
tions are  also  alluded  to.  In  one 
place  scribes  register  their  accounts  ; 
in  another  the  bastinado  is  inflicted 
unsparingly  on  delinquent  servants ; 
nor  is  it  confined  to  men  and  boys, 
but  extended  to  the  other  sex*  the 
difference  being  in  the  mode  of  ad- 
ministering the  stripes.  The  .former 
were  thrown  prostrate  on  the  ground, 
and  held  while  punished  ;  the  latter 
sat,  and  were  beaten  on  the  shoulders. 


With  regard  to  the  scribes,  it  may  be 
observed,  that  they  are  not,  as  gene- 
rally supposed,  taking  an  inventory 
of  the  property  of  the  deceased  after 
hit  death,  but  are  represented  en- 
gaged in  his  service  during  his  life- 
time ;  and  his  steward  frequently 
presents  him  with  tlie  list  of  these 
accounts,  after  they  have  been  ar- 
ranged by  the  scribes.  Here  his 
chasaewa  transfix,  with  stone-tipped 
arrows,  the  wild  animals  of  the 
desert,  and  the  mountains  are  re- 
presented by  the  waved  line  that 
forms  the  base  of  the  picture.  Some 
are  engaged  in  dragging  a  net  full  of 
fish  to  tlie  shore,  others  in  catching 
geese  and  wild  fowl  in  large  clap- 
nets; in  another  part  women  play 
the  harp ;  and  some  are  employed 
in  kneading  paste  and  in  making 
bread. 

In  the  next  tomb  the  subjects  are 
equally  varied,  but  the  style  of  the 
figures  is  very  superior  and  more 
highly  finished ;  and  it  must  be  ad- 
mitted that  the  feeding  of  the  oryx  on 
the  north  corner,  and  particularly  the 
figure  in  pertpecHve,  holding  one  of 
the  animals  by  the  horns,  are  divested 
of  the  formality  of  an  Egyptian  draw- 
ing; and  tbe  fish  on  the  wall  op- 
posite the  entrance  are  admirably  ex- 
ecuted. It  is  remarkable  that  the 
phaffTus,  or  eel,  is  there  introduced, 
and  apparently  the  two  other  sacred 
fisli,  tlie  oxyrhinchus  and  lepidotus. 

A  singular  procession  of  strangers 
occurs  on  the  upper  part  of  the  north 
wall,  who,  from  the  hieroglyphics 
above  them,  appear  to  be  captives. 
M.  ChampoUion  supposed  them  to 
be  Greeksj  but  this  opinion  he  af- 
terwards renounced;  and  I  only 
mention  it,  as  the  authority  of  so  dis- 
tinguished 9  person  is  likely  to  mis- 
lead. But  who  were  they?  Were 
they  Jews  ?  and  does  this  represent 
the  arrival  of  Josepb*s  brethren  ?  for 
Joseph  was,  as  I  suppose,  a  con- 
temporary of  Osirtasen,  in  whose 
time  these  tombs  were  excavated.     I 

do  not  pretend  to  decide,  nor  do  I 

o  4 


296 


ROUTE  22.  —  MfNIEH   TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect  m. . 


see  sufficient  reason  for  supposing 
them  to  represent  that  event ;  but 
should  this  ever  prove  to  be  the 
case,  they  will  be  looked  upon  with 
unbounded  interest,  and  be  justly 
dw^emed  the  most  curious  painting  on 
the  Egyptian  monuments. 

The  first  figure  is  an  Egyptian 
scribe,  who  presents  an  account  of 
their  arrival  to  a  person  seated,  the 
owner  of  the  tomb,  and  one  of  the 
principal  officers  of  the  king.  The 
next,  also  an  Egyptian,  ushers  them 
into  his  presence ;  and  two  advance, 
bringing  presents,  consisting  of  an 
ibex  or  wild  goat,  and  a  gazelle, 
the  productions  of  their  country,  or 
caught  on  the  way.  Four  men,  car- 
rying bows  and  clubs,  follow,  leading 
an  ass,  on  which  two  children  are 
placed  in  panniers,  accompanied  by  a 
boy  and  four  women  ;  and  last  of  all, 
another  ass  laden,  and  two  men,  one 
holding  a  bow  and  club,  the  other  a 
lyre,  which  he  plays  with  the  plec- 
trum. All  the  men  have  beards, 
contrary  to  the  custom  of  the  Egyp- 
tians, but  very  general  in  the  East  at 
that  period,  and  noticed  as  a  pecu- 


liarity of  foreign  uncivilised  nations 
throughout  their  sculptures.  Tlie 
men  have  sandnis,  the  ivumen  a  tort 
of  boot  reaching  to  the  ancle,  both 
which  were  worn  by  many  Asiatic 
people,  as  well  as  by  the  Greeks  and 
the  people  of  Etruria. 

One  objection  to  their  being  the 
brethren  of  Joseph  is  the  number 
thirty-seven  written  over  them,  ac- 
companied by  the  expression  "  cap- 
tives.** They  were  in  all  seventy; 
and  those  presented  by  Joseph  to 
Pharaoh  were  only  five.  The  person 
too  seated  here  is  not  the  king.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  word  **  captives  " 
might  only  be  one  of  the  usual 
contemptuous  expressions  commonly 
used  by  the  Egyptians  towards 
foreigners;  and  if  they  were  Jews, 
the  person  into  whose  presence  they 
were  introduced  should  rather  be 
Joseph  himself  than  Pharaoh.  But 
it  is  a  great  disappointment  to  find 
that  his  name  does  not  resemble  that 
mentioned  in  the  Bible,  as  having 
been  given  to  Joseph,  **  Zaphnath 
Paaneah ; "  and  the  owner  of  the  tomb 
i^  called  in  hieroglyphics  Nefotbph, 


•r 


riiy'  it:!  ffT 


Nehoth,  or  Nefhotph,  with  the  names 
of  his  father  and  mother,  which  are 
too  distinctly  specified  to  admit  the 
claims  of  Joseph. 

The  same  individual  is  stated  to 
have  been  governor  of  this  part  of 
tlie  country. 

In  this  tomb  is  the  long  hiero- 
glyphic inscription  before  men- 
tioned, consisting  of  222  lines,  re- 
lating to  the  person  of  the  tomb,  and 
introducing  the  names  of  Osirtasen  I. 
and  II.  and  of  the  two  intervening 
kings. 

Over  the  door  of  the  next  tomb  is 
the  name  of  Osirtasen  I.,  enclosed 
together  with  the  royal  banner,  pre« 


nomen,  nomen,  and  titles,  in  one  long 
oval. 

Two  of  the  southern  grottoes  are 
particularly  worthy  of  mention.  The 
first  of  them  contains  the  usual  hunt- 
ing scene ;  but  here  the  name  of  each 
animal  is  written  above  it  in  hiero- 
glyphics ;  and  below  are  tlie  birds  of 
the  country,  distinguished  in  like 
manner  by  their  Egyptian  name.  In 
one  part  women  are  performing  feats 
of  agility ;  and  various  modes  of 
playing  at  ball,  throwing  up  and 
catching  three  in  succession,  and 
oUier  diversifications  of  the  game,  are 
represented  amongst  their  favourite 
amusements.     In  another  part  is  a 


U.  Egypt,     ROUTE  22,  —  gbottoes  op  beni  hassan. 


297 


subject  representing  a  barber  shaving 
a  customer ;  and  not,  as  I  supposed, 
a  doctor  bleeding  his  patient ;  for  in 
another  tomb  one  of  them  is  engaged 
in  cutting  the  nails  of  the  other's 
foot,  which,  among  so  refined  a  peo- 
ple as  the  Egyptians,  could  scarcely 
be  the  duty  of  a  surgeon.  Their 
numerous  occupations  are  here  pointed 
out  by  the  introduction  of  the  most 
common  trades ;  among  which  the  most 
remarkable  are  glass-blowers,  gold- 
smiths, statuaries,  painters,  workers 
in  flax,  and  potters ;  and  the  circum- 
stance of  the  cattle  being  tended  by 
decrepit  herdsmen  serves  to  show  in 
what  low  estimation  this  class  of 
people  was  held  by  the  Egyptians. 
On  the  eastern  wall  are  wrestlers  in 
various  attitudes ;  and  to  distinguish 
more  readily  the  action  of  each  com- 
batant, the  artist  has  availed  himself 
of  a  dark  and  a  light  colour ;  one  be- 
ing painted  red,  the  other  black :  and 
indeed  in  the  figures  throughout  these 
tombs,  the  direction  of  the  arms  when 
crossing  the  body  is  in  like  manner 
denoted  by  a  lighter  outline.  On 
tlie  southern  wall  some  peasants  are 
sentenced  to  the  bastinado,  and  a 
woman  is  subjected  to  the  same  mode 
of  correction.  In  these  the  figures 
are  smaller  than  in  the  northern 
grottoes,  but  their  style  and  propor- 
tions are  very  inferior. 

The  neit  tomb  but  one  is  a  copy 
of  that  just  mentioned ;  but  tlie 
figures  are  very  badly  executed.  In 
addition  to  the  other  subjects  common 
to  tliem  both,  we  find  men  playing 
chess  (or  rattier  draughts),  some  curi- 
ous bird-traps,  and  on  the  south  wall 
a  square  of  magazines  with  circular 
roofs,  which  appear  to  point  out  the 
existence  of  the  crude  brick  vault  in 
the  time  of  these  early  Pharaohs.  It 
is  in  these  tombs  that  we  find  the 
greatest  variety  of  games,  trades,  and 
Ulustrations  of  the  manners  and  cus- 
toms  of  the  Egyptians,  which  have 
been  so  useful  in  the  insight  they 
have  afforded  into  the  habits  of  that 
ancient  people ;  for  which  I  must  re- 


fer the  reader  to  the  woodcuts  given  in 
my  work  on  **  The  Ancient  Egyptian9.** 
In  looking  at  these  pictures,  we  are 
struck  with  the  singular  custom  of 
writing  over  each  subject  or  object 
the  name  of  whatever  the  artist  in- 
tended to  represent,  even'  the  animals 
and  most  ordinary  figures;  which 
may  have  been  the  remnant  of  an  old 
custom  when  they  began  drawing, 
these  highly  conservative  people  con- 
tinuing to  the  latest  times  to  adopt 
the  early  usages  of  their  ancestors. 
And  this  calls  to  mind  a  remark  of 
iElian,  that  "  when  painting  was  in 
its  infancy,  they  drew  so  rudely,  that 
artists  wrote  over  the  pictures,  *  this 
is  an    ox,'   *  that  a  horse,*   *  this  a 


1 1» 


tree. 

The  tombs  beyond  present  defaced 
paintings  not  worthy  of  notice. 
Among  other  singular  customs  with 
which  the  grottoes  of  Beni  Hassan 
have  made  us  acquainted,  is  that  of 
admitting  dwarfs  and  deformed  per- 
sons into  the  suite  of  the  grandees ; 
and  these,  as  well  as  buflTuons,  were 
introduced  at  a  later  time  into  difTer- 
ent  countries  of  Europe,  in  imitation 
of  an  usage  common  from  the  earliest 
ages  in  the  East.  Dwarfs  were  em- 
ployed at  Rome  even  before  the  time 
of  the  empire.  Marc  Antony  bad 
them ;  and  subsequently  Tiberius 
and  Domitian.  The  latter  kept  a 
band  of  dwarf  gladiators.  Alexan- 
der Severus  banished  this  custom  ; 
but  it  was  revived  in  the  middle  ages. 

On  the  wall  of  one  of  the  tombs  is 
a  Greek  alphabet,  with  the  letters 
transposed  in  various  ways,  evidently 
by  a  .person  teaching  Greek ;  who 
appears  to  have  found  these  cool  re- 
cesses as  well  suited  for  the  resort  of 
himself  and  pupils  as  was  any  stoa,  or 
the  grove  of  Academus. 

I  have  in  vain  looked  for  a  town 
in  the  vicinity,  to  which  these  cata- 
combs may  have  belonged.  It  is  not 
impossible  that  it  stood  on  the  oppo- 
site bank ;  for,  as  already  observed, 
the  Egyptians  frequently  transported 
their  dead  across  the  river  to  their 

o5 


298 


BOXTTE  22. — MfNIEH  TO  08I00T. 


Sect.  III. 


tombs;    and  tbe  fact  of  the  roada 

leading  directly  up  the  hill  from  the 

bank  to  their  entrances  favours  this 

opinion.      On  the   other  band,  the 

principal  person  buried  there  is  called 

"  Governor  of  the  eastern  district ;  *' 

and  his  place  of  abode  would  naturally 

be  on  that  side  of  tbe  Nile.     This 

would  argue  that  tbe  town  also  stood 

there ;  and  if  so,  it  could  only  have 

been  on  tbe  spot  between  Beni  Has. 

san  and  the  modern  western  channel 

of  the  Nile,  and    has  been  carried 

away  during  the  encroachments  made 

by  tbe  river  in   its  shiAing  course. 

Many  changes    have   indeed    taken 

place,  both  here,  and  on  tbe  west  side, 

about   Sagheeat   Moosa,   within  tbe 

memory  of  man. 

This  is  the  most  northerly 
point  where  erocodiiet  are  found ; 
and  as  early  as  the  end  of  March 
I  saw  them  basking  on  the  sand- 
banks, while  rowing  from  Karm 
Aboo  Omar  to  Beni  Hassan.  On 
inquiry,  I  found  that  they  have  for 
yeara  frequented  this  spot,  and  that  I 
was  wrong,  in  common  with  other 
travellers,  in  limiting  their  range  to 
tbe  neighbourhood  of  Manfaloot. 

The  villages  of  Beni  Hassan  were 
destroyed    about  25   years    ago    by 
Ibrahim     Pasha,     tbe     inhabitants 
being  incorrigible  thieves ;   and  even 
now  it  is  as  well  to  keep   a  good 
watch  at  night,  while  anchored  near 
this  spot.     Indeed  the  inhabitants  of 
all  the  villages,  from  Beni  Hassan  to 
the  vicinity   of    Manfaloot,  are  ad- 
dicted to  tliieving,  and  additional  pre- 
cautions are  necessary  throughout  the 
whole  of  that  district.     The  present 
village  of  Beni    Hassan  stands  two 
miles  to  the  south  of  the  grottoes; 
and  nearly  one  mile  to  tbe  S.  £.  of 
it  is  the   SpeoB  Artemidotf  to  which 
tbe  common  name  of  Stabl  Antar  has 
been  applied  by  the  modem  Egyp- 
tians.    It  is  situated  in  a  small  rocky 
valley,  or  ravine,  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  from  its  mouth. 

To  the  right,  on  entering  tbe 
ravine,  are  several  pits  and  tombs  cut 
in  the  rock.     Some  of  these  last  hare 


had  well-shaped  doorways  with  tbe 
usual    Egyptian  cornice,  and  round 
one  are  still  some  traces  of  coloured 
hieroglyphics.     Three  are  larger  than 
tbe  rest.     In  tbe  6rst  of 'these  (going 
from   tbe   valley  of   tbe   Nile),  the 
paintings  have  been  blackened  with 
smoke,  and  few  of  them  can  be  dis- 
tinctly traced.     Near  its  S.  E.  comer 
are    some    water    plants,   and    here 
and  there    some   Greek  inscriptions 
scratched  on    the  stucco.      Beyond 
this,  to  the  E.^  is  another  with  a  cor- 
nice over  tbe  door,  bearing  tbe  names 
of  Alexander,  tbe  son  of  Alexander 
the  Great,  Ptolemy  Lagus  being  at 
that  time  governor  of  Egypt  in  his 
name.     In  the  centre  are  the  globe 
and  asps,  and  on  the  architrave  below 
the  king  is  kneeling  to  present  the 
6gure  of  Truth  to  tbe  lioness-beaded 
goddess  of  the  place,  Pasht  or  Bu- 
bastis.     Behind   him   stands   Athor, 
the  Egyptian  Venus.     On  one  side 
of  the  two  centre  compartments  tbe 
king  is  standing  in  tbe  presence  of 
Amun  and  Horns,  on  the  other  of 
Thoth  and    Ao    (Gem,     or    Her* 
cules). 

Speoe  Arttmidoe.  —  The  n6xt  large 
grotto  to  the  east  is  the  Speoe  ArU" 
midu  (**the  cave  of  Diana^)  itself. 
Like  tbe  others,  it  is  wholly  excavated 
in  tbe  rock.   It  was  begun  by  Tbotb- 
mes  III.,  and  other  sculptures  were 
added  by  Osirei,  the  father  of  Re-  , 
meses  the  Great;  but  it  was  never 
completed.      It  consists  of  a  portico 
with  two  rows  of  square  pillars,  four 
in  each,  of  which  the  outer  one  alone 
remains;  and  though  rough  on  one 
side  and  unfinished,  they  each  bear 
tbe  name  of  those  two  kings,  and  of 
the    goddess    Pasht,    the   Egyptian 
Diana,  whose  legend  is  followed  by 
a  lioneu  (not  a  cat)^  as  throughout 
the  sculptures  of  this  grotto.   A  door, 
or  passage,  leads  thence  into  tbe  noos, 
which  measures  8^  by  9  paces,  and 
at  the  end  wall  is  a  niche  about  6  feet 
deep,  and  raised  8  feet  from  the  floor, 
intended  no  doubt  for  the  statue  of 
the  goddess,  or  of  tbe  sacred  animal 
dedicated  to  her.     It   is  also   un- 


01  Egypt '     ROUTE  22.  —  SPEOS  ARTEKIDOS  —  ANTINOM.       299 


Bashed ;  but  on  one  of  the  jambs  is 
a  figure  of  Pasht.  In  the  doorway 
or  passage  leading  to  the  nao»f  are 
two  recesses,  cut  in  the  side  wall, 
which,  if  not  of  later  date,  may  have 
been  intended  as  burying-places  for 
the  sacred  animals.  There  are  others 
in  the  portico. 

The  only  finished  sculptures  are  on 
the  inner  wall  of  the  portico.  They 
are  of  the  early  time  already  men- 
tioned,  and  therefore  of  a  g^ood  period 
of  Egyptian  art;  but  they  vary  in 
style,  some  being  in  relief,  others  in 
intaglio.  On  one  side  Thothmes  III. 
is  making  oflTerings  to  Pasht  and 
Thoth ;  on  the  other  Osirvi  is  kneel- 
ing before  Amun,  attended  by  Pasht ; 
and,  in  a  line  of  hieroglyphics  behind 
him,  mention  is  made  of  the  sculp« 
tures  added  by  him  in  honour  of 
<*his  mother  Pasht,  the  beautiful 
lady  of  the  Speos."  In  the  portico, 
one  of  those  singular  changes  appears, 
to  which  I  have  so  often  invited  the 
attention  of  those  who  examine  the 
ancient  Egyptian  monuments.  The 
name  Amun  has  been  introduced  in- 
stead  of  other  hieroglyphics;  and 
that  this  has  been  done  in  the  time  of 
king  Osirei  is  evident  from  the  fact 
of  its  being  in  intaglio  like  his  name, 
which  has  been  substituted  for  that 
of  Thothmes.  Changes  have  also 
been  made  in  the  legends  over  some 
of  the  twelve  deities  seated  on  the 
lef^  of  the  picture,  which  have  been 
altered  by  Osirei  in  intaglio. 

Pasht  occurs  again  twice  over  the 
door,  and  once  in  the  doorway  of 
the  naos.  She  hss  always  the  head 
of  a  lioness,  and  the  title,  <*  Lady  of 
the  excavation  "  or  **  Speos." 

On  the  fiice  of  the  rock,  over  the 
facade  of  the  portico,  are  some  lines 
iof  hieroglyphics.  There  are  several 
pits  and  smaller  grottoes  on  this  and 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  valley, 
where  lions  and  cats,  the  animals 
particularly  sacred  to  Pasht,  were 
probably  buried.  In  some 
the  bones  of  cats,  and  ev 
•aid  to  have  been  discov 


At  Shekh  TYmay  are  some  cata- 
combs and  limestone  quarries,  and 
traces  of  the  crude  brick  wall  of  Gisr 
el  AgoM.  are  seen  on  the  low  hills 
near  the  river.  The  story  of  it  here 
is,  that  a  queen  built  it  to  protect  her 
son  from  the  crocodiles — a  fair  speci- 
men of  Arab  tradition. 

I  found  no  sculptures  in  the  ex- 
cavated tombs  of  Shekh  Timsy,  and 
nothing  worth  the  trouble  of  a  walk 
to  the  hills ;  however  great  an  in- 
terest may  be  felt  by  the  people  in 
the  sacred  rags  that  adorn  or  disfigure 
the  reputed  abode  of  the  Shekh  e* 
Bilker,  whose  lamp  is  kept  burning 
in  a  recess  in  the  rock,  and  who  is 
said  to  be  the  patron  of  the  mountain, 
as  Shekh  Timay  is  the  presiding  saint 
of  the  town. 

Antinoe.  —  Four  miles  above  Shekh 
Timay  are  the  ruins  of  Antinot,  or  An- 
tinoopolis,  built  by  Adrian,  and  called 
after  bis  favourite,  Antinoiis.  lie  had 
accompanied  tlie  Emperor  to  Egypt, 
and,  having  been  drowned  in  the 
Nile,  this  city  was  founded  near  the 
spot,  and  games  and  sacrifices  were 
instituted  in  his  honour.  Before 
reaching  Antinoe,  you  |^s  some 
crude  brick  remains,  and  afterwards 
a  hill  with  some  ruins,  which  I  shall 
mention  presently.  The  modern  name 
of  Antinoe  is  Shekh  Abddeh,  given 
it,  according  to  Wansleb,  from  a 
Moslem  who  was  converted  to  Chris- 
tianity, and  afterwards,  under  the 
name  of  Ammonius  e/  abed  ("the 
Devout  **)  suffered  martyrdom  there. 
It  is  also  called  Ansina  or  Insina, 
and  Med^enet  Oiitholee,  in  Coptic 
Antnoou  ;  and  the  old  town  of  Arsi- 
noe  itself  succeeded  to  one  of  earlier 
time,  which  some  suppose  to  have 
been  the  ancient  Besa,  famed  for  its 
oracle.  Ammianus  Marcellinus  places 
Besa  in  the  vicinity  of  Abydus,  though 
the  combined  name  of  Besantinoopo- 
lis,  given  to  the  former,  seems  con* 
elusive  evidence  of  its  real  position ; 
me  suppose  that  a  village,  called 
stood  here.  Mr.  Hamilton 
place  the  site  of  Besa  at  the 
o6 


300 


ROUTE  22. — MiNIEH  TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect.  III. 


south  of  Antino«,  by   the   modern 
▼iUage  of  Aboo  Honnes. 

Little  now  remains  of  Antinoe  ex- 
cept the   theatre   near  the  southern 
gate,   some    substructions,   and    the 
Hippodrome   without  the   walls  on 
the  east  side.     But  the  directions  of 
the   principal    streets    may   still   be 
traced,  one  of  which  extended  nearly 
in  a  direct  line  from  the  theatre  to  the 
northward,  for  a  distance  of  about 
3000  feet.    At  the  southern  extremity 
of    this  long  line  rose  a  handsome 
stone   gateway,    with   two  side   en- 
trances, which,  like  those  two  in  the 
other  street,  had  rather  the  character 
of  a  triumphal  or  ornamental  monu- 
ment.    This  gateway  probably  led  to 
the  porticoes  before   the  stage  en- 
trance and  postscenium,  of  the  theatre ; 
and  tlie  street,  taking  the  form  of  a 
crescent,  turned  thence  round  the  side 
of  the  theatre  to  the  southern  gate  of 
the  town,  wliicb  was  a  short  distance 
behind.     A  line  of  columns  ranged 
on  either  side  of  the  street,  throughout 
its  whole  length,  with  intercolumnia- 
tions  of  from  8  to  9  feet  in  breadth, 
supported  a  covered  corridor,  for  the 
convenience  of  those  on  foot ;  and  at 
the  northern  extremity  of  this  line 
(where  it  turned  off  to  the  N.  W.) 
were  four  columns  with  an  inscription 
to  "  Good  Fortune "  on  two  of  the 
pedestals,   bearing  the  date   of.  the 
fourteenth  year  of  Marcus  Aurelius 
Severus  Alexander. 

The  projecting  volutes  of  their 
capitals  obtained  for  them  the  name 
Aboo'l-Keroon  ("  father  of  horns  "). 
They  stood  alone,  but  neither  on  a 
line  with  each  other,  nor  facing  the 
street,  which  here  made  a  bend  to  the 
N.  W. 

The  vestiges  of  several  grand  edi- 
fices may  also  be  traced  in  the  street 
which  crosses  this  one  at  right  angles, 
and  runs  through  the  centre  of  the 
town,  from  the  river  to  the  eastern 
ga*je.  Jt  had  a  similar  colonnade  on 
either  side  for  foot  passengers,  which, 
by  its  cool  shade,  must  have  added 
greatly  to  the  comfort  both  of  those 


in  the  street  and  in  the  houses  ;  a^d 
it  is  evident,  from  the  remains  of  gra- 
nite columns,  and  from  the  substruc- 
tions of  many  large  buildings,  that 
Antinoe  was  embellished  with  all  the 
taste  and  mat^ni  licence  that  the  fancy 
of  an  Adrian  could  suggest.     Near 
the  last-mentioned  street,  on  tlie  east 
side  of  the  city,  was  a  large  edifice, 
apparently  a  temple,  ornamented  with 
pilasters  and  granite  columns,  two  of 
which  I  saw  in  their  original  position 
in  1822.     The  numerous  columns  at 
the  sides  of  the  main  streets  were  then 
standing,  some  with  their  capitals  en- 
tire, as  well  as  the  columns  of  Marcus 
Aureiius,  the  eastern  gateway,  and 
that  before  the  theatre.     The  pave- 
ment could  also  be  seen,  and  frag- 
ments of  cornices  and  various  mould- 
ings were  scattered  about  amidst  these 
extensive  ruins ;  but  on  my  return  to 
Antinoe,  towards  the  end  of  the  same 
year,  these  interesting  relics  had  dis- 
appeared ;  every  calcareous  block  had 
been  burnt  for  lime,  or  been  taken 
away  to  build  a  bridge  at  Reramo6n. 
Had  they  been  of  granite  or  hard 
stone,  they  might  have  escaped  this 
Vandalism  of  the   Turks;  but  they 
were  unfortunately  of  the  nummulite 
stone  of  the  African  hills;  and  a  simi- 
lar fate  has  befallen  nearly  all  the 
limestone  monuments  of  Egypt 

The  large  gateway,  the  western  en- 
trance of  the  city,  mentioned  by  Mr. 
Hamilton,  had  nearly  all  disappeared 
in  tlie  beginning  of  1 822,  though  some 
of  the  granite  columns  in  the  avenue 
leading  to  it  from  the  river  may  still 
be  seen,  as  well  as  the  cistern  within 
the  gate.  In  going  ea^ward .  from 
this,  you  come  to  a  quadrivium,  the 
intersection  of  the  two  main  streets, 
where  4  columns  once  stood,  which  had 
fallen  before  Mr.  Hamilton  visited  the 
place;  and  towards  the  other  extre- 
mity of  this  street  was  the  correspond- 
ing arch,  or  eastern  gateway.  The 
other  street,  that  runs  north  and  south, 
crosses  it  at  right  angles ;  and  about 
one-third  of  the  way  from  the  quadri- 
vium to  the  theatre,  is  cut  through  by 


V-  Egypt.  ROUTE  22.  —  ANTINOfi  —  BESA. 


301 


the  torrent  of  Wadee  Gamoos ;  which 
doubtlesg  held  tlie  same  course  in 
former  times,  whenever  the  rain 
fell  in  the  mountains.  But  this,  be- 
ing a  rare  occurrence  in  Egypt,  sel- 
dom offered  much  inconvenience  to 
the  inhabitants.  The  river  now,  du- 
ring the  inundation,  occupies  part  of 
its  bed,  owing  to  the  increased  height 
of  the  level  of  the  Nile :  the  modem 
peasants  of  Shekh  Ab&deh  cultivate 
the  lower  part  of  it;  and  many 
portions  of  the  old  city  are  now  over- 
grown with  palm  trees. 

The  greatest  length  of  Antinoe, 
north  and  south,  was  upwards  of 
6000  feet,  and  its  breadth  in  the 
widest  part  3400,  judging  from  the 
present  remains  of  its  walls  ;  and  it 
is  said  to  have  had  a  circuit  of  from 
3  to  4  miles.  The  walls  of  the  town 
were  double,  and  of  great  thickness, 
with  a  shelving  summit  terminating 
nearly  in  a  point  of  one  brick  in 
breadth,  with  a  view  to  turn  off  the 
rain  ;  and  on  the  east  side  near  the 
entrance  of  the  torrent  are  remains 
of  a  stone  wall. 

A  short  distance  to  the  north  is  a 
projecting  hill,  on  whose  summit  is  a 
singular  ruin,  apparently  occupied  in 
later  times  by  the  Christians,  whence 
it  received  the  name  of  Dayr  e'  Deek, 
«  the  convent  of  the  cock."  If  Besa 
was  really  the  predecessor  of  Antinoe, 
this  probably  belonged  to  it.  The 
ruined  building  there  was  once  orna- 
mented with  Corinthian  columns  of 
Roman  time,  and  behind  them  is  a 
circular  hole  resembling  a  well,  sunk 
in  the  rock.  The  walls  are  of  crude 
brick ;  and  in  a  grotto  on  the  front 
of  this  hill  a  cross  is  inscribed,  com- 
memorating its  possession  by  the 
Christians,  who  also  occupied  some 
of  the  caves  in  the  mountain  to  the 
east.  About  700  feet  to  the  south-east 
of  it  is  an  extensive  space  enclosed  by 
a  crude>brick  wall,  with  several  en- 
trances, and  here  and  there  the  re- 
mains of  masonry.  It  is  of  irregular 
form  at  the  north-east  exUemity, 
where  are  some  mounds  and  tombs ; 


but  the  north-west  and  south-east 
walls,  which  run  nearly  parallel,  are 
straight,  and  extend  to  a  distance  of 
more  than  1000  paces.  The  souths 
west  wall  is  destroyed.  These  tombs 
appear  to  be  of  Christian  time,  judg-> 
ing  from  the  inscriptions  headed  by  a 
cross,  on  the  stones  lying  about  them, 
and  were  probably  the  burial-places 
of  the  monks  of  Dayr  e'  Deek,  and 
of  the  Christian  inhabitants  of  Anti- 
noe itself.  It  was,  perhaps,  originally 
a  fortified  station  attached  to  the  city. 

Aboolfeda  describes  Antinoe  under 
the  name  of  Ansinai  as  having  "  ex- 
tensive remains  of  ancient  monu- 
ments, and  much  arable  land :  *'  and 
he  adds,  "  that  the  Nubian  geogra- 
pher, Edrisi,  speaks  of  it  as  an  an- 
cient city,  remarkable  for  the  fertility 
of  its  land,  and  said  by  common  re- 
port to  be  the  city  of  the  magicians, 
who  were  sent  for  thence  by  Pharaoh." 

Near  the  Hippodrome  are  a  well 
and  tank,  belonging  to  the  ancient 
road,  that  led  from  the  eastern  gate  of 
Antinoe  to  the  north-east,  and  ascend- 
ing the  Wadee  el  Ag^tee  continued 
through  the  desert  to  the  Wadee 
Tarfa,  joining  at  length  those  of  the 
porphyry  quarries  antl  others  in  that 
direction. 

Antinoe  was  the  capital  of  a  nome, 
called  after  it  the  Antino'ite,  to  which 
Ptolemy  says  the  two  Oases  were  at- 
tached. This  was  one  of  the  new 
provinces  or  departments  of  Egypt, 
added  at  a  late  period,  when  Egypt 
was  undor  the  rule  of  the  Ro- 
mans, and  Heptanomis  was  then  con- 
demned to  signify,  or  at  least  to  con- 
tain, 8  nomes. 

At  Roda  on  the  opposite  bank  are 
the  mounds  of  an  old  town,  and  be- 
yond it  to  the  south  is  Byad^eh,  a 
village  inhabited  by  Copts.  There 
are  many  Christian  peasants  here- 
abouts, on  both  sides  of  the  river ;  and 
in  examining  the  fields,  particularly 
about  B^adeeh,  one  is  forcibly  struck 
with  the  superiority  of  the  Copt  over 
the  Moslem  fell&h,  all  that  relates  to 
irrigation  being  much  better  managed 


802 


BOUTE  22. — MfNIEH  TO  OSIOOT. 


SectDL 


there  than  in  other  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. 

'  A  short  distance  to  the  southward 
of  Antinoe  are  some  crude  bcick  ruins 
called  Medeeneh,  *<the  dty;"  pro- 
bably from  the  village  having  suc- 
ceeded to,  or  being  peopled  from, 
Antinoe.  The  modern  peasants  be- 
lieve them  to  be  ancient  They  appear 
to  be  wholly  of  Christian  time ;  and 
though  now  deserted,  the  houses  in 
many  parts  are  nearly  entire.  Be- 
yond these  again  is  a  modem  Chris- 
tian village  called  £*  Dayr,  or  Dayr 
Aboo  Honnes,  **  the  convent  of  Fa- 
ther John;"  and  little  more  than  a 
mile  farther,  is  another,  called  £' 
Dayr  e*  Nakhl,  **of  tlu  pahm  trte,*' 
close  to  which  is  the  burial-ground, 
with  a  church  called  also  £*  Dayr. 

In  one  of  the  grottoes  on  the  hills 
immediately  behind  the  last-mention- 
ed  village  is  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing subjects  found  in  any  of  the 
Egyptian  tombs.  It  represents  a 
e^ottua  on.  a  BUdge,  which  a  number 
of  men  are  dragging  with  ropes ;  and 
is  one  of  the  few  paintings  that  throw 
any  light  on  the  method  employed  by 
the  Egyptians  for  moving  weights. 

Though  it  is  the  statue  of  the  per- 
son of  the  tomb,  it  does  not  follow 
that  it  was  hewn  in  this  hill ;  and  it 
merely  commemorates  an  event  that 
happened  during  his  lifetime,  like  the 
fowling  scenes  and  other  subjects 
connected  vrith  his  amusements.  But 
the  consequence  of  this  individual, 
Thotb-6tp,  is  fully  shown,  not  only 
by  the  fact  of  his  having  the  honour 
of  a  colossal  statue,  but  by  the  em- 
ployment of  so  many  foreign  captives 
in  moving  it ;  and  an  important  proof 
is  obtained  by  the  last-mentioned 
circumstance  of  the  conquests  of  the 
Egyptians  over  an  Asiatic  people  at 
the  early  period  of  Osirtasen  II. 
(a.  c.  1650),  in  whose  reign  this  per- 
son lived,  and  in  whose  victories  he 
had  shared.  He  was  a  person  of  dis- 
tinction in  the  military  caste :  he  is 
styled  in  the  hieroglyphics  *<  the 
king's  friend ;  **  and  one  of  his  chil- 


dren was  named  Osirtasen  aAer  that 
Pharaoh.  One  hundred  and  seventy- 
two  men,  in  8  rows  of  43  each,  pull 
the  fopes  attached  to  a  ring  in  front 
of  the  sledge ;  and  a  liquid,  perhaps 
grease,  or  water,  is  poured  from  a 
vase  by  a  person  standing  on  the  pe- 
destal of  the  statue,  in  order  to  faci- 
litate its  progress  as  it  slides  on  the 
ground ;  which  was  probably  covered 
with  a  bed  of  planks,  though  they 
are  not  indicated  in  the  picture. 

Some  of  the  persons  engaged  in 
this  laborious  duty  appear  to  be 
EgypUans,  others  are  foreign  slaves, 
who  are  clad  in  the  costume  of  their 
country;  and  behind  the  statue  are 
four  rows  of  men,  in  all  12  in  num- 
ber, representing  either  the  architects 
and  masons,  or  those  who  had  an  em- 
ployment about  the  place  wliere  the 
statue  was  to  be  conveyed.  Below 
are  others,  carrying  vases,  apparently 
of  water,  and  some  machinery  con- 
nected with  the  transport  of  the  statue, 
followed  by  task-masters  with  their 
wands  of  oflSce.  On  the  knee  of  the 
figure  stands  a  man  who  claps  his 
hands  to  the  measured  cadence  of  a 
song,  to  mark  the  time  and  ensure 
their  simultaneous  draught ;  for  it  is 
evident  that  in  order  that  the  whole 
power  might  be  applied  at  the  same 
instant,  a  sign  of  this  kind  was  ne- 
cessary ;  and  the  custom  of  singing 
at  their  work  was  common  to  every 
occupation  of  the  Egyptians,  as  it 
now  is  in  that  country,  in  India,  and 
many  other  places. 

The  height  of  the  statue  appears  to 
have  been  about  24  feet,  including 
the  pedestal.  It  was  bound  to  tlie 
sledge  by  double  roiies,  tightened  by 
means  of  long  pegs  inserted  between 
them,  and  twisted  round  until  com- 
pletely braced  ;  and  to  prevent  injury 
from  the  friction  of  the  ropes,  a  com- 
press of  leather,  lead,  or  other  sub- 
stance was  introduced  between  them 
and  the  stone.  Before  the  figure  a 
priestly  scribe  is  presenting  incense 
in  honour  of  the  person  it  represents ; 
and  at  the  top  of  the  picture  are  seven 


U.  Egypt.        ROUTE  22.  —  colossus  on  ▲  sledge. 


S03 


companies  of  men  marching  in  an  op- 
posite direction,  and  bearing  pieces  of 
the  palm-branch.  They  are  pro- 
bably the  reliefs  for  dragging  the 
statae.  Beyond  are  men  slaying  an 
ox  and  bringing  the  joints  of  meat, 
before  the  door  of  the  building  to 
which  the  statue  was  to  be  conveyed ; 
«nd  below  this  the  person  of  the  tomb 
as  seated  under  a  canopy.  Boats,  and 
other  subjects,  are  Bgured  under  the 
compartment  of  the  colossus ;  and  on 
the  opposite  wall  are  an  agricultural 
scene,  potters,  a  garden  with  a  vine- 
yard, and  women  working  in  thread. 
The  last  subject  is  remarkable  for  a 
new  kind  of  loom,  and  the  mode  of 
reeling  off  thread  from  balls  turning 
in  a  case. 

On  the  end  wall,  to  the  left  of  the  niche, 
are  some  fish  well  drawn,  with  the 
colours  in  a  good  state  of  preservation. 
Among  other  subjects  in  this  tomb 
is  the  ceremony  of  pouring  a  liquid 
from  a  vase  (probably  ointment)  over 
the  deceased,  sprinkling  the  ground 
before  him  as  he  walks,  the  bearing  of 
offerings,  fishing  and  fowling  scenes ; 
and  on  the  outside  a  chase  and  other 
spirited  sculptures.  Unfortunately  a 
great  portion  of  the  roof  and  walls 
has  fallen  in,  and  the  paintings  have 
been  much  injured.  The  band  of 
man  has  also  had  a  share  in  its  de- 
struction, which  would  have  been 
continued  had  the  Turks  found  the 
stone  of  a  better  quality;  and  the 
paintings  have  been  defaced  in  many 
places  by  the  mistaken  piety  of  the 
Copts,  who  have  drawn  numerous 
dark  red  crosses  on  the  bodies  of  the 
figures,  and  over  various  parts  of 
these  interesting  subjects.  For  its 
first  discovery  we  are  indebted  to 
Captains  Irby  and  Mangles.  In  my 
previous  visit  to  Egypt  I  could  not 
succeed  in  finding  this  tomb ;  and  as 
others  have  also  had  great  difficulty 
in  discovering  it,  I  had  better  describe 
its  position.  It  is  at  the  left  hand  of 
the  ravine,  behind  the  convent  and 
village  of  Dayr  e'  Nakhl,  near  the 
top  of  the  hill,  and  a  little  way  to  the 


right  of  a  sort  of  road,  which  is  seen 
frmn  below  running  to  another 
grotto.  The  following  are  the  bear- 
ings, by  compass,  of  the  principal  ob- 
jects from  its  entrance  :  —  Antinoe 
332^0 ;  Reramoon  276°  (or  6®  N. 
of  W.);  Dayr  e*  Nakbl  288^  Uiree 
quarters  of  a  mile ;  and  £1  Bersheh 
236<',  2  miles. 

Remains  of  sculpture  may  be 
found  in  a  neighbouring  tomb,  and 
in  others,  along  the  face  of  the  hill 
on  the  other  side  of  the  ravine,  but 
they  are  of  little  consequence.  They 
are  very  old,  and  in  one  I  observed 
the  name  of  Papi. 

In  the  ravine,  about  half  a  mile 
from  the  mouth,  on  the  right-hand 
side,  are  some  large  limestone  quar- 
ries, with  a  few .  royal  ovals  and  in- 
scriptions in  enchorial,  written  with 
red  ochre,  like  those  in  the  quarries 
of  Toora-Masarah. 

Nearly  opposite  E'  Dayr  e'  Nakhl 
is  Reramoon,  or  has  some  have  called 
it,  Radamnonf  where  the  Pasha  has  a 
large  sugar  and  rum  manufactory, 
established  about  28  y«»ars  ago,  by  Mr. 
Brine,  an  Englishman,  who  died  in 
1821,  and  was  succeeded  by  SS.  Rossi, 
Antonini,  and  other  Italians.  The 
sugar  is  good,  and  refined  by  means 
of  eggs ;  the  prejudice  o^  the  Mos- 
lems against  the  use  of  blood  being 
too  great  to  admit  of  its  being  em- 
ployed. It  is  sold  at  Cairo,  and 
having  been  put  up  in  blue  paper, 
brought  from  England  for  the  pur- 
pose, was  at  one  time  passed  off  as 
British  imported  sugar.  The  com^ 
mon  kind  made  in  the  fdltUi  villages 
is  bought  by  the  government,  and 
sent  to  Reramoon  to  be  refined.  Of 
this  there  are  two  kinds.  One,  which 
is  called  white,  was  sold  in  1824  at 
90  paras  the  loaf  of  four  rottles  ;  the 
other,  of  a  brown  course  quality,  at 
about  40  or  50  paras,  which  from 
l)(eing  exported  to  the  Soodan,  or  in- 
terior of  Africa,  received  tlie  name  of 
JelUbee.  Their  mode  of  making 
this  common  sugar  is  by  squeesing 
the  cane  between  two  cylinders  turned 


304 


BOUTE  22.  —  MflOEH   TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect.  in. 


by  oxen  ;  and  the  juice,  which  is  re- 
ceived in  an  earthen  reservoir,  is  put 
into  a  boiler,  where  it  remains  till  it 
becomes  thick,  aAer  which  it  is  taken 
out  and  dried  in  pots. 

In  visiUng  Othmoonayn  (JTermo- 
poiiM  magna)  you  may  go  from  Bya- 
d6eh,  and  return  to  the  Nile  at  Rera- 
moon,  the  boat  being  sent  on  to  that 
place ;  or  reverse  this  in  coming  down 
the  river.  About  one  quarter  of  the 
way  from  Byad^eh  you  cross  a  canal, 
which  is  already  dry  in  spring,  and 
soon  afterwards  the  Sikkeh  Soltanee, 
**  the  royal,**  or  **  high  road,**  leading 
from  Keramoon  to  the  north.  The 
modern  name  is  derived  from  the 
Coptic  i^moun  B,  or  the  *'  tico  eights,** 
and  the  prefix  O  or  £  is  added  for 
euphony,  from  the  hostility  of  Arabic 
against  all  words  beginning  with  an 
S  or  Sb,  followed  by  a  consonant. 
The  Arabs  pretend  that  it  was  called 
af^er  Oshmoon,  the  son  of  Misr,  or 
Mizraim. 

About  25  years  ago  part  of  the 
beautiful  portico  of  the  temple  of 
Thoth,  at  Oshmooniyn,  was  still 
standing,  having  the  names  of  Philip 
(Aridaeus)  and  Alexander  (the  son 
of  Alexander),  under  whom  Ptolemy 
Lagus  governed  Egypt.  But  being 
unfortunately  built  of  calcareous 
stone,  it  was  destroyed  by  the  Turks, 
and  bunit  for  lime  like  the  monu- 
ments  of  Antinoe ;  and  little  now 
remains  to  induce  the  traveller  to 
visit  its  lonely  mounds. 

Hermopolis  was  a  city  of  great 
antiquity,  and  it  was  the  capital  of 
one  of  the  early  nomes  of  Egypt. 
Its  original  Egyptian  name  was  evi* 
dently  Shmoun,  Hermopolis  being 
a  Greek  appellation,  derived  from 
the  worship  of  Thoth,  the  god  who 
presided  there,  and  who  was  supposed 
to  answer  to  Hermes,  or  Mercury. 

Thoth  being  the  presiding  divinity 
of  Hermopolis,  the  ibis  and  cyn^ 
cephalus,  his  peculiar  emblems,  oc- 
curred very  often  in  the  sculptures  of 
the  portico;  and  his  name  and  figure 
were    introduced    more    frequently 


than  tliose  of  any  other  god.  He 
was  the  patron  .of  letters,  the  scribe 
of  Heaven,  and  the  same  as  the 
Moon :  his  office  was  not  less  im- 
portant in  imparting  intellectual 
gifts  from  the  Deity  to  man,  than  in 
superintending  the  final  judgment  of 
the  soul,  and  in  recording  the  vir- 
tuous actions  of  tlie  dead,  when  ad- 
mitted to  the  regions  of  eternal  hap- 
piness. The  modem  town  stands  on 
the  soft  them  extremity  of  the  mounds, 
which  are  of  great  extent ;  and  report 
speaks  of  a  small  temple  there,  which 
I  have  not  seen.  A  powder-mill  has 
been  established  there  by  the  Pasha, 
and  many  persons  are  constantly  em- 
ployed amidst  the  mounds  in  re- 
moving the  nitre,  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  purified  saltpetre,  and  for 
agricultural  purposes. 

During  the  high  Nile  the  plain  is 
covered  with  water,  but  a  raised  dyke 
leads  to  Oshmoon&yn,  and  the  site  of 
Hermopolis  may  be  visited  by  making 
a  slight  dStour, 

liie  tombs  of  the  ancient  city  lie 
at  the  base  of  the  Libyan  hills  to  the 
westward,  where  numerous  ibis  mum- 
mies  have  been  buried,  many  of  which 
are  found  deposited  in  small  cases, 
and  perfectly  preserved.  The  cyno- 
cephalus  ape  is  also  met  with,  em- 
balmed and  buried  in  the  same 
consecrated  spot.  It  is  here  that 
Ibeum,  or  the  Nhip  (of  the  Copts), 
probably  stood ;  for  it  is  evident  that 
the  position  given  it  in  the  Itine- 
rary of  Antoninus  is  incorrect;  and 
Ibeum,  the  burying-place  of  the 
sacred  birds  of  Hermopolis,  could 
not  have  been  24  miles  distant  to 
the  north  of  that  city.  Not  far  from 
these  tombs  is  a  curious  sculptured 
stela,  on  the  nummulite  rock  of 
Gebel  To6na,  representing  the  king 
Atin-re-  Bakhan  with  his  queen,  wor- 
shipping the  Sun,  which  darts  forth 
rays  terminating  in  human  hands;  a 
subject  similar  to  those  in  the  grottoes 
of  Tel  el  Amama.  They  are  accom- 
panied by  two  of  their  daughters, 
holding  aiitra.      Below  the  figures 


V.  Egypt, 


ROUTE  22.  —  MELLAWEE  — ISBAYDA. 


305 


are  between  twenty  and  thirty  lines 
of  hieroglyphics  much  defaced  ;  and 
near  it  are  two  headless  statues  sup- 
porting a  sort  of  tablet,  with  three 
daughters  of  the  king  on  the  side  in 
intaglio.  Beyond  are  two  other 
statues,  and  at  the  side  of  this,  as  of 
the  other  group,  are  two  small  muti- 
lated figures. 

Several  years  ago  a  peasant  dis- 
covered a  large  sum  of  money  buried 
in  the  ground  near  this  spot,  which 
had  been  concealed  there  by  ohe  of 
the  Memlooks,  in  their  retreat, 
after  being  defeated  by  Mohammed 
All,  the  year  before  the  massacre  in 
the  citadel.  M.  Linant  had  been 
told  of  it  some  years  before,  by  a 
person  who  was  present  on  the  occa- 
sion, who  even  described  the  spot, 
and  the  stone  that  covered  it,  the 
accidental  removal  of  which  led  to 
the  discovery.  IVeating  it,  however, 
as  one  of  the  many  idle  tales  told  in 
JBgypt,  he  thought  no  more  about 
the  matter,  until  the  good  fortune  of 
the  peasant  recalled  it  to  his  recollec- 
tion. The  discovery  was  the  talk  of 
the  whole  neighbourhood  when  I 
visited  Toona,  and  confirmed  the 
popular  belief  in  the  existence  of  the 
kens,  or  *<  treasures,'*  supposed  to  be 
buried  near  ancient  ruins.  But  the 
good  fortune  of  the  finder  was  soon 
converted  into  a  misfortune.  The 
Turkish  governor  of  the  district 
arrested  him,  took  from  him  all  he 
had  found,  and  bastinadoed  him, 
(their  usual  custom,)  to  make  hi^m 
confess  if  any  portion  had  been  con- 
cealed. Such  is  the  Turkish  mode 
of  claiming  the  rights  of  a  lord  of 
the  manor. 

From  Byad^eh  to  this  part  of  the 
mountain  is  a  ride  of  about  three 
hours  and  o  half,  on  donkies,  at  a 
quick  walk ;  and  O^moondyn  is  a 
little  more  than  half  way  from 
Byad^eh  to  the  Bahr  Yoosef,  which 
in  March  has  ^ery  little  water,  the 
deepest  part  then  reaching  very  little 
above  the  knee.  There  is  a  town 
not  far  off*,  called  Toona,  or  Toona 


e'  Gebel  («  of  the  mountain**);  in 
Coptic,  Thoni.  Another,  called  Da- 
root- Oshm6on,  is  the  Ter6t  Shmoun 
of  the  Copts. 

Aboosir,  the  Pousiri  of  the  Coptic 
MSS.,  was  on  the  west  of  the  Bahr 
Yoosef,  near  the  Libyan  hills. 

Dar6ot-0»hm6on,or,  as  it  is  some- 
times called,  Daroot  e'  Nakhl  («  of 
the  palms**),  has  the  usual  mounds 
of  old  towns,  but  no  remains  in 
stone.  It  stands  on  the  east  bank  of 
the  Bahr  Yoosef,  and  from  its  name 
and  position  I  conjecture  tlrnt  it  oc- 
cupies the  site  of  the  Hermopolitana 
Phylace  (fvAoici}),  as  Daroot  e'  She- 
re^f  does  that  of  the  Theban  castle. 

Mettawee  claims  the  rank  of  a  town 
(6endSer),  having  a  market,  held  every 
Sunday,  and  being  the  residence  of  a 
Kashef,  who  is  under  tlie  jurisdiction 
of  the  governor  of  Minieh.  It  has 
some  mounds,  probably  marking  the 
site  of  an  ancient  town.  A  little 
higher  tip  the  river,  on  the  opposite 
bank,  at  the  projecting  corner  of  the 
eastern  mountains,  is  a  place  called 
IMyda,  or  SebdjfdOf  behind  and  to 
the  N.  E.  of  which  are  several  grot- 
toes and  modem  quarries.  Some 
have  the  usual  agricultural  and  other 
scenes,  and  the  various  subjects  com- 
mon to  tombs.  In  two  of  tliem  is 
the  name  of  Papi  in  a  square,  and 
another  has  these  two  ovals  together, 
each  followed  by  the  word  "  priest.'* 
In  others  are  specimens  of  the  false 
doors,  and  architectural  ornaments 
found  at  the  tombs  near  the  pyramids, 
and  some  figures  in  relief.  Osiris  is 
here  frequently  styled  **  Lord  of  the 
land  of  Tat,**  or  "  Tot,*'  which  is  ex- 
pressed  by  the  emblem  of  stability. 

Before  several  of  the  grottoes  are 
crude  brick  walls,  built  when  inha- 
bited by  the  Christians,  who  con- 
verted one  of  them  into  a  church, 
cutting  a  circular  niche  into  the  rock 
opposite  the  entrance.  At  Isbiyda 
there  is  another  portion  of  the  Gisr 
el  Ago6s,  and  a  ruined  town,  which 
commanded  the  mountain-pass  up 
the  ravine  behind    Gebel   e*  Shekh 


306 


BOUTB  22.  —  HiNIEH  TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect  m. 


Sa'id.  This  road  passed  by  a  stone 
quarry  at  the  top  of  the  hills,  and 
then  descended  into  a  valley  coming 
from  the  eastward,  and  opening  upon 
the  level  plain.  Here  it  joined  an 
old  road  of  considerable  breadth, 
which  ran  in  a  southerly  direction 
behind  the  town,  whose  extensive 
mounds  lie  to  the  south  of  the  mo- 
dern village  of  Td  el  Amdma, 

This  I  formerly  supposed  to  be  the 
ancient  Alabastron ;  but  I  have  since 
found  reason  to  idter  my  opinion, 
and  to  fix  its  site  at  Kom  Ahmar, 
much  further  to  the  north. 

Td  d  Amdma,  — The  ruins  at  Td 
d  Amdma  are  supposed  to  be  of 
JPatnatdUf  .but  I  have  not  been  able 
to  ascertain  its  name  in  the  hiero- 
glyphic legends  on  the  walls  of  the 
neighbouring  tombs. 

There  was  another  road  between 
the  mountains  and  the  Nile,  which 
passed  by  an  old  town  now  destroyed, 
a  little  beyond  Shekh  Said,  and 
thence  to  Tel  el  Amirna. 

Roads  also  lead  from  both  those 
old  towns  to  the  grottoes  in  the 
western  face  of  the  mountains ;  and 
others  cross  the  plain  in  different 
directions.  Some  of  them  are  of 
considerable  breadth. 

The  proUoes  have  sculptures  of  a 
very  peculiar  style.  Tlie  figures  are 
similar  to  those  at  Gebel  Toona ;  and 
the  king  and  queen,  frequently  at- 
tended by  their  children,  are  in  like 
manner  represented  praying  to  the 
Sun,  whose  rays,  terminating  in 
human  hands,  give  them  the  sign  of 
life,  in  token  of  his  accepting  the 
offerings  placed  before  him.  It  was 
by  accident  that  I  first  discovered 
these  grottoes  in  1824,  being  dis- 
tant from  the  river,  and  then  un- 
known to  the  boatmen  of  the  Nile. 
Tliey  are  very  numerous ;  and  their 
sculptures  are  various,  and  highly  in- 
teresting. In  one  the  monarch  is 
borne  on  a  rich  throne  towards  a 
temple;  in  another,  he  is  mounted 
in  his  car,  the  queen  following  in 
<*  the  second  chariot  that  he   hud/* 


In  some  are  military  processions,  the  * 
troops  marching  with  the  banners 
belonging  to  their  respective  corps, 
and  divided  into  light  and  heavy 
armed  infantry,  as  was  customary 
with  the  Egyptian  army.  Each 
soldier  bows  down  before  the  mo- 
narch, whose  tyranny  seems  to  be 
hinted  at  by  their  more  than  usual 
submissiveness.  The  chariot  corps 
and  others  also  attend;  and  the 
officers  of  infantry  are  distinguished 
by  their  post  at  the  head  of  their  men, 
and  by  the  wand  they  carry  in  their 
hand.  In  others  are  the  plans  of 
houses,  gardens,  courts  of  temples, 
cattle,  and  various  subjects,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  some  large 
boats,  fastened  to  the  bank  of  the 
Nile  by  ropes  and  pegs,  as  at  the  pre- 
sent day. 

'^Some  of  the  sculptures  have  been 
left  unfinished. 

In  a  small  ravine,  ninning  nearly* 
parallel  with,  and  at  a  little  distance 
behind,  the  western  face  of  the  hills, 
is  an  alabaster  quarry,  evidently 
worked  by  the  ancients,  which  I 
found  by  mere  accident,  while  wander- 
ing over  the  hills  in  quest  of  other 
grottoes.  This  it  was  that  induced 
me  to  suppose  the  town  in  the  plain 
below  to  be  Alabastron,  though 
its  position  did  not  agree  with 
Ptolemy  and  Pliny. 

The  grottoes  are,  as  usual,  the 
tombs  of  private  individuals,  who 
lived  during  the  reign  of  the  king 
whose  name  occurs  within  ttiem,  and 
who  are  here  buried.  In  one  of 
them  mention  is  made  of  an  indi- 
vidual called  Ames,  or  Amosis,  who 
was  fan-bearer  to  the  monarch. 

The  royal  names,  as  at  Gebel 
Toona,  have  been  invariably  defaced, 
evidently  by  the  Egyptians  them- 
selves. There  are  usually  five  ovals ; 
two  containing  the  nomen  and  pre- 
nomen  of  the  king ;  another  the  name 
of  the  queen ;  and  two  others,  ivhtch 
are  of  larger  site,  have  the  titles  of 
the  god  Atinre,  a  name  applied  to 
the  iun  under  the  form  here  repre- 


U.  Egypt   ROUTE  22.  —  grottoes  op  tel  el  AMibcxA*  307 


sented.  These  ovals  of  the  god  con- 
tain the  name  of  Ra  (the  Sun)  in  bis 
resting-place,  and  seem  to  refer  either 
to  his  splendour,  or  to  the  office  of 
Gem,  the  Egyptian  Hercules,  *<  who 
is  in  Atinre.'* 

Some  have  supposed  that  the  kings, 
whose  names  are  found  here,  be- 
longed to  the  dynasty  of  shepherds, 
whose  memory  was  odious,  as  dieir 
rule  was  oppressive  to  the  Egyptians; 
but  their  era  does  not  agree  with  the 
date  of  these  sculptures.  For  it  is 
evident  that  the  reign  of  Atinre 
Bakhan  was  after  Thothmes  IV.,  and 
before  Amunoph  III.;  the  first 
proved  by  an  inscription  I  found  in 
the  ruins  of  Tel  el  Am^ma ;  the  other 
by  M.  Prisse's  discoveries  at  Thebes. 

They  may,  however,  have  been 
later  invaders ;  and  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  they  made  a  change  in 
the  religion*  by  substituting  the  wor- 
ship of  the  sun,  as  Atinre,  for  that  of 
Amun,  or  Amunre,  who  was  not  re- 
stored until  the  return  of  the  Egyp- 
tian dynasty ;  which  would  account 
for  the  erasure  of  their  names. 

I  will  not  enter  here  into  this 
curious  question;  but  beg  parti- 
cularly to  draw  the  attention  of  those 
who  are  interested  in  Egyptian  in- 
quiry to  any  records  that  may  fall  in 
their  way  respecting  tliese  foreign 
princes.  From  their  features  it  is 
evident  they  were  not  Egyptians ;  their 
omission  in  the  list  of  kings,  the 
erasure  of  Uieir  names,  the  destruction 
of  their  monuments,  and  the  abject 
submission  they  required,  prove  them 
to  have  been  looked  upon  with  hatred 
in  the  country;  and  the  peculiar 
mode  of  worshipping  and  represent- 
ing the  Sun  argues  that  their  religion 
differed  from  the  Egyptian. 

Several  Greek  inscriptions  show 
that  the  catacombs  of  Tel  el  Am&rna 
were  sufficiently  admired  by  ancient 
travellers  to  be  considered  worthy  of 
a  visit,  like  those  at  Thebes;  and 
one  of  the  writers  expresses  his  sur* 
prise  at  the  *'  skill  of  the  sacred 
masons/*  rtx*^  ^vMfAa(mif  rmw  Upttw 


KaoTOfUffT,  To  the  south  of  the  central 
tombs  is  a  natural  grotto  or  fissure  in 
the  rock,  and  several  workings  in  a 
softer  vein,  apparently  in  search  of  a 
yellow  stone  which  crosses  it  here  and 
there;  but  it  is  difficult  to  say  for 
what  use  it  was  required.  Several 
small  houses,  or  huts,  of  rough  stone 
are  built  here,  as  well  as  before  the 
catacombs  themselves,  probably  the 
abodes  of  workmen.  In  one  of  the 
tombs  I  observed  a  large  niche  cut 
by  the  Christians,  and  in  another  the 
figures  of  saints  painted  on  tlie  walls ; 
showing  that  these,  like  other  se- 
cluded spots,  were  once  occupied  by 
anchorites  and  other  devout  cynics, 
or  served  as  places  of  refuge  from  the 
persecutions  exercised  at  different 
times  against  the  monks  of  Egypt. 

The  extensive  ruins  of  the  old  city 
are  seen  in  the  plain,  near  the  river, 
a  short  distance  to  the  south  of  the 
modem  village  of  Tel  el  Am&rna,  so 
called  from  the  tel  or  **  mounds  "  of 
that  ancient  place.  Its  temples  were 
of  sandstone,  each  surrounded  by  a 
crude  brick  enclosure,  like  many  of 
those  at  Thebes  and  other  places :  but 
fragments  of  masonry  are  all  that 
now  remain,  the  stone  edifices  having 
been  purposely  destroyed,  and  so 
completely  as  to  leave  no  vestige  of 
their  original  plans.  Several  of  the 
crude  brick  houses  are  better  pre- 
served, and  from  their  substructions 
the  form  and  distribution  of  many  of 
the  rooms  may  be  easily  traced.  In- 
deed, they  are  calculated  to  give  a 
more  correct  idea  of  the  ground  plans 
of  Egyptian  houses  than  any  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nile;  and  the  extent  of 
the  city  is  unequalled  by  any  whose 
ruins  remain,  except  Tliebes,  being 
about  two  miles  in  length,  though 
of  a  comparatively  inconsiderable 
breadth.  Amidst  the  ruins  I  ob- 
served a  statue  with  the  unerased 
ovals  of  King  Bakhan,  and  the  stone 
already  mentioned,  bearing  his  name 
and  that  of  the  fourth  Thothmes. 

Some  distance  to  the  southward, 
and  nearly  in  a  line  with  the  village 


308 


ROUTE   22. — BUNIEH  TO  OSIOOT. 


Sect.  IIL 


of  Howarte,  is  a  ravine  in  the  hills, 
where  a  large  stela  bearing  a  long 
hieroglyphic  inscription  has  been 
found ;  and  to  the  south  of  this,  near 
the  road  leading  ovtr  the  mountains 
in  rear  ofOebel  Aboofi&yda,  are  other 
catacombs,  containing  similar  sculp- 
tures, and  some  ancient  roads  com- 
municating with  the  town. 

Nearly  opposite  El  Howarte,  in* 
land  on  the  west  bank,  is  Tanoof, 
whose  lofty  mounds  mark  the  site  of 
Tanis- Superior,  in  Coptic  Tboni. 
It  has  no  ruins.  A  Khort  distance  to 
the  west  of  it  runs  tlie  Bohr  Yootf^ 
or  Menhi,  which  conveys  the  water 
of  the  Nile  to  the  interior  of  the 
western  plain,  passing  by  Behnesa, 
and  thence  by  a  lateral  branch  into 
the  Fyoom. 

About  two  miles  to  the  south  of 
Tanoof  is  Daroot  e*  Shere^f,in  Coptic 
Terot,  which  I  conjecture  to  occupy 
the  site  of  the  Theba'ica  Phylace 
(^i/XaKiy),  or  Theban  castle;  a  for- 
tified  place  at  the  frontier  of  the 
Theba'id,  where  duties  were  levied  on 
goods  exported  from  that  part  of  the 
country  to  Lower  Egypt.  Strabo 
tcUt  us  the  canal  to  Tanis  passed  by 
that  castle ;  and  we  may  trace  in  the 
name  Daroot  the  word  ouriU  a  "  gar- 
rison" or  "guard,"  and  thereby  in- 
crease the  probability  of  this  con- 
jecture. 

At  Daroot  are  a  few  mounds  and 
some  fragments  of  stone,  but  no 
ruins.  A  few  miles  higher  up  the 
Nile  is  the  mouth  of  the  Bahr 
Yoosef.  It  has  two  entrances,  one 
added  in  1 323,  to  avoid  the  obstruc- 
tion of  the  sand,  which  had  choked 
the  old  mouth. 

On  the  opposite  or  eastern  bank 
are  the  first  D6m  treet^  called  also 
Theban  palms,  from  being  confined 
to  the  Tbebaid.  They  are  not  found 
in  Lower  Egypt,  except  in  gardens, 
as  at  Mlnieh  and  a  few  other  places. 
Their  dry  fibrous  fruit,  when  ripe, 
exactly  resembles  our  gingerbread  in 
flavour,  and  is  eaten  by  the  peasants. 
It  contains  an  extremely   hard  nut. 


which  has  been  used  by  the  car- 
penters of  ancient  and  modem  Egypt 
for  the  socket  of  their  drills;  but 
which,  l)efore  the  fruit  ripens,  is  a 
horn-like  substance,  and  is  eaten  by 
the  people  of  Ethiopia.  The  growth 
of  the  tree  has  this  peculiarity,  that 
the  lower  part  of  the  stem  is  single, 
and  invariably  divides  at  a  certain 
height  into  two  branches,  each  of 
these  again  being  bifurcated,  always 
in  two  sets.  The  head  is  covered 
with  Inrge  fiin-shaped  leaves,  at  the 
base  of  which  the  fruit  grows. 

In  the  rocks  above  are  some  quarries 
and  small  grottoes,  and  just  beyond  is 
E'Dayr  el  Kossayr,  inhabited  by 
Christians.  This  Mr.  Hamilton  sup- 
poses Xq  mark  the  site  of  Pescla,  or 
Pesla  of  the  Itinerary,  which  was  24 
Roman  milesto  the  south  of  Antinoe. 

After  passing  the  village  of  £1 
Kossayr  the  river  makes  a  consider- 
able bend,  beneath  the  precipitous 
cliflTs  of  the  GtM  Ahoofdydee  or 
Ahoofaydcu  Hereabouts  crocodiles 
begin  to  be  more  frequently  seen, 
and  it  may  be  said  that  they  are 
now  nearly  confined  to  the  Theba'id. 
Sudden  gusts  of  wind  from  the  moun- 
tain often  render  great  precaution 
necessary  in  sailing  beneath  it,  and 
many  accidents  have  happened  in 
this  part  of  the  river.  The  recesses 
in  the  rocks  are  the  resort  of  nu- 
merous wild  ducks;  but  being  ge^ 
nerally  very  timid,  they  are  not  easily 
approached,  and  a  single  shot  dis* 
turbs  them  for  a  great  disUnce. 

About  a  mile  above  El  Kossayr  on 
the  east  bank  is  a  small  ancient  town 
in  the  mountain  pass;  halfway  be- 
tween which  and  El  Hare'ib  (  Haryib) 
is  Ebras,  a  retired  recess  in  the 
mountain,  with  a  piece  of  cultivated 
land,  having  palms  and  D^m  trees. 

A  short  distance  beyond  are  some 
grottoes,  and  about  2  miles  further 
the  ancient  town  called  El  Hart^ 
(**  eAe  rtctM  **),  with  grottoes  and  tombs 
containing  dog  and  cat  mummies. 
The  town  stood  at  the  mouth  of  a 
ravine,  which  after  heavy  rain  poUrs  a 


K  Egypt,       eoxjte  22,  —  el  bareib  —  manfaloot. 


309 


stream  of  water  through  its  centre. 
Many  of  the  walls  are  still  standing, 
and  some  of  the  arches  within  the 
houses  are  well  preserved.  It  is, 
however,  probable  that  they  are  not 
of  very  ancient  date,  and  many  may 
be  of  a  late  Roman  or  Christian  time. 
On  the  south  side  of  the  ravine  is  a 
large  crude  brick  enclosure,  perhaps 
a  fort ;  and  near  the  river  are  remains 
of  masonry,  apparently  part  of  an 
old  quay.  In  some  of  the  walls  the 
bricks,  instead  of  being  in  horizontal 
courses,  are  in  curved  lines,  like  the 
enclosure  of  a  temple  at  Thebes, 
called  Dayr  el  Mede^neh.  Many  of 
them  are  of  considerable  height,  and 
in  some  places  the  arched  windows 
remain,  even  of  the  upper  stories. 
In  several  of  the  grottoes,  up  the 
ravine  to  the  north-east,  are  found 
human  bones  and  the  mummied 
bodies  of  dogs.  One  of  them  has 
the  Egyptian  cornice,  and  in  ano« 
ther  are  some  enchorial  inscriptions. 
The  ancient  name  of  El  Hareib  is 
uncertain.  The  Itinerary  mentions 
no  place  between  Pesla  and  Hie- 
racon. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  inland  on 
the  western  side  of  the  Nile  is  Kos- 
s^eh,  the  ancient  Cus«,  Chusae,  or 
Chusis;  in  Coptic  K6s-ko6.  Ac- 
cording to  the  Greeks,  Venus  Urania 
was  the  deity  of  the  place;  and 
^lian  reports  that  a  sacred  cow  was 
there  worshipped,  which  is  perfectly 
consistent  with  the  character  of  the 
Egyptian  Venus,  of  whom  that  ani- 
mal was  an  emblem.  His  words  are, 
"  it  is  a  small  but  elegant  town,  in 
the  Hermopolite  nome,  where  they 
worship  Venus  called  Urania  (the 
heavenly),  and  also  a  cow.** 

The  difiTerence  between  the  low 
and  high  Nile  in  this  part  of  Egypt 
is  21  feet  three  inches,  judging  from 
the  highest  mark  made  by  the  water 
on  the  cliffs  of  Gebel  Aboof&ydee, 
which  rise  abruptly  from  the  river. 

About  three  miles  above  £1  Hareib, 
and  beyond  the  bend  of  the  river,  is 
an  old  convent  called  Dayr  el  Buk' 


hara.  The  name  is  common  to  many 
of  these  monastic  retreats,  being  de- 
rived from  the  custom  of  barricading 
the  doors  and  raising  every  thing  they 
required  by  a  **pul/ey"  as  at  Dayr 
Antonios  and  Dayr  Bolos,  in  the 
eastern  desert.  Near  the  convent  are 
the  ruins  of  another  old  town,  and 
some  sepulchral  grottoes,  in  one  of 
which  is  the  representation  of  a  corpse 
placed  on  a  bier,  attended  by  Isis, 
Nephthys,  and  Anubis,  with  some 
Greek  inscriptions.  It  is  the  same 
subject  which  has  been  absurdly  mis- 
taken for  metmeriaml  A  portion  of 
the  Gisr  el  Ago6s  appears  near  this 
old  town,  which  may  possibly  lay 
claim  to  the  site  of  Hieracon,  though 
the  distances  in  the  Itinerary  do  not 
quite  agree  with  its  position. 

In  former  times  the  Nile  ran  be- 
neath this  part  of  the  eastern  chain, 
but  having  now  changed  its  bed,  it 
has  swept  away  the  greater  part  of 
Manfaloot,  in  spite  of  all  the  precau- 
tions of  the  government  in  sinking 
boats,  and  the  usual  contrivances  for 
checking  its  encroachment.  The  old 
channel  is  now  dry  nearly  all  the 
year,  and  is  only  a  small  stream 
during  the  inundation.  On  its  eastern 
bank  stands  the  village  of  Maiibdeh, 
near  which  are  some  extensive  caverns 
cut  in  the  rock,  which  served  as 
places  of  sepulture  for  crocodiles.  I 
did  not  visit  the  caves  themselves,  but 
from  specimens  I  have  seen  taken  out 
of  them,  the  mummies  are  frequently 
well  preserved,  and  of  great  size. 

•  Between  Daroot  e'  Shere^f  and 
Manfaloot,  on  the  west  bank,  is  the 
site  of  an  old  town,  called  in  Coptic 
Maniau,  whose  Arabic  name  accord- 
ing to  the  MSS.  is  Mowda  el  Aahea  ; 
and  between  this  last  and  Mankabit, 
mention  is  made  of  Maiitout,  the  sue- 
cesM>r  of  a  town  of  the  same  name, 
in  Coptic  Maiithoot.  This  last  may 
signify  the  **  place  of  Thoth." 

Manfaloot,  or  Monfalout,  in  Cop- 
tic    Manbalot,     is     a     bender      or 
market  town,  and    the  residence  of 
a  Kasbef,  or  Nazer.     It  is  of  con- 


810 


ROUTE  22.  —  u/nIEH  to   08I00T. 


Sect  III. 


siderable  «i«,  with  the  usual  bazaar, 
and  the  comfort  of  a  pretty  good 
bath.  There  is  a  market  day  every 
Sunday,  which,  though  apparently 
very  uninteresting,  I  mention,  because 
meat  and  other  things  are  then  more 
easily  obtained  than  at  other  times. 
It  has  a  governor's  palace,  and  out- 
side the  walls  are  several  gardens. 

There  is  reason  to  believe  that  an 
old  Egyptian  town  stood  here  in  for- 
mer times,  and  Leo  Africanus  speaks 
of  its  sculptured  remains,  and  the 
ruins  of  a  building,  apparently  a 
temple,  near  the  river. 

It  is  singular  that  no   notice  is 
taken   of  it    by    Greek  and   Latin 
writers,  and  we  might  suppose  that 
tlie    Arab  geographer  was  incorrect 
in  his  statement,  did  not  its  mounds, 
and  the  mention  of  its  name  in  the 
list  of  places  cited  in  the  Coptic  MSS. 
prove  it  to   have   been  one  of  the 
cities  of  ancient  £gypt.     Its  modem 
name  is    evidently  taken   from   the 
Coptic,  which  M.  Champollion  sup* 
poses  to  signify  the  **  place  of  wild 
asses;**  but   the  modern   Egyptians, 
with  their  usual  disposition  to  con- 
nect every  thing  with  persons  men- 
tioned in  the  Kor4n,  have  decided  it 
to  be  the  **  place  of  exile  of  Lot.** 
Aboolfeda  describes  Manfaloot  "  on 
the  bank  of  the  Nile,**  but  in   Po- 
cocke*R  time  it  stood  a  mile  from  the 
river,  which  then  ran  nearer  the  hills 
of    Gebel    Aboof&yda.      Since  that 
period  it  has  gradually  encroached  on 
the    western  shore.     It  had    also  a 
"bishop  and  about  200   Christians, 
whose  church  was  at  Narach,  some  dis- 
tance off,  in  a  spot  where  the  common 
people  pretended  that  the  Holy  Family 
lived  until  the  death  of  Herod.**  Ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Jowitt,  who  visited 
Egypt  about  90  years  after  him,  the 
number  of  Christians  in   Manfaloot 
amounted  to  about  50,  and  1 S  priests, 
without  reckoning  those  in  the  con- 
vents in  the  vicinity. 

Manfaloot  is  now  nearly  all  carried 
away  by  the  Nile,  which  runs  over  the 
spot  where  the  principal  part  of  the 


town  once  stood,  and  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  in  a  few  years  the 
whole  will  be  destroyed. 

Beni  Adee  or  Beni  Ali,  at  the  edge 
of  the  Libyan  desert,  is  well  known 
as  having  been  the  head-quarters  of 
the  Nizam,  or  discliplined  troops  of 
the  Pasha,  prerious  to  their  march  for 
the  Morea;  and  as  the  usual  point 
of  departure  for  the  Oa^s  of  Ddkh- 
leh.     (See  Route  18.  Sect  II.) 

In  Wadee  Booa,  at  the  southern 
corner  of  Gebel  Aboofiyda  on  the 
E.  bank,  and  near  the  mouth  of 
Wadee  e*  Gibr&wee,  are  some  old 
grottoes.  In  one  of  the  latter  is  some 
sculpture  much  defaced, representing 
the  usual  agricultural  scenes  found 
in  the  tombs.  Tliey  have  been  oc- 
cupied in  later  times  by  the  Christians, 
who  probably  put  up  the  Greek  in- 
scription I  observed  in  a  niche ;  and 
which  might  possibly  be  deciphered, 
if  the  sun  were  higher  than  when 
I  saw  it.  Just  below  are  old  ruined 
villages.  Some  place  Hieracon  near 
this  spot.  It  is  here  that  the  road 
from  Tel  el  Amirna  over  Gebel 
Aboof&yda  rejoins  the  valley  of  the 
Nile,  and  those  travelling  by  land 
avoid  a  great  d&our  by  following 
this  mountain  pass. 

About  6  miles  beyond,  near  the 
edge  of  the  cultivated  land,  behind 
Benoob  el  Hamam,  are  vestiges  of 
the  Gisr-el-Agoos.  In  the  tract  of 
land  on  the  border  of  the  desert,  near 
the  road  going  towards  El  Wasta,  I 
found  a  crude  brick  ruin  and  the 
mounds  of  other  small  towns,  but 
witltout  any  stone  remains.  Isium 
stood  somewhere  in  this  direction,  at 
one  of  the  ruined  towns  just  men- 
tioned. 

The  Nile  makes  several  large  bends 
between  Manfaloot  and  Osioot,  which 
often  cause  considerable  delay.  At 
the  end  of  one  of  them,  and  at  a  short 
distance  from  the  bank,  is  MankabAt, 
or  Mungabat,  the  successor  of  an  old 
town  called  in  Coptic  Mankapot, 
*'  the  place  (manufiKtory  ?)  of  pots,'* 
probably  from    its   manufactory   of 


U.  Egypt 


BOUTE  22*  —  OSIOOT. 


311 


earthenware ;  though  from  the  great 
quantity  made  in  every  part  of  Egypt, 
it  seems  unreasonable  to  apply  this 
name  to  any  particular  town.  Like 
Keneh  and  Ballas,  at  the  present 
day,  it  may  have  been  noted  for  a 
particular  kind. 

OSIOOT,   OSTOOT,    OR    ilOOT. 

Otiooi  has  succeeded  Girgeh  as  the 
capital,  and  residence  of  the  governor, 
of  Upper  Egypt.  It  stands  at  some 
distance  from  the  river,  and  a  small 
village  on  the  bank,  called  £1  Hamra, 
claims  the  honour  of  being  its  port. 
It  is  of  considerable  extent,  with  seve- 
ral bazaars,  baths,  and  some  handsome 
roosks,  one  of  which  is  remarkable 
for  its  lofty  minaret.  Osioot  is  cer- 
tainly the  largest  and  best  built  town 
of  the  Sieed ;  and  its  position,  with 
several  gardens  in  the  vicinity,  is 
greatly  in  its  favour.  It  may  eon- 
tain  about  20,000  inhabitants,  of 
whom  about  1000  are  Christians. 
The  palace  of  the  governor  is  a  neat 
building,  situated  on  a  canal,  and 
surrounded  by  a  wall.  It  was  erected 
by  Ibrahim  Paslia  while  governor  of 
Upper  Egypt ;  and  I  regret  to  say 
the  ruined  temple  of  Gow  el  Kebeer 
furnished  materials  for  its  construc- 
tion. In  the  town  are  a  few  good 
houses  belonging  to  the  e6flu-6e2ecl,  or 
towns-people,  but  the  generality  are 
mere  hovels.  The  streets  are  narrow 
and  unpaved,  aa  is  the  case  in  all  the 
towns  of  Egypt,  not  excepting  Cairo; 
where  one  small  alley  and  part  of  a 
bazaar  alone  have  any  pavement. 

Some  of  the  basaars  are  little  in- 
ferior to  those  of  the  metropolis,  and 
are  well  supplied ;  and  the  town  is 
divided  into  quarters,  each  closed  by 
a  gate,  as  at  Cairo.  On  Sunday  a 
market  \%  held,  which  is  frequented 
by  the  people  of  the  neighbouring 
villages  ;  and  in  the  bazaars  a  great 
supply  of  stuffs  and  various  commo- 
dities are  always  kept  for  sale,  brought 
from  Cairo  and  other  parts  of  Egypt, 
as  well  as  from  Arabia  and  the  upper 
country.    The  best  kind  of  pipe  bowls 


are  manufactured  here,  which  are 
highly  prized,  and  sent  in  great  num- 
bers to  Cairo :  some  are  also  made  at 
Keneh  and  Asouan,  which  are  only 
in^rior  to  those  of  Osioot.  A  large 
canal  conducts  the  water  from  the 
river  during  the  inundation,  and  the 
communication  with  .the  town  by  land 
is  always  kept  open,  by  means  of  a 
large  dyke,  which  extends  thence  to  the 
mountains  and  the  modern  cemetery. 

Osioot  is  the  resort  of  the  caravans 
from  Dar-  Foor  (  Darfur),  which  come 
through  the  Great  Oasis. 

Osioot  has  succeeded  to  the  ancient 
Lycopolist  '<  the  city  of  the  wolves,** 
so  called  from  the  worship  of  that 
animal,  or  of  the  deity  to  whiom  it  was 
sacred.  Tlie  wolf  is  still  common  in 
Egypt  (contrary  to  the  opinion  of 
Sonnini),  and  is  found  embalmed  in 
the  ancient  tombs  of  Lycopolis. 

The  Coptic  name  of  the  city,  Sioout, 
is  the  same  it  bore  in  ancient  times, 
as  is  shown  by  the  hieroglyphics  in 
the  catacombs,  where  it  is  written 
Ssout,  the  initial  S  being  doubled,  as 
in  Ssa,  the  Egyptian  name  of  Sa'is. 
The  jackal-headed  god  is  said  to  be 
lord  of  the  place,  but  instead  of  the 
name  of  Anubis  (Anepo)  he  has  the 
legend  with  boms,  which  1  have 
ascribed  to  Macedo ;  and  it  remains 
for  us  to  decide  whether  Macedo  was 
the  deity  to  whom  the  wolf  was  sacred, 
or  another  character  of  Anubis. 

Little  now  remains  of  the  old  town, 
except  extensive  mounds,  and  a  few 
stone  substructions,  which  are  found 
in  digging  for  the  foundations  of 
houses  or  in  cutting  trenches  on  its 
site.  It  was  under  tlie  mounds  on 
the  south  side  that  the  head  of  a  sta- 
tue was  found  in  1822,  and  the  base^ 
ment  of.  a  large  stone  building,  both 
probably  of  Roman  time ;  and  here 
and  there  are  seen  the  fragments  of 
granite  blocks. 

The  Libyan  chain  advances  con- 
siderably towards  the  east,  in  this 
part ;  and  in  the  projecting  comer  of 
the  mountain  above  Osioot  are  seve- 
ral grottoes  cut  in  the  limestone  rock, 


312 


EOUTE  22.  —  OSIOOT. 


Sectni, 


tbe  burial-places  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Lycopoh's.  Though  not  containing 
a.  great  profusion  of  sculpture,  they 
are  of  considerable  interest  from  their 
antiquity,  and  some  have  the  names  of 
very  old  kings.  The  view  over  the 
town,  and  the  green  plain,  in  the 
spring  is  very  beautiful  from  these 
tombs;  particularly  from  the  large 
one,  called  by  the  modern  Egyptians 
Stabl  Antar, 

The  ceiling  of  this  catacomb  has 
been  ornamented  with  very  elegant 
devices,  which  I  suppose  to  be  what 
Denon  alludes  to,  in  speaking  of 
"  Greek  scrolls."  It  has  an  entrance 
chamber,  or  porch,  open  to  the  air,  cut 
like  the  rest  in  the  limestome  rock, 
and  its  roof  is  in  the  form  of  a  vault. 
In  an  inner  room  are  sculptures  re- 
presenting men  bringing  an  ibex  and 
various  offerings;  and  at  the  end  a 
large  figure  of  a  man,  and  others  of 
women  rather  smaller,  smelling  the 
lotus  flower,  as  was  usual  at  the  fes- 
tive meetings  of  the  Egyptians.  It 
has  several  chambers,  which  once 
served  as  dwelling-places  for  the 
peasants,  who  have  not  improved  their 
appearance  by  blackening  them  with 
smoke.  In  the  smaller  caves  and  ex- 
cavated recesses  of  the  rock  in  various 
parts  of  this  mountain,  the  remains  of 
wolf  mummies  are  frequently  met 
with ;  which  is  perfectly  consistent 
with  tlie  fact  of  the  wolf  having  been 
tlie  sacred  animal  of  tlie  place,  and 
with  the  name  given  to  the  town  by 
the  Greeks.  The  coins  of  the  Lyco- 
polite  nome  have  also  tbe  wolf  on 
their  reverse,  with  the  word  "  Lyco." 

The  tombs  are  arranged  in  suc- 
cessive tiers  at  different  eleva- 
tions. They  may  be  visited  accord- 
ing to  their  position,  and  a  road 
about  four  paces  broad  leads  up  the 
hill.  They  are  very  numerous,  but 
many  are  without  sculpture,  and  some 
containing  burnt  bones  appear  to  have 
been  occupied  by  the  Romans  at  a 
late  period.  Near  the  mid4ie  of  the 
ascent  is  some  crude  brick  building ; 
and  I  observed  a  square  pit  lined  with 


burnt  brick,  very  unusual  in  ancient 
times,  witli  a  tablet  or  stela  above  on 
the  rock,  much  defaced.  Some  of  the 
small  pits  are  very  narrow,  scarcely 
broad  enough  for  a  man,  and  they 
slope  gradually,  as  if  to  allow  the 
coffins  to  slid^  down  into  them. 
Sometimes  a  tomb  consists  of  a  large 
chamber  with  small  niches  or  reposi- 
tories for  the  dead,  and  in  the  floor 
are  the  usual  mummy  pits. 

In  a  tomb,  about  half  way  up  the 
hill  is  the  name  of  a  very  old  king, 
and  some  soldiers  carrying  shields  of 
enormous  size,  differing  both  in  this 
respect,  And  a  little  in  their  shape, 
from  the  common  shield,  but  remark- 
able as  being  similar  to  those  men- 
tioned by  Xenophon  in  speaking  of 
the  Egyptian  troops  in  the  army  of 
Crcesus.  He  says  tliey  amounted  to 
120,000  men,  "carrying  bucklers, 
which  covered  them  from  head  to  foot, 
very  long  spears,  and  swords  called 
KoiriScs,*'  {diopsh)  and  each  phalanx 
was  "  formed  of  10,000  men,  100  each 
way.**  It  was  from  the  protection  given 
them  by  these  large  shields,  supported 
as  they  were  by  a  thong  over  the  shoul- 
der, and  from  their  compact  order  of 
battle,  that  the  Persians  were  unable 
to  break  them,  when  they  had  routed 
the  rest  of  the  Lydian  army.  They 
tlierefore  obtained  honourable  terms 
from  Cyrus,  and  an  abode  in  the 
cities  of  Larissa  and  Cyllene,  in  ttic 
neighbourhood  of  Cuma  near  the  sea, 
which  were  still  called  the  Egyptian 
cities,  and  inhabited  by  their  descen- 
dants, in  the  time  of  Xenophon. 

On  the  lower  part  of  the  hill  are  5 
standing  statues,  in  high  relief. 
Many  of  the  burnt  bones  I  observed 
were  of  wolves ;  and  it  is  probable 
that  most  of  the  smaller  caves  were 
intended  for  depositing  the  mummies 
of  those  sacred  animals  of  Lycopolis, 
which  have  since  been  purposely  or 
accidentally  burnt. 

The  tombs  on  this  mountain,  like 
most  others  in  Egypt,  were  once  the 
abode  of  the  Christians,  who  retired 
thither  either  from  persecution^  or  for 


C.  Egypt         ROUTE  23. — osioot  to  giboeh. 


313 


the  sake  of  that  solitude  which  suited 
their  austere  habits ;  and  it  was  per- 
haps from  one  of  them  that  John  of 
Lycopolis  gave  his  oracular  answer 
to  the  embassy  of  Theodosius.     The 
story   is    thus    related  by    Gibbon: 
*'  Before  he  performed  any  decisive 
resolution,    the    pious  emperor  was 
anxious  to  discover  the  will  of  Hea- 
ven ;  and  as  the  progress  of  Christi- 
anity had  silenced  the  oracles  of  Del- 
phi and   Dodona,   he   consulted  an 
Egyptian  monk  who  possessed,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  age,  the  gift  of  mira- 
cles and  the  knowledge  of  futurity. 
£utropius,  one  of  the  favourite  eu- 
nuchs of  the  palace  of  Constantinople, 
embarked     for     Alexandria,     from 
whence    he    sailed    up  the   Nile  as 
far  as  the  city  of  Lycopolis,  or  of 
Wolves,  in   the  remote  province  of 
Theba'is.     In  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  city,  and  on  the  summit  (side  ?)  of 
a  lofty  mountain,  the  holy  John  had 
constructed  with    his   own   hand    a 
humble  cell,  in  which  be  had  dwelt 
above  50  years,  without  opening  his 
door,  without   seeing  the   face  of  a 
woman,  and  without  tasting  any  food 
that  had  been  prepared  by  fire  or  any 
human  art.     Five  days  of  the  week 
he  spent  in  prayer  and  meditation  ; 
but  on   Saturdays   and   Sundays   he 
r^ularly  opened    a  small   window, 
and  gave  audience  to  the  crowd  of 
suppliants  who    successively   flowed 
from   every  part    of   the    Christian 
world.     The  eunuch  of  Theodosius 
approached  the  window  with  respect- 
ful steps,  proposed  his  questions  con- 
cerning  the  event  of  the  civil  war, 
and  soon  returned  witli  a  favourable 
oracle,  which  animated  the  courage  of 
the  emperor  by  the  assurance  of  a 
bloody  but  infallible  victory.*' 

On  the  north  side  of  the  projecting 
comer  of  the  mountain  are  some 
limestone  quarries,  and  a  few  unin- 
teresting grottoes 

Below  is  the  modem  cemetery.  The 
tombs  are  arranged  whh  considerable 
taste,  and  have  a  neat  and  pleasing 
appearance.     On  going  to  them  from 


the  town,  you  pass  along  a  raised 
dyke,  with  a  bridge  over  a  canal  that 
skirts  the  cultivated  land.  Hie  latter 
answers  the  same  purpose  as  the  Bahr 
Yoosef  in  central  Egypt,  in  carrying 
the  water  of  the  inundation  to  the 
portion  of  the  plain  most  distant  from 
the  river ;  and  in  one  of  the  ponds 
between  the  river  and  the  town,  fed 
by  a  lateral  canal,  the  <*  very  conve- 
nient** spring  mentioned  by  Micbaelis 
is  to  be  looked  for,  the  credit  of  which 
newly-married  brides  may  often  be 
greatly  interested  in  maintaining.  On 
the  southern  comer  of  the  mountain, 
immediately  above  the  village  of 
Dronka,  is  a  large  bed  of  alabaster 
lying  upon  the  limestone  rock,  but 
not  sufficiently  compact  to  admit  of 
its  being  quarried  for  use. 

There  are  also  some  grottoes  be- 
hind the  village  of  Reefa,  about  a 
mile  to  the  south  of  Dronka,  but  I 
do  not  know  if  they  contain  sculpture. 

Aboolfeda,  on  the  authority  of 
Ebn-Sa'id,  relates  a  story  concerning 
the  mountain  of  Osioot,  which  has 
always  been  applied  to  the  Gebel  e* 
Tayr,  tliat  the  birds  of  Eg)-pt  per- 
form an  annual  pilgrimage  to  it,  and 
having  left  one  of  tiheir  number  fixed 
there  till  the^nsuing  year,  return  to 
relieve  it,  and  substitute  another, 
which  is  detained  in  a  similar  manner 
by  the  same  talisman. 

Pliny  seems  to  think  that  these 
hills  formed  tlie  northern  boundary 
of  the  Thebald,  since  he  says,  **  in 
Libyco  Lycon,  ubi  montes  finiunt 
Theba'idem.**  But  this  could  not  be 
so,  as  it  extended  much  farther  north, 
to  the  Tbebaica  Phylace. 


ROUTE  23. 

OSIOOT  TO   GIRO  SB. 

Mflei. 

Osioot  to  Aboote^g  (W.) 

-     12 

Gowel  Kebeer(E.)       - 

.     141 

Ekhmim  (E.) 

-     39| 

Mensh^eh  (W.)     - 

-       9 

Girgeh  (W.) 

-     13 

83- 

314 


BOUTE  23.  —  OSIOOT  TO  GIBGEH. 


Sect  III. 


At  Shodb  are  the  mounds  and 
crude-brick  remains  of  Hypsele,  in 
Coptic  Shotp»  which  gave  its  name  to 
one  of  the  nomes  of  Egypt. 

Near  to  Lycopolis  was  a  fort  called 
in  Coptic  Tgeli»  and  the  village  of 
Papbor,  in  the  district  of  Sliutp,  the 
sites  of  which  are  now  unknown.  £1 
Wasta,  on  the  east  bank,  is  probably 
the  successor  of  Contra  Lycopolis, 
but  it  has  no  remains.  At  £1  Mot- 
m&r  are  the  mounds  of  an  old  town, 
by  some  supposed  to  be  Mouthis,  a 
small  place  to  the  north  of  Antseo- 
polls.  But  the  distance  of  Motm6r 
from  Gow  is  too  much,  and  the  po- 
sition of  Mouthis  given  in  the  Itine- 
rary requires  it  to  have  been  near 
Rflikineh,  opposite  Baroot.  Much  tont, 
or  Acacia  Nilotica,  grows  near  Mot- 
miVf  which,  like  that  on  the  road  to 
Abydus,  may  be  the  remnant  of 
one  of  the  old  groves  of  Acanthus, 
At  the  north  of  the  projecting  comer 
of  the  mountain,  behind  Motmir,  is 
a  road  called  Derb  Imow,  which 
crosses  this  part  of  the  eastern  chain 
of  hills,  and  rejoins  the  valley  of  the 
Nile  by  a  ravine  near  the  grottoes  of 
Gow ;  and  another,  called  Nukb  el 
Hossayn,  leads  from  a  little  above 
Dayr  Tassa,  and  descends  at  the  cor- 
ner of  the  same  mountain  a  short  way 
to  the  west  of  the  same  grottoes. 

A  little  beyond  Motm6r  is  Sherg 
Selin.  It  has  no  ruins,  but,  from  its 
name,  it  seems  to  lay  claim  to  the 
site  of  Selinon,  though  the  Itinerary 
places  Selinon  halfway  between  An- 
tsBopolis  and  Panopolis^  Perhaps, 
in  this  place,  we  should  read  Pas- 
salon  for  Selinon. 

1  have  heard  that  in  a  grotto  here 
is  the  name  of  one  of  the  foreign 
kin*gs,  who  were  cotemporaries  of  the 
18th  dynasty. 

At  £1  Khow&bid  are  some  mounds, 
but  no  ruins ;  and  in  the  hills  to  the 
north-east  are  some  limestone  quar- 
ries. About  a  mile  further  to  the 
south-east  are  some  grottoes,  at  the 
projecting  comer  of  the  lulls,  and 
others  behind  the  Dayr  Tasfca. 

AhootUg  stands  on  the  site  of  an 


ancient  town,  and  Wansleb  mentions 
Sidfeh  or  Sitfeh  as  the  successor  of 
another,  about  five  miles  to  the  south 
of  it.  Aboote^g  is  the  Abutis  of 
Latin  writers,  the  Apothyke  or  Ta- 
pothykS  of  the  Copts ;  which,  as  M. 
Champollion  suggests,  is  very  pro- 
bably a  Greek  word,  signifying  **  gra- 
nary," adopted  by  the  Copts.  Abool- 
feda  says,  that  in  his  time  the  poppy 
was  much  cultivated  in  the  vicinity; 
and  it  still  continues  to  be  grown 
there.  From  Aboote^  the  course 
of  the  river  northwards  formerly  lay 
more  inland  to  the  west.  This  is 
consistent  with  the  position  of  Se- 
linon, on  the  opposite  bank,  to  which 
a  canal  is  said  to  have  led  from  the 
Nile. 

Koos-kam,  or  Kos-kam,  (in  Coptic 
Kos-karo,)  stands  on  the  west  bank, 
between  Aboote^g  and  Gow  el  Ghar- 
b4eh.  It  was  called  Apollinis  Minor 
Civitas,  to  distinguish  it  from  ApoUi- 
nopolis  Magna  and  Parva,  now  £dfoo 
and  Koos.  On  the  east  bank,  a  little 
below  Gow  el  Kebe^r,  are  several 
grUioet  at  the  projecting  comer  of 
the  mountain,  which  there  curves 
inward  to  the  east.  Many  of  them 
are  the  work  of  the  Romans,  or  have 
been  occupied  and  painted  by  them, 
beiug  ornamented  with  arabesques 
and  devices  of  a  late  time.  Near 
them  are  some  crude  brick  remains. 

Gow,  or  Kow,  El  KAeir^  in  Coptic 
Tk5ou,  the  ancient  Antaopolis,  stands 
on  the  east  bank.  The  remains  of 
the  temple  of  Antssus  are  now  con- 
fined to  a  confused  mass  of  stones 
near  the  water's  edge,  one  of  which 
bears  the  hieroglyphic  names  of 
Ptolemy  Philopator  and  his  queen 
Arsinoe.  The  last  remaining  co- 
lumn of  the  temple,  mention^  by 
Dr.  Richardson,  was  carried  away 
by  the  river  in  1821,  which  Mr.  Legh 
says,  as  early  as  1813,  threatened 
"  to  wash  the  whole  away."  At  tho 
time  he  visited  it,  the  portico  was 
still  standing,  and  much  in  the  same 
state  as  when  seen  by  Norden  and 
Pococke  in  1737.  Mr.  Hamilton 
found  the  Greek  inscription  on  the 


JJ'  Egypt  BOUTE  23.  —  GOW — SHEKH  HEREiDES,         315 


frieie  of  the  portico  in  a  very  imper- 
fect state,  the  stones  having  been 
broken  into  six  separate  pieces ;  but 
sufficient  remaineid  to  sliow  that 
"  King  Ptolemy,  the  son  of  Ptolemy 
and  Cleopatra,  gods  Epiphaiies,  £u- 
cbaristes,  and  Queen  Cleopatra,  the 
sister  of  tlie  king,  gods  Philometores, 
erected  the  (Projnaos  to  Antaeus 
and  the  contemplar  gods ; "  and  that 
**  the  emperors,  the  Cssars,  Aurelii, 
Antoninus  (and  Venis),  repaired  the 
roof." 

The  columns  had  palm-tree  capi- 
tals, like  the  building  that  contained 
the  tomb  of  Amasis,  in  the  sacred 
enclosure  of  Sals,  mentioned  by  He- 
rodotus. They  seem  to  have  been 
more  conmion  in  temples  of  the 
Delta  than  in  those  of  Upper  Egypt. 

The  river  has  now  completed  the 
destruction  of  the  temple;  but  I 
believe  that  more  is  attributable  to 
the  removal  of  the  stones  to  build 
the  palace  of  Osioot;  and  this  is 
another  on  the  list  of  monuments 
destroyed  by  the  ignorance  or  indo- 
lence of  the  Turks. 

Nothing  renoains  at  Gow  in  its 
.original  position,  excepting  some 
small  stones;  and  of  the  columns 
little  can  be  traced  but  broken  frag- 
ments, with  mutilated  hieroglyphics. 

Here  and  there  some  Ptolemaic 
names  may  be  seen,  but  no  vestige  of 
the  Greek  dedication.  The  monolith 
still  remains  near  the  centre  of  the 
ruins.  There  are  also  some  very 
large  blocks  lying  about,  and  on  a 
long  architrave  half  covered  by  the 
Nile,  I  observed  a  globe  and  asps, 
having  hieroglyphics  on  each  side, 
with  the  name  of  Ptolemy  Philo- 
pator,  and  a  winged  globe  above. 
The  ovals  of  this  king  also  occur  on 
many  other  fragments  of  the  ruined 
temple. 

Gow  el  Gharb^eb,  on  the  opposite 
bank,  has  no  ruins. 

Near  Antcopolis  the  fiibulous  bat- 
tle between  Horus  and  Typho  was 
reputed  to  have  taken  place,  which 
ended  in  the  defeat  of  the  latter^  who 


bad  assumed  the  form  of  a  crocodile ; . 
and  here  Antaeus  is  said  to  have  been 
killed  by  Hercules,  in  the  time  of 
Osiris.  Of  these  two  fables,  we  may 
in  vain  endeavour  to  discover  the 
origin  or  the  meaning ;  but  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  story  of  Antaeus  is 
a  Greek  perversion  of  some  legend, 
as  his  name  is  corrupted  from  that  of 
one  of  the  ancient  gods  of  the  Egyp- 
tian Pantheon.  Antsopolis  was  in 
later  times  a  bishop's  see. 

At  Mishte,  Shabeka,  and  £*  Shekh 
Shenedeen,  on  the  W.  bank,  are  the 
mounds  of  old  towns ;  and  inland, 
opposite  Gebcl  Shekh  HereMee,  is 
Tahta,  distinguished  from  afar  by  its 
extensive  mounds,  which  probably 
mark  the  site  of  the  ancient  Hesopis. 
Tahta  is  a  large  town  with  several 
raosks,  and  its  landing-place,  or  Sahd, 
is  at  the  bend  of  the  river,  opposite 
Shekh  Here^ee.  The  land  here- 
abouts produces  abundant  crops  of 
com,  owing  to  the  lowness  of  the 
level,  and^the  consequent  length  of 
time  that  tne  water  of  the  inundation 
remains  upon  its  surface;  though 
Norden  seems  to  tliink  this  lowness 
of  the  land  rather  a  source  of  injury 
than  an  advantage. 

Gtbd  Shekh  HereSdee  is  a  project- 
ing part  of  the  eastern  chain  of  hills, 
well  known  for  the  superstitious  be- 
lief attached  to  a  serpent,  reputed  to 
have  lived  there  for  ages,  and  to  have 
the  power  of  removing  every  kind  of 
complaint;  and  many  miraculous 
cures,  that  might  have  offended  Ju- 
piter, are  attributed  to  this  worthy 
successor  of  the  emblem  of  ^scula- 
pius.  It  is,  perhaps,  to  the  asp,  the 
symbol  of  Kneph,  or  of  the  good 
genius,  that  this  serpent  has  succeeded. 
Though  the  belief  in  its  power  still 
continues,  it  has  lost  much  of  the 
consequence  it  enjoyed  a  century  ago, 
when  Norden  aud  Pococke  visited 
the  spot,  or  even  since  the  time  of 
Savary. 

On  the  W.  side  of  the  mountain 
are  some  grottoes,  and  cnide  brick 
ruins :  and  at  its  base  is  a  mutilated 

r  2 


316 


ROUTE  23.  —  OSIOOT   TO  GIBGEH. 


Sect  ni. 


statue  of  a  man  clad  in  the  Roman 
toga. 

Passalon  or  Passalus  is  supposed 
to  have  stood  here.  It  is  placed  by 
Ptolemy  in  the  nome  of  Ant»opoIis, 
and  the  boundary  of  the  provinces  of 
Gow  and  Ekhmim,  which  is  still  at 
Raaineh,  may  mark  that  of  the  old 
AntsBopolite  and  Panopolite  nomes. 

Raaineh  (E*Ra£ineh)  is  remark- 
able for  its  10%  pigeon-houses,  which 
have  the  appearance,  as  well  as  the 
name,  of  "  towers  '*  {boorg),  a  style 
of  building  commonly  met  with  in 
Upper  Egypt. 

During  the  inundation,  the  Nile 
rises  to  the  narrow  path  at  the  base  of 
the  mountain,  so  as  to  render  it 
scarcely  passable  for  camels,  near  the 
southern  extremity.  Round  this  pro- 
jecting point  to  the  eastward,  are  a 
few  grottoes,  without  sculpture. 

At  Fow,  in  Coptic  Phboou-Tgeli, 
are  the  mounds  of  an  ancient  town. 
It  was  distinguished  from  another 
Fow,  beyond  Chenoboscion,  which 
the  Greeks  called  Bopos,  by  the  ad- 
junct Tgeli,  signifying  **a  fort.**  It 
was  by  its  position,  on  the  narrow 
strip  of  land  between  the  mountain 
and  the  Nile,  that  it  commanded  the 
road  from  AntaeopoHs  to  Chemmis. 

In  the  mountains  behind  Ketkitee 
are  several  small  grottoes,  and  otliers 
again  behind  Fow,  and  at  the  comer 
of  the  mountain  to  the  N.  ofKkhmim. 

Itfoo  lies  inland,  on  the  W.  bank. 
It  was  the  ancient  Aphroditopolis, 
in  Coptic  Atbo,  or  Thbo.  A  little 
distance  to  the  S.  are  the  Red  and 
White  Monasteries,  the  latter  being 
better  known  by  tlie  name  of 
Amba  Shenoodeh,  or  St.  Sen6de,  and 
the  other  by  that  of  Amba  Bishoi. 
The  founder  of  the  latter,  accord- 
ing to  Wansleb,  was  a  penitent 
robber,  whose  club  was  kept  by  tlie 
monks  as  a  memorial  of  his  wicked 
course  of  life,  and  of  his  subsequent 
reformation.  The  best  road  to  them 
is  from  Soohiig,  which  stands  near 
the  end  of  the  readi  of  the  river  below 
Ekhmim. 

Soohag  is  better  built  than  the  ge- 


nerality  of  felliih  villages,  with  some 
good  houses  and  moaks.  Its  mounds 
show  it  to  have  succeeded  to  an  old 
town,  but  I  could  find  no  stone  re- 
mains. 

It  haa  given  its  name  to  a  large 
canal  called  <*Toora,**  "  Khale^g,**  or 
"  Moie-t-Sooh&g,"  that  Ukes  the  wa- 
ter  of  the  Nile  into  the  interior  during 
the  inundation,  and  is  similar  in  size 
and  purport  to  the  Bahr  Yoosef.     It 
is  this  canal  that  irrigates  the  plain 
about  Osioot,  and  the  lands  to  the 
south  of  Daroot  e*  Shereef,  assisted 
here  and  there  by  lateral  canals  from 
the  river.     Its  entrance  is  well  con- 
structed, being  lined  with  hewn  stone, 
and  shows  more  skill  in  its  arrange^ 
ment,  and  in  the  style  of  its  masonry, 
than  the  generality  of  public  buildings 
in  modern  Egypt.     A  gisr,  or  raised 
dyke,  forms  the  usual  communication, 
during  the  high  Nile,  with  the  villages 
in  the  interior ;  and  here  and  there, 
on  the  way  to  Itfoo  and  the  two  mo- 
nasteries, you  pass  other  smaller  ca- 
nals, all  which,  as  well  as  the  Moifr-t- 
Soohig,  are  without  water  in  sum« 
mer.     Several  small  ponds,  also  dry 
at  this  season,  are  passed  on  the  way ;  . 
and  at  the  edge  of  the  cultivated  luid 
the  peasants  sink  wells  for  artificial 
irrigation ;  the  water  of  the  Nile  fil- 
tering through  the  soil  to  any  distance 
from  the  banks,  and  afibrding  a  con- 
stant supply  at  the  then  level  of  the 
river. 

The  )FhUe  Mmuutery  stands  on  the 
edge  of  the  desert,  and  its  inmates 
cultivate  a  small  portion  of  land 
about  it,  in  the  capacity  of  feU6h** 
The  monastery  ia  in  fact  only  a 
Christian  village,  being  inhabited  by 
women  as  well  as  men,  with  their 
families.  In  former  timet  the  monks 
probably  lodged  in  rooms  over  the 
colonnade,  as  the  holes  for  rafters  in 
the  walls  appear  to  show ;  but  these 
people  now  live  in  the  lower  part, 
which  once  formed  the  aisles  of  the 
church.  I  visited  it  in  1825,  but 
found  the  inmates  as  much  or  even 
more  prejudiced  against  the  inquirier 
of  tiBTellersy  than  their  Moslem  com* 


U,  Egypt        ROUTE  23.  —  white  monastery. 


317 


patriots ;  for  the  few  notes  I  made  in 
a  pocket-book  at  the  time  excited 
their  unconcealed  displeasure,  and 
they  even  refused  to  mention  the 
name  of  the  convent,  until  they  found 
it  was  already  known  to  me.  They 
have  adopted  the  same  precaution  as 
their  brethren  at  Bibbeh,  in  order  to 
secure  the  building  in  turbulent 
times  against  the  assaults  of  the  Mos- 
lems; and  their  Christian  patron, 
like  St.  George  of  Bibbeb,  is  conver- 
ted into  a  Moslem  shekb,  who  com- 
mands the  respect  of  the  credulous 
under  the  mysterious  name  of  Shekh 
Aboo  Shen6odeh.  The  monastery 
is  built  of  hewn  stones,  measuring 
about  S  ft.  3  in.  by  I  ft.  3  in.,  with 
a  cornice  like  that  of  the  Egyptian 
temples,  all  round  the  top,  though 
without  the  torus,  which  in  Egyptian 
architecture  separates  the  cornice 
from  the  architrave,  or  from  the  face 
of  tlie  wall.  On  the  exterior  are 
square  niches,  once  stuccoed,  as  was 
all  the  building.  They  are  placed  at 
intervals  along  all  the  walls,  except 
on  that  side  nearest  the  mountain, 
which  has  been  added  at  a  later  time. 
At  a  distance  they  have  the  appear- 
ance of  windows. 

Six  doors  formerly  led  into  the  in- 
terior, five  of  which  have  been  closed 
up,  leaving  that  alone  on  the  south 
side,  which  is  now  the  only  entrance. 
Over  all  the  doors  a  projecting  wall 
of  brickwork  has  been  built  in  order 
to  strengthen  them;  doubtless  at  a 
time  when  they  were  threatened  by 
an  attack  from  the  Arabs  or  the  Mem- 
looks,  on  which  occasion  even  the 
solitary  door  now  open  was  closed, 
and  protected  in  the  same  manner. 
In  one  place,  where  the  brickwork 
had  fallen,  I  observed  on  a  jamb  of 
the  door  a  stone  with  a  few  hiero- 
glyphics, proving  the  blocks  to  have 
been  taken  from  some  old  building, 
probably  in  the  neighbouring  city  of 
Athribis.  Near  this  door  are  the 
fragments  of  red  granite  columns  and 
statues.  From  the  walls  project 
blocks  not  unlike  the  gurgoyles  or 


water-spouts  of  Egyptian  temples,  as 
at  Dendera  and  other  places,  though 
there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  this  was 
ever  a  temple,  even  of  late  time.  It 
may,  however,  have  derived  its  ex- 
terior form  from  those  edifices,  which 
the  builders  had  been  accustomed  to 
see  in  the  country,  while  the  archi- 
tectural details  are  Greek ;  and  judg- 
ing from  the  number  of  columns  and 
tlie  style  of  the  interior,  it  seems  to 
have  been  erected  at  a  lime  when 
Christianity  was  under  the  special 
protection  of  the  imperial  government. 
Pococke  supposes  it  to  be  of  the  time 
of  the  Empress  Helena.  Over  the 
door  on  the  desert  side  is  a  cornice 
ornamented  with  Corinthian  foliage, 
above  which  is  a  stone  with  square 
dentils,  both  of  red  granite;  and 
over  the  door,  at  the  end  of  the 
entrance  passage,  is  another  block  of 
red  granite  with  Doric  triglyphs 
and  guttK.  The  area  within,  which 
answers  to  the  nave  of  our  churches, 
and  of  the  old  basilicas,  had  on  either 
side  about  1 4  columns,  mostly  of  red 
granite,  with  various  capitals  of  a 
late  time.  One  of  the  Corinthian, 
and  another  of  the  Ionic  order,  ap- 
pear to  be  of  a  better  age. 

At  the  east  end  is  the  choir,  con- 
sisting of  two  separate  parts,  sur* 
mounted  by  domes,  the  innermost 
being  divided  into  three  compart- 
ments, before  the  central  one  of  which 
is  a  screen  with  some  miserable  re- 
presentations of  St.  George.  Here 
are  several  Coptic  inscriptions,  in  one 
of  which  I  read  **  Athanasius  the 
Patriarch,"  the  rest  being  much  de* 
faced. 

On  three  sides  of  this  building, 
and  at  a  short  distance  from  it,  I  ob- 
served the  remains  of  brickwork, 
which  lead  me  to  suppose  it  was  once 
surrounded  by  an  outer  wall :  and 
perhaps  the  present  building  was  only 
the  church  of  a  monastery  formerly 
attached  to  it,  which  seems  also  to 
be  the  opinion  of  Denon. 

Tradition  reports  that  this  convent 
stands  on  the  site  of  an  Egyptian  city 

r  3 


318 


BOUTE  23. — OSIOOT  TO  QIBGEEL 


Sectm. 


called  Medeenet  Atreeb,  and  the 
ruins  in  its  vicinity  may  be  the  re- 
mains of  an  old  town  ;  but  the  real 
Atreeb  or  Atliribis  stood  about  half 
an  hour's  ride  to  the  southward, 
where  a  ruined  temple  and  extensive 
mounds  still  mark  its  site.  I  had 
perceived  them  on  going  to  the  White 
Monastery;  and  it  was  with  great 
satisfaction  I  found,  on  examination, 
that  they  presented  the  unquestion- 
able evidence  of  being  the  ruins  of 
Athribh  or  CroeodUopolU, 

In  the  midst  of  mounds  of  pottery 
lie  large  blocks  of  limestone,  14  to 
15  feet  long  by  S,  and  5  feetthidc,  the 
remains  of  a  temple  200  feet  by  175,  | 
facing  the  south,  and  dedicated  to 
the  lion-headed  goddess  Tbriphis.  ' 
One  block  alone,  the  lintel  of  a  door- 
way, remains  in  its  original  place : 
the  rest  are  all  thrown  down,  and  I 
could  only  discover  the  traces  of  one 
column.  Over  this  door  is  a  king 
offering  to  Leontocephale,  Khem, 
and  other  deities,  over  whom  is  the 
name  of  Ptolemy  the  Elder,  son  of 
Auletes  ;  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
foundation  of  the  building  is  even  of 
a  still  earlier  date.  I  also  observed 
the  name  of  **  Kaisaros  **  (  Caesar),  pro- 
bably Augustus ;  and  on  a  stone,  at 
the  southern  extremity  of  the  ruins, 
which  covered  the  centre  doorway  or 
entrance  of  the  portico,  are  names 
arranged  on  either  side  of  a  head  of 
Athor,  surmounted  by  a  globe  con- 
taining the  mysterious  eye,  with  two 
asps  wearing  the  crowns  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  the  whole  group 
being  completed  by  two  sitting 
deities.  Such  are  the  ornamental 
devices  of  cornices  and  architraves  on 
temples  of  the  time  of  tlie  empire,  as  at 
Dendera  and  other  places.  On  the 
soffit  of  Uie  same  were  the  ovals  of 
Tiberius  Claudius  Kaisaros  (Cesar) 
Germanicus  (?) ;  and  on  the  other 
side  a  Greek  inscription  accompanied 
by  the  ovals  of  Claudius  Caesar  Ger- 
manicus. The  lower  end  of  the  block 
was  unfortunately  too  much  ruined 
to  enable  me  to  copy  the  whole  in- 


scription ;  and  after  excavating  all  I 
could  of  it,  I  read  the  following : — 

.  .  .  KAI2AP022EBASTOTBEOmOT- 
ATTOK  P  AT0P02  K  AirnEPIOT- 
AIAZZEBA2THZ 
.  .  .  KAITOTOIKOTATTONePI^IdieE- 
AMETlSTHIEniHrEMONOZr  A- 
lOTTAAEP  .  .  . 
AnOAAQNIOrnPOSTATHZePI^I- 
iliOS  LeTIBEPIOTKAIl  APOI2E- 
BASTOT^AMEN  .  .  . 

This  inscription  shows  that  the 
goddess  mentioned  with  Pan  in  the 
dedication  at  Ekhmim,  was  Thriphis, 
the  deity  of  the  neighbouring  city 
Athribis.  The  Julia  Augusta  here 
mentioned  was  not  the  widow  of 
Agrippa  and  daughter  of  Augustus, 
the  first  wife  of  Tiberius,  but  Li  via, 
the  mother  of  Tiberius,  who,  aAer 
the  death  of  Augustus,  took  that 
name.  She  lived  to  the  year  89  a.  d  , 
the  17th  and  18th  years  of  the  reign 
of  Tiberius. 

M.  Letronne  restores  the  inscrip- 
tion in  the  following  manner :  — 


Zvnf  TiCffMv]  mturmfH  ItCm^tm,  J^mv 
PllCf  I«-iWj 

tvsvm] 
[««f ,  i  «uv«]  Ar«XX«rM«,  g,g»rff«fw  0y^><r. 
L.  BTifimmt   Kmttm^H  XiCsrtvv,  ^o^u* 

*'  (For  the  wdftre  oTTIberiuf)  Catar  Au- 

Sttuf,  Son  of  the  CKxl,  the  Emperor,  and 
'  that  of  Jalia  Scbute  (new  Mi,  hit  nM>> 
ther),  and  all  their  family,  to  Thriphii,  the 
very  great  Ooddeas,  Caiuf  Oaleriui  .  .  . 
being  Prvfect, .  .  <  .  .  the  Son  of  Apollo- 
niitt.  Director  Tot  the  temple]  of  Tnphia, 
rerected  or  deollcated  the  pronaoa]  in  the 
year  ix.  of  Hberiua  Ccaar  Augukua,  the 
.  .  .  of  Phamenoth.** 

These  ruins  have  also  the  name  of 
Medeenet  Ashaf  sh. 

On  the  eastern  face  of  the  moun- 
tains, about  half  a  mile  beyond 
Athribis,  are  the  quarries  from  which 
the  stone  of  the  temple  was  taken ; 
and  below  are  several  small  grottoes 
that  have  served  for  tombs,  and  were 
once  furnished  with  doors,  secured, 
as  usual,  by  a  bolt  or  lock.  On  the 
lintel  of  one  of  them  is  a  Greek  in- 
scription, saying  that  i^  was  the  "  se- 
pulchre of  Ermius,  the  son  of  Archi- 
bius.**     It  has  the  Egyptian  comic« 


17.  Egypt. 


BOUTE   23.  —  EKHHIM. 


319 


and  torui.  In  the  interior  are  cells, 
and  it  contains  the  scattered  residue 
of  burnt  bones.  Through  one  of  its 
side  walls  an  entrance  has  been  forced 
into  the  adjoining  tomb.  The  moun- 
tain  appears  to  have  had  the  name  in 
Coptic  of  iYooM-n-atrepe,  from  the 
neighbouring  city. 

Here,  as  at  Arsinoe,  the  reason  as- 
signed by  De  Pauw  for  the  worship 
of  the  crocodile  seems  fully  borne 
out,  by  the  position  of  Athribis^  for 
it  is  certain  that  unless  the  canal  from 
the  Nile  were  carefully  kept  up,  the 
sacred  animals  could  not  have  had  ac- 
cess to  the  town  that  worshipped  them. 

Akhmimy  or  Ekhndm,  on  the  east 
bank,  is  the  site  of  Chemmis  or  Pano- 
polls,  in  Coptic  Chmim  or  Shmin, 
formerfy  one  of  the  most  considerable 
cities  of  the  ThebaHd.  The  modem 
Ekhmim  is  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  Nile.  It  has  the  sise  of  an 
ordinary  Egyptian  betukr,  with  a 
bazaar,  and  a  market  day  every  Wed- 
nesday. 

On  the  side  of  the  town  furthest 
from  the  river,  beyond  the  present 
walls,  are  the  remains  of  some  of  its 
ancient  buildings, 

A  long  inscription,  bearing  the 
date  of  the  12th  year  of  the  Emperor 
Trajanus  Gennanicus  Dacicus,  points 
out  the  site  of  the  temple  of  Pan; 
who,  as  we  learn  from  the  dedication, 
shared  with  Thriphis  the  honours  of 
the  sanctuary.  We  also  ascertain 
another  very  important  fact  from  this 
inscription,  that  the  deity,  who  has 
been  called  Priapus  and  Mendes,  is 
in  reality  the  Pan  of  Egypt,  his 
6gure  being  represented  on  the  same 
face  of  the  stone  with  the  dedication ; 
which  accords  very  well  with  the  de- 
scription of  the  deity  of  Panopolis, 
given  by  Stephanus  of  Byzantium. 
On  the  soffit  is  a  circle  divided  into 
twelve  compartments,  probably  astro- 
nomical; but  these,  as  well  as  the 
figures  on  the  neighbouring  block, 
are  nearly  all  defaced. 

These  are,  doubtless,  the  remains 
of   the   fine  temple  mentioned    by 


Aboolfeda,  which  he  reckons  among 
the  most  remarkable  in  Egypt,  as 
well  for  the  size  of  the  stones  used  in 
its  construction,  as  for  the  profusion 
of  subjects  sculptured  upon  them. 

Vestiges  of  other  ruins  are  met  with 
some  distance  beyond,  which  may 
prolNU>ly  have  belonged  to  the  temple 
of  Perseus ;  but  a  few  imperfect 
sculptures  are  all  that  now  remain, 
and  it  is  with  difficulty  we  can  trace 
on  its  scattered  fragments  the  name 
of  Ptolemy,  the  son  of  Auletes,  and 
that  of  the  Emperor  Domitian.  There 
are  also  the  names  ofThoth- 
mes  III.,  and  of  the  queen 
of  one  of  the  old  Pha- 
raohs*, probably  Amun- 
mai-Pouee,  of  the  twenty- 
first  dynasty. 

The  inscription  of  Trajan  is  im- 
perfectly preserved,  but  sufficient  re- 
mains to  enable  us  to  restore  nearly 
the  whole.  That  which  remains  is  as 
follows :  — 

,  ,  ,  fH  Kmur,  .  tm9W  2iC»mv  Tt^puumm 

Atuummt 

mm  rw  rwrnr  •  •  •  Hmn  ^tm  fuytt^ 
TtCtMt  KKmuiiH  TiCt^mt  K  . .'.    mn   iatg 

«M>  tttxuXm^xnz^rtif . . .  qr  T(«f«8«  mmt 

Tlmftt  3i«N)  fuyttrtn 
ir< .  . . .  iw  ...  M  ... .  rmfx*^  Atymntu 
f;({«n  TV  if>M 

vvMTlAwVir  9l 
IB  A«T«K^«v«f  «f  ...  Ml  ZiC«rr«v  Fif  ^mnpijmv 

Atuummt  Hmx*n  *9 

M.  Letronne  has  restored  the  in- 
scription in  the  following  manner  :•— 

■vw  ZtCMtfTW  Tt^ftmttmmt  Atuun^y 
umi  rtu  vm9TH  [«vtw  tmrnt]  IIsvi  J^f«* 

TiCtftH  KXmvitH  TtCt^ttu  miKmiuiim/. ..]  mH 

[ Ar«l  xm  «txiAi«f x*"**^**  *[*'  vC^iwDw 

T{i^)«r  tutt  II«r«f  ^un  fuytrrtn  r* 
[IIC«ffvA«rl  im  [Ai»s]i«v  [S«vAr<x4«ii   24fu«v 

v«v  SiCsrtw  Vi^Mut»mt  £kmtuM0u  Tim.x't  «9 

"  [For  the  welfare  of  the  Empelror  Cciar 

tNerva    Tri^]anus    Aiiguitui    Oennanicut 
>«clciM,  and  all  hb  [nmilyl  to  the  very 
great  God  Pan,  Tiberiiu  Claudiut  ApoHina. 
ria.  of  the  tribe  of  Quirloa,  ton  of  Tiberiai. 
CCiaudiu   Nero  F]  of  the  ea-miHUry  tri. 
r  4 


320 


ROUTE  23. — OSIOOT  TO  GIRGEH. 


Sectm. 


bunM,  [director  (oftbe  temple)  of]  Thriphif 
and  of  Pan,  the  very  great  Deitiet  {raiud 
this  propyUml  under  [Luciut  Sulpicius 
Simiui]  prefect  of  Egypt.  He  began  the 
work  {at  the  atpeuae  qfthe  state)  and  finished 
it  {at  his  own)  in  the  year  12  of  the  Emperor 
C«sar  Nerva  Trajanua  Augiwtui  Germani- 
cus  Dacicus.tbe  19th  of  Pachon.** 

His  suggestion  of  the  word  irpo- 
<rrcm}s  in  the  fourth  line  is  fully  con- 
firmed by  the  inscription  I  found  at 
Athribis ;  and  he  is  doubtless  correct 
in  his  restoration  of  the  name  of  the 
prnfect  Lucius  Sulpicius  Simius ; 
ivho  appears  from  an  inscription  I 
copied  near  the  quarries  of  Gebel 
Fate^reh,  in  the  eastern  desert,  to 
have  been  governor  of  £gypt  about 
the  time  this  monument  was  erected. 
There  are,  however,  some  points  in 
which  I  differ  from  the  learned  §avani, 
and  which  I  mention  in  order  that 
tliose  who  visit  the  spot,  and  are  in- 
terested in  the  subject,  may  decide 
respecting  them. 

It  is  important  to  ascertain — 1. 
In  the  first  line,  how  many  letters 
should  come  before  the  poi  Kot; ;  and 
how  many  between  these  last  and 
tavov  Sc/Scurrov.  2.  In  the  third  line 
how  many  letters  should  come  be- 
tween TtSepiov  K  . .  .  and  uvos,  and 
if  it  is  Kovptvai  or  Kaviptya.  S.  In 
the  fourth  line  are  there  any  letters 
wanting  before  rwy  at  the  beginning? 
4.  In  the  fifth  line,  to  look  if  the 
word  TpoiruKov  can  come  before  ciri ; 
if  the  name  is  Lucius  Sulpicius  Simius, 
and  if  iroicit' comes  aAer  €pyov.  5.  In 
the  sixth  line,  if  SvycTcAcircr  9c  stood 
alone,  and  was  or  was  not  preceded 
and  followed  by  other  letters  (for  I 
think  it  was  alone);  and  if  it  is 
(rurcrcAeo'oi'  5c  or  avprrtXttrty  5c.  6. 
How  many  letters  should  come  be- 
tween poa  and  ov  Se/Bcurrov,  and  if  the 
date  ader  Tlaxo^t^  is  lO  or  u  in  line  7. 

It  is  with  great  deference  that  I 
offer  any  opinion  diflTering  in  the 
least  from  such  an  authority  as  M. 
Letronne,  but  it  appears  to  me  that 
tlie  words  he  supplies  at  the  begin- 
ning and  end  of  the  fifth  line,  as  well 
as  the  TO  wponXop,  are  not  authorised 
by  the  appearance  of  the  block  itself. 


and  that  this  part  points  out  the  time 
when  Tiberius  Claudius  **  b^pan  the 
work,'*  which  he  "  finished  in  the 
12th  year  of  the  Emperor.** 

The  superstitions  of  the  natives 
have  ascribed  the  same  properties  to 
this  stone,  and  to  another  in  the  tomb 
of  a  female  shekh,  called  Bir  el  Ab- 
bad,  which  the  statues  of  the  god  of 
generation,  the  patron  deity  of  Pano- 
polis,  were  formerly  believed  to  have 
possessed ;  and  the  modern  women  of 
Ekhmim,  with  similar  hopes  and 
equal  credulity,  offer  their  vows  to 
these  relics,  for  a  numerous  offspring. 
Many  blocks  and  fragments  of  statues 
in  other  parts  of  Egypt  are  supposed 
to  be  endowed  with  the  same  pro- 
perty ;  but  the  population  of  the 
country  is  still  on  the  decline. 

To  the  N.  E.  of  the  temple  of  Pan, 
I  observed  a  fragment  of  red  granite, 
which,  from  the  two  winged  globes, 
one  over  the  other,  was  evidently  part 
of  a  monolithic  temple  or  cage,  simi- 
lar to  tliat  at  Antsopolis;  but  I 
could  find  no  traces  of  the  triumphal 
arch  of  Nero  mentioned  by  Bruce. 

According  to  Strabo,  Panopolis  was 
a  very  ancient  city,  and  the  inhabi- 
tants were  fiimous  as  linen  manufac- 
turers and  workers  in  stone;  nor 
were  they,  if  we  may  believe  Hero- 
dotus, so  much  prejudiced  against 
the  manners  of  the  Greeks,  as  the  rest 
of  the  Egyptians.  The  people  of 
Chemmis,  says  the  historian  of  Hali- 
carnassus,  are  the  only  Egyptians, 
who  are  not  remarkable  **for  their 
abhorrence  of  Greek  customs.  Chem  - 
mis  is  a  large  city  of  the  Thebaid, 
near  Neapolis,  where  there  is  a  temple 
of  Perseus,  the  son  of  Danae.  Tliis 
temple  is  of  a  square  form,  and  sur- 
rounded by  palm  trees.  It  has  stone 
propyla  of  considerable  sixe,  upon 
which  are  two  large  statues;  and 
within  the  sacred  circuit  stands  the 
sanctuary,  having  in  it  an  image  of 
Perseus.  For  the  Chemmites  say 
that  Perseus  has  often  appeared  in 
their  country,  and  even  within  the 
temple,  and  his  sandal  was  once  fount! 


U.  Egypt. 


ROUTE   23.  —  EKHMIH. 


321 


there,  2  cubits  in  length.  They  also 
state  that  bis  appearance  was  always 
looked  upon  as  a  great  blessing,  be- 
ing followed  by  the  prosperous  con- 
dition of  the  whole  of  Egypt.  They 
celebrate  gymnastic  games  in  hb 
honour,  in  the  manner  of  the  Greeks, 
at  which  they  contend  for  prizes,  con- 
sisting of  cattle,  cloaks,  and  skins. 

*'  On  inqtiiring  why  Perseus  was 
in  the  habit  of  appearing  to  them 
alone,  and  why  they  differed  from  the 
rest  of  the  Egyptians  in  having  gym- 
nastic games,  they  replied  that  Per- 
seus was  a  native  of  their  city,  and 
that  Danaus  and  Lynceus,  being 
Chemmites,  emigrated  into  Greece. 
They  then  showed  me  the  genealogy 
of  tliose  2  persons,  bringing  it  down 
to  Perseus ;  and  stated  that  the  latter 
having  come  to  Egypt  for  the  same 
reason  given  by  the  Greeka,  to  carry 
off  the  head  of  the  Gorgon  from 
Libya,  visited  their  country  and  re- 
cognised  all  his  relations.  They  ad- 
ded that  when  he  came  to  Egypt  he 
knew  the  name  of  Chemmis  from  bis 
motlier;  and  the  games  were  cele- 
brated in  compliance  with  his  wishea." 

This  tale  doubtless  originated  in 
the  credulity  of  the  Greeks,  and  in 
their  endeavour  to  trace  resemblances 
in  other  religions  with  the  deities  or 
personages  of  their  own  mythology ; 
or,  if  a  umilar  story  were  really  told 
to  the  historian  by  the  Egyptians 
themselves,  it  could  only  have  been 
fabricated  by  that  crafty  people,  to 
flatter  the  vanity  of  Greek  strangers, 
whose  inquiries  alone  would  suflice 
to  show  the  readiest  mode  of  prac- 
tising such  a  deception.  Perseus 
was  no  more  an  Egyptian  deity  than 
Macedo ;  and  it  is  still  a  matter  of 
doubt  to  what  deities  in  the  Egyptian 
Pantheon  these  two  names  are  to  be 
referred. 

The  notion  of  the  great  antiquity 
of  Panopolis  seems  to  have  been  tra- 
ditionally maintained  even  to  the 
times  of  the  Moslems ;  and  Leo  Afri- 
canus  considers  it  <*  the  oldest  city  of 
all  Egypt,"  having,  as  he  supposes, 


'*  been  founded  by  Ekhmim,  the  son 
of  Misraim,  the  offspring  of  Cush, 
the  son  of  Ham.**  It  seems  to  have 
suffered  much  at  the  period  of  the 
Arab  conquest ;  and  to  such  an  ex- 
tent was  the  fury  of  the  invaders  car- 
ried against  this  devoted  city,  that 
**  notliing  was  left  of  its  buildings  but 
their  foundations  and  ruined  walls, 
and  all  the  columns  and  stones  of  any 
size  were  carried  to  the  other  side  of 
the  river,  and  used  in  the  embellish  • 
ment  of  Mensh^eh. 

In  Pococke's  time  Ekhmim  was 
the  residence  of  a  powerful  chief, 
who  took  from  it  the  title  of  em^r  or 
prince  of  Ekhmim.  His  family, 
which  was  originally  from  Barbary, 
established  itself  here  three  or  four 
generations  before,  and  obtained  from 
the  Sultan  the  government  of  this 
part  of  the  country,  upon  condition 
of  paying  an  annual  tribute.  But 
their  name  and  influence  have  now 
ceased,  and,  like  the  Hawilra  Arabs, 
once  so  well  known  in  these  districts, 
the  princes  of  Ekhmim  are  only 
known  from  the  accounts  of  old  tra- 
vellers, and  the  traditions  of  the 
people.  They  show  their  tombs,  with 
those  of  their  slaves;  and  in  the 
cemetery,  near  the  ruins,  is  the  tomb 
of  the  patron  of  tlie  town,  Shekh 
Abou'l  K&sim.  Boats,  ostrich  eggs, 
and  inscriptions  are  hung  up  within 
it  as  ezvotos  to  the  saint;  and  a  tree 
within  the  holy  precincts  is  studded 
with  nails,  driven  into  it  by  persons 
suffering  from  illness,  in  the  hopes  of 
a  cure.  Near  this  is  the  tomb  of 
Btr  el  Abbad,  above  mentioned.  It 
was  at  Ekhmim  that  Nestorius,  afler 
16  yean*  exile,  ended  his  days,  and 
was  buried  in  the  middle  of  the  5th 
century. 

Pococke  speaks  of  some  convents 
near  Ekhmim,  one  called  *'of  the 
Martyrs,**  mentioned  by  the  Arab 
historian  Macrizt,  and  another  about 
two  miles  further  in  a  wild  valley, 
which  is  composed  of  grottoes  in  the 
rock,  and  a  brick  chapel  covered  with 
Coptic  inscriptions.  Near  this  is  a. 
r  5 


322 


BOUTE  23.  —  OSIOOT   TO  GIRGEH. 


Sect.  m. 


rude  beaten  path,  leading  to  what 
appears  to  have  been  the  abode  of  a 
hermit.  Pococke  calls  the  spot  Ain- 
elaham,  and  supposes  the  well  or 
spring  there  to  be  the  only  one  whose 
water  does  not  come  from  the  Nile. 
He  also  mentions  seyeral  grottoes  to 
the  west  of  the  village  of  £1  Gour- 
ney,  some  of  which,  in  his  time, 
retained  traces  of  ancient  paintings. 
The  valley  he  alludes  to  is  doubtless 
the  Wadee  el  A  in  ("valley  of  the 
spring " ),  between  three  and  four 
miles  to  the  N.  £.  of  Ekhmim, 
in  which  are  a  spring  of  water  and 
grottoes,  and  on  the  south  of  its 
mouth  an  old  road  leading  over  the 
mountains.  Close  to  this  is  a  mo- 
dem pass  called  Nukb  el  K6lee, 
which  crosses  the  mountains,  and 
descends  again  into  the  valley,  in  the 
district  of  Sberg  Weled  Yiibia,  nearly 
opposite  Barddes. 

Behind  the  village  of  Howaweesh 
are  other  grottoes;  and  three  miles 
above  Ekhmim,  are  the  vestiges  of 
an  ancient  town,  probably  Thomu. 
The  remains  there  consist  of  mounds 
and  crude-brick. 

Thomu  should  be  the  place  called 
in  Coptic  Tbmoui  m  Paneheou ;  but 
M.  Champollion  endeavours  to  show 
from  a  Copt  MS.  that  it  was  an 
island  on  the  western  side  of  the  Nile, 
opposite  Ekhmim ;  and  its  name, 
«  the  island  of  the  place  of  cattle," 
argues  that  it  was  not  on  the  main 
land,  if  even  it  could  be  to  the  east 
of  Panopolis.  Thomu,  however,  is 
placed  by  the  Itinerary  on  the  east 
bank,  four  miles  above  Panopolis, 
and  therefore  agrees  with  the  position 
of  these  mounds. 

Some  other  places  are  mentioned 
in  the  Coptic  MSS.  as  having  existed 
in  the  vicinity  of  Ekhmim ;  but  of 
their  exact  position  nothing  is  satis- 
factorily known.  These  'are  Pleuit, 
ShenalolSt,  and  Tsmine,  the  first  of 
which  appears  to  have  been  an  an- 
cient town  of  some  consequence ;  the 
second,  from  its  name,  a  village  with 
many  vineyards  in  its  neighbourhood) 


and   in  the    last  was    a    monastery 
founded  by  St.  Pachomius. 

Meniheeh  has  extensive  mounds, 
but  the  only  vestiges  of  masonry  con- 
sist in  a  stone  quay,  on  the  east  side 
of  the  town.  It  stands  on  a  small 
branch  of  the  Nile,  which  was  pro- 
bably once  the  main  stream.  By  the 
Copts  it  is  called  Psoi,  and  some- 
times in  Arabic  MSS.  El  Monshat,as 
well  as  Mensh^eh.  It  is  supposed  to 
occupy  the  site  of  Ptolemais  Hermit ; 
which,  according  to  Strabo,  was  the 
largest  town  in  the  Thebaid,  and  not 
inferior  to  Memphis.  But  neither  its 
original  extent,  nor  that  of  any  city 
in  Upper  Egypt,  except  Thebes 
itself,  can  justify  this  assertion  of  the 
geographer.  He  even  gives  it  a  po- 
litical system,  on  the  Greek  model ; 
which,  if  true,  may  refer  to  some 
change  in  its  government,  after  it  had 
been  rebuilt,  and  had  received  the 
name  of  Ptolema'is  ;  for  it  doubtless 
succeeded  to  a  more  ancient  city,  and 
Ptolemy  calls  it  the  capital  of  the 
Thinite  nome.  Leo  Africanus  says 
it  was  '*  badly  built,  with  narrow 
streets,  and  so  dusty  in  summer,  that 
no  one  could  walk  out  on  a  windy 
day.  The  neighbourhood,  however, 
was  famous  for  abundance  of  corn 
and  cattle.  It  was  once  possessed  by 
a  certain  African  prince  from  the 
Barbary  coast,  called  Howira,  whose 
predecessors  obtained  the  principality 
of  that  name,  of  which  they  were 
deprived  within  our  recollection  by 
Soliman,  the  ninth  Sultan  of  the 
Turks." 

On  the  east  bank,  at  the  northern 
extremity  of  the  mountain,  opposite 
Girgeh,  called  by  some  Gebel  Tookb, 
are  the  ruins  of  an  old  town,  about  a 
mile  above  Lahiiwa. 

Gtergeht  or  Girgeh,  in  Pococke'a' 
time  the  capital  of  Upper  Egypt, 
still  claims,  from  its  extent  and  popu- 
lation, the  second  rank,  after  Ostoot; 
but  it  has  not  succeeded  to  any  an- 
cient town  of  note,  and  from  its  name 
it  is  easy  to  perceive  that  it  is  of 
Christian  origin.     When  visited  by 


V.  Egypt        ROUTE  23.  —  qibgeh  to  abydus. 


323 


Pococke  and  Norden,  it  was  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  from  the  river;  but  it  is 
now  on  the  bank,  and  part  of  it  has 
already  been  washed  away  by  the 
stream.  This  is  one  of  many  proofs 
of  the  great  changes  that  have  taken 
place  in  the  course  of  the  Nile  within 
a  few  years,  and  fully  accounts  for 
certain  towns,  now  on  the  river,  being 
laid  down  by  ancient  geographers  in 
an  inland  position. 

At  Girgeh  there  is  a  Latin  convent 
or  monastery,  the  superior  of  which  is 
an  Italian.  It  is  the  oldest  Roman 
Catholic  establishment  now  in  Egypt, 
those  of  Ekhmiro,  Farshoot,  and 
Tahta,  being  tlie  next  in  order  of 
antiquity.  That  of  Neg&deh  was  the 
most  ancient.  It  was  not  from  a 
Latin  but  from  a  Copt  convent  that 
Girgeh  received  its  name,  and  Girgis, 
or  George,  as  is  well  known,  is  the 
patron  saint  of  the  Egyptian  Chris- 
tians. Leo  Africanus  tells  us  that 
**  Girgeh  was  formerly  the  largest 
and  most  opulent  monastery  of 
Christians,  called  after  St.  George, 
and  inhabited  by  upwards  of  200 
monks,  who  possessed  much  land  in 
the  neighbourhood.  They  supplied 
food  to  all  travellers;  and  so  great 
was  the  amount  of  their  revenues, 
that  tliey  annually  sent  a  large  sum 
to  the  patriarch  of  Cairo,  to  be  dis- 
tribuled  among  the  poor  of  their  own 
persuasion.  About  a  hundred  years 
ago,  a  dreadful  plague  afilicted 
Egypt,  and  carried  off  all  the  monks 
of  Uiis  conventj  wherefore  the  prince 
of  M ensh^eh  surrounded  the  building 
with  a  strong  wall,  and  erected  houses 
within,  for  the  abode  of  various  work- 
men and  shopkeepers.  In  process  of 
time,  however,  the  patriarch  of  the 
Jacobites  (or  Copts  j  having  made  a 
representation  to  the  Sultan,  he  gave 
orders  tlutt  another  monastery  should 
be  built  on  the  spot,  where  an  ancient 
city  formerly  stood,  and  assigned  to  it 
only  a  sufficient  revenue  to  enable 
it  to  maintain  thirty  monks. 


SXCUBStON  FROM  OXRGBH    TO  ABTDUS. 

If  the  traveller  intends  to  visit 
Abydugf  in  going  up  the  Nile,  he  will 
do  well  to  hire  asses  at  Girgeh,  and 
ride  over  to  the  ruins,  which  will 
occupy  tiiree  hours.  To  save  time, 
his  boat  may  be  sent  on  to  Bellianeh, 
or  to  Samata,  with  orders  to  wait 
there  until  he  joins  it  in  the  evening. 
From  Abydus  to  Bellianeh  is  a  ride 
of  two  hours.  For  the  same  reason, 
if  he  visits  the  ruins  on  his  return,  he 
may  start  from  Samata,  or  from 
Bellianeh,  and  rejoin  his  boat  at 
Girgeh  ;  and  if  be  intends  to  use  his 
pencil,  or  make  notes  of  the  sculptures 
there,  he  had  better  start  early  in  the 
morning,  and  have  the  day  before 
him.  The  distance  from  the  rfver  to 
Abydus  is  reckoned  by  Pliny  al^  1\ 
Roman  miles,  which  is  the  same  as 
from  Abydus  to  the  modem  village  of 
Samata.  Near  this  spot  was  probably 
the  mouth  of  the  canal,  mentioned  by 
Strabo,  which  led  from  the  river  to 
that  ancient  city,  passing,  as  does  tlie 
road  at  the  present  day,  through  a 
grove  of  acanthus  or  acacia  trees. 

In  the  plain  between  Girgeh  and 
Abydus  is  the  town  of  BardSett  well 
known  in  the  time  of  the  Memlooks, 
and  which  gave  the  title  El  Bard^see 
to  one  of  the  principal  beys,  hence 
called  Osman  Bey  el  Bard^esee. 
Farther  to  the  S.  W.  is  a  town  with 
old  mounds,  called  El  Beerbeh  —  a 
name  taken  from  the  Coptic  Perpe, 
**  the  temple,**  and  commonly  applied 
to  ancient  buildings.  Some  suppose 
it  marks  the  site  of  Tliis,  which  the 
geographer  says  was  in  the  vicinity  of 
Abydus. 

The  modern  name  of  Abydug  is 
Jr^bai  el  MatfoSn  (i.  e.  "  the 
buried  ** ),  in  Coptic  Eb6t.  Its  ruins 
are  on  a  grand  scale,  and  (^  consider- 
able antiquity,  dating  in  the  time  of 
Osirei  I. ,  and  his  son,  the  Great  Re- 
raeses.  They  consist  of  two  grand 
edifices;  and  these,  with  the  eitent 
of  the  ruins  of  tlie  city,  evince  the 
importance  of   Abydus,  and    show 

r  6 


324 


BOUTE  23. — GIBGEn  TO  ABTDUS. 


Sect.  ILL 


that  it  yielded  to  few  cidte  of  Upper 
Egypt   in    lice    and    magnificence. 
Strabo  indeed  says,  that  though  in  bis 
time  reducedlto  the  state  of  a  small 
village,  it  had  formerly  held  the  first 
rank  next  to  Thebes :  but  this  remark 
of  the  geographer  applies  more  par- 
ticularly to  the  consequence  it  enjoyed 
from  being  considered  the  burying- 
place  of  Osiris.     «  There  arc  many 
places,"  says   Plutarch,  "where  his 
corpse  is  said  to  have  been  deposited ; 
but  Abyclus  and  Memphis  are  men- 
tioned  in  particular,  as  having  the 
true  body;  and   for  this  reason  the 
rich  and  powerful  of  the  Egyptians 
are  desirous  of  being  buried  in  the 
former  of  these  cities,  in  order  to  lie,- 
as  it  were,  in  the  same  grave  as  Osiris 
himself."     And  of  the  other  places, 
wMch  were  **  reputed  to  be  the  real 
sepulchres,  Busiris,  Philie,  and  Tapo- 
siris*'  had,  according  to  the    same 
author,  the  principal  claims.  Indeed, 
the  fact  mentioned  by   Plutarch  is 
fully  confirmed  by  modern  discoveries 
at  Abydus,  where  inscriptions  pur- 
porting that  the  deceased  were  brought 
from  some  distant  part  of  the  country 
to  be  buried  there,  are  frequently 
found  within  its  extensive  cemetery  ; 
and  the  bodies  are  said  to  be  ticketed 
with  the  name  of  the  king  in  whose 
reign  they  lived.     The  tombs  are  of 
various  dates,  many  of  the  early  time 
of  the  16th,  17th,  and  18th  dynasties ; 
and  several  curious  stelsB  have  been 
found   in  them,  of  excellent  work- 
manship, and  of  great  interest. 

Of  the  two  large  edifices  above 
alluded  to,  one,  according  to  Strabo, 
was  called  the  **  palace  of  M emnon» " 
liut  it  was  in  reality  commenced  by 
Osirei,  and  completed  by  his  son, 
Remeses  the  Great.  From  its  pecu- 
liar construction  and  plan,  it  is  par- 
ticularly interesting,  and  in  the  style 
of  its  roof  it  is  singular  among 
Egyptian  monuments.  This  last  is 
formed  of  large  blocks  of  stone,  ex- 
tending from  one  architrave  to  the 
other;  not,  as  usual  in  Egyptian 
buildings,  on  their  faces,  but  on  their 


sides ;  so  that  considerable  thickm 
having  been  given  to  the  roof,  a  vault 
was  afterwards  cut  into  it  without 
endangering  its  solidity.  The  whole 
has  been  covered  with  hieroglyphics 
and  sculptures,  beautifully  coloured ; 
and  on  the  ceiling  are  the  ovals  of  the 
king,  with  stars,  and  transverse  bands 
containing  hieroglyphics.  The  capi- 
tals are  in  the  forin  of  the  lotus,  or 
rather  of  the  papyrus,  bud ;  and  the 
roof  is  of  sandstone,  probably  from 
the  quarries  of  Silsilis.  This  build- 
ing is  now  nearly  buried  in  the  sand ; 
but  the  part  formerly  seen  consisted 
of  two  halls  supported  by  columns, 
communicating  with  each  other  by  a 
door  at  one  end  of  each  of  its  avenues 
or  colonnades. 

The  other  building  to  the  north  of 
this  is  the  famous  temple  of  Osiris, 
who  was  worshipped  at  Abydus  in 
his  most  sacred  character,  and  re- 
ceived from  it  one  of  his  most  usual 
titles, "  Lord  of  EboC— the  Egyptian 
name  of  that  city.  It  was  completed 
by  Remeses  the  Great,  who  enriched 
it  with  a  splendid  sanctuary,  rendered 
unusually  conspicuous  from  the  ma- 
terials of  its  walls,  which  were  lined 
throughout  with  oriental  alabaster. 
He  also  added  to  the  numerous  cham- 
bers and  courts  many  elegant  and 
highly  finished  sculptures;  and  on 
the  wall  of  one  of  the  lateral  apart* 
ments  the  famous  tablet,  a  list  of 
kings,  was  sculptured  by  his  order. 

This  important  record  contains  a 
series  of  k  i  ngs'  names,  the  predecessors 
of  Remeses  the  Great ;  but,  unfortu- 
nately, the  commencement  has  been 
broken  away,  so  that  the  order  of 
succession  of  the  earliest  Pharaohs  la 
still  a  desideratum — the  more  to  be 
regretted,  as  few  monuments  remun 
of  that  remote  period.  It  is,  bow- 
ever,  satisfactory  to  find  this  list  fully 
accords  with  the  date  and  order  of 
the  names  on  the  existing  monu- 
ments, and  with  those  given  at  the 
Memnonium  of  Thebea.  It  waa 
first  discovered  by  Mr.  Bankes  in 
1818 ;  and  having  been  carried  away 


U.  Egypt        BOUTE  24.  —  gibgeh  to  keneh. 


325 


by  M.  Mimaut,  the  French  con- 
sul general,  and  sold  in  Paris,  is 
now  deposited  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum. 

Strabo  pretends  that  no  singer, 
flute-player,  or  minstrel,  was  allowed 
io  be  present  at  the  rites  performed 
in  the  temple  of  Osiris  at  Abydus, 
though  customary  at  those  of  other 
deities;  but  it  is  probable  that  the 
prohibition  was  confined  to  some 
particular  occasions,  without  extend- 
ing to  all  the  ceremonies  practised 
there  in  his  honour.  The  reservoir 
mentioned  by  the  geographer,  which 
was  cased  with  large  stones,  may 
perhaps  be  traced  on  the  east  of 
the  ancient  town ;  and  it  was  to 
tliis  that  a  canal  brought  the  water 
from  the  Nile,  passing,  as  does  th6 
present  canal,  through  the  grove 
of  Acanthus,  which  was  sacred  to 
Apollo. 

From  Abydus,  also  (as  in  Strabo*s 
time),  a  road  leads  to  the  Great 
Oasis,  ascending  tlie  Libyan  cliain 
of  mountains  nearly  due  west  of  the 
town.  Another  road  runs  to  the 
same  Oasis  from  El  Kalaat,  a  village 
further  to  the  south  of  Samhood, 
which  is  the  one  taken  by  those  who 
go  from  and  to  Farshoot,  and  other 
places  in  this  part  of  the  valley ;  the 
ascent  and  descent  being  so  much 
more  easy  than  by  the  mountain 
road,  or  path,  to  the  west  of  Abydus. 
See  RouU  18.   StcL  II 

The  cemetery  is  to]  the  northward, 
where  several  steliB  have  been  found 
of  the  time  of  Osirtasen,  and  other 
early  Pharaohs;  and  some  blocks 
present  the  ovals  of  the  Great  Re- 
meses,  and  others  that  of  the  Ethi- 
opian Sabaco. 

At  the  projecting  corner  of  the 
mountain,  to  the  north-west,  are 
limestone  quarries,  and  an  inclined 
road  leading  to  a  shaft  or  narrow 
grottOi  some  way  up,  in  the  face  of 
the  rock,  which  is  in  an  unfinished 
state,  and  without  sculpture. 


ROUTE  84. 


GiaCXH   TO    KINBH. 

Miles. 
Girgeh  to  How  (E.)      -         -     35 
Keneh  (£.)  (on  opposite  bank 
Dendera)  •         -         -     29 

"64" 

Bettianeh  has  succeeded  to  an  old 
town,  whose  mounds  mark  its  site. 
Its  Coptic  name  is  Tpouran&  On 
the  opposite,  or  eastern,  bank,  stood 
LepidotutHt  so  called  from  the  worship 
of  the  fish  Lepidotus :  but  its  exact 
position  is  unknown,  though  a  place 
of  some  size  and  importance,  and 
mentioned  by  Ptolemy  as  one  of  the 
large  cities  of  Egypt. 

Samhoodj  inland  on  the  west  bank, 
occupies  the  site  of  an  ancient  town, 
called  in  Coptic  Scmhoout,  or  Psen- 
hoout;  for  though  placed  more  to 
the  north  in  the  Coptic  MSS.,  it  \% 
evident  this  name  can  only  apply  to 
the  modem  town  of  Samhood,  whose 
mounds  sufficiently  indicate  its  anti- 
quity. About  the  district  of  Sherg 
el  Khay4m,  the  Nile  makes  a  con- 
siderable bend,  but  resumes  its  gene- 
ral course,  about  north  and  south, 
near  £1  Hamra. 

Farahoaty  inland  to  the  west  from 
the  district  of  £1  Kilh,  is  a  large  town, 
called  in  Celtic  Bershoout.  It  is 
the  residence  of  a  laamoor,  or  pro- 
vincial governor,  and  was  formerly  a 
town  of  consequence,  but  has  greatly 
fallen  off  within  the  last  few  years,  as 
well  in  size  as  in  the  number  of  its 
inhabitants.  Many  of  the  houses  are 
in  a  ruinous  state,  and  quite  deserted ; 
and  of  late  it  has  only  been  renuirk- 
able  as  the  head-quarters  of  the 
Nizdm,  or  new  troops  of  Mohammed 
Ali,  the  native  portion  of  the  army 
having  been  first  drilled  here  in  1821 
and  1822. 

In  Pococke^s  time,  Farshoot  was 
the  residence  of  the  great  shekh,  who 
governed  nearly  the  whole  country 


326 


ROUTE   24. — OmGEH  TO  KEKEH. 


Sect.  m. 


on  the  west  bank;  but  be  had  already 
lost  much  of  his  authority,  and  had 
great  diflBculty  in  collecting  his  re> 
venues. 

*'  The  present  inhabitants  of  this 
district,"  says  Mr.  Hamilton,  "  are 
descendants  of  the  How&ra  tribe  of 
Arabs.      This  warlike  race  had -for 
several  years  been  in  the  undisturbed 
possession  of  the  soil,  and  enjoyed, 
under  the  government  of  their  own 
shekhs,  the  independent  tributaries  of 
the  pasha  of  Cairo,  as  much  happi- 
ness and  security  as  has  for  many 
centuries  fallen  to  tlie  lot  of  any  of 
the  provinces  of  the  Turkish  empire. 
They  lost  their  independence  under 
their  last  shekh,  Hammam,  who  with 
an  army,  said  to  have  consisted  of 
36,000  horsemen,    was  entirely  de> 
feated  by  Mohammed  Bey."      The 
family  still  remain,  but  they  are  now 
like  the  other  peasants. 

The  How&ra  were  always  famed 
for  their  skill  in  breeding  and  manag- 
ing horses ;  the  name  How&ree,  like 
Far^s,  signifies  a  "horseman,**  and 
is  still  applied  to  the  native  riding- 
masters  and  horsebreakers  of  Egypt. 
The  How4ra  breed  of  dogs  was  not 
less  noted  in  Upper  Egypt  than  that 
of  the  horses  ;  some  of  which  are  still 
found    about    Erment,   BairAt,   and 
other  places,  mostly  used  for  guard- 
ing sheep ;  and  their  rough,  black, 
wire-haired   coats,   their   fierce  eye, 
their  siae,  and  their  courage,  in  which 
they  so  widely  differ  from  the  cow. 
ardly  fox-dog  of  Egypt,  sufficiently 
distinguish  them  from  all  other  breeds 
of  the  country.     Nor  have  the  people 
the  same  prejudice  against  dogs  as  in 
Lower  Egypt;   and  indeed  the  in- 
habitants of  the  Saeed  have  generally 
much  fewer  scruples  on  this  point 
than  other  Moslems,  being  mostly  of 
the  sect  of  Miilekee,  who  view  the 
dog  with  more  indulgent  feelings. 

Some  of  the  fancies  of  the  Moslems 
respecting  what  is  clean  and  unclean 
are  amusingly  ridiculous,  and  not  the 
least  those  respecting  dogs.  Three 
of  the  sects  consider  its  contact  de» 


files ;  the  other,  the  Milekee,  fesrs 
only  to  touch  its  nose,  or  its  hair  if 
wet;  and  tales  about  the  testimony 
of  dogs  and  cats,  against  man  in  a 
future  state,  are  related  with  a  gravity 
proportionate  to  their  absurdity.  It 
is,  however,  not  surprising  that  the 
dogs  of  Egypt,  living  as  they  do  in 
the  dirty  streets,  and  feeding  upon 
any  offal  they  find,  should  be  con- 
sidered unclean ;  and  even  the  rigid 
H&nefee  overlooks  his  scruples  in 
favour  of  a  Kelb  Roomee,a  *'  Greek  '* 
or  **  European  dog,**  when  assured 
that  it  differs  in  its  habits  from  those 
of  his  own  country. 

The  next  town  or  tillage  of  any 
siae,  afler  Farshoot,  is  BajoSra,  and 
beyond,  at  the  southern  extremity 
of  the  bend  of  the  river,  is  How,  the 
ancient  Diospolis  Parva.  Here  the 
river  takes  a  very  long  curve;  and 
as  it  runs  from  Keneh  to  How,  its 
course  is  south-west,  so  that  the  for- 
mer stands  about  9'  of  latitude  more 
to  the  north  than  How,  though 
higher  up  the  stream.  A  similar 
deviation  from  its  course  does  not 
occur  again,  except  in  the  vicinity  of 
Dayr  in  Nubia,  and  at  the  great 
bend  of  the  river  above  Dongola, 
which  was  formerly  called  the  tepcmfn 
or  elbows  of  the  Nile. 

At  Howt  in  Coptic  Hd,  Hou,  or 
Ano,  are  the  ruins  ot  Diotpolu  Parvtu 
Behind  the  modem  town  appear  the 
vestiges  of  a  sandstdne  temple  of  late 
date,  either  FtolemaSc  or  Roman; 
probably  the  former,  as  I  observed 
on  a  stone  amidst  the  mounds  the 
name  of  Ptolemy  Epiphanes.  Near 
it  appears  to  have  been  a  reservoir  or 
lake  of  water,  now  only  marked  by 
a  depression  in  the  ground;  and 
little  remains  of  the  city  but  the  usual 
mounds  and  heaps  of  broken  bricks. 
About  a  mile  to  the  south,  at  the 
edge  of  the  desert,  are  other  mounds 
and  the  remains  of  buildings,  of 
which  the  most  remarkable  is  the 
tomb  of  one  Dionysius,  the  son  of  a 
certain  Ptolemy,  and  the  scribe  of 
king  Ptolemy.    It  is  built  of  hewn 


U.  Egypt. 


BOUTE  24.  —  HOW  —  KASR  e'  StXi). 


327 


stone,  and  consists  of  a  set  of  upper 
and  underground  chambers,  whose 
walls  are  covered  with  sculptures. 
They  principally  represent  judgment 
scenes  and  other  funeral  subjects. 
At  the  centre  of  the  inner  wall  of  the 
upper  chamber  is  a  niche,  within 
which  stands  Osiris,  with  a  hawk's 
head  and  the  title  of  Sokari ;  and  on 
either  side  b  the  goddess  Isis  protect- 
ing him  with  outspread  wings,  and 
holding  in  each  hand  the  feather  of 
Truth.  At  one  side  of  this  niche  is 
a  judgment  scene,  in  which  Osiris, 
seated  on  his  throne  (with  the  four 
genii  of  Amenti  standing  on  a  lotus 
flower  before  him,  and  the  female 
Cerberus  at  the  door),  listens  to  the 
account  of  the  actions  of  the  deceased 
recorded  by  Thoth,  who  as  usual  re^ 
ports  to  the  judge  the  result  of  his 
trial.  Anubis  and  Horus  are  also 
present,  with  the  scales  of  Truth. 
On  the  other  side  of  the  niche,  Horus 
and  Anubis  introduce  the  individual 
to  Osiris,  Thoth  being  also  present. 

Many  other  subjects  occur  in  the 
same  chamber,  among  which  are  se- 
veral inferior  deities,  whose  offices  re- 
late to  Amenti,  or  "  the  lower  region ;  *' 
and  in  an  underground  room  b  a 
curious  representation  of  a  tomb, 
having  its  folding-doors  fastenad  by 
two  bolts.  The  tree  that  overshadows 
it  appears  to  be  the  sacred  tamarisk 
of  Osiris. 

At  Kaar  e*  Syadj  or  « the  sports- 
man*s  mansion,"  on  the  opposite  bank, 
are  the  mounds  of  the  ancient  Chino' 
ho$cwnj  in  Coptic,  SiiMa&L  The  only 
remains  of  masonry  consist  of  a  dila- 
pidated quay,  amidst  whose  ruins  is  a 
stone  bearing  a  Greek  inscription, 
apparently  of  the  time  of  Antoninus 
Pius ;  from  which  we  learn  that  the 
individual,  by  whose  order  it  was 
sculptured,  had  executed  some  work 
"at  his  own  expense;*'  perhaps  the 
quay  itself,  to  which  there  is  every 
appearance  of  its  having  once  be- 
longed. Another  block  has  part  of 
the  head-dress  and  hieroglyphics  of 
the  goddess  Isis, 


Chenoboscion  was  famous  for  its 
geese,  which  were  fed  there  in  great 
numbers ;  and  it  was  from  this  cir- 
cumstance that  it  borrowed  a  name 
which  was  probably  a  translation  of 
the  original  Egyptian. 

About  a  mile  beyond  the  eastern 
mouth  of  the  canal  of  Kasr  e'  Sy&d 
are  some  interesting  catacombs  of  a 
very  ancient  date,  near  the  high  road. 
Within  them  the  agricultural  and 
other  scenes  common  to  the  tombs  of 
Egypt  may  still  be  traced  on  the 
walb,  and  some  indeed  in  a  very 
good  state  of  preservation.  But  they 
are  particularly  remarkable  for  their 
antiquity,  which  may  vie  with  that  of 
any  other  catacomb  or  monument  in 
£gyP^  >f  ^®  except  the  pyramids 
and  the  tombs  in  their  vicinity.  The 
names,  three  of  which  are  placed  in 
chronological  order,  are  not  preceded 
by  royal  titles,  but  simply  by  the 
word  "priest."  I  have,  however, 
found  insUnces  of  the  same  elsewhere 
with  the  prefix  *'king.** 

The  isle  of  Tabenna  was  on  the 
west  bank,  between  Diospolis  Parva 
(How)  and  Tentyris.  In  Coptic  it 
was  called  Tabeniieci,  or  1  abniiese, 
the  last  part  of  which  recalls  the 
Greek  word  tmiaos,  ** island."  Cham- 
poll  ion  supposes  the  name  to  signify 
**  abounding  in  palm  trees,**  or  **  the 
place  of  flocks ;  **  and  the  termina- 
tion £$i  to  refer  to  the  goddess  Isis. 
In  Arabic  he  says  it  is  called  Gezee- 
ret  el  Gharb,  "the  isle  of  the  West.** 
It  was  here  that,  about  a.  d.  356, 
St.  Pachom  (Pachomius)  built  a 
monastery,  occupying  *<the  vacant 
island  of  Tabenne,**  as  Gibbon  says, 
with  "  1400  of  his  brethren.** 

Fow,  inland,  on  the  east  bank, 
marks  the  site  of  Bopos,  in  Coptic 
Phboou ;  and  the  ruins  of  Tentyris 
lie  about  half  a  mile  from  the  river 
on  the  other  side,  to  the  north  of  the 
modern  village  of  Dendera.  The 
only  thing  for  which  it  is  now  famous 
is  a  large  breed  of  fowls,  which,  as 
they  differ  so  much  from  others  on 
the  Nile,  may  claim  descent  from 


328 


ROUTE  24.  —  GIBGEH  TO  KENtH. 


Sectm. 


some  Indian  strangers  brought  there 
by  accident. 

Dendera,  —  The  name  of  Teiityrw, 
or  Tentyreif  in  Coptic  Tentor£,  or 
Nikentore,  seems  to  have  originated 
in  that  of  the  goddess  Athor,  or 
Aphrodite,  who  was  particularly 
worshipped  there.  And  that  the  prin- 
cipal temple  was  dedicated  to  that 
goddess  we  learn  from  the  hierogly- 
phics, as  well  as  from  a  Greek  in- 
scription on  the  front,  of  the  time  of 
Tiberius,  in  whose  reign  its  magnifi- 
cent portico  was  added  to  the  original 
building.  Tentyra  u  probably  taken 
from  Tei-h-Atbor,  the  abode  of 
Athor,  or  Athyr.  The  name  Athor 
is  also  a  compound  word,  **  Tei  (or 
Thy),  Hor,"  signifying  "the  abode 
of  Horus ;  *'  which  agrees  with  what 
Plutarch  says,  when  he  calls  Athor 
<*  Horus*  mundane  habitation."  The 
hieroglyphics,  too,  represent  the  name 
of  the  goddess  by  a  hawk  (the  emblem 
of  Horus)  placed  within  a  house. 

Egyptian  sculpture  had  long  been 
on  the  decline  before  the  erection  of 
the  temple  of  Dendera ;  and  the 
Egyptian  antiquary  looks  witli  little 
satisfaction  on  the  graceless  style  of 
the  figures,  and  the  crowded  profu- 
sion of  ill-a^usted  hieroglyphics,  that 
cover  tlie  walls  of  tliis  and  other 
Ptolemaic  or  Rx>man  monuments. 
But  architecture  still  retained  the 
grandeur  of  an  earlier  period,  and 
though  the  capitals  of  the  columns 
were  frequently  overcharged  with  or- 
nanaent,  the  general  effect  of  the  por- 
trcoes  erected  under  the  Ptolemies 
and  Caesars  is  grand  and  imposing, 
and  frequently  not  destitute  of  ele- 
gance and  taste. 

These  remarks  apply  very  particu- 
larly to  the  temple  of  Dendera ;  and 
from  its  superior  state  of  preserva- 
tion it  deserves  a  distinguished  rank 
among  the  most  interesting  monu- 
ments of  Egypt.  For  though  its 
columns,  considered  singly,  may  be 
said  to  have  a  heavy,  perhaps  a  bar- 
barous, appearance,  the  portico  is 
doubtless  a  noble  specimen  of  archi- 


tecture: nor  is  tlie  succeeding  hall 
devoid  of  beauty  and  symmetry  of 
proportion.  The  preservation  of  its 
roof  also  adds  greatly  to  the  beauty, 
as  well  as  the  interest,  of  the  portico, 
and  many  of  those  in  the  Egyptian 
temples  lose  their  effect  by  being  des- 
titute of  roofs.  Generally  spesJcing, 
Egyptian  temples  are  more  pictu- 
resque when  in  ruinsthan  when  entire ; 
being,  if  seen  from  without,  merely  a 
large  dead  wall,  scarcely  relieved  by  a 
slight  increase  in  the  height  of  the 
portico :  but  not  so  the  portico  itself; 
nor  did  a  temple  present  the  same 
monotonous  appearance  when  the 
painted  sculptures  were  in  their  ori- 
ginal state  ;  and  it  was  the  necessity 
of  relieving  the  large  expanse  of  flat 
wall  that  led  to  this  rich  mode  of  de- 
coration. 

On  the  ceiling  of  the  pronoos,  or 
portico  of  Dendera,  is  the  sodiac, 
which  has  led  to  much  learned  con- 
troversy. At  length,  through  the 
assistance  of  the  Greek  inscription, 
which  was  strangely  overlooked,  and 
the  hieroglyphical  names  of  the 
Ciesars,  on  its  exterior  and  interior 
walls,  which  were  then  unknown,  4ts 
date  has  been  satisfactorily  ascertain- 
ed ;  and  instead  of  being  of  eaify 
Pharaonic  time,  or  of  an  antediluvian 
age,  it  is  now  confined  to  the  more 
modest  and  probable  antiquity  of 
1 800  years.  In  justice,  however,  to 
the  celebrated  Visconti,  it  should  be 
said,-  that  he  made  a  very  accurate  es- 
timate of  its  antiquity;  and  it  will 
be  found  that  the  only  three  known  in 
Egypt,  at  Dendera,  Esn^  and  its 
neighbour  E'  Dayr,  are  of  Ptolemaic 
or  of  Roman  date.  The  astronomi- 
cal subjects  on  the  ceiling  of  the 
tombs  of  the  kings,  and  other  ancient 
Egyptian  monuments,  even  if  they 
may  be  considered  zodiacal,  are  re* 
presentee!  in  a  totally  different  man- 
ner ;  and  we  may  be  certain  that  the 
zodiac,  as  we  know  it,  is  not  Egyp- 
tian. But  it  is  remarkable,  that  in 
those  of  Dendeim  and  Esn^  the  sigik 
Cancer  is  represented  by  a  acaimbceus. 


U.  Egypt        BOUTE  24.  —  temple  of  dendera. 


329 


not  a  crab;  though  other  signs,  as 
Sagittarius  under  the  form  of  a  Cen- 
taur, evidently  of  Greek  invention, 
are  admitted. 

The  details  of  the  cornice  of  the 
portico  offer  a  very  satisfactory  speci- 
men of  the  use  of  a  triglyphic  orna- 
ment. It  is  common  in  many  of  the 
oldest  Pharaonic  temples,  though  ar- 
ranged^ a  somewhat  different  man- 
ner, and  without  so  remarkable  a  me- 
tope as  in  the  present  instance. 

On  the  frieze,  or  rather  architrave, 
is  a  procession  to  Athor ;  and  among 
the  figures  that  compose  it  are  tvro 
playing  the  harp,  and  another  the 
tambourine. 

The  inscription  is  on  the  projecting 
fillet  of  the  cornice,  and  commences 
with  the  name  of  the  Emperor  Tibe- 
rius. Those  of  Aulus  Avillius  Fiac- 
cus,  the  military  governor,  or  praefect, 
and  Aulus  Fulmius  (or  Fulvittg) 
Crispus,  commander  of  the  forces  (or 
commander-in-chief),  though  pur- 
posely erased,  may  still  be  traced, 
when  the  sun  strikes  obliquely  on  the 
surface  of  the  stone.  The  date  of  the 
£mperor*8  reign  (restored  by  M. 
Letronne)  is  the  21st  of  Tiberius, 
(cte  21st  of  the  Egyptian  month 
Athor) ;  and  the  whole  inscription  is 
at  follows :  — 


Cu^TtUt  ^tmtyXtfimrrm  m«v,  an  Aokmt  AinA- 
Xtmt  ^X^utMW 
ityt/di00H>  Auktu  ^mkfMtu  (or  ^mXmnw)  K{«r- 

fAVyirn  nm»  r$it  #wr««f f  ^Uig         ^__' 
(L.  K)  TtCtftw  KwM^tr  (Aftif  KA) 

*<  For  the  welfare  of  Tibcriui  Casar,  the 
new  Auguitiu,  •an  of  the  god  Auguitui ; 
Attliu  AvilUu*  Flaccui  being  prefect,  Aului 
Fulmiiw  (or  Fuiviui)  Crifpua,  commander- 
in-chief,  and  Sarapion  Tk^chambui,  com- 
mandant of  the  dittrict ;  thoae  of  the  Metro- 
poliiland  of  the  Nome  [erected^  this  pronaot 
(portico)  to  the  very  great  goddets  Aphro- 
dite, and  to  the  contemplar  god*.  Tin  the 
year  SO]  of  Tibcriiu  C«*ar  [the  Slat  of 
AthyrO 

The  small  planisjriiere,  which  was 
on  the  ceiling  of  one  of  the  lateral 
chambers,  on  the  right-hand  (S.)  side 


of  the  temple,  and  behind  the  prtmoos, 
has  been  removed  to  France;  and 
from  its  position  it  probably  dated  a 
few  years  before  the  lodiac. 

Numerous  are  the  names  of  Cssars 
in  this  teinple.  In  the  portico  may 
be  distinguished  those  of  Tiberius, 
Caligula,  Claudius,  and  Nero.  On 
the  former  front  of  the  temple,  now 
the  back  of  the  pronaat,  or  portico, 
are  those  of  Augustus  and  Caligula. 
This  was,  in  fact,  the  original  extent 
of  the  building,  and  it  was  previous  to 
the  addition  of  the  portico  that  it  was 
seen  by  Strabo.  The  oldest  names 
are  of  Ptolemy  Caesarion,  or  Neo- 
Caesar,  son  of  the  celebrated  Cleo- 
patra by  Julius  Ceesar,  and  of  his 
mother;  who  are  represented  on  the 
back  wall  of  the  exterior.  Neither 
her  features  (which  may  still  be 
traced)  nor  her  figure  correspond  witli 
her  renowned  beauty.  But  the  por- 
trait is  interesting,  from  being  the 
contemporary  representation  of  so 
celebrated  a  person;  and  however 
badly  executed,  probably  beara  some 
sort  of  general  resemblance  to  the 
original ;  allowance  being  made  for 
the  Egyptian  mode  of  drawing,  and 
the  want  of  skill  of  the  artist,  who 
probably  never  saw  the  queen,  and 
copied  her  portrait  from  some  other 
imperfect  picture.  It  appeara  that 
the  whole  naot  was  the  work  of 
the  Ptolemies,  though  the  sculptures 
remained  unfinished  till  the  reign  of 
Tiberius,  who,  having  erected  the 
portico,  added  many  of  the  hierogly-' 
phics  on  the  exterior  walls.  Indeed, 
some  of  the  royal  ovals  in  the  interior 
continue  black  to  this  day. 

The  portico  is  supported  by  24  co- 
lumns, and  is  open  at  the  front,  above 
the  screens  that  unite  its  6  columns  ; 
and  in  each  of  the  side  walls  is  a 
small  doorway.  To  the  portico  suc- 
ceeds a  hall  of  6  columns,  with  S 
rooms  on  either  side ;  then  a  central 
chamber,  communicating  on  one  side 
with  2  small  rooms,  and  on  the  other 
with  a  staircase.  This  is  followed 
by  another  similar  chamber  (with  two 


330 


ROUTE  24. — GIBGEH  TO  KEKEH.' 


SectlH 


rooms  on  the  west,  and  one  on  the  east 
side),  immediately  before  the  isolated 
sanctuary,  which  has  a  passage  lead- 
ing round  it,  and  communicating  with 
three  rooms  on  either  side.  The  total 
length  of  the  temple  is  93  paces  (or 
About  220  feet)  by  41,  or  across  the 
portico,  50.  In  front  of  the  temple 
was  the  dromo»f  extending  for  the 
distance  of  110  paces  to  an  isolated 
stone  pylon,  bearing  the  names  of 
Domitian  and  Trajan. 

The  attributes  of  Athor  at  Tentyris 
very  much  resemble  those  of  Isis; 
and  she  is  in  like  manner  represented 
nursing  a  young  child,  who  is  said, 
in  the  hieroglyphics,  to  be  her  son. 
His  name  was  Ehoou,  and  he  is  the 
third  member  of  the  triad  of  the  place, 
and  the  child  of  Athor,  as  Harpo> 
crates  was  of  Isis. 

**  Behind  the  temple  of  Venus,** 
says  Strabo,  "is  the  chapel  of  Isis;" 
and  this  obserration  agrees  remark- 
ably well  with  the  sise  ahd  position 
of  the  small  temple  of  that  goddess ; 
consisting,  as  it  does,  merely  of  one 
central  and  two  lateral  adyta^  and  a 
transverse  chamber  or  corridor  in 
front ;  and  it  stands  immediately  be- 
hind the  south-west  angle  of  that  of 
Athor.  It  is  in  this  temple  that  the 
cow  is  figured,  before  which  the  Se- 
poys are  said  to  have  prostrated  them- 
selves, when  our  Indian  army  landed 
in  Egypt  Much  has  been  thought 
of  this ;  but  the  accidental  worship 
of  the  same  animal  in  Egypt  and 
India  is  not  sufficient  to  prove  any 
direct  connection  between  the  two 
religions. 

To  the  temple  of  Isis  belonged 
tlie  other />ybn,  which  lies  170  paces 
to  the  eastward,  and  which,  as  we 
learn  from  a  Greek  inscription  on 
either  face  of  its  cornice,  was  dedi- 
cated to  that  goddess,  in  the  thirty- 
first  year  of  Csesar  (Augustus); 
Publius  Octavius  being  miliury  go- 
vernor, or  prefect,  and  Marcus  Clau- 
dius Postumus  commander-in-chief. 
On  the  west  side  is :  — • 


3i«v  iM«r  Amh 


^MMf  fii^Ai  iiy$i/9T$t  ••  utf0  njf  Ml) f {wn^Mv 
mm  Tit  tnmmmt  5i«ir.     Evwiy  AA  K««- 

'*  For  the  wdfare  of  the  Emperor  Cesar, 
son  of  the  god  (Divi  flllui,  L  e.  of  Ccmt) 
Jupiter  the  Liberator,  Augustus,  Publius 
OcUvius  being  pnefect,  Marcus  Clodios 
Pottumua  commander*in-ehief,  and  TTvpho^ 
commandant  of  the  district,  the  inhabitanta 
of  the  metropolis  [and]  of  the  nome[erected3 
this  Propylon  to  Isis,  the  very  great  goddess, 
and  to  tne  contemplar  gods,  in  the  year  31  or 
Csesar,  [in  the  month JThoth  [on  the  birth- 
day of]  Auguttoa.*' 

The  same  is  repeated  on  the  east 
side  of  the  same  gateway. 

In  the  hierogljrphics,  besides  the 
name  of  Augustus,  are  those  of  Clau- 
dius and  Nero. 

Ninety  paces  to  the  north  of  the 
great  temple  of  Athor  is  another 
building,  consisting  of  two  outer 
passage- chambers,  with  two  small 
rooms  on  either  side  of  .the  outer- 
most one,  and  a  central  and  two 
lateral  adyta  ;  the  whole  surrounded, 
except  the  front,  by  a  peristyle  of  29 
columns.  The  capitals  ornamented, 
or  disfigured,  by  the  representations 
of  a  Typhonian  monster,  have  led  to 
the  supposition  that  it  was  dedicated 
to  the  Evil  Genius ;  but  as  the  whole 
of  its  sculptures  refer  to  the  birth  of 
the  young  child  of  Athor,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  it  appertains  to  the  great 
temple  of  that  goddess,  who  is  here 
styled  his  mother.  It  is  one  of  thoae 
buildings  which  Champollion  hat 
styled  the  mammein,  or  '<  lying-in 
places,'*  set  apart  for  the  aeeomditmeni 
of  the  goddess,  and  where  the  third 
member  of  the  triad,  worshipped  in 
the  adjoining  temple,  was  bom.  The 
Typhonian  monster  is  not,  therefore, 
the  deity  to  whom  it  was  dedicated, 
but  is  only  introduced  in  a  subordinate 
character,  connected  with  the  young 
child.  The  names  are  of  Tnjan, 
Adrian,  and  Antoninus  Pius. 

Around  the  above-mentioned  build- 
ings extends  a  spacious  enclosure  of 
crude  brick,  about  840  paces  squarey 


U.  Egypt. 


ROUTE  24.  —  CBOCODILES. 


331 


having  two  entrances,  one  at  the 
jiyUm  of  Isis,  the  other  at  that  be- 
fore the  great  temple. 

About  230  paces  in  front  of  the 
pylon  of  Athor  is  an  isolated  hy- 
paethral  building,  consisting  of  14 
columns,  united  bj  intercolumnar 
screens,  with  a  door-way  at  either 
end ;  and  a  short  distance  to  the 
south  are  indications  of  an  ancient 
reserrotr.  A  little  to  the  N.  £.  of 
it  are  other  remains  of  masonry ;  but 
the  rest  of  the  extensive  mounds  of 
Tentyris  present  merely  the  ruins  of 
crude  brick  houses,  many  of  which 
are  of  Arab  date. 

Five  hundred  paces  east  of  the 
fyhn  of  Isis  is  another  crude-brick 
enclosure,  with  an  entrance  of  stone, 
similar  to  the  other  pylons,  bearing 
the  name  of  Antoninus  Pius.  Over 
the  face  of  the  gateway  is  a  singular 
representation  of  the  Sun,  with  its 
sacred  emblem  the  hawk,  supported 
by  Isis  and  Nephthys.  These  two 
"  sister  goddesses**  represented  **  the 
beginning  and  the  end,**  and  were 
commonly  introduced  on  funereal 
monuments,  Isis  on  one  side,  Neph- 
thys on  the  other  of  the  deceased, 
which  might  lead  us  to  suppose  this 
enclosure  to  have  been  used  for  se- 
pulchral purposes.  The  area  within 
it  measures  about  155  paces  by  265  ; 
and  at  the  S.  £.  comer  is  a  well  of 
stagnant  water. 

The  town  stood  between  this  and 
the  enclosure  that  surrounded  the 
temples,  extending  on  either  side,  as 
well  as  within  the  circuit  of  the 
latter ;  and  on  the  N.  W.  side  ap- 
pear to  be  the  remains  of  tombs. 
They  were,  probably,  of  a  time  whe^ 
Tentyris  ceased  to  be  a  populous 
city,  and  when  a  deserted  part  of  it 
was  set  apart  for  the  burial  of  the 
dead;  a  custom  not  uncommon  in 
£gypt,  instances  of  which  I  have 
already  noticed  at  Bubastis  and  other 
places. 

In  the  limestone  mountains  S.  S.  £. 
of  Dendera  are  some  old  quarries, 
and  a    few  rude  grottoes    without 


sculpture ;  and  in  the  vicinity  is  a 
hill,  about  a  mile  to  the  N.  W.  of 
them,  in  which  are  sunk  numerous 
tombs  of  the  inhabitants  of  Tentyris. 
I  do  not  know  if  they  have  ever  been 
opened  by  any  Europeans. 

It  was  in  going  over  the  H&gett  or 
plain  of  the  desert,  in  this  direction, 
that  I  observed  numerous  primitive 
stones,  evidently  rounded  by  rolling, 
and  which,  from  their  number  and  the 
extent  of  the  space  they  are  scattered 
over,  could  not  have  been  brought  by 
the  hand  of  man  ;  though  many  have 
been  arranged  in  lines  for  some  pur- 
pose. They  are  of  granite,  porphyry, 
and  other  primitive  substances,  which 
are  only  found  in  the  interior  of  the 
opposite  eastern  desert;  and  if  not 
brought  by  man,  they  must  have  been 
carried  acrou  the  present  bed  of  the 
river,  and  icp  the  slope  of  the  west* 
ern  desert,  by  a  rush  of  water  coming 
from  the  valley  which  opens  upon 
Keneh,  and  which,  rising  in  the  pri- 
mitive ranges,  has  cut  its  way  through 
secondary  hills,  that  border  the  valley 
of  the  Nile.  They  are  therefore 
worthy  the  attention  of  the  geologist. 

Between  the  town  and  the  edge  of 
the  sandy  plain  to  the  south  is  a  low 
channel,  which  may  once  have  been 
a  canal;  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  it  was  to  this  that  the  Tentyrites 
owed  their  insular  situation  men- 
tioned by  Pliny. 

The  Tentyrites  were  professed 
enemies  of  the  crocodile ;  and  Pliny 
relates  some  extraordinary  stories  of 
their  command  over  that  animal. 
The  truth,  indeed,  of  their  courage, 
in  attacking  so  formidable  an  enemy, 
appears  to  have  been  satisfactorily 
ascertained  ;  and  Strabo  affirms  that 
they  amused  and  astonished  the  Ro- 
mans by  their  dexterity  and  boldness, 
in  dragging  the  crocodile  from  an 
artificial  lake,  made  at  Rome  for  this 
purpose,  to  the  dry  land,  and  back 
again  into  the  water,  with  the  same 
facility.  Other  writers  mention  the 
remarkable  command  they  had  over 
the  crocodile;  and  Senecft  accounts 


332 


ROUTE  24. — GIB6EH  TO   KENEH. 


Sect.  m. 


for  it  by  the  contempt  and  conscious^ 
ness  of  superiority  they  felt,  in  at- 
tacking their  enemy ;  those  who  were 
deficient  in  presence  of  mind  being 
frequently  killed. 

Croeodilei.  —  The  crocodile  is,  in 
fact,  a  timid  aninuil,  flying  on  the 
approach  of  man,  and,  generally 
speaking,  only  venturing  to  attack  its 
prey  on  a  sudden ;  for  which  reason^ 
we  seldom  or  never  hear  of  persons 
having  been  devoured  by  it,  unless 
incautiously  standing  at  the  brink  of 
the  river,  where  its  approach  is  con- 
cealed by  the  water,  and  where,  by 
the  immense  power  of  its  tail,  it  is 
enabled  to  throw  down  and  overcome 
the  strongest  man ;  who  being  carried 
immediately  to  the  bottom  of  the 
river,  has  neither  the  time  nor  the 
means  to  resist.  Pliny,  like  other 
authors,  has  been  led  into  a  common 
error,  that  the  sight  of  the  crocodile 
is  defective  under  water,  which  a 
moment's  consideration  (without  the 
necessity  of  personal  experience) 
should  have  corrected ;  for  it  is  at 
least  reasonable  to  suppose  that  an 
animal  living  chiefly  on  fish  should, 
in  order  to  secure  its  prey,  be  gifted 
with  an  equal  power  of  sight ;-  and 
that  of  fish  cannot  be  said  to  be  de- 
fective. But  Herodotus,  "the/a<^" 
of  these  errors,  aflirms  that  it  is 
totally  "blind  under  water.**  Its 
small  eye  is  defended  by  the  nictitat- 
ing membrane,  which  it  passes  over 
it  when  under  water.  It  has  no 
tongue,  and  moves  the  lower  jaw  like 
other  animals ;  though  from  its  fre- 
quently throwing  up  its  head,  at  the 
same  time  that  it  opens  its  mouth,  it 
has  obtained  the  credit  of  moving  the 
^pper  jaw.  Another  error  respecting 
it  is  its  supposed  inability  to  turn ; 
but  after  finding  that  it  can  strike  its 
head  with  its  tail,  I  recommend  no 
one  to  trust  to  this  received  notion. 
It  is  however  a  heavy  and  unwieldy 
animal ;  it  cannot  run  very  fast,  and 
is  usually  more  inclined  to  run  from, 
than  at,  any  man  who  has  the  coursge  ; 
to  face  it.  In  Egypt  I  never^heard  of  i 


a  person  being  carried  away  by  m 
crocodile  while  in  the  water ;  but  in 
Ethiopia  it  is  much  more  dangerous; 
and  I  should  not  advise  any  one  to  go 
into  the  river  from  a  sand-bank  where 
crocodiles  abound,  as  at  Ombos,  and 
some  other  places.  There  is  little  or 
no  danger  in  bathing  under  steep 
banks,  where  the  stream  is  rapid,  or 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  cataracts. 

The  hatred  of  the  Tentyrites  for 
the  crocodile  was  the  cause  of  serious 
disputes  with  the  inhabitants  of 
Ombos.  where  it  was  particularly 
worshipped ;  and  the  unpardonable 
affront  of  killing  and  eating  the  god- 
like animal  was  resented  by  the 
Ombites  with  all  tlie  rage  of  a  secta- 
rian feud.  No  religious  war  was  ever 
urged  with  more  energetic  zeal ;  and 
the  conflict  of  the  Ombites  and  Ten- 
tyrites terminated  in  the  disgraceful 
ceremony  of  a  cannibal  feast,  to  which 
(if  we  can  believe  the  rather  doubt- 
ful authority  of  Juvenal)  the  body 
of  one,  who  was  killed  in  the  aflfray, 
was  doomed  by  his  triumphant  ad- 
versaries. 

Keneh,  —  Opposite  the  ruins  of 
Tentyris  is  the  town  of  Keneh,  the 
residence  of  a  provincial  governor. 
It  stands  on  the  site  of  QBnopoUa,  or 
Neapolis,  **the  new  city**  (tlie  New- 
town of  those  days),  but  boasts  no  re- 
mains of  antiquity.  Keneh  has  suc- 
ceeded Coptos  and  Koos,  as  the 
emporium  of  trade  with  the  Arabian 
coast,  which  it  supplies  with  com, 
carried  by  way  of  Kossayr  to  Emba 
(Yambo)  and  Judda.  It  is  noted 
for  its  manufacture  of  porous  water- 
jars  and  bottles,  the  former  called  in 
Arabic  Zeer,  the  latter  ffooUeh  (  KuoUeh) 
and  dSrakf  which  are  in  great  request 
throughout  Egypt.  The  clay  used 
for  making  them  is  found  to  the 
northward  of  the  town,  in  the  bed  of 
a  valley,  whose  torrenU  have  for  ages 
past  contributed  to  the  accumulation, 
or  rather  deposit,  of  this  useful  earth ; 
which,  with  the  sifted  ashes  of  KtMl/eh 
grsss  in  proper  proportions,  is  the 
principal  composition.      Keneh  has 


{7.  Egypt.       boute  25.  —  kemeh  to  thbbes. 


333 


the  advantages  of  baths  like  other 
large  towns.  It  has  a  market,  held 
every  Thursday ;  and  here  many  of 
the  AJnuh  women  reside,  who  have 
been  forbidden  to  dance  at  Cairo. 

One  road  to  Kossayr,  on  the  Red 
Sea,  goes  from  Keneh.  (See  Routes 
26,  27.  ^ 

ROUTE  25. 

KKNBH  TO  THBBKS. 


Keneh  to  Koos,  (£.) 
Thebes  (£.  and  W.) 


MiiM. 

-  18 

-  _304 

The  ancient  village  of  Panipanis, 
the  next  mentioned  by  Ptolemy  after 
Tentyris,  stood  inland,  on  the  west 
bank.  Some  suppose  it  to  have  been 
at  £*  Dayr,  opposite  Benoot,  whose 
name  also  shows  it  to  be  the  successor 
of  an  ancient  town.  But  £'  Dayr 
cannot  occupy  the  site  of  Pampanis, 
if  Ptolemy  be  correct,  as  he  places  it 
5'  more  to  the  south  than  Apollino- 
polls  Parva  (Koos),  and  nearly  at 
two  thirds  of  the  distance  from 
Tentyris  to  Thebes.  The  latitude 
he  gives  of  that  village,  as  well  as  his 
position  of  Apollinopolts,  require 
Pampanis  to  be  much  further  south  ; 
and  taking  the  proportion  of  the  dis- 
tances he  gives,  it  should  have  stood 
at  Mensb^eh  or  Neg^deh. 

BalloJi,  on  the  west  bank,  is  well 
known«for  its  manufacture  of  earthen 
jars,  which  from  this  town  have  re- 
ceived the  name  of  BaUasetf  and  are 
universally  used  in  £gypt  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  wa^r.  When 
full  they  are  of  great  weight;  and 
one  is  surprised  to  find  the  women 
able  to  bear  them  on  their  heads, 
while  admiring  their  graceful  gait  as 
they  walk  with  them  from  the  river. 
The  same  k^id  of  jars  are  used,  like 
some  amphorae  of  the  ancients,  for 
preserving  rice,  butter,  treacle,  and 
oil,  and  for  other  domestic  purposes ; 
and  large  raAs  made  of  baUdsee  jars 
are  frequently  floated  down  the  Nile, 


to  be  disposed  of  in  the  markets  of 
the  metropolis. 

Near  BallAs  should  be  the  site  of 
Contra  Coptos. 

Kobt,  or  Kofi,  the  ancient  Coptos, 
is  a  short  distance  from  the  river,  on 
the  east  bank.  The  proper  ortho- 
graphy, according  to  Aboolfeda,  is 
Kobt,  though  the  natives  now  call  it 
Kofi.  In  Copric  it  was  styled  Keft, 
and  in  the  hieroglyphics  Kobto. 

The  remains  of  its  old  wall  are 
still  visible,  and  even  the  towers  of 
thie  gateway,  that  stood  on  the  east 
side.  The  ruins  are  mostly  of  a  late 
epoch ;  the  names  on  the  fallen  frag- 
ments of  masonry  that  lie  scattered 
within  its  precincts,  or  on  those  em- 
ployed in  building  the  Christian 
church,  being  of  different  Ciesars ; 
among  which  I  observed  Tiberius, 
Caligula,  and  Titus.  Caligula  is 
written,  as  usual,  **  Caius  "  only.  A 
granite  pillar,  however,  bearing  the 
oval  of  Thothmes  III.,  shows  that 
some  monument  existed  at  Coptos  of 
a  very  remote  date,  to  which  the  Ro- 
man emperors  afterwards  made  ad* 
ditions.  But  owing  to  the  depreda- 
tions of  the  early  Christians,  little 
can  be  traced  of  its  ancient  buildings, 
their  materials  having  been  used  to 
construct  the  church,  part  of  which 
too  only  now  remains. 

The  principal  cause  of  the  ruinous 
condition  of  this  city  may  be  attri- 
buted to  the  fury  of  Diocletian  ;  and 
Gibbon  states  that  it  was  **  utterly 
destroyed  by  the  arms  and  severe 
order*'  of  tliat  emperor.  It  had 
played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  re- 
bellion against  his  authority,  and  the 
severity  that  he  exercised  at  the  same 
time  upon  the  Alexandrians  fell  with 
still  greater  weight  on  the  inhabitants 
of  Coptos.  At  the  tillage  of  el 
K&Ia,  «*  the  dudel,**  is  a  small  tem- 
ple, of  Roman  date,  bearing  the 
royal  ovals  of  Tiberius  Claudius. 

But  besides  the  ruins  of  temples 
and  other  buildings,  the  vestiges  of 
its  canals  still  attest  the  opulence  of 
this  city ;  which  continued  to  be  th^ 


334 


BOUTE  25. KEXEH   TO  THEBES. 


Sect.  nr. 


mart  of  Indian  commerce,  from  the 
foundation  of  Berenice,  till  its  de- 
struction in  the  reign  of  Diocletian  ; 
and  though,  as  in  Strabo's  time,  the 
Myos  Hormos  was  found  to  be  a 
more  convenient  port  than  Berenice, 
and  was  frequented  by  almost  all  the 
Indian  and  Arabian  fleets,  Coptos 
still  continued  to  be  the  seat  of  com- 
merce. Myos  Hormos  was  after- 
wards succeeded  by  Philoteras  por- 
tus,  which  had  formerly  played  a  part 
in  the  time  of  the  Pharaohs  under  the 
name  of  JEnnum,  and  this  again  gave 
place,  at  a  later  period,  to  tlie  modern 
town  of  Kossayr.  Coptos,  too,  was 
supplanted  by  Koos,  which  continued 
to  be  the  depot  of  all  merchandise 
from  the  Red  Sea,  during  the  reign  of 
the  Egyptian  sultans,  until  in  its 
turn  it  gave  place  to  Keneb. 

It  was  to  Coptos  that  many  of  the 
stones  quarried  in  the  porphyry  and 
other  mountains  of  the  eastern  desert, 
were  transported ;  for  which  purpose 
large  roads  were  constructed,  at  con- 
siderable labour  and  expense,  over 
sandy  plains,  and  through  the  sinu- 
osities of  valleys.  But  that  of  the 
emerald  mines  took  the  direction  of 
Contra  ApoUinopolis ;  nor  does  it 
appear  that  any  other  communication 
was  established  with  them  from  Cop- 
tos, than  by  the  Berenice  road. 

iElian  tell  us  that  the  Coptites 
worshipped  Isis,  and  relates  a  story 
of  the  respect  paid  by  scorpions  to  her 
temple.  He  also  states,  that  the 
female  doreat  was  sacred  in  this  city. 
It  was  here  that  Isis  was  supposed  to 
have  received  the  first  account  of  her 
husband*s  death,  —  a  circumstance 
which,  according  to  Plutarch,  gave 
rise  to  the  name  of  Coptos,  signify- 
ing, as  he  supposes,  '*  mourning,'*  or, 
as  others  say,  *'  deprivation.  '*  But  it 
is  needless  tb  make  any  remark  on 
the  absurdity  of  deriving  an  Egyptian 
name  from  Greek,  which  he,  like  so 
many  others,  were  in  the  habit  of 
doing ;  or  to  observe  that  the  mourn- 
ing  of  Isis  and  the  death  of  Osiris 
are  a  pure  allegory.  And  the  traveller 


will  look  in  vain  in  the  alluvial  plain 
for  the  <*  precipice,**  whence  the  ass 
was  annually  thrown  down  by  the 
Coptites,  in  token  of  their  hatred  of 
Typhon,  unless  it  proves  to  have  beea 
an  artificial  eminence  made  for  that 
allegorical  ceremony. 

The  town  of  E*  Sh6rafa,  to  the 
north  of  Coptof,  is  so  called  from 
having  been  founded  and  inhabited 
by  some  Shereefs,  or  descendants  of 
Mohammed;  who  are  distinguished 
from  other  Moslems  by  the  peculiar 
right  of  wearing  a  green  turban ;  m 
custom  first  introduced  by  one  of  the 
Baharite  Memlook  sultans  of  Egypt* 
El  Ashraf  Shabiin,  who  reigned  from 
A.  D.  1S63  to  1377. 

Aboolfeda  states  that  the  town  of 
Kobt  was  a  wakf,  "entail,"  of  the 
Shereefs,  though  it  appears  rather  to 
have  belonged  to  the  Haram&yn  of 
Mecca  and  Medeeneh.  How  the 
inhabitants   of  Coptos   came  to   be 

Shiites  (Sheeah)  aju^»  as  he  says 

they  were,  he  does  not  explain ;  and 
it  would  be  curious  to  make  inquiries 
at  Coptos  if  this  was  really  the  case 
in  former  times. 

Contra  Coptos  was  probably  at 
Dow&ide. 

At  KoM  (or  Gooa)y  in  Coptic  Kos- 
Biibir,  is  the  site  of  ApcUinopotU 
Parva,  In  the  time  of  Aboolfeda, 
about  A.  o.  1S44,  it  was  the  next  city 
in  sice  and  consequence  to  Fost&t, 
the  capital,  and  the  emporium  of  the 
Arabian  trade ;  but  it  is  now  reduced 
to  the  rank  of  a  small  town,  and  the 
residence  of  a  n&zer.  Till  lately  a 
gateway  or  pylon  stood  there,  of  the 
time  of  Cleopatra  and  Ptolemy  Alex- 
ander I.,  <*the  gods  Fhilometores 
Soteres,**  whose  names  were  in  the 
Greek  dedication  to  Aroeris,  on  the 
cornice,  as  well  as  in  sculptures  of 
the  lower  part. 

At  a  stMe2^  or  <*  fountain  built  for 
a  charitable  purpose,*'  is  a  monolith, 
now  converted  into  a  tank,  with  a 
hieroglyphic  inscription  on  the  jambs, 
containing  the  name  of  Ptolemy  Phi- 


U.  Egypt        BOUT£  25.  —  koos.  —  icEDAndT. 


335 


ladelphus ;  and  a  short  distance  to 
the  west  of  the  town,  near  a  sbekb's 
tomb,  are  some  fragments  of  sand- 
stone, and  a  few  small  granite  co- 
lumns. On  the  former  are  the  ovals 
of  the  king,  Atinre  Bakhan,  who  is 
found  in  the  grottoes  of  Tel  el 
Amarna. 

Opposite  Koos  is  Nepadehy  noted 
for  its  Coptic  and  Catholic  convents, 
and,  in  Aboolfeda's  time,  for  its  gar- 
dens and  sugar-cane.  It  has  no 
ruins;  but  Shenhoor,  on  the  east 
bank,  a  few  miles  south  of  Koos, 
presents  tlie  extensive  mounds  of  an 
ancient  town,  where  M.  Prisse  found 
a  temple  of  Roman  time,  dedicated 
to  Horus,  with  the  name  of  the  town 
in  hieroglyphics,  Sen-Aor. 

Between  Shenhoor  and  Thebes  the 
river  makes  a  considerable  curve  to 
the  east ;  and  a  little  above  this  bend, 
just  below  Thebes,  on  the  west  bank, 
is  6am61a  (Kam61a).  It  was  noted 
in  Aboolfeda*s  time  for  its  numerous 
gardens  and  sugar-cane  plantations, 
which  are  mentioned  also  by  Norden. 
At  the  time  of  the  rebellion  of  Shekh 
Aiimed,  the  toi-ditant  wisher,  in 
1823,  it  was  the  residence  of  the  well- 
known  AH  Kashef  Aboo-Tarbo6sh, 
who  defended  the  military  post  there 
against  the  insurgents  with  great  gal- 
lantry. 

MedamSt  stands  inland  on  the  east. 
It  is  supposed  to  nuirk  the  site  of 
Maximianopolis,  a  Greek  bishop's 
see  under  the  Lower  Empire ;  but 
neither  the  extent  of  its  mounds,  nor 
the  remains  of  its  temple,  justify  the 
name  that  some  have  applied  to  it  of 
Karnak  e*  Sherk^h,  or  **  the  eastern 
Kamak.**  It  is  generally  visited 
from  Thebes. 

Some  write  the  name  Med*-amood, 
as  though  it  were  called  from  amood, 
'<  a  column  ;**  and  place  Maximinian- 
opolis  on  the  other  bank,  at  Negi- 
deh ;  while  others  fix  it  at  Medeenet 
Haboo,  in  Thebes,  where  the  Chris- 


tians had  a  very  laige  church  until 
the  period  of  the  Arab  invasion. 
Negideh,  however,  is  still  a  place  of 
great  consequence  among  the  Copts 
of  Egypt,  whose  convent  and  church 
are  the  resort  of  all  the  priesu  of  the 
vicinity. 

The  ruins  of  Medamdt  consist  of 
crude  brick  houses  of  a  small  town, 
about  464  paces  square,  in  the  centre 
of  which  is  a  sandstone  temple ;  but 
of  this  little  remains,  except  part  of 
the  portico,  apparently,  from  the  style 
of  ito  architecture,  of  Ptolma'ic  date. 
On  the  columns  may  be  traced  the 
ovals  of  Ptolemy  Euergetes  II.,  of 
Lathyrus,  and  of  Auletes,  as  well  as 
those  of  the  Emperor  Antoninus  Pius ; 
but  a  block  of  granite  assigns  a  much 
higher  antiquity  to  the  temple  itself, 
and  proves  from  the  name  of  Amu- 
noph  II.,  tliat  its  foundation  is  at 
least  coeval  with  the  middle  of  the 
15th  century  before  our  era.  The 
pylon  before  the  portico  bears  the 
name  of  Tiberius,  but  the  blocks 
used  in  its  construction  were  taken 
from  some  older  edifice,  erected  or 
repaired  during  the  reign  of  Remeses 
II. 

This  pylon  formed  one  of  se- 
veral doorways  of  a  crude  brick  en- 
closure, which  surrounded  the  tem- 
ple; and  a  short  distance  before  it 
is  a  raised  platform,  with  a  flight  of 
steps  on  tl«e  inner  side,  similar  to  that 
before  the  temple  at  £1  Kh&rgeh  (in 
the  Great  Oasis),  at  Kamak,  and 
many  other  places.  To  the  south- 
ward of  the  portico  appears  to  be  the 
site  of  a  reservoir,  beyond  which  a 
gateway  leads  throogh  the  side  of  the 
crude  brick  wall  to  a  small  ruin, 
bearing  the  name  of  Ptolemy  Euer- 
getes I.  Besides  the  enclosure  of 
the  temple,  is  a  wall  of  similar  ma- 
terials, that  surrounded  the  whole 
town,  which  was  of  an  irregular 
shape.       -> 


336 


SECTION  IV. 
THEBES. 


Prdiminary  Information, 

a.  Arrival  at  Thbbis.  -*  b.  Quxcksst  Modr  of  suing  Thxbss. 

1.  Temple- Palace  at  Old  Koorneb.  2.  Memoonium,  or  Remeseum. 
S.  The  Two  Colossi;  the  Vocal  Memnon.  4.  Rise  of  the  Land.  5. 
Temples  at  Medeenet  Hibco — The  Great  Temple  —  Battle  Scenes.  6. 
Other  Ruins — Lake  of  H&boo.  7.  Tombs  of  the  Queens.  8.  Other  Tombap 
small  Brick  Pyramid.  9.  Dayr  el  Mede^neh.  10.  Dayr  el  BiUiree. 
11.  Tombs  of  the  Kings.  12.  Western  Valley.  13.  Tombs  of  Priests, 
and  Private  Individuals  —  Arched  Tombs — The  oldest  Tombs — Large 
Tombs  of  the  Assase^f — Tombs  of  Koomet  Murraee  —  Tombs  of  Shekh 
Abd-el-Koorneh,  the  most  interesting.  14.  Eastern  Hank  —  Luxor.  15. 
Karnak  •—  Comparative  Antiquity  of  the  Buildings  —  Historical  Sculptures. 


route  pagb 

26.  Keneh  to  Kossayr,  by  the 

Moileh  road  -     -         -     398 

27.  Keneh  to  Kossayr,  by  the 

~*  Russafa  Road    -         -     398 


ROirTK  PAGB 

28.  Thebes  to  Kossayr-         -  398 

29.  Thebes  to  the  first  CaU- 

ract  at  Asouan  -         -  404 


a,  ARRIVAL    AT   THEBSS. 

On  arriving  at  Thehes  by  water,  it  is 
customary  to  stop  under  the  gimmafz, 
or  "sycamore  tree,*'  on  the  west 
bank, if  that  side  is  to  be  first  visited, 
which  I  strongly  recommend.  In 
going  to  Karnak  you.  may  land  on 
the  bank  opposite  the  gimmajz,  if 
the  channel  to  the  east  of  the  island 
is  dry  ;  though  it  is  perhaps  as  well 
to  go  to  Luxor,  because  it  is  a  better 
landing-place,  is  more  convenient  for 
marketing  purposes,  and  may  be  seen 
at  the  same  time.  Asses  are  also 
more  easily  obtained  there  for  riding 
over  to  Karnak,  which  is  distant  only 
1^  mile. 

Travellers  coming  from  India  by 


the  Kossayr  road  to  Thebes  generally 
see  Karnak  first,  as  it  lies  in  their 
way,  and  as  they  either  put  up  their 
tent  there,  or  live  (not  Tery  com- 
fortably) in  the  low  rooms  in  the 
northernmost  of  tlie  western  front 
towers.  I  should,  however,  recom- 
mend them  not  to  stop  there,  but 
defer  their  visit  of  its  ruins  until  they 
have  seen  Koorneh*  on  the  opposite 
bank  ;  otherwise  they  will  lose  much 
of  the  interest  felt  at  the  latter,  by 
seeing  it  after  Karnak. 

In  coming  down  the  Nile,  you 
may  see  Luxor,  and  then  go  on  to 
the  sycamore  tree  of  Koomeh ;  and 
after  seeing  that  bank  cross  over  and 
visit  Karnak;   if,   as    I   before    ob- 


•  In  dcuriblng  Theliet  I  am  obliged  to  refer  to  my  Survej.  From  its  rise  it  could  not 
be  made  to  Moompanj  this  work ;  but  tboM  wbo  wish  for  it  may  find  U  at  Mr.  Arrow- 
tmitb  i^  in  s<mo  Square. 


V.  Egypt      QUICKEST  mode  op  seeing  thebes. 


337 


served,  there  is  no  water  in  the  chan- 
nel  to  the  cast,  between  that  island 
and  the  ruins.  This  is  supposing 
you  have  not  seen  Koorneh  in  going 
up  the  Nile  :  if  you  have,  then  stop 
at  Luxor  and  finish  your  visit  to 
Kamnk  ;  and  the  only  thing  to  bear 
in  mind  is,  to  see  the  ruins  on  tlie 
west  bank  before  those  of  Kamak. 

6.    QUICCBST    MODE  OF  SKBIKO  THKBSS. 

Some  persons  will,  no  doubt,  feel  dis- 
posed to  take  a  more  cursory  view  of 
the  ruins  of  Thebes  than  others,  being 
pressed  for  time,  or  feeling  no  very 
great  interest  in  antiquities ;  and  as 
they  may  perhaps  be  in  a  hurry  to  know 
what  is  to  be  done  to  get  through  the 
task  they  have  undertaken,  and  kill 
their  lum  with  the  greatest  dis- 
patch, I  shall  begin^ith  instructions 
for  the  quickest  mAe  of  seeing  the 
objects  most  worthy  of  notice,  and 
the  order  in  which  they  may  be 
visited.  Taking  Koorneh  (Goorna) 
as  the  commencement,  and  Karnak  as 
the  end  of  these  excursions,  you  may 
begin  by  visiting  the  tombs  of  the 
kings,  for  which,  of  course,  as  for  tlie 
otlier  tombs,  candles  are  indispen- 
sable, as  well  as  a  small  supply  of 
eatables,  and,  above  all,  of  water  in 
goollehs.  Each  of  these  porous 
water-bottles  may  be  slung  with 
string  (as  on  board  a  ship),  to  pre- 
vent the  boatmen,  or  whoever  carry 
them,  from  holding  them  by  the 
neck  with  their  dirty  bands.  More- 
over, they  should  not  be  allowed  to 
touch  the  water,  and  should  be  made 
to  bring  their  own  supply  if  they 
want  it. 

1st  Day.  —  Wui  Bank.  By  set- 
ting off  early  in  the  morning,  and  fol- 
lowing the  course  of  the  valley,  aAer 
a  ride  of  about  an  hour,  you  reach 
the  tombs  of  the  kings;  and  after 
visiting  the  six  principal  ones 
(marked  17.  11.  9.  6.  1.  and  14.); 
ascend  to  the  S.  W.,  and  cross  the 
hills  to  Mede^net  H&boo;  after 
which,  if  sufficient  time  remains,  you 
Mffypi, 


may  see  the  two  colossi  of  the  plain 
(the  vocal  statue  and  its  companion), 
and  the  palace  of  the  great  Remeses 
(the  Remeseum,  generally  called  the 
Memnonium),  on  your  return  to  the 
river. 

2nd  Day.  Next  morning,  after 
looking  over  the  small  temple  of  old 
Koorneh,  called  Kasr  e*  Rub^yk,  a 
little  less  tlian  half  a  mile  from  the 
landing  place  at  the  sycamore  tree,  you 
may  visit  the  three  principal  tombs  of 
the  A ssaseef  (marked  a,  Q,  and  R,  on 
my  Survey  of  Thebes),  and  the  temple 
called  Dayr  el  Bahree,  below  the  clifis 
at  the  N.  W.  extremity  of  this  part  of 
the  valley,  from  which  a  path  will 
lead  you  to  the  hill  of  Shekh  Abd  el 
Koorneh,  where,  at  all  events,  you 
must  not  fail  to  see  the  tomb.  No.  S5.« 
and  as  many  of  those  mentioned  in 
my  description  of  the  private  tombs 
as  your  time  and  inclination  will  per- 
mit. Hence  a  short  ride,  one-tfiird 
of  a  mile,  will  take  you  to  the  Ptole- 
maic temple  of  Dayr  el  Medei^neh, 
from  which  you  may  return  (if  you 
have  not  satisfied  your  curiosity  the 
day  before),  by  the  colossi,  the  palace 
of  Remeses  the  Great,  and  the  scat- 
tered remains  in  their  vicinity.  *l*his 
is  the  most  superficial  view  a  traveller 
sliould  allow  himself  to  take  of  the 
west  side  of  Thebes.  Crossing  the 
river  to  Luxor  in  his  boat  the  same 
evening,  he  will  be  enabled  to  walk 
up  early  the  next  morning  to  the 
temple,  while  asses  are  preparing  for 
his  ride  to  Kamak. 

Srd  Day.  Luxor  will  occupy  a 
very  short  time  ;  and  he  will  tlien  go 
to  Karnak,  partly  by  what  was  once 
a  long  avenue  of  sphinxes,,remains  of 
which  he  will  see  just  before  he 
reaches  the  outskirts  of  those  ruins. 
He  had  better  look  over  the  whole  of 
Karnak  the  first  day,  and  reserve  a 
closer  investigation  for  a  second  visit, 
two  days  being  certainly  not  too 
much  for  the  mere  examination  of 
this  immense  ruin.  It  is  however 
possible  to  do  it  in  one,  and  the  tra- 
veller who  merely  wishes  to  Joy  he 

Q 


838 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THEBES. 


Sect  rv. 


kat  tern  Thebet,  may  get  thromgk  it 
off  m  three  daye, 

THEBES. 

The  name  Thebes  is  corrupted 
from  the  T&p6  of  the  ancient  Egyp- 
tian language,  tlie  T4p4  of  the  Copts, 
which,  in  the  Memphitic  dialect  of 
Coptic,  is  pronounced  Tbaba,  easily 
converted  into  eii/Soi  or  Thebes. 
Some  writers  have  confined  them- 
selves to  a  closer  imitation  of  the 
Egyptian  word ;  and  Pliny  and  Ju- 
venal have  both  adopted  Thebe,  in 
the  singular  number,  as  the  name  of 
this  city. 

In  hieroglyphics  it  is  written  Ap, 
Ape,  or  with  the  feminine  article  Tilp^, 
the  meaning  of  which  appears  to  be 
*<  the  head;*  Thebes  being  the  eajnttd 
of  tlie  country. 

Thebes  was  also  called  Diospolis 
(Magna),  which  answers  to  Amunei, 
•<  the  abode  of  Amun,*'  the  Egyptian 
Jupiter.  The  city  stood  partly  on 
the  east,  partly  on  the  west  of  the 
Nile,  though  the  name  T£p4  (  Thebes) 
was  applied  to  the  whole  city  on 
either  bank.  The  western  divi- 
sion bad  the  distinctive  appellation  of 
Pathyris,  or,  as  Ptolemy  writes  it, 
Tathyris,  being  under  the  peculiar 
protection  of  Athor,  who  is  called 
«  the  President  of  the  West."  For 
though  Amun  was  the  chief  deity 
worshipped  there,  as  well  as  in  other 
quarters  of  Diospolis,  Athor  had  a 
peculiar  claim  over  tlie  Necropolis 
beneath  the  western  mountain,  where 
she  was  fabulously  reported  to  receive 
the  setting  sun  into  her  arms. 

In  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies,  the 
western  division  of  the  city,  or,  *<  the 
Libyan  suburb,**  was  divided  into 
different  quarters,  as  the  Memnonia, 
or  (Memnoneia);  and  even  the  tombs 
were  portioned  off  into  districts,  at- 
tached to  the  quarters  of  the  town. 
Thus  we  find  that  Tliynabunum, 
where  the  priests  of  Osiris  were  bu- 
ried, belonged  to  and  stood  within 
the  limits  of  the  Memoonia.     It  b 


probable  that  in  late  times,  when  the 
city  and  its  territory  were  dividfd 
into  S  separate  nomes,  tlie  portion  on 
the  western  bank,  being  under  tbc 
protection  of  Athor,  received  the 
name  *<  Psthyritic ;  **  and  Thebes 
being  afterwards  broken  up  into  small 
villages,  which  was  the  case  even  in 
Strabo*s  time,  Pathyris  became  a  dis» 
tinct  town. 

The  period  of  its  foundation  still 
remains,  like  that  of  Memphis,  the 
capital  of  Lower  Egypt,  enveloped 
in  that  obscurity  which  is  the  fate  of 
all  tlie  most  ancient  cities  :  but  pro- 
bability favours  the  conjecture,  that 
though  Menes,the  first  king  of  Egypt, 
found  it  in  the  humble  condition  of 
An  .infant  capital,  its  foundation  dated 
several  generations  before  the  acces- 
sion of  that  monarch  to  the  throne  of 
his  native  country. 

Ancient  authors  do  not  agree  as  to 
the  extent  of  this  city,  which,  accord- 
ing  to  Strabo,  was  80  stadia  in  length, 
while  Diodorus  allows  the  circuit  to 
have  been  only  140, — a  disparity 
which  may  be  partially  reconciled,  by 
admitting  that  it  was  greatly  enlarged 
after  the  time  of  Menes,  to  whose 
reign  the  historian  alludes.  The  epi- 
thet Hecatompylos,  applied  to  it  by 
Homer,  has  generally  been  supposed 
to  refer  to  the  100  gates  of  its  wall 
of  circuit;  but  this  difficulty  is  happily 
solved  by  an  observation  of  Diodorus, 
that  many  suppose  them  **  to  have 
been  the  propylaea  of  the  temples,*' 
and  that  this  metaphorical  expression 
rather  implies  a  plurality  than  a  de- 
finite number.  Were  it  not  so,  the 
reader  might  be  surprised  to  learn 
that  this  100-gated  city  was  never 
enclosed  by  a  wall,  —  a  fact  fully 
proved  by  the  non-existence  of  the 
least  vestige  of  it ;  for,  even  allowing 
it  to  have  been  of  crude-brick,  it 
would,  from  its  great  thickness,  have 
sii  -vived  the  ravages  of  time,  equally 
w'th  those  of  similar  materisls  of  the 
early  epoch  of  the  third  Tbothmes. 
Or,  supposing  it  to  have  becm  de- 
stroyed by  the  iraters  of  the  inundm- 


U.  Egypt 


DECLIKB  AND  FALL  OF  THEBES. 


33d 


tion,  and  buried  by  the  alluvtal  depo- 
rit,  in  those  parts  which  stood  on  the 
cultivated  land,  the  rocky  and  un- 
inundated  acclivity  of  the  hagtr  would 
at  least  have  retained  some  traces  of 
its  former  existence,  even  were  it 
raied  to  the  ground. 

It  is  not  alone  from  the  authority 
of  ancient  writers  that  tlie  splendour 
and  power  of  this  city,  which  could 
furnish  20,000  armed  chariots  from 
its  vicinity,  are  to  be  estimated  ;  but 
the  extent  of  the  Egyptian  conquests 
adding  continually  to  the  riches  of  the 
metropolis,  the  magnificence  of  the 
edifices  which  adorned  it,  the  luxe  of 
the  individuals  who  inhabited  it,  the 
six>ii  taken  thence  by  the  Persians, 
and  the  gold  and  silver  collected  afler* 
the  burning  of  the  eity,  amply  testify 
the  immense  wealth  of  Egyptian 
Thebes. 

Diodonis  seems  to  say,  that  the 
above  force  was  not  all  raised  in  the 
vicinity  of  Thebes.  But  he  commits 
a  great  error  in  the  number  when  he 
computes  the  chariots  at  20,000,  and 
reckons  only  100  stables  and  200 
horses  in  each  ;  which,  allowing  2  to 
each  car,  will  only  supply  half  the 
number ;  and  these  stables  he  places 
between  Thebes  and  Memphis. 

The  first  step  towards  the  decline 
and  fall  of  this  city  was,  as  we  learn 
from  Di^dorus,  the  preference  given 
to  Memphis ;  and  the  removal  of  the 
seat  of  government  thither,  and  sub- 
sequently to  Sms  and  Alexandria, 
proved  as  disastrous  to  the  welfare,  as 
the  Persian  invasion  to  the  splendour, 
of  the  capital  of  Upper  Egypt.  Com  - 
mercial  wealth,  on  the  accession  of 
the  Ptolemies,  begun  to  How  through 
*  other  channels ;  Coptos  and  Apolli- 
nopolis  succeeded  to  the  lucrative 
trade  of  An^ia,  and  Ethiopia  no' 
longer  contributed  to  the  revenues  of 
Hiebes.  And  its  subsequent  destruc- 
tion, after  a  3  years'  siege,  by  Ptolemy 
Latbyrus,  struck  a  death-blow  to  the 
weliare  and  existence  of  this  capital, 
which  was  thenceforth  scarcely  deem- 
ed an  Egyptian  city.      Some  few  re- 


pairs were,  however,  made  to  its  di- 
lapidated temples,  by  Euergetes  XL, 
and  some  of  the  later  Ptolemies;  but 
it  remained  depopulated,  and  at  the 
time  of  Strabo*s  visit  it  was  already 
divided  into  small  detached  villages. 

The  principal  part  of  the  city,  pro- 
perly BO  called,  lay  on  the  east  bank ; 
that  on  the  opposite  side,  which  con- 
tained the  quarter  of  the  Memnonia 
and  the  whole  of  its  extensive  Necro- 
polis, bore  the  name  of  the  Libyan 
suburb.  It  is  not  certain,  whether 
or  no  cultivated  spots  of  land  were 
in  early  times  admitted  amidst  the 
houses  ;  but  it  appears  from  the 
sculptures  of  the  tombs,  that  the  prin- 
cipal inhabitants  had  extensive  gar- 
dens attached  to  their  mansions,  in- 
dependent of  their  villas  and  farms 
outside  die  city;  and  in  the  reigns  of 
the  Ptolemi^  several*  parcels  of  land 
were  sold  and  let  wittiin  the  interior 
of  the  Libyan  suburb. 

The  most  ancient  remains  now  ex- 
isting at  Thebes  are  unquestionably 
in  the  great  temple  of  Karnak,  the 
largest  and  most  splendid  ruin  of 
which  perhaps  either  ancient  or  mo- 
dern times  can  boast,  being  the  work 
of  a  number  of  successive  monarchs, 
each  anxious  to  surpass  his  predeces- 
sor by  increasing  the  dimensions  and 
proportions  of  the  part  he  added.  It 
is  this  fact  which  enables  us  to  ac- 
count for  tlie  diminutive  sise  of  the 
older  parts  of  this  extensive  building. 
And  to  their  comparatively  limited 
scale,  offering  greater  facility,  as  their 
vicinity  to  the  sanctuary  greater 
temptation,  to  an  invading  enemy  to 
destroy  them,  added  to  their  remote 
antiquity,  are  to  be  attributed  their 
dilapidated  state,  and  tlie  total  dis- 
appearance of  the  sculptures  executed 
during  the  reigns  of  the  Pharaohs, 
who  preceded  Osirtasen  I.,  the  con- 
temporary of  Joseph,  and  the  earliest 
monarch  whose  name  exists  on  the 
monuments  of  Thebes. 

I  cannot  too  often  repeat  that,  in 
order  to  enjoy  a  visit  to  the  ruins  of 
tliis  city,   Karnak,  from   being  the 
q2 


340 


DESCBIPTIOK  OF  THEBE5«. 


Sect.  IV- 


most  splendid,  should  be  the  last 
visited  by  the  stranger,  who  will  then 
be  able  to  appreciate  the  smaller 
monuments  of  the  western  bank,  the 
"  Libyan  suburb  of  Thebes,"  which 
included  the  extensive  quarter  of  the 
Idemnonia,  and  reached  to  the  small 
temple  of  Adrian  on  the  west,  and, 
in  the  opposite  direction,  as  far  as 
the  eastern  tombs  of  its  immense 
cemetery. 

1.    TBMPLB-FALACS  AT  OLD  Ko6rNIH. 

To  commence  with  the  ruins  near- 
est the  river ;  the  first  object  worthy 
of  notice  is  the  small  temple-palace 
at  Old  Ko6rneh  (Goorna),  dedi- 
cated  to  Amun,  the  Theban  Jupiter, 
by  Osirei,  and  completed  by  his  son 
Remeses  II.,  the  supposed  Sesostris 
of  the  Greeks.  It  is  sometimes 
called  Kasr  e*  Rubayk. 

Its  plan  evinces  the  usual  symme- 
trophobia  of  Egyptian  monuments, 
but  it  presents  a  marked  deviation 
from  the  ordinary  distribution  of  the 
parts.  The  entrance  leads  through 
a  pylone,  or  pylon,  bearing,  in  addition 
to  the  name  of  the  founder,  that  of  Re- 
meses III.,  beyond  which  is  a  dromos 
of  1 28  feet,  whose  mutilated  sphinxes 
are  scarcely  traceable  amidst  the 
mounds  and  ruins  of  Arab  hovels. 
A  second  pylon  terminates  this, 
and  commences  a  second  dromos  of 
nearly  similar  length,  extending  to 
the  colonnade,  or  corridor,  in  front 
of  the  temple,  whose  columns,  of  one 
of  the  oldest  Egyptian  orders,  are 
crowned  by  an  abacus,  which  appears 
to  unite  the  stalks  of  water-plants 
that  compose  the  shaft  and  capital. 

Of  the  intercolumniations  of  these 
ten  columns  three  only  agree  in 
breadth,  and  a  similar  discrepancy  is 
observed  in  the  doorways  which  form 
the  three  entrances  to  the  building. 
The  temple  itself  presents  a  central 
hall,  about  57  feet  in  length,  sup- 
ported by  six  columns,  having  on 
either  side  three  small  chambers,  one 


of  which  leads  to  a  lateral  hall,  and 
the  opposite  one  to  a  passage  and 
open  court  on  the  east  side.     Upon 
the  upper  end  of  the  hall  open  five 
other  chambers,   the  centre  one  of 
which  leads  to  a  large  room,  sup- 
ported by  four  square  pillars,  beyond 
which  was  the  sanctuary  itself:  but 
the  north  end  of  this  temple  is  in  too 
dilapidated  a  state  to  enable  us  to 
make  an  accurate  restoration  of  its 
innermost    chambers.      The   lateral 
hall  on  the  west,  which  belonged  to 
the  palace  of  the  king.  Is  supported 
by  two  columns,  and  leads  to  three 
other  rooms,  behind  which  are  the 
vestiges  of  other  apartments ;  and  on 
the  east  side,  besides  a  large  bypc- 
thral  court,  were  several  similar  cham- 
bers, extending  also  to  the  northern 
extremity  of  its  precincts.     On  the 
architrave,  over  the  corridor,  is  the 
dedication  of  Remeses  II.,  to  whom, 
in  his  character  of  Phrali  (  Pharaoh), 
or  the  Sun,  under  the  symbolic  form 
of  a  hawk,  Amunre  is  presenting  the 
emblem  of  life.     Therein,  afVer  the 
usual  titles  of  the  king,  we  are  told 
that  "  Remeses,  the  beloved  of  Amun, 
has  dedicated  this  work  to  his  father 
Amunre,  king  of  the  gods,  having 
made  additions  for  him  to  the  temple 
of  his  father,  the  king  (fostered  by 
Ra  and  Truth),  the  Son  of  the  Sun 
(Osirei)."     The  whole  of  this  part 
of  the  building  bears  the  name  of 
Remeses  II.,   though   his  father  is 
represented  in  some  of  the  sculptures 
as  taking  part  in  the  religious  cere« 
monies,  and  assisting  in  making  offer* 
ings  to  the  deities  of  the  temple  be 
hflid  founded. 

On  the  north-west  side  of  the  inner 
wall'of  this  corridor,  the  arks,  or 
shrines  of  Queen  Ames-Nofriare,  (or 
T-Nofriare),  and  of  Osirei,  are  borne 
each  by  twelve  priests,  in  the  **  pro- 
cession of  shrines,"  attended  by  s 
fan-bearer  and  high-priest,  to  the 
god  of  the  temple ;  and  in  a  small 
tablet  added  at  a  later  period,  the 
king  Pthah-se-pthah  is  represented 
in  presence  of  Amunre,  Ames-No-p> 


U.  Egypt.  TEUPLE-PALACB  AT  OLD  KOOBNEH. 


341 


friare,  Osirei,  and  Remeses  IT., 
receiving  the  emblems  of  royal  power 
from  the  hands  of  the  deity. 

The  most  interesting  part  of  this 
temple  is  the  lateral  hall  on  the  west 
side,  which,  with  the  three  chambers 
behind  it,  king  Osirei  dedicated  to 
his  fisither  Remeses  I. ;  but  dying 
before  the  completion  of  the  hall,  his 
son  Remeses  II.  added  the  sculptures 
that  cover  the  interior  and  corridor 
in  front  of  i^  Those  within  the 
front  wall,  on  the  right  hand  entering 
the  door,  represent,  in  the  lower 
compartment,  king  Remeses  II.  in- 
troduced by  Mandoo  to  Amunre, 
behind  whom  stands  his  grandfather 
Remeses  I.,  bearing  the  emblems  of 
Osiris.  Over  him  we  read :  <*  The 
good  God,  Lord  of  the  world;  son 
of  the  Sun,  lord  of  the  powerful, 
Remeses  deceased,  esteemed  by  the 
great  God,  Lord  of  Abydus  (i.  e. 
Osiris).*'  Thoth,  the  god  of  letters, 
notes  off  the  years  of  the  panegyrics 
of  the  king  on  a  palm  branch,  the 
symbol  of  a  year.  In  the  compart- 
ment above  this  he  is  introduced  to 
the  deity  by  Atmoo,  and  by  Mandoo, 
who,  presenting  him  with  the  emblem 
of  life,  says,  "  I  have  accompanied 
you  in  order  that  you  may  dedicate 
the  temple  to  your  father  Amunre.'* 
In  the  compartment  over  the  door, 
two  figures  of  Remeses  I.,  seated  in 
sacred  shrines,  receive  the  offerings  or 
liturgies  of  his  grandson,  one  wear- 
ing the  crown  of  the  upper,  the 
other  that  of  the  lower  country.  A 
perpendicular  line,  which  divides  the 
two  shrines,  contains  this  formula : 
<<  (This)  additional  work  (or  sculp- 
ture) made  he  the  king  Remeses 
(II.)  for  his  father's  father,  the  good 
God  Remeses  (I.),  in  place  of  the 
dedication  of  his  father  Osirei."  On 
the  other  side  of  the  door,  the  king 
is  offering  to  Amunre,  Khonso, 
and  Remeses  I.,  and  on  the  side 
walls,  Osirei  also  partakes  of  similar 
honours. 

In  the  centre  chamber,  Osirei  offi- 
ciates before  the  statue  pf  his  father 


placed  in  a  shrine,  like  that  before 
mentioned ;  from  which  it  is  evident 
that  Remeses  II.  continued  the  dedi* 
cations  to  the  first  Remeses,  which 
had  been  commenced  by  his  father, 
as  the  hieroglyphits  themselves  state. 
All  the  lateral  chambers,  and  the 
hypsethral  court  are  of  Remeses  II.) 
and  on  the  jambs  of  the  side  doors  in 
the  great  hall,  the  name  of  his  son 
Pthahroen  was  added  in  the  succeed* 
ing  reign.  Queen  Ames  Nofriare 
occurs  again  in  the  court;  and  on 
the  outside  of  the  north-east  corner, 
and  on  the  fragment  of  a  wall  on  the 
other  (south-west)  side,  is  an  Ethio- 
pian ox  and  Capricorn,  which  are 
brought  by  some  of  the  minor  priests 
for  the  service  of  the  temple.  Little 
else  is  deserving  of  notice  in  this 
ruin,  if  we  except  the  statue  and 
shrine  of  Amunre;  whose  door  tlie 
king  luM  just  opened,  previous  to  his 
performing  *<  the  prescribed  ceremo- 
nies" in  honour  of  the  deity.  In  the 
hieroglyphics,  though  much  defaced, 
we  read,  **  Behold,  I  open  •  •  .  my 
father  Amunre.** 

Following  the  edge  of  the  culti- 
vated land,  and  about  180  yards  to 
the  west  of  this  building,  are  two  mw^ 
tUated  $tatue9  of  Remeset  IL,  of  black 
granite,  with  a  few  substructions  to 
the  north  of  them  ;  and  770  yards 
farther  to  the  west,  lies  in  the  culti- 
vated soil,  a  Monditane  bloek  of  Re- 
meses III.,  presenting  in  high  relief 
the  figure  of  that  king  between  Osiris 
and  Pthah.  Fourteen  hundred  feet 
byond  this,  in  the  same  direction,  is 
a  crudt'briek  encloture,  with  large 
towers,  which  once  contained  within 
it  a  sandstone  temple,  dating  probably 
in  the  reign  of  the  third  Thotbmes. 
whose  name  is  stamped  on  the  bricks, 
and  who  appears  to  have  been  the 
contemporary  of  Moses. 

Various  fragments,  and  remains  of 
crude-brick  walls,  proclaim  the  ex- 
istence of  other  ruins  in  its  vicinity ; 
and  about  1000  feet  farther  to  the 
south-west  is  the  Remeteum,  or  pa/ace^ 
temple,  (UmpU  of  Remeees  IL,)  erro- 

Q  3 


342 


DESCRIPTION  OF  TBEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


neously  called  the  Memtumitim»  There 
is,  however,  reason  to  suppose  that  it 
was  the  Memnoniuni  of  Strabo,  and 
that  the  title  of  Miamun,  attached  to 
the  name  of  Remeses  II.,  being 
corrupted  by  the  Greeks  into  Mem- 
non,  became  the  origin  of  the  word 
Memnonium  or  Memiionia,  since  we 
find  it  again  applied  to  the  buildings 
at  Abydus,  which  were  finished  by 
the  same  monarch.  Strabo,  who 
says  that  if  Ismandes  is  the  same  as 
Memnon,  these  monuments  at  Thebes 
should  have  the  same  title  of  Memno- 
nian  as  those  at  Abydus,  appears  to 
have  had  in  view  the  palace-temple 
of  Remeses  Miamun ;  and  it  was  not 
till  after  Strabo*s  time  that  the  name 
of  Memnon  was  applied  to  the  vocal 
statue  of  the  plain.  In  short,  I  feel 
persuaded,  1st,  that  the  word  Mia- 
mun led  them  to  imagine  him  the 
Memnon  mentioned  by  Homer,  and 
thence  to  apply  the  word  Memnonian 
to  the  buildings  erected  by  Remeses 
II.;  2dly,  that  later  visitors  to 
Thebes,  struck  with  the  miraculous 
powers  of  the  vocal  statue,  transferred 
the  name  of  tlie  only  monarch  with 
whom  they  suppated  themselves  ac* 
quainted,  to  the  object  they  admired ; 
and  Sdly,  that  they  ascribed  to  Mem- 
non the  tomb  of  Remeses  V.  in  like 
manner  from  his  having  the  title  of 
Amunmai  or  Miamun. 

Another  curious  circumstance  con- 
nected with  the  name  Memnonium  is 
the  belief  that  this,  and  other  monu- 
ments so  called,  had  been  built  or 
finished  by 'the  Ethiopians,  and  this 
may  be  used  as  an  additional  argu- 
ment in  favour  of  the  opinion  that 
the  name  Ethiopia  was  sometimes 
applied  to  the  Thebald. 

2.    MBUNONIUM   Oa    aSMBSBUM. 

For  symmetry  of  archit^ture  and 
eleganceof  sculpture,  there  is  no  doubt 
that  the  Memnonium  may  vie  with  any 
other  monument  of  Egyptian  art. 
No  traces  are  visible  of  the  dromos 
that  probably  existed  before  the  pyra- 
midal towers,  which  form  the  fa9ade 


of  its  first  area,  —  a  court  whose 
breadth  of  180  feet,  exceeding  the 
length  by  nearly  thirteen  yards,  was 
reduced  to  a  more  just  proportion 
by  the  introduction  of  a  double  ar^ue 
of  columns  on  either  side,  extending 
from  the  towers  to  the  north  wall. 
In  this  area,  on  the  right  of  a  flight 
of  steps  leading  to  the  next  court,  was 
a  stupendous  Syenite  statue  of  the 
king,  seated  on  a  throne,  in  the  usual 
attitude  of  Egyptian  figures,  the  hands 
resting  on  his  knees,  indicative  of 
that  tranquillity  which  he  had  re- 
turned to  enjoy  in  Egypt  after  the 
fatigues  of  victory.  But  the  fury  of 
an  invader  has  levelled  this  monument 
of  Egyptian  grandeur,  whose  colossal 
fragments  lie  scattered  round  the  pe- 
destal ;  and  its  shivered  throne  evinces 
the  force  used  for  its  destruction. 

•  If  it  is  a  matter  of  surprise  bow 
the  Egyptians  could  transport  and 
erect  a  mass  of  such  dimensions,  the 
means  employed  for  its  ruin  are 
scarcely  less  wonderful ;  nor  should 
we  hesitate  to  account  for  the  shattered 
appearance  of  the  lower  part  by  at- 
tributing it  to  tlie  explosive  force 
of  powder,  had  that  compoution  been 
known  at  the  period  of  its  destruction. 
The  throne  and  legs  are  completely 
destroyed,  and  reduced  to  compara- 
tively small  fragments,  while  the 
upper  part,  broken  at  the  vraist,  ia 
merely  thrown  back  upon  the  ground, 
and  lies  in  that  position  which  waa 
the  consequence  of  its  fall ;  nor  are 
there  any  marks  of  the  wedge  or 
other  instrument,  which  should  have 
been  employed  for  reducing  those 
fragments  to  the  sute  in  which  they 
now  appear.  The  fissures  seen  across 
the  head  and  in  the  pedestal,  are  the 
work  of  a  later  period,  when  some  of 
the  pieces  were  cut  for  millstones  by 
the  Arabs,  but  its  previous  overthrow 
is  probably  coeval  with  the  Persian 
invasion.  To  say  that  this  is  the 
largest  statue  in  Egypt  will  convey 
no  idea  of  the  gigantic  sixe  or  enor- 
mous weight  of  a  mass,  which,  from 
an  approximate  calculation,  exceeded » 


V.EgypL 

when  antir*,  nctrlj  three  limei  ifae 
*oUd  conlenu  of  the  great  obcliik  of 
Kwnak,  and  w^'gbsd  about  887  tod* 
S^  buiiilred  weigbt. 

No  building  in  Tbebe*  cormponds 
with  the  deacriptioD  given  of  tbe 
tomb  of  OtjrmMidfiu  by  Hecalaua. 
Diodorui,  wbo  quoto  hii  vorli,  gim 
the  dimeiuion*  of  tbe  Ant  or  outer 
court,  two  pletfan,  (IRl  feet  8  jncbt* 
£ngti>h,)  agreeiag  Tery  itearty  with 
the  breadtb,  but  not  the  length  ol 


FLAK   OF  THB   MEUKOKIUU. 


r  before 


court,  of  four  plelhia,  neilber 
kgicei  with  tfaii,  nor  can  agree  with 
that  of  an;  other  Egyptian  edifice, 
iioce  the  plan  of  an  Egjrptian  build- 
ing invariably  requuvi  a  diminution, 
but  no  iDcreajc  of  dimeniiona,  from 
the  entraoce  to  the  inner  cbambersj 
and  while  the  bodjr  of  the  temple, 
behind  the  portico,  retained  one  uni- 
form breadth,  the  areu  in  front,  and 
frequentlj  the  portico  itielf,<ica>dcd 
the  inner  portion  of  it  b;  their  pro- 
jecting   ndcL     The    periiirli 


"  columi 


beii 


I    tbe    forr 


of     I 


roofed  Eolonaade,  titUng 
■vHiH,  end  iripJe  entrance  to  a 
chamber  aupported  bjr  columna,  agree 
well  with  ijie  approach  to  tbe  great 
lull  of  thii  temple ;  and  the  largeat 
atatue  in  Egjpt  cin  only  be  In  the 
building  before  u>.  Yet  the  aculp- 
tur»  to  which  be  alludea  remind  u« 
ralber  of  thoie  of  Medejnel  HUmo  ; 
■ndit  i«  poBublethU  either  Hecatasu* 
or  Diodorui  ntaj  have  united  or  con- 
lininded  thedetaili  of  the  two  cdificea. 
I  have  therefore  introdured  the  ae- 
compan]' rag  plan  of  tbe  Memnonium. 
The  Kcond  area  ii  about  140  feet 
b]r  170,  having  an  the  touthand  north 
■idet  a  row  of  Oiiridii  pillan,  eon- 
nected  with  each  alber  by  two  lateral 
corridors  of  circular  columnt.  Three 
fligbu  of  itepi  lead  to  tbe  northern 
corridor  (which  may  be  called  the 
portico),  behind  the   Oiiridi 


black  granite  Uaii 
the  baie  of  whose 
the  talui  of  the  aacenL 


of  Remi 


iiide^ 


Plan  of  Ih*  MeiaBinlDm,  •howlDI  lU  ireil 
retemblanc*  to  the  oeavrtpEion  «  (he 
Tomb  of  dgraiaiKliu,  IliCB  by  Diodu. 

1. 1,  Tswen  of  the  Franlon. "  nljH .  ■ 

n    t*tf    iM^Mn    IfXtlfM,  n    ¥  V\l4r   VlTTKf  ■- 


■or-  A^^Uri  "  uii'tClI^  ilUlnit  Co- 
rn   wtmt-  aliUi}*?*** 


Ii.;. 


344 


DESCRIPTIOK  OF   THEBES. 


Sect  IV. 


The  battle  Menet  occur  on  these  waUi,  and  at 
I  are  traces  of  sculptures  reUting  to  the 
war ;  but  that  part  as  well  as  j,  is  now  in 
ruins.    At  s,  the  jfrsf  wall  on  the  right 
enterina,  the  king  is  besieging  a  city  sur. 
rounded  by  a  river,  "•«t«  tsv  r^wr**  rm 
rmx<f»  (k)  w  /SsmXsa  . .  9tXM^»mnrm  ^^tX** 
vw  vsnsfcii;  m^f^etffvf  .*'   On  the  second  wall 
were  the  captives  led  by  the  king  **«•  ft 
mihtm  mm*  rmg  x**(*f  ****    tSiMfWi**  as  at 
Medetoet  H&boo;  and  In  the  centre  of  the 
area  was  an   altar  in  the  open  air  **Miaa- 
9ft0f^*  showing  this  court  was  also  hype 
thral  in  the  centre.    **  Kmrm  }•  rsf  rsXumus* 
rttx*»  inrafywr  mf^ttrnvrmt  nmBnuivtyt  tvs," 
L  and  M,—  the  head  of  ihe  latter  of  which  is 
now  in   the  British    Museum ;   **  ir«<'  tit 
urtitut  Tfut  (ir*  o,  p)  ts  tm>  rtfifrvXMt,  mm9' 
us  m»9t  i/r«(x*"'  ve'MTvXsf  (q)  mlhuw  rfvtt 
MM9tr$uim€fM9»t,    uuttrnt    wktufmt    ix^r* 
)<rXt0fi».'*    Rand  a  are  pedestals,  perhaps 
belonging  to  some  of  the  statues  he  men. 
tions.   *'  iffif  )'  vrm^x***  •t^'vtvw  «i»«»  r«*- 
tsImw*   vXneq,"  fierhaps  referring  to   the 
whole  space  containing  the  chambers  v,  v, 
V,  s.     ^*^   y  ur«fX*"   ^^*  '<€**  fSfCAis- 
ftiaiff  **  (u  or  v)   "  rvMxwr  d«    rmwji  rm 
3isw  marm9rmf  ummmt,  r*v  fimnkutt*  •f'futt 
imft^ttfTU  a  r^srqxM  it?  ur««f«i«/'  which 
is  referred  to  in  the  sculptures  of  w  and  x. 
Whether  his  description  of  the  parts  beyond 
this  is  correct  wn  cannot  decide,  as  the  cham- 
bers are  entirely  destroyed,  and  the  general 
Slan  is  scarcely  to  be  traced ;  and,  as  it  is  pro- 
able  Hecatsnis,  who  is  his  authority,  was  not 
admitted  beyond  the  great  hall  q,  the  infor. 
mation  obtained  of  thir  part   must  have 
rested  solely  on  report    Indeed,  in  this  por- 
tion,  he  appears  to  have  united  or  con- 
founded two    liuildings,    the    temple    of 
Remeses  the  Great,  and  that  of  Kemeses 
III.  at  Mede^net  H&boo;  though,  with  the 
exception  of  the  measurement  of  the  areas 
(four  plethra  square),  his  description  of  the 
first  part  of  the  Tomb  of  Osymandyas  agrees 
very  closely  with  the  edifice  before  us  ;  but 
we  may  be  allowed  to  question  its  having 
been  a  tomb,  or  having  been  erected  bjr  that 
monarch. 
T,  Battle  scene,  where  the  testudo  occurs. 

Behind  the  columns  of  the  nortliern 
corridor,  and  on  either  side  of  the 
central  door  of  the  great  hall,  is  a 
limestone  pedestal,  which,  to  judge 
from  the  space  left  in  the  sculptures, 
must  have  once  supported  the  sitting 
figure  of  a  lion,  or,  perhaps,  a  statue 
of  the  king.  Three  entrances  open 
into  the  grand  hall,  each  with  a  sculp- 
tured doorway  of  black  granite ;  and 
between  the  two  first  columns  of  the 
central  avenue,  two  pedestals  sup- 
ported (one  on  either  side)  two  other 
statues  of  the  king.  Twelve  massive 
columns,  32  feet  6,  without  the  abacus, 
and  21  feet  3  in  circumference,  form  a 
double  line  along  the  centre  of  this 


hall,  and  18  of  smaller  dimensions 
(17  feet  8  in  circumference),  to  the 
right  and  left,  complete  the  total 
of  the  forty-eigrht,  which  supported  its 
solid  roof  studded  with  stars  on  an 
azure  ground.  To  the  hall,  which 
measures  100  feet  by  133,  succeeded 
three  central  and  six  lateral  chamber^ 
indicating,  by  a  small  flight  of  steps, 
the  gradual  ascent  of  the  rock,  on 
which  tliis  edifice  is  constructed.  Of 
nine,  two  only  of  the  central  apart- 
ments now  remain,  each  supported 
by  four  columns,  and  each  measuring 
about  30  feet  by  55 ;  but  the  vestiges 
of  their  walls,  and  the  appearance  of 
the  rock,  which  has  been  levelled  to 
form  an  area  around  the  exterior  of 
the  building,  point  out  their  original 
extent.  The  sculptures,  much  more 
interesting  tlian  the  architectural  de- 
tails, have  suffered  still  more  from 
the  hand  of  the  destroyer;  and  of 
the  many  curious  battle-scenes  which 
adorned  its  walls,  four  only  now  re- 
main ;  though  the  traces  of  another 
may  be  perceived  behind  the  granite 
Colossus  on  the  north  face  of  the  wall* 
On  the  north  face  of  the  eastern 
pyramidal  tower,  or  propylon,'  is 
represented  the  capture  of  several 
towns  from  an  Asiatic  enemy,  whose 
chiefs  are  led  in  bonds  by  the  vic- 
torious Egyptians  towards  the  camp 
of  their  army.  Several  of  these 
towns  are  introduced  into  the  pic- 
ture, each  bearing  its  name  in  hiero- 
glyphic characters,  which  state  them 
to  have  been  taken  in  tlie  fourth  year 
of  King  Remeses  II.  This  im- 
portant fact  satisfactorily  shows  that 
the  early  part  of  the  reigns  of  their 
most  illustrious  monarchs  was  em- 
ployed in  extending  their  conquests 
abroad,  which  they  returned  to  com- 
memorate on  the  temples  and  palaces 
tlieir  captives  assisted  in  constructing. 
And  claiming  the  enjoyment  of  that 
tranquillity  their  arms  had  secured, 
they  employed  the  remainder  of  their 
reigns  in  embelliahing  their  capital, 
and  in  promoting  the  internal  pros- 
perity of  the  country. 


U.  Egypt  SCULPTURES  OF  THE  MEMNONIUU. 


34S 


Cruelty  has  ever  been,  throughout 
the  East,  the  criterion  of  courage; 
and  the  power  of  a  monarch  or  the 
valour  of  a  nation  have  always  been 
estimated  by  the  inexorability  of  their 
character.  Nor  were  the  Egyptians 
behind  their  Asiatic  neighbours  in  the 
appreciation  of  these  qualities,  and  the 
studied  introduction  of  unusual  bar- 
barity proves  that  their  sculptors  in- 
tended to  convey  this  idea  to  the 
s)>ectator;  confirming  a  remark  of 
Gibbon,  that  *<  conquerors  and  poets 
of  every  age  liave  felt  the  truth  of  a 
system  which  derives  tlie  sublime 
from  the  principle  of  terror.*'  In 
the  scene  before  us,  an  insolent 
soldier  pulls  the  beard  of  bis  help- 
less captive,  while  others  wantonly 
beat  the  suppliant,  or  satiate  their 
fury  with  tlie  sword.  Beyond  these 
is  a  corps  of  infantry  in  close  array, 
flanked  by  a  strong  body  of  cha- 
riots; and  a  camp,  indicated  by  a 
rampart  of  Egyptian  shields,  with  a 
wicker  gateway,  guarded  by  four 
companies  of  sentries,  who  are  on 
duty  on  the  inner  side,  forms  the 
most  interesting  object  in  this  pic- 
ture. Here  the  booty  taken  from 
the  enemy  is  collected ;  oxen,  cha- 
riots, plaustra,  horses,  asses,  sacks 
of  gold,  represent  the  confusion  in- 
cident after  a  battle ;  and  the  rich- 
ness of  the  spoil  is  expressed  by  the 
weight  of  a  bag  of  gold,  under  which 
an  ass  is  about  to  fall.  One  chief  is 
receiving  the  salutation  of  a  foot- 
soldier;  another,  seated  amidst  the 
spoil,  strings  his  bow ;  and  a  sutler 
suspends  a  water-skin  on  a  pole  he 
has  fixed  in  the  ground.  Below  this 
a  body  of  infantry  marches  home- 
wards; and  beyond  them  the  king, 
attended  by  his  fan-bearers,  holds 
forth  his  hand  to  receive  the  homage 
of  the  priests  and  principal  persons, 
who  approach  his  throne  to  congra- 
tulate his  return.  His  charioteer  is 
also  in  attendance,  and  the  high- 
spirited  horses  of  his  car  are  with 
difficulty  restnined  by  three  grooms 
who  hold  them.    Two  captives  below 


this  are  doomed  to  be  beaten  by  four 
Egyptian  soldiers ;  while  they  in  vain, 
with  outstretched  hands,  implore  the 
clemency  of  their  heedless  conqueror. 

The  sculptures  on  the  gateway 
refer  to  the  panegyrics,  or  assemblies, 
of  the  king,  to  wliom  different  divini- 
ties are  said  to  **  give  life  and  power  ** 
(or  *<  pure  life  '*).  Over  this  gate 
passes  a  staircase,  leading  to  the  top 
of  the  building,  whose  entrance  lies 
oq  the  exterior  of  the  east  side. 

Upon  the  west  tower  is  represented 
a  battle,  in  which  the  king  discharges 
his  arrows  on  the  broken  lines  and 
flying  chariots  of  the  enemy ;  and  his 
figure  and  car  are  again  introduced, 
on  the  upper  part,  over  the  smaller 
sculptures.  In  a  small  compartment 
beyond  these,  which  is  formed  by  the 
end  of  the  corridor  of  the  area,  he 
stands  armed  with  a  battle-axe,  about 
to  slay  the  captives  he  holds  beneath 
him,  and  who,  in  the  hieroglyphics 
above,  are  called  **  the  chiefs  of  the 
foreign  countries."  In  the  next 
compartment,  attended  by  his  fan- 
bearers,  and  still  wearing  his  helmet, 
he  approaches  the  temple;  and  to 
this  the  hieroglyphics  before  him  ap- 
pear to  allude. 

On  the  north  face  of  the  south-east 
wall  of  the  next  area,  is  another 
historical  subject,  representing  Re- 
meses  11.  pursuing  an  enemy,  whose 
nmnerous  chariots,  flying  over  the 
plain,  endeavour  to  regain  the  river, 
and  seek  shelter  under  the  fortified 
walls  of  their  city.  And  so  forcibly 
do  the  details  of  this  picture  call  to 
mind  the  battles  of  tlie  Iliad,  that 
some  of  them  might  serve  as  illus- 
trations to  that  poem. 

In  order  to  check  the  approach  of 
tlie  Egyptians,  the  enemy  has  crossed 
the  river,  whose  stream,  divided  into 
a  double  fosse,  surrounded  the  towered 
walls  of  their  fortified  city,  and  op- 
posed their  advance  by  a  considerable 
body  of  chariots;  while  a  large  re- 
serve of  infantry,  having  crossed  the 
hridgt»,  is  posted  on  the  other  bank, 
to  cover  the  retreat  or  second  their 

Q  5 


346 


DESCBIPTION  OF  THEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


advance;  but,  routed  by  the  Egyptiiui 
invaders,  they  are  forced  to  throw 
themielves  back  upon  the  town,  and 
many,  in  recrossing  the  river,  are 
either  carried  away  by  the  stream,  or 
fall  under  the  arrows  of  the  advancing 
conqueror.  Those  who  have  suc- 
ceeded in  reaching  the  opposite  bank 
are  rescued  by  their  friends,  who, 
drawn  up  in  three  phalanxes  (de- 
scribed in  the  hieroglyphics  as  8000 
strong),  witness  the  defeat  of  their 
comrades,  and  the  flight  of  the  re- 
mainder of  their  chariots.  Some 
carry  to  the  rear  the  lifeless  corpse 
of  their  chief,  who  has  been  drowned 
in  the  river,  and  in  vain  endeavour  to 
restore  life,  by  holding  the  head 
downwards  to  expel  the  water;  and 
others  implore  the  clemency  of  the 
victor,  and  acknowledge  him  their 
conqueror  and  lord. 

Above  this  battle-scene  is  a  pro- 
cession of  priests,  bearing  the  figures 
of  the  T^ban  ancestors  of  Remeses 
II.  The  first  of  these  is  Menea; 
then  Manmoph  another  Diospolitan 
king;  and  after  him  those  of  the 
eighteenth  dynasty.  The  intermediate 
monarchs  after  Menes  and  Manmoph 
are  omitted,  from  not  being  of  a 
Theban  family. '  The  remai  ning  sub- 
jects are  similar  to  those  in  the  coro* 
nation  of  the  king  at  Mede^net 
Hiboo,  where  the  flight  of  the  four 
carrier  pigeons  ;  the  king  cutting  ears 
of  corn,  afterwards  offered  to  the  god 
of  generation;  the  qui.*en ;  the  sacred 
bull ;  and  the  figures  of  his  an- 
cestors, placed  before  the  god,  are 
more  easily  traced  from  the  greater 
preservation  of  that  building. 

Beyond  tlie  west  staircase  of  the 
north  corridor,  the  king  kneels  before 
Amunre,  Maut,  and  Khonso ;  Thoth 
notes  on  his  palm-branch  the  years  of 
the  panegyries,  and  Mandoo,  with 
Atmoo,  introduce  Remeses  into  the 
presence  of  those  deities. 

On  tiie  otlier  side,  forming  the 
^outh  wall  of  the  great  hall,  is  a  small 
but  interesting  battle,  where  the  use 
•f  thu  ladder  and  of  the  testudo  throw 


considerable  light  on  the  mode  of  war- 
fare at  that  early  period.     The  town, 
situated  on  a  lofty  rock,  is  obstinately 
defended,  and  many  are  hurled  bead- 
long  from   its  walls  by  the  spears, 
arrows,  and  stones  of  the  besieged; 
they,  however,  on  the  nearer  approach 
of  tlie  Egyptian  king,  are  obliged  to 
sue  for  peace,  and  send  heralds  with 
presents  to  deprecate  his  ftiry,  while 
his  infantry,  commanded  by  his  sons, 
are  putting  to  the  sword  the  routed 
enemy  they  have  overtaken  beneath 
the  walls,   where  they  had  in  vain 
looked   for  refuge,  the  gates  being 
already  beset  by  the  Egyptian  troops. 
I  do  not  pretend  to  decide  against 
what  nation  this  war  was  waged ;  but 
it  is  sufficiently  evident  that  a  people 
of  Asia  are   here  represented  ;  and 
though  some  may  think  these  hostili- 
ties were  carried  on  in  the  Delta,  I 
cannot  allow  myself  to  be  misled  by 
so  unfounded  an  hypothesis.     I  be- 
lieve that  the  seat  of  the  long  war, 
waged  by  the  Egyptians  against  these 
northern  nations,  was  in  the  neigli- 
bourhood  of  Assyria  and   the   Eu- 
phrates :  and  there  is  every  probability 
that,   were  we  acquainted   with  the 
earlier  geography  of  the  intermediate 
provinces  and  towns  from  Egypt  to 
that  country,   we  should  find  they 
agreed  with  the  names  attached  to  the 
captives  in  the  temples  and  tombs  of 
Thebes.     If  it  be  deemed  too  much 
for  tlie  power  and  extent  of  Egypt 
that   their  armies  should  have  been 
able  to  reach  the  distant  borders  of 
Assyria,  every  one  will  admit  the 
fact,  that  <*Necho,  king  of  Egypt, 
came  up  to  fight  against  Carchemiafa, 
by  Euphrates,"  in  the  reign  of  Josiah, 
whose  imprudent   interference   cost 
him  his  kingdom  and  his  life.     Still 
stronger,  indeed,  is  the  following  ex- 
press statement  of  the  former  extent 
of  the  Egyptian  dominions,  that**  the 
king  of  Egypt  came  not  again  any 
more  out  of  his  land ;  for  the  king  of 
Babylon   had  taken  from  the  river 
of  Egypt,  nnto  M«  river  Supkratet, 
all    that  pertained  to   the    king    of 


U.  Egypt. 


THE  QHCAT  HALL. 


847 


Egypt.**  And  even  if  the  authoritj 
of  Herodotus,  who  makes  the  Col- 
chians  an  Eg^tian  colony,  and  of 
Diodonis,  who  speaks  of  their  Bac- 
trian  subjects,  were  called  in  question, 
yet  the  circumstantial  and  prepon- 
derating evidence  of  the  Scriptures 
leaves  no  room  to  doubt,  that  the  arms 
of  the  early  and  more  potent  Egyp- 
tian monarchs  had  extended  at  least  as 
far  as  Assyria  and"  the  neighbouring 
countries.  Nor  does  Egyptian  sculp- 
ture fail  to  prove  this  interesting  his- 
torical fact,  which,  independent  of  the 
colour  of  those  people,  of  much  lighter 
hue  than  the  inhabitants  of  the  Nile, 
is  confirmed  by  the  dress  and  features 
of  the  prisoners  of  Tirhaka, — the 
Assyrians  of  Sennacherib,  —  who  are 
siroilar  to  some  of  those  captured  by 
the  earlier  Pharaohs. 

To  return  to  the  great  hall.  One 
of  the  architraves  presents  a  long  in- 
scription, purporting  that  Amunmai 
Kemeses  has  made  the  sculptures  (or 
the  work)  for  his  father  Amunre,  king 
of  the  gods,  and  that  be  has  erected 

the  hall of  hewn  stone, 

good  and  hard  blocks,  supported  by 
fine  columns  (alluding,  from  their 
form,  to  those  of  the  central  colon- 
nade)  in  addition  to  ( the  side ) 
columns  (being  similar  to  those  o( 
the  lateral  colonnades).  At  the  upper 
end  of  this  hall,  on  the  north-west 
wall,  the  king  receives  the  falchion 
and  sceptres  from  Amunre,  wlio  is 
attended  by  the  Goddess  Maut ;  and 
in  the  hieroglyphics  mention  is  made 
of  this  palace  of  Remeses,  of  which 
the  deity  i&  said  to  be  the  guardian. 
We  also  learn  from  them  that  the 
king  is  to  smite  the  heads  of  his 
foreign  enemies  with  the  former,  and 
with  the  latter  to  defend  or  rule  his 
country,  Egypt«  On  the  corre- 
sponding wall  he  receives  the  emblems 
of  life  and  power  from  Amunre, 
attended  by  Khonso,  in  the  presence 
of  the  lion-headed  goddess.  Be- 
low these  compartments,  on  either 
wall,  is  a  procession  of  the  twenty- 
three  sons  of  the  king ;  and  on  the 


west  comer  are  three  of  his  daughters, 
but  without  their  names.  His  thir- 
teenth son  is  here  called  Pihahmen, 
and  it  is  highly  probable  that  he  was 
his  successor  ;  for,  in  addition  to  his 
having  the  same  name,  a  kingly  pre- 
nomen  is  here  prefixed  to  the  line  of 
hieroglyphics  in  which  he  is  men- 
tioned. This  prefix  was  perhaps 
ndded  on  his  becoming  heir  apparent 
by  the  demise  of  his  elder  brothers, 
though  it  was  altered  again  on  his 
assumption  of  the  crown. 

On  the  ceiling  of  the  next  chamber 
is  an  astronomical  subject.  On  the 
upper  side  of  it  are  the  twelve  Egyp- 
tian  months,  and  at  the  end  of 
Mesore  allusion  is  made  to  the  five 
days  of  the  epact  and  the  rising  of  the 
dog-star,  under  the  figure  of  Isis- 
Sothis.  In  the  hieroglyphics  of  the 
border  of  this  picture,  mention  is 
made  of  the  columns  and  of  the 
building  of  this  chamber  with  **  hard 
stone,*'  where  apparently  were  depo- 
sited the  •<  books  of  Tlioth."  On  the 
walls  are  sculptured  sacred  arks, 
borne  in  processitm  by  the  priests ; 
and  at  the  base  of  the  door  leading 
to  the  next  apartment  is  an  inscrip- 
tion, purporting  that  the  king  had 
dedicated  it  to  Amun,  and  mention 
seems  to  be  made  of  its  being  beau- 
tified with  gold  and  precious  orna- 
ments. The  door  itself  was  of  two 
folds,  turning  on  bronse  pins,  which 
moved  in  circular  grooves  of  the 
same  metal,  since  removed  from  the 
stones  in  which  they  were  fixed.  On 
the  north  wall  of  the  next  and  last 
room  that  now  remains,  the  king  is 
making  offerings  and  burning  incense, 
on  one  side,  to  Pthah  and  the  lion- 
headed  goddess ;  on  the  other,  to  Re 
( the  sun  ),  whose  figure  is  gone.  Large 
tablets  before  him  mention  the  offer- 
ings he  has  made  to  different  deities. 

Other  mtiM.  —  In  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  this  temple-palace  are  the 
vestiges  of  anotknr  mndatone  buUding, 
the  bases  of  whose  columns  scarcely 
appear  above  the  ground ;  and  be- 
tween these  two  ruins  are  several  pits, 

q6 


348 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THEfiES. 


Sect.  IV. 


of  a  later  epoch,  used  for  tombs  by 
persons  of  an  inferior  class^ 

On  the  west  of  the  Memnonium 
are  also  some  remains  of  masonry, 
and  that  edifice  is  surrounded    on 
three  sides  by   crude-brick    yaulis, 
which  appear  to  luive  been  used  for 
habitations ;  but  they  offer  no  traces 
of  inscriptions  to  lead  us  to  ascertain 
their  date,  which  at  all  events  is  far 
from  being  modern,  as  some  travel- 
lers have  supposed.     Other  vestiges 
of  sandstone  remains  are   traced  on 
both  sides  of  these  brick  galleries; 
and  a  short  distance    to    the   west 
are   crude-brick   towers   and    walls, 
inclosing  the  shattered  remains  of  a 
sandstone  edifice,   which,   to  judge 
from  the  stamp  on  the  bricks  Uiem- 
selves,   was  erected  during  the  reign 
of  Thothmes  III.     The  toUl  ruin  of 
these  buildings  may  be  accounted  for 
from  the  smaltness  of  their  sise,  the 
larger  ones  being  merely  defaced  or 
partially  demolished,   owing  to  the 
great  labour  and  time  required  for 
their  entire  destruction. 

Below  the  squared  scarp  of  the 
rock  to  the  west  of  this,  are  other 
traces  of  sandstone ;  and  at  tbe  south, 
lie  two  hroken  ttaltuet  ofAmmuph  II L^ 
which  once  faced  towards  the  palace 
of  Remeses  II.  They  stood  in  the 
usual  attitude  of  Egyptian  statues,  one 
leg  placed  forward,  and  the  arms  fixed 
to  the  side.  Their  total  height  was 
about  35  feet  They  either  belonged 
to  an  avenue  leading  to  the  temple  at 
Kom  el  Hettiln,  or  to  the  tdifict  at 
a  short  distance  beyond  them,  which 
was  erected  by  the  same  Amunoph, 
as  we  learn  from  the  sculptures  on  its 
fallen  walls.  These  consisted  partly 
of  limestone  and  partly  of  sandstone ; 
and,  to  judge  from  the  execution  of 
tbe  sculptures  and  the  elegance  of  the 
statues  once  standing  within  its  pre- 
cincts, it  was  a  building  of  no  mean 
pretensions.  Two  of  its  sitting  colossi 
represented  Amunoph  III.;  the  others, 
Pthahmen,  the  son  and  successor  of 
Remeses  II.  These  last  were  ap- 
parently  standing   statues  in  pairs. 


two  formed  of  one  block,  tlie  hand  of 
one  resting  on  the  shoulder  of  tbe 
other ;  but  their  mutilated  condition 
prevents  our  ascertaining  their  exact 
form,  or  the  other  persons  represented 
in  these  groups.  But  an  idea  may 
be  given  of  their  colossal  size  by  the 
breadth  across  the  shoulders,  which  is 
five  feet  three  inches ;  and  though  the 
sitting  statues  of  Amunoph  were 
much  smaller,  their  total  height  could 
not  have  been  less  than  ten  feet. 

About  700  feet  to  the  south  of 
these  ruins  is  the  Kcm  d  Hettam^  or  the 
"  mound  of  sandstone,**  which  marks 
the  site  of  another  palace,  temple  of 
Amunoph  III.;  and,  to  judge  from 
the  little  that  remains,  it  must  have 
held  a  conspicuous  rank  among  the 
finest  monuments  of  Thebes.  All 
that  now  exists  of  the  interior  are  tbe 
bases  of  its  columns,  some  broken 
statues,  and  Syenite  spliinxes  of  tbe 
king,  with  several  lion-headed  figures 
of  black  granite.  About  200  feet 
from  the  north  corner  of  these  ruins 
are  granite  statues  of  the  asp-headed 
goddess,  and  another  deity,  formed  of 
one  block,  in  very  high  relief.  In 
front  of  the  door  are  two  large  tablets 
(stelae)  of  gritstone,  with  the  usual 
circular  summits,  in  the  form  of 
Egyptian  shields,  on  which  are  sculp« 
tured  long  inscriptions,  and  the  figures 
of  the  king  and  queen,  to  whom 
Amunre  and  Sokari  present  the  em- 
blems of  life.  Beyond  these,  a  long 
dromos  of  1100  feet' extends  to  the 
two  sitting  colossi,  which,  seated  ma- 
jestically above  the  plain,  seem  to 
assert  the  grandeur  of  ancient  Thebes. 

Other  colossi,  of  nearly  similar 
dimensions,  once  stood  between  these 
and  the  tablets  before  mentioned; 
and  the  fragments  of  two  of  them, 
fallen  prostrate  in  the  dromos,  are 
now  alone  visible  above  the  h^ght* 
ened  level  of  the  alluvial  soil. 

3.     THB    TWO    COLOSai;    TBI  VOCAL 
MKMNON. 

The  easternmost  of  the  two  sit- 
ting colossi  was  once  the  wonder  of 


U.  Egypt. 


THE  VOCAL   STATUE. 


349 


the  ancients.  It  has  also  been  a  sub- 
ject of  controvert  among  modem 
writers;  some  of  whom,  notwith- 
standing the  numerous  inscriptions, 
which  decide  it  to  have  been  the  vocal 
Merononofthe  Romans,  have  thought 
fit  to  doubt  its  being  the  very  statue 
said  by  ancient  authors  to  utter  a 
found  at  the  rising  of  the  sun. 

Strabo,  who  visited  it  with  ^lius- 
Gallus,  the  governor  of  Kgypt,  con- 
fesses that  he  heard  the  sound,  but 
could  c  not  aiBrm  whether  it  pro- 
ceeded from  the  pedestal  or  from  the 
statue  itself,  or  even  from  some  of 
those  who  stood  near  its  base  ;  "  and 
it  appears,  from  his  not  mentioning 
the  name  of  Memnon,  that  it  was  not 
yet  supposed  to  be  the  statue  of  that 
doubtful  personage.  But  the  igno- 
rance of  the  Roman  visiters,  shortly 
after,  ascribed  it  to  the  <*  Son  of 
Titbonus,"and  a  multitude  of  inscrip- 
tions testified  his  miraculous  powers, 
and  the  credulity  of  the  writers. 

Previous  to  Strabo*s  time,  the 
«  upper  part  of  this  statue,  above  the 
throne,  had  been  broken  and  hurled 
down/*  as  he  was  told,  <*  by  the  shock 
of  an  earthquake;**  nor  do  the  re- 
pairs afterwards  made  to  it  appear  to 
date  prior  to  the  time  of  Juvenal, 
since  the  poet  thus  refers  to  its  frac- 
tured condition  :  — 

Dhm'dio   magioe   retooant  ubi   Memnone 
chordc. 

But  from  the  account  in  the  Apoilo- 
nius  Thyaneus  of  Philostratus,  we 
might  conclude  that  the  statue  had 
been  already  repaired  as  early  as  the 
age  of  Juvenal,  who  was  also  a  co- 
temporary  of  the  emperor  Domitian  ; 
since  Damis,  the  companion  of  the 
philosopher,  asserts  that  the  «  sound 
was  uttered  when  the  sun  touched 
its  lipa,"  But  the  license  of  poetry 
and  the  fictions  of  Damis  render  both 
authorities  of  little  weight  in  deciding 
this  point. 

The  foot  was  also  broken,  and 
repaired ;  but  if  at  the  same  time 
as  the  upper  part,  the  epoch  of  its 
restoration  must  date  alWr  the  time 


of  Adrian,  or  at  the  close  of  his  reign, 
as  the  inscription  on  the  left  foot  has 
been  cut  through  to  admit  the  cramp 
which  united  the  restored  part. 

Pliny,  following  the  opinion  then  in 
vogue,  calls  it  the  statue  of  Memnon, 
and  adds  that  it  was  erected  before 
the  temple  of  Sarapis; — a  strange 
mistake,  since  the  temple  of  that  deity 
was  never  admitted  within  the  pre- 
cincts of  an  Egyptian  city,  and  the 
worship  of  Sarapis  was  unknown  in 
Egypt  at  the  epoch  of  its  foundation. 

The  nature  of  the  stone,  which  was 
also  supposed  to  offer  some  difficulty, 
is  a  coarse  hard  gritstone,  **  spotted,** 
according  to  Tsetses*  expression, 
with  numerous  chalcedonies,  and  here 
and  there  covered  with  black  and  red 
oxide  of  iron.  The  height  of  either 
Colossus  is  47  feet,  or  53  above  the 
plain,  with  the  pedestal,  which,  now 
buried  from  6  feet  10  inches  to 
7  feet  below  the  surface,  completes, 
to  its  base,  a  total  of  60.  The  re- 
pairs of  the  vocal  statue  are  of  blocks 
of  sandstone,  placed  horizontally,  in 
five  layers,  and  forming  the  body, 
head,  and  upper  part  of  the  arms; 
but  the  line  of  hieroglyphics  at  the 
back  has  not  been  completed,  nor  is 
there  any  inscription  to  announce  the 
era  or  name  of  its  restorer.  The  ac- 
curacy of  Pausanias,  who  states  tha( 
**  the  Thebans  deny  this  is  the  statue 
of  Memnon,  but  of  Phamenoph,  their 
countryman,*'  instead  of  clearing  the 
point  in  question,  was  supposed  to 
offer  an  additional  difficulty  :  but  the 
researches  of  Pococke  and  Hamilton 
have  long  since  satisfactorily  proved 
this  to  be  the  Memnon  of  the  ancients; 
who,  we  learn  by  an  inscription  on 
the  left  foot,  was  supposed  also  to 
bear  the  name  of  Phamenoth.  The 
hieroglyphic  labours  of  M.  Cham- 
poUion  have  thrown  still  further  light 
on  the  question,  and  Amunoph  onc^ 
more  asserts  bis  claims  to  the  statues 
he  erected. 

The  destru^on  of  the  upper  part 

has  been  attributed  to  Cambyses,  by 

,  the  writers  of  some  of  the  inscriptions, 


850 


DESCBIPTION  OF  THBBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


uid  by  some  ancient  Authors,  which 
•eems  more  probable  than  the  cause 
assigned  by  Straboi  since  the  temple 
to  which  it  belonged,  and  the  other 
colossi  in  the  dromos,  have  evidently 
been  levelled  and  mutilated  by  the 
hand  of  man. 

The  sound  it  uttered  was  said  to 
resemble  the  breaking  of  a  Iiarp-string, 
or,  according  to  the  preferable  au- 
thority of  a  witness,  a  metallic  ring, 
and  the  memory  of  its  daily  perform- 
ance, about  the  first  or  second  hour 
after  sunrise,  is  still  retained  In  the 
traditional  appellation  of  Salamat, 
**  salutations'*  by  the  modern  inhabit- 
anU  of  Thebes.  The  priests,  who, 
no  doubt,  contrived  the  sound  of  the 
statue,  were  artful  enough  to  allow 
the  supposed  deity  to  fail  occasionally 
in  his  accustomed  habit,  and  some 
were  consequently  disappointed  on 
their  first  visit,  and  obliged  to  return 
another  morning  to  satisfy  their  curi- 
osity.  This  fact  is  also  recorded  on 
its  feet  with  the  precision  of  the  cre- 
dulous. 

In  tlie  lap  of  the  statue  is  a  stone, 
which,  which,  on  being  struck,  emits 
a  metallic  sotmd,  that  might  still  be 
made  use  of  to  deceive  a  visitor,  who 
was  predisposed  to  believe  its  powers ; 
and  from  its  position,  and  the  squared 
space  cut  in  the  block  behind,  as  if  to 
admit  a  person  who  might  thus  lie 
concealed  from  the  most  scrutinous 
observer  in  the  plain  below,  it  seems 
to  have  been  used  after  the  restora- 
tion of  the  statue.  Another  similar 
recess  also  exists  beneath  the  present 
site  of  this  stone,  and  this  may  have 
been  intended  for  the  same  purpose 
when  the  statue  was  in  its  mutilated 
state.  Havingremarked  the  peculiar 
aound  of  this  stone,  and  subsequently 
finding,  in  one  of  the  inscriptions, 
that  a  certain  Ballilla  had  compared 
it  to  the  **  striking  of  brass,"  I  posted 
some  peasants  below,  and  ascended 
myself  to  the  lap  of  the  statue,  with  a 
view  of  hearing  from  them  the  im- 
pression made  by  the  sound.  Having 
struck    the    sonorous     block    with 


a  small  hammer,  I  inquired  what 
they  heard,  and  their  answer,  <*  EnU 
hetidnb  e'nahdt,*'  •*  You  are  strik- 
ing brass,**  convinced  me  that  the 
sound  was  the  same  that  decdved  the 
Romans,  and  led  Strabo  to  observe 
that  it  appeared  to  him  as  the  effect 
of  a  slight  blow.  That  it  was  a  de- 
ception there  can  be  little  doubt ;  the 
fact  of  the  Emperor  Hadrian  hearing 
it  thriet  looks  very  suspicious ;  and  a 
natural  phenomenon  would  not  have 
been  so  complimentary  to  the  em- 
peror when  it  sounded  only  once  for 
ordinary  mortals.  "  Xapotr  kol  rprrsr 
uxotf  tri,**  **  rejoicing  (at  the  presence 
of  the  Emperor),  it  uttered  a  sound 
a  third  time.*' 

The  form  of  these  colossi  resembles 
that  mentioned  by  Diodorus,  in  the 
tomb  of  Osymandyaa,  in  which  the 
figures  of  the  daughter  and  mother 
of  the  king  stood  on  either  side  of  the 
legs  of  the  larger  central  statue,  the 
length  of  whose  foot  exceeded  seven 
cubits,  or  three  and  a  half  yards. 
Such,  indeed,  is  the  sixe  of  their  feet; 
and  on  either  side  staud  attached  to 
the  throne  the  wife  and  mother  of 
Amunopb,  in  height  about  six  yards. 
The  traces  of  a  smaller  figure  of  his 
queen  are  also  seen  between  bis  feet. 

The  proportions  of  the  colossi  are 
about  the  same  as  of  the  granite  sta- 
tue of  Remeses  II.  ;  but  they  are 
inferior  in  the  weight  and  hardness 
of  their  noaterials.  They  measure 
about  18  feet  3  across  the  shoulders; 
16  feet  6  from  the  top  of  the  shoulder 
to  the  elbow ;  10  feet  6  from  the  top 
of  the  bead  to  the  shoulder;  17  feet  9 
from  the  elbow  to  the  finger*A  end  ; 
and  19  feet  8  from  the  knee  to  the 
plant  of  Uie  foot,  llie  thrones  are 
ornamented  with  figures  of  the  god 
Nilus,  who,  holding  the  stalks  of  two 
planu  pecuUar  to  the  river,  is  en* 
gaged  in  binding  up  a  pedestal  or 
table,  surmounted  by  the  name  of  the 
SS7P^<^  monarch  —  a  symbolic 
group,  indicating  his  dominion  over 
the  upper  and  lower  countries.  A 
line  of  hieroglyphics  extends  perpea* 


U.  Egypt 


COLOSSI. — BISS   OF  THE  LAND. 


351 


dicularly  down  the  back,  from  the 
shoulder  to  the  pedestal,  containing 
the  name  of  the  Pbanutb  they  repre- 
sent 

Three  hundred  feet  behind  these  are 
the  remains  of  another  cdoBtua  of 
similar  form  and  dimensions,  which, 
fallen  prostrate,  is  partly  buried  by 
the  alluvial  deposits  of  the  Nile. 

Corresponding  to  this  are  four 
$malkr  statvet  formed  of  one  block, 
and  representing  male  and  female 
figures,  probably  of  i^munoph  and 
his  queen.  They  are  seoted  on  a 
throne,  now  concealed  beneath  the 
soil,  and  two  of  them  are  quite  de- 
faced. Their  total  height,  without 
the  head,  which  has  been  broken  off, 
is  8  feet  3  inches,  including  the  pe- 
destal, and  they  were  originally  only 
about  9  feet  10  inches.  They  are 
therefore  a  strange  pendant  for  a  co- 
lossus of  60  feet,  and  even  making 
every  allowance  for  Egyptian  sym- 
metrophobia,  it  is  difficult  to  account 
for  their  position.  But  the  accumu- 
lation of  the  soil,  their  position  on 
sandy  ground,  and  their  general  di- 
rection satisfactorily  prove  that  they 
occupy  their  originid  site. 

Eighty-three  yards  behind  these 
are  the  fragments  of  another  eolosent, 
which,  like  the  last,  has  been  thrown 
across  the  dromos  it  once  adorned ; 
and  if  the  nature  of  its  materials  did 
not  poutively  increase  its  beauty, 
their  novelty,  at  least,  called  on  the 
spectator  to  admire  a  statue  of  an 
enormous  mass  of  crystallised  car- 
bonate of  lime.  From  this  point  you 
readily  perceive  that  the  ground  has 
sunk  beneath  the  vocal  statue,  which 
may  probably  be  partly  owing  to  the 
numerous  excavations  that  have  been 
made  at  different  times  about  its 
base. 

I  believe  that  this  dromot,  or  paved 
approach  to  the  temple,  was  part  of 
the  *'  Royal  Street"  mentioned  in 
some  papyri  fbund  at  Thebes ;  which, 
crossing  the>western  portion  of  the 
city  from  the  temple,  communicated, 
by  means  of  a  ferry,  with  that  of 


Luxor,  founded  by  the  same  Amu- 
noph,  on  the  other  side  of  the  river ; 
as  the  great  dromos  of  sphinxes,  con- 
necting the  temples  of  Luxor  and 
Karnak,  formed  the  main  street  in  the 
eastern  district  of  Thebes. 

4.    RISK   OF  THE   LAUD. 

It  may  not  be  amiss  to  observe,  with 
regard  to  the  original  position  of  the 
two  colossi,  and  the  rise  of  the  alluvial 
soil  at  their  base:  —  1st  That  the 
dromos  descended  by  a  gradual  talus 
of  about  S  inches  in  S3  feet,  follow- 
ing the  precise  slope  which  the  land 
then  took,  from  the  present  hager,  or 
edge  of  the  desert,  to  the  colossi.  This 
is,  according  to  the  level  of  the  sur- 
rounding plain ;  for  at  the  statues 
themselves  a  shallow  watercourse 
makes  a  slight  difference,  which, 
however,  is  not  to  be  estimated  in 
order  to  obtain  the  actual  surface  of 
the  alluvial  deposit:  —  2d.  That 
their  pedestals  stand  upon  built  sub- 
structions of  sandstone,  lying  3  feet 
10  inches  below  the  then  surface  of 
the  soil,  or,  which  was  the  same,  the 
level  of  the  paved  dromos :  —  3d. 
That  the  pedestal  was  buried  3  feet 
10  inches  below  the  dromos,  owing 
to  the  irregular  form  of  its  lower 
side :  —  4th.  That  the  pavement  and 
the  bases  of  the  colossi  rested  not  on 
alluvial  but  on  a  sandy  soil,  over 
which  the  mud  of  the  inundation  has 
since  been  deposited,  and  that,  con- 
sequently, the  Nile,  during  its  rise, 
did  not,  at  that  epoch,  even  reach 
the  level  of  the  dromos :  —  5th.  That 
the  alluvial  deposit  has  since  risen  to 
the  height  of  6  feet  10  inches  abowe 
the  surface  of  the  dromos*  pavement ; 
that  the  highest  water-mark  is  now 
7  feet  8  inches  above  the  same  pave- 
ment; and  that,  consequently,  the 
Nile  must  overflow  a  very  great  por- 
tion of  land  throughout  Egypt  which 
was  formerly  <Mbooe  the  reach  of  its 
inundation.  This  is  contrary  to  the 
theories  of  several  persons,  who,  cal- 
culating only  the  elevation  of  t|M 


359 


DESCRIPTION    OF  THEBES. 


Sect.  IV, 


land,  without  observing  that  the  bed 
of  the  river  continues  to  rise  in  a 
similar  ratio,  foretell  the  future  desert 
which  this  hitherto  fertile  valley  is  to 
present  to  its  starving  inhabitants. 

Continuing  to  the  westward,  along 
the  edge  of  the  hager,  you  arrive  at 
the  extensive  mounds  and  walls  of 
Christian  hovels,  which  encumber 
and  nearly  conceal  the  ruins  of  Me- 
de^net  H&boo,  having  passed  several 
remains  of  other  ancient  buildings 
which  once  covered  the  intermediate 
space.  Among  these,  the  most  re- 
markable are  near  the  N.  N.  £. 
comer  of  the  mounds;  where,  be- 
sides innumerable  fragments  of  sand- 
stone, are  the  vestiges  of  two  large 
Cohsti, 

5.    MKDBENET   HA  BOO. 

The  ruins  at  Mede^iiet  Hiiboo  are 
undoubtedly  of  one  of  the  four  temples 
mentioned  by  Diodorus ;  the  other 
three  being  those  'of  Karnak,  Luxor, 
and  the  Memnonium  or  first  Reme- 
seum.  Strabo,  whose  own  observa- 
tion, added  to  the  testimony  of  several 
ruins  still  traced  on  the  west  bank,  is 
far  more  authentic,  affirms  that  Thebes 
"  had  many  temples,  the  greater  part 
of  which  Cambyses  defaced.'* 

During  the  empire,  the  village  of 
Mede^net  Hiboo  was  still  inhabited, 
and  the  early  Christians  converted 
one  of  the  deserted  courts  of  the 
great  temple  into  a  more  ortliodox 
place  of  worship,  by  constructing  an 
altar  at  the  east  end,  and  concealing 
with  a  coat  of  mud  the  idolatrous 
sculptures  of  their  Pagan  ancestors. 
The  small  apartments  at  the  back 
part  of  this  building  were  appro- 
priated by  the  priests  of  the  new  re- 
ligion, and  houses  of  crude-brick 
were  CTected  on  the  ruins  of  the 
ancient  village,  and  within  the  pre- 
cincts of  the  temple.  The  size  of  the 
church,  and  extent  of  the  village, 
prove  its  Christian  population  to  have 
been  considerable,  and  show  that 
Thebes  ranked  among  the  prin- 
cipal dioceses  of  the  Coptic  church. 


But  the  invasion  of  the  Arabs  put  a 
period  to  its  existence,  and  its  timid 
inmates,  on  their  approach,  fled  to 
the  neighbourhood  of  Es'n^;  from 
which  time  Mede^net  Hiboo  ceased 
to  hold  a  place  among  the  villages  of 
Thebes. 

It  was  probably  on  this  occasion 
that  the  granite  doorway  was  entered 
by  violence ;  though  it  is  difficult  to 
ascertain  whether  it  took  place  theui 
or  during  the  siege  of  the  Per»ans, 
or  Ptolemies.  But  it  is  curious  to 
observe  that  the  granite  jambs  have 
been  cut  through,  exactly  at  the  part 
where  the  bar  was  placed  across  the 
door. 

Beguining  at  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  these  ruins,  the  first  object 
is  an  open  court,  about  80  feet  by 
125,  whose  front  gate  bears,  on  either 
jamb,  the  figure  and  name  of  Auto« 
crator,  Caesar,  Titus,  iBIius,  Adri- 
anus,  Antoninus,  Busebes.  Besides 
this  court,  Antoninus  Pius  added  a 
row  of  eight  columns,  united  (four 
on  either  side)  by  intercolumnar 
screens,  which  form  its  north  end; 
and  his  name  again  appears  on  -the 
inner  faces  of  the  doorway,  the  re<r 
maining  part  being  unsculptured. 
On  the  north  of  the  transverse  area, 
behind  this  colonnade,  are  two  py- 
ramidal towers,  apparently  of  Roman 
date,  and  a  pylon  uniting  them,  which 
last  bears  the  names  and  sculptures  of 
Ptolemy  Lathyrus  on  the  south,  and 
of  Dionysus  on  the  north  face.  To 
this  succeeds  a  small  hypsthral  court 
and  pyramidal  towers  of  the  van- 
quisher of  Sennacherib,  which,  pre- 
vious to  the  Ptolemaic  additions, 
completed  the  extent  of  the  elegant 
and  well-proportioned  vestibules  of 
the  original  temple.  This  court  was 
formed  by  a  row  of  four  columns  on 
either  side,  the  upper  part  of  which 
rose  considerably  al)Ove  the  screens 
that  united  them  to  each  other  and  to 
the  towers  at  its  northern  extremity. 
Here  Nectanebo  has  effaced  the  name 
of  Tirhaka  and  introduced  his  own ; 
and  the    hieroglyphics  of   Ptolemy 


27.  Egypt. 


TEMPLE  AT   MEDEJ^NET  hIbOO. 


353 


Latbyrus  have  usurped  a  place  among 
the  sculptures  of  the  Ethiopian 
monarch. 

Passing  these  towers,  you  enter 
another  court,  60  fi'et  long,  on  either 
side  of  which  stood  a  row  of  nine 
columns,  with  a  lateral  entrance  to 
the  right  and  left.  The  jambs  of  one 
of  these  gateways  sdll  remain.  They 
are  of  red  granite,  and  bear  the  name 
of  Petamunap,  who,  if  he  be  the  same 
whose  eitensive  tomb  lies  in  the 
Assaseef,  probably  lived  under  the 
twenty-sixth  dynasty,  and  was  a  per- 
son  of  great  consequence  and  un. 
usual  affluence,  of  the  priestly  order, 
and  president  of  the  scribes.  He  was 
deceased  at  the  dme  of  its  erection. 

The  corresponding  door  is,  like 
the  rest  of  the  edifice,  of  sandstone, 
from  the  quarries  of  Silsilis.  This 
court  may  be  called  the  inner  vesti- 
bule, and  to  it  succeeds  the  original 
edifice,  composed  of  an  isolated  sanc- 
tuary, surrounded  on  three  sides  by  a 
corridor  of  pillars,  and  on  the  fourth 
by  six  smaller  chambers. 

The  original  founder  of  this  part 
of  the  building  was  the  monarch  who 
raised  the  great  obelisk  of  Karnak ; 
Thothmes  II.  continued  or  altered 
the  sculptures;  and  Thothmes  III. 
completed  the  architectural  details  of 
the  sanctuary  and  peristyle.  To 
these  were  afterwards  added  the 
hieroglyphics  of  Remeses  III.  on 
the  outside  of  the  building,  to  con- 
nect, by  similarity  of  external  ap- 
pearance, the  palace-temple  of  his 
predecessors  with  that  be  erected  in 
its  vicinity.  Some  restorations  were 
afterwards  made  by  Ptolemy  Phys- 
con;  and  in  addition  to  the  sculp- 
tures of  the  two  front  doorways,  he 
repaired  the  columns  which  support 
the  roof  of  the  peristyle,  Hakoris, 
second  king  of  the  twenty-ninth 
dynasty,  bad  previously  erected  the 
wings  on  either  side,  and  with  the 
above-mentioned  monarcbs  he  com- 
pletes the  number  of  eleven,  who 
have  added  repairs  or  sculptures  to 
this  building. 


About  95  feet  from  the  east  side 
of  the  inner  court  is  a  basin,  cased 
witli  hewn  stone,  whose  original 
dimensions  may  have  been  about  50 
feet  square;  beyond  which,  to  the 
south,  are  the  remains  of  a  large 
crude-brick  wall,  with  another  of 
stone,  crowned  by  battlements  in  the  ' 
form  of  Egyptian  shields,  and  bearing 
the  name  of  Remeses  V.,by  whom  it 
was  probably  erected.  This  wall 
turns  to  the  north  along  the  east  face 
of  the  mounds,  and  appears  to  have 
enclosed  the  whole  of  the  temenos 
surrounding  the  temples,  and  to  have 
united  to  the  east  side  of  the  front 
tower  of  tlie  great  temple.  Close  to 
the  tank  is  a  broken  statue,  bearing 
the  ovals  of  Remeses  II.,  and  of 
Taia,  the  wife  of  AmuQoph  III., 
bis  ancestor;  and  several  stones,  in* 
scribed  with  the  name  of  this  Re- 
meses, have  been  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  gateway  of  Lathyrus 
and  the  adjoining  towers. 

Great  Temple  at  MedeSnet  Hdboo,—^ 
I  next  proceed  to  notice  the  great 
temple-palace  of  Remeses  III.  The 
south  part  consists  of  a  building  once 
isolated,  but  since  united  by  a  wall 
with  the  towers  of  the  last-mentioned 
temple,  before  which  two  lodges  form 
the  sides  of  its  spacious  entrance.  In 
front  of  this  stood  a  raised  platform, 
strengthened  by  masonry,  bearing  the 
name  of  the  founder  of  the  edifice, 
similar  to  those  met  with  before  the 
dromos  of  several  Egyptian  monu- 
ments. After  passing  the  lodges 
you  arrive  at  a  lofty  building,  re- 
sembling a  pyramidal  tower  on  eithee 
hand,  between  which  runs  an  oblong 
court,  terminated  by  a  gateway,  which 
passes  beneath  the  chambers  of  the 
inner  or  north  side.  The  whole  of 
this  edifice  constituted  the  pavilion  of 
the  king;  and  in  addition  to  several 
chambers,  that  still  remain,  several 
others  stood  at  the  wings,  and  in  the 
upper  part, which  have  been  destroyed. 
The  sculptures  on  the  walls  of  these 
private  apartments  are  the  more  inte- 
resting, as  they  are  a  singular  in- 


354 


DESCRIFTIOK  OF  THEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


stance  of  the  intenial  decorations  of 
an  Egyptian  palace.  Here  the  king 
is  attended  by  his  harSemt  some  of 
whom  present  him  with  flowers*  or 
wave  before  him  fans  and  flabella; 
and  a  favourite  is  caressed,  or  invited 
to  divert  his  leisure  hours  with  a 
game  of  draughts ;  but  they  are  all 
obliged  to  stand  in  his  presence,  and 
the  king  alone  is  seated  on  an  elegant 
fauUuil,  amidst  his  female  attendants, 
— a  custom  still  prevalent  throughout 
the  East.  The  queen  is  not  among 
them ;  and  her  oval  is  always  blank, 
wherever  it  occurs,  throughout  the 
building. 

The  same  game  of  draughts  is  re- 
presented in  the  grottoes  of  Beni 
Hassan,  which  are  of  a  much  more 
early  period  than  the  era  of  the  third 
Remeses,  and  date  about  1700  b.  c. 
in  the  time  of  Osirtasen,  the  cotem- 
porary  of  Joseph.  That  it  is  not 
chess,  is  evident  from  the  men  being 
all  of  similar  sise  and  form,  varying 
only  in  colour  on  opposite  sides  of 
the  board.  I  have  sometimes  seen 
them  with  human  heads ;  and  some 
have  been  found  of  a  small  sise,  with 
other  larger  pieces,  as  if  there  was  a 
distinction,  like  oui  kings  and  com« 
mon  men  in  draughts. 

On  the  front  walls  the  conqueror 
smites  his  suppliant  captives  in  the 
presence  of  Amunre,  who,  on  the 
north-east  side,  appears  under  the 
form  of  Re,  the  physical  Sun,  with 
the  head  of  a  hawk*  An  ornamental 
border,  representing  **  tlie  chiefs**  of 
the  vanquished  nations,  extends  along 
the  base  of  the  whole  front ;  and  on 
either  side  of  the  oblong  court,  or 
passage  of  the  centre,  Remeses  offers 
similar  prisoners  to  the  deity  of  the 
temple,  who  says, — *'  Go»  my  che* 
rished  and  chosen,  make  war  on 
foreign  nations,  besiege  their  forts, 
and  carry  off  their  people  to  live  as 
captives." 

Here  ornamented  balustrades,  sup- 
ported each  by  four  figures  of  African 
and  Northern  barbarians,  remind  us 
of  Gothic  taste ;  and  the  summit  of 


the  whole  pavilion  was  crowned  with 
a  row  of  shields,  tlie  battleroenu  of 
Egyptian  architecture.  Hence  a 
dromos  of  265  feet  led  to  the  maia 
edifice  on  the  N.W.,  whose  front  is 
formed  of  two  lofty  pyramidal  towers, 
or  propjflat  with  a  pjfkm  or  doorway 
between  them,  the  entrance  to  the 
first  area  or  prcpjflttum. 

The  sculptures  over  this  door  refer 
to  the  pane^riet  of  the  king,  whose 
name,  as  at  tlie  palace  of  Remeses  1 1., 
appears  in  the  centre.  Those  on  the 
west  tower  represent  the  monarch 
about  to  slay  two  prisoners  in  the 
presence  of  Pthah-Sokari,  others 
being  bound  below  and  behind  the 
figure  of  the  god.  In  the  lower  part 
is  a  tablet,  commencing  with  the 
twelfth  year  of  Remeses ;  and  on  the 
east  tower,  the  same  conqueror  smiles 
similar  captives  before  Amunre.  Be- 
neath are  other  names  of  the  con- 
quered cities,  or  districts,  of  this 
northern  enemy ;  and  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  propylon,  a  figure  of 
colossal  proportion  grasps  a  group  of 
suppliant  captives  his  uplifted  arm  is 
about  to  sacrifice.  Amunre,  under 
the  form  of  Re,  holds  forth  the  sword 
of  vengeance,  and  addresses  the  king 
in  a  long  speech  (contained  in  nine- 
teen lines),  announcing  that  the  Gen- 
tiles, or  foreigners  of  Libya,  are  beaten 
down  beneath  his  mighty  feet ;  that 
the  god  has  come  to  give  him  the 
chiefs  of  the  Gentiles  of  the  South, 
to  carry  away  them  and  their  childien, 
.  .  .  the  goods  of  their  country,  •  •  . 
and  smite  them  with  his  sword, .  •  . 
that  he  gives  the  North  countries. 
.  .  .  and  to  reduce  the  land  of  .  .  . 
under  his  powerful  sandals ;  •  •  >  that 
the  god  gives  him  the  nations  ...  to 
bring  to  the  land  of  Egypt .  .  .  the 
gold  and  silver  to  serve  for  the  deco- 
ration of  the  temple  (he  erected)  .  .  • 
that  he  gives  him  dominion  over  the 
East .  .  .  and  the  land  of  Fount,  •  •  . 
that  he  gives  him  dominion  ofer  the 
West  .  .  .  and  other  countries,  whose 
names  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascer- 
tain.    Such,  however.  Is  the  form  of 


K  Egypt 


PARTS  OF   THE   TEMPLE. 


355 


this  inscription,  of  which  I  have  giTen 
merely  a  general  outline. 

Passing  through  the  pylon,  you 
enter  a  large  hypaethral  court,  about 
110  feet  by  135,  having  on  one  oide 
a  row  of  seven  Osiride  pillars,  and  on 
the  other  eight  circular  columns, 
with  beU-fonned  capitals,  generally, 
though  erroneously,  supposed  to  re- 
present the  full-blown  lotus. 

Columns  of  this  form  are  usually 
met  with  in  the  great  lialls  of  these 
temples,  and  are  undoubtedly  the 
most  elegant  of  the  Egyptian  orders. 
The  plant  from  which  their  capital  is 
borrowed  is^the  papyrus,  which  is  fre- 
quently seen  in  the  sculptures  of  the 
tombs. 

The  singular  eflTect  of  the  above- 
mentioned  strange  symmetrophobia 
cannot  now  be  well  seen,  owing  to 
the  mounds  and  crude-brick  walls, 
Which  encumber  and  nearly  conceal 
these  two  corridors;  but  it  can 
never  be  considered  a  proof  of  good 
taste,  though  the  Egyptians  are  some- 
times right  iu  avoiding  the  monotony 
of  formal  repetition.  On  the  north 
face  of  the  fh>nt  towers  is  a  long  tab- 
let of  hieroglyphics,  beginning  with 
the  eleventh  year  of  Remeses  III., 
the  founder  of  this  temple,  on  one 
side ;  and  on  the  other,  besides  simi- 
lar tablets,  is  the  discomfiture  of  an 
Auatic  enemy,  whose  infantry,  armed 
with  long  straight  swords,  fly  before 
the  victorious  monarch.  Tlie  name 
of  the  Mashaosha  occurs  in  the  hie- 
roglyphics, though  they  are  of  the 
Rebo  nation,  whom  I  shall  have  oc- 
casion to  mention  hereafter. 

On  the  western  pyramidal  tower, 
at  the  inner  end  of  the  first  court, 
Remeses  III.  leads  the  prisoners  he 
has  taken  of  the  Tochari  to  Amunre, 
who  presents  the  falchion  of  ven- 
geance, which  the  king  holds  Torth 
bis  hand  to  receive,  saying,  *<  Go, 
my  cherished  and  chosen  ;  make  war 
on  (or  vanquish  for  yourself)  .  •  •  • 
whom  you  smite  with  your  sword 
and  trample  upon  ;"  and  in  the  third 
line,  he  bids  him  **  slay  the  chiefs  of 


the  foreigners,  both  men  and  women." 
On  the  corresponding  propylon  is 
a  lai^e  tablet,  beginning  with  the 
*<  eighth  year  of  his  beloved  Majesty'* 
Remeses  III.,  relating  to  his  con- 
quests in  the  North.  The  doorway, 
or  pylon,  between  these  towers,  is  of 
red  granite,  the  hieroglyphics  on 
whose  jambs  are  cut  to  the  depth  of 
two  or  three  inches.  Those  on  the 
outer  face  contain  offerings  to  diffe- 
rent deities,  among  which  we  find  a 
representation  of  the  gateway  itself ; 
and  at  the  base  of  the  jambs  are  four 
lines,  stating  that  '*  Remeses  made 
this  work  for  his  father  Amunre, 
(and)  erected  for  him  (this)  fine  gate- 
way of  good  blocks  of  granite  stone, 
the  door  itself  of  wood  strengthened 
with  plates  of  precious  metals ;  gra- 
cious is  his  name  (  Remeses),**  &c. 

The  summit  of  this  pylon  is 
crowned  by  a,  row  of  sitting  cyno- 
cephali  (or  apes),  the  emblems  of 
Tboth. 

The  neit  area  is  far  more  splendid, 
and  may  be  looked  upon  as  one  of 
the  finest  which  aclom  the  various 
temples  of  Egypt.  Its  dimensions 
are  about  123  feet  by  133,  and  its 
height  from  the  pavement  to  the 
i  cornice,  39  feet  4.  It  is  surrounded 
by  an  interior  peristyle,  whose  east 
and  west  sides  are  supported  by  five 
massive  columns,  the  south  by  a  row 
of  eight  Osiride  pillars,  and  the  north 
by  a  similar  number,  behind  which  is 
an  elegant  corridor  of  circular  col  umns, 
whose  effect  is  unequalled  by  any  other 
in  Thebes.  Nor  do  the  colours, 
many  of  which  are  still  preserved, 
tend  a  little  to  add  to  the  beauty 
of  its  columns,  of  whose  masrive  style 
some  idea  may  be  formed,  from  their 
circumference  of  nearly  23  feet,  to  a 
height  of  24,  or  about  3  diameters. 

In  contemplating  the  grandeur  of 
this  court,  one  cannot  but  be  struck 
with  the  paltry  appearance  of  the 
Christian  colonnade  that  encumbers 
the  centre  ;  or  fail  to  regret  the  de- 
molition of  the  interior  of  the  temple, 
whose  architraves  were  levelled  to 


B56 


Description  of  thebes. 


Sect  IV. 


form  the  columns  that  now  spoil  tbe 
architectural  eflTect  of  the  area ;  and 
tbe  total  destruction  of  the  Osiride 
figures,  once  attjiched  to  its  pillars. 
But  if  the  rigid  piety,  or  the  domes- 
tic convenience,  of  the  early  Chris- 
tians destroyed  much  of  the  orna- 
mental details  of  this  grand  building, 
we  are  partly  repaid  by  the  interest- 
ing sculptures  tliey  unintentionally 
preserved,  beneath  the  clay  or  stucco 
with  which  they  concealed  them. 

The  architraves  present  the  dedi- 
cation of  the  "  palace  of  Remeses  at 
Thebes,*'  which  is  said  to  have  been 
built  of  good  hard  blocks  of  sand- 
stone, and  the  adytum  to  have  been 
beautified  with  precious  stones  and 
silver.  Mention  is  also  made  of  a 
doorway  of  hard  stone,  ornamented 
in  a  manner  similar  to  the  one  before 
noticed. 

On  the  east,  or  rather  north-east 
wall,  Remeses  is  borne  in  his  shrine, 
or  canopy,  seated  on  a  throne  orna- 
mented by  tlie  figures  of  a  lion,  and 
a  sphinx  which  is  preceded  by  a 
hawk.  Behind  him  stand  two  figures 
of  Truth  and  Justice,  with  outspread 
wings.  Twelve  Egyptian  princes, 
sons  of  the  king,  bear  the  shrine; 
oflicers  wave  fiabella  around  the  mo- 
narch; and  others,  of  the  sacerdotal 
order,  attend  on  either  side,  carrying 
his  arms  and  insignia.  Four  others 
follow ;  then  six  of  the  sons  of  the 
king,  behind  whom  are  two  scribes 
and  eight  attendants  of  the  military 
class,  bearing  stools  and  the  steps  of 
the  throne.  In  another  line  are 
members  of  the  sacerdotal  order,  four 
other  of  the  king's  sons,  fan-bearers, 
and  military  scribes ;  a  guard  of  sol- 
diers bringing  up  the  rear  of  the  pro- 
cession. Before  the  shrine,  in  one 
line,  march  six  oflicers,  beuring  scep- 
tres and  other  insignia;  in  another, 
a  scribe  reads  aloud  the  contents  of  a 
scroll  he  holds  unfolded  in  his  hand, 
preceded  by  two  of  the  king's  sons 
and  two  distinguished  persons  of  the 
military  and  priestly  orden. 

The  rear  of  both  these  lines  is 


closed  by  a  pontiff,  who,  turning 
round  towards  the  shrine,  bums  in* 
cense  before  the  monarch ;  and  a 
band  of  music,  composed  of  the 
trumpet,  drum,  double  pipe,  and 
a  sort  of  eroitMla  or  dappers,  with 
choristers,  forms  the  van  of  tlie  pro- 
cession. The  king,  alighted  from  his 
throne,  ofliciates  as  priest  before  the 
statue  of  Amun-Khem,  or  Amunre 
Generator;  and,  still  wearing  his 
helmet,  he  presents  libations  and  in- 
cense before  the  altar,  which  is  loaded 
with  flowen  and  other  suitable  ofier- 
i  ngs.  The  statue  of  the  god,  attended 
by  officera  bearing  fiabella,  is  carried 
on  a  palanquin,  covered  with  rich 
drapery,  by  twenty-two  priests ;  and 
behind  it  follow  others,  bringing  the 
table  and  the  altar  of  the  deity.  Be* 
fore  the  statue  is  the  sacred  bull, 
followed  by  the  king  on  foot,  wear- 
ing the  cap  of  the  '*  lower  country.** 
Apart  from  the  procession  itself 
stands  the  queen,  as  a  spectator  of 
the  ceremony ;  and  before  her,  a 
scribe  reads  a  scroll  he  has  unfolded. 
A  priest  turns  round  to  offer  incense 
to  the  white  bull,  and  another,  clap- 
ping bis  hands,  brings  up  the  rear  of 
a  long  procession  of  hienphori,  car- 
rying standards,  images,  and  otlier  sa- 
cred emblems ;  and  the  foremost  bear 
the  statues  of  the  king's  ancestors. 

This  part  of  the  picture  refers  to 
the  coronation  of  the  king,  who,  in  the 
hieroglyphics,  is  said  to  have  *<  put  on 
the  crown  of  the  upper  and  lower 
countries  ;**  which  the  carrier  pigeons, 
flying  to  the  4  sides  of  the  world,  are 
to  announce  to  the  gods  of  the  south, 
north,  east,  and  west.  In  the  next 
compartment,  the  president  of  tbe 
assembly  reads  a  long  invocation,  the 
contents  of  which  are  contained  in  tbe 
hieroglyphic  inscription  above;  and 
the  6  ears  of  corn,  which  the  king, 
once  more  wearing  his  helmet,  has 
cut  with  a  golden  sickle,  are  held  out 
by  a  priest  towards  the  deity.  The 
white  bull,  and  the  images  of  the 
king*s  anceston  are  deposited  in  his 
temple,  in  the  presence  of  Amun^ 


U.  Egypt 


BATTL£   SCENES, 


357 


Kbem,  the  queen  still  witnessing  the 
ceremony,  which  is  concluded  by  an 
ofTering  of  incense  and  libation,  made 
by  Remeses  to  tiie  statue  of  the  god. 

In  the  lower  compartments,  on 
this  side  of  the  temple,  is  a  procession 
of  the  arks  of  Amunre,  Maut,  and 
Khonso,  which  the  king,  whose  ark 
is  also  carried  before  him,  comes  to 
meet.  In  another  ftart,  the  gods 
Ombte  and  Hor-Hat  pour  alternate 
emblems  of  life  and  power  (or  purity) 
over  the  king ;  and  on  the  south  wall 
be  is  introduced  by  several  divinities 
into  the  presence  of  the  patron  deities 
of  the  temple.  In  the  upper  part  of 
the  west  wall,  Remeses  makes  oflTer- 
iogs  to  Pthah-Sokari  and  to  Kneph ; 
in  another  compartment  he  burns  in- 
cense to  the  ark  of  Sokari ;  and  near 
this  is  a  tablet  relating  to  the  oiTerings 
made  to  the  same  deity.  The  ark  is 
then  borne  by  16  priests,  with  a  pontiff 
and  another  of  the  sacerdotal  order 
in  attendance.  The  king  then  joins 
in  another  procession  formed  by  eight 
of  his  sons  and  four  chiefs,  behind 
whom  two  priests  turn  round  to  offer 
incense  to  the  monarch.  The  hawk, 
the  emblem  of  the  king,  or  of  Horns, 
precedes  them,  and  18  priests  carry 
the  sacred  emblem  of  the  god  Nofri- 
Atmoo,  which  usually  accompanies 
the  ark  of  Sokari. 

On  the  south  wall  marches  a  long 
procession,  composed  of  hieraphori, 
bearing  different  standards,  thrones, 
arks,  and  insignia,  with  musicians, 
who  precede  the  king  and  his  attend- 
ants. The  figure  of  the  deity  is  not 
introduced,  perhaps  intimating  that 
this  forms  part  of  the  religious  pomp 
of  the  corresponding  wall ;  and  from 
the  circumstance  of  the  king  here 
wearing  the  jwAeii/,  it  is  not  impro- 
bable it  may  also  allude  to  his  coro- 
nation. 

Battle  Scenes.  —  The  commence^ 
mentof  the  interesting  historical  sub- 
jects of  Mede^oet  H4boo  is  at  the 
south* west  corner  of  this  court,  on 
the  inner  face  of  the  tower.  Here 
Remeses  standing  in  his  car,  which 


his  horses  at  full  speed  carry  into  the 
midst  of  the  enemy's  ranks,  discharges 
his  arrows  on  their  flying  infantry. 
The  Egyptian  chariots  join  in  the 
pursuit,  and  a  body  of  their  allies 
assist  in  slaughteriog  those  who  op* 
pose  them,  or  bind  them  as  captives. 
The  right  hands  of  the  slain  are  then 
cut  off  as  trophies  of  victory. 

The  sculptures  on  the  west  wall 
are  a  continuation  of  the  scene.  The 
Egyptian  princes  and  generals  con« 
duct  «  captive  chiefs  **  into  the  pre- 
sence of  the  king.  He  is  seated 
at  the  back  of  his  car,  and  the  spirited 
horses  are  held  by  bis  attendants  on 
fooU  Besides  other  trophies,  large 
heaps  of  hands  are  placed  before  him, 
which  an  officer  counts  one  by  one, 
as  the  other  notes  down  their  number 
on  a  scroll,  each  heap  containing  3000, 
and  the  total  indicating  the  returns  of 
the  enemy's  slain.  The  number  of 
captives,  reckoned  1000  in  each  line, 
is  also  mentioned  in  the  hieroglyphics 
above,  where  the  name  of  the  Rebo 
points  out  the  nation  against  whom 
this  war  was  carried  on.  Their  flow-> 
ing  dresses,  striped  horizontally  with 
blue  or  green  bands  on  a  white  ground, 
and  their  long  hair  and  aquiline  nose 
give  them  the  character  of  some 
eastern  nation,  probably  in  the 
vicinity  of  Assyria,  as  their  name  re- 
minds us  of  the  Rhibii  of  Ptolemy. 
But  it  is  not  my  intention  to  enter 
into  a  dissertation  on  this  subject; 
and  future  discoveries  may  throw 
more  light  on  the  scenes  of  these  in< 
teresting  wars.  A  long  hieroglyphic 
inscription  is  placed  over  the  king, 
and  a  still  longer  tablet,  occupying  a 
great  part  of  this  wall,  refers  to  the 
exploits  of  the  Egyptian  conqueror, 
and  bears  the  date  of  his  fiflh  year. 

The  suite  of  this  historical  subject 
continues  on  the  south  wall.  The 
king,  returning  victorious  to  Egyptt 
proceeds  slowly  in  bis  car,  conducting 
in  triumph  the  prisoners  he  has  made, 
who  walk  beside  and  before  it,  three 
others  being  bound  to  the  axle.  Two 
of  his  sons  attend  as  fan-bearers,  and 


358 


PESCBIPTIOK  OF   THEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


the  several  regimeati  of  Egyptian  in- 
fantry,  with  a  corps  of  their  alliesi 
under  the  command  of  three  other  of 
these  princes,  marching  in  regular 
step  and  in  the  close  array  of  dis- 
ciplined troops,  accompany  their  king. 
He  arrives  at  Thebes,  and  presenU 
bis  captives  to  Amunre  and  Maut, 
the  deities  of  the  city,  who  compHment 
him,  as  usual,  on  the  victory  he  has 
gained,  and  the  overthrow  of  the  ene- 
my he  has  **  trampled  beneath  his 
feet." 

On  the  north  wall  the  king  presents 
offerings  to  different  gods,  and  below 
is  an  ornamental  kind  of  border,  com- 
posed of  a  procession  of  the  king's 
sons  and  daughters.  Four  of  the 
former,  his  immediate  successors,  bear 
the  asp  or  basilisk,  the  emblem  of 
majesty,  and  have  their  kingly  ovals 
added  to  their  names. 

Passing  through  the  centre  door, 
on  the  inner  or  north  side  of  this  cor- 
ridor, you  arrive  at  the  site  of  the 
hall.  On  either  side  of  the  en- 
trance the  king  is  attended  by  his 
consort,  who,  as  usual,  holds  the  si»- 
trum,  but  her  name  is  not  introduced. 
Some  of  the  chambers  at  the  back 
part  of  the  building  remain,  and  may 
be  visited  by  descending  amidst  the 
masses  of  crude-brick  walls  which  en- 
cumber them;  but  the  greater  part 
are  entirely  buried  and  concealed. 

If  the  sculptures  of  the  area  arrest 
the  attention  of  the  antiquary,  or  ei- 
cite  the  admiration  of  the  traveller, 
those  of  the  exterior  of  the  building 
are  no  less  curious  in  an  historical 
point  of  view,  and  the  north  and  east 
walls  are  covered  with  a  profusion  of 
the  most  varied  and  interesting  sub- 
jects. 

At  the  north-east  extremity  of  the 
end  wall  a  trumpeter  assembles  the 
troops,  who  salute  the  king  as  he 
passes  in  his  car.  In  the  first  com- 
partment on  ttie  east  side,  Remeses 
advances  at  a  slow  pace  in  his  chariot, 
attended  by  fan-bearers,  and  preceded 
by  his  troops  ;  and  a  lion  running  at 
the  side  of  the  horses,  reminds  us  of 


the  account  given  of  Osymandyaa, 
who  was  said  to  have  been  ac- 
companied in  war  by  that  animal. 
Another  instance  of  it  is  met  with  at 
e*  Dayr,  in  Nubia,  among  the  sculp- 
tures of  the  second  Remeses.  Second 
compartment :  —  He  continues  hia 
march,  his  troops  leading  the  van, 
and  a  trumpeter  summons  them  to 
form  for  the  attack.  Third  compart- 
ment :  —  The  Rebo  await  the  Egyp- 
tian invaders  in  the  open  field ;  the 
king  presses  forwards  in  his  car,  and 
bends  his  bow  against  the  enemy. 
Several  regiments  of  £g3rptian  archers 
in  close  array  advance  on  difierent 
points,  and  harasa  them  with  showers 
of  arrows.  The  chariots  rush  to  the 
charge,  and  a  body  of  Asiatic  allies 
maintains  the  combat,  hand  to  hand, 
with  the  Rebo,  who  are  ai  lenglh 
routed,  and  fly  before  their  victorious 
aggressors.  Some  thousands  are  left 
dead  on  the  fieM,  whose  tongues  and 
hands  being  cut  off,  are  brought  by 
the  Egyptian  soldiers  as  proofs  of 
their  success.  Three  thousand  five 
hundred  and  thirty-five  liands  and 
tongues  form  part  6f  the  registered 
returns ;  and  two  other  heaps  and  a 
third  of  tongues,  containing  each  a 
somewhat  larger  number,  are  d^ 
posited  under  the  sup«'intendence  of 
the  chief  ofllcers,  as  trophies  of  vic- 
tory. The  monarch  then  alights 
from  his  chariot  and  disttibutes  re- 
wsrds  to  his  troops.  In  the  next 
compartment  the  king's  military 
secretaries  draw  up  an  account  of  the 
number  of  spears,  bows,  swords,  and 
other  arms  taken  from  the  enemy, 
which  are  laid  before  them ;  and 
mention  seems  to  be  made  in  the 
hieroglyphics  of  the  horses  that  have 
been  captured. ' 

Remeses  then  proceeds  in  his  car, 
having  his  bow  and  sword  in  one 
hand  and  his  whip  in  the  other,  indi- 
cating that  his  march  still  lies  through 
an  enemy's  country.  The  van  of  his 
army  is  composed  of  a  body  of 
chariots ;  the  infantry  in  close  order, 
preceding  the  royal  car,  constitute 


U.  Egypt 


BATTLE   SCENES. 


359 


the  centre,  and  other  similar  corps 
form  the  wings  and  rear.  They  are 
again  summoned  by  sound  of  trumpet 
to  tlie  attack  of  another  Asiatic 
enemy,  and  in  the  next  compartment 
the  Egyptian  monarch  gives  orders 
for  tlie  charge  of  the  hostile  army 
drawn  up  in  the  open  plain.  Assisted 
by  their  allies,  the  Shairetana,  a 
maritime  people  armed  with  round 
bucklers  and  spears,  they  fall  upon 
the  undisciplined  troops  of  the  enemy, 
who,  after  a  short  conflict,  are  routed, 
and  retreat  in  great  disorder.  The 
women  endeavour  to  escape  with  their 
children  on  the  first  approach  of  the 
Egyptians,  and  retire  in  plaustra 
drawn  by  oien.  The  flying  chariots 
denote  Uie  greatness  of  the  general 
panic,  and  the  conquerors  pursue 
them  to  the  interior  of  the  country. 
Here,  while  passing  a  large  morass, 
the  king  is  attacked  by  several  lions, 
one  of  which,  transfixed  with  darts 
and  arrows,  he  lays  breatliless  be- 
neath his  horse*8  feet;  another  attempts 
to  fly  towards  the  jungle,  but,  re- 
ceiving a  last  and  fatal  wound, 
writhes  in  the  agony  of  approaching 
death.  A  third  springs  up  from  be- 
hind his  car,  and  the  hero  prepares  to 
receive  and  check  its  fury  with  his 
spear.  Below  this  group  is  repre- 
sented the  march  of  the  Egyptian 
army,  with  their  allies,  the  Shairetana, 
the  Sha^  *  *,  and  a  third  corps,  armed 
with  clubs,  whose  form  and  character 
are  very  imperfectly  preserved. 

The  enemy,  having  continued  their 
rapid  retreat,  take  refuge  in  the  ships 
of  a  maritime  nation,  to  whose 
country  they  have  retired  for  shelter. 
The  Egyptians  attack  them  with  a 
fleet  of  galleys,  which  in  their  shape 
differ  essentially  from  those  used  on 
the  Nile.  The  general  form  of  the  ves- 
sels of  both  combatants  is  very  similar: 
a  raised  gunwale,  protecting  the 
rowers  from  the  missiles  of  the  foe,  ex- 
tends from  the  head  to  the  stern,  and 
a  lofVy  poop  and  forecastle  contain 
each  a  body  of  archers ;  but  the  head 
of  a  lion,  which  ornaments  the  prows 


of  the  Egyptian  galleys,  serves  to  dis- 
tinguish them  from  those  of  the 
enemy.  The  former  bear  down  their 
opponents,  and  succeed  in  boarding 
them  and  taking  several  prisoners. 
One  of  the  hostile  galleys  is  upset, 
and  the  tiingtr*  in  the  shrouds,  with 
the  archers  and  spearmen  on  the 
prows,  spread  dismay  among  the  few 
who  resist  Tlie  king,  trampling  on 
the  prostrate  bodies  of  the  enemy, 
and  aided  by  a  corps  of  bowmen, 
discharges  from  the  shore  a  con- 
tinued shower  of  arrows  ;  and 
his  attendants  sUnd  at  a  short 
distance  with  his  chariot  and  horses, 
awaiting  his  return.  Below  this 
scene  the  conquering  army  leads  in 
triumph  the  prisoners  of  the  two 
nations  they  have  captured  in  the 
naval  fight,  and  the  amputated  hands 
of  the  slain  are  laid  in  heaps  before 
the  military  chiefs.  Though  this 
custom  savours  of  barbarism,  the 
humanity  of  the  Egyptians  is  very 
apparent  in  the  above  conflict ;  where 
the  soldiers  on  the  shore  and  in  the 
ships  do  their  utmost  to  rescue  their 
enemies  from  a  watery  grave. 

The  lake  here  represented  is  pro- 
bably one  of  the  inland  seas  or  lakes 
in  Asia*  And  it  is  highly  probable 
that  the  war  against  such  distant  na- 
tions was  the  occasion  of  the  revolt  of 
the  Tochari,  part  of  whom  had  served 
with  the  Egyptians  against  the  Rebo. 
But  the  complete  success  of  Remeses 
over  his  enemies  necessarily  led  to  the 
punishment  of  the  Tochari,  whose 
defection  at  such  a  crisis  justly  ex- 
cited the  vengeance  of  tlie  Egyptians; 
and  their  immediate  defeat  and  sub- 
sequent flight  to  a  neighbouring  tribe 
prove  (and  very  satisfactorily  has  the 
artist  conveyed  an  idea  of  this  fact  to 
the  spectator)  that  they  had  not  the 
same  power  of  resisting  the  yoke  of 
their  masters,  as  the  maritime  nation, 
on  whose  successful  opposition  to  the 
Egyptians  they  had  founded  the  hopes 
of  their  own  safety.  Thus  may  we 
account  for  their  being,  in  one  in- 
stance, the  allies  of  the  Egyptians 


360 


DESCBIFTION  OF   THEBES. 


Sect,  IV. 


agaitut  the  Rebo,  and  for  the  march 
of  Remeaes  to  their  country  after  the 
defeat  of  that  people;  which  might 
at  first  sight  appear  to  present  some 
difficulty. 

In  the  next  compartment,  the  king 
distributes  rewards  to  his  Tictorious 
troops;  and  then  proceeding  to  Egypt, 
he  conducts  in  triumph  the  captive 
Reboand  Tochari(Tokkari?)  whom 
he  offers  to  the  Tbeban  Triad,  Amun, 
Maut,  and  Khonso. 

In  the  compartments  above  these 
historical  scenes,  the  king  makes 
suitable  offerings  to  tlie  gods  of  Egypt ; 
and  on  the  remaining  part  of  the  east 
wall,  to  the  south  of  the  second  pro- 
pylon,  another  war  is  represented. 

In  the  first  picture,  tlie  king 
alighted  from  his  chariot,  armed  with 
his  spear  and  shield,  and  trampling 
on  the  prostrate  bodies  of  the  slain, 
besieges  the  fort  of  an  Asiatic  enemy, 
whom  he  forces  to  sue  for  peace.  In 
the  next  he  attacks  a  larger  town 
surrounded  by  water.  The  Egyptians 
fell  (he  trees  in  the  woody  country 
which  surounds  it,  probably  to  form 
testudos  and  ladders  for  the  assault. 
Some  are  already  applied  by  their 
comrades  to  the  walls,  and  while  they 
reach  their  summit,  the  gates  are 
broken  open,  and  the  enemy  are 
driven  from  the  ramparts,  or  pre- 
cipitated over  the  parapet  by  the 
victorious  assailants,  who  announce  by 
9ound  of  irumptt  the  capture  of  the 
place.  In  the  third  compartment,  on 
the  north  face  of  the  fir»t  propylon, 
Remeses  attacks  two  large  towns,  the 
upper  one  of  which  is  taken  witli 
little  resistance,  the  Egyptian  troops 
having  entered  it  and  gained  posses- 
sion of  the  citadeL  In  the  lower  one 
the  terrified  inhabitants  are  engaged 
in  rescuing  their  children  from  the 
approaching  danger,  by  raising  them 
from  the  plain  beneath  to  the  ramparts 
of  the  outer  wall.  The  last  picture 
occupies  the  upper  or  north  end  of 
the  east  side,  where  the  king  presents 
his  prisoners  to  the  gods  of  the 
temple. 


The  western  wall  is  entirely  covered 
by  a  large  hieroglyphical  tablet,  re* 
cording  various  offerings  made  in  the 
different  months  of  the  year  by^ 
Remeses  III.  The  head  and  fore- 
part of  several  lions  project,  at  in- 
tervals, from  below  the  cornice  of 
the  exterior  of  the  building,  whose 
perforated  mouths,  communicating 
by  a  tube  with  the  summit  of  the 
roof,  served  as  conduits  for  the  raiu 
water  which  occasionally  fell  at 
Thebes.  Nor  were  tliey  neglectful 
of  any  precaution  that  might  secure 
the  paintings  of  the  interior  from  the 
effects  of  rain,  and  the  joints  of  the 
stones  which  formed  the  ceiling  being 
protected  by  a  long  piece  of  stone, 
let  in  immediately  over  the  line  of 
their  junction,  were  rendered  im- 
pervious to  the  heaviest  storm.  For 
showers  fall  annually  at  Thebes ;  per- 
haps on  an  average,  four  or  five  in 
the  year;  and  every  eight  or  ten 
years  heavy  rains  fill  the  torrent  beds 
of  tlie  mountains,  which  run  to  the 
banks  of  the  Nile.  A  storm  of  this 
kind  did  much  damage  to  Belsoni's 
tomb  some  years  ago. 

Square  apertures  were  also  cut  at 
intervals  in  the  roofs,  tlie  larger  ones 
intended  for  the  admission  of  light, 
the  smaller  probably  for  suspending 
the  chains  that  supported  lamps  for 
the  illumination  of  the  interior. 

6.  OTHxa  auiKs. 

Six  hundred  and  fifty  feet  south- 
west  of  the  ]>avilioa  of  Mede^net 
Hiboo  is  a  9maU  Ptolemaic  temple, 
in  whose  adytum  are  some  curious 
hieroglyphical  subjects,  which  have 
tlirown  great  h'ght  upon  the  names 
and  succession  of  the  Ptolemies  who 
preceded  Physcon,  or  Euergetes  II. 
This  monarch  is  here  represented 
making  offerings  to  four  of  his  pre- 
decessors, Soter,  Pbiladelpbus,  Ptii- 
lopator,  and  Epiphanes,  each  name 
being  aocompani^  by  that  of  their 
respective  queens.  It  is  here,  in 
particular,    that  the  position  of  the 


R  Egypt 


TOMBS  OF   THE  QT7EENS. 


361 


Ptolemaic  cognomen,  is  Soter,  Phi- 
ladelphus,  and  others,  satisfactorily 
proves  that  it  is  afttTj  and  not  in  the 
name,  that  we  must  look  for  the  title 
which  distinguished  each  of  these 
kings ;  nor  will  any  one  conversant 
with  hieroglyphics  fail  to  remark  the 
adoption  of  these  cognomens  in  each 
prenomen  of  a  succeeding  Ptolemy  ; 
a  circumstance  analogous  to  the  more 
ancient  mode  of  borrowing,  or  gnar- 
terinfff  from  the  prenomens  of  an 
earlier  PharaiA  some  of  the  charac- 
ters that  composed  that  of  a  later 
king. 

This  MmaU  aantUtone  huilding,  whose 
total  length  does  not  exceed  48  feet, 
consists  of  a  transverse  outer  court, 
and  three  smaller  successive  cham- 
bers, communicating  with  each  other. 
Near  it,  to  the  west,  was  an  artificial 
basin,  now  forming  a  pond  of  irre^ 
gular  shape  during  the  inundation, 
and  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
tnimosas ;  beyond  which,  to  the  north- 
west and  west,  are  the  traces  of 
some  ruins,  the  remains  of  Egyptian 
and  Copt  tombs,  and  the  limited  en- 
closure of  a  modem  church. 

A  low  plain  extends  from  the 
south-west  of  this  temple  to  the  dis- 
tance of  7300  feet,  by  a  breadth  of 
SOOO,  whose  limits  are  marked  by 
high  mounds  of  sand  and  alluvial 
soil ;  on  one  series  of  which  stands 
the  modem  village  of  Kom  el  Byrat, 
the  two  southernmost  presenting  the 
vestiges  of  tombs  and  the  relics  of 
human  skeletons. 

JLtike,  —  Whatever  may  be  the 
opinions  of  others  respecting  the 
original  purport  of  this  extensive  area, 
the  fact  of  its  being  still  much  lower 
than  the  level  of  the  adjacent  country, 
and  the  appearance  of  the  mounds  of 
alluvial  soil  raised  from  its  excavated 
bed,  leave  no  doubt  in  my  mind  of 
tliis  traditional  Birket  H&boo  having 
been  rtaBy  a  lake,  similar  to  that  of 
Memphis,  and  intended  for  the  same 
purpose.  And  it  is  not  impossible 
that  the  tombs  on  its  southern  shores 
may  have  been  of   those  offenders 


who  were  doomed  to  be  excluded 
from  a  participation  in  the  funeral 
honours,  which  the  pious  enjoyed  in 
the  consecrated  mansions  of  the  dead 
on  the  north  side  of  this  Acherusian 
lake.  For  I  believe  that  the  pro- 
cession of  boats,  so  often  represented 
in  the  tombs  of  Thebes,  accompany- 
ing the  deceased,  took  place  on  this 
lake ;  and  the  bodies  being  then  re- 
moved from  the  boat,  and  placed  on 
a  sledge,  were  drawn  witli  great 
solemnity  to  the  tomb  destined  to 
receive  them. 

Another  SmaU  IVmpfe.  —  Three 
thousand  feet  south-west  of  its  western 
angle  is  a  tmaU  temple  of  Roman  date, 
bearing  the  name  of  Adrian,  and  of 
Antoninus  Pius,  who  completed  it, 
and  added  the  pylon  in  front.  Its 
total  length  is  4.9  feet,  and  breadth 
53  ;  with  an  isolated  sanctuary  in  the 
centre,  two  small  chambers  on  the 
north-east,  and  tliree  on  the  south- 
west side ;  the  first  of  which  con- 
tains a  staircase  leading  to  the  roof. 
In  front  stand  two  pylons,  the  outer- 
most one  being  distant  from  the  door 
of  the  temple  about  200  feet. 

Eight  thousand  feet  north-north- 
west of  Mede^net  H&boo  is  the 
Gabbanet  el  KeHhd,  or  "  Apee*  tmrial- 
ground,**  so  called  from  the  mum- 
mies found  in  the  ravines  of  the  tor- 
rents in  its  vicinity. 

Among  other  unusual  figures  care- 
fully interred  here  are  smidl  idols  in 
form  of  mummies,  with  the  emblem 
of  the  god  of  generation.  Their 
total  length  does  not  exceed  two 
feet,  and  an  exterior  coat  of  coarse 
composition  which  forms  the  liody, 
surmounted  by  a  human  head  and 
mitred  bonnet  of  wax,  conceals  their 
singular  but  simple  contents  of 
barley. 

7.    TOMBS   or  THE   QUXVKt. 

Three  thousand  feet  immediately 
behind,  and  to  the  north-west  of 
Mede^net  H&boo,  is  the  valley  of  the 
queene*  tombt.     But  they  have  few 

a 


362 


THEBES. — DAYR  EL  MEDEENEH. 


Sect.  IV. 


attractions  for  those  who  are  not  in- 
terested in  hieroglyphics;  and  who 
will  be  probably  satisfiied  with  the 
tombs  of  the  kings,  of  Abd  el  Koor- 
■eh,  and  the  Assase^f.  Among  the 
most  distinguished  names  in  the  se* 
pulchres  of  the  Queens  are  those  of 
Amunmeit,or  Amun-tmei,  the  daugh- 
ter of  Amunoph  I. ;  of  Taia,  wife  of 
tiie  third  Amunoph ;  of  the  favourite 
daughter  of  Remeses  II. ;  and  of  the 
consort  of  Remeses  V.  In  another 
appears  the  name  of  the  third  Re- 
meses, but  that  of  his  queen  is  not 
met  with.  They  have  all  suffered 
from  the  effects  of  fire,  and  little  can 
be  satisfactorily  traced  of  their  sculp- 
tures, except  in  that  of  Queen  Taia. 
It  is  not  improbable,  from  the  hierc^ 
glyphics  on  the  jamb  of  the  inner 
door  of  this  tomb,  that  these  are  the 
burjing-places  of  the  Pallacides,  or 
Ptfllices  Jovis,  mentioned  by  Strabo 
and  Diodorus;  and  the  distance  of 
ten  stadia  from  these  '*  first "  or 
westernmost  tombs  to  the  sepulchre 
of  Osymandyas,  agrees  with  that  from 
the  supposed  Memnonium  to  this 
valley.  Tlie  mummies  of  their  ori- 
ginal possessors  must  have  suffered  in 
the  general  conflagration,  which  re- 
duced to  ashes  the  contents  of  most  of 
the  tombs  in  this  and  the  adjacent 
valley  of  Day r  el  Medeeneh  ;  and  the 
bodies  of  inferior  persons  and  of 
Greeks,  less  carefully  embalmed,  have 
occupied  at  a  subsequent  period  the 
vacant  burial-places  of  their  royal 
predecessors.  (  For  the  Pallacides,  See 
my  Ancient  Egyptiane,  VoL  i  v.  p.  203. ) 

8.    OTHKa   TOMBS. 

At  the  Opposite  or  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  this  valley,  are  several 
tablete  of  the  firat  Amtunophf  and 
other  monarchs  of  the  18th  and 
and  1 9th  dynasties ;  and  from  hence 
a  short  path  leads  over  the  hills  to 
the  secluded  valley  of  Dayr  el  Me- 
deeneh, behind  the  Koornet-Mur- 
raee.  Here  several  Umhe  of  the  early 
date  of  the  same  Amunoph,  which 
claim  the  attention  of  the  chronologer 


ratlier  than  '  the  admiration  of  the 
traveller,  who  seeks  elegant  desigas 
or  interesting  sculptures,  extend 
along  the  brow  of  the  north-west 
hill ;  and  a  series  of  pits  and 
crude-brick  chambers  occupy  the 
space  between  these,  and  the  brick 
enclosure  of  a  Ptolemaic  temple  to 
the  east.  Among  tlie  most  remark- 
able of  tl.ese  tombs  is  one  containing 
the  members  of  Amunoph's  family, 
and  some  of  his  predecessors ;  and 
another,  whose  crude-brick  roof  and 
niche,  bearing  the  name  of  the  same 
Pliaraoh,  prove  the  existence  of  ike 
arch  at  the  remote  period  of  %.  c.  1540. 
I  may  also  mention  a  crude-brick 
pyramid  of  an  early  epoch ;  and  a 
tomb,  under  the  western  rock,  which 
offers  to  the  curiosity  of  chronologers 
the  names  of  three  successive  kings, 
and  their  predecessor  Amunoph  I., 
seated  with  his  hhiek  queen. 

The  deity  who  presided  over  this 
valley,  and  the  mountun  behind  it, 
was  Athor,  "the  guardian  ctf  the 
weet  ;**  and  many  of  the  tombs  have 
a  statue  of  the  cow,  which  was  sacred 
to  her,  whose  head  and  breast  project 
in  high  relief  from  their  innermost  wall. 

9.    DATR   XL   UEBXSKKH. 

The  emaU  temple  to  the  east,  called 
Dayr  el  Medeeneh,  from  having  been  the 
abode  of  the  early  Christians,  was  erect- 
ed by  Ptolemy  Philopator.  It  mea- 
sures 60  feet  by  33.  Being  left  unfi- 
nished, it  was  completed  by  Physcon,  at 
Euergetes  II.,  who  added  the  sculp- 
tures to  the  walls  of  the  interior,  and 
part  of  the  architectural  details  of  the 
portico ;  the  pylon  Jn  front  bearing 
the  name  of  Dionyftis.  Tbe  vesti- 
bule is  ornamented  with  two  columns^ 
supporting  the  roof,  but  it  is  unsculp-^ 
tured.  The  corridor  is  separated  from 
this  last  by  intercolumnar  screens* 
uniting,  on  dtber  aide  of  its  entrance, 
one  column  to  a  pilaster  surmounted 
by  the  head  of  Athor.  On  the  east 
wall  of  this  corridor  or  pronaos, 
Ptolemy  Philometor,  followed  b/ 
*<  his  brother,  the  god,**  Physcon,  and 


U.  Egypt 


DATB  EL  HEDEENEH. 


363 


tbe  queen  Cleopatra,  makes  offerings 
to  Amunre;  but  the  rest  of  the 
sculptures  appear  to  present  tbe 
names  of  I%yscon  alone,  who  adopted, 
on  his  brother's  death,  the  name  and 
oval  of  Philometor,  with  the  addi- 
tional title  of  "god  Soter." 

A  staircase,  lighted  by  a  window 
of  peculiar  form,  once  led  to  the  roof; 
and  the  back  part  of  the  nao*  consists 
of  three  parallel  chambers.  The 
centre  one,  or  adytum,  presents  the 
sculptures  of  Fhilopator  on  the  back 
and  half  the  side  walls,  which  last 
were  completed  by  the  second  Euer- 
getes,  a«i  a  line  of  hieroglyphics,  at  the 
junction  of  the  first  and  subsequent 
compartments,  announces  in  the  fol- 
lowing terms :  —  '*  This  additional 
work  of  good  stone  (?)  made  he,  the 
king  of  men,  Euergetes,  son  of  the 
sun,  Ptolemy  the  ever-living,  beloved 
of  Pthah,  (and)  the  royal  sister,  the 
queen,  mistress  of  the  (upper  and 
lower)  regions,  Cleopatra,  (and)  the 
royal  consort,  the  queen,  mistressofthe 
regions,  Cleopatra,  gods  Euergetes,  be- 
loved of  Amunre(  who  is),  the  defender 
of  the  sanctuary.  **  Amunre,  with  Maut 
and  Khonso,  Athor  and  Justice,  share 
the  honours  of  the  adytum ;  but  the 
dedication  of  Fhilopator  decides  that 
the  temple  was  consecrated  to  the 
Egyptian  Aphrodite,  "the  president 
of  the  west."  In  the  eastern  cham- 
ber Philopator  again  appears  in  the 
sculptures  of  the  end  wall,  where 
Athor  and  Justice  hold  the  chief 
place ;  while  Amunre  and  Osiris,  the 
principal  deities  in  tbe  lateral  com- 
partments, receive  the  offerings  of 
Euergctes  II. 

In  the  western  chamber  the  sub- 
jects are  totally  different  from  any 
found  in  the  templet  of  Thebes ;  and 
appear  to  have  a  sepulchral  character. 
Here  Philopator  pays  his  devotions 
to  Osiris  and  Isis;  on  the  east  side 
Physcon  offers  incense  to  the  statue 
of  Khem,  preceded  by  Anubis,  and 
followed  by  the  ark  of  Sokari ;  and 
on  the  opposite  wall  is  the  judgment 
scene,  frequently  found  on  the  papyri 


of  tbe  Egyptians.  Osiris,  seated  on 
his  throne,  awaits  the  arrival  of  those 
souls  which  are  ushered  into  Amenti ; 
the  four  genii  stand  before  him  on  a 
lotus  blossom ;  and  the /emole  Cerbe- 
rus is  there,  with  Uarpocrates  seated 
on  the  crook  of  Osiris.  Thoth,  the 
god  of  letters,  arrives  in  the  presence 
of  the  king  of  Hades,  bearing  in  his 
hand  a  tablet,  on  which  the  actions  of 
the  deceased  are  noted  down ;  white 
Horus  and  Aroeris  are  employed  in 
weighing  the  good  deeds  of  tbe 
judged  against  the  ostrich  feather,  the 
symbol  of  Justice  or  Truth.  A  cyno- 
cephalus,  the  emblem  of  Thoth,  is 
seated  on  the  top  of  the  balance.  At 
length  comes  the  deceased ;  who  ad • 
vances  between  two  figures  of  the 
goddess,  and  bears  in  his  hand  the 
symbol  of  Truth,  indicating  bis  meri- 
torious actions,  and  his  fitness  for 
admission  to  the  presence  of  Osiris. 
The  forty-two  assessors,  seated  above, 
in  two  lines,  complete  the  sculptures 
of  tbe  west  wall ;  and  all  these  sym- 
bols of  death  were  perhaps  owing  to 
the  chamber  being  dedicated  to  Osiris, 
in  his  peculiar  character  of  judge  of 
the  dead. 

Besides  tbe  monarcbs  by  whom  the 
temple  was  commenced,  we  may 
mention  the  '*  Autocrator  Canar,*' 
or  Augustus,  whose  name  appears  at 
the  back  of  the  naos. 

Several  enchorial  and  Coptic  in- 
scriptions have  been  #dtten  in  the 
interior,  and  on  the  outside  of  the 
vestibule,  whose  walls,  rent  by  the 
sinking  of  the  ground  and  human  vio- 
lence, make  us  acquainted  with  a  not 
uncommon  custom  of  Egyptian  ar- 
chitects,—  the  use  of  wooden  dove- 
tailed  cramps,  which  connected  the 
blocks  of  masonry.  Wood,  in  a 
country  where  very  little  rain  falls, 
provided  the  stones  are  closely  fitted 
together,  lasts  for  ages,  as  may  be 
seen  by  these  sycamore  cramps ;  and 
the  Egyptians  calculated  very  accu- 
rately the  proportionate  durability  of 
different  substances,  and  the  situation 
adapted  to  their  respective  properties; 


364 


THEBES.  —  DATR  EL  BAHKEE. 


Sect.  IV. 


Hence,  they  preferred  sands^tone  to  cal  - 
eareous  blocks,  for  the  construction  of 
'  their  temples,  a  stone  which,  in  the 
dry  climate  of  Egypt,  resists  the  action 
of  the  atmosphere  much  longer  than 
either  limestone  or  granite ;  but  they 
used  calcareous  substructions,  beneath 
the  soil,  because  they  were  known  to 
endure  where  the  conuct  with  the 
salts  would  speedily  decompose  the 
harder  but  less  durable  granite. 

The  walls  surrounding  the  court 
of  this  temple  present  a  peculiar  style 
of  building,  the  bricks  being  disposed 
in  concave  and  convei  courses  form- 
ing a  waving  line,  which  rises  and  falls 
alternately  along  their  whole  length. 

Of  the  grottoes  in  the  Koomet 
(Goomat)  Murraee  I  shall  speak  in 
noticing  the  catacombs  of  Thebes. 
{See'So,  13  in  this  Section.) 

10.   DAYR    BL  BAgaEK. 


After  passing  the  hill  of  Shekh 
Abd  el  Koomeb,  at  the  northern  ex- 
^  tremity  of  the  Assase^f,  and  imme- 
diately below  the  cliffs  of  the  Libyan 
mountain,  is  an  ancient  temple, 
whose  modern  name,  Dayr  el  BahreBf 
or  the  "  northern  convent,"  indicates 
its  having  served,  like  most  of  the 
temples  at  Thebes,  as  a  diurch  and 
monastery  of  the  early  Christiana. 

An  extensive  dromos  of  1600  feet, 
terminated  at  the  south-east    by  a 
sculptured  pylon,  whose  substructions 
alone  mark  its  site,  led  in  a  direct  line 
between  a  double  row  of  sandstone 
sphinxes  to  the  entrance  of  its  square 
enclosure;  before  which  two  pedestals 
still  point  out  the  existence  of  the 
obelisks  they  once  supported.   Follow, 
ing  the  same  line,  and  200  feet  to  the 
north-west  of  this  gateway,  is  an  in- 
clined plane  of  masonry,  leading  to  a 
granite  pylon  in  front  of  the  inner 
court;  and  about  150  feet  from  the 
base  of  this  ascent,  a  wall  at  right 
angles  with  it  extends  on  either  side 
to  the  distance  of  100  feet,   having 
before  it  a  peristyle  of  eight  polygonal 
columns,  forming  a  covered  corridor. 


The  inner   face  of   this  corridor, 
which  is  the  front  of  the  first  scarp 
of  a  series  of  terraces,  is  ornamented 
with  elegant  and  finished  sculptures. 
On  the  south-west  side,  several  regi- 
ments  of    Egyptian   soldiers,    with 
boughs  in  their  hands,  and  bearing 
the  weapons  of  their  peculiar  corps, 
march  to  the  celebration  of  a  triumph, 
to  the  sound  of   the  trumpet    and 
drum.  An  ox  is  sacrificed,  and  tables 
of  offerings  to  the  deity  of  Thebes 
are  laid  out  in  the  presence  of  the 
troops.     The  rest  of  the  sculptures 
are  destroyed,  but  the  remains  of  two 
boats  prove  that  the  upper  compart- 
ments were  finished  with  the  same  care 
as  those  I  have  just  mentioned. 

On  the  corresponding  wall  of  the 
north-east  side,  two  obeli^s  are  de- 
dicated to  Amunre,  by  the  monarch 
who  founded  this  building,  and  who 
erected  the  great  obelisks  of  Kamak  ; 
but  from  the  following  translation  c»f 
the  little  that  remains  of  their  hiero- 
glyphics, ~it  is   evident    they    difler 
widely  from  those  of  the  great  tem- 
ple of    Diospolis;   and    I    suppose 
them  to  have  stood  on  the  pedestals 
of   the    dromos  above    alluded    to. 
The  inscription,  aAer  the  name  of 
Pharaoh  Amunneitgori,  continues : — 
«  She  has  made  (this)  her  work  for 
her  father   Amunre,   lord  of  the  re- 
gions, (and)  erected  to  him  two  fine 

obelisks,  of  granite eke  did 

this  (to  whom)  life  is  given,  like  the 
sun,  for  ever." 

On  the  same  wall,  below  the  hand 
of  the  deity,  is  the  following  inscrip- 
tion : —  **  Tills  additional  work  (u  e. 
sculpture)  made  he,  the  king  Re- 
meses  (II.)*  ^  h>>  father  Amunre." 
Beyond  are  some  elegant  fowling 
scenes,  and  other  sculptures ;  and  oa 
the  west  wall  are  a  series  of  hawks 
in  very  prominent  relief,  about  the 
height  of  a  man,  surmounted  by  the 
asp  and  globe,  the  emblems  of  the 
sun,  and  of  the  king  as  Pharaoh. 
Tliough  I  took  some  uouble  to 
I  protect  the  sculptures  of  these  ter- 


races, I  believe  they  have  been  again 


U.  Egypt 


FALSE   ARCHES. 


S65 


covered  up  and  conce&led  from  view ; 
but  it  will  be  well  if  tliey  thus  escape 
the  Turkish  miners. 

The  granite  pylon  at  the  upper  ex- 
tremity of  the  inclined  ascent  bore» 
like  the  rest  of  the  building,  the 
name  of  the  founder,  Amunneitgori; 
which,  in  spite  of  the  architectural 
usurpations  of  the  third  Thothmes,  is 
still  traced  in  the  ovals  of  the  jambs 
and  lintel.  Nor  is  it  froOi  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  ovals  alone  that  we 
are  enabled  to  restore  this,  as  well  as 
the  rest  of  the  temple,  to  its  original 
founder ;  the  very  sense  of  the  hiero- 
glyphics would  remove  all  doubts,  if 
any  existed,  regarding  this  fact,  from 
the  singular  circumstance  of  the  fe- 
male  signs  being  used  throughout 
them,  so  manifestly  at  variance  with 
the  name  of  this  king.  For  instance, 
on  the  jamb,  we  read,  after  the  name 
of  Thotlimes  III.  (but  still  preceded 
by  the  square  title,  banner,  or  es- 
cutcheon of  Pharaoh  Amunneitgori), 
"  She  has  made  this  work  for  her  fa- 
ther  '  Amunre,  lord  of  the  regions* 
(t.  e.  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt) ; 
the  has  erected  to  him  this  fine  gate- 
way,-* Amun  protects' the  work,  —  of 
granite ;  ehe  has  done  this  (to  whom) 
life  is  given  for  ever. " 

Beyond  this  pylon,  following  the 
same  line  of  direction,  is  a  small  area 
of  a  later  epoch,  and  another  granite 
pylon,  being  the  entrance  of  a  large 
chamber  to  which  it  is  attached. 
This,  as  well  as  the  fa9ade  on  either 
side,  presented  the  name  of  Amun- 
neitgori, erased  to  admit  those  of 
Thothmes  II.  and  III. ;  and  in  other 
chambers  to  the  west  and  within  the 
court  between  the  two  pylons,  the 
same  name  has  suffered  a  similar  out- 
rage. That  of  Thothmes  I.  also  ap- 
pears among  the  sculptures;  but  as  he 
is  stated  to  have  been  "  deceased,**  at 
the  time  of  its  insertion,  he  must  have 
been  a  predeeeseor  of  the  founder  of 
the  building. 

The  inner  chambers  are  made  to 
imitate  vaults,  like  the  one  still  re- 
maining on  the  outside ;  but  they  are 


not  on  the  principle  of  the  arch,  being 
composed  of  blocks  placed  horizon- 
tally, one  projecting  beyond  that 
immediately  below  it,  till  the  up- 
permost two  meet  in  the  centre ; 
the  interior  angles  being  afterwards 
rounded  off"  to  form  the  vault  The 
Egyptians  were  not,  however,  igno- 
rant of  the  principle  or  use  of  Uie 
arch,  as  1  have  had  occasion  to  ob- 
serve; and  the  reason  of  their  pre- 
ferring one  of  this  construction  pro- 
bably arose  from  the  difficulty  of  re- 
pairing an  injured  vault  in  the  tun- 
nelled rock,  and  the  consequences 
attending  the  decay  of  a  single  block. 
Nor  can  any  one  in  observing  the 
great  superincumbent  weight  applied 
to  the  haunchee  suppose  that  this 
style  of  building  is  devoid  of  strength, 
and  of  the  usual  durability  of  an 
Egyptian  fabric,  or  pronounce  it  to 
be  ill-suited  to  the  purpose  for  which 
it  was  erected,  the  support  of  the 
friable  rock  of  the  mountain,  within 
whose  excavated  base  it  stood,  and 
which  threatened  to  let  fall  its  crumb- 
ling masses  on  its  summit. 

The  entrance  to  these  vaulted 
chambers  is  by  a  granite  doorway; 
and  the  first,  which  measures  30  feet 
by  13,  is  ornamented  with  sculp- 
tures that  throw  great  light  on  the 
names  of  some  of  the  members  of 
the  Thothmes  family.  Here  Thoth- 
mes I.  and  his  queen  Ames,  accom- 
panied by  their  young  daughter,  but 
all  **  deceased  **  at  the  time  of  its  con- 
s( ruction,  receive  the  adoration  and 
offerings  of  Amunneitgori,  and  of 
Thothmes  III.  followed  by  his 
daughter,  Re-ni-nofre.  Tlie  niche 
and  inner  door  also  present  the  name 
of  the  former,  eflBiced  by  the  same 
Thothmes,  whose  name  throughout 
the  interior  usurps  the  place  of  bis 
predecessor*s.  To  this  succeeds  a 
smaller  apartment,  which,  like  the 
two  lateral  rooms  with  which  it  com- 
municates, has  a  vaulted  roof;  and 
beyond  is  an  adytum  of  the  late  date 
of  Ptolemy  Physcon. 

Several  blocks,  used  at  a  later  pe- 
ft  3 


zee 


THEBES.  —  TOaiBS  OF   THE  KINGS. 


Sect.  IV. 


nod  to  repair  the  wall  of  the  inner  or 
upper  court,  bear  hieroglypliics  of 
▼arious  epochs,  having  been  brought 
from  other  structures ;  among  which 
the  most  remarkable  are — one  con- 
taining  the  name  of  King  Horus,  the 
predecessor  of  Rcmeses  I.,  and  nten- 
tioning  *^  the  fattier  of  his  father's  fa- 
ther's father,  Thothmes  III.,  who 
was,  in  reality,  bis  fourth  ancestor; 
and  another  of  the  fourth  year  of 
Pthahmen,  the  son  of  Remeses  1 1. 

It  had  been  long  supposed  that  a 
communication  existed  from  this  tem- 
ple to  the  Valley  of  the  Kings,  for 
which  reason,  indeed,  I  was  induced 
to  open  the  inner  part  during  my  stay 
in  1827.  But  the  appearance  of  the 
end  room  sufliciently  decides  the 
question,  and  proves  this  conjecture 
to  have  been  ill-founded  ;  and  it  will 
be  seen  from  the  survey  that  the  near- 
est, and  consequently  most  opportune 
spot  for  such  a  communication  is  not 
on  the  exact  line  of  this  building. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  dromos,  and 
about  GOO  feet  from  the  pedestals  of 
the  obelisks,  are  the  fragments  of  gra- 
nite sphinxes  and  calcareous  columns 
of  an  early  epoch,  at  least  coeval  with 
the  founder  of  these  structures ;  and 
a  short  distance  beyond  them  is  a  path 
leading  over  the  hills  to  the  tombs  of 
the  kings. 

Another  road  to  these  tombs  lies  by 
the  ravine  of  the  valley,  from  the  vi- 
cinity of  tlie  temple  of  Old  Koomeh ; 
and  to  the  east  of  the  entrance  of  this 
valley  are  several  limestone  quarries, 
wiih  the  rude  huts  of  the  miners; 
who  (to  judge  from  the  king's  name 
at  the  south  end  of  them)  continued 
to  work  them  after  the  accession  of 
the  twenty-sixtli  dynasty. 

11.     TOMBS  OP   THB    KINGS. BAB,     OR 

BIBAN     BL    HOLOOK,      **  THE     GATE  '* 
OR    "gates    of   THB    RINGS.** 

The   traditional  name   <*  Gates  of 
the  Kings**  u  applied  by  some  to  the 
tombs   themselves,  by  others  to  the 
narrow  gorge  at  the  inner  entrance 
of  the  valley. 


For  these,  as  for  other  tombs, 
eOu  are  of  course  required ;  some 
water  and  (M'ovisions  may  also  be 
taken. 

I  do  not  propose  to  give  a  detailed 
account  of  these  interesring  cata- 
combs,  nor  pretend  to  ofi«:r  to  the 
reader  an  explanation  of  tlie  sculp- 
tures, whose  interpretation  our  limited 
acquaintance  with  the  Egyptian  mys- 
teries, (to  which  they  frequently  al- 
lude-,) necessarily  renders  uncertain 
and  conjectural ;  I  shall  therefore 
merely  notice  their  most  remarkable 
features,  and  refer  to  them  according 
to  the  numbers  I  painted  on  them» 
which  I  believe  still  remain. 

BelzanfM  Tomb,— The  tomb  Na  1 7., 
which  was  discovered  by  Belzoni,  is  by 
far  the  most  remarkable  for  its  sculp- 
ture and  the  state  of  its  preservation. 
But  the  plan  is  far  from  being  well 
regulated,  and  the  deviation  from  one 
line  of  direction  greatly  injures  its 
general  effect;  nor  does  the  rapid 
descent  by  a  staircase  of  24  feet  in 
perpendicular  depth,  on  a  horisontal 
length  of  29>  convey  so  appropriate 
an  idea  of  the  entrance  to  tJie  abode 
of  death,  as  the  gradual  talus  of  other 
of  these  sepulchres.  To  this  stair- 
case succeeds  a  passage  of  18 J  feet 
by  9,  including  the  jambs;  and  passing 
another  door,  a  second  staircase  de- 
scends in  horisontal  length  25  leet ; 
beyond  which  two  doorways  and  a 
passage  of  29  feet  bring  you  to  an 
oblong  chamber  12  feet  by  14,  where 
a  pit,  filled  up  by  Belxoni,  once  ap- 
peared to  form  the  utmost  limit  of 
the  tomb.  Part  of  its  inner  wall  was 
composed  of  blocks  of  hewn  stone» 
closely  cemented  together,  and  co- 
vered with  a  smooth  coat  of  stucco, 
like  tlie  other  walls  of  this  excavated 
catacomb,  on  which  was  painted  a 
continuation  of  those  subjects  that 
still  adorn  its  remaining  sides. 

Independent  of  ifa«  main  object  oT 
this  pit,  so  admirably  calculated  to 
mislead,  or  at  least  to  check  the  search 
of  the  curious  and  the  spoiler,  another 
advantage  was  thereby  gained^  in  the 


U.  Egypt 


B£LZ0NI'S  TOMB. 


367 


preservation  of  the  interior  part  of 
the  tomb,  which  was  effectually  gua- 
ranteed from  the  destructive  inroad 
of  the  rain-water,  whose  torrent  its 
depth  completely  intercepted ;  a  fact 
which  a  storm  some  years  ago,  by 
the  havock  caused  in  the  inner  cham- 
bers, sadly  demonstrated. 

The  hollow  sound  of  the  wall  of 
masonry  above  mentioned,  and  a  small 
aperture  betrayed  to  Belsoni  the 
secret  of  its  hidden  chambers ;  and 
a  palm  tree,  supplying  the  place  of 
the  more  classic  ram,  soon  forced  the 
intermediate  barrier;  whose  breach 
displayed  the  splendour  of  the  suc- 
ceeding hall,  at  once  astonishing  and 
delighting  its  discoverer,  whose  la- 
bours were  so  gratefully  repaid.  But 
this  was  not  the  only  part  of  the  tomb 
that  was  closed :  the  outer  door  was 
also  blocked  up  with  masonry ;  and 
the  staircase  before  it  was  concealed 
by  accumulated  fragments,  and  by 
the  eartli  that  had  fallen  from  the  hill 
above.  And  it  was  the  sinking  of 
tlie  ground  at  this  part,  from  the 
water  that  had  soaked  through  into 
the  tomb,  that  led  the  peasants  to 
suspect  tlie  secret  of  its  position ; 
which  was  first  mentioned  to  lyt, 
Riippell,  and  afterwards  to  Belzoni. 

The  four  pillars  of  the  first  hall 
beyond  the  pit,  which  support  a  roof 
about  26  feet  square,  are  decorated, 
like  the  whole  of  tlie  walls,  with 
highly-finished  and  well-preserved 
sculptures,  which  from  their  vivid 
colours  appear  but  the  work  of  yester> 
day ;  and  near  the  centre  of  the  inner 
wall  a  few  steps  lead  to  a  second 
hall,  of  similar  dimensions,  supported 
by  two  pillars,  but  left  in  an  un- 
finished state,  the  sculptors  not  having 
yet  commenced  the  outline  of  the 
figures  the  draughtsmen  had  but  just 
completed.  It  is  here  that  the  first 
deviations  from  the  general  line  of 
direction  occur ;  which  are  still  more 
remarkable  in  the  staircase  that  de- 
scends at  the  southern  comer  of  the 
first  hall. 

To  this  last  succeed  two  passages, 


and  a  chamber  17  feet  by  14,  com- 
municating by  a  door,  nearly  in  the 
centre  of  its  inner  wall,  with  the  grand 
hall,  which  is  S7  feet  square,  and  sup- 
ported by  sii  pillars.  On  either  side 
is  a  small  chamber,  opposite  the  angle 
of  the  first  pillars,  and  the  upper  end 
terminates  in  a  vaulted  saloon,  19  feet 
by  30,  in  whose  centre  stood  an  ala> 
baster  sarcopliagus,  the  cenotaph  of 
the  deceased  monarch,  upon  the  im- 
mediate summit  of  an  inclined  plane, 
which,  with  a  staircase  on  either  side, 
descends  into  the  heart  of  the  argil- 
laceous rock  for  a  distance  of  150 
feet  When  Belzoni  opened  this  tomb 
it  extended  much  farther;  but  the 
rock,  which  from  its  friable  nature 
could  only  be  excavated  by  supporting 
the  roof  with  scaffolding,  has  since 
fallen,  and  curtailed  a  still  greater 
portion  of  its  original  length. 

This  passage,  like  the  entrance  of 
the  tomb  and  the  first  hall,  was  closed 
and  concealed  by  a  wall  of  masonry, 
which,  coming  even  with  the  base  of 
the  sarcophagus,  completely  masked 
the  staircase  ;  and  covered  it  with  an 
artificial  floor. 

I  do  not  imagine  that  the  sacred 
person  of  an  Egyptian  king  would  be 
exposed  to  the  inviting  situation  of 
these  sarcophagi,  especially  when  they 
took  so  much  care  to  conceal  the 
bodies  of  inferior  subjects.  It  is 
true  the  entrance  was  closed,  but  the 
position  of  a  monarch's  tomb  would 
be  known  to  many  besides  the  priest- 
hood, and  traditionally  remembered 
by  others ;  some  of  whom,  in  later 
times,  might  nut  be  proof  against  the 
temptation  of  such  rich  plunder.  The 
priests  must  at  least  have  foreseen 
the  chance  of  this ;  and  we  know  that 
many  of  the  tombs  were  plundered 
in  very  early  times;  several  were  the 
resting-placesof  lateroccupants;  some 
were  burnt  and  reoccupied  (probably 
at  the  time  of  the  Persian  invasion); 
and  others  were  usurped  by  Greeks. 

Some  of  the  sepulchres  of  the  kings 
were  open  from  a  very  remote  period, 
and  seen  by  Greek  and  Roman  visit- 

a4 


368 


THEBES. — TOMBS  OF  THE  KIKGS. 


Sect  IV. 


en;  who  mention  them  in  inscrip- 
tions written  on  their  walls,  as  the 
wyringtM  {trvpeyyts)  or  tunnels  —  a 
name  by  which  they  are  described 
by  Pausaniaa ;  and  Diodorus,  who, 
on  the  authority  of  the  priests,  reck- 
ons forty-scTen,  says  that  seventeen 
remained  in  the  time  of  Ptolemy  La- 
gus.  From  this  we  may  infer  that 
seventeen  were  then  open,  and  that 
the  remaining  thirty  were  closed  in  his 
time.  Strabo  too  supposes  their  total 
number  to  have  been  about  forty. 

A  small  chamber  and  two  niches 
are  perforated  in  the  north-west  wall 
of  this  part  of  the  grand  hall ;  and  at 
the  upper  end  a  step  leads  to  an  un- 
finished chamber,  17  feet  by  43,  sup- 
ported by  a  row  of  four  pillars.  On 
the  south-west  are  other  niches,  and 
a  room  about  25  feet  square,  orna- 
mented with  two  pillars  and  a  broad 
bench  (hewn,  like  the  rest  of  the 
tomb,  in  the  rock)  around  three  of 
its  sides,  four  feet  high,  with  four 
shallow  recesses  on  each  face,  and 
surmounted  by  an  elegaot  Egyptian 
cornice.  It  is  difficult  to  understand 
the  purport  of  it,  unless  its  level  sum- 
mit served  as  a  repository  for  the 
mummies  of  the  inferior  persons  of 
tlie  king*s  household  ;  but  it  is  more 
probable  that  these  were  also  deposited 
in  pits. 

The  total  horisontal  length  of  this 
catacomb  is  S20  feet,  without  the  in- 
clined descent  below  the  sarcophagus, 
and  its  perpendicular  depth  90.  But, 
including  that  part,  it  measures  in 
depth  about  1 80  feet,  to  the  spot  where 
it  is  closed  by  the  fallen  rock. 

I  shall  now  notice  the  $e%ifyiitre$. 
Those  in  the  first  passage  consist  of 
lines  of  hieroglyphics  relating  to  the 
king  Osirei,  « the  beloved  of  Pthah," 
who  was  the  father  of  Remeses  II. 
and  the  occupant  of  the  tomb.  In 
the  staircase  which  succeeds  it,  are  on 
one  side  thirty-seven,  on  the  other 
thirty-nine  genii  of  various  forms; 
among  which  a  figure  represented 
with  a  stream  of  tears  issuing  from 
his  eyes,  is  remarkable  from  having 


the  (Coptic)  word  rtmt,   "lamenta- 
tion, **  in  the  hieroglyphics  above. 

In  the  next  passage  are  Jtlie  boats 
of  Kneph;  and  several  descending 
planes,  on  which  are  placed  the  valves 
of  doors,  probably  referring  to  tbe 
descent  to  Amenti.  The  goddess  of 
Truth  or  Justice  stands  at  tbe  lower 
extremity.  In  the  small  chamber 
over  tlie  pit,  the  king  makes  offerings 
to  diflTerent  gods,  Osiris  being  the 
principal  deity.  Athor,  Horus,  Isia, 
and  Anubis,  are  also  introduced. 

On  tlie  pillars  of  the  first  hall,  the 
monarch  stands  in  tbe  presence  of 
various  divinities,  who  seem  to  be 
receiving  him  after  his  death.  But 
one  of  the  most  interesting  subjects 
here  is  a  procession  of  four  diflerent 
people,  of  red,  white,  ^lack,  and  again 
white  complexions,  four  by  four,  fol- 
lowed by  Ra,  <*  the  sun."  The  four 
red  figures  are  Egyptians,  designated 
under  the  name  r6t  (9),  <*  mankind  ;** 
the  next,  a  white  race,  with  blue 
eyes,  long  bushy  beards,  and  clad  in 
a  short  dress,  are  a  northern  nation, 
witli  whom  tlie  Egyptians  were  long 
at  war,  and  appear  to  signify  the 
nations  of  the  north ;  as  the  blacks, 
tbe  south ;  and  the  four  others,  also 
a  white  people,  with  a  pointed  beard, 
blue  eyes,  feathers  in  their  hair,  and 
crosses  or  other  devices  about  their 
persons,  and  dressed  in  long  flowiilg 
robes,  the  east.  These  then  are  not 
in  the  character  of  prisoners  but-  a 
typification  of  the  four  divisions  of 
the  world,  or  the  whole  human  race  ; 
and  are  introduced  among  the  sculp- 
tures of  these  sepulchres  in  the  same 
abstract  sense  as  tbe  trades  of  tbe 
Egyptians  in  the  tombs  of  private  in- 
dividuals; the  latter  being  an  epitome 
of  human  life,  as  far  as  regarded  that 
people  themselves,  the  former  refer- 
ring to  tbe  inhabitants  of  tbe  whole 
world. 

On  the  end  wall  of  this  hall  is  a 
fine  group,  which  Is  remarkable  as 
well  for  the  elegance  of  its  drawing 
as  for  the  richness  and  preservation 
of  the  colouring.     The  subject  is  the 


U.  Egypt. 


BRUCE'S,   OB  THE   HARPEB's   TOMB. 


369 


introduction  of  the  l^ing,  by  Horus, 
into  the  presence  of  Osiris  and  Athor. 
Though  not  the  most  striking,  the 
most  interesting  drawings  in  this  tomb 
are  thosjB  of  the  next  hall,  which 
had  been  left  unBni&hed;  nor  can 
any  one  look  upon  those  figures  with 
the  eye  of  a  draughtsman,  without 
paying  a  just  tribute  to  the  freedom 
of  their  outlines.  In  Egyptian  bas- 
reliefs  the  position  of  the  figures  was 
first  decided  by  the  artist,  who  traced 
them  roughly  with  a  red  colour, 
and  the  draughtsman  then  carefully 
sketched  the  outlines  in  black,  and 
submitted  them  to  the  inspection  of 
the  former,  who  altered  (as  appears 
in  some  few  instances  here)  those 
parts  which  he  deemed  deficient  in 
proportion  or  correctness  of  attitude ; 
and  in  that  state  they  were  left  for  the 
chisel  of  the  sculptor.  But  the  death 
of  the  king  or  some  other  cause  pre- 
vented,  in  this  case,  their  completion ; 
though  their  unfinished  condition,  so 
far  from  exciting  our  regret,  aflTords 
a  satisfactory  opportunity  of  appre- 
ciating the  skill  of  the  Egyptian 
draughtsmen. 

The  beautiful  groups  at  the  base  of 
the  next  staircase  were  taken  away  by 
M.  ChampoUion.  The  subjects  in 
the  succeeding  passages  refer  mostly 
to  the  liturgies,  or  ceremonies  per- 
formed to  the  deceased  monarch. 
In  the  square  chamber  beyond  them 
the  king  is  seen  in  the  presence  of  the 
deities  Athor,  Horus,  Anubis,  Isis, 
Osiris,  Nofri-Atmoo,  and  Pthah. 

The  grand  hall  contains  numerous 
subjects,  among  which  are  a  series  of 
mummies,  each  in  its  own  repository, 
whose  folding-doors  are  thrown  open ; 
and  it  is  probable  that  all  the  parts  of 
these  catacombs  refer  to  different 
states,  through  which  the  deceased 
passed,  and  the  various  mansions  of 
Hades  or  AmentL  The  representa- 
tions of  the  door-valves  at  their  en- 
trance tend  to  confirm  this  opinion  ; 
while  nuioy  of  the  sculptures  seem  to 
relate  to  the  life  and  actions  of  the  de- 


ceased, and  to  the  mysteries  of  the 
Egyptian  rites. 

I  n  the  side  chambers  are  some  mys- 
terious ceremonies  connected  with 
fire,  and  various  otlier  subjects  ;  and 
the  transverse  vaulted  part  of  the  great 
hall,  or  saloon  of  the  sarcophagus,  or- 
namented with  a  profusion  of  sculp- 
ture, is  a  termination  worthy  of  the 
rest  of  tliis  grand  sepulchral  monu- 
ment. In  the  chamber  on  the  left, 
with  the  broad  bench,  are  various 
subjects;  some  of  which,  especially 
those  appearing  to  represent  human 
sacrifices,  may  refer  to  the  initiation 
into  the  higher  mysteries,  by  the  sup* 
posed  death  and  regeneration  of  the 
Neophyte. 

No.  11.,  called  Brttee*s,  or  the  Har^ 
per* 9  Tombj  is,  from  the  nature,  though 
not  from  the  execution,  of  the  sub- 
jects, of  far  greater  interest  than  the 
last  mentioned.  The  monarch,  whose 
name  here  occurs,  is  Remeses  III., 
but  that  of  his  father  and  predecessor 
is  traced  beneath  the  ovals  of  Re^ 
meses,  who  appropriated  and  com- 
pleted the  subjects  on  its  walls. 

The  line  of  direction  in  this  cata- 
comb, after  the  first  ISO  feet,  is 
interrupted  by  the  vicinity  of  the 
adjoining  tomb,  and  makes  in  conse- 
quence a  slight  deviation  to  the  right, 
of  IS  feet,  when  it  resume^  the  same 
direction  again  for  other  275,  which 
give  it  a  total  length  of  405  feet 

Its  plan  differs  from  that  of  No. 
17,  and  the  rapidity  of  its  descent  is 
considerably  less,  being  perpendicu- 
larly only  SI  feet. 

The  mosttnterestlngpart  is  unques- 
tionably the  series  of  small  chambers 
in  the  two  first  passages,  since  they 
throw  considerable  light  on  the  style 
of  the  furniture  and  arms,  and  conse- 
quently on  the  manners  and  customs 
of  the  Egyptians. 

In  the  first  to  the  left  (entering),  is 
the  kitchen,  where  the  principal 
groups,  though  much  defaced,  may 
yet  be  recognised.  Some  are  engaged 
in  slaughtering  oxen,  and  cutting  up 

a  5 


370 


THEBES.  —  TOMBS  OF  THE  KINOS. 


Sect.  iir. 


the  joints,  which  are  put  into  caldrons 
on  a  tripod  placed  over  a  wood  fire  ; 
and  in  the  lower  line  a  man  is  em- 
ployed in  cutting  a  leather  strap 
he  holds  with  his  feet,  —  a  practice 
still  common  throughout  the  East. 
Anotlier  pounds  something  for  the 
kitchen  in  a  large  mortar;  another 
apparently  minces  the  meat;  and  a 
pallet,  suspended  by  ropes  running 
in  rings  fastened  to  the  roof,  is 
raised  from  the  ground,  to  guard 
against  the  intrusion  of  rats  and  other 
depredators.  On  the  opposite  side, 
in  the  upper  line,  two  men  knead  a 
substance  with  their  feet;  others  cook 
meat,  pastry,  and  broth,  prolMtbly  of 
lentils,  which  fill  some  baskets  beside 
them;  and  of  the  frescoes  in  the 
lower  line,  sufficient  remains  to  show 
that  others  are  engaged  in  drawing 
off,  by  means  of  syphons,  a  liquid 
from  vases  before  them.  On  the  end 
wall  is  the  process  of  making  bread  ; 
but  the  dough  is  kneaded  by  the 
hand,  and  not,  as  Herodotus  and 
Strabo  say,  by  the  feet;  and  small 
black  seeds  (probably  the  habbeh' 
»6da  still  used  in  Egypt)  being 
sprinkled  on  the  surface  of  the  cakes, 
they  are  carried  on  a  wooden  pallet  to 
the  oven. 

In  the  opposite  chamber  are  several 
boats,  with  square  chequered  sails, 
some  having  spacious  cabins,  and 
others  only  a  seat  near  the  mast. 
They  are  richly  painted,  and  loaded 
with  ornaments;  and  those  in  the 
lower  linA  Iiave  the  mast  and  yard 
lowered  over  the  cabin. 

The  succeeding  room,  on  the  right 
hand,  contains  the  various  arms  and 
warlike  implements  of  the  Egyptians ; 
among  which  are  knives,  quilted 
helmets,  spears,  yaUxkana  or  daggers, 
quivers,  bows,  arrows,  falchions, 
coats-of-mail,  darts,  clul»,  and  stan- 
dards. On  either  side  of  the  door  is 
a  black  cow  with  the  bead-dress  of 
Athor,  one  accompanied  by  hiero- 
glyphics signifying  the  north,  the 
other  by  those  of  the  south ;  probably 
inUmating  that  these  are  the  arms  of 


Upper  and  Lower  Egypt.  The  blue 
colour  of  some  of  the  weapons  suffices 
to  prove  them  to  have  been  of  steel, 
and  is  one  of  several  strong  argu- 
ments in  favour  of  the  conclusion  that 
tlte  early  Egyptians  were  acquainted 
witli  the  use  of  iron.  The  next 
chamber  has  chairs  of  the  most  elegant 
form,  covered  with  rich  drapery, 
highly  ornamented,  and  evincing  ad- 
mirable taste ;  nor  can  any  one,  who 
sees  the  beauty  of  Egyptian  fur- 
niture, refuse  for  one  moment  his 
assent  to  the  fact,  that  this  people 
were  greatly  advanced  in  the  arts  of 
civilisation  and  the  comforts  of  do- 
mestic life.  Sofas,  couches,  vases  of 
porcelain  and  pottery,  copper  utensils, 
caldrons,  rare  woods,  printed  stuflfs, 
leopard  skins,  baskets  of  a  very  neat 
and  graceful  shape,  and  basins  and 
ewers,  whose  designs  vie  with  the 
productions  of  the  cabinet-maker, 
complete  the  interesting  series  of 
these  frescoes. 

The  neit  contains  agricultural 
scenes,  in  which  the  inundation  of 
the  Nile  passing  tlirough  the  canals, 
sowing  and  reaping  wheat,  and  a 
grain,  which  from  its  height  and 
round  head  appears  to  be  the  doom  or 
sorghum,  as  well  as  the  flowers  of  the 
country,  arc  represented.  But  how. 
ever  successful  the  Egyptians  may 
have  been  in  seizing  the  character 
of  animals,  they  &iled  in  the  art  of 
drawing  trees  and  flowers,  and  their 
coloured  plants  would  perplex  the 
most  profound  botanist  equally  with 
the  fanciful  productions  of  an  Arabic 
herbarium.  That  which  follows  con- 
tains different  forms  of  the  god  Osiris, 
having  various  attributes. 

The  second  chamber,  on  the  op- 
posite side,  merely  offers  emblems 
and  deities.  In  the  next  are  birds 
and  some  productions  of  Egypt*  as 
geese  and  quails,  eggs,  pomegranates, 
grapes,  with  other  fruits  and  herbs, 
among  which  last  is  the  ghulpa,  or 
Periploca  secamone  of  LinnSus,  still 
common  in  the  deserts  of  Egypt,  and 
resembling  in  form  the  ivy,  which  is 


U.  Egypt 


TOMB  OF  MEMNON. 


371 


unknown  in  the  country.  The 
figures  in  the  lower  line  ore  of  the 
god  Nilus. 

In  the  succeeding  chamber  are 
rudders  and  sacred  emblems;  and 
the  principal  figures  in  the  last  are 
two  harpers  playing  on  instruments 
of  not  inelegant  form  before  the  god 
Ao,  or  Hercules.  From  these  the 
tomb  received  its  name.  One  (if  not 
both)  of  the  minstrels  is  blind. 

Each  of  these  small  apartments  has 
a  pit,  now  closed,  where  it  is  pro- 
bable that  some  of  the  officers  of 
the  king's  household  were  buried; 
in  which  case  the  subjects  on  the 
walls  refer  to  tlie  station  they  held  ; 
as,  the  chief  cook,  the  superintendent 
of  the  royal  boats,  the  armour- 
bearer,  the  stewards  of  the  house- 
hold, and  of  tlie  royal  demesne,  the 
priest  of  the  king,  the  gardener, 
hieraphoros,  and  minstrel. 

The  suljects  in  the.  first  passage, 
after  the  recess  to  the  right,  are 
similar  to  those  of  No.  17.,  and  are 
supposed  to  relate  to  the  descent  to 
Amenti ;  but  the  figure  of  Truth,  and 
the  other  groups  in  connection  with 
that  part  of  them,  are  placed  in  a 
square  niche.-  The  character  of  the 
four  people,  in  the  first  hall,  diflTers 
slightly  from  those  of  the  former 
tomb;  four  blacks,  clad  in  African 
dresses,  being  substituted  instead  of 
the  Egyptians,  though  the  same  name, 
lidtt  is  introduced  before  them. 

Beyond  the  grand  hall  of  tlie  sar- 
cophagus are  three  successive  pas- 
sages, in  the  last  of  which  are  benches 
intended  apparently  for  the  same  pur- 
pose as  those  of  the  lateral  chamber 
in  No.  17.,  to  which  they  are  greatly 
inferior  in  point  of  taste.  The  large 
granite  sarcophagus  was  removed 
hence  by  Mr.  Salt.  This  tomb  is 
much  defaced,  and  the  nature  of  the 
rock  was  unfavourable  for  sculpture. 
It  was  one  of  those  open  during  the 
reign  of  the  Ptolemies. 

No.  9.  was  called  by  the  Romans 
the  tonib  of  Memjum,  probalily  from 
its  being  the  handsomest  then  open ; 


though  the  title  of  Miamun  given  to 
Remeses  V.,   the   occupant  of    this 
catacomb,   in   common    with    many 
other  of  the  Pharaohs,  may  have  led 
to   this  error.     It   was  greatly    ad- 
mired by  the    Greek    and    Roman 
visiters,   who    expressed  their  satis- 
faction by  ex  voto9,  and  inscriptions 
of  various  lengths,  and  who  generally 
agree  that  having  "examined  these 
•yringes  *'  or  tunnels,  that  of  Mem- 
non  had  the  greatesf  claim  upon  their 
admiration ;  though  one  morose  old 
gentleman,    of   the    name  of    Epi- 
phanius,  declares  he  saw  nothing  to 
admire  "  but  the  stone,*'  meaning  the 
sarcophagus,   near    which   he  wrote 
his  laconic  and  ill-natured  remark : 
*'  'E.ittipavioi  uTTofniaa  ovfity  8c  c0av- 
fiaaa  ri  fiii  rov  Kidoy,**     In  the  second 
passage,  on   the  left  going  in,  is  a 
longer  inscription  of  an    Athenian, 
the    Daduchus    of    the    Eleusinian 
mysteriest  who  visited  Thebes  in  the 
reignof  Constantine.  This  was  about 
sixty  years  before  they  were  abolished 
by^  Theodosius,  aAer  having  existed 
for  nearly  1 800  years.     The  inscrip* 
tion  is  also  curious,  from  the  writer's 
saying  that  he   visited  the  <rvpiryyts 
**  along  time  after  the  divine  Plato.*' 

The  total  length  of  this  tomb  is 
34 2  feet,  with  the  entrance  passage, 
the  perpendicular  depth  below  the 
surface  24  feet  6  inches;  and  in 
this  gradual  descent,  and  the  regu- 
larity of  the  chambers  and  passages, 
consists  the  chief  i)eauty  of  its  plan. 
The  general  height  of  the  first  pas- 
sages is  1*2  and  13  feet,  about  two 
more  than  that  of  No.  II.,  and  thre.e 
more  tlian  that  of  No.  1 7. 

The  sculptures  difler  from  those 
of  the  above-mentioned  tombs,  and 
the  figures  of  the  four  nations  are 
not  introduced  in  the  first  hall ;  but 
many  of  the  ceilings  present  very  in- 
teresting astronomical  subjects. 

In  the  last  passage  before  the  hall 
of  the  sarcophagus,  the  tomb  No.  1 2« 
crosses  over  the  ceiling,  at  whose  side 
an  aperture  has  been  forced  at  a  later 
epoch.     The  sarcophagus,  which  is 

a  6 


372 


THEBES TOMBS^F   THE  KINGS. 


Sect.  IV. 


of  granite,  has  been  broken,  and  lies 
in  a  ruined  state  near  its  original  site. 
Tlie  vaulted  roof  of  the  hall  presents 
an  astronomical  subject,  and  is  richly 
ornamented  with  a  profusion  of  small 
6gures.  Indeed  all  the  walls  of  this 
tomb  are  loaded  with  very  minute 
details,  but  of  small  proportions. 

No.  8.  is  of  king  Pthahmen,  the 
son  of  Remeses  II.  On  the  left  side, 
entering  the  passage,  is  a  group,  of 
very  superior  sculpture,  representing 
the  king  and  the  god  Ra. 

The  style  of  this  tomb  resembles  that 
of  No.  17.,  and  others  of  that  epoch ; 
and  in  the  first  hall  are  figures  of  tlie 
four  nations.  The  descent  is  very 
rapid,  which,  as  usual,  takes  off  from 
that  elegance  so  much  admired  in 
No.  9. ;  and  the  sculptures,  executed 
in  intaglio  on  the  stucco,  have  suf- 
fered much  from  the  damp  occasioned 
by  the  torrents,  which,  when  the  rain 
falls,  pour  into  it  with  great  violence 
from  a  ravine  near  its  mouth.  Its 
length,  exclusive  of  the  open  passage 
of  40  feet  in  front,  is  167  feet  to  the 
end  of  the  first  hall,  where  it  is  closed 
by  sand  and  earth.  This  was  also 
one  of  the  seventeen  mentioned  by 
Diodorus. 

No.  6.  is  of  Remeses  VII.  The 
sculptures  differ  widely  from  those 
of  the  preceding  tombs.  In  the  third 
passage  they  refer  to  the  generative 
principle.  The  features  of  the  king 
are  peculiar,  and  from  the  form  of 
the  nose,  so  very  unlike  that  of  the 
usual  Egyptian  face,  there  is  no 
doubt  that  their  sculptures  actually 
offer  portraits.  On  the  inner  wall  of 
the  last  chamber,  or  hall  of  the  sarco- 
phagus, is  a  figure  of  the  child  Har- 
pocrates,  seated  in  a  winged  globe ; 
and  from  being  beyond  the  sarco- 
phagus, which  was  the  abode  of  death, 
it  appears  to  refer  to  the  well* known 
idea  that  dissolution  was  followed  by 
reproduction  into  life.  The  total 
length  of  Uiis  tomb  is  S43  feet,  in- 
cluding the  outer  entrance  of  35.  It 
was  open  during  the  time  of  the 
Ptolemies. 


No.  7.,  which  is  opposite  this,  is  of 
Remeses  II.,  but  is  nearly  filled  up 
with  the  sand  washed  into  it  by  the 
rains.  About  180  feet  of  it  were 
cleared,  I  believe,  by  Mr.  Salt.  This 
also  contains  Greek  inscriptions. 

No.  ^  is  a  small  but  elegant 
tomb,  218  feet  long,-  including  the 
hypiethral  passage  of  47.  The  sarco- 
phagus remains  in  its  original  situ- 
ation, though  broken  at  the  side,  and 
is  1 1  feet  6  inches  by  7,  and  upwards 
of  9  feet  in  height.  The  bodies 
found  in  the  recesses  behind  this  hall 
seem  to  favour  the  conjecture  that 
they  were  intended,  like  those  before 
mentioned,  in  Nos.  11.  and  17.,  m 
receptacles  for  the  dead.  The  in- 
scriptions prove  it  to  have  been  one  of 
the  seventeen  open  in  the  time  of  the 
Ptolemies.  The  name  of  the  king  is 
Remeses  IV. 

In  No.  1.  are  also  Greek  inscrip- 
tions of  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies. 
It  is  the  catacomb  of  Remeses  IX., 
but  very  inferior  in  style  and  dimen- 
sions to  the  preceding,  being  only 
132  in  length,  including  the  exterior 
uncovered  entrance.  A  small  sarco- 
phagus is  hewn  in  the  limestone  rock, 
in  the  centre  of  the  hall,  and  covered 
with  a  lid  of  red  granite. 

No.  S.  is  unsculptured,  except  at 
the  entrance,  which  is  much  defiiced. 
Its  plan  is  very  different  from  the 
other  tombs;  Uie  total  length  is 
scarcely  123  feet,  but  its  area  i% 
greater  than  that  of  No.  1.  It  was 
one  of  those  open  at  an  early  period. 
The  name  is  of  Remeses  III. 

No.  4.  is  an  unfinished  tomb  <^ 
Remeses  VIII.  At  the  end  is  a 
large  pit  32  feet  deep,  14^  in  length, 
and  1 1)  in  breadth.  It  was  also  open 
during  the  reigns  of  the  Ptolemies. 
Its  total  length  is  307  feet.  Neither 
of  these  two  are  worthy  of  a  visit. 

In  No.  13.  a  few  faint  traces  of 
sculpture  alone  i^main. 

On  the  projecting  rocks,  a  few  paces 
to  the  east  of  it,  are  some  hieratic 
characters ;  and  between  this  and 
No.  14.  it  is  probable  there  may  be 


U.  Egypt.      ROUTE  26.  —  tombs  of  the  kings. 


373 


another  tomb,  u  also  between  Nos. 
14.  and  15. 

No.  14.  is  of  king  Pthah-se-ptbah, 
or  Ptfaabma  Se-pthah,  who  seems  to 
have  reigned  in  right  of  his  wife,  the 
queen  Taosiri ;  as  she  occurs  some- 
times alone,  making  offerings  to  the 
gods,  and  sometimes  in  company  with 
her  husband.  This  catacomb  was 
afterwards  appropriated  by  king 
Osirei  II.,  and  again  by  his  successor, 
whose  name  is  met  with  throughout 
on  the  stucco  which  covers  part  of 
the  former  sculptures,  and  tii  iniagUo 
on  the  granite  sarcophagus  in  the 
grand  hall.  In  the  passages  beyond 
the  staircase  the  subjects  relate  to  the 
liturgies  of  the  deceased  monarch,  and 
in  the  side  chamber  to  the  left  is  a 
bier  attended  by  Anubis,  with  the 
Tases  of  the  four  genii  beneath  it.  In 
the  first  grand  vaulted  hall,  below  the 
cornice  which  runs  round  the  lower 
part,  varioas  objects  of  Egyptian  fur- 
niture are  represented,  as  metal  mir- 
rors, boxes  and  chairs  of  very  ele- 
gant shape,  vases,  fans,  arms,  neck- 
laces, and  numerous  insignia.  In 
the  succeeding  passages  the  subjects 
resemble  many  of  those  in  the  un- 
finished hall  of  No.  17.  The  sculp- 
tures are  in  intaglio ;  but  whenever 
the  name  of  the  king  appears  it  is 
merely  painted  on  the  stucco;  and 
those  in  the  second  vaulted  hall  are 
partly  in  intaglio  and  partly  in  out- 
line, but  of  a  good  style.  The  sarco- 
phagus has  been  broken,  and  the  lid, 
on  which  is  the  figure  of  the  king  in 
relief,  has  the  form  of  a  royal  name 
or  oval. 

This  tomb  was  open  in  tlie  time  of 
the  Ptolemies.  Its  total  length  is 
363  feet,  without  the  hypaethral  en- 
trance, but  it  is  unfinished ;  and  be- 
hind the  first  hall  another  large  cham- 
ber with  pillars  was  intended  to  have 
been  added. 

No.  15.  is  of  Osirei  II.  The  fi- 
gures  at  the  entrance  are  in  relief; 
and  of  very  good  style.  Beyond  £his 
passage  it  is  unfinished.  Part  of  the 
broken  sarcophagus  lies  on  the  other 


side  of  the  halL  It  bears  the  name 
of  this  monarch  in  intaglio ;  and  his 
figure  on  the  lid,  a  fine  specimen  of 
bold  relief  in  granite,  is  raised  nine 
inches  above  the  surface.  This  cata- 
comb was  open  at  an  early  epoch. 
Its  total  length  is  236  feet. 

No.  1 2.  is  unsculptured.  It  reaches 
only  to  a  distance  of  172  feet,  but  has 
several  side  chambers  at  the  upper 
end.  The  last  room  crosses  over 
No.  9.  It  was  probably  known  to 
the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

No.  10.,  adjoining  the  Harper's 
tomb,  presents  the  name  of  Amun- 
meses,  whose  exact  era,  as  well  as 
that  of  the  two  queens  who  are  intro- 
duced in  the  inner  part  of  this  cata- 
comb, is  uncertain.  It  is^  however, 
probable  that  he  lived  in  the  21st 
dynasty.  This  was  also  open  at  an 
early  period.  It  is  now  closed  after 
the  dutance  of  about  250  feet. 

No.  16.  is  of  Remeses,  or  Remesso 
I.,  the  father  ot  Osirei,  and  grand- 
father of  Remeses  II. ;  being  the 
oldest  tomb  hitherto  discovered  in 
this  valley ;  and  is  among  the  num- 
ber of  those  opened  by  Belsoni.  The 
sarcophagus  within  it  bears  the  same 
name. 

No.  18.  is  of  Remeses  X.,  but  is 
almost  entirely  filled  up.  It  was 
probably  one  of  those  open  in  the 
time  of  the  Ptolemies. 

No.  5.  is  nearly  closed.  Its  plan 
differs  very  widely  from  those  of  the 
other  tombs.  Neither  of  these  are 
deserving  of  a  visit. 

No.  19.  is  k  small  catacomb,  which 
presents  the  name  of  a  prince  Remeses, 
or  Remesso- Mandooho  .  .  .,  whose 
features  are  very  peculiar.  He  was 
a  royal  scribe  and  commander  of  the 
troops,  and  appears  to  have  been  heir- 
apparent  at  the  time  of  bis  death.  It 
is  only  open  to  the  distance  of  about 
65  feet 

No.  20.  is  a  long  passage,  of  which 
only  1 70  feet  have  been  explored,  de- 
scending to  a  depth  of  76  feet  per- 
pendicular. It  was  supposed  to  lead 
through  the  rocks  to  the  plain  of 


374 


THEB£S.  —  TOMBS  OF  THE  KIKGS, 


Sect  IV. 


Koorneh  ;  and  to  ascertain  this  fact, 
Mr.  Burton  cleared  it  to  the  above- 
mentioned  distance,  but  he  was 
obliged  to  abandon  his  researches 
owing  to  the  danger  of  the  mephitic 
air,  which  extinguished  the  lights. 
It  does  not  however  appear,  from  the 
direction  it  takes,  to  pass  through  the 
mountain ;  nor  is  the  spot  one  that 
they  would  have  chosen  for  such  a 
communication. 

No.  21.  is  a  small  tomb  without 
sculpture,  and  unworthy  of  a  visit. 
Fragments  of  alabaster  vases  are  met 
with  in  one  of  the  chambers. 

It  appears  that  those  open  in  the 
time  of  the  Ptolemies  were  Nos.  1 ,  ij, 
3,  4,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  II,  12,  14, 
15,  and  18,  fourteen  out  of  the 
seventeen  mentioned  by  Diodorus; 
so  that  the  tliree  others  have  been 
again  closed  since  that  epoch,  unless 
some  of  the  unsculptured  ones  may 
be  admitted  to  complete  the  number, 
which,  from  their  being  unworthy  of 
a  visit,  were  also  unworthy  of  an  in- 
scription to  record  the  fact  of  their 
existence.  As  that  writer  says,  that 
of  the  47,  only  17  were  open  in  the 
time  of  the  Ptolemies,  it  appears  that 
more  are  now  known  tlian  at  that 
period  ;  and  I  think  I  have  observed 
several  places  wliere  other  tombs 
might  be  found  in  various  parts  of 
this  valley. 


12.     THE  WXSTKEir  VALLIT. 

There  are  four  other  tombi  in  the 
western  valley,  behind  that  containing 
these  sepulchres.  If  tlie  traveller  is 
pressed  for  time,  he  need  not  visit 
them ;  but  they  are  curious  to  those 
who  are  interested  in  the  foreign 
kings  of  the  family  of  Atinre-Bakhan. 
One  Is  of  considerable  size,  but  the 
line  of  direction  varies  in  three  diflTer- 
ent  parts,  the  first  extending  to  a  dis- 
tance of  145  feet,  the  second  1 1 9,  and 
the  third  88,  being  a  total  of  352  feet 
in  length,  with  several  lateral  cham- 
bers.      The  name   u  of  Amunopb 


III.,  of  the  vocal  statue;  and,  con- 
sequently, it  is  the  oldest  catacomb 
hitherto  discovered  in  these  valleys, 
except  tliat  marked  W,  2.  Towanls 
the  end  of  the  first  line  of  direction  is 
a  well  now  nearly  closed,  intended  to 
prevent  the  ingress  of  the  rain-water 
and  of  the  too  curious  visiter ;  and 
this  deviation  may  perhaps  indicate 
tlie  vicinity  of  another  tomb  behind 
it. 

It  is  perhaps  in  this  valley  that 
other  of  the  oldest  royal  catacombs 
may  some  day  be  discovered,  and  it 
certainly  is  singular  that  none  have 
been  yet  met  with  of  the  first  kings 
of  the  18th  dynasty. 

There  is  one  remarkable  fact  con- 
nected with  the  tombs  in  the  western 
valley,  that  they  are  of  kings  wfaw 
appear  to  have  belonged  to  a  foreign 
dynasty;  the  last  of  whom  was  Amu- 
noph  III.,  who  became  one  of  the 
Theban   line,   perhaps    by  right  of 
marriage,  or  by  some  particular  fa- 
vour.    That  in  features  he  was  un- 
like an  Egyptian  is  evident ;  his  re- 
semblance to  tlie  strange  kings,  whoae 
monument%  are    found  at    Tel  el 
Amarna  and  some  other  places,   is 
very  striking ;  and  the  researcbn  of 
M.   Prisse,  at  Karnak,  seem  to  de- 
cide that  he  was  of  that  family.     Tbo 
discovery  of  the  tombs  in  the  western 
valley  would  therefore  be  of  great 
interest;  aud  it  would  perhaps  give 
some  useful   information  respecting 
the  history  of  Egypt,  and  this  most 
curious  point  in  the  succession  of  tbo 
Pharaohs. 

W,  2.  is  205  feet  in  length,  in- 
eluding  the  entrance,  and  contains 
a  broken  sarcophagus,  and  some  bad 
fresco  painting  of  peculiarly  short 
and  graceless  proportions.  Of  the 
era  of  the  king  whose  name  here 
occurs,  I  have  only  been  able  to  as- 
certain that  he  was  prior  to  Remcaes 
II.,  and  probably  by  several  reigns. 
He  appean  to  be  called  Eesa,  or,  as 
some  suppose,  Shai.  (  See  his  name  in 
p.  393.  Nos.  14,  15.) 

The  othen  ara  not  worthy  of  notice. 


U.  Egypt. 


PRTVATE  T03iB9  —  THE  ARCH. 


373 


13.    TOMBS  OF   PRIESTS,   AND    FRITATK 
INDIVIDUALS. 

If  I  could  fix  on  any  part  of  this 
vast  abode  of  death,  where  the  most 
ancient  tombs  are  exclusively  met 
with,  I  should  not  hesitate  in  com- 
mencing my  notice  of  them  in  the 
order  of  their  relative  antiquity  ;  but 
as  some  of  a  remote  epoch  are  con- 
tinually intermixed  with  those  of  more 
recent  date,  it  is  impossible  to  fix 
with  precision  the  exact  extent  of  the 
earliest  cemeteries.  It  is  likewise  dif- 
ficult to  determine  the  particular 
portions  set  apart  for  the  sepulture 
of  the  members  of  the  various  castes 
into  which  the  Egyptians  weredivided, 
since  those  of  the  ^ame  class  are 
found  in  more  than  one  part  of  its 
extensive  circuit.  Some  general  no- 
tions may,  however,  be  formed  on  this 
head,  by  looking  over  my  Survey  of 
Thebes,  others  must  be  given  in  the 
following  pages,  where  I  shall  also 
notice  those  kings  whose  names  ap- 
pearing in^e  sculptures  fix,  in  some 
degree,  the  epoch  at  which  several 
portions  of  this  burial-ground  were 
consecrated  to  the  reception  of  the 
dead.  But  in  many  of  them  all  clue 
to  the  determination  of  this  fact  is  en- 
tirely lost,  by  the  decay  of  the  sculp- 
tures, or  the  fall  of  the  stucco  on 
which  they  were  painted  ;  and  what 
increases  our  regret  on  this  point,  is 
that  these  fallen  annals,  from  their 
relating  to  the  most  ancient  epoch, 
were  by  far  the  most  interesting. 
Among  the  last  it  is  highly  probable 
that  those  situated  north  of  Old 
Koomeh  are  deserving  of  the  first 
rank,  as  well  from  the  total  disap- 
pearance of  the  stucco  which  once 
lined  their  walls,  as  from  the  state  of 
the  rock  itself,  their  situation  oppo- 
site Karnak  (the  main  and  original 
part  of  DiospoUs),  and  their  vicinity 
to  the  river.  I  must  also  observe, 
that  many  tombs  are  occasionally 
filled  up,  or  destroyed  by  the  pea- 
sants ;  so  that  some  that  I  am  going 
to  describe  may  no  longer  be  visible. 


In  the  reign  of  Amunoph  I.,  second 
king  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty,  other 
grottoes  were  excavated  in  the  Drah 
Aboo  NeggOf  behind  the  temple  of 
Old  Koorneh,  —  one  or  two  in  the 
Assaseef, — and  several  others  in  the 
valley  of  Dayr  el  Mede^oeh,  which, 
being  the  westernmost,  were  consi- 
dered more  peculiarly  under  the  pro- 
tection of  Athor,  the  <*  president  of 
the  West;*'  who  is  frequently  there 
represented  either  receiving  the  Sun 
into  her  arms,  coming  forth  under  the 
form  of  a  cow  from  behind  the  **  Wes- 
tern Mountain,*'  or  standing  between 
the  figures  of  the  man  and  lady  of  the 
tomb.  She  bears  her  emblems,  the 
long  horns  and  feathers,  which  com- 
pose her  usual  head-dress. 

The  friable  nature  of  the  rock  in 
part  of  this  valley  urged  the  necessity 
of  lining  the  roofs  of  some  of  these 
grottoes  with  vaults  of  brick,  which, 
while  they  point  out  the  dryness  of 
a  climate  that  permits  crude-brick 
to  stand  uninjured  through  a  period 
of  3370  years,  establish  the  antiquity 
of  the  invention  of  the  arch. 

These  tombs  are  generally  small ; 
sometimes  the  sculptures  are  cut  in 
the  rock  itself,  sometimes  traced  on 
the  stucco  that  covers  its  irregular 
surface,  and  some  have  only  fresco 
paintings  on  the  crude-brick  walls 
which  case  the  interior.  The  facility 
of  working  this  rock  may  have  in- 
duced them  to  select  it  for  the  tombs 
of  those  who  objected  to  more  expen- 
sive excavations ;  and  it  is  reasonable 
to  suppose,  that  being  in  the  habit  of 
constructing  their  houses  with  brick 
vaults,  they  would  employ  a  similar 

!  covering  to  the  chambers  of  the  dead  ; 
especially  when  they  required  the  pro- 
tection  of  a  roof  against  the  crumb- 
ling of  the  soft  argillaceous  stratum, 

^  in  which  tliey  have  been  excavated, 
and  which  forms  the  base  of  the 
limestone  mountains  of  Thebes. 

I  In  the  succeeding  reigns  of  the 
Thothmes  and  Amunophs,  the  hill  of 
Abd  el  Koomeh,  Koornet  Murraee, 

'  and  part  of  Drah  Aboo  Negga,  were 


376 


THEBES. —  PRIVATE   TOMBS. 


Sect.  IV. 


occupied  by  the  priestly  order,  who, 
with  their  wives  and  families,  were  in- 
terred in  the  pits  of  those  elegant  ca- 
tacombs, whose  varied  and  interesting 
sculptures  delight  the  antiquary,  and 
excite  bis  surprise  at  their  preserva- 
tion after  a  lapse  of  more  than  3000 
years.  Here  manners  and  customs, 
historical  events  and  religious  cere- 
monies, seem  to  carry  us  back  to  the 
society  of  those  to  whom  they  refer, 
and  we  are  enabled  to  study  the  amuse- 
ments and  occupations  of  the  ancient 
Egyptians,  almost  as  though  we  were 
spectators  of  the  scenes  represented 
in  the  sculptures. 

In  the  time  of  Osirei  and  his  son, 
other  tombs  were  opened  beneath 
these  hills,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  pa- 
lace of  the  second  Remeses,  and  on 
the  west  of  the  entrance  to  the  Assa^ 
seef.  And  in  the  early  part  of  the 
latter  reign,  some  of  those  belonging 
to  the  priestly  order,  amidst  the 
crude -brick  pyramids  at  the  western 
extremity  of  Dnh  Aboo  Negga,  in- 
creased Uie  number  of  the  larger  se- 
pulchres. Others  bear  the  name  of 
Fthahmen,  his  son  and  successor ;  in 
one  of  which,  having  an  outer  area, 
enclosed  by  a  stone  wall,  colossal 
figures  of  the  lord  and  lady  of  the 
tomb  are  majestically  seated  in  the 
first  chamber.  But  the  most  inte- 
resting objects  on  this  part  of  the  hill 
are  the  crude-brick  pyramids  them- 
selves, as  well  from  the  state  of  their 
preservation,  as  from  the  existence  of 
the  oreheM  which  form  the  roofs  of 
their  central  chambers;  nor,  judging 
from  the  style  of  the  frescoes,  can  we 
venture  to  assign  to  them  a  date  pos- 
terior to  the  tUrd  Remeses,  or  about 
B.C.  123a 

From  the  above  statement  alone  it 
is  evident  that  these  districts  cannot 
be  classed  under  particular  reigns; 
but  with  regard  to  the  exclusive  ap- 
propriation of  certain  parts  of  the 
Theban  cemetery  to  peculiar  castes,  it 
may  be  obaervcd  that  in  thoae  places 
where  the  compact  nature  of  the  rock 
was  best  suited  for  large  excavations, 


the  tombs  of  the  priests  are  iuTariably 
met  with,  while  those  of  the  inferior 
classes  are  to  be  looked  for,  either 
in  the  plain  beneath,  or  in  the  less 
solid  parts  of  the  adjacent  hills. 

Tbmbi  of  the  Aiuueef. — The  most 
remarkable,  which  date  after  this 
epoch,  are  those  in  the  Assaseef,  and 
behind  the  palace  of  Remeses  II., 
executed  during  the  period  of  the 
26th  dynasty,  in  the  seventh  century 
before  our  era.  Their  plans,  though 
very  different  from  those  of  the  other 
Theban  tombs,  bear  a  general  reseno- 
blance  to  each  other ;  and  they  are 
not  leas  remarkable  for  their  extent, 
than  for  the  profusion  and  detail  of 
their  ornamental  sculpture. 

The  smallest,  which  are  those  be- 
hind the  palace  of  Remeses,  com- 
mence with  an  outer  court,  decorated 
by  a  peristyle  of  pillars.  To  this 
succeeds  an  arched  entrance  to  the 
tomb  itself,  which  consists  of  a  long 
hall,  supported  by  a  double  row  of 
four  pillars,  and  another  of  smaller 
dimensions  beyond  it,  with  four 
pillars  in  the  centre.  The  largest 
of  them,  and  indeed  of  aU  the  sepul- 
chres of  Thebes,  are  those  in  the 
A$Mastef,  one  of  which  (R.  in  the 
Survey)  far  exceeds  in  extent  any  one 
of  the  tombs  of  the  kings.  Its  outer 
courj  or  area,  is  103  feet  by  76,  with 
a  flight  of  steps  descending  to  its 
centre  from  the  entrance,  which  lie* 
between  two  massive  crude-brick 
walls,  once  supporting  an  arched 
gateway.  The  inner  door,  cut  like 
the  rest  of  the  tomb  in  the  limestone 
rock,  leads  to  a  second  court,  53  feet 
by  67,  with  m  peristyle  of  pillars  cm 
either  side,  behind  which  are  two 
closed  corridors.  That  on  the  west 
contains  a  pit  and  one  small  square 
room,  and  the  opposite  one  has  a  si- 
mihir  chamber,  which  leads  to  a  nar- 
row passage,  once  closed  in  two 
places  by  masonry,  and  evidently 
used  for  a  sepulchral  purpose. 

Continuing  through  the  second 
area,  you  arrive  at  a  porch,  whose 
arched  summit,  hollowed  out  of  the 


U.  Egypt 


TOMBS  OF   THE  ASSA3EEF. 


3n 


rock,  has  the  light  form  of  a  small 
segment  of  a  circle;  and  from  the 
lurface  of  the  inner  wall  project  the 
cornice  and  mouldings  of  an  elegant 
doorway. 

This  opens  on  the  6rst  hall,  53  feet 
by  37,  once  supported  by  a  double 
line  of  four  pillars,  dividing  thenave 
(if  I  may  so  call  it)  from  the  ables, 
with  half  pillars  as  usual  attached  to 
the  end  walls.  Another  ornamented 
doorway  leads  to  the  second  hall,  32 
feet  square,  with  two  pillars  in  each 
row,  disposed  as  in  the  former.  Pass* 
ing  through  another  door,  you  arrive 
at  a  small  chamber,  21  feet  by  12,  at 
whose  end  wall  is  a  niche,  formed  of 
a  series  of  jambs,  receding  succes- 
sively to  its  centre.  Here  terminates 
the  first  line  of  direction.  A  square 
room  lies  on  the  left  (entering),  and 
on  the  right  another  succession  of 
passages,  or  narrow  apartments,  leads 
to  two  flights  of  steps,  immediately 
hefon  which  is  another  diwr  on  the 
right.  Beyond  these  is  another  pas- 
sage, and  a  room  containing  a  pit  45 
feet  deep,  which  opens  at  about  one- 
third  of  its  depth  on  a  lateral  chamber. 

A  third  line  of  direction,  at  right 
angles  with  the  former,  turns  to  the 
right,  and  terminates  in  a  room,  at 
whose  upper  end  is  a  squared  pedestal. 

Returning  through  this  range  of 
passages,  and  re-ascending  the  two 
staircases,  the  door  above  alluded  to 
presents  itself  on  the  left  hand.  You 
shortly  arrive  at  a  pit  (opening  on 
another  set  of  rooms,  beneath  the 
level  of  the  upper  ground  plan),  and 
after  passing  it,  a  large  square,  sur- 
rounded by  long  passages,  arrests  the 
attention  of  the  curious  visiter.  A  t  each 
angle  is  the  figure  of  one  of  the  eight 
following  goddesses :  — Neith,  S4t6, 
Isis,  Nephthys,  Netpe,  Justice,  Svlk, 
and  Athor,  who,  standing  with  out- 
spread arms,  preside  over  and  protect 
the  sacred  enclosure,  to  which  they 
front  and  are  attached. 

Eleven  niches,  in  six  of  which  are 
small  figures  of  different  deities, 
occur  at  intervals  on  the  side  walls, 


and  the  summit  is  crowned  by  a 
friese  of  hieroglyphics.  Three  cham- 
bers lie  behind  this  square,  and  the 
passage  which  goes  round  it  descends 
on  that  side,  and  rejoins,  by  an  ascend^ 
ing  talus  on  the  next,  the  level  of  the 
front.  A  short  distance  further  ter- 
minates this  part  of  the  tomb ;  but  the 
above-mentioned  pit  con^municates 
with  a  subterranean  passage  opening 
on  a  vaulted  chamber,  from  whose 
upper  extremity  another  pit  leads, 
downwardSf  to  a  second,  and,  ulti- 
mately, through  the  ceiling  of  the 
last,  tgncards,  to  a  third  apartment, 
coming  immediately  below  the  centre 
of  the  square  above  noticed.  It  has 
one  central  niche,  and  seven  on  either 
side,  the  whole  loaded  with  hierogly- 
phical  sculptures,  which  cover  the 
walls  in  every  part  of  this  extensive 
tomb. 

But  to  give  an  idea  of  its  length, 
and  consequently  of  the  profusion  of 
its  ornamental  details,  I  shall  briefly 
state  the  total  extent  of  each  series  of 
the  passages,  both  in  the  upper  and 
under  part  of  the  excavation.  From 
the  entrance  of  the  outer  area  to  the 
first  deviation  from  the  original  right 
line  is  320  feet.  The  total  of  the 
next  range  of  passages  to  the  chamber 
of  the  great  pit  is  177  feet.  The 
third  passage,  at  right  angles,  to  this 
last,  is  60  feet ;  that  passing  over  the 
second  pit  is  1 25 ;  and  adding  to  these 
three  of  the  sides  of  the  isolated  square, 
the  total  is  862  feet,  independent  of 
the  lateral  chambers. 

The  area  of  the  actual  excavation  is 
22,217  square  feet,  and  with  the 
chambers  of  the  pits,  23,809 ;  though 
from  the  nature  of  ita  plan,  the 
ground  it  occupies  is  nearly  one  acre 
and  a  quarter ;  an  immoderate  space 
for  the  sepulchre  of  one  individual, 
even  allowing  that  the  members  of  his 
family  shared  a  portion  of  iu  extent. 

He  was  a  distinguished  functionary 
of  the  priestly  order,  and  possessed 
apparently  unusual  affluence  and 
consequence,  since  the  granite  gate- 
way, added  by  his  order  to  the  small 


378 


THEBES.  —  PIOyATB  TOMBS. 


Sect  IV. 


temple  of  Mcde^net  H4boO|  bears 
the  name  of  Petamunap  alone,  amidst 
buildings  on  which  king«  were  proud 
to  inscribe  their  own.  In  one  of  the 
side  chambers  of  this  tomb  is  the 
royal  name,  which  may  possibly  be  of 
king  Horus  of  the  eighteenth  dy- 
nasty. If  so,  this  wealthy  priest 
lived  in  the  reign  of  that  Pharaoh ; 
but  the  style  of  the  sculptures  would 
rather  confine  his  era  to  the  latvr 
period  of  the  twenty-sixth  dynasty. 

The  wealth  of  private  individuals 
who  lived  under  this  dynasty,  and 
immediately  before  the  Persian  inva- 
sion, was  very  great ;  nor  can  any  one, 
on  visiting  these  tombs,  doubt  a  fact 
corroborated  by  the  testimony  of 
Herodotus  and  other  authors,  who 
state  that  Egypt  was  most  flourisliiug 
about  the  reign  of  Amasis. 

But  though  the  labour  and  expense 
incurred  in  finishing  them  far  exceed 
those  of  any  other  epoch,  the  execu- 
tion of  tlie  sculptures  charged  with 
ornament  and  fretted  with  the  most 
minute  details,  is  far  inferior  to  that 
in  vogue  during  the  reign  of  the 
eighteenth  dynasty,  when  freedom  of 
drawing  was  united  with  simplicity 
of  effect  And  the  style  of  the  sub- 
jects in  the  catacombs  of  .this  last- 
mentioned  era  excite  our  admiration, 
no  less  than  the  skill  of  the  artists 
who  designed  them  ;  while  few  of 
those  of  the  twenty-sixth  dynasty  can 
be  regarded  with  a  similar  satisfac- 
tion, at  least  by  Uic  eye  of  an  Egyp- 
tian antiquary.  One,  however,  of 
these  tombs,  bearing  the  name  of  an 
individual  who  lived  under  the  second 
Psamaticus,  deserves  to  be  excepted, 
as  tiie  subjects  there  represented  tend 
to  throw  considerable  light  on  the 
manners  and  customs,  the  trades  and 
employments,  of  the  Egyptians;  nor 
can  I  omit  the  mention  of  some  ele- 
gant and  highly-finished  sculptures  in 
the  area  of  the  tomb  immediately 
behind  that  of  Petamunap,  which  I 
fortunately  saved  from  being  broken 
up  for  lime,  a  few  years  ago,  by  the 
Turkish  miners. 


Tombs  ofKoonut  Afairmee.— In  no- 
ticing the  most  interesting  of  the  otfaei 
catacombs  of  Thebes,  I  shall  com- 
mence with  those  of  Koornet  Murraee, 
where  a  few  have  escaped  the  ravages 
of  time,  and  the  still  more  baneful 
injuries  of  human  hands.  Findiog 
scarcely  any  already  open  which  pre* 
sented  sculpture  worthy  of  a  visit,  or 
which  threw  any  light  on  the  era  of 
their  execution,  I  had  several  un- 
covered (during  my  visit  in  1827)  ia 
hopes  ^  of  satisfying  my  curiosity, 
which,  except  in  one  instance,  was  but 
badly  repaid.  I  there  found  the  name 
of  king  Amun^Toonh,  the  cotero- 
porary  of  Amunoph  III.  Though 
his  nomen  and  prenomen  bad,  as 
usual,  been  carefully  erased,  yet, 
from  some  of  the  subordinate  parts  of 
the  various  subjects  which  cover  its 
walls,  where  the  erasure  had  been 
partially  or  entirely  overlooked,  I  was 
enabled  to  ascertain  to  whom  the 
ovals  belonged,  and  consequently  td 
fix  the  date  of  this  interesting  cata- 
comb. 

The  king  is  there  seated  on  his 
throne,  within  a  richly  ornamented  ca- 
nopy, attended  by  a  fan-bearer,  who 
also  holds  his  sceptre.     A  procession 
advances   in    four  lines  towards  the 
presence  of  the  Pharaoh.     The  lower 
division  consists  of  Egyptians  of  the 
sacerdotal  and  military  classes,  some 
ladies  of   consequence,    and  young 
people  bringing  bouquets  and  boughs 
of  trees.     They  have  just  entered  the 
gates  of  tlie  royal  court,  and  are  pre- 
ceded by  a  scribe,  and  others  of  the 
priestly  order,  who  do  obeisance  be- 
ibre  the  deputy  of  his  majesty,  as  he 
stands  to  receive  them.     This  oflScer 
appears  to  have  been  the  person  of 
the  tomb,  and  it  is  remarkable  that  he 
is  styled  *<  Royal  Son,"  and  ««  Prince 
of  Cush,**  or  Ethiopia.   In  the  second 
line  black   **  chiefs  of  Cush  **  bring 
presents  of  gold  rings,  copper,  skins, 
fans  or  umbrellas  of  feather-worky 
and  an  ox,  bearing  on  its  lioms   an 
artificial  garden  and  a  lake  of  lisb. 
Having  placed  tlieir  offerings,  tbey 


U.  Egypt. 


SLAVES  AND  PRESENTS. 


379 


prostrate  themselves  before  the  Egyp- 
tian  monarch.  A  continuation  of  these 
presents  follows  in  the  third  line, 
where,  besides  rings  of  gold,  and 
bags  of  precious  stones  or  gold  dust, 
are  the  cameleopard,  panthers*  skins, 
and  long-homed  cattle,  whose  heads 
are  strangely  ornamented  with  the 
hands  and  heads  of  negroes. 

In  the  upper  line,  the  queen  of  the 
same  people  arrives  in  a  chariot  drawn 
by  oxen,  and  overshadowed  by  an 
umbrdla,  accompanied  by  her  atten- 
dants, some  of  whom  bear  presents  of 
gold.  She  alights,  preceded  and  fol- 
lowed by  the  principal  persons  of  her 
suite,  and  advances  to  the  presence  of 
the  king  ;  but  whether  this  refers  to 
any  marriage  that  was  contracted 
between  the  Egyptian  monarch  and  a 
princess  of  Ethiopia,  or  merely  to  the 
annual  tribute  paid  by  that  people,  I 
hare  not  been  able  to  decide.  Among 
the  different  presents  are  a  chariot, 
shields  covered  with  bulls* hides  bound 
with  metal  borders  and  studded  with 
pins,  chairs,  couches,  headstools,  and 
other  objects.  The  dresses  of  the  ne- 
groes differ  in  the  upper  line  from  those 
below,  the  latter  having  partly  the 
costume  of  the  Egyptians,  with  the 
plaited  hair  of  their  national  head- 
dress ;  but  thoae  who  follow  the  car  of 
the  princess  are  clad  in  skins,  whose 
projecting  tail,  while  it  heightens  the 
caricature  the  artist  doubtless  intended 
to  indulge  in,  proves  them  to  be 
persons  of  an  inferior  station,  who 
were  probably  brought  as  slaves  to  the 
Egyptian  monarch.  Behind  ^hese 
are  women  of  the  same  nation,  bear- 
ing their  children  in  a  kind  of  basket 
suspended  to  their  back. 

Ethiopian  and  Negro  slaves  were 
common  in  Egypt  from  a  very  remote 
time,  long  before  the  era  of  Amu- 
noph  III. ;  and  it  is  highly  probable 
that  a  tribute,  as  well  of  slaves  as  of 
gold,  ivory,  ebony,  wild  animals, 
skins,  and  other  productions  of  the 
South,  was  continually  exacted  from 
the  land  of  Cush.  Indeed  it  seems 
that  the  captives  of  their  northern 


wars  were  also  doomed  to  a  similar 
fate,  and  that,  like  the  servi  or  servati 
of  the  Romans,  and  the  prisoners  of 
some  nations  of  modem  as  well  as 
ancient  times,  they  purchased  their 
lives  by  the  sacrifice  of  freedom. 

Many  other  interesting  subjects 
cover  the  walls  of  this  tomb,  which 
throw  much  light  on  the  customs  of 
the  Egyptians ;  but  I  fear  it  has  been 
lately  destroyed. 

In  another  catacomb,  unfortunately 
much  ruined,  is  a  spirited  chase,  in 
which  various  animals  of  the  desert 
are  admirably  designed.  The  fox, 
hare,  gazelle,  ibex,  eriel  (Antelope 
oryx),  ostrich,  and  wild  ex  fly  before 
the  hounds ;  and  the  porcupine  and 
hyiena  retire  to  the  higher  part  of  the 
mountains.  The  female  hyaena  alone 
remains,  and>  rises  to  defend  her 
young ;  but  roost  of  the  dogs  are 
represented  in  pursuit  of  the  gazelles, 
or  in  the  act  of  seizing  those  they 
have  overtaken  in  the  plain.  The 
cAssseur  follows,  and  discharges  his 
arrows  among  them  as  they  fly.  The 
arrows  are  very  light,  being  made 
of  reed,  feathered,  and  tipped  with 
stone. 

In  observing  the  accuracy  with 
which  the  general  fomis  and  charac- 
ters of  their  animals  are  drawn,  one 
cannot  but  feel  surprised  that  the 
Egyptians  should  have  had  so  im- 
perfect a  knowledge  of  the  art  of 
representing  the  trees  and  flowers  of 
tlieir  country,  which,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  lotus,  palm,  and  dom, 
can  scarcely  ever  be  identified;  unless 
the  fruit,  as  in  the  pomegranate  and 
sycamore,  is  present  to  assist  us. 

Tomb*  of  Shthh  Abd  ei  Koorneh 

The  mo$t  numerout  and  itUeretting 
grottoe$  are  those  in  the  hill  of  Shekh 
Abd  el  Koorneh,  behind  the  Memno- 
nium ;  but  as  a  detailed  account  of 
their  sculpture  would  extend  beyond 
the  proposed  limits  of  my  description 
of  Thebes,  I  can  only  notice  briefly 
tlie  principal  sulijects  of  those  most 
worthy  of  a  visit.  The  most  inter- 
esting are  Nos.   1.  2.  5.  11.  14.  16. 


380 


THEBES.  —  PRIVATE   TOICBS. 


Sect  IV. 


17.  29.  31.  SS.  34.  35.  37.  of  my 
Survey;  and  in  the  plain  below  k 
and  q. 

No.  I.,  which  bears  the  name  of 
Osirei,  father  of  Remeses  II.,  pre- 
sents some  well -executed  sculptures 
on  the  right  and  left  walls.  The 
king  is  seated  under  a  rich  canopy,  , 
attended  by  the  goddess  of  Justice ; 
before  him  is  the  individual  of  tlie 
tomb,  a  distinguished  functionary  of 
the.  priestly  order,  with  the  title  of 
high-priest,  followed  by  others  of  the 
same  caste;  who,  introduced  by  an 
officer  of  the  royal  household,  ad- 
vance  to  "  offer  their  praises**  to  the 
monarch. 

In  No.  2.  (now  closed)  are  figures 
of  women  dancing  or  playing  on  the 
harp,  the  double  pipe,  and  lyre,  ac- 
companied by  choristers.  Various 
offerings  are  presented  to  the  de- 
ceased ;  and  his  relations,  with  the 
upper  part  of  the  body  exposed  above 
the  waist,  bewail  his  death,  and  that 
of  his  consort,  whose  mummies  they 
bathe  with  their  tears.  In  another 
compartment,  a  priest  pours  a  liquid 
into  cups,  placed  on  a  lofty  stand, 
and  another,  by  means  of  three 
iiphonif  draws  off  their  contents  into 
a  larger  vase  below.  Siphons  a$Eain 
occur  in  the  tomb  of  Remeses  III., 
in  the  valley  of  the  kings,  so  tliat 
these  two  instances  prove  their  in- 
vention at  all  events  as  early  as  the 
eighteenth  and  nineteenth  dynasties. 
They  are  first  mentioned  by  the  elder 
Hero,  of  Alexandria,  who  flourished 
under  Ptolemy  Euergetes  II. 

No.  5.  bears  the  name  of  Remeses 
VI  I. ;  but  the  stucco,  on  which  this 
and  the  present  subjects  are  drawn, 
has  been  placed  over  sculptures  of  an 
earlier  period ;  the  tomb,  vthich  was 
frequently  the  case,  having  been  sold 
to  another  person  by  the  priests; 
who,  when  a  family  became  extinct, 
and  no  one  remained  to  pay  the 
expenses  of  the  liturgies,  and  other 
claims  constantly  kept  up  by  their 
artifices,  indemnified  themselves  by 
tlie  appropriation  of  the  tomb,  and 


resold  it  to  another  occupant  This 
was  also  sometimes  the  case  vritb  the 
sarcophagi,  and  even  their  wooden 
coffins ;  where  the  name  of  its  earlier 
inmate  is  often  found  obliterated,  and 
that  of  its  new  possessor  substituted 
in  its  stead.  In  most  of  the  reoccu- 
pied  tombs  the  sculpture  was  sufllered 
to  remain  unaltered,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  those  parts  that  immediately 
referred  to  its  original  tenant;  and 
where  a  fresh  name  has  never  been 
introduced,  it  would  appear  that  the 
second  sale  had  either  not  yet  taken 
place,  or  that  it  had  been  purchased 
by  one,  whose  family  was  unlikely  to 
continue  the  regular  payment  for  the 
offices  performed  to  tlieir  deceased 
relative. 

The  sculptures  do  not,  I  think, 
refer  exclusively  to  the  life  and 
actions  of  the  individual  of  the  tomb, 
except  to  a  certain  extent,  or  in  those 
compartments  which  peculiarly  relate 
to  him, — such  as  the  ovals  of  the 
king  in  v^hose  reign  he  lived — the 
hieroglyphics  stating  his  name  and 
office,  his  conduct  and  occupations 
during  his  lifetime,  with  some  few 
other  subjects.  And  the  fact  of  these 
being  omitted  in  some,  afid  their  site 
left  blank,  while  the  trades,  the  agri- 
cultural  scenes,  and  other  of  the  gene- 
ral employments  of  the  Egyptians, 
equally  suited  to  all,  are  already  in- 
troduced, strongly  confirms  this  opi- 
nion. It  was  in  this  state  that  the 
purchaser,  during  his  lifetime,  or  his 
friends  after  his  decease,  saw  the 
tombs  offered  for  sale  by  tlie  priests, 
who,  keeping  a  sufficient  number 
always  prepared,  afforded  a  choice  of 
different  qualities,  suited  to  the  means 
and  taste  of  every  purchaser. 

The  numerous  subjects,  93^  for  in- 
stance, ghus-hlowen,  saddlers,  cur- 
riers, carpenters,  cabinet-makers,  boau 
builders,  chariot.roakers,  sculptors, 
musicians,  fowlers,  fishermen,  hus- 
bandmen engaged  in  agricultural 
occupations,  &c.,  could  not  of  course 
refer  to  one  person,  the  occupant  of 
the  catacomb,  v»ho,  even  to  allow  the 


V.  EgypL 


FIGS — A  FUXERAL  PBOCESSIOX. 


381 


utmost  extent  of  his  officei  could  not  ^ 
be  superintendent  of  all  those  dif- 
ferent bnincbes  of  Egyptian  art  and 
employment.  Nor  could  the  figures 
of  the  king,  who  sometimes  receives 
presents  borne  by  Ethiopians  and 
blacks,  at  others  by  men  of  a  white 
nation,  or  a  deputation  of  Egyptians, 
relate  any  further  to  the  person  of 
the  tomb  than  as  it  showed  the  era  in 
which  he  lived.  This,  as  well  as  the 
above-mentioned  subjects,  roust  ne- 
cessarily allude  to  the  manners  and 
customs  of  the  Egyptians  as  a  people, 
and  in  short  be  an  epitomt  of  human 
Ufti  an  idea  perfectly  in  harmony 
with  their  constant  introduction  into 
all  the  large  tombs,  at  least  of  the 
earliest  tiroes,  and  of  the  eishteenth 
and  nineteenth  dynasties,  and  at  once 
accounting  for  the  name  of  the  indi- 
vidual, and  the  scenes  immediately 
relating  to  him,  being  alone  altered 
when  re-occupied  by  another  person. 

In  No.  11.  is  an  interesting  agri- 
cultural scene,  containing  the  differ- 
ent operations  oC  reaping,  carrying, 
gleaning,  trituration  by  oxen,  win- 
nowing, and  housing. 

No.  14.  is  much  ruined,  but  re- 
markable as  being  the  only  one  in 
which  a  drove  of  pigs  is  introduced. 
They  are  followed  by  a  man  holding 
a  knotted  whip  in  his  hand,  and  would 
appear,  from  the  wild  plants  before 
them,  to  be  a  confirmation  of  Hero- 
dotus's  account  of  their  employment 
to  tread-in  the  grain  after  the  inunda- 
tion ;  which  singular  use  of  an  ani- 
mal so  little  inclined  by  its  habits  to 
promote  agricultural  objects,  has  been 
explained  by  supposing  they  were  in  • 
troduced  beforehand,  to  clear  the 
ground  of  the  roots  and  fibres  of  the 
weeds  which  the  water  of  the  Nile 
had  nourished  on  the  irrigated  soil. 
They  are  here  brought,  with  the  other 
animals  of  the  farmyard,  to  be  regis- 
tered by  the  scribes  ;  who,  as  usual, 
note  down  the  number  of  the  cattle 
and  possessions  of  the  deceased  ;  and 
they  are  divided  into  three  distinct 
lines,  composed  of  sows  with  young. 


pigs,  and  boars.  The  figures  of  the 
animals  in  this  catacomb  are  very 
characteristic. 

No.  1 6.  is  a  very  inieruHng  fornix 
as  well  in  point  of  chronology,  as  in 
the  execution  of  its  paintings.     Here 
the  names  of  four  kings,  from   the 
third   Thothmes  to  Amunoph  III., 
inclusive,  satisfactorily    confirm  the 
order  of  their  succession  as  given  in 
the   Abydus  tablet  and  the  lists  of 
Thebes.     In  the  inner  chamber,  the 
inmate  of  the  tomb,  a  **royal  scril>e,'* 
or  basilico-grammat,   undergoes   his 
final  judgment,  previous  to  admission 
into  the  presence  of  Osiris.      Then 
follows  a  long  procession,  arranged  in 
four  lines,  representing  the  lamenta- 
tions of  the  women,  and  the  approach 
of  the  barU  or  coflSn,  containing  the 
body  of  the  deceased,  drawn  on   a 
sledge  by  four  oxen.     In  the  second 
line  men  advance  with  difierent  in- 
signia belonging  to  the  king  Amu- 
noph ;  in  the  third,  with  various  offer- 
ings, a  chariot,  chairs,  and  other  ob- 
jects; and  in  the  last  line  a  priest, 
followed  by  the  chief  mourners,  offici- 
ates before  the  boats,  in  which  are 
seated  the  basilico-grammat  and  his 
sister.     **The  rudders,**  as  Herodo- 
tus observes,  *<  are  passed  through  the 
keel**  in  their  larger  boats  of  burthen, 
while  those  of  smaller  size  have  one 
on  either  side.     They  consist,  like  the 
other,  of  a  species  of  large  paddle, 
with  a  rope  fastened   to  the  upper 
end,  by  which  their  sway  on  the  cen- 
tre of  motion  is  regulated  to  and  fro. 
One  square  sail,  lowered  at  pleasure 
over  the  cabin,  with  a  yard  at  the  top 
and  bottom,  is  suspended  at  its  cen- 
tre to  the  summit  of  a  short  mast, 
which  sunds  in  the  middle,  and  is 
braced  by  stays  fastened  to  the  fore 
and  after  part  of  the  boat. 

On  the  opposite  wall  is  a  fowling 
and  fishing  scene ;  and  the  dried  fish 
suspended  in  the  boat  remind  us  of 
the  i^bservations  of  Herodotus  and 
Diodorus,  who  mention  them  as  con- 
stituting a  very  considerable  article  of 
food  among  this  people;  for,  with  the 


382 


THEBES.  —  PRIVATE   TOMBS. 


Sect.  rv. 


exception  of  the  priesthood,  they  were 
at  all  times  pennitted  to  eat  those 
which  were  not  comprised  among  the 
sacred  animals  of  the  country.  Here 
is  also  the  performance  of  the  litur- 
gies to  the  mummies  of  the  deceased. 
Nor  do  the  frescoes  of  the  outer 
chamber  less  merit  our  attention. 
Among  the  most  interesting  is  a  party 
entertained  at  the  house  of  the  rojral 
scribe,  who,  seated  with  his  mother, 
caresses  on  his  knee  the  youthful 
daughter  of  his  sovereign,  to  whom  he 
bad  probably  been  tutor.  Women 
dance  to  the  sound  of  the  Egyptian 
guitar  in  their  presence,  or  place  be- 
fore them  vases  of  flowers  and  pre- 
cious ointment ;  and  the  guests,  seated 
on  handsome  chairs,  are  attended  by 
servants,  who  offer  them  wine  in 
<<  golden  goblets,**  each  having  pre- 
viously been  welcomed  by  the  usual 
ceremony  of  putting  sweet-scented 
ointment  on  his  head.  This  was  a 
common  custom ;  and  in  another  of 
these  tombs  a  servant  is  represented 
bringing  the  ointment  in  a  vase,  and 
putting  it  on  the  heads  of  the  guests, 
as  well  OS  of  the  master  and  mistress 
of  the  house.  A  lotus  flower  was 
also  presented  to  them  on  their  ar- 
rival. 

In  the  lower  part  of  the  picture,  a 
minstrel,  seated  erogs-Ugged,  accord- 
ing to  the  custom  of  the  East,  plays 
on  a  harp  of  seven  strings,  accompa- 
nied by  a  guitar,  and  the  chorus  of 
a  vocal  performer,  the  words  of  whose 
song  appear  to  be  contained  in  eight 
lines  of  hieroglyphics,  which  relate  to 
Amun,  and  to  the  person  of  the  tomb, 
beginning,  **  Incense,  drink-offerings, 
and  sacrifices  of  oxen,*'  and  conclud- 
ing with  an  address  to  the  baallico- 
graromat  Beyond  these  an  ox  is 
slaughtered,  and  two  men,  having  cut 
off*  the  head,  remove  the  skin  from 
the  leg  and  body.  Servants  carry 
away  the  joints  as  they  are  separated, 
the  head  and  right  fore-leg  being  the 
ffrst,  the  other  legs  and  the  parts  of 
the  body  following  in  proper  succes- 
sion.    A  mendicant  receives  a  bead 


from  the  charity  of  one  of  the  ser- 
vants, who  also  offers  him  a  bottle  of 
water.     This  gift  of  the  head  shows 
how  great  a  mistake  Herodotus  has 
made  on  the  subject,  when  he  says, 
"  no  Egyptian  will  taste  the  head  of 
any  species  of  animal.*'     There  were 
no  Greeks  in  Egypt  at  the  time  this 
was  painted ;  and  the  colour  of  the 
man  (for  the  Egyptians  were  careful 
in  distinguishing  that  of  foreigners) 
is  the  same  as  usually  given  to  the  in- 
habitants of  the  valley  of  the  Nile. 
Indeed  the  head  is  always  met  with, 
even  in  an  Egyptian  kitchen. 

On  the  opposite  wall  are  some  buf- 
foons who  dance  to  the  sound  of  a 
drum,  and  other  subjects. 

In  No.  17>  is  a  very  rich  oaaorf- 
ment  of  vasea,  necklaces,  and  other 
ornamental  object^  on  the  innermost 
comer  to  the  right  (entering);  and 
some  scribes,  on  the  opposite  wall, 
take  account  of  the  cattle  and  posses- 
sions of  the  deceased.  A  forced 
passage  leads  to  the  adjoining  tomb, 
where,  at  one  end  of  the  front  cham- 
ber, are  several  interesting  subjects, 
as  chariot-makers,  sculptors^  cabinet- 
makers, and  various  trades;  and  at 
the  other,  two  pyramidal  towers,  with 
the  tapering  staffs  to  which  streamers 
were  usually  attached,  and  with  two 
sitting  statues  in  front. 

On  the  opposite  side  a  guest  ar- 
rives in  his  chariot  at  the  house  of  his 
friend,  attended  by  six  ninning-fooc- 
men,  who  carry  his  sandals,  tablet,  and 
stool.  **  He  is  very  late,"  and  those 
who  have  already  come  to  the  enter- 
tainment are  seated  in  the  room,  list- 
ening to  a  band  of  music,  composed 
of  the  harp,  guitar,  double-pipe,  lyre, 
and  tambourine,  accompanied  by  fe- 
male choristers. 

Near  21.  and  92.  are  rude  statues, 
cut  in  the  rock,  probably  very 
ancient. 

Behind  the  Christian  ruins,  close 
to  No.  23.  are  the  remauis  of  a 
curious  Greek  inscription,  being  the 
copy  of  a  letter  from  the  celebrated 
**  Athemimut,   Archbishop  of  Alex- 


U,  Egypt 


JL  VERT  INTERESTING  TOMB. 


383 


andria,  to  the  orthodox"  monks  at 
Thebes. 

In  No.  29.  are  some  very  richly- 
coloured  vases  of  not  inelegant  form. 

No.  31.  presents  some  curious  sub- 
jects, among  which  are  offerings  of 
gold  rings,  eggs,  apes,  leopards,  ivory, 
ebony,  skins,  and  a  cameleopard,  with 
several  other  interesting  frescoes,  un- 
fortunately much  destroyed.  Over 
the  ^gs  is  the  word  soovAi,  in  the 
hieroglyphics,  signifying  **  egg$,*^ 
The  names  of  the  Pharaohs  here  are 
Thothmes  I.  and  III.  In  the  inner 
room  is  a  chase,  and  the  chariot  of 
the  chasseur,  partially  preserved. 

In  No.  33.  the  chief  object  worthy 
of  notice  is  the  figure  of  a  queen,  wife 
of  Thothmes  III.  and  mother  of 
Amunoph  II.,  holding  her  young 
son  in  her  lap,  who  tramples  beneath 
his  feet  nine  captives  of  nations  he 
afterwards  subdued. 

Before  the  canopyt  under  which 
they  are  seated,  are  a  fan-bearer,  some 
female  attendants,  and  a  minstrel,  who 
recites  to  the  sound  of  a  guitar  the 
praises  of  the  young  king. 

On  the  corresponding  wall  is  a 
collection  of  furniture  and  orna- 
mental objects,  with  the  figures  of 
Amunoph  II.,  his  mother,  and 
Thothmes  I. 

On  the  opposite  wall,  an  offering 
of  ducks  and  other  subjects  arc  deserv  - 
ing  of  notice. 

No.  34.  has  the  name  of  the  same 
Amuuophy  and  of  Thothmes  I.,  his 
immediate  predecessor.  It  contains 
a  curious  design  of  a  garden  and 
vineyard,  with  other  subjects.  The 
next  tomb  to  this,  on  the  south, 
though  much  ruined,  offers  some  ex- 
cellent drawing,  particularly  in  some 
dancing  figures  to  the  left  (entering), 
whose  graceful  attitudes  remind  us 
rather  of  the  Greek  than  the  Egyp- 
tian school ;  avd  indeed  were  we  not 
assured  by  the  name  of  Amunoph  II. 
of  the  remote  period  at  which  they 
were  executed,  we  might  suppose 
them  the  production  of  m  Greek 
pencil. 


On  the  right  hand  wall  are  some 
very  elegant  vases,  of  what  has  been 
called  the  Greek  style,  but  common 
in  the  oldest  tombs  in  Thebes.  They 
are  ornamented  as  usual  witli  Ara^ 
hegque*  and  otlier  devices.  Indeed 
all  these  forms  of  vases,  the  so-called 
Tutean  border,  and  many  of  the 
painted  ornaments  which  exist  on 
Greek  remains,  are  found  on  Egyp* 
tian  monuments  of  the  earliest  epoch, 
even  before  the  lExodus  of  the  Is* 
raelites;  which  plainly  removes  all 
doubts  as  to  their  original  invention. 
Above  these  are  curriers,  chariot- 
makers,  and  ol  her  artisans.  Others  are 
employed  in  weighinp  gold  and  silver 
rings,  the  property  of  the  deceased. 

The  Egyptian  weights  were  an  en- 
tire calf,  the  head  of  an  ox  (the  half 
weight)  and  small  oval  balls  (the 
quarter  weights);  and  they  had  a 
very  ingenious  mode  of  preventing 
the  scale  from  sinking,  when  the  ob- 
ject they  weighed  was  taken  out,  by 
means  of  a  ring  upon  the  beam. 

The  semi-circular  knife  used  for 
cutting  leather  is  precisely  similar  to 
that  employed  in  Europe  at  the  pre- 
sent day  for  the  same  purpose,  of 
which  there  are  several  instances  in 
other  parts  of  Thebes ;  and  another 
point  is  here  satisfactorily  established, 
that  the  Egyptian  chariots  were  of 
wood,  and  not  of  bronza,  as  some 
have  imagined. 

Tlie  person  of  this  catacomb  was  a 
high-priest,  but  his  name  is  erased. 

No.  35.  if  by  far  the  mo9t  euriougf 
I  may  say,  of  all  the  private  tombs  in 
Thebes,  since  it  throws  more  light 
on  the  manners  and  customs  of  the 
Egyptians  than  any  hitherto  disco- 
vered. 

In  the  outer  chamber  on  the  left 
hand  (entering)  is  a  grand  procession 
of  Ethiopian  and  Asiatic  chiefs,  bear- 
ing a  tribute  to  the  Egyptian  monarch, 
Thothmes  III.  They  are  arranged 
in  five  lines.  The  first  or  uppermoat 
consists  of  blacks,  and  others  of  a  red 
colour,  from  the  country  of  Fount, 
who  bring  ivory,  apes,  leopards,  skins, 


384 


THEBES.  —  PRIVATE  TOMBS. 


Sect.  IV. 


and  dried  fruits.  Their  dress  is  short, 
similar  to  that  of  some  of  the  Asiatic 
tribes,  who  are  represented  at  Medee- 
net  H4boo. 

In  the  second  line  are  a  people  of 
a  light  red  hue,  with  long  black  hair 
descending  in  ringlets  over  their 
shoulders,  but  without  beards :  their 
dress  also  consists  of  a  short  apron, 
thrown  round  the  lower  part  of  the 
body,  meeting  and  folding  over  in 
front,  and  they  wear  sandals  richly 
worked.  Their  presents  are  vases  of 
elegant  form,  ornamented  with  flowers, 
necklaces,  and  other  costly  gifts, 
which,  according  to  the  hieroglyphics, 
they  bring  as  **  chosen  (offerings)  of 
the  chiefs  of  the  Gentiles  of  Kufa.** 

In  the  third  line  are  Ethiopians, 
who  are  styled  **  Gentiles  of  the 
South.**  The  leaders  are  dressed  in 
the  Egyptian  costume,  the  others 
have  a  girdle  of  skin,  with  the  hair, 
as  usual,  outwards.  They  bring  gold 
rings,  and  bags^of  precious  stones  (?), 
hides,  apes,  leopards,  ebony,  ivory, 
ostrich  eggs,  and  plumes,  a  cameleo- 
pard,  hounds  with  handsome  collars, 
and  a  drove  of  long-horned  oxen. 

The  fourth  line  is  composed  of  men 
of  a  northern  nation,  clad  in  long  white 
garments  ^i^  &  blue  border,  tied  at 
the  neck,  and  ornamented  with  a 
cross  or  other  devices.  On  their  head 
is  either  a  close  cap,  or  their  natural 
hair,  short,  and  of  a  red  colour,  and 
they  have  a  small  beard.  Some 
bring  long  gtovei,  which,  with  their 
close  sleeves,  indicate,  as  well  as  their 
white  colour,  that  they  are  the  in- 
habitants of  a  cold  clime.  Among 
other  offerings  are  vases,  similar  to 
those  of  the  Kufa,  a  chariot  and 
horses,  a  bear,  elephant,  and  ivory. 
Their  name  is  Rot^ii-no,  which  re- 
minds us  of  the  Ratheni  of  Arabia 
Petraea ;  but  the  style  of  their  dress 
and  the  nature  of  their  offerings  re- 
quire them  to  have  come  from  a 
richer  and  more  civilised  country, 
probably  much  farther  to  the  north. 

In  the  fiflh  line  Egyptians  lead  the 
van,  and  are  followed  by  women  of 


Ethiopia  (Gush),  "the  Gentiles  of 
the  South>**  carrying  their  children  in 
a  pannier  suspended  from  their  head. 
Behind  these  are  the  wives  of  the 
Rot-S-no,  who  are  dressed  in  long 
robes,  divided  into  three  sets  of  ample 
flounces. 

The  offerings  being  placed  in  the 
presence  of  the  monarch,  who  is  seated 
on  his  throne  at  the  upper  part  of  the 
picture,  an  inventory  is  taken  of  them 
by  the  Egyptian  scribes.  Those 
opposite  the  upper  line  consist  of 
baskets  of  dried  fruits,  gold  rings^ 
and  two  obelisks. 

On  the  second  line  are  Ingots  and 
rings  of  silver,  gold  and  silver  vases 
of  very  elegant  form,  and  several 
heads  of  animals  of  the  same  metals. 

On  the  third  are  ostrich  eggs 
and  feathers,  ebony,  precious  stones 
and  rings  of  gold,  an  ape,  several 
silver  cups,  ivory,  leopard  skins, 
ingots  and  rings  of  gold,  sealed 
bags  of  precious  stones,  and  other 
objects;  and  on  the  fourth  line  are 
gold  and  silver  rings,  vases  of  tbe« 
same  metal,  and  of  porcelain,  with 
rare  woods  and  various  other  rich 
presents. 

The  inner  chamber  contains  sub- 
jects of  the  most  interesting  and 
diversifled  kind.  Among  them,  on 
the  left  (entering),  are  cabinet-makers, 
carpenters,  rope-makers,  and  sculp- 
tors, some  of  whom  are  engaged  in 
levelling  and  squaring  a  stone,  and 
others  in  finishing  a  sphinx,  witli  two 
colossal  statues  of  the  king.  The 
whole  process  of  brick-making  is  also 
introduced.  Their  bricks  were  made 
with  a  simple  mould  ;  the  stamp  (for 
they  bore  the  name  of  a  king,  or  of 
some  high-priest)  was  not  on  the 
pallet,  but  was  apparently  impressed 
on  the  upper  surface  previous  to  their 
drying.  But  they  do  not  seem  to 
have  used  pressure  while  exposing 
them  to  the  sun,  as  I  had  supposed, 
from  the  compact  nature  of  Egyptian 
crude>bricks,  several  of  which  I  have 
found  as  firm  as  when  first  made, 
bearing  the  name  of  Thotbmes  III., 


U.Egypt    PROCESSION  of  boats  oyer  the  lake. 


385 


the  cotemporary  of  Moses,  in  whose 
reign  this  tomb  was  also  eiecuted. 

lliey  are  not  howerer  Jews,  as  soma 
have  supposed ;  but  of  the  countries 
mentioned  in  the  sculptures.  It  is 
sufficiently  interesting  to  find  a  sub- 
ject illustrating  so  completely  the 
description  of  the  Jews  and  their 
taskmasiersy  given  in  the  Bible  ;  with- 
out perverting  the  truth,  to  give  them 
additional  importance. 

Others  are  employed  in  heating  a- 
liquid  over  a  charcoal  fire,  to  which 
are  applied,  on  either  side,  a  pair  of 
bellows.  These  are  worked  by  the 
feet,  the  operator  standing  and  press- 
ing them  alternately,  while  be  pulls 
up  each  exhausted  ddn  by  a  string 
he  holds  in  his  hand.  In  one  in- 
stance the  man  has  left  the  bellows, 
but  they  are  raised,  as  if  full  of  air, 
which  would  imply  a  knowledge  of 
the  valve.  Another  singular  jfact  is 
learnt  from  these  frescoes — their  ac- 
quaintance with. the  use  of  glue — 
which  is  heated  on  the  fire,  and 
spread,  with  a  thick  brush,  on  a  level 
piece  of  board.  One  of  tlie  work- 
men then  applies  two  pieces  of  diffe- 
rent coloured  wood  to  each  other,  and 
this  circumstance  seems  to'  decide 
that  glue  is  here  intended  to  be  re- 
presented, rather  than  a  varnish,  or 
colour  of  any  kind. 

On  the  opposite  wall  the  attitude 
of  a  maid-servant  pouring  out  some 
wine  to  a  lady,  one  of  the  guests,  and 
returning  an  empty  cup  to  a  black 
slave  who  stands  behind  her,  is  ad- 
mirably portrayed ;  nor  does  it  offer 
the  stiff  position  of  an  Egyptian 
figure.  And  the  manner  in  which 
the  slave  is  drawn,  holding  a  plate 
with  her  arm  and  hand  reversed,  is 
Tery  characteristic  of  a  custom  pecu- 
liar to  the  blacks.  The  guests  are 
entertained  by  music,  and  the  women 
here  sit  apart  from  the  men.  Several 
other  subjects  are  worthy  of  notice 
in  this  tomb ;  among  whidi  may  be 
mentioned  a  garden  (on  the  right 
hand  wall)  where  the  personage  of  the 
tomb  is  introduced  in  his  boat,  towed 
Egypt 


on  a  lake  surrounded  by  Theban 
palms  and  date  trees.  Numerous 
liturgies  (or  parentalia)  are  performed 
to  the  mummy  of  the  deceased;  and 
a  list  of  offerings,  at  the  upper  end 
of  the  tomb,  are  registered,  with 
their  names  and  number,  in  separate 
columns. 

The  form  of  this  inner  chamber  is 
singular,  the  roof  ascending  at  a  con- 
siderable angle  towards  the  end  wall ; 
from  below  which  the  spectator,  in 
looking  towards  the  door,  may  ob- 
serve a  striking  effect  of  false  per- 
spective. In  the  upper  part  is  a 
niche,  or  recess,  at  a  considerable 
height  above  the  pavement.  The 
name  of  the  individual  of  the  tomb 
has  been  erased. 

In  the  tomb  marked  q,  below  this 
hill,  are  some  fowling  scenes,  and  the 
return  from  the  chase.  In  this  last 
the  figure  of  a  man  carrying  a  g»- 
xelle,  accompanied  by  his  dogs,  is  re- 
markably good. 

Other  very  curiout  ioilpiurti  adorn 
a  tomb  (marked  a),  immediately  be- 
low the  isolated  hill  to  the  west  of  the 
entrance  of  the  Assaaeef;  if  they 
have  been  fortunate  enough  not  to 
be  destroyed.  In  the  outer  chamber 
is  the  most  complete  procession  of 
boats  of  any  met  with  in  the  cata- 
combs of  l*hebes.  Two  of  them 
contain  the  female  relatives  of  the  de- 
ceased, his  sister  lieing  chief  mourner. 
One  has  on  board  the  mummy,  de- 
posited in  ft  lAirine,  to  which  a  priest 
ofllers  incense  ;  in  the  other  several 
women  seated,  or  standing  on  the 
roof  of  the  cabin,  beat  tlieir  heads  in 
token  of  grief.  In  a  third  boat  are 
the  men,  who  make  a  similar  lamen- 
tation, with  two  of  the  aged  matrons 
of  the  fiunily;  and  three  others 
contain  the  flowers  and  offerings 
furnished  by  the  priests  lor  the  occa- 
sion, several  of  whom  are  also  in  at- 
tendance. 

The  Egyptians  could  not  even  here 
resist  their  turn  for  caricature.  A 
small  boat,  owing  to  the  retrograde 
movement  of  a  larger  one,  that  had 

a 


386 


DESCRIPTIOIY  OF    THEBES. 


Sect- IV. 


grounded  and  was  pushed  off  the 
bank,  is  struck  by  the  nxdder,  and  a 
large  table,  loaded  with  cakes  and 
various  things,  is  overturned  on  the 
boatmen  as  they  row. 

The  procession  arrives  at  the  oppo- 
site bank,  not,  I  imagine,  of  the  river, 
but  of  the  Lake  of  the  Libyan  sub- 
urb, and  follows  the  officiating 
priest  along  the  sandy  plain.  The 
'* sister"  of  the  deceased,  embracing 
tlie  mummy,  addresses  her  lost  rela- 
tive ;  flowers*  cakes,  incense,  and 
various  offerings  are  presented  before 
the  tomb ;  the  ululation  of  the  men 
and  women  continues  witliout,  and 
several  females,  carrying  their  chil- 
dren in  shawls  suspended  from  their 
shoulders,  join  in  the  lamentation. 

On  the  corresponding  wall,  men  and 
women,  with  tlie  body  eiposed  above 
the  waist,  throw  dust  on  their  heads, 
or  cover  their  face  with  mud,*—  a  cus- 
tom recorded  by  Herodotus  and  Di- 
odorus,  and  still  retained  in  the 
funeral  ceremonies  of  the  Egyptian 
peasants  to  the  present  day.  The 
former  states,  tJiat  "the  females  of 
the  family  cover  their  beads  and  faces 
with  mud,  and  wander  through  the 
city  beating  themselves,,  wearing  a 
girdle,  and  having  their  bosoms  bare, 
accompanied  by  all  their  intimate 
friends ;  the  men  also  make  similar 
lamentations  in  a  separate  company.'* 

Besides  other  interesting  groups  on 
this  wall,  are  the  figures  of  the  mo- 
ther, wife,  and  daughter  of  the  de- 
ceased, following  a  harts  drawn  by 
exen,  where  the  character  of  the  three 
ages  is  admirably  portrayed. 

In  the  inner  chamber  are  an  Egyp- 
tian house  and  garden,  the  cattle,  and 
a  variety  of  oUier  subjects,  among 
which  may  be  traced  the  occupations 
of  the  weaver,  and  of  the  gardener 
drawing  water  with  the  pole  and 
bucket,  the  shadoof  of  the  present  day. 

Statues  in  high  relief  are  seated  at 
the  upper  end  of  this  part  of  the 
tomb,  and  on  the  square  pillars  in  its 
centre  are  the  names  of  Amunopb  I. 
and  his  queen  Ames- nofri- are. 


There  are  few  other  catacombs 
wortliy  of  a  visit ;  unless  the  traveller 
makes  a  protracted  stay  at  Thebes, 
and  is  desirous  of  collecting  every 
thing  that  they  present  for  the  study 
of  hieroglyphics  or  the  customa  of  the 
Egyptians ;  in  which  case  he  will  do 
well  to  examine  all  that  are  numbered 
in  my  Survey,  except  those  behind 
the  hill  of  Shekh  abd  el  Koorneh, 
which  are  unsculptured. 

Few  indeed  feel  inclined  to  devote 
their  time  to  a  research  of  tliis  kind. 
S<»mearein  a  hurry  to  get  through  the 
labour  of  sight-seeing ;  others  fancy 
they  wmtt  be  at  some  particular  place 
at  a  certain  time ;  and  some  persuade 
themselves  that  one  or  two  dayssnffice 
to  look  oter  the  whole  of  Thebes. 

All,  it  must  be  allowed,  cannot  be 
equally  interested  in  the  examination 
of  Egyptian  antiquities ;  and  to  be- 
come sufficiently  acquainted  with  the 
style  of  their  architecture  and  sculp- 
ture, so  as  to  be  able  to  distinguish 
those  of  different  epochs,  and  com- 
prebend  the  subjects  represented,  re- 
quires much  more  time  and  attention 
than  the  generality  of  trarellers  can 
be  expected  to  afibrd ;  but  the  limited 
space  of  one  or  two  days  is  not  ac- 
tually sufficient  to  entitle  any  cme 
to  the  pretensions  of  having  stea 
Thebes. 

Every  one  must  feel  some  interest 
in  Egyptian  works  of  art,  if  it  ba 
merely  from  their  early  date,  and  the 
grandeur  of  their  style;  lor  in  spite 
of  all  the  defects  of  E^ptian  archi* 
tecture  and  sculpture,  they  have  at 
least  the  great  merit  of  ori^nality ; 
nor  can  any  one,  however  prepos- 
sessed against  than,  deny  the  iaa- 
posing  grandeur  of  the  Thebaa  tem- 
ples, or  the  admirable  style  of  draw, 
ing  in  the  unfinished  chamber  of 
Belioni's  tomb,  and  other  moou* 
ments  of  the  earlier  eras,  where  the 
freedom  of  the  outlines  evinces  tbe 
skill  of  no  ordinary  artist. 

The  character  of  the  animals  of 
their  country,  whether  quadrupeds, 
birds,  or  fish,   will  be  allowed  by 


U.  Egypt 


OBELISKS  OF  LUXOR. 


387 


every  one  to  be  faithfully  maintained ; 
and  if  it  be  not  found  in  the  human 
figure,  the  reason  is  that  their  artists 
were  forbidden  by  religious  prejudice 
to  deviate  from  ancient  and  fixed 
rules.  And  though  the  employment 
of  granite,  particularly  for  statues, 
cannot  be  considered  the  result  of 
refined  taste,  it  will  at  least  be  ad- 
mitted that  the  perfection  they  arrived 
at  in  sculpturing  this  stone  shows 
wonderful  ingenuity*  and  testifies  the 
advanced  state  of  Egyptian  art  at  a 
most  remote  period. 

That  they  borrowed  nothing  from 
the  Greeks  will  be  admitted  by  every 
one  in  the  least  acquainted  with 
Egyptian  antiquities,  though  some 
have  imagined  that  the  accession  of 
the  Ptolemies  introduced  a  change, 
and  even  an  tmprovememt^  in  the  style 
of  Egyptian  sculpture.  A  change 
hi^,  indeed,  already  commenced,  and 
was  making  fatal  progress  during  the 
era  of  those  monarchs ;  but  it  was  the 
prelude  to  the  total  decadence  of 
Egyptian  art;  and  shortly  after  the 
Roman  conquest,  the  human  figure, 
the  hieroglyphics,  and  even  the  sub- 
jects represented  in  the  templet, 
scarcely  retained  a  trace  of  their  for- 
mer spirit  Yet  their  edifices  were 
grand  and  majestic;  and  the  antiquary 
feels  additional  regret  as  he  contem- 
plates tlie  remains  of  tliat  era,  re- 
taining still  the  character  of  Egyp- 
tian architecture,  but  disfigured  by 
inferior  sculpture. 

Architecture,  more  dependent  on 
adherence  to  certain  rules  than  the 
sister  art»  was  naturally  less  speedily 
affected  by  the  decline  of  the  taste  and 
ingenuity  of  its  professors ;  and  as 
long  as  encouragement  was  held  out 
to  their  exertions,  the  grandest  edi- 
fices might  yet  be  constructed  from 
mere  imitation,  or  from  the  knowledge 
of  the  means  necessary  for  their  exe- 
cution. But  this  could  never  be  the 
case  with  sculpture,  which  had  so 
many  more  requisites  than  previous 
example  or  mere  custom,  —  nor  could 
success  be  attained  by  the  routine  of 


mechanism,  or  the  servile  imitation  of 
former  models. 

14.    XASTXaN   BANK.-— LDXOE,  XL  UK- 

soa,  oa  ABOo  *l  haggag,  called  ar 

THX    ANCIENT    XGTniAKS    **SOUTH- 
XEM    TAPE." 

Luxor^  or  Lmkeor,  which  occupies 
part  of  the  site  of  ancient  Diospolis, 
still  holds  the  rank  of  a  market  town. 
Its  name  signifies  *'the  palaces,*' 
from  the  temple  there  erected  by 
Amunoph  IIL  and  Remeses  XL  The 
former  monarch  built  the  original 
sanctuary  and  the  adjoining  cham- 
bers, with  the  addition  of  Uie  large 
colonnade  and  the  pylon  before  if,  to 
which  Remeses  II.  afterwards  added 
the  great  court,  the  pyramidal  towers, 
and  the  obelisks  and  statues. 

These,  though  last  in  the  order  of 
antiquity,  necessarily  form  the  present 
commencement  of  the  temple ;  which, 
like  many  others  belonging  to  dif- 
ferent epochs,  is  not  "  two  separate 
edifices,**  but  one  and  the  same 
building.  A  dromos,  connecting  it 
with  Kamak,  extended  in  front  of  the 
two  beautiful  obelisks  of  red  granite, 
whose  four  sides  are  covered  with  a 
profusion  of  hierogljrphics,  no  less 
admirable  for  the  style  of  their  exe- 
cution than  for  the  depth  to  which 
they  are  cut,  which  in  many  instances 
exceeds  two  inches.  The  faces  of 
the  obelisks,  particularly  those  which 
are  opposite  each  other,  are  remadi- 
able  for  a  slight  convexity  of  their 
centres,  which  appears  to  have  been  in- 
troduced to  obviate  the  shadow 
thrown  by  the  sun,  even  when  -on  a 
line  with  a  plane  surface.  The  ex- 
terior angle  thus  formed  by  the  inter-, 
secting  lines  of  direction  of  either 
side  of  the  face,  is  about  S  degrees ; 
and  this  is  one  of  many  prooft  of  their 
attentive  observation  of  the  pheno- 
mena of  nature. 

The  westernmost  of  these  two  obe- 
lisks lias  been  removed  by  the  FVench, 
and  is  the  one  now  in  the  Place  de  la 
Concorde  at  Paris.  Being  at  Luxor 
when  it  was  taken  down,  I  observed 

s  8 


M 


388 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THEBE8. 


Sect.IV: 


beneath  tlie  lower  end,  on  which  it 
stood,  the  nomen  and  prenomen  of 
Remesea  II.,  and  a  slight  6ssure  ex- 
tending some  distance  up  it;  and 
what  is  rery  remarkable,  the  obe- 
lisk was  cracked  prevhtu  to  its  erec- 
tion, and  was  secured  by  two  wooden 
dovetailed  cramps.  These,  however, 
were  destroyed  by  the  moisture  of 
the  ground,  in  which  the  baae  had 
become  accidentally  buried. 

Behind  the  obelisks  are  two  sitting 
statues  of  the  same  Remeses,  one  on 
either  side  of  the  pylon  or  gateway  ; 
but,  like  the  former,  they  are  much 
buried  in  the  earth  and  sand  accumu- 
lated around  them.  Near  the  north- 
west extremity  of  the  propyla,  another 
similar  colossus  rears  its  head  amidst 
the  houses  of  the  village,  which  also 
conceal  a  great  portion  oi  the  inte- 
resting battle-scenes  on  tlie  front  of 
the  towers.  At  the  doorway  itself  is 
the  name  of  Sabaco,  and  on  the  aba- 
cus of  the  columns  beyond,  that  of 
Ptolemy  Philopator,  both  added  at  a 
later  epoch. 

The  area  within,  whose  dimensions 
are  about  190  feet  by  170,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  peristyle,  consisting  of 
two  rows  of  columns,  now  almost 
concealed  by  hovels,  and  the  mosk  of 
the  village.  The  line  of  direction  no 
longer  continues  the  same  behind  this 
'Court,  the  Remesean  front  having 
been  turned  to  the  eastward ;  which 
was  done  in  order  to  facilitate  its  con- 
nection with  the  great  temple  of 
Kamak,  as  well  as  to  avoid  the  vici- 
nity of  the  river. 

Passing  through  the  pylon  of 
Amunoph,  you  arrive  at  the  great 
colonnade,  where  the  names  of  tliis 
Pharaoh  and  of  Amun-Toonh  are 
sculptured.  The  latter,  however,  has 
been  effaced,  as  is  generally  the  case 
wherever  it  is  met  with,  and  those  of 
Horus  (the  immediate  successor  of 
Amunoph  III.)  and  of  Osirei  are  in- 
troduced in  its  stead. 

The  length  of  the  colonnade,  to 
the  next  court,  is  about  170  feet,  but 
its  original  breadth  is  still  uncertain. 


nor  can  it  be  ascertained  without  con- 
siderable excavation.  Indeed,  it  can 
scarcely  be  confined^  the  line  of  the 
wall  extending  Irom  the  pylon*  which 
would  restrict  its  breadth  to  67  feet ; 
but  there  is  no  part  of  the  wall  of  the 
front  court  whm  it  coold  have  been 
attached,  as  the  sculpture  continues 
to  the  very  end  of  its  angle.  7*be  side 
columns  were  probably  never  added. 

To  this  succeeds  an  area  of  \5S 
feet  by  167,  surrounded  by  a  peri- 
style of  twelve  columns  in  length  and 
the  same  in  breadth,  terminating  in  a 
covered  portico  of  SS  columns,  57 
feet  by  111. 

Behind  this  is  a  space  occupying 
the  whole  breadth  of  the  building, 
divided  into  chambers  of  diflerent 
dimensions,  the  centre  one  leading  to 
a  hall  supported  by  four  columns, 
immediately  before  the  entrance  to 
the  isolated  sanctuary. 

On  the  east  of  the  hall  is  a  cham- 
ber containing  some  curious  sculp- 
ture, representing  the  aeamdkemeiU  of 
Queen  Maut-mV-sboi,  the  mother  of 
Amunoph.  Two  children  nursed  by 
the  deity  of  the  Kile  are  presented 
to  Amun,  the  presiding  divinity  of 
Thebes;  and  several  other  subjects 
relate  to  the  singular  triad  wor- 
shipped in  this  temple. 

The  sanctuary,  which  had  been 
destroyed  by  the  Persians,  was  re- 
built by  Alexander  (the  son  of 
Alexander,  Ptolemy  being  governor 
of  Egypt),  and  bears  his  name  in  tbe 
following  dedicat(M7  formula  :  — > 
"  This  additional  work  made  he,  the 
king  of  men,  lord  of  tbe  regions, 
Alexander,  for  his  father  Amunrei» 
president  of  Tip^'  (Thebes) ;  be 
erected  to  him  the  sanctuary,  a  grand 
mansion,  with  repairs  of  sandstone^ 
hewn,  good,  and  hard  stone,  in  lieu 
of  (that  made  by  ?)  bis  majesty,  tbe 
king^  of  men,  Amunoph."  Bdiind 
the  sanctuary  are  two  other  sets  of 
apartmento,the  larger  ones  supported 
by  columns,  and  ornament«!d  with 
rich  sculpture,  much  of -which  appears 
to  have  been  gilded. 


U.  Egypt 


GBEAT  TEMPLE  OF  KABNAK. 


389 


Behind  the  temple  is  a  stone  quay, 
apparently  of  the  late  era  of  the  Pto- 
lemies, or  Caesars,  since  blocks  bearing 
the  sculpture  of  the  former  have  been 
used  In  its  construction.  Opposite 
the  corner  of  the  temple  it  tidces  a 
more  easterly  direction,  and  points  out 
the  original  course  of  Ibe  river,  which 
continued  across  the  plain,  now  Ijring 
between  it  and  the  ruins  of  Kamak, 
and  which  may  be  traced  by  the 
descent  of  the  surface  of  that  ground 
it  gradually  deserted.  The  southern 
extremity  of  the  quay  is  of  brick 
(probably  a  Roman  addition),  and 
indicates  in  like  manner  the  former 
direction  of  Che  stream ;  which  now, 
having  hollowed  out  a  space  behind 
it,  threatens  to  sweep  away  the  whole, 
and  to  undermine  the  foundations  of 
the  temple  itself. 

15.  Karnac. 

The  road  to  Kamak  lies  through 
fields  of  haifeh  grass,  indicating  the 
ute  of  ancient  ruins ;  and  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  right  is  a  mound,  with 
the  tomb  of  a  sliekh  railed  Aboo 
Jood ;  a  little  beyond  which,  to  the 
south,  are  remains  of  columns  and  an 
old  wall.  Here  and  there,  on  ap- 
proaching the  temple,  the  direction 
of  the  avenue  (once  a  great  street) 
and  the  fragments  of  its  sphinxes  are 
traced,  in  the  bed  of  a  small  canal, 
or  watercourse,  which  the  Nile, 
during  the  inundation,  appropriates 
to  its  rising  stream.  To  this  succeeds 
another  dromos  of  Criosphinxes,  and 
a  majestic  pylon  of  Ptolemy  £uer- 
getes,  with  his  queen  and  «i«£er,  Bere- 
nice, who^  in  one  instance,  present 
an  offbring  to  their  predecessors  and 
parents,  Philadelphus  and  Arsinoe. 
In  one  of  the  compartments,  within 
the  doorway,  the  king  is  represented 
in  a  Greek  costume;  instances  of 
which  are  rare,  even  on  Ptolemaic 
monuments.  Another  avenue  of 
sphinxes  extends  to  the  towers  or 
propyla  of  the  isolated  temple  behind 
thb  pylon,  which  was  founded  by 
Bemeses  IV.,  and  continued  by  Re- 


meses  VIII.  and  a  late  Pharaoh, 
who  added  thefaypaethml  area  and  its 
towers.  His  name,  and  the  exact 
area  at  which  he  flourished,  are  not 
precisely  ascertained ;  but  it,  as  is 
very  probable,  we  are  authorised  to 
read  Bocchoris,  this  part  will  date  in 
the  time  of  the  twenty-fourth  dynasty, 
or  about  a.  c.  810.  Other  names  ap* 
pear  in  different  parts  of  the  build- 
ing, among  which  are  those  of  Amyr- 
tsus  and  Alexander,  on  the  inner  and 
outer  gateways  of  the  area. 

The  principal  entrance  of  the  grand 
temple  lies  on  the  north-west  side, 
or  that  facing  the  river.  From  a 
raised  platform  commences  an  avenue 
of  Criosphinxes  leading  to  the  front 
propyla,  before  which  stood  two 
granite  statues  of  a  Pharaoh.  One 
of  these  towers  retains  a  great  part  of 
its  original  height,  but  has  lost  its 
summit  and  cornice.  In  the  upper 
part  their  solid  walls  have  been  per- 
forated  through  their  whole  breadth^ 
for  the  purpose  of  fastening  the 
timbers  that  secured  the  flag-sta£fs 
usually  placed  in  front  of  these 
propyla ;  but  no  sculptures  have  ever 
been  added  to  either  face,  nor  was  the 
surface  yet  levelled  to  receive  them* 

Passing  through  the  pylon  of  these 
towers,  you  arrive  at  a  large  open 
court  (or  area),  275  feet  by  329,  witli 
a  covered  corridor  on  either  side,  and 
a  double  line  of  columns  down  the 
centre.  Other  propyla  terminate  this 
area,  with  a  small  vestibule  before 
the  pylon,  and  form  the  front  of 
the  grand  hall  of  assembly,  the  lintel 
stones  of  whose  doorway  were  40  ft. 
10  in.  in  length.  The  grand  hall 
measures  170  feet  by  329,  supported 
by  a  central  avenue  of  twelve  massive 
columns,  66  feet  high  (without  the 
pedestal  and  abacus)  and  12  in 
diameter;  besides  122  of  smaller,  or 
(rather)  less  gigantic  dimensions,  41 
feet  9  inches  in  height,  and  27  feet 
6  inches  in  circumference,  distributed 
in  seven  lines  on  either  side  of  the 
former.  The  twelve  central  columns 
were    originally  fourteen,   but  the 

s3 


390 


DESCSZFTION   OF   THEBES. 


Sect  IV. 


two  northernmost  have  been  enclosed  | 
within  the  front  towers  or  propylat  | 
mpparently  in  the  time  of  Osirei  him* 
self,  the  founder  of  the  hall.  The 
two  at  the  other  end  were  also  partly 
built  into  the  projecting  wall  of  the 
doorway,  aa  appears  from  their  rough 
sides,  which  were  left  uneven  for  that 
purpose.  Attached  to  this  doorway 
are  two  other  towers,  closing  the  inner 
extremity  of  the  hall ;  beyond  which 
are  two  obelisks,  one  still  standing  on 
its  original  site,  the  other  having  been 
thrown  down,  and  broken  by  human 
violence. 

Similar,  but  smaller,  propyla  su^ 
eeed  to  this  court,  of  which  they 
form  the  inner  side.  The  next  court 
contains  two  obelisks  of  larger  dimen- 
sions, the  one  now  standing  being 
92  feet  high  and  8  square,  surrounded 
by  a  peristyle  of  Osiride  figures. 
Passing  between  two  dilapidated 
propyia,  yon  enter  another  smaller 
area,  ornamented  in  a  similar  man- 
ner, and  succeeded  fof  a  vestibule,  in 
front  of  the  granite  gateway  of  the 
towers  that  form  the  fafade  of  the 
court,  before  the  sanctuary. 

This  sanctuary  is  of  red  granite, 
divided  into  two  apartments,  and  sur- 
rounded by  numerous  chambers  of 
small  dimensions,  varying  from  S9 
feet  by  16,  to  16  feet  by  8. 

A  few  polygonal  columns  of  the 
early  date  of  Osirtasen  I.  appear  be- 
hind the  sanctuary,  in  the  midst  of 
fallen  architraves  of  the  same  era; 
and  beyond  are  two  pedestals  of  red 
granite,  crossing  the  line  of  direction, 
in  the  centre  of  the  open  space  to  the 
south-east.  They  may  have  supported 
obelisks;  but  they  are  not  square, 
like  tlie  basements  of  those  monU' 
ments,  and  rather  resemble,  for  this 
reason,  tlie  pedestals  of  statues. 
Their  substructions  are  of  limestone. 

After  this  you  come  to  the  co- 
lumnar edifice  of  the  third  Thothraes. 
Its  exterior  wall  is  entirely  destroyed, 
except  on  the  north-east  side.  Parallel 
to  the  four  outer  walls  is  a  row  of 
square  pillars,  going  all  round,  within 


the  edifice,  32  in  number;  and  in 
the  centre  are  20  columns,  disposed 
in  two  lines,  parallel  to  the  back  and 
front  row  of  pillars.  But  the  position 
of  the  latter  does  not  accord  with  the 
columns  of  the  centre,  and  an  un* 
usual  caprice  has  changed  the  esta- 
blished order  of  the  architectural 
details,  the  capitals  and  coraioes 
being  reversed,  without  adding  to  the 
bttuty,  or  increanng  the  strength  of 
the  building.  Adjoining  the  south- 
west angle  of  its  front  is  a  small  room 
(  No.  1 4. ),  containing  the  names  of  the 
early  predecessors  of  lliothmes  III., 
hence  called  the  chamber  of  kings; 
and  a  series  of  small  halls  and  rooms 
occupy  the  extremity  of  the  temple. 

In  the  southern  side  adytum  (Nou 
1 7. )  are  the  vestiges  of  a  colossal  hawk, 
seated  on  a  raised  pedestal;  the  sculp- 
tures within  and  without  containing 
the  name  of  Aletander,  by  whose 
order  it  was  repaired  and  sculptured. 

The  total  dimensions  of  this  part 
of  tlie  temple,  behind  the  inner  pro* 
pyla  of  the  grand  hall,  are  600  feet. 
by  about  half  that  in  bivadth,  mak- 
ing the  total  length,  from  the  fixxit 
propyla  to  the  extremity  of  the  wall 
of  circuit,  inclusive,  II 80  feeU  The 
additions  made  at  different  periods, 
by  which  the  distant  portions  of  this 
extensive  mass  of  buildings  were 
united,  will  be  more  readily  un* 
derstood  from  an  examination  of  my 
Survey,  than  from  any  description* 
however  detailed,  I  could  offer  to  the 
reader.  And  from  this  it  will  appear 
that  Diodorus  is  fully  justified  in  the 
following  statement :  that  <*  the  cir* 
cuit  of  the  most  ancient  of  the  four 
temples  at  Thebes  measured  IS  sta- 
dia," or  about  1^  mile  English.  The 
thickness  of  the  walls,  •<  of  25  feet»* 
owing  to  the  great  -variety  in  their 
dimensions,  is  too  vague  to  be  no- 
ticed ;  but  the  height  he  gives  to  tlie 
building,  of  45  cubits  (67  feet),  is 
far  too  little  for  the  grand  ball, 
•which,  from  the  pavement  to  the 
summit  of  the  roof,  inclusive,  is  not 
less  than  80  feet. 


XI.  Egypt.  ANTIQUITY  of  the  buildinqs. 


391 


COMrARATITC   AVnO^nT  or   THB 
BOILDIXOS. 

No  part,  in  iny  opinion,  remains  of 
the  earliest  foundation  of  the  temple ; 
but  the  name  of  Osirtasen  suffices  to 
support  its  claim  to  an  antiquity 
surpassing  that  of  every  other  build- 
ing in  Thebes,  by  at  least  one  hundred 
years.  The  original  sanctuary, 
which  was  probably  of  sandstone, 
doubtless  existed  in,  and  previous  to 
the  reign  of  that  monarch,  and  stood 
on  the  site  of  the  present  one,  (marked 
9.) — an  opinion  confirmed  by  our 
finding  the  oldest  remains  in  that  di- 
rection, as  well  as  by  the  propor- 
tions of  the  courts  andpropyla,  whose 
dimensions  were  necessarily  made  to 
accord  with  those  of  the  previous 
parts,  to  which  they  were  united. 
All  is  here  on  a  limited  scale,  and 
the  polygonal  columns  of  Osirtasen 
evince  the  chaste  style  of  architecture 
in  vogue  at  that  early  era.  (  Sf  No. 
IS.  of  the  ground  plan.) 

Subsequently  to  his  reign  were 
added  the  small  chambers  of  Amu- 
noph  I.  ^  the  obelisks  of  Thothmes 
I.  ^-  the  great  obelisks,  and  the 
rooms  near  the  sanctuary,  of  Amun- 
neitgori  (No.  IS.)  — and  on  the 
corresponding  side  those  of  Thoth- 
mes II. 

They  constituted  the  main  part  of 
the  temple  at  that  period.  The  suc- 
ceeding monarch,  Thothmes  III., 
made  considerable  additions  to  the 
buildings  and  sculptures,  as  well  i6 
the  vicinity  of  the  sanctuary  as  in  the 
back  part  of  the  great  enclosure; 
where  the  columnar  edifice  above 
mentioned,  the  side  chambers,  and 
all  the  others  in  that  direction,  were 
added  by  bis  orders. 

The  Bmutumy  destroyed  by  the 
Persians,  and  since  rebuilt  by  Philip 
Aridaus,  was  also  of  the  same  Plu^ 
raoh ;  who  seems  to  have  been  the 
first  to  build  it  of  red  granite ;  and  a 
block  of  that  stone  which  now  forms 
part  of  the  ceiling,  and  bears  the 
name  of  the  third  Thothmes,  belonged 


most  probably  to  the  sanctuary  he 
rebuilt 

llie  wall  No.  11.  is  double,  the 
inner  part  bearing  the  name  of 
Amunneitgori,  the  actual  face  that  of 
Thothmes  III.,  who  presents  to  the 
god  of  Thebes  a  variety  of  offerings  ; 
among  which  are  two  obelisks,  and 
two  loflty  tapering  staffs,  similar  to 
those  attached  to  the  propyla.  At 
the  close  of  his  reign  the  temple  only 
extended  to  the  smaller  obelisks ;  be- 
fore which  were  added,  by  Amunoph 
III.,  the  propyla  (D)t  whose  re- 
cesses for  the  flagstaffs,  proving  them 
to  have  been  originally  xhe  front  tow- 
ers of  the  temple,  are  still  visible  on 
the  north-west  face. 

The  propyla  to  the  south-west  were 
already  erected  in  the  reigns  of  the 
Thothmes,  as  I  shall  have  occasion 
to  remark  presently. 

In  the  third  reign  after  Amunoph, 
the  grand  hall  (C)  was  added  by 
Osirei,  the  father  of  Remeses  IL, 
about  1 S80  B.  c. ;  and  besides  the 
innumerable  bas-reliefs  that  adorn  its 
walls,  historical  scenes,  in  the  most 
finished  and  elegant  style  of  Egyp* 
tian  sculpture,  were  designed  on  the 
exterior  of  the  north-east  side. 

tn  the  next  reign  other  grand  ad- 
ditions were  made  by  the  son  of  the 
last  monarch,  who  completed  the 
sculptures  on  the  south-west  side  of 
the  grand  hall,  and  on  the  exterior  of 
the  wall  of  circuit.  He  also  built  the 
area  in  front,  with  massive  propyla, 
preceded  by  granite  colossi  and  an 
avenue  of  sphinxes.  Succeeding 
monarchs  continued  to  display  their 
piety,  to  gratify  theirown  vanity,  or  to 
court  the  good-will  of  the  priesthood, 
by  making  additions  to  the  buildings 
erected  by  their  predecessors;  and 
the  several  isolated  monuments,  be- 
coming attached  to  the  principal  pile, 
formed  at  length  one  immense  whole, 
connected  either  by  ^rand  avenues  of 
sphinxes,  or  by  crude-brick  enclo- 
sures. The  principal  edifices  united 
to  the  main  temple  by  the  successors 
of  the  second  Remeses  are  the  three 

8  4 


392 


DESCiOFTION  OF  THEBES. 


Sect  IV, 


cbambert  below  the  front  propyla 
(B,  2.),  and  the  small  but  complete 
temple  on  the  west  side  of  this  area 
{marked  9. ) ;  the  latter  by  Remeses 
III.,  the  former  by  his  second  pre- 
decessor, Osirei  II. 

Sereral  sculptures  were  added, 
during  the  twenty-second  dynasty, 
at  the  western  corner  of  the  same 
area ;  and  on  the  exterior  wall,  near 
the  doorway,  are  the  names  of  the 
captive  towns  and  districts,  which 
the  first  Sheshonk  (Shishak  of  the 
Scriptures)  boasted  to  have  taken,  in 
his  expedition  against  Jerusalem,  ■.€. 
971.  Among  them  is  the  Yooda- 
Melchi,  **  kingdom  of  Judah,"  dis- 
covered by  ChampoUion. 

The  columns  in  this  court,  one 
alone  of  which  is  now  standing,  bear 
the  name  of  Tirhaka,  Psamaticus  I., 
and  of  Ptolemy  Philopator;  and 
the  gateway  between  them  and  the 
grand  hall  having  been  altered  by 
Ptolemy  Physcon,  additional  sculp- 
tures, bearing  his  name,  were  inserted 
amidst  those  of  the  second  Remeses 
(at  6  and  7)»  On  the  left,  as  you 
enter,  he  wears  a  Greek  lielmet. 
{Marked  7.) 

These  columns,  twelve  in  number, 
stood  in  an  avenue,  six  on  each  side : 
we  may  however  conclude,  from  the 
breadth  of  the  intercolumniations, 
and  the  proportionate  smallness  of 
the  columns,  that  they  were  never 
intended  to  support  a  roof,  nor  even 
architraves,  but  rather  to  bear  hawks 
or  similar  emblems. 

Of  the  other  monuments,  origi- 
nally detached  from  the  main  body  of 
the  temple,  the  most  ancient  are  the 
south-west  propyla,  and  a  temple  of 
Amunopb  III.  (K),  on  the  north- 
east of  the  c^reat  enclosure.     Other 
names,  in  the  different  parts  of  this 
building,  are  of  Pthahmen,  Remeses 
IV.,  Amyrtcus,  Hakoris,  and  some  of 
the  Ptolemies.     It  was  once  adorned 
with  elegant  sculptures  and  two  gra- 
nite obelisks,  but  is  now  a  confused 
heap  of  ruins,  whose  plan  is  with  diflS- 
culty  traced  beneath  its  fallen  walls. 


In  front  of  it  stands  a  well-pro- 
portioned pylon,  bearing  the  names 
and  sculptures  of  Ptolemy  Euergetes 
with  Berenice,  and  of  Philopator; 
beyond  which  an  avenue  of  sphinxes 
extends  to  a  raised  platform  at  its 
north-east  extremity.  The  pyloo, 
which  was  of  a  much  earlier  date  than 
the  sculptures  it  bean,  having  attach- 
ed to  it  the  statues  of  Remeses  II., 
is  the  only  portion  of  this  building 
which,  has  escaped  the  fUry  of  the  in- 
vader ;  and  though  we  may  with  rea- 
son attribute  a  considerable  port  of 
the  destruction  of  Thebes  to  the  Per- 
sian conquest,  the  names  on  this 
pylon,  and  many  Ptolemaic  ad- 
ditions to  the  temple  of  Amun, 
fully  prove  that  its  capture  by  La- 
thyrus  was  not  less  detrimental  to 
this  city,  than  the  previous  invasion 
of  Cambyses. 

A  protracted  siege  of  three  years 
had  exasperated  tlie  Ptolemaic  con- 
queror against  his  rebellious  subjects ; 
and  he  sought,  by  the  destruction  of 
Thebes,  to  wound  the  pride  of  its  in- 
habitants, while  he  wrested  from  them 
for  ever  the  means  and  prospect  of 
future  resistance. 

The  feeling  which  induced  the  Per- 
sians  to  deface  its  monuments  was  of 
a  different  nature.  TKey  bad  become 
masters  of  Egypt;  they  were  not 
more  inimical  to  the  Tbebans,  than 
to  any  other  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
country;  the  destruction  of  the  sta- 
tues or  the  sanctuaries  was  prompted 
%y  a  contempt  for  their  votaries,  not 
by  the  fury  of  an  injured  master ;  and 
the  pillage  of  all  that  was  capable  of 
being  removed,  and  the  burning  of  a 
captured  city,  were  rather  the  custom 
of  the  day  than  any  extraordinary 
severity  exercised  by  the  conquering 
enemy.  The  Persians  were  hostile 
to  Egypt ;  Lathyrus  was  solely  en- 
raged  against  the  Thebans;  and  on 
tliem  the  whole  weight  of  his  Ten- 
geance  naturally  fell*  And  the  ani- 
mosity of  civil  war,  inflamed  by  jea- 
lousy against  a  neighbouring  rival, 
prompted  the  Egyptian  victors  to  de- 


U.  Egypt 


FOREIGN  KINGS. 


393 


stroy  those  monuments,  which  con- 
tribu  ted  to  the  grandeur  or  the  strength 
of  Thebes. 

Had  the  temple  before  us  been  de- 
molished at  the  earlier  period  of  the 
Persian  invasion,  it  is  needless  to  re- 
mark that  the  sculptures  of  this  pylon 
would,  not  have  been  added  during 
the  Ptolemaic  reigns,  to  adorn  a  mass 
of  ruins,  or  that  the  Persians  would 
not  have  left  it  dUnu  untouched. 
And  though  to  the  conquest  of  Cam* 
byses  is  to  be  attributed  a  great  part 
of  the  destruction  of  Thebes,  modem 
visiters  have  more  reason  to  regret 
the  implacable  raee  of  the  Greek 
monarch,  which  reduced  it  to  so  de- 
plorable a  state  that  it  **no  longer 
deserved  a  rank  among  the  cities  of 
Bgypt.*'  Nor  did  it  ever  revive  from 
this  fatal  blow ;  and  though  the  re- 
spect for  the  deities  there  worshipped, 
or  the  influence  of  the  Tbeban  priest- 
hood, induced  the  succeeding  Ptole- 
mies to  repair  several  of  the  gateways, 
and  other  parts  of  its  ancient  build- 
ings, Thebes  gradually  sank  into  ol)- 
livion;  and  its  reduced  population, 
divided  into  separate  bodies,  even  as 
early  as  the  time  of  Strabo,  withdrew 
A  B 


t9  small  villages   within  its  former 
precincts. 

The  S.  W.  propyla  before  alluded 
to  are  of  the  early  date  of  the  first, 
second,  and  third  Thothmes,  and  of 
Amunoph  II. ;  and  on  the  north  side 
of  the  southernmost  of  the  two  nearest 
the  temple,  behind  the  statues  (34., 
35. )  we  find  the  mention  of*'  additional 
work  **  or,  <*  repairs  **  made  by  king 
Osirei  to  the  temple  of  Amunre. 

On  the  other  (No.  3S.),  which  has 
lately  been  destro]red,and  on  the  walls 
connecting  it  with  Uie  temple,  is  the 
name  of  king  Horns,  who  not  only 
cut  his  name  over  that  of  an  older 
monarch,  Amun-Toonh,  but  used  the 
stones  of  earlier  buildings,  bearing 
the  ovals  of  king  Atinre-Bakhan  and 
others  of  that  foreign  family,  which 
he  doubtless  destroyed  for  this  pur- 
pose. The  fact  is  very  important,  as 
it  limits  the  reign  of  Bakhan  to  the 
period  intervening  between  Horus 
and  Tbotbmes  IV.,  whom  I  have  al- 
ready sliown  to  have  been  his  second 
predecessor;  and  from  these  ruins, 
M.  Prisse  has  been  enabled  to  make 
out  the  probable  succession  of  some 
of  those  kings,  as  follows  :— 
C  D 


i8S:  -^  i^  *  1%^^  ^* 


hmii 


M 


F 


i#- 


IS?  3*  1!  ij4  ^  l!^  }Jf  ?f  I! 


394 


DESCIOPXION  OF  THEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


The  successioD  of  the  five  first  ( ^, 
B,  C,  D»  £,)  M.  Frisse  thinks  to  be 
in  the  above  order;  and  since  the  era 
of  Atinre-Bakhan  (D)  has  been 
ascertained,  it  appears  to  me  that  F 
and  G  sliould  follow  them*  the  latter, 
Amun-To6nh,  being  a  cotemporary 
of  Amunoph  III.,  and  therefoce  the 
last  of  those  foreign  princes.  As  I 
have  already  stated,  they  were  not  ad- 
mitted into  the  Tbeban  lists  of  kings. 
F  is  of  Eesa,  whose  tomb  is  in  the 
western  valley  of  Thebes. 

Nos.  90.  and  91.  are  uncertain. 
Tlie  first  is  from  a  ring  belonging  to 
Mr.  Burton,  and  the  other  from  the 
handle  of  a  vase  I  found  at  Tel  el 
Amarna.  Noa.  7.  10.  13.  and  19- 
are  names  of  queens  belonging  to  the 
kings  they  accompany,  and  16.  is 
the  square  title  on  banner  prefixed 
to  the  oval  of  this  king.  A  is 
from  the  third  propyla  of  Kamak, 
and  £  from  a  grotto  at  Tel  el 
Amarna. 

The  interesting  inquiry  to  which 
the  discovery  of  the  above  names  has 
led,  induces  me  to  mention  them 
more  particularly,  in  order  to  invite 
the  attention  of  travellers  to  the  sub- 
ject, and  to  show  the  importance  of 
any  observations  they  may  have  it  in 
their  power  to  make,  respecting  the 
succession  and  history  of  these  stranger 
princes;  and  no  opportunity  should 
be  allowed  to  pass  of  copying  hiero- 
glyphics that  contain  their  ovals. 

Other  monarchs  have  added  sculp- 
ture to  different  parts  of  tlie  two  areas 
before  and  behind  these  propyla ;  and 
we  here  find  the  names  of  Remeses 
II.  and  III.,  with  some  other  early 
Pharaohs. 

To  the  south-east  of  them  is  a  lake 
or  spacious  reservoir,  lined  with  ma- 
sonry, which  still  receives  the  water 
of  the  rising  Nile,  as  it  oozes  through 
the  ground ;  and  on  its  banks  are  a 
few  small  ruins,  of  the  late  epoch  of 
Psammouthis,  of  the  S9th  dynasty 
{marked  95.,  26,,  97.). 

Tlie  small  edifice  attached  to  the 
fruittarea  is  of  the  second  Amunoph, 


but  the  name  on  the  neighbouring 
outer  propyla  is  of  the  soccesMV 
of  Amunoph  III.,  and  the  andro* 
sphinxes  before  them  bear  that  of 
Odrei  II.  (No.  9&  )  In  a  small  iso- 
lated edifice  (O)  are  the  ovals  of 
Thothmea  I.  and  the  third  Amumyph, 
wiiose  statues  of  black  granite  adorn 
the  inner  doorway.  (No.  39.) 

The  ruins  within  the  crude-brick 
enclosure  of  the  other,  or  weaUrm  hke, 
are  of  various  epochs ;  and  among  the 
sculptures  are  observed  the  names  of 
ThcrthmesIIL,  Amunoph  III.,  She- 
shonk  I.,  and  Ptolemy  Dionysus. 
The  temple  (T,  3.),  and  statues, 
which  once  stood  before  it,  are  of 
Remeses  1 1. ;  and  that  on  the  western 
corner  of  the  lake,  also  adorned  witk 
two  granite  statues,  is  of  Remeses 
III.  Numerous  figures  of  black 
granite,  representing  the  lion-headed 
goddess,  are  depoeited  in  the  piccinott 
of  the  inner  enclosure;  and  some  ele- 
gant androsphinxes,  on  the  left  of  the 
front  door,  are  worthy  of  notiee. 

The  water  of  this  lake  al&o  receives 
an  annual  supply,  through  the  soil, 
from  the  Nile;  but  being  strongly 
impregnated  with  nitre,  and  otber 
salu,  and  stagnant  during  the  heat  of 
the  summer,  it  is  no  longer  drink- 
able. 

The  sculptures  of  the  pylou 
(No.  91.),  behind  the  great  tample^ 
have  never  been  completed.  Id  the 
doorway  is  the  name  of  Nectanebo^ 
and  on  the  upper  part  of  the  south- 
east ade  those  of  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus,  and  of  Arsinoe,  his  sister  and 
second  wife. 

In  the  area,  within  this  gateway, 
are  a  few  other  remains,  of  the  time 
of  Osirei,  Remeses  II.  (No.  Id.}* 
Tirhaka  (No.  90.),  Ptolemy  Physeoo, 
DionjTSUs,  and  Tiberius.  The  com* 
mencement  of  it,  however,  dates  from 
the  earlier  era  of  the  third  Thothmea* 
as  the  statues  placed  against  the  wall 
of  circuit  of  the  great  temple  hsTe 
tlie  name  of  that  Pharaoh  (No.  18.). 
By  the  same  monarch  was  founded 
the  small  edifice  on  the  east  of  the 


U.  Egypt      HISTORICAL  sculptures  at  karnak. 


395 


crude-brick  enclosure  (F) ;  where 
the  names  of  Remeses  III.,  of  Se- 
baco,  and  of  the  Ptolemies  Philopa- 
tor,  Euergetes  Land  XL,  Alexander  I., 
and  Auletes  or  Dionysus,  are  also 
met  with.  The  small  ruin  £  is  of 
Psamaticus  III. ;  and  H  of  Amyr- 
tfeus  of  the  twenty-eighth  dynasty; 
L of  Pbilopator ;  Q  of  Euergetes  II. 
with  the  two  Cleopatras,  and  of  Dio- 
nysus; and  at  R  is  the  name  of  a 
Cleopatra. 

There  is  also  a  small  temple,  dedi- 
cated to  Amun  by  Sabaco,  a  short 
distance  from  the  southern  angle  of 
the  smaller  lake ;  and  near  the  village, 
called  Nega  el  Fokinee,  to  the  east- 
ward, about  1000  feet  from  the  pylon 
of  Nectanebo  (No.  21.),  b  a  temple 
built  in  the  time  of  the  PtolemieSb 
(This  last  is  omitted  in  my  Surrey.) 

Such  are  the  dates  of  the  principal 
parts  of  tliis  extensive  mass  of  build- 
ings, which  I  have  endeavoured  to 
state  in  as  brief  a  manner  as  possible, 
omitting,  of  course,  the  mention  of 
the  numerous  repairs  made  at  different 
tiroes  by  many  of  the  Pharaohs  and 
Ptolemies. 

Hutorical  Sculpture*.  —  The  prin- 
cipal historical  sculptures  are  on  the 
exterior  of  the  great  hall ;  and  towards 
the  base  of  the  S.  £.  propylon-fower 
of  the  great  hall,  on  its  inner  face  (to 
the  right  as  you  approach  it  from  the 
sanctuary  and  the  obelbka),  is  re- 
presented a  large  boat,  or  ark  (at 
C  5. ) ;  which  calls  to  mind  the  «  boat 
of  cedar,  280  cubits  long,  overlaid 
with  gold  without,  and  with  silver 
within,  dedicated  by  Sesostris  to  the 
principal  deity  in  Thebes,"  mentioned 
by  Diodorus. 

The  sculptures  of  this  hall  were 
commenced  by  Osirei  I.,  and  finished 
by  his  son  Remeses  the  Great,  the 
supposed  Sesostris.  Those  on  the 
N.  £.  side  are  of  Osirei  I.,  and  re- 
late to  his  campaigns  in  the  £ast. 

To  commence  with  the  northern 
extremity  {tuarked  C)  :  the  upper 
compartment  represents  the  king  at- 


tacking a  fortified  town  situated  on  a 
rock,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  wood, 
and  lies  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  mountains,  whither  the  flying 
enemy  drive  off  their  herds  on  the 
approach  of  the  £gyptian  army.  The 
suite  of  it  is  entirely  lost 

In  the  first  compartment  of  the 
second  line,  the  king  engages  the 
enemy's  infiintry  in  the  open  field, 
and  having  wounded  their  chief  with 
a  lance,  entangles  him  with  his  bow- 
string, and  slays  him  with  his  sword. 
The  drawing  in  these  figures  is  re- 
markably spirited;    and,   allowance 
being   made    for    the    conventional 
style  of  the  Egyptians,  it  must  be 
admitted   that  the  principal  groups 
in  all  these  subjects  are  admirably  de- 
signed,  and  would  do  credit  to  artists 
of  a  later  epoch  than  the  fourteenth 
century  before  our  era.  In  the  second 
compartment    (following    the  same 
line }    the    Egyptian    hero,    having 
alighted  from  his  car,  fights  hand-in- 
hand  with  the  chiefs  of  the  hostile 
army:  one  has  already  fallen  beneath 
his  spear,  and  trampling  on  the  pros- 
trate  foe,  he    seises  his  companion, 
who  is  also  destined  to  fall  by  his 
powerful   hand.     Returning  in   tri- 
umph, he   leads  before  his  car  the 
fettered  captives,   whom    he  offers, 
with  the  spoil  of  the  cities  he  has 
taken,  to  Amunre,  the  god  of  Thebes. 
This  consists  of  vases,  silver,  gold, 
precious  stones  (?),  and  whatever  the 
monarch  has  been  enabled  to  collect 
from  the  plunder  of  the  conquered 
country. 

The  lowest  line  commences  with 
an  encounter  between  the  Egyptians 
and  the  chariots  and  infantry  of  the 
Rot-n-no.  Their  chief  is  wounded 
by  the  arrows  of  the  Egyptian  mo- 
narch, who  closely  pursues  liim,  and 
disables  one  of  his  horses  with  a  spear. 
He  then  attempts  to  quit  his  car,  as 
his  companion  falls  by  bis  side  covered 
with  wounds.  The  rout  of  the  hostile 
army  is  complete,  and  they  fly  in  the 
utmost  consternation.  One  is  on 
horseback.     The  victorious  return  of 

s  6 


396 


DESCBIPTION  OF  THEBES. 


Sect.  IV. 


king  Osiret  is  the  next  subject ;  and, 
aligbting  from  his  chariot,  be  enters 
the  temple  of  Amunre,  to  present  his 
captives  and  booty  to  the  protecting 
deity  of  Thebes.  He  then  slays 
with  a  club  the  prisoners  of  the  two 
conquered  nations,  in  the  presence  of 
Amunre,  the  names  of  whose  towns 
and  districts  are  attached  to  other 
figures  on  the  lower  part  of  the  wall. 

The  order  of  the  other  historical 
subjects  commences  at  the  S.  E^  angle 
(^marked  C  S. ).  In  the  lower  line  the 
Egyptians  attack  the  infantry  of  an 
Asiatic  enemy  in  the  open  field,  — 
the  Rot  n>no»  or  Retenno;  whose 
dress  and  colour,  if  they  are  the  same 
as  those  represented  in  the  Theban 
tombs,  prove  them  to  have  inhabited 
a  country  very  far  to  the  north  of 
Egypt.  The  Egyptians  subdue  them 
and  make  many  captives ;  and  their 
march,  perhaps  during  their  return, 
is  directed  tlirough  a  series  of  districts, 
some  of  which  are  at  peace  with, 
others  tributary  to,  them.  The  in- 
habitants of  one  of  these  fortified 
cities  come  out  to  meet  them,  bring- 
ing presents  of  vases  and  bags  of 
gold,  which,  with  every  demonstra- 
tion of  respect,  they  lay  before  the 
monarch,  as  he  advances  through 
their  country.  He  afterwards  meets 
with  opposition,  and  is  obliged  to 
attack  a  hostile  army,  and  a  strongly 
fortified  town,  situated  on  a  high 
rock,  and  surrounded  by  water,  with 
the  exception  of  that  part  which  is 
rendered  inaccessible  by  the  steepness 
of  the  cliff  on  whose  verge  it  is  built. 
It  seems  to  defy  the  Egyptian  army, 
but  the  enemy  are  routed  and  sue 
for  peace.  {This  ii  ai  th«  ang^t  of 
the  wall) 

Their  arms  are  a  spear  and  battle- 
axe,  and  they  are  clad  in  a  coat  of 
mail,  with  a  short  and  close  dress. 
The  name  of  the  town,  Kanana,  and 
the  early  date  of  the  first  year  of  the 
king's  reign,  leave  little  room  to 
doubt  that  the  defeat  of  the  Canaanites 
is  here  represented. 

In  the  other  compartments  is  re- 


presented the  return  of  the  Pharaoh 
to  Thebes,  leading  in  triumph  the 
captives  he  has  taken  in  the  war, 
followed  by  his  son  and  a  *<  royal 
scribe,"  with  a  body  of  Egyptian 
soldiers,  **  the  royal  attendants,  who 
have  accompanied  him  to  the  foreign 
land  of  the  Rot-n-no.** 

The  succession  of  countries  and 
districts  he  passes  through  on  bis  re- 
turn is  singularly  but  ingeniously  de- 
tailed: a  woody  and  well-watered 
country  is  indicated  by  trees  and  lakes, 
and  the  consequence  of  each  town  by 
the  size  of  the  fort  that  represents  it ; 
bearing  a  slight  analogy  to  the  simple 
style  of  description  in  Xenopbcni*s 
retreat. 

The  Nile  is  designated  by  the  cro- 
codiles and  fish  peculiar  to  that  river ; 
and  a  bridge  serves  as  a  communica- 
tion with  the  opposite  bank.     This 
is  very  remarkable,  as  it  sbovrs  they 
liad  bridges  over  the  Nile  at  that  early 
period ;  but  being  drawn  as  seen  from 
above,  we  cannot  decide  whether  it 
was  made  with  arches  or  rafters.  Acon« 
course  of  the  priests  and  distinguisbed 
inhabitants  of  a  large  ctty  comes  forth 
to  greet  his  arrival ;  and  he  then  pro- 
ceeds on  foot  to  offer  the  spoil,  and  cap- 
tives he  has  taken,  to  the  deity.  Though 
probable,  it  is  by  no  means  certain,  that 
Thebes  is  here  represented,  especially 
as  the  name  of  that  city  does  not  occur 
in  the  hieroglyphics.    The  deputation 
consisu   of   the    *<  priests,   and    the 
chief  men  of  the  upper  and  lower 
countries ;  **  it  should  therefore  rather 
refer  to  his  entrance  into  Egypt ;  and 
Tanis  would  agree  better  with  the 
hieroglyphics.     But  Thebes  Is  more 
likely  to  be  represented  in  Theban 
sculptures.     The  battled  edifices  on 
the  road,  bearing  the  name  of  the 
king,  appear  to  be  out  of  Egypt; 
and  may  either  point  out  the  places 
where  he  had  a  palace,  or  signify  that 
they  were  tributary  to  him. 

In  the  compartments  of  the  upper 
line,  the  Egyptians  attack  the  enemy 
in  the  open  field,  and  oblige  them  to 
take  shelter  in  a  fortified  town,  aito- 


U,  Egypt 


HISTORICAL  SCULPTURES. 


397 


ated  on  a  lofty  hill  flanked  by  a  lake 
of  water.  Near  its  banks,  and  on 
the  acclivity  of  the  mountain,  are 
several  trees  and  caverns;  amongst 
which  some  lie  concealed,  while 
others,  alarmed  for  the  fate  of  their 
city,  throw  dust  on  their  heads,  and 
endeavour  to  deprecate  the  wrath  of 
the  victor. 

Their  chariots  are  routed,  and  the 
king,  having  seized  the  hostile  chief, 
smites  off  his  head,  which  he  holds 
by  the  beard.  The  pursuit  of  the 
enemy  continues,  and  they  take  re- 
fuge amidst  the  lofty  trees  that  crown 
the  heights  of  Uieir  mountainous 
country.*  The  Egyptians  follow  them 
to  the  woods,  and  heralds  are  sent  by 
the  king  to  offer  them  their  lives,  on 
condition  of  their  future  obedience  to 
his  will,  and  the  payment  of  an  annual 
tribute.  The  trees  here  represented 
are  probably  cedars,  the  place  being 
evidently  called  Lebanon,  or  as  the 
hieroglyphics  write  it  Lemanon. 

Alighting  from  his  car,  he  awaits 
their  answer,  which  is  brought  by  an 
Egyptian  officer,  who  on  his  return 
salutes  his  sovereign,  and  relates  the 
success  of  his  mission. 

In  the  third  compartment,  the 
hero,  who  in  the  heat  of  the  fight 
had  alighted  from  bis  chariot,  gives 
proofs  of  his  physical  powers  as  well 
as  his  courage,  and  grasps  beneath 
each  arm  two  captive  chiefs;  while 
others,  bound  with  ropes,  fo]|ow  to 
adorn  his  triumph,  and  grace  the 
offerings  of  victory  to  the  god  of 
Thebes. 

On  the  other  wall,  at  the  south- 
west side  of  the  grand  hall,  are  re- 
presented the  conquests  of  his  son 
Remeses  II. ;  from  which  it  appears 
that  the  war  against  the  same  people 
was  continued  during  the  reign  of 
this  monarch. 

In  the  upper  compartments,  at  the 
north-west  end,  Remeses  attacks  the 
enemy,  who  are  routed,  and  take  re- 

•  Round  the  corner  of  the  wall.  The 
•ulte  then  returm  to  the  former  part  of 
the  Mulpturst. 


fuge  in  their  fortified  town,  situated 
on  a  high  mountain.  He  then 
storms  another  fort ;  and  in  the  next 
compartment  he  gives  them  battle  in 
the  open  plain,  where  he  obtains  a 
complete  victory,  and  secures  many 
prisoners.  The  remnant  of  their 
army  retreats  to  a  fortified  city,  which 
he  storms,  and  obliges  to  surrender 
at  discretion. 

In  all  these  compartments,  except 
one,  the  king  is  represented  on  foot, 
with  his  shield  before  him  and  a  spear 
in  his  hand,  indicating  that  the  places 
were  taken  by  assault.  In  the  lower 
line  he  advances,  in  his  car,  to  the 
walls  c^  a  fort ;  in  the  next  compart- 
ment he  storms  another,  on  foot;  and 
afterwards  appears  before  a  third, 
mounted  in  his  chariot.  The  rest  is 
much  defaced ;  but  sufficient  remains 
to  show  that  he  offers  the  spoils  and 
captives  to  the  god  of  the  temple. 

Behind  the  side  door  of  the  hall, 
in  the  upper  line,  he  besieges  a  forti- 
fied town,  on  foot;  he  then  attacks 
the  enemy,  in  the  open  field;  and 
having  overtaken  the  car  of  their 
chief,  entangles  him  with  his  bow- 
string, and  stepping  forward  on  the 
pole,  despatches  him  with  his  sword. 
The  discomfiture  of  the  hostile  army 
is  now  complete,  and  they  fly  to  their 
fenced  city  in  the  utmost  confusion. 
The  subjects  in  this  line  terminate 
with  offerings  to  the  deity  of  Thebes. 

In  the  lower  series  are  a  large 
tablet  of  hieroglyphics,  and  the  attack 
of  another  fortified  town.  The  battle 
scenes  continue  on  the  wall  of  the  court 
(marked  29),  where  the  Egyptians  at- 
tack the  foe  in  the  plain,  who  are 
routed  and  pursued  to  the  walb  of 
their  city. 

In  the  other  compartments  are 
many  similar  subjects,  and  a  tablet 
of  the  twenty- first  year  of  Remeses 
II.,  in  which  mention  is  made  of  his 
father  Osirei  and  grandfather  Re- 
meses I.  Beyond  this,  the  Egyptian 
monarch  storms  another  fort;  his 
troops  apply  scaling  ladders  to  the 
walls,  and,  forcing  the  gates,  oblige 


398  ROUTES  26, 27, 28.— from  the  nile  to  kossa.tr.  Sect.  IV. 


the  inhabitants  to  •unrender  at  dis- 
cretion. In  the  next  corapartment, 
be  alighu  from  his  car,  and  binds  the 
prisoners  he  has  taken,  to  serre  as  a 
token  of  his  victory  and  as  an  ofier* 
ing  to  the  god  of  Thebes. 

The  remaining  walls  of  these  couru 
were  ornamented  with  a  continuation 
of  similar  historical  sculptures ;  but 
few  traces  of  them  now  remain. 

The  captives  taken  by  Sheshonk 
(Shishak),  in  his  expedition  against 
Jerusalem,  are  on  the  south-west  wall 
of  the  main  temple  (marked  8) ;  ^  but 
the  greater  part  of  the  other  subjects 
relate  to  offerings  made  by  the  kings, 
who  officiate  before  the  different 
deities  of  the  temple. 

Beyond  the  circuit  of  ancient 
Thebes  may  be  noticed,  on  the  east 
side,  some  stone  remains  near  the 
road  to  Medam6t,  and  some  grottoes 
in  the  mounuins  towards  the  south- 
east of  Karnak,  fVom  near  which  an 
ancient  road  runs  southwards  into 
the  desert  of  the  Ababdeh. 

On  the  Libyan  side,  upon  the 
summit  of  the  mountain,  which  pro- 
jects to  the  north  of  the  Akaba  road, 
and  the  entrance  to  the  valley  of  the 
kings*  tombs,  are  the  ruins  of  a  crude- 
brick  building,  called  £*Dayr,  most 
probably  of  Christian  date.  Hence 
a  road  leads  over  the  mountains  to 
the  northwards,  joining  the  other  at 
a  short  distance  inland,  and  leading 
towards  Farshoot. 


ROUTE  S6. 

KXVSB  TO  KOSSATR,  BT  THK  MOATLXH 
Oa    MOIT.EH   BOAD. 

Milei. 
Keneh  to  Beer  Amber  -  -  H) 
WelUof  El£gayta(£ghayta)  -  21) 
The  l8t  Wells  to  W.  of  UoMh 

(Moayl^h)  -         -         -  SSj 

2d  Wells  to  W.  of  Moil^h        -     S 
Wells  of  MoiUh      ...     4 
Beer  el  Inglees  (near  £1  Bayda)  29| 
Springs  of  £1  Ambagee  •    5\ 

Kossayr  (fort)  •         •         -     6 


ROUTE  27. 

KXNXR  90  KOSSAYR,  BT  TUK 

RUSSAPA 

aOAD. 

Keneh  to  Beer  Amber     - 
Wells  of  £1  £gayta 
Well  of  Hammam^t 

Maes. 

-  Ill 
-2I| 
.244 

Well  caUed  Moie-t  (or  Sayil-t) 

Hagee  Soolayman  -  -  33 
Beer  el  Ingleei  -  •  «  15 
Ambagee        •         -         -         •     5J 

Kossayr  -        -        -        - 6^ 

117) 


ROUTE  28. 


THXBBS  TO   BOSSATR. 


UiU 


Thebes  (Karnak)  to  Medamot, 

(East  bank)         -         .         .     5 
Coptos,  (E.)  -         -        -        -  37J 
Wellsof  ElEga^ta  -         -  27 

£1  Egayta  to  Kossayr  83]  or 

(tee  Routes  26,  27.)  "  86t 

1S5\ 

The  roads  from  Hiebes  and  from 
Keneh  unite  at  the  wells  of  £1 
Egayta,  and  are  then  the  same  to 
Kossayr.  The  MoiUh,  or  Moaylih, 
road,  and  the  Derb  £*  Russafa  are  the 
most  freouented.  They  both  meet  at 
£1  Egayta,  where  they  diverge,  and 
unite  again  at  el  Bayda  V  the  white" 
(hills),  so  called  from  the  colour  of 
the  rocks;  where  tliere  is  a  well, 
called  Beer  el  Inglees,  from  having 
been  dug  by  our  Indian  army  on  ita 
way  to  the  Nile.  The  water  is  brack- 
ish ;  and  that  at  £1  Ambagee  is  InmL 
At  the  others  the  water  is  good. 

There  are  several  roads  from  the 
Nile  to  Kossayr.  The  principal  one s 
beginning  from  the  south  are:  — 
1.  That  called  Mughafg.  2.  £' 
Debb&h.  3.  El  Merkh,  or  Esaaf- 
wee.  4.  Stkkat  El  Hom&r  «'the 
A8s*s  road,*'  or  £1  £do6t,  passing 
by  Moayl^h,  and  Wad^  £1  Guri); 
and  thence  called  also  the  MoaylAh 
Road.     5.  £"  Russafa,  or,  Derb  £' 


U.Egypt        B0T7TB  28.  —  thsbss  to  kossatiu 


899 


Russafa.      6.  Sikkat  el  Hamniainee, 
a  long  and  rough  road. 

Arabs  with  their  camels  for  the 
journey  had  perhaps  better  be  en- 
gaged at  Keneh. 

There  is  nothing  worthy  of  remark 
on  the  Moayl^h  road.  There  are 
some  Ababdeh  Arabs  settled  near  this 
and  the  Derb  E*  Russafa,  from  whom 
milk  may  sometimes  be  obtained; 
and  camels,  laden  with  com  for  Ara- 
bia, are  occasionally  met  on  their  way 
to  Kossayr. 

The  most  interesting  road  is  the 
Derb  £'  Rusaafa;  from  the  ancient 
Roman  stations  met  with  at  intervals, 
and  from  its  having  been  the  old  road 
from  Coptos  to  Philoteras  Portus. 
There  are  eight  of  these  stations,  or 
Jfydreunuu,  some  of  which  are  diatant 
from  each  other  only  6,  others  from 
8  to  12  miles;  besides  the  wells  of 
£1  Egfaa^ta,  which  were  also  known 
to  the  ancients.  The  first  station, 
whose  site  and  plan  is  less  easily 
traced  than  the  others,  was  distant 
from  Coptos  only  9  miles,  and  was 
probably  common  to  the  Philotera 
and  Berenice  roads,  though  not  given 
in  the  lists  of  Pliny  or  the  Itinerary 
of  Antoninus. 

Breccia  QuarritM. — Near  the  large 
wall  of  Hammam£t,  on  this  road,  are 
the  quarries  of  Breccia  Verde,  from 
which  so  many  sarcophagi,  fonts, 
tazz€f  and  other  ornamental  objects 
made  of  this  beautiful  stone,  were 
cut  by  the  ancients,  both  in  Pharaonic 
and  Roman  times.  The  valley  of 
the  quarries  is  called  Wad4e  Foak- 
he6r,  from  the  quantity  of  pottery 
(^Fokh6r)  found  tliere.  It  is  also  re- 
markable for  the  number  of  hiero- 
glyphic inscriptions  on  the  rocks,  of 
very  early  time,  for  the  number  of 
huts  of  workmen  who  lived  tfiere, 
and  for  the  remains  of  a  nnall  E^p- 
tian  temple  of  the  time  of  Ptolemy 
Buergetes  I.  The  inscriptions  on 
the  rocks  are  interesting  ^m  their 
antiquity,  some  being  of  very  ancient 
Pharaohs. 


or  Papi ; —  of  Remeren ; —  and  three 
early  unknown  Pharaohs,  two  of 
which  occur  in  the  chamber  of  kings 
at  Karnak;  — of  Mondooftep,  or 
Mandothph ;  —  Osirtasen  I.  and  III.; 
Amun-n^Gori  I.  and  II. ;  —  Thoth- 
mea  III. ;  Osirei  I.  and  II. ;  —  Re- 
meses  IV.  and  VIII.; — Sabaco, 
and  the  Princess  Amunatts ;  —  Psa- 
maticus  I.  and  II. ;  —  Amasis ;  — 
Cambyses; — Darius  ;~Xerxes  ;  and 
Artaxerzes; — AmyrUeus;  and  Nec- 
tanebo. 

There  are  many  hieroglyphic  and 
Greek  ezvotos.  In  one  of  the  latter, 
the  writer  is  said  to  be  a  native  of 
Alabastron ;  and  in  one  of  the  former 
Amun-re  is  styled  «  Lord  of  the  re- 
gions of  the  world,*'  and  Neph(Nou? 
or  Kneph)  is  called  **the  Lord  of  the 
foreign  land  of  the  Elephant,"  or  the 
island  of  Elephantine.  Khem  or 
Pan  is  the  deity  of  the  place.  He 
was  supposed  to  be  the  particular 
'*  guardian  of  t|ie  roads,'*  and  until 
the  worship  of  Sarapis  was  introduced 
by  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  he  seems 
to  have  been  the  principal  god  to 
whom  temples  and  prayen  were  made 
in  the  Egyptian  deserts.  The  triad 
of  this  valley  consisted  of  Khem,  the 
infant  Horns,  and  **  Isis,  the  beautiful 
Mother  of  the  gods,  queen  of  Heaven.  "* 
I  counted  upwards  of  1000  huts  in 
the  different  rarines,  or  branches  of 
the  valley;  and  I  have  no  doubt, 
from  the  care  taken  to  break  up  every 
quarts  vein  in  the  neighbourhood, 
that  the  miners  were  employed,  not 
only  in  the  breccia  quarries,  but  in 
searching  for  gold ;  and  I  never  re- 
member to  have  crossed  a  vein  of 
quarts  in  the  desert,  that  had  not 
been  broken  up,  doubtless  in  search  of 
the  precious  ore. 

At  Kossayr  is  an  English  agent, 
Sayd  Mohammed,  a  very  obliging 
person,  whose  father,  Sayd  Hossayn, 
is  our  vice-consul  at  Keneh.  [For 
the  town  of  Kossayr,  see  end  of  Sec- 
tion II.  Route  19.  p.  271.] 

Arrived  from  India  at  AoffM^r.— 


The  principal  names  a|xr^H94f%4^Cii^tewho  enter  Egypt  by  this  point 

(       OXFORD       j 


400 


BOUTE  28. — K08SATB  TO  THE  MILE.         SeCt.  lY. 


generally  go  direct  to  Thebes.  They 
may  either  stop  at  Kamak,  or  Luxor ; 
but  the  former  is  more  convenient 
for  seeing  the  rains. 

For  the  journey  across  the  desert, 
camel-boxes  with  movable  trays  will 
be  found  convenient,  as  well  as  a 
single-poled  tent,  and  small  mats,  an 
umbrella  lined  with  a  dark-coloured 
stuff,  and  gause  spectacles.  Colonel 
Davies,  in  his  «  Hints  to  Travellers  " 
by  this  route,  justly  considers  bottled 
water  essential,  and  adds,  "great 
care  should  be  taken  to  procure  it 
good,  and  bottles  well  cleaned.  Sup- 
plies, such  as  tea,  sugar,  wine,  soups, 
tongues,  and  any  preserves,  are 
much  better  anc)  cheaper  in  India 
than  in  Egypt;  a  small  camp  kit 
with  a  few  cooking-poto,  bedding, 
mosquito  curtains,  blankets,  and  some 
carpeU  are  useful  in  Egypt."  He 
considers  them  "particularly  so  in 
the  quarantine  at  Malta,  if  people 
like  to  live  comfortable  and  economi. 
cally  ;**  but  every  thing  is  so  reason- 
able there,  that  it  is  scarcely  worth 
the  trouble  and  expense  of  taking 
them  from  Egypt. 

*<  Camels,  for  crossing  the  desert 
from  Kossayr  to^henne  (Keneh)  or 
Luksor,  are  to  be  had  in  plenty  for  1 
dollar  eacli,  and  donkeys  at  15  pias- 
tres :  stirrups  and  a  mattrass  (cush- 
ion ?),  or  a  dromedary  saddle,  is  the 
easiest  way  for  a  gentleman  to  cross ; 
a  lady  should  bring  a  side-saddle  for 
a  donkey,  and  panniers  for  children ; 
and  if  not  done  in  too  great  a  hurry, 
the  desert  can  be  crossed  without  in- 
convenience or  fatigue.  But  a  lady 
ought  not  to  do  it  in  less  than  seven 
days,  which  should  be  told  the  camel 
owners  before  leaving  ]^ossayr,  tliat 
they  may  take  sufficient  beans,  &c 
for  themselves  and  camels;  if  not 
they  will  make  it  an  excuse  to  push 
on." 

He  justly  remarks  **  that  it  is  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  keep  up  deter- 
mined authority  with  all  Arabs,  and 
particularly  with  boat  and  camel  men. 


who  make  it  a  rule  to  try  and  usurp 
it.  Many  people  commence  with 
thrashing  them  at  once,  but  I  don't 
think  it  advisable  or  necessary:  in- 
sist on  their  doing  as  you  wish,  and 
they  very  soon  come  into  your  way.** 
By  Arabs,  it  is  as  well  to  observe, 
that  he  means  Egyptian  fdi&kM,  not 
Arabs  of  the  desert,  whom  it  might 
cost  a  man  his  life  to  strike. 

"  In  regard  to  boats,**  he  adds,  "  it 
is  difficult  to  recommend  what  plan 
to  pursue :  they  are  generally  to  be 
procured  at  Keneh,  and  sometimes  at 
Luksor,  and  may  be  hired  for  the 
trip  to  Cairo.  If  you  write  to  that 
place  for  one,  it  will  cost  double  or 
treble,  but  you  will  get  a  better  boat. 
I  hired  one  for  1600  piastres  the 
month ;  it  was  clean,  and  fitted  up  in 
English  style,  with  a  lofty  cabin, 
and  well  suited  for  the  purpose ;  but 
it  must  be  remembered,  that,  though 
you  hire  by  the  month,  you  pay  by 
the  week  (by  the  lunar  month),  which 
I  mention  that  people  may  not  be 
ruffled  if  they  find  diflferent  customs 
in  different  places."  The  advice  is 
excellent;  but  in  reali^  the  month 
should  always  be  rated  at  thirhf  tlay§f 
and  the  owners  of  boats  should  not  be 
allowed  to  take  tliis  advantage  of 
strangers.  Another  piece  of  good 
advice  is,  '*  never  to  let  your  servant 
pay  the  people ;  do  it  on  every  occa- 
sion you  can  yourself,  and  you  will 
soon  find  the  benefit,  and  so  will  the 
poor  people:  give  half  what  yoor 
servant  would  charge,  and  the  three- 
fingered  Arab  will  kiss  the  money 
and  your  hand  with  gratitude.  In 
regard  to  assistance^  let  every  man 
be  his  own  agent,  and  his  business 
will  be  done  to  bis  sadsfaction.**  If 
you  can  find  a  good  boat,  and  engage 
it  by  the  month,  it  is  better  to  live  in 
it  while  at  C^ro,  and  the  best  spot 
for  anchoring  is  at  Ibrahim  Paaba's 
garden  in  tlie  island  of  Roda. 

The  Ababdek  DuarU  ^  The  princi- 
pal roads  made  by  the  andenta  acroas 
this  de&ert,  were  those  from  Coptoa  to 


(7.  Egypt,      route  28. — ababdeh  desert — Berenice.  401 


Berenice,  and  to  Philotera,  just  men- 
tioned; one  from  Contra  Apollino- 
polis  (opposite  £droo),totfae  emerald 
mines  of  Gebd  Zab&ra ;  and  another 
froiQ  Philotera  along  the  sea-coast  to 
the  Leucos  Portus,  Nechesia,  and 
Berenice,  which  continued  thence 
southwards  in  the  direction  of  Sow4- 
kin.  There  was  also  one,  which  left 
the  Nile  near  Contra  ApoUinopolis, 
and  taking  a  southerly  direction,  ran 
probahljr  to  the  gold  mines  (of  Gebel 
OUigee),  mentioned  by  Agatharcides 
and  other  authors,  and  subsequently 
by  the  Shereef  Edrisi  and  Aboolfeda. 
They  were  generally  furnished  with 
stations,  built  at  short  intervals,  where 
a  supply  of  water  could  always  be  ob- 
tained,  by  means  of  large  wells  sunk 
within  them  to  a  great  depth,  and 
frequently  in  the  solid  rock.  From 
these  spacious  cisterns  were  filled,  as 
well  for  the  use  of  the  soldiers  quar- 
tered there,  as  of  those  who  passed ; 
and  hence  the  name  of  "  Jbiw,*'  or 

The  gold  ndne$  lie  some  distance 
to  the  south  of  the  Ababdeh  de- 
sert, in  the  territory  of  the  Bisha- 
r^eh.  They  are,  as  Edrisi  and  Abool- 
feda observe,  in  the  land  of  Begga, 
the  Bish&ree  country;  and,  as  ap- 
pears from  two  of  the  Arabic  funenl 
inscriptions  found  by  Mr.  Bonomi 
and  Monsieur  Linant,  were  worked 
in  the  years  S39  a.  h.  (951  a.  d.), 
and  378  a.  h.  (989  a.  d.)>  the  former 
being  the  fifth  year  of  the  Caliph 
Mostukfee  Billih,  a  short  time  before 
the  arrival  of  the  Fatemites  in  Egypt; 
and  the  other  in  the  fourteenth  year 
of  £1  Azeez,  the  second  king  of  the 
Fatemite  dynasty.  Certain  it  is,  how- 
ever, that  they  were  also  mined  pre- 
vious and  subsequently  to  that  period, 
though  there  are  no  other  epitaphs 
with  dates. 

The  stations  on  the  road  from  Cop- 
tot  to  Berenice  have  a  peculiar  inter- 
est, from  being  mentioned  by  Pliny, 
and  the  Itinerary  of  Antoninus. 


According  to  Ftiny» 

M.  p. 

First  Hydreuma,  from  C!optos  -  82 

Second  Hydreuma  -        -        -  63 

Apollinis         -        .         -        -  89 

Novum  Hydreuma           -        -  49 
(the  Hydreuma  Vetus  being  4 
miles  off,  out  of  the  road. ) 

Berenice         -        -        -        •  25 

Total,  in  Roman  miles,  258 


Itinerary. 


Phcenicon  or 

Peniconon 

Didyrae 

Afrodito 

Compad 

Jovis 

Aristonis 

Phalacro 

ApoUonos 

Cabalsi 

Caenon  Hydreuma 

Berenice 


j-  from  Coptos 


M  p. 

27 

24 
20 
22 
S3 
25 
25 
23 
27 
27 
18 


Total  271 

The  above  distances  of  one  station 
to  another  agree  pretty  well  with  the 
measurementa  I  took,  in  surveying 
this  part  of  the  country,  as  may  be 
seen  in  my  map  of  Egypt,  which  ex- 
tends to  about  thirty  miles  south  of 
Berenice.  Besides  all  those  stations 
mentioned  in  the  Itinerary,  an  inter- 
mediate one  between  Didyme  and 
Afrodito  is  met  with,  on  the  direct 
road  from  Coptos  to  Berenice,  about 
four  and  a  half  miles  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  latter.  At  Afrodito  I 
found  a  Latin  inscription,  on  turning 
over  the  fallen  Hntal  of  the  door, 
which  begins  with  a  date,  unfortu- 
nately erased ;  and  I  found  that  the 
Hydreuma  and  Vicus  Apollinis  were 
distinct,  standing  a  short  distance 
from  each  other,  in  different  parts  of 
the  valley.  The  Novum  and  Vetus 
Hydreuma  are  the  last  stations  before 
reaching  Berenice,  the  latter  being  out 
of  the  road,  about  four  miles  up  a 
valley. 


402 


BOUTE  28.  —  BEBEKICE. 


Sect-IV- 


Bereniee.  —  Btnmee^  at  Bertniee 
Tropiodytiea,  stands  on  a  small  bay, 
at  the  extremity  of  a  deep  gulf, 
according  to  Sbrabo,  called  Sinus 
Immundusy  which  is  formed  by  the 
projecting  point  of  Lepte  Extrema, 
now  Cape  Nose,  erroneously  hid 
down  in  some  charts  as  an  island.  It 
is  even  styled  Geseereh  '*  island**  by 
the  Arabs,  who  call  the  cape  *'  Ras 
Banas,**  from  a  shekh  buried  there, 
or  «  Ras  Emkh^et.**  I  believe  the  ; 
sailors  give  it  the  name  of  Ras  el 
Unf,  or  *<  Cape  Nose.**  This  long 
peninsula  or  chersonesus,  projecting 
from  the  Sinui  /mmtnufaw,  is  men- 
tioned by  Diodorus,  who  says  its 
neck  was  so  narrow  that  boats  were 
sometimes  carried  across  it,  from  the 
gulf  to  the  open  sea.  From  the 
end  of  the  cape  may  be  perceived  the 
peak  of  St.  John,  or  the  Emerald 
Isle,  Gezeeret  Zibirgeh  or  Sem^rgid, 
which  seems  to  be  the  Opimhis,  or 
serpentine  island  of  Diodorus.  The 
inner  bay,  which  constituted  the 
ancient  port  of  Berenice,  is  now 
nearly  filled  with  sand;  and  at  low 
tide  its  mouth  is  closed  by  a  bank, 
which  is  then  left  entirely  exposed. 
The  tide  rises  and  falls  in  it  about 
one  foot. 

The  town  of  Berenice  was  founded 
by  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  and  so 
called  aAer  his  mother.  It  was  of 
considerable  sice,  compared  to  its 
rival  the  Myos  Hormos;  but  its 
streets  were  not  laid  out  with  the 
same  regularity,  and  it  was  not  de- 
fended by  tlie  same  kind  of  fortified 
wall.  The  Myos  Hormos  indeed 
was  rery  small,  and  scarcely  larger 
than  one  of  the  ordinary  hydreumas. 

The  houses  of  Berenice  ait  built  of 
very  inferior  materials,  being  merely 
rude  pieces  of  madrepore,  collected 
on  the  sea-coast,  and,  as  might  be 
supposed,  their  walls  are  in  a  very 
dilapidated  condition.  There  is  a 
temple  at  ttie  end  of  a  street,  towards 
the  centre  of  the  town,  built  of  hewn 
stone,  and  consisting  of  three  inner 
and  the  same  number  of  outer  cham- 


bers, with  a  staircase  leading  to  the 
summit,  the  whole  ornamented  with 
sculptures  and  hieroglyphics  in  relief 
It  was  dedicated  to  Serapis,  as  appears 
from  a  Greek  inscription  on  a  amaU 
stone  I  found  in  one  of  the  cham- 
bers; and  in  the  hieroglyphics  are 
the  names  of  Tiberius  and  Trajan. 
A  few  figures  of  the  contemplar 
deities  may  also  be  traced,  on  exca- 
vating the  lower  part,  or  wherever 
the  stone  has  withstood  the  action  of 
the  atmosphere;  which  has  proved 
more  prejudicial  to  its  limestone 
walls  than  the  saline  and  nitrons 
soil  that  has  for  ages  covered  the 
greater  part  of  what  now  remains. 
In  excavating  the  chambers  (for  I 
did  not  attempt  the  portico)  I  found, 
beside  the  Greek  dedication  to  Sa- 
rapis,  the  head  of  a  Roman  empefw, 
either  Trajan  or  Adrian,  a  small 
fountain,  and  some  rude  figures, 
probably  exvotos ;  and  since  my  visit, 
the  officers  of  one  of  the  surv^ng 
ships  resumed  the  excavation,  and 
found  another  inscription. 

The  road  now  usually  taken  from 
the  Nile  to  Berenice  lies  through  the 
Wad^  Sakiyt;  the  ancient  road 
from  Coptos  to  that  pott  passed 
through  Wad^  Matoolee,  and  other 
valleys  that  succeed  it  to  the  south- 
ward. 

The  modem  name  of  Berenice  is 
Sak4yt  el  Kublee^  or  **  the  Southeni 

A  road  leads  from  Berenice  to  the 
basaniU  nMmnlam,  now  Om  Kcrre- 
beh,  passing  by  some  ruined  stations, 
and  an  ancient  village  of  considerable 
extent;  and  some  distance  to  the 
eastward  of  those  quarries  is  the 
Mmu  Pwi^daet^ms,  now  Gebel  Fe- 
rild,  whose  five  cones  are  still  more 
remarkable  when  seen  from  Berenice. 
At  Om  Kerrebeh  are  considerable 
workings  of  what  the  ancients  called 
basanite;  a  real  quarry  of  wUdi 
I  afterwards  found  near  Gebel  e' 
Ross&ss. 

On  the  coast  between  Bertmia  and 
Ko99ttipr    are    the    '<  several    ports** 


U.  Egypt  ROUTE  28.  — emerald  mines. 


408 


mentioned  by  Pliny,  with  landmarks 
to  direct  small  Teasels  through  the 
dangerous  coral  reefs,  whose  abrupt 
discontinuance  forms  their  mouth. 
These  corresponding  openings  are 
nngular,  and  are  probably  owing  to 
the  coral  insects  not  working  where 
the  fresh  water  of  the  winter  torrents 
runs  into  the  sea,  which  is  the  case 
where  these  ports  are  found.  There 
are  no  remains  of  towns  at  any  of 
them,  except  at  Neekesia  and  the 
I^eueoa  PortuB,  the  sites  of  which  I 
have  ascertained ;  the  former  in  WadSe 
e*  NukkarM,  the  latter  known  by  the 
name  of  £'  SkSomOf  or  **  the  maga- 
cine.**  Nechesia  has  the  ruins  of  a 
temple,  and  a  citadel  of  hewn  stone ; 
but  the  Leucos  Portus  is  in  a  very 
dilapidated  state;  and  the  materials 
of  which  the  houses  were  built,  like 
those  of  Berenice,  are  merely  frag- 
ments of  nuulrepore  and  shapelns 
pieces  of  stone. 

About  halfway  between  them  is 
another  small  port,  4  miles  to  the 
west  of  which  are  the  had  miwes  of 
tve6e/«'  Roitdss;  and  a  short  distance 
to  the  northward,  in  Wad^  Aboo- 
Raikeh,  is  a  small  quarry  of  basanite, 
worked  by  the  ancients. 

Emerald  Mine*. — The  emerald  mineg 
are  far  less  interesting  than  might  be 
supposed.  Some  are  at  the  GtM  Za- 
bira,  and  others  in  that  neighbour- 
hood,  about  the  Wad^eSak^yt.  They 
have  been  successively  worked  by  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  the  caliphs,  the 
Memlooks,  and  the  present  Pssha, 
but  are  now  abandoned.  They  lie 
in  micaceous  schist ;  and  numerous 
shafts  of  considerable  depth  have 
been  excavated  at  the  base  of  the 
mountain.  The  largest  is  at  Gebel 
Zab&ra,  extending  downwards,  at  an 
angle  of  37^,  to  Uie  distance  of  about 
360  feet,  being  318  in  horizontal 
length,  and  815  in  perpendicular 
depth. 

To  the  south  of  Gebel  Zabiira  is 
the  extensive  village  of  Sakdytf  con- 
sisting of  numerous  miners*  huts  and 
houses ;  and  Independent  of  its  opines, 


a  temple  excavated  in  the  rock,  and 
some  Greek  inscriptions,  render  it 
peculiarly  interesting  to  the  antiquary. 
The  name  of  Sakiyt  is  evidently  de- 
rived from  that  given  to  the  town 
in  old  times.  A  Greek  inscription 
there  speaks  of  the  god  Sarapis  and 
the  lady  Isis  of  Seuskis,  or  Senskeet. 
In  the  adjoining  valley,  called  Wad& 
Nognm,  which  is  only  separated  from 
Wad^  Sakiyt  by  a  ridge  of  hills,  is 
another  similar  village,  whose  houses 
are  better  built  and  on  a  larger  scale, 
with  the  advantage  of  a  natural  reser* 
voir,  under  the  neighbouring  cliffs,  of 
excellent  water. 

It  is  through  this  Wad^e  Sak&yt 
that  the  road  goes  from  the  Nile  to 
Berenice. 

Andent  Road  from  Contra  Apom- 
napoSs  to  the  Emerald  Mineg.  —  On 
the  road  from  Contra  Apollinopolis 
to  the  emerald  mines  are  three  sta- 
tions. The  first  is  small,  and  pre* 
sents  notliing  interesting,  except  the 
name  of  king  Amun-To6nh,  a  co- 
temporary  of  Amunoph  III.;  but 
close  to  the  second  is  a  temple  cut  in 
the  rock,  founded,  and  dedicated  to 
Amun,  by  King  Osirei,  the  father  of  * 
Remeses  the  GreaL  Though  small, 
its  sculptures  are  of  a  very  good 
style ;  and  in  the  hall  is  a  curious 
tablet  of  hieroglyphics,  bearing  the 
date  of  the  ninth  year  of  this  Pharaoh. 

The  temple  consists  of  a  portico, 
supported  by  four  columns;  and  a  hall, 
witli  four  pillars  in  the  centre,  at  the 
end  of  which  are  three  small  cham- 
bers, or  rather  niches,  each  containing 
three  statues.  Many  visitors  have 
written  Greek  inscriptions  on  its 
walls,  most  of  which  are  exvotos  to 
Pan  ;  but  one  is  remarkable  as  being 
of  the  soldiers  quartered  in  the  for- 
tified station,  whose  thirteen  names 
are  inscribed  on  one  of  the  columns 
of  the  portico. 

In  a  chamber  of  the  station  is  a 
block  of  stone,  bearing  an  exvoto  to 
«  Arsin'e  Pbiladelphe,*'  the  wife  of 
Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  who  founded 
the  town  of  Berenice,  to  which  this 


404 


BOUTE  29.  —  THEBES  TO  ASOUAK. 


Sect.  IV. 


road  also  led  from  the  upper  part  of 
the  Thebald.  The  third  station  pre* 
senU  nothing  of  interest;  and  be- 
tween it  and  the  emerald  mines  uo 
other  ruins  occur,  though  sereral 
wells  once  afforded  o  supply  of 
water  to  those  who  passed  on  the 
road.  This  road  which  leares  the 
Nile,  nearly  opposite  Edfoo,  is  per- 
haps the  best  for  a  visit  to  the  eme- 
rald mines  and  Berenice,  especially 
as  the  Ababdeh  Arabs  live  there,  who 
are  not  to  be  engaged  at  Thebes,  and 
other  places  to  the  north. 

The  BiMharieh  Tribe  ofArdbM.-^ 
To  the  south  of  the  Ababdeh  Arabs 
are  the  Bishar^h,  who,  like  the 
Ababdeh,  wear  long  hair,  and  have 
the  same  wild  appearance  as  the 
Nubians  and  many  other  people  of 
Ethiopia.  They  have  a  peculiar  lan- 
guage, and  call  themselves  desendants 
of  Kooka,  who  was  both  their  god 
and  their  ancestor;  but  they  are 
now  Moslems.  The  Ababdeh  had 
also  their  own  language  formerly, 
but  they  now  speak  Arabic. 

The  arms  of  both  these  tribes  are 
the  spear,  knife,  and  sometimes  the 
shield,  which  they  prefer  to  fire-arms. 
They  are  frequently  at  war  with  each 
other;  and  it  is  therefore  necessary,  in 
going  into  their  desert,  to  apply  to 
some  of  their  shekhs  for  pretection. 
But  there  is  little  there  worthy  of  a 
visit ;  the  gold  mines  are  of  no  great 
interest,  and  it  is  difficult  to  obtain 
permission  to  see  their  stronghold, 
the  isolated  mountain,  called  Gebel 
el  Elbeh. 

ROUTE  S9. 

TBBBIS   TO   ASOUAK,  TBB  PiaST   CATA- 
RACT,   KLXPHAMTINB,  8BBATL,    AND 

raxLJE. 


Thebes  to  Esni  (W.)     . 
Esn^   to   Edfoo    (passing    by 

Eilethyas)  (W.) 
Edfoo  to    Hagar    Silsili   (£. 

and  W.)    -        .         -         . 
Hagar  Silsili  to  Asouan  (£.) 


Miles. 
32 

30 

29 
40 

124 


On  quitting  Thebes,  the  first  ruins 
worthy  of  notice  are  those  of  ErmeMi, 
the  aneiemi  HermonthU.  The  princi- 
pal object  is  a  small  temple^  which 
appears  to  have  been  the  mammeui, 
or  **  lying-in-house,'*  belonging  to  a 
large  temple  now  destroyed ;  where 
Reto,  the  second  member  of  the 
triad  of  the  places  gave  birth  to  Hor- 
pi-re,  the  infant  child  of  that  goddess 
and  of  Mandoo.  It  was  built  by  the 
celebrated  Cleopatra,  who  is  there 
accompanied  by  Neocaesar,  or  Ccsa- 
rion,  her  son  by  Julius  Canar,  and 
consists  of  an  exterior  court,  formed 
by  two  rows  of  columns,  connected  by 
intercolumnar  screens,  a  small  trans- 
verse colonnade,  serving  as  a  portico, 
at  right  angles  with  the  former,  and 
the  naos,  which  is  divided  into  two 
chambers.  Ptolemy  Neocaesar  and 
his  mother  have  both  the  titles  gods 
Philometores,  Philopatores ;  but  the 
offerings  are  mostly  made  by  the 
queen  Cleopatra,  who  is  also  repre- 
sented adoring  Basis,  the  bull  of 
Hermonthis.  This  sacred  animal  is 
found  on  the  reverse  of  the  coins  of 
the  Hermonthite  nome.  Its  head  is 
depressed,  while  that  of  Apis  on  the 
Memphite  coins  is  raised,  whi^  may 
serve  as  a  distinguishing  ooaric  when 
the  legend  containing  the  name  of  the 
nome  has  disappeared.  I  need  scaroely 
add  that  these  are  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire, the  ancient  Egyptians  under  the 
Pharaohs  having  no  coinage. 

Strabo  says  that  Apollo  and  Ju- 
piter were  both  worshipped  at  Her- 
monthis, and  that  the  bull  was  also 
held  sacred  in  this  city ;  but  by 
Apollo  he  doubtless  means  Mandoo, 
who  was  the  principal  deity  of  the 
place ;  and  Jupiter  was  the  Amun  of 
the  Tliebsld.  In  the  sculptures  at 
the  back  of  the  uaa§  are  the  camelco- 
pard  and  several  Typhonian  figures ; 
and  those  of  the  interior  are  intetest- 
ing  in  a  mjrthological  point  of  view ; 
but  their  style  is  very  inferior,  and 
proves  that  Egyptian  sculpture  had 
already  approached  the  era  of  its 
downfall.  Near  it  stood  the  other 
larger  temple,  long  since  entirely  de- 


U.  Egypt 


BOUTE  29.  —  TUOT, —  ESNE, 


405 


stroyed,  of  which  the  substructions 
alone  can  be  traced,  the  materials 
having  been  doubtless  used  to  build 
the  Christian  church.  There  is  also 
a  reservoir  cased  with  hewn  stone, 
appertaining  to  the  temple,  the  water 
of  which  Wansleb  says  was  used 
in  his  time  for  bleaching  linen. 
The  same  traveller  mentions  a  tradi- 
tion of  the  people  claiming  for  their 
town  the  honour  of  having  been  the 
birth-place  of  Moses,  with  the  same 
gravity  as  the  natives  of  Bomoo  pre- 
tend  that  their  country  received  its 
name  {Bur-n6oK)  from  being  *'the 
country  of  Noah.** 

The  Christian  church  dates  in  the 
time  of  the  lower  empire.  It  was 
evidently  of  considerable  sise,  mea^ 
suring  75  paces  by  33  (about  190 
feet  by  85);  and  from  the  style  of  the 
small  portion  of  tlie  outer  wall  that 
still  remains,  and  its  granite  columns, 
there  is  little  doubt  that  it  was  erected 
after  Christianity  had  become  the  es- 
tablished religion  of  the  country. 
This  has  long  been  a  ruin,  and  I  hear 
the  small  temple  has  recently  been 
destroyed  by  the  Turks. 

Tuott  in  Coptic  Thouot,  the  an- 
cient Tuphium,  lies  on  the  opposite 
bank,  in  the  district  of  Selem^eh,  and 
is  easily  distinguished  by  its  lofty 
minaret  The  only  ruins  consist  of 
a  small  temple,  probably  also  a  mam' 
meisi,  now  nearly  concealed  by  the 
hovels  of  the  villagers,  who  inhabit 
the  few  chambers  tlut  remain.  On 
one  of  the  blackened  walls  I  observed 
the  name  of  Ptolemy  Physcon.  It 
presents  little  worthy  of  a  visit,  and 
will  not  repay  the  traveller  for  the 
trouble  of  an  excursion  from  the 
river,  unless  he  is  Yery  much  inter- 
ested in  Egyptian  researches. 

CrocodUopclU  is  the  next  town  men- 
tioned by  Strabo  on  the  west  bank, 
after  Hermonthis.  Its  site  is  uncer- 
tain ;  but  it  may  have  been  at  the 
Gebelayn,  where  the  vestiges  of  an 
ancient  town  appear  on  the  hill  near- 
est the  river ;  and  where  I  observed 
some  grottoes,  whose  paintings  have 
long  since  been  destroyed. 


Tbfniea  is  on  the  site  of  an  ancient 
town,  perhaps  Aphroditopolis ;  as 
Atfoon  of  Asphinis :  and  in  the  plain, 
about  two  miles  and  three-quarters  to 
the  north-west  of  £sn^,  is  the  small 
temple  of  E*  Dayr  (««tbc  convent**), 
which  appears  to  mark  the  position  of 
Chnoubis ;  though  Ptolemy  seems  to 
place  it  on  the  east  bank,  SCK  south  of 
Tuphium,  and  15'  north  of  Eilethyas. 
Chnoubis  and  Chnumis  were  the 
same  place. 

Owing  to  the  depredations  of  the 
Turks,  who  have  removed  the  stones 
of  this  temple  tP  build  the  manufac- 
tory of  Esn6,  little  now  remains  of  it. 

It  appears  to  have  been  founded  by 
the  third  Ptolemy ;  but  being  left  in 
an  unfinished  state,  the  sculptures 
were  afterwards  completed  by  Epi- 
phanesy  Augustus,  Adrian,  and  Mar- 
cus Aurelius,  whose  names  occurred 
in  different  parts  of  the  interior.  On 
the  ceiling  of  the  portico  was  a  Zo- 
diac. 

Eini,  —  Einii  or  Eina^  in  Coptic 
Sne,  was  known  to  the  Greeks  and 
Romans  by  the  name  of  IjOtopoHSf 
from  the  worship  of  the  Latus  fish, 
which,  according  to  Strabo,  shared 
with  Minerva  the  honours  of  the 
sanctuary.  But  the  deity  who  pre- 
sided over  Latopolis  was  Chnouphis 
or  Kneph,  as  is  abundantly  proved 
by  the  sculptures  and  dedications  of 
the  portico  ;  which  is  the  only  por- 
tion of  the  temple  now  free  from  the 
mounds  that  have  accumulated  over 
the  whole  of  the  back  part,  and  from 
the  intrusion  of  modern  habitations. 
The  imposing  style  of  its  architecture 
cannot  fail  to  call  forth  the  admira- 
tion of  the  most  indifferent  spectator, 
and  many  of  the  columns  are  remark- 
able for  elegance  and  massive  gran- 
deur. It  was  cleared  out  to  the  floor, 
by  order  of  Mohammed  AH,  during 
his  visit  to  £sn£  in  1842. 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  date 
of  the  inner  portion  of  this  temple, 
the  portico  merely  presents  the  names 
of  some  of  the  early  Caesars ;  those  of 
Tiberius  Claudius  Cssar,  Germani- 
cus,  and  Autocrator  Cssar  Vespasi- 


406 


BOUTE  29.  —  THEBES  TO  ASOUAN. 


Sect.  IV. 


onus,  occurring  in  the  dedlcatioii 
over  the  entrance ;  and  those  of  Tra- 
jan, Adrian,  and  Antoninas,  in  the 
interior.  Mention  is  also  made  of 
Thotbmea  1 1 1.,  by  whom  the  original 
temple  was  perhaps  founded. 

On  the  exiling  is  a  lodiac,  similar 
to  that  of  Dendera;  and  upon  the 
pilasters,  on  either  side  of  the  front 
row  of  columns,  are  several  lines  of 
hieroglyphics,  which  are  interesting 
from  their  containing  the  names  of 
the  Egyptian  months. 

Extensive  mounds  suflBciently 
prove  the  sise  and  consequence  of 
ancient  Latopolis ;  but  no  remains  are 
now  visible,  eicept  the  portico  and  a 
stone  quay  on  the  east  side.  That 
the  latter  is  of  Roman  date  may  be 
inferred  from  the  st^le  of  the  build* 
ing;  and  I  mtf  add,  in  conBrmation 
of  this  conjecture,  that  Mr.  Bankes 
is  said  to  Iiave  discovered  a  Greek 
inKription  upon  it,  mentioning  the 
time  of  its  erection. 

Esn^  has  become  the  place  of  exile 
for  all  the  AlmekSf  and  other  women 
of  Cairo,  who  offend  against  the  rules 
of  the  police,  or  shock  the  piejudicea 
of  the  i/Zsmot.  The  learning  of  these 
** learned  women**  has  long  ceased; 
their  poetry  has  sunk  into  absurd 
songs;  their  dancing  would  degrade 
even  the  motua  loniems  of  antiquity ; 
and  their  title  Ahneh  has  been  changed 
to  the  less  respectable  name  of  GkoW' 
6xee,  or  women  of  the  Memlooks.  In 
1832  the  Pasha  permitted  tliem  pub- 
licly to  exercise  their  vocation  in 
Cairo,  and  the  Almeh's  dance  was 
allowed  to  satisfy  the  curiosity  of 
strangers,  or  the  taste  of  the  inhabi- 
tants. But  the  doctors  of  Islam  took 
alarm,  the  goverment  was  obliged  to 
give  up  the  annual  tax  levied  upon 
this  class  of  the  community,  and  tlieir 
dancing  was  forbidden.  And  such 
is  the  consistency  of  these  modem 
Pharisees,  that  they,  in  the  true  spirit 
of  straining  at  gnats  and  swallowing 
camels,  permit  men  publicly  to  as- 
sume the  dress  of  women,  and  dance 
in  their  stead. 


Wansleb  mentions  the  tombs  of 
Christian  martyrs,  who  were  buried 
near  £sn4,  and  whom  some  suppose 
to  have  been  put  to  death  during  the 
persecutions  of  Diocletian.  But  they 
are  doubtless  the  same,  who  are  re- 
ported to  have  fled  from  Med^enet 
Haboo  at  the  time  of  the  Arab  inra- 
sion,  and  to  have  been  overtaken  and 
and  slain  at  this  spot. 

Near  the  village  of  El  HeOek,  on 
the  opposite  bank,  stood  the  small 
town  of  Contra  Latont  whose  site  is 
marked  by  a  temple  of  the  time  tX 
Cleopatra  Cocce  and  Ptolemy  Lathy- 
rus ;  but  the  sculptures  were  not 
completed  till  the  rdgns  of  Aurelius 
and  Commodus. 

It  has  a  portico,  S3  feet  by  19,  with 
four  columns  in  front,  and  two  in 
depth,  beyond  which  are  one  central 
and  two  lateral  chambers,  the  former 
10  feet  by  16;  and  this  last  is  suc- 
ceeded by  an  inner  room,  probably 
the  sanctuaiy.  But  from  the  whole 
of  tlie  back  part  being  ruined,  its  ori- 
ginal extent  is  now  doubtful. 

The  subcarbooate  of  soda,  natron, 
is  found  in  the  vicinity  of  El  Helleh. 
The  Ababdeh  also  bring  from  the 
eastern  desert  a  talcose  stone,  called 
Aomr,  for  which  there  is  a  great  de- 
mand throughout  Upper  Egypt,  being 
peculiarly  adapted  to  the  manufacture 
of  the  diVdm.  or  earthen  vessels  for 
cooking,  which  have  the  power  of 
resisting  a  great  degree  of  heat,  and 
are  universally  used  by  the  peasants. 
Tlie  hamr  is  6rst  pounded  and  sifted ; 
and,  after  t>eing  moistened  and  mixed 
with  brick-dust,  is  fashioned  with  the 
hand,  and  baked  in  a  kiln  heated 
to  a  proper  temperature.  But  they 
hive  not  yet  become  acquainted  with 
the  process  of  vitrifying  their  pottery, 
and  the  glased  earthenware  now  used 
in  Egypt  is  imported  from  foreign 
countries. 

On  the  west  bank,  seven  miles 
above  Esn^  are  mounds  of  an  old 
town,  now  called  Kom  Ayr. 

A  short  distance  above  El  Ken4n, 
and  about  fourteen  miles  horn  Esn^ 


Un  Egypt        ROUTE  29.  —  EILETHTASy  NOW  EL  KAB. 


407 


if  an  ancient  quay  of  liewn  stone ; 
but  I  have  not  been  able  to  discover 
any  town  of  consequence  in  the  im- 
mediate neighbourhood,  to  which  it  is 
likely  to  have  belonged.  Some  sup- 
pose it  to  mark  the  site  of  Chnubis. 

Three  miles  beyond  this,  and  a 
short  distance  from  the  river,  is  a 
ruined  pyramid,  called  El  Kodla.  It 
is  built  in  degrees,  (as  were  probably 
all  other  pyramids,)  and  is  composed 
of  limestone  blocks,  from  the  rock 
on  which  it  stands,  of  irregular  form, 
and  hewn  with  little  care.  Though 
in  a  dilapidated  state,  twenty-five 
tiers  still  remain,  and  its  total  height, 
now  reduced  to  about  35  feet»  may 
perhaps  originally  have  exceeded  50 ; 
the  base  being  about  60  feet  square. 

Four  miles  farther  to  the  south- 
ward is  El  Kom  el  ahmarp  or  **  the 
red  mound.*'  It  marks  the  site  of 
HieraconpoUa,  which,  as  Strabo  in- 
forms us,  was  opposite  Eilethyas ;  and 
though  little  now  exists  of  the  ancient 
buildings  that  once  adorned  the  «  city 
of  the  hawks,"  the  name  of  the  first 
Osirtasen  suffices  to  establish  their 
claim  to  a  very  remote  antiquity. 
Near  them  is  a  large  enclosure  of 
brick,  with  double  walls,  of  consider- 
able height. 

Opposite  El  Keniin  commences  the 
region  of  sandstone,  whose  compact 
and  even  grain  induced  the  anicient 
Egyptians  to  employ  it  in  the  erection 
of  most  of  the  large  buildings  in 
Upper  Egypt. 

A  short  distance  from  El  Ma- 
hamSd  is  an  isolated  rock,  which  was 
quarried  at  an  early  period,  and  on 
whose  southern  side  the  workmen 
have  sculptured  a  few  rude  triglyphs. 

Between  this  and  El  Kab  stood  a 
small  peripteral  temple,  which  has 
suflfered  the  fate  of  all  the  interesting 
ruins  of  Eilethyas,  and  whose  need- 
less destruction  necessarily  excites 
our  regret  at  the  ignorance  of  the 
Turks. 

It  was  surrounded  by  a  peristyle  of 
square  pillars,  and  resembled  the 
temple  of  Kneph,  at  Elephantine,  in 


its  general  phm,  and  even  in  the 
sculptures  of  the  interior,  where  the 
king  was  represented  offering  to  the 
sacred  shrine  of  Re.  It  was  founded 
by  the  third  Thothmes,  and  on  one  of 
the  pillars  was  the  name  of  Amunoph 
II.,  his  son  and  successor. 

El  Kab  is  the  modem  name  of 
Eilethyas,  the  city  of  Luciua.  The 
town  was  surrounded  by  a  large 
crude-brick  wall ;  and  on  the  south 
side  was  another  enclosure,  furnished 
with  doorways  of  masonry,  which 
contained  the  temples,  and  a  reser- 
voir cased  with  hewn  stone.  On  the 
east  is  an  open  space  of  considerable 
extent,  encompassed  also  by  a  strong 
wall,  with  several  spacious  staircases, 
or  inclined  planes,  leading  to  the  pa- 
rapet, as  usual  in  the  fortified  towns 
of  ancient  Egypt. 

The  temples  were  on  a  small  scale, 
but  the  style  of  the  sculptures  and  the 
name  of  the  second  Reroeses  out  in 
intaglio  over  that  of  a  more  ancient 
king,  served  to  indicate  their  anti- 
quity, and  consequently  to  enhance 
our  regret  at  their  destruction. 

Amunoph  II.  and  Pthahmen  added 
to  the  sculptures,  but  the  original 
founder  was  the  first  Hak6ris ;  whose 
hieroglyphics,  executed  Jn  bas-relief, 
left  no  doubt  regarding  the  fact  of 
Remeses  the  Great  having  introduced 
his  name  at  a  subsequent  period,  and 
satisfactorily  proved  that  this  could 
not  be  the  Hak6ris  of  the  twenty- 
ninth  dynasty. 

Re  shared  with  Lucina  the  worship 
of  the  city ;  but  most  of  the  dedica- 
tions, in  the  sacred  buildings  that  re- 
main, only  present  the  name  of  the 
goddess.  The  principal  ruins  now 
consist  of  a  small  isolated  chapel  or 
naos,  a  short  distance  up  the  valley  to 
the  eastward,  dedicated  by  Remeses 
II.  to  Re;  a  Ptolemaic  temple, 
partly  built  and  partly  excavated  in 
th«  sandstone  rock ;  and  about  a  mile 
further  to  the  eastward,  another  iso- 
lated ruin,  bearing  the  name  and 
sculptures  of  Amunoph  III.  The 
dimensions  of  the  chapel  of  Re  are 


408 


BOUTS  29. —  THEBES  TO  ASOUAK. 


Sect.  IV. 


only  20  feet  by  16,  mnd  it  consists  of 
but  one  chamber.  Re  is  of  course 
the  principal  divinity ;  and  the  God- 
dess df  Justice  holds  the  most  con- 
spicuous place  among  the  contemplar 
deities. 

The  excavated  temple  was  conse- 
crated to  Lucina  by  Physcon  or  £uer- 
getes  II.,  tlie  courts  in  front  having 
been  built  at  a  later  period  by  Pto- 
lemy Alexander  I.  ;  who,  with  his 
mother  Cleopatra,  added  some  of  the 
sculptures  on  the  exterior  of  the  sub- 
teranean  chamber.  The  front  court 
is  composed  of  columns  united  by  in- 
tercolumnar  screens,  and  opens  by  a 
pylon  on  a  staircase  of  considerable 
length,  having  on  each  side  a  solid 
balustrade  of  masonry ;  and  on  the 
face  of  the  rock,  to  the  east  of  the  in- 
ner court,  is  a  tablet  of  the  time  of 
the  second  Remeses,  who  presents  an 
offering  to  Re  and  Lucina. 

I  have  been  told  by  M.  Prisse, 
that  on  a  rock  beyond  these  two  tem- 
ples is  anther  tablet,  bearing  the 
name  of  king  Papi. 

The  temple  of  Amunoph  III. 
stands  about  a  mile  from  these  to  the 
eastward,  in  the  same  valley,  between 
two  and  three  miles  from  the  river. 
And,  from  the  circumstance  of  these 
ruins  being  but  little  known  to  tra- 
vellers who  visit  £1  Kab,  it  may  not 
be  amiss  to  observe,  that  this  building 
bears  about  70^  east  of  north  from  the 
ruined  town  of  Eilethyas,  and  that 
the  two  above  mentioned,  lying  close 
to  the  left  of  the  road,  may  be  visited 
on  the  way. 

This  temple  was  also  dedicated  to 
the  goddess  of  Eilethyas.  It  consists 
of  a  single  chamber  supported  by  four 
columns,  measuring  1 1  paces  by  9,  with 
a  paved  platform  on  three  sides,  and 
an  open  area  in  front,  8  paces  by  17, 
formed  by  colunins  and  intercolumnar 
screens;  to  which  the  pylon,  con- 
nected with  the  body  of  the  temple 
by  a  double  row  of  columns,  forms 
tlie  entrance. 

The  subjects  of  the  interior  are 
mostly  offerings  made  by  king  Amu- 


noph to  the  contemplar  deities ;  and 
near  the  door  are  represented  this 
Pharaoh  and  his  father  Thothmcs  IV. 
On  one  of  the  jambs  of  the  docMr,  the 
name  of  king  Osirei  has  usurped  tbe 
place  of  his  ancestor's  prenomen; 
and  beyond,  on  the  outside  wall,  is  a 
tablet  of  the  forty -first  year  of  Reme- 
ses II.,  in  which  the  fourth  son  of 
that  Pharaoh,  a  priest  of  Ptfaab,  is 
attending  his  father  in  the  capacity  of 
fan-bearer. 

On  returning  from  this  ruin,  and 
following  the  bed  of  the  valley,  nearly 
opposite  the  nao»  of  Remeses,  the 
geologist  may  examine  the  numerous 
ponds,  on  whose  brink  is  found  na- 
tron, or  subcarbonate  of  soda. 

Of  all  that  Eilethyas  now  presents 
to  the  antiquary,  nothing  can  equal, 
in  point  of  interest,  the  grottoes  in 
the  mountain  to  the  north  of  the  an- 
cient town. 

The  first  sculptured  tomb  to  the 
eastward  is  tlie  most  curious  as  a  chro- 
nological monument,  sinoe  it  eon- 
tains  the  names  of  several  monarcfas 
who  reigned  at  the  commencement 
c^  the  eighteenth  dynasty,  firom 
Amosis  to  Amunoph  II. 

Above  it  is  a  larger  grotto,  still  in 
good  preservation,  containing  colour- 
ed drawings  relating  to  agricultural 
and  other  occupations  of  the  early 
Egyptians.  But  the  outlines  of  the 
figures,  and  the  subjects  here  de- 
tailed, though  so  hi^y  praised  by 
many  travellers,  are  of  a  very  inferior 
style,  and  do  not  deserve  similar  en- 
comiums when  compared  to  those  in 
the  private  tombs  of  Koomeh.  Tbey 
are,  however,  highly  interesting. 

In  the  first  line  of  the  agricultural 
scene,  on  the  western  wall,  the  pea- 
sants are  employed  in  ploughixig  and 
sowing ;  and  from  the  car  which  is 
seen  in  the  field,  we  are  to  infer  that 
the  owner  of  the  land  (who  is  also 
the  individual  of  the  tomb)  has  come 
to  overlook  them  at  their  work.  In 
the  second  line  they  reap  wheat, 
barley,  and  do6ra ;  the  distinction 
being  pointed  out  by  their  req>cctive 


IT.  Egypt,        route  29.  — eilethtas  —  edfoo. 


409 


heights.  In  the  third  is  the  carry- 
ing, «nd  tritura,  or  treading  out  the 
ear,  which  was  frenerally  performed 
throughout  Egypt  by  means  of  oxen  ; 
and  the  winnowing,  measuring,  and 
housing  the  grain.  The  doora  or 
sorghum  was  not  submitted  to  the 
same  process  as  the  wheat  and  barley, 
nor  was  it  reaped  by  the  sickle ;  but 
after  having  been  plucked  up  by  the 
roots,  was  bound  in  sheaves,  and 
carried  to  the  thrtthing-floor,  where, 
by  means  of  a  wooden  beam,  whose 
upper  extremity  was  furnished  with 
three  or  four  prongs,  the  grain  was 
stripped  from  the  stalks  which  they 
forcibly  drew  through  them. 

Below  are  the  cattle,  asses,  pigs, 
and  goats  belonging  to  the  deceased, 
which  are  brought  to  be  numbered 
and  registered  by  his  scribes.  In 
another  part  they  weigh  the  gold,  his 
property;  and  fowling  and  fishing 
scenes,  the  occupation  of  salting  fish 
and  geese,  the  wine-press,  boats,  a 
pargr  of  guests,  the  procession  of  the 
bier,  and  some  sacred  subjects  og> 
cupy  the  remainder  of  the  wall. 

From  these,  and  other  paintings, 
we  find  that  the  Egyptian  boats  were 
richly  coloured,  and  of  considerable 
sixe.  They  were  fumbhed  with  at 
least  twelve  or  (burteen  oars»  and 
besides  a  spacious  cabin,  there  was 
sufficient  room  to  take  on  board  a 
chariot  and  pair  of  horses,  which  we 
see  here  represented.  It  was  these 
painted  boats  that  surprised  the 
Arabs,  when  they  invaded  the  coun- 

On  the  opposite  side,  the  indivi- 
dual of  the  tomb,  seated  with  his 
wife  on  a  handsome  fauteuil,  to  which 
a  favourite  monkey  is  tied,  entertains 
a  party  of  his  friends ;  the  men  and 
women  seated  apart.  Music  is  in- 
troduced, as  was  customary  at  all 
the  Egyptian  entertainments,  but  the 
only  instruments  here  are  the  double 
pipe,  clappers,  and  harp. 

The  greater  part  of  the  remaining 
tombs  are  very  imperfectly  preserv- 
ed ;  but  some  of  them  still  present  a 
EgypL 


few   useAiT  hints  for  the  study  of 
Egyptian  chronology. 

Those  behind  the  hill  are  not 
worthy  of  a  visit. 

Edfoo. — EdfoOt  in  Coptic  Phboou, 
or  Atbo,  is  the  ancient  ApoO\nopaU$ 
Magncu 

It  has  two  temples,  the  larger 
one  of  which  is  on  a  grand  scale. 
But  the  whole  of  the  interior  is  so 
much  concealed  by  the  houses  of  the 
modem  inhabitants,  that  a  very  small 
part  of  it  is  accessible,  through  a 
narrow  aperture,  and  can  only  be 
examined  with  the  assistance  of  a 
light.  It  appears  to  have  been 
founded  by  Ptolemy  Philometor,  and 
completed  by  Physcon  or  Euergetes 
II.,  his  brother,  by  Ptolemy  Lathy, 
rus,  Alexander,  and  the  son  of  Au- 
letes.  The  face  of  the  temple  itself, 
and  the  portico,  have  the  names  of 
Philometor  and  Euergetes,  and  on 
the  abacus  of  the  columns  is  the  oval 
of  Lathyrus,  which  again  occurs, 
with  that  of  his  queen  Oteopatra,  on 
the  exterior  of  the  area  and  portico. 
On  the  towers  of  the  propylon  are 
the  sculptures  of  Ptolemy,  the  elder 
son  of  Auletes,  and  his  sister  **  Cleo- 
patra Tryph^Bna;^  Alexander  I. 
having  previously  completed  those  of 
the  wall  of  circuit,  enclosing  the 
back  part  of  the  temple,  where  « a 
find  bis  name,  with  that  of  his  wife 
Cleopatra.  In  one  compartment  are 
the  figure  and  name  of  Berenice; 
and  from  her  presenting  an  oflering 
alone,  we  may  conclude  that  this 
refers  to  the  short  reign  of  the 
daughter  of  Lathyrus,  after  the  death 
of  Alexander  I.  ;  though  the  titles 
"  royal  wife  **  and  *'  sister  of  Alex- 
ander **  would  seem  to  relate  to  the 
queen  of  the  second  of  that  name ; 
or  to  imply  that  Alexander  I.  had 
married  his  own  sister,  who  at  all 
events  survived  him.  The  small 
figures  at  the  corner  of  the  western 
propylon  have  been  added  at  a 
later  period,  and  are  accompanied 
by  the  name  of  Tiberius  Claudius 
Ccesar. 


410 


ROUTE  29.  —  THEBES  TO  ASOUAK. 


Sect.  IV. 


The  general  effect  of  Ihis  grand 
edifice  is  exceedingly  imposing,  and 
from  the  state  of  its  presenration  it 
is  capable  of  giving  a  very  good  idea 
of  Egyptian  temples.  It  also  shows 
the  respective  proportion  and  distri- 
bution of  the  different  parts ;  their 
exterior  appearance  when  entire ;  and 
the  strength  of  those  formidable  ci- 
tadels ;  which,  while  they  serred  as  a 
protection  to  the  town,  commanded 
the  respect  of  the  inhabitants,  and 
effectually  prevented  or  defeated  any 
attempts  of  the  disaffected  to  dis- 
pute the  authority  of  their  jwiestly 
rulers; 

The  god  Hor-Hat,  who  is  the  same 
as  Agathodaemon,  so  .frequently  re- 
presented by  the  winged  globe,  is  the 
deity  of  Edfoo ;  and  we  learn  from 
the  small  temple  (which  was  one  of 
those  buildings  attached  to  the  prin- 
cipal edifice,  called  by  M.  Champol- 
lion  **  mammeisi,  or  lying-in  cham- 
bers **),  that  Athor,  the  Egyptian 
Aphrodite,  with  the  god  Hor-Hat, 
and  their  son  Hor-senet-to,  **  Horus 
the  support  of  the  world,"  or  *'  of 
the  two  regioHM  (of  Egypt),"  formed 
the  triad  worshipped  in  this  city.  But 
the  honours  paid  to  the  crocodile  by 
Ombos,  Silsilis,  and  other  neighbour, 
ing  towns,  were,  if  we  may  believe 
Strabo^  never  acknowledged  by  the 
inhabitants  of  Apollinopolis. 

The  small  temple  was  also  erected 
by  Ptolemy  Physcon,  and  Lathy rus, 
and  consists  of  two  chambers,  with  a 
peristyle  of  pillars.  It  had  an  area 
in  front,  which  has  lately  suffered 
from  the  depredations  of  the  Turkish 
miners ;  though  the  stones  quarried 
from  it  still  remain  unused,  a  counter 
order  having  been  received  to  stop 
the  erection  of  the  manufactory,  for 
which  this  temple  has  been  so  unne- 
cessarily disfigured. 

In  a  low  hill,  between  two  and 
three  miles  to  the  south-west  of  Ed- 
foo, appear  to  be  some  grottoes, 
which  I  did  not  visit. 

On  the  east  bank  at  Redes^'h  are 
the  head-quarters  of  the   Ababdeh 


Arabs ;  and  another  portion  of  the 
tribe  is  settled  at  I)er6w,  above 
Ombos. 

Halfway  from  Edfoo  to  GSiel 
Silsildi  is  a  ruined  town  on  the  east 
bank,  once  fortified  with  a  wally 
flanked  by  round  towers,  not  of  Tery 
ancient  date,  and  apparently  through- 
out of  Arab  construction.  It  mcy 
have  been  the  site  of  another  Pithom 
or  Toum,  the  ancient  Thmnis; 
though  this  should  be  halfway  be- 
tween Edfix)  and  Ombos.  Thmuis 
is  evidently  the  Tooum  of  Ptolemy, 
who  places  it  inland,  IV  north  of 
Ombos,  and  25'  south  of  £ilethya& 
Some  suppose  Thmuis  to  be  the  same 
as  Silsilis.  Halfway  between  this 
fortified  place  and  Tonib  b  a  grotto 
in  the  rock. 

Hagar  SOsOeh  ;  SanUM.  —  At 
Hagar^  (or  GiUU)  SUtiUk  —  the 
"  stone,**  or  "  mountain  of  the  chain,* 
are  extensive  quarries  of  sandstone, 
from  which  the  blocks  used  in  the 
greater  part  of  the  Egyp^n  temples 
were  taken.  The  Arabs  account  for 
the  modern  name  by  pretending  that 
a  tradition  records  the  stoppage  of 
the  navigation  of  the  river  at  this 
spot  by  a  chain,  which  the  jealousy 
of  a  king  of  the  country  ordered  to 
be  fastened  across  it.  The  narrow- 
ness of  the  river,  and  the  appearance 
of  a  rock  resembling  a  pillar,  to 
which  the  chain  was  thought  to  have 
been  attached,  and  the  ancient  name 
SilailtM,  so  similar  to  the  Arabie 
SilsUtK,  doubtless  gave  rise  to  the 
tradition ;  and  the  Greek  Silsilis  was 
itself  a  corruption  of  the  old  £g7p- 
tian  name,  preserved  in  the  Coptic 
Golgl. 

On  the  eastern  nde  of  the  Nile, 
and  near  the  commencement  of  the 
quarries,  stood  the  ancient  town  of 
Silsilis,  of  which  nothing  novr  re- 
mains but  the  substruetions  of  a  stone 
building,  probably  a  temple  On 
this  bank  the  quarries  are  Tery  ex- 
tensive, but  less  interesting  to  the 
antiquary  than  those  on  tbe  west ; 
where,  in    addition  to  the  qitanitt 


{7.  Egypt   b.  29. — silsilis — sandstone  quabhies.         411 


themtelves,  are  several  curious  grot- 
toes and  tablets  of  hieroglyphics,  exe- 
cuted in  the  early  time  of  the  Pha^ 
raohs  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty. 

It  is  not  by  the  size  and  extent  of 
the  monuments  of  Upper  Egypt 
alone  that  we  are  enableid  to  judge 
of  the  stupendous  works  executed 
by  the  ancient  Egyptians:  these 
quarries  would  suffice  to  prove  the 
character  they  bore,  were  the  gigantic 
ruins  of  Thebes  and  other  cities  no 
longer  in  existence ;  and  safely  may 
we  apply  the  expression  used  by 
Pliny,  in  speaking  of  the  porphyry 
quarries,  to  those  of  Silnlis :  *<  quan- 
tislibet  molibus  eaedendb  sufficiunt 
lapidicinae.** 

The  first  grotto  to  the  north  con- 
sists of  a  long  corridor,  supported  by 
four  pillars,  cut  in  the  fiice  of  the 
rock,  on  which,  as  well  as  on  the 
interior  wall,  are  sculptured  several 
tablets  of  hieroglyphics,  bearing  the 
names  of  different  kings.  It  was 
commenced  by  Horus,  the  successor 
of  the  third  Amunoph,  the  ninth 
Pharaoh  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty, 
who  has  here  commemorated  his  de- 
feat of  the  Kush  (Cush),  or  Ethio- 
pians. He  is  represented  in  a  car, 
pursuing  with  bended  bow  the  flying 
enemy,  who,  being  completely  routed, 
sue  for  peace.  He  is  then  borne  in 
a  splendid  shrine  by  the  EgyptiiA 
chiefs,  preceded  by  his  troops,  and  by 
captives  of  the  conquered  nation ;  a 
trumpeter  having  given  the  signal 
for  the  procession  to  march.  Other 
soldiers  are  employed  in  bringing  the 
prisoners  they  have  captured ;  and  in 
another  part,  the  monarch  is  seen  re- 
ceiving the  emblem  of  life  from  the 
god  Amun  Re. 

Other  of  these  tablets  are  of  the 
time  of  Remeses  II.,  of  his  son 
Pthahmen,  and  of  Pthah-men-Se- 
pthah,  the  first  king  of  the  nineteenth 
dynasty.  In  an  historical  point  of 
view  they-  are  exeecdingly  interest- 
ing; particularly  from  the  mention 
of  assemblies  held  in  the  thirtiMh, 
thirty-fourth,  thirty-seventh,  and  for-  | 


ty-fourth  years  of  Remeses  the  Great ; 
from  the  presence  of  the  name  of  Isi- 
nofri,  the  queen  of  Pthahmen,  being 
the  same  as  that  of  his  mother,  the 
second  wife  of  Remeses ;  and  from 
their  relating  to  other  of  the  sons  of 
that  conqueror. 

These  tablets,  like  similar  ones  at 
Asooan,  show  that  the  stones  used  in 
different  Egyptian  buildings  were 
taken  from  the  quarries  in  their  vi- 
cinity ;  but  it  must  be  observed  that 
various  other  parts  of  the  same  sand- 
stone strata  afforded  their  share  of 
materials ;  as  may  be  seen  from  the 
numerous  quarries  about  £1  Hellal, 
and  on  the  way  to  Silsilis,  though 
but  trifling  when  compared  with  the 
extensive  ones  of  this  mountain. 

The  earliest  Egyptian  edifices  were 
principally     erected    of    limestone, 
which  continued  in  use  occasionally 
even  in  Upper  Egypt,  till  the  com- 
mencement of   the    eighteenth   dy- 
nasty ;  though  the  Pharaohs  of  the 
sixteenth  had  already  introduced  the 
sandstone  of  Silsilis  to  build  the  walls 
and  colonnades  of  the  larger  temples; 
and  its  fitness  for  masonry,  its  du- 
rability, and  the  evenness  of  its  grain 
became  so  thoroughly  appreciat«l  by 
their  architects,  during  the  eighteenth 
and  succeeding  dynasties,  that  it  was 
firom   that   time   almost  exclusively 
used  in  building  the  monuments  of 
the  Thebaid.     But  as  its  texture  was 
less  suited  for  the  reception  of  colour 
than  the   smoother  limestone,  they 
prepared  its  surface  with  a  coat  c^ 
calcareous  composition,  which,  while 
it  prevented  the  stone  from  imbibing 
an  unnecessary   quantity  of  colour, 
afforded  greater  facility  for  the  exe- 
cution of  the  outlines.     The  subjects 
when  sculptured,  either  in  relief  or 
intaglio,  were  again  coated  witii  the 
same  substance,  to  receive  the  final 
colouring :    and  the   details  of  the 
figures  and  of  the  other  objects  could 
thereby  be  finished  with  a  precision 
and  delicacy,  in  vain  to  be  expected 
'on  the  rough  and  absorbent  surface 
of  the  smdstooa. 

T  S 


412 


ROUTE  29. — THEBES   TO   ASOUAK. 


Sect.  IV. 


Their  paint  was  mixed  with  water. 
The  reds  and  yellows  were  ochre»  but 
the  greens  and  blues  were  extracted 
from  copper,  and,  though  of  a  most 
beautiful  hue,  the  quality  was  much 
coarser  than  either  of  the  former,  or 
their  ivory  black.  The  white  is  a 
▼ery  pure  chalk,  reduced  to  an  im- 
palpable powder;  and  the  brown, 
orange,  and  other  compound  colours, 
were  simply  formed  by  the  combina' 
tion  of  some  of  the  above.  Owing 
to  their  being  mixed  with  water,  they 
necessarily  required  some  protection, 
oven  in  the  dry  climate  of  Egypt, 
against  the  contact  of  rain ;  and  so 
attentive  were  they  to  this  point,  that 
the  interstices  of  the  blocks  which 
form  the  roofs  of  the  temples,  inde- 
pendent of  their  being  well  fitted  to- 
gether and  cemented  with  a  tenacious 
and  compact  mortar,  were  covered 
by  an  additional  piece  of  stone,  let 
into  a  groove  of  about  8  inches  in 
breadth,  extending  equally  on  either 
side  of  the  line  of  their  junction. 

However  the  partial  showers  and 
occasional   stonns   in  Upper  Egypt 
might  affect  the  state  of  their  painted 
walls,  it  was  not  sufficient  to  injure 
the  stone  itself;  which  still  remains 
in  its  original  state,  even  after  so  long 
a  period,   except   where  the  damp, 
arising  from  earth  impregnated  with 
nitre,  has  penetrated  through  its  gra-* 
nular  texture;  as  is  here  and   there 
observable  near  the  ground  at  Me- 
d«6net  H4boo,  and  in  other  ruins  of 
the  Thebaid.     But  exposure  to  the 
external  atmosphere,  which  here  ge- 
nerally affects  calcareous  substances, 
was  found  not  to  be  injurious  to  the 
sandstone   of  Silsilis;   and,   like  its 
neighbour  the   granite,  it  was  only 
inferior  to  limestone  in  one  respect, 
that  the  latter  might  remain  buried 
for  ages  without  being  corroded  by 
the  salts  of  the  earth;   a  fact  with 
which  the  Egyptians,  from  having 
used  it  in  the  substructions  of  obe- 
lisks and  other  granitic  monuments, 
were  evidently  well  acquainted. 
Beyond    the     grotto    above  men- 


tioned are  others  of  smaller  dimen* 
sions,  that  have  served  for  sepuldires, 
and  bear  the  names  of  the  first  mo- 
narchs  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty: 
among  which  I  ol»erved  those  of  Uw 
first  and  third  Thothmes,  and  of  the 
queen  who  erected  the  great  obelisks 
of  Karnak.  The  few  sculptures  found 
in  them  relate  to  offerings  to  the  de- 
ceased, and  some  of  the  usual  subjects 
of  tombs ;  and  on  a  rock  in  the  vi- 
cinity I  noticed  the  name  of  a  very 
ancient  king,  Remai,  (Mceris?)  who 
appears  to  t>e  the  same  as  Papi. 

To  the  south  of  these  again  are 
other  tablets  and  open  chapeis,  of 
very  elegant  form.     They  are  orna- 
mented with  columns,  having  capitals 
resembling  the   bud  of  the  water- 
plant,    surmounted    by   an    elegant 
Egyptian  cornice,  and    in    general 
style   and   design    they   vei^   mudi 
resemble    one    another.     Tlxe    first, 
which  is  much   destroyed,  was  ex- 
ecuted during  the  reign  of  Osirei  I., 
father  of  the  second  Remeses;   the 
next  by  his  son ;  and  the  third,  which 
is  the  most  northerly,  by  FEbahmen, 
the  son  and  successor  of  the  same 
Remeses.     The  subjects  of  the  two 
last  are  very  similar,  and  their  taUets 
date  in  the  first  year  of  either  mo- 
narch.    In  the  chapel  of  Remeses, 
the  king  makes  offerings  to  Amunre, 
Maut,    and    Khonsw,    the    Theban 
triad ;  and  to  Re,  Pthah,  and  Hitpi. 
moo   (the  god    Nilus);    the   other 
contemplar    deities     being     Savmk, 
Mandoo,    Osiris,   Ao  or    Hercules, 
Juttictt  Tafne,  Seb  or  Saturn,  Atmoo 
Oi^Thothmoo,  Khem,  Atbor,  Thoth. 
Anouke  or  Vesta,  and  a  few  others, 
whose  name  and  character  are   less 
certain. 

In  the  piincipal  picture  Remeses 
presents  an  offering  of  incense  to  the 
Theban  triad,  and  two  vases  of  wine 
to  Re,  Pthah,  and  the  god  Nile,  who 
is  here  treated  as  the  other  divinities 
of  Egypt.  Indeed  it  is  remarluhle 
that  he  is  cmly  represented  In  this 
manner  at  Silsilis,  and  that  be  usual]  j 
bears  lotus  plants  and  water.jars»  or 


U.  Egypt      B.  29.  —  the  laroeb  temple  of  ombos.   413 


the  Tarious  productions  of  Egypt, 
rather  as  an  ornamental  device  at  the 
baaesof  the  walls  in  certain  parts  of  the 
temples,  or  on  the  thrones  of  statues; 
alluding  perhaps  to  his  being  the 
origin  and  support  of  all,  and  the 
eause  by  which  all  thinss  are  pro- 
duced into  existence,  and  nourished 
when  created. 

Isinofri,  the  queen  of  this  Pharaoh, 
also  holds  forth  two  sistra  before  a 
curious  triad  of  deities;  and  at  the 
base  of  the  side  walls  the  god  Nilus 
is  again  introduced,  carrying  water- 
plants  and  various  offerings  the 
produce  of  the  irrigated  land  of 
Egypt  Some  small  tablets  occur  at 
the  side  of  these  chapels ;  one  of 
them  of  the  time  of  Amunoph  I  , 
second  monarch  of  the  eighteenth 
dynasty ;  others  of  Pthahmen ;  and  a 
larger  one  of  Remeses  III.,  offering 
to  Re  and  Nilus. 

The  particular  honour,   however, 
thus  paid  to  the  deity  of  the  Nile,  at 
the  quarries  of  Silsilis,  was  not  per- 
haps  merely  owing  to  the  narrowness 
of  the  river,  which,  as  M.  Champollion 
observes,  "seems  to  make  a  second 
entrance   into    Egypt,   after   having 
burst   through  the  mountains    that 
here  oppose  its  passage,  as  it  forced 
its  way  through  the  granite  rocks  at 
the  cataract  ;**  but  also  to  its  being 
the  place  where  the  blocks  cut  from 
the  quarries  were  committed  to  the 
chaise  of  the  river  god,  when  placed 
upon  the  rafts  or  boats  that  conveyed 
them  to  their  place  of  destination, 
for  the  erection  of  their  temples.     It 
does  not  however  appear  that  they 
sent  the  large  masses  of  granite,  for  the 
*^  obelisks  and  colossi,  by  water  from 
Asouan;    these  seem  to  have  been 
taken  by  land ;  and   Herodotus,  in 
mentioning  one  of  the  largest  blocks 
ever  cut  by  the  Egyptians,  says  it 
was  conveyed  from  Elephantine,  (or 
rather  Syene,)  by  land,  during  the 
reign  of  Amasis,  to  the  vicinity  of 
Sais,  and  that  it  employed  two  thou- 
sand men  for  three  years. 

Savak,  the  deity  of  Ombos,  with 


the  head  of  a  crocodile,  is  the  pre- 
siding god  of  Silsilis,  and  his  titles  of 
Lord  of  Ombos,  and  Lord  of  Silsilis, 
are  frequently  found  alternating  in 
the  stelae  of  these  quarries. 

Ombos, — Kom  Ombo,  the  ancient 

Ombos,  in  Coptic  Mbo,  is  about  16 
miles  from  the  mountain  of  the 
chain.  The  ruins  consist  of  a  temple, 
founded  in  the  reign  of  Ptolemy 
Philometor,  continued  by  his  brother 
Physcon  (who  is  introduced  as  usual 
with  his  queens,  the  two  Cleopatras), 
and  finished  by  Auletes  or  Neus  Di- 
onysus; whose  oval  having  been 
placed  at  a  later  period  above  the 
Greek  inscription  of  Philometor,  be- 
fore the  western  adytum,  led  me,  on 
my  first  journey  in  1829,  in  common 
with  other  visiters  to  this  temple,  to 
suppose  his  hieroglyphic  name  to  be 
that  of  a  Philometor.  I  have,  how- 
ever, satisfactorily  ascertained,  by  m 
subsequent  examination  of  the  two, 
that  the  Greek  refers  to  the  original 
founder,  and  that,  as  the  hierogly> 
phics  of.  Auletes  have  been  added 
long  afterwards,  these  two  can  no 
longer  be  considered  parallel  inscrip- 
tions.    The  Greek  is  — 

Trtf  fittri\taie  fTrtXttuuM  km  ^ttfiXt^rne 

««<  rtn  TMtntp  •nxvAw,  A^Mj^Ci  JH«  fuyaX^ 
Afl'tfXAM'f,  uau  r«r  rtnutan  3iMr,  ««ff  ni»M 

nm  M  aXXm.  iMMfK  ivixif  mie  %it  mntus* 

'*For  the  (welfare  of)  king  Ptolemy  and 
queen  Cleopatra,  his  sister,  gods  Fhilo- 
inctores,  and  their  children,  the  infantry, 
cavalry,  and  others  (stationed)  in  the  Om- 
bite  noroe  (have  erected)  the  adytum  to  the 
great  god  Aroeris  ApoUo,  and  to  the  con- 
templar  gods,  for  their  beneTolence  towards 
them." 

Savak  shared  with  Aroeris  the 
worship  of  Ombos,  of  which  he  was 
more  particularly  the  guardian  and 
protecting  deity;  and  his  name  is 
always  found  in  the  dedications 
throughout  the  temple,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  that  of  the  hawk-beaded 
god. 

On  the  under  surface  of  some  of 
the  architraves  of  the  portico,  the 
figures  have  been  left  unfinished,  and 
present  a  satis&ctory  specimen  of  the 

T  3 


414 


BOUTS   29. — THEBES  TO  A80UAN. 


Sect  IV. 


Egyptian  mode  of  drawing  them  in 
squares,  when  the  artists  began  their 
pictures. 

The  circumstance  of  this  building 
having  a  double  entrance  and  two 
parallel  sanctuaries  (in  which  re- 
spect, indeed,  it  is  singular  among 
the  existing  temples  of  £gf  pt),  was 
owing  to  the  equal  honours  therein 
paid  to  the  two  divinities,  the  god 
of  the  temple  itself  and  the  protect- 
ing deity  of  Ombos ;  but  the  appear- 
ance of  the  two  winged  globes  over 
the  exterior  of  the  portico,  instead 
of  injuring,  rather  adds  to  the  effect ; 
nor  is  the  distribution  of  the  parts 
of  the  interior  deranged  by  this  un- 
usual innovation.  The  sanctuaries 
themselves  have  been  destroyed,  and 
the  position  of  the  back  walls  can 
no  longer  be  traced ;  but  several 
small  chambers  in  the  front  of  the 
naos  still  remain,  as  well  as  the 
greater  part  of  the  portico  or  pro- 
naos. 

The  other  ruin,  which  stands  on 
an  artificial  platform,  towering  above 
the  river,  appears  to  have  been  de- 
dicated to  the  crocodile-headed  god 
Savak  by  Ptolemy  Physcon ;    but 
the  sculptures  rather  require  it  to 
have  been,  as  M.  Champollion  sup- 
poses, an  edifice  '*  typifying  the  birth- 
place of  the  young  god  of  the  local 
triad."     The  grand  gateway  at  the 
eastern   extremity,   for   it  stood* at 
right  angles  with  the  other  temple, 
b^s  tlie  name  of  Auletes,  by  whom 
i%  was  completed.     It  is,  however, 
now  in  so  ruinous  a  state,  that  little 
can  be  traced  of  its  original  plan; 
but  the  pavement  is  seen  in  many 
places,  laid  upon  stone  substructions, 
which  extend  considerably  below  it ; 
and  some  of  the  walls  of  the  chambers 
composing  the  interior  of  the  naos 
are  partially  preserved.     From  the 
fragments  of  columns,  whose  capitals 
resembled   those   of  the   portico  of 
Dendera,   we  are   also    enabled   to 
ascertain  the  site  of  a  grand   hall, 
that  formed  part  of  the  building. 
The  sacred  precincts  of  the  temples 


were  surrounded  by  a  strong  crude- 
brick  enclosure,  much  of  which  still 
remains:  but  from  its  crumbling 
materials  and  the  quantity  of  sand 
that  has  accumulated  within  it,  the 
buildings  now  appear  to  stand  in 
a  hollow :  though,  on  examination* 
the  level  of  the  area  is  found  not  to 
extend  below  the  base  of  the  walL 

On  the  eastern  fi^e  of  this  en- 
closure is  a  stone  gateway,  dedicated 
to  Savak,  the  Lord  of  Ombos,  which 
bears  the  name  of  the  third  Thothmes, 
and  of  Amun-neitgori,  who  erected 
the  great  obelisks  of  Kamak.  This 
satisfactorily  proves  that  though  the 
ruins  only  date  after  the  accession 
of  the  Ptdiemies,  or  from  about  the 
year  b.  c.  17S  to  60,  there  had  pre- 
viously existed  a  temple  at  Ombos, 
of  the  early  epoch  of  the  Pharaolis 
of  the  eighteenth  dynasty. 

The  mounds  of  the  town  and 
remains  of  houses  extend  consider- 
ably to  the  ^st  of  this  cndosure  ; 
and,  to  judge  from  their  appearance 
Ombos  must  have  suffered  by  fire, 
like  many  other  citiea  of  Upper 
Egypt. 

I  observed  several  rounded  stones 
of  porphyry,  and  other  primitive 
substances  scattered  in  diffmnt  di« 
rections  amidst  these  ruins,  which 
must  have  been  brought  from  the 
interior  of  the  eastern  desert;  but 
for  what  purpose,  it  is  difficult  to 
decide. 

At  Derdw  and  a*;  Rede$Sek,  nearly 
opposite  Edfbo,  are  the  two  principal 
abodes  of  the  Ababdeh  Arabs,  where 
they  may  be  engaged  for  excufsioos 
to  Berenice!  the  emerald  mines,  and 
other  places  in  the  desert. 

Soon  after  passing  Edfoo,  the  valley 
of  the  Nile  is  confined  within  very 
narrov  limits,  and  though  slightly 
enlarged  in  the  vicinity  of  Ombo^ 
the  mountains  again  approach  the 
Nile  a  little  fiirther  to  the  south.  The 
general  features  of  the  country  b^gin 
to  resemble  Nubia,  and  this  pecu- 
liarity of  character  is  increased  by  the 
appearance  of  the  water-wheels  that 


U.  Effypt 


BOUTE  29.  —  A80UAK. 


415 


occur  mt  short  intervals,  instead  of  the 
pole  and  bucket  And,  being  gene- 
rally protected  from  the  sun  by  mats, 
they  remind  the  traveller  that  he  has 
already  reached  a  warmer  climate. 

On  several  of  the  heights  are  small 
towers,  particularly  on  the  east  bank ; 
and  here  and  there  are  quarries  of 
sandstone  once  worked  by  the  ancient 
Egyptians. 

About  a  quarter  of  the  way  from 
Ombos  to  Asouan,  some  maps  mark 
Roman  ruins  on  the  east  bank. 

The  junction  of  the  tandttoM  and 
granite  is  observed  about  two-thirds 
of  the  way  from  Ombos  to  Asouan, 
in  the  vicinity  of  £1  Khattiira ;  from 
which  point  the  former  continues  at 
intervals  to  present  itself  over  the 
syenite,  and  other  primitive  beds,  as 
at  Asouan  and  in  Nubia. 

Three  miles  south  of  this  village, 
and  on  the  west  bank,  is  an  isolated 
hill,  in  which  are  a  few  quarries ;  and 
near  the  rivdr  are  the  remains  of  a 
staircase,  and  vestiges  of  building. 

Aaoman.  — A»ouan  or  Emran,  the 
ancient  Syene,  in  Coptic  Souan,  which 
signifies  •*  the  opening  ?  '*  lies  in  la- 
titude 24°  5'  3(f.  It  presents  few 
ruins  of  the  ancient  city,  except  some 
granite  columns  of  a  late  date,  and 
the  sekos  of  a  small  temple,  with  the 
shattered  remains  of  an  outer  cham- 
ber and  of  a  portico  in  front.  The 
only  name  now  found  in  this  build- 
ing is  of  Nero  (Nerros),  but  on  a 
former  visit  I  also  observed  that  of 
I>oraitian.  It  was  supposed  by  late 
travellers  to  have  contained  the  well 
of  Strabo»  in  which  the  rays  of  a  ver- 
tical sun  were  reported  to  fall  during 
the  summer  solstice ;  a  circumstance 
(says  the  geographer)  that  proves  this 
place  "  to  lie  under  the  tropic,  the 
gnomon  at  mid-day  casting  no  sha- 
dow." 

But  though  some  excavations  have 
been  carried  considerably  below  the 
pavement,  which  has  be^  torn  up  in 
search  of  ^he  tropical  well  it  was 
thought  to  cover,  no  other  results 


have  been,  or  are  likely  to  be  ob« 
tained,  than  that  this  sekos  was  a 
very  improbable  site  for  such  an  ob- 
servatory, even  if  it  ever  existed ;  and 
that  Strabo  was  strangely  misin- 
formed, since  the  Egyptians  them- 
selves could  never,  in  his  time,  have 
imagined  this  city  to  lie  under  the 
tropic.  For  they  were  by  no  means 
ignorant  of  astronomy,  and  Syene 
was,  even  in  the  age  of  Hippardius, 
very  far  north  of  that  line.  The  be- 
lief that  Syene  was  in  the  tropic  was 
very  general  in  the  time  of  the  Ro- 
mans; and  is  noticed  by  Seneca, 
Lucan,  Pliny,  and  others.  But  a 
well  would  have  been  a  bad  kinjl  of 
observatory,  if  the  sun  had  been  really 
vertical ;  and  if  Strabo  saw  the  meri- 
dian sun  in  a  well,  he  might  have 
been  sure  he  was  not  in  the  tropic. 

Pococke  supposes  the  aperture  in 
the  roof  of  this  temple  to  have  been 
for  astronomical  purposes,  but  win- 
dows are  common  of  this  form,  and  in 
this  situation,  in  Egyptian  buUdings. 

The  wall  projecting  into  the  river, 
opposite  the  south  end  of  the  modem 
town,  is  not,  as  has  been  supposed,  of 
Roman,  but  of  Arab  construction, 
and  has  apparently  formed  part  of  a 
bath.  It  was  thought  by  some  to 
have  been  a  bridge.  Aurelius  Victor 
indeed  mentions  bridges  thrown  over 
the  Nile  by  Probus ;  but  his  authority 
is  of  little  weight,  though  he  flou- 
rished within  seventy  years  afler  the 
death  of  that  emperor.  In  one  of 
the  arches,  on  the  north  side,  is  a 
Greek  inscription  relating  to  the  rise 
of  the  Nile,  brought  from  some  other 
'  building. 

Syene  was  the  place  to  which  Ju- 
venal was  banished. 

The  Saracenic  wall,  whose  founda- 
tion dates  at  the  epoch  of  the  Arab 
invasion  by  Amer,  the  lieutenant  of 
the  caliph  Omar,  still  remains  on  the 
south  side  of  the  old  town,  beyond 
which  are  the  numerous  tombs,  mostly 
cenotaphs,  of  the  different  shekhs  and 
saints  of  Egypt.      On   the  tomb- 

T  4 


416 


ROUTE   29.  —  THEBES  TO  ASOUAN.  SeCt.  IT- 


ttones  that  stand  towards  the  southern 
extremity  of  this  cemetery,  are  Cufic 
inscriptions. 

The  epitaphs  are  of  the  earlier  in- 
habitants of  Asouan,  and  bear  different 
dates,  from  about  the  commencement 
of  the  third  to  that  of  the  fifteenth 
century  of  the  Hegira.  They  begin 
—  "In  the  name  of  God,  the  clement 
and  merciful,'*  and  mention  the  name 
and  parentage  of  the  deceased,  who 
is  said  to  have  died  in  the  true  faith  ; 
saying,  **  I  bear  witness  that  there  is 
no  deity  but  God  alone ;  he  has  no 
partner ;  and  that  Mohammed  is  the 
servant  and  apostle  of  God."  Some 
end  with  the  date,  but  in  others,  par- 
ticularly those  of  the  earliest  epochs* 
it  occurs  about  the  centre  of  the  in- 
scription. 

This  is  supposed  to  be  the  place  of 
Martyrs  mentioned  by  Aboolfeda,  and 
often  confounded  with  that  of  Es'n^. 

The  mosk  of  Amer  here,  as  at 
Fostat  (old  Cairo),  pre&nts  merely 
round  arches,  in  imitation  of  the  Greek 
or  Roman  style  of  building,  in  vogue 
at  the  period  of  the  Arab  invasion; 
but  it  is  not  altogether  improbable, 
that  an  attentive  examination  of  the 
ancient  Saracenic  remains  around  this 
cemetery  might  lead  to  the  discovery 
of  some  early  specimens  of  the  pointed 
arch. 

A  short  distance  from  the  cemetery 
of  Asouan  is  a  small  bank  of  that 
diluvial  deposit  so  frequently  seen  on 
the  road  to  Philae,  which  is  worthy 
of  the  notice  of  the  geologist  from  its 
abounding  in  shells,  and  from  its 
having  several  blocks  of  granite  lying 
upon  its  upper  surface. 

The  position  of  that  cluster  of  rocks 
through  which  the  road  leads  to 
Fhil®,  and  in  which  the  principal 
granite  quarries  are  situated,  bounded 
on  the  west  by  the  cataracts,  on  the 
east  by  an  open  space  separating  them 
from  the  range  of  mountains  on  that 
side,  on  the  south  by  the  channel  of 
Phils,  and  on  the  north  by  the  town 
of  Asouan  itself,  no  doubt  gave  rise 
to   the    following   passage  of  Plmy, 


which  at  first  sight  appears  so  sin- 
gular: **  Syene,  ita  vocatur  penin' 
Bulaj**  since  we  find  that  ancient 
authors  firequently  used  the  terms 
peninsula  and  insula  in  the  same 
sense  as  our  word  itolaied,  which  may 
be  justly  applied  to  the  rocks  of 
Syene. 

The  most  interesting  objects  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Asouan  are  the 
granite  quarries ;  and  in  one,  that  lies 
towards  the  south-east  of  the  Arab 
cemetery,  is  an  obelisk,  which,  having 
been  broken  before  it  was  entirely 
detached  from  the  rock,  was  left  in  the 
quarry.  An  inclined  road  leads  to 
the  summit  of  the  hill  to  the  south- 
east, and  on  the  descent  at  the  other 
side,  was  a  fallen  pillar  (lately  taken 
away)  with  a  Latin  inscription,  stating 
that  **  new  quarries  had  been  dis- 
covered in  the  vicinity  of  FhiUe ;  that 
many  large  pilasters  and  colunins  had 
been  hewn  from  them,  during  the 
reigns  of  Severus  and  Antoninus 
(Caracalla),  and  his  mother  Julia 
Domna ;  **  and  that  **  this  hill  was 
under  the  tutelary  protection  of  Ju- 
piter-tiammon-Cenubis  (or  Knephy, 
and  Juno  *'  (or  Sat^),  the  deities  oif 
Elephantine. 

Between  this  and  the  river  is  a  lai^ 
sarcophagus  which  having  been 
broken,  was  left  in  the  quarry. 

Besides  these,  several  of  the  rocks 
about  Asouan  bear  the  evident  appear- 
ance of  having  been  qiuurried;  and 
the  marks  of  wedges,  and  the  numer- 
ous tablets  about  this  town.  Elephan- 
tine, Philae,  and  Biggeh,  announce 
the  removal  of  the  blocks,  and  the 
reign  of  the  Pharaoh  by  whose  orders 
they  were  hewn.  Many  of  them  are 
of  a  date  previous  to  and  after  the 
accession  of  the  eighteenth  djmasty, 
while  others  bear  the  names  of  later 
monarchs  of  the  twenty-sixth,  imme- 
diately before  the  invasion  of  Cam- 
byses;  but  some  merely  record  the 
victories  of  those  kings  over  the  ene- 
mies of  Egypt,  or  the  exvotos  of  pious 
visiters. 

It  is  curious  to  observe  in  these 


?7,  Egypt,  boutb  29.  —  island  op  elbphaktine. 


41'7 


quarries  the  method  adopted  for  cut- 
ting off  the  blocks.  In  some  in- 
stances, they  appear  to  have  used 
wooden  wec^es,  as  in  India,  which 
being  firmly  driven  into  holes  cut  to 
receive  them,  along  the  whole  line  of 
the  stone,  and  saturated  with  water, 
broke  it  off  by  their  equal  pressure. 
Indeed,  a  trench  seems  to  have  been 
cut  for  this  purpose;  and  the  wedge 
holes  being  frequently  seen,  where 
the  stone  is  still  unbroken,  strongly 
confirm  this  conjecture. 

The  nature  of  the  rocks  about  Syene 
is  not,  as  might  be  expected,  exclu- 
sively syenite,  but  on  the  contrary 
consists  mostly  of  granite,  with  some 
syenite,  and  a  little  porphyry.  The 
difference  between  the  two  former  is 
this  —  that  syenite  is  composed  of 
felspar,  quartz,  and  hornblende,  in- 
stead of  mica,  or  solely  of  felspar  and 
quarts ;  and  granite  of  felspar,  quartz, 
and  mica.  According  to  some,  the 
ingredients  of  syenite  are  quartz,  fel- 
spar, mica,  and  hornblende ;  but  the 
syenite  of  antiquity,  used  for  statues, 
was  really  granite.  Indeed,  many  of 
the  rocks  of  Syene  contain  all  the  four 
component  parts;  and,  from  their 
differing  considerably  in  their  pro- 
portions, afford  a  variety  of  specimens 
lor  the  collection  of  a  mineralogist. 

Many  of  the  inhabitants  of  Asouan 
are  descendants  of  the  garrison  left 
there  by  Sultan  Selim,  and  have  re- 
tained with  the  costume  and  arms  the 
pride  of  their  Turkish  ancestors. 
Many  of  his  soldiers  were  Bosnians, 
and  I  have  known  some  persons  there 
who  retain  the  distinguishing  name 
of  Boshnak  to  this  day. 

The  environs  of  the  town  are  sapdy 
mnd  barren,  producing  little  else  but 
palms  ;  grain,  and  almost  every  kind 
of  provision,  being  brought,  aa  in 
Aboolfeda's  time,  from  other  parts  of 
the  country.  But  the  dates  still  re- 
tain the  reputation  they  eqjoyed  in 
the  days  of  Strabo;  and  the  palm 
of  Ibreem  is  cultivated  and  thrives  in 
the  climate  of  the  first  cataract 
JDatesare  among  the  principal  exports 


of  Asouan,  and  senna,  charcoal,  hen- 
neh,  wicker  baskets,  and  a  few  slaves 
from  the  interior,  from  Abyssinia, 
and  Upper  Ethiopia,  are  sent  from 
thence  to  different  parts  of  Lower 
Egypt 

Opposite  Asouan  is  the  island  of 
Elephantine,  now  called  Gezeeret 
Asouan,  and  in  Nubian  Sooan-iurtiga, 
or  **th«  island  of  Asouan.'* 

It  is  evident  that  Asouan  is  taken 
from  the  Coptic  or  Egyptian  name 
Souan ;  but,  as  I  have  before  ob- 
served, the  Arabs  always  prefix  a 
vowel  to  words  beginning  with  S 
followed  by  a  consonant,  as  in  Osioot, 
Es'n^,  Oshmoonayn,  and  others ;  in 
which  the  original  Egyptian  name 
may  be  easily  traced, —  Sioout,  Sne, 

and  Shmoun  B. 

Island  of  Elephantine,  —  One  of 
the  few  remaining  ruins  in  Ele- 
phantine is  a  granite  gateway  of  the 
time  of  Alexander,  the  entrance  to 
some  edifice  now  entirely  demolished. 
Near  it,  to  the  northward,  was  the 
small  but  interesting  peripteral  tem- 
ple, built  by  Amenoph  III.  to 
Kneph  or  Chnubis,  who  presided  over 
the  inundation,  and  was  particulsrly 
adored  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cataracts. 

Near  it  I  observed  a  mutilated 
statue  of  red  granite,  and  an  altar 
dedicated  to  **  Ammon,*'  whom  the 
Romans  confounded  with  the  ram- 
headed  deity  Kneph. 

A  Christian  ruin  stood  a  little  dis- 
tance to  the  north,  and  a  short  walk 
to  the  westward,  was  a  portion  of 
another  interesting  temple :  but  the 
whole  of  these  were  destroyed  in  1822 
by  Mohammed  Bey,  the  Pasha's 
kehia,  to  build  a  pitiful  palace  at 
Asouan.  The  upper  chambers  of  the 
Kilometer  suffered  the  same  fate; 
but  I  was  in  time  to  observe,  and 
copy  from  the  hieroglyphics  on  their 
wails,  the  name  of  the  island,  which 
was  represented  by  an  elephant  The 
royal  ovals  were  of  a  Caesar.  For- 
tunately the  lower  part^hich  con- 
tains the  staircase  that  served  for  the 
Milometer,  ia  still  preserved.     It  is 

t5 


418 


BOUTB  29. —  ISLAND  OF  SEHAYI.. 


Sect.  IV. 


eyidently  the  one  seen  by  Strabo,  as 
it  conteins  inscriptions  recording  se- 
veral of  the  inundations,  from  the 
reign pf  Augustus  to  that  of  L.  Sep- 
timius  Severus. 

At  the  ancient  landing-place,  which 
bad  a  flight  of  steps  between  two  walls 
near  the  sycamore  tree  to  the  north 
of  the  Kilometer,  are  two  river  gods 
of  Roman  workmanship,  but  now 
nearly  buried  by  the  alluvial  deposit 
of  the  Nile,  and  much  defaced. 

Elephantine  had  a  garrison  in  the 
time  of  the  Romans,  as  well  as  in  the 
earlier  times  of  the  Persians  and 
Fharaonic  monarchs ;  and  it  was 
from  this  island  that  the  lonians  and 
Carians,  who  had  accompanied  Psa- 
maticus,  were  sent  forward  into  Ethi- 
opia, to  endeavour  to  bring  back  the 
Egyptian  troops  who  had  deserted. 

The  south  part  of  the  island  is 
covered  with  the  iruins  of  old  houses, 
and  fragments  of  pottery,  on  many 
of  which  are  Greek  inscriptions  in 
the  running  hand ;  and  the  peasants, 
who  live  there,  frequently  find  small 
bronzes  of  rams,  coins,  and  other  ob- 
jects of  antiquity,  in  removing  the 
nitre  of  the  mounds  which  they  use 
for  agricultural  purposes. 

Elephantine  is  now  inhabited  by 
Nubians.  But  I  do  not  suppose  it 
was  peopled  at  a  very  early  period  by 
natives  of  Ethiopia;  nor  does  the 
account  given  by  Herodotus  of  Cam- 
byses  sending  the  Ichthyophagi  of 
Elephantine  to  accompany  his  spies, 
imply  that  they  were  actually  of  that 
country,  as  he  merely  states  Uiat  they 
were  acquainted  with  the  Ethiopian 
language.  Indeed,  in  another  place 
he  expressly  states  that  the  country 
inhabited  by  the  Ethiopians  com- 
menced beyond  Elephantine  to  the 
south.  It  is,  however,  not  impos- 
sible that  the  modern  inhabitants 
may  be  partly  descended  from  the 
Nobatae,  who,  according  to  Prooo- 
pius,  were  prevailed  upon  by  Diocle- 
tian to  settle  in  Elephantine;  that 
city  and  the  territory  on  either  bank 
being  granted  them,  on  condition  of 


their  protecting  the  frontier  from  tlie 
incursions  of  the  Blemmyes. 

Pliny  and  Procopiua  agree  in 
giving  the  name  of  Phil«  to  tfaia,  as 
well  as  the  sacted  island  above  the 
cataract;  and  the  former  mentftma 
four  of  that  name,  probably  Pbiiae^ 
Biggeh,  Sehayl»  and  Elephantme. 
But  the  hieroglyphics  do  not  sop* 
port  him  in  this  statement,  Fhile 
alone  having  the  name  of  Pailak  or 
Ailak ;  and  this  shows  that  Phil,  or 
Fil,  "  the  Elephant,"  could  not  be  the 
origin  of  the  word  Philae. 

Besides  its  temples,  the  eitj  of 
Elephantine  waaadomed  with  quays, 
and  other  public  edifices  on  the  same 
grand  scale  as  the  sacred  island  of 
FhilsD ;  and  this  assertion  of  Stndio 
is  fully  confirmed  by  the  extent  and 
style  of  the  buildings,  which  border 
the  river  to  the  south  of  the  Nilo- 
meter.  The  quay  is  of  Ptolemaic  or 
Roman  date,  and  contains  many  blocks 
taken  from  more  ancient  monunaoits. 

Island  of  SekdyL  —  Sthdyl  is  an 
island,  at  the  northern  extremity  of 
the  rapids  of  the  first  cataract.  It  is 
interesting  from  the  number  of 
hieroglyphic  tablets  sculptured  on 
the  rocks,  many  of  which  are  of  a 
very  early  period,  before  and  after 
the  accession  of  the  eighteenth  dy- 
nasty. It  had  also  a  small  temple  of 
Ptolemaic  date,  now  entirely  dc« 
stroyed,  except  the  substructions; 
and  it  was  here  that  M.  Riippell 
discovered  a  very  interesting  Greek 
inscription.  The  island  was  under 
the  special  protection  of  Sat£  ( Juno^ 
Kneph,  and  Anoiik^  or  Vesta. 

The  traveller,  whose  intention  is 
merely  to  visit  Philc,  without  pass- 
ing the  cataract,  will  save  himself 
some  time  and  much  trouble  by  going 
as  &r  as  this  island  in  his  boat,  by 
which  the  ride  to  Philao  is  conudcr- 
ably  shortened ;  nor  will  be  be  pre* 
vented  from  seeing  all  that  the  ex« 
eursion  from  Asouan  presents  worthy 
of  notice,  —  which  is  confined  to 
traces  of  the  old  road,  the  crude- 
brick  wall  that  skirted  and  protected 


U.  EgypL      BOUTE  29,  —  cataracts  —  vwjjr. 


419 


it,  and  the  ringular  forms  of  the 
granite  rocks,  whieb  have  struck 
every  traveller  since  and  previous  to 
the  time  of  Strabo. 

The  Iff  Caiaraei.  —  The  caUraet, 
which  is  called  by  the  natives 
£*ShelliI,  is  merely  a  rapid,  whose 
fiUls  do  not  exceed  five  or  six  feet, 
and  is  passable  at  all  times  of  the 
year.  The  boats  are  towed  up  by 
ropes ;  and  now  that  the  passage  has 
been  widened,  and  the  people  have 
bad  so  much  experience,  there  is  little 
fear  of  accidents.  In  going  up,  boats 
pass  to  the  east  of  the  island  of  Big- 
geh,  and  in  descending  to  the  west  of 
it.  The  general  fell  of  the  Nile 
through  Egypt,  below  the  cataracts, 
is  about  five  inches  to  a  mile,  which 
gives  about  SOO  feet  from  Asouan  to 
Rosetta. 

I$land  of  PhiUe,  —  PhiUt,  known  in 
Arabic  by  the  name  of  Aiuu  el  Wo' 
goddf  stands  a  short  distance  above 
the  cataract,  about  7  miles  from 
Asouan,  and  is  no  less  interesting 
from  the  subjects  contained  in  its  sa- 
cred buildings  than  for  the  general 
effect  of  the  ruins ;  which,  with  the 
scenery  of  the  adjoining  island,  and 
the  wild  rocks  on  the  opposite  shore, 
have  deservedly  obtained  the  epithet 
■*  beautiful.**  In  Greek  it  was  called 
4<\ai,  and  in  Egyptian  Pilak,or  Ailak, 
and  Ma-n^-lak,  **  the  place  of  the  fron- 
tier."    Philoe  is  a  misnomer. 

The  principal  building  is  the  tem- 
ple of  Isis,  commenced  by  Ptole- 
my Philadelphus  and  Arnnoe,  and 
completed  by  succeeding  monarcbs  ; 
among  whom  are  Euergetes  I.,  Phi- 
lometor,  his  brother  Euergetes  II., 
with  the  two  Cleopatras,and  Ptolemy 
the  elder  son  of  Auletes,  whose  name 
is  found  in  the  area  and  on  the  towers 
of  the  propylon.  Many  of  the  sculp- 
tures on  the  exterior  are  of  the  later 
epoch  of  the  Roman  emperors,  among 
whom  I  observed  Augustus,  Tiberius, 
Clailidius,  Domitian,  Nerva,  and 
Trajan. 

The  eastern  tower  of  the  scScond 
or  inner  propylon  stands  oo  a  granite 


rock,  before  which  has  been  erected 
a  small  chapel ;  and  its  fece,  cut  into 
the  form  of  a  tablet,  bean  a  Ibng  in- 
scription of  the  twenty-fourth  year 
of  Euergetes  II. 

A  monolithic  shrine  in  the  advtum 
has  the  ovals  of  Euergetes  ana  Be- 
renice ;  but  the  only  place  where  his 
name  oecun  on  the  walls  of  the  tem- 
ple, is  at  the  back  wall  of  the  portico. 
Many  parts  of  this  building,  parti- 
cularly the  portico,  though  not  pos- 
sessing the  chaste  and  simple  style  of 
Pharaonic  monuments,  are  remarkable 
for  lightness  and  elegance :  and  from 
the  state  of  their  preservation,  they 
convey  a  good  idea  of  the  efl^t  of 
colour,  combined  with  the  details  of 
architecture.  Nor  are  the  sculptures 
devoid  of  interest ;  and  those  of  the 
chamber  nearly  over  the  western 
adytum,  containing  the  death  and 
resurrection  of  Osiris,  as  well  as  of 
the  peripteral  temple  on  the  left  en- 
tering the  area,  relating  to  the  birth 
of  Horus,  throw  great  light  on  the 
study  of  Egyptian  mythology.  This 
youthful  deity,  with  his  parents,  Isis 
and  Osiris,  constituted  the  triad  wor- 
shipped at  Phils. 

Among  other  peculiarities  in  the 
distribution  of  the  many  parts  of  the 
great  temple,  I  ought  not  to  omit 
the  small  dark  rooms  in  the  wall  of 
the  eastern  adytum,  to  which  a  stair- 
case leads  from  near  the  front  of  that 
chamber.  They  have  the  appearance 
of  being  intended  either  for  conceal- 
ing the  sacred  treasures  of  the  temple, 
or  for  some  artifice  connected  with 
superstition,  and  perhaps  with  the 
punishment  of  those  who  ofiended 
the  m^esty  of  the  priesthood. 

It  would  be  an  endless  task  to 
enter  into  a  detailed  account  of  all 
that  Philie  offen  to  the  curious  tra- 
veller, or  to  the  Egyptian  antiquary ; 
I  shall  therefore  briefly  notice  die 
principal  objects.  The  small  chapel 
of  Eseulapius,  near  the  commence- 
ment of  the  eastern  corridor,  in  front 
of  the  great  temple,  satisfectorily  de- 
cides by  its  Greek  dedication  tha 

V  6 


420 


BOUTE  29. — ^PHILJE. 


Sect.  IV. 


name  of  Ptolemy  Epiphanes;  and 
that  of  Athor,  which  stands  on  the 
east  side,  nearly  In  a  line  with  the 
front  propylon,  acquaints  us  with  the 
facti  that  this  small  building  was  con- 
secrated to  the  Egyptian  Aphrodite, 
by  Physcon  or  the  second  Euergetes. 
Though  the  hieroglyphic  name  is  the 
same  as  that  of  Philometor,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  Physcon  has  here,  as  in 
many  other  instances,  adopted  the 
prenomen  of  his  brother;  and  since 
we  6nd  him  with  the  two  Cleopatras, 
bis  queens,  it  is  plainly  proved  not  to 
be  of  Philometor. 

Physcon  seems  to  have  been  a  great 
beneftictor  of  Philie ;  and,  as  is  often 
the  case  with  a  vicious  despot,  he  in- 
gratiated himself  with  the  priesthood 
as  a  cloak  to  his  real  character.  It  is 
to  him,  too,  that  the  petition  of  the 
priests  is  addressed  in  the  Greek  in- 
scription on  the  pedestal  of  the  obe- 
lisk, brought  to  England  by  Mr. 
Bankes.  The  object  of  this  curious 
document  was  to  prevent  so  many 
persons  of  rank,  and  public  function- 
aries, visiting  the  island  of  Philse,  and 
living  at  the  expense  of  the  priests. 
It  is  as  follows :  — 

**To  King  Ptolemy,  and  Queen 
Cleopatra  his  sister,  and  Queen  Cleo- 
patra his  wife,  gods  Euergetes,  wel- 
fare. We  the  priests  of  Isis,  the  very 
great  goddess  [worshipped]  in  A  baton 
and  Philae;  seeing  that  those  who 
visit  Phils,  generals,  chiefs,  gover> 
nors  of  districte  in  the  Thebaid,  royal 
scribes,  chiefs  of  police,  and  all  otlier 
functionaries,  as  well  as  their  soldiers 
and  other  attendants,  oblige  us  to 
provide  for  them  during  their  stay ; 
the  consequence  of  which  is,  that  the 
temple  is  impoverished,  and  we  run 
the  risk  of  not  having  enough  for  the 
customary  sacrifices  and  libations  of- 
fered for  you  and  your  children ;  do 
therefore  pray  you,  O  great  gods,  if 
it  seem  right  to  you,  to  order  Nume- 
nius,  your  cousin  and  secretary,  to 
write  to  Lochus,  your  cousin,  and 
governor  of  the  Theba'id,  not  to  dis- 
t»trb  us  in  this  manner,  and  not  to 


allow  any  other  person  to  do  so,  and 
to  give  us  authority  to  this  eflRect ; 
that  we  may  put  up  a  Mela,  with  an 
inscription  commemorating  your  be^ 
nificence  towards  us  on  this  oocaskm, 
so  that  your  gracious  fiivour  may  be 
recorded  forever;  which  being  done, 
we,  and  the  temple  of  Isis,  shall  be 
indebted  to  you  for  this,  among  other 
favours.     Hail." 

Above,  on  the  same  pedestal,  was 
painted  (probably  in  gilt  letters),  the 
answer  to  the  petition,  followed  bj  a 
copy  of  the  order  tram  the  king  to 
Lochus.  Little  more  than  half  of 
them  remains;  but  restored  by  M. 
Letronoe,  they  read  as  follows :  — 

"  To  the  priests  of  Ists  in  Abaton 
and  Philae,  Numenius,  cousin  and 
secretary,  and  priest  of  the  god  Alex- 
ander, and  of  the  gods  Soters,  of  the 
gods  Adelphi,  of  the  gods  Euergetes, 
of  the  gods  Pbilopatores,  of  the  gods 
Epiphanes,  of  the  god  Eupator,  of 
the  god  Philometor,  and  of  the  gods 
Euergetes,  greeting.  Of  the  letter 
written  to  Lochus,  the  cousin  and 
general,  we  pUce  the  copy  here  be> 
low ;  and  we  give  you  the  permisfiion 
you  ask,  of  erecting  a  gtda.  Fare  ye 
well.  In  the  year  ...  of  Panemus, 
...  of  Pachon  26." 

Order  of  the  king. —  <*  King  Pto- 
lemy, and  Queen  Cleopatra  the 
sister,  and  Queen  Cleopatra  the  wife, 
to  Lochus  our  brother,  greeting:  of  the 
petition  addressed  to  us  by  the  priests 
of  Isis  in  Abaton  and  Pbilae,  we  place 
a  copy  below ;  and  you  will  do  well 
to  order  that  on  no  aooount  they  be 
molested  in  those  matters  which  they 
have  detailed  to  us.     Hail." 

At  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
corridor  is  another  smidl  ch^wl,  de> 
dicated  to  Atbor,  by  Nectanebo  of 
the  thirtieth  dynasty,  who  ruled  Egypt 
after  the  first  Persian  invasion,  and 
previous  to  its  final  reduction  by 
Ocbus.  And  from  the  principal 
pylon  of  the  great  temple  bearing  the 
name  of  this  Pharaoh,  it  is  endent 
that  <n  ancient  edifice  fiirmerly  stood 
I  on  the  site  of  the  present  one*  vMcb 


V.  Egypt.       BOUTS  29.  —  biggeh — abatok. 


421 


having  been  destroyed  by  the  Per- 
sians at  the  time  of  the  invasion  of 
Ocbus,  was  rebuilt  after  the  accession 
of  the  Ptolemies. 

The  hypaethral  building,  on  the 
east  of  the  island,  is  of  the  time  of  the 
Ptolemies  and  Conars ;  and  from  the 
elongated  style  of  its  proportions,  it 
appears  that  the  architect  had  in- 
tended to  add  to  its  effect  when  seen 
from  the  river.  Below  it  is  a  quay, 
^hich  extended  nearly  round  the  is- 
land, whose  principal  landing-place 
was  at  the  staircase  leading  to  the 
arched  gate  on  the  east  bank.  A 
short  distance  behind  the  gate  stands 
a  ruined  wall,  ornamented  with  tri- 
glyphs  and  the  usual  mouldings  of 
the  Doric  order,  evidently  of  Roman 
construction. 

Other  detached  ruins  and  traces  of 
buildings  are  met  with  amidst  the 
mounds  that  encumber  them ;  and  on 
the  west  side  of  the  temple  is  a  cha- 
pel, in  which  are  some  interesting 
sculptures  relating  to  the  Nile,  and 
other  subjects ;  with  a  series  of  ovals 
in  the  cornice,  containing  the  name  of 
L'Ucius,  VeruSy  Antoninus,  Sebastus, 
Autocrator,  Caesar.  There  are  also 
some  Greek,  and  unknown  inscrip- 
tions, probably  Ethiopian. 

Numerous  ex  wftos  are  inscribed  on 
the  walls  of  the  propylon  and  other 
parts  of  the  great  temple,  mostly  of 
the  time  of  the  Caesars,  with  a  few  of 
a  Ptolemaic  epoch,  from  one  of  which 
last  we  learn  that  Auletes,  or  Neus 
Dionysus,  was  called  god  Philopator 
and  Philadelphus,  titles  that  usually 
follow  his  name  in  hieroglyphics. 

Itiand  of  Biggeh,  —  In  the  island 
of  Biggeh  is  a  small  temple,  dedicated 
to  Athor,  apparently  commenced  by 
Euergetes  I.  and  completed  by  Pto- 
lemy the  elder,  son  of  Auletes,  by 
Augustus,  and  by  other  of  the  Caesars; 
but  from  the  presence  of  a  red  granite 
statue  behind  it,  there  is  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  an  older  edifice  had  pre- 
viously existed  here,  of  the  time  of  a 
Pharaoh,  either  Thothmes  III.,  or 
Amunoph  II.     Among  the  mounds 


is  a  stela  of  red  granite,  bearing  the 
name  of  Amasis,  sumamed  Neitsi, 
*<  the  son  of  iVInf,*'  or  Minerveu 

The  arch,  inserted  at  a  late  period 
in  the  centre  of  the  building,  is  of 
Christian  date ;  and  it  is  evident  that 
the  early  Christians  occupied  both  of 
these  islands,  whose  temples  they  con- 
verted into  churches,  concealing  with 
a  coat  of  clay  or  mortar  the  objects  of 
worship  of  their  pagan  predecessors. 

I  will  not  pretend  to  say  that 
Philae  had  not  the  name  of  A  baton ; 
but  from  an  inscription  at  Biggeh, 
mentioning  *'  the  gods  in  Abaton  a$ui 
in  Philae;"  there  is  room  to  believe  it 
belonged  to  this  island ;  though  it 
has,  at  least  in  one  sense,  been  ap- 
plied to  Philae  by  Plutarch,  who  says 
**  that  island  is  inaeee$nble  and  unap- 
proachable .....  except  when  the 
priests  go  to  crown  the  tomb  of 
Osiris.- 

The  name  of  Biggeh  in  the  hiero- 
glyphics is  Senmaut  or  Snem,  over 
which  Athor  is  said  to  preside ;  but 
we  sometimes  find  the  name  followed 
by  the  sign  of  '*  foreign  country,**  in- 
stead of  the  circle  signifying** land." 
On  the  rocks  here,  as  on  the  road 
from  Asouan  to  Philae,  are  numerous 
inscriptions,  of  the  early  times  of  the 
Pharaohs  of  the  sixteenth,  seventeenth, 
eighteenth,  and  nineteenth  dynasties : 
several  of  which  mention  the  holy  oh* 
ject  of  their  writers,  who  came  to 
adore  the  gods  of  this  district,  while 
others  merely  present  the  names  of  the 
monarchs  themselves.  Some  relate 
to  the  granite  blocks  cut  and  removed 
in  their  reigns,  and  others  to  tlie  vic- 
tories gained  by  them  over  the  Ethio- 
pians, the  people  of  Cusb.  Similar 
tablets  are  of  great  use  in  the  study  of 
the  chronology  of  that  period ;  nor 
are  those  of  &e  later  Pharaohs,  of  the 
twenty-sixth  and  twenty-eighth  dy- 
nasties, without  their  share  of  inter- 
est. 

On  the  eastern  shore,  opposite 
Philae,  aiv  some  mounds,  and  the  re- 
mains of  a  stela  and  monolith  of 
granite;  the  formecbearing  the  name 


BOUTS  29.  —  BOCK  KSAB  PE1JL& 


Sect  IV. 


of  tlw  flnt  Pnmiticui,  and  cqd*b- 
crMcd  to  Kncph  and  St,ti. 

There  i>  also  >  rock  oppodte  Ihe 
Dortfa  end  of  Phil>,  remarkable  for  it) 
deTitedappearance  and  general  fomi ; 
but  ther*  it  no  reaion  to  auppoic  tliat 
any  religioui  idea  irai  attached  to  it, 
aa  lonie  haTc  imigined,  and  much  lot 
that  it  waa  Abalon, 


Such  are  the  principal  olqeeta  in 
tb«  Tidnity  at  the  atafacta,  aflbrding 
■D  cndleai  itudy  to  tbe  Egyptian 
cbronologer  and  antiquarj,  and  eai- 
culatcd  to  claim  for  it  a  prDmiDcnl 
place  amongst  the  moK  JPterBMing 
aitei  in  Egypt. 


IB  the  Cauncu. 


423 


SECTION  V. 
NUBIA. 

Prdminary  Obtervattom, 

is.    Conquests  ot  thk  Egtitians  and  Romans  abotk  Phila,  and  shk 
First  Cataract.  —  b.  Tax  Modern  Nubians,  or  Barabras. 


ROUTB 

SO  AsouRDy  by  Phils,  to  Derr  •  426 


ROUTR 

81   Derr  to  Aboosimbel,    and 

Wad^HRlfeb       -        -    435 


a.  The  frontier  of  ancient  Egypt  was  properly  at  Pbilae ;  but  southern 
Ethiopia  was  conquered  by  the  Pharaohs  of  the  16th  and  18tb  dynasties;  and 
though  afterwards  partly  abandoned,  was  again  included  within  the  limits  of 
the  Egyptian  territory,  after  the  accession  of  the  Ptolemio. 

Among  the  early  Pharaohs  who  conquered  the  country,  was  Thothmes  I., 
who  extended  his  arms  as  far  as  the  island  of  Argo,  where  he  left  a  monument, 
now  known  by  the  name  of  Hagar  e'  dabab,  **  the  golden  stone.*'  Thothmes 
II.  penetrated  to  Napafa,  new  £1  Berkel,  the  capital  of  Lower  Ethiopia ;  and 
the  third  of  that  name  appears  to  have  extended  his  dominion  still  farther. 

The  invasion  of  the  Caraars,  who  extended  their  conquests  under  Petronius, 
praefect  of  Egypt  in  the  time  of  Augustus,  as  far  as  Napata,  was  owing  to 
an  incursion  of  the  Ethiopians,  who  had  penetrated  to  Syene,  and  over- 
whelmed the  garrison  stationed  there  to  protect  the  Egyptian  frontier. 

Napata,  the  capital  of  queen  Candace,  was,  according  to  Pliny,  870  Ro- 
man miles  above  the  cataracts,  and  is  supposed  to  be  El  Berkel  of  the  present 
day,  where  pyramids  and  extensive  ruins  denote  the  former  existence  of  a 
large  city. 

Strabo  says,  the  Ethiopians,  above  Syene,  consisted  of  the  Troglo- 
dyte, Blemmyes,  Nub«,  and  Megabari.  The  Megabari  and  Blemmyes 
inhabited  the  eastern  desert,  north  of  Meroe  to  the  frontiers  of  Egypt,  and 
were  under  the  dominion,  of  the  Ethiopians.  The  Ichthyophagi  lived 
on  the  shore  of  the  Red  Sea;  the  Troglodytae  from  Berenice  south- 
wards, between  it  and  the  Nile ;  and  the  Nubs,  a  Libyan  nation,  were  on 
the  left  bank,  and  independent  of  Ethiopia. 

Pliny  says,  the  only  cities  of  Etliiopia  found  and  taken  by  Petronius,  on 
his  march  to  Napata,  were  Pselcis,  Primis,  Aboccis,  Phthuris,  Cambusis, 
Attena,  and  Stadisis,  remarkable  for  its  cataract,  which,  the  naturalist  says, 
"  deprived  the  inhabitants  of  the  neighbourhood  of  their  hearing."  He  then 
mentions  the  distances  from  Syene  to  Meroe,  which  some  computed  at 
6Q5  M.  p.,  others  at  600,  or,  according  to  the  observations  of  Nero's  spies, 
862,  with  the  following  intermediate  measurements :  — • 


424       ANCIENT  ETHIOPIA.-— MODEBX  NUBIANS.     Sect.  Y. 

sc.  r 
From  Syene  to  Hierasycaminon  -  -  -  •54 

Tama    ---.--         75 
the  Ethiopian  district  of  Eoonymiton    -  -       ]  SO 

Acina  .-.-..         54 
Pitara  ......         S5 

Tergedum,  (between  which  two  is  the  island  of 

Gagaudes)     .....       106 

(Parrots,  the  Sphingian  animal,  and  Cynocephali 

first  seen  hereabouts) 
Napata,  a  small  city       ....         80 

thence  to  the  island  of  Meroe    ...      360 


Making,  instead  of  862,  a  total  of    -  -       874 

Or  about  800  English  miles. 

The  statement  of  Herodotus,  that  Sesostris  was  the  only  Egyptian  monarch 
who  ruled  in  Ethiopia,  is  utterly  devoid  of  foundation ;  as  several  other  Pha- 
raohs not  only  eitended  their  conquests,  but  erected  temples  and  other  build- 
ings in  that  country,  the  remains  of  which  still  exist,  and  that  too  in  Upper 
Ethiopia. 

The  names  of  the  monarchs  found  above  the  second  cataract  are  Osirta- 
sen  III.  and  Thothmes  II.  at  Samneh;  Thothmes  I.  at  Tombos ; .  Tboth- 
mes  III.  at  Samneh,  Dosha,  Sai,  and  opposite  Meroe ;  Thothmes  IV.  at  Bl 
Berkel;  Amunoph  III.  at  Sedinga,  Soleb,  Berkel,  Tombos,  and  Samneh; 
Osirei  I.  at  Dosha;  and  Remeses  II.  or  Sesostris,  at  £1  Berkel.  Diodorus, 
Pliny,  and  Strabo  extend  the  conquests  of  Sesostris  as  far  as  the  vicinity  of 
the  modem  Berbera,  beyond  the  straits  of  Bab-cl-mandeb. 

It  does  not  appear  that  the  monarchs,  after  the  1 8th  dynasty,  continued  to 
extend,  or  even  to  maintain  their  conquests  in  this  country  ;  and  few  of  them 
appear  to  have  included  Lower  Ethiopia,  between  the  first  and  second  cata- 
racts, within  the  limits  of  their  Egyptian  territory.  And  this  circumstance 
no  doubt  led  to  the  remark  that  Ethiopia  was  little  known  before  the  acces- 
sion of  the  Ptolemies,  who  in  fact  only  re-extended  the  frontier  a  short  dis- 
tance into  what  is  now  called  Nubia. 

Elephantine  was  the  frontier  in  thAtime  of  Psamaticus.  In  Strabo's  time, 
Syene  was  again  the  frontier,  the  Romans  having,  as  he  observes,  <*  confined 
the  province  of  Egypt  within  his  former  limits."  Phils  then  belonged  in 
'*  common  to  the  Egyptians  and  Ethiopians."  This  did  not,  howerer,  pre- 
vent the  Cfesars  from  considering  Lower  Ethiopia  as  belonging  to  Ihem,  or 
from  adding  to  the  temples  already  erected  there. 

b,   THX   XODXaK    NUBIANS,   OR   BARABaAS. 

Philie  and  the  cataracts  are,  as  of  old,  the  boundary  of  Egypt  and  Nubia. 
Here  commences  the  country  of  the  Bar&bra,  which  extends  thence  to  the 
second  cataract  at  Widee  Halfeh,  and  is  divided  into  two  districts ;  that  to 
the  north  inhabited  by  the  Ken6os  or  Kensee  tribe,  the  southern  portion 
by  the  Nooba.  They  have  each  their  own  language;  but  it  is  a  ain. 
gular  fact  that  the  Kensee,  which  ceases  to  be  spoken  about  Dayrand 
throughout  the  whole  of  the  Nooba  district,  is  found  again  above  the  seeood 
cataract ;  a  atrong  argument  to  show  that  the  Nooba  tribe  settled  in  that  por. 
tion  of  the  country,  which  originally  belonged  to  the  Ken6os.  Thia  settle- 
ment may  perhaps  be  connected  with,  or  simiUr  to,  that  of  the  Nobatsa 


MODEBN  iniBIANSy  OB  BARi^BRAS.  425 

tioned  by  Procopius ;  from  whom  the  BaMbra  of  the  Nooba  district  may  be 
descended.  It  is  now  customary  for  us  to  call  them  all  Nubians,  as  the 
Arabs  comprehend  them  under  the  general  name  of  Baribra,  and  as  the 
Greeks  denominated  the  whole  country  Clhiopia.  In  former  times,  under 
the  Romans,  the  northern  part  of  Nubia  was  called  Dodeca  Sehoenus,  which 
comprehended  the  space  lying  between  the  first  cataract  (or  Philae,)  to  Hiera- 
sycaminon ;  and  received  from  its  length  the  name  of  "  twelve  schcenes." 

The  character  of  the  country  above  Phils  differs  very  much  from  £gypt| 
particularly  from  that  part  below  Eifn^.  The  hilk  are  mostly  sandstone  and 
granite,  and  from  their  coming  very  near  the  river,  frequently  leave  only  a 
narrow  strip  of  soil  at  the  immediate  bank,  on  which  the  people  depend  for 
the  scanty  supply  of  corn  or  other  produce  grown  in  the  country.  It  is  not 
therefore  surprising  that  the  Nubians  are  poor ;  though,  from  their  limited 
wants,  and  thrifty  habits,  tliey  do  not  suffer  from  the  miseries  of  poverty. 
The  palm  tree,  which  there  produces  dates  of  very  superior  quality,  is  to 
them  a  great  resource,  both  in  the  plentiful  supply  it  affords  for  their  own 
use,  and  in  the  profitable  exportation  of  its  fruit  to  Egypt,  where  it  is  highly 
prised,  es(;ecially  that  of  the  Ibr^mee  kind.  The  fruit  of  this  is  mudi 
larger  and  of  lietter  flavour  than  that  of  other  palms,  and  the  tree  differs  in  the 
appearance  of  its  leaves,  which  are  of  a  finer,  and  softer  texture.  The  Sont, 
or  Mimosa  Nilotica,  also  furnishes  articles  for  export,  of  great  importance  to 
the  Nubian,  in  its  gum  and  charcoal ;  and  senna,  baskets,  mats,  and  a  few 
other  things  producMi  or  made  in  Nubia,  return  a  good  profit  in  sending 
them  to  Egypt. 

When  the  Nile  is  low,  the  land  is  irrigated  by  water- wheels,  which  are  the 
pride  of  the  Nubian  pe»»nt.  Even  the  endless  and  melancholy  creaking  of 
tliese  clumsy  machines  is  a  delight  to  him,  which  no  grease  is  permitted  to 
diminish,  all  that  he  can  get  being  devoted  to  the  shaggy  hair  of  his  un- 
turbaned  head.  For  the  Nubians,  in  general,  allow  the  hair  of  the  head  to 
grow  long  ;  and  seldom  shave,  or  wear  a  cap,  except  in  the  Nooba  district,  as 
at  Derr,  and  a  few  other  places ;  and  though  less  attentive  to  his  toilette  than 
the  long-haired  Ababdeh,  a  well-greased  Nubian  does  not  fail  to  rejoice  in 
his  shining  shoulders. 

A  certain  portion  of  land  is  irrigated  by  each  water-wheel,  and  the  wealth 
of  an  individual  is  estimated  by  the  number  of  these  machines,  as  in  other 
countries  by  farms  or  acres  of  land ;  and,  as  is  reasonable  to  suppose,  in  a 
hot  climate  like  Nubia,  they  prefer  the  employment  of  oxen  for  the  arduous 
duty  of  raising  water,  to  drawing  it,  like  the  Egyptian /UZaA,  by  tlie  pole  and 
bucket  of  the  thadSof.  The  consequence  of  this  is,  that  the  tax  on  water- 
wheels  falls  very  heavily  on  the  Nubian,  who  also  feels  that  on  date  trees 
much  more  than  the  Egyptian  peasant.  Hence  arises  the  increased  migra- 
tion of  Bariibras  to  Cairo ;  whither,  in  spite  of  a  government  prohibition,  they 
fly  from  the  severely  taxed  labour  of  tilling  the  ground,  to  the  more  profit- 
able occupation  of  servants,  particularly  in  the  Frank  quarter,  where  higher 
wages  are  paid,  and  where  the  Nubian  is  preferred  to  the  Egyptian  for  his 
greater  honesty. 

About  twenty  years  ago,  and  even  before  that  time,  the  Nubians  were 
very  generally  employed  in  places  of  trust,  about  the  houses  of  the  rich,  like 
the  Gallego*  in  Lisbon ;  they  were  always  engaged  as  porters,  and  the  name 
of  "  Berbcree**  answered  to  **  Le  Suisse*'  in  a  Parisian  mansion.  But  of 
late  they  have  greatly  increased  in  numbers,  and  are  taken  as  house  servants, 
and  even  as  grooms,  an  ofilice  to  which  the  Egyptian  sefi  of  old  would  have 
thought  it  impossible  for  a  B^rberee  to  aspire.     That  they  are  more  honest 


426 


BOUTE  30.  —  ASOUAN  TO  BEBB. 


Sect.  V. 


than  the  Egyptians  is  certain ;  that  they  speak  the  truth  more  frequently  is 
equally  so ;  but  they  are  sometimes  less  clean  and  less  acute ;  though  their 
mental  slowness  does  not  seem  to  interfere  with  their  physical  quickness,  and 
their  power  of  running  is  not  surpassed  by  the  most  active  yU/oA.  Devotedly 
attached  to  their  country  and  their  countrymen,  like  the  Swiss  and  other  in* 
habitants  of  poor  districts  who  seek  their  fortunes  abroad,  they  always  herd 
together  in  foreign  towns ;  and  one  Nubian  servant  never  fails  to  bring  a 
daily  levee  of  Ethiopians  to  a  Cairene  house,  pouring  forth  an  unceasing 
stream  of  unintelligible  words,  in  a  Jargon  which  has  obtained  for  them  the 
name  of  Bar&bra,  applied  by  the  Arabs  much  in  the  same  sense  a^  the  Bar' 
ftorot  of  the  Greeks-  Brave  and  independent  in  character,  they  differ  also  in 
these  respects  from  the  Egjptians ;  and  in  some  parts  of  Nubia,  particularly 
in  the  JTenaee  or  Kenoos  district,  their  constant  feuds  keep  up  a  warlike  spirit, 
in  which  their  habit  of  going  about  armed  enables  them  frequently  to  in- 
dulge. Those  who  know  how  to  read  and  write  are  in  a  far  greater  propor- 
tion than  in  Egypt  among  the  same  class ;  for  with  the  eiception  of  their 
chiefs,  they  have  no  wealthy  or  upper  orders.  But  their  studies  do  not  seem 
to  induce  sobriety,  and,  like  the  blacks,  they  are  fond  of  intoxicating  liquors. 
They  extract  a  brandy  and  a  sort  of  wine  from  the  date  fruit,  as  well  as 
$o6bi^,  and  boSza,  a  fermented  drink  made  from  barley,  bread,  and  many 
mher  things,  which  are  found  to  furnish  this  imperfect  kind  of  beer ;  and 
rum  or  brandy  are  a  very  acceptable  present  to  the  Nubian,  even  mora  so 
than  the  three  they  so  often  ask  for  —  soap,  oil,  and  gunpowder. ' 


ROUTE  3a 

AWOVAtt     (ST    miLM)    TO  Diaa,    BT 

WATxa  (MKAscaxn    raox  tzllaox 

TO  VILLAQX). 

MIlM. 


Asouan  to  Dabod  (W.  bank)  - 
Tafa  (W.)      - 
Kalabshee(W.)      - 
Gerf  Hossayn  (W.) 
Dakkeh  (W.) 
Koortee  (W.) 
Maharraka  (W.)     - 
Sab6oa(W.) 

Derr  (E.)  and  Amada  on  op- 
posite bank)       -        • 


151 
SS 

28 
ICH 

3| 
19i 


•     S9 


1321 

The  distances  given  in  the  Itine- 
rary of  Antoninus,  from  Syene 
(  Asouan)  to  Hierasycaminon  (Mahar. 
rakaX  are  calculated  by  land. 

They  are  as  follow :  — 


M.  r. 

Contra  Syene  to  Parembole      -  16 

Tsitzi     .        -  2 

Taphis    -         -  14 

Talmis   -         -  8 

Tutxis    -        -  20 

Pselds   -         -  18 

Corte      .         -  4 

HieruycamtnoB  4 

(About  72}  English  mUcs)  .     80 

Asouan  to  Maharraka  being  about 
8d|  miles  by  water. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  river, 
the  Itinerary  gives  from 

ii.r. 
Hierasycaminon  to  Contra  Pselcta  1 1 

Contra  Talmia  24 
Contra  Taphia  10 
FhiUs  -  .  24 
Syene  .     s 

72 
being  a  difference  of  eight  Roiikaa 


Ifubia, 


BOUTE   30.  —  DABOD.  —  GEBTASSEE. 


427 


miles;  and  Pliny  only  allows  54  m.p. 
for  the  same  distance  from  Syene  to 
Hierasycaminon. 

Ptolemy  omits  the  names  of  towns 
between  Syene  and  Pselcis,  and 
merely  notices  the  district  itself  of 
Dodeca-schcenus  (*'on  the  east  of 
which  live  the  Arabs  called  Adiei  *'), 
Philxy  and  Hierasycaminon.  Op- 
posite Pselcis  he  places  M etacompso, 
the  Contra  Pselcis  of  the  Itinerary. 

Dabod.  —  Dabddf  or  VabSde,  is 
supposed  to  be  the  Pareiftbole  of 
Antoninus.  The  ruins  there  consist 
of  a  temple,  founded  apparently  by 
Ashar-Amun,  or  Atar-  -^m^ 
Amun»  a  monarch  of 
Ethiopia,  who  was  proba- 
bly the  immediate  successor 
of  Ergamun,  theconterapo- 
lary  of  Ptolemy  Philadel- 
phus.  (  See  pp.  25.  &  4S2. ) 

Over  the  central  pylon, 
in  front  of  it,  are  the  re- 
mains of  a  Greek  inscrip- 
tion, bearing  the  name 
of  Ptolemy  Philometor, 
with  that  of  his  queen 
Cleopatra.  When  Mr.  Hamilton 
visited  it,  much  more  remained  of 
the  inscription  than  when  I  saw  it ; 
and  restored,  it  reads  as  follows  :— 

rifr  KMMrturfmt  imt  «3iA^w]  »»*  yvnumn 


**  For  the  welfare  of  King  Ptolemy  and 
ilometorec,  to  Isit  and  the  contemplar 

la  n 


ueen  Cleopatra  [the  tiater JjiimI  wife,  goda 


soda 

The  temple  was  dedicated  to  Isis, 
who,  as  well  as  Osiris  and  her  son 
Horusy  were  principally  worshipped 
here ;  Amun  being  one  of  the  chief 
contemplar  deities.  Augustus  and 
Tiberius  added  most  of  the  sculp- 
tures, but  they  were  left  unfinished, 
as  was  usually  the  case  in  the  temples 
of  Nubia.  The  mun  building  com- 
mences with  a  portico  or  area,  having 
four  columns  in  front,  connected  by 
intercolumnar  screens ;  a  central  and 
two  lateral  chambers,  with  a  staircase 
leading  to  the  upper  rooms ;  to  which 
succeed    another  central   apartment 


inunediately  before  the  adytum,  and 
two  side  chambers.  On  one  side  of 
the  portico  a  wing  has  been  added  at 
a  later  period.  The  three  pylons 
before  the  temple  follow  each  other 
in  succession,  but  not  at  equal  dis- 
tances ;  and  the  whole  is  enclosed 
by  a  wall  of  circuit,  of  which  the  front 
pylon  forms  the  entrance. 

The  adytum  is  unsculptured,  but 
two  monoliths  within  it  bear  the 
name  of  Physcon  and  Cleopatra ;  and 
in  the  front  chamber  of  the  naos  is 
that  of  the  Ethiopian  king  <*  Ashar 
(Atar)- Amun,  the  everliving,"  who 
in  some  of  his  nomens  is  called  *'  the 
beloved  of  Isis.*'  Among  the  few 
subjects  sculptured  in  the  portico,  are 
Thoth  and  Hor-Hat  engaged  in 
pouring  alternate  emblems  of  life  and 
purity  over  Tiberius ;  alluding,  I  be- 
lieve, to  the  ceremony  of  anointing 
him  king.  Some  distance  before  the 
temple  is  a  stone  quay,  which  had 
a  staircase  leading  from  the  river. 

About  two  miles  below  Dab6d  is 
Shaym^t  d  fFah,  «the  eddy  of  the 
Wah,**  believed  by  the  natives  to  com- 
municate under  ground  with  the 
Great  Oasis.  Two  days  west  of 
Dab6d,  and  about  the  same  distance 
from  Asouan  and  from  Kalabshee,  is 
a  small  uninhabited  Oasis,  called 
Wah  Koorkoo,  It  abounds  in  dates, 
and  has  some  wells,  but  no  ruins. 

Between  Dab6d  and  Gertassee  the 
only  remains  are  a  wall  projecting 
into  the  river,  marking  perhaps  the 
site  of  Tziizi  ;  a  single  column  ;  and 
on  the  opposite  bank,  at  GandBet  the 
ruined  wall  of  a  temple.  On  the 
island  Morff6m  are  some  crude-brick 
ruins. 

At  Gertaeeee  is  an  hypaethral  court 
formed  by  six  columns  connected  by 
screens,  four  having  a  species  of 
Egyptian  composite  capital,  common 
to  temples  of  a  Ptolemaic  and  Roman 
era,  and  the  two  others  surmounted 
by  the  heads  of  Isis,  with  a  shrine 
containing  an  asp.  It  has  no  sculp- 
ture, except  a  few  figures  rudely 
drawn  on  one  of  the  columns  on  the 


428 


BOUTE  30.  —  WADEE  tIfa  —  kalIbshee.      Sect.  V. 


west  lide :  but  that  it  belonged  to  a 
larger  edifice  is  highly  probable,  as 
some  substructions  may  be  traced  a 
little  distance  to  the  south.  A  short 
walk  from  this  is  a  sandstone  quarry, 
in  which  are  one  enchorial,  and  up- 
wards of  50  Greek  exvotoM,  They  are 
mostly  of  the  time  of  Antoninus  Pius, 
M.  Aurelius,  and  Severus,  in  honour 
of  Isis,  to  whom  the  neighbouring 
temple  was  probably  dedicated. 
Some  refer  to  the  works  in  the  quarry, 
and  one  of  them  mentions  the  num- 
ber of  stones  cut  by  the  writer  for  ttie 
great  temple  of  the  same  goddess  at 
Philak  In  the  centre  is  a  square 
niche,  which  may  once  have  contained 
a  statue  of  the  goddess;  and  on  either 
side  are  busts  in  high  relief,  placed 
within  recesses,  and  evidently,  from 
their  style,  of  Roman  workmanship. 
The  road  by  which  the  stones  were 
taken  from  the  quarry  is  still  dis- 
cernible. 

At  the  village  are  the  remains  of  a 
large  enclosure  of  stone,  on  whose 
north  side  is  a  pylon,  having  a  few 
heiroglyphics,  and  the  figure  of  a  god- 
dess, probably  Isis,  with  a  head-dress 
surmounted  by  the  horns  and  globe. 

At  Wladee  Tafa  (  Tapkis)  are  about 
fifteen  more  of  these  stone  enclosures, 
but  on  a  smaller  scale  than  that  of 
Gertassee,  being  about  twenty-two 
paces  by  eighteen.  The  podtion  of 
the  ston^  is  singular,  each  row  pre- 
senting a  crescent,  or  concave  surface, 
to  the  one  above  it,  the  stones  at  the 
centre  being  lower  than  at  the  angles. 
In  one  I  observed  several  rooms 
communicating  with  each  other  by 
doorways;  but  the  enclosures  them- 
selves are  quite  unconnected,  and 
some  at  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  rest.  They  are  probably  of 
Roman  date,  but  it  is  difficult  to  as- 
certain the  use  for  which  they  were 
intended.  There  are  also  the  remains 
of  S  temples  at  Taphis,  the  southern- 
most of  which  has  been  converted  into 
a  church  by  the  early  Christians. 

Christianity  was    the  religion    of 
Ethiopia  till  a  late  period,  and  began 


probably  to  decline  after  the  invasion 
of  Sultan  Selim,  a.  b.  1517.  In 
Wansleb's  time,  1673,  the  churches 
were  still  entire,  though  closed  for 
want  of  pastors.  Two  of  the  col  umns 
of  the  pordco  at  Taphis  are  still 
standing,  and  on  the  adjoining  wall 
are  some  Greek  inscriptions  and  the 
figures  of  saints.  Behind  the  portico 
is  a  chamber,  which  may  have  been 
the  adytum.  The  other  is  an  isolated 
building,  consisting  of  one  chamber, 
with  a  niche  in  the  back  wall.  The 
principal  entrance  was  between  dw 
two  columns  on  the  south  side;  it 
had  also  two  other  doors,  one  on  the 
south,  and  the  other  on  the  east  face. 
In  front  of  the  temple,  I  understand 
that   Mr.  Hay  discovered  a  sort  of 

3uay,  with  a  flight  of  steps  leading 
own  to  the  river,  between  two  side 
walls,  about  the  centre  of  it. 

The  plain  of  Taphis  is  strewed 
with  the  fragments  of  cornices  and 
mouldings,  mostly  of  a  late  epoch; 
nor  do  we  meet  with  any  traces  of 
building  that  can  boast  a  greater  anti- 
quity than  the  time  of  the  Caesars, 
and  much  of  that  which  exists  is  no 
doubt  posterior  to  the  age  of  Pliny. 

The  scenery  here  reminds  us  of  the 
vicinity  of  Philae  ;  the  rocks  oaostly 
granite,  with  some  sandstone. 

Many  of  the  inhabitants  of  Tafa 
employ  their  time  in  chasing  the 
gazelle,  and  lead  a  life  which  tends 
but  little  to  their  civilisaticMi ;  and 
whether  from  a  spirit  of  independence, 
or  from  a  propensity  common  to 
savages,  Uiey  are  constantly  engaged 
in  disputes,  that  seldom  terminate 
without  bloodshed. 

KalabMhee.  —  KaiSbthee^  Taimut^ 
presents  the  ruins  of  the  largest 
temple  in  Nubia.  It  appears  to  have 
been  built  in  the  reign  of  Augustus ; 
and  though  other  Ciesars,  particularly 
Caligula,  Trajan,  and  Severus,  made 
considerable  additions  to  the  sculp- 
tures, it  was  left  unfinished.  The 
stones  employed  in  its  construction 
had  belonged  to  an  older  edifice,  to 
which  it  succeeded ;  and  it  is  highly 


Nubi(U    BOUTE   30. — KAlXbSH££  (TALBUS)  —  MANDOULI.     429 


probable  that  the  original  temple  was 
of  the  early  epoch  of  the  third  Thoth- 
mes ;  whose  name  is  still  traced  on  a 
granite  statue  lying  near  the  quay 
before  the  entrance. 

This  extensive  building  consists  of 
a  naos,  portico,  and  area.  The  naos 
is  divided  into  three  successive  cbam- 
bersi  —  the  adytum,  a  hail  supported 
by  two  columns,  and  a  third  room 
opening  on  the  portico,  which  has 
twelve  columns,  three  in  depth  and 
four  in  breadth,  the  front  row  united 
by  screens  on  either  side  of  the  en- 
trance. The  area  is  terminated  by 
the  pyramidal  towers  of  the  propylon, 
beyond  which  is  a  pavement,  and  a 
staircase  leading  to  the  platform  of 
the  quay  that  sustains  the  bank  of  the 
river.  The  temple  is  surrounded  by 
two  walls  of  circuit,  both  of  which 
are  joined  to  the  propylon.  The 
space  between  them  is  occupied  by 
several  chambers,  and  at  the  upper 
extremity  is  a  small  building  with 
columns,  forming  the  area  to  a  cha- 
pel hewn  in  the  rock.  At  the  north- 
east comer  is  also  a  small  chapel, 
which  belonged  to  the  original  temple, 
and  is  anterior  to  the  buildings  about 
it ;  and  to  the  north  is  another  en- 
closure of  considerable  extent,  con- 
nected with  the  outer  wall,  and  two 
detached- doorways.  The  sculptures 
of  the  temple  are  of  very  inferior 
style  ;  nor  could  the  richness  of  gild- 
ing, that  once  covered  those  at  the 
entrances  of  the  first  chambers  of  the 
naos,  have  compensated  for  the  de- 
ficiency of  their  execution;  but  its 
extent  claims  for  it  a  conspicuous 
place  among  the  largest  monuments 
dedicated  to  the  deities  of  Egypt. 

Mandouli,  or,  acccording  to  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  Malouli,  was  the 
deity  of  Talmis,  and  it  is  in  his 
honour  that  the  greater  part  of  the 
numerous  exvotot  in  the  area  are  in- 
scribed  by  their  pious  writers. 

The  most  interesting  of  these  inscrip- 
tions is  that  of  '*  Silco,  king  of  the 
Nubadie,  and  of  all  the  Ethiopians,** 
which  records  his  several  defeats  of 


the  Blemmyes ;  and  to  judge  from 
his  own  account,  he  neither  spared 
the  vanquished,  nor  was  scrupulous 
in  celebrating  his  exploits.  He  was, 
no  doubt,  one  of  those  kings  of  tlie 
Nubatae,  who,  conformably  with  the 
treaty  originally  made  between  them 
and  Diocletian,  continued  to  protect 
the  frontier  from  the  incursions  of 
the  Blemmyes. 

Though  the  introduction  of  the 
numerous  inscriptions  at  Kalabshee, 
and  other  places  in  Nubia,  would 
afford  little  interest  to  the  general 
reader,  and  would  perhaps  be  out  of 
place  in  a  work  like  the  present,  I 
think  the  flourish  of  King  Silco  too 
curious  to  be  omitted. 

The  Greek  of  King  Silco  is  not 
very  pure,  nor  very  intelligible ;  some 
words  appear  to  be  Latin,  and  some 
can  only  be  translated  by  conjecture ; 
I  therefore  leave  the  learned  reader 
to  adopt  the  construction  I  have  given 
them,  or  to  substitute  any  other  he 
may  prefer. 

1.  Eyw  2iAjK»/3««iiAj#»trNMC«lav  juu  •Xm 


2.  At$i0rm  i}A0m  ut  T«X/Mr  mm  Trn^t  mrmi 

3.  Xifs/iitm  /i4Tm  rm  BXi/mmv  mm  •  ^ug 
i.  uMiybunuTmrmtTfmfmiruitfiMn^mruXn 
5.  rqr«  rmt  tn)Mg  murtn  M«fk#A|f  mit«  rmt 

mmtn 

&  mm  mfAtwi  fmt  rm  i#)«X«  mwm*  4mu  Wf 


9.  •;»•*    CVTMV  m  MMKAM   litfVf  Sr^MTM  m»9^ 

W.  XH^m  «f »  i^mn  fiuy  art  tytymtfjutw  pmn» 

Xirmti 
11.  «/»  ««i|X0M  §Xm  amtfrn  rm  mJJimfimei' 

Xtm 
IS.  mXXm  mmft»it  i^mt^ mAh 


13.  M  ym^  ptkmt*mt0n  f*%rt  f»m>  mm  m^ 

14.  r«i  ut  Z't"*  mn*i9  Uftm  mmmifm^m*  ft*  *<M 

wm^mmrnXm/rif 

15.  tyt0  ymf  ut  mmrm  ftufii  Xum  ufu  mm  ut 

m»m  iM^  «({  uiM 

16.  ftnXi/AtiMi  AUTw  rmt  BAmmmw  ««•  H^ifMSmg 

n  AnAMw 

17.  irM**!  mm  m  mXkm    SmAaimw  «v«n{«t 

yttfii^mrmt 

18.  xH"*  M'*^**  •<n<^  tfiXmummetw  iMrt 


19.  M  3Mir»rnM  mXkmv  i^m  m  ftXatwuMn 
ffrt/tm 


430 


BOXJTE   30.  —  BATT  EL  WELLES. 


Sect.  V. 


90.  m/M  m4tm  mttrmH  iMifirftif  «  Uf  r^v  0»mi  ii 
21.  vym  »m  mu  %mmnm»  m^m  %0m  ttg  mt  ms<sv 
SSI.  mirtiMM  ftuu  mfrmlC^  rmt  yupmmm  mmt  rm 

**  I  Silco,  king  of  the  Nubads  and  all  the 
EthiopUiu,  have  come  to  Talmit  and  Ta- 

Shit ;  once!  two  (twice  ?)  I  fought  with  the 
Uemyet,  and  the  deltv  gave  me  the  victory 
with  the  three ;  once  I  conquered  again  and 
took  their  cities;  I  sat  down  (repoaed)  with 
my  people  at  first ;  once  I  conquered  them 
and  they  did  me  honour,  and  I  muade  peace 
with  them,  and  they  twore  to  me  hy  their 
idols,  and  I  believed  their  oath  that  they 
were  good  men :  I  went  away  to  my  upper 
n«ions  where  libecame  ruler :  I  was  not  at 
alfbehind  the  other  kings,  but  even  before 
them  :  for  as  to  those  who  contend  with  me, 
I  do  not  cease  to  sit  down  in  (occupy)  their 
countrv  until  they  have  honoured  me  and 
besought  me,  for  I  am  a  lion  to  the  lower 
districts,  and  to  the  upper  a  citadel  I 
fought  wlth|  the  Biemyes  ftt>m  Primis  and 
L^lls  (?)  onoe,  and  the  other  of  the  Upper 
Kubadae:  I  laid  waste  their  country  srace 
they  will  contend  witli  me :  the  lords  of  the 
otho"  nations  who  contend  with  me  I  do  not 
suffer  them  to  sit  down  In  the  shade,  and 
only  in  the  sun,  and  I  have  not  allowed 
water  (to  be  taken)  into  their  houses,  for  my 
servants  carry  offtneir  women  and  children.'* 

There  was  also  a  Latin  inscription, 
on  a  stone  lying  amidst  the  ruins  in 
the  area,  but  now  removed,  I  believe, 
to  England.  It  was  an  acrostic  re- 
cording the  name  of  **  Julii  Faustini  ;'* 
but  notwithstanding  its  mention  of 
Apollo,  Minerva,  and  the  Muses,  was 
evidently  written  in  defiance  of  <*  gods 
and  columns." 

A  short  distance  from  the  temple, 
towards  the  north-west,  are  the  sand- 
stone quarries,  from  which  the  stone 
used  in  building  its  walls  was  taken  ; 
and  on  the  hill  behind  it  are  found 
the  scattered  bones  of  mummies.  In 
the  village  are  the  remains  of  walls, 
and  among  some  fragments  there  I 
observed  a  Doric  frieze,  with  ox's 
heads  in  the  metopes,  and  a  cornice 
of  Roman  date. 

The  ancient  town  stood  on  the 
north  and  south  of  the  temple,  and 
extended  along  the  hill  towards  the 
Bayt  el  Wellee,  which  is  strewed 
with  bricks  and  broken  pottery. 

It  is  not  without  considerable 
satisfaction  that  the  Egyptian  anti- 
quary turns  from  the  coarse  sculp- 
tures of  the  Roman  era  to  the  chaste 


and  elegant  designs  of  a  Ffaaraonic 
age,  which  are  met  with  in  the  sculp- 
tures of  Remeses  II.  at  the  Bayt  el 
Wellee,  •<  the  house  of  the  saint,"  a 
small  but  interesting  temple  excavated 
in  the  rock,  and  dedicated  to  Amunre, 
with  Kneph,  and  Anodkl.  It  con- 
sists of  a  small  inner  chamber  or 
adytum;  a  hall  supported  by  two 
polygonal  columns  of  very  ancient 
style,  which  call  to  mind  the  sim- 
plicity of  the  Greek  Doric ;  and  an 
area  in  front.  At  the  upper  end  of 
the  hall  are  two  niches,  each  contain- 
ing three  sitting  figures  in  high  re- 
lief; and  on  the  walls  of  the  area, 
outside  the  hall,  are  sculptured  the 
victories  of  Remeses ;  casts  of  which 
are  in  the  British  Museum. 

The  sculptures  relate  to  the  war« 
of  this  Pharaoh  against  the  Cush  or 
Ethiopians,  and  the  Shorii,  an  Btut^ 
em  nation,  apparently  of  Arabia  Pe* 
trsa  (certainly  not  the  **  Bishari  ") ; 
who     having    been    previously     re- 
duced  by  the  Egyptian    monarchs, 
and  made  tributary  to  them,  rebelled 
about  this  period,  and  were  recon- 
quered  by   Osirei   and    the    second 
Remeses.      On  the  right-hand  wall 
the  monarch,  seated  on  a  throne  un- 
der a  canopy  or  shrine,  receives  the 
offerings  brought  by  the  conquered 
Ethiopians,  preceded  by  the  Prince 
of  Cush,  Amunmatapl,  who   is  at- 
tended  by  his  two  children,  and  is 
introduced  by  the  eldest  son  of  the 
conqueror.     Rings  and  bags  of  gold, 
leopard-skins,  rich  thrones,  fiabella, 
elephants'    teeth,    ostricli-eggs,    and 
other  objects,  are  among  the  presents 
placed  before  him ;  and  a  deputation 
of  Ethiopians  advances,  bringing   a 
lion,  oryx,  oxen,  and  gaselles.     The 
lower    line    commences    with   some 
Egyptian  chiefs,  who  are  followed  by 
the  prince  of  Cush  and  other  Ethio- 
pians, bringing  plants  of  their  coun- 
try, skins,  apes,  a  cameleopard,  and 
odier  animals.     Beyond  this  is  repre- 
sented the  battle  and  defeat  of  the 
enemy.      Remeses,  mounted  in  his 
car,  h  attended  by  bb  two 


Ntibia.       BOUTE  30.  —  i>£kdo6u — oerf  hossItk. 


431 


in  chariots,  each  witli  his  charioteer, 
who  urges  the  horses  to  their  full 
speed.  The  king  discharges  his 
arrows  on  the  disorderly  troops  of 
the  enemy,  who  betake  themselves  to 
the  woods.  At  the  upper  end  of  the 
picture  a  wounded  chief  is  taken 
home  by  his  companions.  One  of 
his  children  throws  dust  on  its  head 
in  token  of  sorrow,  and  another  runs 
to  announce  the  sad  news  to  its  mo- 
ther, who  is  employed  in  cooking  at 
a  fire  lighted  on  the  ground. 

On  the  opposite  wall  is  the  war 
against  the  SboriL  At  the  upper  end, 
which  is  in  reality  the  termination  of 
the  picture^  Remeses  is  seated  on  a 
throne,  at  whose  base  is  crouched  a 
lion,  his  companion  in  battle.  His 
eldest  son  brings  into  his  presence  a 
group  of  prisoners  of  that  nation; 
and  in  the  lower  compartment  is  a 
deputation  of  Egyptian  chiefs.  Be- 
yond this,  the  conqueror  engages  in 
single  combat  with  one  of  the  ene- 
my's generals,  and  slays  him  with  his 
sword,  in  the  presence  of  his  son  and 
other  Egyptian  officers ;  and  the  next 
compartment  represents  him  in  his 
car,  in  the  heat  of  the  action,  over- 
taking the  leader  of  the  hostile  army, 
whom  he  also  despatches  with  his 
sword.  The  enemy  then  fly  in  all 
directions  to  their  fortified  town, 
which  the  king  advances  to  besiege. 
Some  sue  for  peace ;  while  his  son, 
forcing  the  gates,  strikes  terror  into 
the  few  who  resist.  Then  trampling 
on  the  prostrate  foe,  Remeses  seizes 
and  slays  their  chiefs;  and  several 
others  are  brought  in  fetters  before 
him  by  his  son. 

Such  are  the  principal  subjects  in 
the  area  of  this  temple,  which,  next 
to  Aboo-Simbei,  is  the  most  interest- 
ing monument  in  Nubia. 

Dtndo^r, — The  temple  of  DendoSr 
stands  just  within  the  tropic.  It 
consists  of  a  portico  with  two  columns 
in  front,  two  inner  chambers,  and 
the  adytum ;  at  the  end  of  whidi  is  a 
tablet,  with  the  figure  of  a  goddess, 
apparently  Isis.     In  front  of  the  por- 


tico is  a  pylon,  opening  on  an  trea 
enclosed  by  a  low  wall,  and  facing 
towards  the  river;  and  behind  the 
temple  is  a  small  grotto  excavated  in 
the  sandstone  rock.  It  has  the  Egyp- 
tian cornice  over  the  door,  and  before 
it  is  an  entrance-passage  built  of  stone. 

The  sculptures  of  Dendoor  are  of 
the  time  of  Augustus,  by  whom  it  ap- 
pears to  have  been  founded.  The 
chief  deities  were  Osiris,  Isis,  and 
Horns,  and  the  ancient  town  seems 
to  have  had  the  same  name  as  Phil«, 
«the  sacred  abode,**  **the  place  of 
the  frontier,**  where  the  same  triad 
was  adored. 

Between  £1  Mer^'h  and  Gerf 
Hossiyn  is  a  sandstone  pier,  but  I 
know  of  no  ruins  of  a  town  in  the 
neighbourhood. 

The  ruined  town  of  Sabag6ora, 
nearly  opposite  Gerf  Hossiyn,  occu- 
pies the  summit  and  slope  of  a  hill, 
near  the  river,  and  is  famous  for  the 
resistance  made  there  by  a  desperate 
Nubian  chief  against  the  troops  of 
Ibrahim  Pasha. 

Gerf  Hottayn,  —  Gerf  (or  Jerf} 
Hbseayn  is  the  ancient  Tutzie,  in 
Coptic,  Thosh ;  but  from  being  un- 
der the  special  protection  of  Pthah, 
the  deity  of  the  place,  it  was  called 
by  the  Egyptians  Pthah-ei,  or  •<  the 
abode  of  Pthah."  The.  resem- 
blance of  the  Coptic  name  Thosh  with 
Ethaush,  signifying,  in  the  same  dia- 
lect, Ethiopia,  is  rendered  peculiarly 
striking,  from  the  word  Rush  (Cush)» 
in  the  old  Egyptian  language  **  Ethi- 
opia,** being  retained  in  the  modem 
name  of  this  place,  which  in  Nubian 
is  called  Kish. 

The  temple  is  of  the  time  of  Re« 
meses  the  Great,  entirely  excavated 
iu  the  rock,  except  tiie  portico  or  area 
in  front.  At  the  upper  end  of  the 
adytum  are  several  sitting  figures  in 
high  relief.  Other  similar  statues 
occur  in  the  eight  niches  of  the  great 
hall,  and  in  the  two  others  within  the 
area.  This  area  had  a  row  of  four 
Osiride  figures  on  either  side,  and 
four  columns  in  front,  but  little  now 


432 


ROUTE  30.  —  KOSTAMNEH  —  DAKKEH. 


Sect  v: 


remains  of  the  wall  that  enclosed  it; 
and  the  total  depth  or  the  excavated 
part  does  not  exceed  130  feet.  The 
Osiride  figures  in  the  hall  are  very 
badly  executed,  ill  according  with  the 
sculpture  of  the  second  Remeses ;  nor 
are  the  statues  of  the  sanctuary  of  a 
style  worthy  of  that  era.  The  deity 
of  the  town  was  Pihah,  the  creator 
and  «*  Lord  of  Truth ,-"  to  whom  the 
dedications  of  the  temple  are  in- 
scribed; and  Athor,  Leontocephale 
(the  companion  and  "  beloved  of 
Pthah"),  and  Anoukfi,  each  hold  a 
conspicuous  place  among  the  con- 
templar  deities. 

At  Kottamneh  is  a  doorway,  with 
the  agatbodaemon  over  it;  and  the 
remains  of  masonry  near  the  bank. 
Here  the  Nile  is  fordable  in  May. 

Dakkeh,  —  Dakkeh  is  the  Pselci$ 
of  the  Itinerary,  of  Pliny,  and  of 
Ptolemy.  Strabo,  who  calls  it  Psel- 
che,  says  it  was  an  Ethiopian  city  in 
his  time;  the  Romans  having  given 
up  all  the  places  south  of  Philie  and 
the  cataracts,  the  natural  frontier  of 
Egypt.  It  was  here  that  Petronius 
defeated  the  generals  of  Candace,  and 
then,  having  taken  the  city,  advanced 
to  Primis  (Premnis)  and  to  Napata, 
the  capital  of  the  Ethiopian  queen. 
Strabo  mentions  an  island  at  this 
spot,  in  which  many  of  the  routed 
enemy,  swimming  across  the  river, 
took  refuge,  until  they  were  made 
prisoners  by  the  Romans,  who  crossed 
over  in  boats  and  rafts. 

Dakkeh  has  a  temple  of  the  time-gf 
Ergamun,  an  Ethiopian  king,  and  of 
the  Ptolemies  and  Caesars  ;  but  ap- 
parently built,  as  well  as 
sculptured,  during  diflTerent       |^ 
reigns.     The  oldest  part  is 
the  central  chamber  (with 
the  doorway  in  front  of  it),  *> 
which  bears  the  name  of  the 
Ethiopian    monarch,   and 
was  the  original  adytum. 

This  Ergamun  or   Er- 
gamenes,  according  to  Dio»  g. 
dorus,  was  a  contemporary 
of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus, 


and  was  remarkable  for  having  been 
the    first      Ethiopian    prince,     who 
broke    through    the  rules    imposed 
upon    his    countrymen    by  the    ar-> 
tifices    of   the     priesthood.        AfVer 
speaking  of  the  blind  obedience  paid 
by  the  Etliiopians  to  their  laws,  the 
historian    says,    **  the  most  extraor- 
dinary thing  is  what  relates  to  the 
death  of  tlieir  kings.      The  priests 
who  superintend  the  worship  of  the 
gods,  and  the  ceremonies  of  religion 
in  M eroe,  enjoy  such  unlimited  power 
that,  whenever  they  choose,  they  send 
a  message  to  the  king,  ordering  bim 
to  die,  for  that  the  gods  had  given 
this  command,  and  no  mortal  could 
oppose  tlieir  will  without  being  guilty 
of  a  crime.     They  also  add  other 
reasons,  which  would  influence  a  man 
of  weak  mind,  accustomed  to  give 
way  to  old  custom  and  prejudice,  and 
without  sufficient  sense    to  oppose 
such  unreasonable  commands.      In 
former  times  the  kings  had  obeyed 
the  priests,  not  by  compulsion  but  out 
of  mere  superstition,  until  Ergamenes, 
who  ascended  the  throne  of  Ethiopia 
in  the  time  of  tlie  second  Ptolemy,  a 
man  instructed  in  tlie  sciences  and 
philosophy  of  Greece,  was  bold  enough 
to  defy  their  orders.      And  having 
m'ade  a  resolution  worthy  of  a  prince, 
he  repaired  with  liis  troops  to  a  for- 
tress (or  high  place,  afiarov)^  where 
a  golden  temple  of  the  Ethiopians 
stood,  and  there  having  slain  all  the 
prieste,  he  abolished  tlie  ancient  cus- 
tom, and  substituted  other  institutions 
according  to  his  own  will." 

Ergamenes  was  not  a  man  who 
mistook  the  priests  for  religion,  or 
supposed  that  belief  in  the  priesta 
signified  belief  in  the  gods.  These 
he  failed  not  to  honour  with  due  ns 
spect.  He  is  seen  at  Dakkeh  pre- 
senting offerings  to  the.  diiivrent 
deities  of  the  temple :  and  over  one 
of  the  side  doors  he  is  styled  "  son 
of  Neph,  bom  of  S6t^  nursed  by 
Ano(ik4 ;  **  and  on  the  other  side, 
"  son  of  Osiris,  bom  of  Isis,  nursed 
by  Nephthys."    His  royal  title  and 


Nubia. 


ROUTE  30.  —  KING  EROAMUN. 


433 


orals  read  <<king  of  men  [(1)  the 
hand  of  Amun,  the  living,  chosen  of 
Re]»  son  of  the  sun  [(2)  Ergamun, 
ever*IiWng,  the  beloved  of  Isis].** 

That  any  kings  should  blindly 
submit  to  the  will  of  the  priesthood, 
to  such  an  extent  as  to  give  up  their 
life  at  their  bidding,  may  appear 
to  us  no  less  extraordinary  than  to 
the  historian  who  relates  it;  but  it  is 
worthy  of  remark,  that  a  very  similar 
custom  still  continues  in  Ethiopia; 
and  the  expedition  sent  by  Moham- 
med Ali,  to  trace  the  course  and  dis- 
cover the  sources  of  the  Bahr  el  Abiad, 
or  White  Nile,  found  a  tribe  of  Ethio- 
pians on  its  banks,  whose  kings,  when 
they  feel  the  approach  of  death,  give 
notice  to  their  ministers,  and  are 
strangled  to  prevent  their  dying  in  the 
ordinary  vulgar  way  of  nature,  like  the 
meanest  of  their  subjects.  The  same 
expedition  also  found  that  a  corps  of 
Amazons  formed  the  body-guard  of 
a  king  of  another  tHbe,  whose  palace 
none  but  women  were  allowed  to 
protect. 

With  regard  to  the  two  streams 
of  the  Nile,  I  may  observe  that  the 
Bahr  el  Azrek,  though  smaller  than 
the  Abiad,  may  be  considered  the 
real  Nile,  from  its  having  all  the 
character  of  thai  river,  in  its  alluvial 
deposit,  and  other  features ;  and  that 
it  is  improperly  called  by  us  "  blue  **  , 
river,  azrek  really  signifying  '*  black 
When  the  Arabs  wish  to  say  «  dark  ** 
or  "jet  black,"  they  use  Azrek, 
«blue*'  (black),  and  it  is  evidently 
here  put  in  oppoution  to  alriadf 
"  white." 

Ptolemy  Philopfttor  added  to  the 
sculptures  at  Dakkeh ;  and  his  oval  oc  - 
curs  with  that  of  his  wife  and  sister  A  rsi- 
noe — his  father,  Ptolemy  Euergetes 
-—and  bis  mother,  Berenice  Euer- 
getes ;  ^nd  on  the  corresponding  side 
are  those  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus 
and  Arsinoe  Philadelphe.  Physcon 
or  Euergetes  1 1,  afterwards  built  the 
portico,  as  we  learn  from  a  mutilated 
Greek  inscription  on  the  architrave, 
accompanied  by  the  hieroglyphic 
Egypt. 


n  ! 


name  of  that  monarch  ;  and  by  him  * 
the  present  adytum  was  perhaps  also 
added.  The  oval  of  Augustus  like- 
wise occurs  in  the  portico,  but  a  great 
part  of  this  building  was  left  unfi- 
nished, as  is  generally  found  to  be 
the  case  with  the  Roman  and  Ptole- 
maic monuments  in  Nubia. 

A  large  plan  of  this  temple  has 
been  given  by  M.  Gau,  in  which  an 
endless  succession  of  chambers  is  laid 
down  around  the  principal  building. 
But  without  willing  to  detract  from 
the  honours  paid  by  the  Egyptians  to 
Hermes  Trismegistus,  or  from  the 
merits  of  the  valuable  work  of  M. 
Gau,  it  may  be  doubted  whether  any 
authority  exists  for  such  complicated 
details,  and  the  magnified  size  of  the 
original  building. 

In  the  temple  of  Dakkeh  is  one  of 
the  many  instances  of  an  Egyptian 
portico,  m  antii,  which  was  a  mode  of 
building  frequently  used  in  Egypt  as 
well  as  in  Greece. 

The  deity  of  Pselds  was  Hermes 
Trismegistus,  to  whom  a  considerable 
number  of  Greek  ejnotoa  have  been 
inscribed,  on  the  propylon  and  other 
parts  of  the  temple,  by  ofiicers  sta- 
tioned about  Elephantine  and  Philae, 
and  others  who  visited  Pselcis,  prin- 
cipally in  the  time  of  (he  Caesars. 
He  is  styled  the  very  great  Hermes 
Pautnouphis.  But  the  name  was 
probably  Taut-nouphis,  which  may 
be  traced  in  the  hieroglyphics  over  tliis 
deity,  Taut.'^n-pnubs,  or  Taut-^n- 
pnubsho,  the  «  Thotli  of  Pnubs  *'  or 
*<  Pnnbsho,**  the  Egyptian  name  of 
Pselcis.  He  is  calledin  Arabic  Hormos 
et  AfoMOet,  from  his  <•  tripie  *'  oflBce  of 
"king,  prophet,  and  physician.'* 

Oppoeite  Dakkeh,  on  the  east  bank, 
are  large  crude-brick  remains,  appa- 
rently of  a  fortress ;  and  close  to  it 
to  tlie  south,  the  ruins  of  a  small 
temple  having  the  names  of  Remeses 
VII.  and  VIII.  A  short  disUnce 
beyond  this,  near  the  village,  are 
some  columns  and  substructions,  with 
a  lion-headed  statue  bearing  the  name 
of  King  Horns,  of  tlie  1 8th  dynasty. 

u 


434 


ROUTE  30.  —  SAb60A,  —  AM'ADA  —  DEBR.  ScCt.  V. 


These  doubtless  mark  tlie  site  of 
Metacompso,  which,  if  Ptolemj  is 
eorrect  in  placing  it  opposite  Pselcisy 
must  be  the  same  as  Cootra  Pselcis. 

At  Koorteet  or  Korti,  the  ancient 
Corte,  and  at  Maharraka,  or  Oojideena, 
the  remains  are  very  trifling.  At  the 
former  is  a  ruin  of  Roman  time, 
built  of  blocks  taken  from  older  monu- 
ments. Maharraka  is  the  Hitrasyea' 
ndium  of  ancient  writers ;  and  on  a 
wall  there,  is  a  rude  representation  of 
Isis  seated  under  the  sacred  Jlg-tret, 
and  some  other  figures  of  a  Roman 
epoch.  Near  it  is  an  hypaethral 
building,  apparently  of  the  time  of 
the  Cxsars,  unfinished  as  usual ;  and 
as  we  learn  from  a  Greek  ezvoto  on 
one  of  the  columns,  dedicated  to  Isis 
and  Sarapis.  Like  most  of  the  edi- 
fices in  Nubia,  it  has  been  used  as  a 
place  of  worship  by  the  early  Chris- 
tians, and  is  the  last  that  we  find  of 
the  time  of  the  Ptolemies  or  CsKan, 
with  the  exception  of  Ibreem  or 
Frimis. 

Sabdoa,  —  Sabdoa,  so  called  from 
"  the  lions  **  (androsphinzes)  of  the 
dromos,  is  of  the  early  epoch  of  Re- 
meses  the  Great.  It  is  all  built  of 
sandstone,  with  the  exception  of  the 
adytum,  which  is  excavated  in  the 
rock.  The  dromos  was  adorned  with 
eight  sphinxes  on  either  ude,  and  ter- 
minated by  two  statues  with  sculp- 
tured stelae  at  their  back  ;  to  tliis  sue- 
ceeded  the  two  pyramidal  towers  of 
the  propylon :  the  area,  with  eight  Osi- 
ride  figures  attached  to  the  pillars, 
supporting  the  architraves  and  roofs 
of  the  lateral  corridors;  and  the  in- 
terior chambers,  which  are  now  closed 
by  the  drifted  sand.  Amunre  and  Re 
were  the  chief  deities,  and  from  the 
worship  of  the  god  of  Thebes  the  town 
bore  the  same  name  as  that  city  — 
Amunei,  or  **  the  bode  of  Amun.*' 

The  natives  of  the  modern  village, 
and  of  the  district  around  it,  are  of 
Bedouin  extraction,  and  speak  Ara- 
bic. After  this  the  Nooba  language 
begins,  and  continues  to  be  used  mb 
far  as  Wadee  Halfeh. 

The  river  at  Malkeh  takes  a  con- 


siderable bend,  and  from  Korosko  to 
Derr  the  direction  is  about  N.  N.  W., 
which  often  detains  boats  for  a  con- 
siderable time.  On  the  same  bank, 
at  a  place  called  Bl  Kkarab,  between 
these  two  towns,  are  sud  to  be  some 
ruins,  but  I  have  not  visited  them. 

jfmada,  —  At  Ha$§aia  is  a  small 
temple  called  Amada^  which  already 
existed  in  the  age  of  the  third  Tboth- 
mes.  The  names  of  his  son  Amunoph 
II.,  and  bis  grandson  "Diothmes 
IV.,  also  occur  there;  and  Mr. 
Harris  and  M.  Prisae  found  that  of 
Osirtasen  III.,  by  whom  it  appears 
to  have  been  founded.  The  sculp- 
tures are  remarkable  for  the  preaerva. 
tion  of  their  colours,  for  which  they 
were  indebted  to  the  unintentional 
aid  of  the  early  Christians.  Here,  aa 
in  many  other  places,  they  covered 
them  with  mud  and  mortar,  to  con- 
ceal them  from  their  sight,  thus  pro- 
tecting them  from  the  ravages  of  time. 
Re  was  the  deity  of  the  sanctuary, 
but  Amunre  holds  a  conspicuous 
place  among  the  contemplar  gods. 
A  portico,  a  transverse  corridor,  and 
three  inner  chamben,  the  central  on« 
of  which  is  the  adytum,  constitute  tbe 
whole  of  this  small  but  elegant  temple. 

The  district  about  Oerr,  on  tb« 
east  bank,  abounds  in  date  trees ;  and 
between  that  town  and  Korosko  they 
reckon  80,000  that  are  taxed. 

Dtrr. — DtTT't  or  Do;^y  the  coital  of 
Nubia,  is  a  short  dbtance  to  the  south 
of  Hass^a,  on  the  opposite  bank.  It 
is  worthy  of  remark  that  all  the  teoo- 
ples  between  the  two  cataracts,  ex- 
cept Derr,  Ibreem,  and  Feriyg,  airs 
situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile  ; 
and,  instead  of  lying  on  the  arable 
land,  are  all  built  on  the  sandy  plain, 
or  hewn  in  the  rock.  This  was, 
doubtless,  owing  to  their  keeping  the 
small  portion  of  land  they  possessed 
for  cultivation,  while  the  towns  and 
temples  occupied  what  could  be  of 
no  utility  to  the  inhabitants. 

The  temple  of  Derr  is  of  the  time 
of  Riwneses  the  Great,  and  preaenis 
some  qf  the  spirited  sculptures  of  that 
epoch,  though  in  a  very  mutilated 


J 


Nubia. 


ROUTE  31.  —  DERB  —  IBBEEM. 


435 


Btete.  In  the  area  was  a  battle  scene ; 
but  little  now  remains,  eicept  the 
imperfect  traces  of  chariots  and 
horses,  and  some  confused  figures. 
On  the  wall  of  the  temple  the  king 
is  represented,  in  the  presence  of 
Amunre,  slaying  the  prisoners  he 
has  taken,  and  accompanied  by  a  lion. 
Iliis  calls  to  mind  the  account  given 
by  Diodorus,  of  Osymandyas  being 
followed  to  war  b^  that  ajiimal ;  and 
on  the  opposite  side,  the  lion  seises 
one  of  the  falling  captives,  as  he  is 
held  by  the  victorious  monarch. 

Re  was  the  chief  deity  of  the  sanc- 
tuary, from  whom  the  ancient  town 
received  the  name  of  Ei-Re,  «<the 
abode  of  the  sun;**  and  wc  find 
that  this  '<  temple  of  Remeses  '*  was 
also  considered  under  the  special  pro- 
tection o^  Amunre  and  of  Thoth. 
Pthah  likewise  held  a  distinguished 
place  among  the  contemplar  gods; 
i|nd  this  custom  of  introducing  the 
divinities  of  the  neighbouring  towns 
was  common  both  in  Egypt  and 
Nubia. 

The  temple  is  cut  in  the  rock;  but 
is  of  no  great  size,  the  total  depth 
being  only  about  1 10  feet.  Nor  are 
the  sculptures  of  the  interior  worthy 
of  the  era  of  the  Great  Remeses,  — 
a  remark  which  equally  applies  to 
those  of  Sab6oa  and  Gerf  Hossayn. 
At  the  upper  end  of  the  sanctuary 
is  a  niche  containing  four  sitting 
figures. 

ROUTE  31. 

DBBB  TO  ABOO-8IKBBL  AND   VtJkVWM 


HALFXH. 


Ibreem 

Aboo.Simbel(W.) 

WadeeHaIfeh(£.) 


Miles. 
13J 
33] 
40 

87 


On  the  road  from  Derr  to  Ibreem, 
inland,  is  a  grotto  cut  in  the  rock, 
called  El  Doo^neara,  opposite  Gattey, 
with  sculptures  of  old  time :  and  on 
the  west  bank,  at  a  spot  indicated  in 


Mr.  Scoles*s  map,  above  Geseeret 
Gattey,  is  a  small  tombt  inland  in  the 
desert,  cut  in  a  rock  of  pyramidal 
form,  which  bears  the  name  of  Re- 
meses V.  and  his  queen  Nofre-t-aret. 
The  person  of  the  tomb  was  one 
"  Poeri,  a  royal  son  of  Cush"  (Ethi- 
opia),  who  is  represented  doing  ho- 
mage to  the  Egyptian  Pharaoh. 

Ibreem.  —  Ibreem  is  situated  on  a 
loAy  clifF,  commanding  the  river,  as 
well  as  the  road  by  land,  and  is  the 
supposed  site  of  JVt'mM  Parva.  It 
contains  no  remains  of  antiquity,  ex- 
cept part  of  the  ancient  wall  on  the 
south  side,  and  a  building,  apparently 
also  of  Roman  date,  in  the  interior, 
towards  the  north  side.  The  latter  is 
built  of  stone,  the  lower  part  of  large, 
the  upper  of  small  blocks.  Over  Uie 
door  is  the  Egyptian  cornice,  and  a 
projecting  slab  intended  for  the  globe 
and  asps ;  and  in  the  face  of  the  front 
wall  is  a  perpendicular  recess,  similar 
to  those  in  Egyptian  temples  for  fix- 
ing the  flag-stafls,  on  festivals.  In 
front  of  this  is  a  square  pit,  and  at  its 
mouth  lies  the  capital  of  a  Corintliian 
column  of  Roman  time.  The  blocks 
used  in  building  the  outer  wall  were 
taken  from  more  ancient  monuments. 
Some  of  them  bear  the  name  of  Tir- 
haka,  the  Ethiopian  king,  who  ruled 
Egypt  as  well  as  his  own  country, 
and  whose  Ethiopian  capital  was  Na- 
pata,  now  El  BerkeK 

It  is  probable  that  the  Romans, 
finding  the  position  of  Ibreem  so  well 
adapted  for  the  defence  of  their  terri- 
tories, stationed  a  garrison  there  as 
an  advanced  post,  and  that  the  wall 
is  a  part  of  their  fortified  works.  It 
was  in  later  times  fixed  upon  by  Sul- 
tan Selim,  as  one  of  the  places  pecu- 
liarly adapted  for  a  permanent  station 
of  the  troops  left  by  him  to  keep  the 
Nubians  in  check;  whose  descend- 
ants were  expelled  from  it  by  the 
Memlooks  or  Ohooz,  on  their  way  to 
Shendy, in  1811. 

Strabo,  in  speaking  of  the  march  of 
Petroniu^  into  Ethiopia,  mentions  a 
place  called  Primis,  or,  as  he  writes 

v2 


436 


ROUTE  31.  —  IBREEir. 


Sect,  V. 


it,  PremnU,  fortified  by  nature; 
where,  on  his  return,  he  left  a  garri- 
Bon  of  400  men,  with  provisions  for 
two  years,  to  check  the  incursions  of 
the  Ethiopians.  But  this  may  apply 
to  Primis  Magna,  which  was  farther 
to  the  south  (some  suppose  at  Dun- 
gola),  and  not  to  Primis  Panra  or 
]  breem  ;  as  Petronius  is  not  said  to 
have  criMsed  the  river  afUr  the  taking 
of  Pselcis,  but  to  have  continued  his 
march  across  the  sandy  desert,  evi- 
dently on  the  same  side  of  the  Nile, 
And  this  desert,  as  he  says,  was  part 
of  the  same  African  plain  where 
Cambyses*  army  was  lost,  though 
not,  as  he  would  lead  us  to  infer,  the 
very  "  sands,  in  which  the  Persians 
were  overwhelmed.** 

He  may,  however,  have  mistaken 
the  two;  and  his  subsequent  state- 
ment, of  Petronius  anticipating  the 
march  of  Candace  against  Primis, 
argues  in  favour  of  the  claims  of 
Ibreem ;  which  derives  additional  in* 
terest  from  such  historical  associ- 
ationb.  The  whole  passage  is  curious, 
as  it  relates  not  merely  to  the  country 
of  Candace,  but  also  to  the  northern 
part  of  Ethiopia,  and  eiplains  the 
necessity  of  tliose  precautions  adopted 
in  after-times  by  Diocletian,  to  check 
the  inroads  of  the  Blemmyes  and  other 
southern  Ethiopians,  by  making  mi- 
litary settlements  of  Nobatse  on  the 
frontier  of  Egypt.  «  The  Ethi- 
opians,*'  says  Strabo,  *'  taking  ad- 
vantage of  the  moment  when  part  of 
the  troops  under  £lius  Gall  us  had 
been  withdrawn  from  Egypt,  to  pro- 
secute the  war  in  Arabia,  suddenly 
attacked  the  Theba'id,  and  the  gar- 
risons of  three  cohorts  posted  at 
Syene,  Elephantine,  and  Phil«,  made 
the  inhabitants  prisoners,  and  over- 
threw the  statues  of  Cesar ;  but  Pe- 
troniusy  who  had  not  quite  10,000 
foot  and  800  horse,  to  oppose  their 
army  of  30,000,  forced  them  to  fly  for 
shelter  to  Pselcis  (now  Dakkeh),  an 
Ethiopian  city. 

"  He  then  sent  a  herald  to  demand 

restitution  of  all  they  had  taken,  and 

he  reasons  of  their   hostile  attack. 


They  replied  that  it  was  in  conse- 
quence of  the  vexations  of  the  gover- 
nors; but  Petronins,  having  told  them 
that  the  country  was  not  ruled  by 
them  but  by  CaKar,and  finding,  on  tbe 
expiration  of  tbe  tliree  days  they  had 
asked  for  deliberation,  that  he  could 
not  obtain  satisfaction,  advanced  to- 
waids  tbem  and  forced  them  to  give 
battle.  They  were  speedily  routed, 
being  ill  disciplined,  and  badly  armed, 
having  only  large  shields  covered  with 
raw  bulls*  hides,  and  axes,  javelins, 
or  swoids  for  their  offimsive  wesqioiis. 
Some  fled  to  the  town,  some  to  the 
desert,  while  others  swam  over  to  the 
neighbouring  island,  there  being  very 
few  crocodiles  in  this  part,  owing  to 
tbe  force  of  the  current  Among 
them  were  the  generals  of  Queen 
Candace,  who  continued  to  rogn 
over  Etliiopia  even  in  my  time.  She 
was  a  woman  of  mascuUne  courage, 
and  had  lost  one  eye. 

*'  Petronius,  passing  his  troops  over 
the  river  on  rafks  and  boats,  took  them 
all  prisoners,  and  sent  tbem  imme- 
diately to  Alexandria:  he  then  ad- 
vanced upon  Pselche  (Pselcis),  and 
took  it,  few  of  the  enemy  escaping 
with  their  lives.  From  Pselcis,  croas- 
ing  the  desert  in  which  the  army  of 
Cambyses  was  overwhelmed  in   the 
sands  drifted  by  the  wind,  he  came  to 
Premnis   (Primis),  a  place  fortified 
by  nature ;  and  having  carried  it  by 
assault,  he  advanced  to  Napata,  the 
capital  of  Candace,  where  her  aoa 
was  then  living.     She  herKlf  was  in 
a  neighbouring  place;    whence   she 
sent  mcssengen  to   propose  peaces 
and  tbe  restoration  of  the  statues  and 
prisoners  taken  from   Syene.     Bui 
Petronius,  regardless  of  her  oflTers, 
took  Napata,  which  tbe  prince  had 
abandoned,  and  rased  it  to  the  ground. 
Thinking  that   the  country  beyond 
would  present  great  diflicultics,   he 
returned  with  his  bocrty ;  and  haTuig 
fortified  Piimis  with  stronger  works, 
he  left  a  garrison  there  of  400  men, 
with  provisions  for  two  years.      He 
then  returned  to  Alexandria.    Of  the 
captives  he  brought  back,  a  thousand 


J^ubia, 


BOUTE  31,  — ABOO-SIMBEL. 


437 


were  sent  to  Caesar  (Augustus),  who 
had  lately  returued  from  tiie  Canta- 
brian  war,  many  of  whom  died  of 
illness. 

"  Candace  in  the  mean  time  ad- 
vanced to  attack  the  garrison  of  Pri- 
mis,  at  the  head  of  many  thousand 
men  ;  but  Petronius  having  marched 
to  its  reliefy  threw  troops  into  the 
place  before  she  could  invest  it,  and 
strengthened  all  the  defences.  Can- 
dace  upon  this  sent  messengers  to 
Petronius,  who  ordered  them  to  go 
to  Caesar;  and  on  their  saying  they 
knew  not  who  Caesar  was,  or  where 
he  was  to  be  found,  he  gave  them  an 
escort.  On  arriving  at  Samos,  they 
found  Caesar  preparing  to  go  into 
Syria,  and  Tiberius  ordered  to  march 
into  Armenia ;  and  having  obtained 
from  him  all  they  wanted,  the  tribute 
was  even  remitted  which  had  been 
imposed  upon  them." 

Pliny  also  mentions  this  mardi  of 
Petronius  to  Napata,  the  farthest  point 
he  reached  being  870  m.  p.  from 
Syene.  '*  The  only  towns  he  found  on 
the  way  were  I^lcis,  Primis,  Aboccis, 
Phthuris,  Cambusis,  Attena,  and 
Stadisis,'*  which  stood  near  a  very 
large  cataract. 

I'he  name  of  Pk'imis  may  possibly 
be  connected  with  Papremis,  the 
£gyptian  Mars.  Primis  waSi  also 
called  Rhemnia,  Primmis  or  Prem- 
nis;  and  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
other  town  of  the  same  name,  it  was 
known  as  "  Primis  Parva.'* 

In  the  rock  below  Ibreem  are  some 
small  painted  grottoes,  bearing  the 
names  of  Thothmes  Land  III.,  of 
Amunoph  II.,  and  of  Remeses  II.  of 
the  eighteenth  dynasty,  with  statues 
in  high  relief  at  their  upper  end. 

About  half  way  from  Ibreem  to 
Bostiln,  are  a  mound  and  a  stela, 
about  six  feet  high,  with  hierogly- 
phics. Tliis  spot  I  believe  to  be  now 
called  ShSbuk,  Bost&n  is  the  Turkish 
name  for  "garden,**  and  was  probably 
given  it  by  the  soldiers  of  Sultan 
Selim. 

A  short  way  beyond  it,  at  Tosk, 


Tushka,  or  Tosko  ^the  Nubian  word 
signifying  **  three")*  t^e  two  reefs  of 
rocks,  stretching  across  the  Nile,  and 
nearly  closing  the  passage  in  the 
month  of  May,  when  the  river  is 
low.  They  form  a  complete  weir, 
and  would  be  very  dangerous  to  a 
boat  coming  down  the  stream  with- 
out a  pilot.  In  Nubia  it  is  always 
customary  to  engage  a  pilot,  on  ac- 
count of  these  and  other  dangerous 
rocks,  which  occur  in  different  places, 
and  which  are  rarely  met  with  in  any 
part  of  the  Nile  north  of  Asouan, 
eicept  near  How  and  Shekh  Umb&- 
rak.  The  distance  from  Maharrakah 
(Hterasycaminon)  to  Sh6buk  agrees 
very  nearly  with  that  given  by 
Pliny  from  Hierasycaminon  to  Tama, 
75  icr.,  or  about  68  miles  English. 

Near  Fakharit  are  remains  of  a 
Christian  church,  and  a  chapel  on 
the  opposite  bank. 

Aboo-  SimbeL  ~«  At  Aboo-  Simbel  are 
the  nx>st  interesting  remains  met 
with  in  Nubia,  and,  excepdng  Thebes, 
during  the  whole  valley  of  the  Nile. 
It  has  two  temples,  both  of  the  time 
of  Remeses  the  Great ;  which,  inde- 
pendent of  their  grandeur  and  ar- 
chitectural beauties,  contain  highly 
finished  sculptures,  and  throw  great 
light  on  the  history  of  that  con- 
queror. 

Hie  small  temple  was  dedicated  to 
Athor,  who  is  represented  in  the 
adytum  under  the  form  of  the  sacred 
cow,  her  emblem,  which  also  occurs 
in  the  pictures  on  the  walls.  Her 
title  here  is  *'  Lady  of  Aboshek" 
(Aboccis),  the  ancient  name  of 
Aboo-Simbel ;  which,  being  in  the 
country  of  the  Ethiopians,  is  fol- 
lowed in  the  hieroglyphics  by  the 
sign  signifying  <*  foreign  land.**  The 
fa9ade  is  adorned  with  several  sta- 
tues in  prominent  relief  of  the  king 
and  the  deities,  and  the  interior  is 
divided  into  a  hall  of  six  square 
pillars  bearing  the  head  of  Athor,  a 
transverse  corridor,  with  a  small 
chamber  at  each  extremity,  and  an 
adytum. 

US 


438 


BOUTE  31.  —  ABOO-SDCBBL. 


Sect-V. 


Among  the  contemplar  deities  are 
Re,  Amunre,  Isis,  and  Ptbah;  and 
Kneph,  Sat^  and  Ao6uk6,  the  triad 
of  the  cataracts.  The  monarch  is 
frequently  accompanied  bj  bis  queen 
NofrLari.  The  total  depth  of  this 
excavation  is  about  ninety  feet  from 
the  door. 

The  great  temple  is  remarkable  for 
the  most  beautiful  colossi  found  in 
any  of  the  Egyptian  ruins,  repre- 
senting Remesea  II.  They  are 
seated  on  thrones,  attached  to  the 
rock,  and  the  faces  of  some  of  them, 
which  are  fortunately  well  preserved, 
evince  a  beauty  of  expression,  the 
more  striking,  as  it  is  uulooked  for, 
in  statues  of  such  dimensions.  I  had 
not  an  opportunity  of  ascertaining 
their  total  height,  but  from  the  length 
of  the  arm  I  calculate  it  to  be  about 
sixty  feet,  requiring  a  pedestal  of  at 
least  seven  more.  Some  of  their 
dimensions  are: — the  ear  3  feet  5 in. ; 
forefinger  (i.  e,  to  the  fork  of  middle 
finger)  3  feet;  from  inner  side  of 
elbow  joint  to  end  of  middle  finger, 
15  feet,  &c.  The  total  height  of  the 
facade  of  the  temple  may  be  between 
90  and  100  feet.  It  was  not  till 
afler  my  visit  to  Nubia,  that  Mr.  Hay 
cleared  to  the  base  of  the  two  colossi 
on  the  south  side  of  the  door.  He 
also  exposed  to  view  the  curious 
Greek  inscription  of  the  Ionian  and 
Carian  soldiers  of  Psamattcus,  first 
discovered  by  Mr.  Bankes  and  Mr. 
Salt,  as  well  as  some  interesting 
hieroglyphic  tablets. 

The  above-mentioned  inscription 
is  of  very  great  interest,  upon  severaf 
accounts.  It  appears  to  have  been 
written  by  the  troops  sent  by  the 
Egyptian  king  after  the  deserters, 
who  are  said^y  Herodotus  to  have 
left  the  service  of  Psamaticus  in  the 
following  manner :  — - 

"  In  the  reign  of  Psammitichus 
these  troops  had  been  stationed  at 
Elephantine,  to  protect  the  country 
from  the  Ethiopians ; . . .  and,  having 
been  kept  three  whole  years  in  gar- 
rison, without  being  relieved,  they 
resolved  with  one  accord  to  desert 


the  king,  and  go  over  to  the  Ethio- 
pians. As  soon  as  this  news  reached 
Psammitichus,  he  pursued  them,  and 
having  overtaken  them,  he  in  vain 
endeavoured  by  entreaties  and  every 
ai^ument  to  prevail  on  tbem  not  to 
abandon  their  country,  their  gods,  their 
children,  and  their  wives.  .  .  .  But, 
deaf  to  bis  arguments,  they  continued 
their  route,  and  on  arriving  in  Ethiopia, 
they  gave  themselves  up  to  the  king 
of  the  country,  who  rewarded  tbem 
with  the  possession  of  lands  belong- 
ing to  certain  refractory  Ethiopians, 
whom  they  were  ordered  to  expe|. 
They  therefore  settled  there;  and  the 
Ethiopians  became  more  civilised 
by  adopting  the  customs  of  these 
Egyptians."  The  position  of  their 
settlement  he  places  above  Meroe, 
after  which  city  he  says,  **  you  arrive 
at  the  country  of  the  Automoles 
(deserters)  in  as  many  days  as  it 
took  you  to  go  from  Elephantine  to 
the  capital  of  the  Ethiopians.  These 
Automoles  are  called  Asmach;  which 
word  translated  ^gnifies  '  those  who 
stand  on  the  left  band  of  the  king,* 
and  their  numbers  when  they  deserted 
were  240,000." 

The  inscription  is  in  a  curious 
style  of  Greek,  with  a  rude  indica- 
tion of  the  long  vowels,  the  more  re- 
markable, as  it  dates  about  SIS  years 
before  Siroonides.  It  is  not  quite 
intelligible ;  but  Colonel  Leake  gives 
the  following  version  and  transla- 
tion :  — 

(for  mt) 

%wktm>  «|X00»  )t  KifXMr  mmrvn^kf  h  •  (for  cv 

A/uuurtf 

**  King  Puustichttt  having  come  to  Ele- 
phantine, those  who  were  with  Ptamatichuft. 
the  son  of  Theoclet,  wrote  thti.  They  called, 
and  came  to  above  Kerkii,  to  where  the 

river  rises  , the  ^yptian  Amaaia 

The  writer  was  Daroearchoo,  the  aun  of 
Amo^bichus,  and  Pelephtts,  the  sou  of  Uda. 
mus." 

From  this  it  appears  that  the  ^  king 
Psamatichus '*  only  went  as  fkr  as 
Elephantine,  and  sent  bis  troops  after 


Nubia*     BOUTE  31. — great  temple  of  aboo-simbel. 


439 


the  deserters  by  the  river  into  Upper 
Ethiopia ;  tlie  writer  of  the  first  part, 
who  had  the  same  name,  being  doubt- 
less a  Greek. 

Besides  this  inscription  are  some 
others,  written  by  Greeks  who  proba- 
bly visited  the  place  at  a  later  time, 
as  '*  Theoporopus,  the  son  of  Plato," 
«  Ptolemy,  the  son  of  Tlmostratus,** 
and  others. 

The  grand  hall  is  supported  by 
eight  Osiride  pillars,  and  to  it  suc- 
ceed a  second  hall  of  four  square 
pillars,  a  corridor,  and  the  adytum, 
with  two  side  chambers.  Eight 
other  rooms  open  on  the  grand  hall, 
but  they  are  very  irregularly  exca- 
vated ;  and  some  of  them  have  loAy 
benches  projecting  from  the  walls. 
In  the  centre  of  the  adytum  is  an 
altar,  and  at  the  upper  end  are  four 
statues  in  relief.  The  dimensions  of 
the  colossi  attached  to  the  pillars  in 
the  great  hall  are, — from  the  shoulder 
to  the  elbow,  4  feet  6  inches ;  from 
the  elbow  to  the  wrist  4  feet  3  inches ; 
from  the  nose  to  the  chin,  8  inches ; 
the  ear,  15]  inches;  the  nose, 
about  10  inches;  the  face,  nearly 
2  feet ;  and  the  total  height,  without 
the  cap  and  pedestal,  1 7  feet  8  inches. 

The  principal  objects  of  the  interior 
are  the  historical  subjects,  relating  to 
the  conquests  of  Biemeses  II.,  re- 
presented in  the  great  halL  A  large 
tablet,  containing  the  date  of  his  first 
year,  extends  over  great  part  of  the 
north  wall ;  and  another  between  the 
two  last  pillars  on  the  oppo«te  side 
of  this  ball,  of  his  thirty-fifUi  year, 
has  been  atided  long  after  the  temple 
was  completed.  The  battle  scenes 
on  the  south  wall  are  particularly 
spirited ;  and  it  will  not  be  without 
benefit  to  those  who  still  adhere  to 
the  notion  that  the  Egyptians  were 
black,  to  observe  the  distinction  main- 
tained in  the  colour  of  the  faces  of 
the  Negro,  Ethiopian,  and  eastern 
captives,  represented  at  Aboo-Simbel, 
and  to  compare  them  with  that  of  the 
Egyptians ;  who  are  here,  as  on  every 
Other  monument,  of  a  red  complexion, 


not  even  approaching  the  copper  hue 
of  the  Ethiopians. 

Re  was  the  god  of  the  temple  and 
the  protector  of  the  place.  In  a  niche 
over  the  entrance  is  a  statue  of  this 
deity  in  relief,  to  whom  the  king  is  ^ 
offering  a  figure  of  Truth  ;  and  he  is 
one  of  the  four  at  the  end  of  the  ady- 
tum. The  Theban  triad  also  holds  a 
conspicuous  place  here ;  as  well  as 
Kneph,  Khem,  Osiris,  and  Isis.  The 
total  depth  of  this  excavation,  from 
the  door,  is  about  200  feet,  without  the 
colossi  and  slope  of  the  fa9ade;  and  a 
short  distance  to  the  south  are  some 
hieroglyphic  tablets  on  the  rock,  bear- 
ing the  date  of  the  thirty-eighth  year 
6f  the  same  Remeses. 

The  great  temple  of  Aboo-Simbel 
was  formerly  quite  closed  by  the 
sand  that  pours  down  from  the  hills 
above.  The  first  person  who  ob- 
served these  two  interesting  monu- 
ments was  Burckhardt ;  and  in  1817, 
Belzoni,  Captains  Irby  and  Mangles, 
and  Mr.  Beechey,  visited  them,  and 
resolved  on  clearing  the  entrance  of 
the  larger  temple  from  the  sand. 
After  working  eight  hours  a  day  for 
a  whole  fortnight,  with  the  average 
heat  of  the  thermometer  from  112^ 
to  116^  Fahr.  in  the  shade,  they  suc- 
ceeded in  gaining  admittance;  and 
though  the  sand  closed  it  again,  tlieir 
labours  enabled  others  to  penetrate 
into  it  without  much  difliculty. 

Nearly  opposite  Aboo-Simbel  is 
Ferayg,  a  sxnall  excavated  temple, 
consisting  of  a  hall,  supported  by 
four  columns,  two  side  chambers  or 
wings,  and  an  adytum.  It  has  the 
name  and  sculptures  of  the  successor 
of  Amunoph  III.,  and  was  dedi- 
cated to  .\munre  and  Kneph. 

jPoroj,  or  Farras,  on  the  west  bank, 
is  supposed  to  be  the  Phthuris  of 
Pliny;  and  from  the  many  sculp- 
tured blocks  and  columns  there,  it  is 
evident  that  some  ancient  town  ex- 
isted on  that  spot;  though,  judging 
from  the  style,  they  appear  to  belong 
to  a  Roman,  rather  than  an  Egyptian, 
epoch. 

u4 


440 


ROUTE  31.  —  FARAS  —  SAMNEH. 


Sect.  V. 


A  little  to  the  south  is  a  small 
grotto  with  hieroglyphics  of  the  time 
of  Remeses  II. ;  and  in  the  bills  to 
the  westward  are  some  chambers, 
hewn  in  the  rock,  with  several  Cofiie 
inMcriptiont ;  from  one  of  which, 
bearing  the  name  of  Diocletian,  it 
seems  that  they  served  as  places  of 
refuge,  during  some  of  the  early  per- 
secutions of  the  Christians.  To  the 
south-west  are  ruins  of  baked  brick, 
with  stone  columns,  of  the  low  ages. 
At  Serra  are  the  remains  of  what 
was  once  perhaps  a  quay ;  but  there 
are  no  ruins  of  any  ancient  town  in 
the  vicinity,  though  it  also  lays  claim 
to  the  site  of  Phthuris. 

Opposite  Wadee  Halfeh  are  tlie 
vestiges  of  three  buildings.  One  is 
a  simple  square  of  stone  without 
sculpture;  another  has  several  stone 
pillars,  the  walls  being  of  brick  ;  but 
the  third  has  been  ornamented  with  a 
number  of  columns,  parts  of  which 
still  remain.  Sufficient,  however, 
still  exists  to  tell  us  that  it  was  an 
ancient  Egyptian  building;  and  that 
it  was,  at  least  originally,  commenced 
by  the  third  and  fourth  Thothmes, 
of  the  eighteenth  dynasty,  and  ap* 
parently  dedicated  to  Kneph. 

The  $€ctmd  cataract  is  a  short  walk 
of  about  4}  miles  above  Wadee 
Halfeh.  It  is  less  interesting  than 
that  of  Asouin,  but  more  extensive, 
being  a  succession  of  rapids,  which 
occupy  a  space  of  several  miles,  called 
Batn  el  Haggar,  '*  the  belly  of 
stone.'*  On  the  west  bank,  just  be- 
low this  rocky  bed,  is  a  high  clifT,  from 
which  there  is  a  fine  and  command- 
ing view  of  the  falls ;  and  this  is  the 
ultima  Thule  of  Egyptian  travdlen. 


Samtuh^'^  A  short  day  and  a  half, 
or  about  35  miles  beyond  Wadee 
Halfeh,  are  the  village  and  cataract  of 
Samneh ;  wbare  on  either  bank  is  a 
small  but  interesting  temple  of  the 
third  Thothmes. 

That  on  the  eastern  side  consists  of 
a  portico :  a  hall  parallel  to  it,  ex- 
tending across  the  whole  breadth  of 
the  naos,  and  one  large  and   three 


small  chambers  in  the  back  part.  It 
stands  in  an  extensive  court  or  enclo- 
sure surrounded  by  a  strong  crude- 
brick  wall,  commanding  the  river, 
which  runs  below  it  to  the  westward. 
In  the  portico  is  a  Ublet,  bearing  the 
name  of  Amunoph  III. ;  but  on  the 
front  of  the  naos,  to  which  are  two 
entrances,  Thothmes  III.  is  making 
offerings  to  Totouon,  the  God  of 
Samneh,  and  to  Kneph,  one  of  the 
contemplar  deities.  Hie  name  of 
Thothmes  II.  also  occurs  in  the  hiero- 
glyphics; and  those  of  Amunoph  II. 
and  of  the  third  Osirtasen,  a  monarch 
of  the  seventeenth  dynasty,  and  the 
ancestor  of  Thothmes,  are  introduced 
in  another  part  of  the  temple. 

That  on  the  western  bank,  though 
small,  is  of  a  more  elegant  plan,  and 
has  a  peristyle,  or  corridor,  supported 
by  pillars  on  two  of  its  sides  ;  but  to 
cross  the  river  it  is  necessary  to  put 
up^rith  a  ruder  raft  than  thejMcioii, 
by  which  Strabo  was  carried  over  to 
Philae,  as  it  is  merely  formed  of  logs 
of  the  d6m  palm,  lashed  together,  and 
pushed  forward  by  men  who  swim 
behind  it. 

This  building  only  consists  of  one 
chamber,  about  thirty  feet  by  eleven, 
with  an  entrance  in  front,  and  another 
on  the  west  side,  opposite  whose  nor- 
thern jamb,  instead  of  a  square  pillar, 
is  a  polygonal  column,  with  a  line  of 
hieroglyphics,  as  usual,  down  its 
central  face.  On  the  pillars  king 
Thothmes  III.  is  represented  in  com- 
pany with  Totouon,  and  other  deities 
of  the  temple ;  and  what  is  very  re- 
markable, his  ancestor  Osirtasen  III. 
is  here  treated  as  a  god,  and  is  aeen 
presenting  the  king  with  the  emblem  of 
life.  On  the  front  wall  is  a  tablet  in 
relief,  with  the  name  of  Ames,  the 
first,  and  of  Thothmes  II.,  the  fourth, 
Pharaoh  of  the  eighteenth  dynasty ; 
and  mention  is  made  of  the  city  of 
Thebes.  But  this  tablet  has  been  de- 
faced by  the  hieroglyphics  of  another 
cut  in  intaglio  over  it,  apparently  by 
a  Remeses. 

At  the  upper  end  of  the  naos  is  a 
sitting  statue  of  gritstone,  with  the 


Nubia. 


BOCTE  31. BAJtNEH. 


embletni  of  Osirii,  intended  perhipi 
to  reprcKnt  the  king  Ouruwn. 

A  brick  wall  encloied  and  pro- 
tected Ihe  Umple,  and  the  Irocea  of  a 
■tone  cauwtray  >how  Ihal  a  road  led 


.  of  [he  hill,  oi 


B«lo«,  oi 
NUe,  through  a  narrow 
twecn    the    rocks   that 


which  i< 


and   I  I: 


east  side,  falls  the 
inform  ed 


that  near  this  ^pot  art 
and  some  Greek  inicriptioni. 

The  niias  of  Somneh  are  supposed 
to  mark  the  site  of  Taiiiia,  or  of 
Acina;  aud  we  may  perhapi  trace 
in  the  liierogljrphics  the  name  oF  the 
ancient  town,  called  in  Egyptian  To- 
toaha;  unless  this  be  a  general  ap- 
pellation of  the  country,  including 
Samneh,  Aboo-Simbel,  and  their  ti- 
cinity,  and  related  to  the  Coptic 
name  Ethaush  or  Ethiopia.  If 
Ptolemy  is  la  be  tniated,  Tasitia  wai 
on  the  west  side  of  the  riier,  and 
Pnoupi  opposite  it  on  the  eut,  as  be 


places  both  in  latitude  92°;  so  that 
Samneh  may  include  the  sites  of 
both  those  ancient  Tillages. 

To  those  who  inquire  whether  they 
need  pass  beyond  Phils,  I  answer 
that  Nubia  i>  well  worthy  of  a  *isil, 
if  only  to  witness  the  unparalleled 
effect  ofthe  exterior  of  Aboo-Simbel. 


Jeyor 


i  this  then 


t  of  the  Second  CaUract,  which 

easily  spared.  At  atl  events,  Aboo- 
Simbel  will  amply  tepsy  the  tra- 
Trller,  whose  object  is  to  take  a  rapid 
glance     of    Egyplisn     srchilecture; 

pleased  with  the  eiamination  of  the 
historical  pictures  in  tJie  sculpiurea  of 
the  interior,  which  he  will  find  great 
satisfaction  in  comparing  with  similar 
subjects  at  Thebes. 

For  the  ruins  aboie  Samneh  I  refer 
tbe  reader  to  Mr.  Ilosklns's  "  Ethio. 
pis,"  and  to  M.  Caillflud's  "Journey 
to  Ueroii  and  in  Vicinity." 


INDEX. 


ruins  at,  iSl 

AlMbdeh  desert,  400.    Artbt,401414. 

Abaton,  421. 

Abbttside  dynasty,  S8. 

Aboo-Asees,  mounds  at,  88& 

Aboo-Oirgeb,  ruins  near,  884.    To  Minieb, 
98d 

Abookir,  VA 

Aboo  Mandoor  hill,  105. 

Abooroash,  pvramid  of,  1S7. 

Abooxabel  coll^ffes  and  schools,  169. 

Abooseer  mounds,  223.  £81. 

Aboos^er,  pyramid  of,  199. 

Aboo-Simbel,  iutcrcattng  remains  at,  4S7. 

Abooteeg,  314. 

Abrdus,  road  to,  fifflL    Description  of,  S14. 
Roads  from,  to  the  Great  Oasis,  SS5. 

Acanthus  groves  in  the  neigbbourikood  of 
8akk&ra.90i.  City  of,  806. 

Aooris,  890. 

Aila,  881. 

Akhmim,  or  Ekhmim,  S19. 

Akhf iieed  dynasty,  31. 

Alabaslron,  898.  306. 

Alexander,  tomb  oC,  87. 

ALBXANoaiA,  71.  Custom-house  —  CawAss 
—  Dooki^-drivers,  79.  Hotels,  73.  Ser- 
vants ~  Boats  —  Rcouisites  for  the  Jour- 
ney to  Cairo,  74.  History  of,  75.  Plan  of, 
and  description  of  the  buildings,  80.  Li- 
brary, 83.  Museum  —  Csesarium,  86. 
Saraplum,8S.  Panium  ^  Gymnawum,  90L 
HonumetttS(9Q.  Ancient  remains,  91. 
Pompey's  Ftllar,  9S.  Catacombs,  9i. 
Ruins,  95.  Trade,  96.  InhabiUnls,  97. 
Climate— Canala—Ports,  99.  Mosks,  100. 
Amusements,  101.  Arsenal,  lOfiL  Tb 
Hierasycaminon,  974. 

Alexandria  to  Cairo,  105.  106i  To  Rosetta, 
108.    To  Cairo,  105.    To  Atfeh,  106. 

All,  Mohammed,  11.    See  Mohammed  Ali. 

Amada,434. 

Ammaw§eh,  house  of  (Ommiades),  27. 

Ammon,  Oasis  of,  846. 

Anasieh,  HeraeUcpolta,  983. 

Ancient  remains  of  Alexandria,  91. 

Antinoe,  ruins  of,  8ga  Extent,  301.  Ruins 
and  tombs  in  the  vicinity,  SOL 

Antiquities  at  Cairo,  147. 

Anttrhodus,  island  of,  87. 

Aphroditopolis,  Atf^ch,  881. 

Aphroditopolis.  Itfoo,  316. 

Apis,  temple  of,  80& 

Arab  bridges.  198. 

Arabic  and  English  rocabtilary,  44. 

Arslnoe,  ancient  canal  of,  810. 

Ashmoon,  831. 

Asl6ogee,  831. 

Assaseef,  tombs  of  the,  J78. 

Asouan,  41&    Palms  and  dates  of,  417.    To 

Derr,  486. 
Atf»eb,  Aphroditopolis,  881, 


Atfeh,  105. 106. 

Atreeb,  Bcnha  el  Assal,  9iS. 

Athribis,  or  Crooodilopolis,  318. 

Bab-el-aCandebt  stralu  of,  484. 

Babylon,  Bnrptian,  157. 

Baharite  Memlooks,  Sultans,  or  Kings,  of 

Egypt.  3a  

Bahr-bela-me  ravine,  878* 

Bahr  el  Abiad.  439L 

Babr  el  Fargh,  945. 

Bahr  Yoosef;  308. 

Bajo6ra,  386. 

BaUis,333. 

Balsam  plants,  169.  t 

Bar&bras,  the  modem  Nubians,  extent  of 

their  country,  481 
Baid£es,3S3. 
Baths  at  Cairo,  140. 
Baths  of  Cleopatra,  94i    Remains  of,  at  El 

Hammam,  1^ 
Battle  scenes  in  the  great  temple-palace  of 

Remeses  HI.  at  Thebes,  357. 
Baytel  Wellee,430. 
Baaaars  at  Cairo,  140. 
Bebayt-cl-Hagar,  986. 
Beer  el  Ingleet,  398. 
Behnesa,  985. 
Belbiys.  17a  907. 
Bellianeh,  385. 
Belaooi*s  tomb,  366. 
Beoha  el  Assal,  981 
Beni  Adee,  310. 
Benl  Hassan,  grottoes  of,  993. 
Benisootf,  882.    To  Minleh,  288. 
Benneh,  8S5l 

Bcnoob,  888.    Road  to,  from  the  Nile,  409. 
Bcrtwra,481 
Berenice,  408. 
Bershoom,  881 

Beshendy,  ruined  town  of,  964. 
Biahmoo,  ruins  at,  960. 
Bibbeh,  mounds  and  convent  at,  883. 
Blggeh,418.    lsUndof4fil. 
Biggig  obelisk,  851. 
BirketelHag,  169. 
Birket  GhuttlU,  108. 
Bishar6<^h,  gold  mines  of  the,  401. 
Bishar^eh  tribe  of  Arabs,  some  account  of, 

401 
Blacks,  Oasis  of  the,  868. 
Boata,  E^ypUsn,  described,  409. 
Boats  of  the  Nile,  191 
Bool&k,  111 
Boosh,  981. 

Brangeh,  mounds  at,  983. 
Breccia  Verde  quarries,  399 
Broombei  mounds,  881. 
Bruce*s,  or  the  Harper's,  tomb,  367. 
Bubastis,  83(i.  « 

Burial-place  of  the  Jews,  S78, 
Buslris,  Tillage,  196. 


444 

Bumtoen  Tillage,  878. 
B7ad«ehTUUc;,301. 


INDEX. 


Oadl*S  court  at  Cairo,  156. 
Cvtan,  name*  of  the,  28. 

Ji?*  .Serranu,    180.      Horsei  _  Amm 

S  li**'  i?\^.°oV  *^-  The  CiS 
Fomitaini  138.  'Palacet  JSS,  isa 
Bathi-  SUve  Market -Ba«Sw  iS" 
gr,c«.  of  go«U  14,.  ^;^S;  S 
Extent --Canal.  146.  Oatet— Anti  JuitS 
-  Poputation^  147     Fe.tlral.andXh5 

i£r  »  ?!^™/l*  «lnilni«traUon,  155.  Cadi? 
courL  156.  ExcuwioM,  157.  to  S^e^  W 
1   To  Mount  Sinai,  918.    ToStfU  «»^   T^i 
Damietty,  ^4. 'To  MenLlJh  ijdTan^ 
^u^"*  ??  S."^^'  Pharb«thul.  21^ 

HS.°???L^I!?t^'SV^''^?i^tS? 

t!^.^?^  "^  ^V*-  of 'D^hlehT  ^ 

2Sf;%7     "***"  ^•*^  *^  To  Beni. 
Caliph/and  Sultani,  Liit  of  the,  27. 
Canal  of  Mahmoodfeeh.  107      At  raiw*   id«: 

Of  Ar.lnoe.210.%f  S^^1^^*5gg:  ^^' 
Candace,  Queen,  436. 
Canopui.  103. 
Cararans  flrom  Dar.Foor  TDar  ftirt  om 

CMacoroba  at  Alexandria,  94.  Of  Beni 
Hassan,  29SL  AtShekhfimaV  i^  N^i 
Kasr  e*  Sy4d,  327.       """*y»««   Wear 

Cataracto  of  the  NUe,  419. 
Causeway  at  the  pyramids.  196. 
Cheops,  pyramid  of,  173.  178. 
Chereu,  108. 

Chronological  TaMe  of  the  kings  of  Egypt, 

Clec^tra,  baths  of,  94. 
Coins,  Cuflc  87. 
College  of  Derwishes,  163. 
Colossi  ofThebes,  34^.441. 
Contra  Latron,  temple  at,  406. 

Coavent  of  Mount  iSnai.  21&    Of  Qeergeh, 

^JfH^y^^  ^-  /'J.^^y  "^  St  Paul,  S6a 
Of  the  Natron  Lakes,  S41. 

rSiSi*»  ^'«>»ce»  ro«l  from,  401. 
tSUX^""^*^  ^      rower  of  the 

teristics  of  the  Crocodile  338 
Crocodiiopolis.  857.  Sl&iS.^- 
Curd  dynasty,  34. 

Curious  tomb,  illustratiTe  of  the  nanners 
C^^gJ- of  the  E^tians.  i«i™"*" 


Sabod  temple,  487. 

Dakhleh,  Oasis  of.  362.    FhUts— Chanwter 
^of  the  Inhabitants,  864.  ^"'"^^ 

Dakkeh,  temple  of,  432. 
DaUas,  881. 
Oamaahoor,  1Q& 
gMnietta,  889. 

S!Jf**^Vpy™P»*«'«  of.  901. 

^-ttesoftfce  Oases.  860.    OfA*man,417. 


Dayr  By&d  village,  288. 

Dayr  el  Bahree  temple,  361 

S^H  ej  Mcdeeneh  temple,  362. 

DeaerdArBey,llS.SOp 

Delta,  the,  28a    ProTinoes  of,  290. 

Dendera,  temple  o^  38a  ' 

Dcndoor,  temple  of,  431. 

DexbelHag.20a 

Derb  e*  Tsrab^en,  90a 

I>erdw,414. 

Derr.  capital  of  Nubia.  431    To  Aboo-Siou 
bel  and  Wadee  fUlfeh,  435.       '"*^*'"- 
gmriihe^^Uege  of,  163.  Their  dance.  I6*. 

Dimiy,  ruins  at,  258. 
Diodorus.  169,  eipa$$im. 
Diospolis  Panra,  ruins  of.  386. 
DOm  trees,  Theban  palms.  JOB 
Doosh.  temple  of,  267/ 
Drawings  coloured,  illustrative  of  the  acri. 
Jiltural  pursuits  of  the  early  EtopthS 

Dynasties  of  the  ^yptian  kings,  17. 

Bbras,3oa 

^'^y«  Christian  Tilbge,  39a    Temple  of 

iJ^  temples,  409.    Grottoes  near.  4ia 

Edmoostone,  Sir  Arehibald.  tni^  of  96SL 

Egg  ovens  at  Geeseh,  I73L  '  "*^  - 

Kgypt,  season  for  visiting,  1.    Probable  m. 

pense.  of  a  journey  In,  a    RSSSto; 

travelling  in.  &    Blode  of  UvtoTSS^dST 

"•«»f*«  country,  6.    Drees  flpSsS to 

gyptian  boats.  descripUon  of,  40Sl 
Enjt«n  temples,  275.  '  ~* 

PkS5C^  ™'?t.f*»  ^-    Qwttoea  at.  408. 

KAkiS,"980."*"^'''* 

EI  Areesh.  888. 

g  Beerbeh  mounds,  883. 

g  HammAm,  SSBL 
g  Hamra,  isa 
la  Hareib,30a 


EI  Hays,  Oasis  of.  96SL 
Eiaaeh.^^      • 


^.  ^«i«i,  406. 
El  Kab,  4n, 
ElK&la  village,  3SS. 

S  5*3^ jnound*  at,  £8& 
El  Khanka,  16a 

EIKMigeh,townof,865L 
S5J;«™^rolMat.434. 
S  5!^,''»Wd  mounds,  314. 

Embtbeh  106. 


INDEX. 


Emerald  mines  of  Oebel  Zaban,  401,  40S. 
Ancient  nMd  from  Contra  Aixiliioopoli* 
to,  4(WL  1  i~» 

Emin  Bey,  remarkable  escape  of,  13. 

EngUah  and  Arabic  Tocabuiarj,  M. 

Ennent  temple,  40%. 

E'Shdrafa  town,  SS4. 

Epitaphi  at  Atouan,  416. 

Ergamenei.  King  of  Ethiopia,  438. 

Ein£,  road  to,  fi6&    Temple  of,  405. 

Etko,  101 

Ethiopia.  49S,  423. 440. 

Eunoctiu.  port  of,  8& 

Excunionf  from  Cairo,  157.    From  Meede- 

neb,  SSL    To  Behneu,  S85.     From   Oir- 

geh  to  Abydiu,  983. 


remains  of  a  Christian  church 

In  the  Ticinity  of,  437. 
Farifteh.  Oasis  of,  863. 
Fares,  44a 
Farshoot,  32S. 
Fatemite  dynasty,  SO. 
Feriyg.  440. 
Festirals  at  Cairo,  148. 
F6tes  at  Santa,  230. 
Fons  Tri^anus,  87L 
Fooah.  109. 

Foreign  kings  of  Egypt.  393. 
Fossil  remains.  171.  197. 
Fountains  at  Cairo,  138.    Of  the  Sun,  168. 

Of  Moses,  S15. 
Fov,  mounds  at,  316-  3S7« 
Funeral  ceremony,  381. 
Fyoom,  the,  2u6. 

Oaillllle«  ruins  of  a  temple  at,  4S7. 

Gam6ia.  3S5. 

Gates  of  the  kings,  3G6. 

Oaxa,  quarantine  at,  823. 

Oebel  Aboofayda.  308. 

Gebd  e  Rossis,  lead  mines  of,  403. 

Gebd  e'  Tayr,  887. 

Gebel  el  Fate^reh,  971. 

Gebel  Mokuttum,  170. 

Gebel  el  Mulcuttub,  817. 

Gebel  ShelUi  Erobarak  mountain,  S8k 

Gebel  Shekh  HereMee,  315. 

Gebei  Zabira,  emerald  mines  of,  401. 

Gebel  e*  Zayt,  870. 

Geeseh,  egg  ovens  at,  173. 

Geergeh  or  Girgeh,  328. 

Gemei^eh,  831. 

Oerf  Hossiyn,  431. 

Gertassce,  487. 

Gibbon,  the  historian,  93. 

Girgeh  to  Abydus,  323.    To  Keneh,  32S. 

Gtsr  el  Agoos,  887.  307.  810. 

Gold  mines  of  the  Bisharieh,  401. 

Gol6saneh,  886. 

Gow,  314. 

Gow  el  Gharb^eh,  315. 

Granite  quarries,  871.  In  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Asousn,  416. 

Great  Oasis,  the,  85a  861.  ObjecU  of  inter- 
est in,  365.    Moads  firom  Abydus  to,  385. 

Great  pyramid,  description  of,  180. 

Great  temple  at  Thebes,  353.  At  Kar- 
nak  38M 

Grottoes  of  Beni  Hassan,  89^  At  Tel  el 
Am&rna,  306.  At  Reefa,  SIS.  At  Gcbel 
Shekh  Here^dee,  315.  At  Howaweesh, 
382  At  Dendera,  331  At  £ilethyas,4U8. 
Near  Edfou,  410.    At  SIbUia,  411. 


446 


e*  Salam,  884. 
H4gsr  Silsileh.  410. 
Hamatha,  dog  mummies  at,  88& 
Harbayt,  238. 
Hass&ia,  484. 
Heglra.  the,  note  on,  27. 
Hehopolis,  166. 
Helwan  Tillage,  880. 
Heredee  Shekh,  315. 
Hermontbls  temple,  404. 
Herodotus,  lU.et passim. 
Hieroglyphic  tabietoat  Saribut  el  Khidem. 

Hieroglyphic  inscriptions  at  Wadefa  T6neh, 

Historical  sculptures  at  Kamak.  3951 
History  of  Cairo,  1S8. 
Horses  of  Egypt,  181. 
How.  Diospoiis  parvttt  3S6, 
Howira  Arabs,  386. 
Howaweesh  grottoes,  388. 


Xbreem,  4S5L 

Ichneumon,  worship  of  the,  883. 

Klahoon  pyramids,  851. 

Inscription  on  Pompey's  pillar,  91  In  the 
desert  of  Mount  Sinai,  216.  At  Mount 
Sinai.  817.  At  Tehneh,  888.  At  Gisr  el 
Agpos,  389.  At  Tel  el  Am&ma,  307.  At 
Ekhmim.  3ia  At  Dendera,  329.  In  the 
Dayr  el  Bahree,  364  In  the  quarries  of 
Breccia,  399.  At  AArodtto^401.  At  Ombos. 
413.  At  Bjabod  487.  At  KaUU»hee,4S9 
At  Aboo-Slmbcl,  43& 

Irb^,  Captain,  travels  and  discoveries  oil  303. 

Irrigation,  mode  of,  in  Nubia,  485 

Isbayda,  305. 

Isis,  temole  of,  in  the  island  of  Phils.  419l 

Uland  of  Elephantine,  417.  Of  Sehiyl,  418. 
OfBisgeh,48l. 

Isment  in  the  Oasis,  ruins  at,  863. 

Isment  el  Bahr,  mounds  at.  283. 

Israelites,  passage  of  the,  209. 

Itfoo.  31& 

7<Mepll*s  well,  189. 


Makfoot,  850. 

Kal&bshee,  488. 

Kalam6on,  963. 

Kario6n,  106. 

Kamak,  336.    Great  temple  at,  3P9. 

Kasr  Ain  e*  Zay&n,  867. 

Kasr  el  Ainee,  163. 

Kasr  el  Ooiyt^h,  867. 

Kasr  e*  Sy&d,  327. 

Kasr  Kharoon,  ruins  at,  858.  854. 

Keneh  to  Thebes,  333.    To  Kossayr,  398. 

KendOs  or  Kensee  tribe,  481 

Khamsin  winds,  season  of,  2. 

Khargeh,  Wah  el,  or  Great  Oasis,  864.  Ob- 
jects of  Interest  in,  865.  Great  temple  of; 
965. 

Kings  of  Egypt,  Chronological  Table  of,  17. 

Kings,  Tombs  of  the,  S6& 

Kobt,  Coplost  333. 

Kolsim  mountains,  810.    Town,  810. 

Kom  Ahmar,  884l  407.    Mounds  at,  892. 

Kom  Ayr  mounds,  406. 

Kom  el  A»wed,  198. 

Kom  Ombo,  413. 


446 


INDEX. 


Kom  Weiton,  nilni  in  the  vicinity  of,  85^ 

Roorneh,  336. 

Koornet  Murraee,  tombi  of,  378. 

Koortee,  434. 

Roo«,334. 

Kom-Kam,  314. 

Rorayn  djitet,  109. 

Konayr,  arrival  ftom  India  at,  399.   -To  the 

Nile,  400. 
KoMajr,  Old,  871. 
KoMieh,  309. 
Koitamneh,438. 

lAke  Maieotia,99.    M<eri8,85S.    Maua- 

leli,  SSS. 
Latopolis,  Etnf.iOS. 
Lead  mines  of-Gebel  e*  Rom4m,  403. 
Lelihnuu,  mounds  in  the  vicinity  of.  112. 
Librtriet  at  Cairo,  IfiS. 
Limestone  quarries  of  Misarati,  S79.      Near 

SbelOi   HassamfiSG.     At  Wadee  e' Dayr. 

see.        Near   Sooadee,  898.       At  Sliekh 

Tiroay,   899i     Near  Abydua,  3S&    Near 

Dendera,  331. 
Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  area  of,  supposed  to  be 

that  of  the  Great  Pyramid.  185. 
Little  Oasis,  the,  859. 
London  to  Alexandria,  71. 
Lovrbgeh  wine,  in  the  Oasis,  960. 
Luxor,  53fiL    Obeltslcs  of,  387. 
Lybian  bills,  906. 

Maaaee  road,  909. 

Ma&bdeh,  crocodile  mummy>pitf  of,  309. 

Hagidan,  the,  at  Cairo,  150. 

Mafaallet  D&maneh,  831. 

Maharraka,  434. 

Malat§eh,  mounds  at,  884. 

Mahmood^h  canal,  107. 

Manfaloot,  market  town,  309. 

Mankabat,810. 

Mangles.  CapUin,  discoveries  of,  309. 

Mankabit,  310. 

Manna  of  the  Desert,  815. 

Manso6ra,  888.    To  Menialeb,  83a 

Mareotis,  lake,  99. 

Masarah  quarries,  879. 

Matar^h,  J!r«i^o«ofo,  166. 

Matar^eh,  833. 

Maydoon  mounds,  881. 

Medarodt,  335. 

Medeeneh  town,  850.  Excursions  ttom,  851. 

To  Benisoo^f,  256. 
Medeeneh,  ••  the  city."  ruins  of,  308. 
Mede§iieC  Hiboo,  temple.  358. 
Meilawee,  305L 

Memlooks,  destruction  of  the,  13. 
Memnon,  the  vocal,  348. 

— ,  tomb  of,  871. 

Memnonium,  318.    Plan  of  the,  343.    De- 

•cripUon,  844.     Sculptures,   345.     Great 

Hall.  347.    Ruins  in  the  vicinity  of.  347. 
Memphis,  ?6.  80S.    Temples  of,  906.    D^. 

ties  of.  204. 

Menet,dykeor,80S.880. 

Menoof.  105. 

Menshieh,  extensive  mounds  at.  888. 

Menialeh.  230     Canal.  231.    Cyperus  on  iU 

S?o  *'•;.?"=•  Fcrri«.23l.    Neighbourhood, 
^2.    ToSan,orTanis.833L 
M^bis,  ruins  of,  106l 
McUhara,  293. 


^^^,990,    ToOsiooC,89L    Ceneteryo/. 

Minlit  SUie^i.  831. 

Mishte.  mounds  at,  315. 

Mite'Nasi£rah,2l. 

Mit-F&rea,  S31. 

Mitrahenny  mounds,  208.  280. 

Moris  lake,  852. 

Moei,  canal  of,  285.  8S8L 

Mohammed  AH,  birth  and  career  of,  11— 1«. 

Family  of,  17, 
Moileh,  valley  of,  2S9. 
Monolith  at  Gow,  315. 
Mons  Pentedactylus,  402. 
Morgoae,  ruins  at,  427. 
••Moses,  fountain  oT,**  215. 

Mosk  of  Amer  at  old  Cairo,  15a  At  Asmu 
an.  416.  «»■*«- 

Mosks  at  Alexandria,  100.   At  Cairo,  131. 

Mount  Sinai,  instructions  Ibr  a  jouroev  to. 
212.  Inscriptions  at,  217.  Cooveot  o^ 
218.    ToElAkaba,fio.  ^«»^««  «t 

Mummy  pits  at  Sakk&ra,  200. 

Myos  Hormos,  ruins  at,  27L 


.  fountain  of,  815. 
Napata,  423. 
Natron  Ukes,  112.  839. 
N&sbeh  ruins,  816. 
Ncchctia,  4QS. 
Neg&deh,  335. 
Nfge#leh.  105.  118. 
Nile,  Rosette  and  Damictta  bnnchaa,  112. 

Pelusiac  and  Canopic  branchtt,  113/  8e- 

bennetic  branch.  114.   The  Catancta.  413. 
Nile^  the,  to  Kossayr,  39&    Hoad  fraa  to 

Berenice,  408. 
Nil hoo,  mounds  at,  108. 
Nilometer.  IflO.  418. 
Nitria  district,  241 

Nisam,  disciplined  troops,  14. 3ia  3BS. 
Nooba  district,  484 

Nubia,  423.    Methodof  irrigatioo  in,  425. 
Nubians,  modem,   or  Bax^braa,  extent  of 

their  country,  421 

Oaals  of  Ammoo,  M6. 

Oasis,  the  Little.  24<l    The  Great,  SS&  264. 
DescripUon  of  the  Oases,  25a    Spriacs  ia 
the  Little  Oasis,  260.    Cbaracterandmir 
suits  of  the  inhabitants,  261 .    Oasa  ofthm 
Blacks,  268.    Of  Dakhleh,  262 

Obelisk  of  Osirtaaen,  166.  ObeKsk  near 
BIggig.  251.  Obelisks  of  Luxor.  387.  at 
Karnak,  390,  391.  of  Philc,  420. 

Old  Koimeh,  temirie-palace  at,  SIOl 

Om  Baydah,  ruins  at,  247. 

Ombos,  413. 

Ommiade  dynasty,  27. 

Orpheus,  origin  of  his  mystical  ceremonieeft 

Oshmoonayn,  304. 

Osioot,  311.    To  Oirgeh,  313L 

Osiris,  temple  of,  20& 

Ovens  for  batching  eggs  at  Oeesefa,  173L 

Palaces  at  Cairo,  13A 

Palms,  Theban,  308.    Of  A«>utn,  417. 
PampanisvUlage,33S.  ' 

Panopolis,  38a 
Paphor  village,  314. 
Peasants,  Christian,  30L 


INDEX. 


447 


Felurium,  993.  83S. 

Peripteral  temple  at  Elephantine,  417.  At 
the  island  of  Philc.  419. 

Petrified  wood,  171.  S4& 

Pharaohs,  chronological  list  of,  S3. 

*■  Pharaoh's  throne  '*  at  Sakkftra,  SOL 

Pharos,  island  of,  76.  Tower  of,  78.  Har- 
bour, 81.    Position,  88. 

PhiUe,  island  of,  418.  Temple  of  Isis  at, 
4ia 

,  the  (h>ntier  of  Ancient  Egypt  423. 

Phikitera,  S71. 

Pigeon  houses  at  RalUneh,  316. 

Pipe-bowls  of  Osioot,  311. 

Flan  of  the  pyramids  of  Oeeieh,  179. 

Pliny  on  the  pyramids,  177. 186. 

Police  at  Cairo,  165. 

Folybius,  his  account  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Alexandria,  97. 

Pompey's  pillar,  99L 

Population  of  Cairo,  147. 

Porcelain,  vitrified,  of  antiquity,  80a 

Porphyry  quarries,  S70. 

Prices  of  rariotts  articlea  of  consumption  at 
Cairo,  148. 

Psamaticus,  deserters  fh>m,  438. 

Proteus,  abode  of,  76. 

Ptolemaic  temple,  3G0. 

Pyramids,  first  view  of,  llfi.  Excursion  to, 
firom  Cairo,  178.  Principal  requisites  for, 
178.  History  of,  173.  Description  of  the 
Great,  180.  Probable  purposes  for  which 
the  pyramids  were  built,  184.  Dimensions 
of  the  great  pyramid,  185.  Second  pynu 
mid,  186.  Third  pyramid,  189.  Cause- 
way at,  195.  Small  pyramids,  196.  Date 
of  the  pyramids,  197.  Pyramid  of  Aboo- 
roash,  197.  Of  Abooseer,  199.  Of  Sak- 
kftra.  isa  Of  Dashoor,  801.  Last  view 
of,  878.  Of  Howara,  and  lUahooo,  856, 
857.    Of  El  Koola,  407. 

Pyramid,  fidse,  881. 

Qnallflf  815.  SSS. 

Quarries  of  Toora,  f79.    Of  Tehneb,  890< 

Of  Breccia  Verde,  399.    Of  Higar  Silsileh, 

410. 
Quarters,  division  of  Cairo  bito,  145. 
Queens,  tombs  of  the,  at  Thebes,  361. 


3I& 

Kamsees,  111. 

Red  Sea,  passage  of  the  Israelites,  810.  Re- 
lative level  of  the,  with  the  NOeand  Medi- 
terranean, 818. 

Redes^eb.  414. 

Keefk,  Orottoes  at.  3ia 

Remains,  ancient,  of  Alexandria,  91. 

Remeses  IL,  mutilated  statues  of,  341. 

III.,  Oreat  Temple-palace  of,  358. 

Battle  scenes  in,  357. 

Remeseum,  348. 

Reramoon,  306. 

Roads  from  the  val  W  of  the  Nile  to  Fyo6m, 
8ta    From  the  Nile  to  Kossayr.  396. 

Roda  island,  161.    Mounds  at,  301. 

Roman  stations,  399. 

RosetU,  104^ 

RosetU  to  Atfeh  and  Cairo,  105L 

Ruins  at  Alexandria,  95.  At  Metoobls,  105. 
At  Biahmoo,  850.  Near  the  lake  Xteris, 
858.    OfKomWese«m,8S3.    At  lament. 


863.  In  the'vldnityof  El  Kh&rgeh.  8G6. 
Myoa  Hormos,  871.  £l  H6ybee ;— At  Kom 
Ahmar,  284.  At  Oisr  el  Agoos,  388.  At 
Gow,  315.  Near  the  Memnonium,  347. 
At  Medeinet  Haboo,  353.  At  Eilethyasu 
407.  At  Orabos,  413.  At  Elephantine, 
417.  At  Morgose,  487.  At  Kattbsbee, 
488  At  Dakkeb.  433.  At  Aboo-Simbel, 
437.    OfSamneh,44a 

Rum  distillery  at  Reramoon,  303. 

Ryftn,  Wadee,  259. 


Sabavoora^  rubied  town  of,  43L 

Sab6oa,434w 

Saeed,  the,  878.  877. 

Sals,  mounds,  109L    Lake,  110. 

Sakiyt,  403. 

Sakkira,  pyramid  of,  199.    Mummy  pits  at, 

800.    ••  Pharaoh's  throne,"  801. 
Sakh£eh,  888. 
Samalood,  SEB7. 
Samhood,  385. 
Samneh,  440. 
Sandstone,  region  of,  407. 
Sandstone  quarries  at  Hagar  SilsUeh,  410. 

At  Kal&bshee,  430.         ^^ 
Sar&but  el  Khidera,  816.  890l 
Sarapeum  at  Memphis,  803. 
Sarapis,  temple  of,  89. 
Scbedia,  10& 
Sculptured  stones,  at  Semenood,  836.  Battle 

scenes  at  the  great  temple-palace  of  Re- 
meses III.,  3£7. 
Sculptures,  historical  at,  Kamak,  395. 
Sea  of  Kolrim,  8ia 
Sebennytus  mounds,  386. 
S£ewah,  productions  of  the,  94&, 
Sehayl,  bland  of,  4ia 
Semenood,  836L 
Seno6ris,  350. 
Serra,4)IO. 

Shalwka,  mounds  at,  315. 
Sharara,  mounds  at,  893. 
Shardna,  mounds  a^  884. 
Shayro.t  el  Wab,  487. 
Shekh  Abd  el  Koomeh,  tombs  of,  379. 
Shekh  Aboo  Noor  village,  884. 
Shekh  Herecdee.  315. 
Shekh  guides  to  Mount  Sinai,  8ia 
Shekh  Timav.  catacombs  at,  99d. 
Sbenhoor,  335. 

Sherbet  fhnn  liquorice  root,  861.      - 
Shobuk,  437. 
Shodb  mounds,  314. 
Shoobra  palace,  114.    Gardens  at,  171. 
Sibilis.  410. 
Knai,  peninsula  of,  909.    Instructions  for  a 

Joomey  to,  tnm  Cairo,  818.    Mount,  in. 

scriptions  at,  217.    Convent  of,  818.    To 

El  Akaba,  890. 
Sts,  mounds  at,  383. 
Slavery  of  great  antiouity  in  E^t,  379. 
Sledg^  colossus  on,  303. 
Snaifs,  localitv  of,  806. 
Snake  of  Shekh  Herecdee,  315. 
Soo&dee,  rum  distillery  at,  398. 
Soohig,  316L 
Speos  Artemldos,  896. 
Sphinx,  the,  191.  I93L 
Sphinxes,  avenues  of,  389.  391. 394. 
Springs  in  the  Little  Oasis,  860. 
Statues  of  Sesoitris  and  his  wife  at  Memphis, 

SOSm 


448 


INDEX. 


Strabo,  If^,  et  passim. 

Suez,  fi()g.    Probable  spot  of  the  passage  of 

the  Israelites,  209.    Canal,  SIO. 
Sugar  manufactory  at  Reramoon,  3031 
Sultans  and  Caliphs,  LUt  of  the,  S7. 
Syene,  Asouan,  415.    Character  of  the  rocks 

In  the  neightwurbood,  417. 


isle,  397. 

Tablets  of  the  First  Amnnoph,  S69. 

— — —  of  the  time  of  Remeses  II.,  411 . 

Taha,  S90. 

Tahta,  extensire  mounds  at,  315. 

Tanis,  833.  834. 

Tanoof,  mounds  of,  306. 

Tsnsd),  mounds  at,  £83. 

TanU,  S29. 

Taphia,  ruins  of,  498. 

TariSeh,  112. 

Tehneh,  mounds  and  Inscriptions  at,  S88. 

Tel  Basta  mounds,  17a 

Tel  el  Aro&ma,  506. 

Tel  el  Yeh6od  mounds,  169. 

Tel  et  Mai,  2S1. 

Temple  palace  at  Old  KoAraeh,  34a 

Temple  of  the  Sun,  lff7.  Temples  of  Mem- 
phis, S03.  Of  Pthah  and  Apis,  205.  Of 
Venus,  20r).  Of  Sarapls,  S0&  Of  Bebayt- 
el-Hagar,  226.   Great  Temple  of  El  Kh&r. 

S!h,265.  Temple  at  Kaar  el  Oo&ytfth, 267. 
f  Dooah,  267.  At  Kasr  Ain  e*  Zkjkn, 
867.  %yptian  temples,  875.  Of  Thotb, 
304.  Of  Dendera,  329.  At  Mede^net 
Hftboo,  353.  At  Thebes,  361.  At  £r- 
ment,  404.  Of£*DaTr,4aSw  Of  Esneb, 
405.  Of  Amunoph  III.,  408.  Of  Edfoo, 
409.  At  Elephantine,  417.  AtPhila,419. 
At  Biggeh,  421.  At  Kalftbshee.  428.  Of 
Dendoor,431.  Of  Gerf  Hoasayn,  431.  Of 
Dalclieh,  433.  Of  Derr,  435.  At  Aboo. 
Simbel,  437.  Of  Fertiyg,  440.  Of  Samneh, 
44a 

Temples,  plans  of,  875. 

Ter4neh,  112. 

Thebes,  336.  Quickest  mode  of  seeing.  S37 
Description  of,  338.  Decline  and  fall  of, 
339L  Two  Coloasi  of.  348.  Rise  of  the 
land,  351.  Mede6net  Hkboo,  d5SL  Great 
temple  at,  353.  Sculptured  battle  scenes 
in,  SSn.  Ptolemaic  temple  at,  360.  Lake, 
361.     Small  temple,  361.     Tombs  of  the 

gneens,  36L  I>ayr  el  Medeeneh.  382. 
ayr  el  Bahree,  364.  Tombs  of  the  Kings, 
366.  Bruce's,  or  the  Harper's  tomb,  369. 
Tomb  of  Memnon,  371.  The  Western 
▼alley,  374^  Tombs  of  priests,  and  private 
Individuals,  975.  Of  the  Assaseef.  S7&  Of 
Koomet  Murraee,  378.  Of  Shekh  Abd  el 
Koomeh,  379.  Eastern  Bank,  387.  His. 
torical  scu1|itures,  395,  To  ¥J)umjT,  398. 
To  Asouan,  404. 


Threshing-floor  of  the  Egyptiau.  409L 

Tofn^es,  405. 

Toma  mounds,  857. 

Tombs  at  Cairo.  137. 194^  At  Osloot,  318. 
At  Abydus,  SH.  Of  (he  kings,  3eB. 
Belsoni'ft.  366.  Of  Memnon,  371.  an  the 
Western  Valley,  374.      Of  prteata    and 

Srtvate  individuals,  575.    Of  the  Assaaecf, 
76.      Of  Roornet    Murraee,  S78.       Of 

Shekh  Abd  el  Koomeh,  379.    Of  Chris. 

tian  martyrs  near  Esn^  406. 
Tooloon  dynasty,  29. 
Toona,305. 
Toorah  mounds,  878. 
Tor  town,  820. 

Towns,  ancient,  on  the  Nile,  874k 
Treacle  from  dates,  861. 
Tuot,405. 
TUUi.  ruins  at,  487. 

Valley  or  snails,  aos. 

Venus,  temi4e  of.  at  Memphis,  806. 

Vocabulary,  English  and  Arabic,  44. 

Vocal  Memnon,  the,  348. 

Vyse.  Colonel  Howanl,  discoveriea  of,  tSl. 
801.  His  computed  meaaoreraeota  of  the 
Great  PyramU,  185.  Of  the  Second 
Pyramid,  188.  Of  the  Third  Pyramid, 
190.    Of  the  pyramids  of  Daahter,  901. 

IVadee  Booa,  grottoes  at,  Sia 

Wadee  el  Areesh,  883. 

Wadee  Faran,  817. 

Wadfee  Foakhe^r.  3991 

Wadee  Gamoos  torrent,  301. 

Wadee  Gendelee  valley.  dO& 

Wadee  Halaadnee,  809. 

Wadee  Halfeh,  44a 

Wadee  Jafflra,  808. 

Wadee  Magh&ra,  inscriptions  at,  817. 

Wadee  Natro6n,  841. 

Wadee  Ry&n,  859. 

W^adeeSudr,8l5. 

Wadee  Tafk,  428. 

Wah,  or  Oasis,  villages  of  the,  8S8L 

Wah  e*  Dakhleh.  population  of  the,  861 

Wah   el   Kbargeh,  the  Great  Oaaia,  9Sk 

Objects  of  interest  iv,  96S. 
Wah  Koorkoo,  487. 
Wells  of  El  E^hayta,  »& 
Weseem,  806. 
Western  valley,  the,  374. 
White  Monastery,  the,  31& 


838. 

Zakeek,239. 

Zaytoon,  881. 

«•  Zoan,  field  of,**  834. 

Zowyeh,  881. 

Zubbo,  ruins  near,  860. 


THE  END« 


I 

London: 

SpOTTtawooDi  and  Sraw, 
Nei^.street«  Square. 


^^M     X~] 


h 


^--s^ 


i-^ 


J.tC.W>Jk<rSni]p< 


m. 


^> 


2!-    ' 


I 


THE 

HANDBOOK  ADVERTISER,  1847, 

Printed  for  the  conver  fence  of  tUose  desirous  of  communicating 
Information  of  interest  lo  TraYellers^  and  inserted  in  all  the  yarious 
Handbooks,  issued  bet^^een  Mry  and  November  in  each  year. 

The  Annud  Cin'idatUm  is  12,000  Copiei. 

Advertisements  pbould  be  received  not  later  than  the  end  of 
March;  the  Editor  is  not  responsible  for  any  statements  made  in 
them. 


.4^cxle  0f  €|ir8n(: 


For  Eight  Una  .  .  . 
ETeiy  lixie  additioo  J  . 
Half  a  ColmpQ   •    .    . 


.066 
.    0    0 


0 
3    0 


A  Colanm,  or  HalApage 
An  entire  Page    .    •    . 


4  t.  d. 
ft  ft  0 
4    0    0 


lOTK  TO   ADVEETISIMBNTS. 


FttANCB. 
Bov  Loam  .   1C«  rrld«>w*a  Beading  Roobm, 
Ttovas    .    .  Oi«ad  Hotel  d«  L'Vaivtra, 
Buna     .   .    PotoldcUTatoNoira,  .    . 
Jjrtcmt   .   .   <«im>  J  H«l*l  d«  Lltelw*, 
BomM   .  .   OradBotald'AaKtoteRt*. 


pm«. 


M 

11 
U 
13 
SI 


BELQ 

Bosnt    •   • 
Bmvam-a  • 

> 

t* 
If 
> 
Coiovwa    . 

t* 
MctMca    . 

I 
Hatbucb  . 

H»a  luvM 

FB  tBVBO     . 


lUM   AND  GERMANY. 
UbBite'aO^dmSter  Hotel,  .  .    SB 

hecblt  OlSM  WucbooM,  .  .  f 
Btaig^  Fancy  WarchooM,  .  .  .  1 
atbapdg'B  Ocnwnl  Show  Room*,  21 
TUM*9  80k  WardwoM,  .  .  .  S4 
Bothkrt  Fancy  >fag«tlnw»  .  .  SB 
XftW  Ctgar  WanhooMt  •  •  •  84 
Earn  d«  OotagM^— Jteina,  ...  • 
M  »,         laanU.     .   .   SI 

8Mg«nrald*s  Qlaaa  Boona,    .    .     9 
Hcnnann'B  Magaiina  of  Fin*  iUt  t,  10 
HclBla|«r*8  Fwnttan  WaKbonat,  U 

Schraadarl  Hotel, IB 

Foafaraabach'a  Hotel,      ....  IS 


ITALY. 

tfuix  .  '.   Gmd BofBl Hotel 17 

PL.>nB](CB  .  Bianchint'a  Moaate  Oraaawnte,  .  M 
Lbakom  .  ICkBU^llarbiaDiipat,  .  .  .  .  U 
Wtn.n.    .    8igBOTAlWtea,T<Khcr,    ...   IS 


Conan 

MAUttL    . 


LoxiNnf 


*» 


** 

«. 
»• 
It 


THE   EAST. 

Hotel  d*AB|0rt8m,  .  .  . 
Hotel  d'Angkteno,  . 
X«ir^  Library  and  Afaaey, 


Paft. 


11 


U 


•> 


CNQLAND. 
HoDyar^ London  Hotel,.  ...  SB 
UrtofCvatamDntka,  .  .  .  .  S 
lAftnte.lCCndwn,  4 
„  Chlnntry,  IB 
„  Ooddafd,  SB 
„  „  M    Holland,      39 

nBlMB«nk.-Cb«alarMotea,  .  U 
Loa'a  Baadbook  andCWda  Oapot,  SB 
Sanndar^  Oaogimpblcal  Catelo|iM,  SI 
GbapwrnAHaBILbtorBoekt,  » 
If niray'B  LM  of  Boeka,  SO,  3S,  SS,  SB 
Blackl  UatofGnlda  Booka  ft  Mapa,SO 
WUUaaM  ftNofgatefGcnqan  Booka4S 
Laabart's  Werka  on  Macdlawerk,  16 
Varlow  Booka,    .   .        U,1S,SS,S7 


Bibar^LMorBBgUabCkndMh    SS 


IS 


RuooATB    Bbtecka*  Boyil  Hotel, 


iHr.  SAwmta't  KanlAoafc  fBlfttrtiMtt. 


LIST  OF  DUTIES 

Payable  in  London  on  Works  of  Art,  Curiositibs,  &e.,  from  the 
Gontinentt  aecording  to  the  Nbw  Tariff,  Jane  26th,  IMS. 

Then  it  an  addiiion  9/6ptr  mn/.  «n  iko$e  Duiiet  not  mUerei  bp  the  Nsm  Tar^, 


The  IbUowinff  are  all  X^Efi  OF  DVT7. 


Cattle,  and  all  Living  Anhnab. 
AoATBS  and  Cobnblianb,  not  being 

letBor  cut. 
Bbonzb  Works  of  Axt. 
Bullion,  Coins  and  BCedalt  of  all 

kinds,  and  battered  Plate. 
Casts  of  Busts,  Stataes,  or  Figures. 
Cotton  Manufactures,  not  bdag  airtK 

cles  wholly  or  in  part  made  up. 
Diamonds  and  other  Precious  Stones, 

not  set, 
Flowbb  Roots. 
Fobs  and  Skins,  not  made  np. 
LiNBN  Manufactures,  not  bdng  arddes 

wholly  or  in  part  made  up. 
Lay  Figures  belonging  to  British  Artists, 

intended  for  their  own  ose. 
MaoBa  Gbbcia  Ware,  and  Antique 

Earthen  Vases,  Sec 


thereof. 


MaNvacBim. 

Maps  and  Charts,  or    parts 
plain  or  ooloored. 

MiNBBAL  WaTBB. 

fMoDBLS  of  Cork  and  Wood. 

Olivb  Oil. 

Plants  and  Trees,  aliTe. 

PlCTUBBt,  Sketches,  Drawings,  or  Sculp- 
ture,  on  a  declaration  by  the  Propridor 
(being  a  British  Suljject)  thai  they 
are  of  his  or  her  perfonnaiic«,  and 
nnt  intended  for  sale. 

Sbbds,  Garden,  Forest,  Ite. 

Sprcimbns  of  Natural  Hiatocj'  Mine^ 
rals.  Fossils,  and  Ores. 

Sdlphob  Impressions  or  Casts. 

TBLBBCOPBa. 

Vasbs,  Ancient,  not  of  Stone  or  Wood. 


Ob  tho  Collowlag  tko  D«tj  la  10  por  ooni.  aA  waloi 


AoATEB,  or  Comelians,  cut,  manufao- 

tured,  or  set. 
Bbads,  Coral,  Mock  Pearl,  and  others. 
Bbass  and  Bbonzb  Manufactures  noi 

being  works  of  Art,  such  as  Inkstands, 

Candelabra,  and  Avtkles  of  Fumi- 

tore. 
Bbocadb  of  Gold  and  Silver. 
Cabbiaqbs  of  all  sorts. 
Cashukbb  Shawlm,  and  other  Articles 

and  Manufactures  Of  Goat'^s  Wool. 
Catlings  (l^olin.  Harp  Strings,  kc.) 

whether  plain  or  siWer  Strings. 
China,  or  Foreelaia  Wave,  nainted  or 

plain,  gilt  oromameated,  and  Earthen- 
ware. 
Cloorb    and    WATCHBa  (must  have 

Maker's  name,  both  on  lace  and  on 

works.) 
Coix)UBS  for  Painters,  if  manufactured, 

and  Crayons. 
CoPFBB  Platbs  engraved,  and  Copper 

Manufkctnres. 

r   in 


EoTPTiAH  Antiqnitiea,  Nabtan  Speara, 

4cr, 
Fbam Bs  for  Pictnna,  4c. 

FUBNITUaB. 

FtJBs  and  SaiNa,  all  Artklea  made  up. 
Japannbd  and  LaoqMied  Wm 

JBWKLI.BBT. 

Lacb,  viz. — ^ntiead  Lace, 
madebythn  hand,  ooaivoaily  oalM 
Cushion  or  PHlow  Lace,  whether  of 
Linen,  Cotton,  or  Silken  Thread. 

LiNBN   Articles,   wh(»lly   or   in    part 
made  up. 

Mosaic  Work,  small  Omaiwrti  lor 
Jewelfen. 

Mdsical  Lutmnieatii. 

Pbbpumbbt. 

SCAGLXOLA  TbUm. 

Spa  Ware. 

Stbbl  and  Ibon  Mandhetoraa. 

TiLBS. 

Tora. 

TUBNBBT. 

•WooLLBN  Articles,  whoRy  or  ia  pan 
made  i^. 


Cotton  Artidas,  wholly  or   in   part 
made  upk 

Phite,  Gold,  Sllfvr,  giK  or  ungilt,  in  addition  to  10  per  o«it»  b 

Is.  6d.  per  os.  Stamp  Dvty, 


to 


Mt.  Mwanqyg  9uaMmA  ftthntiUr* 


UBT   OF  BUTZBB,  (eoaiiBMa.)  £  «.  4- 

ALAB4tTftB,  Scttlpturs  of ^ >^^.........^.«« ^  Uw  CWt.  tt     S  0 

AscxoTin ....^...................^..^ th«  lb.  0    0  S 

AaavBBUiADx  WaYkk  (for  the  Bottles,  smWivb)  ....... ^ the  gal.  110  4 

BooKB,  of  Editioot  printed  prior  to  1801  the  cwt.  |    0  0 

M  in  or  tiooo  1801*  in  Foraiga   Urfaic 

Laoffnaget  .».. ditto  S  10  0 

•I  in  the  Dead  Langnaget,  or  in  the  EngUih 

Language,  printed  out  of  England  in 

ortlttceiWl ditto  ft    0  0 

(K.B.    Flntad  SdilioM  of  Eaclteh  Works,  of  vhieh  the  Copnlcht  niati  la 
Si«iaBd,  totally  pr«biWt«d  tiac*  1st  April.lMS.) 
BooKi,  English,  printed  in  England  (unless  declared  that  no  Excise 

Drawback  was  raeelved  on  Exportation) the  lb.  9   0  9 

Boon,  Ladiee' wntrimmed the  doa  pair  0    6  O 

,»      Mea*s        ditto diUo  0  14  0 

SaoBs,  ditto         ditto ditto  0    7  0 

„      Ladiea'     ditto — ditto  0    4  8 

CAMXoa fbr  erery  £100  Talue  5    0  0 

CxoAxa  and  Tobacco,  maautectursd  (S  lbs.  only  allowed  for  pat- 

aooger's  baggage) the  lb.  0    9  0 

Tobacco,  unmanufactured ditto  0    8  0 

(N.B.  UBtDiBvfKctiired  Tobaeeo  cuuet  be  tanported  la  Ims  Qaamltytiiaa 
too  Ibi..  or  C%v*  too  IWIa  a  Packafv;  bat  MBalfaaaatttiaa  ai«  ■dnittad  for 
Private  Um  on  daclaratioa  and  payment  of  a  Pisa  oi  la.  6d.  per  lb.  ia  addition 
to  tiaa  Daty.) 

CojrrBB,  If  ooha,  and  Other  Foreign  Coffee the  lb.  0    0  0 

M      ih>ni  British  Posseuiona ditto  0    0  4 

CoiMs,  of  Copper the  cwt.  0  10  0 

CoHFBCTZOBABT.  Sweetmeats,  and  Bnceadcfl  the  lb.  0    0  6 

CoBBiAU  and  Ltovsoxi  (for  Bottles,  see  Wxvb) the  gal.  1  10  4 

Eau  JIB  CoLOoxB,  in  Flasks the  flask  0    10 

(N.B.  tf  otbar  ttiaa  the  ordinary  Flaaks  SQs.  id.  the  OaUon  and  the  Bottle  Dntv.) 

Embbozobbt  and  MsBi>t.BwoBX  for  eTeryiSluO  value  M    0  0 

Fx^WBBS,  Artificial,  of  8Uk ditto  88  0  • 

OiuMM,  Flint  or  Cot,  coloured  and  Fancy  Urnutuental  Olaast  of  what- 
ever kind  (after  the  5th  October,  1846).... the  lb.  0    0  4 

OLAse,  White  Flint  Bottles,  not  cut  or  ornamented  ditto  0    0  1 

„     Wine  Olaaes,  Tumblers,  and  all  other  VHiite  FUalrOlasa 

Goods,  not  out  nor  ornamented..*. the  lb.  0    0  8 

Glotxb,  Leather  (not  less  tluB  100  dos«a  pairs  ean  be  imported  ia 

one  package)  •....M......n«...M.......M..,«.....«^a.M...............  toe  dos.  pair  V    B 

MAccABOiri  and  Vbbmzcblu the  lb.  0    0 

Mabblb, mauufafitured ..the cwt.  0    8  0 

Mosaic  WoBX  and  Sculptured  Stone the  ton  0  10  0 

Najpuu  SoAB the  cwt.  10  0 

Olitbs the  gal.  0    S  0 

Pazbtibos  on  Glass,  or  Figured  Glass tlie  soperflcia)  foot  0    18 

PAPXB.XAxenios,  Flock  Paper,  and  Paper  printed,  painted,  or 

stained.... • the  square  yard  0    0  8 

PiCTUBM each  0    10 

„         and  further the  square  foot  0    10 

„         being  800  square  feet  and  upwards each  10    0  0 

Pmixn  and  Dbawixos,  plain  orooloured,  single ditto  0    0  1 

„                    bound  or  sewn the  dot.  0    0  8 

Saobaobb the  lb.  0    0  1 

SiitX,  MiLLiKBBT,  Turbans  or  Caps each  0    8  6 

„               „           HatoorBonneU ditto  0    7  0 

„               „           Dresses ditto  1  10  0 

n     Haboibob,  and  other  Manufactures  of  Silk  .....for  every  £100  value  15    0  0 

„     Vblvbts,  plainer  figured the  lb.  0    9  0 

„            „            Articles  thereof ditto  0  10  0 

Stobs  from  Malta the  ton  0    1  0 

Tba « the  lb.  0    8  1 

WiBB  in  Casks,  all  except  Cape  Wine thegal.  0    5  6 

„    in  Bottles,              „ ditto  0    5  6 

„    and  farther  on  the  Bottles theewu  0    16 

Sri  BITS  in  Casks  (no  Cask  can  be  imported  of  lets  contents  than 

Twenty  Gallons) thecal.  0  15  0 

SpiBtTB  in  Bottles  (the  additional  Duty  on  the  BoUles,  as  on  Wine  BotUes.) 


f 


SMx.  M^raqft  ^kBMtaak  m*9ttiMtr. 


MESSRS.    J,   &   R.   MCCRACKEN, 

T  OLD   JEWRY.    LONDON, 
AGSNTS  BY  APPdHTMEHT  TO  THE  ROYAL  ACADKHT, 


ATi9 


Vfc. 


Agentt  generaUff  for  the  BeeqUum  and  Shipment  iif  Worke  of  Art, 

To  a  id  From  All  ParU  of  the  World, 

Rbturr  their  tineere  acknowledgmeott  to  the  Nobility  and  Gentiyfor  r^ 
liberal  patronage  hitherto  conferred  on  them.  They  hope  by  the  modentit 
of  their  Charges,  and  their  unremitting  care  in  passing  uirjugh  the  Custom- 
RouaB  Property  eoafided  to  them,  to  merit  a  eontinnaiice  of  the  &tcjr 
they  have  heretofore  enjo\*ed.  Theirettabliahment  eomprist-s  dry  and  spaciou 
Warehouaea,  where  Works  of  Art  and  all  descripfnns  of  Pniperty  can  be  kf;% 
during  the  Owner's  absence,  at  most  moderate  rates  of  rent 

J.  and  R.  M^C.  undertake  to  execute  Commissions,  fin*  the  porehsse  d 
Pictures,  Statuary  in  Maible  and  Alabaster,  Bronxes,  &c,  being  in  direct  eor- 
respondenoe  with  Artists,  Agents,  and  Bankers,  throughout  tlie  Contioent 

British  Artists  resident  abroad,  having  occasion  to  s.*nd  home  UieL" 
Works  for  Exhibition,  cr  to  be  paased  by  the  Academy,  will  find  it  advu- 
tageous  to  address  them  to  the  care  of  Messrs.  J.  and  R.  H^'C^  whose  Ap- 
pointment enables  them  to  offisr  every  facility. 

Parties  favouring  J.  aiid  R.  M^'C.  with  Consignments,  are  mquested  to  b>a 
particular  in  havioff  the  Bills  of  Ladmg  sent  to  them  direct  by  Post;  snd  also 
to  forward  their  Keys  with  the  Packages,  aa  all  Goods  must  be  exsmineti 
immediately  on  arrival. 

J.  and  K,  M«C.  keep  LachrymsB  Christi  and  Marsala  Wines  of  fizsl 
quality,  and  are  the  Sole  Agent*  in  London  to  Messrs.  S.  Stock  and  Col^ 
Wine  Merchants,  of  No.  5(i  Rue  Baaae  dn  Rempart,  Paria. 


^^^w^^^^>^^^^^  ^^^^^-^^^^^^ 


THEIR  PRINCIPAL  CORRESPONDENTS  ARE: 

A  Calais  .....m Metsn.  l*RAa.Txxm,  Moar,  Ar  Voovs. 

BocirOOiTB  8.  M.      Messn.  CxAaTixm,  Moar.  tf  Voovs. 

p  _ ,.  /  Mr.  M.  Caxirvx,  Packer,  Rue  Croix  Fetits  Champs,  Nc\  S8. 

'^**" - lMewrt.8.8T0CXfrCo..  Wi]ieMercbanti.5€Rtt«BB»ednR«iBput 

Hatxx Mr.A. CitAVMovT. Mr. Thomas TAnMa,Mc8sis.P.l>XTOT,sO»< 

•»._._„ _ __         /Messrs.  Hoxacx  Bovchbt  tf  Co. 
MAXsxiuxs  -....  ^u,,,^  I'aocHixa  &  Ouillabxxt. 

BaoxxxxsdbBi-^  , 

eoaax,  (Baixtet  V  Aihb  OxavssT,  Marble  Works. 
P/rftntes)  j  « 

BoBDXAVX AfVX  OxKiTzxT,  44  AIMos  de  Toumy. 

Nicx Mr.  Josxrv  Natta,  British  Consnlate. 

GxxoA Messrs.  Oiaas  ft  Co. ;  Mr.  A.  O.  Baxchx,  British  Tloe-^JoBsttstc* 

Mi  LAW Meisn.  Brrrxr  8c  Baxirro,  Piasxale  di  S.  Scpolero,  No.  3176. 

Caxxaxa  ...........    Mr.  Vxxcxvso  Litt,  Sculptor. 

/^ Messn.  W.  Macbxax  Bt  Co. 
Messrs.  O.  H.  Oovxa  ft  Co. 
Messrs.  Pbtxx  Sbvv  ft  Co. 

Messrs.  Gi  A  CO.  Micali  ft  Pioo.,  Sculptors  In  Alabaster  and  MsrUs.* 
Messrs*  Hxunxxsox  Bbotbexxs. 
Mr.  M.  RxsTomx. 
Mr.  Josxra  Ooaxo. 
Mr.  Hbvbt  Draw. 

^Messrs.  Dblla  Vallx  Bbotrbbs,  Ardsts  in  Seegliola. 
p...  /Mr.  Fbbd.  PxrxBAHA,  Albeno  dell'  Ussaro. 

"•"•"~* I  Messrs.  Huevxx  ft  Vax  Lnrr.  Sculptors  in  Alabaster  ft  Msibk. 

FzoftxvcB  /Messrs.  EwmI'.Fbmsi  ft  Co. 

FxoBxxcB ^Messis.  Plowdxv  ft  FaaxcH. 


Lxoxoax 


•....«  ...*»« 


fKx.  Mmtdip*i  fkwxtitatOi  nbnttiUr. 


ROMS 


MaltAm... 


MESSRS.  J.  k  R.  McCRACKEN—AGENrS,  (eonUmuedJ, 

/M«Mn.  MAAVA.T  St  Paxxjihak. 

Mr.  Oaxvo.  BiAXcniMi,  Mocaio  Worker,  opposite  the  CappelU 
do'  Medici. 
V, »..««.  J  Meetn.  iMiai  Piacxhtx  ft  Fzoli. 

FI.OEMCB  <  jj^    o^^^    SaLTBTTI. 

Mr.  J.  TouoH. 
I  FUi.  Pacxtti,  Picture-frame  Maken,  Via  del  Palagio. 
\Mewn.  Nam  Ciaxdi  b  Co. 

VoLTsaaA Big.  Ott«.  Callaj,  and  Sfg.  Giai*.  CHsaicl. 

BoLooKA  Mr.  Flavio  Paaorrz,  British  Vice-Consul. 

Amcova Messrs.  Mooaa,  MsasLLaT  ft  Co. 

^  Messrs.  FaaKBoaw  8t  Co.      Messrs.  Tdalovia  it  Co. 

Messrs.  MAcaaAH  ft  Co.      Mr.  Caxlo  Taaaai. 

Messrs.  Plowdxm,  Cbolmklkx,  ft  Co. 

ftfessrs.  Maquay,  PaXxxsak  Bt  Smtth. 
[  Mr.  Lvioi  BaAXCHiMi,  at  the  English  College. 
CxvitaVxcchxa....    Mr.  T.  Axata.    Mr.  J.  T.  Lows,  J unr.,  British  Vice  Consul. 

Naplxs  Messrs.  lacvjbOBX  &  Co.    Messrs.  Cvmmixo,  Woo»(  A  Co. 

Palxkico Messrs.  Baowx,  Pxavck,  h  Co. 

MxssiNA Messrs.  Cailx.xx  &  Co. 

Mr.  Fbxsihaxd  Dimbch,  No.  69,  Strada  Teatro,  Valletta, 
Sculptor  iu  Malta  Stone. 

Messrs.  Jamxs  8out&  &  Co.,  ditto. 

Mr.  Paolo  Dbcaxdxa,  ditto. 

Mr.  Emavuxl  Zammzs. 
V  Mr.  N.  J.  AsPiXALL. 

Ai.xxAxx>xxA Messrs.  Bxicos  ft  Co. 

CoKSTAMTXVOPLX...    Mossrs.  Cb  AXLXs  Hamsom  ft  Co.,and  Nxtx«Kkxx,Black,&Co. 

Smtbxa  ., Messrs.  Habsob  A  Co. 

BxTROirr Messrs.  C.  Roqubxbb  ft  Co. 

Atbxws Messrs.  O.  MxTJTXXxft  Co. 

VXBXCB Messrs.  Holmb  ft  Co.;  Messrs.  FBBXxa  Schzblxv. 

Trxxstx Messrs.  Gkobgx  Mooax  ft  Co. 

OtTEND Mr.  F.  A.  Bbllkbochx  :  Messrs.  Bach  ft  Co. 

BRUSSXZ.S Mr.  Job M  Oibbs,  Director  of  the  Electric  Telegraph. 

AMTWXxr ..............    Messrs.  S.  A.  Lbtimo  ft  Co.,  Mareh6  doZeland,  No.  S4-19. 

{Mr.  A.  8.  Pbestom. 
Messrs.  8.  A.  Lbtibo  ft  Co. 
Messrs.  Coomav,  Borbs,  ft  PhzllztM. 
Messrs.  I*  Matxr  ft  Co. 
COI.0OBB  ...M....»....    Mr.  J.  M.  Fabzba,  vis-A-vie  ia  Plaoa  Julien. 
Matxbck Mr.  Jobxpb  THuauxT. 

{Mr.  P.  A.  Taccbz*s  SvocBtsoms,  Glass  Manvfaelurer,  Zeil  D  17. 
Madame  Veure  J.  H.  Stxbbxl,  Zeil  D  Sll. 
Messrs.  Bibo  Bxotbxb«  ft  Co.,  Zeil  D  SIS. 
Mabuxzm Mr.  DiKKxtapxiL;  Messrs.  Etssxb  ft  Cx.avs. 

{Mr.  J.  M.  DK  Hbrmamx,  Printseller. 
Messrs.  Mat  ft  Wxsmatbr,  Printsellers. 
Mr.  F.  Stxioxrwald,  Glass  Manufacturer. 
Messrs.  L.  Nkorxolx  &  Co. 
KisiZBGXB  l^^'  ^'  Stkioxrwald,  GIass  Manufacturer. 

" iMeasrs.  J.  Bxromabx  ft  Co. 

Ratzsxov Mr.AuousTxKocH. 

Bablx Messrs.  JbaV  Prbiswkbk  ft  Pit«. 

BxBBx Mr.  AuGUsTX  BvKstux;  Mr.  Ax.bxbt  Tbitmvt. 

Gkbxta Mr.  B.  Ritxchxi.,  Uiand  Quai. 

IXTXBLACKXB  .......     Mr.  J.  WtdXB. 

ORXBDXX.WAZ.D Mr.  8.  ROTHAOBXB,  Flit. 

IlAMBtrxe  M Messrs.  Scuaab  ft  Clavsb;  Mr.  C.  B.  AbxoXiD. 

pRAOUB .................    Mr.  W.  HorKAMK,  GUtfB  Maaufketurer,  Kleinen  Ring.  No.  4M. 


CABZ.SBAD M..... /^''  ^'  HoxMABB,  Glass  Manufacturer ;     Mr.  Cabl  Kboll, 


,  /Mr.  W.  HoxMABi 

lau  Lion  Blanc. 

>...M....»  .M     mSf»  W^.  HOPMABB, 


VixBBA Ifr.  W.  HorMABB,  OkMB  Muinteatanr,  am  Lvgaek,  No.  7tk 

BxaXtXB  .M..«. 


............ 


6  fKx.  jnurrxs'if  AnMacft  nbttMtt. 


FRANKFORT   O.    M. 


P.  A.  TACCHrS  SUCCESSOES. 

LATE   FRANCIS   STEIGERWALD, 

ZEIL  D,  No.  17, 

iSoIjemtan  iFattcp  0\6si0  anti  CrpjTtai  USieoul^mi^v 

p.  A.  TACCHI'S  SUCCESSORS  beg  to  acquaint  the  Public,  that  thev 
hare  become  the  Parehaiers  of  Mr.  F.  Stbxgerwald'b  Establish mckt  is 
this  Town,  for  the  Sale  of  Bohemian  Fancy  Cat  Glass  and  Crystals. 

They  have  always  an  extensive  and  choice  Assortment  of  the  newest  and 
most  Elegant  Patterns  of 

ORVAMEBTTAL  CUT,  ENGRAVED,  GILT,  AND  PAINTED  GtASS, 

Both  White  and  Coloured,  in  Dessert  Serviees,  Chandeliers,  Articles  for  the 
lable  and  Toilet,  and  eveiy  possible  variety  of  objects  in  this  beaatifiil 
brsneh  of  manu&cture.  They  solicit,  and  will  endeavour  to  merit,  a  con- 
tinuance of  the  favours  of  the  Public,  which  the  late  well-known  House 
enjoy eu  in  an  eminent  degree  during  a  considerable  number  of  yesra. 

P.  A.  T\ccHi'8  Successors  have  Branch  Establishmbrts  during 
the  season  at 

WIESBADEN     AND     EMS, 

where  will  always  be  found  Selections  of  the  newest  Articles  from  their 
principal  Establishment 


^»«^^^^»«»»0«»l^<»<X»WOI«»»  iw 


Their  Agents  In  England*  13  whom  they  undertake  to  forward  porehasei 
made  of  them,  are  Messrs.  J.  and  R.  M^Crackbv^  7  Old  Jewry,  London. 


SHx.  SAvmcifi  f|aiiMoa&  SlMfrtuter. 


FRANKFORT  O.  M. 


BING    BROTHERS, 


ZEIL,  No.  212,  oppotiTR  the  Hotel  ds  Rdsiis, 

DEPOT  OF  DRESDEN  CHINA, 

COPY    OF    THE    STATUE    OF    ARIADNE, 
All  IdndB  of  Parisian  Fancy  Articles. 


Messrs.  BINO  Brothers  beg  respectfullj  to  invite  the  Public  to  visit 
their  Establishment,  where  they  have  alwaya  on  show,  and  for  sale,  a  most 
extensive  Assortment  of  Articlea  in  Stag's  Horn,  of  their  ovm  manafacture ; 
consisting  of  Brooches,  Ear-rings,  Bracelets,  Pen  and  Pencil-holders,  Seals, 
Inkstands,  Watch-stands,  Snuff-boxes,  Cigar-boxes,  Whips,  Walking-sticks, 
Knives,  Card-cases,  and  every  description  of  article  for  the  Writing  and 
Work  Table,  besides  Vases  and  other  ornamental  objects  too  various  to  be 
here  enumerated. 

Messrs.  BING  have  also  the  finest  Copies,  both  in  Biscuit-china  and 
Bronze,  of  the  Statue  of  Ariadne,  the  Chef-d'oeuvre  of  the  Sculptor  Dan- 
necker,  of  which  the  original  is  in  Bethman*s  Museum  at  Frankfort  O.  M. 

Messrs.  BING  have  likewise  the  S&le  DepSi  in  Frankport  of  the 
Porcelain  of  the  Royal  Manufactory  of  Dresden ;  and  at  their  Establishment 
may  be  seen  the  most  splendid  assortment  of  Figures  after  the  Ancient 
Models,  ornamented  with  Lace- work  of  the  most  extraordinary  fineness; 
likewise  Dinner,  Dessert,  and  Tea  Services;  Plates,  Vases,  Candelabras, 
Baskets,  &o.  &c.  in  the  Antique  Style,  ornamented  with  flowers  in  relief  and 
the  finest  paintings. 

Besides  the  above-named  olyects,  they  have  a  superb  assortment  of 
Clocks,  Bronses,  Porcelain,  and  other  Fancy  Objecta,  the  productions  of 
Germany,  France,  and  England. 

Depdi  of  the  vnitabU  Eau  de  Cologne  ofjea^  MaHa  Farina  qf  Cologne. 


8  fix.  Mttcrufi  KxtOiibtfOk  flMertUft. 


COLOGNE   O.   RHINE. 

JOHN  MARIA  FARINA, 

OPPOSITE    THE    JULICH'S    PLACE, 

PURVEYOR  TO  HER  MAJESTY  QUEEN  VJCTORU,  TO  HIS  MAJESTY  TB£ 

KING  OF  PRUSSIA,  ETC. 

OV  THK 

OHLT  6EIUIHE  EAU  BE  COlOfilE. 


Thb  frequency  of  mistakes,  which  are  sometimes  accidental,  but  for  the  most 
part  the  result  of  deception  practised  by  interested  indiTidualsi  induces  me  to 
request  the  attention  of  all  English  traTellers  to  the  following  statement : — 

Since  the  first  establishment  of  my  house  in  1706,  there  has  never  been 
any  partner  in  the  business  who  did  not  bear  the  name  of  Farina,  nor  has 
the  manufacture  of  a  second  and  cheaper  quality  of  Eau  db  Coloone  ete 
been  attempted.  Since  1827|  however,  several  inhabitants  of  Cologne  bare 
entered  into  engagements  with  Italians  of  the  name  of  Farina,  and,  by 
mnploying  that  name,  have  succeeded  to  a  very  gteat  extent  in  fokthi^  an 
inferior  and  spurious  article  upon  the  Public. 

In  the  year  1886  a  Mrs.  Aldenbruok  established  a  manufactory  of  Eau  dc 
Colope  under  the  firm  of  ** J.  M.  Farina,"  at  2  Frederick  Wilhelm  Street: 
and,  m  order  to  render  the  deception  more  complete,  carried  on  the  business 
for  some  time  under  the  firm  and  address  of  J.  M.  Farina,  opposite  the  Julieh's 
Place,  No.  2.  This  imposition  was  speedily  put  a  stop  to  by  Ifae  iaterferenee 
of  the  authorities ;  but  Mrs.  Aldenbruck  has  since  taken  a  shop  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  ray  house,  Unter  Goldschmidt,  No.  6,  and  has  now  opened 
anoAer,  in  a  small  house  near  the  Julieh's  Place,  No.  4.  I  thereibfe  be;^  to 
inform  all  strangers  visiting  Cologne  that  my  Establishment,  whieh  hss 
ejdsted  since  1706,  is  exactly  opposite  the  Julieh's  Place,  forming  the  eomer 
of  the  two  streets,  Unter  Goldschmidt  and  Oben  Marspforten,  F.  No.  23  ; 
and,  that  it  may  be  the  more  easily  recognised,  I  have  had  the  Arms  of 
England  and  Prassia  put  up  in  front  of  the  bouse.  By  calling  the  attention 
of  the  Public  to  this  notice,  I  hope  to  check  that  system  of  impositioB  whieh 
haa  been  so  long  practised  towards  foreigners,  by  ooaohmen,  valets  de  plsoe, 
and  others,  who  receive  bribes  from  the  vendors  of  the  many  spurious  coos- 
pounds  sold  under  my  name. 

J.  M.  FARINA. 


Mr  CustoM-HovBB  A«bhtb  m  Londoit  abb 
MESSR&  J.  and  R.  MCCRACKEN,  7  OLD  JEWRY. 


IKr.  MvxtKfi*i  UfioMaA  ntntiMn. 


1 


MUNICH. 


FEANCIS    STEIGERWALD, 


MANUFACTURER  OF 


ALL  KINDS  OF  FANCY  ARTICLES  AND  SERVICES 


IN 


SSaitte  anil  Colourelr  C^rs^tal  eKlass, 

CUT,    OR    ORNAMENTED    WITH    GILDING,    PAINTING, 

OR   ENGRAVING, 

Begs  respectfully  to  infennthe  PuUic-that  his  large  Stock  at 

MUNICH, 

THB  ACKNOWLEDGED  SEAT  OF  tHB  FINE  ARTS  IN  GERMANY, 

It,  as  it  has  been  fbr  many  yean,  carefully  supplied  with  the  NEWEST 
and  CHOICEST  PRODUCE  of  hU  FACTORY. 

F.  S.  has  also  an  Establishment  at  Kiisingsn  during  the  Season. 


Requesting  his  Customers  and  Correspondents  in  ENGLAND  to 
continue  to  this  Establishment  the  favour  and  confidence  they  have 
been  pleased  to  bestow  on  his  former  one  at  FRANKFORT  ON 
THE  MAINE,  he  begs  to  state  that  Purchases  or  Orders  will  be 
transmitted  on  the  shortest  notice,  and  without  any  further  trouble, 
through  the  medium  of  his  Agents,  Messrs.  J.  aud  R.  M^Crackbn, 
No.  7  Old  Jewry,  London. 


10 


Mt.  Mnraqg^i  HaiMinA  WltbiXtiitr. 


MUNICH. 


*V»^<'V«>'<»^*x^»W» 


J.  M.  DE  HERMANN. 
HAGAZIIE  OF  OBJECTS  OF  FIIE  IBTg, 

PICTURES,  PRINTS,  DRAWINGS,  &  LITHOGRAPHS. 


J.  M.  DE  HERMANN  hav  always  on  Sale  a  Colleotion  of  Pietitrea  by 
Modem  Artists  (Gennfin  and  others),  of  Kiniatures,  and  Drmwingt.  E&- 
e^vings,  and  Lithographs.  The  latter  comprises  the  Collectiona  of  the 
Pinacothek,  of  the  Galleries  of  Schleissheim  and  the  Duke  of  Leuchtenberg 
at  Munich,  as  well  as  that  of  the  RoyaV  Gallery  of  Dresden :  also  the 
Collection  of  the  Works  of  the  Old  School^  Wtter  known  as  the  "Col- 
lection of  the  Friree  Bolsser^;"  the  Fi^seoas  in  the  Church  of  AH- 
Saints,  and  generally  of  whatever  relates  Mthi^l^ine  Arts. 

J.  M.  DE  HERMANN  undertakes  tvfonrard  to  England  all  Purchase* 
made  at  his  Esublishment,  through  liir^Agento,  Messrs.  J.  and  R. 
M'^Crackem,  7  Old  Jewry.  -^  ^' 

FLOIIEPi«E. 


G.  BIANCHINI, 

■ARUFAOTUitEII  OF  TABLES  AM  LAOIEV  0RIAIEIT8 


or 


iFIotenttne  ilflo^eikf 

No.  4S44  VIA  DE'  NELLI,  OPPOSITE  THE  BOYAL  CHAPEL 

OF  THE  MEDICI, 

Invites  the  English  Nobility  and  Gentry  to  visit  hia  Bstahlishnant,  where 
may  always  be  seen  numerous  Specimens  of  this  celehrated  and  beautiful 
Manufacture,  in  every  description  of  Rare  and  Preeioui  Stones.  Orders  for 
Tables  and  other  Ornaments  executed  to  any  Design. 

M.  G.  Bianchini's  Agents  in  England  are 
Messrs.  J.  and  R.  M^'Cracken,  7  Old  Jewry,  London. 


SSix.  iKtttnv'if  iNnittoidt  WfuxtbUx. 


11 


LEGHORN, 

HIMINTHMICALIftSON, 

VU  FEBDINANDA,  No.  1380. 

Manufietory  of  Marble,  AlaVattcr,  and 
ScagUoIa  Tablet,  and  Depdt  of  ObJecU  of 
FineArU. 

Their  eztenaiTo  thow-rooniB  an  nlwayi 
open  to  Viaiton. 

Their  AgenU  in  England  are  Meurs.  J. 
and  R.  M*CAACXXir,  7  Old  Jewry,  London. 


BRUXEULES. 

PLACE   DES  WALLOMS,  No.   1. 


lARII  YAH  EE6KH0UT. 

Fabrique  de  Dentellee  de  Broxellea, 
Fleurt  pour  application,  ChlflVes  ct  Ar- 
moixet,  Malinet  et  Valenciennes. 


AVBSMS,  riT*  Daya  by  BUmbm  fr«aa  TRXS8TS 


HOTEL  D'ANGLETBRRE ;  BESSON  AND  ELIAS 

Ofier  the  beat  House,  and  the  best  ailnation ;  extensive  Tiewa ;  eool  airy 
■aloona  and  terrace ;  oleanlinesa ;  comfinrt  and  good  liTing.  Baths  and  Bil- 
lUrds.    English,  French,  and  Italian  spoken. 

JSLIA  and  YANl  (vide  Murray**  Handbook)  eoniinue  to  aeeompany  TraveUert 

from  ihi$  HoteL 


TOURS, 

GRAND  HOTEL  DE  L'UNIYBBa 

AirOUSTE  PARIS 

Has  the  hoooor  to  inform  English  TiaTsUets 
that  this  Hotel  has  been  newly  built,  and  Is 
cloee  to  the  Railway  Station. 

The  Apartments,  large  and  small,  are 
elegantly  furnished,  the  Kitchen  good,  and 
thm  ohaxges  moderste. 

The  Hotel  is  fitted  up  with  eeery  English 
conrfbrt.    A  Table  d*Hdte  at  S  o'clock. 

SagUak  Bpokea. 


BLOIS. 

HOTEL  DE  lTtETE  NOIBE, 

lEPT  lY  UE  SEAOLNRI  VIMAT. 

l%is  Hotel,  newly  fitted  up.  It  beanti' 
fully  situated*  facing  the  RlTer  Loire,  and 
close  to  the  Bridge. 

The  Apartments,  large  and  small,are  far* 
nished  with  every  regard  to  English  comfort, 
and  the  proprietor  will  ibel  honoured  by 
English  patronage.  Charges  very  moderate. 

Table  d'HAte  at  ft  o'doek,  and  Carriages 
supplied  to  visit  Chamborde,  &e. 


TfliXD  Editiom ,  with  600  IlliMtwtiont,  H  vob.,  8to,  £^  4t. 

THE  PBIVATE  LIFE,  MANNERS,  CUSTOMS,  &c., 

OV  TSX  s 


AHCIEIT  EGTPTIAIS: 


1>XBIVED  FBOM  THE  SXUDT  07  HISB0OLTPB1C8,  8CULPTUBB,  PAIKTINGS, 
AKD  OTHER  W0BK8  OF  ART,  STILL  EXISTING,  OOMPABED  WITH.  THE 
ACC0UKT8  07  ANCIXNT  AUTH0B8. 

Bt  sir  GARDNER  WILKINSON. 

•'  IsdefbCisable  ia  research,  ftiU  of  leamiaf,  aecBiata  Sa  £uls»  and  legieal  ia  the  appli- 
cmltioa  of  his  facts  and  his  teanilng,  8!r  Gardner  HHIkinson  has  at  the  same  time  treated 
Itis  subject  with  the  eatbuslasm  of  Genius  and  the  riveliness  of  Poetry."— Xord  Ripom's 
jtdd/ru»  <o  Me  MUgrU  SoeMy  of  Literature. 

JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STRERT. 


12 


SKXm  HMwtVMp^t  >KnM0al  mitftilcr* 


RAM8GATE    TO   OSTEND 

THK  SHORTEST  ROUTE. 


The  South  Swtern  Railway  to  Ramsgate,  and  the  Harbour  of  Ramsgate, 
the  neoreat  poihrt  to  Oatend ;  the  apleodid  Steam  Vesaela  of  the  South  Eatteni 
Co.  being  remoTed  to  that  Port,  performing  the  diatance  in  4|  houiBy  F^aaec- 
gera  can  alwajri  land  at  the  pier,  at  low  water,  without  the  uae  of  amall  boati. 

HI8C0CKS'  BOTAL  HOTEL,  BiHSClATfi, 


8TB11S  TO 


VOST 


B.  A;  R  H.  hafing  added  au  addGtional  wiag  to  their  cxteniife  Hotel, 
oBtK  to  the  Pablic  firsUrate  i^aitmenta,  combing  with  eoononqr  in  price. 
feet  charged  at  a  fixed  price. 


tf 


FRIBURC,  IN   BREISCAU. 


FOEHRENBACH'S  HOTEL 

Table  d'Hote  at  One  and  Five  o'clock  every  day.    BefreshmenU 

to  he  had  at  any  hour. 

The  Hotel  haa  I  een  new^  erected  by  the  preaent  proprietor,  on  the  high 
road  leading  to  Baael,  Hollenthal,  and  Schafiliauaen,  and  adjoining  the  Fri- 
burg  Station  of  the  Bade.i  Railway. 

The  Carriage  Entrance  *s  eneloaed  with  Oatea,  and  ia  kept  atiietly  pri- 
Tate.  The  Stabling  and  Coaehhonaea  are  very  extenaiTe,  ailbrding  e^ery 
accomodation. 

The  Yiewi,  in  front  of  the  Hotel,  are  Schlosaburg  and  the  Cathedral  of 
Friburg;  at  the  back,  the  Railway  Sution  and  the  train  from  Baael  at  the 
diatance  of  tweWe  milea,  the  Rhine,  alao  the  Vogea  Mountaina,  and  about 
fifteen  amall  towna  in  Germany* 

ST.  B.--The  Bngllak,  V^«feehf  and  C^nsaa  ^apera  takes  ia* 


NAPLES. 


^N^^rVN/>^ 


SIGNOR  iLBUES  (FELICE),  A  NATIVR  OP  BOME, 

•  ▼!••  Saata  TereaeUa  IlagU  Sfagneli,  TMaa  a  St. 

Blot  to  infonn  the  Koblllty  and  Gentry  tbat,  «■  unuU,  ba  gtrw  Imtraetloa  ia  tbe 
luiian  Lsnguagv  and  Literature,  thtougb  the  m«dittm  of  alftar  tba  JEacUili  or  Fnock 
Language.— Madame  Albxtsi,  aUo  a  native  of  Rome,  attends  Ladies  GfamattticallTV 
and  for  ConTcnaaionA.— ReliBtcneee  auy  be  naide  lo  tbe  eMaf  I^pralgB  Cirdea  la  Smlmt 
and  to  the  principal  Bankers. 

i 


iMr.  Mvanatifi  l^uMkaA  VWuttiiix. 


13 


LYONS. 


GRAND  HOTEL  D£  L'UNITERS, 

No.    4    RUE    DE    BOURBON. 


MESSRS.  GLOVER  &  VUFFRAY  haYe  the  honour  to  inform  the 
Kobilitj,  Gentry,  and  Travellera  in  general,  that  thia  newly  eonstmcted  and 
magnificent  Establiihment  wai  opened  on  the  let  of  May,  184d.  It  ia 
situated  in  the  most  elegant  and  most  frahionable  part  of  the  town,  close  to 
the  Post  Office,  the  Steam-Boats,  Diligence  and  Ra&way  Offices.  The 
Furniture  is  quite  new ;  and,  in  funushtng  the  Hotel,  the  Proprietors  have 
studied  to  usite  elegance  with  good  taste  and  comfort.  It  is  fitted  up  in  the 
English  style,  one  of  the  partners  being  an  Englishman. . 


Sx«elle«t  Table  4*  B«U.  Vriwste 


STABLINQ  AND   LOCK-UP  COACH*HOU8CS. 

Families  may  no  longer  be  induced  to  deriate  their  route  from  Lyons  for 
the  want  of  a  good  Hotel,  aa  they  will  find  at  the  Hotbl  db  L'Unitsri 
every  eomfort,  cleanliness,  the  most  respectful  attention,  and  moderate 
chases;  which  have  been  already  attested  by  a  great  many  families  of  die* 
tinction  of  all  nations. 

The  Testimonials  in  praise  of  our  Hotel  are  too  numerous  t9  mention ; 
we  ahall  only  Insert  Lord  Lichfield's: — 

'TeMKaafts.  Glover  &  Vupprat. 

**  During  the  lest  four  years  I  have  travelled  over  the  greater  parts  of 
France,  Italy,  Germany,  and  Belgium,  and  have  met  with  exeeUent  Hotsls ; 
but  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying,  that  your  Hotel  ia  the  best  and  most  com- 
fortable of  alL  It  will  give  me  great  pleasure  if  this  teitimonla]  can  be  of  any 
service  to  you,  and  you  are  at  liberty  to  make  any  use  of  it  yon  think  proper. 

"LICHFIELD.- 


14 


i»r.  ^urrsff'if  KAn^&oiA  mbnMvc. 


UNION    BANK    OF    LONDON. 


IM&BCT0B8.-AR  PETEB  LAVRI^  Oo*.     JtflVRflW  SPOTTISWOODE,  Em,.  Dvr.  G«« 


GEORQB  WEBSTEK, 
JOIIM  BARNES,  EMt. 
J.  W    SUTHERLAND, 
W.  M.  NURSE,  Em. 


MAJOR  GEN.  ROBERTSOH.       i  W.  P.  CRAUPUIU). 

ARCHIBALD  COCKBUKN,  Em    JOHM  OONVELL, 
JAMES  FARQVUAR,  Em.  WILLIAM  MORLET.  Em 

PETER  LAURIE,  IM.  1  CHaRL£8  LTA.LI.,  tm. 


WILLIAM  WILSON  8CEIMGEOUR,  GnsKAi.  Mamasi 


WA.LTER  UkU&IB, 


CrmcuLAR.  N^TEB.  The  directors  cive  n«Uce  ihat  thejr  iasoe  Circclab  Xt 
ofthfB  TahM  of  d^lO  and  upwards,  >>«•  o/ts^tnm,  uA  Lbtteu  o^  CssofT,  piST 
hy  their  CorrapondeoU  at  tlie  KvenJ  placv*  iodicaled  below ;  to  be  obcainoa  tt 
Head  Office,  2  Prinoct*  $U»ft.  Mansion  Hoaae ;  the  Regent  Street  Braneb,  Aisyls  E 
and  at  the  Charing  Crou  Branch,  4  Pall  Mall  EtM. 

AbbeTlUa 

Aix-an-Profcnet 

Aiz-Ia.Chapall« 

Alexandria 

Aleppo 

AUeant* 

Almeira 

AniienB 

Ajnifardam 

Ancona 

Antlfiia 

Antwerp 

Athena 

AugtbpiMg 

Avignon 

Avranches 

Baden«  Baden 

Bagnirea  de  Bigorre 

Barbadoet 

Baraeiopa 

Barigaa 

Basle 

BaTonna 

Belrout 

Beigen 

BeiMn 

Berne 

Besanvon 

Bilbao 

BloU 

Bologna  (eaUalla) 

Bombay 

Bonn 

Bordeaoz 

Boulogne  (inr  Mer) 

Botfloa 

Bremen 

Breslaa 

Bruges 

Brttnn 

Brans  wiek 

Brussels 

Cadis 

Caen 

Cairo 

Calaia 

Caicntta 

Canada  (Upper) 

Cape  Tovn 

C«aU^a4 
Carlamhe 
Cephalonla 
Celt* 


Ceylon 

Konigsbaig 

Presbooig 

Cbalon  (snr  Saone) 

Lausanne 

Quebec 

Chambery 

Leghorn 
uTpaie 

RaftadC 

Christiana 

Christiansand 

Uege 
Lilk 

Rennas 

Clemoot  BRnad 

Riga 

Coblfns 

Usbon 

Rio  de  Jaateiro 

Cologne 

L*Oriene 

Rome 

Constance 

Lttcema 

Rotfeerdaai 

Coustantinnpte 

Lyon 

Rouen 

Copenhagen 

Lueea  tBains  da) 

Sabbaong 

Cordova 

Madeira 

Santa  Crux,  Teat 

Corfu 

Madraa 

Schwalbeck 

Corunna 

Madrid 

Seville 

Bamasoua 

Malaga 

9hanffknses> 

Dantcic 

Malta 

Siena 

Darmstadt 

Mannheim 

Smyrna 

Demarara 

Marienbad 

Spa 

Dieppe 

MarseUlea 

8c  Galle 

DIJon 

M  auritius(FortLouls) 

SLKitto 

Dominica 

Mayence 

ScMalo 

Dresden 

Messina 

St.  Lneiaa 

Drentheln 

Me«a 

St.Omer 

Dunkirk 

Milan 

Sl  Petersbuig 

Dasseldorf 

Montpelltar 

St.  Tiaeent 

Blberileld 

Montreal 

Stockkohn 

Elsioora 

Moscoir 

Strasbourg 

Emms 

Munich 

Stnttgardt 

Florence 

Mttuster 

Tarbes 

Prancfort  (sur  Maine) 

Nancy 

Tenerlffe 

Obsnava 

Naataa 

Tobi#i 

Genoa 

Naples 

Tofonto' 

Uhent 

Neuehalel 

Tonloa 

Gibraltar 

Nevis 

Toulouse 

Oottenbourj 

New  Yoric 

Tours 

«ot»ingen 

Nlea 

Tnusa 

Graefenburg 

Nismes 

Trieste 

Granville 

Nuranbouvg 

Triuld^ 

Orats 

HaUfaz(Nova8cotia) 

#IMI-*V.^..\ 

Turin 
Utrecht 

OlefOB 

Hambuig 

OpOTtO 

Valaacfaaaes 

Hanover 

Orleans 

ValeneU 

Havzf 

Osttnd 

▼eake 

Hasue 
tiefdelbmg 

Palermo 

▼arona 

Paria 

▼evv 

liemanstadt 

Paim^ 

Vleaaa 

Uocnbarg 
Hong  Kong 

Pmtns 

^go 
waiaaw 

Pan 

Hyeres 

Perplgnan 

Wehnar 

kinapniek 

Pest 

Wietbadea 

Enterlaken 

Pisa 

WuxboHig 

Jamaica 

Port  St  Mary 

Tverdon 

Kisaingen 

Prague 

ZanteandZarich 

JKr.  MntTXs^t  iKmWbm*  fm^rKfrcr.  15 

HEIOELBURG. 

schreedeF?  hotel.        ^ 

Table  d'Hole  at  I  and  5  o'eloek.  Refreahments  at  any  Honr. 

The  HoTBL  has  been  newly  erected,  opposite  the  Railway,  the  Post 
Office,  and  the  Grand  Promenade  leading  to  the  Palace  and  the  Celebrated 
Wolfbrunncn. 

The  Views  from  this  Hotel  are  the  Grand  Promenade  and  the  Palace, 
Konigssthul,  Heiligenburg,  Neckerthal,  and  the  Rhine;  also  the  Trains  from 
Frankfort,  Manhetm,  and  Carlsrahe,  for  eight  miles  from  Heidelburg. 
THB    KNGIilSH,    FRBNCH»    AND    aiBRHAtf    PAPBR8   TAKEN    IN. 

MAYE^E. 

JOHN  HEININGKR, 

rUBIITUKE   lAIUFACTUBER, 

OPPOSITE  THE  THEATRE.  D  135, 
Begs  to  inform  that  he  keeps  a  large  and  splendid  assorthient  6f  erery  article 
in  the  Upholstery,  Decorative  and  Furnishing  Department,  Looking-glasses 
and  Bed  Furtiitare,  and  has  endesTOured  to  combine  in  his  stock,  elegance  et 
style,  fashion  and  superiority  of  manufacture.  All  orders  in  these  branches 
are  punctually  executed  as  well  in  the  highest  style  as  for  common  use,  and 
the  solidity  of  his  articles  warranted 

J.  H*s.  Agent  in  London  tn  Mr.  J.  A.  Goddard,  36  Old  Jewry. 

NAPLES,  ATHENS,  GONSTANTMOPLE.  SMYRNA,  ALEXANDRIA,  OAiRO, 

GORFU,  ARG  MALTA. 

G.  MUIH,  COMMISSION  AGENT,  MALTA, 

OHDBBTAKBS  TO   SUPPLY 

MURRAY'S  HANDBOOKS,  AND  OTHER  PUBLICATIONS, 

As  well  Bs  all  the  London  and  Paris  Publications  of  the  Ut  qfthe  Month, 
by  the  12th  or  13th.    All  Newspapers  by  the  most  expeditious  route. 

He  has  constantly  on  sale  a  large  atsortment  of  London  and  Paris  Editions 
of  the  best  Anthors,  in  English,  French,  snd  Italian  v  School  Books ; 
Children's  Books  ;  Official  and  Fancy  Stationery ;  Drawing  Papers ;  Colours; 
Pencils;  Engravings;  Framings;  Bookbinding;  Patent  Medicines ;  Gloves; 
Maltese  Mittens,  &o. 

Agent  for  the  Bombay  Monthly  Time$,  the  London  Monthly  AttoM  and 
Maili  Perfiimery;  Thorn's  Whips ;  Perry's  Inks  and  InkstAAds ;  Metealfe's 
and  other  Tooth  Brushes. 

MuiR's  Mail  List  contains  every  information  of  the  arrival  and  de- 
parture of  Packets,  Weights  of  Letters,  && 

Commissions  pnnetusBy  executed.    All  Goods  at  the  London  prices. 

MUIR'S    Circulating    Librart,    274   Strada  Rbale,    Malta. 


W     A 


16 


JKr.  jKttmqi'jf  K«i)iAaidt  flMertiter. 


BOOKS    ON    DECORATIVE    NEEDLEWORK, 

BT 

MISS  LAMBERT. 


"  KIh  Lambert'i  worlci  on  Uie  art  of  needlework  beat  a  high  character,  etp«abr<r 
for  the  dJstinctneaa  and  preoitlon  of  their  directions. —XnflifA  CkurckamnJ^ 

I. 
Vi&h  Sditioa  (with  160  Illdstbatitb  SNOBATiiras),  Fc^  6wo,,  6a.  W., 

THE   HAND-BOOK  OF  NEEDLEWORK. 

BftwMtibt  nCtt  ^rnsmenfftl; 

INCLUDING  CROCHET.  KNITTINO,  AND  NETTINO. 

11. 
Illaatrated  wilh  70  Ehobatiiios,  berides  Bo&dbbi.    In  Square  Sto^  9§,  6d^ 

CHURCH    NEEDLEWORK; 

WITH 

PRACTICAL  REMARKS  ON  ITS  PREPARATION  AND  ARRANGEMENT 

IIL 
Fostt-Sboono  EoiTioH,  Royal  I6aiOw,  eloth,  U.  6d.» 

MT  KNITTING  BOOK  (first  series). 

nr. 

TwnrTT.FiBar  Editiom,  Ro/al  16iiia,  ohith,  U.  64., 

MY  KNITTING  BOOK    (second  series). 

V. 
Eighth  Edition,  Ro/al  16mo.,  cloth,  S«.  6d, 

MY  CBOCHET  SAMPLER  (first  series). 

VL 

Nearl/  ready,  Royal  16mo.,  doth,  is.  6rf., 

MT  CROCHET  SAMPLER  (second  series 


'WWW>/>/WVWV»»»^/»<^<WVN^V»«\»S» 


LONDON:  JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET. 
PARIS:   A.  W.  0ALI6NANI  AND  CO. 


) 


Mr.  famraa'*  ftanWooi  anbertUtr.  17    >^ 


^ 


^^^D  Ror^^ 


^. 


a 


^     GIOACHIMO   BRCSCHETTI,    V 


SUCCESSOR   TO 


OASNEDI  E  PEDROLI. 


This  splendid  and  most  commodious  Hotel,  constructed  onljr 
with  two  stories  high,  has  been  taken,  from  the  Ist  of 
January  last,  by  the  present  sole  Proprietor,  Gioacbimo 
Bbuschetti,  who  for  the  past  twenty  years  has  travelled 
with  some  of  the  most  distinguished  families,  and  lived  at 
several  periods  in  England ;  by  these  advantages,  he  fully 
hopes  he  has  learned  how  to  conduct  a  great  Establishment 
like  the  Grand  Royal  Hotel,  and  to  give  the  desired 
satisfaction,  with  cleanliness,  promptitude,  and  exactness  of 
service.  Good  kitchen,  best  wines,  and  at  prices  exceedingly 
moderate. 

The  whole  of  the  Hotel  has  been  by  him  newly  furnished 
with  becoming  elegance ;  well  studied  arrangements  combined 
with  eveiy  comfort  that  can  possibly  be  required. 


An  eseenmit  TaUe  d*BoU  4iiUy,  ia  tlM  Mmpdfleo  SaloM  oa  «te  Int 
floor,  ea^blo  of  eeBtaiaSag  aboro  One  Haadrod  TmntmM* 

nt  tnn  samb  bstaslihrmkxt  will  bb  found  a  will  sblsctbd  oallbet 

OF  OLD   PAINTINGS   BY  THB   BEST  AND   MOST  NOTBD  KASTBBS 


] 


'""*'    Nil 


18 


fiLv.  SBmvKffi  l^stMatA  nbtxtiitr. 


CUSTOM-HOUSE  CHAMBERS|    LONDON, 

LOWER  THAMBS  8TREBT. 


J.   F.   CHINNERY. 


AttBinr  TO  THB 


GOVERNMENT  SCHOOL  OF  DESiaN. 
AND  TO  HER  MAJESTY  THE  QUEEN  DOWAGER. 


The  Nobility  and  Gentry  who  send  Works  of  Art,  or  other  Property,  to  ui 
from  I/ondon  and  the  Continent,  should  consign  them  to  the  care  of  an  A  get: 
at  the  Custom  House,  in  London,  to  preTent  loss  or  damage.  The  ezpease 
will  be  the  same,  whether  the  Goods  are  so  consigned  or  not. 

Mr.  J.  F.  Chinnery,  formerly  of  the  Bill  of  Entry  Office,  Long  Roc  n. 
Custom  House,  has  been  Thirty  Years  engaged  in  thia  branch  of  buaiuess, 
and  can  promiae  his  emplovers  every  facility  and  security.  Those  who  address 
their  Packages  to  him  should  direct  their  Agents  to  send  a  Bill  of  Lading,  bj 
post,  with  instructions  as  to  Insurance.  Goods  should  be  insured  in  Londoc: 
the  expense  is  leu,  and  the  aettleraent  in  case  of  loss  more  aeovie,  than  oc 
Foreign  Insurances. 

TrB   fOLLOWINO   AKB  Mb.  CRXITirBBT'S  FBIWCIPAL  COBBBSPOKOBITTS   FOB 

RBCBXyXHO  AND   EXFBOITINO   QOOM: 

Hatbb  Ma  T.  Tatlob. 

Galaii Mods.  Aalbobb 

BooLOOBB    Meurt.  H.  Rdttbb  and  Co. 

Fabxs.. Mr.  £.  Rvttbb,  10  Rue  Louit  le  Grand. 

Obbbva... Messra.  Mbbcibr  and  Rstif  abd,  7S  Rtt«  du  Rhone. 

Gbboa Mr.  A.  Q,  Babcbx,  BrItUa  CooauUtv. 

Mabsbxllbs 

r«i«A»ir  /MsMra  Hbmbbbson  Bbothbbi. 

Flobbvcb Mctan.  PLOWoav  and  Pbbvch. 

D^w.  f  Mesm.  Px.«^iroKif,  Cbolmblt,  and  Co. 

"**"■ XMr.  W.  M.  Jacxsow.  3  Piasfa  d«l  Popolo. 

Vbbicb Maaart.  MuoiB  and  Co.,  British  Cootvlala. 

ViBVVA Heasn  Robbmawb  and  Co.,  Booluellara. 

MoBicx Ma»sta.  Nbobaom. 

Bbblix Mtisn.  Aiukb  and  Co.,  Bookaelkts. 

Dbbiobb Mr.  E.  Abvold.  Scliloa  Gataa. 

CablibobbAe  BADAirBAOBV.Mr.  P.  N0li>bbb,  Booktalier. 

Fbambvobt  o«  Maxbb  ...    Mr.  F.  BdBLBB,  Rua  Zail  D,  No.  tt. 

Fbabbfobt  it  WiKtBABVB    Mf.  J  Val  Cbbab,  Catharinan  pforta  K,  Koa.  97  and  31- 

Matbvcb Mr.  Fbbobbick  KoBV. 

CoBLBvn Messrt.  DBXMHABband  Jobsav. 

CoxAOBB Mr.  p.  J.  Caixvomb. 

ROTTBBDAM Mr.  A.  8.  Pbbstob. 

Hambbo'  ...w................^    Mr.  C.  B.  Abxolb. 

Abtwbbp ^     Mr.BBEQVIOWr. 

twtte  nualMd  wImb  tk»r  miw  to  Loa4M,  thcffvlbn  PMkafM  ttai  « 

hara  th«  Ecja  aUachcd. 

LXST8   OF  BNOLXSH    DUTIBB  MAT   BB    BAD   FBBB. 


I 


fiLr.  ^urrafi'if  Kanlr&ool  Vtihtttiitt.  19 

DINNEFORD'S    PURE    FLUID    MAGNESIA, 

NOW  GREATLY  IMPROVED  IN  tURlTY  AND  CONDENSATION. 

"  TlM  moit  coBTnUtBt  fevm  iSir  th«  exhibition  of  Carbonate  of  M^ncaia  ia  the  aolmtion/*— Da.  NatMAW . 

"Mr  Dinndbrd'a  Mtatioa  may  fairlj  b«  Ulwa  as  a  typa  of  what  th«  prtpaiatioa  oof ht  to  b«."— PBaaia. 
JouaM.  May,  IMi. 

Prepared  hj  DINNEFORD  AND  EARLAND.  173  BOND  STREET, 

CHCMUTS    TO    HBB   MAJBtTT    THK    QUBSN    DOWAOBB   AND    U.B.H.   TBB    DUKB    OF 
CAMBEIDOB,  AND  lOLD   BT  ALL   BB8PBCTABLB   CHBMIST8. 


OERMAN   BOOKS. 


WILLIAMS    AND    NORGATE, 

U  HENRIETTA  STREET,  COVENT  GARDEN, 

Have  published  a  Catalogue  of  their  Stock  of  Oernum  Books,  the  prlcei  of  which 
have  been  reduced  ia  consequence  of  the  recent  alteration  of  duties* 

1^  It  ma/  be  advisable  for  Travelien  to  take  notice,  that  upon  all  Books 
which  thej  may  purchase  upon  the  Continent,  thejr  will  pay  at  the  Custom  House  the 
old  high  duties  of  £2  13  6  and  jC6  5  0  per  cwL,  unless  they  have  been  duly 
•ttimped  at  the  Chief  Stamp  Office  of  the  province  in  which  they  are  bought,  a  tedious 
and  expensive  process,  which  may  be  avoided  by  pureha§ing  in  London ;  the  difference 
between  the  German  prices  and  Uiose  charged  by  Williams  Sc  Noboatk  being  only 
the  amount  of  the  preseni  Una  duif,  and,  in  many  instances,  no  advance  being  made 
«>n  the  original  price. 

14  Henrietta  Street,  Covbnt  Garden,  London. 

FRENOH  TOURIST'S  BUIOE. 

Eighth  Editioii,  with  Three  M^«,  in  Royal  ISmo.,  it.,  haltbound, 

SURENNE'S   NEW   FRENCH   MANUAL, 

AND  TRAVELLER'S  COMPANION: 
Containing  an  Intmduction  to  French  Pronunciation ;  a  copious  Vocabulary ;  a  Selec- 
tion of  Phrases ;  a  Series  of  Conversations  on  Tours  through  France,  Holland,  Belgium, 
Germany,  and  Switzerland ;  with  a  Description  of  the  Public  Buildings,  Institutions, 
Curiorities,  Manners,  and  Amusements,  of  the  French  Capital,  &c;  also  Models  of 
Epistolary  Correspondence,  and  Directions  to  TravellerB.  To  which  are  added.  Tables 
of  French  and  British  Monies,  Weights  and  Measures,  dec, 

**  English  holiday  travellers  about  to  visit  France,  with  but  a  slight  knowledge  of  the 
language,  could  not  do  better  than  put  this  work  in  their  pockets.  They  would  find  it 
praetioiUy  of  the  greatest  use,  as  it  relates  Co  all  objects  of  such  excursions."—  JfeHwUntler 
RtoUw, 

Edinbdboh:   OLIVER  ^  BOYD.    London:  SIMPKIN,  MARSHALL,  *  CO. 


20  $Av*  iffurras'lf  fBatibbaali  flUbrrtiiTrr. 


BLACK'S  CUIDE-BOOKS^NDTRAVELLINC  MAPS. 

In  a  hsndsoimt  portable  Volttme,  price  9t.  6<f., 

BUHS  PICTURESQUE  TOURIST  OF  SGOTLAIO. 

9M  BdilUm,  Cvmettd  mnd  improved. 
Containing  an  accurate  Travelling  Map :    Engraved  CharU  of  Roada,   Railrondi,  ni 
Intereiting  Localities ;   PUni  of  Edinbuig h  and  Glaigow j  SO  View*  of  ihe  Scenerj  t  s 
Wood  and  Steel :  and  a  copioui  Itinerary. 

«  A  coraprehcntiv*.  intetUmit,  asd  wall  tanamtd  Ovid*  Book.  W«  hart  been  Axranhcd  vitii  u 
iaddniUl  proof  of  the  ranarkabls  ■ocuncy  of  thcChuta  nsd  DeKriptifOfts  in  tli»  paraooal  t—Wmiiy  t'  • 
psdcttrUii,  wbo  hM  trmvened  a  eoniidanbte  apaea,  book  la  hand."— SrccTATon. 

In  a  neat  closely-printed  pocket  Tolume,  price  8«.  M., 

BLACI'S  ECONOMICAL  TOURIST  OF  SGOTIMD. 

Zrd  BdUio»y  Corrected  and  Imprtiped, 
ConUining  an  accurate  Travelling  Map  end  Itinerary,  with  Deecriptiv*  Kotioaa  of  all  d« 
remarkable  objects  along  ihe  several  roads,  and  Four  Engraved  Charts  of  tboao  LocaiiUi 
which  poaseu  peculiar  HistnricHl  or  Picturesque  Iitterest. 


A  Work  moat  earefaUj  and  elaborately  eonpilad,  containing  the  gnataat  posAle  aaBCMBft  of  iakts*- 
,bM 


tion  In  the  amaUnt  poaatbia  ipaca."— SooiaiiAH. 


In  a  closely-printed  portable  Volume,  price  10«.  id. 

BLACrS  PICTURESQUE  TOURIST  ANU  ROAD-BOOK  OF  ER8LAMI I  WALES. 

ConUining  a  general  Travelling  Map,  with  the  Roads  and  Railways  distinctly  laid  do»«; 
besides  sections  of  the  most  Important  Districts  on  an  enlarged  scale,  and  engraved  Chazt 
of  Roads,  RailwHys,  and  interesting  Localities. 

■*  A  eareftiUy  nrcotad  Work,  and  nretUlx  arranged ,  with  oaelVal  Mapa."— ATBB««irac. 

**  The  chancteristiu  of  '  Black'*  Pictnreaqne  Tourlat  of  England  and  Wali«'  are,  a  more  eaeapart  lai 
bandy  form,  a  mora  modem  atyla  of  letter^ praia,  getttag  «p»  and  (Umteatioa,  vith  a  vaty  modente  pnet.'- 
SracTAToa- 

'*AdeeUad  ImproTemeat  epen  tha  old  Road* Book.**— Joan  Beta. 


In  a  neat  Pocket  Volume,  price  5«. 

BLACK'S  PICTURESQUE  fiUlOE  TO  THE  EN8LISH  LAKES. 

3rd  EdiUoHf  Enlarged  and  Improved, 
With  a  Map  of  the  District,  by  Sidmbt  Hall;  CharU  of  the  Lakes,  and  Views  of  the 
8eenery ;  and  an  ample  Itinerary  of  all  the  Routes,  wltiti  the  distances  aceurntely  laid  doar 
"  Thia  Guide  to  the  Lakn  haa  been  compiled  upon  the  aame  elaborate  plaa  aa  *  The  nctueaqoe  Tioar>: 
of  Scotland,'  (covemad  bv  the  aame  rcaolntion  to  apar?  no  coat  or  tronble  to  achieve  a  eacccarfU  resalt  »> 
aeeda  no  h^^her  commendation.  It  ia  a  pietur(«qve  Gnkle  in  erery  acnae.— ita  dcacriptkwa  are  charnuatlT 
wiittaa— lu  intaUigcnca  la  ampla  and  aolauta— and  Ua  Uhartratloaa  at«  atfariaaUe  apscuecna  of  aft."— AtlU 


In  a  neat  portable  case,  prico  4e.  M., 

BLACK'S  TRAVELUm  MNP  OF  SGOTUND. 

Carefttllv  Constructed  from  the  beat  Authorities,  with  all  the  Roads  and  Ratln»^' 
accurately  laid  down.      SIse,  32  inches  by  12|. 

*»*  From  the  care  bestowed  on  the  construction  of  Ihe  present  Map,  and  the  meac$ 
which  have  been  used  to  correct  the  original  drawin^i,  by  referenoe  to  lAdivldoals  conver 
•ant  with  tlie  topography  of  their  respective  localities,  the  publishers  are  satisfied  that  u 
will  be  found  the  moat  accurate  and  beautiful  Map  oiieotfand  extsnt. 

'<  A  handaoma  leokittff  Mao,  of  hLm  dimcnaitna,  vet  se  wU  moented.  thai  tt  teUa  vp  tarte  Iha  aw ef  • 
pocket-book,  and  admita  at  the  aame  ume  of  a  partial  esamination.**— SrscTAioa* 

In  a  neat  portable  ease,  prica  4s.  6A, 

BLACK'S  TRAVELLIHB  MAP  OF  EMLARD  AMD  WALES. 

Carefully  compiled  from  the  Maps  of  the  Ordnanea  Surteyi,  and  beantlfhlly  engraved  V* 
SiDWKY  Halz,  ;  with  all  the  Roads,  Railroads,  and  other  Topogmphieat  Inlbmation  rt 
quired  by  the  Tourist  or  Trareller  on  Business.    8tse.  91  by  t2|. 

"  ^  beauUfyuiy  executed  Map  of  EngUnd  and  Walt*,  which,  altar  oacvfbl  ohwrrattan  sad  lefctencr.  at 
can  characterlic  aa  bebif  among  tbeano»t  correct  erar  taaued.**— MiHraa  JevaiiA.u 
*•*  Smaller  Maps  of  England,  of  Scotland,  and  of  Ireland,  in  pocket  caaes,  price  t«.  M.  f^ 

A.  AND  C.  BLACK,  Edinbueor;  and  sold  by  all  Bookaettera. 


JMr.  tfiutrnp'i  I^MsMOQk  nbntiipc.  81 


THE     ATHENiEU 

JOURNAL    OF    LITERATURK,    SCIENCE,    AND    ART. 

PHee  4d;  or  Stamped  f&r  Pott,  StL     Coniahii  ;— 

REVIEWA,  with  ooptout  extraou,  of  every  important  New  EngUsh  Book, 

and  of  the  more  important  Foreign  Works. 
REPORTS  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Learned  and  Scientiao  Societiei,  with 

Abstracts  of  all  Papers  of  Interest 
AUTHENTIC  ACCOUNTS  of  all  Scientiilc  Voyages  and  Expeditions. 
CRITICISMS  ON  ART,  nith  Critical  Notices  of  Exhibitions,  Pietnre 

Collections,  New  Prints,  &e. 
FOREIGN   CORRESPONDENCE  on  subjects  relating  to  Literature, 

Science,  and  Art 
MUSIC    AND    DRAMA,    including  Repoits  on    the   Opera,   ConcerU, 

Theatres,  New  Music,  &c. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  NOTICES  of  Men  distinguished  in  Literature,  Science, 

and  Art. 
ORIGINAL  PAPERS  AND  POEMS. 
MISCELLANEA,  including  all  that  is  likely  to  interest  the  informed  and 

intelligent 
THE  ATHENAUM  Is  so  oondocted,  that  the  reader  however  far  distant,  is,  in 
respect  to  Litenture,  Science,  and  the  Aits,  on  an  equality  in  point  of  infonnation  «ith 
the  besl-inforaied  circles  of  the  Metropolis. 

19*  The  Athbmjbux  is  published  every  SATcnDAT,  but  is  re-issued  each  Month 
stitched  in  a  wrapper. 

Agenu:  for  Fkamcb,  M.  Baodry,  8  Qoai  Malaqnais,  Pszis;  for  Bsmium,  Mr. 
Browne,  73  Rue  Montague  de  la  Cour,  Bruzelles. 

OrricB.  14  Wkllinoton  Stbbst  Nobtb,  Stbawo,  Lowoon. 

ROUEN. 

GRAND  HOTEL  D'ANGLETERRE; 

KEPT  BY  HIPPOLYTE  DELAFOSSE ; 

TBI  OVLT  ONB   SITUATBD  BOTH   OIT  TBB   QUAT  ABO   LA    PBOMBMADB   BOIBLDIBO. 

Large  and  small  Apartments.  A  first-rate  Table  d*HAte  and  Reatauiant 
k  la  earte. 

Chsrges : — Dinner.  8  Francs.   Rooms,  2  or  8  francs,  according  to  the  floor. 

This  Hotel,  splendidly  fitted  up,  is  situated  in  the  most  pleasant  part  of 
the  town,  facing  the  Suspension  Bridge,  dote  by  the  Exchange  and  Theatres, 
and  commanding  a  beautiful  prospect  of  the  Seine  and  surrounding  country. 

Diligences  going  to  Dieppe  and  Havre  take  up  passengers  st  the  Hotel, 
which  is  the  nearest  one  to  the  Paris  and  Ha? re  Railways.  There  are  at  both  sta  - 
tions  Omnibuses  in  regular  attendance,  which  set  down  passengers  at  the  Hotel. 

His  Grace  the  Duke  of  Devonshire,  the  Royal  Family  of  France,  and 
many  other  distinguiahed  visitors  of  all  countries,  bate  honoured  this  Hotel 
with  their  presence  on  diflTerent  occasions. 

Efeiy  attention  is  paid  to  Travellers  by  Mr.  Delafossr,  from  whom  they 
are  sure  to  obtain  all  sorts  of  information  respecting  the  town,  and  every  place 
that  is  worth  seeing. 

N.B.  The  band  of  the  regiment  gives  a  concert  every  Saturday,  in  the 
Exchange,  just  below  the  windows  of  the  Hotel. 

CoBBBSrOMOKMTS  IN  LONDON,  MbssBS.  HoLLaNO  &  Co.,  COSTOB  HOUSB, 
FOBWABDINO  AOBBTS,  60  LOWBB  ThaMBS  StBBBT. 


ft 


at 


jMr.  fKxatap't  l^mMtok  sntrtUtr. 


COQHLAN'S 

lOITHLT  HOME  &  FOREIGI  RAIL  WAT  GUIDE, 

Through  Bdglam,  HiAlnd,  Franee,  Qemaanjr  (North  ud  Soath),  and  tulj,  and  tte 
English^  SooUih,  and  Irish  Lines :  to  which  is  added 

A  STEAM  PACKET  DIRECTORY, 

including  all  Steam  Veaiala  sailing  between  England  and  Foreign  Poit^  and  tibe  pria- 
cipal  Continental  IUvers»  with  the  Hours  4»f  Depaitnre,  Fares,  and  other  oaefol 
Information  to  Travellers.  Cuilected  and  oompiled  by  the  Author  during  a  personal 
snnrer  in  the  Summer  and  Autumn,  1846.  With  hinU  respecting  Passports,  bert 
Hotels,  objects  of  interest  in  each  place  of  importance,  dec.  Sec, 

With  a  Railway  Map  of  eeatral  Bnrapa  aad  Zial^y  Oa«  SkiXUsii. 
PuBj.i8HeD  BT  J.  Lbe,  440  West  Strand,  London. 


FRANKFORT  0.  M. 
MR.  GEORGE  SCflEPELER, 

AT  TBI  KOSSMAAKT,  FaAWXyOKT  O.  M., 

Keeps  a  general  Warehouse  and  Shop  of 
Tea,  Coffee,  Sugar,  and  all  sorts  of  English, 
French,  Italian,  German,  and  Foreign  Ar- 
ticles aod  Groceries,  IneluiiTs  of  Tobscco, 
Havana  Cigars,  and  all  sorts  of  Rhenish, 
Frendt,  and  Spanish  Wines  and  Liquors. 

The  greatest  part  ol  the  English  Resi- 
dents here  are  sccnstomed  to  applj  to  the 
said  Warshooiie  for  their  wants*  with  great 
eonfldence,  finding  themselres  In  etery 
respect  perfectly  contented  theea*' 


VISITORS  TO  OXFORI 

<Oiu  Hour  and  TiraBtf-t%»Mia»feHfk«i 


Will  find  at  SPIERS  and  SON'S  BstabUsk- 
iaent,  a  Teiy  ektensire  tarietj  of  goodi 
suitable  for  presents,  or  for  xtmcnabraace 
of  Oxford.  Gtttde-beoks  of  every  dsecnp- 
tion  published,  Views  on  Lettet^paper, 
OmsTnental  SutfoAcry,  Wrftlog-deslB,  Pa. 
pier  MIchi  Goods,  with  Paintingaof  e\eiy 
CoMNre  and  PabUe  Building,  by  cmiaeet 
ArtisU;  Ornamental  China,  Glaaa,  Broaae, 
and  Marble  Goods ;  Fancy  Maao&cture* 
io  genett\ :  and  every  detcripiioa  of  Fnrai- 
ture  far  the  Wk'ltifigtBble,  Kaatelpiece. 
and  Toilet. 
101   Avn   lOS   H^OH  STREET,   Ann 

1  Avni  ORIEL  STRBfiTr  OXFORD. 


CONSTANTINOPLE. 


I 


HOTEL  D'AIGLETEBBE,  6BAIDE  BUS  PEBA. 

Commanding  a  beautiful  View  of  Conbtabtiiiople,   Galata,  Scotaei^ 
and  the  Golden  Horn. 

MR.  J.  MISSIRIE 

SoHeits  the  patronage  of  the  Engliah  Nobility  and  Oenlry* 

FRANCE,    SWITZERLAND.    ITALY. 

Nkw  Edition,  2  Vols.,  Poet  8vo. 

CONTINENTAL    IMPRESSIONS, 

By  John  Edmund  Reade,  Author  of  •♦  Catiline,"  « luly,"  Ac 

*'  Bate,  with  ita  inexhittuiUbl*  oMDMric* ;  the  Eljmaa  Erlda ;  Coma,  with  Iha  dc*p  macie  of  its  ••«». 
h*v«  feuad  bat  tcuutj  illmtnton.  Tlie  smrnlitT  of  tonmto  appear  KamvlT  lo  hart  mlrtcd  Ibe  C  «M«n 
Satn.  Pr w  also  h« ve  irbitcd  PmbIsb.  The  Umpiea.  la  dwlr  graad  preacnnaBOB,  on  their fraadar aid* .nat 
UHHif  the  mokt  inipf«s»i«e  moaamnta  oe  rarth.  My  Iwpa  to  that  taj  p««a  may  iadaca  maav  «•  nan  t»s 
UlUma  Thole  of  NeapoIiUBtraT»l.~-.PaCT*ca.  '  /!-■•-       /  7  «. 

"  The  •npvrioritjr  of  Uiu  wort  coaeista  ia  Om  mperioHiy  of  the  author  to  the  oomoKNi  roll  of  tonrlstiL  - 
aracT&ToB,  Ar. 

Charlbb  Oliviee,  18  and  19,  Southampton  Strtct,  Strand. 


fttc.  fStwncujfi  KatOAmrii  9libf rtU«r« 


2a 


ENGLISH    CHURCH    SERVICE    ABROAD. 

In  tmall  Sra,  price  2f.  6<2.,  a  New  Edition,  ealai^ged,  of 

THE  ENGLISH  CHURCH  ON  THE  CONTINENT : 

Or,  IB  arctttttt  of  tie  ^orelgs  SftiUmnH  of  tie  Snglist  0tarc0 : 
Including  a  Notice  of  the  Times  of  Serricei  and  other  Infonmuion  ludul  to  Trafellen 

tnd  Foreign  Residents. 

COHTBNTS; 

RBSSIA,  ORAVn  DVCHT 

HOLLAMn 

lOHIAlf  XS&AVDB 

XT  ALT 

XOM  B  Amno-TBM  BTI A  « 

KIMODOK 
MALTA 

XBDtrCH^AIIBAir 
MAPLBS 

MASSAU,  nUCHT 
PBmMSVLA 
POBTVOAL 

EDITED  BY  THE  REV.  O.  £.  BIBER,  LLJ). 

*i*  The  Editor  will  feel  obtiged  by  any  Clergyman  mldcnt  or  trsTelliiig  sbroad 
commmiicating  to  him  any  informatioB  respecting  chaages  which  msy  have  occurred 
ainoe  the  pablication  of  the  lest  Edition,  or  any  particulars  respecting  places  from  which 
proper  returns  hare  not  been  obtained  j  with  s  view  to  render  the  work  from  time  to  tioM 
Jill  complete  and  accurate  as  possible,  and  thereby  more  efficiently  to  promote  tlie  ol^ect  for 
which  ft  was  originally  undertaken.  Pleaxe  to  direct  to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Biaaa,  care  of 
If  easrs.  RivmoTov,  St.  Paul's  Churchyard,  London. 

London  :    RxniroTOSfo,  St.  Paul's  Cbubchtabd,  and  Watbbloo  Placb. 


AtrSTRXA 

BADBH,  OBAirn  BUCBT 

BAVAUA 

BBkOinV 

HaHMABX 

VCCLBSIASTXCAL    STATKS 

JCOTFT 

rKAMCB 

FmBB  CXTXBS  IB  OBBMABT 

GRBMAXT 

OmBBCB 

K  aaSB-HOXBVBO 


PBOSSIA 

BOSSIA 

sABnivia 

SAZOBT 

StAIV 

SWKHBK 

SWITSEBLAVD 

ST^IA 

BVaKKT 

TUSCAliT 

WUBfBMBBBO 


CUSTOMS,  LONDON. 


MESSRS.  HOLLAND  AND  CO., 

66    LOWER   THAMES    STREET,   LONDON, 

The  LtCBNSBD  JOSIfTS  9f  H«f  Maje$lf9  C»mmisalou»i  •/  CuHoms,  M  netpUon 
and  Mhtpment  of  Works  ofJrt,  JBoggajft  and  otker  vahiabie  firopertgt  fc.  fe. 

Beg,  in  returning  their  sincere  thanks  to  the  Nobility  and  Gentry  for  their  liberal 
patronage,  to  assure  them  that  no  eaertton  iball  be  wanting  on  their  part  to  deserve  a 
continuance  of  those  favours  hitherto  conferred  on  tliem. 

Goods  and  Packages  given  in  charge  or  consigned  to  the  eaxe  of  H.  i(  Co.,  can.  wzth« 
OUT  rATMBBT  OF  ncTT,  be  Warehoused  at  a  very  moderate  rent  as  long  as  desired,  or 
forwarded,  duty  paid,  to  any  pfirt  of  E110X.A110,  ImaLAjin,  and  Scotlabo,  or  be  re- 
•hipped  from  London,  fbbb  or  nvrr,  to  Hie  Covtxbbwt,  the  East  and  Wbst  Ibbibb, 
NoBTB  and  Sovtr  Amrbxca.  the  Colqkxks,  or  elsewhere;  and,  if  required,  can  be  in- 
aured,  and  sent  to  the  care  of  re^oasibie  agepts,  who  will  see  the  instructions  sent  with 
tbem  punctually  attended  to. 

As  all  packages  must  be  ezamine4>t  ^f  Cuttom  House,  if  any  be  locked,  the  keys 
should  be  sent,  and  the  Bill  of  Lading  or  the  Booking-office  receipt,  or  other  document, 
%»,  ith  instruotions  how  snch  goods  are  to  be  diepoeed  of  on  arrival,  l^e.,  should  he  forwarded 
to  H.  &  Co.  direct  per  post. 

Corrected  Usu  of  Dotiee  and  othar  yartieoUn  relativa  to  Shipping  or  Receiving  Oooda, 
and  securing  Passages  to  the  East  and  Wbst  iMOxas,  Colomzbs,  Stc.  kc,  may  be  obtain- 
ed by  applying  perwnally.  or  post-fald  at  the  Counting  House  of  Messrs,.  Hoi  land  and  Co., 
65  Lower  Thames  Street,  London ;  or  of  any  of  their  Agents  in  all  the  principal  Towns  of 
tha  Contiaeat. 


J 


24  4br.  SAvxns'i  KniMoiA  VObtttUtt. 

COLOGNE   O.    RHINE. 

CHABLE8   rNTHONY   ZANOLl, 
IIVEITOR  OF  TIE  EiU  DE  COLOGNE  DOUBLE, 

9%  HIGH  STREET,  COLOGNE  (Old  No.  1940).  ON  RHINE. 
THE  ONLY  GENmra  BAUDE  COLOGNE. 


Cb4KL»  Awthont  Zanoli,  MmoQfactarer,  Porreyor,  and  privileged  by  their  Lape^ 
Till  M^esties  the  Emperon  of  Austria,  Roaaia;  and  their  Mij^^  <^  Kiap  of 
Pniaaia,  WiirtembeiiK,  Sasony,  Bavaria ;  Duke  and  Dociiesa  of  Leocfatenberg,  4m.  kt^ 
lormerly  partner  of  J.  M .  Fabina,  Jidich's  Place, — ^begs  to  infonn  the  NobQity  asd 
PuWe  in  general,  that  the  auperior  quality  of  his 

ONLY  GENUINE  EAU  DE  COLOGNE, 

AND  ALSO  or  BIS 

EAU  DE  COLOGNE  DOUBLE  ZANOLl, 

(Or  his  own  nTention),  ia  the  reason  of  their  being  generally  denuuDded  and  piefened 
to  all  oihen,  \/hich  fiwqoently  was  the  cause  of  its  being  oounterfeised,  and  iHegailr 
o&red  for  sale  under  his  name  in  much  inferior  quaUtiea.  Thus,  in  order  to  goard 
againat  all  miatakcs  and  iVands,  he  bega  to  c^l  particular  attention  to  his  BMUincr  i^ 
IHtcking,  his  Seal,  and  Inscription  of  ^e  Cheatai  to  which  the  Anna  of  Auatri*  and 
Prussia  are  affixed,  with  the  worda  **  Hiob  Stkbbt,  No.  (Kt.** 

AoBNT  IN  London:  Mb.  John  Yink,  4  Crescent,  Mikories; 

To  be  had,  wholesale  and  retail,  of  Messrs.  Smith  and  Nephew,  Pofbinera 

to  Her  Majesty,  I  Pnnoea  Street,  CaTendish  Square. 

FRANKFORT  O.  M. 

JOSEPinPFAFF, 

Zeil  D,  No.  195, 
IK  THE  DOCBDIATE  NEIGHBOUBSOOD  OF  THE  PSIKCIPAL  HOIXLS. 

EXTEISIYE   SHAWL  AID   SILK  WABEIOUSE, 

CONTAIN  IXO 

A  LARGE  AND  CHOICE  COLLECTION  OF 

BMAWUSp   BITLKS^   GASHMEBES, 

VELVETS,  MANTILLAS, 

@IL®AKS9  I^DI3@®NS,  i?IL®WB&S,  BIRJDI8B®DSBKBSS, 

LACES, 

ALL  SORTS  OF  FANCY  MATERIALS  FOR  LADIES'  DRESSES ; 

AND  IS  CONNBCTSD  WITH   A  FIBST  BATB 

MILLINERY    WAREHOUSE. 

M*4«Mt«  isMd  Pftooa.  Sa«1idS  la  apokes* 


JRr.  tf  urcxfi'i  naiiMaak  9niiettUtr. 


CUSTOM    HOUSE,    LONDON. 

J.  A.  GODDAED,  36  OLD  JEWRY,  LONDON, 

GENERAL   AGENT 


SoUcib  llM  putoBin  or  >h>  NobillQr.  Cligj-  "^  OcBtir.  milling  on  the  Conllnnt, 
&c.,<n  ■driintfnglDhU  can,  for  pi^uiif  thraufh  tha  Cditok  Homi.  an;  auicliaiu  ahich 
thtj  inaTInikl  Ibioad  of  Work!  ot  An,  WlBU.  kt,  oianj  Bafgnfe  wbicli  [bij  nKf  wUh 
futwunJtll  to  Ihrm  from  Englanil ;  and  )ia  fniita,  by  tha  unnmitlirg  atuuUan  ulilch  ha 

lion  of  Ilia  chargta,  u  aflbril  i.tiifictlaD  U  Ihoat  who  ratj  employ  hi-n,  and  to  amun  ■ 

J.  A.  ti-  raquaala  rhat  psrlln  faTouring  him  with  Corrll^mFnta,  will  gira  parUcuIir 

J.  A.  G.  anile rlakci  id  cRmi  Iniunnc*  ugaintt  Baa  Rlak  on  piaparlj  canalrncd  to  hin. 

J.  A.  0.  alio  undtiUkel  ID   roroard.    Ihrougli   lila  CormpoBdiaU,  Ottit  Had  dUit 
Lrfol  DiKa^nl'.  to!  decutlon  ij  plrdna  naidlng  abmad. 
Ag*at  toHt.F.  MailaFailni.  No.JTII.oppoiilathlPaUiDIUa,  QIcKkapgaaia.Cologu. 


...  .{: 


20 


fSLr.  iHurras*tf  ISxttlAooft  nhtxtiitt. 


II 


DOVER. 

W.  J.   HOLLYER'S   LONDON    HOTEL 

ON  THE  STEAM-PACKET  QUAY, 
CLOSE  TO  THE  RAILWAY  TERMINUS,  THE  CUSTOM-HOUSE,  fr  ALIEN-OFFKX 

Vf.  J.  H.  confidently  hopes,  by  the  adoption  of 

VERY  MODERATE  CHARGES, 

Combined  with  every  attention  to  the  Comfort  of  the  Yititor,  to  obtam  ^ 

patronage  and  support  of  the  Public. 


^t^»^^^^^t^t^^0^^»^^ 


H.  M.  Mail.  Packets,  the  fastest  Steam  Ships  t^fiotU,  sail  for  0«^cnd  i 
Calais,  from  the  Quay  adyoining  this  Hotel. 

A  Commissioner  and  Porters  attend  evert  Train  and  Facih. 


FRANKFORT    ON    THE    MAINE. 

FR.    BOEHLER, 

26  ZEIL  STREET,   NEXT  DOOR  TO  THE  POST-OFFICE. 

EXTENSI^illAGAJJNES, 

Containing  the  best  copies  of  the  Statue  of  Danncckbr's  Ariadite  {"Mi- 
mann  Museum  Frankfort)  in  Bronze,  Berlin-iron,  Biscuit -china.  Ivory,  ad 
Ivory-stucco. 

Fancy  and  useful  Articles  in  Stag's  Horn  of  his  own  Manufactory.  T^ 
Manufacture  is  peculiar  to  Germany ;  the  Material  is  wrought  up  into  errr 
imaginable  object  of  use  and  fancy ;  such  as  Arm-chairs,  Chairs,  Tabl'^ 
Ladies'  Work-tablea,  Lustres,  Candelabras,  Candlesticks,  Paper-holdm 
Screens,  Lamps,  Watch- stands,  Trinket- stands,  SnufT-boxes,  Cigar-eas«« 
Cigar-holders,  Pipes,  Light- boxes,  Whips,  Walkingsticks,  Hunting  Whistle 
Powder  and  Shot  Flasks,  Hunters'  and  other  Knives,  Buttons,  Wridog- 
cases,  InksUnds,  Paper  Weights,  Pen  and  Pencil  Holders,  Sesi^ 
and  every  other  requisite  for  the  Writing-desk,  Tea-bozea,  Card-caso. 
and  Whist -markers.  For  Ladies'  Toilet: — Broaches,  Earrings,  Ris^ 
Bracelets,  Bodkin- cases,  &c.  &c. 

Great  Assortment  of  Grcrman  fancy  Atticles,  for  Ladies  and  Gentlemcs 
and  of  Paris  Clocks,  Bronzes,  and  Porcelain. 

Depdt  of  the  veritable  Eau  de  Cologne  of  Jcan  Maria  Farina,  Plac 
JuLiERs,  of  Cologne.  Articles  for  the  Toilet,  especially  a  great  variety  oi 
LadiM*  and  Gentieraen*s  Dressing-cases. 

Agent  for  the  Export  of  German  Articles  to  Aroerfea. 


iKr.  Mwnmjfi  HnxMnsA  nbtttUin. 


27 


In  ona  thick  toI.,  tha  Ninth  Edition,  much  anlaxiged,  price  Ids. 

MODERN  DOMESTIC  MEDICINE. 

A  Populax  TraatiMf  exhibiting  (he  Symptoms,  CAUset.  end  moat  efllcacioiu  TrMtmeai  of 
Diseeaes;  with  a  collection  of  approrad  Preacriptions.  Management  of  Children,  Doaea  of 
Ifedicinca,  fte.  Ponning  a  coinprahenaiTe  Medical  Guide  for  the  Clergy.  Ftunilias,  and 
InTalida,  in  the  absence  of  their  Medical  Adviser.    By  T.  J.  GRAHAM,  M.D.,  ftc. 

"  It  is  tvUently  the  icnilt  of  mst  profaMicmd  taJeat,  axpeiivac*,  and  jud^nwoti  the  author  cvwywbcra 
appear*  eoBtcicataoiu  aad  candid.  On*  object i«  pnnainraUyavidcafr— a  aiacrrtf  deairr  to  bcncflt  )us  •uffei- 
inK  fellow  creatarea.  Tb  reoommend  a  work  like  dw  preaant  to  our  readers,  it  oaljr  to  BMUuleat  a  proper 
reyard  fbr  thair  wcUluv."— LiTcaAKT  Joobitai.,  VtM.  UM3. 

*'  U  isaltcgtthar  dcwrfiag  of  pcrmaacat  popvlarity."— I<oeaoiff  WaaaLT  Ebtuw. 
SimpJdn  and  Co.,  Paumoater  How ;  Uateiiards,  187  Picoadlly ;  and  Tegg,  78  Cheapside. 

Sold  by  all  Booksellers. 

Alao,  by  the  same  Author,  I  Is.  boarda,  Fourth  Edition, 

ON  THE  DISEASES   OF  FEMALES: 

A  Treatise  describing  their  Symptoms,  Causes,  Varieties,  and  Treatment,  with  numerous 
C»aes,  and  a  Medical  Gloasarjr.    Including  Lying-in. 

"  It  oontaina  a  bum  of  iaformation  iadiapcnaabM  to  thoa*  Ibr  whom  it  ia  intsaded,  and  i 
•ay  othar  booh  of  Its  eharaattr."  -  Blackwooo's  Laair'a  Maoaximk. 


iBvalna 


UY8  FROM  THE  CliBRIO  LYRE, 

WITH  ▼AAioirs  TXaaBS, 

BY  GOKONVA  CAMLAN. 

London:  W.  Pickeriug.  1846. 
"  We  we  diapoaed  to  hail  with  Tary  eon- 
aidcrable  satisfaction  this  scholar-liica  per- 
formance. Not  only  are  many  of  the 
Poema  founded  apon  the  national  history, 
mid  illastr«tiTe  of  tUe  national  supesstitaon*. 
which  are  thus  made  more  acceaaibla  to  the 
Engliah  reader,  but  sereral  of  the  mure 
Intereating  questions  connected  with  the 
Principality  are  treated  of  in  the  body  of 
the  work,  and  discussed  with  a  seal  and 
warmth  which  are  refreshing ;  more  espe- 
cinlly  so,  as  they  are  tampered  by  sound 
judgment,  and  expressed  with  elegance 
and  eaae."— rAe  EeeieHatiieo/Mmrek,  i  847. 


THE   FINE   ARTS. 


^^*^>»^»^^^^>»^^i^i»S^»# 


SKETCHES  OF  THE 

HISTORY  OF  CHRISTIAN  ART. 

BY   LORD    LINDSAY. 
Three  toIs.  8to.    31s.  6d. 

"  One  of  the  most  laborious  and  erudita 
pfecea  of  research  on  the  sufajeetof  the  Fine 
Ans  that  has  appeared  in  the  £ngliah  lan- 
guage. Lord  Lindsay's  classification  of 
sihools  and  artisU  Is,  p«rhaps,  the  most 
unique  and  taluable  of  its  kind  that  lias 
erer  sppeared,  and  protes  the  eztenaire 
knowlefige,  discrimination,  seal,  and  in- 
dustry of  its  aifthor.**— ^lAfluviiM. 

John  Muebat,  Albbmablb  Stbbit. 


MAUiND'S  BOTAiMC  GARDEN  AND  FKUil'iST; 

With  faitiiftilly  cotonred  BngraTinga  of  VLOWERS,  difwetions  for  culture,  ftc,  ia  now 
enlarged,  without  increase  of  price,  by  the  addition  of  EngraTings  of  Applea,  Peara,  and 
other  FRUITS,  their  hiatory,  qualities,  cuiture,  ftc.  The  Floral  Reguter,  Dictionary,  &c., 
are  given  in  it  aa  usual. 

Ihe  commencement  of  tbeTolume  by  the  number  for  January,  1847,  aflbrds  acon- 
Tenient  opportunity  for  all  who  are  fond  of  Fruits  and  Flowers  to  begin  taking  this 
complete  aasistant  to  the  garden.  May  be  ordered  of  any  Bookseller.  Large,  Fruit 
coloured.  Is.  6d. ;  Small,  Fruit  plain,  Is. ;  Oardenera'  Editiou,  without  Fniitisu  M.  The 
Tolume  ror  1846,  complete,  handsome  boaids,  gilt  edges,  2U<. 

Gboombbidob  and  Sons,  Londok. 


Mr*  Sdwln  ]bee  on  Centiaental 


In  Jbee  on  V 


Tbxbd  Rbissob,  PaiCB  0s., 

THE  lATHS  OF  SERMANT, 

With  notieesof  the  French  and  Swiss  Baths. 
Also  a  New  Edition, 

NTDROPATHT  AND  HOMEOPATHY 


THE  EHEHCH  OtHPIOS. 

A    NEW    and   EASY    METHOD   of 
LEARNING    the   FRENCH  GENDERS 
in  a  few  hours.  By  J.  Rowbotham,  antlior 
of  **  A  Practical  French  Grammar,'*  8cc. 
N«w  Kdition,  reviMd,  Prin  It. 

GRANT  b  GRIFFITHS  (Succeasois  to 
J.  Habbis),  Comer  of  St.  Paul's  Church- 
yard, London. 


28 


Mt.  fSiurrufi*i  lEinMhatA  nbtttiitt. 


BONN    ON    THE    RHINE. 


^%/N^-rN^rfN^V\^^^S-"^-W  v-v 


MR.  SCHMITZ, 

IPIS®IF>KOI!ir®l^  ©I?  TIHIg  @®ILi)£!Re  ST^fS   (^©ITIL, 

Bbos  leave  to  recommend  his  Hotel  to  English  Travellers.  Tbe  apsrt- 
ments  are  famished  throughout  in  the  English  style ;  the  rooma  mre  or- 
peted,  and  the  attendance,  as  well  as  the  kitchen  and  the  wine-cellsj',  are  wtl 
provided. 

The  STAR  HOTEL  has  heen  honoured  hy  the  visiU  of  the  followiv 
Memhers  of  the  English  Royal  Family: — 

1846.    June  18.  H.  M.  Adelaide,  Queen  Dowaoer  op  Great  Britadc, 

accompanied  hy  His  Highness  Prince  Bdwaed  or 
Saxr  Wkim ar,  Lord  and  Ladt  Barrinoton,  Sii 
David  Davis,  M.D.,  Rev.  J.  R.  Wood,  M.  A.,  Captais 
Taylor,  &c.  &e.,  honoured  the  above  establishnKct 
with  a  Three  Days'  Visit. 

May.        H.  R.  H.  the  Dure  of  Cambridoe  and  Suite. 
March  and  Sept     H.  R.  H.  the  Do  KB  and  Duchess  op  Clareecs 
aud  Suite. 

H.  M.  Queen  Adelaide,  accompanied  by  the  Earl  and 
Countess  op  Errol,  Earl  and  Countess  op  Dev- 
BioH,  Earl  and  Countess  Howe,  &c. 

H.  B*  H.  the  Duchess  op  Gloucester  and  Suite. 

H.  R.  H.  the  Duchess  op  Cambridge  and  Suite. 

H.  R  H.  Prince  Oeoroe  op  Cambridge  and  Suit& 

H.  R.  H.  Prince  Albert  op  Saxb  Coburo  Gotha,  ac- 
companied by  Prince  Ernest  op  Saxb  Coburg 
Gotha,  and  their  Suite. 

H.  R.  H.  the  Duchess  op  Cambridge,  accompanied  b; 
the  Princess  Augusta  of  Cambridge,  and  their  Suite. 

H.  R.  H.  the  Duchess  op  Kent  and  Suite,  accompanied 

by  His  Serene  Highness  the  Prince  op  Leiningbr. 
H.  R  H.  the  Duchess  op  Cambridge  and  Suite. 
H.  R.  H.  Princess  Carolina  of  Cambridge. 
H.  R.  H.  the  Duchess  of  Cambridge  and  Suite. 
H.  R.  H.  Princess  Mart  op  Cambridge. 

H.  R.  H.  the  Duchess  of  Kbnt  and  Suite,  aceompsnied 
by  H.  S.  H.  the  Prince  op  Lbininobn. 


1818. 
1825. 


1834.  July. 

1836.  Aug. 

1837.  July. 
1889.  Nov. 

—  Nov. 

1840. 
1841. 


1844. 


1845.    June. 


Mr.  SCHMITZ  begs  to  add,  that  at  no  Hotel  on  the  Rhine  will  be  fousd 

more  moderate  charges. 


iKr.  MnxTU9*i  IftnrlAaiik  fMcrtiiTtr. 


29 


BOOKS  FOB^ 

Sbcoho  Edition.    With  Frontispiece  wai.  Woodcuts.     Poti  8vo.,  eloth,  14f. 
A    TOUR   THROUGH   THE   VALLEY   OF   THE    MEUSE; 

With  the  Legend!  of  the  Walloon  Country  and  the  Ardennes. 
By  DUDLEY  COSTELLO. 

Second  Edition.    With  a  Coloored  Frontispiece.    Small  890.,  Af. 

NOTES  OF  A  JOURNEY  FROM  CORNHILL  TO  GRAND  CAIRO. 

By  MICHAEL  ANOELO  TITMARSM. 

Second  Edition.    3  vols,  potl  Svo,,  lit. 

THE   IRISH    SKETCH    BOOK. 

By  Mr.  M.  A.  TITMABSH.    With  nomerous  EngrEvings  on  Wood. 

Svo.,  eloth,  Price  11«. 
TRAVELS   IN   THE    STEPPES  OF   THE   CASPIAN   SEA, 

The  CRIMEA,  CAUCASUS.  &c.    By  XAVIER  HOMMAIBE  D£  HELL. 

8tM>.  doth,  lis. 

LIFE   IN    MEXICO. 

By  MADAME  CALDEliON  DE  LA  BARCA. 

180  Woodcut  lUustnttiona.    8ro.,  cloth  gilt,  8i.  6J.»  or  morouo  gilt,  lis. 

SYRIA  AND  THE  HOLY  LAND; 

Their  Scenery  and  their  People.  Incidents  of  Travel.  &c.    From  the  best  and  most 
recent  Authorities.    By  WALTER  E.  KELLY. 

IdO  Woodcut  Illustrations.  8vo.,  9«.  eloih  gili,  or  morocco  gilt,  lAs. 

EGYPT   AND   NUBIA   POPULARLY   DESCRIBED; 

Their  Scenery  and.  National  Characteriaties,  Incidents  of  Wayfaring  and  Sofoom, 
FeiBonal  and  Historical  Sketches  Anecdotes,  dec.  ice.     By  J.  A.  St  JOHN. 

With  a  Mu^,  8m.,  ehth,  lU, 

RUSSIA.     BY  J.  G.  KOHL. 

Comprising  St  Petersburgh — Moscow — Kharitoff— Riga — Odessa— The  German  Pro- 
vinces on  the  Bidtio — Thid  Steppes — ^The  Crimea — and  the  Interior  of  the  Empire. 

8tw..  doth,  \U. 

AUSTRIA.    BY  J.  G.  KOHL. 

Compriaiiig  Vienna — Prague — ^Hungary — Bohemia«-The  Danabe*-Galicia*>4tyria— 

Moravia — Bukovina,  and  the  Military  Frontier. 

8ro.,  cloth,  lis. 

IRELAND,   SCOTLAND,   AND   ENGLAND. 

By  J.  G.  KOHL. 

8v0.,  eh>th,  lit. 

THE   KING    OF    SAXONY'S     JOURNEY    THROUGH 
ENGLAND   AND   SCOTLAND, 
In  the  Year  laii.    By  Dr.  C.  Q.  CABUS.  Phyridan  to  Hia 


so  JMr.  MvttKfl'i  KatOAoA  flntrtUer. 


f  Huiertrateb  mmSng. 


CHILDE  HAROLD'S  PILGRIMAGE, 


With   Sixty  Vignette  Engravings,  from  Sketches  on  the  spot.     Svo.,  21«. 
'*  A  splendid  work— ^orth  tUostrattng,  and  worthily  iUostrsted."— 2[<A««««fli. 


ANCIENT  SPANISH  BALLADS. 

TMwdmtoA  by  J.  O.  &OCXBAAT. 

With  Illumbated  Titles,  Coloured  Borders,  Vignettes,  &c.      4to.,  £2  &. 

"  A  more  appropriately  as  well  as  heautifblly  embdliahed  Tolome  neTor  was  otteiti 
to  the  worid." — Edin^rgh  Rtvitw. 


LIFE  AND  WORKS  OF  HORACE. 

8y  RBV.  B.  B.  Bn&XAN. 

lUiutnted  with  Views  of  the  Localities,  Vignettes  from  /  atiqve  Statues 
Vases,  and  Coloured  Borders,  &c.     Crown  oro. 

This  is  an  attempt  to  employ  the  treasures  of  ancient  Ait;  —of  Sculptore,  Paintinf. 
Gems,  Coins,  dtoc.,  in  iUostrstion  of  the  beaoties  and  in  elu:idaticn  of  the  meaning  d 
the  Classie  FOets. 


iESOP'S  FABLES, 

MBWLT  TRANSLATED  OR  SBf^OTED  HtOM  THE  ORIOINAL. 

8y  BST.  THOBAS  JABSS. 
Illustrated  with  100  Original  Detigiit  by  Johi^  Tbmribii.    Crown  8to. 

The  Misting  English  Versiona  o(  JB«>p*s  Fkbles  are  dull,  pointless,  and  Tolgar. 
In  oonseqaenoe,  an  improred  rerdon  from  ancient  soorees  has  been  made,  with  the 
design  of  rendering  this  most  instmctive  and  amniring  of  classie  anthocs  more  pofnlar. 
and  more  fitted  for  the  perusal  ef  the  yoong. 

LONDON:  JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET. 


Mt.  MucrEjgi^i  Kanlftocdt  m^trtHtt.  si 


JUST  PUBLISHED, 

SAUNDERS'S   GEOGRAPHICAL   CATALOGUE, 

CONTAIMINO 

ATLASES: 

THE  PHYSICAL  ATLAS;  a  leriaa  of  Maps  illustnting  the  geographical  diatribn- 
titm  of  Natnxal  Phenomena.  Bf  Hbivbxch  Bsrohaqs,  LL.D.,  and  A.  K. 
JoBNtTOV,  F.R.O.S.,  Aw.  Also,  Asbowsmitb's,  the  Natxoital,  and  other  Atlases, 
relating  to  Modem,  British,  Comparau'Te,  Classiea],  and  Biblical  Oeographj. 

GLOBES: 

TERRESTRIAL  AND  CELESTIAL,  from  8  feet  in  diameter  to  I  inch,  in  Plain 
and  Elegant  Frames.  INFLATED  GLOBES;  RELIEF  TERRESTRIAL 
GLOBE,  CONCAVE  CELESTIAL  SPHERE,  PLANISPHERES,  &c. 

MAPS. 

TRAVELLING  MAPS  of  Every  Country;  the  ORDNANCE  MAPS;  COUNTY 
MAPS:  SCHOOL  MAPS;  ANCIENT  MAPS;  GEOLOGICAL,  ZOOLOGI- 
CAL, BOTANICAL,  METEOROLOGICAL.  HYDROLOOICAX^  and  other 
PHYSICAL  MAPS;  DISSECTED  MAPS,  Ac, 

RELIEF    MAPS. 

TOPOGRAPHICAL   MODELS. 

MONT  BLANC;  M.  CENIS;  SIMPLON;  St  BERNARD;  St  HELENA; 
CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE;  ADEN:  PANAMA;  ISLE  OF  WIGHT, recom- 
mended by  Dr.  Mantell ;  JERUSALEM;  ATHENS;  ROME,  Ice. 

PANORAMAS,   &c. 
WINDSOR  CASTLE;  BUENOS  AYRES;  THE  RHINE;  HONG  KONG»  ate. 

GUIDE    BOOKS, 
DEVONSHIRE;  SOUTHAMPTON;  NETLEY  ABBEY;  ISLE  OF  WIGHT; 
JERSEY ;  GUERNSEY,  dec. 

LANGUAGES. 
ELEMENTARY  WORKS  FOR  TRAVELLERS. 


'^s^^^^>^/»^/^>^^^v«^»/\«'wv^*M>^^rfv^ 


LONDON : 

TRELAWNET  Wm.  SAUNDERS, 

Wholesale  It  Retail  Mapaellery 

AGENT,    BY    APPOINTMENT,    POR    THE    SALE    OF 

AND  FOR  OBOORAPHIOAL  PUBLICATIONS  IN   OENERAI., 

Mo.  e  GSAUore  orobb. 


moxk0  Eelattn0  to  9itt. 


THE  PHILOSOPHY  AND  ANATOMY  OF  EXPRESSION 
AS  CONNECTED  WITH  THE  FINE  ABTS, 

By  SIR  CHARLES  BELL. 

Fourth  Edidon,  with  Eogravinga  and  Wbodeuti.     Imperial  8to.,  SU. 

*'The  aitift,  the  writer  of  fiotion,  the  dramatist,  the  man  of  taate,  wiU  nomn  tk 
present  work  with  gratilade,  and  peruse  it  with  a  livelj  aad  increasiog  iateicst  soi 
delight." — Chritiian  RemenUtraneer. 

KUOLEB'S  HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

HISTORY  OF  PAINTING:    THE  ITALIAN  SCHOOLS. 

From  the  Age  of  Constantine  the  Great  to  the  Present  Time.     Tranalated  bj 
a  Lady  ;  and  Edited,  with  Notes,  by  C.  L.  Eastlakb,  R.A.     Poat  8va,  1% 


KUGLER'S  HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

HISTOBY  OF  PAINTING:  THE  GERMAN,  FLEMISH, 

AND  DUTCH  SCHOOLS. 

Translated  by  a  Lady  ;  and  Edited,  with  Notes,  by  Sir  Edmund  Hkad,  Bart. 

Post  8vo.,  ISs. 


KUGLER'S  HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

HISTORY  OF  PAINTING:  THE  SPANISH  AND  FRENCH 

SCHOOLS. 

Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes,  by  Sir  Edmund  Head,  Bart.     Post  Sia 


FBESCO  DECOBATIONS  AND  STUCCOES  OP  THE 
CHDBCHES  AND  PALACES  IN  ITALY, 

During  the  Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth  Centuriei.    With  English  DeaeripCioBS, 
by  Louis  Orunbr.    With  Foity-five  Plates,  foUo,  Plain  or  Coloan^ 

**  This  work  is  exactly  what  we  most  required,  refleetiog  the  highest  booonr  vpoo  Mr 
Omuer,  and  is  Hkely  to  create  a  eomplete  rercAoUon  in  British  ' 
Mb.  Cbabbb's  Lteiun, 


SKETCHES  OF  THE  HISTOBY  OF  CHRISTIAN  ART. 

By  Lord  Lindsay.    Three  toIs,  8vo.,  81a.  6d. 

**  The  author  treau  largely  of  Bysantine  ait,  of  Lombard  and  Golbie  arefaitrctiR 
and  sculpture,  of  the  painting  schools  of  Piaaao  and  Oiollo,  followed  op  by  the  Sckeei 
of  SieiM,  that  of  Florence,  and  ^ologaik  Sciilptar^  and  paint>qg«  vi^  of  the  Alfs. 
finish  the  work.**— Z.t/«rary  Gattitt, 


ff  r.  fSlvLvrKfi'i  I^KnyAaak  ^SKhtxtiitr, 


83 


AN  ENGYCLOPCEDiA  OF  CHRISTIAN  ABT  OF  THE 

XIth.  century, 
by  the  monk  theophilus. 

Translated  with  Explanatory  Notes,  useful  to  the  Artist,  Glass  Painter^ 
Jeweller,  Enameller,  and  Worker  in  Met^ils,  and  a  notice  of  the  practice  of  Oil 
Painting,  previous  to  the  time  Of  the  Van  Etckb.   By  Robert  Hendrie.  8to. 


AN  ACCOUNT  OF 

THE  CITIES  AND  CEMETEKIKS  OF  ETRURIA. 

Consisting  of  several  Journeys  made  for  the  purpose  of  investigating  the 
existing  Etruscan  Remains,  and  intended  as  a  Ouide  to  the  Local  Antiquities. 
By  Gboroe  Dsnnis.    With  Numerous  Maps,  Plates,  &o.    2  Vols.,  8vo. 

LONDON :  JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET. 


Also,  Nearly  Ready  for  Pvrlication,  PostSvo., 

THE   HAND-BOOK   OF    LONDON. 

PAST  AND   PRESENT. 

A  COMPLETE  GUIDE  FOR  STRANGERS  VISITING  THE 

METROPOLIS. 

By  PETER  CUNNINGHAM. 

This  work,  which  i)  arranged  alphahetically,  will  flimish  extended  notices  of 


Remarkable  Old  Inns,  Coffee  Houses, 

and  Taverns. 
Town  Houses  of  the  Old  Nobility. 
Places  of  Public  Entertainment 
Old  London  Sights. 
Ancient  Theatres. 
Ancient  Crosses. 

Tlie  Hostels  of  Church  Dignitaries. 

&c., 


Privileged  Places  for  Debtors. 
Old  London  Prisons. 
Places  referred  to  by  Old  Writers. 
The  Wards  of  London. 
The  Churches. 

Residences  of  Remarkable  Men. 
Streets  Remarkable  for  some  Event 
Burial  Places  of  Eminent  Individuals. 
&c. 


y^,.'^,'^,■»  •*  ^'^•s.'K^y  ^ ^  '-.'•  ^\^^.-<^^\/V-'^-%/ 


LONDON:  JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET. 


84  iHr.  StLnvTUifM  f|aiiWb0oft  nbnUUr. 


BOULOGNE-SUR-MER. 

MERRIDEW'S 

BRITISH  LIBMRI  &  READING  ROOV 

68  RUE  DE  L'£CU,  N£AR  THE  PORT. 

Ths  Rbaoino  Boom  is  new  and  spoeioiis,  tod  supplied  with  the  EngliA  and  F? 
Daily  and  Wkbklt  Newspapen;  idao  Irish,  Scotch,  and  IdQiaii  Papers. 

MuS^sina*  Beviews,  6lc. 

The  London  Morning  Papers  are  Reoeived  on  the  IHj 

Fublioalion. 

Nbw  WojiKS  of  Fiction,.Biograph]r,  Histozy,  Voyagas  and  TnTela,  an  addeiiei 

Library  immediately  on  their  publication. 

Tkt  Vuitors*  Addreu  Book  U  kept  at  tht  Library;  dUo  a  Register  of  Hvwtr 
ApaHmemU  to  be  Let:  whiek  may  be  inepected  gruiie^ 

MURRAY'S  HAND  BOOKS  FOR  TRAVELLERS,  GUIDES  TO  PARIS, 

BOULOGNE,  Ae. 

The  Publications  of  the  Religious  Tract  Society  and  other  English  Books  al  u 

FttbUahed  Prices. 

VapU  for  Farina's  G^nuina  Ban  da  Cologne. 


FRANKFORT   O. 

Genuine  Old  Hayanna  Cigars  and  Tobaece, 


ALL   SORTS   or 


TEA,  COFFEE,  SUGAR, 

Atierrs,  9vs  IftaDefra,  Hum,  Arracft,  ttranH?. 

lifoUanDs,  (£oriita(0«  $;c. 

GEORGE  OEBS,  ZEIL  D.  207, 

OppMiU  tka  Post  OOc*  sad  Hotd  4t  Rwafo. 

Mr.  Krebs  is  the  Agent  of  the  Rhenish,  Dusseldorf,  and  General  Steii 
Nat igation  Companies.  The  fullest  information  will  be  given  respecting  u 
Arrivals  and  Departures  of  the  Steamers  and  other  Conveyances  in  coc 
munication  with  them. 

Panaengerfl  and  Oooda  Booked  to  any  plaee  on  the  Hhiney 

and  to  London* 

CUSTOM  HOUSE  AGENT  IN  LONDON.  J.  A.  GODDARD. 

86  OLD  JEWRT. 


Mr-  fHartn'*  Kn><Aart  flRtbertUn. 


Omi  Volchi,  RoriL  6n.,  Clotb,  Uomocco,  ok  Rkliito. 

ifHE  ILLUMINATED  PMYER  BOOK, 

[       ORNAMESTAL  BOEDEBS,  KITUia,  &  TtTLES  IN  COLOCBS  &  OOLD, 

NiSTORIGKL  lUUSTRKTIOKS  FROM  THE   OLD  MASTERS, 

'     Dun  IT  a.  BCHAHF,  Jiit.,vtn%  ru  Siitiiiiteihici  or  t~  ORUNER. 


PRESCNTtTinN  IN 


"Thliinrnou  puUioUon  hu  at  ItDRlli  nuJiHl  ccnnplelloB.  and  li  m  maciil 
wcineD  a[  llit  larj  piiriniiiii  <>(  iniiUul  lul*  iBd  IMII.  If  •■  hmd  nal  tht  lubit 
ruoflxriirtaiir  vf*.  ••  could  irinelj  hue  Iwliand  Ihu  Iba  commin  priuilng 
guld  blTt  EhnwB  sr  tmprauioiii  In  vblch  tl:e  nICMl  tlnla  D[  ihula  and  colour  ar 
■mi  Mlth  ■dclicaiE  accuraet  net  impamd  bTUialil*-*iiiroulni,  labatiantpnxln 
r  thoK  (oad  old  inueilban  in  elolaUnd  ceJli  of  Iha  paaL^— Monilia  Pair. 

LONDON:  JOHN  MDRKAY.  ALBEHAHLE  8TREBT. 


Bh 


M 


fSLv*  SButrvyi'M  l^sntibaak  nbtrtiitr^         ^' 


}^4 


J|^^-/iint 


^* 


^fefr^ 


Volyfflot 


PASSPORTS 

Mounted  upon  a  material  not  liable 
to  be  torn,  and  inserted  in  Morocco 
Caaet,  with  Coronet*  Arms,  or 
Crest,  and  Name,  stamped  in  gold, 
thereon. 


Ambassadors*   Signatnres    obtained 

to  British  Secretar>  of  State's 

Pusports. 


CouBXXBS,  or  Tratblunq  Sebyakts, 
can  be  obtained  at 


PORTABLE 

PHOTOCRAPHIC 
APPARATUS, 

WITS  INSnOCTMHCl 

rem.  cia. 


TUT  TON, 


(To  un  Trarenera 
the  trouble  oftrant* 
latins  their  Waab* 
tng  BlIU) 

roa  LADin. 
BittO 

FOE  GIMTLSIIIN. 

EngUak  t  PrendU 
Snglisk  I  /te//m. 
EngUskl  Oerwum. 
EngUtk  a  Snamiik, 
En^Ok  4f  Porim' 
guae, 
U.  each. 

JOHN   LEE'B   OUXDE   DEPOT, 

440,    WEST    STRAND, 

TWO  DOOBS  WEST  OV  LOWTHER  ABCADE, 

Where  an  ■xtbmuts  Collictioii  of  Ooiosi,  Hand-Books.  Mapi.  DionoHAun  in 
Languaaef,  and  lirriEPRBTiM  uaefUl  for  TraTeUere  upon  the  ConUoent  or  elsewhere, 
erery  information  eonoemlng  Faaapoara,  ean  be  obtained. 

MURRAY'S  HAND-BOOKS,  rendered  coaTcntcnt  PocasT-Booaa  bf  J.  hMmH 
Morocco  bindtaif ,  at  ft.  additional  charge. 

MOROCCO  and  RUSSIA  FORT  ABLE  RO'.L-Ur  CASES,  conuinh^  eeety 
for  Wunau. 


iUoore's  CErerman  Interpreter, 

WItiitlMeKMtPmmelialoain  RagllalioBa 


]MiM  Be* 


r  ^„  '    = 


pniHTcni  AMD  xnanAvsni.  ISA  rLsar  avei 


rtt 


I 


Mr.  MURRAY'S  LIST  of  WORKS  fou  TRAVELLERS. 


• 


ENGLAND,     SCOTLAND,     AND     IRELAND,     THE     CHANNEL 
ISLANDS  AND  I8LB  OF  MAN.    By  Sir  Gbobos  Hbad.    2  vols.  pottSvo,  I2i 

DAT3S  AND  DISTANCES, 

Showing  what  wMy  be  done  in  a  tour  of  16  months  through  VBrions  puts  of  Euro;* 
Post  8vo,  Ss.  6d. 

THE  SANATIVE  INFLUENCE  OP  CLIMATE; 

With  an  Account  of  the  best  Places  of  Resort  for  Invalids  in  England,  the  FVmth  ' 
Europe,  the  Colonies,  8te.    By  Sir  Jambs  Clark,  Bazt.,  M.D.    Post  Svo,  lUr.  6" 

CHILDB  HAROLD'S  PILGRIMAGE ; 

With  Sixty  Vignettes,  UlustratiTe  of  Lord  Byron's  Travels  in  Spain,  Portugal.  Ita'; 
Holland,  &e.,  by  eminent  Artists,  from  sketches  made  on  the  spot,  expr^^lv : 
illustrate  the  Poem.    8vo,  21s. 

LIFE  OF  SIR  DAVID  WILKIE ; 

With  his  Letters,  Journals,  and  Critical  R^narks  on  Works  of  Art,  during  his  Ten- 
in  h>anoe,  the  Netherlands,  Italy,  Spain,  Germany,  Turlcey,  Egypt,  and  the  lie . 
Land.    By  Xi  lan  Cl'.nniivoham,  Esq.    Portrait.    3  vols.  8vo,  *2t. 


I 


A  RIDE  ON  HORSEBACK  through  FRANCE  AND  SWITZEK 
LAND  to  FLORENCE;  described  in  a  Series  of  Ijetters.  By  a  Laov.  S  vc- 
post  8vo,  18f. 

AN  ARCHITECTURAL  TOUR  in  NORMANDY ; 

With  some  Remarks  on  Norman  Architecture.    By  the  late  U.  G.  Kiviort,  Ex 
Post  8vo,  9«.  td. 

THE  FIELD  SPORTS  OF  FRANCE  ; 

Being  a  Practical  View  of  HUNTING,  SHOOTING,  and  FISHING  an  TIU 
CONTINENT.  By  Rookiuck  O'Connor,  Esq.   With  Woodcuts.  Fcap  8vo,7(  t 

THREE  MONTHS'  PEDESTRIAN  WANDERINGS  IN  THE  PYRl 
NEES,  amidst  the  wildest  scenes  of  the  FRENCH  and  SPANISH  MOUNTAIN: 
By  T.  CurroN  Paris,  Esq.,  B.A.    Woodcuts.    Post  Bto,  10#.  (hi. 

PORTUGAL  AND  GALLICIA, 

Described  from  Notes  made  during  a  Journey  to  those  Countries.    By  the  Eam.  ■ 
Carnarvon.    2  vols,  post  8vo,  21«. 

THE  BIBLE  IN  SPAIN;  ok,  THE  JOURNALS,  ADVENTURES,  AN! 
IMPRISONMRNTS  of  an  ENGLISHMAN  in  an  ATTEMPT  to  CIRCULaT 
the  SCRIPTURES  in  the  PEN1N^ULA.   By  Gicoror  Borrow,  l-at^.    Post8vo,« 

TRAVELS  IN  WESTERN  BARBARY :   with  Adventures  amidst  ii 
WILD  TRIBES  and  SAVAGE  ANIMALS.     By  John  U.  Drumsiono  Ha.    i 
Post  8vo,  3s.  fid. 


BUBBLES  from  the  BRUNNEN  of  NASSAU. 

By  An  Olo  Man.    16mo,  6s. 

HUNGARY  AND  TRANSYLVANIA;  with  Social,  Political,  . 
Economical  Remaritt  on  their  Condition.  By  John  Paoct,  Esq.  Woodcuts  t 
Map.    2  vols.  8vo,  30s. 

AUSTRIA :  being  a  narrative  of  Travela,  with  Remarks  on  the  Su<^ 

and  Political  Condition  of  that  Country.    By  Pst«r  Evan  Turnrcu.,  Esq  2  \ 
8vo.  24s.  ^  ^ 

AUSTRIAN    LOMBARDY,    NORTHERN   TYROL,  and    BAVAiv 
By  John  Barrow,  Esq.    Pdkt  8vo,  10s.  M. 

May  to  December,  1S4.7,  .     Ccnii^ 


>\